Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Cambridge natural
history, Vol. 03 (of 10)
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
Title: The Cambridge natural history, Vol. 03 (of 10)
Editor: S. F. Harmer
Author: A. H. Cooke
F. R. C. Reed
Editor: Sir A. E. Shipley
Release date: September 20, 2023 [eBook #71693]
Language: English
Original publication: New York: MacMillan and Co., 1895
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/71693
Credits: Peter Becker,Karin Spence and the Online Distributed
Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
produced from images generously made available by The
Internet Archive)
history, Vol. 03 (of 10)
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
Title: The Cambridge natural history, Vol. 03 (of 10)
Editor: S. F. Harmer
Author: A. H. Cooke
F. R. C. Reed
Editor: Sir A. E. Shipley
Release date: September 20, 2023 [eBook #71693]
Language: English
Original publication: New York: MacMillan and Co., 1895
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/71693
Credits: Peter Becker,Karin Spence and the Online Distributed
Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
produced from images generously made available by The
Internet Archive)
Page 4
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE
CAMBRIDGE NATURAL HISTORY, VOL. 03 (OF 10) ***
Transcriber’s Note:
This work features some large and wide tables. These are best viewed with a wide
screen.
THE
CAMBRIDGE NATURAL HISTORY
EDITED BY
S. F. HARMER, M.A., Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge;
Superintendent
of the University Museum of Zoology
AND
A. E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Fellow of Christ’s College, Cambridge;
University Lecturer on the Morphology of Invertebrates
VOLUME III
CAMBRIDGE NATURAL HISTORY, VOL. 03 (OF 10) ***
Transcriber’s Note:
This work features some large and wide tables. These are best viewed with a wide
screen.
THE
CAMBRIDGE NATURAL HISTORY
EDITED BY
S. F. HARMER, M.A., Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge;
Superintendent
of the University Museum of Zoology
AND
A. E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Fellow of Christ’s College, Cambridge;
University Lecturer on the Morphology of Invertebrates
VOLUME III
Page 5
Map to illustrate
THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
of the
LAND OPERCULATE MOLLUSCA
The figures indicate the number of known species.
MOLLUSCS
By the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge
BRACHIOPODS (RECENT)
By A. E. Shipley, M.A., Fellow of Christ’s College, Cambridge
BRACHIOPODS (FOSSIL)
By F. R. C. Reed, M.A., Trinity College, Cambridge
THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
of the
LAND OPERCULATE MOLLUSCA
The figures indicate the number of known species.
MOLLUSCS
By the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge
BRACHIOPODS (RECENT)
By A. E. Shipley, M.A., Fellow of Christ’s College, Cambridge
BRACHIOPODS (FOSSIL)
By F. R. C. Reed, M.A., Trinity College, Cambridge
Page 6
New York
MACMILLAN AND CO.
AND LONDON
1895
All rights reserved
“Why, you might take to some light study: conchology, now; I always think that
must be a light study.”
George Eliot, Middlemarch.
Copyright, 1895,
By MACMILLAN AND CO.
Norwood Press:
J. S. Cushing & Co.—Berwick & Smith.
Norwood, Mass., U.S.A.
MACMILLAN AND CO.
AND LONDON
1895
All rights reserved
“Why, you might take to some light study: conchology, now; I always think that
must be a light study.”
George Eliot, Middlemarch.
Copyright, 1895,
By MACMILLAN AND CO.
Norwood Press:
J. S. Cushing & Co.—Berwick & Smith.
Norwood, Mass., U.S.A.
Page 7
Page 8
PREFACE TO THE MOLLUSCA
The general plan of classification adopted in this work is not that of any
single authority. It has been thought better to adopt the views of recognised
leading specialists in the various groups, and thus place before the reader
the combined results of recent investigation. This method may, perhaps,
occasion a certain number of small discrepancies, but it is believed that the
ultimate effect will be to the advantage of the student.
The classification adopted for the recent Cephalopoda is that of Hoyle
(‘Challenger’ Reports, Zoology, vol. xvi.), for the fossil Cephalopoda
(Nautiloidea) that of Foord (Catalogue of the Fossil Cephalopoda in the
British Museum, 1888–91), and (Ammonoidea) P. Fischer (Manuel de
Conchyliologie, 1887). In the Gasteropoda the outlines are those adopted by
Pelseneer (Mém. Soc. Malacol. Belg. xxvii. 1894), while the details are
derived, in the main, from P. Fischer. The Amphineura, however, have not
been regarded as a separate class. The grouping of the Nudibranchiata is
that of Bergh (Semper, Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, ii. 3). The
Pelecypoda are classified according to Pelseneer’s most recent grouping.
Acknowledgment of the principal sources of information has been made
in footnotes, and a short list of leading authorities has been appended to the
chapters on anatomy, for the use of students desirous to pursue the subject
further. In the case of geographical distribution the authorities are too
numerous and scattered to admit of a list being given.
A special word of thanks is due to Mr. Edwin Wilson for his patient care
in preparing the illustrations, the majority of which are taken from
specimens in the University Museum of Zoology. Mr. Edgar Smith, besides
affording the kind help which visitors to the British Museum always
experience at his hands, has permitted me to use many specimens for the
purposes of illustration.
A. H. COOKE.
King’s College, Cambridge,
20th December 1894.
The general plan of classification adopted in this work is not that of any
single authority. It has been thought better to adopt the views of recognised
leading specialists in the various groups, and thus place before the reader
the combined results of recent investigation. This method may, perhaps,
occasion a certain number of small discrepancies, but it is believed that the
ultimate effect will be to the advantage of the student.
The classification adopted for the recent Cephalopoda is that of Hoyle
(‘Challenger’ Reports, Zoology, vol. xvi.), for the fossil Cephalopoda
(Nautiloidea) that of Foord (Catalogue of the Fossil Cephalopoda in the
British Museum, 1888–91), and (Ammonoidea) P. Fischer (Manuel de
Conchyliologie, 1887). In the Gasteropoda the outlines are those adopted by
Pelseneer (Mém. Soc. Malacol. Belg. xxvii. 1894), while the details are
derived, in the main, from P. Fischer. The Amphineura, however, have not
been regarded as a separate class. The grouping of the Nudibranchiata is
that of Bergh (Semper, Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, ii. 3). The
Pelecypoda are classified according to Pelseneer’s most recent grouping.
Acknowledgment of the principal sources of information has been made
in footnotes, and a short list of leading authorities has been appended to the
chapters on anatomy, for the use of students desirous to pursue the subject
further. In the case of geographical distribution the authorities are too
numerous and scattered to admit of a list being given.
A special word of thanks is due to Mr. Edwin Wilson for his patient care
in preparing the illustrations, the majority of which are taken from
specimens in the University Museum of Zoology. Mr. Edgar Smith, besides
affording the kind help which visitors to the British Museum always
experience at his hands, has permitted me to use many specimens for the
purposes of illustration.
A. H. COOKE.
King’s College, Cambridge,
20th December 1894.
Page 9
Page 10
CONTENTS
Scheme of the Classification adopted in this Book.
MOLLUSCA
CHAPTER I
Introduction—Position of Mollusca in the Animal Kingdom—Classification—Origin
of Land and Fresh-water Mollusca 1
CHAPTER II
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca, their Habits and General Economy 23
CHAPTER III
Enemies of the Mollusca—Means of Defence—Mimicry and Protective Coloration—
Parasitic Mollusca—Commensalism—Variation 56
CHAPTER IV
Uses of Shells for Money, Ornament, and Food—Cultivation of the Oyster, Mussel,
and Snail—Snails as Medicine—Prices Given for Shells 96
CHAPTER V
Reproduction—Deposition of Eggs—Development of the Fertilised Ovum—
Differences of Sex—Dioecious and Hermaphrodite Mollusca—Development of
Fresh-water Bivalves 123
CHAPTER VI
Respiration and Circulation—The Mantle 150
CHAPTER VII
Organs of Sense: Touch, Sight, Smell, Hearing—The Foot—The Nervous System 177
CHAPTER VIII
The Digestive Organs, Jaw, and Radula: Excretory Organs 209
CHAPTER IX
The Shell, its Form, Composition, and Growth—Designation of its Various Parts 244
CHAPTER X
Geographical Distribution of Land and Fresh-water Mollusca—The Palaearctic,
Oriental, and Australasian Regions 277
CHAPTER XI
Geographical Distribution of Land Mollusca (continued)—The Ethiopian, Nearctic,
and Neotropical Regions 328
CHAPTER XII
Distribution of Marine Mollusca—Deep-sea Mollusca and their Characteristics 360
CHAPTER XIII
Scheme of the Classification adopted in this Book.
MOLLUSCA
CHAPTER I
Introduction—Position of Mollusca in the Animal Kingdom—Classification—Origin
of Land and Fresh-water Mollusca 1
CHAPTER II
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca, their Habits and General Economy 23
CHAPTER III
Enemies of the Mollusca—Means of Defence—Mimicry and Protective Coloration—
Parasitic Mollusca—Commensalism—Variation 56
CHAPTER IV
Uses of Shells for Money, Ornament, and Food—Cultivation of the Oyster, Mussel,
and Snail—Snails as Medicine—Prices Given for Shells 96
CHAPTER V
Reproduction—Deposition of Eggs—Development of the Fertilised Ovum—
Differences of Sex—Dioecious and Hermaphrodite Mollusca—Development of
Fresh-water Bivalves 123
CHAPTER VI
Respiration and Circulation—The Mantle 150
CHAPTER VII
Organs of Sense: Touch, Sight, Smell, Hearing—The Foot—The Nervous System 177
CHAPTER VIII
The Digestive Organs, Jaw, and Radula: Excretory Organs 209
CHAPTER IX
The Shell, its Form, Composition, and Growth—Designation of its Various Parts 244
CHAPTER X
Geographical Distribution of Land and Fresh-water Mollusca—The Palaearctic,
Oriental, and Australasian Regions 277
CHAPTER XI
Geographical Distribution of Land Mollusca (continued)—The Ethiopian, Nearctic,
and Neotropical Regions 328
CHAPTER XII
Distribution of Marine Mollusca—Deep-sea Mollusca and their Characteristics 360
CHAPTER XIII
Page 11
Class Cephalopoda 378
CHAPTER XIV
Class Gasteropoda—Amphineura and Prosobranchiata 400
CHAPTER XV
Class Gasteropoda (continued): Opisthobranchiata and Pulmonata 427
CHAPTER XVI
Classes Scaphopoda and Pelecypoda 444
BRACHIOPODA (RECENT)
CHAPTER XVII
Introduction—Shell—Body—Digestive System—Body Cavity—Circulatory System
—Excretory Organs—Muscles—Nervous System—Reproductive System—
Embryology—Habits—Distribution—Classification 463
BRACHIOPODA (FOSSIL)
CHAPTER XVIII
Introduction—Division I. Ecardines—External Characters—Internal Characters—
Division II. Testicardines—External Characters—Internal Characters—Synopsis
of Families—Stratigraphical Distribution—Phylogeny and Ontogeny 491
CHAPTER XIV
Class Gasteropoda—Amphineura and Prosobranchiata 400
CHAPTER XV
Class Gasteropoda (continued): Opisthobranchiata and Pulmonata 427
CHAPTER XVI
Classes Scaphopoda and Pelecypoda 444
BRACHIOPODA (RECENT)
CHAPTER XVII
Introduction—Shell—Body—Digestive System—Body Cavity—Circulatory System
—Excretory Organs—Muscles—Nervous System—Reproductive System—
Embryology—Habits—Distribution—Classification 463
BRACHIOPODA (FOSSIL)
CHAPTER XVIII
Introduction—Division I. Ecardines—External Characters—Internal Characters—
Division II. Testicardines—External Characters—Internal Characters—Synopsis
of Families—Stratigraphical Distribution—Phylogeny and Ontogeny 491
Page 12
Page 13
SCHEME OF THE CLASSIFICATION ADOPTED IN THIS BOOK
MOLLUSCA
Class Order Sub-order Section
CEPHALOPODA Dibranchiata Octopoda (p. Phragmophora (p.
382). 386).
Sepiophora (p.
388).
Decapoda Chondrophora Myopsidae (p.
389).
Oigopsidae (p.
390).
MOLLUSCA
Class Order Sub-order Section
CEPHALOPODA Dibranchiata Octopoda (p. Phragmophora (p.
382). 386).
Sepiophora (p.
388).
Decapoda Chondrophora Myopsidae (p.
389).
Oigopsidae (p.
390).
Page 14
Tetrabranchiata Nautiloidea Retrosiphonata (p.
393).
Prosiphonata (p.
395).
Ammonoidea Retrosiphonata (p.
397).
Prosiphonata (p.
397).
GASTEROPODA Amphineura Polyplacophora
(p. 400).
Aplacophora (p.
404).
Prosobranchiata Diotocardia Docoglossa (p.
405).
Rhipidoglossa Zygobranchiata
(p. 406).
Azygobranchiata
(p. 407).
Monotocardia Ptenoglossa (p.
411).
Taenioglossa Platypoda (p.
411).
Heteropoda (p.
420).
Taenioglossa
Gymnoglossa (p.
422).
Toxoglossa (p.
426).
Tectibranchiata Bulloidea (p.
429).
Aplysioidea (p.
430).
Pleurobranchoidea
(p. 431).
Siphonarioidea (p.
431).
Opisthobranchiata Ascoglossa (p.
431).
Nudibranchiata Cladohepatica (p.
432).
Holohepatica (p.
433).
Pteropoda Thecosomata (p.
435).
Gymnosomata (p.
437).
Pulmonata Basommatophora
(p. 438).
Stylommatophora
(p. 439).
393).
Prosiphonata (p.
395).
Ammonoidea Retrosiphonata (p.
397).
Prosiphonata (p.
397).
GASTEROPODA Amphineura Polyplacophora
(p. 400).
Aplacophora (p.
404).
Prosobranchiata Diotocardia Docoglossa (p.
405).
Rhipidoglossa Zygobranchiata
(p. 406).
Azygobranchiata
(p. 407).
Monotocardia Ptenoglossa (p.
411).
Taenioglossa Platypoda (p.
411).
Heteropoda (p.
420).
Taenioglossa
Gymnoglossa (p.
422).
Toxoglossa (p.
426).
Tectibranchiata Bulloidea (p.
429).
Aplysioidea (p.
430).
Pleurobranchoidea
(p. 431).
Siphonarioidea (p.
431).
Opisthobranchiata Ascoglossa (p.
431).
Nudibranchiata Cladohepatica (p.
432).
Holohepatica (p.
433).
Pteropoda Thecosomata (p.
435).
Gymnosomata (p.
437).
Pulmonata Basommatophora
(p. 438).
Stylommatophora
(p. 439).
Page 15
Class Order Suborder
SCAPHOPODA (p. 444).
PELECYPODA Protobranchiata (p. 447).
Filibranchiata Anomiacea (p. 448).
Arcacea (p. 448).
Mytilacea (p. 448).
Pseudolamellibranchiata (p. 449).
Eulamellibranchiata Submytilacea (p. 451).
Tellinacea (p. 453).
Veneracea (p. 454).
Cardiacea (p. 454).
Myacea (p. 456).
Pholadacea (p. 457).
Anatinacea (p. 458).
Septibranchiata (p. 459).
SCAPHOPODA (p. 444).
PELECYPODA Protobranchiata (p. 447).
Filibranchiata Anomiacea (p. 448).
Arcacea (p. 448).
Mytilacea (p. 448).
Pseudolamellibranchiata (p. 449).
Eulamellibranchiata Submytilacea (p. 451).
Tellinacea (p. 453).
Veneracea (p. 454).
Cardiacea (p. 454).
Myacea (p. 456).
Pholadacea (p. 457).
Anatinacea (p. 458).
Septibranchiata (p. 459).
Page 16
BRACHIOPODA
Order Family
Brachiopoda Ecardines Lingulidae (pp. 487 and 503).
Obolidae (p. 504).
Discinidae (pp. 487 and 504).
Craniidae (pp. 487 and 504).
Trimerellidae (p. 504).
Testicardines Productidae (p. 504).
Strophomenidae (p. 505).
Koninckinidae (p. 505).
Spiriferidae (p. 505).
Atrypidae (p. 505).
Rhynchonellidae (pp. 487 and 505).
Terebratulidae (pp. 487 and 506).
Argiopidae (p. 506).
Stringocephalidae (p. 506).
Thecidiidae (pp. 487 and 506).
Order Family
Brachiopoda Ecardines Lingulidae (pp. 487 and 503).
Obolidae (p. 504).
Discinidae (pp. 487 and 504).
Craniidae (pp. 487 and 504).
Trimerellidae (p. 504).
Testicardines Productidae (p. 504).
Strophomenidae (p. 505).
Koninckinidae (p. 505).
Spiriferidae (p. 505).
Atrypidae (p. 505).
Rhynchonellidae (pp. 487 and 505).
Terebratulidae (pp. 487 and 506).
Argiopidae (p. 506).
Stringocephalidae (p. 506).
Thecidiidae (pp. 487 and 506).
Page 17
Page 18
LIST OF MAPS
The Geographical Distribution of the Land Operculate Mollusca Frontispiece
The Geographical Distribution of the Land Mollusca of the East Between pp. 308 and
Indian Archipelago 309
The Relations of the Land Mollusca of New Guinea with those of
North Australia To face p. 322
The Geographical Distribution of the Land Mollusca of the West Between pp. 344 and
Indies 345
The Geographical Distribution of the Land Operculate Mollusca Frontispiece
The Geographical Distribution of the Land Mollusca of the East Between pp. 308 and
Indian Archipelago 309
The Relations of the Land Mollusca of New Guinea with those of
North Australia To face p. 322
The Geographical Distribution of the Land Mollusca of the West Between pp. 344 and
Indies 345
Page 19
MOLLUSCS
BY
REV. A. H. COOKE, M.A.
Fellow and Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge
BY
REV. A. H. COOKE, M.A.
Fellow and Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge
Page 20
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTION—POSITION OF MOLLUSCA IN THE ANIMAL KINGDOM—
CLASSIFICATION—ORIGIN OF LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA
It is the generally accepted opinion among men of science that all life
originated in the sea. Not that all parts of the sea are equally favourable to
the development of forms of life. The ocean surface, with its entire absence
of shelter or resting-place, and the deep sea, whose abysses are always dark
and cold and changeless, offer little encouragement to plant or animal life,
as an original starting-point. True, both the surface and the depths of the sea
have become colonised by myriads of forms, Mollusca amongst them, but
these quarters are in the truest sense colonised, for the ancestors of those
who inhabit them in all probability migrated from elsewhere.
It was no doubt the littoral region and the shallow waters immediately
below it, a region of changeable currents, of light and shade, of variation,
within definite limits, of temperature and tide effects, which became the
scene of the original development of plant life, in other words, of the food-
supply which rendered possible its colonisation by higher animals. But the
littoral region, besides the advantages of tenancy which it offers to animal
life, has also its drawbacks. The violence of the surf may beat its inhabitants
in pieces, the retreat of the tide exposes them, not merely to innumerable
enemies in the shape of predatory birds and beasts, but also to a change in
the atmospheric medium by which they are surrounded. Hence, in all
probability, have arisen the various forms of adaptation which are
calculated to bring about the ‘survival of the fittest’; hence, to narrow our
point of view to the Mollusca, the development of hard shells, or
exoskeletons, hence the sand-burrowing, rock-boring, rock-clinging
instincts of various genera and species.[1]
What was the primitive form of molluscan life is little likely to be ever
positively known, although, on grounds of comparative anatomy, something
approaching to the archi-mollusc is often constructed, with more or less
probability, by careful observers. From one of the oldest known geological
strata, the Cambrian, nearly four hundred species of Mollusca are known,
which include representatives of nearly all the great Orders as they exist at
INTRODUCTION—POSITION OF MOLLUSCA IN THE ANIMAL KINGDOM—
CLASSIFICATION—ORIGIN OF LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA
It is the generally accepted opinion among men of science that all life
originated in the sea. Not that all parts of the sea are equally favourable to
the development of forms of life. The ocean surface, with its entire absence
of shelter or resting-place, and the deep sea, whose abysses are always dark
and cold and changeless, offer little encouragement to plant or animal life,
as an original starting-point. True, both the surface and the depths of the sea
have become colonised by myriads of forms, Mollusca amongst them, but
these quarters are in the truest sense colonised, for the ancestors of those
who inhabit them in all probability migrated from elsewhere.
It was no doubt the littoral region and the shallow waters immediately
below it, a region of changeable currents, of light and shade, of variation,
within definite limits, of temperature and tide effects, which became the
scene of the original development of plant life, in other words, of the food-
supply which rendered possible its colonisation by higher animals. But the
littoral region, besides the advantages of tenancy which it offers to animal
life, has also its drawbacks. The violence of the surf may beat its inhabitants
in pieces, the retreat of the tide exposes them, not merely to innumerable
enemies in the shape of predatory birds and beasts, but also to a change in
the atmospheric medium by which they are surrounded. Hence, in all
probability, have arisen the various forms of adaptation which are
calculated to bring about the ‘survival of the fittest’; hence, to narrow our
point of view to the Mollusca, the development of hard shells, or
exoskeletons, hence the sand-burrowing, rock-boring, rock-clinging
instincts of various genera and species.[1]
What was the primitive form of molluscan life is little likely to be ever
positively known, although, on grounds of comparative anatomy, something
approaching to the archi-mollusc is often constructed, with more or less
probability, by careful observers. From one of the oldest known geological
strata, the Cambrian, nearly four hundred species of Mollusca are known,
which include representatives of nearly all the great Orders as they exist at
Page 21
the present day, and without the slightest sign of approximation to one
another. With regard to the origin of the land and fresh-water Mollusca
some definite conclusions can be arrived at, which will be given in their
proper place.
Scarcely any portion of the coast-line of the world is destitute of
molluscan life, except in regions where extreme cold forbids its existence.
Thus along the shores of Northern Asia there is no proper littoral fauna, the
constant influence of travelling ice sweeping it all away; animal life begins
at about three fathoms. But in every coast region not positively hostile to
existence Mollusca make their home. Each description of habitat has its
own peculiar species, which there flourish best, and exist precariously, if at
all, elsewhere. Thus the sandy waste of estuaries, the loose and shingly
beaches, the slimy mud-flats beset with mangroves, the low stretches of
jagged rock, and even the precipitous cliffs, from whose base the sea never
recedes, have all their own special inhabitants. The same is true of the deep
sea, and of the ocean surface. And when we come to examine the land and
fresh-water Mollusca, it is found not merely that some Mollusca are
terrestrial and others fluviatile, but that certain species haunt the hills and
others the valleys, some the recesses of woods and others the open meadow
sides, some prefer the limestone rocks, others the sandy or clayey districts,
some live only in still or gently moving waters, while others are never
found except where the current is rapid and powerful.
It is within the tropics that the Mollusca become most numerous, and
assume their finest and quaintest forms. A tropical beach, especially where
there is a good tide-fall and considerable variety of station, abounds in
molluscan life to an extent which must literally be seen to be believed. The
beach at Panama, to select an instance familiar to the present writer, is
astonishingly rich in species, which probably amount in all to several
hundreds. This is due to the immense variety of habitat. On the rocks at
high-water mark, and even above them, occur Truncatella, Melampus,
Littorina, and Siphonaria; where a mangrove-swamp replaces the rock, on
the branches overhead are huge Littorina, while three species of Cerithidea
crawl on the mud, and Cyrena and Arca burrow into it. Lower down, in the
rock pools at half-tide mark are Cerithium, Purpura, Omphalius, Anachis (2
sp.), Nassa, and several Crepidula. At low-water mark of ordinary tides,
under stones half buried in clean sand, are Coecum and Vitrinella; under the
another. With regard to the origin of the land and fresh-water Mollusca
some definite conclusions can be arrived at, which will be given in their
proper place.
Scarcely any portion of the coast-line of the world is destitute of
molluscan life, except in regions where extreme cold forbids its existence.
Thus along the shores of Northern Asia there is no proper littoral fauna, the
constant influence of travelling ice sweeping it all away; animal life begins
at about three fathoms. But in every coast region not positively hostile to
existence Mollusca make their home. Each description of habitat has its
own peculiar species, which there flourish best, and exist precariously, if at
all, elsewhere. Thus the sandy waste of estuaries, the loose and shingly
beaches, the slimy mud-flats beset with mangroves, the low stretches of
jagged rock, and even the precipitous cliffs, from whose base the sea never
recedes, have all their own special inhabitants. The same is true of the deep
sea, and of the ocean surface. And when we come to examine the land and
fresh-water Mollusca, it is found not merely that some Mollusca are
terrestrial and others fluviatile, but that certain species haunt the hills and
others the valleys, some the recesses of woods and others the open meadow
sides, some prefer the limestone rocks, others the sandy or clayey districts,
some live only in still or gently moving waters, while others are never
found except where the current is rapid and powerful.
It is within the tropics that the Mollusca become most numerous, and
assume their finest and quaintest forms. A tropical beach, especially where
there is a good tide-fall and considerable variety of station, abounds in
molluscan life to an extent which must literally be seen to be believed. The
beach at Panama, to select an instance familiar to the present writer, is
astonishingly rich in species, which probably amount in all to several
hundreds. This is due to the immense variety of habitat. On the rocks at
high-water mark, and even above them, occur Truncatella, Melampus,
Littorina, and Siphonaria; where a mangrove-swamp replaces the rock, on
the branches overhead are huge Littorina, while three species of Cerithidea
crawl on the mud, and Cyrena and Arca burrow into it. Lower down, in the
rock pools at half-tide mark are Cerithium, Purpura, Omphalius, Anachis (2
sp.), Nassa, and several Crepidula. At low-water mark of ordinary tides,
under stones half buried in clean sand, are Coecum and Vitrinella; under the
Page 22
blocks which rest on solid rock are Cypraea (4 or 5 sp.), Cantharus, more
Anachis, Columbella (3 sp. including the graceful C. harpiformis), and
Nitidella. Where the blocks of rock are rather muddy, Conus lurks, and with
it Turritella and Latirus. Where the rocks form a flat-topped platform 2 or 3
feet high, with here and there a deep crack, huge Chitons 3 inches long
conceal themselves, with two species of Turbo, Purpura, and Clavella. At
extreme low-water mark of spring tides, on the isolated rocks are
Monoceros, Leucozonia, and Vermetus, in them are Pholas and a burrowing
Mytilus, under them are more Conus, Dolium, and huge frilled Murices.
Patches of clean gravelly sand here produce Strombus; on the operculum of
the great Str. galea is sure to be a Crepidula, exactly fitting its breadth. On
the liquid mud-flats to the north glide about Marginella, Nassa, and
Truncaria, in the clean sandstretch to the west Olivella ploughs about by
hundreds with several species of Natica, and Tellina and Donax bury
themselves deep, while farther down are Artemis, Chione, and, where mud
begins to mix with the sand, Mytilus and more Arca. Each of these species
has its own habitat, often circumscribed to a few square feet at the most,
and it would be utterly useless to seek for it anywhere except in its own
special domain.
Equally abundant are the land Mollusca of the tropics. Prof. C. B. Adams
relates that within the limits of a single parish in Jamaica, named
Manchester, which measures no more than four miles long and one mile
broad, he obtained no fewer than one hundred species. Mr. J. S. Gibbons, in
a description of the Mollusca he obtained near St. Ann’s, Curaçao, gives a
lively picture of their abundance in an exceptionally favoured locality:—[2]
“Near the outskirts of the town a waste piece of ground supplied me with
occupation for all the time I had to spare. Neither grass nor water was to be
seen, the only vegetation consisting of a few stunted cacti and still fewer
acacia bushes. This, however, was so rich in shells that of several species
enough specimens could have been collected in a few yards to supply, I
should suppose, all the shell cabinets in the world.... The stones, plants, and
ground were covered with Strophia uva L., Tudora megacheila, P. and M.,
was in equal abundance, suspended by its silk-like thread from acacia
boughs, or strewed thickly on the ground underneath. A Bulimulus (B.
multilineatus var. sisalensis) abounded on the smaller boughs, while under
masses of coral Macroceramus inermis Gundl., Pupa parraiana d’Orb, and
Anachis, Columbella (3 sp. including the graceful C. harpiformis), and
Nitidella. Where the blocks of rock are rather muddy, Conus lurks, and with
it Turritella and Latirus. Where the rocks form a flat-topped platform 2 or 3
feet high, with here and there a deep crack, huge Chitons 3 inches long
conceal themselves, with two species of Turbo, Purpura, and Clavella. At
extreme low-water mark of spring tides, on the isolated rocks are
Monoceros, Leucozonia, and Vermetus, in them are Pholas and a burrowing
Mytilus, under them are more Conus, Dolium, and huge frilled Murices.
Patches of clean gravelly sand here produce Strombus; on the operculum of
the great Str. galea is sure to be a Crepidula, exactly fitting its breadth. On
the liquid mud-flats to the north glide about Marginella, Nassa, and
Truncaria, in the clean sandstretch to the west Olivella ploughs about by
hundreds with several species of Natica, and Tellina and Donax bury
themselves deep, while farther down are Artemis, Chione, and, where mud
begins to mix with the sand, Mytilus and more Arca. Each of these species
has its own habitat, often circumscribed to a few square feet at the most,
and it would be utterly useless to seek for it anywhere except in its own
special domain.
Equally abundant are the land Mollusca of the tropics. Prof. C. B. Adams
relates that within the limits of a single parish in Jamaica, named
Manchester, which measures no more than four miles long and one mile
broad, he obtained no fewer than one hundred species. Mr. J. S. Gibbons, in
a description of the Mollusca he obtained near St. Ann’s, Curaçao, gives a
lively picture of their abundance in an exceptionally favoured locality:—[2]
“Near the outskirts of the town a waste piece of ground supplied me with
occupation for all the time I had to spare. Neither grass nor water was to be
seen, the only vegetation consisting of a few stunted cacti and still fewer
acacia bushes. This, however, was so rich in shells that of several species
enough specimens could have been collected in a few yards to supply, I
should suppose, all the shell cabinets in the world.... The stones, plants, and
ground were covered with Strophia uva L., Tudora megacheila, P. and M.,
was in equal abundance, suspended by its silk-like thread from acacia
boughs, or strewed thickly on the ground underneath. A Bulimulus (B.
multilineatus var. sisalensis) abounded on the smaller boughs, while under
masses of coral Macroceramus inermis Gundl., Pupa parraiana d’Orb, and
Page 23
P. pellucida Pfr., were abundant. In the loose soil Cylindrella Raveni Bland,
Cistula Raveni Bland, and a curious Cionella were so numerous that a
spade would have been the best instrument with which to collect them. I
wasted a good deal of valuable time in separating them from the soil, when
by simply taking away a few handfuls of mould, I might have obtained a
larger number of specimens. A species of Stenogyra and a Succinea
complete a list, all of which might have been gathered from almost any
square yard of ground on the hillside.”
Position of Mollusca in the Animal Kingdom.—Up to very recent
times it was usual to regard the Mollusca as one of the four subdivisions of
a great family known as Malacozoa, the subdivisions being (1) Mollusca,
(2) Tunicata, (3) Brachiopoda, (4) Polyzoa or Bryozoa. This classification is
still retained in the leading modern manual on the subject.[3] The progress,
however, of investigation leads to the belief that the Mollusca are not so
closely related to these other groups as such a classification would seem to
imply. The Tunicata, for instance, appear, from the whole course of their
development, to occupy a position near to the Vertebrata. The relations of
the Brachiopoda and Polyzoa will be more particularly referred to in that
part of this History which deals especially with those groups. The position
of the Mollusca is, in many respects, one of considerable isolation. Any
attempt, therefore, definitely to relate them to one group or another, is, in all
probability, to go further than the present state of our knowledge warrants.
Especially to be deprecated are systems of classification which confidently
derive the Mollusca in general from this or that group. The first undisputed
traces of animal life, which appear in the Cambrian epoch, exhibit the same
phyletic distinctions as now exist. Sponges, Echinoderms, Mollusca, and
Worms, formed already, in those immeasurably remote ages, groups
apparently as generally distinct from one another as they are at the present
time. It would seem that any theory of development, which confidently
teaches the derivation of any one of these groups from any other, is, in the
present state of the evidence before us, hazardous in the extreme.
Some indications of relationship, which must not be pushed too far, may
be drawn from a consideration of embryonic resemblance. An especial
characteristic of the Mollusca is the possession of a particular form of larva,
which occurs in one of the stages of development, known as the
Cistula Raveni Bland, and a curious Cionella were so numerous that a
spade would have been the best instrument with which to collect them. I
wasted a good deal of valuable time in separating them from the soil, when
by simply taking away a few handfuls of mould, I might have obtained a
larger number of specimens. A species of Stenogyra and a Succinea
complete a list, all of which might have been gathered from almost any
square yard of ground on the hillside.”
Position of Mollusca in the Animal Kingdom.—Up to very recent
times it was usual to regard the Mollusca as one of the four subdivisions of
a great family known as Malacozoa, the subdivisions being (1) Mollusca,
(2) Tunicata, (3) Brachiopoda, (4) Polyzoa or Bryozoa. This classification is
still retained in the leading modern manual on the subject.[3] The progress,
however, of investigation leads to the belief that the Mollusca are not so
closely related to these other groups as such a classification would seem to
imply. The Tunicata, for instance, appear, from the whole course of their
development, to occupy a position near to the Vertebrata. The relations of
the Brachiopoda and Polyzoa will be more particularly referred to in that
part of this History which deals especially with those groups. The position
of the Mollusca is, in many respects, one of considerable isolation. Any
attempt, therefore, definitely to relate them to one group or another, is, in all
probability, to go further than the present state of our knowledge warrants.
Especially to be deprecated are systems of classification which confidently
derive the Mollusca in general from this or that group. The first undisputed
traces of animal life, which appear in the Cambrian epoch, exhibit the same
phyletic distinctions as now exist. Sponges, Echinoderms, Mollusca, and
Worms, formed already, in those immeasurably remote ages, groups
apparently as generally distinct from one another as they are at the present
time. It would seem that any theory of development, which confidently
teaches the derivation of any one of these groups from any other, is, in the
present state of the evidence before us, hazardous in the extreme.
Some indications of relationship, which must not be pushed too far, may
be drawn from a consideration of embryonic resemblance. An especial
characteristic of the Mollusca is the possession of a particular form of larva,
which occurs in one of the stages of development, known as the
Page 24
trochosphere (see p. 130). This form of larva is shared with two orders of
Annelida, the Chaetopoda and the Gephyrea armata, and, in all probability,
with the Polyzoa as well. It may also be significant that the adult form in
Rotifera bears a close resemblance to the trochosphere larva in those
groups.
Basis of Classification.—The Mollusca are divided into four great
Orders—Cephalopoda, Gasteropoda, Scaphopoda, and Pelecypoda.[4]
Each name, it will be noticed, bears reference to the ‘foot,’ i.e. to the organ
of motion which corresponds in function to the foot in the Vertebrata.
In the Cephalopoda the feet, or, as they are more frequently termed, the
‘arms,’ are arranged symmetrically round the head or mouth. The common
forms of ‘cuttle-fish’ (Octopus, Loligo) are familiar examples of
Cephalopods.
The Gasteropoda crawl on the flat under-surface or ‘sole’ of the foot.
Snails, slugs, sea-hares, whelks, periwinkles, and coats-of-mail or chitons
are examples of this Order.
The Scaphopoda possess a long tubular shell open at both ends; with
their small and elongated foot they are supposed to dig into the mud in
which they live. The common Dentalium or tusk-shell of our coasts is a
representative of this Order.
Annelida, the Chaetopoda and the Gephyrea armata, and, in all probability,
with the Polyzoa as well. It may also be significant that the adult form in
Rotifera bears a close resemblance to the trochosphere larva in those
groups.
Basis of Classification.—The Mollusca are divided into four great
Orders—Cephalopoda, Gasteropoda, Scaphopoda, and Pelecypoda.[4]
Each name, it will be noticed, bears reference to the ‘foot,’ i.e. to the organ
of motion which corresponds in function to the foot in the Vertebrata.
In the Cephalopoda the feet, or, as they are more frequently termed, the
‘arms,’ are arranged symmetrically round the head or mouth. The common
forms of ‘cuttle-fish’ (Octopus, Loligo) are familiar examples of
Cephalopods.
The Gasteropoda crawl on the flat under-surface or ‘sole’ of the foot.
Snails, slugs, sea-hares, whelks, periwinkles, and coats-of-mail or chitons
are examples of this Order.
The Scaphopoda possess a long tubular shell open at both ends; with
their small and elongated foot they are supposed to dig into the mud in
which they live. The common Dentalium or tusk-shell of our coasts is a
representative of this Order.
Page 25
Fig. 1.—Examples of the four Orders: A,
Cephalopoda; B, Gasteropoda; C,
Scaphopoda, and D, Pelecypoda.
A, Ommastrephes sagittatus Lam., Naples: a,
a, arms surrounding the mouth; f, funnel; t, t, the
two ‘tentacular’ arms, × ⅖. B, Buccinum undatum
L., Britain: f, foot; pr, proboscis. × ½. C,
Dentalium entalis L., Norway: f, foot. D, Cardium
oblongum Chem., Naples: f, foot; s, efferent or
anal siphon; s’, efferent or branchial siphon, × ½.
The Pelecypoda[5] are enclosed in a bivalve shell fastened by a
muscular hinge, the adjacent part of the valves being generally more or less
toothed; the foot is as a rule roughly comparable to the shape of an axe-
head.
To these four Orders is frequently added a fifth, the Pteropoda, whose
exact position is at present not absolutely settled. The Pteropoda[6] are
‘pelagic,’ i.e. they live in the open waters of the ocean, rising to the surface
Cephalopoda; B, Gasteropoda; C,
Scaphopoda, and D, Pelecypoda.
A, Ommastrephes sagittatus Lam., Naples: a,
a, arms surrounding the mouth; f, funnel; t, t, the
two ‘tentacular’ arms, × ⅖. B, Buccinum undatum
L., Britain: f, foot; pr, proboscis. × ½. C,
Dentalium entalis L., Norway: f, foot. D, Cardium
oblongum Chem., Naples: f, foot; s, efferent or
anal siphon; s’, efferent or branchial siphon, × ½.
The Pelecypoda[5] are enclosed in a bivalve shell fastened by a
muscular hinge, the adjacent part of the valves being generally more or less
toothed; the foot is as a rule roughly comparable to the shape of an axe-
head.
To these four Orders is frequently added a fifth, the Pteropoda, whose
exact position is at present not absolutely settled. The Pteropoda[6] are
‘pelagic,’ i.e. they live in the open waters of the ocean, rising to the surface
Page 26
at night, and sinking into cooler water by day. They are provided with a pair
of wing-like appendages or ‘feet,’ on each side of the head, by means of
which they are enabled to swim. Some authorities regard the Pteropoda as a
subdivision of Gasteropoda, others as forming a separate Order, of
equivalent value to the other four. The question will be further discussed
below (see chap. xv.), but for the present it will be sufficient to state that the
weight of evidence appears to show that the Pteropoda are modified
Gasteropoda, with special adaptations to pelagic life, and are therefore not
entitled to rank as a separate Order.
Some writers conveniently group together the first three of these Orders,
the Cephalopoda, Gasteropoda, and Scaphopoda, under the title
Glossophora,[7] or Mollusca furnished with a radula or ribbon-shaped
‘tongue,’ set with rows of teeth and situated in something of the nature of a
head, as distinguished from the Aglossa (or Lipocephala),[8] i.e. those
Mollusca which have no radula and no head. To the latter belong only the
fourth Order, the Pelecypoda. This view postulates, for the primitive
ancestral Mollusc, a body with a more or less developed head, and possibly
the rudiments of an apparatus for grinding or triturating food. This form, it
is held, either developed or degenerated. In the former case, in consequence
of the more active mode of life upon which it may be supposed to have
entered, it gave rise to all the more highly organised forms which are
grouped under the three great Orders. When, on the other hand, the
ancestral form associated itself with an inactive or sedentary life, it was, we
may believe, modified accordingly, and either lost by atrophy or failed to
acquire those special points of organisation which characterise the highly-
developed form. Hence the Pelecypoda, or bivalves, whose characteristic is
the absence of any definite cephalic region or masticatory apparatus. It is a
remarkable fact in support of this theory of the origin of the Aglossa that
certain of their larvae are known to possess traces of higher organisation,
e.g. an external mouth and eyes, the former of which becomes covered by
the mantle lobes, while the latter disappear long before the adult stage is
reached.
Thus we have
of wing-like appendages or ‘feet,’ on each side of the head, by means of
which they are enabled to swim. Some authorities regard the Pteropoda as a
subdivision of Gasteropoda, others as forming a separate Order, of
equivalent value to the other four. The question will be further discussed
below (see chap. xv.), but for the present it will be sufficient to state that the
weight of evidence appears to show that the Pteropoda are modified
Gasteropoda, with special adaptations to pelagic life, and are therefore not
entitled to rank as a separate Order.
Some writers conveniently group together the first three of these Orders,
the Cephalopoda, Gasteropoda, and Scaphopoda, under the title
Glossophora,[7] or Mollusca furnished with a radula or ribbon-shaped
‘tongue,’ set with rows of teeth and situated in something of the nature of a
head, as distinguished from the Aglossa (or Lipocephala),[8] i.e. those
Mollusca which have no radula and no head. To the latter belong only the
fourth Order, the Pelecypoda. This view postulates, for the primitive
ancestral Mollusc, a body with a more or less developed head, and possibly
the rudiments of an apparatus for grinding or triturating food. This form, it
is held, either developed or degenerated. In the former case, in consequence
of the more active mode of life upon which it may be supposed to have
entered, it gave rise to all the more highly organised forms which are
grouped under the three great Orders. When, on the other hand, the
ancestral form associated itself with an inactive or sedentary life, it was, we
may believe, modified accordingly, and either lost by atrophy or failed to
acquire those special points of organisation which characterise the highly-
developed form. Hence the Pelecypoda, or bivalves, whose characteristic is
the absence of any definite cephalic region or masticatory apparatus. It is a
remarkable fact in support of this theory of the origin of the Aglossa that
certain of their larvae are known to possess traces of higher organisation,
e.g. an external mouth and eyes, the former of which becomes covered by
the mantle lobes, while the latter disappear long before the adult stage is
reached.
Thus we have
Page 27
Classification of Gasteropoda.—The Gasteropoda are numerically
very largely in excess of the two other Orders of the Glossophora, far more
complicated as regards classification, and contain a large proportion of
those examples of the Mollusca which are most familiar to the ordinary
observer. It will therefore be convenient to postpone for the present a fuller
discussion of the subdivisions of the Cephalopoda and Scaphopoda, as well
as of the Aglossa, returning to them again in special chapters (chaps. xiii.
and xvi.), and to devote a few introductory words to the classification and
relations of the Gasteropoda.
The Gasteropoda are divided into four Classes, Amphineura,
Prosobranchiata, Opisthobranchiata, and Pulmonata.
very largely in excess of the two other Orders of the Glossophora, far more
complicated as regards classification, and contain a large proportion of
those examples of the Mollusca which are most familiar to the ordinary
observer. It will therefore be convenient to postpone for the present a fuller
discussion of the subdivisions of the Cephalopoda and Scaphopoda, as well
as of the Aglossa, returning to them again in special chapters (chaps. xiii.
and xvi.), and to devote a few introductory words to the classification and
relations of the Gasteropoda.
The Gasteropoda are divided into four Classes, Amphineura,
Prosobranchiata, Opisthobranchiata, and Pulmonata.
Page 28
Fig. 2.—An example of the
Polyplacophora: Chiton spinosus
Brug.
Fig. 3.—An example of the
Aplacophora, Neomenia carinata
Tullb.: a, anus; gr, ventral groove;
m, mouth.
Polyplacophora: Chiton spinosus
Brug.
Fig. 3.—An example of the
Aplacophora, Neomenia carinata
Tullb.: a, anus; gr, ventral groove;
m, mouth.
Page 29
(1) The Amphineura[9] are bilaterally symmetrical Mollusca, i.e. with
organs either single and central, or paired and disposed on either side of the
longer axis of the animal. The shell, when present, is never spiral, but
consists of eight overlapping plates, kept together by an elliptical girdle.
The Amphineura are divided into (a) Polyplacophora,[10] or Chitons, and
(b) Aplacophora (Chaetoderma and Neomenia).
(2) The Prosobranchiata[11] are so named from the fact that the
breathing organ (branchia or ctenidium[12]) is as a rule situated in front of
the heart, the auricle at the same time being in front of the ventricle. They
are asymmetrical, almost always furnished with a shell, which is at some
time spiral, and with an operculum. The sexes are separate. They are either
marine animals, or can be shown to be more or less directly derived from
genera which are marine. They are divided into (a) Diotocardia[13]
(Haliotis, Fissurella, Trochus, Nerita, Patella), which have, or whose
immediate ancestors are believed to have had, two auricles to the heart, two
sets of breathing organs, two kidneys, but no proboscis, penis, or siphon,
and (b) Monotocardia,[14] in which the heart has only one auricle, the true
breathing organ is single, and there is a single kidney. To this division
belong the great majority of marine univalve Mollusca, e.g. Cypraea,
Buccinum, Murex, Littorina, Ianthina, all the land and fresh-water
operculates (Cyclostoma, Melania, Paludina, etc.), as well as the
Heteropoda, which are a group of Prosobranchiata which have betaken
themselves to a pelagic life.
organs either single and central, or paired and disposed on either side of the
longer axis of the animal. The shell, when present, is never spiral, but
consists of eight overlapping plates, kept together by an elliptical girdle.
The Amphineura are divided into (a) Polyplacophora,[10] or Chitons, and
(b) Aplacophora (Chaetoderma and Neomenia).
(2) The Prosobranchiata[11] are so named from the fact that the
breathing organ (branchia or ctenidium[12]) is as a rule situated in front of
the heart, the auricle at the same time being in front of the ventricle. They
are asymmetrical, almost always furnished with a shell, which is at some
time spiral, and with an operculum. The sexes are separate. They are either
marine animals, or can be shown to be more or less directly derived from
genera which are marine. They are divided into (a) Diotocardia[13]
(Haliotis, Fissurella, Trochus, Nerita, Patella), which have, or whose
immediate ancestors are believed to have had, two auricles to the heart, two
sets of breathing organs, two kidneys, but no proboscis, penis, or siphon,
and (b) Monotocardia,[14] in which the heart has only one auricle, the true
breathing organ is single, and there is a single kidney. To this division
belong the great majority of marine univalve Mollusca, e.g. Cypraea,
Buccinum, Murex, Littorina, Ianthina, all the land and fresh-water
operculates (Cyclostoma, Melania, Paludina, etc.), as well as the
Heteropoda, which are a group of Prosobranchiata which have betaken
themselves to a pelagic life.
Page 30
Fig. 4.—Example of a Heteropod, Carinaria mediterranea Lam.,
Naples: a, anus; br, branchia; f, foot; i, intestine; m, mouth;
p, penis; s, sucker; sh, shell; t, tentacles. × ½. The animal
swims foot uppermost.
(3) In the Opisthobranchiata[5] the breathing organs (when present) are
behind the heart, and the auricle of the heart is consequently behind the
ventricle. They are asymmetrical marine animals; usually, but by no means
always, without a shell, scarcely ever with an operculum in the adult state.
The sexes are united in the same individual. The Opisthobranchiata fall into
two divisions: (a) Tectibranchiata, in which the breathing organ is more or
less covered by the mantle, and a shell is usually present, which is
sometimes rudimentary, e.g. Bulla, Aplysia, Umbrella, and the whole group
of Pteropoda; (b) Nudibranchiata, or sea slugs, which have no shell and no
true ctenidia, but breathe either by the skin, or by ‘cerata’ or papilliform
organs prominently developed on the back: e.g. Doris, Aeolis, Dendronotus.
Naples: a, anus; br, branchia; f, foot; i, intestine; m, mouth;
p, penis; s, sucker; sh, shell; t, tentacles. × ½. The animal
swims foot uppermost.
(3) In the Opisthobranchiata[5] the breathing organs (when present) are
behind the heart, and the auricle of the heart is consequently behind the
ventricle. They are asymmetrical marine animals; usually, but by no means
always, without a shell, scarcely ever with an operculum in the adult state.
The sexes are united in the same individual. The Opisthobranchiata fall into
two divisions: (a) Tectibranchiata, in which the breathing organ is more or
less covered by the mantle, and a shell is usually present, which is
sometimes rudimentary, e.g. Bulla, Aplysia, Umbrella, and the whole group
of Pteropoda; (b) Nudibranchiata, or sea slugs, which have no shell and no
true ctenidia, but breathe either by the skin, or by ‘cerata’ or papilliform
organs prominently developed on the back: e.g. Doris, Aeolis, Dendronotus.
Page 31
Fig. 5.—A, A Tectibranchiate Opisthobranch, Umbrella mediterranea
Lam., Naples: a, anus; br, branchia; f, foot; m, mouth; rh,
rhinophores; sh, shell.
B, A Pteropod, Hyalaea tridentata Forsk., Naples: sh, shell; l, l,
swimming lobes of foot.
C, A Nudibranchiate Opisthobranch, Aeolis peregrina, Naples: f, foot;
c, cerata.
Fig. 6.—Examples of—A, Pulmonata Basommatophora, the common
Limnaea peregra Müll.: e, e, eyes; t, t, tentacles. B, Pulmonata
Stylommatophora, Helix hortensis Müll.: e, e, eyes; t, t, tentacles; p.
o, pulmonary orifice (the position of the pulmonary orifice in
Limnaea will be seen by reference to Fig. 101).
(4) The Pulmonata[15] are asymmetrical air-breathing non-marine
Mollusca, generally, but not always, furnished with a shell. The sexes are
always united in the same individual, and the operculum is always wanting,
Lam., Naples: a, anus; br, branchia; f, foot; m, mouth; rh,
rhinophores; sh, shell.
B, A Pteropod, Hyalaea tridentata Forsk., Naples: sh, shell; l, l,
swimming lobes of foot.
C, A Nudibranchiate Opisthobranch, Aeolis peregrina, Naples: f, foot;
c, cerata.
Fig. 6.—Examples of—A, Pulmonata Basommatophora, the common
Limnaea peregra Müll.: e, e, eyes; t, t, tentacles. B, Pulmonata
Stylommatophora, Helix hortensis Müll.: e, e, eyes; t, t, tentacles; p.
o, pulmonary orifice (the position of the pulmonary orifice in
Limnaea will be seen by reference to Fig. 101).
(4) The Pulmonata[15] are asymmetrical air-breathing non-marine
Mollusca, generally, but not always, furnished with a shell. The sexes are
always united in the same individual, and the operculum is always wanting,
Page 32
except in Amphibola. They are conveniently divided into Stylommatophora,
[16]
in which the eyes are at the tip of the upper tentacles, which are
retractile (Helix, Limax, Bulimus, and all true land slugs and snails), and
Basommatophora, in which the eyes are at the base of the tentacles, which
are not retractile (Limnaea, Planorbis, Physa, and all the Auriculidae).
Thus we have
Gasteropoda Amphineura Polyplacophora
Aplacophora
Prosobranchiata Diotocardia
Monotocardia (incl. Heteropoda)
Opisthobranchiata Tectibranchiata (incl. Pteropoda)
Nudibranchiata[17]
Pulmonata Stylommatophora
Basommatophora
The relation of the four great Orders to one another will be better
discussed when we come to deal with each Order separately. The problem
of the origin and mutual relationship of the various forms of molluscan life
is of extreme subtlety, and its solution can only be approached after a
comprehensive survey of many complicated anatomical details. But there is
one branch of the Mollusca—the land and fresh-water genera—whose
origin is, comparatively speaking, of recent date, and whose relationships
are therefore less likely to have suffered complete obliteration.
Origin of the Land and Fresh-water Mollusca.—The ultimate
derivation of the whole of the land and fresh-water molluscan fauna must,
as has already been remarked, be looked for in the sea. In certain cases the
process of conversion, if it may be so termed, from a marine to a non-
marine genus, is still in progress, and can be definitely observed; in others
the conversion is complete, but the modification of form has been so slight,
or the date of its occurrence so recent, that the connexion is unmistakable,
or at least highly probable; in others again, the modification has been so
great, or the date of its occurrence so remote, that the actual line of
derivation is obscured or at best only conjectural.
[16]
in which the eyes are at the tip of the upper tentacles, which are
retractile (Helix, Limax, Bulimus, and all true land slugs and snails), and
Basommatophora, in which the eyes are at the base of the tentacles, which
are not retractile (Limnaea, Planorbis, Physa, and all the Auriculidae).
Thus we have
Gasteropoda Amphineura Polyplacophora
Aplacophora
Prosobranchiata Diotocardia
Monotocardia (incl. Heteropoda)
Opisthobranchiata Tectibranchiata (incl. Pteropoda)
Nudibranchiata[17]
Pulmonata Stylommatophora
Basommatophora
The relation of the four great Orders to one another will be better
discussed when we come to deal with each Order separately. The problem
of the origin and mutual relationship of the various forms of molluscan life
is of extreme subtlety, and its solution can only be approached after a
comprehensive survey of many complicated anatomical details. But there is
one branch of the Mollusca—the land and fresh-water genera—whose
origin is, comparatively speaking, of recent date, and whose relationships
are therefore less likely to have suffered complete obliteration.
Origin of the Land and Fresh-water Mollusca.—The ultimate
derivation of the whole of the land and fresh-water molluscan fauna must,
as has already been remarked, be looked for in the sea. In certain cases the
process of conversion, if it may be so termed, from a marine to a non-
marine genus, is still in progress, and can be definitely observed; in others
the conversion is complete, but the modification of form has been so slight,
or the date of its occurrence so recent, that the connexion is unmistakable,
or at least highly probable; in others again, the modification has been so
great, or the date of its occurrence so remote, that the actual line of
derivation is obscured or at best only conjectural.
Page 33
Fig. 7.—A, the common cockle (Cardium edule L.). B,
Adacna plicata Eichw., Caspian Sea. C, Didacna
trigonoides Pall., Caspian Sea.
This passage from a marine to a non-marine life—in other words, this
direct derivation of non-marine from marine genera—is illustrated by the
faunal phenomena of an inland brackish-water sea like the Caspian, which
is known to have been originally in connexion with the Mediterranean, and
therefore originally supported a marine fauna. The Mollusca of the Caspian,
although without exception brackish- or fresh-water species, are in their
general facies distinctly marine. Of the 26 univalve species which inhabit it
19 belong to 4 peculiar genera (Micromelania, Caspia, Clessinia,
Nematurella), all of which are modified forms of the marine Rissoidae. The
characteristic bivalves belong to the genera Adacna, Didacna, and
Monodacna, all of which can be shown to be derived from the common
Cardium edule. We have here a case where complete isolation from the sea,
combined no doubt with a gradual freshening of the water, has resulted in
the development of a number of new genera. The singularly marine facies
of several of the fresh-water genera now inhabiting Lake Tanganyika, has
given rise to the belief, among some authorities, that that lake was at one
time an inlet of the Indian Ocean. In the upper waters of the Baltic, marine
and fresh-water Mollusca flourish side by side. So complete is the
intermixture, that an observer who had lived on no other shores would
Adacna plicata Eichw., Caspian Sea. C, Didacna
trigonoides Pall., Caspian Sea.
This passage from a marine to a non-marine life—in other words, this
direct derivation of non-marine from marine genera—is illustrated by the
faunal phenomena of an inland brackish-water sea like the Caspian, which
is known to have been originally in connexion with the Mediterranean, and
therefore originally supported a marine fauna. The Mollusca of the Caspian,
although without exception brackish- or fresh-water species, are in their
general facies distinctly marine. Of the 26 univalve species which inhabit it
19 belong to 4 peculiar genera (Micromelania, Caspia, Clessinia,
Nematurella), all of which are modified forms of the marine Rissoidae. The
characteristic bivalves belong to the genera Adacna, Didacna, and
Monodacna, all of which can be shown to be derived from the common
Cardium edule. We have here a case where complete isolation from the sea,
combined no doubt with a gradual freshening of the water, has resulted in
the development of a number of new genera. The singularly marine facies
of several of the fresh-water genera now inhabiting Lake Tanganyika, has
given rise to the belief, among some authorities, that that lake was at one
time an inlet of the Indian Ocean. In the upper waters of the Baltic, marine
and fresh-water Mollusca flourish side by side. So complete is the
intermixture, that an observer who had lived on no other shores would
Page 34
probably be unable to separate the one set of species from the other.[18]
Thus between Dagö and Papen-Wiek[19] Mytilus edulis, Cardium edule,
Tellina balthica, Mya arenaria, Littorina rudis, and Hydrobia balthica are
the only true marine species; with these live Unio, Cyclas, Neritina,
Limnaea, and Bithynia. The marine species and Neritina live down to 15–
20 fath., the rest only down to 3 fath. Under stones close to the shore of the
Skärgård at Stockholm[20] are found young Cardium and Tellina, and at 3 to
6 fath. Limnaea peregra, and Physa fontinalis. Near Gothland Limnaea is
found in the open sea at 8–12 fath., and with it occur Cardium and Tellina.
At the Frisches Haff[21] Mya arenaria is the only marine species, and lives
in company with 6 sp. Limnaea, 1 Physa, 9 Planorbis, 1 Ancylus, 4 Valvata,
2 Sphaerium. Were the Sound to become closed, and the waters of the
Baltic perfectly fresh, it would be inevitable that Mya arenaria, and such
other marine species as continued to live under their changed conditions,
should in course of time submit to modifications similar in kind to those
experienced by the quondam marine species of the Caspian.
It seems probable, however, that the origin, at least in a great part, of the
land and fresh-water Mollusca need not be accounted for by such
involuntary changes of environment as the enclosure of arms of the sea, or
the possible drying up of inland lakes. These cases may be taken as
illustrations of the much more gradual processes of nature by which the
land and fresh-water fauna must have been developed. The ancestry of that
fauna must be looked for, as far as the Gasteropoda are concerned, in the
littoral and estuarine species; for the Pelecypoda, in the estuarine alone.
The effect of the recess of the tide, in the one case, and the effect of the
reduced percentage of salt, in the other, has tended to produce a gradual
adaptation to new surroundings, an adaptation which becomes more and
more perfect. It may be safely asserted that no marine species could pass
into a land or fresh-water species except after a period, more or less
prolonged, of littoral or estuarine existence. Thus we find no land or fresh-
water species exhibiting relationships with such deep-sea genera as the
Volutidae, Cancellariidae, Terebridae, or even with genera trenching on the
lowest part of the littoral zone, such as the Haliotidae, Conidae, Olividae,
Capulidae. The signs of connexion are rather with the Neritidae,
Cerithiidae, and above all the Littorinidae, which are accustomed to live for
hours, and in the case of Littorina for days or even weeks, without being
Thus between Dagö and Papen-Wiek[19] Mytilus edulis, Cardium edule,
Tellina balthica, Mya arenaria, Littorina rudis, and Hydrobia balthica are
the only true marine species; with these live Unio, Cyclas, Neritina,
Limnaea, and Bithynia. The marine species and Neritina live down to 15–
20 fath., the rest only down to 3 fath. Under stones close to the shore of the
Skärgård at Stockholm[20] are found young Cardium and Tellina, and at 3 to
6 fath. Limnaea peregra, and Physa fontinalis. Near Gothland Limnaea is
found in the open sea at 8–12 fath., and with it occur Cardium and Tellina.
At the Frisches Haff[21] Mya arenaria is the only marine species, and lives
in company with 6 sp. Limnaea, 1 Physa, 9 Planorbis, 1 Ancylus, 4 Valvata,
2 Sphaerium. Were the Sound to become closed, and the waters of the
Baltic perfectly fresh, it would be inevitable that Mya arenaria, and such
other marine species as continued to live under their changed conditions,
should in course of time submit to modifications similar in kind to those
experienced by the quondam marine species of the Caspian.
It seems probable, however, that the origin, at least in a great part, of the
land and fresh-water Mollusca need not be accounted for by such
involuntary changes of environment as the enclosure of arms of the sea, or
the possible drying up of inland lakes. These cases may be taken as
illustrations of the much more gradual processes of nature by which the
land and fresh-water fauna must have been developed. The ancestry of that
fauna must be looked for, as far as the Gasteropoda are concerned, in the
littoral and estuarine species; for the Pelecypoda, in the estuarine alone.
The effect of the recess of the tide, in the one case, and the effect of the
reduced percentage of salt, in the other, has tended to produce a gradual
adaptation to new surroundings, an adaptation which becomes more and
more perfect. It may be safely asserted that no marine species could pass
into a land or fresh-water species except after a period, more or less
prolonged, of littoral or estuarine existence. Thus we find no land or fresh-
water species exhibiting relationships with such deep-sea genera as the
Volutidae, Cancellariidae, Terebridae, or even with genera trenching on the
lowest part of the littoral zone, such as the Haliotidae, Conidae, Olividae,
Capulidae. The signs of connexion are rather with the Neritidae,
Cerithiidae, and above all the Littorinidae, which are accustomed to live for
hours, and in the case of Littorina for days or even weeks, without being
Page 35
moistened by the tide. Similarly the fresh-water Pelecypoda exhibit
relationships, not with genera exclusively marine, but with genera known to
inhabit estuaries, such as the Mytilidae, Corbulidae, Cardiidae.
It would be natural to expect that we should find this process of
conversion still going on, and that we should be able to detect particular
species or groups of species in process of emigration from sea to land, or
from sea to fresh water. Such species will be intermediate between a marine
and a land or fresh-water species, and difficult to classify distinctly as one
or the other. Cases of Mollusca occupying this intermediate position occur
all over the world. They inhabit brackish swamps, damp places at high-
water mark, and rocks only at intervals visited by the tide. Such are
Potamides, Assiminea, Siphonaria, Melampus, Hydrobia, Truncatella,
among the univalves, and many species of Cyrena and Arca among the
bivalves.
Origin of the Fresh-water Fauna
(a) Pelecypoda.—Estuarine species, which have become accustomed to
a certain admixture of fresh water, have gradually ascended the streams or
been cut off from the sea, and have at last become habituated to water
which is perfectly fresh.
relationships, not with genera exclusively marine, but with genera known to
inhabit estuaries, such as the Mytilidae, Corbulidae, Cardiidae.
It would be natural to expect that we should find this process of
conversion still going on, and that we should be able to detect particular
species or groups of species in process of emigration from sea to land, or
from sea to fresh water. Such species will be intermediate between a marine
and a land or fresh-water species, and difficult to classify distinctly as one
or the other. Cases of Mollusca occupying this intermediate position occur
all over the world. They inhabit brackish swamps, damp places at high-
water mark, and rocks only at intervals visited by the tide. Such are
Potamides, Assiminea, Siphonaria, Melampus, Hydrobia, Truncatella,
among the univalves, and many species of Cyrena and Arca among the
bivalves.
Origin of the Fresh-water Fauna
(a) Pelecypoda.—Estuarine species, which have become accustomed to
a certain admixture of fresh water, have gradually ascended the streams or
been cut off from the sea, and have at last become habituated to water
which is perfectly fresh.
Page 36
Fig. 8.—A, The common Mytilus edulis L., a
marine genus and species. B, Dreissensia,
a fresh-water genus, closely allied to
Mytilus.
Fig. 9.—A, Arca navicella Reeve, Philippines, a marine species. B,
Arca (Scaphula) pinna Bens., R. Tenasserim, a fresh-water
species which lives many miles above the tide-way.
Thus Dreissensia (rivers and canals throughout N. Europe and N.
America) and Mytilopsis (rivers of America) are scarcely modified Mytili
(Fig. 8); Scaphula is a modified Arca, and lives in the Ganges, the Jumna,
and the Tenasserim at a distance of 1600 miles from the sea (Fig. 9). Pholas
rivicola is found imbedded in floating wood on the R. Pantai many miles
marine genus and species. B, Dreissensia,
a fresh-water genus, closely allied to
Mytilus.
Fig. 9.—A, Arca navicella Reeve, Philippines, a marine species. B,
Arca (Scaphula) pinna Bens., R. Tenasserim, a fresh-water
species which lives many miles above the tide-way.
Thus Dreissensia (rivers and canals throughout N. Europe and N.
America) and Mytilopsis (rivers of America) are scarcely modified Mytili
(Fig. 8); Scaphula is a modified Arca, and lives in the Ganges, the Jumna,
and the Tenasserim at a distance of 1600 miles from the sea (Fig. 9). Pholas
rivicola is found imbedded in floating wood on the R. Pantai many miles
Page 37
from its mouth. Cyrena, Corbicula, and probably Sphaerium and Pisidium
are derived, in different degrees of removal, from the exclusively marine
Veneridae; Potamomya (rivers of S. America), and Himella (R. Amazon)
are forms of Corbula. The Caspian genera derived from Cardium (Adacna,
Didacna, Monodacna), have already been referred to. Nausitora is a form
of Teredo, which lives in fresh water in Bengal. Rangia, Fischeria, and
Galatea probably share the derivation of the Cyrenidae, while in Iphigenia
we have one of the Donacidae which has not yet mounted rivers, but is
confined to a strictly estuarine life. The familiar Scrobicularia piperata of
our own estuaries is a Tellina, which lives by preference in brackish water.
Fig. 10.—Trigonia pectinata Lam.,
Sydney, N.S.W.
The great family of the Unionidae is regarded by Neumayr[22] as derived
from Trigonia, the points of similarity being the development of a nacreous
shell, the presence of a strong epidermis, and the arrangement of the
muscular scars. It is remarkable, too, that on many Uniones of Pliocene
times there is found shell ornamentation of such a type as occurs elsewhere
among the Pelecypoda only on Trigonia.
The genera of fresh-water Pelecypoda are comparatively few in number,
and their origin is far more clearly discernible than that of any other group.
This is perhaps due to the fact that the essential changes of structure
required to convert a marine into a fresh-water bivalve are but slight. Both
animals “breathe water,” and both obtain their nutriment from matter
are derived, in different degrees of removal, from the exclusively marine
Veneridae; Potamomya (rivers of S. America), and Himella (R. Amazon)
are forms of Corbula. The Caspian genera derived from Cardium (Adacna,
Didacna, Monodacna), have already been referred to. Nausitora is a form
of Teredo, which lives in fresh water in Bengal. Rangia, Fischeria, and
Galatea probably share the derivation of the Cyrenidae, while in Iphigenia
we have one of the Donacidae which has not yet mounted rivers, but is
confined to a strictly estuarine life. The familiar Scrobicularia piperata of
our own estuaries is a Tellina, which lives by preference in brackish water.
Fig. 10.—Trigonia pectinata Lam.,
Sydney, N.S.W.
The great family of the Unionidae is regarded by Neumayr[22] as derived
from Trigonia, the points of similarity being the development of a nacreous
shell, the presence of a strong epidermis, and the arrangement of the
muscular scars. It is remarkable, too, that on many Uniones of Pliocene
times there is found shell ornamentation of such a type as occurs elsewhere
among the Pelecypoda only on Trigonia.
The genera of fresh-water Pelecypoda are comparatively few in number,
and their origin is far more clearly discernible than that of any other group.
This is perhaps due to the fact that the essential changes of structure
required to convert a marine into a fresh-water bivalve are but slight. Both
animals “breathe water,” and both obtain their nutriment from matter
Page 38
contained in water. Similar remarks apply to fresh-water operculate
Gasteropoda. But the passage from a marine to an aerial life involves much
profounder changes of environment, which have to be met by
correspondingly important changes in the organism. This may be in part the
reason why the ancestry of all Pulmonata, whether land or fresh-water, is so
difficult to trace.
Fig. 11.—A, Cominella, a marine
genus, which lives between tide
marks, and from which is
probably derived B, Clea, a
genus occurring only in fresh
water.
Fig. 12.—A, Cerithium columna Sowb. (marine). B, Potamides
microptera Kien. (brackish water). C, Io spinosa Lea, one of the
Pleuroceridae (fresh water).
Gasteropoda. But the passage from a marine to an aerial life involves much
profounder changes of environment, which have to be met by
correspondingly important changes in the organism. This may be in part the
reason why the ancestry of all Pulmonata, whether land or fresh-water, is so
difficult to trace.
Fig. 11.—A, Cominella, a marine
genus, which lives between tide
marks, and from which is
probably derived B, Clea, a
genus occurring only in fresh
water.
Fig. 12.—A, Cerithium columna Sowb. (marine). B, Potamides
microptera Kien. (brackish water). C, Io spinosa Lea, one of the
Pleuroceridae (fresh water).
Page 39
(b) Gasteropoda.—(1) Operculate. Canidia and Clea are closely allied,
with but little modification, to the marine Cominella[23] (Fig. 11), as is also
Nassodonta to Nassa. They occur (in fresh water) in the rivers of India,
Indo-China, Java, and Borneo, associated with essentially fresh-water
species. Potamides, with its various sub-genera (Telescopium, Pyrazus,
Pirenella, Cerithidea, etc.), all of which inhabit swamps and mud-flats just
above high-water mark in all warm countries, are derived from Cerithium
(Fig. 12); Assiminea, Hydrobia, and perhaps Truncatella, from Rissoa. It is
a remarkable fact that in Geomelania (with its sub-genera Chittya and
Blandiella) we have a form of Truncatella which has entirely deserted the
neighbourhood of the sea, and lives in woody mountainous localities in
certain of the West Indies. Cremnoconchus, a remarkable shell occurring
only on wet cliffs in the ghâts of southern India, is a modified Littorina.
Neritina and Nerita form a very interesting case in illustration of the whole
process. Nerita is a purely marine genus, occurring on rocks in the littoral
zone; one species, however, (N. lineata, Chem.) ascends rivers as far as 25
miles from their mouth, and others haunt marshes of brackish water.
Neritina is the fresh-water form, some species of which are found in
brackish swamps or even creeping on wet mud between tide marks, while
the great majority are fluviatile, one group (Neritodryas) actually occurring
in the Philippines on trees of some height, at a distance of a quarter of a
mile from any water. Navicella is a still further modified form of Neritina,
occurring only on wet rocks, branches, etc., in non-tidal streams (Fig. 13).
with but little modification, to the marine Cominella[23] (Fig. 11), as is also
Nassodonta to Nassa. They occur (in fresh water) in the rivers of India,
Indo-China, Java, and Borneo, associated with essentially fresh-water
species. Potamides, with its various sub-genera (Telescopium, Pyrazus,
Pirenella, Cerithidea, etc.), all of which inhabit swamps and mud-flats just
above high-water mark in all warm countries, are derived from Cerithium
(Fig. 12); Assiminea, Hydrobia, and perhaps Truncatella, from Rissoa. It is
a remarkable fact that in Geomelania (with its sub-genera Chittya and
Blandiella) we have a form of Truncatella which has entirely deserted the
neighbourhood of the sea, and lives in woody mountainous localities in
certain of the West Indies. Cremnoconchus, a remarkable shell occurring
only on wet cliffs in the ghâts of southern India, is a modified Littorina.
Neritina and Nerita form a very interesting case in illustration of the whole
process. Nerita is a purely marine genus, occurring on rocks in the littoral
zone; one species, however, (N. lineata, Chem.) ascends rivers as far as 25
miles from their mouth, and others haunt marshes of brackish water.
Neritina is the fresh-water form, some species of which are found in
brackish swamps or even creeping on wet mud between tide marks, while
the great majority are fluviatile, one group (Neritodryas) actually occurring
in the Philippines on trees of some height, at a distance of a quarter of a
mile from any water. Navicella is a still further modified form of Neritina,
occurring only on wet rocks, branches, etc., in non-tidal streams (Fig. 13).
Page 40
Fig. 13.—Illustrating the development of the fresh-water genus Navicella, through
the brackish-water Neritina, from the marine Nerita, with corresponding
changes in the operculum. 1. Nerita; 2, 3. Neritina; 4. Neritina, intermediate
form; 5, 6. Navicella.
The great family of the Melaniidae, which occurs in the rivers of warm
countries all over the world, and that of the Pleuroceridae, which is
confined to North America, are, in all probability, derived from some form
or forms of Cerithium. The origin of the Paludinidae, Valvatidae, and
Ampullariidae is more doubtful. Their migration from the sea was probably
of an early date, since the first traces of all three appear in the lower
Cretaceous, while Melaniidae are not known until Tertiary times.
Ampullaria, however, shows distinct signs of relationship to Natica, while
the affinities of Paludina and Valvata cannot as yet be approximately
affirmed.
(2) Pulmonata.—Intermediate between the essentially fresh-water and
the essentially marine species come the group sometimes known as
Gehydrophila, consisting of the two families Auriculidae and Otinidae.
These may be regarded as Mollusca which, though definitely removed from
all marine species by the development of a true lung or lung cavity in the
place of a gill, have yet never become, in respect of habitat, genuine fresh-
water species. Like Potamides, they haunt salt marshes, mangrove swamps,
and the region about high-water mark. In some cases (Otina, Melampus,
the brackish-water Neritina, from the marine Nerita, with corresponding
changes in the operculum. 1. Nerita; 2, 3. Neritina; 4. Neritina, intermediate
form; 5, 6. Navicella.
The great family of the Melaniidae, which occurs in the rivers of warm
countries all over the world, and that of the Pleuroceridae, which is
confined to North America, are, in all probability, derived from some form
or forms of Cerithium. The origin of the Paludinidae, Valvatidae, and
Ampullariidae is more doubtful. Their migration from the sea was probably
of an early date, since the first traces of all three appear in the lower
Cretaceous, while Melaniidae are not known until Tertiary times.
Ampullaria, however, shows distinct signs of relationship to Natica, while
the affinities of Paludina and Valvata cannot as yet be approximately
affirmed.
(2) Pulmonata.—Intermediate between the essentially fresh-water and
the essentially marine species come the group sometimes known as
Gehydrophila, consisting of the two families Auriculidae and Otinidae.
These may be regarded as Mollusca which, though definitely removed from
all marine species by the development of a true lung or lung cavity in the
place of a gill, have yet never become, in respect of habitat, genuine fresh-
water species. Like Potamides, they haunt salt marshes, mangrove swamps,
and the region about high-water mark. In some cases (Otina, Melampus,
Page 41
Pedipes) they live on rocks which are moistened, or even bathed by the
spray, in others (Cassidula, Auricula) they are immersed in some depth of
brackish water at high tide, in others again (Scarabus) they are more
definitely terrestrial, and live under dead leaves in woods at some little
distance from water. Indeed one genus of diminutive size (Carychium) has
completely abandoned the neighbourhood of the sea, and inhabits swampy
ground almost all over the world.
Fig. 14.—Examples of the Auriculidae: A, Auricula
Judae Lam., Borneo; B, Scarabus Lessoni Blainv., E.
Indies; C, Cassidula mustelina Desh., N. Zealand; D,
Melampus castaneus Mühlf., S. Pacific; E, Pedipes
quadridens Pfr., Jamaica.
spray, in others (Cassidula, Auricula) they are immersed in some depth of
brackish water at high tide, in others again (Scarabus) they are more
definitely terrestrial, and live under dead leaves in woods at some little
distance from water. Indeed one genus of diminutive size (Carychium) has
completely abandoned the neighbourhood of the sea, and inhabits swampy
ground almost all over the world.
Fig. 14.—Examples of the Auriculidae: A, Auricula
Judae Lam., Borneo; B, Scarabus Lessoni Blainv., E.
Indies; C, Cassidula mustelina Desh., N. Zealand; D,
Melampus castaneus Mühlf., S. Pacific; E, Pedipes
quadridens Pfr., Jamaica.
Page 42
Fig. 15.—An example of
Amphibola (avellana Chem.),
the only true Pulmonate
which possesses an
operculum.
To this same section Gehydrophila have been assigned two remarkable
forms of air-breathing “limpet,” Siphonaria and Gadinia (see page 151),
and the aberrant Amphibola, a unique instance of a true operculated
pulmonate. Siphonaria possesses a pulmonary cavity as well as a gill, while
Gadinia and Amphibola are exclusively air-breathing. Siphonaria lives on
rocks at or above high-water mark, Gadinia between tide marks, Amphibola
(Fig. 15) in brackish water at the estuaries of rivers, half buried in the sand.
There can be little doubt that all these are marine forms which are gradually
becoming accustomed to a terrestrial existence. In Gadinia and Amphibola
the process is so far complete that they have exchanged gills for a
pulmonary cavity, while in Siphonaria we have an intermediate stage in
which both organs exist together. A curious parallel to this is found in the
case of Ampullaria, which is furnished with two gills and a pulmonary
chamber, and breathes indifferently air and water. It is a little remarkable
that Siphonaria, which lives at a higher tide level than Gadinia, should
retain the gill, while Gadinia has lost it.
The ultimate affinities of the essentially fresh-water groups, Limnaea,
Physa, Chilina, cannot be precisely affirmed. The form of shell in Latia,
Gundlachia, and perhaps Ancylus, may suggest to some a connexion with
the Otinidae, and in Chilina, a similar connexion with the Auriculidae. But,
in a question of derivation, similarities of shell alone are of little value. It is
not a little remarkable, for instance, that we should find a simple patelliform
Amphibola (avellana Chem.),
the only true Pulmonate
which possesses an
operculum.
To this same section Gehydrophila have been assigned two remarkable
forms of air-breathing “limpet,” Siphonaria and Gadinia (see page 151),
and the aberrant Amphibola, a unique instance of a true operculated
pulmonate. Siphonaria possesses a pulmonary cavity as well as a gill, while
Gadinia and Amphibola are exclusively air-breathing. Siphonaria lives on
rocks at or above high-water mark, Gadinia between tide marks, Amphibola
(Fig. 15) in brackish water at the estuaries of rivers, half buried in the sand.
There can be little doubt that all these are marine forms which are gradually
becoming accustomed to a terrestrial existence. In Gadinia and Amphibola
the process is so far complete that they have exchanged gills for a
pulmonary cavity, while in Siphonaria we have an intermediate stage in
which both organs exist together. A curious parallel to this is found in the
case of Ampullaria, which is furnished with two gills and a pulmonary
chamber, and breathes indifferently air and water. It is a little remarkable
that Siphonaria, which lives at a higher tide level than Gadinia, should
retain the gill, while Gadinia has lost it.
The ultimate affinities of the essentially fresh-water groups, Limnaea,
Physa, Chilina, cannot be precisely affirmed. The form of shell in Latia,
Gundlachia, and perhaps Ancylus, may suggest to some a connexion with
the Otinidae, and in Chilina, a similar connexion with the Auriculidae. But,
in a question of derivation, similarities of shell alone are of little value. It is
not a little remarkable, for instance, that we should find a simple patelliform
Page 43
shell in genera so completely distinct from one another in all anatomical
essentials as Ancylus, Patella, Siphonaria, Propilidium, Hipponyx,
Cocculina, and Umbrella.
Some recent authors, on grounds of general organisation, regard the
Limnaeidae and their allies as Opisthobranchs adapted to an aerial life. It is
held[24] that the Nudibranchiate Opisthobranchs have given birth to the
Pulmonata Stylommatophora or land snails, and the Tectibranchiate
Opisthobranchs to the Pulmonata Basommatophora or fresh-water snails.
Such a view seems at first sight open to some objection from other views
than those which deal simply with anatomy. The Opisthobranchiata are not,
to any marked extent, littoral genera, nor do they specially haunt the mouths
of rivers. On the contrary, they inhabit, as a rule, only the very lowest part
of the littoral zone, and are seldom found, except where the water is purely
salt. In other cases, when the derivation of land or fresh-water genera is
fairly well established, intermediate forms persist, which indicate, with
more or less clearness, the lines along which modification has proceeded. It
has, however, recently been shown that Siphonaria[25] and Gadinia,[26]
which have, as has been already mentioned, hitherto been classified as
Pulmonata, are in reality modified forms of Opisthobranchiata, which are in
process of adaptation to a life partly marine, partly on land. They may
therefore be regarded as supplying the link, hitherto missing, between the
land Pulmonata and the marine groups from one or other of which the latter
must have been derived. The general consensus of recent opinion inclines
towards accepting these views, some writers[27] being content to regard the
Pulmonata, as a whole, as derived from the Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs,
while others[28] go further and regard the Stylommatophora as derived
directly from the Basommatophora.
Origin of the Land Fauna
Gasteropoda.—(1) Operculate. On a priori grounds, one might predict
a double origin for land operculates. Marine species might be imagined to
accustom themselves to a terrestrial existence, after a period, more or less
prolonged, of littoral probation. Or again, fresh-water species, themselves
ultimately derived from the sea, might submit to a similar transformation,
after a preliminary or intermediate stage of life on mudbanks, wet swamps,
branches overhanging the water, etc. Two great families in this group, and
essentials as Ancylus, Patella, Siphonaria, Propilidium, Hipponyx,
Cocculina, and Umbrella.
Some recent authors, on grounds of general organisation, regard the
Limnaeidae and their allies as Opisthobranchs adapted to an aerial life. It is
held[24] that the Nudibranchiate Opisthobranchs have given birth to the
Pulmonata Stylommatophora or land snails, and the Tectibranchiate
Opisthobranchs to the Pulmonata Basommatophora or fresh-water snails.
Such a view seems at first sight open to some objection from other views
than those which deal simply with anatomy. The Opisthobranchiata are not,
to any marked extent, littoral genera, nor do they specially haunt the mouths
of rivers. On the contrary, they inhabit, as a rule, only the very lowest part
of the littoral zone, and are seldom found, except where the water is purely
salt. In other cases, when the derivation of land or fresh-water genera is
fairly well established, intermediate forms persist, which indicate, with
more or less clearness, the lines along which modification has proceeded. It
has, however, recently been shown that Siphonaria[25] and Gadinia,[26]
which have, as has been already mentioned, hitherto been classified as
Pulmonata, are in reality modified forms of Opisthobranchiata, which are in
process of adaptation to a life partly marine, partly on land. They may
therefore be regarded as supplying the link, hitherto missing, between the
land Pulmonata and the marine groups from one or other of which the latter
must have been derived. The general consensus of recent opinion inclines
towards accepting these views, some writers[27] being content to regard the
Pulmonata, as a whole, as derived from the Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs,
while others[28] go further and regard the Stylommatophora as derived
directly from the Basommatophora.
Origin of the Land Fauna
Gasteropoda.—(1) Operculate. On a priori grounds, one might predict
a double origin for land operculates. Marine species might be imagined to
accustom themselves to a terrestrial existence, after a period, more or less
prolonged, of littoral probation. Or again, fresh-water species, themselves
ultimately derived from the sea, might submit to a similar transformation,
after a preliminary or intermediate stage of life on mudbanks, wet swamps,
branches overhanging the water, etc. Two great families in this group, and
Page 44
two only, seem to have undergone these transformations, the Littorinidae
and the Neritidae. The derivation of almost all existing land operculates
may be referred to one or other of these groups.
Fig. 16.—Two rows of the radula of Littorina littorea L., × 72.
The power of the Littorinidae to live for days or even weeks without
being moistened by the sea may be verified by the most casual observer. In
the tropics this power seems even greater than on our own shores. I have
seen, in various parts of Jamaica, Littorina muricata living at the top of low
cliffs among grass and herbage. At Panama I have taken three large species
of Littorina (varia, fasciata, pulchra), on trees at and above high-water
mark. Cases have been recorded in which a number of L. muricata,
collected and put aside, have lived for three months, and L. irrorata for four
months.[29] These facts are significant, when we know that the land
operculates almost certainly originated in a tropical climate.
The Cyclophoridae, Cyclostomatidae, and Aciculidae, which, as
contrasted with the other land operculates, form one group, have very close
relations, particularly in the length and formation of the radula, or lingual
ribbon, with the Littorinidae.
and the Neritidae. The derivation of almost all existing land operculates
may be referred to one or other of these groups.
Fig. 16.—Two rows of the radula of Littorina littorea L., × 72.
The power of the Littorinidae to live for days or even weeks without
being moistened by the sea may be verified by the most casual observer. In
the tropics this power seems even greater than on our own shores. I have
seen, in various parts of Jamaica, Littorina muricata living at the top of low
cliffs among grass and herbage. At Panama I have taken three large species
of Littorina (varia, fasciata, pulchra), on trees at and above high-water
mark. Cases have been recorded in which a number of L. muricata,
collected and put aside, have lived for three months, and L. irrorata for four
months.[29] These facts are significant, when we know that the land
operculates almost certainly originated in a tropical climate.
The Cyclophoridae, Cyclostomatidae, and Aciculidae, which, as
contrasted with the other land operculates, form one group, have very close
relations, particularly in the length and formation of the radula, or lingual
ribbon, with the Littorinidae.
Page 45
Fig. 17.—Two rows of the radula of Cyclophorus sp., India, × 40.
On the other hand, the Helicinidae, Hydrocenidae, and Proserpinidae are
equally closely related to Neritina. The Proserpinidae (restricted to the
Greater Antilles, Central America and Venezuela) may perhaps be regarded
as the ultimate term of the series. They have lost the characteristic
operculum, which in their case is replaced by a number of folds or lamellae
in the interior of the shell. It has already been noticed how one group of
Neritina (Neritodryas) occurs normally out of the water. This group
furnishes a link between the fresh-water and land forms. It is interesting to
notice that here we have the most perfect sequence of derivatives; Nerita in
the main a purely marine form, with certain species occurring also in
brackish water; Neritina in the main fresh-water, but some species
occurring on the muddy shore, others on dry land; Helicina the developed
land form; and finally Proserpina, an aberrant derivative which has lost the
operculum.[30]
Fig. 18.—A, Neritina reticularis Sowb., Calcutta (brackish water); B,
Helicina neritella Lam., Jamaica (land); C, Proserpina (Ceres) eolina
Ducl., Central America (land).
On the other hand, the Helicinidae, Hydrocenidae, and Proserpinidae are
equally closely related to Neritina. The Proserpinidae (restricted to the
Greater Antilles, Central America and Venezuela) may perhaps be regarded
as the ultimate term of the series. They have lost the characteristic
operculum, which in their case is replaced by a number of folds or lamellae
in the interior of the shell. It has already been noticed how one group of
Neritina (Neritodryas) occurs normally out of the water. This group
furnishes a link between the fresh-water and land forms. It is interesting to
notice that here we have the most perfect sequence of derivatives; Nerita in
the main a purely marine form, with certain species occurring also in
brackish water; Neritina in the main fresh-water, but some species
occurring on the muddy shore, others on dry land; Helicina the developed
land form; and finally Proserpina, an aberrant derivative which has lost the
operculum.[30]
Fig. 18.—A, Neritina reticularis Sowb., Calcutta (brackish water); B,
Helicina neritella Lam., Jamaica (land); C, Proserpina (Ceres) eolina
Ducl., Central America (land).
Page 46
Gasteropoda.—(2) Pulmonata. The origin of these, the bulk of the land
fauna, must at present be regarded as a problem not yet finally solved.
Some authorities, as we have seen, regard them as derived from the
Nudibranchiate, others, probably more correctly, from the Tectibranchiate
Opisthobranchs.
The first known members of the land Pulmonata (Pupa [?], Hyalinia) are
from the Carboniferous of North America. Similar but new forms appear in
the Cretaceous, from which time to the present we have an unbroken series.
The characteristically modern forms, according to Simroth,[31] are Helices
with thick shells. According to the same author, Vitrina and Hyalinia are
ancestral types, which give origin not only to many modern genera with
shells, but to many shell-less genera also, e.g. Testacella is probably derived
through Daudebardia from Hyalinia, while from Vitrina came Limax and
Amalia. A consideration of the radulae of the genera concerned certainly
tends in favour of these views.
Godwin-Austen, speaking generally, considers[32] genera of land
Pulmonata with strongly developed mantle-lobes and rudimentary shell as
more advanced in development than genera in which the shell is large and
covers all or nearly all the animal.
fauna, must at present be regarded as a problem not yet finally solved.
Some authorities, as we have seen, regard them as derived from the
Nudibranchiate, others, probably more correctly, from the Tectibranchiate
Opisthobranchs.
The first known members of the land Pulmonata (Pupa [?], Hyalinia) are
from the Carboniferous of North America. Similar but new forms appear in
the Cretaceous, from which time to the present we have an unbroken series.
The characteristically modern forms, according to Simroth,[31] are Helices
with thick shells. According to the same author, Vitrina and Hyalinia are
ancestral types, which give origin not only to many modern genera with
shells, but to many shell-less genera also, e.g. Testacella is probably derived
through Daudebardia from Hyalinia, while from Vitrina came Limax and
Amalia. A consideration of the radulae of the genera concerned certainly
tends in favour of these views.
Godwin-Austen, speaking generally, considers[32] genera of land
Pulmonata with strongly developed mantle-lobes and rudimentary shell as
more advanced in development than genera in which the shell is large and
covers all or nearly all the animal.
Page 47
CHAPTER II
LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA, THEIR HABITS AND GENERAL ECONOMY
The majority of the Land Mollusca are probably more sensitive than is
usually believed. The humidity of the air must affect the surface of their
skin to a considerable extent. Every one has noticed how the snails ‘come
out’ on a damp evening, especially after rain. As a rule, they wait till rain is
over, probably objecting to the patter of the drops upon their delicate
tentacles. Snails kept in captivity under a bell-glass are acutely sensitive of
a damp atmosphere, and will bestir themselves after rain just as if they were
in the open air. Certain Helices which are accustomed to live in moist
places, will find their way to water, if removed from their usual haunts. A
case is recorded[33] of a specimen of H. arbustorum, kept in a kitchen,
which used to find its way directly under the cold water tap, and appeared
to enjoy the luxury of a douche. How delicately the conditions of life are
balanced in some of these creatures is seen in the case of Omalonyx, a
genus akin to Succinea, which is found in Brazil and the northern parts of
South America. It lives creeping on plants which overhang the margin of
water, but perishes equally, if placed in the water itself, or removed to a
distance from it for any length of time.[34]
Endurance of Heat and Cold.—The Mollusca are capable, at least as
far as some species are concerned, of enduring severe extremes both of cold
and heat. The most northern pulmonate yet observed is a fresh-water
species, Physa (Aplecta) hypnorum L. This hardy mollusc, whose shell is so
fragile as to need most careful handling, has been noticed on the peninsula
of Taimyr, North Siberia, in 73° 30’ N. lat, a region whose mean annual
temperature is below 10° F. with a range of from 40° F. in July to -30° F. in
January.
It is well known that the Limnaeidae, and probably most fresh-water
Mollusca of sub-temperate regions, can continue to live not merely under,
but enveloped in ice, and themselves frozen hard. Garnier relates[35] that,
during the winter of 1829–30, some large Limnaea auricularia, which had
been placed in a small basin, were frozen into a solid mass, experiencing a
cold of -2° F. He supposed they were dead, but, to his surprise, when the
basin thawed, the Limnaea gradually revived. Paludina vivipara and
LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA, THEIR HABITS AND GENERAL ECONOMY
The majority of the Land Mollusca are probably more sensitive than is
usually believed. The humidity of the air must affect the surface of their
skin to a considerable extent. Every one has noticed how the snails ‘come
out’ on a damp evening, especially after rain. As a rule, they wait till rain is
over, probably objecting to the patter of the drops upon their delicate
tentacles. Snails kept in captivity under a bell-glass are acutely sensitive of
a damp atmosphere, and will bestir themselves after rain just as if they were
in the open air. Certain Helices which are accustomed to live in moist
places, will find their way to water, if removed from their usual haunts. A
case is recorded[33] of a specimen of H. arbustorum, kept in a kitchen,
which used to find its way directly under the cold water tap, and appeared
to enjoy the luxury of a douche. How delicately the conditions of life are
balanced in some of these creatures is seen in the case of Omalonyx, a
genus akin to Succinea, which is found in Brazil and the northern parts of
South America. It lives creeping on plants which overhang the margin of
water, but perishes equally, if placed in the water itself, or removed to a
distance from it for any length of time.[34]
Endurance of Heat and Cold.—The Mollusca are capable, at least as
far as some species are concerned, of enduring severe extremes both of cold
and heat. The most northern pulmonate yet observed is a fresh-water
species, Physa (Aplecta) hypnorum L. This hardy mollusc, whose shell is so
fragile as to need most careful handling, has been noticed on the peninsula
of Taimyr, North Siberia, in 73° 30’ N. lat, a region whose mean annual
temperature is below 10° F. with a range of from 40° F. in July to -30° F. in
January.
It is well known that the Limnaeidae, and probably most fresh-water
Mollusca of sub-temperate regions, can continue to live not merely under,
but enveloped in ice, and themselves frozen hard. Garnier relates[35] that,
during the winter of 1829–30, some large Limnaea auricularia, which had
been placed in a small basin, were frozen into a solid mass, experiencing a
cold of -2° F. He supposed they were dead, but, to his surprise, when the
basin thawed, the Limnaea gradually revived. Paludina vivipara and
Page 48
Anodonta anatina have been known to resist a temperature of 23° F., and
the former has produced young shortly after being thawed out of the ice.[36]
As far north as Bodø in Norway (67° 37’ N. lat., well within the Arctic
circle) there are found no less than fourteen species of terrestrial Mollusca,
among them being Balea perversa and Clausilia rugosa.[37]
Vitrina is one of our most hardy molluscs, and may be observed crawling
on bright mornings over the frost-covered leaves of a wood or copse. V.
glacialis is said by Charpentier to live in the Alps at a height where the
stones are covered with snow from nine to ten months of the year. Many of
the Hyaliniae are very hardy. Arion, in spite of having no external shell to
protect it, is apparently less affected by the cold than Helix, and does not
commence hibernation till a later period in the autumn. The operculate land
Mollusca, in spite of the protection which their operculum may be supposed
to afford, are exceedingly sensitive to cold, and the whole group is without
doubt a product of tropical or semi-tropical regions (see map at
frontispiece). A species of Helicina which inhabits the southern States of
North America has been known to be almost exterminated from certain
districts by the occurrence of an unusually severe winter.
One of the highest altitudes at which a land shell is known to live
appears to be the Liti Pass (Himalayas, 14,000 ft.). At this enormous
altitude, two species of Buliminus (arcuatus Hutt. and nivicola Bens.) live
on juniper bushes among patches of snow. An Anadenus is said to have
been found in a similar locality at 15,000 ft., while Limnaea Hookeri has
been taken from over 16,400 ft. in Landour. In the Andes of Peru and
Bolivia, five species of Bulimulus, one of Pupa, and one of Limax occur at
an elevation of 10,500 to 15,000 ft. Several fresh-water Mollusca inhabit
Lake Titicaca, which stands at a height of 12,550 ft. in the Bolivian table-
land.
In certain parts of the desert of Algeria, where there is not a trace of
vegetation to be seen, and the temperature at mid-day is 110° F., the ground
is sometimes so covered with Helix lactea as to appear perfectly white. Dr.
F. H. H. Guillemard has told me that he noticed, in somewhat similar
surroundings between Fez and Tangier, H. pisana in such extraordinary
abundance that they hung from the low scrub in bunches the size of a man’s
two fists. It is singular that Mollusca should live, and not only live, but
flourish, in localities apparently so unpromising. Shells which occur in the
the former has produced young shortly after being thawed out of the ice.[36]
As far north as Bodø in Norway (67° 37’ N. lat., well within the Arctic
circle) there are found no less than fourteen species of terrestrial Mollusca,
among them being Balea perversa and Clausilia rugosa.[37]
Vitrina is one of our most hardy molluscs, and may be observed crawling
on bright mornings over the frost-covered leaves of a wood or copse. V.
glacialis is said by Charpentier to live in the Alps at a height where the
stones are covered with snow from nine to ten months of the year. Many of
the Hyaliniae are very hardy. Arion, in spite of having no external shell to
protect it, is apparently less affected by the cold than Helix, and does not
commence hibernation till a later period in the autumn. The operculate land
Mollusca, in spite of the protection which their operculum may be supposed
to afford, are exceedingly sensitive to cold, and the whole group is without
doubt a product of tropical or semi-tropical regions (see map at
frontispiece). A species of Helicina which inhabits the southern States of
North America has been known to be almost exterminated from certain
districts by the occurrence of an unusually severe winter.
One of the highest altitudes at which a land shell is known to live
appears to be the Liti Pass (Himalayas, 14,000 ft.). At this enormous
altitude, two species of Buliminus (arcuatus Hutt. and nivicola Bens.) live
on juniper bushes among patches of snow. An Anadenus is said to have
been found in a similar locality at 15,000 ft., while Limnaea Hookeri has
been taken from over 16,400 ft. in Landour. In the Andes of Peru and
Bolivia, five species of Bulimulus, one of Pupa, and one of Limax occur at
an elevation of 10,500 to 15,000 ft. Several fresh-water Mollusca inhabit
Lake Titicaca, which stands at a height of 12,550 ft. in the Bolivian table-
land.
In certain parts of the desert of Algeria, where there is not a trace of
vegetation to be seen, and the temperature at mid-day is 110° F., the ground
is sometimes so covered with Helix lactea as to appear perfectly white. Dr.
F. H. H. Guillemard has told me that he noticed, in somewhat similar
surroundings between Fez and Tangier, H. pisana in such extraordinary
abundance that they hung from the low scrub in bunches the size of a man’s
two fists. It is singular that Mollusca should live, and not only live, but
flourish, in localities apparently so unpromising. Shells which occur in the
Page 49
Algerian Sahara are actually larger and altogether finer than the ordinary
European form of the same species. In order to protect themselves to some
extent against the scorching heat and consequent evaporation, desert species
are frequently modified in one of two ways; the shell becomes either white
or a light dusky brown, as in the familiar Helix desertorum, or else it gains
immensely in thickness. Specimens of H. pomatia, recently procured from
Fez, are of extraordinary thickness as compared with forms from our own
chalk downs of Kent and Surrey.
Fresh-water Mollusca are frequently found inhabiting hot springs. Thus
Neritina fluviatilis lives at Bagnères de Bigorre in water at about 68° F. In
another hot spring in the eastern Pyrenees a Bithynia lives at a temperature
of over 73° F.; while Blainville mentions another case of a Bithynia living
in water at 122° F.
Hibernation and Aestivation.—As autumn begins to draw on, and the
first frosts to nip vegetation, terrestrial species retire beneath stones, into
cracks in old walls, holes in tree trunks, deep fissures in rocks, and nooks
and crannies of every kind, or else bury themselves deeply in the earth or in
moss and heaps of leaves. They thus commence their period of hibernation,
which varies in length according to the duration of winter. Frequently
masses of Helices may be found attached to one another, probably not so
much for the sake of warmth, for their temperature is but low, as to share
the comforts of a cosy retreat in common. Slugs generally hibernate alone,
excavating a sort of nest in the earth, in which they encyst themselves,
contracting their bodies until they are almost round, and secreting a
covering of their own slime. The Helices usually close up the mouth of their
shell by the formation of a membranous or chalky epiphragm, which will be
further described below. Both snails and slugs take care to be in good
condition at the time their winter sleep begins, and for this reason the
former are said to be most esteemed by foreign epicures if captured just at
this period.[38]
During hibernation, the action of the heart in land Pulmonata ceases
almost entirely. This appears to be directly due to the effect of cold. Mr. C.
Ashford has related[39] some interesting experiments made upon H.
hortensis and Hyal. cellaria, with the view of ascertaining the effect of cold
upon their pulsations. His observations may be tabulated as follows:—
European form of the same species. In order to protect themselves to some
extent against the scorching heat and consequent evaporation, desert species
are frequently modified in one of two ways; the shell becomes either white
or a light dusky brown, as in the familiar Helix desertorum, or else it gains
immensely in thickness. Specimens of H. pomatia, recently procured from
Fez, are of extraordinary thickness as compared with forms from our own
chalk downs of Kent and Surrey.
Fresh-water Mollusca are frequently found inhabiting hot springs. Thus
Neritina fluviatilis lives at Bagnères de Bigorre in water at about 68° F. In
another hot spring in the eastern Pyrenees a Bithynia lives at a temperature
of over 73° F.; while Blainville mentions another case of a Bithynia living
in water at 122° F.
Hibernation and Aestivation.—As autumn begins to draw on, and the
first frosts to nip vegetation, terrestrial species retire beneath stones, into
cracks in old walls, holes in tree trunks, deep fissures in rocks, and nooks
and crannies of every kind, or else bury themselves deeply in the earth or in
moss and heaps of leaves. They thus commence their period of hibernation,
which varies in length according to the duration of winter. Frequently
masses of Helices may be found attached to one another, probably not so
much for the sake of warmth, for their temperature is but low, as to share
the comforts of a cosy retreat in common. Slugs generally hibernate alone,
excavating a sort of nest in the earth, in which they encyst themselves,
contracting their bodies until they are almost round, and secreting a
covering of their own slime. The Helices usually close up the mouth of their
shell by the formation of a membranous or chalky epiphragm, which will be
further described below. Both snails and slugs take care to be in good
condition at the time their winter sleep begins, and for this reason the
former are said to be most esteemed by foreign epicures if captured just at
this period.[38]
During hibernation, the action of the heart in land Pulmonata ceases
almost entirely. This appears to be directly due to the effect of cold. Mr. C.
Ashford has related[39] some interesting experiments made upon H.
hortensis and Hyal. cellaria, with the view of ascertaining the effect of cold
upon their pulsations. His observations may be tabulated as follows:—
Page 50
Number of pulsations per minute
Helix hortensis Hyal. cellaria At degrees Fahr.
22 21 52°
14 12 44°
10 11 38°
4 9 30°
At low temperatures the character, as well as the number of the
pulsations changed; they became imperfect and intermittent, although
exceptionally at 31° F. a H. rufescens gave five or six pulsations a minute,
very full and deliberate. The result of taking the Hyalinia suddenly into the
heat of a greenhouse was to bring on palpitations. Further experiments
resulted in evidence of a similar kind. Hyal. radiatula, placed upon a deal
table in a room, showed 52 pulsations per minute at 62° F. Placed upon the
palm of the hand, the action soon rose to 108. Hyal. alliaria, similarly
treated, rose from 72 pulsations to 110. Floated upon water, the action of the
heart of the latter suddenly fell to 29.
Fresh-water Pulmonata do not appear to hibernate. Unio and Anodonta,
however, bury themselves more deeply in the mud, and Dreissensia casts
off its byssus and retires under the mud in deeper water.[40] Limnaea and
Planorbis have often been noticed to crawl about under the lower surface of
a thick coating of ice. In periods of prolonged drought, when the water in
the ponds dries up, the majority of genera bury themselves in the mud. I
have known Limnaea peregra bury itself three inches deep, when surprised
by a sudden fall of the water in the ditch on Coe Fen, behind Peterhouse,
Cambridge. Physa hypnorum frequents by preference ditches which dry up
in summer, as does also Planorbis spirorbis, the latter often forming a sort
of epiphragm against evaporation. Ancylus has been observed to spend the
whole winter out of water, and P. spirorbis has been noticed alive after four
months’ desiccation.[41]
True aestivation, however, occurs mainly in the tropics, where there is no
winter, but only a period when it is not quite so hot as the rest of the year, or
on a coast like the Mediterranean, which is subject to sudden and severe
heat. This period is usually rainless, and the heat is therefore a dry heat. At
this season, which may last for three or four months, most of the land
Mollusca enter upon a period of inaction, either burying themselves deeply
in the ground, or else permanently attaching themselves to the stalks of
grass and other herbage, or the under sides of rocks. For instance, the large
Helix hortensis Hyal. cellaria At degrees Fahr.
22 21 52°
14 12 44°
10 11 38°
4 9 30°
At low temperatures the character, as well as the number of the
pulsations changed; they became imperfect and intermittent, although
exceptionally at 31° F. a H. rufescens gave five or six pulsations a minute,
very full and deliberate. The result of taking the Hyalinia suddenly into the
heat of a greenhouse was to bring on palpitations. Further experiments
resulted in evidence of a similar kind. Hyal. radiatula, placed upon a deal
table in a room, showed 52 pulsations per minute at 62° F. Placed upon the
palm of the hand, the action soon rose to 108. Hyal. alliaria, similarly
treated, rose from 72 pulsations to 110. Floated upon water, the action of the
heart of the latter suddenly fell to 29.
Fresh-water Pulmonata do not appear to hibernate. Unio and Anodonta,
however, bury themselves more deeply in the mud, and Dreissensia casts
off its byssus and retires under the mud in deeper water.[40] Limnaea and
Planorbis have often been noticed to crawl about under the lower surface of
a thick coating of ice. In periods of prolonged drought, when the water in
the ponds dries up, the majority of genera bury themselves in the mud. I
have known Limnaea peregra bury itself three inches deep, when surprised
by a sudden fall of the water in the ditch on Coe Fen, behind Peterhouse,
Cambridge. Physa hypnorum frequents by preference ditches which dry up
in summer, as does also Planorbis spirorbis, the latter often forming a sort
of epiphragm against evaporation. Ancylus has been observed to spend the
whole winter out of water, and P. spirorbis has been noticed alive after four
months’ desiccation.[41]
True aestivation, however, occurs mainly in the tropics, where there is no
winter, but only a period when it is not quite so hot as the rest of the year, or
on a coast like the Mediterranean, which is subject to sudden and severe
heat. This period is usually rainless, and the heat is therefore a dry heat. At
this season, which may last for three or four months, most of the land
Mollusca enter upon a period of inaction, either burying themselves deeply
in the ground, or else permanently attaching themselves to the stalks of
grass and other herbage, or the under sides of rocks. For instance, the large
Page 51
and beautifully painted Orthalicus, Corona, and Porphyrobaphe, which
inhabit Brazil, Ecuador, and eastern Peru, bury themselves deeply in the
ground during the dry season, while in the rains they climb to the topmost
branches of the great forest trees.[42] Thus it may well happen that a visitor
to a tropical island, Ceylon for instance, or one of the Greater Antilles, if he
times his visit to coincide with the rainless season, may be grievously
disappointed at what seems its unaccountable poverty in land Mollusca. But
as soon as the weather breaks, and the moisture penetrates their retreats,
every bush and every stone, in favoured localities, will be alive with
interesting species.
The Epiphragm.—A considerable number of the land Pulmonata (and a
very few of the fresh-water) possess the power of closing the aperture of
their shell by means of what is known as an epiphragm or covering of
hardened mucus. This epiphragm is habitually formed by certain species
during hibernation or aestivation, or even during shorter periods of
inactivity and retirement, the object being, either to check evaporation of
the moisture of the body, or to secure the animal against the cold by
retaining a thin layer of slightly warm air immediately within the aperture
of the shell.
The epiphragm differs widely in character in different species,
sometimes (Clausilia, Pupa, Planorbis) consisting of the merest pellicle of
transparent membrane, while at others (Helix aperta, H. pomatia) it is a
thick chalky substance, with a considerable admixture of carbonate of lime,
with the consistency of a hardened layer of plaster of Paris. Within these
extremes every variety of thickness, solidity, and transparency occurs.
During long hibernation several epiphragms are not unfrequently formed by
the same individual snail, one within the other, at gradually lessening
distances. The epiphragm thus performs, to a certain extent, the part of an
operculum, but it must be remembered that it differs radically from an
operculum physiologically, in being only a temporary secretion, while the
operculum is actually a living part of the animal.
The actual mode of formation of the epiphragm would seem to differ in
different species. According to Fischer,[43] the mollusc withdraws into its
shell, completely blocking all passage of air into the interior, and closing
the pulmonary orifice. Then, from the middle part of the foot, which is held
exactly at the same plane as the aperture, is slowly secreted a transparent
inhabit Brazil, Ecuador, and eastern Peru, bury themselves deeply in the
ground during the dry season, while in the rains they climb to the topmost
branches of the great forest trees.[42] Thus it may well happen that a visitor
to a tropical island, Ceylon for instance, or one of the Greater Antilles, if he
times his visit to coincide with the rainless season, may be grievously
disappointed at what seems its unaccountable poverty in land Mollusca. But
as soon as the weather breaks, and the moisture penetrates their retreats,
every bush and every stone, in favoured localities, will be alive with
interesting species.
The Epiphragm.—A considerable number of the land Pulmonata (and a
very few of the fresh-water) possess the power of closing the aperture of
their shell by means of what is known as an epiphragm or covering of
hardened mucus. This epiphragm is habitually formed by certain species
during hibernation or aestivation, or even during shorter periods of
inactivity and retirement, the object being, either to check evaporation of
the moisture of the body, or to secure the animal against the cold by
retaining a thin layer of slightly warm air immediately within the aperture
of the shell.
The epiphragm differs widely in character in different species,
sometimes (Clausilia, Pupa, Planorbis) consisting of the merest pellicle of
transparent membrane, while at others (Helix aperta, H. pomatia) it is a
thick chalky substance, with a considerable admixture of carbonate of lime,
with the consistency of a hardened layer of plaster of Paris. Within these
extremes every variety of thickness, solidity, and transparency occurs.
During long hibernation several epiphragms are not unfrequently formed by
the same individual snail, one within the other, at gradually lessening
distances. The epiphragm thus performs, to a certain extent, the part of an
operculum, but it must be remembered that it differs radically from an
operculum physiologically, in being only a temporary secretion, while the
operculum is actually a living part of the animal.
The actual mode of formation of the epiphragm would seem to differ in
different species. According to Fischer,[43] the mollusc withdraws into its
shell, completely blocking all passage of air into the interior, and closing
the pulmonary orifice. Then, from the middle part of the foot, which is held
exactly at the same plane as the aperture, is slowly secreted a transparent
Page 52
pellicle, which gradually thickens, and in certain species becomes
calcareous. Dr. Binney, who kept a large number of Helix hortensis in
confinement, had frequently an opportunity of noticing the manner in which
the epiphragm was formed.[44] The aperture of the shell being upward, and
the collar of the animal having been brought to a level with it, a quantity of
gelatinous matter is thrown out [? where from]. The pulmonary orifice is
then opened, and a portion of the air within suddenly ejected, with such
force as to separate the viscid matter from the collar, and to project it, like a
bubble of air, from the aperture. The animal then quickly withdraws farther
into the shell, and the pressure of the external air forces back the vesicle to
a level with the aperture, when it hardens and forms the epiphragm. In some
of the European species in which the gelatinous secretion contains more
carbonate of lime, solidification seems to take place at the moment when
the air is expelled, and the epiphragm in these is in consequence strongly
convex.
Thread-spinning.—A considerable number of fresh-water Mollusca
possess the power of stretching a thread, which is no more than an
exceedingly elongated piece of mucus, to the surface of the water, and of
using it as a means of locomotion. This thread bears no analogy whatever to
the fibrous byssus of certain bivalves, being formed in an entirely different
manner, without the need of a special gland.
The threads are ‘spun’ by several species of Limnaea, Physa, and
Planorbis, by Bithynia tentaculata, and several of the Cycladidae. They are
anchored to the surface by a minute concavity at the upper end, which
appears to act like a small boat in keeping the thread steady. The longest
threads are those of the Physae, which have been noticed to attain a length,
in confinement, of 14 inches. They are always spun in the ascent, and as a
rule, when the animal descends, it rolls the thread up and carries it down as
it goes. A single thread is never spun on the descent, but occasionally, when
a thread has become more or less of a permanence, it becomes stronger by
the addition of more mucus each time it is used, whether for ascending or
descending purposes. Cyclas cornea appears to be an exception to the rule
that threads are only spun on the ascent. This species, which is particularly
fond of crawling along the under surface of the water, has been noticed to
spin a thread half an inch in length while on the surface, and to hang
suspended from it for a considerable time.
calcareous. Dr. Binney, who kept a large number of Helix hortensis in
confinement, had frequently an opportunity of noticing the manner in which
the epiphragm was formed.[44] The aperture of the shell being upward, and
the collar of the animal having been brought to a level with it, a quantity of
gelatinous matter is thrown out [? where from]. The pulmonary orifice is
then opened, and a portion of the air within suddenly ejected, with such
force as to separate the viscid matter from the collar, and to project it, like a
bubble of air, from the aperture. The animal then quickly withdraws farther
into the shell, and the pressure of the external air forces back the vesicle to
a level with the aperture, when it hardens and forms the epiphragm. In some
of the European species in which the gelatinous secretion contains more
carbonate of lime, solidification seems to take place at the moment when
the air is expelled, and the epiphragm in these is in consequence strongly
convex.
Thread-spinning.—A considerable number of fresh-water Mollusca
possess the power of stretching a thread, which is no more than an
exceedingly elongated piece of mucus, to the surface of the water, and of
using it as a means of locomotion. This thread bears no analogy whatever to
the fibrous byssus of certain bivalves, being formed in an entirely different
manner, without the need of a special gland.
The threads are ‘spun’ by several species of Limnaea, Physa, and
Planorbis, by Bithynia tentaculata, and several of the Cycladidae. They are
anchored to the surface by a minute concavity at the upper end, which
appears to act like a small boat in keeping the thread steady. The longest
threads are those of the Physae, which have been noticed to attain a length,
in confinement, of 14 inches. They are always spun in the ascent, and as a
rule, when the animal descends, it rolls the thread up and carries it down as
it goes. A single thread is never spun on the descent, but occasionally, when
a thread has become more or less of a permanence, it becomes stronger by
the addition of more mucus each time it is used, whether for ascending or
descending purposes. Cyclas cornea appears to be an exception to the rule
that threads are only spun on the ascent. This species, which is particularly
fond of crawling along the under surface of the water, has been noticed to
spin a thread half an inch in length while on the surface, and to hang
suspended from it for a considerable time.
Page 53
What the exact use of the thread may be, must to a certain extent be
matter of conjecture. The Limnaeidae are, in the great majority of cases,
compelled to make periodic visits to the surface in order to inspire oxygen.
It is also a favourite habit with them to float just under the surface, or crawl
about on its under side, perhaps in pursuit of tiny vegetable organisms.
Whatever may be the object of an excursion to the surface, a taut thread will
obviously be a nearer way up than any other which is likely to present
itself; indeed, without this thread-spinning power, which insures a tolerably
rapid arrival at the surface, the animal might find itself asphyxiated, or at
least seriously inconvenienced, before it could succeed in taking in the
desired supply of oxygen. With the Cycladidae, which do not breathe air,
such an explanation is out of place; in their case the thread seems to be a
convenient means of resting in one position in the intervals of the periods of
active exercise to which several of the species are so much addicted.
The power of suspension by a thread is also possessed by certain of the
Cyclostomatidae, by some Cerithidea, several Rissoa and other marine
genera, prominent among which is Litiopa bombyx, whose name expresses
its power of anchoring itself to the Sargasso weed by a silken thread of
mucus. Several species of slugs are known to be able to let themselves
down by threads from the branches of trees. Limax arborum is especially
noted for this property, and has been observed suspended in pairs during the
breeding time. According to Binney, all the American species of Limax,
besides those of Tebennophorus, possess this singular property. Limax
arborum appears to be the only slug which has been noticed to ascend, as
well as descend, its thread. It has also been observed[45] that when this
species is gorged with food, its slime is thin and watery, and unable to
sustain its weight, but that after the process of digestion has been
performed, the mucus again becomes thick and tenacious. It appears
therefore that when the animal is hungry and most in need of the power of
making distant excursions in search of food, its condition enables it to do
so, but that when no such necessity is pressing, the thread-forming mucus is
not secreted, or is perhaps held in suspense while the glands assist in
lubricating the food before digestion.[46]
Food of Land and Fresh-water Mollusca.—Arion ater, the great black
slug, although normally frugivorous, is unquestionably carnivorous as well,
feeding on all sorts of animal matter, whether decaying, freshly killed, or
matter of conjecture. The Limnaeidae are, in the great majority of cases,
compelled to make periodic visits to the surface in order to inspire oxygen.
It is also a favourite habit with them to float just under the surface, or crawl
about on its under side, perhaps in pursuit of tiny vegetable organisms.
Whatever may be the object of an excursion to the surface, a taut thread will
obviously be a nearer way up than any other which is likely to present
itself; indeed, without this thread-spinning power, which insures a tolerably
rapid arrival at the surface, the animal might find itself asphyxiated, or at
least seriously inconvenienced, before it could succeed in taking in the
desired supply of oxygen. With the Cycladidae, which do not breathe air,
such an explanation is out of place; in their case the thread seems to be a
convenient means of resting in one position in the intervals of the periods of
active exercise to which several of the species are so much addicted.
The power of suspension by a thread is also possessed by certain of the
Cyclostomatidae, by some Cerithidea, several Rissoa and other marine
genera, prominent among which is Litiopa bombyx, whose name expresses
its power of anchoring itself to the Sargasso weed by a silken thread of
mucus. Several species of slugs are known to be able to let themselves
down by threads from the branches of trees. Limax arborum is especially
noted for this property, and has been observed suspended in pairs during the
breeding time. According to Binney, all the American species of Limax,
besides those of Tebennophorus, possess this singular property. Limax
arborum appears to be the only slug which has been noticed to ascend, as
well as descend, its thread. It has also been observed[45] that when this
species is gorged with food, its slime is thin and watery, and unable to
sustain its weight, but that after the process of digestion has been
performed, the mucus again becomes thick and tenacious. It appears
therefore that when the animal is hungry and most in need of the power of
making distant excursions in search of food, its condition enables it to do
so, but that when no such necessity is pressing, the thread-forming mucus is
not secreted, or is perhaps held in suspense while the glands assist in
lubricating the food before digestion.[46]
Food of Land and Fresh-water Mollusca.—Arion ater, the great black
slug, although normally frugivorous, is unquestionably carnivorous as well,
feeding on all sorts of animal matter, whether decaying, freshly killed, or
Page 54
even in a living state. It is frequently noticed feeding on earthworms; kept
in captivity, it will eat raw beef; it does not disdain the carcases of its own
dead brethren. An old man near Berwick-on-Tweed, going out one morning
to mow grass, found a black slug devouring, as he supposed, a dead mouse.
Being of an inquisitive turn, and wishing to ascertain if it were really thus
engaged, he drew the mouse a little back. When he returned in the evening,
the mouse was reduced almost to a skeleton, and the slug was still there.[47]
Indeed it would seem almost difficult to name anything which Arion ater
will not eat. Dr. Gray mentions[48] a case of a specimen which devoured
sand recently taken from the beach, which contained just enough animal
matter to render it luminous when trodden on in the dark; after a little time
the faeces of the slug were composed of pure sand, united together by a
little mucus. A specimen kept two days in captivity was turned out on a
newspaper, and commenced at once to devour it. The same specimen ate
dead bodies of five other species of slugs, a dead Unio, pupae of Adimonia
tanaceti, part of the abdomen of a dragon-fly, and Pears’ soap, the latter
reluctantly.[49]
According to Simroth[50] and Scharff[51] the food of several of our
British slugs, e.g. Limax maximus, L. flavus, Arion subfuscus, A.
intermedius, consists of non-chlorophyllaceous substances only, while
anything containing chlorophyll is as a rule refused. On the other hand L.
agrestis and Amalia carinata feed almost entirely on green food, and are
most destructive in gardens. The latter species lives several inches under
ground during the day, and comes to the surface only at night. It is largely
responsible for the disappearance of bulbs, to which it is extremely partial.
L. marginatus (= arborum Bouch.) feeds exclusively on lichens, and in
captivity absolutely refuses green leaves and a flesh diet. It follows
therefore, if these observations are correct, that the popular notions about
slugs must be revised, and that while we continue to exterminate from our
gardens those species which have a taste for chlorophyll, we ought to spare,
if not encourage those whose tastes lie in the opposite direction.
Limax agrestis has been seen devouring the crushed remains of Arion
ater. Five specimens of the same species were once noticed busily
devouring a May-fly each, and this in the middle of a large meadow, where
it may be presumed there was no lack of green food. The capture and eating
of insects by Mollusca seems very remarkable, but this story does not stand
in captivity, it will eat raw beef; it does not disdain the carcases of its own
dead brethren. An old man near Berwick-on-Tweed, going out one morning
to mow grass, found a black slug devouring, as he supposed, a dead mouse.
Being of an inquisitive turn, and wishing to ascertain if it were really thus
engaged, he drew the mouse a little back. When he returned in the evening,
the mouse was reduced almost to a skeleton, and the slug was still there.[47]
Indeed it would seem almost difficult to name anything which Arion ater
will not eat. Dr. Gray mentions[48] a case of a specimen which devoured
sand recently taken from the beach, which contained just enough animal
matter to render it luminous when trodden on in the dark; after a little time
the faeces of the slug were composed of pure sand, united together by a
little mucus. A specimen kept two days in captivity was turned out on a
newspaper, and commenced at once to devour it. The same specimen ate
dead bodies of five other species of slugs, a dead Unio, pupae of Adimonia
tanaceti, part of the abdomen of a dragon-fly, and Pears’ soap, the latter
reluctantly.[49]
According to Simroth[50] and Scharff[51] the food of several of our
British slugs, e.g. Limax maximus, L. flavus, Arion subfuscus, A.
intermedius, consists of non-chlorophyllaceous substances only, while
anything containing chlorophyll is as a rule refused. On the other hand L.
agrestis and Amalia carinata feed almost entirely on green food, and are
most destructive in gardens. The latter species lives several inches under
ground during the day, and comes to the surface only at night. It is largely
responsible for the disappearance of bulbs, to which it is extremely partial.
L. marginatus (= arborum Bouch.) feeds exclusively on lichens, and in
captivity absolutely refuses green leaves and a flesh diet. It follows
therefore, if these observations are correct, that the popular notions about
slugs must be revised, and that while we continue to exterminate from our
gardens those species which have a taste for chlorophyll, we ought to spare,
if not encourage those whose tastes lie in the opposite direction.
Limax agrestis has been seen devouring the crushed remains of Arion
ater. Five specimens of the same species were once noticed busily
devouring a May-fly each, and this in the middle of a large meadow, where
it may be presumed there was no lack of green food. The capture and eating
of insects by Mollusca seems very remarkable, but this story does not stand
Page 55
alone. Mr. T. Vernon Wollaston once enclosed in a bottle at least three
dozen specimens of Coleoptera together with 4 Helix cantiana, 5 H.
hispida, and 1 H. virgata, together with an abundant supply of fresh leaves
and grass. About a fortnight afterwards, on the bottle being opened, it was
found that every single specimen of the Coleoptera had been devoured by
the snails.[52] Amalia marginata in captivity has been fed upon the larvae of
Euchelia jacobaeae, eating three in two hours.[53]
Limax maximus (Fig. 19) has been seen frequently to make its way into a
dairy and feed on raw beef.[54] Individuals kept in confinement are guilty of
cannibalism. Mr. W. A. Gain kept three specimens in a box together, and
found one of them two-thirds eaten, “the tail left clean cut off, reminding
one of that portion of a fish on a fishmonger’s stall.” That starvation did not
prompt the crime was proved by the fact that during the preceding night the
slug had been supplied with, and had eaten, a considerable quantity of its
favourite food. On two other occasions the same observer found one of his
slugs deprived of its slime and a portion of its skin, and in a dying
condition.[55] An adult L. maximus, kept for thirty-three days in captivity
with a young Arion ater, attacked it frequently, denuded it of its slime, and
gnawed numerous small pieces of skin off the body and mantle.[56] The
present writer has found no better bait for this species on a warm summer
night than the bodies of its brethren which were slain on the night
preceding; it will also devour dead Helix aspersa. Mr. Gain considers it a
very dainty feeder, preferring fungi to all other foods, and apparently doing
no harm in the garden.
dozen specimens of Coleoptera together with 4 Helix cantiana, 5 H.
hispida, and 1 H. virgata, together with an abundant supply of fresh leaves
and grass. About a fortnight afterwards, on the bottle being opened, it was
found that every single specimen of the Coleoptera had been devoured by
the snails.[52] Amalia marginata in captivity has been fed upon the larvae of
Euchelia jacobaeae, eating three in two hours.[53]
Limax maximus (Fig. 19) has been seen frequently to make its way into a
dairy and feed on raw beef.[54] Individuals kept in confinement are guilty of
cannibalism. Mr. W. A. Gain kept three specimens in a box together, and
found one of them two-thirds eaten, “the tail left clean cut off, reminding
one of that portion of a fish on a fishmonger’s stall.” That starvation did not
prompt the crime was proved by the fact that during the preceding night the
slug had been supplied with, and had eaten, a considerable quantity of its
favourite food. On two other occasions the same observer found one of his
slugs deprived of its slime and a portion of its skin, and in a dying
condition.[55] An adult L. maximus, kept for thirty-three days in captivity
with a young Arion ater, attacked it frequently, denuded it of its slime, and
gnawed numerous small pieces of skin off the body and mantle.[56] The
present writer has found no better bait for this species on a warm summer
night than the bodies of its brethren which were slain on the night
preceding; it will also devour dead Helix aspersa. Mr. Gain considers it a
very dainty feeder, preferring fungi to all other foods, and apparently doing
no harm in the garden.
Page 56
Fig. 19.—Limax maximus L. PO, pulmonary orifice: × ⅔.
Limax flavus, which is fond of inhabiting the vicinity of cellars, makes
its presence most disagreeable by attacking articles of food, and especially
by insinuating itself into vessels containing meal and flour.[57] It is
particularly partial to cream.
Slugs will sometimes bite their captor’s hands. Mr. Kew relates that a
Limax agrestis, on being stopped with the finger, while endeavouring to
escape from the attack of a large Arion, attempted to bite fiercely, the
rasping action of its radula being plainly felt. According to the same
authority, probably all the slugs will rasp the skin of the finger, if it is held
out to them, and continue to do so for a considerable time, without however
actually drawing blood.[58] While Mr. Gain was handling a large Arion ater,
it at once seized one of the folds of skin between the fingers of the hand on
which it was placed; after the action of the radula had been allowed to
continue for about a minute, the skin was seen to be abraded.[59] Another
specimen of Arion ater, carried in the hand for a long time enclosed in a
dock leaf, began to rasp the skin. The operation was permitted until it
became too painful to bear. Examination with a lens showed the skin almost
rasped away, and the place remained tender and sore, like a slight burn, for
several days.[60]
Helix pisana, if freshly caught, and placed in a box with other species,
will set to work and devour them within twenty-four hours. The present
Limax flavus, which is fond of inhabiting the vicinity of cellars, makes
its presence most disagreeable by attacking articles of food, and especially
by insinuating itself into vessels containing meal and flour.[57] It is
particularly partial to cream.
Slugs will sometimes bite their captor’s hands. Mr. Kew relates that a
Limax agrestis, on being stopped with the finger, while endeavouring to
escape from the attack of a large Arion, attempted to bite fiercely, the
rasping action of its radula being plainly felt. According to the same
authority, probably all the slugs will rasp the skin of the finger, if it is held
out to them, and continue to do so for a considerable time, without however
actually drawing blood.[58] While Mr. Gain was handling a large Arion ater,
it at once seized one of the folds of skin between the fingers of the hand on
which it was placed; after the action of the radula had been allowed to
continue for about a minute, the skin was seen to be abraded.[59] Another
specimen of Arion ater, carried in the hand for a long time enclosed in a
dock leaf, began to rasp the skin. The operation was permitted until it
became too painful to bear. Examination with a lens showed the skin almost
rasped away, and the place remained tender and sore, like a slight burn, for
several days.[60]
Helix pisana, if freshly caught, and placed in a box with other species,
will set to work and devour them within twenty-four hours. The present
Page 57
writer has noticed it, in this position, attack and kill large specimens of H.
ericetorum, cleaning them completely out, and inserting its elongated body
into the top whorls of its unfortunate victims in a most remarkable manner.
Amongst a large number of species bred in captivity by Miss F. M. Hele,[61]
was Hyalinia Draparnaldi. In the first summer the young offspring were
fed on cabbage, coltsfoot, and broadleafed docks. They would not hibernate
even in the severest frosts, and, no outdoor food being available, were fed
on chopped beef. This, Miss Hele thinks, must have degenerated their
appetites, for in the following spring and summer they constantly devoured
each other.
Zonites algirus feeds on decayed fruit and vegetables, and on stinking
flesh.[62] Achatina panthera has been known to eat meat, other snails (when
dead), vegetables, and paper.[63] The common Stenogyra decollata of the
South of Europe has a very bad character for flesh-eating habits, when kept
in captivity. Mr. Binney[64] kept a number for a long time as scavengers, to
clean the shells of other snails. As soon as a living Helix was placed in a
box with them, one would attack it, introduce itself into the upper whorls,
and completely remove the animal. One day a number of Succinea ovalis
were left with them for a short time, and disappeared entirely! The
Stenogyra had eaten shell as well as animal. This view of Stenogyra is quite
confirmed by Miss Hele, who has bred them in thousands. “I can keep,” she
writes,[65] “no small Helix or Bulimus with them, for they at once kill and
eat them. They will also eat raw meat.”
Even the common Limnaea stagnalis, which is usually regarded as
strictly herbivorous, will sometimes betake itself, apparently by preference,
to a diet of flesh. Karl Semper frequently observed the Limnaeae in his
aquarium suddenly attack healthy living specimens of the common large
water newt (Triton taeniatus), overcome them, and devour them, although
there was plenty of their favourite vegetable food growing within easy
reach.[66] The same species has also been noticed to devour its own ova, and
the larvae of Dytiscus. Limnaea peregra has been detected capturing and
partially devouring minnows in an aquarium, when deprived of other food,
and Dr. Jeffreys has seen the same species attack its own relatives under
similar circumstances, piercing the spire at its thinnest point near to the
ericetorum, cleaning them completely out, and inserting its elongated body
into the top whorls of its unfortunate victims in a most remarkable manner.
Amongst a large number of species bred in captivity by Miss F. M. Hele,[61]
was Hyalinia Draparnaldi. In the first summer the young offspring were
fed on cabbage, coltsfoot, and broadleafed docks. They would not hibernate
even in the severest frosts, and, no outdoor food being available, were fed
on chopped beef. This, Miss Hele thinks, must have degenerated their
appetites, for in the following spring and summer they constantly devoured
each other.
Zonites algirus feeds on decayed fruit and vegetables, and on stinking
flesh.[62] Achatina panthera has been known to eat meat, other snails (when
dead), vegetables, and paper.[63] The common Stenogyra decollata of the
South of Europe has a very bad character for flesh-eating habits, when kept
in captivity. Mr. Binney[64] kept a number for a long time as scavengers, to
clean the shells of other snails. As soon as a living Helix was placed in a
box with them, one would attack it, introduce itself into the upper whorls,
and completely remove the animal. One day a number of Succinea ovalis
were left with them for a short time, and disappeared entirely! The
Stenogyra had eaten shell as well as animal. This view of Stenogyra is quite
confirmed by Miss Hele, who has bred them in thousands. “I can keep,” she
writes,[65] “no small Helix or Bulimus with them, for they at once kill and
eat them. They will also eat raw meat.”
Even the common Limnaea stagnalis, which is usually regarded as
strictly herbivorous, will sometimes betake itself, apparently by preference,
to a diet of flesh. Karl Semper frequently observed the Limnaeae in his
aquarium suddenly attack healthy living specimens of the common large
water newt (Triton taeniatus), overcome them, and devour them, although
there was plenty of their favourite vegetable food growing within easy
reach.[66] The same species has also been noticed to devour its own ova, and
the larvae of Dytiscus. Limnaea peregra has been detected capturing and
partially devouring minnows in an aquarium, when deprived of other food,
and Dr. Jeffreys has seen the same species attack its own relatives under
similar circumstances, piercing the spire at its thinnest point near to the
Page 58
apex.[67] L. stagnalis, kept in an aquarium, has succeeded in overpowering
and partially devouring healthy specimens of the common stickleback.[68]
Powers of Intelligence, Homing, and finding Food.—It is not easy to
discover whether land Mollusca possess any faculties which correspond to
what we call intelligence, as distinct from their capacities for smell, sight,
taste, and hearing. Darwin mentions[69] a remarkable case, communicated to
him by Mr. Lonsdale. A couple of Helix pomatia, one of which was sickly,
were placed in a small and ill-provided garden. The stronger of the two
soon disappeared over the wall into the next garden, which was well
furnished with food. It was concluded that the snail had deserted its weakly
mate, but after twenty-four hours it returned, and apparently communicated
the results of its expedition, for after a short time both started off along the
same track, and disappeared over the wall. According to Dr. W. H. Dall,[70]
a young girl who possessed a remarkable power over animals succeeded in
training a snail (H. albolabris) to come out of its lurking-place at her call. If
placed in a room, it would shrink into its shell at the sound of any other
voice, but it would always start off in the direction of hers.
Snails and slugs possess to a considerable extent the faculty of ‘homing,’
or returning to the same hiding-place day after day, after their night
excursions in search of food. Mr. C. Ashford once marked with a dab of
white paint seven Helix aspersa found lurking under a broken flagstone; at
10 p.m. the same evening three had disappeared on the forage; the next
morning all were ‘at home.’ The following night at 10 p.m. five were gone
out, two being discovered with some difficulty ‘in a small jungle’ six feet
away; the next morning six out of the seven were safely beneath the
flagstone. According to the same authority, Helix aspersa will find its way
across a cinder-path (which it specially detests) to get to its favourite food,
and will return by the same way to its old quarters, although it could easily
have found new lodgings nearer the food-supply. A snail has been observed
to occupy a hole in the brick wall of a kitchen-garden about four feet from
the ground. Leaning against the wall, and immediately under the hole, was a
piece of wood, the lower end of which rested in a bed of herbs. For months
the snail employed this ladder between its food and its home, coming down
as soon as it was dark, and retiring to rest during the day.
and partially devouring healthy specimens of the common stickleback.[68]
Powers of Intelligence, Homing, and finding Food.—It is not easy to
discover whether land Mollusca possess any faculties which correspond to
what we call intelligence, as distinct from their capacities for smell, sight,
taste, and hearing. Darwin mentions[69] a remarkable case, communicated to
him by Mr. Lonsdale. A couple of Helix pomatia, one of which was sickly,
were placed in a small and ill-provided garden. The stronger of the two
soon disappeared over the wall into the next garden, which was well
furnished with food. It was concluded that the snail had deserted its weakly
mate, but after twenty-four hours it returned, and apparently communicated
the results of its expedition, for after a short time both started off along the
same track, and disappeared over the wall. According to Dr. W. H. Dall,[70]
a young girl who possessed a remarkable power over animals succeeded in
training a snail (H. albolabris) to come out of its lurking-place at her call. If
placed in a room, it would shrink into its shell at the sound of any other
voice, but it would always start off in the direction of hers.
Snails and slugs possess to a considerable extent the faculty of ‘homing,’
or returning to the same hiding-place day after day, after their night
excursions in search of food. Mr. C. Ashford once marked with a dab of
white paint seven Helix aspersa found lurking under a broken flagstone; at
10 p.m. the same evening three had disappeared on the forage; the next
morning all were ‘at home.’ The following night at 10 p.m. five were gone
out, two being discovered with some difficulty ‘in a small jungle’ six feet
away; the next morning six out of the seven were safely beneath the
flagstone. According to the same authority, Helix aspersa will find its way
across a cinder-path (which it specially detests) to get to its favourite food,
and will return by the same way to its old quarters, although it could easily
have found new lodgings nearer the food-supply. A snail has been observed
to occupy a hole in the brick wall of a kitchen-garden about four feet from
the ground. Leaning against the wall, and immediately under the hole, was a
piece of wood, the lower end of which rested in a bed of herbs. For months
the snail employed this ladder between its food and its home, coming down
as soon as it was dark, and retiring to rest during the day.
Page 59
In greenhouses a slug will forage night after night—as gardeners know
to their cost—over the same beat, and will always return to the same
hiding-place. Limax flavus has been noticed crawling with great regularity
to a sink from a hole near the water-pipe, and keeping to a well-marked
circular track. In all probability the scent, either of the desired object of
food, or of the creature’s own trail, plays a considerable part in keeping it to
the same outward and homeward track, or at least in guiding it back to its
hiding-place. Yet even scent is occasionally at fault, for on one occasion a
Limax flavus was accustomed to make nightly excursions to some basins of
cream, which were kept in a cool cellar. When the basins were removed to a
distant shelf, the creature was found the next morning ‘wandering
disconsolately’ about in the place where the basins had formerly stood.[71]
A remarkable case of the power of smell, combined with great
perseverance on the part of a Helix, is recorded by Furtado.[72] He noticed a
Helix aspersa lodged between a column on a verandah and a flower-pot
containing a young banana plant, and threw it away into a little court below,
and six or seven yards distant. Next morning the snail was in precisely the
same place on the flower-pot. Again he threw it away, to the same distance,
and determined to notice what happened. Next morning at nine o’clock, the
snail was resting on the rail of a staircase leading up to the verandah from
the court; in the evening it started again, quickening its space as it
advanced, eventually attacking the banana in precisely the same place
where it had been gnawed before.
For further instances of the power of smell in snails, see chap. vii.
Slugs have been known to make their way into bee-hives, presumably
for the sake of the honey.[73] ‘Sugaring’ the trees at night for moths will
often attract a surprising concourse of slugs. Sometimes a particular plant in
a greenhouse will become the object of the slugs’ persistent attacks, and
they will neglect every other food in order to obtain it. Farfugium grande is
one of these favourite foods, “the young leaves and shoots being always
eaten in preference to all other plants growing in the houses; where no
Farfugiums were kept the slugs nibbled indiscriminately at many kinds.”[74]
The flowers of orchidaceous plants exercise a special attraction over slugs,
which appear to have some means of discovering when the plants are in
bloom. “I have often observed,” says Mr. T. Baines, “that a slug will travel
to their cost—over the same beat, and will always return to the same
hiding-place. Limax flavus has been noticed crawling with great regularity
to a sink from a hole near the water-pipe, and keeping to a well-marked
circular track. In all probability the scent, either of the desired object of
food, or of the creature’s own trail, plays a considerable part in keeping it to
the same outward and homeward track, or at least in guiding it back to its
hiding-place. Yet even scent is occasionally at fault, for on one occasion a
Limax flavus was accustomed to make nightly excursions to some basins of
cream, which were kept in a cool cellar. When the basins were removed to a
distant shelf, the creature was found the next morning ‘wandering
disconsolately’ about in the place where the basins had formerly stood.[71]
A remarkable case of the power of smell, combined with great
perseverance on the part of a Helix, is recorded by Furtado.[72] He noticed a
Helix aspersa lodged between a column on a verandah and a flower-pot
containing a young banana plant, and threw it away into a little court below,
and six or seven yards distant. Next morning the snail was in precisely the
same place on the flower-pot. Again he threw it away, to the same distance,
and determined to notice what happened. Next morning at nine o’clock, the
snail was resting on the rail of a staircase leading up to the verandah from
the court; in the evening it started again, quickening its space as it
advanced, eventually attacking the banana in precisely the same place
where it had been gnawed before.
For further instances of the power of smell in snails, see chap. vii.
Slugs have been known to make their way into bee-hives, presumably
for the sake of the honey.[73] ‘Sugaring’ the trees at night for moths will
often attract a surprising concourse of slugs. Sometimes a particular plant in
a greenhouse will become the object of the slugs’ persistent attacks, and
they will neglect every other food in order to obtain it. Farfugium grande is
one of these favourite foods, “the young leaves and shoots being always
eaten in preference to all other plants growing in the houses; where no
Farfugiums were kept the slugs nibbled indiscriminately at many kinds.”[74]
The flowers of orchidaceous plants exercise a special attraction over slugs,
which appear to have some means of discovering when the plants are in
bloom. “I have often observed,” says Mr. T. Baines, “that a slug will travel
Page 60
over the surface of a pot in which is growing a Dendrobium nobile, a
Cattleya, Vanda, or similar upright plant for a score of times without ever
attempting to ascend into the head of the plant unless it is in bloom, in
which case they are certain to find their way straight to the flowers; after
which they will descend, and return to some favourite hiding-place, often at
the opposite end of the house.”[75] Mr. R. Warner has “actually seen many
little slugs suspending themselves by slime-threads from the rafters and
descending on the spikes of the beautiful Odontoglossum alexandrae; and
thus many spikes, thickly wadded round with cotton wool (which the slugs
could not travel over), and growing in pots surrounded by water, had been
lost.”[76] Perhaps the most singular instance of a liking for a particular food
is that related by Mr. E. Step.[77] In a London publishing house, slugs were
observed, during a period of nearly twelve months, to have fed almost
nightly on the colouring matter in certain bookcovers, and though the trails
were often seen over the shelves, and cabbage and lettuce leaves laid down
to tempt the creatures, they continued their depredations with impunity for
the time above mentioned.
Limnaea peregra has been observed feeding on old fish-heads thrown
into a dirty stream, and a large gathering of Limnaea stagnalis has been
noticed feeding upon an old newspaper in a pond on Chislehurst Common,
‘so that for the space of about a square foot nothing else could be seen.’[78]
Tenacity of Life.—Land Mollusca have been known to exhibit, under
unusual conditions, remarkable tenacity of life. Some of the most
noteworthy and best authenticated instances of this faculty may be here
mentioned.
The well-known story of the British Museum snail is thus related by Mr.
Baird.[79] On the 25th March 1846 two specimens of Helix desertorum,
collected by Charles Lamb, Esq., in Egypt some time previously, were fixed
upon tablets and placed in the collection among the other Mollusca of the
Museum. There they remained fast gummed to the tablet. About the 15th
March 1850, having occasion to examine some shells in the same case, Mr.
Baird noticed a recently formed epiphragm over the mouth of one of these
snails. On removing the snails from the tablet and placing them in tepid
water, one of them came out of its shell, and the next day ate some cabbage
Cattleya, Vanda, or similar upright plant for a score of times without ever
attempting to ascend into the head of the plant unless it is in bloom, in
which case they are certain to find their way straight to the flowers; after
which they will descend, and return to some favourite hiding-place, often at
the opposite end of the house.”[75] Mr. R. Warner has “actually seen many
little slugs suspending themselves by slime-threads from the rafters and
descending on the spikes of the beautiful Odontoglossum alexandrae; and
thus many spikes, thickly wadded round with cotton wool (which the slugs
could not travel over), and growing in pots surrounded by water, had been
lost.”[76] Perhaps the most singular instance of a liking for a particular food
is that related by Mr. E. Step.[77] In a London publishing house, slugs were
observed, during a period of nearly twelve months, to have fed almost
nightly on the colouring matter in certain bookcovers, and though the trails
were often seen over the shelves, and cabbage and lettuce leaves laid down
to tempt the creatures, they continued their depredations with impunity for
the time above mentioned.
Limnaea peregra has been observed feeding on old fish-heads thrown
into a dirty stream, and a large gathering of Limnaea stagnalis has been
noticed feeding upon an old newspaper in a pond on Chislehurst Common,
‘so that for the space of about a square foot nothing else could be seen.’[78]
Tenacity of Life.—Land Mollusca have been known to exhibit, under
unusual conditions, remarkable tenacity of life. Some of the most
noteworthy and best authenticated instances of this faculty may be here
mentioned.
The well-known story of the British Museum snail is thus related by Mr.
Baird.[79] On the 25th March 1846 two specimens of Helix desertorum,
collected by Charles Lamb, Esq., in Egypt some time previously, were fixed
upon tablets and placed in the collection among the other Mollusca of the
Museum. There they remained fast gummed to the tablet. About the 15th
March 1850, having occasion to examine some shells in the same case, Mr.
Baird noticed a recently formed epiphragm over the mouth of one of these
snails. On removing the snails from the tablet and placing them in tepid
water, one of them came out of its shell, and the next day ate some cabbage
Page 61
leaf. A month or two afterwards it began repairing the lip of its shell, which
was broken when it was first affixed to the tablet.
While resident in Porto Santo, from 27th April to 4th May 1848, Mr. S.
P. Woodward[80] collected a number of Helices and sorted them out into
separate pill-boxes. On returning home, these boxes were placed in empty
drawers in an insect cabinet, and on 19th October 1850, nearly two and a
half years afterwards, many of them were found to be still alive. A whole
bagful of H. turricula, collected on the Ilheo de Cima on 24th April 1849,
were all alive at the above-mentioned date.
In September 1858 Mr. Bryce Wright sent[81] to the British Museum two
specimens of H. desertorum which had been dormant for four years. They
were originally collected in Egypt by a Mr. Vernèdi, who, in May 1854,
while stopping at one of the stations in the desert, found a heap of thorn-
bushes lying in a corner of the building, rather thickly studded with the
snails. He picked off fifteen or twenty specimens, which he carried home
and locked up in a drawer, where they remained undisturbed until he gave
two to Mr. Wright in September 1858.
In June 1855 Dr. Woodward placed specimens of H. candidissima and H.
aperta in a glass box, to test their tenacity of life; he writes of their being
still alive in April 1859.
Mr. R. E. C. Stearns records[82] a case of Buliminus pallidior and H.
Veatchii from Cerros I. living without food from 1859 to March 1865.
H. Aucapitaine mentions[83] a case of H. lactea found in calcinated
ground in a part of the Sahara heated to 122° F., where no rain was said to
have fallen for five years. The specimen revived after being enclosed in a
bottle for three and a half years.
In August 1863, Mr. W. J. Sterland[84] put specimens of H. nemoralis in
a box and afterwards placed the box in his cabinet; in November 1866 one
specimen was discovered to be alive.
Gaskoin relates[85] a case in which specimens of H. lactea were
purchased from a dealer in whose drawer they had been for two years. This
dealer had them from a merchant at Mogador, who had kept them for more
than that time under similar conditions. One of these shells on being
was broken when it was first affixed to the tablet.
While resident in Porto Santo, from 27th April to 4th May 1848, Mr. S.
P. Woodward[80] collected a number of Helices and sorted them out into
separate pill-boxes. On returning home, these boxes were placed in empty
drawers in an insect cabinet, and on 19th October 1850, nearly two and a
half years afterwards, many of them were found to be still alive. A whole
bagful of H. turricula, collected on the Ilheo de Cima on 24th April 1849,
were all alive at the above-mentioned date.
In September 1858 Mr. Bryce Wright sent[81] to the British Museum two
specimens of H. desertorum which had been dormant for four years. They
were originally collected in Egypt by a Mr. Vernèdi, who, in May 1854,
while stopping at one of the stations in the desert, found a heap of thorn-
bushes lying in a corner of the building, rather thickly studded with the
snails. He picked off fifteen or twenty specimens, which he carried home
and locked up in a drawer, where they remained undisturbed until he gave
two to Mr. Wright in September 1858.
In June 1855 Dr. Woodward placed specimens of H. candidissima and H.
aperta in a glass box, to test their tenacity of life; he writes of their being
still alive in April 1859.
Mr. R. E. C. Stearns records[82] a case of Buliminus pallidior and H.
Veatchii from Cerros I. living without food from 1859 to March 1865.
H. Aucapitaine mentions[83] a case of H. lactea found in calcinated
ground in a part of the Sahara heated to 122° F., where no rain was said to
have fallen for five years. The specimen revived after being enclosed in a
bottle for three and a half years.
In August 1863, Mr. W. J. Sterland[84] put specimens of H. nemoralis in
a box and afterwards placed the box in his cabinet; in November 1866 one
specimen was discovered to be alive.
Gaskoin relates[85] a case in which specimens of H. lactea were
purchased from a dealer in whose drawer they had been for two years. This
dealer had them from a merchant at Mogador, who had kept them for more
than that time under similar conditions. One of these shells on being
Page 62
immersed in water revived, and in April 1849 was placed quite alone under
a bell jar with earth and food. In the end of the following October about
thirty young H. lactea were found crawling on the glass.
Mr. R. D. Darbishire bought[86] some H. aperta in the market at Nice on
18th February 1885. Two specimens of these, placed with wool in a paper
box, were alive in December 1888. This is a very remarkable case, H.
aperta not being, like H. desertorum, H. lactea, H. Veatchii and Bul.
pallidior, a desert snail, and therefore not accustomed to fasting at all.
Age of Snails.—It would appear, from the existing evidence, which is
not too plentiful, that five years is about the average age of the common
garden snail. Mr. Gain has published[87] some interesting observations on
the life of a specimen from the cradle to the grave, which may be exhibited
in a tabular form.
Aug. 1882. Eggs hatched; one attained diameter of ⅜ in. before
winter; fed on coltsfoot and cabbage.
5th Oct. 1883. Shell 1 in. in diameter, no lip formed.
July 1884. Shell finished; diameter 1⅛ in., including perfect lip.
3rd May 1885. Left winter quarters; companion introduced, with
which it was seen in company on 5th August.
9th Aug. „ Laid eggs in soil, which were hatched on 10th
September, and feeding on 17th September; in
May 1886 the largest of these was 11/16 in.
diameter.
13th Oct. 1887. Old snail died, aged 5 years 2 months.
According to Clessin, the duration of life in Vitrina is one year, Cyclas 2
years; Hyalinia, Succinea, Limnaea, Planorbis, and Ancylus are full grown
in 2 to 3 years, Helix and Paludina in 2 to 4, and Anodonta in 12 to 14.
Hazay finds[88] that the duration of life in Hyalinia is 2 years, in Helix
pomatia 6 to 8, in Helix candicans 2 to 3, in Paludina 8 to 10, in Limnaea
and Planorbis 3 to 4.
Growth of the Shell.—Mr. E. J. Lowe, many years ago, conducted[89]
some interesting experiments on the growth of snails. The facts arrived at
were—
(1) The shells of Helicidae increase but little for a considerable period,
never arriving at maturity before the animal has once become dormant.
(2) Shells do not grow whilst the animal itself remains dormant.
a bell jar with earth and food. In the end of the following October about
thirty young H. lactea were found crawling on the glass.
Mr. R. D. Darbishire bought[86] some H. aperta in the market at Nice on
18th February 1885. Two specimens of these, placed with wool in a paper
box, were alive in December 1888. This is a very remarkable case, H.
aperta not being, like H. desertorum, H. lactea, H. Veatchii and Bul.
pallidior, a desert snail, and therefore not accustomed to fasting at all.
Age of Snails.—It would appear, from the existing evidence, which is
not too plentiful, that five years is about the average age of the common
garden snail. Mr. Gain has published[87] some interesting observations on
the life of a specimen from the cradle to the grave, which may be exhibited
in a tabular form.
Aug. 1882. Eggs hatched; one attained diameter of ⅜ in. before
winter; fed on coltsfoot and cabbage.
5th Oct. 1883. Shell 1 in. in diameter, no lip formed.
July 1884. Shell finished; diameter 1⅛ in., including perfect lip.
3rd May 1885. Left winter quarters; companion introduced, with
which it was seen in company on 5th August.
9th Aug. „ Laid eggs in soil, which were hatched on 10th
September, and feeding on 17th September; in
May 1886 the largest of these was 11/16 in.
diameter.
13th Oct. 1887. Old snail died, aged 5 years 2 months.
According to Clessin, the duration of life in Vitrina is one year, Cyclas 2
years; Hyalinia, Succinea, Limnaea, Planorbis, and Ancylus are full grown
in 2 to 3 years, Helix and Paludina in 2 to 4, and Anodonta in 12 to 14.
Hazay finds[88] that the duration of life in Hyalinia is 2 years, in Helix
pomatia 6 to 8, in Helix candicans 2 to 3, in Paludina 8 to 10, in Limnaea
and Planorbis 3 to 4.
Growth of the Shell.—Mr. E. J. Lowe, many years ago, conducted[89]
some interesting experiments on the growth of snails. The facts arrived at
were—
(1) The shells of Helicidae increase but little for a considerable period,
never arriving at maturity before the animal has once become dormant.
(2) Shells do not grow whilst the animal itself remains dormant.
Page 63
(3) The growth of shells is very rapid when it does take place.
(4) Most species bury themselves in the ground to increase the
dimensions of their shells.
Six recently hatched H. pomatia were placed in a box and regularly fed
on lettuce and cabbage leaves from August until December, when they
buried themselves in the soil for winter; at this period they had gradually
increased in dimensions to the size of H. hispida. On the 1st April
following, the box was placed in the garden, and on the 3rd the Helices
reappeared on the surface, being no larger in size than they were in
December. Although regularly fed up to 20th June, they were not
perceptibly larger, but on that day five of them disappeared, having buried
themselves, with the mouth of the shell downwards, in the soil. After ten
days they reappeared, having in that short time grown so rapidly as to be
equal in size to H. pisana. On the 15th July they again buried themselves,
and reappeared on 1st August, having again increased in size. For three
months from this date they did not become perceptibly larger; on 2nd
November food was withheld for the winter and they became dormant.
A similar experiment, with similar results, was carried on with a number
of H. aspersa, hatched on 20th June. During the summer they grew but
little, buried themselves on 10th October with the head upwards, and rose
to the surface again on 5th April, not having grown during the winter. In
May they buried themselves with the head downwards, and appeared again
in a week double the size; this went on at about fortnightly intervals until
18th July, when they were almost fully grown.
Helix nemoralis, H. virgata, H. caperata, and H. hispida bury
themselves to grow; H. rotundata burrows into decayed wood; Hyalinia
radiatula appears to remain on decaying blades of grass; Pupa umbilicata,
Clausilia rugosa, and Buliminus obscurus bury their heads only.
The observations of Mr. W. E. Collinge[90] do not at all agree with those
of Mr. Lowe, with regard to the mode in which land Mollusca enlarge their
shells. He bred and reared most of the commoner forms of Helix and also
Clausilia rugosa, but never saw them bury any part of their shell when
enlarging it. While admitting that they may increase their shells when in
holes or burrows of earthworms, he thinks that the process of burying
would seriously interfere with the action of the mantle during deposition,
(4) Most species bury themselves in the ground to increase the
dimensions of their shells.
Six recently hatched H. pomatia were placed in a box and regularly fed
on lettuce and cabbage leaves from August until December, when they
buried themselves in the soil for winter; at this period they had gradually
increased in dimensions to the size of H. hispida. On the 1st April
following, the box was placed in the garden, and on the 3rd the Helices
reappeared on the surface, being no larger in size than they were in
December. Although regularly fed up to 20th June, they were not
perceptibly larger, but on that day five of them disappeared, having buried
themselves, with the mouth of the shell downwards, in the soil. After ten
days they reappeared, having in that short time grown so rapidly as to be
equal in size to H. pisana. On the 15th July they again buried themselves,
and reappeared on 1st August, having again increased in size. For three
months from this date they did not become perceptibly larger; on 2nd
November food was withheld for the winter and they became dormant.
A similar experiment, with similar results, was carried on with a number
of H. aspersa, hatched on 20th June. During the summer they grew but
little, buried themselves on 10th October with the head upwards, and rose
to the surface again on 5th April, not having grown during the winter. In
May they buried themselves with the head downwards, and appeared again
in a week double the size; this went on at about fortnightly intervals until
18th July, when they were almost fully grown.
Helix nemoralis, H. virgata, H. caperata, and H. hispida bury
themselves to grow; H. rotundata burrows into decayed wood; Hyalinia
radiatula appears to remain on decaying blades of grass; Pupa umbilicata,
Clausilia rugosa, and Buliminus obscurus bury their heads only.
The observations of Mr. W. E. Collinge[90] do not at all agree with those
of Mr. Lowe, with regard to the mode in which land Mollusca enlarge their
shells. He bred and reared most of the commoner forms of Helix and also
Clausilia rugosa, but never saw them bury any part of their shell when
enlarging it. While admitting that they may increase their shells when in
holes or burrows of earthworms, he thinks that the process of burying
would seriously interfere with the action of the mantle during deposition,
Page 64
and in many cases damage the membranaceous film before the calcareous
portion was deposited. Mr. Collinge has found the following species under
the surface in winter: Arion ater (3–4 in.), Agriolimax agrestis, (6–8 in.),
Hyalinia cellaria and H. alliaria (6–8 in.), Hyalinia glabra (5 in.), Helix
aspersa (5–6 in.), H. rufescens (4–6 in.), H. rotundata (4–5 in.), H. hispida
(7 in.), Buliminus obscurus (4–6 in.), B. montanus[91] (24 in.), and the
following in summer, Hyalinia cellaria and alliaria (6–8 in.), Helix
rotundata (4–5 in.), Balea perversa (6–8 in.), Cyclostoma elegans (3–4 in.).
The same author has found the following species of fresh-water Mollusca
living in hard dry mud: Sphaerium corneum (3–14 in.), S. rivicola (5–6 in.),
S. lacustre (10–14 in.), all the British species of Pisidium (4–12 in.),
Limnaea truncatula (18 in., a single specimen). All our species of Unio,
Anodonta, Bithynia, and Paludina bury themselves habitually in fine or
thick wet mud, to a depth of from 4 to 14 inches.
This burying propensity on the part of Mollusca has been known to play
its part in detecting fraud. When my friend Mr. E. L. Layard was
administering justice in Ceylon, a native landowner on a small scale
complained to him of the conduct of his neighbour, who had, during his
absence from home, diverted a small watercourse, which ran between their
holdings, in such a way as to filch a certain portion of the land. The
offender had filled up and obliterated the ancient course of the stream, and
protested that it had never run but in its present bed. Mr. Layard promptly
had a trench sunk across what was said to be the old course, and the
discovery of numerous living Ampullaria, buried in the mud, confirmed the
story of one of the litigants and confounded the other.[92]
Depositing and Hatching of Eggs: Self-fertilisation.—There appears
to be no doubt that Helices, when once impregnated, can lay successive
batches of eggs, and possibly can continue laying for several years, without
a further act of union. A specimen of Helix aspersa was noticed in company
with another on 5th August; on 9th August it laid eggs in the soil, and early
in the following summer it laid a second batch of eggs, although its
companion had been removed directly after its first introduction. An Arion
received from a distance laid 30 eggs on 5th September, and 70 more on the
23rd of the same month, although quite isolated during the whole time.[93]
By far the most remarkable case of the kind is related by Gaskoin.[94] A
specimen of Helix lactea was kept in a drawer for about two years, and then
portion was deposited. Mr. Collinge has found the following species under
the surface in winter: Arion ater (3–4 in.), Agriolimax agrestis, (6–8 in.),
Hyalinia cellaria and H. alliaria (6–8 in.), Hyalinia glabra (5 in.), Helix
aspersa (5–6 in.), H. rufescens (4–6 in.), H. rotundata (4–5 in.), H. hispida
(7 in.), Buliminus obscurus (4–6 in.), B. montanus[91] (24 in.), and the
following in summer, Hyalinia cellaria and alliaria (6–8 in.), Helix
rotundata (4–5 in.), Balea perversa (6–8 in.), Cyclostoma elegans (3–4 in.).
The same author has found the following species of fresh-water Mollusca
living in hard dry mud: Sphaerium corneum (3–14 in.), S. rivicola (5–6 in.),
S. lacustre (10–14 in.), all the British species of Pisidium (4–12 in.),
Limnaea truncatula (18 in., a single specimen). All our species of Unio,
Anodonta, Bithynia, and Paludina bury themselves habitually in fine or
thick wet mud, to a depth of from 4 to 14 inches.
This burying propensity on the part of Mollusca has been known to play
its part in detecting fraud. When my friend Mr. E. L. Layard was
administering justice in Ceylon, a native landowner on a small scale
complained to him of the conduct of his neighbour, who had, during his
absence from home, diverted a small watercourse, which ran between their
holdings, in such a way as to filch a certain portion of the land. The
offender had filled up and obliterated the ancient course of the stream, and
protested that it had never run but in its present bed. Mr. Layard promptly
had a trench sunk across what was said to be the old course, and the
discovery of numerous living Ampullaria, buried in the mud, confirmed the
story of one of the litigants and confounded the other.[92]
Depositing and Hatching of Eggs: Self-fertilisation.—There appears
to be no doubt that Helices, when once impregnated, can lay successive
batches of eggs, and possibly can continue laying for several years, without
a further act of union. A specimen of Helix aspersa was noticed in company
with another on 5th August; on 9th August it laid eggs in the soil, and early
in the following summer it laid a second batch of eggs, although its
companion had been removed directly after its first introduction. An Arion
received from a distance laid 30 eggs on 5th September, and 70 more on the
23rd of the same month, although quite isolated during the whole time.[93]
By far the most remarkable case of the kind is related by Gaskoin.[94] A
specimen of Helix lactea was kept in a drawer for about two years, and then
Page 65
in another drawer for about two years more. It was then taken out, and
placed in water, when it revived, and was placed alone under a bell jar with
earth and food. Six months after, about 30 young H. lactea were found
crawling on the glass, the act of oviposition not having been observed.
The observations of Mr. F. W. Wotton,[95] with regard to the fertilisation
and egg-laying of Arion ater, are of extreme interest and value. A pair of
this species, kept in captivity, united on 10th September 1889, the act
lasting about 25 minutes. From that date until the eggs were laid, the
animals looked sickly, dull of colour, with a somewhat dry skin. Eggs were
deposited in batches, one, which we will call A, beginning three days before
B. On 10th October A laid 80 eggs; on the 16th, 110; on the 25th, 77; on 8th
November, 82; and on 17th November, 47; making a total of 396. Specimen
B, which began on 13th October, three days after A, made up for the delay
by laying 246 eggs in 40 hours; on 26th October it laid 9, on 10th
November, 121; and on 30th November, 101; a total of 477. These eggs
weighed 624 to the ounce, and, in excluding the batch of 246, B parted with
⅜ of its own weight in 40 hours, while the whole number laid were rather
over ¾ of its own weight!
While depositing the eggs, the slug remained throughout in the same
position on the surface of the ground, with the head drawn up underneath
the mantle, which was lifted just above the reproductive orifice. When
taken into the hand, it went on laying eggs without interruption or agitation
of any kind. After it had finished laying it ate half a raw potato and then
took a bath, remaining submerged for more than an hour. Bathing is a
favourite pastime at all periods. Specimens, says Mr. Wotton, have survived
a compulsory bath, with total submersion, of nearly three days’ duration.
Mr. Wotton’s account of the hatching of the eggs is equally interesting. It
is noticeable that the eggs of one batch do not hatch by any means
simultaneously; several days frequently intervene. The average period is
about 60 days, a damp and warm situation bringing out the young in 40
days, while cold and dryness extended the time to 74 days, extremes of any
kind proving fatal. Of the batch of eggs laid by B on 30th November, the
first 2 were hatched on the following 16th January, and 2 more on the 17th;
others, from 10 to 20, followed suit on the succeeding 5 days, until 82 in all
were hatched, the remaining 19 being unproductive.[96]
placed in water, when it revived, and was placed alone under a bell jar with
earth and food. Six months after, about 30 young H. lactea were found
crawling on the glass, the act of oviposition not having been observed.
The observations of Mr. F. W. Wotton,[95] with regard to the fertilisation
and egg-laying of Arion ater, are of extreme interest and value. A pair of
this species, kept in captivity, united on 10th September 1889, the act
lasting about 25 minutes. From that date until the eggs were laid, the
animals looked sickly, dull of colour, with a somewhat dry skin. Eggs were
deposited in batches, one, which we will call A, beginning three days before
B. On 10th October A laid 80 eggs; on the 16th, 110; on the 25th, 77; on 8th
November, 82; and on 17th November, 47; making a total of 396. Specimen
B, which began on 13th October, three days after A, made up for the delay
by laying 246 eggs in 40 hours; on 26th October it laid 9, on 10th
November, 121; and on 30th November, 101; a total of 477. These eggs
weighed 624 to the ounce, and, in excluding the batch of 246, B parted with
⅜ of its own weight in 40 hours, while the whole number laid were rather
over ¾ of its own weight!
While depositing the eggs, the slug remained throughout in the same
position on the surface of the ground, with the head drawn up underneath
the mantle, which was lifted just above the reproductive orifice. When
taken into the hand, it went on laying eggs without interruption or agitation
of any kind. After it had finished laying it ate half a raw potato and then
took a bath, remaining submerged for more than an hour. Bathing is a
favourite pastime at all periods. Specimens, says Mr. Wotton, have survived
a compulsory bath, with total submersion, of nearly three days’ duration.
Mr. Wotton’s account of the hatching of the eggs is equally interesting. It
is noticeable that the eggs of one batch do not hatch by any means
simultaneously; several days frequently intervene. The average period is
about 60 days, a damp and warm situation bringing out the young in 40
days, while cold and dryness extended the time to 74 days, extremes of any
kind proving fatal. Of the batch of eggs laid by B on 30th November, the
first 2 were hatched on the following 16th January, and 2 more on the 17th;
others, from 10 to 20, followed suit on the succeeding 5 days, until 82 in all
were hatched, the remaining 19 being unproductive.[96]
Page 66
By placing the egg on a looking-glass the act of exclusion can be
perfectly observed. For several days the inmate can be seen in motion, until
at last a small crack appears in the surface of the shell: this gradually
enlarges, until the baby slug is able to crawl out, although it not
unfrequently backs into the shell again, as if unwilling to risk itself in the
world. When it once begins to crawl freely, it buries itself in the ground for
4 or 5 days without food, after which time it emerges, nearly double its
original size. At exclusion, the average length is 9 mm., increasing to 56
mm. after the end of 5 months. Full growth is attained about the middle of
the second year, and nearly all die at the end of this year or the beginning of
the next. Death from exhaustion frequently occurs after parturition. Death
from suffocation is sometimes the result of the formation of small blisters
on the margin of the respiratory aperture. The attacks of an internal parasite
cause death in a singular way. The upper tentacles swell at the base in such
a way as to prevent their extrusion; digestive troubles follow, with rigidity
and loss of moisture, and death ensues in 2 or 3 days.
Mr. Wotton isolated newly-hatched specimens, with the view of
experimenting on their power of self-fertilisation, if the opportunity of
fertilising and being fertilised by others was denied them. One of these,
after remaining in absolute solitude for 10½ months, began to lay, scantily
at first (11th January, 2; 25th January, 2; 11th February, 2), but more
abundantly afterwards (3rd April, 60; 15th and 16th, 70; 29th, 53, etc.), the
eggs being hatched out in 42–48 days. The precautions taken seem to have
been absolutely satisfactory, and the fact of the power of self-fertilisation
appears established as far as Arion ater is concerned.
Braun took young individuals of Limnaea auricularia on the day they
were hatched out, and placed them singly in separate vessels with differing
amounts of water. This was on 15th June 1887. In August 1888 specimen A
had only produced a little spawn, out of which three young were hatched;
specimen B had produced four pieces of spawn of different sizes, all of
which were hatched; specimen C, which happened to be living with three
Planorbis, produced five pieces of spawn distinctly Limnaeidan, but
nothing is recorded of their hatching. Self-impregnation, therefore, with a
fruitful result, appears established for this species of Limnaea.[97]
Reproduction of Lost Parts.—When deprived of their tentacles, eyes,
or portions of the foot, Mollusca do not seem to suffer severely, and
perfectly observed. For several days the inmate can be seen in motion, until
at last a small crack appears in the surface of the shell: this gradually
enlarges, until the baby slug is able to crawl out, although it not
unfrequently backs into the shell again, as if unwilling to risk itself in the
world. When it once begins to crawl freely, it buries itself in the ground for
4 or 5 days without food, after which time it emerges, nearly double its
original size. At exclusion, the average length is 9 mm., increasing to 56
mm. after the end of 5 months. Full growth is attained about the middle of
the second year, and nearly all die at the end of this year or the beginning of
the next. Death from exhaustion frequently occurs after parturition. Death
from suffocation is sometimes the result of the formation of small blisters
on the margin of the respiratory aperture. The attacks of an internal parasite
cause death in a singular way. The upper tentacles swell at the base in such
a way as to prevent their extrusion; digestive troubles follow, with rigidity
and loss of moisture, and death ensues in 2 or 3 days.
Mr. Wotton isolated newly-hatched specimens, with the view of
experimenting on their power of self-fertilisation, if the opportunity of
fertilising and being fertilised by others was denied them. One of these,
after remaining in absolute solitude for 10½ months, began to lay, scantily
at first (11th January, 2; 25th January, 2; 11th February, 2), but more
abundantly afterwards (3rd April, 60; 15th and 16th, 70; 29th, 53, etc.), the
eggs being hatched out in 42–48 days. The precautions taken seem to have
been absolutely satisfactory, and the fact of the power of self-fertilisation
appears established as far as Arion ater is concerned.
Braun took young individuals of Limnaea auricularia on the day they
were hatched out, and placed them singly in separate vessels with differing
amounts of water. This was on 15th June 1887. In August 1888 specimen A
had only produced a little spawn, out of which three young were hatched;
specimen B had produced four pieces of spawn of different sizes, all of
which were hatched; specimen C, which happened to be living with three
Planorbis, produced five pieces of spawn distinctly Limnaeidan, but
nothing is recorded of their hatching. Self-impregnation, therefore, with a
fruitful result, appears established for this species of Limnaea.[97]
Reproduction of Lost Parts.—When deprived of their tentacles, eyes,
or portions of the foot, Mollusca do not seem to suffer severely, and
Page 67
generally reproduce the lost parts in a short time. If, however, one of the
ganglia is injured, they perish. Certain of the Mollusca possess the curious
property of being able to amputate certain parts at will. When Prophysaon,
a species of Californian slug, is annoyed by being handled, an indented line
appears at a point about two-thirds of the length from the head, the line
deepens, and eventually the tail is shaken completely off. Sometimes the
Prophysaon only threatens this spontaneous dismemberment; this line
appears (always exactly in the same place), but it thinks better of it, and the
indentation proceeds no further.[98] According to Gundlach,[99] Helix
imperator and H. crenilabris, two large species from Cuba, possess the
same property, which is said to be also characteristic of the sub-genus
Stenopus (W. Indies). Amongst marine species, Harpa ventricosa and Solen
siliqua have been observed to act in a similar way, Harpa apparently cutting
off the end of the foot by pressure of the shell. Karl Semper, in commenting
on the same property in species of Helicarion from the Philippines (which
whisk their tail up and down with almost convulsive rapidity, until it drops
off), considers[100] it greatly to the advantage of the mollusc, since any
predacious bird which attempted to seize it, but only secured a fragment of
tail, would probably be discouraged from a second attack, especially as the
Helicarion would meanwhile have had time to conceal itself among the
foliage.
Strength and Muscular Force.—The muscular strength of snails is
surprisingly great. Sandford relates[101] an experiment on a Helix aspersa,
weighing ¼ oz. He found it could drag vertically a weight of 2¼ oz., or nine
times its own weight. Another snail, weighing ⅓ oz., was able to drag in a
horizontal direction along a smooth table twelve reels of cotton, a pair of
scissors, a screwdriver, a key, and a knife, weighing in all no less than 17
oz., or more than fifty times its own weight. This latter experiment was
much the same as asking a man of 12 stone to pull a load of over 3¾ tons.
If a snail be placed on a piece of glass and made to crawl, it will be seen
that a series of waves appear to pursue one another along the under surface
of the foot, travelling from back to front in the direction in which the animal
is moving. Simroth has shown that the sole of the foot is covered with a
dense network of muscular fibres, those which run longitudinally being
chiefly instrumental in producing the undulatory motion. By means of these
muscles the sole is first elongated in front, and then shortened behind to an
ganglia is injured, they perish. Certain of the Mollusca possess the curious
property of being able to amputate certain parts at will. When Prophysaon,
a species of Californian slug, is annoyed by being handled, an indented line
appears at a point about two-thirds of the length from the head, the line
deepens, and eventually the tail is shaken completely off. Sometimes the
Prophysaon only threatens this spontaneous dismemberment; this line
appears (always exactly in the same place), but it thinks better of it, and the
indentation proceeds no further.[98] According to Gundlach,[99] Helix
imperator and H. crenilabris, two large species from Cuba, possess the
same property, which is said to be also characteristic of the sub-genus
Stenopus (W. Indies). Amongst marine species, Harpa ventricosa and Solen
siliqua have been observed to act in a similar way, Harpa apparently cutting
off the end of the foot by pressure of the shell. Karl Semper, in commenting
on the same property in species of Helicarion from the Philippines (which
whisk their tail up and down with almost convulsive rapidity, until it drops
off), considers[100] it greatly to the advantage of the mollusc, since any
predacious bird which attempted to seize it, but only secured a fragment of
tail, would probably be discouraged from a second attack, especially as the
Helicarion would meanwhile have had time to conceal itself among the
foliage.
Strength and Muscular Force.—The muscular strength of snails is
surprisingly great. Sandford relates[101] an experiment on a Helix aspersa,
weighing ¼ oz. He found it could drag vertically a weight of 2¼ oz., or nine
times its own weight. Another snail, weighing ⅓ oz., was able to drag in a
horizontal direction along a smooth table twelve reels of cotton, a pair of
scissors, a screwdriver, a key, and a knife, weighing in all no less than 17
oz., or more than fifty times its own weight. This latter experiment was
much the same as asking a man of 12 stone to pull a load of over 3¾ tons.
If a snail be placed on a piece of glass and made to crawl, it will be seen
that a series of waves appear to pursue one another along the under surface
of the foot, travelling from back to front in the direction in which the animal
is moving. Simroth has shown that the sole of the foot is covered with a
dense network of muscular fibres, those which run longitudinally being
chiefly instrumental in producing the undulatory motion. By means of these
muscles the sole is first elongated in front, and then shortened behind to an
Page 68
equal extent. Thus a snail slides, not on the ground, but on its own mucus,
which it deposits mechanically, and which serves the purpose of lubricating
the ground on which it travels. It has been calculated that an averaged sized
snail of moderate pace progresses at the rate of about a mile in 16 days 14
hours.[102]
Sudden Appearance of Mollusca.—It is very remarkable to notice how
suddenly Pulmonata seem to appear in certain districts where they have not
been noticed before. This sudden appearance is more common in the case of
fresh-water than of land Mollusca, and there can be little doubt that,
wherever a new pond happens to be formed, unless there is something in its
situation or nature which is absolutely hostile to molluscan life, Mollusca
are certain to be found in it sooner or later. “Some 23 years ago,” writes Mr.
W. Nelson,[103] “I was in the habit of collecting shells in a small pond near
to the Black Hills, Leeds. At that time the only molluscan forms found there
were a dwarf form of Sphaerium lacustre, Pisidium pusillum, Planorbis
nautileus, and Limnaea peregra. About 10 years ago I resumed my visits to
the locality, and found, in addition to the species already enumerated,
Planorbis corneus. These were the only species found there until this spring
[1883], when, during one of my frequent visits, I was surprised to find
Physa fontinalis and Planorbis vortex were added to the growing list of
species. Later on Pl. carinatus, Limnaea stagnalis, and Ancylus lacustris
turned up; and during June, Pl. contortus was found in this small but
prolific pond.” Limnaea glutinosa is prominent for these remarkable
appearances and disappearances. In 1822 this species suddenly appeared in
some small gravel pits at Bottisham, Cambs., in such numbers that they
might have been scooped out by handfuls. After that year they did not
appear numerous, and after three or four seasons they gradually
disappeared.[104] Physa (Aplecta) hypnorum is noted in a similar way. In
February 1852, for instance, after a wet month, the water stood in small
puddles about 3 feet by 2 in a particular part of Bottisham Park which was
sometimes a little swampy, though usually quite dry. One of these puddles
was found to contain immense numbers of the Aplecta, which up to that
time had not been noted as occurring in Cambridgeshire at all.[105] In a few
days the species entirely disappeared and was never again noticed in the
locality.[106]
which it deposits mechanically, and which serves the purpose of lubricating
the ground on which it travels. It has been calculated that an averaged sized
snail of moderate pace progresses at the rate of about a mile in 16 days 14
hours.[102]
Sudden Appearance of Mollusca.—It is very remarkable to notice how
suddenly Pulmonata seem to appear in certain districts where they have not
been noticed before. This sudden appearance is more common in the case of
fresh-water than of land Mollusca, and there can be little doubt that,
wherever a new pond happens to be formed, unless there is something in its
situation or nature which is absolutely hostile to molluscan life, Mollusca
are certain to be found in it sooner or later. “Some 23 years ago,” writes Mr.
W. Nelson,[103] “I was in the habit of collecting shells in a small pond near
to the Black Hills, Leeds. At that time the only molluscan forms found there
were a dwarf form of Sphaerium lacustre, Pisidium pusillum, Planorbis
nautileus, and Limnaea peregra. About 10 years ago I resumed my visits to
the locality, and found, in addition to the species already enumerated,
Planorbis corneus. These were the only species found there until this spring
[1883], when, during one of my frequent visits, I was surprised to find
Physa fontinalis and Planorbis vortex were added to the growing list of
species. Later on Pl. carinatus, Limnaea stagnalis, and Ancylus lacustris
turned up; and during June, Pl. contortus was found in this small but
prolific pond.” Limnaea glutinosa is prominent for these remarkable
appearances and disappearances. In 1822 this species suddenly appeared in
some small gravel pits at Bottisham, Cambs., in such numbers that they
might have been scooped out by handfuls. After that year they did not
appear numerous, and after three or four seasons they gradually
disappeared.[104] Physa (Aplecta) hypnorum is noted in a similar way. In
February 1852, for instance, after a wet month, the water stood in small
puddles about 3 feet by 2 in a particular part of Bottisham Park which was
sometimes a little swampy, though usually quite dry. One of these puddles
was found to contain immense numbers of the Aplecta, which up to that
time had not been noted as occurring in Cambridgeshire at all.[105] In a few
days the species entirely disappeared and was never again noticed in the
locality.[106]
Page 69
Writing to the Zoological Society of London from New Caledonia, Mr.
E. L. Layard remarks:[107] “The West Indian species Stenogyra octona has
suddenly turned up here in thousands; how introduced, none can tell. They
are on a coffee estate at Kanala on the east coast. I have made inquiries, and
cannot find that the planter ever had seed coffee from the West Indies. All
he planted came from Bombay, and it would be interesting to find out
whether the species has appeared there also.”
Sometimes a very small event is sufficient to disturb the natural
equilibrium of a locality, and to become the cause either of the introduction
or of the destruction of a species. In 1883 a colony of Helix sericea
occupied a portion of a hedge bottom twenty yards long near Newark. It
scarcely occurred outside this limit, but within it was very plentiful, living
in company with H. nemoralis, H. hortensis, H. hispida, H. rotundata,
Hyalinia cellaria and Hy. nitidula, and Cochlicopa lubrica. In 1888 the
hedge was well trimmed, but the bottom was not touched, and the next year
a long and careful search was required to find even six specimens of the
sericea.[108]
Showers of Shells.—Helix virgata, H. caperata, and Cochlicella acuta
sometimes occur on downs near our sea-coasts in such extraordinary
profusion, that their sudden appearance out of their hiding-places at the
roots of the herbage after a shower of rain has led to the belief, amongst
credulous people, that they have actually descended with the rain. There
seems, however, no reason to doubt that Mollusca may be caught up by
whirlwinds into the air and subsequently deposited at some considerable
distance from their original habitat, in the same way as frogs and fishes. A
very recent instance of such a phenomenon occurred[109] at Paderborn, in
Westphalia, where, on 9th August 1892, a yellowish cloud suddenly
attracted attention from its colour and the rapidity of its motion. In a few
moments it burst, with thunder and a torrential rain, and immediately
afterwards the pavements were found to be covered with numbers of
Anodonta anatina, all of which had the shell broken by the violence of the
fall. It was clearly established that the shells could not have been washed
into the streets from any adjacent river or pond, and their true origin was
probably indicated when it was found that the funnel-shaped cloud which
burst over the town had passed across the one piece of water near
Paderborn, which was known to contain the Anodonta in abundance.
E. L. Layard remarks:[107] “The West Indian species Stenogyra octona has
suddenly turned up here in thousands; how introduced, none can tell. They
are on a coffee estate at Kanala on the east coast. I have made inquiries, and
cannot find that the planter ever had seed coffee from the West Indies. All
he planted came from Bombay, and it would be interesting to find out
whether the species has appeared there also.”
Sometimes a very small event is sufficient to disturb the natural
equilibrium of a locality, and to become the cause either of the introduction
or of the destruction of a species. In 1883 a colony of Helix sericea
occupied a portion of a hedge bottom twenty yards long near Newark. It
scarcely occurred outside this limit, but within it was very plentiful, living
in company with H. nemoralis, H. hortensis, H. hispida, H. rotundata,
Hyalinia cellaria and Hy. nitidula, and Cochlicopa lubrica. In 1888 the
hedge was well trimmed, but the bottom was not touched, and the next year
a long and careful search was required to find even six specimens of the
sericea.[108]
Showers of Shells.—Helix virgata, H. caperata, and Cochlicella acuta
sometimes occur on downs near our sea-coasts in such extraordinary
profusion, that their sudden appearance out of their hiding-places at the
roots of the herbage after a shower of rain has led to the belief, amongst
credulous people, that they have actually descended with the rain. There
seems, however, no reason to doubt that Mollusca may be caught up by
whirlwinds into the air and subsequently deposited at some considerable
distance from their original habitat, in the same way as frogs and fishes. A
very recent instance of such a phenomenon occurred[109] at Paderborn, in
Westphalia, where, on 9th August 1892, a yellowish cloud suddenly
attracted attention from its colour and the rapidity of its motion. In a few
moments it burst, with thunder and a torrential rain, and immediately
afterwards the pavements were found to be covered with numbers of
Anodonta anatina, all of which had the shell broken by the violence of the
fall. It was clearly established that the shells could not have been washed
into the streets from any adjacent river or pond, and their true origin was
probably indicated when it was found that the funnel-shaped cloud which
burst over the town had passed across the one piece of water near
Paderborn, which was known to contain the Anodonta in abundance.
Page 70
Cases of Singular Habitat.—Mollusca sometimes accustom themselves
to living in very strange localities, besides the extremes of heat and cold
mentioned above (pp. 23–24). In the year 1852, when some large
waterpipes in the City Road, near St. Luke’s Hospital, were being taken up
for repairs, they were found to be inhabited in considerable numbers by
Neritina fluviatilis and a species of Limnaea.[110] Dreissensia polymorpha
has been found in a similar situation in Oxford Street, and also in Hamburg,
and has even been known to block the pipes and cisterns of private houses.
In an engine cistern at Burnley, 60 feet above the canal from which the
water was pumped into the cistern, were found the following species:
Sphaerium corneum, S. lacustre; Valvata piscinalis, Bithynia tentaculata;
Limnaea peregra, very like Succinea in form and texture; Planorbis albus,
P. corneus, P. nitidus, P. glaber, and thousands of P. dilatatus, much larger
than the forms in the canal below, a fact probably due to the equable
temperature of the water in the cistern all the year round.[111] In certain
parts of southern Algeria the fresh-water genera Melania and Melanopsis
inhabit abundantly waters so surcharged with salt that the marine Cardium
edule has actually become extinct from excess of brine. The common
Mytilus edulis is sometimes found within the branchial chamber and
attached to the abdomen of crabs (Carcinus maenas), which are obliged to
carry about a burden of which they are powerless to rid themselves (see p.
78). A variety of the common Limnaea peregra lives in the hot water of
some of the geysers of Iceland, and has accordingly been named
geisericola.
Underground Snails.—Not only do many of the land Mollusca
aestivate, or hibernate, as the case may be, beneath the surface of the soil,
but a certain number of species live permanently underground, like the
mole, and scarcely ever appear in the light of day. Our own little
Caecilianella acicula lives habitually from 1 to 3 feet below ground,
appearing to prefer the vicinity of graveyards. Testacella, the carnivorous
slug, scarcely ever appears on the surface during the day, except when
driven by excessive rain, and even then it lurks awhile under some
protecting cover of leafage. There is a curious little Helix (tristis Pfr.),
peculiar to Corsica, which is of distinctly subterranean habits. It lives in
drifted sand above high-water mark, always at the roots of Genista
Saltzmanni, at a depth which varies with the temperature and dryness of the
to living in very strange localities, besides the extremes of heat and cold
mentioned above (pp. 23–24). In the year 1852, when some large
waterpipes in the City Road, near St. Luke’s Hospital, were being taken up
for repairs, they were found to be inhabited in considerable numbers by
Neritina fluviatilis and a species of Limnaea.[110] Dreissensia polymorpha
has been found in a similar situation in Oxford Street, and also in Hamburg,
and has even been known to block the pipes and cisterns of private houses.
In an engine cistern at Burnley, 60 feet above the canal from which the
water was pumped into the cistern, were found the following species:
Sphaerium corneum, S. lacustre; Valvata piscinalis, Bithynia tentaculata;
Limnaea peregra, very like Succinea in form and texture; Planorbis albus,
P. corneus, P. nitidus, P. glaber, and thousands of P. dilatatus, much larger
than the forms in the canal below, a fact probably due to the equable
temperature of the water in the cistern all the year round.[111] In certain
parts of southern Algeria the fresh-water genera Melania and Melanopsis
inhabit abundantly waters so surcharged with salt that the marine Cardium
edule has actually become extinct from excess of brine. The common
Mytilus edulis is sometimes found within the branchial chamber and
attached to the abdomen of crabs (Carcinus maenas), which are obliged to
carry about a burden of which they are powerless to rid themselves (see p.
78). A variety of the common Limnaea peregra lives in the hot water of
some of the geysers of Iceland, and has accordingly been named
geisericola.
Underground Snails.—Not only do many of the land Mollusca
aestivate, or hibernate, as the case may be, beneath the surface of the soil,
but a certain number of species live permanently underground, like the
mole, and scarcely ever appear in the light of day. Our own little
Caecilianella acicula lives habitually from 1 to 3 feet below ground,
appearing to prefer the vicinity of graveyards. Testacella, the carnivorous
slug, scarcely ever appears on the surface during the day, except when
driven by excessive rain, and even then it lurks awhile under some
protecting cover of leafage. There is a curious little Helix (tristis Pfr.),
peculiar to Corsica, which is of distinctly subterranean habits. It lives in
drifted sand above high-water mark, always at the roots of Genista
Saltzmanni, at a depth which varies with the temperature and dryness of the
Page 71
air. In hot and very dry weather it buries itself nearly 2 feet below the
surface, only coming up during rain, and burying itself again immediately
the rain is over. Like a Solen, it often has a hole above its burrow, by which
it communicates with the air above, so as to avoid being stifled in the sand.
The animal, in spite of its dry habitat, is singularly soft and succulent, and
exudes a very glutinous mucus. It probably descends in its burrow until it
arrives at the humid stratum, the persistence of which is due to the
capillarity of the sand.[112] I am assured by Mr. E. L. Layard that precisely
similar underground habits are characteristic of Coeliaxis Layardi, which
lives exclusively in sand at the roots of scrub and coarse grass at East
London.
Rock-boring Snails.—Cases have sometimes been recorded, from
which it would appear that certain species of snails possess the power of
excavating holes in rocks to serve as hiding-places. At Les Bois des Roches,
ten miles from Boulogne, occur a number of solid calcareous rocks
scattered about in the wood. The sides of the rocks which face N.E. and E.
are covered with multitudes of funnel-shaped holes, 1½ inch in diameter at
the opening and contracting suddenly within to ½ inch. Sometimes the
holes are 6 inches deep, and terminate, after considerable windings, in a
cup-shaped cavity. Helix hortensis inhabits these holes, and has been
observed to excavate them at the rate of ½ inch each hibernation, choosing
always the side of the rock which is sheltered from the prevailing rains. It
does not form an epiphragm, but protrudes part of its body against the rock.
That the snails secrete an acid which acts as a solvent seems probable from
the fact that red litmus paper, on being applied to the place where the foot
has been, becomes stained with violet.[113] Helix aspersa is said to excavate
holes 10 to 12 cm. deep at Constantine,[114] and H. Mazzullii is recorded as
perforating limestone at Palermo.[115]
Snails as Barometers.—An American writer of more than thirty years
ago[116] gave his experience of Helices as weather-prophets. According to
him, H. alternata is never seen abroad except shortly before rain; it then
climbs on the bark of trees, and stations itself on leaves. Helix clausa, H.
ligera, H. pennsylvanica, and H. elevata climb trees two days before rain, if
it is to be abundant and continuous. Succinea does the same, and its body is
yellow before rain and bluish after it. Several of the Helices assume a
surface, only coming up during rain, and burying itself again immediately
the rain is over. Like a Solen, it often has a hole above its burrow, by which
it communicates with the air above, so as to avoid being stifled in the sand.
The animal, in spite of its dry habitat, is singularly soft and succulent, and
exudes a very glutinous mucus. It probably descends in its burrow until it
arrives at the humid stratum, the persistence of which is due to the
capillarity of the sand.[112] I am assured by Mr. E. L. Layard that precisely
similar underground habits are characteristic of Coeliaxis Layardi, which
lives exclusively in sand at the roots of scrub and coarse grass at East
London.
Rock-boring Snails.—Cases have sometimes been recorded, from
which it would appear that certain species of snails possess the power of
excavating holes in rocks to serve as hiding-places. At Les Bois des Roches,
ten miles from Boulogne, occur a number of solid calcareous rocks
scattered about in the wood. The sides of the rocks which face N.E. and E.
are covered with multitudes of funnel-shaped holes, 1½ inch in diameter at
the opening and contracting suddenly within to ½ inch. Sometimes the
holes are 6 inches deep, and terminate, after considerable windings, in a
cup-shaped cavity. Helix hortensis inhabits these holes, and has been
observed to excavate them at the rate of ½ inch each hibernation, choosing
always the side of the rock which is sheltered from the prevailing rains. It
does not form an epiphragm, but protrudes part of its body against the rock.
That the snails secrete an acid which acts as a solvent seems probable from
the fact that red litmus paper, on being applied to the place where the foot
has been, becomes stained with violet.[113] Helix aspersa is said to excavate
holes 10 to 12 cm. deep at Constantine,[114] and H. Mazzullii is recorded as
perforating limestone at Palermo.[115]
Snails as Barometers.—An American writer of more than thirty years
ago[116] gave his experience of Helices as weather-prophets. According to
him, H. alternata is never seen abroad except shortly before rain; it then
climbs on the bark of trees, and stations itself on leaves. Helix clausa, H.
ligera, H. pennsylvanica, and H. elevata climb trees two days before rain, if
it is to be abundant and continuous. Succinea does the same, and its body is
yellow before rain and bluish after it. Several of the Helices assume a
Page 72
sombre colour after rain, when their bodies are exceedingly humid; after the
humidity has passed off they resume a clearer and lighter tint.
Production of Musical and other Sounds.—Certain molluscs are said
to be capable of producing musical sounds. Sir J. E. Tennent describes his
visit to a brackish-water lake at Batticaloa, in Ceylon, where the fishermen
give the name of the ‘crying shell’ to the animal supposed to produce the
sounds. “The sounds,” he says,[117] “came up from the water like the gentle
thrills of a musical chord, or the faint vibrations of a wineglass when its rim
is rubbed by a moistened finger. It was not one sustained note, but a
multitude of tiny sounds, each clear and distinct in itself; the sweetest treble
mingling with the lowest bass. On applying the ear to the woodwork of the
boat, the vibration was greatly increased in volume. The sounds varied
considerably at different points as we moved across the lake, and
occasionally we rowed out of hearing of them altogether.” According to the
fishermen, the shells were Pyrazus palustris and Littorina laevis. It appears
uncertain whether the sounds are really due to Mollusca. Fishermen in other
parts of India assert that the sounds are made by fish, and, like those in
Ceylon, produce the fish which they say ‘sings.’ The same, or a similar
sound, has also been noticed to issue from the water in certain parts of
Chili, and on the northern shores of the Gulf of Mexico. Dendronotus
arborescens, when confined in a glass jar of sea water, has been noticed[118]
to emit a sound like the clink of a steel wire. According to Lieut.-Col.
Portlock,[119] F.R.S., Helix aperta, a very common species in South Europe,
has the property of emitting sounds when irritated. When at Corfu, he
noticed that if the animal is irritated by a touch with a piece of straw or
other light material, it emits a noise, as if grumbling at being disturbed. He
kept a specimen in his house for a considerable time, which would make
this noise whenever it was touched.
The Rev. H. G. Barnacle describes the musical properties of Achatinella
in the following terms:[120] “When up the mountains of Oahu I heard the
grandest but wildest music, as from hundreds of Aeolian harps, wafted to
me on the breezes, and my companion (a native) told me it came from, as
he called them, the singing shells. It was sublime. I could not believe it, but
a tree close at hand proved it. On it were many of the Achatinella, the
animals drawing after them their shells, which grated against the wood and
humidity has passed off they resume a clearer and lighter tint.
Production of Musical and other Sounds.—Certain molluscs are said
to be capable of producing musical sounds. Sir J. E. Tennent describes his
visit to a brackish-water lake at Batticaloa, in Ceylon, where the fishermen
give the name of the ‘crying shell’ to the animal supposed to produce the
sounds. “The sounds,” he says,[117] “came up from the water like the gentle
thrills of a musical chord, or the faint vibrations of a wineglass when its rim
is rubbed by a moistened finger. It was not one sustained note, but a
multitude of tiny sounds, each clear and distinct in itself; the sweetest treble
mingling with the lowest bass. On applying the ear to the woodwork of the
boat, the vibration was greatly increased in volume. The sounds varied
considerably at different points as we moved across the lake, and
occasionally we rowed out of hearing of them altogether.” According to the
fishermen, the shells were Pyrazus palustris and Littorina laevis. It appears
uncertain whether the sounds are really due to Mollusca. Fishermen in other
parts of India assert that the sounds are made by fish, and, like those in
Ceylon, produce the fish which they say ‘sings.’ The same, or a similar
sound, has also been noticed to issue from the water in certain parts of
Chili, and on the northern shores of the Gulf of Mexico. Dendronotus
arborescens, when confined in a glass jar of sea water, has been noticed[118]
to emit a sound like the clink of a steel wire. According to Lieut.-Col.
Portlock,[119] F.R.S., Helix aperta, a very common species in South Europe,
has the property of emitting sounds when irritated. When at Corfu, he
noticed that if the animal is irritated by a touch with a piece of straw or
other light material, it emits a noise, as if grumbling at being disturbed. He
kept a specimen in his house for a considerable time, which would make
this noise whenever it was touched.
The Rev. H. G. Barnacle describes the musical properties of Achatinella
in the following terms:[120] “When up the mountains of Oahu I heard the
grandest but wildest music, as from hundreds of Aeolian harps, wafted to
me on the breezes, and my companion (a native) told me it came from, as
he called them, the singing shells. It was sublime. I could not believe it, but
a tree close at hand proved it. On it were many of the Achatinella, the
animals drawing after them their shells, which grated against the wood and
Page 73
so caused a sound; the multitude of sounds produced the fanciful music. On
this one tree I took 70 shells of all varieties.”
Habits of the Agnatha.—Not much is known of the habits and mode of
life of the Agnatha, or carnivorous Land Mollusca. In this country we have
only two, or at most three, of this group, belonging to the genus Testacella,
and, in all probability, not indigenous to our shores. There seems little
doubt, when all the circumstances of their discovery are taken into account,
that both Testacella haliotidea and T. Maugei have been imported, perhaps
from Spain or Portugal in the first instance, along with roots imbedded in
foreign earth, for their earliest appearances can almost invariably be traced
back to the neighbourhood of large nursery grounds, or else to gardens
supplied directly from such establishments.
The underground life of Testacella makes observation of its habits
difficult. It is believed to feed exclusively on earthworms, which it pursues
in their burrows. Continued wet weather drives it to the surface, for though
loving damp soil it is decidedly averse to too much moisture, and under
such circumstances it has even been noticed[121] in considerable numbers
crawling over a low wall. In the spring and autumn months, according to
Lacaze-Duthiers,[122] it comes to the surface at night, hiding itself under
stones and débris during the day. Earthworms are, at these periods, nearer
the surface, and the Testacella has been seen creeping down into their
burrows. The author has taken T. Maugei abundantly under clumps of the
common white pink in very wet weather, lying in a sort of open nest in the
moist earth. On the other hand, when the earth is baked dry by continued
drought, they either bury themselves deeper, sometimes at a depth of 3 feet,
in the ground, or else become encysted in a capsule of hardened mucus to
prevent evaporation from the skin. When first taken from the earth and
placed in a box, the Testacella invariably resents its capture by spitting up
the contents of its stomach in the shape of long fragments of half-digested
worms.
this one tree I took 70 shells of all varieties.”
Habits of the Agnatha.—Not much is known of the habits and mode of
life of the Agnatha, or carnivorous Land Mollusca. In this country we have
only two, or at most three, of this group, belonging to the genus Testacella,
and, in all probability, not indigenous to our shores. There seems little
doubt, when all the circumstances of their discovery are taken into account,
that both Testacella haliotidea and T. Maugei have been imported, perhaps
from Spain or Portugal in the first instance, along with roots imbedded in
foreign earth, for their earliest appearances can almost invariably be traced
back to the neighbourhood of large nursery grounds, or else to gardens
supplied directly from such establishments.
The underground life of Testacella makes observation of its habits
difficult. It is believed to feed exclusively on earthworms, which it pursues
in their burrows. Continued wet weather drives it to the surface, for though
loving damp soil it is decidedly averse to too much moisture, and under
such circumstances it has even been noticed[121] in considerable numbers
crawling over a low wall. In the spring and autumn months, according to
Lacaze-Duthiers,[122] it comes to the surface at night, hiding itself under
stones and débris during the day. Earthworms are, at these periods, nearer
the surface, and the Testacella has been seen creeping down into their
burrows. The author has taken T. Maugei abundantly under clumps of the
common white pink in very wet weather, lying in a sort of open nest in the
moist earth. On the other hand, when the earth is baked dry by continued
drought, they either bury themselves deeper, sometimes at a depth of 3 feet,
in the ground, or else become encysted in a capsule of hardened mucus to
prevent evaporation from the skin. When first taken from the earth and
placed in a box, the Testacella invariably resents its capture by spitting up
the contents of its stomach in the shape of long fragments of half-digested
worms.
Page 74
Fig. 20.—Testacella haliotidea Drap., protruding its pharynx (ph) and radula (r);
oe, oesophagus; p.o, pulmonary orifice; sh, shell; t, tentacles (after Lacaze-
Duthiers).
It appears not to bite the worm up before swallowing it, but contrives, in
the most remarkable manner, to take down whole worms apparently much
too large for its stomach. Mr. Butterell relates[123] that, after teasing a
specimen of T. Maugei, and making it emit a quantity of frothy mucus from
the respiratory aperture, he procured a worm of about three inches long, and
rubbed the worm gently across the head of the Testacella. The tongue was
rapidly extended, and the victim seized. The odontophore was then
withdrawn, carrying with it the struggling worm, which made every effort
to escape, but in vain; in about five minutes all had disappeared except the
head, which was rejected. This protrusion of the tongue (radula) and indeed
of the whole pharynx, is a very remarkable feature in the habits of the
animal. It appears, as it were, to harpoon its prey by a rapid thrust, and
when the victim is once pierced by a few of the powerful sickle-shaped
teeth (compare chap. viii.) it is slowly but surely drawn into the oesophagus
(Fig. 20).
Most gardeners are entirely ignorant of the character of Testacella, and
confuse it, if they happen to notice it at all, with the common enemies of
their tender nurslings. Cases have been known, however, when an
intelligent gardener has kept specimens on purpose to kill worms in
ferneries or conservatories. In some districts these slugs are very numerous;
Lacaze-Duthiers once dug 182 specimens from a good well-manured piece
of ground whose surface measured only ten square yards.
Towards the end of September or beginning of October the period of
hibernation begins. I infer this from the behaviour of specimens kept in
captivity, which, for about a fortnight before this time, gorged themselves
inordinately on as many worms as I chose to put into their box, and then
suddenly refused food, buried themselves deeply in the earth, and appeared
oe, oesophagus; p.o, pulmonary orifice; sh, shell; t, tentacles (after Lacaze-
Duthiers).
It appears not to bite the worm up before swallowing it, but contrives, in
the most remarkable manner, to take down whole worms apparently much
too large for its stomach. Mr. Butterell relates[123] that, after teasing a
specimen of T. Maugei, and making it emit a quantity of frothy mucus from
the respiratory aperture, he procured a worm of about three inches long, and
rubbed the worm gently across the head of the Testacella. The tongue was
rapidly extended, and the victim seized. The odontophore was then
withdrawn, carrying with it the struggling worm, which made every effort
to escape, but in vain; in about five minutes all had disappeared except the
head, which was rejected. This protrusion of the tongue (radula) and indeed
of the whole pharynx, is a very remarkable feature in the habits of the
animal. It appears, as it were, to harpoon its prey by a rapid thrust, and
when the victim is once pierced by a few of the powerful sickle-shaped
teeth (compare chap. viii.) it is slowly but surely drawn into the oesophagus
(Fig. 20).
Most gardeners are entirely ignorant of the character of Testacella, and
confuse it, if they happen to notice it at all, with the common enemies of
their tender nurslings. Cases have been known, however, when an
intelligent gardener has kept specimens on purpose to kill worms in
ferneries or conservatories. In some districts these slugs are very numerous;
Lacaze-Duthiers once dug 182 specimens from a good well-manured piece
of ground whose surface measured only ten square yards.
Towards the end of September or beginning of October the period of
hibernation begins. I infer this from the behaviour of specimens kept in
captivity, which, for about a fortnight before this time, gorged themselves
inordinately on as many worms as I chose to put into their box, and then
suddenly refused food, buried themselves deeply in the earth, and appeared
Page 75
no more during the winter. The eggs are apparently much less numerous
than is the case with Limax or Helix, and very large, measuring about ⅙
inch in diameter. They are enveloped in a remarkably tough and elastic
membrane, and, if dropped upon any hard surface, rebound several inches,
just like an india-rubber ball.
The animal creeps rather rapidly, and has the power of elongating its
body to a remarkable extent. When placed on the surface of the ground, in
the full light of day, it soon betrays uneasiness, and endeavours to creep into
concealment. Its method of burying itself is very interesting to watch. It
first elongates its neck and inserts its head into the soil; gradually the body
begins to follow, while the tail tilts upwards into the air. No surface motion
of the skin, no writhing or wriggling motion of any kind occurs; the
creature simply works its way down in a stealthy and mysterious way, until
at last it is lost to view.
The great Glandina, which attain their maximum development in
Mexico and the southern United States, are a very noticeable family in this
group. According to Mr. Binney,[124] Glandina truncata Gmel., one of the
commonest species of the genus, is somewhat aquatic in its habits. It is
found in the sea islands of Georgia and around the keys and everglades of
Florida, where it attains a maximum length of 4 inches, while in less humid
situations it scarcely measures more than 1 inch. It occurs most abundantly
in the centre of clumps and tussocks of coarse grass in marshes close to the
sea-coast. By the action of the sharp, sickle-shaped teeth of its radula the
soft parts of its prey (which consists chiefly of living Helices) are rapidly
rasped away; sometimes they are swallowed whole. It has been known to
attack Limax when confined in the same box, rasping off large pieces of the
integument. In one case an individual was noticed to devour one of its own
species, thrusting its long neck into the interior of the shell, and removing
all the viscera.
than is the case with Limax or Helix, and very large, measuring about ⅙
inch in diameter. They are enveloped in a remarkably tough and elastic
membrane, and, if dropped upon any hard surface, rebound several inches,
just like an india-rubber ball.
The animal creeps rather rapidly, and has the power of elongating its
body to a remarkable extent. When placed on the surface of the ground, in
the full light of day, it soon betrays uneasiness, and endeavours to creep into
concealment. Its method of burying itself is very interesting to watch. It
first elongates its neck and inserts its head into the soil; gradually the body
begins to follow, while the tail tilts upwards into the air. No surface motion
of the skin, no writhing or wriggling motion of any kind occurs; the
creature simply works its way down in a stealthy and mysterious way, until
at last it is lost to view.
The great Glandina, which attain their maximum development in
Mexico and the southern United States, are a very noticeable family in this
group. According to Mr. Binney,[124] Glandina truncata Gmel., one of the
commonest species of the genus, is somewhat aquatic in its habits. It is
found in the sea islands of Georgia and around the keys and everglades of
Florida, where it attains a maximum length of 4 inches, while in less humid
situations it scarcely measures more than 1 inch. It occurs most abundantly
in the centre of clumps and tussocks of coarse grass in marshes close to the
sea-coast. By the action of the sharp, sickle-shaped teeth of its radula the
soft parts of its prey (which consists chiefly of living Helices) are rapidly
rasped away; sometimes they are swallowed whole. It has been known to
attack Limax when confined in the same box, rasping off large pieces of the
integument. In one case an individual was noticed to devour one of its own
species, thrusting its long neck into the interior of the shell, and removing
all the viscera.
Page 76
Fig. 21.—Glandina sowerbyana Pfr. (Strebel).
The Glandinae of southern Europe, although scarcely rivalling those of
Central America in size or beauty, possess similar carnivorous propensities.
Glandina Poireti has been observed,[125] on Veglia Island, attacking a living
Cyclostoma elegans. By its powerful teeth it filed through two or three
whorls of the shell of its victim, and then proceeded to devour it, exactly in
the same manner as a Natica or Buccinum perforates the shell of a Tellina or
Mactra in order to get at its contents.
Few observations appear to have been made on the habits or food of
Streptaxis, Rhytida, Ennea, Daudebardia, Paryphanta, and other
carnivorous Mollusca. A specimen of Ennea sulcata, enclosed in the same
box as a Madagascar Helix (sepulchralis Fér.) many times its own size,
completely emptied the shell of its inhabitant.[126] Mr. E. L. Layard informs
me that certain Cape Rhytida, e.g. R. capsula Bens., R. dumeticola Bens.,
and R. vernicosa Kr., eat Cyclostoma affine, Helix capensis, H. cotyledonis,
etc. To Mr. Layard I am also indebted for the—perhaps apocryphal—
tradition that the best time to capture the great Aerope caffra Fér. in
numbers was after an engagement between the Kaffirs and Zulus, when
they might be observed streaming from all points of the compass towards
the field of slaughter. The Cuban Oleacina are known to secrete a very
bitter fluid which they emit; this perhaps produces a poisoning or
benumbing effect upon their victims when seized. They devour operculates,
e.g. Helicina regina and sagraiana.[127]
The Glandinae of southern Europe, although scarcely rivalling those of
Central America in size or beauty, possess similar carnivorous propensities.
Glandina Poireti has been observed,[125] on Veglia Island, attacking a living
Cyclostoma elegans. By its powerful teeth it filed through two or three
whorls of the shell of its victim, and then proceeded to devour it, exactly in
the same manner as a Natica or Buccinum perforates the shell of a Tellina or
Mactra in order to get at its contents.
Few observations appear to have been made on the habits or food of
Streptaxis, Rhytida, Ennea, Daudebardia, Paryphanta, and other
carnivorous Mollusca. A specimen of Ennea sulcata, enclosed in the same
box as a Madagascar Helix (sepulchralis Fér.) many times its own size,
completely emptied the shell of its inhabitant.[126] Mr. E. L. Layard informs
me that certain Cape Rhytida, e.g. R. capsula Bens., R. dumeticola Bens.,
and R. vernicosa Kr., eat Cyclostoma affine, Helix capensis, H. cotyledonis,
etc. To Mr. Layard I am also indebted for the—perhaps apocryphal—
tradition that the best time to capture the great Aerope caffra Fér. in
numbers was after an engagement between the Kaffirs and Zulus, when
they might be observed streaming from all points of the compass towards
the field of slaughter. The Cuban Oleacina are known to secrete a very
bitter fluid which they emit; this perhaps produces a poisoning or
benumbing effect upon their victims when seized. They devour operculates,
e.g. Helicina regina and sagraiana.[127]
Page 77
CHAPTER III
ENEMIES OF THE MOLLUSCA—MEANS OF DEFENCE—MIMICRY AND PROTECTIVE
COLORATION—PARASITIC MOLLUSCA—COMMENSALISM—VARIATION
Enemies of the Mollusca
The juicy flesh and defenceless condition of many of the Mollusca make
them the favourite food and often the easy prey of a host of enemies besides
man. Gulls are especially partial to bivalves, and may be noticed, in our
large sandy bays at the recess of the tide, busily devouring Tellina, Mactra,
Mya, Syndosmya, and Solen. On the Irish coast near Drogheda a herring
gull has been observed[128] to take a large mussel, fly up with it in the air
over some shingly ground and let it fall. On alighting and finding that the
shell was unbroken it again took it up and repeated the process a number of
times, flying higher and higher with it until the shell was broken. Hooded
crows, after many unavailing attempts to break open mussels with their
beak, have been seen to behave in a similar way.[129] Crows, vultures, and
aquatic birds carry thousands of mussels, etc., up to the top of the
mountains above Cape Town, where their empty shells lie in enormous
heaps about the cliffs.[130]
The common limpet is the favourite food of the oyster-catcher, whose
strong bill, with its flattened end, is admirably calculated to dislodge the
limpet from its seat on the rock. When the limpet is young, the bird
swallows shell and all, and it has been calculated that a single flock of
oyster-catchers, frequenting a small Scotch loch, must consume hundreds of
thousands of limpets in the course of a single year. Rats are exceedingly
fond of limpets, whose shells are frequently found in heaps at the mouth of
rat holes, especially where a cliff shelves gradually towards a rocky shore.
A rat jerks the limpet off with a sudden movement of his powerful jaw, and,
judging from the size of the empty shells about the holes, has no difficulty
in dislodging the largest specimens. ‘I once landed,’ relates a shepherd to
Mr. W. Anderson Smith,[131] ‘on the I. of Dunstaffnage to cut grass, and it
was so full of rats that I was afraid to go on; and the grass was so full of
limpets that I could scarcely use the scythe, and had to keep sharpening it
all the time.’ Sometimes, however, the limpet gets the better both of bird
and beast. The same writer mentions the case of a rat being caught by the
ENEMIES OF THE MOLLUSCA—MEANS OF DEFENCE—MIMICRY AND PROTECTIVE
COLORATION—PARASITIC MOLLUSCA—COMMENSALISM—VARIATION
Enemies of the Mollusca
The juicy flesh and defenceless condition of many of the Mollusca make
them the favourite food and often the easy prey of a host of enemies besides
man. Gulls are especially partial to bivalves, and may be noticed, in our
large sandy bays at the recess of the tide, busily devouring Tellina, Mactra,
Mya, Syndosmya, and Solen. On the Irish coast near Drogheda a herring
gull has been observed[128] to take a large mussel, fly up with it in the air
over some shingly ground and let it fall. On alighting and finding that the
shell was unbroken it again took it up and repeated the process a number of
times, flying higher and higher with it until the shell was broken. Hooded
crows, after many unavailing attempts to break open mussels with their
beak, have been seen to behave in a similar way.[129] Crows, vultures, and
aquatic birds carry thousands of mussels, etc., up to the top of the
mountains above Cape Town, where their empty shells lie in enormous
heaps about the cliffs.[130]
The common limpet is the favourite food of the oyster-catcher, whose
strong bill, with its flattened end, is admirably calculated to dislodge the
limpet from its seat on the rock. When the limpet is young, the bird
swallows shell and all, and it has been calculated that a single flock of
oyster-catchers, frequenting a small Scotch loch, must consume hundreds of
thousands of limpets in the course of a single year. Rats are exceedingly
fond of limpets, whose shells are frequently found in heaps at the mouth of
rat holes, especially where a cliff shelves gradually towards a rocky shore.
A rat jerks the limpet off with a sudden movement of his powerful jaw, and,
judging from the size of the empty shells about the holes, has no difficulty
in dislodging the largest specimens. ‘I once landed,’ relates a shepherd to
Mr. W. Anderson Smith,[131] ‘on the I. of Dunstaffnage to cut grass, and it
was so full of rats that I was afraid to go on; and the grass was so full of
limpets that I could scarcely use the scythe, and had to keep sharpening it
all the time.’ Sometimes, however, the limpet gets the better both of bird
and beast. The same writer mentions the case of a rat being caught by the
Page 78
lip by a limpet shell, which it was trying to dislodge. A workman once
observed[132] a bird on Plymouth breakwater fluttering in rather an
extraordinary manner, and, on going to the spot, found that a ring dotterel
had somehow got its toe under a limpet, which, in closing instantly to the
rock, held it fast. Similar cases of the capture of ducks by powerful bivalves
are not uncommon, and it is said that on some parts of the American coasts,
where clams abound, it is impossible to keep ducks at all,[133] for they are
sure to be caught by the molluscs and drowned by the rising tide.
The Weekly Bulletin of San Francisco, 17th May 1893, contains an
account of the trapping of a coyote, or prairie wolf, at Punta Banda, San
Diego Co., by a Haliotis Cracherodii. The coyote had evidently been
hunting for a fish breakfast, and finding the Haliotis partially clinging to the
rock, had inserted his muzzle underneath to detach it, when the Haliotis
instantly closed down upon him and kept him fast prisoner.
Rats devour the ponderous Uniones of North America. When Unio
moves, the foot projects half an inch or more beyond the valves. If, when in
this condition, the valves are tightly pinched, the foot is caught, and if the
pinching is continued the animal becomes paralysed and unable to make use
of the adductor muscles, and consequently flies open even if the pressure is
relaxed. The musk-rat (Fiber zibethicus) seizes the Unio in his jaws, and by
the time he reaches his hole, the Unio is ready to gape.[134] Rats also eat
Vivipara, and even Limnaea, in every part of the world.
Every kind of slug and snail is eaten greedily by blackbirds, thrushes,
chaffinches, and in fact by many species of birds. A thrush will very often
have a special sacrificial stone, on which he dashes the shells of Helix
aspersa and nemoralis, holding them by the lip with his beak, until the
upper whorls are broken; heaps of empty shells will be found lying about
the place of slaughter. The bearded Titmouse (Parus biarmicus) consumes
quantities of Succinea putris and small Pupa, which are swallowed whole
and become triturated in the bird’s stomach by the aid of numerous angular
fragments of quartz.[135]
Frogs and toads are very partial to land Mollusca. A garden attached to
the Laboratory of Agricultural Chemistry at Rouen had been abandoned for
three years to weeds and slugs. The director introduced 100 toads and 90
frogs, and in less than a month all the slugs were destroyed, and all kinds of
observed[132] a bird on Plymouth breakwater fluttering in rather an
extraordinary manner, and, on going to the spot, found that a ring dotterel
had somehow got its toe under a limpet, which, in closing instantly to the
rock, held it fast. Similar cases of the capture of ducks by powerful bivalves
are not uncommon, and it is said that on some parts of the American coasts,
where clams abound, it is impossible to keep ducks at all,[133] for they are
sure to be caught by the molluscs and drowned by the rising tide.
The Weekly Bulletin of San Francisco, 17th May 1893, contains an
account of the trapping of a coyote, or prairie wolf, at Punta Banda, San
Diego Co., by a Haliotis Cracherodii. The coyote had evidently been
hunting for a fish breakfast, and finding the Haliotis partially clinging to the
rock, had inserted his muzzle underneath to detach it, when the Haliotis
instantly closed down upon him and kept him fast prisoner.
Rats devour the ponderous Uniones of North America. When Unio
moves, the foot projects half an inch or more beyond the valves. If, when in
this condition, the valves are tightly pinched, the foot is caught, and if the
pinching is continued the animal becomes paralysed and unable to make use
of the adductor muscles, and consequently flies open even if the pressure is
relaxed. The musk-rat (Fiber zibethicus) seizes the Unio in his jaws, and by
the time he reaches his hole, the Unio is ready to gape.[134] Rats also eat
Vivipara, and even Limnaea, in every part of the world.
Every kind of slug and snail is eaten greedily by blackbirds, thrushes,
chaffinches, and in fact by many species of birds. A thrush will very often
have a special sacrificial stone, on which he dashes the shells of Helix
aspersa and nemoralis, holding them by the lip with his beak, until the
upper whorls are broken; heaps of empty shells will be found lying about
the place of slaughter. The bearded Titmouse (Parus biarmicus) consumes
quantities of Succinea putris and small Pupa, which are swallowed whole
and become triturated in the bird’s stomach by the aid of numerous angular
fragments of quartz.[135]
Frogs and toads are very partial to land Mollusca. A garden attached to
the Laboratory of Agricultural Chemistry at Rouen had been abandoned for
three years to weeds and slugs. The director introduced 100 toads and 90
frogs, and in less than a month all the slugs were destroyed, and all kinds of
Page 79
vegetables and flowers, whose cultivation had until then been impossible,
were enabled to flourish.[136]
Certain Coleoptera are known to prey upon Helices and other land
Mollusca. Récluz noticed, near Agde, a beetle (Staphylinus olens) attack
Helix ericetorum when crawling among herbage, sticking its sharp
mandibles into its head. Every time the snail retreated into its shell the
beetle waited patiently for its reappearance, until at last the snail succumbed
to the repeated assaults. M. Lucas noticed, at Oran, the larva of a Drilus
attacking a Cyclostoma. The Drilus stood sentinel at the mouth of a shell,
which was closed by the operculum, until the animal began to issue forth.
The Drilus then with its mandibles cut the muscle which attaches the
operculum to the foot, disabling it sufficiently to prevent its being securely
closed, upon which it entered and took possession of the body of its
defenceless host, completing its metamorphosis inside the shell, after a
period of six weeks.[137] The female glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca)
attacks and kills Helix nemoralis.
Among the Clavicornia, some species of Silpha carry on a determined
warfare against small Helices. They seize the shell in their mandibles, and
then, throwing their head backwards, break the shell by striking it against
their prothorax.
The common water beetle, Dytiscus marginalis, from its strength and
savage disposition, is a dangerous enemy to fresh-water Mollusca. One
Dytiscus, kept in an aquarium, has been noticed to kill and devour seven
Limnaea stagnalis in the course of one afternoon. The beetles also eat L.
peregra, but apparently prefer stagnalis, for when equal quantities of both
species were placed within their reach, they fixed on the latter species first.
[138]
In East Africa a species of Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus) devours
snails, lifting them up in its forepaws and dashing them down upon some
hard substance.[139] In certain islands off the south coasts of Burmah, flat
rocks covered with oysters are laid bare at low tide. A species of Monkey
(Macacus cynomolgus) has been noticed to furnish himself with a stone,
and knock the oysters open, always breaking the hinge-end first, and then
pulling out the mollusc with his fingers.[140]
were enabled to flourish.[136]
Certain Coleoptera are known to prey upon Helices and other land
Mollusca. Récluz noticed, near Agde, a beetle (Staphylinus olens) attack
Helix ericetorum when crawling among herbage, sticking its sharp
mandibles into its head. Every time the snail retreated into its shell the
beetle waited patiently for its reappearance, until at last the snail succumbed
to the repeated assaults. M. Lucas noticed, at Oran, the larva of a Drilus
attacking a Cyclostoma. The Drilus stood sentinel at the mouth of a shell,
which was closed by the operculum, until the animal began to issue forth.
The Drilus then with its mandibles cut the muscle which attaches the
operculum to the foot, disabling it sufficiently to prevent its being securely
closed, upon which it entered and took possession of the body of its
defenceless host, completing its metamorphosis inside the shell, after a
period of six weeks.[137] The female glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca)
attacks and kills Helix nemoralis.
Among the Clavicornia, some species of Silpha carry on a determined
warfare against small Helices. They seize the shell in their mandibles, and
then, throwing their head backwards, break the shell by striking it against
their prothorax.
The common water beetle, Dytiscus marginalis, from its strength and
savage disposition, is a dangerous enemy to fresh-water Mollusca. One
Dytiscus, kept in an aquarium, has been noticed to kill and devour seven
Limnaea stagnalis in the course of one afternoon. The beetles also eat L.
peregra, but apparently prefer stagnalis, for when equal quantities of both
species were placed within their reach, they fixed on the latter species first.
[138]
In East Africa a species of Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus) devours
snails, lifting them up in its forepaws and dashing them down upon some
hard substance.[139] In certain islands off the south coasts of Burmah, flat
rocks covered with oysters are laid bare at low tide. A species of Monkey
(Macacus cynomolgus) has been noticed to furnish himself with a stone,
and knock the oysters open, always breaking the hinge-end first, and then
pulling out the mollusc with his fingers.[140]
Page 80
The walrus is said to support himself almost entirely on two species of
Mya (truncata and arenaria), digging them out of the sand, in which they
live buried at a depth of about 1½ feet, with his powerful tusks. Whales
swallow enormous numbers of pelagic molluscs (Clio, Limacina), which
are at times so abundant in the Arctic seas, as to colour the surface for
miles. Many of the larger Cetacea subsist in great part on Cephalopoda; as
many as 18 lbs. of beaks of Teuthidae have been taken from the stomach of
a single Hyperoodon.
Fish are remarkably partial to Mollusca of various kinds. The cat-fish
(Chimaera) devours Pectunculus and Cyprina, crushing the stout shells
with its powerful jaws, while flounders and soles content themselves with
the smaller Tellina and Syndosmya which they swallow whole. As many as
from 30 to 40 specimens of Buccinum undatum have been taken from the
stomach of a single cod, and the same ‘habitat’ has been recorded for some
of the rarer whelks, e.g. Bucc. humphreysianum, Fusus fenestratus, the
latter also occurring as the food of the haddock and the red gurnard. No less
than 35,000 Turtonia minuta have been found in the stomach of a single
mullet. Nudibranchs are no doubt dainty morsels for fish, and hence have
developed, in many cases, special faculties for concealment, or, if
distasteful, special means of remaining conspicuous (see pp. 71–74).
Fig. 22.—Two valves of Mytilus
edulis L., representing
diagrammatically the
approximate position of the holes
bored by Purpura in about 100
specimens of Mytilus, gathered at
Newquay, Cornwall.
Mya (truncata and arenaria), digging them out of the sand, in which they
live buried at a depth of about 1½ feet, with his powerful tusks. Whales
swallow enormous numbers of pelagic molluscs (Clio, Limacina), which
are at times so abundant in the Arctic seas, as to colour the surface for
miles. Many of the larger Cetacea subsist in great part on Cephalopoda; as
many as 18 lbs. of beaks of Teuthidae have been taken from the stomach of
a single Hyperoodon.
Fish are remarkably partial to Mollusca of various kinds. The cat-fish
(Chimaera) devours Pectunculus and Cyprina, crushing the stout shells
with its powerful jaws, while flounders and soles content themselves with
the smaller Tellina and Syndosmya which they swallow whole. As many as
from 30 to 40 specimens of Buccinum undatum have been taken from the
stomach of a single cod, and the same ‘habitat’ has been recorded for some
of the rarer whelks, e.g. Bucc. humphreysianum, Fusus fenestratus, the
latter also occurring as the food of the haddock and the red gurnard. No less
than 35,000 Turtonia minuta have been found in the stomach of a single
mullet. Nudibranchs are no doubt dainty morsels for fish, and hence have
developed, in many cases, special faculties for concealment, or, if
distasteful, special means of remaining conspicuous (see pp. 71–74).
Fig. 22.—Two valves of Mytilus
edulis L., representing
diagrammatically the
approximate position of the holes
bored by Purpura in about 100
specimens of Mytilus, gathered at
Newquay, Cornwall.
Page 81
Besides the dangers to which they are exposed from other enemies,
many of the weaker forms of Mollusca fall a prey to their own brethren.
Nassa and Murex on this side of the Atlantic, and Urosalpinx on the other,
are the determined foes of the oyster. Purpura lapillus prefers Mytilus
edulis to any other food, piercing the shell in about two days’ time by its
powerful radula, which it appears to employ somewhat in gimlet fashion. If
Mytilus cannot be procured, it will eat Littorina or Trochus, but its attempts
on the hard shell of Patella are generally failures. The statement which is
sometimes made, that the Purpura makes its hole over the vital parts of the
Mytilus, appears, according to the evidence embodied in the annexed figure,
to be without foundation. The fact is that a hole in any part of its shell is
fatal to the Mytilus, since the long proboscis of the Purpura, having once
made an entrance, can reach from one end of the shell to the other. The
branchiae are first attacked, the adductor muscles and edges of the mantle
last. Natica and Nassa pierce in a similar way the shells of Mactra, Tellina,
Donax, and Venus. Murex fortispina is furnished with a powerful tooth at
the lower part of its outer lip. At Nouméa, in New Caledonia, its favourite
food is Arca pilosa, which lives half buried in coral refuse. The Murex has
been seen to drag the Arca from its place of concealment, and insert the
tooth between the valves, so as to prevent their closing, upon which it was
enabled to devour its prey at leisure.[141]
The carnivorous land Mollusca, with the exception of Testacella, appear
to feed by preference upon other snails (pp. 54, 55).
Parasitic Worms, Mites, etc.—A considerable number of the
Trematode worms pass one or more of the stages in the cycle of their
development within the bodies of Mollusca, attaining to the more perfect or
sexual form on reaching the interior of some vertebrate. Thus Distoma
endolabum Duj. finds its first intermediate host in Limnaea stagnalis and L.
ovata, its second in L. stagnalis, or in one of the fresh-water shrimps
(Gammarus pulex), or in the larvae of one of the Phryganeidae
(Limnophilus rhombicus), attaining to the sexual form in the common frog.
Distoma ascidia v. Ben. passes firstly through Limnaea stagnalis or
Planorbis corneus, secondly through certain flies and gnats (Ephemera,
Perla, Chironomus), and finally arrives within certain species of bats.
Distoma nodulosum Zed. inhabits firstly Paludina impura, secondly certain
fishes (Cyprinus Acerina), and lastly the common perch. The sporocyst of
many of the weaker forms of Mollusca fall a prey to their own brethren.
Nassa and Murex on this side of the Atlantic, and Urosalpinx on the other,
are the determined foes of the oyster. Purpura lapillus prefers Mytilus
edulis to any other food, piercing the shell in about two days’ time by its
powerful radula, which it appears to employ somewhat in gimlet fashion. If
Mytilus cannot be procured, it will eat Littorina or Trochus, but its attempts
on the hard shell of Patella are generally failures. The statement which is
sometimes made, that the Purpura makes its hole over the vital parts of the
Mytilus, appears, according to the evidence embodied in the annexed figure,
to be without foundation. The fact is that a hole in any part of its shell is
fatal to the Mytilus, since the long proboscis of the Purpura, having once
made an entrance, can reach from one end of the shell to the other. The
branchiae are first attacked, the adductor muscles and edges of the mantle
last. Natica and Nassa pierce in a similar way the shells of Mactra, Tellina,
Donax, and Venus. Murex fortispina is furnished with a powerful tooth at
the lower part of its outer lip. At Nouméa, in New Caledonia, its favourite
food is Arca pilosa, which lives half buried in coral refuse. The Murex has
been seen to drag the Arca from its place of concealment, and insert the
tooth between the valves, so as to prevent their closing, upon which it was
enabled to devour its prey at leisure.[141]
The carnivorous land Mollusca, with the exception of Testacella, appear
to feed by preference upon other snails (pp. 54, 55).
Parasitic Worms, Mites, etc.—A considerable number of the
Trematode worms pass one or more of the stages in the cycle of their
development within the bodies of Mollusca, attaining to the more perfect or
sexual form on reaching the interior of some vertebrate. Thus Distoma
endolabum Duj. finds its first intermediate host in Limnaea stagnalis and L.
ovata, its second in L. stagnalis, or in one of the fresh-water shrimps
(Gammarus pulex), or in the larvae of one of the Phryganeidae
(Limnophilus rhombicus), attaining to the sexual form in the common frog.
Distoma ascidia v. Ben. passes firstly through Limnaea stagnalis or
Planorbis corneus, secondly through certain flies and gnats (Ephemera,
Perla, Chironomus), and finally arrives within certain species of bats.
Distoma nodulosum Zed. inhabits firstly Paludina impura, secondly certain
fishes (Cyprinus Acerina), and lastly the common perch. The sporocyst of
Page 82
Distoma macrostomum inhabits Succinea putris, pushing itself up into the
tentacles, which become unnaturally distended (Fig. 23). While in this
situation it is swallowed by various birds, such as the thrush, wagtail, and
blackbird, which are partial to Succinea, and thus obtains lodgment in their
bodies. Amphistoma subclavatum spends an early stage in Planorbis
contortus, after which it becomes encysted on the skin of a frog. When the
frog sheds its skin, it swallows it, and with it the Amphistoma, which thus
becomes established in the frog’s stomach.[142]
Fig. 23.—A Trematode worm
(Leucochloridium paradoxum Car.)
parasitic in the tentacles of Succinea
putris L. × 20 (after Baudon).
The common liver-fluke, which in the winter of 1879–1880 cost Great
Britain the lives of no less than three million sheep, is perhaps the best
known of these remarkable parasitic forms of life. Its history shows us, in
one important particular, how essential it is for the creature to meet, at
certain stages of its existence, with the exact host to which it is accustomed.
Unless the newly-hatched embryo finds a Limnaea truncatula within about
eight hours it becomes exhausted, sinks, and dies. It has been tried with all
the other common pond and river Mollusca, with Limnaea peregra,
palustris, auricularia, stagnalis, with Planorbis marginatus, carinatus,
vortex, and spirorbis, with Physa fontinalis, Bithynia tentaculata, Paludina
vivipara, as well as with Succinea putris, Limax agrestis and maximus,
Arion ater and hortensis. Not one of them would it touch, except
occasionally very young specimens of L. peregra, and in these its
development was arrested at an early stage. But on touching a L. truncatula
tentacles, which become unnaturally distended (Fig. 23). While in this
situation it is swallowed by various birds, such as the thrush, wagtail, and
blackbird, which are partial to Succinea, and thus obtains lodgment in their
bodies. Amphistoma subclavatum spends an early stage in Planorbis
contortus, after which it becomes encysted on the skin of a frog. When the
frog sheds its skin, it swallows it, and with it the Amphistoma, which thus
becomes established in the frog’s stomach.[142]
Fig. 23.—A Trematode worm
(Leucochloridium paradoxum Car.)
parasitic in the tentacles of Succinea
putris L. × 20 (after Baudon).
The common liver-fluke, which in the winter of 1879–1880 cost Great
Britain the lives of no less than three million sheep, is perhaps the best
known of these remarkable parasitic forms of life. Its history shows us, in
one important particular, how essential it is for the creature to meet, at
certain stages of its existence, with the exact host to which it is accustomed.
Unless the newly-hatched embryo finds a Limnaea truncatula within about
eight hours it becomes exhausted, sinks, and dies. It has been tried with all
the other common pond and river Mollusca, with Limnaea peregra,
palustris, auricularia, stagnalis, with Planorbis marginatus, carinatus,
vortex, and spirorbis, with Physa fontinalis, Bithynia tentaculata, Paludina
vivipara, as well as with Succinea putris, Limax agrestis and maximus,
Arion ater and hortensis. Not one of them would it touch, except
occasionally very young specimens of L. peregra, and in these its
development was arrested at an early stage. But on touching a L. truncatula
Page 83
the embryo seems to know at once that it has got what it wants, and sets to
work immediately to bore its way into the tissues of its involuntary host,
making by preference for the branchial chamber; those which enter the foot
or other outlying parts of the Limnaea proceed no farther.[143]
Many similar cases occur, in which littoral Mollusca, such as Littorina
and Buccinum, form the intermediate host to a worm which eventually
arrives within some sea-bird.
Certain Nematode worms (Rhabditis) are known to inhabit the intestine
of Arion, and the salivary glands of Limax agrestis. Diptera habitually lay
their eggs within the eggs of Helix and Limax. Many species of mite
(Acarina) infest land Pulmonata. No adult Limax maximus is without at
least one specimen of Philodromus (?) limacum, and the same, or an allied
species, appears to occur on the larger of our Helices, retiring upon
occasion into the pulmonary chamber.
Several of the Crustacea live associated with certain molluscs.
Pinnotheres lives within the shell of Pinna, Ostrea, Astarte, Pectunculus,
and others. Apparently the females alone reside within the shell of their
host, while the males seize favourable opportunities to visit them there. A
specimen of the great pearl-oyster (Meleagrina margaritifera) was recently
observed which contained a male Pinnotheres encysted in nacre. It was
suggested that he had intruded at an unfortunate time, when no female of
his kind happened to be in, and that, having penetrated too far beneath the
mantle in the ardour of his search, was made prisoner before he could
escape.[144] Ostracotheres Tridacnae lives in the branchiae of the great
Tridacna. A little brachyurous crustacean inhabits the raft of Ianthina, and
assumes the brilliant blue colour of the mollusc.
Means of Defence
As a rule, among the Mollusca, the shell forms a passive mode of
resistance to the attacks of enemies. Bivalves are enabled, by closing their
valves, to baffle the assault of their smaller foes, and the operculum of
univalves, both marine and land, serves a similar purpose. Many land
Mollusca, especially Helix and Pupa, as well as a number of Auriculidae,
have the inside of the aperture beset with teeth, which are sometimes so
numerous and so large that it is puzzling to understand how the animal can
work immediately to bore its way into the tissues of its involuntary host,
making by preference for the branchial chamber; those which enter the foot
or other outlying parts of the Limnaea proceed no farther.[143]
Many similar cases occur, in which littoral Mollusca, such as Littorina
and Buccinum, form the intermediate host to a worm which eventually
arrives within some sea-bird.
Certain Nematode worms (Rhabditis) are known to inhabit the intestine
of Arion, and the salivary glands of Limax agrestis. Diptera habitually lay
their eggs within the eggs of Helix and Limax. Many species of mite
(Acarina) infest land Pulmonata. No adult Limax maximus is without at
least one specimen of Philodromus (?) limacum, and the same, or an allied
species, appears to occur on the larger of our Helices, retiring upon
occasion into the pulmonary chamber.
Several of the Crustacea live associated with certain molluscs.
Pinnotheres lives within the shell of Pinna, Ostrea, Astarte, Pectunculus,
and others. Apparently the females alone reside within the shell of their
host, while the males seize favourable opportunities to visit them there. A
specimen of the great pearl-oyster (Meleagrina margaritifera) was recently
observed which contained a male Pinnotheres encysted in nacre. It was
suggested that he had intruded at an unfortunate time, when no female of
his kind happened to be in, and that, having penetrated too far beneath the
mantle in the ardour of his search, was made prisoner before he could
escape.[144] Ostracotheres Tridacnae lives in the branchiae of the great
Tridacna. A little brachyurous crustacean inhabits the raft of Ianthina, and
assumes the brilliant blue colour of the mollusc.
Means of Defence
As a rule, among the Mollusca, the shell forms a passive mode of
resistance to the attacks of enemies. Bivalves are enabled, by closing their
valves, to baffle the assault of their smaller foes, and the operculum of
univalves, both marine and land, serves a similar purpose. Many land
Mollusca, especially Helix and Pupa, as well as a number of Auriculidae,
have the inside of the aperture beset with teeth, which are sometimes so
numerous and so large that it is puzzling to understand how the animal can
Page 84
ever come out of its shell, or, having come out, can ever draw itself back
again. Several striking cases of these toothed apertures are given in Fig. 24.
Whatever may be the origin of these teeth, there can be little doubt that their
extreme development must have a protective result in opposing a barrier to
the entrance, predatory or simply inquisitive, of beetles and other insects.
Sometimes, it will be noticed (G), the aperture itself is fairly simple, but a
formidable array of obstacles is encountered a little way in. It is possible
that the froth emitted by many land snails has a similar effect in involving
an irritating intruder in a mass of sticky slime. The mucus of slugs and
snails, on the other hand, is more probably, besides its use in facilitating
locomotion, a contrivance for checking evaporation, by surrounding the
exposed parts of their bodies with a viscid medium.
Fig. 24.—Illustrating the elaborate arrangement of teeth in the aperture of
some land Pulmonata. A. Helix (Labyrinthus) bifurcata Desh., Equador.
B. H. (Pleurodonta) picturata Ad., Jamaica. C. H. (Dentellaria) nux
denticulata Chem., Demerara. D. Anostoma carinatum Pfr., Brazil; a,
tube communicating with interior of shell. E. H. (Stenotrema)
stenotrema Fér., Tennessee, × 3/2. F. H. (Polygyra) auriculata Say,
Florida, × 3/2. G. H. (Plectopylis) refuga Gld., Tenasserim (a and b ×
2).
Some species of Lima shelter themselves in a nest constructed of all
kinds of marine refuse, held together by byssiferous threads. Modiola
again. Several striking cases of these toothed apertures are given in Fig. 24.
Whatever may be the origin of these teeth, there can be little doubt that their
extreme development must have a protective result in opposing a barrier to
the entrance, predatory or simply inquisitive, of beetles and other insects.
Sometimes, it will be noticed (G), the aperture itself is fairly simple, but a
formidable array of obstacles is encountered a little way in. It is possible
that the froth emitted by many land snails has a similar effect in involving
an irritating intruder in a mass of sticky slime. The mucus of slugs and
snails, on the other hand, is more probably, besides its use in facilitating
locomotion, a contrivance for checking evaporation, by surrounding the
exposed parts of their bodies with a viscid medium.
Fig. 24.—Illustrating the elaborate arrangement of teeth in the aperture of
some land Pulmonata. A. Helix (Labyrinthus) bifurcata Desh., Equador.
B. H. (Pleurodonta) picturata Ad., Jamaica. C. H. (Dentellaria) nux
denticulata Chem., Demerara. D. Anostoma carinatum Pfr., Brazil; a,
tube communicating with interior of shell. E. H. (Stenotrema)
stenotrema Fér., Tennessee, × 3/2. F. H. (Polygyra) auriculata Say,
Florida, × 3/2. G. H. (Plectopylis) refuga Gld., Tenasserim (a and b ×
2).
Some species of Lima shelter themselves in a nest constructed of all
kinds of marine refuse, held together by byssiferous threads. Modiola
Page 85
adriatica, M. barbata, and sometimes M. modiolus conceal themselves in a
similar way. Gastrochaena frequently encloses itself in a sort of half cocoon
of cement-like material. The singular genus Xenophora protects itself from
observation by gluing stones, shells, and various débris to the upper side of
its whorls (Fig. 25). Sometimes the selection is made with remarkable care;
the Challenger, for instance, obtained a specimen which had decorated its
body whorl exclusively with long and pointed shells (Fig. 26).
Fig. 25.—Xenophora (Phorus)
conchyliophora Born., concealed by
the stones which it glues to the
upper surface of its shell. (From a
British Museum specimen.)
similar way. Gastrochaena frequently encloses itself in a sort of half cocoon
of cement-like material. The singular genus Xenophora protects itself from
observation by gluing stones, shells, and various débris to the upper side of
its whorls (Fig. 25). Sometimes the selection is made with remarkable care;
the Challenger, for instance, obtained a specimen which had decorated its
body whorl exclusively with long and pointed shells (Fig. 26).
Fig. 25.—Xenophora (Phorus)
conchyliophora Born., concealed by
the stones which it glues to the
upper surface of its shell. (From a
British Museum specimen.)
Page 86
Fig. 26.—Xenophora (Phorus) pallidula
Reeve. A mollusc which escapes
detection by covering itself with
dead shells of other species. (From a
Challenger specimen in the British
Museum, × ½.)
The formidable spines with which the shells, e.g. of the Murex family,
are furnished must contribute greatly to their protection against fishes, and
other predatory animals. Murex tenuispina, for instance (see chap. ix.),
would prove as dangerous a morsel in the mouth of a fish as a hedgehog in
that of a dog. Whether the singular tooth in the outer lip of Leucozonia (see
chap. xiv.), a feature which is repeated, to a less marked extent, in
Monoceros and several of the West Coast muricoids, is developed for
defensive purposes, cannot at present be decided.
The Strombidae possess the power of executing long leaps, which they
doubtless employ to escape from their foes. In their case alone this power is
combined with singular quickness of vision. On one occasion Mr. Cuming,
the celebrated collector, lost a beautiful specimen of Terebellum, by the
animal suddenly leaping into the water, as he was holding and admiring it in
his hand. Miss Saul has informed me that the first living specimen of
Trigonia that was ever obtained was lost in a similar way. It was dredged by
Mr. Stutchbury in Sydney Harbour, and placed on the thwart of a small
boat. He had just remarked to a companion that it must be a Trigonia, and
his companion had laughed at the idea, reminding him that all known
Trigonia were fossil, when the shell in question baffled their efforts to
Reeve. A mollusc which escapes
detection by covering itself with
dead shells of other species. (From a
Challenger specimen in the British
Museum, × ½.)
The formidable spines with which the shells, e.g. of the Murex family,
are furnished must contribute greatly to their protection against fishes, and
other predatory animals. Murex tenuispina, for instance (see chap. ix.),
would prove as dangerous a morsel in the mouth of a fish as a hedgehog in
that of a dog. Whether the singular tooth in the outer lip of Leucozonia (see
chap. xiv.), a feature which is repeated, to a less marked extent, in
Monoceros and several of the West Coast muricoids, is developed for
defensive purposes, cannot at present be decided.
The Strombidae possess the power of executing long leaps, which they
doubtless employ to escape from their foes. In their case alone this power is
combined with singular quickness of vision. On one occasion Mr. Cuming,
the celebrated collector, lost a beautiful specimen of Terebellum, by the
animal suddenly leaping into the water, as he was holding and admiring it in
his hand. Miss Saul has informed me that the first living specimen of
Trigonia that was ever obtained was lost in a similar way. It was dredged by
Mr. Stutchbury in Sydney Harbour, and placed on the thwart of a small
boat. He had just remarked to a companion that it must be a Trigonia, and
his companion had laughed at the idea, reminding him that all known
Trigonia were fossil, when the shell in question baffled their efforts to
Page 87
discover its generic position by suddenly leaping into the sea, and it was
three months before Mr. Stutchbury succeeded in obtaining another.
Some genera possess more than merely passive means of defence. Many
Cephalopoda emit a cloud of inky fluid, which is of a somewhat viscous
nature, and perhaps, besides being a means of covering retreat, serves to
entangle or impede the pursuer. The formidable suckers and hooks
possessed by many genera in this Order are most dangerous weapons, both
for offence and defence. Aplysia, when irritated, ejects a purple fluid which
used to be considered dangerously venomous. Many of the Aeolididae,
including our own common Aeolis papillosa, possess stinging cells at the
end of their dorsal papillae, the effect of which is probably to render them
exceedingly distasteful to fish.
The common Vitrina pellucida has a curious habit which in all
probability serves for a defence against birds in the winter. When crawling
on the edge of a stone or twig it has the power of suddenly jerking its ‘tail,’
so as to throw itself on the ground, where it is probably lost to sight among
decaying leaves. At other times it rolls away a few inches and repeats the
jump. It also possesses the power of attaching to itself bits of leaves or soil,
which entirely cover and conceal both shell and animal.[145] The property of
parting with the tail altogether, a remarkable form of self-defence, has
already been noticed on p. 44.
The poisonous nature of the bite of certain species of Conus is well
authenticated. Surgeon Hinde, R.N., saw[146] a native on the I. of Matupi,
New Britain, who had been bitten by a Conus geographus, and who had at
once cut small incisions with a sharp stone all over his arm and shoulder.
The blood flowed freely, and the native explained that had he not taken
these precautions he would have died. Instances have been recorded of
poisonous wounds being inflicted by the bite of Conus aulicus, C. textile,
and C. tulipa. According to Mr. J. Macgillivray[147] C. textile at Aneitum (S.
Pacific) is called intrag, and the natives say it spits the poison upon them
from several inches off! Two cases of bites from C. textile occurred to this
gentleman’s notice, one of which terminated fatally by gangrene. Sir
Edward Belcher, when in command of the Samarang, was bitten[148] by a
Conus aulicus at a little island off Ternate in the Moluccas. As he took the
creature out of the water, it suddenly exserted its proboscis and inflicted a
three months before Mr. Stutchbury succeeded in obtaining another.
Some genera possess more than merely passive means of defence. Many
Cephalopoda emit a cloud of inky fluid, which is of a somewhat viscous
nature, and perhaps, besides being a means of covering retreat, serves to
entangle or impede the pursuer. The formidable suckers and hooks
possessed by many genera in this Order are most dangerous weapons, both
for offence and defence. Aplysia, when irritated, ejects a purple fluid which
used to be considered dangerously venomous. Many of the Aeolididae,
including our own common Aeolis papillosa, possess stinging cells at the
end of their dorsal papillae, the effect of which is probably to render them
exceedingly distasteful to fish.
The common Vitrina pellucida has a curious habit which in all
probability serves for a defence against birds in the winter. When crawling
on the edge of a stone or twig it has the power of suddenly jerking its ‘tail,’
so as to throw itself on the ground, where it is probably lost to sight among
decaying leaves. At other times it rolls away a few inches and repeats the
jump. It also possesses the power of attaching to itself bits of leaves or soil,
which entirely cover and conceal both shell and animal.[145] The property of
parting with the tail altogether, a remarkable form of self-defence, has
already been noticed on p. 44.
The poisonous nature of the bite of certain species of Conus is well
authenticated. Surgeon Hinde, R.N., saw[146] a native on the I. of Matupi,
New Britain, who had been bitten by a Conus geographus, and who had at
once cut small incisions with a sharp stone all over his arm and shoulder.
The blood flowed freely, and the native explained that had he not taken
these precautions he would have died. Instances have been recorded of
poisonous wounds being inflicted by the bite of Conus aulicus, C. textile,
and C. tulipa. According to Mr. J. Macgillivray[147] C. textile at Aneitum (S.
Pacific) is called intrag, and the natives say it spits the poison upon them
from several inches off! Two cases of bites from C. textile occurred to this
gentleman’s notice, one of which terminated fatally by gangrene. Sir
Edward Belcher, when in command of the Samarang, was bitten[148] by a
Conus aulicus at a little island off Ternate in the Moluccas. As he took the
creature out of the water, it suddenly exserted its proboscis and inflicted a
Page 88
wound, causing a sensation similar to that produced by the burning of
phosphorus under the skin. The wound was a small, deep, triangular mark,
succeeded by a watery vesicle. The natives of New Guinea have a
wholesome dread of the bite of Cones. Mr. C. Hedley relates[149] that while
collecting on a coral reef he once rolled over a boulder and exposed a living
C. textile. Before he could pick it up, one of the natives hastily snatched it
away, and explained, with vivid gesticulations, its hurtful qualities. On no
account would he permit Mr. Hedley to touch it, but insisted on himself
placing it in the bottle of spirits.
Fig. 27.—A tooth from the
radula of Conus imperialis
L., × 50, showing barb and
poison duct.
Mimicry and Protective Coloration.
Cases of Mimicry, or protective resemblance, when a species otherwise
defenceless adopts the outward appearance of a better protected species, are
rare among the Mollusca. Karl Semper[150] mentions an interesting case of
the mimicry of Helicarion tigrinus by Xesta Cumingii, in the Philippines. It
appears that all species of Helicarion possess the singular property of
shaking off the ‘tail’ or hinder part of the foot, when seized or irritated.
Specimens captured by collectors, Hel. tigrinus amongst them, have
phosphorus under the skin. The wound was a small, deep, triangular mark,
succeeded by a watery vesicle. The natives of New Guinea have a
wholesome dread of the bite of Cones. Mr. C. Hedley relates[149] that while
collecting on a coral reef he once rolled over a boulder and exposed a living
C. textile. Before he could pick it up, one of the natives hastily snatched it
away, and explained, with vivid gesticulations, its hurtful qualities. On no
account would he permit Mr. Hedley to touch it, but insisted on himself
placing it in the bottle of spirits.
Fig. 27.—A tooth from the
radula of Conus imperialis
L., × 50, showing barb and
poison duct.
Mimicry and Protective Coloration.
Cases of Mimicry, or protective resemblance, when a species otherwise
defenceless adopts the outward appearance of a better protected species, are
rare among the Mollusca. Karl Semper[150] mentions an interesting case of
the mimicry of Helicarion tigrinus by Xesta Cumingii, in the Philippines. It
appears that all species of Helicarion possess the singular property of
shaking off the ‘tail’ or hinder part of the foot, when seized or irritated.
Specimens captured by collectors, Hel. tigrinus amongst them, have
Page 89
succeeded in escaping from the hand, and concealing themselves, by a sort
of convulsive leap, among the dry leaves on the ground. This power of self-
amputation must be of great value to Helicarion, not only as enabling it to
escape from the clutch of its enemies, but also as tending to discourage
them from attempting to capture it at all. Now the genus Xesta is, in
anatomy, very far removed from Helicarion, and the majority of the species
are also, as far as the shell is concerned, equally distinct. Xesta Cumingii,
however, has, according to Semper, assumed the appearance of a
Helicarion, the thin shell, the long tail, and the mantle lobes reflected over
the shell; but it has not the power of parting with its tail at short notice. It
lives associated with Helicarion, and so close is the resemblance between
them that, until Semper pointed out its true position, it had always been
classified as a member of that group.
In the same passage Semper draws attention to two other cases of
apparent mimicry. The first is another species of Xesta (mindanaensis)
which closely resembles a species of Rhysota (Antonii), a genus not indeed
so far removed from Xesta as Helicarion, but, as far as the shell is
concerned, well distinguished from it. In this case, however, there is no
obvious advantage gained by the resemblance, since Rhysota as compared
with Xesta is not known to possess any definite point of superiority which it
would be worth while to counterfeit. A second case of resemblance between
certain species of the genus Chloraea and the characteristic Philippine
group Cochlostyla will not hold good as affording evidence of mimicry, for
Chloraea is now recognised as a sub-genus of Cochlostyla.
The Mollusca are not much mimicked by creatures of different
organisation. This appears at first sight strange, since it might have been
thought that the strong defensive house of a snail was worth imitating. Still
it is probably not easy for creatures bilaterally symmetrical to curl
themselves up into an elevated spiral for any length of time. One or two
instances, however, may be mentioned. The larva of a moth belonging to
the Psychidae, and occurring in France, Germany, the Tyrol, and Syria, coils
itself up into a sinistral spiral of three whorls, and is aptly named Psyche
helix, a kindred species from Italy being known as Ps. planorbis.
An insect larva (Cochlophora valvata) from E. Africa is said to resemble
a Valvata or young Cyclostoma. In this case the spiral is indifferently
dextral or sinistral, the ‘shell’ being formed of masticated vegetable matter,
of convulsive leap, among the dry leaves on the ground. This power of self-
amputation must be of great value to Helicarion, not only as enabling it to
escape from the clutch of its enemies, but also as tending to discourage
them from attempting to capture it at all. Now the genus Xesta is, in
anatomy, very far removed from Helicarion, and the majority of the species
are also, as far as the shell is concerned, equally distinct. Xesta Cumingii,
however, has, according to Semper, assumed the appearance of a
Helicarion, the thin shell, the long tail, and the mantle lobes reflected over
the shell; but it has not the power of parting with its tail at short notice. It
lives associated with Helicarion, and so close is the resemblance between
them that, until Semper pointed out its true position, it had always been
classified as a member of that group.
In the same passage Semper draws attention to two other cases of
apparent mimicry. The first is another species of Xesta (mindanaensis)
which closely resembles a species of Rhysota (Antonii), a genus not indeed
so far removed from Xesta as Helicarion, but, as far as the shell is
concerned, well distinguished from it. In this case, however, there is no
obvious advantage gained by the resemblance, since Rhysota as compared
with Xesta is not known to possess any definite point of superiority which it
would be worth while to counterfeit. A second case of resemblance between
certain species of the genus Chloraea and the characteristic Philippine
group Cochlostyla will not hold good as affording evidence of mimicry, for
Chloraea is now recognised as a sub-genus of Cochlostyla.
The Mollusca are not much mimicked by creatures of different
organisation. This appears at first sight strange, since it might have been
thought that the strong defensive house of a snail was worth imitating. Still
it is probably not easy for creatures bilaterally symmetrical to curl
themselves up into an elevated spiral for any length of time. One or two
instances, however, may be mentioned. The larva of a moth belonging to
the Psychidae, and occurring in France, Germany, the Tyrol, and Syria, coils
itself up into a sinistral spiral of three whorls, and is aptly named Psyche
helix, a kindred species from Italy being known as Ps. planorbis.
An insect larva (Cochlophora valvata) from E. Africa is said to resemble
a Valvata or young Cyclostoma. In this case the spiral is indifferently
dextral or sinistral, the ‘shell’ being formed of masticated vegetable matter,
Page 90
united together by threads spun by the larva. Certain larvae of the
Phryganeidae (“Caddis-worms”) enclose themselves in houses which more
or less resemble a spiral shell, and have in some cases actually been
described as molluscan; such species, some of which belong to
Helicopsyche, have been noticed in S. Europe, Ceylon, Further India,
China, Tasmania, New Zealand, Tennessee, Mexico, Central America,
Venezuela, Brazil, and Argentina, and all[151] possess a dextral ‘shell.’ In all
these cases ‘mimicry’ is probably not so much to be thought of as the
practical advantages which accrue to the animal in question from the spiral
form, which gives it greater strength to resist external blows, and enables it
to occupy, during a very defenceless portion of its existence, a very small
amount of space.
The larva of some species of the Syrphidae (Diptera) fixes itself on the
under side of stones in the Tyrol, and closely resembles a small slug. The
naturalist Von Spix, in 1825, described to the Bavarian Academy as a new
genus of land Mollusca a somewhat similar larval form found in decaying
wood on the banks of a German lake.[152] Simroth mentions[153] a curious
case as occurring near Grimma. The caterpillars of certain Microlepidoptera
occur on slabs of porphyry, associated with a species of Clausilia. Besides
being of the same colour as the Clausiliae, the caterpillars have actually
developed cross lines on the back, i.e. on the side turned away from the
rock, in imitation of the suture of the mollusc.
It has been suggested[154] that there is mimicry between Aeolis papillosa
(a common British nudibranch) and Sagartia troglodytes (an Actinian), and
also between another species of Sagartia and Aeolidiella Alderi. The facts
observed are not sufficient to warrant a decided opinion, but it seems more
probable that the Actinian mimics the nudibranch than vice versâ, since
Aeolis is known to be unpalatable to fishes.
Phryganeidae (“Caddis-worms”) enclose themselves in houses which more
or less resemble a spiral shell, and have in some cases actually been
described as molluscan; such species, some of which belong to
Helicopsyche, have been noticed in S. Europe, Ceylon, Further India,
China, Tasmania, New Zealand, Tennessee, Mexico, Central America,
Venezuela, Brazil, and Argentina, and all[151] possess a dextral ‘shell.’ In all
these cases ‘mimicry’ is probably not so much to be thought of as the
practical advantages which accrue to the animal in question from the spiral
form, which gives it greater strength to resist external blows, and enables it
to occupy, during a very defenceless portion of its existence, a very small
amount of space.
The larva of some species of the Syrphidae (Diptera) fixes itself on the
under side of stones in the Tyrol, and closely resembles a small slug. The
naturalist Von Spix, in 1825, described to the Bavarian Academy as a new
genus of land Mollusca a somewhat similar larval form found in decaying
wood on the banks of a German lake.[152] Simroth mentions[153] a curious
case as occurring near Grimma. The caterpillars of certain Microlepidoptera
occur on slabs of porphyry, associated with a species of Clausilia. Besides
being of the same colour as the Clausiliae, the caterpillars have actually
developed cross lines on the back, i.e. on the side turned away from the
rock, in imitation of the suture of the mollusc.
It has been suggested[154] that there is mimicry between Aeolis papillosa
(a common British nudibranch) and Sagartia troglodytes (an Actinian), and
also between another species of Sagartia and Aeolidiella Alderi. The facts
observed are not sufficient to warrant a decided opinion, but it seems more
probable that the Actinian mimics the nudibranch than vice versâ, since
Aeolis is known to be unpalatable to fishes.
Page 91
Fig. 28.—A, Strombus mauritianus Lam.,
which mimics Conus in shape. B,
Conus janus Hwass, Mauritius.
Certain species of Strombus (mauritianus L., luhuanus L.) show a
remarkable similarity in the shape of the shell to that of Conus, so much so,
that a tiro would be sure to mistake them, at first sight, for Cones. In the
case of S. luhuanus at least, this similarity is increased by the possession of
a remarkably stout brown epidermis. Now Conus is a flesh-eating genus,
armed with very powerful teeth which are capable of inflicting even on man
a poisonous and sometimes fatal wound (see p. 66). Strombus, on the other
hand, is probably frugivorous, and is furnished with weak and inoffensive
teeth. It is possible that this resemblance is a case of ‘mimicry.’ It is quite
conceivable that powerful fishes which would swallow a Strombus whole
and not suffer for it, might acquire a distaste for a Cone, which was capable
of lacerating their insides after being swallowed. And therefore the more
like a Cone the Strombus became, the better chance it would have of being
passed over as an ineligible article of food.
Protective coloration is not uncommon among the Mollusca. Littorina
obtusata is habitually found, on our own coasts, on Fucus vesiculosus, the
air-bladders of which it closely resembles in colour and shape. Littorina
pagodus, a large and showy species, resembles so closely the spongy
crumbling rocks of Timor, on which it lives, that it can hardly be discerned
a pace off. Helcion pellucidum, the common British ‘blue limpet,’ lives,
when young, almost exclusively on the iridescent leaves of the great
which mimics Conus in shape. B,
Conus janus Hwass, Mauritius.
Certain species of Strombus (mauritianus L., luhuanus L.) show a
remarkable similarity in the shape of the shell to that of Conus, so much so,
that a tiro would be sure to mistake them, at first sight, for Cones. In the
case of S. luhuanus at least, this similarity is increased by the possession of
a remarkably stout brown epidermis. Now Conus is a flesh-eating genus,
armed with very powerful teeth which are capable of inflicting even on man
a poisonous and sometimes fatal wound (see p. 66). Strombus, on the other
hand, is probably frugivorous, and is furnished with weak and inoffensive
teeth. It is possible that this resemblance is a case of ‘mimicry.’ It is quite
conceivable that powerful fishes which would swallow a Strombus whole
and not suffer for it, might acquire a distaste for a Cone, which was capable
of lacerating their insides after being swallowed. And therefore the more
like a Cone the Strombus became, the better chance it would have of being
passed over as an ineligible article of food.
Protective coloration is not uncommon among the Mollusca. Littorina
obtusata is habitually found, on our own coasts, on Fucus vesiculosus, the
air-bladders of which it closely resembles in colour and shape. Littorina
pagodus, a large and showy species, resembles so closely the spongy
crumbling rocks of Timor, on which it lives, that it can hardly be discerned
a pace off. Helcion pellucidum, the common British ‘blue limpet,’ lives,
when young, almost exclusively on the iridescent leaves of the great
Page 92
Laminariae, with the hues of which its own conspicuous blue lines
harmonise exactly. In mature life, when the Helcion invariably transfers its
place of abode to the lower parts of the stalk and finally to the root of the
Laminaria, which are quite destitute of iridescence, these blue lines
disappear or become much less marked.
The specimens of Purpura lapillus which occur at Newquay in Cornwall
are banded with rings of colour, especially with black and white, in a more
varied and striking way than any other specimens that have ever occurred to
my notice. I am inclined to refer this peculiarity to a tendency towards
protective coloration, since the rocks on which the Purpura occurs are often
banded with veins of white and colour, and variegated to a very marked
extent.
Ovula varies the colour of its shell from yellow to red, to match the
colour of the Gorgonia on which it lives. The same is the case with
Pedicularia, which occurs on red and yellow coral.
Helix desertorum, by its gray-brown colour, harmonises well with the
prevailing tint of the desert sands, among which it finds a home. Benson
observes that the gaudy H. haemastoma, which lives on the trunks of palm-
trees in Ceylon, daubs its shell with its excrement. Our own Buliminus
obscurus, which lives principally on the trunks of smooth-barked trees,
daubs its shell with mud, and must often escape the observation of its
enemies by its striking resemblance to the little knots on the bark, especially
of beech trees, its favourite haunt. Some species of Microphysa, from the
West Indies, habitually encrust their shells with dirt, and the same
peculiarity in Vitrina has already been mentioned. Ariophanta Dohertyi
Aldr., a recent discovery from Sumatra, is of a green colour, with a
singularly delicate epidermis; it is arboreal in its habits, and is almost
invisible amongst the foliage.[155] Many of our own slugs, according to
Scharff, are coloured protectively according to their surroundings. A claret-
coloured variety of Arion ater occurred to this observer only in pine woods,
where it harmonised with the general colouring of the ground and the pine-
needles, while young winter forms of the same species choose for hiding-
places the yellow fallen leaves, whose colour they closely resemble. Limax
marginatus (= arborum Bouch.) haunts tree trunks, and may easily be
mistaken for a piece of bark; Amalia carinata lives on and under the
ground, and in colour resembles the mould; Arion intermedius feeds almost
harmonise exactly. In mature life, when the Helcion invariably transfers its
place of abode to the lower parts of the stalk and finally to the root of the
Laminaria, which are quite destitute of iridescence, these blue lines
disappear or become much less marked.
The specimens of Purpura lapillus which occur at Newquay in Cornwall
are banded with rings of colour, especially with black and white, in a more
varied and striking way than any other specimens that have ever occurred to
my notice. I am inclined to refer this peculiarity to a tendency towards
protective coloration, since the rocks on which the Purpura occurs are often
banded with veins of white and colour, and variegated to a very marked
extent.
Ovula varies the colour of its shell from yellow to red, to match the
colour of the Gorgonia on which it lives. The same is the case with
Pedicularia, which occurs on red and yellow coral.
Helix desertorum, by its gray-brown colour, harmonises well with the
prevailing tint of the desert sands, among which it finds a home. Benson
observes that the gaudy H. haemastoma, which lives on the trunks of palm-
trees in Ceylon, daubs its shell with its excrement. Our own Buliminus
obscurus, which lives principally on the trunks of smooth-barked trees,
daubs its shell with mud, and must often escape the observation of its
enemies by its striking resemblance to the little knots on the bark, especially
of beech trees, its favourite haunt. Some species of Microphysa, from the
West Indies, habitually encrust their shells with dirt, and the same
peculiarity in Vitrina has already been mentioned. Ariophanta Dohertyi
Aldr., a recent discovery from Sumatra, is of a green colour, with a
singularly delicate epidermis; it is arboreal in its habits, and is almost
invisible amongst the foliage.[155] Many of our own slugs, according to
Scharff, are coloured protectively according to their surroundings. A claret-
coloured variety of Arion ater occurred to this observer only in pine woods,
where it harmonised with the general colouring of the ground and the pine-
needles, while young winter forms of the same species choose for hiding-
places the yellow fallen leaves, whose colour they closely resemble. Limax
marginatus (= arborum Bouch.) haunts tree trunks, and may easily be
mistaken for a piece of bark; Amalia carinata lives on and under the
ground, and in colour resembles the mould; Arion intermedius feeds almost
Page 93
exclusively on fungi, to which its colour, which is white, gray, or light
yellow, tends to approximate it closely; Geomalacus maculosus conceals
itself by its striking resemblance to the lichens which grow on the surface of
rocks, and actually presumes on this resemblance so much as to expose
itself, contrary to the usual custom of its congeners, to the full light of the
afternoon sun.[156]
Several views have been advanced with regard to the dorsal papillae, or
cerata, in the Nudibranchs. Professor W. A. Herdman, who has examined a
considerable number of our own British species, in which these processes
occur, is of opinion[157] that they are of two quite distinct kinds. In the first
place, they may contain large offshoots, or diverticula, of the liver, and thus
be directly concerned in the work of digestion. This is the case with Aeolis
and Doto. In the second place, they may be simply lobes on the skin, with
no connexion with the liver, and no special function to perform. This is the
case with Tritonia, Ancula, and Dendronotus.
Professor Herdman is of opinion that although the cerata may in all cases
aid in respiration to a certain extent, yet that extent is so small as to be left
out of consideration altogether. He regards the cerata in both the two classes
mentioned above as “of primary importance in giving to the animals, by
their varied shapes and colours, appearances which are in some cases
protective, and in others conspicuous and warning.”
Thus, for instance, Tritonia plebeia, which is fairly abundant at Puffin
and Hilbre Is., appears always to be found creeping on the colonies of a
particular polyp, Alcyonium digitatum, and nowhere else. The specimens in
each colony of the polyp differ noticeably both in the matter of colour, and
of size, and of varied degrees of expansion. The Tritonia differs also, being
marked in varied tints of yellow, brown, blue, gray, black, and opaque
white, in such a way as to harmonise with the varied colours of the
Alcyonium upon which it lives. The cerata on the back of the Tritonia
contribute to this general resemblance. They are placed just at the right
distance apart, and are just the right size and colour, to resemble the crown
of tentacles on the half-expanded polyp.
Similarly, Doto coronata, which, when examined by itself, is a very
conspicuous animal, with showy, bright-coloured cerata, is found by
Professor Herdman to haunt no other situations but the under side of stones
yellow, tends to approximate it closely; Geomalacus maculosus conceals
itself by its striking resemblance to the lichens which grow on the surface of
rocks, and actually presumes on this resemblance so much as to expose
itself, contrary to the usual custom of its congeners, to the full light of the
afternoon sun.[156]
Several views have been advanced with regard to the dorsal papillae, or
cerata, in the Nudibranchs. Professor W. A. Herdman, who has examined a
considerable number of our own British species, in which these processes
occur, is of opinion[157] that they are of two quite distinct kinds. In the first
place, they may contain large offshoots, or diverticula, of the liver, and thus
be directly concerned in the work of digestion. This is the case with Aeolis
and Doto. In the second place, they may be simply lobes on the skin, with
no connexion with the liver, and no special function to perform. This is the
case with Tritonia, Ancula, and Dendronotus.
Professor Herdman is of opinion that although the cerata may in all cases
aid in respiration to a certain extent, yet that extent is so small as to be left
out of consideration altogether. He regards the cerata in both the two classes
mentioned above as “of primary importance in giving to the animals, by
their varied shapes and colours, appearances which are in some cases
protective, and in others conspicuous and warning.”
Thus, for instance, Tritonia plebeia, which is fairly abundant at Puffin
and Hilbre Is., appears always to be found creeping on the colonies of a
particular polyp, Alcyonium digitatum, and nowhere else. The specimens in
each colony of the polyp differ noticeably both in the matter of colour, and
of size, and of varied degrees of expansion. The Tritonia differs also, being
marked in varied tints of yellow, brown, blue, gray, black, and opaque
white, in such a way as to harmonise with the varied colours of the
Alcyonium upon which it lives. The cerata on the back of the Tritonia
contribute to this general resemblance. They are placed just at the right
distance apart, and are just the right size and colour, to resemble the crown
of tentacles on the half-expanded polyp.
Similarly, Doto coronata, which, when examined by itself, is a very
conspicuous animal, with showy, bright-coloured cerata, is found by
Professor Herdman to haunt no other situations but the under side of stones
Page 94
and overhanging ledges of rock which are colonised by a hydroid, known as
Clava multicornis. The Doto is masked by the tentacles and clusters of
sporosacs on the zoophyte, with whose colouring and size its own cerata
singularly correspond. A similar and even more deceptive correspondence
with environment was noticed in the case of the very conspicuous
Dendronotus arborescens.
In these cases, the colouring and general shape of the cerata are
protective, i.e. they match their surroundings in such a way as to enable the
animal, in all probability, to escape the observation of its enemies.
According to Professor Herdman, however, the brilliant and showy
coloration of the cerata of Aeolis is not protective but ‘warning.’ Aeolis does
not hide itself away as if shunning observation, like Doto, Tritonia, and
Dendronotus; on the contrary, it seems perfectly fearless and indifferent to
being noticed. Its cerata are provided with sting-cells, like those of
Coelenterata, at their tips, and its very conspicuousness is a warning to its
enemies that they had better not try to attack it, just as the showy white tail
of the skunk acts as a sort of danger-signal to its own particular foes. It is
important for the Aeolis, not merely to be an unpalatable nettle in animal
shape, but also to be conspicuous enough to prevent its being experimented
upon as an article of food, in mistake for something less nasty.
Professor Herdman subsequently conducted some experiments[158] with
fishes, with the view of testing his theory that the shapes and colours of
Nudibranchs serve the purpose either of protection or warning, and bear
direct relation to the creature’s edibility. These experiments, on the whole,
distinctly tended to confirm the theory. Aeolis was evidently very nasty, and
probably stung the mouths of the fishes who tried it. For the complete
success of the theory, they ought to have let it severely alone, but the fish
were evidently accustomed to make a dash at anything that was dropped
into their tank. Another conspicuous mollusc, Ancula cristata, was
introduced, Professor Herdman and his collaborator each commencing
operations by eating a live specimen themselves. They found the taste
pleasant, distinctly like that of an oyster. The fish, however, when the
experiments were conducted under conditions which made the scene as
much like ‘real life’ as possible, did not agree with Professor Herdman. The
Ancula crawled over various parts of the tank for several days untouched by
the fish, who sometimes went close to them and looked at them, but never
Clava multicornis. The Doto is masked by the tentacles and clusters of
sporosacs on the zoophyte, with whose colouring and size its own cerata
singularly correspond. A similar and even more deceptive correspondence
with environment was noticed in the case of the very conspicuous
Dendronotus arborescens.
In these cases, the colouring and general shape of the cerata are
protective, i.e. they match their surroundings in such a way as to enable the
animal, in all probability, to escape the observation of its enemies.
According to Professor Herdman, however, the brilliant and showy
coloration of the cerata of Aeolis is not protective but ‘warning.’ Aeolis does
not hide itself away as if shunning observation, like Doto, Tritonia, and
Dendronotus; on the contrary, it seems perfectly fearless and indifferent to
being noticed. Its cerata are provided with sting-cells, like those of
Coelenterata, at their tips, and its very conspicuousness is a warning to its
enemies that they had better not try to attack it, just as the showy white tail
of the skunk acts as a sort of danger-signal to its own particular foes. It is
important for the Aeolis, not merely to be an unpalatable nettle in animal
shape, but also to be conspicuous enough to prevent its being experimented
upon as an article of food, in mistake for something less nasty.
Professor Herdman subsequently conducted some experiments[158] with
fishes, with the view of testing his theory that the shapes and colours of
Nudibranchs serve the purpose either of protection or warning, and bear
direct relation to the creature’s edibility. These experiments, on the whole,
distinctly tended to confirm the theory. Aeolis was evidently very nasty, and
probably stung the mouths of the fishes who tried it. For the complete
success of the theory, they ought to have let it severely alone, but the fish
were evidently accustomed to make a dash at anything that was dropped
into their tank. Another conspicuous mollusc, Ancula cristata, was
introduced, Professor Herdman and his collaborator each commencing
operations by eating a live specimen themselves. They found the taste
pleasant, distinctly like that of an oyster. The fish, however, when the
experiments were conducted under conditions which made the scene as
much like ‘real life’ as possible, did not agree with Professor Herdman. The
Ancula crawled over various parts of the tank for several days untouched by
the fish, who sometimes went close to them and looked at them, but never
Page 95
attempted to taste them. Experiments with species whose colours were
protective, such as Dendronotus, were also conducted, and the decided
edibility of these species was established, the fish competing eagerly for
them, and tearing them rapidly to pieces.
Mr. W. Garstang, of the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological
Association, confirms[159] Professor Herdman’s views as to the shape and
colour of Opisthobranchs. Pleurobranchus membranaceus is known to
secrete, on the surface of the body, an acid which reddens blue litmus paper.
It is, therefore, no doubt distasteful to fish, which all abominate the taste of
acids, and is conspicuously marked with red-brown and yellowish
‘warning’ colours. Haminea and Philine, on the other hand, are good to eat,
and consequently possess ‘protective’ coloration. Runcina Hancocki, which
is of a brown colour, crawls over brown mud and weeds, but avoids green
weeds, on whose surface it would appear conspicuous. Elysia viridis varies
its colour according to its habitat, being green when on green weeds, and
dark olive, brown, or reddish brown, on pools among tufts of littoral algae.
Green specimens of Hermaea dendritica were kept in captivity, and placed
in a dish with green and red sea-weeds. They were never observed crawling
upon the red weed, upon which they would have been very conspicuous.
Archidoris flammea occurred on bright red sponges, to which its colour was
so closely assimilated that Mr. Garstang at first quite overlooked it.
Goniodoris castanea was found under stones, feeding on compound
Ascidians (Botryllus), which it sufficiently resembled to be very
inconspicuous in that position.
Again, Jorunna Johnstoni lives[160] upon stones on our southern coast,
associated with a certain sponge (Halichondria sp.), which it resembles so
closely in outline, in colour, in character of surface, and in its projecting
plumes, as to make it very difficult even for the careful observer to
distinguish the one from the other. And, since fishes, are known to be
distinctly averse to sponges of any kind as an article of food, this
resemblance must be decidedly to the advantage of the Jorunna. Another
Nudibranch (Calma glaucoides A. and H.) imitates the ova of certain fishes,
on which it feeds. Its elongated and depressed form of body, transparent
integuments, and silvery gray papillae combine to give it a strong
resemblance to the spawn of the fish, which is deposited on stones, the roots
of Laminaria, etc.[161]
protective, such as Dendronotus, were also conducted, and the decided
edibility of these species was established, the fish competing eagerly for
them, and tearing them rapidly to pieces.
Mr. W. Garstang, of the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological
Association, confirms[159] Professor Herdman’s views as to the shape and
colour of Opisthobranchs. Pleurobranchus membranaceus is known to
secrete, on the surface of the body, an acid which reddens blue litmus paper.
It is, therefore, no doubt distasteful to fish, which all abominate the taste of
acids, and is conspicuously marked with red-brown and yellowish
‘warning’ colours. Haminea and Philine, on the other hand, are good to eat,
and consequently possess ‘protective’ coloration. Runcina Hancocki, which
is of a brown colour, crawls over brown mud and weeds, but avoids green
weeds, on whose surface it would appear conspicuous. Elysia viridis varies
its colour according to its habitat, being green when on green weeds, and
dark olive, brown, or reddish brown, on pools among tufts of littoral algae.
Green specimens of Hermaea dendritica were kept in captivity, and placed
in a dish with green and red sea-weeds. They were never observed crawling
upon the red weed, upon which they would have been very conspicuous.
Archidoris flammea occurred on bright red sponges, to which its colour was
so closely assimilated that Mr. Garstang at first quite overlooked it.
Goniodoris castanea was found under stones, feeding on compound
Ascidians (Botryllus), which it sufficiently resembled to be very
inconspicuous in that position.
Again, Jorunna Johnstoni lives[160] upon stones on our southern coast,
associated with a certain sponge (Halichondria sp.), which it resembles so
closely in outline, in colour, in character of surface, and in its projecting
plumes, as to make it very difficult even for the careful observer to
distinguish the one from the other. And, since fishes, are known to be
distinctly averse to sponges of any kind as an article of food, this
resemblance must be decidedly to the advantage of the Jorunna. Another
Nudibranch (Calma glaucoides A. and H.) imitates the ova of certain fishes,
on which it feeds. Its elongated and depressed form of body, transparent
integuments, and silvery gray papillae combine to give it a strong
resemblance to the spawn of the fish, which is deposited on stones, the roots
of Laminaria, etc.[161]
Page 96
The common Lamellaria perspicua appears to possess the power of
protectively assimilating its colour, markings, etc., to the Ascidians on
which it lives. A recent case, occurring off the Isle of Man, is thus described
by Professor Herdman.[162] “The mollusc was on a colony of Leptoclinum
maculatum, in which it had eaten a large hole. It lay in this cavity so as to
be flush with the general surface; and its dorsal integument was not only
whitish with small darker marks which exactly reproduced the appearance
of the Leptoclinum surface with the ascidiozooids scattered over it, but
there were also two larger elliptical clear marks which looked like the large
common cloacal apertures of the Ascidian colony.... Presumably the
Lamellaria escapes the observation of its enemies through being mistaken
for part of the Leptoclinum colony; and the Leptoclinum, being crowded
like a sponge with minute sharp-pointed spicules, is, I suppose, avoided as
inedible (if not actually noxious through some peculiar smell or taste) by
carnivorous animals which might devour such things as the soft unprotected
mollusc.”
Parasitic Mollusca
Various grades of parasitism occur among the Mollusca, from the true
parasite, living and nourishing itself on the tissues and secretions of its host,
to simple cases of commensalism. Some authors have divided these forms
into endo- and ectoparasites, according as they live inside or outside of their
host. Such a division, however, cannot be rigidly carried out, for certain
forms are indifferently endo- and ecto-parasitical, while others are ecto-
parasitic in the young form, and become endo-parasitic in the adult. It will
be convenient, therefore, simply to group the different forms according to
the home on which they find a lodgment.
protectively assimilating its colour, markings, etc., to the Ascidians on
which it lives. A recent case, occurring off the Isle of Man, is thus described
by Professor Herdman.[162] “The mollusc was on a colony of Leptoclinum
maculatum, in which it had eaten a large hole. It lay in this cavity so as to
be flush with the general surface; and its dorsal integument was not only
whitish with small darker marks which exactly reproduced the appearance
of the Leptoclinum surface with the ascidiozooids scattered over it, but
there were also two larger elliptical clear marks which looked like the large
common cloacal apertures of the Ascidian colony.... Presumably the
Lamellaria escapes the observation of its enemies through being mistaken
for part of the Leptoclinum colony; and the Leptoclinum, being crowded
like a sponge with minute sharp-pointed spicules, is, I suppose, avoided as
inedible (if not actually noxious through some peculiar smell or taste) by
carnivorous animals which might devour such things as the soft unprotected
mollusc.”
Parasitic Mollusca
Various grades of parasitism occur among the Mollusca, from the true
parasite, living and nourishing itself on the tissues and secretions of its host,
to simple cases of commensalism. Some authors have divided these forms
into endo- and ectoparasites, according as they live inside or outside of their
host. Such a division, however, cannot be rigidly carried out, for certain
forms are indifferently endo- and ecto-parasitical, while others are ecto-
parasitic in the young form, and become endo-parasitic in the adult. It will
be convenient, therefore, simply to group the different forms according to
the home on which they find a lodgment.
Page 97
Fig. 29.—Magilus antiquus L.: A, the
adult, imbedded in coral, which has
been broken away to show the tube;
B, the young (free) form.
On Sponges.—Vulsella and Crenatula almost invariably occur in large
masses of irregular shape, boring into sponges. They are especially
abundant on Porifera from the Red Sea. Corals form a favourite home of
many species, amongst which are several forms of Coralliophila,
Rhizochilus, Leptoconchus, and Sistrum. Rhizochilus is a very singular
creature, inhabiting branching corals. When adult, it forms irregular shelly
extensions of both the inner and outer lips, which adhere to the shafts of the
coral, or to the surface of neighbouring shells; at length the aperture
becomes completely closed with the exception of the siphonal tube, which
becomes long, and consists of the same shelly material. The common
Magilus (Fig. 29), from the Red Sea and Indian Ocean, in the young form is
shaped like a small Buccinum. As the coral (Meandrina) to which it attaches
itself grows, the Magilus develops at the mouth a long calcareous tube, the
aperture of which keeps pace with the growth of the coral, and prevents the
mollusc from being entombed. The animal lives at the free, or outer, end of
the tube, and is thus continually shifting its position, while the space it
abandons becomes completely closed by a mass of solid calcareous matter.
Certain species of Ovula inhabit Gorgonia, assuming the colour, yellow or
red, of their host, and, in certain cases, developing, probably for prehensile
purposes, a pointed extension of the two extremities of the shell.
Pedicularia, a form akin to Cypraea, but with a more patulous mouth,
inhabits the common Corallium rubrum of the Mediterranean, and another
species has been noticed by Graeffe[163] on Melithaea ochracea in Fiji.
adult, imbedded in coral, which has
been broken away to show the tube;
B, the young (free) form.
On Sponges.—Vulsella and Crenatula almost invariably occur in large
masses of irregular shape, boring into sponges. They are especially
abundant on Porifera from the Red Sea. Corals form a favourite home of
many species, amongst which are several forms of Coralliophila,
Rhizochilus, Leptoconchus, and Sistrum. Rhizochilus is a very singular
creature, inhabiting branching corals. When adult, it forms irregular shelly
extensions of both the inner and outer lips, which adhere to the shafts of the
coral, or to the surface of neighbouring shells; at length the aperture
becomes completely closed with the exception of the siphonal tube, which
becomes long, and consists of the same shelly material. The common
Magilus (Fig. 29), from the Red Sea and Indian Ocean, in the young form is
shaped like a small Buccinum. As the coral (Meandrina) to which it attaches
itself grows, the Magilus develops at the mouth a long calcareous tube, the
aperture of which keeps pace with the growth of the coral, and prevents the
mollusc from being entombed. The animal lives at the free, or outer, end of
the tube, and is thus continually shifting its position, while the space it
abandons becomes completely closed by a mass of solid calcareous matter.
Certain species of Ovula inhabit Gorgonia, assuming the colour, yellow or
red, of their host, and, in certain cases, developing, probably for prehensile
purposes, a pointed extension of the two extremities of the shell.
Pedicularia, a form akin to Cypraea, but with a more patulous mouth,
inhabits the common Corallium rubrum of the Mediterranean, and another
species has been noticed by Graeffe[163] on Melithaea ochracea in Fiji.
Page 98
On Echinodermata.—(a) Crinoidea. Stylina comatulicola lives on
Comatula mediterranea, fixed to the outer skin, which it penetrates by a
very long proboscis; the shell is quite transparent.[164] A curious case of a
fossil parasite has been noticed by Roberts.[165] A Calyptrea-shaped shell
named Platyceras always occurred on the ventral side of a crinoid,
encompassed by the arms. For some time this was thought to afford
conclusive proof of the rapacity and carnivorous habits of the echinoderm,
which had died in the act of seizing its prey. Subsequent investigations,
however, showed that in all the cases noticed (about 150) the Platyceras
covered the anal opening of the crinoid in such a way that the mouth of the
mollusc must have been directly over the orifice of the anus. (b) Asteroidea.
The comparatively soft texture of the skin of the starfishes renders them a
favourite home of various parasites. The brothers Sarasin noticed[166] a
species of Stilifer encysted on the rays of Linckia multiformis. Each shell
was enveloped up to the apex, which just projected from a hole at the top of
the cyst. The proboscis was long, and at its base was a kind of false mantle,
which appeared to possess a pumping action. On the under side of the rays
of the same starfish occurred a capuliform mollusc (Thyca ectoconcha),
furnished with a muscular plate, whose cuticular surface was indented in
such a way as to grip the skin of the Linckia. This plate was furnished with
a hole, through which the pharynx projected into the texture of the starfish,
acting as a proboscis and apparently furnished with a kind of pumping or
sucking action. Adams and Reeve[167] describe Pileopsis astericola as
living ‘on the tubercle of a starfish,’ and Stilifer astericola, from the coast
of Borneo, as ‘living in the body of a starfish.’ In the British Museum there
is a specimen of Pileopsis crystallina ‘in situ’ on the ray of a starfish, (c) On
the brittle starfishes (Ophiuroidea) occur several species of Stiliferina. (d)
Echinoidea. Various species of Stilifer occur on the ventral spines of
echinoids, where they probably subsist on the excreta, and are sometimes
found imbedded in the spines themselves. St. Turtoni occurs on the British
coasts on several species of Echinus, and Montacuta substriata frequents
Spatangus purpureus and certain species of Echinocardium, Cidaris, and
Brissus. Lepton parasiticum has been described from Kerguelen I. on a
Hemiaster, and a new genus, Robillardia, has recently been established[168]
for a Hyalinia-shaped shell, parasitic on an Echinus from Mauritius. (e)
Holothurioidea. The ‘sea-cucumbers’ afford lodgment to a variety of
Comatula mediterranea, fixed to the outer skin, which it penetrates by a
very long proboscis; the shell is quite transparent.[164] A curious case of a
fossil parasite has been noticed by Roberts.[165] A Calyptrea-shaped shell
named Platyceras always occurred on the ventral side of a crinoid,
encompassed by the arms. For some time this was thought to afford
conclusive proof of the rapacity and carnivorous habits of the echinoderm,
which had died in the act of seizing its prey. Subsequent investigations,
however, showed that in all the cases noticed (about 150) the Platyceras
covered the anal opening of the crinoid in such a way that the mouth of the
mollusc must have been directly over the orifice of the anus. (b) Asteroidea.
The comparatively soft texture of the skin of the starfishes renders them a
favourite home of various parasites. The brothers Sarasin noticed[166] a
species of Stilifer encysted on the rays of Linckia multiformis. Each shell
was enveloped up to the apex, which just projected from a hole at the top of
the cyst. The proboscis was long, and at its base was a kind of false mantle,
which appeared to possess a pumping action. On the under side of the rays
of the same starfish occurred a capuliform mollusc (Thyca ectoconcha),
furnished with a muscular plate, whose cuticular surface was indented in
such a way as to grip the skin of the Linckia. This plate was furnished with
a hole, through which the pharynx projected into the texture of the starfish,
acting as a proboscis and apparently furnished with a kind of pumping or
sucking action. Adams and Reeve[167] describe Pileopsis astericola as
living ‘on the tubercle of a starfish,’ and Stilifer astericola, from the coast
of Borneo, as ‘living in the body of a starfish.’ In the British Museum there
is a specimen of Pileopsis crystallina ‘in situ’ on the ray of a starfish, (c) On
the brittle starfishes (Ophiuroidea) occur several species of Stiliferina. (d)
Echinoidea. Various species of Stilifer occur on the ventral spines of
echinoids, where they probably subsist on the excreta, and are sometimes
found imbedded in the spines themselves. St. Turtoni occurs on the British
coasts on several species of Echinus, and Montacuta substriata frequents
Spatangus purpureus and certain species of Echinocardium, Cidaris, and
Brissus. Lepton parasiticum has been described from Kerguelen I. on a
Hemiaster, and a new genus, Robillardia, has recently been established[168]
for a Hyalinia-shaped shell, parasitic on an Echinus from Mauritius. (e)
Holothurioidea. The ‘sea-cucumbers’ afford lodgment to a variety of
Page 99
curious forms, some of which have experienced such modifications that
their generic position is by no means established. Entoconcha occurs fixed
by its buccal end to the blood-vessels of certain Synapta in the
Mediterranean and the Philippines. Entocolax has been dredged from 180
fath. in Behring’s Straits, attached by its head to certain anterior muscles of
a Myriotrochus.[169] A curious case of parasitism is described by
Voeltzkow[170] as occurring on a Synapta found between tide-marks on the
I. of Zanzibar. In the oesophagus of the Synapta was found a small bivalve
(Entovalva), the animal of which was very large for its shell, and almost
entirely enveloped the valves by its mantle. As many as five specimens
occurred on a single Synapta. In the gut of the same Holothurian lived a
small univalve, not creeping freely, but fixed to a portion of the stomach
wall by a very long proboscis which pierced through it into the body cavity.
This proboscis was nearly three times as long as the animal, and the
forward portion of it was set with sharp thorns, no doubt in order to enable
it to retain its hold and resist evacuation. Various species of Eulima have
been noticed in every part of the world, from Norway to the Philippines,
both inside and outside Holothurians.[171] Stilifer also occurs on this section
of Echinoderms.[172]
On Annelida.—Cochliolepis parasiticus has been noticed under the
scales of Acoetes lupina (a kind of ‘sea-mouse’) in Charleston Harbour.[173]
On Crustacea.—A mussel, ⅜ in. long, has been found[174] living under
the carapace of the common shore-crab (Carcinus maenas), and one case
has been noticed[175] where two mussels, one of several months’ growth, the
other smaller, well secured by their byssi, were found under the abdomen of
the same species, in such a position as to force the appendages apart and
askew. These, however, are not so much cases of parasitism as of
involuntary habitat, the mussel no doubt having become involved in the
branchiae and the abdomen of the crab in the larval form.
On Mollusca.—A species of Odostomia (pallida Mont.) is found on our
own coasts on the ‘ears’ of Pecten maximus, and also[176] on the operculum
of Turritella communis. Another species (O. rissoides) frequently occurs in
hiding under beds of mussels, but it is not clear whether the habitat is due to
parasitism, or simply to the fact that the mass of mussels, knitted together
and to the rock by the byssi, affords the Odostomia a safe lurking-place. At
their generic position is by no means established. Entoconcha occurs fixed
by its buccal end to the blood-vessels of certain Synapta in the
Mediterranean and the Philippines. Entocolax has been dredged from 180
fath. in Behring’s Straits, attached by its head to certain anterior muscles of
a Myriotrochus.[169] A curious case of parasitism is described by
Voeltzkow[170] as occurring on a Synapta found between tide-marks on the
I. of Zanzibar. In the oesophagus of the Synapta was found a small bivalve
(Entovalva), the animal of which was very large for its shell, and almost
entirely enveloped the valves by its mantle. As many as five specimens
occurred on a single Synapta. In the gut of the same Holothurian lived a
small univalve, not creeping freely, but fixed to a portion of the stomach
wall by a very long proboscis which pierced through it into the body cavity.
This proboscis was nearly three times as long as the animal, and the
forward portion of it was set with sharp thorns, no doubt in order to enable
it to retain its hold and resist evacuation. Various species of Eulima have
been noticed in every part of the world, from Norway to the Philippines,
both inside and outside Holothurians.[171] Stilifer also occurs on this section
of Echinoderms.[172]
On Annelida.—Cochliolepis parasiticus has been noticed under the
scales of Acoetes lupina (a kind of ‘sea-mouse’) in Charleston Harbour.[173]
On Crustacea.—A mussel, ⅜ in. long, has been found[174] living under
the carapace of the common shore-crab (Carcinus maenas), and one case
has been noticed[175] where two mussels, one of several months’ growth, the
other smaller, well secured by their byssi, were found under the abdomen of
the same species, in such a position as to force the appendages apart and
askew. These, however, are not so much cases of parasitism as of
involuntary habitat, the mussel no doubt having become involved in the
branchiae and the abdomen of the crab in the larval form.
On Mollusca.—A species of Odostomia (pallida Mont.) is found on our
own coasts on the ‘ears’ of Pecten maximus, and also[176] on the operculum
of Turritella communis. Another species (O. rissoides) frequently occurs in
hiding under beds of mussels, but it is not clear whether the habitat is due to
parasitism, or simply to the fact that the mass of mussels, knitted together
and to the rock by the byssi, affords the Odostomia a safe lurking-place. At
Page 100
Panama the present writer found Crepidula (2 sp.) plentiful on the opercula
of the great Strombus galea and of Cerithium irroratum. In each case the
parasite exactly fitted the size of the operculum, and had assumed its colour,
dark brown or chestnut. Amalthea is very commonly found on Conus,
Turbo, and other large shells from the South Pacific, but this is probably not
a case of parasitism, but simply of convenience of habitat, just as young
oysters are frequently seen on the carapace and even on the legs of large
crabs.
Fig. 30.—Crepidula onyx Sowb.,
parasitic on the operculum
of Strombus galeatus
Swains., Panama.
On Tunicata.—Lamellaria deposits its eggs and lives on an Ascidian
(Leptoclinum), and the common Modiolaria marmorata lives in colonies
imbedded in the test of Ascidia mentula and other simple Ascidians.
of the great Strombus galea and of Cerithium irroratum. In each case the
parasite exactly fitted the size of the operculum, and had assumed its colour,
dark brown or chestnut. Amalthea is very commonly found on Conus,
Turbo, and other large shells from the South Pacific, but this is probably not
a case of parasitism, but simply of convenience of habitat, just as young
oysters are frequently seen on the carapace and even on the legs of large
crabs.
Fig. 30.—Crepidula onyx Sowb.,
parasitic on the operculum
of Strombus galeatus
Swains., Panama.
On Tunicata.—Lamellaria deposits its eggs and lives on an Ascidian
(Leptoclinum), and the common Modiolaria marmorata lives in colonies
imbedded in the test of Ascidia mentula and other simple Ascidians.
Page 101
Fig. 31.—Two species of Eulima: A is
sessile on the skin of a
Holothurian, through which it
plunges its sucking proboscis
(Pr); B creeps freely in the
stomach of a Holothurian. (After
K. Semper.)
Special points of interest with regard to parasitic Mollusca relate to (1)
Colour. This is in most cases absent, the shell being of a uniform hyaline or
milky white. This may be due, in the case of the endo-parasitic forms, to
absence of light, and possibly, in those living outside their host, to some
deficiency in the nutritive material. A colourless shell is not necessarily
protective, for though a transparent shell might evade detection, a milk-
white hue would probably be conspicuous. (2) Modifications of structure.
These are in many cases considerable. Entoconcha and Entocolax have no
respiratory or circulatory organs, and no known nervous system; Thyca and
certain Stilifer possess a curious suctorial apparatus; the foot in many cases
has aborted, since the necessity for locomotion is reduced to a minimum,
and its place is supplied by an enormous development of the proboscis,
which enables the creature to provide itself with nutriment without shifting
its position. K. Semper notices a case where a Eulima, whose habitat is the
stomach of a Holothurian, retains the foot unmodified, while a species
occurring on the outer skin, but provided with a long proboscis, has lost its
foot altogether.[177] Special provision for holding on is noticed in certain
cases, reminding us of similar provision in human parasites. Eyes are
frequently, but not always wanting, even in endo-parasitic forms. A
sessile on the skin of a
Holothurian, through which it
plunges its sucking proboscis
(Pr); B creeps freely in the
stomach of a Holothurian. (After
K. Semper.)
Special points of interest with regard to parasitic Mollusca relate to (1)
Colour. This is in most cases absent, the shell being of a uniform hyaline or
milky white. This may be due, in the case of the endo-parasitic forms, to
absence of light, and possibly, in those living outside their host, to some
deficiency in the nutritive material. A colourless shell is not necessarily
protective, for though a transparent shell might evade detection, a milk-
white hue would probably be conspicuous. (2) Modifications of structure.
These are in many cases considerable. Entoconcha and Entocolax have no
respiratory or circulatory organs, and no known nervous system; Thyca and
certain Stilifer possess a curious suctorial apparatus; the foot in many cases
has aborted, since the necessity for locomotion is reduced to a minimum,
and its place is supplied by an enormous development of the proboscis,
which enables the creature to provide itself with nutriment without shifting
its position. K. Semper notices a case where a Eulima, whose habitat is the
stomach of a Holothurian, retains the foot unmodified, while a species
occurring on the outer skin, but provided with a long proboscis, has lost its
foot altogether.[177] Special provision for holding on is noticed in certain
cases, reminding us of similar provision in human parasites. Eyes are
frequently, but not always wanting, even in endo-parasitic forms. A
Page 102
specially interesting modification of structure occurs in (3) the Radula or
ribbon-shaped arrangement of the teeth. In most cases of parasitism
(Eulima, Stilifer, Odostomia, Entoconcha, Entocolax, Magilus,
Coralliophila, Leptoconcha) it is absent altogether. In Ovula and
Pedicularia, genera which are in all other respects closely allied to
Cypraea, the radula exhibits marked differences from the typical radula of
the Cypraeidae. The formula (3·1·3) remains the same, but the laterals are
greatly produced and become fimbriated, sometimes at the extremity only,
sometimes along the whole length. A very similar modification occurs in
the radula of Sistrum spectrum Reeve, a species which is known to live
parasitically on one of the branching corals. Here the laterals differ from
those of the typical Purpuridae in being very long and curved at the
extremity. The general effect of these modifications appears to be the
production of a radula rather of the type of the vegetable-feeding Trochidae,
which may perhaps be regarded as a link in the chain of gradually-degraded
forms which eventually terminate in the absence of the organ altogether.
The softer the food, the less necessity there is for strong teeth to tear it; the
teeth either become smaller and more numerous, or else longer and more
slender, and eventually pass away altogether. It is curious, however, that the
same modified form of radula should appear in species of Ovula (e.g. ovum)
and that the same absence of radula should occur in species of Eulima (e.g.
polita) known to be not parasitic. This fact perhaps points back to a time
when the ancestral forms of each group are parasitic and whose radulae
were modified or wanting, the modification or absence of that organ being
continued in some of their non-parasitical descendants.
Commensalism
Mollusca are concerned in several interesting cases of commensalism, or
the habitual association of two organisms, as distinguished from parasitism,
where one form preys more or less upon the other.
Mr. J. T. Marshall has given[178] an interesting account of the association
of Montacuta ferruginosa with Echinocardium cordatum. The Echinoderm
lives in muddy sand in Torbay, at a depth of about 6 inches, and the
Montacuta lives in a burrow leading from its ventral end and running
irregularly in a sloping direction for 3 or 4 inches, the burrow, which is
made by a current from the Echinoderm, being almost exactly the width of
ribbon-shaped arrangement of the teeth. In most cases of parasitism
(Eulima, Stilifer, Odostomia, Entoconcha, Entocolax, Magilus,
Coralliophila, Leptoconcha) it is absent altogether. In Ovula and
Pedicularia, genera which are in all other respects closely allied to
Cypraea, the radula exhibits marked differences from the typical radula of
the Cypraeidae. The formula (3·1·3) remains the same, but the laterals are
greatly produced and become fimbriated, sometimes at the extremity only,
sometimes along the whole length. A very similar modification occurs in
the radula of Sistrum spectrum Reeve, a species which is known to live
parasitically on one of the branching corals. Here the laterals differ from
those of the typical Purpuridae in being very long and curved at the
extremity. The general effect of these modifications appears to be the
production of a radula rather of the type of the vegetable-feeding Trochidae,
which may perhaps be regarded as a link in the chain of gradually-degraded
forms which eventually terminate in the absence of the organ altogether.
The softer the food, the less necessity there is for strong teeth to tear it; the
teeth either become smaller and more numerous, or else longer and more
slender, and eventually pass away altogether. It is curious, however, that the
same modified form of radula should appear in species of Ovula (e.g. ovum)
and that the same absence of radula should occur in species of Eulima (e.g.
polita) known to be not parasitic. This fact perhaps points back to a time
when the ancestral forms of each group are parasitic and whose radulae
were modified or wanting, the modification or absence of that organ being
continued in some of their non-parasitical descendants.
Commensalism
Mollusca are concerned in several interesting cases of commensalism, or
the habitual association of two organisms, as distinguished from parasitism,
where one form preys more or less upon the other.
Mr. J. T. Marshall has given[178] an interesting account of the association
of Montacuta ferruginosa with Echinocardium cordatum. The Echinoderm
lives in muddy sand in Torbay, at a depth of about 6 inches, and the
Montacuta lives in a burrow leading from its ventral end and running
irregularly in a sloping direction for 3 or 4 inches, the burrow, which is
made by a current from the Echinoderm, being almost exactly the width of
Page 103
the Montacuta. The Montacuta were always arranged in the burrows in
order of size, the largest being close to the Echinoderm, and the smallest of
a string of about six at the other end of the burrow. In another part of S.
Devon, where the sand was soft and sloppy, the Echinocardia rise to the
surface and travel along the sand; in this case the Montacuta were attached
to their host by means of a byssus, and were dragged along as it travelled.
The Rev. Dr. Norman has noted[179] a somewhat similar habitat for
Lepton squamosum. This rare little British species was found at Salcombe,
living in the burrows of Gebia stellata, in all probability feeding upon the
secretions from the body of the crustacean. Dr. Norman suggests that the
extreme flatness of the shell of the Lepton is of great advantage in enabling
it not to get in the way of the Gebia as he scuttles up and down his burrow.
Another species of Lepton is found on the coast of Florida in a precisely
similar locality,[180] while a third species, occurring on the Oregon and
California coasts, actually attaches itself to the inner surface of the
abdomen of a Gebia.[181]
order of size, the largest being close to the Echinoderm, and the smallest of
a string of about six at the other end of the burrow. In another part of S.
Devon, where the sand was soft and sloppy, the Echinocardia rise to the
surface and travel along the sand; in this case the Montacuta were attached
to their host by means of a byssus, and were dragged along as it travelled.
The Rev. Dr. Norman has noted[179] a somewhat similar habitat for
Lepton squamosum. This rare little British species was found at Salcombe,
living in the burrows of Gebia stellata, in all probability feeding upon the
secretions from the body of the crustacean. Dr. Norman suggests that the
extreme flatness of the shell of the Lepton is of great advantage in enabling
it not to get in the way of the Gebia as he scuttles up and down his burrow.
Another species of Lepton is found on the coast of Florida in a precisely
similar locality,[180] while a third species, occurring on the Oregon and
California coasts, actually attaches itself to the inner surface of the
abdomen of a Gebia.[181]
Page 104
Fig. 32.—Ephippodonta Macdougalli Tate, S. Australia. A,
Burrow of prawn, the X indicating the position of the
mollusc; sp, sponge. B, Ventral view of Ephippodonta; by,
byssus; f, foot; m, mantle; mm, fused mantle borders. C,
View of interior of shells; h, hinge; m´m´, adductor
muscles. (A × ½; B and C × 2.)
A very singular case of commensalism has been recently discovered with
regard to a genus of Australian bivalve shells, Ephippodonta. This genus is
never found except in the burrow of a species of prawn (Axius
plectorhynchus Str.). For some reason at present unexplained, the burrow of
this particular prawn appears to be exceedingly popular as a habitat for
certain bivalves, for, besides two species of Ephippodonta, a Kellia and
three Mylitta are found there, and there alone. Sometimes the prawn, when
the rock is hard, builds a tunnel of mud upon it, at other times it excavates
the soft calciferous sandstone. “This burrow is lined with a tenacious brown
mud, composed of excrementitious matter; and, in addition to the mud
lining, there is always more or less present an orange-coloured sponge
which I have never found elsewhere. Upon the mud or sponge, and
adhering very closely, are found the Ephippodonta. They quickly form a
pit-like depression by means of their foot, and appear almost covered by the
mud.” During the winter months (March-July) the prawn appears to fill his
Burrow of prawn, the X indicating the position of the
mollusc; sp, sponge. B, Ventral view of Ephippodonta; by,
byssus; f, foot; m, mantle; mm, fused mantle borders. C,
View of interior of shells; h, hinge; m´m´, adductor
muscles. (A × ½; B and C × 2.)
A very singular case of commensalism has been recently discovered with
regard to a genus of Australian bivalve shells, Ephippodonta. This genus is
never found except in the burrow of a species of prawn (Axius
plectorhynchus Str.). For some reason at present unexplained, the burrow of
this particular prawn appears to be exceedingly popular as a habitat for
certain bivalves, for, besides two species of Ephippodonta, a Kellia and
three Mylitta are found there, and there alone. Sometimes the prawn, when
the rock is hard, builds a tunnel of mud upon it, at other times it excavates
the soft calciferous sandstone. “This burrow is lined with a tenacious brown
mud, composed of excrementitious matter; and, in addition to the mud
lining, there is always more or less present an orange-coloured sponge
which I have never found elsewhere. Upon the mud or sponge, and
adhering very closely, are found the Ephippodonta. They quickly form a
pit-like depression by means of their foot, and appear almost covered by the
mud.” During the winter months (March-July) the prawn appears to fill his
Page 105
burrow, possibly as a provision against stormy weather, with large
quantities of minced seaweed, underneath which immense numbers of very
young Ephippodonta are found living.[182] The extreme flatness of the
Ephippodonta must be due to the same cause as the flatness of the Lepton
noticed above, namely, the necessity of not impeding or interfering with the
lively motions of the prawn. In the case of Lepton the two valves close
completely and the shell is still very flat; in Ephippodonta, on the other
hand, the same result is produced by the valves being opened to their widest
possible extent. As in Entovalva, a continuation of the mantle covers the
outer surface of the shell.
Variation
It is a familiar experience to the student, not only of the Mollusca, but of
every branch of animal or vegetable life, to come across examples which
exhibit certain slight deviations from the type form as usually understood.
These deviations may be more or less pronounced, but, as a rule, a series of
forms can be discovered, gradually leading up to or down from the type.
The definition of what constitutes a species,—and, still more, the rigid
application of such definition—will always remain a difficult task, so long
as the personal element persists in him who defines.[183] What seems to one
authority ample ground for distinction of species, another may regard as of
comparatively trivial importance. The practical outcome of these divergent
views is sufficiently illustrated by the attitude of Mr. F. P. Marrat on the one
hand, and of what may be called the modern French school of conchologists
on the other. Mr. Marrat holds, or held, that the great genus Nassa, of which
more than 150 species are generally recognised, is one shell (species) in an
endless variety of forms. The modern French school go to the other
extreme, and apparently proceed upon the view that almost any difference
in form, however slight, is sufficient to constitute a separate species.
It will be generally admitted, however, that some structural difference in
the organisation of the animal (as distinct from that of the shell alone) is
necessary for the permanent constitution of specific rank.[184] What amount
of structural difference is required, what particular organ or organs must
exhibit this difference, will depend largely upon the idiosyncrasy of the
observer. But if this, or something like this definition of a species be
accepted, it will follow that a so-called ‘variety’ will be a form which
quantities of minced seaweed, underneath which immense numbers of very
young Ephippodonta are found living.[182] The extreme flatness of the
Ephippodonta must be due to the same cause as the flatness of the Lepton
noticed above, namely, the necessity of not impeding or interfering with the
lively motions of the prawn. In the case of Lepton the two valves close
completely and the shell is still very flat; in Ephippodonta, on the other
hand, the same result is produced by the valves being opened to their widest
possible extent. As in Entovalva, a continuation of the mantle covers the
outer surface of the shell.
Variation
It is a familiar experience to the student, not only of the Mollusca, but of
every branch of animal or vegetable life, to come across examples which
exhibit certain slight deviations from the type form as usually understood.
These deviations may be more or less pronounced, but, as a rule, a series of
forms can be discovered, gradually leading up to or down from the type.
The definition of what constitutes a species,—and, still more, the rigid
application of such definition—will always remain a difficult task, so long
as the personal element persists in him who defines.[183] What seems to one
authority ample ground for distinction of species, another may regard as of
comparatively trivial importance. The practical outcome of these divergent
views is sufficiently illustrated by the attitude of Mr. F. P. Marrat on the one
hand, and of what may be called the modern French school of conchologists
on the other. Mr. Marrat holds, or held, that the great genus Nassa, of which
more than 150 species are generally recognised, is one shell (species) in an
endless variety of forms. The modern French school go to the other
extreme, and apparently proceed upon the view that almost any difference
in form, however slight, is sufficient to constitute a separate species.
It will be generally admitted, however, that some structural difference in
the organisation of the animal (as distinct from that of the shell alone) is
necessary for the permanent constitution of specific rank.[184] What amount
of structural difference is required, what particular organ or organs must
exhibit this difference, will depend largely upon the idiosyncrasy of the
observer. But if this, or something like this definition of a species be
accepted, it will follow that a so-called ‘variety’ will be a form which
Page 106
exhibits differences from the type which do not amount to permanent
structural differences in the organisation of the animal. The final court of
appeal as to what affords sufficient evidence for ‘permanent structural
differences’ will have to be, as with Aristotle of old, the judgment of the
educated man.
It is, however, more to our present purpose to discuss the causes of
variation than to lay down definitions of what variation is. One of the most
obvious causes of variation lies in a change or changes in the environment.
If we may assume, for the moment, that the type form of a species is the
form which is the mean of all the extremes, and that this form is the
resultant of all the varied forces brought to bear upon it, whether of food,
climate, temperature, competition of numbers, soil, light, amount of water,
etc., it will follow that any change in one or more of these forces, if
continuous and considerable, any change, in other words, of the
environment, will produce its effect upon the organism in question. And this
effect will be for the better or for the worse, according to the particular
nature of the change itself as tending towards, or away from, the optimum
of environment for the species concerned. Hence may be produced
varieties, more or less marked according to the gravity of the change,
although it must be noted that at times a change apparently unimportant
from our point of view, will produce very marked results upon the species.
It is indeed scarcely possible to predict with any certainty, in the present
state of our knowledge (beyond certain broad results) what will be the
particular effect upon a species of any given change in its surroundings.
Effects of Change in the Environment as tending to produce
Variation.
(a) Changes in Climate, Temperature, Elevation, etc.—In the eastern
basin of the Baltic the marine Mollusca are much more stunted than in the
western.[185] For instance, Mytilus edulis near Kiel is 8–9 cm. long, while
near Gothland it only attains a length of 3–4 cm. Mollusca living at only a
shallow depth (e.g. Tellina balthica, Mya arenaria, Cardium edule) do not
differ much in size in different parts of the Baltic, but in the far eastern
basin the calcareous layers of the shells of Mya arenaria and Tellina
balthica are extraordinarily thin, and disappear very rapidly after death,
leaving only the cuticular membrane, still united by the ligament, in a
perfect state of preservation. These remarkable variations are no doubt to a
structural differences in the organisation of the animal. The final court of
appeal as to what affords sufficient evidence for ‘permanent structural
differences’ will have to be, as with Aristotle of old, the judgment of the
educated man.
It is, however, more to our present purpose to discuss the causes of
variation than to lay down definitions of what variation is. One of the most
obvious causes of variation lies in a change or changes in the environment.
If we may assume, for the moment, that the type form of a species is the
form which is the mean of all the extremes, and that this form is the
resultant of all the varied forces brought to bear upon it, whether of food,
climate, temperature, competition of numbers, soil, light, amount of water,
etc., it will follow that any change in one or more of these forces, if
continuous and considerable, any change, in other words, of the
environment, will produce its effect upon the organism in question. And this
effect will be for the better or for the worse, according to the particular
nature of the change itself as tending towards, or away from, the optimum
of environment for the species concerned. Hence may be produced
varieties, more or less marked according to the gravity of the change,
although it must be noted that at times a change apparently unimportant
from our point of view, will produce very marked results upon the species.
It is indeed scarcely possible to predict with any certainty, in the present
state of our knowledge (beyond certain broad results) what will be the
particular effect upon a species of any given change in its surroundings.
Effects of Change in the Environment as tending to produce
Variation.
(a) Changes in Climate, Temperature, Elevation, etc.—In the eastern
basin of the Baltic the marine Mollusca are much more stunted than in the
western.[185] For instance, Mytilus edulis near Kiel is 8–9 cm. long, while
near Gothland it only attains a length of 3–4 cm. Mollusca living at only a
shallow depth (e.g. Tellina balthica, Mya arenaria, Cardium edule) do not
differ much in size in different parts of the Baltic, but in the far eastern
basin the calcareous layers of the shells of Mya arenaria and Tellina
balthica are extraordinarily thin, and disappear very rapidly after death,
leaving only the cuticular membrane, still united by the ligament, in a
perfect state of preservation. These remarkable variations are no doubt to a
Page 107
large extent due to the violent changes of temperature which are
experienced in the Baltic, and by which the steady development of the
animals in question is interrupted and thrown out of gear. The same species
occur on the coasts of Greenland and Iceland, where they attain a
considerably larger size than in the Baltic, in spite of the lower mean
temperature, probably because their development is not interrupted by any
sudden change from cold to heat or vice versâ.
Karl Semper has shown that Limnaea stagnalis is developed, lives and
feeds best in a mean temperature of about 20° C. (= 68° F.). This mean,
however, must not be the mean of two distant extremes, for the Limnaea
cannot digest its food and grow in a temperature which is less than 14° or
15° C. (= 57° or 59° F.), or more than 30° to 32° C. (= 86° to 90° F.). In
certain localities, therefore, the interruption to the growth of this species
must be serious and prolonged, and may tend towards the production of
more or less dwarfed varieties. Thus specimens from Malham Tarn, a lake
in Yorkshire 1250 feet above the sea, are permanently dwarfed, and have a
very thin and fragile shell. Limnaea peregra in the Pyrenees, Alps, and
Himalayas is generally of a very delicate form and dwarfed habit, while the
small variety known as lacustris occurs, according to Jeffreys, only in
mountain lakes in Zetland, Scotland, Ireland, and N. England. Specimens
brought by Mr. Bateson from lakes near the Sea of Aral, which are salt for
some months and comparatively fresh for others, exhibit clearly the effect
of changes in the environment (Figs. 33 and 34). Excess of heat produces
similar results to excess of cold. L. peregra var. thermalis, found in the
warm springs of the Pyrenees and the Vosges, and the var. geisericola, from
the hot water of the Iceland geysers, are alike thin and dwarfed forms.
Many instances may be given of ‘varieties due to locality.’ In some of
these, the cause which predisposes towards variation can be inferred with
some approach to certainty, in others we must be content to note the fact,
without at present being able to perceive its explanation.
experienced in the Baltic, and by which the steady development of the
animals in question is interrupted and thrown out of gear. The same species
occur on the coasts of Greenland and Iceland, where they attain a
considerably larger size than in the Baltic, in spite of the lower mean
temperature, probably because their development is not interrupted by any
sudden change from cold to heat or vice versâ.
Karl Semper has shown that Limnaea stagnalis is developed, lives and
feeds best in a mean temperature of about 20° C. (= 68° F.). This mean,
however, must not be the mean of two distant extremes, for the Limnaea
cannot digest its food and grow in a temperature which is less than 14° or
15° C. (= 57° or 59° F.), or more than 30° to 32° C. (= 86° to 90° F.). In
certain localities, therefore, the interruption to the growth of this species
must be serious and prolonged, and may tend towards the production of
more or less dwarfed varieties. Thus specimens from Malham Tarn, a lake
in Yorkshire 1250 feet above the sea, are permanently dwarfed, and have a
very thin and fragile shell. Limnaea peregra in the Pyrenees, Alps, and
Himalayas is generally of a very delicate form and dwarfed habit, while the
small variety known as lacustris occurs, according to Jeffreys, only in
mountain lakes in Zetland, Scotland, Ireland, and N. England. Specimens
brought by Mr. Bateson from lakes near the Sea of Aral, which are salt for
some months and comparatively fresh for others, exhibit clearly the effect
of changes in the environment (Figs. 33 and 34). Excess of heat produces
similar results to excess of cold. L. peregra var. thermalis, found in the
warm springs of the Pyrenees and the Vosges, and the var. geisericola, from
the hot water of the Iceland geysers, are alike thin and dwarfed forms.
Many instances may be given of ‘varieties due to locality.’ In some of
these, the cause which predisposes towards variation can be inferred with
some approach to certainty, in others we must be content to note the fact,
without at present being able to perceive its explanation.
Page 108
Fig. 33.—Four examples of Limnaea peregra Müll., from salt
marshes near the Sea of Aral, showing different effects
produced by abnormal conditions of life.
Fig. 34.—Four examples of Limnaea stagnalis L., from marshes
in the Aral district which are salt for several months in the
year, illustrating variation produced by changes in the
environment. × ½.
Desert specimens of widely distributed species, e.g. Helix pomatia, H.
niciensis, H. pisana, Leucochroa candidissima are much thicker than the
type, and tend to lose all trace of coloured bands. These modifications are
clearly the means of preventing evaporation of moisture, the dull white or
grayish brown colour being calculated to absorb the smallest possible
amount of heat. Desert shells in all parts of the world (e.g. N. Africa,
Arabia, Central Asia, S. Africa, W. America) have been noticed to exhibit
these peculiarities.
A very singular case of the reverse process, i.e. the production of
darkened forms of shell through cold, has been noticed by Fischer as
characteristic of the marine shells of the west coast of South America.[186]
This melanism is especially noticeable in Trochus, Turbo, Chiton, Mitra,
and Pleurotoma, and is attested by the specific names, not merely
expressive of actual blackness (e.g. nigerrimus, ater, atramentarius,
marshes near the Sea of Aral, showing different effects
produced by abnormal conditions of life.
Fig. 34.—Four examples of Limnaea stagnalis L., from marshes
in the Aral district which are salt for several months in the
year, illustrating variation produced by changes in the
environment. × ½.
Desert specimens of widely distributed species, e.g. Helix pomatia, H.
niciensis, H. pisana, Leucochroa candidissima are much thicker than the
type, and tend to lose all trace of coloured bands. These modifications are
clearly the means of preventing evaporation of moisture, the dull white or
grayish brown colour being calculated to absorb the smallest possible
amount of heat. Desert shells in all parts of the world (e.g. N. Africa,
Arabia, Central Asia, S. Africa, W. America) have been noticed to exhibit
these peculiarities.
A very singular case of the reverse process, i.e. the production of
darkened forms of shell through cold, has been noticed by Fischer as
characteristic of the marine shells of the west coast of South America.[186]
This melanism is especially noticeable in Trochus, Turbo, Chiton, Mitra,
and Pleurotoma, and is attested by the specific names, not merely
expressive of actual blackness (e.g. nigerrimus, ater, atramentarius,
Page 109
maurus), but also of a generally lugubrious tone (e.g. moestus, funebralis,
tristis, lugubris, luctuosus). It is highly probable that this concurrence of
specific melanism (which stands quite alone in the world) is due to the cold
polar current which impinges on the Chilian coasts, for the same genera
occur on the opposite shores of the continent without exhibiting any trace
whatever of this mournful characteristic.
It is a well-known fact, attested by many observers, that our common
Limax agrestis as well as the young of Arion ater become decidedly darker
in summer than in winter. If these slugs were accustomed to disport
themselves in the sun, it might have been suggested that this increased
darkness of colour tended to absorb more of the heat rays. But since this is
not the case, the result is probably due to some unexplained effect of higher
temperature. According to Lessona and Pollonera, the length of the keel in
Limax arborum varies greatly in different parts of Italy, being shorter in
specimens from low ground, but much longer in those inhabiting more
elevated regions. The longer the keel, the more obscure the colouring
becomes, so that in the Upper Alps of Piedmont individuals are practically
black. Roebuck has observed that Scottish specimens of this same slug are
much darker and less translucent than English forms. According to Simroth,
our common black slug, Arion ater, is a northern type, which in more
southern latitudes assumes the form known as A. rufus. Similarly Limax
maximus “in its northern form cinereo-niger is almost wholly black, but in
the more genial climate of Italy develops a series of brilliantly coloured and
strikingly marked variations which have received numerous distinctive
names from Italian limacologists.”[187] According to Scharff, however[188]
(who regards the colours of slugs as in the main protective), these dark
forms are by no means exclusively northern, being found equally on the
parched plains of Spain and Portugal, and in the bleak climate of Norway.
The same authority observes that similar forms occur both in the dry
regions of E. Germany, and in the very humid district of western Ireland.
It appears unquestionable that marine genera from high northern
latitudes are provided with shells of uniform colour, or whitish with a pale
brown epidermis; spots, bands, or stripes seldom occur. The arctic forms of
Buccinum, Trophon, Chrysodomus, Margarita, Crenella, Leda, Yoldia,
Astarte illustrate this fact. In the more temperate seas of Europe, colours
tend on the whole to increase, although there are certain genera (e.g.
tristis, lugubris, luctuosus). It is highly probable that this concurrence of
specific melanism (which stands quite alone in the world) is due to the cold
polar current which impinges on the Chilian coasts, for the same genera
occur on the opposite shores of the continent without exhibiting any trace
whatever of this mournful characteristic.
It is a well-known fact, attested by many observers, that our common
Limax agrestis as well as the young of Arion ater become decidedly darker
in summer than in winter. If these slugs were accustomed to disport
themselves in the sun, it might have been suggested that this increased
darkness of colour tended to absorb more of the heat rays. But since this is
not the case, the result is probably due to some unexplained effect of higher
temperature. According to Lessona and Pollonera, the length of the keel in
Limax arborum varies greatly in different parts of Italy, being shorter in
specimens from low ground, but much longer in those inhabiting more
elevated regions. The longer the keel, the more obscure the colouring
becomes, so that in the Upper Alps of Piedmont individuals are practically
black. Roebuck has observed that Scottish specimens of this same slug are
much darker and less translucent than English forms. According to Simroth,
our common black slug, Arion ater, is a northern type, which in more
southern latitudes assumes the form known as A. rufus. Similarly Limax
maximus “in its northern form cinereo-niger is almost wholly black, but in
the more genial climate of Italy develops a series of brilliantly coloured and
strikingly marked variations which have received numerous distinctive
names from Italian limacologists.”[187] According to Scharff, however[188]
(who regards the colours of slugs as in the main protective), these dark
forms are by no means exclusively northern, being found equally on the
parched plains of Spain and Portugal, and in the bleak climate of Norway.
The same authority observes that similar forms occur both in the dry
regions of E. Germany, and in the very humid district of western Ireland.
It appears unquestionable that marine genera from high northern
latitudes are provided with shells of uniform colour, or whitish with a pale
brown epidermis; spots, bands, or stripes seldom occur. The arctic forms of
Buccinum, Trophon, Chrysodomus, Margarita, Crenella, Leda, Yoldia,
Astarte illustrate this fact. In the more temperate seas of Europe, colours
tend on the whole to increase, although there are certain genera (e.g.
Page 110
Pecten) which are not more brightly coloured in Mediterranean than in
Icelandic waters.
Land Mollusca inhabiting the mainland of a continent not unfrequently
become smaller when they have spread to adjacent islands where perhaps
the rainfall is less abundant or the soil and food-supply less nicely adjusted
to their wants. Orthalicus undatus is decidedly larger on the mainland of S.
America than on the adjacent islands of Trinidad and Grenada. Specimens
of Bulimulus exilis from Barbados are invariably broader and more obese
than those from S. Thomas, while those from the volcanic island of S.
Lucia, where lime is deficient, are small and very slender. Streptaxis
deformis, as occurring at Trinidad, is only half the size of specimens from
Georgetown, Demerara.[189]
Certain localities appear, for some unexplained reason, to be particularly
favourable to the production of albino varieties. The neighbourhood of
Lewes, in Sussex, has produced no fewer than fourteen of these forms of
land Mollusca and five of fresh-water.[190]
Our common Helix aspersa, as found near Bristol, is said to be ‘dark
coloured’; about Western-super-mare ‘brown, with black markings’; near
Bath ‘very pale and much mottled’; at Cheddar ‘very solid and large.’[191]
Sometimes the same kind of variation is exhibited by different species in
the same locality. Thus specimens of H. aspersa, H. nemoralis, and H.
hortensis, taken from the same bank at Torquay, presented a straw-coloured
tinge of ground colour, with red-brown bands or markings. Trochiform H.
nemoralis and H. arbustorum, sinistral H. hortensis and H. aspersa,
sinistral H. aspersa and H. virgata, and similarly banded forms of H.
caperata and H. virgata, have been taken together.[192]
The immediate neighbourhood of the sea appears frequently to have the
effect of dwarfing land Mollusca. Thus the var. conoidea of Helix aspersa,
which is small, conical, with a compressed mouth, occurs ‘on sandhills and
cliffs at the seaside.’ The varieties conica and nana of Helix hispida are
found ‘near the sea.’ Helix virgata is exceedingly small in similar localities,
and tends to become unicoloured. H. caperata var. Gigaxii, a small
depressed form, occurs at ‘Sandwich and Falmouth.’[193] Sometimes,
however, the exact opposite is the case, for H. nemoralis var. major, which
is ‘much larger’ than the type, occurs on ‘sandhills and downs’ and is
Icelandic waters.
Land Mollusca inhabiting the mainland of a continent not unfrequently
become smaller when they have spread to adjacent islands where perhaps
the rainfall is less abundant or the soil and food-supply less nicely adjusted
to their wants. Orthalicus undatus is decidedly larger on the mainland of S.
America than on the adjacent islands of Trinidad and Grenada. Specimens
of Bulimulus exilis from Barbados are invariably broader and more obese
than those from S. Thomas, while those from the volcanic island of S.
Lucia, where lime is deficient, are small and very slender. Streptaxis
deformis, as occurring at Trinidad, is only half the size of specimens from
Georgetown, Demerara.[189]
Certain localities appear, for some unexplained reason, to be particularly
favourable to the production of albino varieties. The neighbourhood of
Lewes, in Sussex, has produced no fewer than fourteen of these forms of
land Mollusca and five of fresh-water.[190]
Our common Helix aspersa, as found near Bristol, is said to be ‘dark
coloured’; about Western-super-mare ‘brown, with black markings’; near
Bath ‘very pale and much mottled’; at Cheddar ‘very solid and large.’[191]
Sometimes the same kind of variation is exhibited by different species in
the same locality. Thus specimens of H. aspersa, H. nemoralis, and H.
hortensis, taken from the same bank at Torquay, presented a straw-coloured
tinge of ground colour, with red-brown bands or markings. Trochiform H.
nemoralis and H. arbustorum, sinistral H. hortensis and H. aspersa,
sinistral H. aspersa and H. virgata, and similarly banded forms of H.
caperata and H. virgata, have been taken together.[192]
The immediate neighbourhood of the sea appears frequently to have the
effect of dwarfing land Mollusca. Thus the var. conoidea of Helix aspersa,
which is small, conical, with a compressed mouth, occurs ‘on sandhills and
cliffs at the seaside.’ The varieties conica and nana of Helix hispida are
found ‘near the sea.’ Helix virgata is exceedingly small in similar localities,
and tends to become unicoloured. H. caperata var. Gigaxii, a small
depressed form, occurs at ‘Sandwich and Falmouth.’[193] Sometimes,
however, the exact opposite is the case, for H. nemoralis var. major, which
is ‘much larger’ than the type, occurs on ‘sandhills and downs’ and is
Page 111
‘remarkably large in the I. of Arran, Co. Galway.’ The dwarf form of
Limnaea peregra known as maritima appears to be confined to the
neighbourhood of the sea.
Dwarfing of the shell seems frequently to be the result of an elevated
locality, not perhaps so much as the direct consequence of purer air and less
barometric pressure, as of changes in the character of the food supply and in
the humidity of the air. Several species of Helix have a variety minor which
is characteristic of an Alpine habitat. Helix arbustorum var. alpestris, which
is scarcely two-thirds the size of the type, occurs on the Swiss Alps in the
region of perpetual snow. Sometimes a very slight elevation is sufficient to
produce the dwarfed form. At Tenby the type form of Helix pisana is
scattered in countless numbers over the sandhills just above high-water
mark. At the extreme western end of these sandhills rises abruptly to a
height of over 100 feet the promontory known as Giltar Head, the
vegetation of which is entirely distinct from that of the burrows below.
There is a colony of H. pisana at the end of Giltar, all of which are devoid
of the characteristic markings of the typical form, and most are dwarfed and
stunted in growth.
Occasionally the same variety will be found to be produced by
surroundings of very different nature. Thus the var. alpestris, of H.
arbustorum mentioned above, besides being characteristic of high Alpine
localities, also occurs abundantly in low marshes at Hoddesdon on the
River Lea. Helix pulchella var. costata, according to Jeffreys, is found in
dry and sandy places, often under loose stones and bricks on walls, while
other authorities have noticed it in wet and dry localities quite indifferently.
Sometimes the production of a variety may be traced to the intrusion of
some other organism. According to Brot, nine-tenths of the Limnaea
peregra inhabiting a certain pond near Geneva, were, during one season,
afflicted with a malformation of the base of the columella. This deformity
coincided with the appearance, in the same waters, of extraordinary
numbers of Hydra viridis. The next season, when the Hydra disappeared,
the next generation of Limnaea was found to have resumed its normal form.
It has been noticed that a form of Helix caperata with a flattened spire
and wide umbilicus is restricted to tilled fields, especially the borders of
clover fields, while a form with a more elevated spire and more compact
Limnaea peregra known as maritima appears to be confined to the
neighbourhood of the sea.
Dwarfing of the shell seems frequently to be the result of an elevated
locality, not perhaps so much as the direct consequence of purer air and less
barometric pressure, as of changes in the character of the food supply and in
the humidity of the air. Several species of Helix have a variety minor which
is characteristic of an Alpine habitat. Helix arbustorum var. alpestris, which
is scarcely two-thirds the size of the type, occurs on the Swiss Alps in the
region of perpetual snow. Sometimes a very slight elevation is sufficient to
produce the dwarfed form. At Tenby the type form of Helix pisana is
scattered in countless numbers over the sandhills just above high-water
mark. At the extreme western end of these sandhills rises abruptly to a
height of over 100 feet the promontory known as Giltar Head, the
vegetation of which is entirely distinct from that of the burrows below.
There is a colony of H. pisana at the end of Giltar, all of which are devoid
of the characteristic markings of the typical form, and most are dwarfed and
stunted in growth.
Occasionally the same variety will be found to be produced by
surroundings of very different nature. Thus the var. alpestris, of H.
arbustorum mentioned above, besides being characteristic of high Alpine
localities, also occurs abundantly in low marshes at Hoddesdon on the
River Lea. Helix pulchella var. costata, according to Jeffreys, is found in
dry and sandy places, often under loose stones and bricks on walls, while
other authorities have noticed it in wet and dry localities quite indifferently.
Sometimes the production of a variety may be traced to the intrusion of
some other organism. According to Brot, nine-tenths of the Limnaea
peregra inhabiting a certain pond near Geneva, were, during one season,
afflicted with a malformation of the base of the columella. This deformity
coincided with the appearance, in the same waters, of extraordinary
numbers of Hydra viridis. The next season, when the Hydra disappeared,
the next generation of Limnaea was found to have resumed its normal form.
It has been noticed that a form of Helix caperata with a flattened spire
and wide umbilicus is restricted to tilled fields, especially the borders of
clover fields, while a form with a more elevated spire and more compact
Page 112
whorls occurs exclusively in open downs and uncultivated places. The Rev.
S. S. Pearce accounts[194] for this divergence by the explanation that the
flatter spire enables the shell of the fields to creep about more easily under
the leaves or matted weeds, seldom requiring to crawl up a stalk or stem,
while on the short turf of the downs and pastures the smaller and more
rounded shell enables the animal to manoeuvre in and out of the blades of
grass, and even to crawl up them with considerable activity. The same
writer endeavours to explain the causes which regulate the distribution of
H. caperata var. ornata. He found that this variety (dark bands on a white
ground) occurred almost exclusively on downs which were fed upon by
sheep, associated with the common or mottled form, while the latter form
alone occurred in localities where sheep were not accustomed to feed.
Assuming then, as is probably the case, that sheep, in the course of their
close pasturing, devour many small snails, he believes that individuals of
the more conspicuous form ornata were more likely to be noticed, and
therefore avoided, by the sheep, than the mottled form, which would more
easily escape their observation. Hence the var. ornata is due to the
advantage which strikingly coloured individuals obtained owing to their
conspicuous habit, as compared with the typical form, which would be less
readily detected.
(b) Changes in Soil, Station, Character of Water, etc.—A deficiency of
lime in the composition of the soil of any particular locality produces very
marked effects upon the shells of the Mollusca which inhabit it; they
become small and very thin, occasionally almost transparent. The well-
known var. tenuis of Helix aspersa occurs on downs in the Channel Islands
where calcareous material is scarce. For similar reasons, H. arbustorum
develops a var. fusca, which is depressed, very thin, and transparent, at
Scilly, and also at Lunna I., E. Zetland.
S. S. Pearce accounts[194] for this divergence by the explanation that the
flatter spire enables the shell of the fields to creep about more easily under
the leaves or matted weeds, seldom requiring to crawl up a stalk or stem,
while on the short turf of the downs and pastures the smaller and more
rounded shell enables the animal to manoeuvre in and out of the blades of
grass, and even to crawl up them with considerable activity. The same
writer endeavours to explain the causes which regulate the distribution of
H. caperata var. ornata. He found that this variety (dark bands on a white
ground) occurred almost exclusively on downs which were fed upon by
sheep, associated with the common or mottled form, while the latter form
alone occurred in localities where sheep were not accustomed to feed.
Assuming then, as is probably the case, that sheep, in the course of their
close pasturing, devour many small snails, he believes that individuals of
the more conspicuous form ornata were more likely to be noticed, and
therefore avoided, by the sheep, than the mottled form, which would more
easily escape their observation. Hence the var. ornata is due to the
advantage which strikingly coloured individuals obtained owing to their
conspicuous habit, as compared with the typical form, which would be less
readily detected.
(b) Changes in Soil, Station, Character of Water, etc.—A deficiency of
lime in the composition of the soil of any particular locality produces very
marked effects upon the shells of the Mollusca which inhabit it; they
become small and very thin, occasionally almost transparent. The well-
known var. tenuis of Helix aspersa occurs on downs in the Channel Islands
where calcareous material is scarce. For similar reasons, H. arbustorum
develops a var. fusca, which is depressed, very thin, and transparent, at
Scilly, and also at Lunna I., E. Zetland.
Page 113
Fig. 35.—19 specimens of Purpura lapillus L., Great Britain,
illustrating variation.
(1) Felixstowe, sheltered coast; (2), (3) Newquay, on veined
and coloured rock; (4) Herm, rather exposed; (5) Solent, very
sheltered; (6) Land’s End, exposed rocks, small food supply; (7)
Scilly, exposed rocks, fair food supply; (8) St. Leonards, flat
mussel beds at extreme low water; (9) Robin Hood’s Bay,
sheltered under boulders, good food supply; (10) Rhoscolyn, on
oyster bed, 4–7 fath. (Macandrew); (11) Guernsey, rather exposed
illustrating variation.
(1) Felixstowe, sheltered coast; (2), (3) Newquay, on veined
and coloured rock; (4) Herm, rather exposed; (5) Solent, very
sheltered; (6) Land’s End, exposed rocks, small food supply; (7)
Scilly, exposed rocks, fair food supply; (8) St. Leonards, flat
mussel beds at extreme low water; (9) Robin Hood’s Bay,
sheltered under boulders, good food supply; (10) Rhoscolyn, on
oyster bed, 4–7 fath. (Macandrew); (11) Guernsey, rather exposed
Page 114
rocks; (12) Estuary of Conway, very sheltered, abundant food
supply; (13), (14) Robin Hood’s Bay, very exposed rocks, poor
food supply; (14) slightly monstrous; (15), (16), (17) Morthoe,
rather exposed rocks, but abundant food supply; (18) St. Bride’s
Bay; (19) L. Swilly, sheltered, but small food supply. All from the
author’s collection, except (10).
The common dog-whelk (Purpura lapillus) of our own coasts is an
exceedingly variable species, and in many cases the variations may be
shown to bear a direct relation to the manner of life (Fig. 35). Forms
occurring in very exposed situations, e.g. Land’s End, outer rocks of the
Scilly Is., coasts of N. Devon and Yorkshire, are stunted, with a short spire
and relatively large mouth, the latter being developed in order to increase
the power of adherence to the rock and consequently of resistance to wave
force. On the other hand, shells occurring in sheltered situations, estuaries,
narrow straits, or even on open coasts where there is plenty of shelter from
the waves, are comparatively of great size, with a well-developed,
sometimes produced spire, and a mouth small in proportion to the area of
shell surface. In the accompanying figure, the specimens from the Conway
estuary and the Solent (12, 5) well illustrate this latter form of shell, while
that from exposed rocks is illustrated by the specimens from Robin Hood’s
Bay (13, 14). Had these specimens occurred alone, or had they been
brought from some distant and unexplored region, they must inevitably
have been described as two distinct species.
Fig. 36.—Valves of Cardium edule from the four upper terraces of
Shumish Kul, a dry salt lake adjacent to the Aral Sea. (After
Bateson.)
Mr. W. Bateson has made[195] some observations on the shells of
Cardium edule taken from a series of terraces on the border of certain salt
lakes which once formed a portion of the Sea of Aral. As these lakes
gradually became dry, the water they contained became salter, and thus the
successive layers of dead shells deposited on their borders form an
supply; (13), (14) Robin Hood’s Bay, very exposed rocks, poor
food supply; (14) slightly monstrous; (15), (16), (17) Morthoe,
rather exposed rocks, but abundant food supply; (18) St. Bride’s
Bay; (19) L. Swilly, sheltered, but small food supply. All from the
author’s collection, except (10).
The common dog-whelk (Purpura lapillus) of our own coasts is an
exceedingly variable species, and in many cases the variations may be
shown to bear a direct relation to the manner of life (Fig. 35). Forms
occurring in very exposed situations, e.g. Land’s End, outer rocks of the
Scilly Is., coasts of N. Devon and Yorkshire, are stunted, with a short spire
and relatively large mouth, the latter being developed in order to increase
the power of adherence to the rock and consequently of resistance to wave
force. On the other hand, shells occurring in sheltered situations, estuaries,
narrow straits, or even on open coasts where there is plenty of shelter from
the waves, are comparatively of great size, with a well-developed,
sometimes produced spire, and a mouth small in proportion to the area of
shell surface. In the accompanying figure, the specimens from the Conway
estuary and the Solent (12, 5) well illustrate this latter form of shell, while
that from exposed rocks is illustrated by the specimens from Robin Hood’s
Bay (13, 14). Had these specimens occurred alone, or had they been
brought from some distant and unexplored region, they must inevitably
have been described as two distinct species.
Fig. 36.—Valves of Cardium edule from the four upper terraces of
Shumish Kul, a dry salt lake adjacent to the Aral Sea. (After
Bateson.)
Mr. W. Bateson has made[195] some observations on the shells of
Cardium edule taken from a series of terraces on the border of certain salt
lakes which once formed a portion of the Sea of Aral. As these lakes
gradually became dry, the water they contained became salter, and thus the
successive layers of dead shells deposited on their borders form an
Page 115
interesting record of the progressive variation of this species under
conditions which, in one respect at least, can be clearly appreciated. At the
same time the diminishing volume of water, and the increasing average
temperature, would not be without their effect. It was found that the
principal changes were as follows: the thickness, and consequently the
weight, of the shells became diminished, the size of the beaks was reduced,
the shell became highly coloured, and diminished considerably in size, and
the breadth of the shells increased in proportion to their length (Fig. 36).
Shells of the same species of Cardium, occurring in Lake Mareotis, were
found to exhibit very similar variations as regards colour, size, shape, and
thickness.
Unio pictorum var. compressa occurs near Norwich at two similar
localities six or seven miles distant from one another, under circumstances
which tend to show that similar conditions have produced similar results.
The form occurs where the river, by bending sharply in horse-shoe shape,
causes the current to rush across to the opposite side and form an eddy near
the bank on the outside of the bend. Just at the edge of the sharp current
next the eddy the shells are found, the peculiar form being probably due to
the current continually washing away the soft particles of mud and
compelling the shell to elongate itself in order to keep partly buried at the
bottom.[196]
The rivers Ouse and Foss, which unite just below York, are rivers of
strikingly different character, the Ouse being deep, rapid, with a bare, stony
bottom, and little vegetable growth, and receiving a good deal of drainage,
while the Foss is shallow, slow, muddy, full of weeds and with very little
drainage. In the Foss, fine specimens of Anodonta anatina occur, lustrous,
with beautifully rayed shells. A few yards off, in the Ouse, the same species
of Anodonta is dull brown in colour, its interior clouded, the beaks and
epidermis often deeply eroded. Precisely the same contrast is shown in
specimens of Unio tumidus, taken from the same rivers, Ouse specimens
being also slightly curved in form. Just above Yearsley Lock in the Foss,
Unio tumidus occurs, but always dwarfed and malformed, a result probably
due to the effect of rapidly running water upon a species accustomed to live
in still water.[197] Simroth records the occurrence of remarkably distorted
varieties in two species of Aetheria which lived in swift falls of the River
Congo.[198]
conditions which, in one respect at least, can be clearly appreciated. At the
same time the diminishing volume of water, and the increasing average
temperature, would not be without their effect. It was found that the
principal changes were as follows: the thickness, and consequently the
weight, of the shells became diminished, the size of the beaks was reduced,
the shell became highly coloured, and diminished considerably in size, and
the breadth of the shells increased in proportion to their length (Fig. 36).
Shells of the same species of Cardium, occurring in Lake Mareotis, were
found to exhibit very similar variations as regards colour, size, shape, and
thickness.
Unio pictorum var. compressa occurs near Norwich at two similar
localities six or seven miles distant from one another, under circumstances
which tend to show that similar conditions have produced similar results.
The form occurs where the river, by bending sharply in horse-shoe shape,
causes the current to rush across to the opposite side and form an eddy near
the bank on the outside of the bend. Just at the edge of the sharp current
next the eddy the shells are found, the peculiar form being probably due to
the current continually washing away the soft particles of mud and
compelling the shell to elongate itself in order to keep partly buried at the
bottom.[196]
The rivers Ouse and Foss, which unite just below York, are rivers of
strikingly different character, the Ouse being deep, rapid, with a bare, stony
bottom, and little vegetable growth, and receiving a good deal of drainage,
while the Foss is shallow, slow, muddy, full of weeds and with very little
drainage. In the Foss, fine specimens of Anodonta anatina occur, lustrous,
with beautifully rayed shells. A few yards off, in the Ouse, the same species
of Anodonta is dull brown in colour, its interior clouded, the beaks and
epidermis often deeply eroded. Precisely the same contrast is shown in
specimens of Unio tumidus, taken from the same rivers, Ouse specimens
being also slightly curved in form. Just above Yearsley Lock in the Foss,
Unio tumidus occurs, but always dwarfed and malformed, a result probably
due to the effect of rapidly running water upon a species accustomed to live
in still water.[197] Simroth records the occurrence of remarkably distorted
varieties in two species of Aetheria which lived in swift falls of the River
Congo.[198]
Page 116
A variety of Limnaea peregra with a short spire and rather strong, stoutly
built shell occurs in Lakes Windermere, Derwentwater, and Llyn-y-van-
fach. It lives adhering to stones in places where there are very few weeds,
its shape enabling it to withstand the surf of these large lakes, to which the
ordinary form would probably succumb.[199]
Scalariform specimens of Planorbis are said to occur most commonly in
waters which are choked by vegetation, and it has been shown that this
form of shell is able to make its way through masses of dense weed much
more readily than specimens of normal shape.
Continental authorities have long considered Limnaea peregra and L.
ovata as two distinct species. Hazay, however, has succeeded in rearing
specimens of so-called peregra from the ova of ovata, and so-called ovata
from the ova of peregra, simply by placing one species in running water,
and the other in still water.
According to Mr. J. S. Gibbons[200] certain species of Littorina, in
tropical and sub-tropical regions, are confined to water more or less
brackish, being incapable of living in pure salt water. “I have met,” says Mr.
Gibbons, “with three of these species, and in each case they have been
distinguished from the truly marine species by the extreme (comparative)
thinness of their shells, and by their colouring being richer and more varied;
they are also usually more elaborately marked. They are to be met with
under three different conditions—(1) in harbours and bays where the water
is salt with but a slight admixture of fresh water; (2) in mangrove swamps
where salt and fresh water mix in pretty equal volume; (3) on dry land, but
near a marsh or the dry bed of one.
“L. intermedia Reeve, a widely diffused E. African shell, attaches itself
by a thin pellicle of dried mucus to grass growing by the margin of slightly
brackish marshes near the coast, resembling in its mode of suspension the
Old World Cyclostoma. I have found it in vast numbers in situations where,
during the greater part of the year, it is exposed to the full glare of an almost
vertical sun, its only source of moisture being a slight dew at night-time.
The W. Indian L. angulifera Lam., and a beautifully coloured E. African
species (? L. carinifera), are found in mangrove swamps; they are,
however, less independent of salt water than the last.”
built shell occurs in Lakes Windermere, Derwentwater, and Llyn-y-van-
fach. It lives adhering to stones in places where there are very few weeds,
its shape enabling it to withstand the surf of these large lakes, to which the
ordinary form would probably succumb.[199]
Scalariform specimens of Planorbis are said to occur most commonly in
waters which are choked by vegetation, and it has been shown that this
form of shell is able to make its way through masses of dense weed much
more readily than specimens of normal shape.
Continental authorities have long considered Limnaea peregra and L.
ovata as two distinct species. Hazay, however, has succeeded in rearing
specimens of so-called peregra from the ova of ovata, and so-called ovata
from the ova of peregra, simply by placing one species in running water,
and the other in still water.
According to Mr. J. S. Gibbons[200] certain species of Littorina, in
tropical and sub-tropical regions, are confined to water more or less
brackish, being incapable of living in pure salt water. “I have met,” says Mr.
Gibbons, “with three of these species, and in each case they have been
distinguished from the truly marine species by the extreme (comparative)
thinness of their shells, and by their colouring being richer and more varied;
they are also usually more elaborately marked. They are to be met with
under three different conditions—(1) in harbours and bays where the water
is salt with but a slight admixture of fresh water; (2) in mangrove swamps
where salt and fresh water mix in pretty equal volume; (3) on dry land, but
near a marsh or the dry bed of one.
“L. intermedia Reeve, a widely diffused E. African shell, attaches itself
by a thin pellicle of dried mucus to grass growing by the margin of slightly
brackish marshes near the coast, resembling in its mode of suspension the
Old World Cyclostoma. I have found it in vast numbers in situations where,
during the greater part of the year, it is exposed to the full glare of an almost
vertical sun, its only source of moisture being a slight dew at night-time.
The W. Indian L. angulifera Lam., and a beautifully coloured E. African
species (? L. carinifera), are found in mangrove swamps; they are,
however, less independent of salt water than the last.”
Page 117
Mr. Gibbons goes on to note that brackish water species (although not so
solid as truly marine species) tend to become more solid as the water they
inhabit becomes less salt. This is a curious fact, and the reverse of what one
would expect. Specimens of L. intermedia on stakes at the mouth of the
Lorenço Marques River, Delagoa Bay, are much smaller, darker, and more
fragile, than those living on grass a few hundred yards away. L. angulifera
is unusually solid and heavy at Puerto Plata (S. Domingo) among
mangroves, where the water is in a great measure fresh; at Havana and at
Colon, where it lives on stakes in water but slightly brackish, it is thinner
and smaller and also darker coloured.
(c) Changes in the Volume of Water.—It has long been known that the
largest specimens, e.g. of Limnaea stagnalis and Anodonta anatina, only
occurred in pieces of water of considerable size. Recent observation,
however, has shown conclusively that the volume of water in which certain
species live has a very close relation to the actual size of their shells,
besides producing other effects. Lymnaea megasoma, when kept in an
aquarium of limited size, deposited eggs which hatched out; this process
was continued in the same aquarium for four generations in all, the form of
the shell of the last generation having become such that an experienced
conchologist gave it as his opinion that the first and last terms of the series
could have no possible specific relation to one another. The size of the shell
became greatly diminished, and in particular the spire became very slender.
[201]
The same species being again kept in an aquarium under similar
conditions, it was found that the third generation had a shell only four-
sevenths the length of their great grandparents. It was noticed also that the
sexual capacities of the animals changed as well. The liver was greatly
reduced, and the male organs were entirely lost.[202]
K. Semper conducted some well-known experiments bearing on this
point. He separated[203] specimens of Limnaea stagnalis from the same
mass of eggs as soon as they were hatched, and placed them simultaneously
in bodies of water varying in volume from 100 to 2000 cubic centimetres.
All the other conditions of life, and especially the food supply, were kept at
the known optimum. He found, in the result, that the size of the shell varied
directly in proportion to the volume of the water in which it lived, and that
solid as truly marine species) tend to become more solid as the water they
inhabit becomes less salt. This is a curious fact, and the reverse of what one
would expect. Specimens of L. intermedia on stakes at the mouth of the
Lorenço Marques River, Delagoa Bay, are much smaller, darker, and more
fragile, than those living on grass a few hundred yards away. L. angulifera
is unusually solid and heavy at Puerto Plata (S. Domingo) among
mangroves, where the water is in a great measure fresh; at Havana and at
Colon, where it lives on stakes in water but slightly brackish, it is thinner
and smaller and also darker coloured.
(c) Changes in the Volume of Water.—It has long been known that the
largest specimens, e.g. of Limnaea stagnalis and Anodonta anatina, only
occurred in pieces of water of considerable size. Recent observation,
however, has shown conclusively that the volume of water in which certain
species live has a very close relation to the actual size of their shells,
besides producing other effects. Lymnaea megasoma, when kept in an
aquarium of limited size, deposited eggs which hatched out; this process
was continued in the same aquarium for four generations in all, the form of
the shell of the last generation having become such that an experienced
conchologist gave it as his opinion that the first and last terms of the series
could have no possible specific relation to one another. The size of the shell
became greatly diminished, and in particular the spire became very slender.
[201]
The same species being again kept in an aquarium under similar
conditions, it was found that the third generation had a shell only four-
sevenths the length of their great grandparents. It was noticed also that the
sexual capacities of the animals changed as well. The liver was greatly
reduced, and the male organs were entirely lost.[202]
K. Semper conducted some well-known experiments bearing on this
point. He separated[203] specimens of Limnaea stagnalis from the same
mass of eggs as soon as they were hatched, and placed them simultaneously
in bodies of water varying in volume from 100 to 2000 cubic centimetres.
All the other conditions of life, and especially the food supply, were kept at
the known optimum. He found, in the result, that the size of the shell varied
directly in proportion to the volume of the water in which it lived, and that
Page 118
this was the case, whether an individual specimen was kept alone in a given
quantity of water, or shared it with several others. At the close of 65 days
the specimens raised in 100 cubic cm. of water were only 6 mm. long, those
in 250 cubic cm. were 9 mm. long, those in 600 cubic cm. were 12 mm.
long, while those kept in 2000 cubic cm. attained a length of 18 mm. (Fig.
37).
An interesting effect of a sudden fall of temperature was noticed by
Semper in connection with the above experiments. Vessels of unequal size,
containing specimens of the Limnaea, happened to stand before a window
at a time when the temperature suddenly fell to about 55° F. The sun, which
shone through the window, warmed the water in the smaller vessels, but had
no effect upon the temperature of the larger. The result was, that the
Limnaea in 2000 cubic cm., which ought to have been 10 mm. long when
25 days old, were scarcely longer, at the end of that period, than those
which had lived in the smaller vessels, but whose water had been
sufficiently warm.
Fig. 37.—Four equally old shells of
Limnaea stagnalis, hatched from the
same mass of ova, but reared in
different volumes of water: A in
100, B in 250, C in 600, and D in
2000 cubic centimetres. (After K.
Semper.)
quantity of water, or shared it with several others. At the close of 65 days
the specimens raised in 100 cubic cm. of water were only 6 mm. long, those
in 250 cubic cm. were 9 mm. long, those in 600 cubic cm. were 12 mm.
long, while those kept in 2000 cubic cm. attained a length of 18 mm. (Fig.
37).
An interesting effect of a sudden fall of temperature was noticed by
Semper in connection with the above experiments. Vessels of unequal size,
containing specimens of the Limnaea, happened to stand before a window
at a time when the temperature suddenly fell to about 55° F. The sun, which
shone through the window, warmed the water in the smaller vessels, but had
no effect upon the temperature of the larger. The result was, that the
Limnaea in 2000 cubic cm., which ought to have been 10 mm. long when
25 days old, were scarcely longer, at the end of that period, than those
which had lived in the smaller vessels, but whose water had been
sufficiently warm.
Fig. 37.—Four equally old shells of
Limnaea stagnalis, hatched from the
same mass of ova, but reared in
different volumes of water: A in
100, B in 250, C in 600, and D in
2000 cubic centimetres. (After K.
Semper.)
Page 119
CHAPTER IV
USES OF SHELLS FOR MONEY, ORNAMENT, AND FOOD—CULTIVATION OF THE
OYSTER, MUSSEL, AND SNAIL—SNAILS AS MEDICINE—PRICES GIVEN FOR SHELLS
The employment of shells as a medium of exchange was exceedingly
common amongst uncivilised tribes in all parts of the world, and has by no
means yet become obsolete. One of the commonest species thus employed
is the ‘money cowry’ (Cypraea moneta, L.), which stands almost alone in
being used entire, while nearly all the other forms of shell money are made
out of portions of shells, thus requiring a certain amount of labour in the
process of formation.
One of the earliest mentions of the cowry as money occurs in an ancient
Hindoo treatise on mathematics, written in the seventh century a.d. A
question is propounded thus: ‘the ¼ of 1/16 of ⅕ of ¾ of ⅔ of ½ a dramma
was given to a beggar by one from whom he asked an alms; tell me how
many cowry shells the miser gave.’ In British India about 4000 are said to
have passed for a shilling, but the value appears to differ according to their
condition, poor specimens being comparatively worthless. According to
Reeve[204] a gentleman residing at Cuttack is said to have paid for the
erection of his bungalow entirely in cowries. The building cost him 4000
Rs. sicca (about £400), and as 64 cowries = 1 pice, and 64 pice = 1 rupee
sicca, he paid over 16,000,000 cowries in all.
Cowries are imported to England from India and other places for the
purposes of exportation to West Africa, to be exchanged for native products.
The trade, however, appears to be greatly on the decrease. At the port of
Lagos, in 1870, 50,000 cwts. of cowries were imported.[205]
A banded form of Nerita polita was used as money in certain parts of the
South Pacific. The sandal-wood imported into the China market is largely
obtained from the New Hebrides, being purchased of the natives in
exchange for Ovulum angulosum, which they especially esteem as an
ornament. Sometimes, as in the Duke of York group, the use of shell money
is specially restricted to certain kinds of purchase, being employed there
only in the buying of swine.
USES OF SHELLS FOR MONEY, ORNAMENT, AND FOOD—CULTIVATION OF THE
OYSTER, MUSSEL, AND SNAIL—SNAILS AS MEDICINE—PRICES GIVEN FOR SHELLS
The employment of shells as a medium of exchange was exceedingly
common amongst uncivilised tribes in all parts of the world, and has by no
means yet become obsolete. One of the commonest species thus employed
is the ‘money cowry’ (Cypraea moneta, L.), which stands almost alone in
being used entire, while nearly all the other forms of shell money are made
out of portions of shells, thus requiring a certain amount of labour in the
process of formation.
One of the earliest mentions of the cowry as money occurs in an ancient
Hindoo treatise on mathematics, written in the seventh century a.d. A
question is propounded thus: ‘the ¼ of 1/16 of ⅕ of ¾ of ⅔ of ½ a dramma
was given to a beggar by one from whom he asked an alms; tell me how
many cowry shells the miser gave.’ In British India about 4000 are said to
have passed for a shilling, but the value appears to differ according to their
condition, poor specimens being comparatively worthless. According to
Reeve[204] a gentleman residing at Cuttack is said to have paid for the
erection of his bungalow entirely in cowries. The building cost him 4000
Rs. sicca (about £400), and as 64 cowries = 1 pice, and 64 pice = 1 rupee
sicca, he paid over 16,000,000 cowries in all.
Cowries are imported to England from India and other places for the
purposes of exportation to West Africa, to be exchanged for native products.
The trade, however, appears to be greatly on the decrease. At the port of
Lagos, in 1870, 50,000 cwts. of cowries were imported.[205]
A banded form of Nerita polita was used as money in certain parts of the
South Pacific. The sandal-wood imported into the China market is largely
obtained from the New Hebrides, being purchased of the natives in
exchange for Ovulum angulosum, which they especially esteem as an
ornament. Sometimes, as in the Duke of York group, the use of shell money
is specially restricted to certain kinds of purchase, being employed there
only in the buying of swine.
Page 120
Among the tribes of the North-West coasts of America the common
Dentalium indianorum used to form the standard of value, until it was
superseded, under the auspices of the Hudson’s Bay Company, by blankets.
A slave was valued at a fathom of from 25 to 40 of these shells, strung
lengthwise. Inferior or broken specimens were strung together in a similar
way, but were less highly esteemed; they corresponded more to our silver
and copper coins, while the strings of the best shells represented gold.
The wampum of the eastern coast of North America differed from all
these forms of shell money, in that it required a laborious process for its
manufacture. Wampum consisted of strings of cylindrical beads, each about
a quarter of an inch in length and half that breadth. The beads were of two
colours, white and purple, the latter being the more valuable. Both were
formed from the common clam, Venus mercenaria, the valves of which are
often stained with purple at the lower margins, while the rest of the shell is
white. Cut small, ground down, and pierced, these shells were converted
into money, which appears to have been current along the whole sea-board
of North America from Maine to Florida, and on the Gulf Coast as far as
Central America, as well as among the inland tribes east of the Mississippi.
Another kind of wampum was made from the shells of Busycon carica and
B. perversum. By staining the wampum with various colours, and disposing
these colours in belts in various forms of arrangement, the Indians were
able to preserve records, send messages, and keep account of any kind of
event, treaty, or transaction.
Another common form of money in California was Olivella biplicata,
strung together by rubbing down the apex. Button-shaped disks cut from
Saxidomus arata and Pachydesma crassatelloides, as well as oblong pieces
of Haliotis, were employed for the same purpose, when strung together in
lengths of several yards.
“There is a curious old custom,” writes Mr. W. Anderson Smith,[206]
“that used formerly to be in use in this locality [the western coast of
Scotland], and no doubt was generally employed along the sea-board, as the
most simple and ready means of arrangement of bargains by a non-writing
population. That was, when a bargain was made, each party to the
transaction got one half of a bivalve shell—such as mussel, cockle, or
oyster—and when the bargain was implemented, the half that fitted exactly
was delivered up as a receipt! Thus a man who had a box full of unfitted
Dentalium indianorum used to form the standard of value, until it was
superseded, under the auspices of the Hudson’s Bay Company, by blankets.
A slave was valued at a fathom of from 25 to 40 of these shells, strung
lengthwise. Inferior or broken specimens were strung together in a similar
way, but were less highly esteemed; they corresponded more to our silver
and copper coins, while the strings of the best shells represented gold.
The wampum of the eastern coast of North America differed from all
these forms of shell money, in that it required a laborious process for its
manufacture. Wampum consisted of strings of cylindrical beads, each about
a quarter of an inch in length and half that breadth. The beads were of two
colours, white and purple, the latter being the more valuable. Both were
formed from the common clam, Venus mercenaria, the valves of which are
often stained with purple at the lower margins, while the rest of the shell is
white. Cut small, ground down, and pierced, these shells were converted
into money, which appears to have been current along the whole sea-board
of North America from Maine to Florida, and on the Gulf Coast as far as
Central America, as well as among the inland tribes east of the Mississippi.
Another kind of wampum was made from the shells of Busycon carica and
B. perversum. By staining the wampum with various colours, and disposing
these colours in belts in various forms of arrangement, the Indians were
able to preserve records, send messages, and keep account of any kind of
event, treaty, or transaction.
Another common form of money in California was Olivella biplicata,
strung together by rubbing down the apex. Button-shaped disks cut from
Saxidomus arata and Pachydesma crassatelloides, as well as oblong pieces
of Haliotis, were employed for the same purpose, when strung together in
lengths of several yards.
“There is a curious old custom,” writes Mr. W. Anderson Smith,[206]
“that used formerly to be in use in this locality [the western coast of
Scotland], and no doubt was generally employed along the sea-board, as the
most simple and ready means of arrangement of bargains by a non-writing
population. That was, when a bargain was made, each party to the
transaction got one half of a bivalve shell—such as mussel, cockle, or
oyster—and when the bargain was implemented, the half that fitted exactly
was delivered up as a receipt! Thus a man who had a box full of unfitted
Page 121
shells might be either a creditor or a debtor; but the box filled with fitted
shells represented receipted accounts. Those who know the difficulty of
fitting the valves of some classes of bivalves will readily acknowledge the
value of this arrangement.”
Shells are employed for use and for ornament by savage—and even by
civilised—tribes in all parts of the world. The natives of Fiji thread the large
Turbo argyrostoma and crenulatus as weights at the edge of their nets, and
also employ them as sinkers. A Cypraea tigris cut into two halves and
placed round a stone, with two or three showy Oliva at the sides, is used as
a bait for cuttles. Avicula margaritifera is cut into scrapers and knives by
this and several other tribes. Breast ornaments of Chama, grouped with
Solarium perspectivum and Terebra duplicata are common among the
Fijians, who also mount the Avicula on a backing of whales’ teeth sawn in
two, for the same purpose. The great Orange Cowry (Cypraea aurantiaca)
is used as a badge of high rank among the chieftains. One of the most
remarkable Fijian industries is the working of whales’ teeth to represent this
cowry, as well as the commoner C. talpa, which is more easily imitated.
Among the Solomon islanders, cowries are used to ornament their
shields on great field days, and split cowries are worn as a necklace, to
represent human teeth. Small bunches of Terebellum subulatum are worn as
earrings, and a large valve of Avicula is employed as a head ornament in the
centre of a fillet. The same islanders ornament the raised prows of their
canoes, as well as the inside of the stern-post, with a long row of single
Natica.
The native Papuans employ shells for an immense variety of purposes.
Circlets for the head are formed of rows of Nassa gibbosula, rubbed down
till little but the mouth remains. Necklaces are worn which consist of strings
of Oliva, young Avicula, Natica melanostoma, opercula of Turbo, and
valves of a rich brown species of Cardium, pendent at the end of strings of
the seeds known as Job’s tears. Struthiolaria is rubbed down until nothing
but the mouth is left, and worn in strings round the neck. This is
remarkable, since Struthiolaria is not a native Papuan shell, and indeed
occurs no nearer than New Zealand. Sections of Melo are also worn as a
breast ornament, dependent from a necklace of cornelian stones. Cypraea
erosa is used to ornament drinking bowls, and Ovulum ovum is attached to
shells represented receipted accounts. Those who know the difficulty of
fitting the valves of some classes of bivalves will readily acknowledge the
value of this arrangement.”
Shells are employed for use and for ornament by savage—and even by
civilised—tribes in all parts of the world. The natives of Fiji thread the large
Turbo argyrostoma and crenulatus as weights at the edge of their nets, and
also employ them as sinkers. A Cypraea tigris cut into two halves and
placed round a stone, with two or three showy Oliva at the sides, is used as
a bait for cuttles. Avicula margaritifera is cut into scrapers and knives by
this and several other tribes. Breast ornaments of Chama, grouped with
Solarium perspectivum and Terebra duplicata are common among the
Fijians, who also mount the Avicula on a backing of whales’ teeth sawn in
two, for the same purpose. The great Orange Cowry (Cypraea aurantiaca)
is used as a badge of high rank among the chieftains. One of the most
remarkable Fijian industries is the working of whales’ teeth to represent this
cowry, as well as the commoner C. talpa, which is more easily imitated.
Among the Solomon islanders, cowries are used to ornament their
shields on great field days, and split cowries are worn as a necklace, to
represent human teeth. Small bunches of Terebellum subulatum are worn as
earrings, and a large valve of Avicula is employed as a head ornament in the
centre of a fillet. The same islanders ornament the raised prows of their
canoes, as well as the inside of the stern-post, with a long row of single
Natica.
The native Papuans employ shells for an immense variety of purposes.
Circlets for the head are formed of rows of Nassa gibbosula, rubbed down
till little but the mouth remains. Necklaces are worn which consist of strings
of Oliva, young Avicula, Natica melanostoma, opercula of Turbo, and
valves of a rich brown species of Cardium, pendent at the end of strings of
the seeds known as Job’s tears. Struthiolaria is rubbed down until nothing
but the mouth is left, and worn in strings round the neck. This is
remarkable, since Struthiolaria is not a native Papuan shell, and indeed
occurs no nearer than New Zealand. Sections of Melo are also worn as a
breast ornament, dependent from a necklace of cornelian stones. Cypraea
erosa is used to ornament drinking bowls, and Ovulum ovum is attached to
Page 122
the native drums, at the base of a bunch of cassowary feathers, as well as
being fastened to the handle of a sago-beater.
In the same island, the great Turbo and Conus millepunctatus are ground
down to form bracelets, which are worn on the biceps. The crimson lip of
Strombus luhuanus is cut into beads and perforated for necklaces. Village
elders are distinguished by a single Ovulum verrucosum, worn in the centre
of the forehead. The thick lip of Cassis cornuta is ground down to form
nose pieces, 4½ inches long. Fragments of a shell called Kaïma (probably
valves of a large Spondylus) are worn suspended from the ears, with little
wisps of hair twisted up and thrust through a hole in the centre. For
trumpets, Cassis cornuta, Triton tritonis, and Ranella lampas are used, with
a hole drilled as a mouthpiece in one of the upper whorls. Valves of Batissa,
Unio, and Mytilus are used as knives for peeling yams. Spoons for scooping
the white from the cocoa-nut are made from Avicula margaritifera. Melo
diadema is used as a baler in the canoes.[207]
In the Sandwich Islands Melampus luteus is worn as a necklace, as well
as in the Navigator Islands. A very striking necklace, in the latter group, is
formed of the apices of a Nautilus, rubbed down to show the nacre. The
New Zealanders use the green opercula of a Turbo, a small species of
Venus, and Cypraea asellus to form the eyes of their idols. Fish-hooks are
made throughout the Pacific of the shells of Avicula and Haliotis, and are
sometimes strengthened by a backing made of the columella of Cypraea
arabica. Small axe-heads are made from Terebra crenulata ground down
(Woodlark I.), and larger forms are fashioned from the giant Tridacna (Fiji).
Shells are used to ornament the elaborate cloaks worn by the women of
rank in the Indian tribes of South America. Specimens of Ampullaria,
Orthalicus, Labyrinthus, and Bulimulus depend from the bottom and back
of these garments, while great Bulimi, 6 inches long, are worn as a breast
ornament, and at the end of a string of beads and teeth.[208]
The chank-shell (Turbinella rapa) is of especial interest from its
connexion with the religion of the Hindoos. The god Vishnu is represented
as holding this shell in his hand, and the sinistral form of it, which is
excessively rare, is regarded with extraordinary veneration. The chank
appears as a symbol on the coins of some of the ancient Indian Empires,
and is still retained on the coinage of the Rajah of Travancore.
being fastened to the handle of a sago-beater.
In the same island, the great Turbo and Conus millepunctatus are ground
down to form bracelets, which are worn on the biceps. The crimson lip of
Strombus luhuanus is cut into beads and perforated for necklaces. Village
elders are distinguished by a single Ovulum verrucosum, worn in the centre
of the forehead. The thick lip of Cassis cornuta is ground down to form
nose pieces, 4½ inches long. Fragments of a shell called Kaïma (probably
valves of a large Spondylus) are worn suspended from the ears, with little
wisps of hair twisted up and thrust through a hole in the centre. For
trumpets, Cassis cornuta, Triton tritonis, and Ranella lampas are used, with
a hole drilled as a mouthpiece in one of the upper whorls. Valves of Batissa,
Unio, and Mytilus are used as knives for peeling yams. Spoons for scooping
the white from the cocoa-nut are made from Avicula margaritifera. Melo
diadema is used as a baler in the canoes.[207]
In the Sandwich Islands Melampus luteus is worn as a necklace, as well
as in the Navigator Islands. A very striking necklace, in the latter group, is
formed of the apices of a Nautilus, rubbed down to show the nacre. The
New Zealanders use the green opercula of a Turbo, a small species of
Venus, and Cypraea asellus to form the eyes of their idols. Fish-hooks are
made throughout the Pacific of the shells of Avicula and Haliotis, and are
sometimes strengthened by a backing made of the columella of Cypraea
arabica. Small axe-heads are made from Terebra crenulata ground down
(Woodlark I.), and larger forms are fashioned from the giant Tridacna (Fiji).
Shells are used to ornament the elaborate cloaks worn by the women of
rank in the Indian tribes of South America. Specimens of Ampullaria,
Orthalicus, Labyrinthus, and Bulimulus depend from the bottom and back
of these garments, while great Bulimi, 6 inches long, are worn as a breast
ornament, and at the end of a string of beads and teeth.[208]
The chank-shell (Turbinella rapa) is of especial interest from its
connexion with the religion of the Hindoos. The god Vishnu is represented
as holding this shell in his hand, and the sinistral form of it, which is
excessively rare, is regarded with extraordinary veneration. The chank
appears as a symbol on the coins of some of the ancient Indian Empires,
and is still retained on the coinage of the Rajah of Travancore.
Page 123
The chief fishery of the chank-shell is at Tuticorin, on the Gulf of
Manaar, and is conducted during the N. E. monsoon, October-May. In
1885–86 as many as 332,000 specimens were obtained, the net amount
realised being nearly Rs.24,000. In former days the trade was much more
lucrative, 4 or 5 millions of specimens being frequently shipped. The
government of Ceylon used to receive £4000 a year for licenses to fish, but
now the trade is free. The shells are brought up by divers from 2 or 3
fathoms of water. In 1887 a sinistral specimen was found at Jaffna, which
sold for Rs.700.[209] Nearly all the shells are sent to Dacca, where they are
sliced into bangles and anklets to be worn by the Hindoo women.
Perhaps the most important industry which deals only with the shells of
Mollusca is that connected with the ‘pearl-oyster.’ The history of the trade
forms a small literature in itself. It must be sufficient here to note that the
species in question is not an ‘oyster,’ properly so called, but an Avicula
(margaritifera Lam.). The ‘mother-of-pearl,’ which is extensively employed
for the manufacture of buttons, studs, knife-handles, fans, card-cases,
brooches, boxes, and every kind of inlaid work, is the internal nacreous
laminae of the shell of this species. The most important fisheries are those
of the Am Islands, the Soo-loo Archipelago, the Persian Gulf, the Red Sea,
Queensland, and the Pearl Islands in the Bay of Panama. The shell also
occurs in several of the groups of the South Pacific—the Paumotu, Gambier
and Navigator Islands, Tahiti being the centre of the trade—and also on the
coasts of Lower California.[210]
Pearls are the result of a disease in the animal of this species of Avicula
and probably in all other species within which they occur. When the Avicula
is large, well formed, and with ample space for individual development,
pearls scarcely occur at all, but when the shells are crowded together, and
become humped and distorted, as well as affording cover for all kinds of
marine worms and parasitic creatures, then pearls are sure to be found.
Pearls of inferior value and size are also produced by Placuna placenta,
many species of Pinna, the great Tridacna, the common Ostrea edulis, and
several other marine bivalves. They are not uncommon in Unio and
Anodonta, and the common Margaritana margaritifera of our rapid streams
is still said to be collected, in some parts of Wales, for the purpose of
extracting its small ‘seed-pearls.’ Pink pearls are obtained from the giant
Manaar, and is conducted during the N. E. monsoon, October-May. In
1885–86 as many as 332,000 specimens were obtained, the net amount
realised being nearly Rs.24,000. In former days the trade was much more
lucrative, 4 or 5 millions of specimens being frequently shipped. The
government of Ceylon used to receive £4000 a year for licenses to fish, but
now the trade is free. The shells are brought up by divers from 2 or 3
fathoms of water. In 1887 a sinistral specimen was found at Jaffna, which
sold for Rs.700.[209] Nearly all the shells are sent to Dacca, where they are
sliced into bangles and anklets to be worn by the Hindoo women.
Perhaps the most important industry which deals only with the shells of
Mollusca is that connected with the ‘pearl-oyster.’ The history of the trade
forms a small literature in itself. It must be sufficient here to note that the
species in question is not an ‘oyster,’ properly so called, but an Avicula
(margaritifera Lam.). The ‘mother-of-pearl,’ which is extensively employed
for the manufacture of buttons, studs, knife-handles, fans, card-cases,
brooches, boxes, and every kind of inlaid work, is the internal nacreous
laminae of the shell of this species. The most important fisheries are those
of the Am Islands, the Soo-loo Archipelago, the Persian Gulf, the Red Sea,
Queensland, and the Pearl Islands in the Bay of Panama. The shell also
occurs in several of the groups of the South Pacific—the Paumotu, Gambier
and Navigator Islands, Tahiti being the centre of the trade—and also on the
coasts of Lower California.[210]
Pearls are the result of a disease in the animal of this species of Avicula
and probably in all other species within which they occur. When the Avicula
is large, well formed, and with ample space for individual development,
pearls scarcely occur at all, but when the shells are crowded together, and
become humped and distorted, as well as affording cover for all kinds of
marine worms and parasitic creatures, then pearls are sure to be found.
Pearls of inferior value and size are also produced by Placuna placenta,
many species of Pinna, the great Tridacna, the common Ostrea edulis, and
several other marine bivalves. They are not uncommon in Unio and
Anodonta, and the common Margaritana margaritifera of our rapid streams
is still said to be collected, in some parts of Wales, for the purpose of
extracting its small ‘seed-pearls.’ Pink pearls are obtained from the giant
Page 124
conch-shell of the West Indies (Strombus gigas), as well as from certain
Turbinella.
In Canton, many houses are illuminated almost entirely by skylights and
windows made of shells, probably the semitransparent valves of Placuna
placenta. In China lime is commonly made of ground cockle-shells, and,
when mixed with oil, forms an excellent putty, used for cementing coffins,
and in forming a surface for the frescoes with which the gables of temples
and private houses are adorned. Those who suffer from cutaneous diseases,
and convalescents from small-pox, are washed in Canton with the water in
which cockles have been boiled.[211]
A recent issue of the Peking Gazette contains a report from the outgoing
Viceroy of Fukhien, stating that he had handed over the insignia of office to
his successor, including inter alia the conch-shell bestowed by the Throne.
A conch-shell with a whorl turning to the right, i.e. a sinistral specimen, is
supposed when blown to have the effect of stilling the waves, and hence is
bestowed by the Emperor upon high officers whose duties oblige them to
take voyages by sea. The Viceroy of Fukhien probably possesses one of
these shells in virtue of his jurisdiction over Formosa, to which island
periodical visits are supposed to be made.[212]
Shells appear to be used occasionally by other species besides man.
Oyster-catchers at breeding time prepare a number of imitation nests in the
gravel on the spit of land where they build, putting bits of white shell in
them to represent eggs.[213] This looks like a trick in order to conceal the
position of the true nest. According to Nordenskjöld, when the eider duck of
Spitzbergen has only one or two eggs in its nest, it places a shell of
Buccinum glaciale beside them. The appropriation of old shells by hermit-
crabs is a familiar sight all over the world. Perhaps it is most striking in the
tropics, where it is really startling, at first experience, to meet—as I have
done—a large Cassis or Turbo, walking about in a wood or on a hill side at
considerable distances from the sea. A Gephyrean (Phascolion strombi)
habitually establishes itself in the discarded shells of marine Mollusca.
Certain Hymenoptera make use of dead shells of Helix hortensis in which
they build their cells.[214] Magnus believes that in times when heavy rains
prevail, and the usual insects do not venture out, certain flowers are
Turbinella.
In Canton, many houses are illuminated almost entirely by skylights and
windows made of shells, probably the semitransparent valves of Placuna
placenta. In China lime is commonly made of ground cockle-shells, and,
when mixed with oil, forms an excellent putty, used for cementing coffins,
and in forming a surface for the frescoes with which the gables of temples
and private houses are adorned. Those who suffer from cutaneous diseases,
and convalescents from small-pox, are washed in Canton with the water in
which cockles have been boiled.[211]
A recent issue of the Peking Gazette contains a report from the outgoing
Viceroy of Fukhien, stating that he had handed over the insignia of office to
his successor, including inter alia the conch-shell bestowed by the Throne.
A conch-shell with a whorl turning to the right, i.e. a sinistral specimen, is
supposed when blown to have the effect of stilling the waves, and hence is
bestowed by the Emperor upon high officers whose duties oblige them to
take voyages by sea. The Viceroy of Fukhien probably possesses one of
these shells in virtue of his jurisdiction over Formosa, to which island
periodical visits are supposed to be made.[212]
Shells appear to be used occasionally by other species besides man.
Oyster-catchers at breeding time prepare a number of imitation nests in the
gravel on the spit of land where they build, putting bits of white shell in
them to represent eggs.[213] This looks like a trick in order to conceal the
position of the true nest. According to Nordenskjöld, when the eider duck of
Spitzbergen has only one or two eggs in its nest, it places a shell of
Buccinum glaciale beside them. The appropriation of old shells by hermit-
crabs is a familiar sight all over the world. Perhaps it is most striking in the
tropics, where it is really startling, at first experience, to meet—as I have
done—a large Cassis or Turbo, walking about in a wood or on a hill side at
considerable distances from the sea. A Gephyrean (Phascolion strombi)
habitually establishes itself in the discarded shells of marine Mollusca.
Certain Hymenoptera make use of dead shells of Helix hortensis in which
they build their cells.[214] Magnus believes that in times when heavy rains
prevail, and the usual insects do not venture out, certain flowers are
Page 125
fertilised by snails and slugs crawling over them, e.g. Leucanthemum
vulgare by Limax laevis.[215]
Mollusca as Food for Man.—Probably there are few countries in the
world in which less use is made of the Mollusca as a form of food than in
our own. There are scarcely ten native species which can be said to be at all
commonly employed for this purpose. Neighbouring countries show us an
example in this respect. The French, Italians, and Spanish eat Natica, Turbo,
Triton, and Murex, and, among bivalves, Donax, Venus, Lithodomus,
Pholas, Tapes, and Cardita, as well as the smaller Cephalopoda. Under the
general designation of clam the Americans eat Venus mercenaria, Mya
arenaria, and Mactra solidissima. In the Suez markets are exposed for sale
Strombus and Melongena, Avicula and Cytherea. At Panama Donax and
Solen are delicacies, while the natives also eat the great Murex and Pyrula,
and even the huge Arca grandis, which lives embedded in the liquid river
mud.
The common littoral bivalves seem to be eaten in nearly all countries
except our own, and it is therefore needless to enumerate them. The
Gasteropoda, whose habits are scarcely so cleanly, seem to require a bolder
spirit and less delicate palate to venture on their consumption.
The Malays of the East Indian islands eat Telescopium fuscum and
Pyrazus palustris, which abound in the mangrove swamps. They throw
them on their wood fires, and when they are sufficiently cooked, break off
the top of the spire and suck the animal out through the opening. Haliotis
they take out of the shell, string together, and dry in the sun. The lower
classes in the Philippines eat Arca inaequivalvis, boiling them as we do
mussels.[216] In the Corean islands a species of Monodonta and another of
Mytilus are quite peppery, and bite the tongue; our own Helix revelata, as I
can vouch from personal experience, has a similar flavour. Fusus colosseus,
Rapana bezoar, and Purpura luteostoma are eaten on the southern coasts of
China; Strombus luhuanus, Turbo chrysostomus, Trochus niloticus, and
Patella testudinaria, by the natives of New Caledonia; Strombus gigas and
Livona pica in the West Indies; Turbo niger and Concholepas peruvianus
on the Chilian coasts; four species of Strombus and Nerita, one each of
Purpura and Turbo, besides two Tridacna and one Hippopus, by the natives
of British New Guinea. West Indian negroes eat the large Chitons which are
abundant on their rocky coasts, cutting off and swallowing raw the fleshy
vulgare by Limax laevis.[215]
Mollusca as Food for Man.—Probably there are few countries in the
world in which less use is made of the Mollusca as a form of food than in
our own. There are scarcely ten native species which can be said to be at all
commonly employed for this purpose. Neighbouring countries show us an
example in this respect. The French, Italians, and Spanish eat Natica, Turbo,
Triton, and Murex, and, among bivalves, Donax, Venus, Lithodomus,
Pholas, Tapes, and Cardita, as well as the smaller Cephalopoda. Under the
general designation of clam the Americans eat Venus mercenaria, Mya
arenaria, and Mactra solidissima. In the Suez markets are exposed for sale
Strombus and Melongena, Avicula and Cytherea. At Panama Donax and
Solen are delicacies, while the natives also eat the great Murex and Pyrula,
and even the huge Arca grandis, which lives embedded in the liquid river
mud.
The common littoral bivalves seem to be eaten in nearly all countries
except our own, and it is therefore needless to enumerate them. The
Gasteropoda, whose habits are scarcely so cleanly, seem to require a bolder
spirit and less delicate palate to venture on their consumption.
The Malays of the East Indian islands eat Telescopium fuscum and
Pyrazus palustris, which abound in the mangrove swamps. They throw
them on their wood fires, and when they are sufficiently cooked, break off
the top of the spire and suck the animal out through the opening. Haliotis
they take out of the shell, string together, and dry in the sun. The lower
classes in the Philippines eat Arca inaequivalvis, boiling them as we do
mussels.[216] In the Corean islands a species of Monodonta and another of
Mytilus are quite peppery, and bite the tongue; our own Helix revelata, as I
can vouch from personal experience, has a similar flavour. Fusus colosseus,
Rapana bezoar, and Purpura luteostoma are eaten on the southern coasts of
China; Strombus luhuanus, Turbo chrysostomus, Trochus niloticus, and
Patella testudinaria, by the natives of New Caledonia; Strombus gigas and
Livona pica in the West Indies; Turbo niger and Concholepas peruvianus
on the Chilian coasts; four species of Strombus and Nerita, one each of
Purpura and Turbo, besides two Tridacna and one Hippopus, by the natives
of British New Guinea. West Indian negroes eat the large Chitons which are
abundant on their rocky coasts, cutting off and swallowing raw the fleshy
Page 126
foot, which they call ‘beef,’ and rejecting the viscera. Dried cephalopods are
a favourite Chinese dish, and are regularly exported to San Francisco,
where the Chinamen make them into soup. The ‘Challenger’ obtained two
species of Sepia and two of Loligo from the market at Yokohama.
The insipidity of fresh-water Mollusca renders them much less desirable
as a form of food. Some species of Unionidae, however, are said to be eaten
in France. Anodonta edulis is specially cultivated for food in certain
districts of China, and the African Aetheriae are eaten by negroes. Navicella
and Neritina are eaten in Mauritius, Ampullaria and Neritina in
Guadeloupe, and Paludina in Cambodia.
The vast heaps of empty shells known as ‘kitchen-middens,’ occur in
almost every part of the world. They are found in Scotland, Denmark, the
east and west coasts of North America, Brazil, Tierra del Fuego, Australia
and New Zealand, and are sometimes several hundred yards in length. They
are invariably composed of the edible shells of the adjacent coast, mixed
with bones of Mammals, birds, and fish. From their great size, it is believed
that many of them must have taken centuries to form.
Pre-eminent among existing shell-fish industries stands the cultivation of
the oyster and the mussel, a more detailed account of which may prove
interesting.
The cultivation of the oyster[217] as a luxury of food dates at least from
the gastronomic age of Rome. Every one has heard of the epicure whose
taste was so educated that
“he could tell
At the first mouthful, if his oysters fed
On the Rutupian or the Lucrine bed
Or at Circeii.”[218]
The first artificial oyster-cultivator on a large scale appears to have been
a certain Roman named Sergius Orata, who lived about a century b.c. His
object, according to Pliny the elder,[219] was not to please his own appetite
so much as to make money by ministering to the appetites of others. His
vivaria were situated on the Lucrine Lake, near Baiae, and the Lucrine
oysters obtained under his cultivation a notoriety which they never entirely
a favourite Chinese dish, and are regularly exported to San Francisco,
where the Chinamen make them into soup. The ‘Challenger’ obtained two
species of Sepia and two of Loligo from the market at Yokohama.
The insipidity of fresh-water Mollusca renders them much less desirable
as a form of food. Some species of Unionidae, however, are said to be eaten
in France. Anodonta edulis is specially cultivated for food in certain
districts of China, and the African Aetheriae are eaten by negroes. Navicella
and Neritina are eaten in Mauritius, Ampullaria and Neritina in
Guadeloupe, and Paludina in Cambodia.
The vast heaps of empty shells known as ‘kitchen-middens,’ occur in
almost every part of the world. They are found in Scotland, Denmark, the
east and west coasts of North America, Brazil, Tierra del Fuego, Australia
and New Zealand, and are sometimes several hundred yards in length. They
are invariably composed of the edible shells of the adjacent coast, mixed
with bones of Mammals, birds, and fish. From their great size, it is believed
that many of them must have taken centuries to form.
Pre-eminent among existing shell-fish industries stands the cultivation of
the oyster and the mussel, a more detailed account of which may prove
interesting.
The cultivation of the oyster[217] as a luxury of food dates at least from
the gastronomic age of Rome. Every one has heard of the epicure whose
taste was so educated that
“he could tell
At the first mouthful, if his oysters fed
On the Rutupian or the Lucrine bed
Or at Circeii.”[218]
The first artificial oyster-cultivator on a large scale appears to have been
a certain Roman named Sergius Orata, who lived about a century b.c. His
object, according to Pliny the elder,[219] was not to please his own appetite
so much as to make money by ministering to the appetites of others. His
vivaria were situated on the Lucrine Lake, near Baiae, and the Lucrine
oysters obtained under his cultivation a notoriety which they never entirely
Page 127
lost, although British oysters eventually came to be more highly esteemed.
He must have been a great enthusiast in his trade, for on one occasion when
he became involved in a law-suit with one of the riparian proprietors, his
counsel declared that Orata’s opponent made a great mistake if he expected
to damp his ardour by expelling him from the lake, for, sooner than not
grow oysters at all, he would grow them upon the roof of his house.[220]
Orata’s successors in the business seem to have understood the secret of
planting young oysters in new beds, for we are told that specimens brought
from Brundisium and even from Britain were placed for a while in the
Lucrine Lake, to fatten after their long journey, and also to acquire the
esteemed “Lucrine flavour.”
Oysters are ‘in season’ whenever there is an ‘r’ in the month, in other
words, from September to April. ‘Mensibus erratis,’ as the poet has it, ‘vos
ostrea manducatis!’ It has been computed that the quantity annually
produced in Great Britain amounts to no less than sixteen hundred million,
while in America the number is estimated at five thousand five hundred
million, the value being over thirteen million dollars, and the number of
persons employed fifty thousand. Arcachon, one of the principal French
oyster-parks, has nearly 10,000 acres of oyster beds, the annual value being
from eight to ten million francs; in 1884–85, 178,359,000 oysters were
exported from this place alone. In the season 1889–90, 50,000 tons of
oysters were consumed in London.
Few will now be found to echo the poet Gay’s opinion:
“That man had sure a palate covered o’er
With brass or steel, that on the rocky shore
First broke the oozy oyster’s pearly coat,
And risq’d the living morsel down his throat.”
There were halcyon days in England once, when oysters were to be
procured at 8d. the bushel. Now it costs exactly that amount before a
bushel, brought up the Thames, can even be exposed for sale at Billingsgate
(4d. porterage, 4d. market toll), and prime Whitstable natives average from
3½d. to 4d. each. The principal causes of this rise in prices, apart from the
increased demand, are (1) over-dredging; (2) ignorant cultivation, and to
these may be added (3) the effect of bad seasons in destroying young
oysters, or preventing the spat from maturing. Our own principal beds are
He must have been a great enthusiast in his trade, for on one occasion when
he became involved in a law-suit with one of the riparian proprietors, his
counsel declared that Orata’s opponent made a great mistake if he expected
to damp his ardour by expelling him from the lake, for, sooner than not
grow oysters at all, he would grow them upon the roof of his house.[220]
Orata’s successors in the business seem to have understood the secret of
planting young oysters in new beds, for we are told that specimens brought
from Brundisium and even from Britain were placed for a while in the
Lucrine Lake, to fatten after their long journey, and also to acquire the
esteemed “Lucrine flavour.”
Oysters are ‘in season’ whenever there is an ‘r’ in the month, in other
words, from September to April. ‘Mensibus erratis,’ as the poet has it, ‘vos
ostrea manducatis!’ It has been computed that the quantity annually
produced in Great Britain amounts to no less than sixteen hundred million,
while in America the number is estimated at five thousand five hundred
million, the value being over thirteen million dollars, and the number of
persons employed fifty thousand. Arcachon, one of the principal French
oyster-parks, has nearly 10,000 acres of oyster beds, the annual value being
from eight to ten million francs; in 1884–85, 178,359,000 oysters were
exported from this place alone. In the season 1889–90, 50,000 tons of
oysters were consumed in London.
Few will now be found to echo the poet Gay’s opinion:
“That man had sure a palate covered o’er
With brass or steel, that on the rocky shore
First broke the oozy oyster’s pearly coat,
And risq’d the living morsel down his throat.”
There were halcyon days in England once, when oysters were to be
procured at 8d. the bushel. Now it costs exactly that amount before a
bushel, brought up the Thames, can even be exposed for sale at Billingsgate
(4d. porterage, 4d. market toll), and prime Whitstable natives average from
3½d. to 4d. each. The principal causes of this rise in prices, apart from the
increased demand, are (1) over-dredging; (2) ignorant cultivation, and to
these may be added (3) the effect of bad seasons in destroying young
oysters, or preventing the spat from maturing. Our own principal beds are
Page 128
those at Whitstable, Rochester, Colchester, Milton (famous for its ‘melting’
natives), Faversham, Queenborough, Burnham, Poole, and Carlingford in
Co. Down, and Newhaven, near Edinburgh.
The oyster-farms at Whitstable, public and private, extend over an area
of more than 27 square miles. The principal of these is a kind of joint-stock
company, with no other privilege of entrance except birth as a free
dredgeman of the town. When a holder dies, his interest dies with him.
Twelve directors, known as “the Jury,” manage the affairs of the company,
which finds employment for several thousand people, and sometimes turns
over as much as £200,000 a year. The term ‘Natives,’ as applied to these
Whitstable or to other English oysters, requires a word of explanation. A
‘Native’ oyster is simply an oyster which has been bred on or near the
Thames estuary, but very probably it may be developed from a brood which
came from Scotland or some other place at a distance. For some
unexplained reason, oysters bred on the London clay acquire a greater
delicacy of flavour than elsewhere. The company pay large sums for brood
to stock their own grounds, since there can be no certainty that the spat
from their own oysters will fall favourably, or even within their own
domains at all. Besides purchases from other beds, the parks are largely
stocked with small oysters picked up along the coast or dredged from
grounds public to all, sometimes as much as 50s. a bushel being paid for the
best brood. It is probably this system of transplanting, combined with
systematic working of the beds, which has made the Whitstable oyster so
excellent both as to quality and quantity of flesh. The whole surface of the
‘layings’ is explored every year by the dredge, successive portions of the
ground being gone over in regular rotation, and every provision being made
for the well-being of the crop, and the destruction of their enemies. For
three days of every week the men dredge for ‘planting,’ i.e. for the
transference of suitable specimens from one place to another, the separation
of adhering shells, the removal of odd valves and of every kind of refuse,
and the killing off of dangerous foes. On the other three days they dredge
for the market, taking care only to lift such a number as will match the
demand.
The Colne beds are natural beds, as opposed to the majority of the great
working beds, which are artificial. They are the property of the town of
Colchester, which appoints a water-bailiff to manage the concern. Under his
natives), Faversham, Queenborough, Burnham, Poole, and Carlingford in
Co. Down, and Newhaven, near Edinburgh.
The oyster-farms at Whitstable, public and private, extend over an area
of more than 27 square miles. The principal of these is a kind of joint-stock
company, with no other privilege of entrance except birth as a free
dredgeman of the town. When a holder dies, his interest dies with him.
Twelve directors, known as “the Jury,” manage the affairs of the company,
which finds employment for several thousand people, and sometimes turns
over as much as £200,000 a year. The term ‘Natives,’ as applied to these
Whitstable or to other English oysters, requires a word of explanation. A
‘Native’ oyster is simply an oyster which has been bred on or near the
Thames estuary, but very probably it may be developed from a brood which
came from Scotland or some other place at a distance. For some
unexplained reason, oysters bred on the London clay acquire a greater
delicacy of flavour than elsewhere. The company pay large sums for brood
to stock their own grounds, since there can be no certainty that the spat
from their own oysters will fall favourably, or even within their own
domains at all. Besides purchases from other beds, the parks are largely
stocked with small oysters picked up along the coast or dredged from
grounds public to all, sometimes as much as 50s. a bushel being paid for the
best brood. It is probably this system of transplanting, combined with
systematic working of the beds, which has made the Whitstable oyster so
excellent both as to quality and quantity of flesh. The whole surface of the
‘layings’ is explored every year by the dredge, successive portions of the
ground being gone over in regular rotation, and every provision being made
for the well-being of the crop, and the destruction of their enemies. For
three days of every week the men dredge for ‘planting,’ i.e. for the
transference of suitable specimens from one place to another, the separation
of adhering shells, the removal of odd valves and of every kind of refuse,
and the killing off of dangerous foes. On the other three days they dredge
for the market, taking care only to lift such a number as will match the
demand.
The Colne beds are natural beds, as opposed to the majority of the great
working beds, which are artificial. They are the property of the town of
Colchester, which appoints a water-bailiff to manage the concern. Under his
Page 129
direction is a jury of twelve, who regulate the times of dredging, the price at
which sales are to be made, and are generally responsible for the practical
working of the trade. Here, and at Faversham, Queenborough, Rochester,
and other places, ‘natives’ are grown which rival those of Whitstable.
There can be no question, however, that the cultivation of oysters by the
French is far more complete and efficient than our own, and has reached a
higher degree of scientific perfection combined with economy and solid
profits. And yet, between 40 and 50 years ago, the French beds were utterly
exhausted and unproductive, and showed every sign of failure and decay. It
was in 1858 that the celebrated beds on the Ile de Ré, near Rochelle, were
first started. Their originator was a certain shrewd stone-mason, by name
Boeuf. He determined to try, entirely on his own account, whether oysters
could not be made to grow on the long muddy fore-shore which is left by
the ebb of the tide. Accordingly, he constructed with his own hands a small
basin enclosed by a low wall, and placed at the bottom a number of stones
picked out of the surrounding mud, stocking his ‘parc’ with a few bushels of
healthy young brood. The experiment was entirely successful, in spite of the
jeers of his neighbours, and Boeuf’s profits, which soon began to mount up
at an astonishing rate, induced others to start similar or more extensive
farms for themselves. The movement spread rapidly, and in a few years a
stretch of miles of unproductive mud banks was converted into the seat of a
most prosperous industry. The general interests of the trade appear to be
regulated in a similar manner to that at Whitstable; delegates are appointed
by the various communities to watch over the business as a whole, while
questions affecting the well-being of oyster-culture are discussed in a sort
of representative assembly.
At the same time as Boeuf was planting his first oysters on the shores of
the Ile de Ré, M. Coste had been reporting to the French government in
favour of such a system of ostreiculture as was then practised by the Italians
in the old classic Lakes Avernus and Lucrinus. The principle there adopted
was to prevent, as far as possible, the escape of the spat from the ground at
the time when it is first emitted by the breeding oyster. Stakes and fascines
of wood were placed in such a position as to catch the spat and give it a
chance of obtaining a hold before it perished or was carried away into the
open sea. The old oyster beds in the Bay of St. Brieuc were renewed on this
principle, banks being constructed and overlaid with bundles of wood to
which sales are to be made, and are generally responsible for the practical
working of the trade. Here, and at Faversham, Queenborough, Rochester,
and other places, ‘natives’ are grown which rival those of Whitstable.
There can be no question, however, that the cultivation of oysters by the
French is far more complete and efficient than our own, and has reached a
higher degree of scientific perfection combined with economy and solid
profits. And yet, between 40 and 50 years ago, the French beds were utterly
exhausted and unproductive, and showed every sign of failure and decay. It
was in 1858 that the celebrated beds on the Ile de Ré, near Rochelle, were
first started. Their originator was a certain shrewd stone-mason, by name
Boeuf. He determined to try, entirely on his own account, whether oysters
could not be made to grow on the long muddy fore-shore which is left by
the ebb of the tide. Accordingly, he constructed with his own hands a small
basin enclosed by a low wall, and placed at the bottom a number of stones
picked out of the surrounding mud, stocking his ‘parc’ with a few bushels of
healthy young brood. The experiment was entirely successful, in spite of the
jeers of his neighbours, and Boeuf’s profits, which soon began to mount up
at an astonishing rate, induced others to start similar or more extensive
farms for themselves. The movement spread rapidly, and in a few years a
stretch of miles of unproductive mud banks was converted into the seat of a
most prosperous industry. The general interests of the trade appear to be
regulated in a similar manner to that at Whitstable; delegates are appointed
by the various communities to watch over the business as a whole, while
questions affecting the well-being of oyster-culture are discussed in a sort
of representative assembly.
At the same time as Boeuf was planting his first oysters on the shores of
the Ile de Ré, M. Coste had been reporting to the French government in
favour of such a system of ostreiculture as was then practised by the Italians
in the old classic Lakes Avernus and Lucrinus. The principle there adopted
was to prevent, as far as possible, the escape of the spat from the ground at
the time when it is first emitted by the breeding oyster. Stakes and fascines
of wood were placed in such a position as to catch the spat and give it a
chance of obtaining a hold before it perished or was carried away into the
open sea. The old oyster beds in the Bay of St. Brieuc were renewed on this
principle, banks being constructed and overlaid with bundles of wood to
Page 130
prevent the escape of the new spat. The attempt was entirely successful, and
led to the establishment or re-establishment of those numerous parcs, with
which the French coast is studded from Brest to the Gironde. The principal
centres of the industry are Arcachon, Auray, Cancale, and la Teste.
It is at Marennes, in Normandy, that the production of the celebrated
‘green oyster’ is carried out, that especial luxury of the French epicure.
Green oysters are a peculiarly French taste, and, though they sometimes
occur on the Essex marshes, there is no market for them in England. The
preference for them, on the continent, may be traced back as early as 1713,
when we find a record of their having been served up at a supper given by
an ambassador at the Hague. Green oysters are not always green, it is only
after they are placed in the ‘claires,’ or fattening ponds, that they acquire the
hue; they never occur in the open sea. The green colour does not extend
over the whole animal, but is found only in the branchiae and labial
tentacles, which are of a deep blue-green. Various theories have been started
to explain the ‘greening’ of the mollusc; the presence of copper in the tanks,
the chlorophyll of marine algae, an overgrowth of some parasite, a disease
akin to liver complaint, have all found their advocates. Prof. Lankester
seems to have established[221] the fact,—which indeed had been observed
70 years before by a M. Gaillon,—that the greening is due to the growth of
a certain diatom (Navicula ostrearia) in the water of the tanks. This diatom,
which is of a deep blue-green colour, appears from April to June, and in
September. The oyster swallows quantities of the Navicula; the pigment
enters the blood in a condition of chemical modification, which makes it
colourless in all the other parts of the body, but when the blood reaches the
gills the action of the secretion cells causes the blue tint to be restored. The
fact that the colour is rather green than blue in the gills, which are yellowish
brown, is due to certain optical conditions.
Not till the young white oyster has been steeped for several years in the
muddy waters of the ‘claires’ does it acquire the proper tint to qualify it for
the Parisian restaurant. The ‘claires’ are each about 100 feet square,
surrounded by low broad banks of earth, about 3 feet high and 6 feet thick
at the base. Before the oysters are laid down, the gates which admit the tide
are carefully opened and shut a great many times, in order to collect a
sufficient amount of the Navicula. When this is done, the beds are formed,
and are not again overflowed by the sea, except at very high tides. The
led to the establishment or re-establishment of those numerous parcs, with
which the French coast is studded from Brest to the Gironde. The principal
centres of the industry are Arcachon, Auray, Cancale, and la Teste.
It is at Marennes, in Normandy, that the production of the celebrated
‘green oyster’ is carried out, that especial luxury of the French epicure.
Green oysters are a peculiarly French taste, and, though they sometimes
occur on the Essex marshes, there is no market for them in England. The
preference for them, on the continent, may be traced back as early as 1713,
when we find a record of their having been served up at a supper given by
an ambassador at the Hague. Green oysters are not always green, it is only
after they are placed in the ‘claires,’ or fattening ponds, that they acquire the
hue; they never occur in the open sea. The green colour does not extend
over the whole animal, but is found only in the branchiae and labial
tentacles, which are of a deep blue-green. Various theories have been started
to explain the ‘greening’ of the mollusc; the presence of copper in the tanks,
the chlorophyll of marine algae, an overgrowth of some parasite, a disease
akin to liver complaint, have all found their advocates. Prof. Lankester
seems to have established[221] the fact,—which indeed had been observed
70 years before by a M. Gaillon,—that the greening is due to the growth of
a certain diatom (Navicula ostrearia) in the water of the tanks. This diatom,
which is of a deep blue-green colour, appears from April to June, and in
September. The oyster swallows quantities of the Navicula; the pigment
enters the blood in a condition of chemical modification, which makes it
colourless in all the other parts of the body, but when the blood reaches the
gills the action of the secretion cells causes the blue tint to be restored. The
fact that the colour is rather green than blue in the gills, which are yellowish
brown, is due to certain optical conditions.
Not till the young white oyster has been steeped for several years in the
muddy waters of the ‘claires’ does it acquire the proper tint to qualify it for
the Parisian restaurant. The ‘claires’ are each about 100 feet square,
surrounded by low broad banks of earth, about 3 feet high and 6 feet thick
at the base. Before the oysters are laid down, the gates which admit the tide
are carefully opened and shut a great many times, in order to collect a
sufficient amount of the Navicula. When this is done, the beds are formed,
and are not again overflowed by the sea, except at very high tides. The
Page 131
oysters are shifted from one ‘claire’ to another, in order to perfect the
‘greening’ process. About fifty million of these ‘huitres de Marennes’ are
produced annually, yielding a revenue of 2,500,000 francs.
It appears, from the experience of one of the most enthusiastic of French
oyster-growers (Dr. Kemmerer), that oysters grow best in muddy water, and
breed best in clear water. Thus the open sea is the place where the spat
should fall and be secured, and, as soon as it is of a suitable size, it should
be transferred to the closed tank or reservoir, where it will find the quiet and
the food (confervae, infusoria, minute algae) which are so requisite for its
proper growth. In muddy ground the animal and phosphorous matter
increases, and the flesh becomes fatter and more oily. A sudden change
from the clear sea-water to the muddy tank is inadvisable, and thus a series
of shiftings through tanks with water of graduated degrees of nourishment
is the secret of proper oyster cultivation.
The American oyster trade is larger even than the French. The Baltimore
oyster beds in the Chesapeake River and its tributaries cover 3000 acres,
and produce an annual crop of 25 million bushels, as many as 100,000
bushels being sometimes taken from Chesapeake Bay in a single day.
Baltimore is the centre of the tinned oyster trade, while that in raw oysters
centres in New York. Most of the beds whose produce is carried to New
York are situated in New Jersey, Connecticut, Delaware, or Virginia. The
laws of these states do not allow the beds to be owned by any but resident
owners, and the New York dealers have consequently to form fictitious
partnerships with residents near the various oyster beds, supply them with
money to buy the beds and plant the oysters, and then give them a share in
the profits. It has been estimated that from the Virginia beds 4,000,000
bushels of oysters are carried every year to Fair Haven in New England,
4,000,000 to New York, 3,000,000 to Providence, and 2,000,000 each to
Boston, Philadelphia, and Baltimore. The American ‘native’ (O. virginica)
is a distinct species from our own, being much larger and longer in
proportion to its breadth; it is said to be also much more prolific.
According to Milne-Edwards,[222] in the great oyster parks on the coasts
of Calvados, the oysters are educated to keep their shells closed when out of
water, and so retain water enough inside to keep their gills moist, and arrive
at their destination in good condition. As soon as an oyster is taken out of
the sea, it closes its shells, and keeps them closed until the shock of removal
‘greening’ process. About fifty million of these ‘huitres de Marennes’ are
produced annually, yielding a revenue of 2,500,000 francs.
It appears, from the experience of one of the most enthusiastic of French
oyster-growers (Dr. Kemmerer), that oysters grow best in muddy water, and
breed best in clear water. Thus the open sea is the place where the spat
should fall and be secured, and, as soon as it is of a suitable size, it should
be transferred to the closed tank or reservoir, where it will find the quiet and
the food (confervae, infusoria, minute algae) which are so requisite for its
proper growth. In muddy ground the animal and phosphorous matter
increases, and the flesh becomes fatter and more oily. A sudden change
from the clear sea-water to the muddy tank is inadvisable, and thus a series
of shiftings through tanks with water of graduated degrees of nourishment
is the secret of proper oyster cultivation.
The American oyster trade is larger even than the French. The Baltimore
oyster beds in the Chesapeake River and its tributaries cover 3000 acres,
and produce an annual crop of 25 million bushels, as many as 100,000
bushels being sometimes taken from Chesapeake Bay in a single day.
Baltimore is the centre of the tinned oyster trade, while that in raw oysters
centres in New York. Most of the beds whose produce is carried to New
York are situated in New Jersey, Connecticut, Delaware, or Virginia. The
laws of these states do not allow the beds to be owned by any but resident
owners, and the New York dealers have consequently to form fictitious
partnerships with residents near the various oyster beds, supply them with
money to buy the beds and plant the oysters, and then give them a share in
the profits. It has been estimated that from the Virginia beds 4,000,000
bushels of oysters are carried every year to Fair Haven in New England,
4,000,000 to New York, 3,000,000 to Providence, and 2,000,000 each to
Boston, Philadelphia, and Baltimore. The American ‘native’ (O. virginica)
is a distinct species from our own, being much larger and longer in
proportion to its breadth; it is said to be also much more prolific.
According to Milne-Edwards,[222] in the great oyster parks on the coasts
of Calvados, the oysters are educated to keep their shells closed when out of
water, and so retain water enough inside to keep their gills moist, and arrive
at their destination in good condition. As soon as an oyster is taken out of
the sea, it closes its shells, and keeps them closed until the shock of removal
Page 132
has passed away, or perhaps until the desirability of a fresh supply of water
suggests itself. The men take advantage of this to exercise the oysters,
removing them from the sea for longer and longer periods. In time this has
the desired effect; the well-educated mollusc learns that it is hopeless to
‘open’ when out of the water, and so keeps his shell closed and his gills
moist, and his general economy in good condition.
Oysters have been known to live entirely out of water for a considerable
time. Prof. Verrill once noticed[223] a large cluster of oysters attached to an
old boot, hanging outside a fish-shop in Washington. They had been taken
out of the water on about 10th December, and on 25th February following
some of the largest were still alive. It was noticed that all those which
survived had the hinge upward and the ventral edge downward, this being
the most favourable position possible for the retention of water within the
gill-cavity, since the edge of the mantle would pack against the margins of
the shell, and prevent the water from leaking away.
Such a succulent creature as the oyster has naturally many enemies. One
of the worst of these is the ravenous Starfish, or Five-finger. His
omnivorous capacities are well described by a clever writer and shrewd
observer of nature: “Here is one doubled up like a sea-urchin, brilliant of
hue, and when spread out quite 16 inches in diameter; where, and oh where,
can you obtain a prey? The hoe we carry is thrust out and the mass dragged
shorewards, when the rascal disgorges two large dog-whelks he has been in
the process of devouring. We feel a comfortable glow of satisfaction to
think that this enemy of our oyster-beds is also the enemy of our other
enemy, this carnivorous borer. Here, quite close alongside, is another, only
inferior in size, and we drag him ashore likewise, to find that the fellow has
actually had the courage and audacity to suck the contents out of a large
horse-mussel (Modiola), the strong muscle alone remaining undevoured.
We proceed along but a short way when we meet with still another in the
curled-up condition in which they gorge themselves, and as we drag it
shorewards the shell of a Tapes pullastra drops from the relaxing grasp of
the ogre. Slowly the extended stomach returns to its place, and the monster
settles back to an uncomfortable after-dinner siesta on an exposed boulder;
for the starfish wraps its turned-out stomach around the prey it has secured,
in place of attempting to devour the limey covering in which most of its
game is protected. Once the mouth of the shell is enclosed in the stomach of
suggests itself. The men take advantage of this to exercise the oysters,
removing them from the sea for longer and longer periods. In time this has
the desired effect; the well-educated mollusc learns that it is hopeless to
‘open’ when out of the water, and so keeps his shell closed and his gills
moist, and his general economy in good condition.
Oysters have been known to live entirely out of water for a considerable
time. Prof. Verrill once noticed[223] a large cluster of oysters attached to an
old boot, hanging outside a fish-shop in Washington. They had been taken
out of the water on about 10th December, and on 25th February following
some of the largest were still alive. It was noticed that all those which
survived had the hinge upward and the ventral edge downward, this being
the most favourable position possible for the retention of water within the
gill-cavity, since the edge of the mantle would pack against the margins of
the shell, and prevent the water from leaking away.
Such a succulent creature as the oyster has naturally many enemies. One
of the worst of these is the ravenous Starfish, or Five-finger. His
omnivorous capacities are well described by a clever writer and shrewd
observer of nature: “Here is one doubled up like a sea-urchin, brilliant of
hue, and when spread out quite 16 inches in diameter; where, and oh where,
can you obtain a prey? The hoe we carry is thrust out and the mass dragged
shorewards, when the rascal disgorges two large dog-whelks he has been in
the process of devouring. We feel a comfortable glow of satisfaction to
think that this enemy of our oyster-beds is also the enemy of our other
enemy, this carnivorous borer. Here, quite close alongside, is another, only
inferior in size, and we drag him ashore likewise, to find that the fellow has
actually had the courage and audacity to suck the contents out of a large
horse-mussel (Modiola), the strong muscle alone remaining undevoured.
We proceed along but a short way when we meet with still another in the
curled-up condition in which they gorge themselves, and as we drag it
shorewards the shell of a Tapes pullastra drops from the relaxing grasp of
the ogre. Slowly the extended stomach returns to its place, and the monster
settles back to an uncomfortable after-dinner siesta on an exposed boulder;
for the starfish wraps its turned-out stomach around the prey it has secured,
in place of attempting to devour the limey covering in which most of its
game is protected. Once the mouth of the shell is enclosed in the stomach of
Page 133
the starfish, the creature soon sickens, the hinge-spring relaxes its hold, and
the shell opening permits the starfish to suck out the gelatinous contents,
and cast free the calcareous skeleton.”[224]
According to other observers the starfish seizes the oyster with two of
his fingers, while with the other three he files away the edge of the flat or
upper valve until the points of contact with the round valve are reduced
almost to nothing; then he can introduce an arm, and the rest is easy work.
Others suggest that the starfish suffocates the oyster by applying two of its
fingers so closely to the edge of the valves that the oyster is unable to open
them; after a while the vital powers relax and the shell gapes. The Rev. J. G.
Wood holds[225] that the starfish pours a secretion from its mouth which
“paralyses the hinge muscle and causes the shell to open.” Sometimes in a
single night a whole bed of oysters will be totally destroyed by an invasion
of starfish. Another dreaded enemy is the ‘whelk,’ a term which includes
Purpura lapillus, Murex erinaceus, Buccinum undatum, and probably also
Nassa reticulata. All these species perforate the shell with the end of their
radula, and then suck out the contents through the neatly drilled hole. Skate
fish are the cause of terrible destruction in the open beds, and a scarcely less
dangerous visitant is the octopus. Crabs crush the young shells with their
claws, and are said to gather in bands and scratch sand or mud over the
larger specimens, which makes them open their shells. Yet another, and
perhaps unconscious, foe is found in the common mussel, which takes up
room meant for the young oysters, grows over the larger individuals, and
harbours all sorts of refuse between and under its closely packed ranks.
Cliona, a parasitic sponge, bores in between the layers of the oyster’s shell,
pitting them with tiny holes (corresponding to its oscula), and disturbing the
inmate, who has constantly to construct new layers of shell from the inside.
Weed, annelids, ‘blubber,’ shifting sand or mud, sewage or any poisoning of
the water, are seriously harmful to the oyster’s best interests. A very severe
winter is often the cause of wholesale destruction in the beds. According to
the Daily News of 26th March 1891, the Whitstable oyster companies lost
property to the value of £30,000 in the exceptionally cold winter of 1890–
91, when, on the coast of Kent, the surface temperature of the sea sank
below 32°, and the advancing tide pushed a small ice-floe before it. Two
million oysters were laid down in one week of the following spring, to
make up for the loss. During the severe winter of 1892–93 extraordinary
the shell opening permits the starfish to suck out the gelatinous contents,
and cast free the calcareous skeleton.”[224]
According to other observers the starfish seizes the oyster with two of
his fingers, while with the other three he files away the edge of the flat or
upper valve until the points of contact with the round valve are reduced
almost to nothing; then he can introduce an arm, and the rest is easy work.
Others suggest that the starfish suffocates the oyster by applying two of its
fingers so closely to the edge of the valves that the oyster is unable to open
them; after a while the vital powers relax and the shell gapes. The Rev. J. G.
Wood holds[225] that the starfish pours a secretion from its mouth which
“paralyses the hinge muscle and causes the shell to open.” Sometimes in a
single night a whole bed of oysters will be totally destroyed by an invasion
of starfish. Another dreaded enemy is the ‘whelk,’ a term which includes
Purpura lapillus, Murex erinaceus, Buccinum undatum, and probably also
Nassa reticulata. All these species perforate the shell with the end of their
radula, and then suck out the contents through the neatly drilled hole. Skate
fish are the cause of terrible destruction in the open beds, and a scarcely less
dangerous visitant is the octopus. Crabs crush the young shells with their
claws, and are said to gather in bands and scratch sand or mud over the
larger specimens, which makes them open their shells. Yet another, and
perhaps unconscious, foe is found in the common mussel, which takes up
room meant for the young oysters, grows over the larger individuals, and
harbours all sorts of refuse between and under its closely packed ranks.
Cliona, a parasitic sponge, bores in between the layers of the oyster’s shell,
pitting them with tiny holes (corresponding to its oscula), and disturbing the
inmate, who has constantly to construct new layers of shell from the inside.
Weed, annelids, ‘blubber,’ shifting sand or mud, sewage or any poisoning of
the water, are seriously harmful to the oyster’s best interests. A very severe
winter is often the cause of wholesale destruction in the beds. According to
the Daily News of 26th March 1891, the Whitstable oyster companies lost
property to the value of £30,000 in the exceptionally cold winter of 1890–
91, when, on the coast of Kent, the surface temperature of the sea sank
below 32°, and the advancing tide pushed a small ice-floe before it. Two
million oysters were laid down in one week of the following spring, to
make up for the loss. During the severe winter of 1892–93 extraordinary
Page 134
efforts were made at Hayling I. to protect the oysters from the frost. Twenty
million oysters were placed in ponds for the winter, and a steam-engine was
for days employed to keep the ponds thawed and supplied with water, while
large coal and coke fires were kept burning at the edge of the ponds.[226] On
the other hand, the unusually warm and sunny summer of 1893 is said to
have resulted in the finest fall of spat known in Whitstable for fifty years.
[227]
The reproductive activity of the oyster is supposed to commence about
the third year. Careful research has shown[228] that the sexes in the English
oyster are not separate, but that each individual is male as well as female,
producing spermatozoa as well as ova in the same gland. Here, however,
two divergent views appear. Some authorities hold that the oyster does not
fecundate its own eggs, but that this operation is performed by spermatozoa
emitted by other specimens. It is believed that, in each individual, the
spermatozoa arrive at maturity first, and that the ova are not produced until
after the spermatozoa have been emitted; thus the oyster is first male and
then female, morphologically hermaphrodite, but physiologically unisexual.
Others are of opinion that the oyster does fecundate its own eggs, ova being
first produced, and passed into the infrabranchial chamber—the ‘white-
sick’ stage—and then, after an interval, spermatozoa being formed and
fecundating these ova—the ‘black-sick’ stage. In this latter view the oyster
is first female and then male, and is, both morphologically and
physiologically, hermaphrodite. The old view, that ‘black-sick’ oysters are
the male, and ‘white-sick’ the female, is therefore quite incorrect.
The ova, in their earliest stage, consist of minute oval clusters of
globules floating in a transparent mucus. They pass from the ovary into the
gills and folds of the mantle, and are probably fecundated within the
excretory ducts of the ovary, before arriving in the mantle chamber. In this
stage the oyster is termed ‘white-sick.’ In about a fortnight, as the course of
development proceeds, the fertilised ova become ciliated at one end (the so-
called veliger stage, p. 131), and soon pigment appears in various parts of
the embryos, giving them a darker colour, which varies from grayish to
blue, and thus the white-sick oyster becomes ‘black-sick.’ When the black
spat emerge, they are still furnished with cilia for their free-swimming life.
This is of very short duration, for unless the embryo finds some suitable
ground on which to affix itself within forty-eight hours, it perishes. As the
million oysters were placed in ponds for the winter, and a steam-engine was
for days employed to keep the ponds thawed and supplied with water, while
large coal and coke fires were kept burning at the edge of the ponds.[226] On
the other hand, the unusually warm and sunny summer of 1893 is said to
have resulted in the finest fall of spat known in Whitstable for fifty years.
[227]
The reproductive activity of the oyster is supposed to commence about
the third year. Careful research has shown[228] that the sexes in the English
oyster are not separate, but that each individual is male as well as female,
producing spermatozoa as well as ova in the same gland. Here, however,
two divergent views appear. Some authorities hold that the oyster does not
fecundate its own eggs, but that this operation is performed by spermatozoa
emitted by other specimens. It is believed that, in each individual, the
spermatozoa arrive at maturity first, and that the ova are not produced until
after the spermatozoa have been emitted; thus the oyster is first male and
then female, morphologically hermaphrodite, but physiologically unisexual.
Others are of opinion that the oyster does fecundate its own eggs, ova being
first produced, and passed into the infrabranchial chamber—the ‘white-
sick’ stage—and then, after an interval, spermatozoa being formed and
fecundating these ova—the ‘black-sick’ stage. In this latter view the oyster
is first female and then male, and is, both morphologically and
physiologically, hermaphrodite. The old view, that ‘black-sick’ oysters are
the male, and ‘white-sick’ the female, is therefore quite incorrect.
The ova, in their earliest stage, consist of minute oval clusters of
globules floating in a transparent mucus. They pass from the ovary into the
gills and folds of the mantle, and are probably fecundated within the
excretory ducts of the ovary, before arriving in the mantle chamber. In this
stage the oyster is termed ‘white-sick.’ In about a fortnight, as the course of
development proceeds, the fertilised ova become ciliated at one end (the so-
called veliger stage, p. 131), and soon pigment appears in various parts of
the embryos, giving them a darker colour, which varies from grayish to
blue, and thus the white-sick oyster becomes ‘black-sick.’ When the black
spat emerge, they are still furnished with cilia for their free-swimming life.
This is of very short duration, for unless the embryo finds some suitable
ground on which to affix itself within forty-eight hours, it perishes. As the
Page 135
spat escapes from the parent oyster, which slightly opens its valves and
blows the spat out in jets, it resembles a thick cloud in the water, and is
carried about at the mercy of wind and tide. April to August are the usual
spawning months, warm weather being apparently an absolute necessity to
secure the adhering of the spat. A temperature of 65° to 72° F. seems
requisite for their proper deposit. Thus on a fine, warm day, with little wind
or tide running, the spat will fall near the parents and be safely secured,
while in cold, blustering weather it will certainly be carried off to a
distance, and probably be altogether lost. The number of young produced
by each individual has been variously estimated at from 300,000 to
60,000,000. Either extreme seems enormous, but it must be remembered
that besides climatal dangers, hosts of enemies—other Mollusca, fish, and
Crustacea—beset the opening career of the young oyster.
As soon as the spat has safely ‘fallen,’ it adheres to some solid object,
and loses the cilia which were necessary for its swimming life. It begins to
grow rapidly, increasing from about 1/20 inch in diameter to about the size
of a threepenny piece in five or six months, and in a year to one inch in
diameter. Roughly speaking, the best guide to an oyster’s age is its size; it is
as many years old as it measures inches across.
The oyster is at its prime at the age of five; its natural life is supposed to
be about ten years. The rings, or ‘shoots’ on a shell are not—as is frequently
supposed—marks of annual growth; cases have been noticed where as
many as three ‘shoots’ were made during the year.
An oyster is furnished, on the protruding edges of the mantle, with
pigmented spots which may be termed ‘visual organs,’ though they hardly
rise to the capacities and organisation of real ‘eyes.’ But there is no doubt
that they are sufficiently sensitive to the action of light to enable the oyster
to apprehend the approach of danger, and close his doors accordingly. ‘How
sensitive,’ notes Mr. W. Anderson Smith,[229] ‘the creatures are to the light
above them; the shadow of the iron as it passes overhead is instantaneously
noted, and snap! the lips are firmly closed.’
The geographical distribution of Ostrea edulis extends from Tränen, in
Norway, close to the Arctic circle, to Gibraltar and certain parts of the
Mediterranean, Holland, and N. Germany to Heligoland, and the western
shores of Sleswick and Jutland. It occurs in Iceland, but does not enter the
blows the spat out in jets, it resembles a thick cloud in the water, and is
carried about at the mercy of wind and tide. April to August are the usual
spawning months, warm weather being apparently an absolute necessity to
secure the adhering of the spat. A temperature of 65° to 72° F. seems
requisite for their proper deposit. Thus on a fine, warm day, with little wind
or tide running, the spat will fall near the parents and be safely secured,
while in cold, blustering weather it will certainly be carried off to a
distance, and probably be altogether lost. The number of young produced
by each individual has been variously estimated at from 300,000 to
60,000,000. Either extreme seems enormous, but it must be remembered
that besides climatal dangers, hosts of enemies—other Mollusca, fish, and
Crustacea—beset the opening career of the young oyster.
As soon as the spat has safely ‘fallen,’ it adheres to some solid object,
and loses the cilia which were necessary for its swimming life. It begins to
grow rapidly, increasing from about 1/20 inch in diameter to about the size
of a threepenny piece in five or six months, and in a year to one inch in
diameter. Roughly speaking, the best guide to an oyster’s age is its size; it is
as many years old as it measures inches across.
The oyster is at its prime at the age of five; its natural life is supposed to
be about ten years. The rings, or ‘shoots’ on a shell are not—as is frequently
supposed—marks of annual growth; cases have been noticed where as
many as three ‘shoots’ were made during the year.
An oyster is furnished, on the protruding edges of the mantle, with
pigmented spots which may be termed ‘visual organs,’ though they hardly
rise to the capacities and organisation of real ‘eyes.’ But there is no doubt
that they are sufficiently sensitive to the action of light to enable the oyster
to apprehend the approach of danger, and close his doors accordingly. ‘How
sensitive,’ notes Mr. W. Anderson Smith,[229] ‘the creatures are to the light
above them; the shadow of the iron as it passes overhead is instantaneously
noted, and snap! the lips are firmly closed.’
The geographical distribution of Ostrea edulis extends from Tränen, in
Norway, close to the Arctic circle, to Gibraltar and certain parts of the
Mediterranean, Holland, and N. Germany to Heligoland, and the western
shores of Sleswick and Jutland. It occurs in Iceland, but does not enter the
Page 136
Baltic, where attempts to colonise it have always failed. Some authorities
regard the Mediterranean form as a distinct species.
The literature of oyster-cookery may be passed over in silence. The
curious may care to refer to M. S. Lovell’s Edible British Mollusks, where
no less than thirty-nine different ways of dressing oysters are enumerated. It
may, however, be worth while to add a word on the subject of poisonous
oysters. Cases have been known where a particular batch of oysters has, for
some reason, been fatal to those who have partaken of them. It is possible
that this may have been due, in certain instances, to the presence of a
superabundance of copper in the oysters, and there is no doubt that the
symptoms detailed have often closely resembled those of copper poisoning.
Cases of poisoning have occurred at Rochefort through’ the importation of
‘green oysters’ from Falmouth. It would no doubt be dangerous ever to eat
oysters which had grown on the copper bottom of a ship. But copper is
present, in more or less minute quantities, in very many Mollusca, and it is
more probable that a certain form of slow decomposition in some shell-fish
develops an alkaloid poison which is more harmful to some people than to
others, just as some people can never digest any kind of shell-fish.[230]
These alkaloid developments from putrescence are called ptomaines. In
confirmation of this view, reference may be made to a case, taken from an
Indian Scientific Journal, in which an officer, his wife, and household ate
safely of a basket of oysters for three days at almost every meal. The basket
then passed out of their hands, not yet exhausted of its contents, and a man
who had already eaten of these oysters at the officer’s table was afterwards
poisoned by some from the same basketful.
The cultivation of the common mussel (Mytilus edulis L.) is not
practised in this country, although it is used as food in the natural state of
growth all round our coasts. The French appear to be the only nation who
go in for extensive mussel farming. The principal of these establishments is
at a little town called Esnaudes, not far from La Rochelle, and within sight
of the Ile de Ré and its celebrated oyster parks. The secret of the cultivation
consists in the employment of ‘bouchots,’ or tall hurdles, which are planted
in the mud of the fore-shore, and upon which the mussel (la moule, as the
French call it) grows. The method is said[231] to have been invented as long
ago as 1235 by a shipwrecked Irishman named Walton. He used to hang a
purse net to stakes, in the hope of capturing sea birds. He found, however,
regard the Mediterranean form as a distinct species.
The literature of oyster-cookery may be passed over in silence. The
curious may care to refer to M. S. Lovell’s Edible British Mollusks, where
no less than thirty-nine different ways of dressing oysters are enumerated. It
may, however, be worth while to add a word on the subject of poisonous
oysters. Cases have been known where a particular batch of oysters has, for
some reason, been fatal to those who have partaken of them. It is possible
that this may have been due, in certain instances, to the presence of a
superabundance of copper in the oysters, and there is no doubt that the
symptoms detailed have often closely resembled those of copper poisoning.
Cases of poisoning have occurred at Rochefort through’ the importation of
‘green oysters’ from Falmouth. It would no doubt be dangerous ever to eat
oysters which had grown on the copper bottom of a ship. But copper is
present, in more or less minute quantities, in very many Mollusca, and it is
more probable that a certain form of slow decomposition in some shell-fish
develops an alkaloid poison which is more harmful to some people than to
others, just as some people can never digest any kind of shell-fish.[230]
These alkaloid developments from putrescence are called ptomaines. In
confirmation of this view, reference may be made to a case, taken from an
Indian Scientific Journal, in which an officer, his wife, and household ate
safely of a basket of oysters for three days at almost every meal. The basket
then passed out of their hands, not yet exhausted of its contents, and a man
who had already eaten of these oysters at the officer’s table was afterwards
poisoned by some from the same basketful.
The cultivation of the common mussel (Mytilus edulis L.) is not
practised in this country, although it is used as food in the natural state of
growth all round our coasts. The French appear to be the only nation who
go in for extensive mussel farming. The principal of these establishments is
at a little town called Esnaudes, not far from La Rochelle, and within sight
of the Ile de Ré and its celebrated oyster parks. The secret of the cultivation
consists in the employment of ‘bouchots,’ or tall hurdles, which are planted
in the mud of the fore-shore, and upon which the mussel (la moule, as the
French call it) grows. The method is said[231] to have been invented as long
ago as 1235 by a shipwrecked Irishman named Walton. He used to hang a
purse net to stakes, in the hope of capturing sea birds. He found, however,
Page 137
that the mussels which attached themselves to his stakes were a much more
easily attainable source of food, and he accordingly multiplied his stakes,
out of which the present ‘bouchot’ system has developed. The shore is
simply a stretch of liquid mud, and the bouchots are arranged in shape like a
single or double V, with the opening looking towards the sea. The
fishermen, in visiting the bouchots, glide about over the mud in piroques or
light, flat-bottomed boats, propelling them by shoving the mud with their
feet. Each bouchot is now about 450 yards long, standing 6 feet out of the
mud, making a strong wall of solid basket-work, and as there are altogether
at least 500 bouchots, the total mussel-bearing length of wall is nearly 130
miles.
The mussel-spat affixes itself naturally to the bouchots nearest the sea, in
January and February. Towards May the planting begins. The young
mussels are scraped off these outermost bouchots, and placed in small bags
made of old canvas or netting, each bag holding a good handful of the
mussels. The bags are then fastened to some of the inner bouchots, and the
mussels soon attach themselves by their byssus, the bag rotting and falling
away. They hang in clusters, increasing rapidly in size, and at the proper
time are transplanted to bouchots farther and farther up the tide level, the
object being to bring the matured animal as near as possible to the land
when it is time for it to be gathered. This process, which aims at keeping the
mussel out of the mud, while at the same time giving it all the nutrition that
comes from such a habitat, extends over about a year in the case of each
individual. Quality, rather than quantity, is the aim of the Esnaudes
boucholiers. The element of quantity, however, seems to come in when we
are told that each yard of the bouchots is calculated to yield a cartload of
mussels, value 6 francs, and that the whole annual revenue is at least
£52,000.
In this country, and especially in Scotland, mussels are largely used as
bait for long-line fishing. Of late years other substances have rather tended
to take the place of mussels, but within the last twenty years, at Newhaven
on the Firth of Forth, three and a half million mussels were required
annually to supply bait for four deep-sea craft and sixteen smaller vessels.
According to Ad. Meyer,[232] boughs of trees are laid down in Kiel Bay, and
taken up again, after three, four, or five years, between December and
March, when they are found covered with fine mussels. The boughs are
easily attainable source of food, and he accordingly multiplied his stakes,
out of which the present ‘bouchot’ system has developed. The shore is
simply a stretch of liquid mud, and the bouchots are arranged in shape like a
single or double V, with the opening looking towards the sea. The
fishermen, in visiting the bouchots, glide about over the mud in piroques or
light, flat-bottomed boats, propelling them by shoving the mud with their
feet. Each bouchot is now about 450 yards long, standing 6 feet out of the
mud, making a strong wall of solid basket-work, and as there are altogether
at least 500 bouchots, the total mussel-bearing length of wall is nearly 130
miles.
The mussel-spat affixes itself naturally to the bouchots nearest the sea, in
January and February. Towards May the planting begins. The young
mussels are scraped off these outermost bouchots, and placed in small bags
made of old canvas or netting, each bag holding a good handful of the
mussels. The bags are then fastened to some of the inner bouchots, and the
mussels soon attach themselves by their byssus, the bag rotting and falling
away. They hang in clusters, increasing rapidly in size, and at the proper
time are transplanted to bouchots farther and farther up the tide level, the
object being to bring the matured animal as near as possible to the land
when it is time for it to be gathered. This process, which aims at keeping the
mussel out of the mud, while at the same time giving it all the nutrition that
comes from such a habitat, extends over about a year in the case of each
individual. Quality, rather than quantity, is the aim of the Esnaudes
boucholiers. The element of quantity, however, seems to come in when we
are told that each yard of the bouchots is calculated to yield a cartload of
mussels, value 6 francs, and that the whole annual revenue is at least
£52,000.
In this country, and especially in Scotland, mussels are largely used as
bait for long-line fishing. Of late years other substances have rather tended
to take the place of mussels, but within the last twenty years, at Newhaven
on the Firth of Forth, three and a half million mussels were required
annually to supply bait for four deep-sea craft and sixteen smaller vessels.
According to Ad. Meyer,[232] boughs of trees are laid down in Kiel Bay, and
taken up again, after three, four, or five years, between December and
March, when they are found covered with fine mussels. The boughs are
Page 138
then sold, just as they are, by weight, and the shell-fish sent into the interior
of Germany.
Mussels are very sensitive to cold weather. In 1874, during an easterly
gale, 195 acres of mussels at Boston, in Lincolnshire, were killed in a single
night. They soon affix themselves to the bottom of vessels that have lain for
any length of time in harbour or near the coast. The bottom of the Great
Eastern steamship was at one time so thickly coated with mussels that it
was estimated that a vessel of 200 tons could have been laden from her. In
some of our low-lying coast districts mussels are a valuable protection
against inundation. “An action for trespass was brought some time ago for
the purpose of establishing the right of the lord of the manor to prevent the
inhabitants of Heacham from taking mussels from the sea-shore. The
locality is the fore-shore of the sea, running from Lynn in a north-westerly
direction towards Hunstanton in Norfolk; and the nature of the shore is such
that it requires constant attention, and no little expenditure of money, to
maintain its integrity, and guard against the serious danger of inundations of
the sea. Beds of mussels extend for miles along the shore, attaching
themselves to artificial jetties running into the sea, thereby rendering them
firm, and thus acting as barriers against the sea [and as traps to catch the
silt, and thus constantly raise the level of the shore]. Therefore, while it is
important for the inhabitants, who claim a right by custom, to take mussels
and other shell-fish from the shore, it is equally important for the lord of the
manor to do his utmost to prevent these natural friends of his embankments
and jetties from being removed in large quantities.”[233]
The fable that Bideford Bridge is held together by the byssi of Mytilus,
which prevent the fabric from being carried away by the tide, has so often
been repeated that it is perhaps worth while to give the exact state of the
case, as ascertained from a Town Councillor. The mussels are supposed to
be of some advantage to the bridge, consequently there is a by-law
forbidding their removal, but the corporation have not, and never had, any
boat or men employed in any way with regard to them.
Poisoning by mussels is much more frequent than by oysters. At
Wilhelmshaven,[234] in Germany, in 1885, large numbers of persons were
poisoned, and some died, from eating mussels taken from the harbour. It
was found that when transferred to open water these mussels became
innocuous, while, on the other hand, mussels from outside, placed in the
of Germany.
Mussels are very sensitive to cold weather. In 1874, during an easterly
gale, 195 acres of mussels at Boston, in Lincolnshire, were killed in a single
night. They soon affix themselves to the bottom of vessels that have lain for
any length of time in harbour or near the coast. The bottom of the Great
Eastern steamship was at one time so thickly coated with mussels that it
was estimated that a vessel of 200 tons could have been laden from her. In
some of our low-lying coast districts mussels are a valuable protection
against inundation. “An action for trespass was brought some time ago for
the purpose of establishing the right of the lord of the manor to prevent the
inhabitants of Heacham from taking mussels from the sea-shore. The
locality is the fore-shore of the sea, running from Lynn in a north-westerly
direction towards Hunstanton in Norfolk; and the nature of the shore is such
that it requires constant attention, and no little expenditure of money, to
maintain its integrity, and guard against the serious danger of inundations of
the sea. Beds of mussels extend for miles along the shore, attaching
themselves to artificial jetties running into the sea, thereby rendering them
firm, and thus acting as barriers against the sea [and as traps to catch the
silt, and thus constantly raise the level of the shore]. Therefore, while it is
important for the inhabitants, who claim a right by custom, to take mussels
and other shell-fish from the shore, it is equally important for the lord of the
manor to do his utmost to prevent these natural friends of his embankments
and jetties from being removed in large quantities.”[233]
The fable that Bideford Bridge is held together by the byssi of Mytilus,
which prevent the fabric from being carried away by the tide, has so often
been repeated that it is perhaps worth while to give the exact state of the
case, as ascertained from a Town Councillor. The mussels are supposed to
be of some advantage to the bridge, consequently there is a by-law
forbidding their removal, but the corporation have not, and never had, any
boat or men employed in any way with regard to them.
Poisoning by mussels is much more frequent than by oysters. At
Wilhelmshaven,[234] in Germany, in 1885, large numbers of persons were
poisoned, and some died, from eating mussels taken from the harbour. It
was found that when transferred to open water these mussels became
innocuous, while, on the other hand, mussels from outside, placed in the
Page 139
harbour, became poisonous. The cause obviously lay in the stagnant and
corrupted waters of the harbour, which were rarely freshened by tides. It
was proved to demonstration that the poison was not due to decomposition;
the liver of the mussels was the poisonous part. In the persons affected, the
symptoms were of three kinds, exanthematous (skin eruptions), choleraic,
and paralytic. Cases of similar poisoning are not unfrequent in our own
country, and the circumstances tend to show that, besides the danger from
mussels bred in stagnant water, there is also risk in eating them when ‘out
of season’ in the spawning time.
Whelks are very largely employed for bait, especially in the cod fishery.
The whelk fishery in Whitstable Bay, both for bait and for human food,
yields £12,000 a year. Dr. Johnston, of Berwick, estimated that about 12
million limpets were annually consumed for bait in that district alone. The
cockle fishery in Carmarthen Bay employs from 500 to 600 families, and is
worth £15,000 a year, that in Morecambe Bay is worth £20,000.
Cultivation of Snails for Food; Use as Medicine.—It was a certain
Fulvius Hirpinus who, according to Pliny the elder,[235] first instituted snail
preserves at Tarquinium, about 50 b.c. He appears to have bred several
species in his ‘cochlearia,’ keeping them separate from one another. In one
division were the albulae, which came from Reate; in another the ‘very big
snails’ (probably H. lucorum), from Illyria; in a third the African snails,
whose characteristic was their fecundity; in a fourth those from Soletum,
noted for their ‘nobility.’ To increase the size of his snails, Hirpinus fed
them on a fattening mixture of meal and new wine, and, says the author in a
burst of enthusiasm, ‘the glory of this art was carried to such an extent that
a single snail-shell was capable of holding eighty sixpenny pieces.’
Varro[236] recommends that the snaileries be surrounded by a ditch, to save
the expense of a special slave to catch the runaways. Snails were not
regarded by the Romans as a particular luxury. Pliny the younger
reproaches[237] his friend Septicius Clarus for breaking a dinner engagement
with him, at which the menu was to have been a lettuce, three snails and
two eggs apiece, barley water, mead and snow, olives, beetroot, gourds and
truffles, and going off somewhere else where he got oysters, scallops, and
sea-urchins. In Horace’s time they were used as a gentle stimulant to the
appetite, for
corrupted waters of the harbour, which were rarely freshened by tides. It
was proved to demonstration that the poison was not due to decomposition;
the liver of the mussels was the poisonous part. In the persons affected, the
symptoms were of three kinds, exanthematous (skin eruptions), choleraic,
and paralytic. Cases of similar poisoning are not unfrequent in our own
country, and the circumstances tend to show that, besides the danger from
mussels bred in stagnant water, there is also risk in eating them when ‘out
of season’ in the spawning time.
Whelks are very largely employed for bait, especially in the cod fishery.
The whelk fishery in Whitstable Bay, both for bait and for human food,
yields £12,000 a year. Dr. Johnston, of Berwick, estimated that about 12
million limpets were annually consumed for bait in that district alone. The
cockle fishery in Carmarthen Bay employs from 500 to 600 families, and is
worth £15,000 a year, that in Morecambe Bay is worth £20,000.
Cultivation of Snails for Food; Use as Medicine.—It was a certain
Fulvius Hirpinus who, according to Pliny the elder,[235] first instituted snail
preserves at Tarquinium, about 50 b.c. He appears to have bred several
species in his ‘cochlearia,’ keeping them separate from one another. In one
division were the albulae, which came from Reate; in another the ‘very big
snails’ (probably H. lucorum), from Illyria; in a third the African snails,
whose characteristic was their fecundity; in a fourth those from Soletum,
noted for their ‘nobility.’ To increase the size of his snails, Hirpinus fed
them on a fattening mixture of meal and new wine, and, says the author in a
burst of enthusiasm, ‘the glory of this art was carried to such an extent that
a single snail-shell was capable of holding eighty sixpenny pieces.’
Varro[236] recommends that the snaileries be surrounded by a ditch, to save
the expense of a special slave to catch the runaways. Snails were not
regarded by the Romans as a particular luxury. Pliny the younger
reproaches[237] his friend Septicius Clarus for breaking a dinner engagement
with him, at which the menu was to have been a lettuce, three snails and
two eggs apiece, barley water, mead and snow, olives, beetroot, gourds and
truffles, and going off somewhere else where he got oysters, scallops, and
sea-urchins. In Horace’s time they were used as a gentle stimulant to the
appetite, for
Page 140
“’Tis best with roasted shrimps and Afric snails
To rouse your drinker when his vigour fails.”[238]
Escargotières, or snail-gardens, still exist in many parts of Europe, e.g. at
Dijon, at Troyes and many other places in central and southern France, at
Brunswick, Copenhagen, and Ulm. The markets at Paris, Marseilles,
Bordeaux, Toulouse, Nantes, etc., are chiefly supplied by snails gathered
from the open country, and particularly from the vineyards, in some of
which Helix pomatia abounds. In the Morning Post of 8th May 1868 there
is an account of the operation of clearing the celebrated Clos de Vougeot
vineyard of these creatures. No less than 240 gallons were captured, at a
cost in labour of over 100 francs, it being estimated that these snails would
have damaged the vines to an extent represented by the value of 15 to 20
pipes of wine, against which may be set the price fetched by the snails when
sold in the market.
It is generally considered dangerous to eat snails at once which have
been gathered in the open country. Cases have occurred in which death by
poisoning has resulted from a neglect of this precaution, since snails feed on
all manner of noxious herbs. Before being sent to table at the restaurants in
the great towns, they are fattened by being fed with bran in the same way as
oysters.
The Roman Catholic Church permits the consumption of snails during
Lent. Very large numbers are eaten in France and Austria at this time. At the
village of Cauderon, near Bordeaux, it is the proper thing to end Carnival
with especial gaiety, but to temper the gaiety with a dish of snails, as a
foretaste of Lenten mortification.
The following species appear to be eaten in France at the present day: H.
pomatia, aspersa, nemoralis, hortensis, aperta, pisana, vermiculata, lactea.
According to Dr. Gray, the glassmen at Newcastle used to indulge in a snail
feast once a year, and a recent writer informs us that H. aspersa is still eaten
by working people in the vicinity of Pontefract and Knottingley.[239] But in
this country snails appear to be seldom consciously used as an article of
food; the limitation is necessary, for Lovell tells us that they are much
employed in the manufacture of cream, and that a retired (!) milkman
pronounced it the most successful imitation known.
To rouse your drinker when his vigour fails.”[238]
Escargotières, or snail-gardens, still exist in many parts of Europe, e.g. at
Dijon, at Troyes and many other places in central and southern France, at
Brunswick, Copenhagen, and Ulm. The markets at Paris, Marseilles,
Bordeaux, Toulouse, Nantes, etc., are chiefly supplied by snails gathered
from the open country, and particularly from the vineyards, in some of
which Helix pomatia abounds. In the Morning Post of 8th May 1868 there
is an account of the operation of clearing the celebrated Clos de Vougeot
vineyard of these creatures. No less than 240 gallons were captured, at a
cost in labour of over 100 francs, it being estimated that these snails would
have damaged the vines to an extent represented by the value of 15 to 20
pipes of wine, against which may be set the price fetched by the snails when
sold in the market.
It is generally considered dangerous to eat snails at once which have
been gathered in the open country. Cases have occurred in which death by
poisoning has resulted from a neglect of this precaution, since snails feed on
all manner of noxious herbs. Before being sent to table at the restaurants in
the great towns, they are fattened by being fed with bran in the same way as
oysters.
The Roman Catholic Church permits the consumption of snails during
Lent. Very large numbers are eaten in France and Austria at this time. At the
village of Cauderon, near Bordeaux, it is the proper thing to end Carnival
with especial gaiety, but to temper the gaiety with a dish of snails, as a
foretaste of Lenten mortification.
The following species appear to be eaten in France at the present day: H.
pomatia, aspersa, nemoralis, hortensis, aperta, pisana, vermiculata, lactea.
According to Dr. Gray, the glassmen at Newcastle used to indulge in a snail
feast once a year, and a recent writer informs us that H. aspersa is still eaten
by working people in the vicinity of Pontefract and Knottingley.[239] But in
this country snails appear to be seldom consciously used as an article of
food; the limitation is necessary, for Lovell tells us that they are much
employed in the manufacture of cream, and that a retired (!) milkman
pronounced it the most successful imitation known.
Page 141
Preparations made from snails used to be highly esteemed as a cure for
various kinds of diseases and injuries. Pliny the elder recommends them for
a cough and for a stomach-ache, but it is necessary “to take an uneven
number of them.”[240] Five African slugs, roasted and beaten to a powder,
with half a drachm of acacia, and taken with myrtle wine, is an excellent
remedy for dysentery. Treated in various ways, snails have been considered,
in modern times, a cure for ague, corns, web in the eye, scorbutic affections,
hectic fevers, pleurisy, asthma, obstructions, dropsy, swelling of the joints,
headache, an impostume (whitlow), and burns. One of Pliny’s remedies for
headache, which competes with the bones of a vulture’s head or the brain of
a crow or an owl, is a plaister made of slugs with their heads cut off, which
is to be applied to the forehead. He regards slugs as immature snails, whose
growth is not yet complete (nondum perfectae). Lovell states that “a large
trade in snails is carried on for Covent Garden market in the Lincolnshire
fens, and that they are sold at 6d. per quart, being much used for
consumptive patients and weakly children.”
The custom still seems to linger on in some parts of the country. Mr. E.
Rundle, of the Royal Cornwall Infirmary, gives his experience in the
following terms: “I well remember, some twelve years since, an individual
living in an adjoining parish [near Truro] being pointed out to me as ‘a snail
or slug eater.’ He was a delicate looking man, and said to be suffering from
consumption. Last summer I saw this man, and asked him whether the
statement that he was a ‘snail eater’ was true: he answered, ‘Yes, that he
was ordered small white slugs—not snails—and that up till recently he had
consumed a dozen or more every morning, and he believed they had done
him good.’ There is also another use to which the country people here put
snails, and that is as an eye application. I met with an instance a few weeks
since, and much good seemed to have followed the use.”[241]
A reverend Canon of the Church of England, whose name I am not
permitted to disclose, informs me that there was a belief among the youth of
his native town (Pontypool, in Monmouthshire) that young slugs were
‘good for consumption,’ and that they were so recommended by a doctor
who practised in the town. The slugs selected were about ¾ inch long,
“such as may be seen crawling on the turf of a hedge-bank after a shower of
rain.” They were “placed upon the tongue without any previous preparation,
and swallowed alive.” My informant himself indulged in this practice for
various kinds of diseases and injuries. Pliny the elder recommends them for
a cough and for a stomach-ache, but it is necessary “to take an uneven
number of them.”[240] Five African slugs, roasted and beaten to a powder,
with half a drachm of acacia, and taken with myrtle wine, is an excellent
remedy for dysentery. Treated in various ways, snails have been considered,
in modern times, a cure for ague, corns, web in the eye, scorbutic affections,
hectic fevers, pleurisy, asthma, obstructions, dropsy, swelling of the joints,
headache, an impostume (whitlow), and burns. One of Pliny’s remedies for
headache, which competes with the bones of a vulture’s head or the brain of
a crow or an owl, is a plaister made of slugs with their heads cut off, which
is to be applied to the forehead. He regards slugs as immature snails, whose
growth is not yet complete (nondum perfectae). Lovell states that “a large
trade in snails is carried on for Covent Garden market in the Lincolnshire
fens, and that they are sold at 6d. per quart, being much used for
consumptive patients and weakly children.”
The custom still seems to linger on in some parts of the country. Mr. E.
Rundle, of the Royal Cornwall Infirmary, gives his experience in the
following terms: “I well remember, some twelve years since, an individual
living in an adjoining parish [near Truro] being pointed out to me as ‘a snail
or slug eater.’ He was a delicate looking man, and said to be suffering from
consumption. Last summer I saw this man, and asked him whether the
statement that he was a ‘snail eater’ was true: he answered, ‘Yes, that he
was ordered small white slugs—not snails—and that up till recently he had
consumed a dozen or more every morning, and he believed they had done
him good.’ There is also another use to which the country people here put
snails, and that is as an eye application. I met with an instance a few weeks
since, and much good seemed to have followed the use.”[241]
A reverend Canon of the Church of England, whose name I am not
permitted to disclose, informs me that there was a belief among the youth of
his native town (Pontypool, in Monmouthshire) that young slugs were
‘good for consumption,’ and that they were so recommended by a doctor
who practised in the town. The slugs selected were about ¾ inch long,
“such as may be seen crawling on the turf of a hedge-bank after a shower of
rain.” They were “placed upon the tongue without any previous preparation,
and swallowed alive.” My informant himself indulged in this practice for
Page 142
some time, “not on account of any gustatory pleasure it afforded, but from
some vague notion that it might do him good.”
A colleague of mine at King’s College tells me that the country people at
Ponteland, near Morpeth, habitually collect Limax agrestis and boil it in
milk as a prophylactic against consumption. He has himself frequently
devoured them alive, but they must be swallowed, not scrunched with the
teeth, or they taste somewhat bitter.
Snails have occasionally fallen, with other noxious creatures, under the
ban of the Church. In a prayer of the holy martyr Trypho of Lampsacus
(about 10th cent. a.d.) there is a form of exorcism given which may be used
as occasion requires. It runs as follows: “O ye Caterpillars, Worms, Beetles,
Locusts, Grasshoppers, Woolly-Bears, Wireworms, Longlegs, Ants, Lice,
Bugs, Skippers, Cankerworms, Palmerworms, Snails, Earwigs, and all other
creatures that cling to and wither the fruit of the grape and all other herbs, I
charge you by the many-eyed Cherubim, and by the six-winged Seraphim,
which fly round the throne, and by the holy Angels and all the Powers, etc.
etc., hurt not the vines nor the land nor the fruit of the trees nor the
vegetables of —— the servant of the Lord, but depart into the wild
mountains, into the unfruitful woods, in which God hath given you your
daily food.”
Prices given for Shells.—Very high prices have occasionally been given
for individual specimens, particularly about thirty or forty years ago, when
the mania for collecting was at its height. In those days certain families,
such as the Volutidae, Conidae, and Cypraeidae, were the especial objects
of a collector’s ardour, and he spared no expense to make his set of the
favourite genus as complete as possible. Thus at Stevens’ auction-rooms in
Covent Garden, on 21st July 1854, one specimen of Conus cedo nulli
fetched £9: 10s., and another £16, a C. omaicus 16 guineas, C. victor £10,
and C. gloria maris, the greatest prize of all, £43: 1s. At the Vernède sale,
on 14th Dec. 1859 two Conus omaicus fetched £15 and £22, and a C. gloria
maris £34. At the great Dennison sale, in April 1865, the Conidae fetched
extravagant prices, six specimens averaging over £20 apiece. Conus cedo
nulli went for £18 and £22, C. omaicus for £12, C. malaccanus for 10
guineas (this and one of the cedo nulli being the actual specimens figured in
Reeve’s Conchologia Iconica), C. cervus for £19 and C. gloria maris for
£42. On 9th May 1866 a Cypraea Broderipii was sold at Stevens’ auction-
some vague notion that it might do him good.”
A colleague of mine at King’s College tells me that the country people at
Ponteland, near Morpeth, habitually collect Limax agrestis and boil it in
milk as a prophylactic against consumption. He has himself frequently
devoured them alive, but they must be swallowed, not scrunched with the
teeth, or they taste somewhat bitter.
Snails have occasionally fallen, with other noxious creatures, under the
ban of the Church. In a prayer of the holy martyr Trypho of Lampsacus
(about 10th cent. a.d.) there is a form of exorcism given which may be used
as occasion requires. It runs as follows: “O ye Caterpillars, Worms, Beetles,
Locusts, Grasshoppers, Woolly-Bears, Wireworms, Longlegs, Ants, Lice,
Bugs, Skippers, Cankerworms, Palmerworms, Snails, Earwigs, and all other
creatures that cling to and wither the fruit of the grape and all other herbs, I
charge you by the many-eyed Cherubim, and by the six-winged Seraphim,
which fly round the throne, and by the holy Angels and all the Powers, etc.
etc., hurt not the vines nor the land nor the fruit of the trees nor the
vegetables of —— the servant of the Lord, but depart into the wild
mountains, into the unfruitful woods, in which God hath given you your
daily food.”
Prices given for Shells.—Very high prices have occasionally been given
for individual specimens, particularly about thirty or forty years ago, when
the mania for collecting was at its height. In those days certain families,
such as the Volutidae, Conidae, and Cypraeidae, were the especial objects
of a collector’s ardour, and he spared no expense to make his set of the
favourite genus as complete as possible. Thus at Stevens’ auction-rooms in
Covent Garden, on 21st July 1854, one specimen of Conus cedo nulli
fetched £9: 10s., and another £16, a C. omaicus 16 guineas, C. victor £10,
and C. gloria maris, the greatest prize of all, £43: 1s. At the Vernède sale,
on 14th Dec. 1859 two Conus omaicus fetched £15 and £22, and a C. gloria
maris £34. At the great Dennison sale, in April 1865, the Conidae fetched
extravagant prices, six specimens averaging over £20 apiece. Conus cedo
nulli went for £18 and £22, C. omaicus for £12, C. malaccanus for 10
guineas (this and one of the cedo nulli being the actual specimens figured in
Reeve’s Conchologia Iconica), C. cervus for £19 and C. gloria maris for
£42. On 9th May 1866 a Cypraea Broderipii was sold at Stevens’ auction-
Page 143
rooms for £13, and at the Dennison sale a Cypraea princeps fetched £40,
and C. guttata £42. The Volutidae, although not quite touching these prices,
have yet done fairly well. Mr. Dennison’s Voluta fusiformis sold for £6:
15s., V. papillaris for £5, V. cymbiola for £5: 15s., V. reticulata for eight
guineas, and two specimens of the rarest of all Volutas, V. festiva, for £14
and £16, both being figured in the Conchologia. At the same sale, two
unique specimens of Oniscia Dennisoni fetched £17 and £18 respectively,
and, at the Vernède sale, Ancillaria Vernèdei was bought for £6: 10s., and
Voluta piperata for £7: 10s.
A unique specimen of a recent Pleurotomaria (quoyana F. and B.) was
purchased by Miss de Burgh in 1873 for 25 guineas, and another species of
the same genus (adansoniana Cr. and F.), of extraordinary size and beauty,
is now offered for sale for about £100.
Bivalves have never fetched quite such high prices as univalves, but
some of the favourite and showy genera have gone near to rival them. On
22nd June 1869, at Stevens’, Pecten solaris fetched £4: 5s., P. Reevii £4:
8s., and Cardita varia 5 guineas. Mr. Dennison’s specimens of Pecten
subnodosus sold for £7, of Corbula Sowerbyi for £10, of Pholadomya
candida for £8 and £13, while at the Vernède sale a Chama damicornis
fetched £7.
and C. guttata £42. The Volutidae, although not quite touching these prices,
have yet done fairly well. Mr. Dennison’s Voluta fusiformis sold for £6:
15s., V. papillaris for £5, V. cymbiola for £5: 15s., V. reticulata for eight
guineas, and two specimens of the rarest of all Volutas, V. festiva, for £14
and £16, both being figured in the Conchologia. At the same sale, two
unique specimens of Oniscia Dennisoni fetched £17 and £18 respectively,
and, at the Vernède sale, Ancillaria Vernèdei was bought for £6: 10s., and
Voluta piperata for £7: 10s.
A unique specimen of a recent Pleurotomaria (quoyana F. and B.) was
purchased by Miss de Burgh in 1873 for 25 guineas, and another species of
the same genus (adansoniana Cr. and F.), of extraordinary size and beauty,
is now offered for sale for about £100.
Bivalves have never fetched quite such high prices as univalves, but
some of the favourite and showy genera have gone near to rival them. On
22nd June 1869, at Stevens’, Pecten solaris fetched £4: 5s., P. Reevii £4:
8s., and Cardita varia 5 guineas. Mr. Dennison’s specimens of Pecten
subnodosus sold for £7, of Corbula Sowerbyi for £10, of Pholadomya
candida for £8 and £13, while at the Vernède sale a Chama damicornis
fetched £7.
Page 144
CHAPTER V
REPRODUCTION—DEPOSITION OF EGGS—DEVELOPMENT OF THE FERTILISED OVUM
—DIFFERENCES OF SEX—DIOECIOUS AND HERMAPHRODITE MOLLUSCA—
DEVELOPMENT OF FRESH-WATER BIVALVES
Reproduction in the Mollusca invariably takes place by means of eggs,
which, after being developed in the ovary of the female, are fertilised by the
spermatozoa of the male. As a rule, the eggs are ‘laid,’ and undergo their
subsequent development apart from the parent. This rule, however, has its
exceptions, both among univalve and bivalve Mollusca, a certain number of
which hatch their young from the egg before expelling them. Such
ovoviviparous genera are Melania, Paludina, Balea, and Coeliaxis among
land and fresh-water Mollusca, and Cymba and many Littorina amongst
marine. The young of Melania tuberculata, in Algeria, have been noticed to
return, as if for shelter, to the branchial cavity of the mother, some days
after first quitting it. Isolated species among Pulmonata are known to be
ovoviviparous, e.g. Patula Cooperi, P. Hemphilli, and P. rupestris,
Acanthinula harpa, Microphysa vortex, Pupa cylindracea and muscorum,
Clausilia ventricosa, Opeas dominicensis, Rhytida inaequalis, etc. All
fresh-water Pelecypoda yet examined, except Dreissensia, are
ovoviviparous.
The number of eggs varies greatly, being highest in the Pelecypoda. In
Ostrea edulis it has been estimated at from 300,000 to 60,000,000; in
Anodonta from 14,000 to 20,000; in Unio pictorum 200,000. The eggs of
Doris are reckoned at from 80,000 to 600,000, of Loligo and Sepia at about
30,000 to 40,000. Pulmonata lay comparatively few eggs. Arion ater has
been observed to lay 477 in forty-eight days (p. 42). Nests of Helix aspersa
have been noticed, in which the number of eggs varied from about 40 to
100. They are laid in little cup-shaped hollows at the roots of grass, with a
little loose earth spread over them. The eggs of Testacella are rather large,
and very elastic; if dropped on a stone floor they will rebound sharply
several inches. The Cochlostyla of the Philippines lay their eggs at the tops
of the great forest trees, folding a leaf together to serve as a protection.
The eggs of the great tropical Bulimus and Achatina, together with those
of the Macroön group of Helix (Helicophanta, Acavus, Panda) are
exceedingly large, and the number laid must be decidedly less than in the
REPRODUCTION—DEPOSITION OF EGGS—DEVELOPMENT OF THE FERTILISED OVUM
—DIFFERENCES OF SEX—DIOECIOUS AND HERMAPHRODITE MOLLUSCA—
DEVELOPMENT OF FRESH-WATER BIVALVES
Reproduction in the Mollusca invariably takes place by means of eggs,
which, after being developed in the ovary of the female, are fertilised by the
spermatozoa of the male. As a rule, the eggs are ‘laid,’ and undergo their
subsequent development apart from the parent. This rule, however, has its
exceptions, both among univalve and bivalve Mollusca, a certain number of
which hatch their young from the egg before expelling them. Such
ovoviviparous genera are Melania, Paludina, Balea, and Coeliaxis among
land and fresh-water Mollusca, and Cymba and many Littorina amongst
marine. The young of Melania tuberculata, in Algeria, have been noticed to
return, as if for shelter, to the branchial cavity of the mother, some days
after first quitting it. Isolated species among Pulmonata are known to be
ovoviviparous, e.g. Patula Cooperi, P. Hemphilli, and P. rupestris,
Acanthinula harpa, Microphysa vortex, Pupa cylindracea and muscorum,
Clausilia ventricosa, Opeas dominicensis, Rhytida inaequalis, etc. All
fresh-water Pelecypoda yet examined, except Dreissensia, are
ovoviviparous.
The number of eggs varies greatly, being highest in the Pelecypoda. In
Ostrea edulis it has been estimated at from 300,000 to 60,000,000; in
Anodonta from 14,000 to 20,000; in Unio pictorum 200,000. The eggs of
Doris are reckoned at from 80,000 to 600,000, of Loligo and Sepia at about
30,000 to 40,000. Pulmonata lay comparatively few eggs. Arion ater has
been observed to lay 477 in forty-eight days (p. 42). Nests of Helix aspersa
have been noticed, in which the number of eggs varied from about 40 to
100. They are laid in little cup-shaped hollows at the roots of grass, with a
little loose earth spread over them. The eggs of Testacella are rather large,
and very elastic; if dropped on a stone floor they will rebound sharply
several inches. The Cochlostyla of the Philippines lay their eggs at the tops
of the great forest trees, folding a leaf together to serve as a protection.
The eggs of the great tropical Bulimus and Achatina, together with those
of the Macroön group of Helix (Helicophanta, Acavus, Panda) are
exceedingly large, and the number laid must be decidedly less than in the
Page 145
smaller Pulmonata. Bulimus oblongus, for instance, from Barbados, lays an
egg about the size of a sparrow’s (Fig. 38), Achatina sinistrorsa as large as
a pigeon’s. The Cingalese Helix Waltoni when first hatched is about the size
of a full-grown H. hortensis. There is, in the British Museum, a specimen of
the egg of a Bulimus from S. America (probably maximus or popelairanus)
which measures exactly 1¾ inch in length.
The Limnaeidae deposit their eggs in irregular gelatinous masses on the
under side of the leaves of water-plants, and on all kinds of débris.
Fig. 38.—Newly-hatched young and egg of
Bulimus oblongus Müll., Barbados.
Natural size.
The Rachiglossa or marine carnivorous families lay their eggs in tough
leathery or bladdery capsules, which are frequently joined together in
shapes which differ with the genus. Each capsule contains a varying number
of ova. The cluster of egg-capsules of Buccinum undatum is a familiar
object on all our sandy coasts. The capsules of Purpura lapillus are like
delicate pink grains of rice, set on tiny stalks. They are not attached to one
another, but are set closely together in groups in sheltered nooks of the
rocks. A single Purpura has been observed to produce 245 capsules!
Busycon lays disc-shaped capsules which are all attached at a point in the
edge to a cartilaginous band nearly 3 feet in length, looking like a number
of coins tied to a string at equal distances from one another. In Murex
erinaceus the egg-capsules are triangular, with a short stalk. They are
deposited separately in clusters of from 15 to 150, there being about 20 ova
in each capsule. It appears that all the species of the same genus have by no
means the same method of depositing their eggs, nor do they always
egg about the size of a sparrow’s (Fig. 38), Achatina sinistrorsa as large as
a pigeon’s. The Cingalese Helix Waltoni when first hatched is about the size
of a full-grown H. hortensis. There is, in the British Museum, a specimen of
the egg of a Bulimus from S. America (probably maximus or popelairanus)
which measures exactly 1¾ inch in length.
The Limnaeidae deposit their eggs in irregular gelatinous masses on the
under side of the leaves of water-plants, and on all kinds of débris.
Fig. 38.—Newly-hatched young and egg of
Bulimus oblongus Müll., Barbados.
Natural size.
The Rachiglossa or marine carnivorous families lay their eggs in tough
leathery or bladdery capsules, which are frequently joined together in
shapes which differ with the genus. Each capsule contains a varying number
of ova. The cluster of egg-capsules of Buccinum undatum is a familiar
object on all our sandy coasts. The capsules of Purpura lapillus are like
delicate pink grains of rice, set on tiny stalks. They are not attached to one
another, but are set closely together in groups in sheltered nooks of the
rocks. A single Purpura has been observed to produce 245 capsules!
Busycon lays disc-shaped capsules which are all attached at a point in the
edge to a cartilaginous band nearly 3 feet in length, looking like a number
of coins tied to a string at equal distances from one another. In Murex
erinaceus the egg-capsules are triangular, with a short stalk. They are
deposited separately in clusters of from 15 to 150, there being about 20 ova
in each capsule. It appears that all the species of the same genus have by no
means the same method of depositing their eggs, nor do they always
Page 146
produce eggs of at all similar size or shape. Thus, of two British species of
Nassa, N. reticulata lays egg-capsules in shape like flattened pouches with
a short stalk, and fastens them in rows to the leaves of Zostera; M.
incrassata, on the other hand, deposits solitary capsules, which are shaped
like rounded oil-flasks. Neptunea antiqua lays its eggs in bunched capsules,
like Bucc. undatum (Fig. 40), but the capsules of N. gracilis are solitary.
Fig. 39.—Various forms of spawn in Prosobranchiata:
A and D, Pyrula or Busycon; B, Conus; C, Voluta
musica; E, Ampullaria (from specimens in the
British Museum); all × ⅔.
In Natica the eggs are deposited in what looks like a thick piece of sand-
paper, curled in a spiral form (Fig. 41). The sand is agglutinated by copious
mucus into a sort of sheet, and the eggs are let into this, sometimes (N.
heros) in regular quincunx form. Ianthina attaches its eggs to the under side
of its float (Fig. 42). The Trochidae deposit their eggs on the under side of
stones and sea-weeds, each ovum being contained in a separate capsule, and
Nassa, N. reticulata lays egg-capsules in shape like flattened pouches with
a short stalk, and fastens them in rows to the leaves of Zostera; M.
incrassata, on the other hand, deposits solitary capsules, which are shaped
like rounded oil-flasks. Neptunea antiqua lays its eggs in bunched capsules,
like Bucc. undatum (Fig. 40), but the capsules of N. gracilis are solitary.
Fig. 39.—Various forms of spawn in Prosobranchiata:
A and D, Pyrula or Busycon; B, Conus; C, Voluta
musica; E, Ampullaria (from specimens in the
British Museum); all × ⅔.
In Natica the eggs are deposited in what looks like a thick piece of sand-
paper, curled in a spiral form (Fig. 41). The sand is agglutinated by copious
mucus into a sort of sheet, and the eggs are let into this, sometimes (N.
heros) in regular quincunx form. Ianthina attaches its eggs to the under side
of its float (Fig. 42). The Trochidae deposit their eggs on the under side of
stones and sea-weeds, each ovum being contained in a separate capsule, and
Page 147
all the capsules glued together into an irregular mass of varying size. The
female of Galerus chinensis hatches her eggs by keeping them between her
foot and the stone she adheres to. They are laid in from 6 to 10 capsules,
connected by a pedicle and arranged like the petals of a rose, with 10 to 12
eggs in each capsule. Those Littorina which are not ovoviviparous deposit
their spawn on sea-weeds, rocks, and stones. The eggs are enveloped in a
glairy mass which is just firm enough to retain its shape in the water; each
egg has its own globule of jelly and is separated from the others by a very
thin transparent membrane.[242]
Fig. 40.—Egg-capsules of, A,
Nassa reticulata L. × ⅔; B,
Buccinum undatum L. × ⅔;
C, Neptunea antiqua L. ×
⅓.
female of Galerus chinensis hatches her eggs by keeping them between her
foot and the stone she adheres to. They are laid in from 6 to 10 capsules,
connected by a pedicle and arranged like the petals of a rose, with 10 to 12
eggs in each capsule. Those Littorina which are not ovoviviparous deposit
their spawn on sea-weeds, rocks, and stones. The eggs are enveloped in a
glairy mass which is just firm enough to retain its shape in the water; each
egg has its own globule of jelly and is separated from the others by a very
thin transparent membrane.[242]
Fig. 40.—Egg-capsules of, A,
Nassa reticulata L. × ⅔; B,
Buccinum undatum L. × ⅔;
C, Neptunea antiqua L. ×
⅓.
Page 148
Fig. 41.—Spawn of a species of
Natica (from a specimen in
the British Museum) × ½.
Fig. 42.—Ianthina fragilis Lam. FL, float; O, ova; Pr, proboscis; Br,
branchiae; F, foot. (Quoy and Gaimard.)
Chiton marginatus, when kept in captivity, has been noticed[243] to
elevate the posterior part of the girdle, and to pour out a continuous stream
of flaky white matter like a fleecy cloud, which proved to be of a glutinous
nature. It then discharged ova, at the rate of one or two every second, for at
least fifteen minutes, making a total of 1300 to 1500, each being about 1/100
inch diameter. The ova were shot into the glutinous cloud, which seemed to
serve as a sort of nidus to entangle the ova and prevent them being carried
away. The subsequent development was rapid, and in seven days the young
Chiton was hatched, being then about 1/20 inch long. Lovén has described
the same species as laying its eggs, loosely united in clusters of seven to
sixteen, upon small stones. There is probably some mistake about the
identification, but the observation illustrates the varying methods of
oviposition among allied forms.
Natica (from a specimen in
the British Museum) × ½.
Fig. 42.—Ianthina fragilis Lam. FL, float; O, ova; Pr, proboscis; Br,
branchiae; F, foot. (Quoy and Gaimard.)
Chiton marginatus, when kept in captivity, has been noticed[243] to
elevate the posterior part of the girdle, and to pour out a continuous stream
of flaky white matter like a fleecy cloud, which proved to be of a glutinous
nature. It then discharged ova, at the rate of one or two every second, for at
least fifteen minutes, making a total of 1300 to 1500, each being about 1/100
inch diameter. The ova were shot into the glutinous cloud, which seemed to
serve as a sort of nidus to entangle the ova and prevent them being carried
away. The subsequent development was rapid, and in seven days the young
Chiton was hatched, being then about 1/20 inch long. Lovén has described
the same species as laying its eggs, loosely united in clusters of seven to
sixteen, upon small stones. There is probably some mistake about the
identification, but the observation illustrates the varying methods of
oviposition among allied forms.
Page 149
Fig. 43.—Egg-capsules of A, Sepia elegans Orb., and
B, Octopus vulgaris Lam.
Not very much is known with regard to the ovipositing of the
Cephalopoda, especially those which inhabit deep water. Masses of ova
arranged in very various forms have occasionally been met with floating in
the ocean, but it is next to impossible to determine to what species, or even
genus, they belong.[244]
In Loligo punctata the ova are contained in small cylindrical cases
measuring 3 to 4 in. by ½ in., to the number of about 250 ova in each case.
Hundreds of these cases are attached together like a bundle of sausages or
young carrots, and the movements of the embryos within can be distinctly
noted. Sepia officinalis lays large black pear-shaped capsules, each of which
is tied to some place of attachment by a kind of ribbon at the upper end of
the capsule, the whole forming a large group like a bunch of grapes.
Octopus vulgaris deposits thousands of small berry-shaped ova, attached to
a string which runs along the centre of the mass (Fig. 43).
The so-called shell of the female Argonauta is nothing more than a form
of protection for the ova, and is in no sense homologous to the ordinary
molluscan shell. The ova consist of a large granulated mass, attached to a
many branched stem; they are contained in the spire of the shell, in contact
with the posterior part of the body of the mother, but sometimes project
externally beyond the coil of the spire.
B, Octopus vulgaris Lam.
Not very much is known with regard to the ovipositing of the
Cephalopoda, especially those which inhabit deep water. Masses of ova
arranged in very various forms have occasionally been met with floating in
the ocean, but it is next to impossible to determine to what species, or even
genus, they belong.[244]
In Loligo punctata the ova are contained in small cylindrical cases
measuring 3 to 4 in. by ½ in., to the number of about 250 ova in each case.
Hundreds of these cases are attached together like a bundle of sausages or
young carrots, and the movements of the embryos within can be distinctly
noted. Sepia officinalis lays large black pear-shaped capsules, each of which
is tied to some place of attachment by a kind of ribbon at the upper end of
the capsule, the whole forming a large group like a bunch of grapes.
Octopus vulgaris deposits thousands of small berry-shaped ova, attached to
a string which runs along the centre of the mass (Fig. 43).
The so-called shell of the female Argonauta is nothing more than a form
of protection for the ova, and is in no sense homologous to the ordinary
molluscan shell. The ova consist of a large granulated mass, attached to a
many branched stem; they are contained in the spire of the shell, in contact
with the posterior part of the body of the mother, but sometimes project
externally beyond the coil of the spire.
Page 150
Certain species possess the curious property of laying their eggs on the
outside of their own shells. Buccinopsis Dalei is not unfrequently found
decorated with its own egg-capsules. Possibly this species, which lives on
oozy ground, finds this the only secure place of attachment for its progeny.
Neritina fluviatilis has a similar habit, and so have many other species of
Neritina and Navicella. It is not quite clear, in the latter cases, whether the
eggs are laid by the specimens on whose shell they are found, or whether
they are deposited by others. In either case, perhaps the shell is the safest
place for them in the rapid streams which both genera frequent. Specimens
of Hydrobia ulvae taken on the wet sands at the mouth of the Dee, are
found to have several little rounded excrescences scattered over the surface
of the shell. These, on examination, are found to be little masses of small
sand-grains, in the centre of which is a clear jelly containing segmenting
ova or young embryos. Here again, in all probability, the shell is the only
comparatively stable object, in the expanse of shifting sands, on which the
eggs can be laid.[245]
The pulmonate genus Libera, which occurs on a few of the island groups
in the Central Pacific, is remarkable for the habit of laying its eggs within
its own cavernous umbilicus, which is narrowed at the lower part. The eggs
number from four to six, or the same number of very young shells may be
seen closely packed in the cavity, each being in shape exactly like a young
Planorbis. This constriction of the umbilicus does not occur till the
formation of the last two whorls, i.e. till the animal is sexually mature.
Some species, but not all, provide for the safety of their eggs more
completely by forming a very thin shelly plate, which nearly closes the
umbilical region, and breaks away or is absorbed to facilitate the escape of
the young shells.[246]
Union of Limax.—With regard to the act of union itself, the method in
certain species of Limax deserves special notice. L. maximus has been
observed at midnight to ascend a wall or some perpendicular surface. A pair
then crawl round and round one another emitting a quantity of mucus which
at length forms a patch, 2 to 2½ inches in diameter. When this acquires
consistency the pair begin to twist round each other in corkscrew form, and
detach themselves from the wall, hanging by a cord of the thickened mucus,
about 8–15 inches long, and still twisting round each other. The external
outside of their own shells. Buccinopsis Dalei is not unfrequently found
decorated with its own egg-capsules. Possibly this species, which lives on
oozy ground, finds this the only secure place of attachment for its progeny.
Neritina fluviatilis has a similar habit, and so have many other species of
Neritina and Navicella. It is not quite clear, in the latter cases, whether the
eggs are laid by the specimens on whose shell they are found, or whether
they are deposited by others. In either case, perhaps the shell is the safest
place for them in the rapid streams which both genera frequent. Specimens
of Hydrobia ulvae taken on the wet sands at the mouth of the Dee, are
found to have several little rounded excrescences scattered over the surface
of the shell. These, on examination, are found to be little masses of small
sand-grains, in the centre of which is a clear jelly containing segmenting
ova or young embryos. Here again, in all probability, the shell is the only
comparatively stable object, in the expanse of shifting sands, on which the
eggs can be laid.[245]
The pulmonate genus Libera, which occurs on a few of the island groups
in the Central Pacific, is remarkable for the habit of laying its eggs within
its own cavernous umbilicus, which is narrowed at the lower part. The eggs
number from four to six, or the same number of very young shells may be
seen closely packed in the cavity, each being in shape exactly like a young
Planorbis. This constriction of the umbilicus does not occur till the
formation of the last two whorls, i.e. till the animal is sexually mature.
Some species, but not all, provide for the safety of their eggs more
completely by forming a very thin shelly plate, which nearly closes the
umbilical region, and breaks away or is absorbed to facilitate the escape of
the young shells.[246]
Union of Limax.—With regard to the act of union itself, the method in
certain species of Limax deserves special notice. L. maximus has been
observed at midnight to ascend a wall or some perpendicular surface. A pair
then crawl round and round one another emitting a quantity of mucus which
at length forms a patch, 2 to 2½ inches in diameter. When this acquires
consistency the pair begin to twist round each other in corkscrew form, and
detach themselves from the wall, hanging by a cord of the thickened mucus,
about 8–15 inches long, and still twisting round each other. The external
Page 151
generative organs are then protruded and copulation takes place, after which
the bodies untwist, separate, and crawl up the cord again to the wall.[247]
Periodicity in Breeding.—In the marine Mollusca, the winter months
appear to be the usual time for the deposition of eggs. Careful observations
have been made on the Mollusca occurring at Naples,[248] and the general
result seems to be that for all Orders alike the six winter months from
November to April, roughly speaking, are the breeding time. Scarcely any
forms appear to breed habitually in August, September, or October. On our
own coasts, Nudibranchiata come in shore to deposit their ova from January
to April. Purpura lapillus may be observed depositing ova all the year
round, but is most active from January to April. Buccinum undatum breeds
from October to May; Littorina all the year round.
The land Mollusca exhibit rather more periodicity than the marine. In
temperate climates they breed exclusively in the summer months. In the
tropics their periods are determined by the dry and rainy seasons, where
such occur, otherwise they cohabit all the year round. According to Karl
Semper, the snails of the warm Mediterranean region arrive at sexual
maturity when they are six months old, i.e. before they are fully grown.
After a rest of about three months during the heat of summer, a second
period of ovipositing occurs.[249] Helix hortensis and H. nemoralis ascend
trees, sometimes to a height of forty feet, when pairing.[250]
Hybridism as the result of union between different species of Mollusca
is exceedingly rare. Lecoq once noticed[251] on a wall at Anduze (Gard) as
many as twenty specimens of Pupa cinerea united with Clausilia papillaris.
No offspring seem to have resulted from what the professor calls ‘this
innocent error,’ for the wall was carefully scrutinised for a long time, and no
hybrid forms were ever detected.
The same observer noticed, in the Luxembourg garden at Paris, and M.
Gassies has noticed[252] at various occasions, union between Helix aspersa
and nemoralis, H. aspersa and vermiculata, between Stenogyra decollata
and a Helix (sp. not mentioned), H. variabilis and pisana, H. nemoralis and
hortensis. In the two latter cases a hybrid progeny was the result. It has
been noticed that these unions generally took place when the air was in a
very electric condition, and rain had fallen, or was about to fall, abundantly.
the bodies untwist, separate, and crawl up the cord again to the wall.[247]
Periodicity in Breeding.—In the marine Mollusca, the winter months
appear to be the usual time for the deposition of eggs. Careful observations
have been made on the Mollusca occurring at Naples,[248] and the general
result seems to be that for all Orders alike the six winter months from
November to April, roughly speaking, are the breeding time. Scarcely any
forms appear to breed habitually in August, September, or October. On our
own coasts, Nudibranchiata come in shore to deposit their ova from January
to April. Purpura lapillus may be observed depositing ova all the year
round, but is most active from January to April. Buccinum undatum breeds
from October to May; Littorina all the year round.
The land Mollusca exhibit rather more periodicity than the marine. In
temperate climates they breed exclusively in the summer months. In the
tropics their periods are determined by the dry and rainy seasons, where
such occur, otherwise they cohabit all the year round. According to Karl
Semper, the snails of the warm Mediterranean region arrive at sexual
maturity when they are six months old, i.e. before they are fully grown.
After a rest of about three months during the heat of summer, a second
period of ovipositing occurs.[249] Helix hortensis and H. nemoralis ascend
trees, sometimes to a height of forty feet, when pairing.[250]
Hybridism as the result of union between different species of Mollusca
is exceedingly rare. Lecoq once noticed[251] on a wall at Anduze (Gard) as
many as twenty specimens of Pupa cinerea united with Clausilia papillaris.
No offspring seem to have resulted from what the professor calls ‘this
innocent error,’ for the wall was carefully scrutinised for a long time, and no
hybrid forms were ever detected.
The same observer noticed, in the Luxembourg garden at Paris, and M.
Gassies has noticed[252] at various occasions, union between Helix aspersa
and nemoralis, H. aspersa and vermiculata, between Stenogyra decollata
and a Helix (sp. not mentioned), H. variabilis and pisana, H. nemoralis and
hortensis. In the two latter cases a hybrid progeny was the result. It has
been noticed that these unions generally took place when the air was in a
very electric condition, and rain had fallen, or was about to fall, abundantly.
Page 152
Of marine species Littorina rudis has been noticed[253] in union both
with L. obtusata and with L. littorea, but no definite facts are known as to
the result of such unions.
Self-impregnation (see p. 44).
Development of the Fertilised Ovum.—The first stages in the
development of the Mollusca are identical with those which occur in other
classes of animals. The fertilised ovum consists of a vitellus or yolk, which
is surrounded with albumen, and is either contained in a separate capsule, or
else several, sometimes many, ova are found in the same capsule, only a
small proportion of which ultimately develop. The germinal vesicle, which
is situated at one side of the vitellus, undergoes unequal segmentation, the
result of which is usually the formation of a layer of small ectoderm cells
overlying a few much larger cells which contain nearly the whole of the
yolk. The large cells are then invaginated, or are simply covered by the
growth of the ectoderm cells. The result in either case is the formation of an
area, the blastopore, where the inner cells are not covered by the ectoderm.
The blastopore gradually narrows to a circular opening, which, in the great
majority of cases, eventually becomes the mouth. The usual differentiation
of germinal layers takes place, the epiblast eventually giving rise to the
epidermis, nervous system, and special sense organs, the hypoblast to the
liver and to the middle region of the alimentary tract, the mesoblast to the
muscles, the body cavity, the vascular, the excretory and reproductive
systems. The next, or trochosphere (trochophora) stage, involves the
formation of a circlet of praeoral cilia, dividing the still nearly spherical
embryo into two unequal portions, the smaller of which consists simply of
the prostomium, or part in front of the mouth, the larger bearing the mouth
and anus.
So far the series of changes undergone by the embryo are not peculiar to
the Mollusca; we now come to those which are definitely characteristic of
that group. The stage next succeeding the development of the trochosphere
is the definitive formation of the velum, a process especially characteristic
of the Gasteropoda and Pelecypoda, but apparently not occurring in the
great majority of land Pulmonata.
with L. obtusata and with L. littorea, but no definite facts are known as to
the result of such unions.
Self-impregnation (see p. 44).
Development of the Fertilised Ovum.—The first stages in the
development of the Mollusca are identical with those which occur in other
classes of animals. The fertilised ovum consists of a vitellus or yolk, which
is surrounded with albumen, and is either contained in a separate capsule, or
else several, sometimes many, ova are found in the same capsule, only a
small proportion of which ultimately develop. The germinal vesicle, which
is situated at one side of the vitellus, undergoes unequal segmentation, the
result of which is usually the formation of a layer of small ectoderm cells
overlying a few much larger cells which contain nearly the whole of the
yolk. The large cells are then invaginated, or are simply covered by the
growth of the ectoderm cells. The result in either case is the formation of an
area, the blastopore, where the inner cells are not covered by the ectoderm.
The blastopore gradually narrows to a circular opening, which, in the great
majority of cases, eventually becomes the mouth. The usual differentiation
of germinal layers takes place, the epiblast eventually giving rise to the
epidermis, nervous system, and special sense organs, the hypoblast to the
liver and to the middle region of the alimentary tract, the mesoblast to the
muscles, the body cavity, the vascular, the excretory and reproductive
systems. The next, or trochosphere (trochophora) stage, involves the
formation of a circlet of praeoral cilia, dividing the still nearly spherical
embryo into two unequal portions, the smaller of which consists simply of
the prostomium, or part in front of the mouth, the larger bearing the mouth
and anus.
So far the series of changes undergone by the embryo are not peculiar to
the Mollusca; we now come to those which are definitely characteristic of
that group. The stage next succeeding the development of the trochosphere
is the definitive formation of the velum, a process especially characteristic
of the Gasteropoda and Pelecypoda, but apparently not occurring in the
great majority of land Pulmonata.
Page 153
Fig. 44.—Veligers of Dentalium entalis L.: A, longitudinal section of a larva 14 hours old, × 285;
B, larva of 37 hours, × 165; C, longitudinal section of larva of 34 hours, × 165; m, mouth; v,
v, velum. (After Kowalewsky.)
The circlet of cilia becomes pushed more and more towards the anterior
portion of the embryo, the cilia themselves become longer, while the
portion of the body from which they spring becomes elevated into a ridge or
ring, which, as a rule, develops on each side a more or less pronounced
lobe. The name velum is applied to this entire process of ciliated ring and
lobes, and to the area which they enclose.
B, larva of 37 hours, × 165; C, longitudinal section of larva of 34 hours, × 165; m, mouth; v,
v, velum. (After Kowalewsky.)
The circlet of cilia becomes pushed more and more towards the anterior
portion of the embryo, the cilia themselves become longer, while the
portion of the body from which they spring becomes elevated into a ridge or
ring, which, as a rule, develops on each side a more or less pronounced
lobe. The name velum is applied to this entire process of ciliated ring and
lobes, and to the area which they enclose.
Page 154
Fig.45.—Veliger of Patella vulgata L.,
130 hours old: f, rudimentary foot;
op, operculum; sh, shell; v, v, velum.
(After Patten, highly magnified.)
Fig. 46.—Developed larva of Cyclas cornea
L.: br, rudimentary branchiae; by, byssus;
f, foot; m.e, mantle edge; sh, shell. (After
Ziegler, highly magnified.)
130 hours old: f, rudimentary foot;
op, operculum; sh, shell; v, v, velum.
(After Patten, highly magnified.)
Fig. 46.—Developed larva of Cyclas cornea
L.: br, rudimentary branchiae; by, byssus;
f, foot; m.e, mantle edge; sh, shell. (After
Ziegler, highly magnified.)
Page 155
Fig. 47.—A, Advanced veliger of Dreissensia: f, foot; m, mouth; sh,
shell; v, v, velum. (After Korschelt and Heider, much enlarged.)
B, Veliger of a Pteropod (Tiedemannia): op, operculum; sh,
shell; v, velum. (After Krohn, much enlarged.)
In this so-called veliger stage, the velum serves, in the first place, to
cause rotation of the larva within the egg-capsules, and, after hatching, as
an organ of locomotion. As a rule, the velum disappears entirely in the adult
mollusc after the free-swimming stage is over, but in the common Limnaea
stagnalis it persists, losing its cilia, as the very prominent circum-oral lobes.
Simultaneously with the development of the velum, and in some cases
earlier, appear the rudiments of the shell-gland and of the foot, the latter
being situated on the ventral side, between the mouth and anus, the former
on the dorsal side, behind the velum, and above the surface of the eventual
visceral sac. Thus the prime characteristics of the veliger stage, subsequent
to the appearance of the velum itself, are the development of the visceral
sac and shell-gland on the upper, and of the foot on the under side.
According to Lankester the primitive shell-gland does not, as a rule, directly
give rise to the shell of the adult mollusc, but becomes filled up by a horny
substance, and eventually disappears; the permanent shell then forms over
the surface of the visceral hump from the original centre of the shell-gland.
It is only in Chiton, and possibly in Limax, that the primitive shell-sac is
retained and developed into the final shell-forming area, which is much
wider, and extends to the edges of the mantle. Within the velar area first
appear the rudiments of the tentacles and eyes; when these become
developed the velum atrophies and disappears.
shell; v, v, velum. (After Korschelt and Heider, much enlarged.)
B, Veliger of a Pteropod (Tiedemannia): op, operculum; sh,
shell; v, velum. (After Krohn, much enlarged.)
In this so-called veliger stage, the velum serves, in the first place, to
cause rotation of the larva within the egg-capsules, and, after hatching, as
an organ of locomotion. As a rule, the velum disappears entirely in the adult
mollusc after the free-swimming stage is over, but in the common Limnaea
stagnalis it persists, losing its cilia, as the very prominent circum-oral lobes.
Simultaneously with the development of the velum, and in some cases
earlier, appear the rudiments of the shell-gland and of the foot, the latter
being situated on the ventral side, between the mouth and anus, the former
on the dorsal side, behind the velum, and above the surface of the eventual
visceral sac. Thus the prime characteristics of the veliger stage, subsequent
to the appearance of the velum itself, are the development of the visceral
sac and shell-gland on the upper, and of the foot on the under side.
According to Lankester the primitive shell-gland does not, as a rule, directly
give rise to the shell of the adult mollusc, but becomes filled up by a horny
substance, and eventually disappears; the permanent shell then forms over
the surface of the visceral hump from the original centre of the shell-gland.
It is only in Chiton, and possibly in Limax, that the primitive shell-sac is
retained and developed into the final shell-forming area, which is much
wider, and extends to the edges of the mantle. Within the velar area first
appear the rudiments of the tentacles and eyes; when these become
developed the velum atrophies and disappears.
Page 156
Several of these veligers when captured in the open sea have been
mistaken for perfect forms, and have been described as such. Thus the larva
of Dolium has been described as Macgillivrayia, that of a Purpura as
Chelotropis and Sinusigera, that of Aporrhais pes pelecani as Chiropteron,
that of Marsenia conspicua as Brownia, Echinospira, and Calcarella.
Cephalopoda.—The embryonic development of the Cephalopoda is
entirely distinct from that of all other Mollusca. The segmentation of the
vitellus is partial, and the embryo is furnished with a vitelline sac, which is
very large in the majority of cases (Fig. 48). There is no free-swimming
stage, but the embryo emerges from the egg fully developed.
Differences of Sex.—In the Mollusca there are two main types of sexual
difference: (i) sexes separate (dioecious type), (ii) sexes united in the same
individual (hermaphrodite type).
Fig. 48.—Two stages in the development of Loligo
vulgaris Lam.: a1, a1, first, and a2, a2, second
pairs of arms; br, branchiae, seen through m,
mantle; e, e, eyes; fi, fins; fu, funnel; v.s, vitelline
sac. (After Kowalewsky.)
In some cases—e.g. certain Pelecypoda—what is practically a third type
occurs. The animal is hermaphrodite, but the male and female elements are
mistaken for perfect forms, and have been described as such. Thus the larva
of Dolium has been described as Macgillivrayia, that of a Purpura as
Chelotropis and Sinusigera, that of Aporrhais pes pelecani as Chiropteron,
that of Marsenia conspicua as Brownia, Echinospira, and Calcarella.
Cephalopoda.—The embryonic development of the Cephalopoda is
entirely distinct from that of all other Mollusca. The segmentation of the
vitellus is partial, and the embryo is furnished with a vitelline sac, which is
very large in the majority of cases (Fig. 48). There is no free-swimming
stage, but the embryo emerges from the egg fully developed.
Differences of Sex.—In the Mollusca there are two main types of sexual
difference: (i) sexes separate (dioecious type), (ii) sexes united in the same
individual (hermaphrodite type).
Fig. 48.—Two stages in the development of Loligo
vulgaris Lam.: a1, a1, first, and a2, a2, second
pairs of arms; br, branchiae, seen through m,
mantle; e, e, eyes; fi, fins; fu, funnel; v.s, vitelline
sac. (After Kowalewsky.)
In some cases—e.g. certain Pelecypoda—what is practically a third type
occurs. The animal is hermaphrodite, but the male and female elements are
Page 157
not developed simultaneously, i.e. the same individual is at one time female,
at another male.
1. The sexes are separate in
All Cephalopoda.
Gasteropoda Amphineura (except Neomeniidae).
Gasteropoda Prosobranchiata (except Valvata and some species of Marsenia).
Scaphopoda.
Many Pelecypoda.
2. The sexes are united in
Gasteropoda Opisthobranchiata.
Gasteropoda Pulmonata.
Certain Pelecypoda.[254]
In the dioecious Mollusca, sexual union is the rule, but is by no means
universal. In some instances,—e.g. Vermetus, Magilus, Patella, Haliotis,
Crepidula, Chiton, the Scaphopoda—the form and habits of the animal do
not admit of it; in others (many Trochus) a male copulative organ is
wanting. When this is the case, the male scatters the spermatozoa freely; the
majority must perish, but some will be carried by currents in the direction
of the female.
When the sexes are separate, the female is frequently larger than the
male. This is markedly the case in Littorina, Buccinum, and all the
Cephalopoda; in Argonauta the difference is extreme, the male not being
more than ¼ the size of the female.
Those hermaphrodite Mollusca which are capable of sexual union
(Gasteropoda, Pulmonata, and Opisthobranchiata) are conveniently divided
into two sections, according as (1) there are separate orifices for the male
and female organs, or (2) one orifice serves for both. To the former section
(Digonopora[2]) belong the Limnaeidae, Vaginulidae, and Onchidiidae, and
many Opisthobranchiata, including all the Pteropoda; to the latter
(Monogonopora[255]) nearly all the Nudibranchiate Opisthobranchiata, and
all the rest of the Pulmonata. In the latter case during union, mutual
impregnation takes place, and each of the two individuals concerned has
been observed (compare p. 42) to deposit eggs. In the former, however, no
such reciprocal act can take place, but the same individual can play the part
of male to one and female to another, and we sometimes find a string of
at another male.
1. The sexes are separate in
All Cephalopoda.
Gasteropoda Amphineura (except Neomeniidae).
Gasteropoda Prosobranchiata (except Valvata and some species of Marsenia).
Scaphopoda.
Many Pelecypoda.
2. The sexes are united in
Gasteropoda Opisthobranchiata.
Gasteropoda Pulmonata.
Certain Pelecypoda.[254]
In the dioecious Mollusca, sexual union is the rule, but is by no means
universal. In some instances,—e.g. Vermetus, Magilus, Patella, Haliotis,
Crepidula, Chiton, the Scaphopoda—the form and habits of the animal do
not admit of it; in others (many Trochus) a male copulative organ is
wanting. When this is the case, the male scatters the spermatozoa freely; the
majority must perish, but some will be carried by currents in the direction
of the female.
When the sexes are separate, the female is frequently larger than the
male. This is markedly the case in Littorina, Buccinum, and all the
Cephalopoda; in Argonauta the difference is extreme, the male not being
more than ¼ the size of the female.
Those hermaphrodite Mollusca which are capable of sexual union
(Gasteropoda, Pulmonata, and Opisthobranchiata) are conveniently divided
into two sections, according as (1) there are separate orifices for the male
and female organs, or (2) one orifice serves for both. To the former section
(Digonopora[2]) belong the Limnaeidae, Vaginulidae, and Onchidiidae, and
many Opisthobranchiata, including all the Pteropoda; to the latter
(Monogonopora[255]) nearly all the Nudibranchiate Opisthobranchiata, and
all the rest of the Pulmonata. In the latter case during union, mutual
impregnation takes place, and each of the two individuals concerned has
been observed (compare p. 42) to deposit eggs. In the former, however, no
such reciprocal act can take place, but the same individual can play the part
of male to one and female to another, and we sometimes find a string of
Page 158
Limnaea thus united, each being at once male and female to its two adjacent
neighbours.
The Reproductive System.—Broadly speaking, the complicated
arrangements which are found in Mollusca resolve themselves into
modifications of three important factors:—
(a) The gonads or germ-glands, in which are developed the ova and the
spermatozoa. These glands are generally known as the ovary in the female,
the sperm-gland or testis in the male.
(b) The channels which provide for the passage of the seminal products;
namely, the oviduct in the female, the vas deferens or sperm-duct in the
male.
(c) The external generative organs.
neighbours.
The Reproductive System.—Broadly speaking, the complicated
arrangements which are found in Mollusca resolve themselves into
modifications of three important factors:—
(a) The gonads or germ-glands, in which are developed the ova and the
spermatozoa. These glands are generally known as the ovary in the female,
the sperm-gland or testis in the male.
(b) The channels which provide for the passage of the seminal products;
namely, the oviduct in the female, the vas deferens or sperm-duct in the
male.
(c) The external generative organs.
Page 159
Fig. 49.—Generative and other organs of
Littorina obtusata L., female.
A, anus.
Br, branchia.
Buc, buccal mass.
H, heart.
Hep, hepatic duct.
I, continuation of oesophagus.
Ki, kidney.
Li, liver.
M, muscle of attachment.
O´, female orifice.
Od, oviduct.
Oes, oesophagus.
Ov, ovary.
Ra, radula.
St, stomach.
U, uterus.
(After Souleyet.)
Littorina obtusata L., female.
A, anus.
Br, branchia.
Buc, buccal mass.
H, heart.
Hep, hepatic duct.
I, continuation of oesophagus.
Ki, kidney.
Li, liver.
M, muscle of attachment.
O´, female orifice.
Od, oviduct.
Oes, oesophagus.
Ov, ovary.
Ra, radula.
St, stomach.
U, uterus.
(After Souleyet.)
Page 160
Fig. 50.—Generative and other organs of
Littorina obtusata L., male.
A, anus.
Br, branchia.
H, heart.
I, intestine.
Li, liver.
M, muscle of attachment.
Pe, penis.
Te, testis.
VD, vas deferens.
(After Souleyet.)
Dioecious Mollusca.—The common Littorina obtusata will serve as a
typical instance of a dioecious prosobranchiate, exhibiting the simplest
form of organs. In the female the ovary, a lobe-shaped body, is embedded in
the liver. An oviduct with many convolutions conveys the ova into the
uterus, an oblong chamber which consists simply of a dilatation of the
oviduct. The ova descend into the uterus, which is sometimes furnished
with a seminal pouch. In this seminal pouch, or above it, in the oviduct, the
Littorina obtusata L., male.
A, anus.
Br, branchia.
H, heart.
I, intestine.
Li, liver.
M, muscle of attachment.
Pe, penis.
Te, testis.
VD, vas deferens.
(After Souleyet.)
Dioecious Mollusca.—The common Littorina obtusata will serve as a
typical instance of a dioecious prosobranchiate, exhibiting the simplest
form of organs. In the female the ovary, a lobe-shaped body, is embedded in
the liver. An oviduct with many convolutions conveys the ova into the
uterus, an oblong chamber which consists simply of a dilatation of the
oviduct. The ova descend into the uterus, which is sometimes furnished
with a seminal pouch. In this seminal pouch, or above it, in the oviduct, the
Page 161
ova come into contact with the spermatozoa. The lower part of the uterus
secretes a gelatinous medium (or capsule, as the case may be) in which the
fertilised ova become enclosed previous to exclusion. In position the
oviduct abuts on the kidney, while the uterus is in close proximity to the
rectum, and the female external orifice is found close to the anus, within the
branchial cavity.
The male organs of Littorina are more simple. The testis is lodged, like
the ovary, in the liver; the vas deferens is, like the oviduct, convoluted, and
eventually traverses the right side of the neck, emerging near the right
tentacle, and terminating in the penis or external copulative organ (Fig. 50).
This system prevails, with but slight modifications in detail, throughout
the prosobranchiate Gasteropoda. The most important modification is the
passage of the seminal products in certain cases (many of the Diotocardia)
through the right kidney, with which the oviduct and vas deferens always
stand in close relation. The same arrangement occurs in the Scaphoda and
some Pelecypoda.
The penis varies greatly in form and size. In the Strombidae (see Fig. 99)
and Buccinidae (Fig. 62) it is very large and prominent; in Littorina it is
somewhat spinulose at one side; in Paludina a portion of it is lodged in the
right tentacle, which becomes atrophied and much more obtuse than the
tentacle on the left side.
Spermatozoa.—The shape of the spermatozoa and of the ova in
Mollusca is of the usual type. In Paludina Ampullaria, and certain species
of Murex two types of spermatozoa occur, one hair-like, the other worm-
like, three times as long as the former, and not tapering at one end. The
former type alone take part in fertilisation, and penetrate the ovum. It has
been suggested that these worm-like spermatozoa are a kind of incipient
ova, and indicate a possible stage in commencing hermaphroditism. And,
since the nearest allies of the Prosobranchiata (in which these types occur)
are hermaphrodite (i.e. the Opisthobranchiata and Pulmonata), it is not
unreasonable to suppose that the Prosobranchiata should show some
tendency towards hermaphroditism in their genital glands.[256]
Cephalopoda.—The special characteristic of the reproductive organs in
female Cephalopoda is the development of various glands, some of
considerable size, in connexion with the ovary and oviduct. Sepia, Loligo,
secretes a gelatinous medium (or capsule, as the case may be) in which the
fertilised ova become enclosed previous to exclusion. In position the
oviduct abuts on the kidney, while the uterus is in close proximity to the
rectum, and the female external orifice is found close to the anus, within the
branchial cavity.
The male organs of Littorina are more simple. The testis is lodged, like
the ovary, in the liver; the vas deferens is, like the oviduct, convoluted, and
eventually traverses the right side of the neck, emerging near the right
tentacle, and terminating in the penis or external copulative organ (Fig. 50).
This system prevails, with but slight modifications in detail, throughout
the prosobranchiate Gasteropoda. The most important modification is the
passage of the seminal products in certain cases (many of the Diotocardia)
through the right kidney, with which the oviduct and vas deferens always
stand in close relation. The same arrangement occurs in the Scaphoda and
some Pelecypoda.
The penis varies greatly in form and size. In the Strombidae (see Fig. 99)
and Buccinidae (Fig. 62) it is very large and prominent; in Littorina it is
somewhat spinulose at one side; in Paludina a portion of it is lodged in the
right tentacle, which becomes atrophied and much more obtuse than the
tentacle on the left side.
Spermatozoa.—The shape of the spermatozoa and of the ova in
Mollusca is of the usual type. In Paludina Ampullaria, and certain species
of Murex two types of spermatozoa occur, one hair-like, the other worm-
like, three times as long as the former, and not tapering at one end. The
former type alone take part in fertilisation, and penetrate the ovum. It has
been suggested that these worm-like spermatozoa are a kind of incipient
ova, and indicate a possible stage in commencing hermaphroditism. And,
since the nearest allies of the Prosobranchiata (in which these types occur)
are hermaphrodite (i.e. the Opisthobranchiata and Pulmonata), it is not
unreasonable to suppose that the Prosobranchiata should show some
tendency towards hermaphroditism in their genital glands.[256]
Cephalopoda.—The special characteristic of the reproductive organs in
female Cephalopoda is the development of various glands, some of
considerable size, in connexion with the ovary and oviduct. Sepia, Loligo,
Page 162
and Sepiola are furnished with two large nidamental glands, which open
into the mantle cavity independently of the oviduct. Their purpose is to
produce a viscid mucus, which envelops the ova at the moment of their
emission and eventually hardens into the egg-capsules. A pair of accessory
nidamental glands occur in Sepia, as well as a pair of smaller glands
situated on the oviduct itself.
In many of the male Cephalopoda the vas deferens is long and dilated at
its outer end into a glandular reservoir, within which are formed the
spermatophores, or narrow cylindrical packets which contain a very large
number of spermatozoa. When charged, the spermatophores pass into what
is known as Needham’s sac, where they remain until required for use. These
spermatophores are a very characteristic part of the reproductive
arrangements in the Cephalopoda. The male of Sepia has been noticed to
deposit them, during union, upon the buccal membrane of the female.
During the emission of the ova by the female, the spermatophores,
apparently through the agency of a kind of spring contained at one end,
burst, and scatter the spermatozoa over the ova.
The Hectocotylus Arm.—Perhaps the most remarkable feature in the
sexual relations of all the Mollusca is the so-called hectocotylus of the
Cephalopoda. In the great majority of the male Cephalopoda, one of the
‘arms,’ which is modified for the purpose in various ways and to a greater
or less extent, becomes charged with spermatophores, and sometimes,
during union, becomes detached and remains within the mantle of the
female, preserving for some considerable time its power of movement.
The hectocotylus is confined to the dibranchiate Cephalopoda, and its
typical form, i.e. when part of the arm becomes disengaged and left with the
female, occurs only in three genera of the Octopodidae, viz.[Argonauta,
Ocythoe (Philonexis), and Tremoctopus. In all of these, the male is many
sizes smaller than the female. In Argonauta the third arm on the left side
becomes hectocotylised. At first it is entirely enveloped in a kind of cyst, in
such a way that only a small portion of the tip projects; subsequently the
cyst parts asunder, and allows the arm to become expanded to its full length,
which considerably exceeds that of the other arms. At a certain point the
acetabula or suckers terminate, and the remainder of the arm consists of a
very long, tapering, sometimes thread-like filament, which is pointed at the
extreme tip. It is not yet known how the spermatophores find their way into
into the mantle cavity independently of the oviduct. Their purpose is to
produce a viscid mucus, which envelops the ova at the moment of their
emission and eventually hardens into the egg-capsules. A pair of accessory
nidamental glands occur in Sepia, as well as a pair of smaller glands
situated on the oviduct itself.
In many of the male Cephalopoda the vas deferens is long and dilated at
its outer end into a glandular reservoir, within which are formed the
spermatophores, or narrow cylindrical packets which contain a very large
number of spermatozoa. When charged, the spermatophores pass into what
is known as Needham’s sac, where they remain until required for use. These
spermatophores are a very characteristic part of the reproductive
arrangements in the Cephalopoda. The male of Sepia has been noticed to
deposit them, during union, upon the buccal membrane of the female.
During the emission of the ova by the female, the spermatophores,
apparently through the agency of a kind of spring contained at one end,
burst, and scatter the spermatozoa over the ova.
The Hectocotylus Arm.—Perhaps the most remarkable feature in the
sexual relations of all the Mollusca is the so-called hectocotylus of the
Cephalopoda. In the great majority of the male Cephalopoda, one of the
‘arms,’ which is modified for the purpose in various ways and to a greater
or less extent, becomes charged with spermatophores, and sometimes,
during union, becomes detached and remains within the mantle of the
female, preserving for some considerable time its power of movement.
The hectocotylus is confined to the dibranchiate Cephalopoda, and its
typical form, i.e. when part of the arm becomes disengaged and left with the
female, occurs only in three genera of the Octopodidae, viz.[Argonauta,
Ocythoe (Philonexis), and Tremoctopus. In all of these, the male is many
sizes smaller than the female. In Argonauta the third arm on the left side
becomes hectocotylised. At first it is entirely enveloped in a kind of cyst, in
such a way that only a small portion of the tip projects; subsequently the
cyst parts asunder, and allows the arm to become expanded to its full length,
which considerably exceeds that of the other arms. At a certain point the
acetabula or suckers terminate, and the remainder of the arm consists of a
very long, tapering, sometimes thread-like filament, which is pointed at the
extreme tip. It is not yet known how the spermatophores find their way into
Page 163
the hectocotylus, or how the hectocotylus impregnates the ova of the
female. The arm thus affected is not always the same. In Tremoctopus it is
the third of the right side, in the Decapoda the modification usually affects
the fourth of the left.
Fig. 51.—Male of Ocythoe tuberculata Raf.
(= Philonexis catenulatus Fér.),
Mediterranean, showing three stages, A,
B, and C, in the development of the
hectocotylus arm: h.cy, hectocotylus still
in the cyst; c´y´, spoon-shaped cyst at
the end of the arm when freed; th,
thread-like organ freed by the rupture of
c´y´. Natural size. From specimens in the
British Museum.
This singular property of the male Cephalopoda has only recently been
satisfactorily explained. It is true that Aristotle, more than twenty-two
centuries ago, distinctly stated that certain of the arms were modified for
female. The arm thus affected is not always the same. In Tremoctopus it is
the third of the right side, in the Decapoda the modification usually affects
the fourth of the left.
Fig. 51.—Male of Ocythoe tuberculata Raf.
(= Philonexis catenulatus Fér.),
Mediterranean, showing three stages, A,
B, and C, in the development of the
hectocotylus arm: h.cy, hectocotylus still
in the cyst; c´y´, spoon-shaped cyst at
the end of the arm when freed; th,
thread-like organ freed by the rupture of
c´y´. Natural size. From specimens in the
British Museum.
This singular property of the male Cephalopoda has only recently been
satisfactorily explained. It is true that Aristotle, more than twenty-two
centuries ago, distinctly stated that certain of the arms were modified for
Page 164
sexual purposes. Speaking of what he calls the polypus (which appears to
represent the Octopus vulgaris of the Mediterranean), he says: ‘It differs
from the female in having what the fishermen call the white sexual organ on
its arm;’ again, ‘Some say that the male has something of a sexual nature
(αὶδοιῶδές τι) on one of its arms, that on which the largest suckers occur;
that this is a kind of muscular appendage attached to the middle of the arm,
and that it is entirely introduced within the funnel of the female’.
Unfortunately the word translated by introduced is corrupt, and can only be
restored conjecturally. He again remarks, ‘The last of the arms, which tapers
to a fine point and is the only whitish arm, it uses in sexual union.’[257]
The typical hectocotylus seems to have entirely escaped notice until
early in the present century, when both Delle Chiaje and Cuvier described
it, as detected within the female, as a parasite, the latter under the name of
Hectocotylus octopodis. Kölliker, in 1845–49, regarded the Hectocotylus of
Tremoctopus as the entire male animal, and went so far as to discern in it an
intestine, heart, and reproductive system. It was not until 1851 that the
investigations of Vérany and Filippi confirmed a suggestion of Dujardin,
[258]
while H. Müller, in 1853, completed the discovery by describing the
entire male of Argonauta.
In all genera of dibranchiate Cephalopoda except Argonauta, Ocythoe,
and Tremoctopus, one of the arms is sexually modified in various ways, but
never becomes so much prolonged, and is never detached and left with the
female. In Loligo Forbesii Stp. the fourth arm on the left has 23 pairs of
regularly developed acetabula, which then lessen in size and disappear,
being replaced by long pedunculated papillae, of which there are about 40
pairs. In Loligo vulgaris Lam. and L. Pleii Orb. 18 or 19 pairs of acetabula
are regularly formed, and then occur 40 pairs of papillae, as in Forbesii. In
other species of Loligo (gahi Orb., brevis Bl., brasiliensis Orb.) only the
outer row of suckers becomes modified into papillae after about the 20th to
the 22nd pair. In Sepioteuthis sepioides the modification is the same as in
the Loligo last mentioned, but the corresponding arm on the right side is so
covered with acetabula towards its extreme end, that it is thought that it in
some way co-operates with the hectocotylised left arm.
In Octopus, the third arm on the right side is subject to modification.
This arm is always shorter than the corresponding arm on the other side,
and carries fewer suckers, but is furnished at the extreme tip with a peculiar
represent the Octopus vulgaris of the Mediterranean), he says: ‘It differs
from the female in having what the fishermen call the white sexual organ on
its arm;’ again, ‘Some say that the male has something of a sexual nature
(αὶδοιῶδές τι) on one of its arms, that on which the largest suckers occur;
that this is a kind of muscular appendage attached to the middle of the arm,
and that it is entirely introduced within the funnel of the female’.
Unfortunately the word translated by introduced is corrupt, and can only be
restored conjecturally. He again remarks, ‘The last of the arms, which tapers
to a fine point and is the only whitish arm, it uses in sexual union.’[257]
The typical hectocotylus seems to have entirely escaped notice until
early in the present century, when both Delle Chiaje and Cuvier described
it, as detected within the female, as a parasite, the latter under the name of
Hectocotylus octopodis. Kölliker, in 1845–49, regarded the Hectocotylus of
Tremoctopus as the entire male animal, and went so far as to discern in it an
intestine, heart, and reproductive system. It was not until 1851 that the
investigations of Vérany and Filippi confirmed a suggestion of Dujardin,
[258]
while H. Müller, in 1853, completed the discovery by describing the
entire male of Argonauta.
In all genera of dibranchiate Cephalopoda except Argonauta, Ocythoe,
and Tremoctopus, one of the arms is sexually modified in various ways, but
never becomes so much prolonged, and is never detached and left with the
female. In Loligo Forbesii Stp. the fourth arm on the left has 23 pairs of
regularly developed acetabula, which then lessen in size and disappear,
being replaced by long pedunculated papillae, of which there are about 40
pairs. In Loligo vulgaris Lam. and L. Pleii Orb. 18 or 19 pairs of acetabula
are regularly formed, and then occur 40 pairs of papillae, as in Forbesii. In
other species of Loligo (gahi Orb., brevis Bl., brasiliensis Orb.) only the
outer row of suckers becomes modified into papillae after about the 20th to
the 22nd pair. In Sepioteuthis sepioides the modification is the same as in
the Loligo last mentioned, but the corresponding arm on the right side is so
covered with acetabula towards its extreme end, that it is thought that it in
some way co-operates with the hectocotylised left arm.
In Octopus, the third arm on the right side is subject to modification.
This arm is always shorter than the corresponding arm on the other side,
and carries fewer suckers, but is furnished at the extreme tip with a peculiar
Page 165
kind of plate, which connects with the membrane at the base of the arm by a
channel of skin, which probably conveys the spermatophores up to the tip.
In Octopus vulgaris, the species referred to by Aristotle, the
hectocotylised arm is short, thin in its outer half and pointed at the
extremity, while the fold of skin is very white, and gives the arm an
appearance of being divided by a cleft at the side. At the same time, an
unusual development of one or two suckers on the arm is not uncommon.
[259]
Fig. 52.—Octopus lentus Baird, N. Atlantic, showing the
peculiar formation of the hectocotylus arm, h.a. (After
Verrill, × ½.)
It is believed that in the Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda (Nautilus) a union
of the four inner ventral arms may correspond functionally to the
hectocotylising of the arm in the Dibranchiates.
Hermaphrodite Mollusca.—(a) Monogonopora.—The reproductive
system in the hermaphrodite Mollusca is far more complicated than in the
dioecious, from the union of the male and female organs in the same
individual. As a type of the Monogonopora, in which a single orifice serves
for both male and female organs, may be taken the common garden snail
(Helix aspersa), the accompanying figure of which is drawn from two
specimens found in the act of union (Fig. 53).
channel of skin, which probably conveys the spermatophores up to the tip.
In Octopus vulgaris, the species referred to by Aristotle, the
hectocotylised arm is short, thin in its outer half and pointed at the
extremity, while the fold of skin is very white, and gives the arm an
appearance of being divided by a cleft at the side. At the same time, an
unusual development of one or two suckers on the arm is not uncommon.
[259]
Fig. 52.—Octopus lentus Baird, N. Atlantic, showing the
peculiar formation of the hectocotylus arm, h.a. (After
Verrill, × ½.)
It is believed that in the Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda (Nautilus) a union
of the four inner ventral arms may correspond functionally to the
hectocotylising of the arm in the Dibranchiates.
Hermaphrodite Mollusca.—(a) Monogonopora.—The reproductive
system in the hermaphrodite Mollusca is far more complicated than in the
dioecious, from the union of the male and female organs in the same
individual. As a type of the Monogonopora, in which a single orifice serves
for both male and female organs, may be taken the common garden snail
(Helix aspersa), the accompanying figure of which is drawn from two
specimens found in the act of union (Fig. 53).
Page 166
Fig. 53.—Genitalia of Helix aspersa Müller, drawn
from two individuals in the act of union, from a
dissection by F. B. Stead.
from two individuals in the act of union, from a
dissection by F. B. Stead.
Page 167
A.G, albumen gland.
C, coecum.
Cr, crop.
D.S, dart sac.
E, eye (retracted).
Fl, flagellum.
H.D, hermaphrodite duct.
H.DF, ditto, female portion.
H.DM, ditto, male portion.
H.G, hermaphrodite gland.
L, liver.
M.G, M.G, mucous glands.
Ov, oviduct.
P.S, penis sac.
R.M, retractor muscle of penis.
Sp, spermatheca.
V, vagina.
V.D, vas deferens.
Beginning from the inside and proceeding outwards we have firstly the
hermaphrodite gland or ovo-testis (h.g.), a yellowish white mass of
irregular shape, embedded in the liver (l.) and forming part of its spiral but
not reaching quite to the apex. Within this gland are developed the ova and
spermatozoa. The former are rather large round cells, produced within the
outer wall of the gland, while the spermatozoa, which are produced in the
more central part, are thread-like bodies, generally aggregated in small
bundles. From the hermaphrodite gland the ova and spermatozoa pass
through the upper part of the hermaphrodite duct (h.d.), which is always
more or less convoluted. Below the convoluted portion, the duct opens into
the albumen gland (a.g.), a large linguiform mass of tissue which becomes
dilated at the time of pairing, and secretes a thick viscid fluid which
probably serves to envelop the ova. Up to this point both the male and
female elements follow the same course, but on their exit from the albumen
gland they diverge. The hermaphrodite duct becomes greatly enlarged, and
is partially divided by a kind of septum into a male and female portion.
These run parallel to one another, the larger or female portion (h.df.),
through which the ova pass (and which is sometimes termed the uterus)
being dilated into a number of puckered folds, while the smaller or male
portion (h.dm.) is comparatively narrow, and not dilated. At their anterior
end, the two portions of the duct separate completely from one another, the
female portion being then termed the oviduct (ov.) and the male portion the
vas deferens (v.d.).
C, coecum.
Cr, crop.
D.S, dart sac.
E, eye (retracted).
Fl, flagellum.
H.D, hermaphrodite duct.
H.DF, ditto, female portion.
H.DM, ditto, male portion.
H.G, hermaphrodite gland.
L, liver.
M.G, M.G, mucous glands.
Ov, oviduct.
P.S, penis sac.
R.M, retractor muscle of penis.
Sp, spermatheca.
V, vagina.
V.D, vas deferens.
Beginning from the inside and proceeding outwards we have firstly the
hermaphrodite gland or ovo-testis (h.g.), a yellowish white mass of
irregular shape, embedded in the liver (l.) and forming part of its spiral but
not reaching quite to the apex. Within this gland are developed the ova and
spermatozoa. The former are rather large round cells, produced within the
outer wall of the gland, while the spermatozoa, which are produced in the
more central part, are thread-like bodies, generally aggregated in small
bundles. From the hermaphrodite gland the ova and spermatozoa pass
through the upper part of the hermaphrodite duct (h.d.), which is always
more or less convoluted. Below the convoluted portion, the duct opens into
the albumen gland (a.g.), a large linguiform mass of tissue which becomes
dilated at the time of pairing, and secretes a thick viscid fluid which
probably serves to envelop the ova. Up to this point both the male and
female elements follow the same course, but on their exit from the albumen
gland they diverge. The hermaphrodite duct becomes greatly enlarged, and
is partially divided by a kind of septum into a male and female portion.
These run parallel to one another, the larger or female portion (h.df.),
through which the ova pass (and which is sometimes termed the uterus)
being dilated into a number of puckered folds, while the smaller or male
portion (h.dm.) is comparatively narrow, and not dilated. At their anterior
end, the two portions of the duct separate completely from one another, the
female portion being then termed the oviduct (ov.) and the male portion the
vas deferens (v.d.).
Page 168
Following first the oviduct, we find that it soon widens into the vagina
(v.), which is furnished with a pair of mucous glands (m.g.), one on each
side. These are much branched, and resemble little bunches of whitish
seaweed. A little above the mucous glands a long tube diverges from the
vagina, which is furnished with a produced coecum (c.) and a pouch, the
spermatheca (sp.) at the extreme end. In this pouch, and in the duct leading
to it, is stored the spermatophore received in union with another snail. Just
below the mucous glands the vagina is joined by the dart sac (d.s.), which
is more fully described below. Finally, at its lower end the vagina unites
with the penis sac at a point just posterior to the common orifice.
Returning now to the male organs, we find that the vas deferens is the
continuation of the male portion of the hermaphrodite duct, after its final
separation from the female portion. It passes under the retractor muscle of
the upper right tentacle, which has been cut away in the specimen figured,
to dissect it out. Just before the vas deferens widens into the penis sac, it
branches off into a long and tapering tube, the flagellum, in which the
spermatozoa are stored and become massed together in the long packet
known as the spermatophore. The penis sac (p.s.) is the continuation of the
vas deferens beyond the point at which the flagellum diverges. It joins the
vagina at its extreme anterior end, uniting with it to form the common
genital aperture, which cannot be exactly represented in the figure. The
penis itself lies in the interior of the penis sac, and is a rather long muscular
tube which is protruded during union, but at other times remains retracted
within the sac.
In the Helicidae generally, the form of the generative organs varies with
each separate species, sometimes merely as regards the size of the different
parts, at others in the direction of greater simplicity or complication. The
mucous glands may be absent, and the flagellum greatly reduced in size, or
absent altogether.
The Dart Sac.—A remarkable part of the reproductive system in many
of the true Helicidae is the so-called dart, Liebespfeil, or telum veneris. It
consists of ‘a straight, or curved, sometimes slightly twisted tubular shaft of
carbonate of lime, tapering to a fine point above, and enlarging gradually,
more often somewhat abruptly, to the base.’ The sides of the shaft are
sometimes furnished with two or more blades; these are apparently not for
cutting purposes, but simply to brace the stem. The dart is contained in a
(v.), which is furnished with a pair of mucous glands (m.g.), one on each
side. These are much branched, and resemble little bunches of whitish
seaweed. A little above the mucous glands a long tube diverges from the
vagina, which is furnished with a produced coecum (c.) and a pouch, the
spermatheca (sp.) at the extreme end. In this pouch, and in the duct leading
to it, is stored the spermatophore received in union with another snail. Just
below the mucous glands the vagina is joined by the dart sac (d.s.), which
is more fully described below. Finally, at its lower end the vagina unites
with the penis sac at a point just posterior to the common orifice.
Returning now to the male organs, we find that the vas deferens is the
continuation of the male portion of the hermaphrodite duct, after its final
separation from the female portion. It passes under the retractor muscle of
the upper right tentacle, which has been cut away in the specimen figured,
to dissect it out. Just before the vas deferens widens into the penis sac, it
branches off into a long and tapering tube, the flagellum, in which the
spermatozoa are stored and become massed together in the long packet
known as the spermatophore. The penis sac (p.s.) is the continuation of the
vas deferens beyond the point at which the flagellum diverges. It joins the
vagina at its extreme anterior end, uniting with it to form the common
genital aperture, which cannot be exactly represented in the figure. The
penis itself lies in the interior of the penis sac, and is a rather long muscular
tube which is protruded during union, but at other times remains retracted
within the sac.
In the Helicidae generally, the form of the generative organs varies with
each separate species, sometimes merely as regards the size of the different
parts, at others in the direction of greater simplicity or complication. The
mucous glands may be absent, and the flagellum greatly reduced in size, or
absent altogether.
The Dart Sac.—A remarkable part of the reproductive system in many
of the true Helicidae is the so-called dart, Liebespfeil, or telum veneris. It
consists of ‘a straight, or curved, sometimes slightly twisted tubular shaft of
carbonate of lime, tapering to a fine point above, and enlarging gradually,
more often somewhat abruptly, to the base.’ The sides of the shaft are
sometimes furnished with two or more blades; these are apparently not for
cutting purposes, but simply to brace the stem. The dart is contained in a
Page 169
dart sac, which is attached as a sort of pocket to the vagina, at no great
distance from its orifice. There are four different forms of sac. It may be
single or double, and each of these divisions may be bilobed, each lobe
containing one dart at a time. In Helix aspersa the dart is about 5/16 in. in
length, and ⅛ in. in breadth at its base (see Fig. 54).
It appears most probable that the dart is employed as an adjunct to the
sexual act. Besides the fact of the position of the dart sac anatomically, we
find that the darts are extruded and become embedded in the flesh just
before or during the act of copulation. It may be regarded, then, as an organ
whose punctures induce excitement preparatory to sexual union. It only
occurs in well-grown specimens. When once it begins to form, it grows
very rapidly, perhaps not more than a week being required for its entire
formation.
Fig. 54.—Darts of British land snails: A, Hyalinia
excavata Bean; B, Helix hortensis Müll.; C,
Helix aspersa Müll. (After Ashford.)
The dart is almost confined to Helicidae, a certain number of exceptions
being known which border on Helix. Hyalinia nitida and excavata are the
only British species, not Helices, which are known to possess it. It has not
been noticed to occur in the slugs, except in the N. American genus
Tebennophorus. About one-third of the British Helices are destitute of the
dart.[260] H. rufescens possesses a double bilobed sac, but only two darts,
which lie in the lower lobes. It does not use the darts, and could not do so,
from the relative sizes of dart and sac; it has often been watched when
uniting, but the use of the darts has never been observed. From this it has
distance from its orifice. There are four different forms of sac. It may be
single or double, and each of these divisions may be bilobed, each lobe
containing one dart at a time. In Helix aspersa the dart is about 5/16 in. in
length, and ⅛ in. in breadth at its base (see Fig. 54).
It appears most probable that the dart is employed as an adjunct to the
sexual act. Besides the fact of the position of the dart sac anatomically, we
find that the darts are extruded and become embedded in the flesh just
before or during the act of copulation. It may be regarded, then, as an organ
whose punctures induce excitement preparatory to sexual union. It only
occurs in well-grown specimens. When once it begins to form, it grows
very rapidly, perhaps not more than a week being required for its entire
formation.
Fig. 54.—Darts of British land snails: A, Hyalinia
excavata Bean; B, Helix hortensis Müll.; C,
Helix aspersa Müll. (After Ashford.)
The dart is almost confined to Helicidae, a certain number of exceptions
being known which border on Helix. Hyalinia nitida and excavata are the
only British species, not Helices, which are known to possess it. It has not
been noticed to occur in the slugs, except in the N. American genus
Tebennophorus. About one-third of the British Helices are destitute of the
dart.[260] H. rufescens possesses a double bilobed sac, but only two darts,
which lie in the lower lobes. It does not use the darts, and could not do so,
from the relative sizes of dart and sac; it has often been watched when
uniting, but the use of the darts has never been observed. From this it has
Page 170
been inferred that the darts are degenerate weapons of defence, and that
they were in fact at one time much stronger organs and more often used.
[261]
This theory, however, does not seem consistent with the whole
circumstances of the occurrence, position, and present use of the darts.
Hermaphrodite Mollusca.—(b) Digonopora.—As an example of the
Digonopora or hermaphrodite Mollusca with separate generative apertures
for the male and female organs, we may take the common Limnaea
stagnalis (Fig. 55). It will be seen from the figure that the relative positions
of the hermaphrodite gland and duct, and of the albumen gland, are the
same as in Helix. When the oviduct parts company from the vas deferens, it
becomes furnished with several accessory glands, one of which (Gl.E.)
probably serves as a reservoir for the ova, and answers more or less to a
uterus. The tube leading to the spermatheca is short, and there is no
divergent caecum. The female orifice lies near to the external opening of the
branchial cavity. The vas deferens, which is very long, is furnished with a
large prostate gland. The penis sac is greatly dilated, and there is no
flagellum. The male orifice is behind the right tentacle, slightly in advance
of the female orifice (compare Fig. 102).
they were in fact at one time much stronger organs and more often used.
[261]
This theory, however, does not seem consistent with the whole
circumstances of the occurrence, position, and present use of the darts.
Hermaphrodite Mollusca.—(b) Digonopora.—As an example of the
Digonopora or hermaphrodite Mollusca with separate generative apertures
for the male and female organs, we may take the common Limnaea
stagnalis (Fig. 55). It will be seen from the figure that the relative positions
of the hermaphrodite gland and duct, and of the albumen gland, are the
same as in Helix. When the oviduct parts company from the vas deferens, it
becomes furnished with several accessory glands, one of which (Gl.E.)
probably serves as a reservoir for the ova, and answers more or less to a
uterus. The tube leading to the spermatheca is short, and there is no
divergent caecum. The female orifice lies near to the external opening of the
branchial cavity. The vas deferens, which is very long, is furnished with a
large prostate gland. The penis sac is greatly dilated, and there is no
flagellum. The male orifice is behind the right tentacle, slightly in advance
of the female orifice (compare Fig. 102).
Page 171
Fig. 55.—Genitalia of Limnaea stagnalis L. (from a
dissection by F. B. Stead), × 2.
A.G, albumen gland.
Ac.G, accessory gland.
F.O, female orifice.
Gl.E, glandular enlargement.
H.D, hermaphrodite duct.
H.G, hermaphrodite gland.
Li, liver.
M.O, male orifice.
P, penis sac.
Pr, prostate.
R.M, retractor muscle of penis.
Sp, spermatheca.
V.D, vas deferens.]
dissection by F. B. Stead), × 2.
A.G, albumen gland.
Ac.G, accessory gland.
F.O, female orifice.
Gl.E, glandular enlargement.
H.D, hermaphrodite duct.
H.G, hermaphrodite gland.
Li, liver.
M.O, male orifice.
P, penis sac.
Pr, prostate.
R.M, retractor muscle of penis.
Sp, spermatheca.
V.D, vas deferens.]
Page 172
Most of the Opisthobranchiata, but not all, have separate sexual orifices.
Numerous variations from the type just described will be found to occur,
particularly in the direction of the development of accessory glands, which
are sometimes very large, and whose precise purpose has in many cases not
been satisfactorily determined.
Pelecypoda.—In the dioecious Pelecypoda, which form the great
majority, the reproductive system is simple, and closely parallel in both
sexes. It consists of a pair of gonads, which are either ovaries or testes, and
a pair of oviducts or sperm-ducts which lead to a genital aperture. The
gonads are usually placed symmetrically at the sides or base of the visceral
mass. The oviduct is short, and the genital aperture is usually within the
branchial chamber, thus securing the fertilisation of the ova by the
spermatozoa, which are carried into the branchial chamber with the water
which passes through the afferent siphon.
Hermaphrodite Pelecypoda are rare, the sexes being usually separate.
The following are assured instances: Pecten glaber, P. jacobaeus, P.
maximus, Ostrea edulis, Cardium norvegicum, Pisidium pusillum, Cyclas
cornea, Pandora rostrata, Aspergillum dichotomum, and perhaps
Clavagella. The greater number of these have only a single genital gland
(gonad) on each side, with a single efferent duct from each, but part of the
gland is male and part female, e.g. in the Pectens above mentioned.
Pandora and Aspergillum have two distinct glands, respectively male and
female, on each side, each of the two glands possessing its separate duct,
and the two ducts from each side eventually opening near one another. It
appears probable that the Septibranchiata (Cuspidaria, Poromya,
Lyonsiella, etc.) must also be added to the number of hermaphrodite
Pelecypoda which have separate male and female glands.
It is worthy of remark that all the hermaphrodite Pelecypoda belong to
forms decidedly specialised, while forms distinctly primitive, such as
Nucula, Solenomya, Arca, and Trigonia are all dioecious. In Gasteropoda
similarly, the least specialised forms (the Amphineura, with the exception of
the Neomeniidae, and the Rhipidoglossa) are dioecious. It is possible
therefore that in the ancestors of the Mollusca the separation of the sexes
had already become the normal type of things, and that hermaphroditism in
the group is, to a certain extent, a sign or accompaniment of specialisation.
[262]
Numerous variations from the type just described will be found to occur,
particularly in the direction of the development of accessory glands, which
are sometimes very large, and whose precise purpose has in many cases not
been satisfactorily determined.
Pelecypoda.—In the dioecious Pelecypoda, which form the great
majority, the reproductive system is simple, and closely parallel in both
sexes. It consists of a pair of gonads, which are either ovaries or testes, and
a pair of oviducts or sperm-ducts which lead to a genital aperture. The
gonads are usually placed symmetrically at the sides or base of the visceral
mass. The oviduct is short, and the genital aperture is usually within the
branchial chamber, thus securing the fertilisation of the ova by the
spermatozoa, which are carried into the branchial chamber with the water
which passes through the afferent siphon.
Hermaphrodite Pelecypoda are rare, the sexes being usually separate.
The following are assured instances: Pecten glaber, P. jacobaeus, P.
maximus, Ostrea edulis, Cardium norvegicum, Pisidium pusillum, Cyclas
cornea, Pandora rostrata, Aspergillum dichotomum, and perhaps
Clavagella. The greater number of these have only a single genital gland
(gonad) on each side, with a single efferent duct from each, but part of the
gland is male and part female, e.g. in the Pectens above mentioned.
Pandora and Aspergillum have two distinct glands, respectively male and
female, on each side, each of the two glands possessing its separate duct,
and the two ducts from each side eventually opening near one another. It
appears probable that the Septibranchiata (Cuspidaria, Poromya,
Lyonsiella, etc.) must also be added to the number of hermaphrodite
Pelecypoda which have separate male and female glands.
It is worthy of remark that all the hermaphrodite Pelecypoda belong to
forms decidedly specialised, while forms distinctly primitive, such as
Nucula, Solenomya, Arca, and Trigonia are all dioecious. In Gasteropoda
similarly, the least specialised forms (the Amphineura, with the exception of
the Neomeniidae, and the Rhipidoglossa) are dioecious. It is possible
therefore that in the ancestors of the Mollusca the separation of the sexes
had already become the normal type of things, and that hermaphroditism in
the group is, to a certain extent, a sign or accompaniment of specialisation.
[262]
Page 173
Development of Fresh-water Bivalves.—The vast majority of fresh-
water bivalves either pass the larval stage entirely within the mother, and do
not quit her except in a perfectly developed form (Cyclas, Pisidium), or
assume a mode of development in which free larvae indeed occur, but are
specially modified for adaptation to special circumstances (Unio). Cyclas
and Pisidium, and no doubt all the kindred genera, preserve their ova in a
sort of brood-pouch within the gills, in which the ova pass the earlier stages
of their development. But, even so, the larva of these genera retains some
traces of its original free-swimming habits, for a rudimentary velum, which
is quite useless for its present form of development, has been detected in
Cyclas.
The larva of Dreissensia (see Fig. 47, A), so far as is at present known,
stands alone among fresh-water bivalves in being free-swimming, and to
this property has been attributed, no doubt with perfect justice, the fact of
the extraordinarily rapid spread of Dreissensia over the continent of Europe
(chap. xvi.). In expelling the ova, the parent slightly opens the shells and
then quickly closes them, shooting out a small point of white slime, which
is in fact a little ball of eggs. The general course of development is precisely
parallel to that of marine Pelecypoda, greatly resembling, so far as form is
concerned, certain stages in the growth of the larvae of Modiolaria and
Cardium, as figured by Lovén.[263]
In June and July the larvae appear in large numbers on the surface of the
water, when in spite of their exceedingly small size, they can be captured
with a fine hand-net. They pass about eight days on the surface, feeding
apparently on minute floating algae. During this time, the principal change
they undergo is in the formation of the foot, which first appears as a small
prominence midway between the mouth and anus, and gradually increases
in length and flexibility. When the larva sinks to the bottom, the velum soon
disappears entirely, the foot becomes exceedingly long and narrow, while
the shell is circular, strongly resembling a very young Cyclas.
Larvae of Unionidae.—The early stages of the development of Unio
and Anodonta (so far as the species of North America, Europe, and Asia are
concerned) is of extreme interest, from the remarkable fact that the young
live for some time parasitically attached to certain species of fresh-water
fishes. In order to secure this attachment, the larva, which is generally
known as Glochidium, develops a long filament which perhaps renders it
water bivalves either pass the larval stage entirely within the mother, and do
not quit her except in a perfectly developed form (Cyclas, Pisidium), or
assume a mode of development in which free larvae indeed occur, but are
specially modified for adaptation to special circumstances (Unio). Cyclas
and Pisidium, and no doubt all the kindred genera, preserve their ova in a
sort of brood-pouch within the gills, in which the ova pass the earlier stages
of their development. But, even so, the larva of these genera retains some
traces of its original free-swimming habits, for a rudimentary velum, which
is quite useless for its present form of development, has been detected in
Cyclas.
The larva of Dreissensia (see Fig. 47, A), so far as is at present known,
stands alone among fresh-water bivalves in being free-swimming, and to
this property has been attributed, no doubt with perfect justice, the fact of
the extraordinarily rapid spread of Dreissensia over the continent of Europe
(chap. xvi.). In expelling the ova, the parent slightly opens the shells and
then quickly closes them, shooting out a small point of white slime, which
is in fact a little ball of eggs. The general course of development is precisely
parallel to that of marine Pelecypoda, greatly resembling, so far as form is
concerned, certain stages in the growth of the larvae of Modiolaria and
Cardium, as figured by Lovén.[263]
In June and July the larvae appear in large numbers on the surface of the
water, when in spite of their exceedingly small size, they can be captured
with a fine hand-net. They pass about eight days on the surface, feeding
apparently on minute floating algae. During this time, the principal change
they undergo is in the formation of the foot, which first appears as a small
prominence midway between the mouth and anus, and gradually increases
in length and flexibility. When the larva sinks to the bottom, the velum soon
disappears entirely, the foot becomes exceedingly long and narrow, while
the shell is circular, strongly resembling a very young Cyclas.
Larvae of Unionidae.—The early stages of the development of Unio
and Anodonta (so far as the species of North America, Europe, and Asia are
concerned) is of extreme interest, from the remarkable fact that the young
live for some time parasitically attached to certain species of fresh-water
fishes. In order to secure this attachment, the larva, which is generally
known as Glochidium, develops a long filament which perhaps renders it
Page 174
aware of the neighbourhood of a fish, and also a larval shell furnished with
strong hooks by which it fastens itself to the body of its unconscious host
(Fig. 56). According to some interesting observations made by Mr. O. H.
Latter,[264] the ova pass into the external gill of the mother, in which is
secreted a nutritive mucus on which they are sustained until they arrive at
maturity and a suitable opportunity occurs for their ‘being born.’ If this
opportunity is deferred, and the Glochidia mature, their so-called ‘byssus’
becomes developed, and by being entangled in the gill filaments of the
parent, prevents their escaping. It is interesting to notice that, when the
nutritive mucus of the parent is used up, it becomes, as it were, the turn of
the children to provide for themselves a secondary mode of attachment.
Fig. 56.—A, Glochidium immediately after it is hatched: ad, adductor muscle;
by, ‘byssus’ cord; s, sense organs; sh, shell. B, Glochidium after it has been
on the fish for some weeks: a.ad, p.ad, anterior and posterior adductors;
al, alimentary canal; au.v, auditory vesicle; br, branchiae; f, foot; mt,
mantle. (Balfour.)
The mother Anodonta does not always retain the Glochidium until fish
are in her neighbourhood. Gentle stirring of the water caused them to emit
Glochidium in large masses, if the movement was not so violent as to cause
alarm. The long slimy masses of Glochidium were observed to be drawn
back again within the shell of the mother, even after they had been ejected
to a distance of 2 or 3 inches.
It is a mistake to assert that the young Glochidium can swim. When they
finally quit the mother, they sink to the bottom, and there remain resting on
their dorsal side, with the valves gaping upwards and the so-called byssus
streaming up into the water above them. There they remain, until a
strong hooks by which it fastens itself to the body of its unconscious host
(Fig. 56). According to some interesting observations made by Mr. O. H.
Latter,[264] the ova pass into the external gill of the mother, in which is
secreted a nutritive mucus on which they are sustained until they arrive at
maturity and a suitable opportunity occurs for their ‘being born.’ If this
opportunity is deferred, and the Glochidia mature, their so-called ‘byssus’
becomes developed, and by being entangled in the gill filaments of the
parent, prevents their escaping. It is interesting to notice that, when the
nutritive mucus of the parent is used up, it becomes, as it were, the turn of
the children to provide for themselves a secondary mode of attachment.
Fig. 56.—A, Glochidium immediately after it is hatched: ad, adductor muscle;
by, ‘byssus’ cord; s, sense organs; sh, shell. B, Glochidium after it has been
on the fish for some weeks: a.ad, p.ad, anterior and posterior adductors;
al, alimentary canal; au.v, auditory vesicle; br, branchiae; f, foot; mt,
mantle. (Balfour.)
The mother Anodonta does not always retain the Glochidium until fish
are in her neighbourhood. Gentle stirring of the water caused them to emit
Glochidium in large masses, if the movement was not so violent as to cause
alarm. The long slimy masses of Glochidium were observed to be drawn
back again within the shell of the mother, even after they had been ejected
to a distance of 2 or 3 inches.
It is a mistake to assert that the young Glochidium can swim. When they
finally quit the mother, they sink to the bottom, and there remain resting on
their dorsal side, with the valves gaping upwards and the so-called byssus
streaming up into the water above them. There they remain, until a
Page 175
convenient ‘host’ comes within reach, and if no ‘host’ comes within a
certain time, they perish. They are evidently peculiarly sensitive to the
presence of fish, but whether they perceive them by smell or some other
sense is unknown. “The tail of a recently killed stickleback thrust into a
watch-glass containing Glochidium throws them all into the wildest
agitation for a few seconds; the valves are violently closed and again
opened with astonishing rapidity for 15–25 seconds, and then the animals
appear exhausted and lie placid with widely gaping shells—unless they
chance to have closed upon any object in the water (e.g. another
Glochidium), in which case the valves remain firmly closed.”
In about four weeks after the Glochidium has quitted its host, and the
permanent shell has made its appearance within the two valves of the
Glochidium, the projecting teeth of the latter press upon the ventral edge of
the permanent shell, at a point about half way in its lengthward
measurement, retarding the growth of the shell at that particular point, and
indenting its otherwise uninterrupted curve with an irregular notch or dent.
As growth proceeds, this dent becomes less and less perceptible on the
ventral margin of the shell itself, but its effects may be detected, in well-
preserved specimens, by the wavy turn in the lines of growth, especially
near the umbones of the young shell.
Mr. Latter found that all species of fish with which he experimented had
a strong dislike to Glochidium as an article of food. Sometimes a fish would
taste it “just to try,” but invariably spit it out again in a very decided
manner. The cause of unpleasantness seemed not to be the irritation
produced in the mouth of the fish by the attempt of the Glochidium to attach
itself, but was more probably due to what the fish considered a nasty taste
or odour in the object of his attentions.
The following works will be found useful for further study of this
portion of the subject:—
F. M. Balfour, Comparative Embryology, vol. i. pp. 186–241.
F. Blochmann, Ueber die Entwickelung von Neritina fluviatilis Müll.: Zeit. wiss.
Zool. xxxvi. (1881), pp. 125–174.
certain time, they perish. They are evidently peculiarly sensitive to the
presence of fish, but whether they perceive them by smell or some other
sense is unknown. “The tail of a recently killed stickleback thrust into a
watch-glass containing Glochidium throws them all into the wildest
agitation for a few seconds; the valves are violently closed and again
opened with astonishing rapidity for 15–25 seconds, and then the animals
appear exhausted and lie placid with widely gaping shells—unless they
chance to have closed upon any object in the water (e.g. another
Glochidium), in which case the valves remain firmly closed.”
In about four weeks after the Glochidium has quitted its host, and the
permanent shell has made its appearance within the two valves of the
Glochidium, the projecting teeth of the latter press upon the ventral edge of
the permanent shell, at a point about half way in its lengthward
measurement, retarding the growth of the shell at that particular point, and
indenting its otherwise uninterrupted curve with an irregular notch or dent.
As growth proceeds, this dent becomes less and less perceptible on the
ventral margin of the shell itself, but its effects may be detected, in well-
preserved specimens, by the wavy turn in the lines of growth, especially
near the umbones of the young shell.
Mr. Latter found that all species of fish with which he experimented had
a strong dislike to Glochidium as an article of food. Sometimes a fish would
taste it “just to try,” but invariably spit it out again in a very decided
manner. The cause of unpleasantness seemed not to be the irritation
produced in the mouth of the fish by the attempt of the Glochidium to attach
itself, but was more probably due to what the fish considered a nasty taste
or odour in the object of his attentions.
The following works will be found useful for further study of this
portion of the subject:—
F. M. Balfour, Comparative Embryology, vol. i. pp. 186–241.
F. Blochmann, Ueber die Entwickelung von Neritina fluviatilis Müll.: Zeit. wiss.
Zool. xxxvi. (1881), pp. 125–174.
Page 176
L. Boutan, Recherches sur l’anatomie et le développement de la Fissurelle: Arch.
Zool. exp. gén. (2) iii. suppl. (1885), 173 pp.
W. K. Brooks, The development of the Squid (Loligo Pealii Les.): Anniv. Mem.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1880.
„ „ The development of the oyster: Studies Biol. Lab. Johns Hopk.
Univ. i. (1880), 80 pp.
R. von Erlanger, Zur Entwickelung von Paludina vivipara: Morph. Jahrb. xvii.
(1891), pp. 337–379, 636–680.
„ „ Zur Entwickelung von Bythinia tentaculata: Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neap,
x. (1892), pp. 376–406.
H. Fol, Sur le développement des Ptéropodes: Arch. Zool. exp. gén. iv. (1875), pp.
1–214.
„ Etudes sur le développement des Mollusques. Hétéropodes: ibid v. (1876),
pp. 105–158.
„ Etudes sur le développement des Gastéropodes pulmonés: ibid. viii.
(1880), pp. 103–232.
H. Grenacher, Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Cephalopoden: Zeit. wiss. Zool.
xxiv. (1874), pp. 419–498.
B. Hatschek, Ueber Entwickelungsgeschichte von Teredo: Arb. Zool. Inst. Univ.
Wien, iii. (1881), pp. 1–44.
R. Horst, On the development of the European oyster: Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xxii.
(1882), pp. 339–346.
E. Korschelt and K. Heider, Lehrbuch der vergleichenden
Entwickelungsgeschichte der wirbellosen Thiere, Heft iii. (1893), pp. 909–1177 (the
work is in process of translation into English).
A. Kowalewsky, Embryogénie du Chiton polii avec quelques remarques sur le
développement des autres Chitons: Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Mars. Zool. i. (1883), v.
E. Ray Lankester, Contributions to the developmental history of the Mollusca:
Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. 165 (1875), pp. 1–31.
„ „ Observations on the development of the pond-snail (Lymnaeus
stagnalis), and on the early stages of other Mollusca: Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xiv.
(1874), pp. 365–391.
„ „ Observations on the development of the Cephalopoda: ibid. xv.
(1875), pp. 37–47.
W. Patten, The embryology of Patella: Arb. Zool. Inst. Univ. Wien, vi. (1886), pp.
149–174.
M. Salensky, Études sur le développement du Vermet: Arch. Biol. vi. (1885), pp.
655–759.
L. Vialleton, Recherches sur les premières phases du développement de la Seiche
(Sepia officinalis): Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. (7) vi. (1888), pp. 165–280.
S. Watase, Observations on the development of Cephalopods: Stud. Biol. Lab.
Johns Hopk. Univ. iv. (1888), pp. 163–183.
Zool. exp. gén. (2) iii. suppl. (1885), 173 pp.
W. K. Brooks, The development of the Squid (Loligo Pealii Les.): Anniv. Mem.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1880.
„ „ The development of the oyster: Studies Biol. Lab. Johns Hopk.
Univ. i. (1880), 80 pp.
R. von Erlanger, Zur Entwickelung von Paludina vivipara: Morph. Jahrb. xvii.
(1891), pp. 337–379, 636–680.
„ „ Zur Entwickelung von Bythinia tentaculata: Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neap,
x. (1892), pp. 376–406.
H. Fol, Sur le développement des Ptéropodes: Arch. Zool. exp. gén. iv. (1875), pp.
1–214.
„ Etudes sur le développement des Mollusques. Hétéropodes: ibid v. (1876),
pp. 105–158.
„ Etudes sur le développement des Gastéropodes pulmonés: ibid. viii.
(1880), pp. 103–232.
H. Grenacher, Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Cephalopoden: Zeit. wiss. Zool.
xxiv. (1874), pp. 419–498.
B. Hatschek, Ueber Entwickelungsgeschichte von Teredo: Arb. Zool. Inst. Univ.
Wien, iii. (1881), pp. 1–44.
R. Horst, On the development of the European oyster: Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xxii.
(1882), pp. 339–346.
E. Korschelt and K. Heider, Lehrbuch der vergleichenden
Entwickelungsgeschichte der wirbellosen Thiere, Heft iii. (1893), pp. 909–1177 (the
work is in process of translation into English).
A. Kowalewsky, Embryogénie du Chiton polii avec quelques remarques sur le
développement des autres Chitons: Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Mars. Zool. i. (1883), v.
E. Ray Lankester, Contributions to the developmental history of the Mollusca:
Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. 165 (1875), pp. 1–31.
„ „ Observations on the development of the pond-snail (Lymnaeus
stagnalis), and on the early stages of other Mollusca: Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xiv.
(1874), pp. 365–391.
„ „ Observations on the development of the Cephalopoda: ibid. xv.
(1875), pp. 37–47.
W. Patten, The embryology of Patella: Arb. Zool. Inst. Univ. Wien, vi. (1886), pp.
149–174.
M. Salensky, Études sur le développement du Vermet: Arch. Biol. vi. (1885), pp.
655–759.
L. Vialleton, Recherches sur les premières phases du développement de la Seiche
(Sepia officinalis): Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. (7) vi. (1888), pp. 165–280.
S. Watase, Observations on the development of Cephalopods: Stud. Biol. Lab.
Johns Hopk. Univ. iv. (1888), pp. 163–183.
Page 177
„ „ Studies on Cephalopods: Journ. Morph. iv. (1891), pp. 247–294.
E. Ziegler, Die Entwickelung von Cyclas cornea Lam.: Zeit. wiss. Zool. xli.
(1885), pp. 525–569.
E. Ziegler, Die Entwickelung von Cyclas cornea Lam.: Zeit. wiss. Zool. xli.
(1885), pp. 525–569.
Page 178
CHAPTER VI
RESPIRATION AND CIRCULATION—THE MANTLE
The principle of respiration is the same in the Mollusca as in all other
animals. The blood is purified by being brought, in successive instalments,
into contact with pure air or pure water, the effect of which is to expel the
carbonic acid produced by animal combustion, and to take up fresh supplies
of oxygen. Whether the medium in which a mollusc lives be water or air,
the effect of the respiratory action is practically the same.
Broadly speaking, Mollusca whose usual habitat is the water ‘breathe’
water, while those whose usual habitat is the land ‘breathe’ air. But this rule
has its exceptions on both sides. The great majority of the fresh-water
Mollusca which are not provided with an operculum (e.g. Limnaea, Physa,
Planorbis), breathe air, in spite of living in the water. They make periodic
visits to the surface, and take down a bubble of air, returning again for
another when it is exhausted. On the other hand many marine Mollusca
which live between tide-marks (e.g. Patella, Littorina, Purpura, many
species of Cerithium, Planaxis, and Nerita) are left out of the water,
through the bi-diurnal recess of the tide, for many hours together. Such
species invariably retain several drops of water in their branchiae, and,
aided by the moisture of the air, contrive to support life until the water
returns to them. Some species of Littorina (e.g. our own L. rudis and many
tropical species) live so near high-water mark that at neap-tides it must
frequently happen that they are untouched by the sea for several weeks
together, while they are frequently exposed to a burning sun, which beats
upon the rocks to which they cling. In this case it appears that the
respiratory organs will perform their functions if they can manage to retain
an extremely small amount of moisture.[265]
The important part which the respiratory organs play in the economy of
the Mollusca may be judged from the fact that the primary subdivision of
the Cephalopoda into Dibranchiata and Tetrabranchiata is based upon the
number of branchiae they possess. Further, the three great divisions of the
Gasteropoda have been named from the position or character of the
breathing apparatus, viz. Prosobranchiata, Opisthobranchiata and
RESPIRATION AND CIRCULATION—THE MANTLE
The principle of respiration is the same in the Mollusca as in all other
animals. The blood is purified by being brought, in successive instalments,
into contact with pure air or pure water, the effect of which is to expel the
carbonic acid produced by animal combustion, and to take up fresh supplies
of oxygen. Whether the medium in which a mollusc lives be water or air,
the effect of the respiratory action is practically the same.
Broadly speaking, Mollusca whose usual habitat is the water ‘breathe’
water, while those whose usual habitat is the land ‘breathe’ air. But this rule
has its exceptions on both sides. The great majority of the fresh-water
Mollusca which are not provided with an operculum (e.g. Limnaea, Physa,
Planorbis), breathe air, in spite of living in the water. They make periodic
visits to the surface, and take down a bubble of air, returning again for
another when it is exhausted. On the other hand many marine Mollusca
which live between tide-marks (e.g. Patella, Littorina, Purpura, many
species of Cerithium, Planaxis, and Nerita) are left out of the water,
through the bi-diurnal recess of the tide, for many hours together. Such
species invariably retain several drops of water in their branchiae, and,
aided by the moisture of the air, contrive to support life until the water
returns to them. Some species of Littorina (e.g. our own L. rudis and many
tropical species) live so near high-water mark that at neap-tides it must
frequently happen that they are untouched by the sea for several weeks
together, while they are frequently exposed to a burning sun, which beats
upon the rocks to which they cling. In this case it appears that the
respiratory organs will perform their functions if they can manage to retain
an extremely small amount of moisture.[265]
The important part which the respiratory organs play in the economy of
the Mollusca may be judged from the fact that the primary subdivision of
the Cephalopoda into Dibranchiata and Tetrabranchiata is based upon the
number of branchiae they possess. Further, the three great divisions of the
Gasteropoda have been named from the position or character of the
breathing apparatus, viz. Prosobranchiata, Opisthobranchiata and
Page 179
Pulmonata, while the name Pelecypoda has hardly yet dispossessed
Lamellibranchiata, the more familiar name of the bivalves.
Respiration may be conducted by means of—(a) Branchiae or Gills, (b)
a Lung or Lung-cavity, (c) the outer skin.
In the Pelecypoda, Cephalopoda, Scaphopoda, and the great majority of
the Gasteropoda, respiration is by means of branchiae, also known as
ctenidia[266], when they represent the primitive Molluscan gill and are not
‘secondary’ branchiae (pp. 156, 159).
In all non-operculate land and fresh-water Mollusca, in the Auriculidae,
and in one aberrant operculate (Amphibola), respiration is conducted by
means of a lung-cavity, or rarely by a true lung, whence the name
Pulmonata. The land operculates (Cyclophoridae, Cyclostomatidae,
Aciculidae, and Helicinidae) also breathe air, but are not classified as
Pulmonata, since other points in their organisation relate them more closely
to the marine Prosobranchiata. Both methods of respiration are united in
Ampullaria, which breathes indifferently air through a long siphon which it
can elevate above the surface of the water, and water through a branchia
(see p. 158). Siphonaria (Fig. 57) is also furnished with a lung-cavity as
well as a branchia. Both these genera may be regarded as in process of
change from an aqueous to a terrestrial life, and in Siphonaria the branchia
is to a great extent atrophied, since the animal is out of the water, on the
average, twenty-two hours out of the twenty-four. In the allied genus
Gadinia, where there is no trace of a branchia, but only a lung-cavity, and in
Cerithidea obtusa, which has a pulmonary organisation exactly analogous
to that of Cyclophorus,[267] this process may be regarded as practically
completed.
Lamellibranchiata, the more familiar name of the bivalves.
Respiration may be conducted by means of—(a) Branchiae or Gills, (b)
a Lung or Lung-cavity, (c) the outer skin.
In the Pelecypoda, Cephalopoda, Scaphopoda, and the great majority of
the Gasteropoda, respiration is by means of branchiae, also known as
ctenidia[266], when they represent the primitive Molluscan gill and are not
‘secondary’ branchiae (pp. 156, 159).
In all non-operculate land and fresh-water Mollusca, in the Auriculidae,
and in one aberrant operculate (Amphibola), respiration is conducted by
means of a lung-cavity, or rarely by a true lung, whence the name
Pulmonata. The land operculates (Cyclophoridae, Cyclostomatidae,
Aciculidae, and Helicinidae) also breathe air, but are not classified as
Pulmonata, since other points in their organisation relate them more closely
to the marine Prosobranchiata. Both methods of respiration are united in
Ampullaria, which breathes indifferently air through a long siphon which it
can elevate above the surface of the water, and water through a branchia
(see p. 158). Siphonaria (Fig. 57) is also furnished with a lung-cavity as
well as a branchia. Both these genera may be regarded as in process of
change from an aqueous to a terrestrial life, and in Siphonaria the branchia
is to a great extent atrophied, since the animal is out of the water, on the
average, twenty-two hours out of the twenty-four. In the allied genus
Gadinia, where there is no trace of a branchia, but only a lung-cavity, and in
Cerithidea obtusa, which has a pulmonary organisation exactly analogous
to that of Cyclophorus,[267] this process may be regarded as practically
completed.
Page 180
Fig. 57.—A, Siphonaria gigas
Sowb., Panama, the animal
contracted in spirit: gr,
siphonal groove on right side.
B, Gadinia peruviana, Sowb.,
Chili, shell only: gr, mark of
siphonal groove to right of
head.
Respiration by means of the skin, without the development of any
special organ, is the simplest method of breathing which occurs in the
Mollusca. In certain cases, e.g. Elysia, Limapontia, and Cenia among the
Nudibranchs, and the parasitic Entoconcha and Entocolax, none of which
possess breathing organs of any kind, the whole outer surface of the body
appears to perform respiratory functions. In others, the dorsal surface is
covered with papillae of varied size and number, which communicate with
the heart by an elaborate system of veins. This is the case with the greater
number of the Aeolididae (Fig. 58, compare Fig. 5, C), but it is curious that
when the animal is entirely deprived of these papillae, respiration appears to
be carried on without interruption through the skin.
Sowb., Panama, the animal
contracted in spirit: gr,
siphonal groove on right side.
B, Gadinia peruviana, Sowb.,
Chili, shell only: gr, mark of
siphonal groove to right of
head.
Respiration by means of the skin, without the development of any
special organ, is the simplest method of breathing which occurs in the
Mollusca. In certain cases, e.g. Elysia, Limapontia, and Cenia among the
Nudibranchs, and the parasitic Entoconcha and Entocolax, none of which
possess breathing organs of any kind, the whole outer surface of the body
appears to perform respiratory functions. In others, the dorsal surface is
covered with papillae of varied size and number, which communicate with
the heart by an elaborate system of veins. This is the case with the greater
number of the Aeolididae (Fig. 58, compare Fig. 5, C), but it is curious that
when the animal is entirely deprived of these papillae, respiration appears to
be carried on without interruption through the skin.
Page 181
Fig. 58.—Aeolis despecta Johnst.,
British coasts. (After Alder and
Hancock.)
In the development of a distinct breathing organ, it would seem as if
progress had been made along two definite lines, each resulting in the
exposure of a larger length of veins, i.e. of a larger amount of blood, to the
simultaneous operation of fresh air or fresh water. Either (a) the skin itself
may have developed, at more or less regular intervals, elevations, or folds,
which gradually took the form of papillae, or else (b) an inward folding, or
‘invagination,’ of the skin, or such a modification of the mantle-fold as is
described below (p. 172) may have taken place, resulting in the formation
of a cavity more or less surrounded by walls, within which the breathing
organs were ultimately developed. Sometimes a combination of both
processes seems to have occurred, and after a papilliform organ has been
produced, an extension or prolongation of the skin has taken place, in order
to afford a protection to it. Respiration by means of a lung-cavity is
certainly subsequent, in point of time, to respiration by means of branchiae.
British coasts. (After Alder and
Hancock.)
In the development of a distinct breathing organ, it would seem as if
progress had been made along two definite lines, each resulting in the
exposure of a larger length of veins, i.e. of a larger amount of blood, to the
simultaneous operation of fresh air or fresh water. Either (a) the skin itself
may have developed, at more or less regular intervals, elevations, or folds,
which gradually took the form of papillae, or else (b) an inward folding, or
‘invagination,’ of the skin, or such a modification of the mantle-fold as is
described below (p. 172) may have taken place, resulting in the formation
of a cavity more or less surrounded by walls, within which the breathing
organs were ultimately developed. Sometimes a combination of both
processes seems to have occurred, and after a papilliform organ has been
produced, an extension or prolongation of the skin has taken place, in order
to afford a protection to it. Respiration by means of a lung-cavity is
certainly subsequent, in point of time, to respiration by means of branchiae.
Page 182
Fig. 59.—Chiton squamosus L.,
Bermuda: A, anus; Br,
branchiae; M, mouth.
Fig. 60.—Fissurella virescens Sowb.,
Panama, showing position of the
branchiae: Br, branchiae: E, E, eyes;
F, foot; M, mantle; T, T, tentacles.
The branchiae seem to have been originally paired, and arranged
symmetrically on opposite sides of the body. It is not easy to decide
whether the multiple form of branchia which occurs in Chiton (Fig. 59), or
the simple form as in Fissurella (Fig. 60), is the more primitive. Some
authorities hold that the multiple branchia has gradually coalesced into the
simple, others that the simple form has grown, by serial repetition, into the
multiple. There appears to be no trace of any intermediate forms, and, as a
Bermuda: A, anus; Br,
branchiae; M, mouth.
Fig. 60.—Fissurella virescens Sowb.,
Panama, showing position of the
branchiae: Br, branchiae: E, E, eyes;
F, foot; M, mantle; T, T, tentacles.
The branchiae seem to have been originally paired, and arranged
symmetrically on opposite sides of the body. It is not easy to decide
whether the multiple form of branchia which occurs in Chiton (Fig. 59), or
the simple form as in Fissurella (Fig. 60), is the more primitive. Some
authorities hold that the multiple branchia has gradually coalesced into the
simple, others that the simple form has grown, by serial repetition, into the
multiple. There appears to be no trace of any intermediate forms, and, as a
Page 183
matter of fact, the multiple branchia is found only in the Amphineura, while
one or rarely two (never more) pairs of branchiae, occur, with various
important modifications, in the vast majority of the Mollusca.
Amphineura.—In Chiton the branchiae are external, forming a long row
of short plumes, placed symmetrically along each side of the foot. The
number of plumes, at the base of each of which lies an osphradial patch,
varies from about 70 to as few as 6 or 7. When the plumes are few, they are
confined to the posterior end, and thus approximate to the form and position
of the branchiae in the other Amphineura. In Chaetoderma, the branchiae
consist of two small feather-shaped bodies, placed symmetrically on either
side of the anus, which opens into a sort of cloaca within which the
branchiae are situated. In Neomenia the branchiae are still further degraded,
consisting of a single bunch of filaments lying within the cloaca, while in
Proneomenia there is no more than a few irregular folds on the cloaca-wall
(Fig. 61).
Fig. 61.—Terminal portions of the Amphineura, illustrating the gradual degradation of the branchiae,
and their grouping round the anus in that class. A, Chiton (Hemiarthrum) setulosus Carp., Torres
Str.; B, Chiton (Leptochiton) benthus Hadd., Torres Str.; C, Chaetoderma; D, Neomenia; a,
anus; br, br, branchiae; k, k, kidneys; p, pericardium. (A and B after Haddon, C and D after
Hubrecht.)
In the Prosobranchiata, symmetrically paired branchiae occur only in
the Fissurellidae, Haliotidae, and Pleurotomariidae, in the former of which
two perfectly equal branchiae are situated on either side of the back of the
neck. These three families taken together form the group known as
Zygobranchiata.[268] In all other families the asymmetry of the body has
probably caused one of the branchiae, the right (originally left), to become
aborted, and consequently there is only one branchia, the left, in the vast
one or rarely two (never more) pairs of branchiae, occur, with various
important modifications, in the vast majority of the Mollusca.
Amphineura.—In Chiton the branchiae are external, forming a long row
of short plumes, placed symmetrically along each side of the foot. The
number of plumes, at the base of each of which lies an osphradial patch,
varies from about 70 to as few as 6 or 7. When the plumes are few, they are
confined to the posterior end, and thus approximate to the form and position
of the branchiae in the other Amphineura. In Chaetoderma, the branchiae
consist of two small feather-shaped bodies, placed symmetrically on either
side of the anus, which opens into a sort of cloaca within which the
branchiae are situated. In Neomenia the branchiae are still further degraded,
consisting of a single bunch of filaments lying within the cloaca, while in
Proneomenia there is no more than a few irregular folds on the cloaca-wall
(Fig. 61).
Fig. 61.—Terminal portions of the Amphineura, illustrating the gradual degradation of the branchiae,
and their grouping round the anus in that class. A, Chiton (Hemiarthrum) setulosus Carp., Torres
Str.; B, Chiton (Leptochiton) benthus Hadd., Torres Str.; C, Chaetoderma; D, Neomenia; a,
anus; br, br, branchiae; k, k, kidneys; p, pericardium. (A and B after Haddon, C and D after
Hubrecht.)
In the Prosobranchiata, symmetrically paired branchiae occur only in
the Fissurellidae, Haliotidae, and Pleurotomariidae, in the former of which
two perfectly equal branchiae are situated on either side of the back of the
neck. These three families taken together form the group known as
Zygobranchiata.[268] In all other families the asymmetry of the body has
probably caused one of the branchiae, the right (originally left), to become
aborted, and consequently there is only one branchia, the left, in the vast
Page 184
majority of marine Prosobranchiata, which have been accordingly grouped
as Azygobranchiata. Even in Haliotis the right branchia is rather smaller
than the left, while the great size of the attachment muscle causes the whole
branchial cavity to become pushed over towards the left side. In those forms
which in other respects most nearly approach the Zygobranchiata, namely,
the Trochidae, Neritidae, and Turbinidae, the branchia has two rows of
filaments, one on each side of the long axis, while in all other
Prosobranchiata there is but one row (see Fig. 79, p. 169).
Fig. 62.—Bullia laevissima Gmel.,
showing branchial siphon S;
F, F, F, foot; OP, operculum;
P, penis; Pr, proboscis; T, T,
tentacles. (After Quoy and
Gaimard.)
In the great majority of marine Prosobranchiata the branchia is securely
concealed within a chamber or pouch (the respiratory cavity), which is
placed on the left dorsal side of the animal, generally near the back of the
neck. For breathing purposes, water has to be conveyed into this chamber,
and again expelled after it has passed over the branchia. In the majority of
the vegetable-feeding molluscs (e.g. Littorina, Cerithium, Trochus) water is
carried into the chamber by a simple prolongation of one of the lobes or
lappets of the mantle, and makes its exit by the same way, the incoming and
outgoing currents being separated by a valve-like fringe depending from the
as Azygobranchiata. Even in Haliotis the right branchia is rather smaller
than the left, while the great size of the attachment muscle causes the whole
branchial cavity to become pushed over towards the left side. In those forms
which in other respects most nearly approach the Zygobranchiata, namely,
the Trochidae, Neritidae, and Turbinidae, the branchia has two rows of
filaments, one on each side of the long axis, while in all other
Prosobranchiata there is but one row (see Fig. 79, p. 169).
Fig. 62.—Bullia laevissima Gmel.,
showing branchial siphon S;
F, F, F, foot; OP, operculum;
P, penis; Pr, proboscis; T, T,
tentacles. (After Quoy and
Gaimard.)
In the great majority of marine Prosobranchiata the branchia is securely
concealed within a chamber or pouch (the respiratory cavity), which is
placed on the left dorsal side of the animal, generally near the back of the
neck. For breathing purposes, water has to be conveyed into this chamber,
and again expelled after it has passed over the branchia. In the majority of
the vegetable-feeding molluscs (e.g. Littorina, Cerithium, Trochus) water is
carried into the chamber by a simple prolongation of one of the lobes or
lappets of the mantle, and makes its exit by the same way, the incoming and
outgoing currents being separated by a valve-like fringe depending from the
Page 185
lobe. In the carnivorous molluscs, on the other hand, a regular tube, the
branchial siphon, which is more or less closed, has been developed from a
fold of the mantle surface, for the special purpose of conducting water to
the branchia. After performing its purpose there, the spent water does not
return through the siphon, but is conducted towards the anus by vibratile
cilia situated on the branchiae themselves. In a large number of cases, this
siphon is protected throughout its entire length by a special prolongation of
the shell called the canal. Sometimes, as in Buccinum and Purpura, this
canal is little more than a mere notch in the ‘mouth’ of the shell, but in
many of the Muricidae (e.g. M. haustellum, tenuispina, tribulus) the canal
becomes several inches long, and is set with formidable spines (see Fig.
164, p. 256). In Dolium and Cassis the canal is very short, but the siphon is
very long, and is reflected back over the shell.
The presence or absence of this siphonal notch or canal forms a fairly
accurate indication of the carnivorous or vegetarian tendencies of most
marine Prosobranchiata, which have been, on this basis, subdivided into
Siphonostomata and Holostomata. But this classification is of no particular
value, and is seriously weakened by the fact that Natica, which is markedly
‘holostomatous,’ is very carnivorous, while Cerithium, which has a distinct
siphonal notch, is of vegetarian tendencies.
In the Zygobranchiata the water, after having aerated the blood in the
branchiae, usually escapes by a special hole or holes in the shell, situated
either at the apex (Fissurella) or along the side of the last whorl (Haliotis).
In Pleurotomaria the slit answers a similar purpose, serving as a sluice for
the ejection of the spent water, and thus preventing the inward current from
becoming polluted before it reaches the branchiae (see Fig. 179, p. 266).
In Patella the breathing arrangements are very remarkable. In spite of
their apparent external similarity, this genus possesses no such
symmetrically paired plume-shaped branchiae as Fissurella, but we notice a
circlet of gill-lamellae, which extends completely round the edge of the
mantle. It has been shown by various authorities that these lamellae are in
no sense morphologically related to the paired branchiae in other Mollusca,
but only correspond to them functionally. The typical paired branchiae, as
has been shown by Spengel, exist in Patella in a most rudimentary form,
being reduced to a pair of minute yellow bodies on the right and left sides
of the back of the ‘neck.’ A precisely similar abortion of the true branchiae,
branchial siphon, which is more or less closed, has been developed from a
fold of the mantle surface, for the special purpose of conducting water to
the branchia. After performing its purpose there, the spent water does not
return through the siphon, but is conducted towards the anus by vibratile
cilia situated on the branchiae themselves. In a large number of cases, this
siphon is protected throughout its entire length by a special prolongation of
the shell called the canal. Sometimes, as in Buccinum and Purpura, this
canal is little more than a mere notch in the ‘mouth’ of the shell, but in
many of the Muricidae (e.g. M. haustellum, tenuispina, tribulus) the canal
becomes several inches long, and is set with formidable spines (see Fig.
164, p. 256). In Dolium and Cassis the canal is very short, but the siphon is
very long, and is reflected back over the shell.
The presence or absence of this siphonal notch or canal forms a fairly
accurate indication of the carnivorous or vegetarian tendencies of most
marine Prosobranchiata, which have been, on this basis, subdivided into
Siphonostomata and Holostomata. But this classification is of no particular
value, and is seriously weakened by the fact that Natica, which is markedly
‘holostomatous,’ is very carnivorous, while Cerithium, which has a distinct
siphonal notch, is of vegetarian tendencies.
In the Zygobranchiata the water, after having aerated the blood in the
branchiae, usually escapes by a special hole or holes in the shell, situated
either at the apex (Fissurella) or along the side of the last whorl (Haliotis).
In Pleurotomaria the slit answers a similar purpose, serving as a sluice for
the ejection of the spent water, and thus preventing the inward current from
becoming polluted before it reaches the branchiae (see Fig. 179, p. 266).
In Patella the breathing arrangements are very remarkable. In spite of
their apparent external similarity, this genus possesses no such
symmetrically paired plume-shaped branchiae as Fissurella, but we notice a
circlet of gill-lamellae, which extends completely round the edge of the
mantle. It has been shown by various authorities that these lamellae are in
no sense morphologically related to the paired branchiae in other Mollusca,
but only correspond to them functionally. The typical paired branchiae, as
has been shown by Spengel, exist in Patella in a most rudimentary form,
being reduced to a pair of minute yellow bodies on the right and left sides
of the back of the ‘neck.’ A precisely similar abortion of the true branchiae,
Page 186
and special development of a new organ to perform their work, is shown in
Phyllidia and Pleurophyllidia (see below under Opisthobranchiata). This
circlet of functional gills in Patella has therefore little systematic value,
being only developed in an unusual position, like the eyes on the mantle in
certain Pelecypoda, to supply the place of the true organs which have fallen
into disuse. Accordingly Cuvier’s class of Cyclobranchiata, which included
Patella and Chiton, has no value, and has indeed long been discarded. In
Chiton the gills never extend completely round the animal, but are always
more or less interrupted at the head and anus. They are the true gills, the
plumes being serially repeated in the same way as the shell plates.
Fig. 63.—Patella vulgata L., seen from the
ventral side: f, foot; g.l, circlet of gill
lamellae; m.e, edge of the mantle; mu,
attachment muscle; sl, slits in the
same; sh, shell; v, vessel carrying
aerated blood to the heart; v´, vessel
carrying blood from the heart; ve,
small accessory vessels.
Phyllidia and Pleurophyllidia (see below under Opisthobranchiata). This
circlet of functional gills in Patella has therefore little systematic value,
being only developed in an unusual position, like the eyes on the mantle in
certain Pelecypoda, to supply the place of the true organs which have fallen
into disuse. Accordingly Cuvier’s class of Cyclobranchiata, which included
Patella and Chiton, has no value, and has indeed long been discarded. In
Chiton the gills never extend completely round the animal, but are always
more or less interrupted at the head and anus. They are the true gills, the
plumes being serially repeated in the same way as the shell plates.
Fig. 63.—Patella vulgata L., seen from the
ventral side: f, foot; g.l, circlet of gill
lamellae; m.e, edge of the mantle; mu,
attachment muscle; sl, slits in the
same; sh, shell; v, vessel carrying
aerated blood to the heart; v´, vessel
carrying blood from the heart; ve,
small accessory vessels.
Page 187
Fig. 64.—Patella vulgata L., seen from
the dorsal side after the removal of
the shell and the black pigment
covering the integument; the
anterior portion of the mantle is
cut away or turned back: a, anus;
br, br, remains of the true
branchiae (ctenidia); i, intestine; k,
k´, kidneys; k.ap, their apertures
on each side of the anus; l, liver;
m, m, mantle; mu, attachment
muscles, severed in removal of
shell; t, t, tentacles.
In the land Prosobranchiata (Cyclostomatidae, Cyclophoridae,
Aciculidae, Helicinidae) which, having exchanged a marine for an aerial
life, breathe air instead of water, the branchia has completely disappeared,
and breathing is conducted, as in the Pulmonata, by a lung-cavity. In certain
genera of land operculates, e.g. Pupina, Cataulus, Pterocyclus, a slight
fissure or tube in the last whorl (see Fig. 180, p. 266) serves to introduce air
into the shell, which is perhaps otherwise closed to air by the operculum. In
Aulopoma, which has no tube, the operculum admits free circulation of air.
In certain other Cyclostomatidae the apex is truncated, and air can enter
there. De Folin closed with wax the aperture of Cycl. elegans, and found
that on placing it in a pneumatic machine, the shell gave off air through its
whole surface. On the other hand, Cylindrella and Stenogyra decollata, on
being submitted to the same test, showed that the truncated part alone was
permeable by air.
the dorsal side after the removal of
the shell and the black pigment
covering the integument; the
anterior portion of the mantle is
cut away or turned back: a, anus;
br, br, remains of the true
branchiae (ctenidia); i, intestine; k,
k´, kidneys; k.ap, their apertures
on each side of the anus; l, liver;
m, m, mantle; mu, attachment
muscles, severed in removal of
shell; t, t, tentacles.
In the land Prosobranchiata (Cyclostomatidae, Cyclophoridae,
Aciculidae, Helicinidae) which, having exchanged a marine for an aerial
life, breathe air instead of water, the branchia has completely disappeared,
and breathing is conducted, as in the Pulmonata, by a lung-cavity. In certain
genera of land operculates, e.g. Pupina, Cataulus, Pterocyclus, a slight
fissure or tube in the last whorl (see Fig. 180, p. 266) serves to introduce air
into the shell, which is perhaps otherwise closed to air by the operculum. In
Aulopoma, which has no tube, the operculum admits free circulation of air.
In certain other Cyclostomatidae the apex is truncated, and air can enter
there. De Folin closed with wax the aperture of Cycl. elegans, and found
that on placing it in a pneumatic machine, the shell gave off air through its
whole surface. On the other hand, Cylindrella and Stenogyra decollata, on
being submitted to the same test, showed that the truncated part alone was
permeable by air.
Page 188
Fischer and Bouvier have made some interesting observations on the
breathing of a species of Ampullaria (insularum Orb.). The species has, in
common with all Ampullaria, two siphons, but while the right siphon is but
slightly developed, the left is very long, almost twice as long as the shell
(see Fig. 65). The animal, when under the water, lengthens its siphon,
brings the orifice to the surface, and by alternately raising and depressing its
head produces in the pulmonary sac movements of ex- and inspiration;
these are repeated about ten or fifteen times at regular intervals of from six
to eight seconds, a method of respiration strongly resembling that of the
Cetacea. At the same time, branchial respiration takes place. If powdered
carmine is added to water, the particles are seen to enter the branchial cavity
by the siphon and pass out by the short right siphon. Sometimes the animal
remains under water for hours without rising to the surface to inspire air. In
Valvata (Fig. 66) the branchia is very large, and projects like a leaf or fan
above the shell on the left side; on the corresponding position on the right
side is a long filiform appendage, which some have regarded as
representing the other branchia.
breathing of a species of Ampullaria (insularum Orb.). The species has, in
common with all Ampullaria, two siphons, but while the right siphon is but
slightly developed, the left is very long, almost twice as long as the shell
(see Fig. 65). The animal, when under the water, lengthens its siphon,
brings the orifice to the surface, and by alternately raising and depressing its
head produces in the pulmonary sac movements of ex- and inspiration;
these are repeated about ten or fifteen times at regular intervals of from six
to eight seconds, a method of respiration strongly resembling that of the
Cetacea. At the same time, branchial respiration takes place. If powdered
carmine is added to water, the particles are seen to enter the branchial cavity
by the siphon and pass out by the short right siphon. Sometimes the animal
remains under water for hours without rising to the surface to inspire air. In
Valvata (Fig. 66) the branchia is very large, and projects like a leaf or fan
above the shell on the left side; on the corresponding position on the right
side is a long filiform appendage, which some have regarded as
representing the other branchia.
Page 189
Fig. 65.—Ampullaria insularum Orb.:
A, breathing water; B, breathing
air; Si, siphon; T, upper; t, lower
tentacles; X, pallial expansion,
performing the part of excurrent
siphon. (After Fischer and
Bouvier, x ⅓.)
Opisthobranchiata.—A true branchia occurs only in the Tectibranchiata
and the Ascoglossa. It lies on the right side, and is usually more or less
external, being partly covered sometimes by the shell (as in Umbrella, Fig.
5), sometimes by a fold of the mantle. In the Pteropoda (which are probably
derived from the Tectibranchiata), all the Thecosomata, with the exception
of Cavolinia, have no specialised branchia, but probably respire through
portions or the whole of the integument. In the Gymnosomata an accessory
branchia has in many cases been developed at the posterior end of the body.
Pneumodermon alone has both lateral and posterior branchiae well
developed, Clione and Halopsyche are destitute of either, while the four
remaining families have one branchia, sometimes lateral, sometimes
posterior.[269]
A, breathing water; B, breathing
air; Si, siphon; T, upper; t, lower
tentacles; X, pallial expansion,
performing the part of excurrent
siphon. (After Fischer and
Bouvier, x ⅓.)
Opisthobranchiata.—A true branchia occurs only in the Tectibranchiata
and the Ascoglossa. It lies on the right side, and is usually more or less
external, being partly covered sometimes by the shell (as in Umbrella, Fig.
5), sometimes by a fold of the mantle. In the Pteropoda (which are probably
derived from the Tectibranchiata), all the Thecosomata, with the exception
of Cavolinia, have no specialised branchia, but probably respire through
portions or the whole of the integument. In the Gymnosomata an accessory
branchia has in many cases been developed at the posterior end of the body.
Pneumodermon alone has both lateral and posterior branchiae well
developed, Clione and Halopsyche are destitute of either, while the four
remaining families have one branchia, sometimes lateral, sometimes
posterior.[269]
Page 190
Fig. 66.—Valvata piscinalis
Müll.: br, branchia; fi,
filament; f.l, foot lobes.
(After Boutan.)
Fig. 67.—Doris (Archidoris)
tuberculata L., Britain: a,
anus; br, branchiae,
surrounding the anus; m,
male organ; rh, rh,
rhinophores. × ⅔.
Müll.: br, branchia; fi,
filament; f.l, foot lobes.
(After Boutan.)
Fig. 67.—Doris (Archidoris)
tuberculata L., Britain: a,
anus; br, branchiae,
surrounding the anus; m,
male organ; rh, rh,
rhinophores. × ⅔.
Page 191
Fig. 68.—Pleurophyllidia
lineata Otto,
Mediterranean: a, anus;
br, secondary branchiae;
m, mouth; s.o, sexual
orifice.
Certain of the Nudibranchiata possess no special breathing organs, and
probably respire through the skin (Elysia, Limapontia, Cenia, Phyllirrhoë).
The majority, however, have developed secondary branchiae, in the form of
prominent lobes or leaf-like processes (the cerata), which are carried upon
the back, without any means of protection. These cerata are, as a rule, of
extreme beauty and variety of form, consisting sometimes of long whip-like
tentaculae, in other cases of arborescent plumes of fern-like leafage, in
others of curious bead-like appendages of every imaginable shape and
colour. In Doris they lie at the posterior end of the body, in a sort of rosette,
which is generally capable of retraction into a chamber. In Phyllidia and
Pleurophyllidia these secondary branchiae lie, as in Patella, on the lateral
portions of the mantle.
The Scaphopoda in all probability possess neither true nor secondary
branchiae.
Pulmonata.—When we use the term ‘lung,’ it must be remembered that
this organ in the Mollusca does not correspond, morphologically, with the
spongy, cellular lung of vertebrates; it simply performs the same functions.
The ‘lung,’ in the Mollusca, is a pouch or cavity, lined with blood-vessels
lineata Otto,
Mediterranean: a, anus;
br, secondary branchiae;
m, mouth; s.o, sexual
orifice.
Certain of the Nudibranchiata possess no special breathing organs, and
probably respire through the skin (Elysia, Limapontia, Cenia, Phyllirrhoë).
The majority, however, have developed secondary branchiae, in the form of
prominent lobes or leaf-like processes (the cerata), which are carried upon
the back, without any means of protection. These cerata are, as a rule, of
extreme beauty and variety of form, consisting sometimes of long whip-like
tentaculae, in other cases of arborescent plumes of fern-like leafage, in
others of curious bead-like appendages of every imaginable shape and
colour. In Doris they lie at the posterior end of the body, in a sort of rosette,
which is generally capable of retraction into a chamber. In Phyllidia and
Pleurophyllidia these secondary branchiae lie, as in Patella, on the lateral
portions of the mantle.
The Scaphopoda in all probability possess neither true nor secondary
branchiae.
Pulmonata.—When we use the term ‘lung,’ it must be remembered that
this organ in the Mollusca does not correspond, morphologically, with the
spongy, cellular lung of vertebrates; it simply performs the same functions.
The ‘lung,’ in the Mollusca, is a pouch or cavity, lined with blood-vessels
Page 192
which are disposed over its vaulted surface in various patterns of network.
The pulmonary sac or cavity is therefore a better name by which to denote
this organ.
Fig. 69.—Geomalacus maculosus Allm., S. Ireland: P.O, pulmonary orifice.
It seems probable, as has been already shown (pp. 18–22), that all
Pulmonata are ultimately derived from marine forms which breathed water
by means of branchiae. Thus we find intermediate forms, such as
Siphonaria, possessed of both a branchia and a pulmonary sac, the former
being evanescent, while in Gadinia and Amphibola it has quite disappeared.
In the vast majority of Pulmonata no trace of a branchia remains; its
function is performed by a chamber, always situated at the right side of the
animal, and generally more or less anterior, admitting air by a narrow
aperture which is rhythmically opened and closed. In Arion and
Geomalacus (Fig. 69) this aperture is in the front of the right side of the
‘shield,’ in Limax (Fig. 71) in the hinder part, in Testacella (Fig. 20) it is
near the extremity of the tail, under the spire of the shell; in Janella it is on
the middle of the right edge of the shield (Fig. 70). If a specimen of Helix
aspersa, or better, of H. pomatia, is held up to the light, the beautiful
arborescent vessels, with which the upper part of the pulmonary chamber is
furnished, can be clearly seen by looking through the aperture as it dilates.
It is only in the Auriculidae that an actual spongy mass of lung material
appears to exist. When in motion, a Helix inspires air much more frequently
than when at rest. Temperature, too, seems to affect the number of
inspirations; it appears doubtful whether, during hibernation, a snail
breathes at all. In any case, the amount of air required to sustain life must be
small.
The pulmonary sac or cavity is therefore a better name by which to denote
this organ.
Fig. 69.—Geomalacus maculosus Allm., S. Ireland: P.O, pulmonary orifice.
It seems probable, as has been already shown (pp. 18–22), that all
Pulmonata are ultimately derived from marine forms which breathed water
by means of branchiae. Thus we find intermediate forms, such as
Siphonaria, possessed of both a branchia and a pulmonary sac, the former
being evanescent, while in Gadinia and Amphibola it has quite disappeared.
In the vast majority of Pulmonata no trace of a branchia remains; its
function is performed by a chamber, always situated at the right side of the
animal, and generally more or less anterior, admitting air by a narrow
aperture which is rhythmically opened and closed. In Arion and
Geomalacus (Fig. 69) this aperture is in the front of the right side of the
‘shield,’ in Limax (Fig. 71) in the hinder part, in Testacella (Fig. 20) it is
near the extremity of the tail, under the spire of the shell; in Janella it is on
the middle of the right edge of the shield (Fig. 70). If a specimen of Helix
aspersa, or better, of H. pomatia, is held up to the light, the beautiful
arborescent vessels, with which the upper part of the pulmonary chamber is
furnished, can be clearly seen by looking through the aperture as it dilates.
It is only in the Auriculidae that an actual spongy mass of lung material
appears to exist. When in motion, a Helix inspires air much more frequently
than when at rest. Temperature, too, seems to affect the number of
inspirations; it appears doubtful whether, during hibernation, a snail
breathes at all. In any case, the amount of air required to sustain life must be
small.
Page 193
Fig. 70.—Janella hirudo Fisch.,
N. Caledonia: G, generative
orifice; P, pulmonary
orifice; T, T, tentacles.
(After Fischer.)
Fig. 71.—Limax maximus L.: PO, pulmonary orifice. ×
⅔.
With regard to the respiration of fresh-water Pulmonata there appears to
be some difference of opinion. It is held, on the one hand, that the
Limnaeidae only respire air, making periodic visits to the surface to procure
N. Caledonia: G, generative
orifice; P, pulmonary
orifice; T, T, tentacles.
(After Fischer.)
Fig. 71.—Limax maximus L.: PO, pulmonary orifice. ×
⅔.
With regard to the respiration of fresh-water Pulmonata there appears to
be some difference of opinion. It is held, on the one hand, that the
Limnaeidae only respire air, making periodic visits to the surface to procure
Page 194
it, and that they perish, if prevented from doing so, by asphyxiation. If, we
are told,[270] as a Limnaea is floating on the surface of the water in a glass
jar, a morsel of common salt be dropped upon its outstretched foot, it will
sink heavily to the bottom, emitting a stream of air from its pulmonary
orifice. On recovering from the shock, it will anxiously endeavour to regain
the surface, but will have some difficulty in doing so, owing to its now
much greater specific gravity. When it succeeds, it creeps almost out of the
water, and exposes its respiratory orifice freely to the air. If the experiment
is repeated several times on the same individual, it becomes so much
weakened that it has to be taken out of the water to save its life. Moquin-
Tandon, on the other hand, is strongly of opinion[271] that there is no
absolute necessity for Limnaea to obtain air by rising to the surface, and
that, if prevented from emerging, it can obtain air from the water. When
covered in by a roof of ice, Limnaea has not been observed to suffer any
inconvenience. Moquin-Tandon kept L. glabra and Planorbis rotundatus in
good health under 20 mm. of water for eighteen and nineteen days, and
relates a case in which Physa was kept alive under water for four days, and
Planorbis for twelve. Young specimens, both of Limnaea and Planorbis, do
not rise to the surface for a supply of air; they are hatched with the
pulmonary cavity full of water.
It is probable, therefore, that Limnaeidae are capable, on occasion, of
respiration through the skin. Some authorities are of opinion that certain
long and narrow lamellae, situated within the pulmonary sac, are employed
for the purpose of aqueous respiration. Ancylus, which never makes
periodic excursions to the surface, perhaps respires by receiving into its
pulmonary chamber the minute quantities of oxygen given off by the
vegetation on which it feeds.
Limnaeidae taken from a great depth of water, e.g. from 130 fathoms in
the lake of Geneva, have been examined by Forel.[272] The pulmonary sac is
full of water, but there is no transformation of organs, no appearance of a
branchia, to meet the changed circumstances of their environment.
Doubtless a good deal of respiration is done by the skin; being soft and
vascular, it respires the air dissolved in the water. Forel cites cases of
Limnaea living at much shallower depths, which come to the surface once,
and then remain below for months. The oxygen of this supply must soon
have become exhausted, and the animals, discontinuing for a time the use of
are told,[270] as a Limnaea is floating on the surface of the water in a glass
jar, a morsel of common salt be dropped upon its outstretched foot, it will
sink heavily to the bottom, emitting a stream of air from its pulmonary
orifice. On recovering from the shock, it will anxiously endeavour to regain
the surface, but will have some difficulty in doing so, owing to its now
much greater specific gravity. When it succeeds, it creeps almost out of the
water, and exposes its respiratory orifice freely to the air. If the experiment
is repeated several times on the same individual, it becomes so much
weakened that it has to be taken out of the water to save its life. Moquin-
Tandon, on the other hand, is strongly of opinion[271] that there is no
absolute necessity for Limnaea to obtain air by rising to the surface, and
that, if prevented from emerging, it can obtain air from the water. When
covered in by a roof of ice, Limnaea has not been observed to suffer any
inconvenience. Moquin-Tandon kept L. glabra and Planorbis rotundatus in
good health under 20 mm. of water for eighteen and nineteen days, and
relates a case in which Physa was kept alive under water for four days, and
Planorbis for twelve. Young specimens, both of Limnaea and Planorbis, do
not rise to the surface for a supply of air; they are hatched with the
pulmonary cavity full of water.
It is probable, therefore, that Limnaeidae are capable, on occasion, of
respiration through the skin. Some authorities are of opinion that certain
long and narrow lamellae, situated within the pulmonary sac, are employed
for the purpose of aqueous respiration. Ancylus, which never makes
periodic excursions to the surface, perhaps respires by receiving into its
pulmonary chamber the minute quantities of oxygen given off by the
vegetation on which it feeds.
Limnaeidae taken from a great depth of water, e.g. from 130 fathoms in
the lake of Geneva, have been examined by Forel.[272] The pulmonary sac is
full of water, but there is no transformation of organs, no appearance of a
branchia, to meet the changed circumstances of their environment.
Doubtless a good deal of respiration is done by the skin; being soft and
vascular, it respires the air dissolved in the water. Forel cites cases of
Limnaea living at much shallower depths, which come to the surface once,
and then remain below for months. The oxygen of this supply must soon
have become exhausted, and the animals, discontinuing for a time the use of
Page 195
the pulmonary chamber, must have respired through the skin. Shallow-
water Limnaea, according to the same authority, remain beneath the surface
during cold weather; when warm weather returns they rise to the surface to
take in a supply of air. Since the water at great depths is always very cold,
there is no need for the Limnaea living there to rise to the surface at all.
It is a curious fact that Limnaea, which have been respiring by the skin
for the whole winter, should suddenly, on the first warm days of summer,
take to rising to the surface and breathing air. But exactly the same
phenomenon is shown in the case of Limnaea from great depths. Placed in
an aquarium, they immediately begin rising to the surface and inspiring air;
in other words, they experience instantaneously a complete transformation
of their respiratory system.
In Onchidium, a land pulmonate which has retrogressed to an
amphibious or quasi-marine mode of life, there is no organ which represents
the pulmonary or branchial cavity, the so-called lung being only a cavity of
the kidney. Respiration is, however, conducted by the skin as well, and by
the dorsal papillae.[273]
Land Mollusca can sustain, for a considerable time, complete
deprivation of atmospheric air. Helices placed in an exhausted receiver
show no signs of being inconvenienced for about 20 hours, and are able to
survive for about two or three days. If detained under water, they are very
active for about 6 hours, then become motionless, the body swells, owing to
the water absorbed, and death ensues in about 36 hours. Immersion for only
24 hours is generally followed by recovery. In the latter case, the cause of
death is not so much deprivation of air as compulsory absorption of water
by the skin. The amount of water thus taken up is surprising. Spallanzani
found that a Helix which weighed 18 grammes increased in weight by 13½
grammes after a prolonged immersion. Even slugs enclosed in moist paper
gained more than 2 grammes in the course of half an hour. Experiment has
shown that the amount of carbonic acid gas produced by respiration stands
in direct relation to the amount of food consumed. Four pairs of snails were
taken which had recently awakened from their winter sleep and had eaten
heartily, and an equal number, under the same circumstances, which had
been prevented from eating. It was found that the first four pairs produced,
in consuming a given amount of oxygen, 11, 9, 10, and 13 parts
respectively of carbonic acid, while the second set produced, in consuming
water Limnaea, according to the same authority, remain beneath the surface
during cold weather; when warm weather returns they rise to the surface to
take in a supply of air. Since the water at great depths is always very cold,
there is no need for the Limnaea living there to rise to the surface at all.
It is a curious fact that Limnaea, which have been respiring by the skin
for the whole winter, should suddenly, on the first warm days of summer,
take to rising to the surface and breathing air. But exactly the same
phenomenon is shown in the case of Limnaea from great depths. Placed in
an aquarium, they immediately begin rising to the surface and inspiring air;
in other words, they experience instantaneously a complete transformation
of their respiratory system.
In Onchidium, a land pulmonate which has retrogressed to an
amphibious or quasi-marine mode of life, there is no organ which represents
the pulmonary or branchial cavity, the so-called lung being only a cavity of
the kidney. Respiration is, however, conducted by the skin as well, and by
the dorsal papillae.[273]
Land Mollusca can sustain, for a considerable time, complete
deprivation of atmospheric air. Helices placed in an exhausted receiver
show no signs of being inconvenienced for about 20 hours, and are able to
survive for about two or three days. If detained under water, they are very
active for about 6 hours, then become motionless, the body swells, owing to
the water absorbed, and death ensues in about 36 hours. Immersion for only
24 hours is generally followed by recovery. In the latter case, the cause of
death is not so much deprivation of air as compulsory absorption of water
by the skin. The amount of water thus taken up is surprising. Spallanzani
found that a Helix which weighed 18 grammes increased in weight by 13½
grammes after a prolonged immersion. Even slugs enclosed in moist paper
gained more than 2 grammes in the course of half an hour. Experiment has
shown that the amount of carbonic acid gas produced by respiration stands
in direct relation to the amount of food consumed. Four pairs of snails were
taken which had recently awakened from their winter sleep and had eaten
heartily, and an equal number, under the same circumstances, which had
been prevented from eating. It was found that the first four pairs produced,
in consuming a given amount of oxygen, 11, 9, 10, and 13 parts
respectively of carbonic acid, while the second set produced, in consuming
Page 196
the same amount of oxygen, only 4, 8, 7, and 9 parts of carbonic acid.[274]
Hibernating Helices, if weighed in December and again in April, will be
found to have lost weight, due to the expiration of carbonic acid. Owing to
the difficulty of experiment, opinions vary as to the absolute temperature of
snails. It appears to be established that several snails, if placed together in a
tube, raise the temperature one or two degrees C., but as a rule, the
temperature of a solitary Helix differs very slightly from that of the
surrounding air. Increased activity, whether in respiration or feeding, is
found to raise the temperature.
Fig. 72.—Cardium edule L.: A, anal; B, branchial siphon; F, foot.
(After Möbius.)
W. H. Dall, writing of the branchia in Pelecypoda, remarks[275] that there
can be no doubt that its original form was a simple pinched-up lamella or
fold of the skin or mantle. This, elongated, becomes a filament. Filaments
united by suitable tissue, trussed, propped, and stayed by a chitinous
skeleton, result in the forms, wonderful in number and complexity, which
puzzle the student to describe, much more to classify.
Fig. 73.—Scrobicularia piperata Gmel., in its natural position
in the sand: A, efferent or anal siphon; B, afferent or
branchial siphon. (After Möbius.)
Hibernating Helices, if weighed in December and again in April, will be
found to have lost weight, due to the expiration of carbonic acid. Owing to
the difficulty of experiment, opinions vary as to the absolute temperature of
snails. It appears to be established that several snails, if placed together in a
tube, raise the temperature one or two degrees C., but as a rule, the
temperature of a solitary Helix differs very slightly from that of the
surrounding air. Increased activity, whether in respiration or feeding, is
found to raise the temperature.
Fig. 72.—Cardium edule L.: A, anal; B, branchial siphon; F, foot.
(After Möbius.)
W. H. Dall, writing of the branchia in Pelecypoda, remarks[275] that there
can be no doubt that its original form was a simple pinched-up lamella or
fold of the skin or mantle. This, elongated, becomes a filament. Filaments
united by suitable tissue, trussed, propped, and stayed by a chitinous
skeleton, result in the forms, wonderful in number and complexity, which
puzzle the student to describe, much more to classify.
Fig. 73.—Scrobicularia piperata Gmel., in its natural position
in the sand: A, efferent or anal siphon; B, afferent or
branchial siphon. (After Möbius.)
Page 197
In Pelecypoda the branchiae are placed on each side of the body,
between the mantle and the visceral mass. They lie in a chamber known as
the branchial cavity. Leading into this cavity, and behind it, are, as a rule,
two tubes or siphons, one of which conducts water to the branchiae, while
the other carries it away after it has passed over them. The lower is known
as the branchial or afferent siphon, the upper as the anal or efferent siphon
(see Figs. 72 and 73). The action of these siphons can readily be observed
by placing a little carmine in water, near to the siphonal apertures of an
Anodonta or Unio. In many cases (e.g. Psammobia, Tellina, Mya, genera
which burrow deeply in sand) both the siphons are exceedingly long,
sometimes considerably longer than the whole shell. In some cases the two
tubes are free throughout their entire length, in others they become fused
together before their entrance within the shell (Fig. 74). In other genera,
which do not burrow (e.g. Ostrea, Pecten, Arca, Mytilus), the siphons are
rudimentary or altogether absent (Fig. 75).
Fig. 74.—Solecurtus strigillatus
L., Naples: s.af, afferent
siphon; s.ef, efferent siphon,
the two uniting in SS
externally to the shell, × ½.
between the mantle and the visceral mass. They lie in a chamber known as
the branchial cavity. Leading into this cavity, and behind it, are, as a rule,
two tubes or siphons, one of which conducts water to the branchiae, while
the other carries it away after it has passed over them. The lower is known
as the branchial or afferent siphon, the upper as the anal or efferent siphon
(see Figs. 72 and 73). The action of these siphons can readily be observed
by placing a little carmine in water, near to the siphonal apertures of an
Anodonta or Unio. In many cases (e.g. Psammobia, Tellina, Mya, genera
which burrow deeply in sand) both the siphons are exceedingly long,
sometimes considerably longer than the whole shell. In some cases the two
tubes are free throughout their entire length, in others they become fused
together before their entrance within the shell (Fig. 74). In other genera,
which do not burrow (e.g. Ostrea, Pecten, Arca, Mytilus), the siphons are
rudimentary or altogether absent (Fig. 75).
Fig. 74.—Solecurtus strigillatus
L., Naples: s.af, afferent
siphon; s.ef, efferent siphon,
the two uniting in SS
externally to the shell, × ½.
Page 198
Fig. 75.—Mytilus edulis L., attached by its byssus (By) to a
piece of wood: F, foot; S, anal siphon, the branchial
siphon being below it and not closed. (After Möbius.)
The number and arrangement of the branchiae varies considerably. It
appears probable that the different degrees of complication of the gill
indicate degrees of specialisation in the different groups of Pelecypoda, in
other words, assuming that a simpler form of gill precedes, in point of
development, a more complicated form, the nature of the gill may be taken
as indicating different degrees of removal from the primitive form of
bivalve.
1. The simplest form of gill (Nucula, Leda, Solenomya, etc.) is that
which consists (Fig. 76, A, compare Fig. 100, p. 201) of two rows of very
short, broad, not reflected filaments, the rows being placed in such a way
that they incline at right angles to one another from a common longitudinal
axis. The filaments are not connected with one another, nor are the two
leaves of each gill united at any point. (Protobranchiata.)
piece of wood: F, foot; S, anal siphon, the branchial
siphon being below it and not closed. (After Möbius.)
The number and arrangement of the branchiae varies considerably. It
appears probable that the different degrees of complication of the gill
indicate degrees of specialisation in the different groups of Pelecypoda, in
other words, assuming that a simpler form of gill precedes, in point of
development, a more complicated form, the nature of the gill may be taken
as indicating different degrees of removal from the primitive form of
bivalve.
1. The simplest form of gill (Nucula, Leda, Solenomya, etc.) is that
which consists (Fig. 76, A, compare Fig. 100, p. 201) of two rows of very
short, broad, not reflected filaments, the rows being placed in such a way
that they incline at right angles to one another from a common longitudinal
axis. The filaments are not connected with one another, nor are the two
leaves of each gill united at any point. (Protobranchiata.)
Page 199
Fig. 76.—Morphology of the branchiae of Pelecypoda, seen diagrammatically in
section: A, Protobranchiata; B, Filibranchiata; C, Eulamellibranchiata; D,
Septibranchiata; e, e, external row of filaments; i, i, internal row of filaments;
e´, external row or plate folded back; i´, internal row folded back; f, foot; m,
mantle; s, septum; v, visceral mass. (From A. Lang.)
Fig. 77.—Four gill filaments
of Mytilus, highly
magnified; cj, ciliary
junctions; f, filament.
(After Peck.)
2. In the Anomiidae, Arcadae, Trigoniidae, and Mytilidae each gill
consists of two plates or rows of much longer filaments, which
consequently occupy a much larger space in the mantle cavity (Fig. 76, B).
Unable to extend beyond the limits of the mantle, filaments are reflected or
doubled back upon one another, those of the external plate being reflected
towards the outside, those of the internal plate towards the inside. Each
separate filament is not connected with the filament next adjacent, except
by surface cilia situated on small projections on the sides of the filaments,
section: A, Protobranchiata; B, Filibranchiata; C, Eulamellibranchiata; D,
Septibranchiata; e, e, external row of filaments; i, i, internal row of filaments;
e´, external row or plate folded back; i´, internal row folded back; f, foot; m,
mantle; s, septum; v, visceral mass. (From A. Lang.)
Fig. 77.—Four gill filaments
of Mytilus, highly
magnified; cj, ciliary
junctions; f, filament.
(After Peck.)
2. In the Anomiidae, Arcadae, Trigoniidae, and Mytilidae each gill
consists of two plates or rows of much longer filaments, which
consequently occupy a much larger space in the mantle cavity (Fig. 76, B).
Unable to extend beyond the limits of the mantle, filaments are reflected or
doubled back upon one another, those of the external plate being reflected
towards the outside, those of the internal plate towards the inside. Each
separate filament is not connected with the filament next adjacent, except
by surface cilia situated on small projections on the sides of the filaments,
Page 200
and interlocking with the cilia of the adjacent filament. The two superposed
plates or leaves of the gill may or may not be united by cords running
between the two parts of a filament. (Filibranchiata.)
3. In the Pectinidae, Aviculidae, and Ostreidae a further development
takes place. The filaments of each gill are reflected in the same way as in
the Filibranchiata, but the part thus reflected may become completely
united or ‘concresce’ with the mantle on the exterior and with the base of
the foot on the interior side. The leaves of each gill plate, which have thus
become doubled (the gills being apparently two instead of one on each
side), are folded or crumpled, and the filaments are modified at the re-
entrant angles of the fold. (Pseudolamellibranchiata.)
4. In all the remaining Pelecypoda, except class 5, in other words, in the
very large majority of families, the filaments are either reflected, as in (3),
or simple; but the process of concrescence is so far advanced that the
adjacent filaments are always intimately connected with one another in such
a way as to admit the passage of the blood; and the leaves of each gill-plate
(Fig. 76, C) are united by cross channels in a similar way.
(Eulamellibranchiata.)
5. In certain of the Anatinacea alone (Cuspidaria, Lyonsiella, Poromya,
Silenia) the gills are transformed into a more or less muscular partition,
extending from one adductor muscle to the other (Fig. 76, D), and
separating off the pallial chamber into two distinct divisions, which
communicate by means of narrow slits in the partition. (Septibranchiata.)
Fig. 78.—Transverse section of portion of an
outer gill plate of Anodonta, highly
magnified: il, inner lamella; il´, outer
lamella; ilj, interlamellar junctions; v,
large vertical vessels. (After Peck.)
plates or leaves of the gill may or may not be united by cords running
between the two parts of a filament. (Filibranchiata.)
3. In the Pectinidae, Aviculidae, and Ostreidae a further development
takes place. The filaments of each gill are reflected in the same way as in
the Filibranchiata, but the part thus reflected may become completely
united or ‘concresce’ with the mantle on the exterior and with the base of
the foot on the interior side. The leaves of each gill plate, which have thus
become doubled (the gills being apparently two instead of one on each
side), are folded or crumpled, and the filaments are modified at the re-
entrant angles of the fold. (Pseudolamellibranchiata.)
4. In all the remaining Pelecypoda, except class 5, in other words, in the
very large majority of families, the filaments are either reflected, as in (3),
or simple; but the process of concrescence is so far advanced that the
adjacent filaments are always intimately connected with one another in such
a way as to admit the passage of the blood; and the leaves of each gill-plate
(Fig. 76, C) are united by cross channels in a similar way.
(Eulamellibranchiata.)
5. In certain of the Anatinacea alone (Cuspidaria, Lyonsiella, Poromya,
Silenia) the gills are transformed into a more or less muscular partition,
extending from one adductor muscle to the other (Fig. 76, D), and
separating off the pallial chamber into two distinct divisions, which
communicate by means of narrow slits in the partition. (Septibranchiata.)
Fig. 78.—Transverse section of portion of an
outer gill plate of Anodonta, highly
magnified: il, inner lamella; il´, outer
lamella; ilj, interlamellar junctions; v,
large vertical vessels. (After Peck.)
Page 201
Thus the process of gill development in the Pelecypoda appears to lead
up from a simple to a very complex type. In its original form, at all events
in the most primitive form known to us, the gill is a series of short
filaments, quite independent of one another, strung in two rows; then the
filaments become longer and double back, while at the same time they
begin to show signs of adhesion, as yet only superficial, to one another. In a
further stage, the reflected portions become fused to the adjacent surfaces of
the foot and mantle, while the interlamellar junctions serve to lock the two
gill-plates together; finally, the mere ciliary junction of adjacent filaments is
exchanged for intimate vascular connection, while the gill-plates as a whole
become closely fused together in a similar manner.
This theory of origin is strengthened by closer observation of the
phenomena of a single group. Taking the Septibranchiata as an instance, we
find that in Lyonsiella the branchiae unite with the mantle in such a way as
to form two large pallial chambers, the structure of the branchiae being
preserved, and their lamellae covering the partition. A further stage is
observed in Poromya. There, a similar partition exists, but it has become
muscular, preserving, however, on each side two groups of branchial
lamellae, separated one from the other by a series of slits, which form a
communication between the two pallial chambers. A further stage still is
seen in Silenia. There the same muscular partition exists, but the branchial
lamellae on either side have disappeared, the slits between the two
chambers, which occur in Poromya, still persisting, but separated into three
groups. Cuspidaria represents the last stage in the development. In the
ventral chamber there appears nothing at all corresponding to a branchia;
the surface of the partition appears perfectly uniform, but on careful
examination three little separate orifices, remains of the three groups of
orifices in Silenia, are observed.[276]
Relation between Branchiae and Heart.—The object of the branchiae
being, as has been already stated, to aerate the blood on its way to the heart,
we find that the heart and the branchiae stand in very important structural
relations to one another. When the branchiae are in pairs, we find that the
auricles of the heart are also paired, the auricle on the right and left sides
being supplied by the right and left branchiae respectively. This is the case
with the Dibranchiate Cephalopods (Argonauta, Octopus, Loligo, etc.), the
Zygobranchiate Prosobranchs (Fissurella, Haliotis), and all Pelecypoda. In
up from a simple to a very complex type. In its original form, at all events
in the most primitive form known to us, the gill is a series of short
filaments, quite independent of one another, strung in two rows; then the
filaments become longer and double back, while at the same time they
begin to show signs of adhesion, as yet only superficial, to one another. In a
further stage, the reflected portions become fused to the adjacent surfaces of
the foot and mantle, while the interlamellar junctions serve to lock the two
gill-plates together; finally, the mere ciliary junction of adjacent filaments is
exchanged for intimate vascular connection, while the gill-plates as a whole
become closely fused together in a similar manner.
This theory of origin is strengthened by closer observation of the
phenomena of a single group. Taking the Septibranchiata as an instance, we
find that in Lyonsiella the branchiae unite with the mantle in such a way as
to form two large pallial chambers, the structure of the branchiae being
preserved, and their lamellae covering the partition. A further stage is
observed in Poromya. There, a similar partition exists, but it has become
muscular, preserving, however, on each side two groups of branchial
lamellae, separated one from the other by a series of slits, which form a
communication between the two pallial chambers. A further stage still is
seen in Silenia. There the same muscular partition exists, but the branchial
lamellae on either side have disappeared, the slits between the two
chambers, which occur in Poromya, still persisting, but separated into three
groups. Cuspidaria represents the last stage in the development. In the
ventral chamber there appears nothing at all corresponding to a branchia;
the surface of the partition appears perfectly uniform, but on careful
examination three little separate orifices, remains of the three groups of
orifices in Silenia, are observed.[276]
Relation between Branchiae and Heart.—The object of the branchiae
being, as has been already stated, to aerate the blood on its way to the heart,
we find that the heart and the branchiae stand in very important structural
relations to one another. When the branchiae are in pairs, we find that the
auricles of the heart are also paired, the auricle on the right and left sides
being supplied by the right and left branchiae respectively. This is the case
with the Dibranchiate Cephalopods (Argonauta, Octopus, Loligo, etc.), the
Zygobranchiate Prosobranchs (Fissurella, Haliotis), and all Pelecypoda. In
Page 202
the Amphineura (Chiton, etc.) there are two auricles corresponding to the
two sets of multiple branchiae. In the case of the Tetrabranchiate
Cephalopods (Nautilus) there are four auricles corresponding to each of the
four branchiae. Compare Fig. 79, A, B, C, D, E.
On the other hand, when the branchia is single, or when both branchiae
are on the same side, and one is aborted and functionless, the auricle is
single too, and on the same side as the branchia. This is the case with the
Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs (Philine, Scaphander, etc.), all the
Pectinibranchiate Prosobranchs (Rachiglossa, Taenioglossa, and
Ptenoglossa), and the other Azygobranchiate Prosobranchs (Trochidae,
Neritidae, etc.). In the last case the right auricle exists, as well as the left,
but is simply a closed sac, the coalescing of the two gills on the left side
having thrown all the work upon the left auricle. Compare Fig. 79, F, G, H.
Fig. 79.—Diagram illustrating the relations between branchiae, heart,
and aorta in the Mollusca: A, In Chiton; B, Pelecypoda; C,
Dibranchiate Cephalopoda; D, Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda; E,
Prosobranchiata Zygobranchiata; F, Prosobranchiata
Azygobranchiata; G, Prosobranchiata Monotocardia; H,
Opisthobranchiata Tectibranchiata: 1, Ventricle; 2, Auricle; 3,
Aorta; 3a, Cephalic aorta; 3b, Visceral aorta; 3c, Posterior aorta.
(From A. Lang.)
two sets of multiple branchiae. In the case of the Tetrabranchiate
Cephalopods (Nautilus) there are four auricles corresponding to each of the
four branchiae. Compare Fig. 79, A, B, C, D, E.
On the other hand, when the branchia is single, or when both branchiae
are on the same side, and one is aborted and functionless, the auricle is
single too, and on the same side as the branchia. This is the case with the
Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs (Philine, Scaphander, etc.), all the
Pectinibranchiate Prosobranchs (Rachiglossa, Taenioglossa, and
Ptenoglossa), and the other Azygobranchiate Prosobranchs (Trochidae,
Neritidae, etc.). In the last case the right auricle exists, as well as the left,
but is simply a closed sac, the coalescing of the two gills on the left side
having thrown all the work upon the left auricle. Compare Fig. 79, F, G, H.
Fig. 79.—Diagram illustrating the relations between branchiae, heart,
and aorta in the Mollusca: A, In Chiton; B, Pelecypoda; C,
Dibranchiate Cephalopoda; D, Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda; E,
Prosobranchiata Zygobranchiata; F, Prosobranchiata
Azygobranchiata; G, Prosobranchiata Monotocardia; H,
Opisthobranchiata Tectibranchiata: 1, Ventricle; 2, Auricle; 3,
Aorta; 3a, Cephalic aorta; 3b, Visceral aorta; 3c, Posterior aorta.
(From A. Lang.)
Page 203
Circulatory System
All Mollusca, without exception, possess a circulatory system of more or
less complexity. The centre of the system is the heart, which receives the
aerated blood from the breathing organs, and propels it to every part of the
body. In the Scaphopoda alone there appears to be no distinct heart.
The heart may consist simply of a single auricle and ventricle, and an
aorta opening out of the ventricle. From the aorta the blood is conveyed to
the various parts of the body by arteries. Veins convey the blood back to the
breathing organs, after passing over which it returns by the branchial or
pulmonary vein to the heart, thus completing the circuit.
As regards position, the heart is situated within the pericardium, a
separate chamber which in the Pelecypoda, Cephalopoda, and the bilaterally
symmetrical Gasteropoda lies on the median line, while in the asymmetrical
Gasteropoda it is on one or other of the sides of the body, usually the right.
The veins connected with the branchiae, and consequently the auricle into
which they open, are situated behind the ventricle in the Opisthobranchiata
(whence their name), while in the Prosobranchiata they are situated in front
of the ventricle.
The number of auricles corresponds to the number of branchiae. Thus
there is only one auricle in the great majority of Prosobranchiata (which are
accordingly classified as Monotocardia), and also in the Opisthobranchiata,
while the Pulmonata have a single auricle corresponding to the pulmonary
chamber. There are two auricles in the Amphineura, in a small group of
Gasteropoda, hence known as Diotocardia, in all Pelecypoda, and in the
Dibranchiate Cephalopoda. In the Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda alone there
are four auricles corresponding to the four branchiae.
A single aorta occurs only in the Amphineura and in the Tetrabranchiate
Cephalopoda. In all the other groups there are two aortae, leading out of the
anterior and posterior ends of the ventricle in Pelecypoda and Dibranchiate
Cephalopoda, while a single aorta leads out of the posterior end alone, and
subsequently bifurcates, in most of the Gasteropoda. One aorta, the
cephalic, supplies the front part of the body, the oesophagus, stomach,
mantle, etc.; the other, the visceral aorta, supplies the posterior part, the
liver and sexual organs.
All Mollusca, without exception, possess a circulatory system of more or
less complexity. The centre of the system is the heart, which receives the
aerated blood from the breathing organs, and propels it to every part of the
body. In the Scaphopoda alone there appears to be no distinct heart.
The heart may consist simply of a single auricle and ventricle, and an
aorta opening out of the ventricle. From the aorta the blood is conveyed to
the various parts of the body by arteries. Veins convey the blood back to the
breathing organs, after passing over which it returns by the branchial or
pulmonary vein to the heart, thus completing the circuit.
As regards position, the heart is situated within the pericardium, a
separate chamber which in the Pelecypoda, Cephalopoda, and the bilaterally
symmetrical Gasteropoda lies on the median line, while in the asymmetrical
Gasteropoda it is on one or other of the sides of the body, usually the right.
The veins connected with the branchiae, and consequently the auricle into
which they open, are situated behind the ventricle in the Opisthobranchiata
(whence their name), while in the Prosobranchiata they are situated in front
of the ventricle.
The number of auricles corresponds to the number of branchiae. Thus
there is only one auricle in the great majority of Prosobranchiata (which are
accordingly classified as Monotocardia), and also in the Opisthobranchiata,
while the Pulmonata have a single auricle corresponding to the pulmonary
chamber. There are two auricles in the Amphineura, in a small group of
Gasteropoda, hence known as Diotocardia, in all Pelecypoda, and in the
Dibranchiate Cephalopoda. In the Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda alone there
are four auricles corresponding to the four branchiae.
A single aorta occurs only in the Amphineura and in the Tetrabranchiate
Cephalopoda. In all the other groups there are two aortae, leading out of the
anterior and posterior ends of the ventricle in Pelecypoda and Dibranchiate
Cephalopoda, while a single aorta leads out of the posterior end alone, and
subsequently bifurcates, in most of the Gasteropoda. One aorta, the
cephalic, supplies the front part of the body, the oesophagus, stomach,
mantle, etc.; the other, the visceral aorta, supplies the posterior part, the
liver and sexual organs.
Page 204
The general circulatory system in the Mollusca has not yet been
thoroughly investigated. As a general rule, the blood driven from the
ventricle through the aorta into the arteries, passes, on reaching the
alimentary canal and other adjacent organs, into a number of irregular
spaces called lacunae. These in their turn branch into sinuses, or narrow
tubes covered with muscular tissue, which penetrate the body in every
direction. In the Dibranchiate Cephalopoda true capillaries are said to occur,
which in some cases form a direct communication between the arteries and
veins. According to some authorities[277] capillaries and veins exist in
certain Pelecypoda in connexion with the intestinal lacunae, but this again
is regarded by others as not established. A similar difference of opinion
occurs with regard to the precise function of the foot-pore which occurs in
many Mollusca, some holding that it serves as a means for the introduction
of water into the blood-vascular system, while others regard it as a form of
secretion gland, the original purpose of which has perhaps become lost.
Blood.—As a rule, the blood of the Mollusca—i.e. not the corpuscles
but the liquor sanguinis—is colourless, or slightly tinged with blue on
exposure to the air. This is due to the presence of a pigment termed
haemocyanin, in which are found traces of copper and iron, the former
predominating. Haemoglobin, the colouring matter of the blood in
Vertebrates, is, according to Lankester,[278] of very restricted occurrence. It
is found—(1) in special corpuscles in the blood of Solen legumen (and Arca
Noae); (2) in the general blood system of Planorbis; (3) in the muscles of
the pharynx and jaws of certain Gasteropoda, e.g. Limnaea, Paludina,
Littorina, Chiton, Aplysia. This distribution of haemoglobin is explained by
Lankester in reference to its chemical activity; whenever increased facilities
for oxidisation are required, then it may be present to do the work. The
Mollusca, being as a rule otiose, do not possess it generally diffused in the
blood, as do the Vertebrata. The actively burrowing Solen possesses it, and
perhaps its presence in Planorbis is to be explained from its respiring the air
of stagnant marshes. Its occurrence in the pharyngeal muscles and jaws of
other genera may be due to the constant state of activity in which these
organs are kept.[279]
According to Tenison-Woods[280] a species of Arca (trapezia Desh.) and
two species of Solen, all Australian, have red blood. It is suggested that in
these cases the habits of the animal (the Solen burrowing deeply in sand, the
thoroughly investigated. As a general rule, the blood driven from the
ventricle through the aorta into the arteries, passes, on reaching the
alimentary canal and other adjacent organs, into a number of irregular
spaces called lacunae. These in their turn branch into sinuses, or narrow
tubes covered with muscular tissue, which penetrate the body in every
direction. In the Dibranchiate Cephalopoda true capillaries are said to occur,
which in some cases form a direct communication between the arteries and
veins. According to some authorities[277] capillaries and veins exist in
certain Pelecypoda in connexion with the intestinal lacunae, but this again
is regarded by others as not established. A similar difference of opinion
occurs with regard to the precise function of the foot-pore which occurs in
many Mollusca, some holding that it serves as a means for the introduction
of water into the blood-vascular system, while others regard it as a form of
secretion gland, the original purpose of which has perhaps become lost.
Blood.—As a rule, the blood of the Mollusca—i.e. not the corpuscles
but the liquor sanguinis—is colourless, or slightly tinged with blue on
exposure to the air. This is due to the presence of a pigment termed
haemocyanin, in which are found traces of copper and iron, the former
predominating. Haemoglobin, the colouring matter of the blood in
Vertebrates, is, according to Lankester,[278] of very restricted occurrence. It
is found—(1) in special corpuscles in the blood of Solen legumen (and Arca
Noae); (2) in the general blood system of Planorbis; (3) in the muscles of
the pharynx and jaws of certain Gasteropoda, e.g. Limnaea, Paludina,
Littorina, Chiton, Aplysia. This distribution of haemoglobin is explained by
Lankester in reference to its chemical activity; whenever increased facilities
for oxidisation are required, then it may be present to do the work. The
Mollusca, being as a rule otiose, do not possess it generally diffused in the
blood, as do the Vertebrata. The actively burrowing Solen possesses it, and
perhaps its presence in Planorbis is to be explained from its respiring the air
of stagnant marshes. Its occurrence in the pharyngeal muscles and jaws of
other genera may be due to the constant state of activity in which these
organs are kept.[279]
According to Tenison-Woods[280] a species of Arca (trapezia Desh.) and
two species of Solen, all Australian, have red blood. It is suggested that in
these cases the habits of the animal (the Solen burrowing deeply in sand, the
Page 205
Arca in mud) require some highly oxidising element, surrounded as the
creature is by ooze. In Arca pexata (N. America) the blood is red, the
animal being familiarly known as the ‘bloody clam.’ Burrowing species,
however, are not all distinguished by this peculiarity. Tenison-Woods finds
red fluids in the buccal mass of many Gasteropoda, e.g. in species of
Patella, Acmaea, Littorina, Trochus, Turbo, giving the parts the appearance
of raw meat.
The Mantle
On the dorsal side of the typical molluscan body, between the visceral
sac and the shell, lies a duplicature of the integument, generally known as
the mantle. The depending sides of the mantle, which are usually somewhat
thickened, enclose between themselves and the body mass a chamber of
varying size and shape, called the mantle cavity, which communicates
freely with the external air or water, and encloses and furnishes a protection
for the organ or organs of respiration. On its upper or dorsal surface the
mantle is closely applied to the shell throughout its whole extent, the cells
with which it is furnished secreting the materials from which the shell is
formed (see p. 255). The whole mantle is capable, to some degree, of
secreting shelly matter, but the most active agent in its production is the
mantle edge or margin.
In the Prosobranchiata the mantle cavity, for reasons which have already
been explained, is found on the left side of the animal, its front portion
being in many cases produced into a tubular siphon. Within the mantle
cavity are found, besides the branchia, the anus, the apertures of the
kidneys, and the osphradium. In the pulmonata the mantle fold encloses a
so-called lung-cavity. The front edge of the mantle coalesces with the
integument of the neck in such a way as to enclose the cavity very
completely, the only communication with the outer air being by means of
the contractile breathing or pulmonary aperture on the right side. In the
Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs the mantle fold is inconsiderable, and is
usually not of sufficient extent to cover the branchia, while in the
Nudibranchs, which have no true branchiae, it disappears altogether.
In the Pelecypoda the mantle cavity is equally developed on each side,
enclosing the two sets of branchiae. The mantle may thus be regarded as
consisting of two equal portions, which form a sort of lining to the two
creature is by ooze. In Arca pexata (N. America) the blood is red, the
animal being familiarly known as the ‘bloody clam.’ Burrowing species,
however, are not all distinguished by this peculiarity. Tenison-Woods finds
red fluids in the buccal mass of many Gasteropoda, e.g. in species of
Patella, Acmaea, Littorina, Trochus, Turbo, giving the parts the appearance
of raw meat.
The Mantle
On the dorsal side of the typical molluscan body, between the visceral
sac and the shell, lies a duplicature of the integument, generally known as
the mantle. The depending sides of the mantle, which are usually somewhat
thickened, enclose between themselves and the body mass a chamber of
varying size and shape, called the mantle cavity, which communicates
freely with the external air or water, and encloses and furnishes a protection
for the organ or organs of respiration. On its upper or dorsal surface the
mantle is closely applied to the shell throughout its whole extent, the cells
with which it is furnished secreting the materials from which the shell is
formed (see p. 255). The whole mantle is capable, to some degree, of
secreting shelly matter, but the most active agent in its production is the
mantle edge or margin.
In the Prosobranchiata the mantle cavity, for reasons which have already
been explained, is found on the left side of the animal, its front portion
being in many cases produced into a tubular siphon. Within the mantle
cavity are found, besides the branchia, the anus, the apertures of the
kidneys, and the osphradium. In the pulmonata the mantle fold encloses a
so-called lung-cavity. The front edge of the mantle coalesces with the
integument of the neck in such a way as to enclose the cavity very
completely, the only communication with the outer air being by means of
the contractile breathing or pulmonary aperture on the right side. In the
Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs the mantle fold is inconsiderable, and is
usually not of sufficient extent to cover the branchia, while in the
Nudibranchs, which have no true branchiae, it disappears altogether.
In the Pelecypoda the mantle cavity is equally developed on each side,
enclosing the two sets of branchiae. The mantle may thus be regarded as
consisting of two equal portions, which form a sort of lining to the two
Page 206
valves. The lower or ventral portion of the mantle edges may be simple, or
provided with ocelli (Pecten, Arca), tentacles, cilia (Lima, Lepton), or
doubled folds. The two portions of the mantle touch one another along the
whole line of the edge of the two valves, and, although thus in contact, may
remain completely separate from one another, or else become permanently
united at one or more points. This fusion of the mantle edges corresponds to
important changes in the organisation of the animal as a whole. The anal
and branchial siphons are no more than prolongations of the mantle edges
on the posterior side into a tubular form. These ‘siphons’ exhibit the
siphonal form more distinctly according as the adjacent portions of the
mantle become more definitely fused together.
Fig. 80.—Diagram illustrating the various stages in the closing of the mantle in Pelecypoda: A,
mantle completely open; B, rudiments of siphons, mantle still completely open; C, mantle
closed at one point; D, mantle closed at two points, with complete formation of siphonal
apertures; E, development of siphons, ventral closure more extended; F, mantle closed at three
points, with fourth orifice: f, foot; s.a, s.b, anal and branchial siphons; 1, 2, 3, first, second, and
third points of closure of mantle. (After A. Lang.)
This progressive fusion of the mantle edges may be taken as indicating
definite stages in the development of the Pelecypoda. A perfectly free
mantle edge, joined at no point with the edge of the adjacent mantle, occurs
in Nucula, Arca, Anomia, and Trigonia (see Fig. 80, A, B). Here there is
nothing in the nature of a siphon, either anal or branchial; in other words,
no contrivance exists to prevent the spent water which has passed over the
branchiae from becoming mixed with the fresh water which is to reach
them. When the mantle edges are fused at one point only, this is invariably
provided with ocelli (Pecten, Arca), tentacles, cilia (Lima, Lepton), or
doubled folds. The two portions of the mantle touch one another along the
whole line of the edge of the two valves, and, although thus in contact, may
remain completely separate from one another, or else become permanently
united at one or more points. This fusion of the mantle edges corresponds to
important changes in the organisation of the animal as a whole. The anal
and branchial siphons are no more than prolongations of the mantle edges
on the posterior side into a tubular form. These ‘siphons’ exhibit the
siphonal form more distinctly according as the adjacent portions of the
mantle become more definitely fused together.
Fig. 80.—Diagram illustrating the various stages in the closing of the mantle in Pelecypoda: A,
mantle completely open; B, rudiments of siphons, mantle still completely open; C, mantle
closed at one point; D, mantle closed at two points, with complete formation of siphonal
apertures; E, development of siphons, ventral closure more extended; F, mantle closed at three
points, with fourth orifice: f, foot; s.a, s.b, anal and branchial siphons; 1, 2, 3, first, second, and
third points of closure of mantle. (After A. Lang.)
This progressive fusion of the mantle edges may be taken as indicating
definite stages in the development of the Pelecypoda. A perfectly free
mantle edge, joined at no point with the edge of the adjacent mantle, occurs
in Nucula, Arca, Anomia, and Trigonia (see Fig. 80, A, B). Here there is
nothing in the nature of a siphon, either anal or branchial; in other words,
no contrivance exists to prevent the spent water which has passed over the
branchiae from becoming mixed with the fresh water which is to reach
them. When the mantle edges are fused at one point only, this is invariably
Page 207
on the middle part of the posterior side, thus separating off an anal opening
which may become prolonged into a tube-like form. At the same time the
adjacent underlying portions of the mantle edges draw together, without
actually coalescing, to form an opening for the incurrent stream of water,
the rudiments of the ‘branchial siphon’ (Fig. 80, C). This is the case with
most Mytilidae (see Fig. 75) with Cardita, Astarte, and Pisidium. In the
next stage the branchial opening is separated off by the concrescence of the
mantle edges beneath it, and we have the mantle united in two places, thus
forming three openings, the ventral of which is the opening for the
protrusion of the foot (Fig. 80, D). This is the case in Yoldia, Leda, the
majority of the Eulamellibranchiata (e.g. Lucina, Cyrena, Donax,
Psammobia, Tellina, Venus, Cardium, Mactra), and all Septibranchiata. In
Chama and Tridacna the fused portions of the mantle become more
extended, and in Pholas, Xylophaga, Teredo, Pandora, and Lyonsia this
concrescence takes place over the greater length of the whole mantle edge,
so that the mantle may be regarded as closed, with the exception of the
three apertures for the foot and the two siphons (Fig. 80, E).
In certain genera there occurs, besides these three apertures, a fourth, in
the line of junction between the pedal and branchial orifices. It appears
probable that this fourth orifice (which has been regarded by some as an
inlet for water when the siphons are retracted), stands in relation to the
byssal apparatus (Fig. 80, F). In Lyonsia, for instance, a thick byssus
protrudes through the orifice, which is large and open. In Solen, Lutraria,
Glycimeris, Cochlodesma, Thracia, Aspergillum, and a few more genera,
which have no byssus, the orifice is very small and narrow. It is possible
that in these latter cases, the byssal apparatus having become atrophied, the
orifice has been correspondingly reduced in size.[281]
Mantle Reflected over the Shell.—It is sometimes the case that the
mantle edges tend to double back over the external surface of the shell, and
to enclose it to a greater or less extent. When this process is carried to an
extreme, the edges of the reflected mantle unite, and the shell becomes
completely internal. We see an incipient stage of this process in Cypraea
and Marginella, where the bright polish on the surface of the shell is due to
the protection afforded by the lobes of the mantle. A considerable portion of
the shell of Scutus is concealed in a similar way, while in Cryptochiton,
Lamellaria, and Aplysia the shell is more or less completely enclosed.
which may become prolonged into a tube-like form. At the same time the
adjacent underlying portions of the mantle edges draw together, without
actually coalescing, to form an opening for the incurrent stream of water,
the rudiments of the ‘branchial siphon’ (Fig. 80, C). This is the case with
most Mytilidae (see Fig. 75) with Cardita, Astarte, and Pisidium. In the
next stage the branchial opening is separated off by the concrescence of the
mantle edges beneath it, and we have the mantle united in two places, thus
forming three openings, the ventral of which is the opening for the
protrusion of the foot (Fig. 80, D). This is the case in Yoldia, Leda, the
majority of the Eulamellibranchiata (e.g. Lucina, Cyrena, Donax,
Psammobia, Tellina, Venus, Cardium, Mactra), and all Septibranchiata. In
Chama and Tridacna the fused portions of the mantle become more
extended, and in Pholas, Xylophaga, Teredo, Pandora, and Lyonsia this
concrescence takes place over the greater length of the whole mantle edge,
so that the mantle may be regarded as closed, with the exception of the
three apertures for the foot and the two siphons (Fig. 80, E).
In certain genera there occurs, besides these three apertures, a fourth, in
the line of junction between the pedal and branchial orifices. It appears
probable that this fourth orifice (which has been regarded by some as an
inlet for water when the siphons are retracted), stands in relation to the
byssal apparatus (Fig. 80, F). In Lyonsia, for instance, a thick byssus
protrudes through the orifice, which is large and open. In Solen, Lutraria,
Glycimeris, Cochlodesma, Thracia, Aspergillum, and a few more genera,
which have no byssus, the orifice is very small and narrow. It is possible
that in these latter cases, the byssal apparatus having become atrophied, the
orifice has been correspondingly reduced in size.[281]
Mantle Reflected over the Shell.—It is sometimes the case that the
mantle edges tend to double back over the external surface of the shell, and
to enclose it to a greater or less extent. When this process is carried to an
extreme, the edges of the reflected mantle unite, and the shell becomes
completely internal. We see an incipient stage of this process in Cypraea
and Marginella, where the bright polish on the surface of the shell is due to
the protection afforded by the lobes of the mantle. A considerable portion of
the shell of Scutus is concealed in a similar way, while in Cryptochiton,
Lamellaria, and Aplysia the shell is more or less completely enclosed.
Page 208
Among Pulmonata, it is possible that in forms like Vitrina, Parmacella,
Limax, and Arion, we have successive stages in a process which starts with
a shell completely external, as in Helix, and ends, not merely by enveloping
the shell in the mantle, but by effecting its disappearance altogether. In
Vitrina and some allied genera we have a type in which the mantle lobes are
partly reflected over the shell, which at the same time exhibits rather less of
a spiral form than in Helix. In the stage represented by Parmacella, the
mantle edges have coalesced over the whole of the shell, except for a small
aperture immediately over the spire; the nucleus alone of the shell is spiral,
the rest considerably flattened. In Limax the shell has become completely
internal, and is simply a flat and very thin plate, the spiral form being
entirely lost, and the nucleus represented by a simple thickening at one end
of the plate. In Arion, the final stage, we find that the shell, being no longer
needed as a protection to the vital organs, has either become resolved into a
number of independent granules, or else has entirely disappeared.
Some indications of a similar series of changes occur in the Pelecypoda.
The mantle edge of Lepton is prolonged beyond the area of the valves,
terminating in some cases in a number of filaments. In Galeomma and
Scintilla the valves are partially concealed by the reflected mantle lobes,
and in a remarkable form recently discovered by Dall[282]
(Chlamydoconcha) the shell is completely imbedded in the mantle, which is
perforated at the anterior end by an orifice for the mouth, and at the
posterior end by a similar orifice for the anus. In all these cases, except
Lepton, it is interesting to notice that the hinge teeth have completely
disappeared, the additional closing power gained by the external mantle
rendering the work done by a hinge unnecessary. It is quite possible, on the
analogy of the Gasteropoda mentioned above, and also, it may be added, of
the Cephalopoda and other groups, that we have here indicated the eventual
occurrence of a type of Pelecypoda altogether deprived of valves, a greatly
thickened mantle performing the part of a shell.[283]
The following works will be found useful for further study of this
portion of the subject:—
Limax, and Arion, we have successive stages in a process which starts with
a shell completely external, as in Helix, and ends, not merely by enveloping
the shell in the mantle, but by effecting its disappearance altogether. In
Vitrina and some allied genera we have a type in which the mantle lobes are
partly reflected over the shell, which at the same time exhibits rather less of
a spiral form than in Helix. In the stage represented by Parmacella, the
mantle edges have coalesced over the whole of the shell, except for a small
aperture immediately over the spire; the nucleus alone of the shell is spiral,
the rest considerably flattened. In Limax the shell has become completely
internal, and is simply a flat and very thin plate, the spiral form being
entirely lost, and the nucleus represented by a simple thickening at one end
of the plate. In Arion, the final stage, we find that the shell, being no longer
needed as a protection to the vital organs, has either become resolved into a
number of independent granules, or else has entirely disappeared.
Some indications of a similar series of changes occur in the Pelecypoda.
The mantle edge of Lepton is prolonged beyond the area of the valves,
terminating in some cases in a number of filaments. In Galeomma and
Scintilla the valves are partially concealed by the reflected mantle lobes,
and in a remarkable form recently discovered by Dall[282]
(Chlamydoconcha) the shell is completely imbedded in the mantle, which is
perforated at the anterior end by an orifice for the mouth, and at the
posterior end by a similar orifice for the anus. In all these cases, except
Lepton, it is interesting to notice that the hinge teeth have completely
disappeared, the additional closing power gained by the external mantle
rendering the work done by a hinge unnecessary. It is quite possible, on the
analogy of the Gasteropoda mentioned above, and also, it may be added, of
the Cephalopoda and other groups, that we have here indicated the eventual
occurrence of a type of Pelecypoda altogether deprived of valves, a greatly
thickened mantle performing the part of a shell.[283]
The following works will be found useful for further study of this
portion of the subject:—
Page 209
F. Bernard, Recherches sur les organes palléaux des Gastéropodes prosobranches:
Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. (7) ix. (1890), pp. 89–404.
G. Cuvier, Le Régne animal (ed. V. Masson); Mollusca, Text and Atlas.
C. Grobben, Beiträge zur Kenntniss des Baues von Cuspidaria (Neaera) cuspidata
Olivi, nebst Betrachtungen über das System der Lamellibranchiaten: Arb. Zool. Inst.
Wien, x. (1893), pp. 101–146.
E. Ray Lankester, Encyclopaedia Britannica, 9th ed., vol. xvi. (1883), Art.
‘Mollusca.’
A. Ménégaux, Recherches sur la circulation des Lamellibranches marins:
Besançon, 1890.
K. Mitsukuri, On the structure and significance of some aberrant forms of
Lamellibranchiate gills: Q. Journ. Micr. Sc., N.S. xxi. (1881), pp. 595–608.
H. L. Osborn, On the gill in some forms of Prosobranchiate Mollusca: Stud. Biol.
Lab. Johns Hopk. Univ. iii. (1884), pp. 37–48.
R. Holman Peck, The structure of the Lamellibranchiate gill: Q. Journ. Micr. Sc.,
N.S. xvii. (1877), pp. 43–66.
P. Pelseneer, Contributions à l’étude des lamellibranches: Arch. Biol. xi. (1891),
pp. 147–312.
Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. (7) ix. (1890), pp. 89–404.
G. Cuvier, Le Régne animal (ed. V. Masson); Mollusca, Text and Atlas.
C. Grobben, Beiträge zur Kenntniss des Baues von Cuspidaria (Neaera) cuspidata
Olivi, nebst Betrachtungen über das System der Lamellibranchiaten: Arb. Zool. Inst.
Wien, x. (1893), pp. 101–146.
E. Ray Lankester, Encyclopaedia Britannica, 9th ed., vol. xvi. (1883), Art.
‘Mollusca.’
A. Ménégaux, Recherches sur la circulation des Lamellibranches marins:
Besançon, 1890.
K. Mitsukuri, On the structure and significance of some aberrant forms of
Lamellibranchiate gills: Q. Journ. Micr. Sc., N.S. xxi. (1881), pp. 595–608.
H. L. Osborn, On the gill in some forms of Prosobranchiate Mollusca: Stud. Biol.
Lab. Johns Hopk. Univ. iii. (1884), pp. 37–48.
R. Holman Peck, The structure of the Lamellibranchiate gill: Q. Journ. Micr. Sc.,
N.S. xvii. (1877), pp. 43–66.
P. Pelseneer, Contributions à l’étude des lamellibranches: Arch. Biol. xi. (1891),
pp. 147–312.
Page 210
CHAPTER VII
ORGANS OF SENSE: TOUCH, SIGHT, SMELL, HEARING—THE FOOT—THE NERVOUS
SYSTEM
Organs of Sense: I. Touch
Tactile organs, although occurring in some of the Mollusca, do not
appear to attain special or marked development, except in a few cases. The
whole surface of the skin, and particularly of the foot, is very sensitive to
the slightest impression. Nearly all Gasteropoda are furnished with at least
two cephalic tentacles, projecting like horns from each side of the fore part
of the head. At or near the base of these are generally situated the eyes. In
the Helicidae the eyes are situated, not at the base, but at the apex of the
tentacles, and in that case—except in Vertigo—a second pair of shorter
tentacles appears beneath the longer pair. It frequently happens that several
senses are centred in a single organ; thus the upper tentacles of snails not
only carry the eyes and serve to a certain extent as tactile organs, but they
also carry the organs of smell.
The edges of the mantle, which are sometimes specialised into lobes,
appear to be keenly sensitive to touch in all Gasteropoda.
In Cypraea (Fig. 81) these lobes, or tentaculae, are a prominent feature
of the animal, and also in certain genera of the Trochidae (Fig. 82). In most
of the carnivorous land Pulmonata—e.g. Testacella, Rhytida, Ennea—there
are developed, under the lower pair of tentacles, and close to the mouth,
large labial palps or feelers. These are connected with the cerebral ganglion
by a very large nerve, and may therefore be supposed to be of extreme
sensitiveness. In some of the large carnivorous forms (Glandina, Aerope,
compare Fig. 21, p. 54) these palpae are of great size, and curl upwards like
an enormous pair of moustaches. When a Glandina seizes its prey, the
palpae (see Fig. 83) appear to enfold it and draw it in towards the mouth.
ORGANS OF SENSE: TOUCH, SIGHT, SMELL, HEARING—THE FOOT—THE NERVOUS
SYSTEM
Organs of Sense: I. Touch
Tactile organs, although occurring in some of the Mollusca, do not
appear to attain special or marked development, except in a few cases. The
whole surface of the skin, and particularly of the foot, is very sensitive to
the slightest impression. Nearly all Gasteropoda are furnished with at least
two cephalic tentacles, projecting like horns from each side of the fore part
of the head. At or near the base of these are generally situated the eyes. In
the Helicidae the eyes are situated, not at the base, but at the apex of the
tentacles, and in that case—except in Vertigo—a second pair of shorter
tentacles appears beneath the longer pair. It frequently happens that several
senses are centred in a single organ; thus the upper tentacles of snails not
only carry the eyes and serve to a certain extent as tactile organs, but they
also carry the organs of smell.
The edges of the mantle, which are sometimes specialised into lobes,
appear to be keenly sensitive to touch in all Gasteropoda.
In Cypraea (Fig. 81) these lobes, or tentaculae, are a prominent feature
of the animal, and also in certain genera of the Trochidae (Fig. 82). In most
of the carnivorous land Pulmonata—e.g. Testacella, Rhytida, Ennea—there
are developed, under the lower pair of tentacles, and close to the mouth,
large labial palps or feelers. These are connected with the cerebral ganglion
by a very large nerve, and may therefore be supposed to be of extreme
sensitiveness. In some of the large carnivorous forms (Glandina, Aerope,
compare Fig. 21, p. 54) these palpae are of great size, and curl upwards like
an enormous pair of moustaches. When a Glandina seizes its prey, the
palpae (see Fig. 83) appear to enfold it and draw it in towards the mouth.
Page 211
Fig. 81.—Cypraea moneta L., showing tentaculae at edge of
mantle, which partly envelops the shell: Si, siphon; M,
M, mantle; F, foot; T´, tentaculae at edge of mantle.
(After Quoy and Gaimard.) × 3/2.
Fig. 82.—Monodonta canalifera
Lam., New Ireland, showing
mantle lobes. (After Quoy and
Gaimard.)
Fig. 83.—Glandina seizing its
prey, with buccal papillae
turned back. (Strebel.)
It is in the Opisthobranchiata that the organs of touch attain their
maximum development. Many of this group are shell-less or possess a
mantle, which partly envelops the shell: Si, siphon; M,
M, mantle; F, foot; T´, tentaculae at edge of mantle.
(After Quoy and Gaimard.) × 3/2.
Fig. 82.—Monodonta canalifera
Lam., New Ireland, showing
mantle lobes. (After Quoy and
Gaimard.)
Fig. 83.—Glandina seizing its
prey, with buccal papillae
turned back. (Strebel.)
It is in the Opisthobranchiata that the organs of touch attain their
maximum development. Many of this group are shell-less or possess a
Page 212
small internal shell, and accordingly, in the absence of this special form of
defence, a multiplied sense of touch is probably of great service. Thus we
find, besides the ordinary cephalic tentacles, clusters or crowns of the same
above the head of many Nudibranchiata, with lobe-like prolongations of the
integument, and tentacular processes in the neighbourhood of, or
surrounding the branchiae (see Figs. 58 and Fig. 84, or even projecting from
the whole upper surface of the body (Fig. 5, C).
In the Pelecypoda, the chief organs of touch are the foot, which is always
remarkably sensitive, especially towards its point, the labial palps on each
side of the mouth, and the siphons. In certain cases the mantle border is
prolonged into a series of threads or filaments. These are particularly
noticeable in Pecten, Lepton, and Lima (Fig. 85), the mantle lobes of the
common L. hians of our own coasts being very numerous, and of a bright
orange colour. In many genera—e.g. Unio, Mactra—this sensibility to
touch appears to be shared by the whole mantle border, although it is not
furnished with any special fringing. The ‘arms’ of the Cephalopoda appear
to be keenly sensitive to touch, and this is particularly the case with the
front or tentacular pair of arms, which seem to be employed in an especial
degree for exploration and investigation of strange objects.
Fig. 84.—Idalia Leachii A. and H., British seas; br,
branchiae. (After Alder and Hancock.)
defence, a multiplied sense of touch is probably of great service. Thus we
find, besides the ordinary cephalic tentacles, clusters or crowns of the same
above the head of many Nudibranchiata, with lobe-like prolongations of the
integument, and tentacular processes in the neighbourhood of, or
surrounding the branchiae (see Figs. 58 and Fig. 84, or even projecting from
the whole upper surface of the body (Fig. 5, C).
In the Pelecypoda, the chief organs of touch are the foot, which is always
remarkably sensitive, especially towards its point, the labial palps on each
side of the mouth, and the siphons. In certain cases the mantle border is
prolonged into a series of threads or filaments. These are particularly
noticeable in Pecten, Lepton, and Lima (Fig. 85), the mantle lobes of the
common L. hians of our own coasts being very numerous, and of a bright
orange colour. In many genera—e.g. Unio, Mactra—this sensibility to
touch appears to be shared by the whole mantle border, although it is not
furnished with any special fringing. The ‘arms’ of the Cephalopoda appear
to be keenly sensitive to touch, and this is particularly the case with the
front or tentacular pair of arms, which seem to be employed in an especial
degree for exploration and investigation of strange objects.
Fig. 84.—Idalia Leachii A. and H., British seas; br,
branchiae. (After Alder and Hancock.)
Page 213
Fig. 85.—Lima squamosa Lam., Naples,
showing tentacular lobes of mantle (t, t);
a, anus; ad.m, adductor muscle; br, br,
branchiae; f, foot; sh, shell.
Taste.—The sense of taste is no doubt present, to a greater or less extent,
in all the head-bearing Mollusca. In many of these a special nerve or nerves
has been discovered in the pharynx, connecting with the cerebral ganglion;
this no doubt indicates the seat of the faculty of taste. The Mollusca vary
greatly in their likings for different kinds of food. Some seem to prefer
decaying and highly odoriferous animal matter (Buccinum, Nassa), others
apparently confine themselves to fresh meat (Purpura, Natica, Testacella),
others again, although naturally vegetarian, will not refuse flesh on
occasion (Limax, Helix).
Mr. W. A. Gain[284] has made some interesting experiments on the taste
of British land Mollusca, as evidenced by the acceptance or rejection of
various kinds of food. He kept twelve species of Arion and Limax, and eight
species of Helix in captivity for many months, and tried them with no less
than 197 different kinds of food, cannibalism included. Some curious points
came out in his table of results. Amalia gagates appears to be surprisingly
omnivorous, for out of 197 kinds of food it ate all but 25; Arion ater came
next, eating all but 40. Limax arborum, on the other hand, was dainty to a
fault, eating only seven kinds of food, and actually refusing Swedes, which
every other species took with some avidity. Certain food was rejected by all
alike, e.g. London Pride, Dog Rose, Beech and Chestnut leaves, Spruce Fir,
showing tentacular lobes of mantle (t, t);
a, anus; ad.m, adductor muscle; br, br,
branchiae; f, foot; sh, shell.
Taste.—The sense of taste is no doubt present, to a greater or less extent,
in all the head-bearing Mollusca. In many of these a special nerve or nerves
has been discovered in the pharynx, connecting with the cerebral ganglion;
this no doubt indicates the seat of the faculty of taste. The Mollusca vary
greatly in their likings for different kinds of food. Some seem to prefer
decaying and highly odoriferous animal matter (Buccinum, Nassa), others
apparently confine themselves to fresh meat (Purpura, Natica, Testacella),
others again, although naturally vegetarian, will not refuse flesh on
occasion (Limax, Helix).
Mr. W. A. Gain[284] has made some interesting experiments on the taste
of British land Mollusca, as evidenced by the acceptance or rejection of
various kinds of food. He kept twelve species of Arion and Limax, and eight
species of Helix in captivity for many months, and tried them with no less
than 197 different kinds of food, cannibalism included. Some curious points
came out in his table of results. Amalia gagates appears to be surprisingly
omnivorous, for out of 197 kinds of food it ate all but 25; Arion ater came
next, eating all but 40. Limax arborum, on the other hand, was dainty to a
fault, eating only seven kinds of food, and actually refusing Swedes, which
every other species took with some avidity. Certain food was rejected by all
alike, e.g. London Pride, Dog Rose, Beech and Chestnut leaves, Spruce Fir,
Page 214
Common Rush, Liverwort, and Lichens; while all, or nearly all, ate greedily
of Potatoes, Turnips, Swedes, Lettuces, Leeks, Strawberries, Boletus edulis,
and common grasses. Few of our common weeds or hedgerow flowers were
altogether rejected. Arion and Limax were decidedly less particular in their
food than Helix, nearly all of them eating earthworms and puff-balls, which
no Helix would touch. Arion ater and Limax maximus ate the slime off one
another, and portions of skin. Cyclostoma elegans and Hyalinia nitida
preferred moist dead leaves to anything else.
II. Sight
Position of Eyes.—In the majority of the head-bearing Mollusca the
eyes are two in number, and are placed on, or in the immediate
neighbourhood of the head. Sometimes they are carried on projecting
tentacles or ‘ommatophores,’ which are either simple (as in
Prosobranchiata) or capable of retraction like the fingers of a glove (Helix,
etc.). Sometimes, as in a large number of the marine Gasteropoda, the eyes
are at the outer base of the cephalic tentacles, or are mounted on the
tentacles themselves, but never at the tip (compare Fig. 60, p. 153 and Fig.
98, p. 199). In other cases they are placed somewhat farther back, at the
sides of the neck. The Pulmonata are usually subdivided into two great
groups, Stylommatophora and Basommatophora (Fig. 86), according as the
eyes are carried on the tip of the large tentacles (Helix, and all non-
operculate land shells), or placed at the inner side of their base (Limnaea,
Physa, etc.). In land and fresh-water operculates, the eyes are situated at the
outer base of the tentacles.
Fig. 86.—A, Limnaea peregra Müll.; e, e, eyes; t, t, tentacles; B, Helix
nemoralis Müll.; e, e, eyes; t, t, tentacles; p.o, pulmonary orifice.
of Potatoes, Turnips, Swedes, Lettuces, Leeks, Strawberries, Boletus edulis,
and common grasses. Few of our common weeds or hedgerow flowers were
altogether rejected. Arion and Limax were decidedly less particular in their
food than Helix, nearly all of them eating earthworms and puff-balls, which
no Helix would touch. Arion ater and Limax maximus ate the slime off one
another, and portions of skin. Cyclostoma elegans and Hyalinia nitida
preferred moist dead leaves to anything else.
II. Sight
Position of Eyes.—In the majority of the head-bearing Mollusca the
eyes are two in number, and are placed on, or in the immediate
neighbourhood of the head. Sometimes they are carried on projecting
tentacles or ‘ommatophores,’ which are either simple (as in
Prosobranchiata) or capable of retraction like the fingers of a glove (Helix,
etc.). Sometimes, as in a large number of the marine Gasteropoda, the eyes
are at the outer base of the cephalic tentacles, or are mounted on the
tentacles themselves, but never at the tip (compare Fig. 60, p. 153 and Fig.
98, p. 199). In other cases they are placed somewhat farther back, at the
sides of the neck. The Pulmonata are usually subdivided into two great
groups, Stylommatophora and Basommatophora (Fig. 86), according as the
eyes are carried on the tip of the large tentacles (Helix, and all non-
operculate land shells), or placed at the inner side of their base (Limnaea,
Physa, etc.). In land and fresh-water operculates, the eyes are situated at the
outer base of the tentacles.
Fig. 86.—A, Limnaea peregra Müll.; e, e, eyes; t, t, tentacles; B, Helix
nemoralis Müll.; e, e, eyes; t, t, tentacles; p.o, pulmonary orifice.
Page 215
In the Helicidae, careful observation will show that the eyes are not
placed exactly in the centre of the end of the tentacle, but on its upper side,
inclining slightly outwards. The eye is probably pushed on one side, as it
were, by the development of the neighbouring olfactory bulb. The sense of
smell being far more important to these animals than the sense of sight, the
former sense develops at the expense of the latter.
Organisation of the Molluscan Eye.—The eye in Mollusca exhibits
almost every imaginable form, from the extremely simple to the elaborately
complex. It may be, as in certain bivalves, no more than a pigmented spot
on the mantle, or it may consist, as in some of the Cephalopoda, of a
cornea, a sclerotic, a choroid, an iris, a lens, an aqueous and vitreous
humour, a retina, and an optic nerve, or of some of these parts only.
In most land and fresh-water Mollusca the eye may be regarded, roughly
speaking, as a ball connected by an exceedingly fine thread (the optic
nerve) with a nerve centre (the cerebral ganglion). In Paludina this ball is
elliptic, in Planorbis and Neritina it is drawn out at the back into a conical
or pear shape. In Helix (Fig. 87) there is a structureless membrane,
surrounding the whole eye, a lens, and a retina, the latter consisting of a
nervous layer, a cellular layer, and a layer of rods containing pigment, this
innermost layer (that nearest the lens) being of the thickness of half the
whole retina.
placed exactly in the centre of the end of the tentacle, but on its upper side,
inclining slightly outwards. The eye is probably pushed on one side, as it
were, by the development of the neighbouring olfactory bulb. The sense of
smell being far more important to these animals than the sense of sight, the
former sense develops at the expense of the latter.
Organisation of the Molluscan Eye.—The eye in Mollusca exhibits
almost every imaginable form, from the extremely simple to the elaborately
complex. It may be, as in certain bivalves, no more than a pigmented spot
on the mantle, or it may consist, as in some of the Cephalopoda, of a
cornea, a sclerotic, a choroid, an iris, a lens, an aqueous and vitreous
humour, a retina, and an optic nerve, or of some of these parts only.
In most land and fresh-water Mollusca the eye may be regarded, roughly
speaking, as a ball connected by an exceedingly fine thread (the optic
nerve) with a nerve centre (the cerebral ganglion). In Paludina this ball is
elliptic, in Planorbis and Neritina it is drawn out at the back into a conical
or pear shape. In Helix (Fig. 87) there is a structureless membrane,
surrounding the whole eye, a lens, and a retina, the latter consisting of a
nervous layer, a cellular layer, and a layer of rods containing pigment, this
innermost layer (that nearest the lens) being of the thickness of half the
whole retina.
Page 216
Fig. 87.—Eye of Helix pomatia L.,
retracted within the tentacle; c,
cornea; ep, epithelial layer; l, lens;
op.n, optic nerve; r, retina. (After
Simroth.)
Comparing the eyes of different Gasteropoda together, we find that they
represent stages in a general course of development. Thus in Patella the eye
is scarcely more than an invagination or depression in the integument,
which is lined with pigmented and retinal cells. The next upward stage
occurs in Trochus, where the depression becomes deeper and bladder-
shaped, and is filled with a gelatinous or crystalline mass, but still is open at
the top, and therefore permits the eye to be bathed in water. Then, as in
Turbo, the bladder becomes closed by a thin epithelial layer, which finally,
as in some Murex, becomes much thicker, while the ‘eyeball’ encloses a
lens (Fig. 88), which probably corresponds with the ‘vitreous humour’ of
other types.
retracted within the tentacle; c,
cornea; ep, epithelial layer; l, lens;
op.n, optic nerve; r, retina. (After
Simroth.)
Comparing the eyes of different Gasteropoda together, we find that they
represent stages in a general course of development. Thus in Patella the eye
is scarcely more than an invagination or depression in the integument,
which is lined with pigmented and retinal cells. The next upward stage
occurs in Trochus, where the depression becomes deeper and bladder-
shaped, and is filled with a gelatinous or crystalline mass, but still is open at
the top, and therefore permits the eye to be bathed in water. Then, as in
Turbo, the bladder becomes closed by a thin epithelial layer, which finally,
as in some Murex, becomes much thicker, while the ‘eyeball’ encloses a
lens (Fig. 88), which probably corresponds with the ‘vitreous humour’ of
other types.
Page 217
Fig. 88.—Eyes of Gasteropoda, showing arrest of development at
successive stages: A, Patella; B, Trochus; C, Turbo; D, Murex;
ep, epidermis; l, lens; op.n, optic nerve; r, retina; v.h, vitreous
humour. (After Hilger.)
In Nautilus the eye is of a very simple type. It consists of a cup-shaped
depression, with a small opening which is not quite closed by the
integument. The retina consists of cells which line the interior of the
depression, and which communicate directly with the branches of the optic
nerve, there being no iris or lens. This type of eye, it will be observed,
corresponds exactly with that which occurs in Patella. It appears also to
correspond to a stage in the development of eyes in the Dibranchiata (e.g.
Octopus, Sepia, Loligo). Lankester has shown[285] that in Loligo the eye
first appears as a ridge, enclosing an oval area in the integument. By
degrees the walls of this area close in, and eventually join, enclosing the
retinal cells within the chamber in which the lens is afterwards developed
(Fig. 89). It thus appears that in some cases the development of the eye is
successive stages: A, Patella; B, Trochus; C, Turbo; D, Murex;
ep, epidermis; l, lens; op.n, optic nerve; r, retina; v.h, vitreous
humour. (After Hilger.)
In Nautilus the eye is of a very simple type. It consists of a cup-shaped
depression, with a small opening which is not quite closed by the
integument. The retina consists of cells which line the interior of the
depression, and which communicate directly with the branches of the optic
nerve, there being no iris or lens. This type of eye, it will be observed,
corresponds exactly with that which occurs in Patella. It appears also to
correspond to a stage in the development of eyes in the Dibranchiata (e.g.
Octopus, Sepia, Loligo). Lankester has shown[285] that in Loligo the eye
first appears as a ridge, enclosing an oval area in the integument. By
degrees the walls of this area close in, and eventually join, enclosing the
retinal cells within the chamber in which the lens is afterwards developed
(Fig. 89). It thus appears that in some cases the development of the eye is
Page 218
arrested at a point which in other cases only forms a temporary stage
towards a higher type of organisation.
Fig. 89.—Three stages in the development of the eye of
Loligo; r, r, ridge, enclosing p.o.c, primitive optic
chamber; or, orifice between the closing ridges;
s.o.c, secondary optic chamber; ci, ci, ciliary body;
l, rudimentary lens; R, retina. (After Lankester.)
towards a higher type of organisation.
Fig. 89.—Three stages in the development of the eye of
Loligo; r, r, ridge, enclosing p.o.c, primitive optic
chamber; or, orifice between the closing ridges;
s.o.c, secondary optic chamber; ci, ci, ciliary body;
l, rudimentary lens; R, retina. (After Lankester.)
Page 219
Fig. 90.—Eye in A, Loligo; B, Helix or Limax; C, Nautilus: a.o.c, anterior optic chamber; c,
cornea; int, integument; ir, iris; l, lens; l´, external portion of lens; op.n, optic nerve; op.g,
optic ganglion; p.o.c, posterior optic chamber; r, retina. (After Grenacher.)
The developed eye in the dibranchiate Cephalopods consists of a
transparent cornea, which may or may not be closed over the front of the
lens. Behind the cornea is a narrow chamber (the anterior optic chamber)
which is continued for three parts round the whole circle of the eye, and
into which project the front portion of the lens and the folds of the iris.
Throughout its whole extent, the anterior optic chamber is lined by the
integument, the portion of which on the inner side is the choroid. The lens is
divided into an outer and inner segment by a thin membrane, and is
supported by the ciliary body which forms a continuation of the retina. The
main portion of the lens lies within the posterior optic chamber, at the back
and sides of which is found the retina (Grenacher).
There can be no doubt that the Cephalopoda use their eyes to observe,
but there is nothing to show that any other Mollusca use their eyes for this
purpose, the sense of smell in their case largely taking the place of visual
observation. Madame Jeannette Power once saw[286] the Octopus in her
aquarium holding a fragment of rock in one of its arms, and watching a
Pinna which was opening its valves. As soon as they were perfectly open,
the Poulpe, with incredible address and promptitude, placed the stone
between the valves, preventing the Pinna from closing again, upon which it
cornea; int, integument; ir, iris; l, lens; l´, external portion of lens; op.n, optic nerve; op.g,
optic ganglion; p.o.c, posterior optic chamber; r, retina. (After Grenacher.)
The developed eye in the dibranchiate Cephalopods consists of a
transparent cornea, which may or may not be closed over the front of the
lens. Behind the cornea is a narrow chamber (the anterior optic chamber)
which is continued for three parts round the whole circle of the eye, and
into which project the front portion of the lens and the folds of the iris.
Throughout its whole extent, the anterior optic chamber is lined by the
integument, the portion of which on the inner side is the choroid. The lens is
divided into an outer and inner segment by a thin membrane, and is
supported by the ciliary body which forms a continuation of the retina. The
main portion of the lens lies within the posterior optic chamber, at the back
and sides of which is found the retina (Grenacher).
There can be no doubt that the Cephalopoda use their eyes to observe,
but there is nothing to show that any other Mollusca use their eyes for this
purpose, the sense of smell in their case largely taking the place of visual
observation. Madame Jeannette Power once saw[286] the Octopus in her
aquarium holding a fragment of rock in one of its arms, and watching a
Pinna which was opening its valves. As soon as they were perfectly open,
the Poulpe, with incredible address and promptitude, placed the stone
between the valves, preventing the Pinna from closing again, upon which it
Page 220
set about devouring its victim. The next day the Poulpe was seen, after
crushing some Tellina, to stretch himself down close by a Triton nodiferus,
and watch it attentively. After four hours the Triton emerged from its shell,
when the Octopus sprang upon it, and surrounded it with its arms.
Powers of Vision in Land Mollusca.—The Helicidae are undoubtedly
very short-sighted. Seldom emerging from their retreats except in twilight
and darkness, they are naturally myopic, and see better in a subdued than in
a bright light. Experiment has shown that a Helix can perceive an object
better at 6 centimetres distance in a weak light than at 4 or 5 millimetres in
a strong one. Cyclostoma elegans and Paludina vivipara are comparatively
long-sighted, perceiving objects at a distance of 20 to 30 centimetres.[287]
The increased power of vision is due, in these two cases, to increased
elaboration in the construction of the eye, Paludina possessing a large and
almost spherical lens, to which the vitreous humour closely adheres, while
in Cyclostoma the lens is remarkably hard, and the aqueous humour very
abundant. According to V. Willem,[288] the Pulmonata are very sensitive to
the slightest movement of the air or jarring of the surface on which they
crawl, but are so short-sighted as only to perceive a confused image of a
large object at about 1 cm., and to distinguish the form of objects at not
more than 1 or 2 mm. The senses of touch and smell are far more active
than that of sight. A bean-pod enclosed in a narrow glass case and placed
before a hungry snail was not noticed, but when taken out of the case and
placed 8 cm. behind the snail, the latter at once turned towards it to devour
it.
Some interesting experiments were conducted by the same author with
the view of ascertaining whether snails avoid or court the light. He placed a
number of species in different wooden boxes, which were divided into a
light and a dark compartment, having previously well soaked the boxes in
water to secure a humid atmosphere and surface, and so induce the snails to
move about. The result showed that nearly all species have a marked
predilection one way or the other, but not all in the same way. Helix
aspersa, Arion empiricorum, six species of Limax, and three of Planorbis,
are lovers of darkness, while H. nemoralis, Succinea putris, and two species
of Limnaea are lovers of light. Physa fontinalis stands alone in being quite
indifferent.
crushing some Tellina, to stretch himself down close by a Triton nodiferus,
and watch it attentively. After four hours the Triton emerged from its shell,
when the Octopus sprang upon it, and surrounded it with its arms.
Powers of Vision in Land Mollusca.—The Helicidae are undoubtedly
very short-sighted. Seldom emerging from their retreats except in twilight
and darkness, they are naturally myopic, and see better in a subdued than in
a bright light. Experiment has shown that a Helix can perceive an object
better at 6 centimetres distance in a weak light than at 4 or 5 millimetres in
a strong one. Cyclostoma elegans and Paludina vivipara are comparatively
long-sighted, perceiving objects at a distance of 20 to 30 centimetres.[287]
The increased power of vision is due, in these two cases, to increased
elaboration in the construction of the eye, Paludina possessing a large and
almost spherical lens, to which the vitreous humour closely adheres, while
in Cyclostoma the lens is remarkably hard, and the aqueous humour very
abundant. According to V. Willem,[288] the Pulmonata are very sensitive to
the slightest movement of the air or jarring of the surface on which they
crawl, but are so short-sighted as only to perceive a confused image of a
large object at about 1 cm., and to distinguish the form of objects at not
more than 1 or 2 mm. The senses of touch and smell are far more active
than that of sight. A bean-pod enclosed in a narrow glass case and placed
before a hungry snail was not noticed, but when taken out of the case and
placed 8 cm. behind the snail, the latter at once turned towards it to devour
it.
Some interesting experiments were conducted by the same author with
the view of ascertaining whether snails avoid or court the light. He placed a
number of species in different wooden boxes, which were divided into a
light and a dark compartment, having previously well soaked the boxes in
water to secure a humid atmosphere and surface, and so induce the snails to
move about. The result showed that nearly all species have a marked
predilection one way or the other, but not all in the same way. Helix
aspersa, Arion empiricorum, six species of Limax, and three of Planorbis,
are lovers of darkness, while H. nemoralis, Succinea putris, and two species
of Limnaea are lovers of light. Physa fontinalis stands alone in being quite
indifferent.
Page 221
M. Willem endeavoured further to discover whether any of the Mollusca
possessed ‘dermatoptic perception,’ or the faculty of perceiving variation of
light by means of the skin alone. He accordingly repeated the above-
mentioned experiments, having previously extirpated the eyes in all cases.
The result was remarkable. In a few instances the experiment was not
conclusive, but H. aspersa, A. empiricorum, several species of Limax, and
one Limnaea shunned or sought the light just as they had done when their
eyes were present. A few marine Mollusca (Littorina littorea, Trochus
cinerarius, T. umbilicatus, Patella vulgata) were also shown to be
exceedingly sensitive to the impact of a shadow, whether with or without
their eyes.
Blind and Eyeless Mollusca.—In a large number of marine Mollusca
which habitually creep about half buried in wet sand (Bullia, Sigaretus,
Scaphander, Philine), eyes are altogether absent. In some species of Natica
and Sigaretus, and in Doris, eyes are developed, but are enclosed in a thick
layer of skin, through which they can probably do little more than faintly
appreciate different degrees of light and darkness. Chiton has cephalic eyes
in the embryo, but loses them in the adult stage. The two great Auricula, A.
auris Judae and A. auris Midae, which habitually creep about in the liquid
mud of mangrove swamps, have entirely lost their eyes. Certain pelagic
Mollusca seem to have a tendency, which is not easily explained, to lose
their eyes or the power of seeing with them. Thus Ianthina has no eyes at
all. Pteropoda as a rule have no eyes, and the few that have (Creseis,
Cavolinia) possess only certain pigmented spots placed near to the nervous
centres. In the Heteropoda, however, and the Cephalopoda, many of which
are pelagic, the eyes are unusually large.
possessed ‘dermatoptic perception,’ or the faculty of perceiving variation of
light by means of the skin alone. He accordingly repeated the above-
mentioned experiments, having previously extirpated the eyes in all cases.
The result was remarkable. In a few instances the experiment was not
conclusive, but H. aspersa, A. empiricorum, several species of Limax, and
one Limnaea shunned or sought the light just as they had done when their
eyes were present. A few marine Mollusca (Littorina littorea, Trochus
cinerarius, T. umbilicatus, Patella vulgata) were also shown to be
exceedingly sensitive to the impact of a shadow, whether with or without
their eyes.
Blind and Eyeless Mollusca.—In a large number of marine Mollusca
which habitually creep about half buried in wet sand (Bullia, Sigaretus,
Scaphander, Philine), eyes are altogether absent. In some species of Natica
and Sigaretus, and in Doris, eyes are developed, but are enclosed in a thick
layer of skin, through which they can probably do little more than faintly
appreciate different degrees of light and darkness. Chiton has cephalic eyes
in the embryo, but loses them in the adult stage. The two great Auricula, A.
auris Judae and A. auris Midae, which habitually creep about in the liquid
mud of mangrove swamps, have entirely lost their eyes. Certain pelagic
Mollusca seem to have a tendency, which is not easily explained, to lose
their eyes or the power of seeing with them. Thus Ianthina has no eyes at
all. Pteropoda as a rule have no eyes, and the few that have (Creseis,
Cavolinia) possess only certain pigmented spots placed near to the nervous
centres. In the Heteropoda, however, and the Cephalopoda, many of which
are pelagic, the eyes are unusually large.
Page 222
Fig. 91.—Sigaretus laevigatus
Lam., a species frequenting
wet sand, and destitute of
external eyes: F, anterior
portion of foot. (After
Souleyet.)
Eyes in Deep-sea and Underground Mollusca.—Deep-sea Mollusca,
as a rule, possess no visual organs, or possess them only in a rudimentary
state, but this rule has its exceptions. Dr. Pelseneer found[289] no trace of
eyes in two species of Pleurotoma from 1850 and 1950 fath., none in a
Fossarus from 1400 f., none in a Puncturella from 1340 f. A remarkable
form of Voluta (Guivillea) from 1600 f. possessed eyes which could hardly
be functional, as they were destitute of pigment, and exhibited other
changes of structure. On the other hand, it is remarkable to notice that in
three different species of Trochus from 450 f., 565 f., and 1375 f., the eyes
were pigmented and well developed.
In land Mollusca which live beneath the surface of the ground or in
absolute darkness, the eyes are generally more or less modified. Thus in
Testacella, which usually burrows deeply in the soil, but occasionally
emerges into the open air, the eyes are very small, but distinct and
pigmented. Our little Caecilianella acicula, which is never seen above the
surface, is altogether destitute of eyes. A species of Zospeum, a Helix, and a
Bithynella from dark caves in Carniola have suffered a similar loss. On the
other hand, a small Hyalinia from a dark cave in Utah (probably a recent
addition to the cave fauna) has the eyes normally developed.
Lam., a species frequenting
wet sand, and destitute of
external eyes: F, anterior
portion of foot. (After
Souleyet.)
Eyes in Deep-sea and Underground Mollusca.—Deep-sea Mollusca,
as a rule, possess no visual organs, or possess them only in a rudimentary
state, but this rule has its exceptions. Dr. Pelseneer found[289] no trace of
eyes in two species of Pleurotoma from 1850 and 1950 fath., none in a
Fossarus from 1400 f., none in a Puncturella from 1340 f. A remarkable
form of Voluta (Guivillea) from 1600 f. possessed eyes which could hardly
be functional, as they were destitute of pigment, and exhibited other
changes of structure. On the other hand, it is remarkable to notice that in
three different species of Trochus from 450 f., 565 f., and 1375 f., the eyes
were pigmented and well developed.
In land Mollusca which live beneath the surface of the ground or in
absolute darkness, the eyes are generally more or less modified. Thus in
Testacella, which usually burrows deeply in the soil, but occasionally
emerges into the open air, the eyes are very small, but distinct and
pigmented. Our little Caecilianella acicula, which is never seen above the
surface, is altogether destitute of eyes. A species of Zospeum, a Helix, and a
Bithynella from dark caves in Carniola have suffered a similar loss. On the
other hand, a small Hyalinia from a dark cave in Utah (probably a recent
addition to the cave fauna) has the eyes normally developed.
Page 223
Eyes of Onchidium.—Many species of Onchidium, a naked land
pulmonate which creeps on rocks near high-water mark, are provided with
dorsal eyes of various degrees of organisation, and in numbers varying up
to nearly one hundred. The tropical Onchidium are the prey of a fish
(Periophthalmus) which skips along the beach by the aid of its large ventral
fins, and feeds principally on insects and Onchidium. Karl Semper
suggests[290] that the eyes are of service to Onchidium as enabling it to
apprehend the shadow of the approaching Periophthalmus, and defend itself
by suddenly contracting certain glands on the skin and expressing a liquid
secretion which flies into the air like shot and frightens the Periophthalmus
away. This theory for it is no more than theory—may or may not be true,
but it is remarkable that Onchidium with dorsal eyes have precisely the
same geographical distribution as Periophthalmus, and that where no
Periophthalmus exists, e.g. on our own S.W. coasts, the Onchidium are
entirely destitute of dorsal eyes. In those species of Onchidium which have
no dorsal eyes, the latter are on the tips of the tentacles, as in Helix. The
eyes are developed on the head, and afterwards ascend with the growth of
the ommatophores, while in Helix the ommatophores are formed first, and
the eyes developed upon them.[291]
Dorsal Eyes in the Chitonidae.—The remarkable discoveries of
Moseley with regard to the dorsal eyes of Chiton were first published in
1884.[292] He happened to notice, while examining a specimen of
Schizochiton incisus, a number of minute black dots on the outer surface of
the shell, which appeared to refract light as if composed of glass or crystal.
These ‘eyes,’ in all the species of Chiton yet examined, are restricted to the
outer surface of the exposed area of the shell, never being on the laminae of
insertion or on the girdle. In certain sub-genera of Chiton the eyes are
scattered irregularly over the surface, in others they are arranged
symmetrically in rows diverging from the apex of each plate, but in old
specimens the eyes towards the apices are generally rubbed off by erosion
or abrasion. Moseley regarded the occurrence of scattered eyes as indicating
an original stage of development, when the eyes were at first disposed
irregularly all over the surface of the shell; the gathering into regular rows
showing a later stage.
pulmonate which creeps on rocks near high-water mark, are provided with
dorsal eyes of various degrees of organisation, and in numbers varying up
to nearly one hundred. The tropical Onchidium are the prey of a fish
(Periophthalmus) which skips along the beach by the aid of its large ventral
fins, and feeds principally on insects and Onchidium. Karl Semper
suggests[290] that the eyes are of service to Onchidium as enabling it to
apprehend the shadow of the approaching Periophthalmus, and defend itself
by suddenly contracting certain glands on the skin and expressing a liquid
secretion which flies into the air like shot and frightens the Periophthalmus
away. This theory for it is no more than theory—may or may not be true,
but it is remarkable that Onchidium with dorsal eyes have precisely the
same geographical distribution as Periophthalmus, and that where no
Periophthalmus exists, e.g. on our own S.W. coasts, the Onchidium are
entirely destitute of dorsal eyes. In those species of Onchidium which have
no dorsal eyes, the latter are on the tips of the tentacles, as in Helix. The
eyes are developed on the head, and afterwards ascend with the growth of
the ommatophores, while in Helix the ommatophores are formed first, and
the eyes developed upon them.[291]
Dorsal Eyes in the Chitonidae.—The remarkable discoveries of
Moseley with regard to the dorsal eyes of Chiton were first published in
1884.[292] He happened to notice, while examining a specimen of
Schizochiton incisus, a number of minute black dots on the outer surface of
the shell, which appeared to refract light as if composed of glass or crystal.
These ‘eyes,’ in all the species of Chiton yet examined, are restricted to the
outer surface of the exposed area of the shell, never being on the laminae of
insertion or on the girdle. In certain sub-genera of Chiton the eyes are
scattered irregularly over the surface, in others they are arranged
symmetrically in rows diverging from the apex of each plate, but in old
specimens the eyes towards the apices are generally rubbed off by erosion
or abrasion. Moseley regarded the occurrence of scattered eyes as indicating
an original stage of development, when the eyes were at first disposed
irregularly all over the surface of the shell; the gathering into regular rows
showing a later stage.
Page 224
Fig. 92.—Dorsal eyes of Chitonidae, showing the various
forms of arrangement in the first and fourth valves of
1, 1a, Acanthopleura spinigera Sowb., E. Indies, × 2;
2, 2a, Tonicia suezensis Reeve, Suez, × 3; 3, 3a,
Acanthopleura granulata Gmel., W. Indies, × 2; 4, 4a,
Tonicia lineolata Fremb., Chili, × 2. From specimens
in the Museum of Zoology, Cambridge.
The eyes appear to be invariably more numerous on the anterior plate.
Thus in Corephium aculeatum there are about 12,000 in all, of which more
than 3000 are on the anterior plate. In Schizochiton they are arranged in
very symmetrical rows, six of which are situated on the anterior, and only
two, sometimes only one, on the central plates. In Tonicia marmorata the
eyes are sunk in little cup-shaped depressions of the shell, possibly to
escape abrasion. As regards shape and size, in Ch. incisus they are circular,
and about 1/35 inch in diameter, this being the largest size known; in Ch.
spiniger and Ch. aculeatus they are oval, measuring about 1/100 x 1/600 inch.
There are no eyes in Chiton proper, nor in Mopalia, Maugeria, Lorica, and
Ischnochiton.[293] None of our English species appear to possess them.[294]
forms of arrangement in the first and fourth valves of
1, 1a, Acanthopleura spinigera Sowb., E. Indies, × 2;
2, 2a, Tonicia suezensis Reeve, Suez, × 3; 3, 3a,
Acanthopleura granulata Gmel., W. Indies, × 2; 4, 4a,
Tonicia lineolata Fremb., Chili, × 2. From specimens
in the Museum of Zoology, Cambridge.
The eyes appear to be invariably more numerous on the anterior plate.
Thus in Corephium aculeatum there are about 12,000 in all, of which more
than 3000 are on the anterior plate. In Schizochiton they are arranged in
very symmetrical rows, six of which are situated on the anterior, and only
two, sometimes only one, on the central plates. In Tonicia marmorata the
eyes are sunk in little cup-shaped depressions of the shell, possibly to
escape abrasion. As regards shape and size, in Ch. incisus they are circular,
and about 1/35 inch in diameter, this being the largest size known; in Ch.
spiniger and Ch. aculeatus they are oval, measuring about 1/100 x 1/600 inch.
There are no eyes in Chiton proper, nor in Mopalia, Maugeria, Lorica, and
Ischnochiton.[293] None of our English species appear to possess them.[294]
Page 225
Eyes in Bivalve Mollusca.—Some, possibly most, of the Pelecypoda
possess, in the larval state, true paired eyes at the oral end of the body.
These become aborted as the animal develops, since that part of the body
becomes entirely screened from the light by the growth of the shell. To
compensate for their loss, numerous ocelli, or pigmented spots sensitive to
the action of light, are in many cases developed on different parts of the
mantle, functionally corresponding to the ‘eyes’ of Chiton described above.
As in Chiton, too, we have here an interesting series of instances in which
true eyes have suffered total obliteration, through disuse, and, as if to
restore to the animal in some measure its lost sense, visual organs of a low
power have subsequently been developed and are now observed in various
stages of specialisation.
Concentration of Eyes in Special Parts of the Mantle.—Sharp has
shown[295] that in several species of Ostrea, Cardium, Anomia, Lima,
Avicula, Arca, and Tellina pigmented cells, with a highly refractive cuticle,
are scattered over a considerable portion of the mantle. Experiment has
proved the powers of ‘vision,’ i.e. of sensitiveness to different degrees of
light, possessed by these organs. In Dreissena polymorpha, Tapes
decussatus, and two species of Venus these cells are concentrated on that
particular part of the mantle which is not always covered by the shell, i.e.
the siphon, but since the siphon can be completely retracted within the
shell, there is no special provision for their protection. A further step is
shown in the case of Mya arenaria, where the siphon is scarcely capable of
complete retraction. Here, while some of the pigment cells are scattered
about over the surface of the siphon, the majority are placed in grooves at
the base of the siphonal tentacles, forming an intensely black band round
them. A higher stage still is shown in Solen vagina, S. ensis, and Mactra
solidissima, where the cells are situated only in the siphonal grooves, which
are more or less specialised in numbers and complexity.
Arca Noae, according to Patten, is very sensitive to any sudden change
in the amount of light falling upon its mantle-edge. A faint shadow cast
upon it by the hand is sufficient to cause it to close its valves quickly, but
always one or two seconds afterwards, the promptitude in all cases
depending upon the depth of the shadow. Sensitiveness in this direction was
found to depend greatly upon the vitality of the animals themselves, since it
always became less in those specimens which had been kept for long in
possess, in the larval state, true paired eyes at the oral end of the body.
These become aborted as the animal develops, since that part of the body
becomes entirely screened from the light by the growth of the shell. To
compensate for their loss, numerous ocelli, or pigmented spots sensitive to
the action of light, are in many cases developed on different parts of the
mantle, functionally corresponding to the ‘eyes’ of Chiton described above.
As in Chiton, too, we have here an interesting series of instances in which
true eyes have suffered total obliteration, through disuse, and, as if to
restore to the animal in some measure its lost sense, visual organs of a low
power have subsequently been developed and are now observed in various
stages of specialisation.
Concentration of Eyes in Special Parts of the Mantle.—Sharp has
shown[295] that in several species of Ostrea, Cardium, Anomia, Lima,
Avicula, Arca, and Tellina pigmented cells, with a highly refractive cuticle,
are scattered over a considerable portion of the mantle. Experiment has
proved the powers of ‘vision,’ i.e. of sensitiveness to different degrees of
light, possessed by these organs. In Dreissena polymorpha, Tapes
decussatus, and two species of Venus these cells are concentrated on that
particular part of the mantle which is not always covered by the shell, i.e.
the siphon, but since the siphon can be completely retracted within the
shell, there is no special provision for their protection. A further step is
shown in the case of Mya arenaria, where the siphon is scarcely capable of
complete retraction. Here, while some of the pigment cells are scattered
about over the surface of the siphon, the majority are placed in grooves at
the base of the siphonal tentacles, forming an intensely black band round
them. A higher stage still is shown in Solen vagina, S. ensis, and Mactra
solidissima, where the cells are situated only in the siphonal grooves, which
are more or less specialised in numbers and complexity.
Arca Noae, according to Patten, is very sensitive to any sudden change
in the amount of light falling upon its mantle-edge. A faint shadow cast
upon it by the hand is sufficient to cause it to close its valves quickly, but
always one or two seconds afterwards, the promptitude in all cases
depending upon the depth of the shadow. Sensitiveness in this direction was
found to depend greatly upon the vitality of the animals themselves, since it
always became less in those specimens which had been kept for long in
Page 226
confinement. A shadow was not always necessary to make them close. An
ordinary black pencil, if approached within two or three inches with
extreme caution, produced the same result, while a glass rod brought within
the same distance, and even moved rapidly to and fro, appeared to cause no
alarm. Sensitiveness to change in intensity of light was experimentally
noticed by the same author in the case of Ostrea, Mactra, Avicula (to a
special extent), and Cardium. It is very remarkable to find that increased
elaboration in the structure of the eyes does not necessarily carry with it
increased sensitiveness, i.e. higher visual powers. Avicula, which is only
provided with a few scattered ommatidia, which would entirely escape the
notice of any one who had not seen them better developed elsewhere, was
considerably more sensitive to light and shade than Arca, with its eyes of
conspicuous size and much more perfect organisation, instantly contracting
the mantle upon the impact of a shadow so faint as to be invisible to the
experimenter.[296]
Visual Faculties of Solen and Ostrea.—The visual power of Solen may
be exemplified by any one who is walking along almost any of our sandy
bays at extreme low-water mark. If the day be warm and sunny, numbers of
Solen will be seen raising themselves an inch or two out of their holes; but
if you wish to catch them you must approach very cautiously, and on no
account allow your shadow to fall upon them, or they will pop down into
their burrows in an instant, and it is vain to attempt to dig them out. ‘How
sensitive,’ remarks Mr. W. Anderson Smith, with reference to oysters,[297]
‘the creatures are to the light above them; the shadow [of the boat] as it
passes overhead is instantaneously noted, and, snap! the lips are firmly
closed.’
Ocelli of Pecten.—In Pecten and Spondylus the ocelli are remarkably
large and prominent, shining like precious stones, and are placed along the
two edges of the mantle so as to receive the light when the shell gapes (Fig.
93). In Pecten opercularis, jacobaeus, and maximus their number varies
from 80 to 120. In Spondylus gaederopus, a very inequivalve shell, 60 have
been counted on the right or fixed valve, and 90 on the left or upper valve.
Each ocellus is connected, by means of its optic nerve, with the large
circumpalleal nerve, and so with the branchial ganglion. They possess a
cornea, lens, choroidea, and optic nerve, and, according to Hickson,[298]
bear a considerable resemblance to the vertebrate type of eye. In spite of
ordinary black pencil, if approached within two or three inches with
extreme caution, produced the same result, while a glass rod brought within
the same distance, and even moved rapidly to and fro, appeared to cause no
alarm. Sensitiveness to change in intensity of light was experimentally
noticed by the same author in the case of Ostrea, Mactra, Avicula (to a
special extent), and Cardium. It is very remarkable to find that increased
elaboration in the structure of the eyes does not necessarily carry with it
increased sensitiveness, i.e. higher visual powers. Avicula, which is only
provided with a few scattered ommatidia, which would entirely escape the
notice of any one who had not seen them better developed elsewhere, was
considerably more sensitive to light and shade than Arca, with its eyes of
conspicuous size and much more perfect organisation, instantly contracting
the mantle upon the impact of a shadow so faint as to be invisible to the
experimenter.[296]
Visual Faculties of Solen and Ostrea.—The visual power of Solen may
be exemplified by any one who is walking along almost any of our sandy
bays at extreme low-water mark. If the day be warm and sunny, numbers of
Solen will be seen raising themselves an inch or two out of their holes; but
if you wish to catch them you must approach very cautiously, and on no
account allow your shadow to fall upon them, or they will pop down into
their burrows in an instant, and it is vain to attempt to dig them out. ‘How
sensitive,’ remarks Mr. W. Anderson Smith, with reference to oysters,[297]
‘the creatures are to the light above them; the shadow [of the boat] as it
passes overhead is instantaneously noted, and, snap! the lips are firmly
closed.’
Ocelli of Pecten.—In Pecten and Spondylus the ocelli are remarkably
large and prominent, shining like precious stones, and are placed along the
two edges of the mantle so as to receive the light when the shell gapes (Fig.
93). In Pecten opercularis, jacobaeus, and maximus their number varies
from 80 to 120. In Spondylus gaederopus, a very inequivalve shell, 60 have
been counted on the right or fixed valve, and 90 on the left or upper valve.
Each ocellus is connected, by means of its optic nerve, with the large
circumpalleal nerve, and so with the branchial ganglion. They possess a
cornea, lens, choroidea, and optic nerve, and, according to Hickson,[298]
bear a considerable resemblance to the vertebrate type of eye. In spite of
Page 227
this, the power of vision in these genera does not appear at all superior to
that of other Pelecypoda.
Fig. 93.—Pecten opercularis L., showing the ocelli
on the two edges of the mantle.
Fig. 94.—Compound eyes (c.e) of Arca barbata L.; m.l,
mantle fold; omm, ommatidia. (After Patten.)
According to the elaborate investigations of Patten, the ‘eyes’ in Arca
occur upon the middle or ‘ophthalmic’ fold of the mantle-edge, which is
thickened at the end to admit of their reception. Along this is ranged a row
of dark brown spots of various sizes, which are larger at the anterior and
posterior ends of the mantle-edge, but smaller and more numerous towards
the middle. These brown spots, or ‘eyes,’ are many of them compound,
being made up of the fusion of a number of ommatidia (from 10 to 80) into
one large round eye, which is generally elevated above the surface of the
surrounding epithelium. Sometimes these eyes themselves tend to fuse
together. In one specimen of Arca Noae, 133 of these faceted eyes were
counted in one mantle border, and 102 in the other.
There can be little doubt that the development of these functional eyes,
or sensitive spots, in bivalve Mollusca, is due to special needs. They appear
to be entirely absent in fresh-water bivalves (with the exception of
that of other Pelecypoda.
Fig. 93.—Pecten opercularis L., showing the ocelli
on the two edges of the mantle.
Fig. 94.—Compound eyes (c.e) of Arca barbata L.; m.l,
mantle fold; omm, ommatidia. (After Patten.)
According to the elaborate investigations of Patten, the ‘eyes’ in Arca
occur upon the middle or ‘ophthalmic’ fold of the mantle-edge, which is
thickened at the end to admit of their reception. Along this is ranged a row
of dark brown spots of various sizes, which are larger at the anterior and
posterior ends of the mantle-edge, but smaller and more numerous towards
the middle. These brown spots, or ‘eyes,’ are many of them compound,
being made up of the fusion of a number of ommatidia (from 10 to 80) into
one large round eye, which is generally elevated above the surface of the
surrounding epithelium. Sometimes these eyes themselves tend to fuse
together. In one specimen of Arca Noae, 133 of these faceted eyes were
counted in one mantle border, and 102 in the other.
There can be little doubt that the development of these functional eyes,
or sensitive spots, in bivalve Mollusca, is due to special needs. They appear
to be entirely absent in fresh-water bivalves (with the exception of
Page 228
Dreissensia, which is obviously a marine genus recently become fresh-
water), while they are most abundant in genera living between tide marks
(Solen, Mya, Mactra), and most highly specialised in a genus that is, for a
bivalve, of singularly active habits (Pecten). Now genera living in sand
between tide marks, as the three above-mentioned genera are in the habit of
doing, and also protruding their siphons, and occasionally a considerable
portion of their shells, out of their burrow, are manifestly very much at the
mercy of their watchful enemies the gulls, and anything which would
enable them to apprehend the approach of their enemies would be greatly to
their advantage. Here, perhaps, lies the explanation of the greater
elaboration of these pigmented spots in littoral genera, as compared with
those inhabiting deeper water. Pecten, again, a genus distinguished by great
activity, which can ‘fly’ for considerable distances in the water by flapping
its valves together and expelling the water from the apertures at either side
of the hinge, may be greatly assisted by its ocelli in directing its flight so as
to escape its enemies.
III. Smell
The sense of smell—touch at a distance, as Moquin-Tandon has called it
—is probably the most important sense which the Mollusca possess, and is
unquestionably far more valuable to them than that of sight. Any one who
has ever enjoyed the fun of hauling up lobster pots will recollect that part of
the contents was generally a plentiful sprinkling of Buccinum, Nassa, and
Natica, attracted by the smell of the stinking piece of fish with which the
trap was baited. According to Mr. J. S. Gibbons,[299] Bullia rhodostoma
congregates in hundreds on gigantic medusae which are stranded on the
sandy bays near the Cape of Good Hope. Dr. J. G. Jeffreys says[300] that
quantities of the common Neptunea antiqua “are procured on the Cheshire
coast by the fishermen placing a dead dog on the sands at low-water mark
during spring tides. The bait is then completely covered with stones, which
are piled up like a cairn. On the next turn of the tide the heap of stones is
visited, and the whelks are found on the surface in great numbers, having
been apparently attracted by the smell of the bait, but unable to get at it.”
Mr. W. A. Lloyd kept specimens of Nassa reticulata in a tank in the sand, at
the bottom of which they usually remained buried. If a piece of meat of any
kind were drawn over the sand, the Nassa would appear above the surface
in a few minutes. Half-picked beef or mutton bones, if placed in the tank,
water), while they are most abundant in genera living between tide marks
(Solen, Mya, Mactra), and most highly specialised in a genus that is, for a
bivalve, of singularly active habits (Pecten). Now genera living in sand
between tide marks, as the three above-mentioned genera are in the habit of
doing, and also protruding their siphons, and occasionally a considerable
portion of their shells, out of their burrow, are manifestly very much at the
mercy of their watchful enemies the gulls, and anything which would
enable them to apprehend the approach of their enemies would be greatly to
their advantage. Here, perhaps, lies the explanation of the greater
elaboration of these pigmented spots in littoral genera, as compared with
those inhabiting deeper water. Pecten, again, a genus distinguished by great
activity, which can ‘fly’ for considerable distances in the water by flapping
its valves together and expelling the water from the apertures at either side
of the hinge, may be greatly assisted by its ocelli in directing its flight so as
to escape its enemies.
III. Smell
The sense of smell—touch at a distance, as Moquin-Tandon has called it
—is probably the most important sense which the Mollusca possess, and is
unquestionably far more valuable to them than that of sight. Any one who
has ever enjoyed the fun of hauling up lobster pots will recollect that part of
the contents was generally a plentiful sprinkling of Buccinum, Nassa, and
Natica, attracted by the smell of the stinking piece of fish with which the
trap was baited. According to Mr. J. S. Gibbons,[299] Bullia rhodostoma
congregates in hundreds on gigantic medusae which are stranded on the
sandy bays near the Cape of Good Hope. Dr. J. G. Jeffreys says[300] that
quantities of the common Neptunea antiqua “are procured on the Cheshire
coast by the fishermen placing a dead dog on the sands at low-water mark
during spring tides. The bait is then completely covered with stones, which
are piled up like a cairn. On the next turn of the tide the heap of stones is
visited, and the whelks are found on the surface in great numbers, having
been apparently attracted by the smell of the bait, but unable to get at it.”
Mr. W. A. Lloyd kept specimens of Nassa reticulata in a tank in the sand, at
the bottom of which they usually remained buried. If a piece of meat of any
kind were drawn over the sand, the Nassa would appear above the surface
in a few minutes. Half-picked beef or mutton bones, if placed in the tank,
Page 229
were covered in a few minutes. In fact, no animal matter, whether living or
dead, could be introduced without the Nassa smelling it, and coming up to
see what they could get.[301]
Any one can experiment for themselves on the olfactory powers of our
common snails or slugs. Moquin-Tandon records[302] two interesting cases,
one communicated to him by letter, the other occurring to himself. His
correspondent, a M. Parenteau, was one day walking along a dusty high-
road, when he noticed, near the middle of the road, an empty bean-pod and
two Arions eating it. Attributing the meeting of feeders and food to mere
chance, he was walking on, when he noticed a second bean-pod, and, about
two yards away from it, a third Arion, hurrying straight towards it. When
the Arion had yet more than a yard to traverse, M. Parenteau picked up the
bean and put it in his pocket. The Arion stopped, raised its head, and turned
in every direction, waving its tentacles, but without advancing. M.
Parenteau then carried the bean to the other side of the road, and put it in a
small hole behind a piece of stone. The Arion, after a moment’s indecision,
started off straight for the bean. Again the position of the precious morsel
was changed, and again the Arion made for it, this time without being
further tantalised. M. Moquin-Tandon noticed, one rainy day in the
botanical gardens at Toulouse, two Limax maximus approaching a rotten
apple from different directions. He changed the position of the apple several
times, placing it at a sufficient distance, to be sure they could not see it, but
they always hit it off correctly, after raising their heads and moving their
long tentacles in every direction. It then occurred to him to hold the apple in
the air, some centimetres above the head of the Limax. They perceived
where it was, raised their heads and lengthened their necks, endeavouring to
find some solid body on which to climb to their food.
Several of the land Mollusca have the power of exhaling a disagreeable
smell, Hyalinia alliaria smelling strongly of garlic, and Stenogyra decollata
of laudanum; but this need not be any argument for the sense of smell in the
creatures themselves.
Position of Olfactory Organs in Pulmonata.—Most authorities are of
opinion that the olfactory organs are situated in the tentacles. Moquin-
Tandon considered that in the Helicidae and Limacidae the sense of smell is
confined to the little knob or elevation at the end of the longer tentacles,
close to the eye. He found that when he cut off these tentacles both in Limax
dead, could be introduced without the Nassa smelling it, and coming up to
see what they could get.[301]
Any one can experiment for themselves on the olfactory powers of our
common snails or slugs. Moquin-Tandon records[302] two interesting cases,
one communicated to him by letter, the other occurring to himself. His
correspondent, a M. Parenteau, was one day walking along a dusty high-
road, when he noticed, near the middle of the road, an empty bean-pod and
two Arions eating it. Attributing the meeting of feeders and food to mere
chance, he was walking on, when he noticed a second bean-pod, and, about
two yards away from it, a third Arion, hurrying straight towards it. When
the Arion had yet more than a yard to traverse, M. Parenteau picked up the
bean and put it in his pocket. The Arion stopped, raised its head, and turned
in every direction, waving its tentacles, but without advancing. M.
Parenteau then carried the bean to the other side of the road, and put it in a
small hole behind a piece of stone. The Arion, after a moment’s indecision,
started off straight for the bean. Again the position of the precious morsel
was changed, and again the Arion made for it, this time without being
further tantalised. M. Moquin-Tandon noticed, one rainy day in the
botanical gardens at Toulouse, two Limax maximus approaching a rotten
apple from different directions. He changed the position of the apple several
times, placing it at a sufficient distance, to be sure they could not see it, but
they always hit it off correctly, after raising their heads and moving their
long tentacles in every direction. It then occurred to him to hold the apple in
the air, some centimetres above the head of the Limax. They perceived
where it was, raised their heads and lengthened their necks, endeavouring to
find some solid body on which to climb to their food.
Several of the land Mollusca have the power of exhaling a disagreeable
smell, Hyalinia alliaria smelling strongly of garlic, and Stenogyra decollata
of laudanum; but this need not be any argument for the sense of smell in the
creatures themselves.
Position of Olfactory Organs in Pulmonata.—Most authorities are of
opinion that the olfactory organs are situated in the tentacles. Moquin-
Tandon considered that in the Helicidae and Limacidae the sense of smell is
confined to the little knob or elevation at the end of the longer tentacles,
close to the eye. He found that when he cut off these tentacles both in Limax
Page 230
and Arion, the creatures were quite unable to discover the whereabouts even
of strongly-scented food. The same author believed that in the
Basommatophora the sense of smell was present in the whole of the
tentacle, which is covered with an exceedingly sensitive ciliated epithelium.
Lacaze-Duthiers, however, places the olfactory sense in this group at the
outer side of the base of the tentacles, near to the eyes. Some authorities[303]
deny that the Helicidae have the olfactory organ at the tip of the tentacles,
and locate it in a pedal gland near the mouth, which contains conspicuous
sensitive cells. A Helix whose tentacles had been removed manifested its
repulsion to the smell of spirits of turpentine, while another Helix, which
was unmutilated, did not object to the turpentine being held between its
tentacles. Altogether, then, the exact position of the smell-organ in the
Helicidae must be considered as not yet thoroughly determined. Simroth
holds that the sense of smell is distributed over the whole soft integument,
and is especially concentrated in the feelers, and in the neighbourhood of
the respiratory orifice.[304]
In nearly all marine Mollusca yet examined, the organ of smell or
osphradium is in situation intimately connected with the breathing organs,
being generally placed near their base, with the object, apparently, of testing
the quality of the water before it passes over the branchiae. It consists of a
patch of the epithelium, modified in a special manner, and connected by its
own nerve with one of the visceral ganglia.
An osphradium does not necessarily occur in all genera; for instance, it
has not been detected in Fissurella. It is most highly specialised in the
Conidae, and in the carnivorous Gasteropoda generally. In Buccinum
undatum, for instance, it is very large indeed, and, from its plumed form,
has sometimes been mistaken for an accessory branchia (Fig. 95). In
Haliotis it is paired, one lying in close proximity to each of the two
branchiae, but in Turbo it is single, corresponding to the single branchia. In
Chiton there is an osphradium at the base of each separate gill filament,
making a total of twenty or more on each side. Its position in Physa and in
Cyclostoma will be seen by reference to Figs. 103 and 104 (p. 205). In the
Pelecypoda the osphradia are paired, and lie adjacent to the posterior
adductor muscle, close to the hinder end of the axis of the branchiae. In the
Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda there are two osphradia, placed between the
bases of the two pairs of gills. In the Dibranchiates on the other hand, a
of strongly-scented food. The same author believed that in the
Basommatophora the sense of smell was present in the whole of the
tentacle, which is covered with an exceedingly sensitive ciliated epithelium.
Lacaze-Duthiers, however, places the olfactory sense in this group at the
outer side of the base of the tentacles, near to the eyes. Some authorities[303]
deny that the Helicidae have the olfactory organ at the tip of the tentacles,
and locate it in a pedal gland near the mouth, which contains conspicuous
sensitive cells. A Helix whose tentacles had been removed manifested its
repulsion to the smell of spirits of turpentine, while another Helix, which
was unmutilated, did not object to the turpentine being held between its
tentacles. Altogether, then, the exact position of the smell-organ in the
Helicidae must be considered as not yet thoroughly determined. Simroth
holds that the sense of smell is distributed over the whole soft integument,
and is especially concentrated in the feelers, and in the neighbourhood of
the respiratory orifice.[304]
In nearly all marine Mollusca yet examined, the organ of smell or
osphradium is in situation intimately connected with the breathing organs,
being generally placed near their base, with the object, apparently, of testing
the quality of the water before it passes over the branchiae. It consists of a
patch of the epithelium, modified in a special manner, and connected by its
own nerve with one of the visceral ganglia.
An osphradium does not necessarily occur in all genera; for instance, it
has not been detected in Fissurella. It is most highly specialised in the
Conidae, and in the carnivorous Gasteropoda generally. In Buccinum
undatum, for instance, it is very large indeed, and, from its plumed form,
has sometimes been mistaken for an accessory branchia (Fig. 95). In
Haliotis it is paired, one lying in close proximity to each of the two
branchiae, but in Turbo it is single, corresponding to the single branchia. In
Chiton there is an osphradium at the base of each separate gill filament,
making a total of twenty or more on each side. Its position in Physa and in
Cyclostoma will be seen by reference to Figs. 103 and 104 (p. 205). In the
Pelecypoda the osphradia are paired, and lie adjacent to the posterior
adductor muscle, close to the hinder end of the axis of the branchiae. In the
Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda there are two osphradia, placed between the
bases of the two pairs of gills. In the Dibranchiates on the other hand, a
Page 231
groove above the eyes has been regarded as the seat of the organ of smell.
This groove contains sensory and ciliated cells, and appears to be connected
with a special nerve centre of its own, which ultimately is derived from the
cerebral ganglion.
Fig. 95.—Buccinum undatum L., deprived of its
shell, showing the relative position of
branchia (br) and osphradium (os); m,
mucous glands; s, siphon. The portion of
the mantle covering the osphradium has
been removed.
Scarcely any instances of the exercise of the sense of smell on the part of
bivalve Mollusca have been recorded. Something of the sort, however,
seems to have been present in a case related by Mr. R. L. King.[305] A skull
of a fox had been placed in a small ditch in order to soak, and after a few
days, when taken out, was found to be covered with Pisidium pusillum to
the number of at least two hundred, which had been probably attracted from
the water in the immediate neighbourhood by the smell of the decaying
flesh.
IV. Hearing
Experiments made with a view to ascertain whether the Mollusca are
sensitive to noises have usually led to the conclusion that they are deaf to
very loud sounds. This is the more curious, because an undoubted auditory
apparatus has been discovered in a large number of genera. In the case of an
experiment, it is not easy to be sure that the animal is not affected, at least
in part, by the shock or jar, rather than by the actual sound. In some
experiments, however, conducted at the Plymouth Marine Biological
Laboratory, Mr. Bateson found[306] that Anomia could be made to shut its
shell by smearing the glass of the tank with the finger in such a way as to
This groove contains sensory and ciliated cells, and appears to be connected
with a special nerve centre of its own, which ultimately is derived from the
cerebral ganglion.
Fig. 95.—Buccinum undatum L., deprived of its
shell, showing the relative position of
branchia (br) and osphradium (os); m,
mucous glands; s, siphon. The portion of
the mantle covering the osphradium has
been removed.
Scarcely any instances of the exercise of the sense of smell on the part of
bivalve Mollusca have been recorded. Something of the sort, however,
seems to have been present in a case related by Mr. R. L. King.[305] A skull
of a fox had been placed in a small ditch in order to soak, and after a few
days, when taken out, was found to be covered with Pisidium pusillum to
the number of at least two hundred, which had been probably attracted from
the water in the immediate neighbourhood by the smell of the decaying
flesh.
IV. Hearing
Experiments made with a view to ascertain whether the Mollusca are
sensitive to noises have usually led to the conclusion that they are deaf to
very loud sounds. This is the more curious, because an undoubted auditory
apparatus has been discovered in a large number of genera. In the case of an
experiment, it is not easy to be sure that the animal is not affected, at least
in part, by the shock or jar, rather than by the actual sound. In some
experiments, however, conducted at the Plymouth Marine Biological
Laboratory, Mr. Bateson found[306] that Anomia could be made to shut its
shell by smearing the glass of the tank with the finger in such a way as to
Page 232
make a creaking sound. It was evident that the cause of alarm was not the
jarring of the solid framework of the tank, for the same result occurred
when the object on which the Anomia were fixed was suspended in the
water by a thread. It was found that the sound had to be of a particular pitch
to excite the attention of the mollusc.
As a rule the organ of hearing is nothing more than a small vesicle or sac
(the otocyst), filled with a fluid secretion, in which are suspended one or
usually more calcareous concretions known as otoliths. By means of cilia,
which connect with sense-cells, these otoliths are given a peculiar
movement or oscillation in the medium in which they are suspended. The
number of the otoliths varies in different genera and species; there are
several hundreds in Arion and Limax, about a hundred in Helix pomatia,
nemoralis, hispida, arbustorum, rotundata, Succinea putris, and Limnaea
stagnalis; about fifty in Planorbis contortus and Physa fontinalis, only one
in Cyclostoma elegans. The number increases with age. In young specimens
of Limn. stagnalis as few as ten, nine, and seven have been noticed.[307]
The otocysts are always paired, and, in Gasteropoda, are placed close to
the pedal ganglia. The acoustic nerve, however, has been shown by Lacaze-
Duthiers to connect with the cerebral ganglia in certain cases. The otocysts
are never on the surface of the body and are rarely connected with it by any
passage or tube; it is probable therefore that sound reaches them simply
through the medium of the tissues.
In the Pelecypoda the otocyst is similarly situated near the pedal
ganglion, and is probably (though this has not yet been proved) similarly
connected with the cerebral. There is only a single otolith. Pelseneer
finds[308] in Nuculidae alone a free communication between the otocyst and
the exterior. Anodonta has been observed[309] to withdraw its foot into the
shell at the noise of an opening door, a loud voice, or a shrill whistle,
whether in a basin of water or lying on a study table.
jarring of the solid framework of the tank, for the same result occurred
when the object on which the Anomia were fixed was suspended in the
water by a thread. It was found that the sound had to be of a particular pitch
to excite the attention of the mollusc.
As a rule the organ of hearing is nothing more than a small vesicle or sac
(the otocyst), filled with a fluid secretion, in which are suspended one or
usually more calcareous concretions known as otoliths. By means of cilia,
which connect with sense-cells, these otoliths are given a peculiar
movement or oscillation in the medium in which they are suspended. The
number of the otoliths varies in different genera and species; there are
several hundreds in Arion and Limax, about a hundred in Helix pomatia,
nemoralis, hispida, arbustorum, rotundata, Succinea putris, and Limnaea
stagnalis; about fifty in Planorbis contortus and Physa fontinalis, only one
in Cyclostoma elegans. The number increases with age. In young specimens
of Limn. stagnalis as few as ten, nine, and seven have been noticed.[307]
The otocysts are always paired, and, in Gasteropoda, are placed close to
the pedal ganglia. The acoustic nerve, however, has been shown by Lacaze-
Duthiers to connect with the cerebral ganglia in certain cases. The otocysts
are never on the surface of the body and are rarely connected with it by any
passage or tube; it is probable therefore that sound reaches them simply
through the medium of the tissues.
In the Pelecypoda the otocyst is similarly situated near the pedal
ganglion, and is probably (though this has not yet been proved) similarly
connected with the cerebral. There is only a single otolith. Pelseneer
finds[308] in Nuculidae alone a free communication between the otocyst and
the exterior. Anodonta has been observed[309] to withdraw its foot into the
shell at the noise of an opening door, a loud voice, or a shrill whistle,
whether in a basin of water or lying on a study table.
Page 233
Fig. 96.—Illustrating the otocyst in A, Anodonta, B, Cyclas; ot, otolith; a, b, c,
c´, cellular layers surrounding the chamber; ci, cilia on interior walls of
chamber: C, an otolith crushed. (After Simroth.)
Delage extirpated the otocysts in certain Octopoda, and obtained some
unexpected results. He found that remarkable effects were produced upon
the animal’s powers of locomotion, so that it was unable to preserve its
proper balance in the water when in rapid motion, but its body was forced
to undergo a form of rotation more or less pronounced. He concluded that
the otocysts must possess, besides their auditory functions, a power which
stands in some relation to the proper orientation of the body in locomotion,
a power which is not wholly supplied by sight and touch alone. The
otocysts may thus regulate locomotion by stimulating muscular acts which
tend to keep the body in the straight line during the process of movement.
[310]
The Foot
One of the most characteristic organs of the Mollusca is the foot, which,
under one form or another, occurs throughout the whole phylum. The foot is
a thickening, on the ventral side, of a portion of the integument of the
animal, modified to serve different forms of motion. It attains its maximum
relative area in the Chitonidae, many Nudibranchs, and the slugs generally,
in nearly all of which there is no portion of the body which is not subtended
by the foot. Here too it presents the form of a regular disc or ellipse, which
c´, cellular layers surrounding the chamber; ci, cilia on interior walls of
chamber: C, an otolith crushed. (After Simroth.)
Delage extirpated the otocysts in certain Octopoda, and obtained some
unexpected results. He found that remarkable effects were produced upon
the animal’s powers of locomotion, so that it was unable to preserve its
proper balance in the water when in rapid motion, but its body was forced
to undergo a form of rotation more or less pronounced. He concluded that
the otocysts must possess, besides their auditory functions, a power which
stands in some relation to the proper orientation of the body in locomotion,
a power which is not wholly supplied by sight and touch alone. The
otocysts may thus regulate locomotion by stimulating muscular acts which
tend to keep the body in the straight line during the process of movement.
[310]
The Foot
One of the most characteristic organs of the Mollusca is the foot, which,
under one form or another, occurs throughout the whole phylum. The foot is
a thickening, on the ventral side, of a portion of the integument of the
animal, modified to serve different forms of motion. It attains its maximum
relative area in the Chitonidae, many Nudibranchs, and the slugs generally,
in nearly all of which there is no portion of the body which is not subtended
by the foot. Here too it presents the form of a regular disc or ellipse, which
Page 234
is more or less produced. In many cases, however, the foot becomes
modified in such a way that we are enabled to recognise well-marked
anterior and posterior portions, which have received the name of propodium
and metapodium respectively, while the intervening central portion is
termed the mesopodium.
Fig. 97.—Sigaretus laevigatus Lam., showing excessive development of the
propodium (pr) and metapodium (met) in a mollusc living in sand (the
shell, which covers only the liver and adjacent parts, has been removed);
l, liver; s.ap, aperture of proboscis, here deflected from the median line; t,
t, tentacles. (After Quoy and Gaimard.)
The propodium is most strongly developed in genera which crawl about
in wet sand, e.g. Natica, Sigaretus, Oliva, Harpa, Scaphander (Figs. 97 and
98, and compare Fig. 91). In such cases it seems to serve as a sort of fender
or snow-plough, to push the sand away on both sides of the path the animal
is traversing. In some species of Sigaretus the propodium becomes as it
were banked up against the head and proboscis, which are thus unnaturally
elevated, or tend to disappear altogether. Bullia (Fig. 62), which crawls
about rapidly on wet sand, appears to attain its object by a wide extension
of the foot on all sides, and so slides over the sand instead of ploughing
through it; the little lappets at the end of the ‘tail’ probably serve as rudders.
In Melampus and Pedipes the propodium is marked off by a groove
across the ventral surface. When the animal is in motion it first advances the
propodium and then pulls the rest of the foot after it with the looping gait of
certain caterpillars. In many Cyclostomatidae this groove, instead of being
transverse, is longitudinal, and the animal advances first the right and then
the left segment of the foot, which gives it a swaying motion from side to
side.
modified in such a way that we are enabled to recognise well-marked
anterior and posterior portions, which have received the name of propodium
and metapodium respectively, while the intervening central portion is
termed the mesopodium.
Fig. 97.—Sigaretus laevigatus Lam., showing excessive development of the
propodium (pr) and metapodium (met) in a mollusc living in sand (the
shell, which covers only the liver and adjacent parts, has been removed);
l, liver; s.ap, aperture of proboscis, here deflected from the median line; t,
t, tentacles. (After Quoy and Gaimard.)
The propodium is most strongly developed in genera which crawl about
in wet sand, e.g. Natica, Sigaretus, Oliva, Harpa, Scaphander (Figs. 97 and
98, and compare Fig. 91). In such cases it seems to serve as a sort of fender
or snow-plough, to push the sand away on both sides of the path the animal
is traversing. In some species of Sigaretus the propodium becomes as it
were banked up against the head and proboscis, which are thus unnaturally
elevated, or tend to disappear altogether. Bullia (Fig. 62), which crawls
about rapidly on wet sand, appears to attain its object by a wide extension
of the foot on all sides, and so slides over the sand instead of ploughing
through it; the little lappets at the end of the ‘tail’ probably serve as rudders.
In Melampus and Pedipes the propodium is marked off by a groove
across the ventral surface. When the animal is in motion it first advances the
propodium and then pulls the rest of the foot after it with the looping gait of
certain caterpillars. In many Cyclostomatidae this groove, instead of being
transverse, is longitudinal, and the animal advances first the right and then
the left segment of the foot, which gives it a swaying motion from side to
side.
Page 235
Upon the metapodium lies the operculum, when it occurs. As a rule the
metapodium is not sharply marked off from the rest of the foot. In Strombus
(Fig. 99) it becomes erected into a sort of hump or column, on the top of
which the operculum is situated.
Fig. 98.—Oliva textilina Lam., showing how the front part of the foot
(f) is developed into a sort of fender, the propodium (pr); e, e,
eyes; m.ap, front appendage of mantle; m.ap´, hinder appendage of
mantle, folded into the suture when the animal is at rest; si, siphon;
t, t, tentacles. (After Quoy and Gaimard.)
The epipodium is a prominent fold or border, which occurs upon the
upper edge of the foot in most Diotocardia. In Haliotis it is of considerable
breadth, and is covered by a number of lobes which spring from a moss-like
prolongation of the skin. From the epipodium are developed the lateral
tentaculae of Monodonta (Fig. 82, p. 178), and of other sub-genera of the
Trochidae.[311]
In the Opisthobranchiata the lateral edges of the foot (the parapodia) are
frequently produced into broad folds or wing-like extensions, which in
many cases tend to fold over the shell, and, in conjunction with the mantle,
eventually imbed it altogether. By the wavy motion of the parapodia the
animal is enabled to progress through the water. The paired natatory lobes
of the Pteropoda are simply the parapodia of the Tectibranchs modified for
swimming purposes.
metapodium is not sharply marked off from the rest of the foot. In Strombus
(Fig. 99) it becomes erected into a sort of hump or column, on the top of
which the operculum is situated.
Fig. 98.—Oliva textilina Lam., showing how the front part of the foot
(f) is developed into a sort of fender, the propodium (pr); e, e,
eyes; m.ap, front appendage of mantle; m.ap´, hinder appendage of
mantle, folded into the suture when the animal is at rest; si, siphon;
t, t, tentacles. (After Quoy and Gaimard.)
The epipodium is a prominent fold or border, which occurs upon the
upper edge of the foot in most Diotocardia. In Haliotis it is of considerable
breadth, and is covered by a number of lobes which spring from a moss-like
prolongation of the skin. From the epipodium are developed the lateral
tentaculae of Monodonta (Fig. 82, p. 178), and of other sub-genera of the
Trochidae.[311]
In the Opisthobranchiata the lateral edges of the foot (the parapodia) are
frequently produced into broad folds or wing-like extensions, which in
many cases tend to fold over the shell, and, in conjunction with the mantle,
eventually imbed it altogether. By the wavy motion of the parapodia the
animal is enabled to progress through the water. The paired natatory lobes
of the Pteropoda are simply the parapodia of the Tectibranchs modified for
swimming purposes.
Page 236
Fig. 99.—Strombus lentiginosus Lam., showing the modified
form of the foot (f): e, e, eyes on their pedicels; mp,
metapodium; op, operculum; p, penis; pr, proboscis; t, t,
tentacles. (After Quoy and Gaimard.)
It is in the Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and most of all, the Cephalopoda,
groups which have, for the most part, exchanged a crawling for a swimming
life, that the modifications of the foot are most considerable. In Oxygyrus
and Atlanta, for instance, the propodium and metapodium are sharply
distinguished from the mesopodium, and no doubt have acquired, as a
means of propulsion, the power of separate movement, the animal
swimming with these portions of the foot uppermost. In Carinaria and
Pterotrachea the metapodium has probably become continuous with the
long axis of the body, while the so-called ‘foot’ with its sucker represents
only the original propodium. In the Cephalopoda the arms and funnel
represent the modified foot, the sides of which are prolonged into a number
of very long specialised tentaculae. In the adult Cephalopod some of the
arms have assumed a position in advance of the mouth, the latter being in
fact surrounded by a circle of arms. But in the Cephalopod embryo the
mouth opens as in the Gasteropoda, i.e. in advance of the arms, and it is
form of the foot (f): e, e, eyes on their pedicels; mp,
metapodium; op, operculum; p, penis; pr, proboscis; t, t,
tentacles. (After Quoy and Gaimard.)
It is in the Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and most of all, the Cephalopoda,
groups which have, for the most part, exchanged a crawling for a swimming
life, that the modifications of the foot are most considerable. In Oxygyrus
and Atlanta, for instance, the propodium and metapodium are sharply
distinguished from the mesopodium, and no doubt have acquired, as a
means of propulsion, the power of separate movement, the animal
swimming with these portions of the foot uppermost. In Carinaria and
Pterotrachea the metapodium has probably become continuous with the
long axis of the body, while the so-called ‘foot’ with its sucker represents
only the original propodium. In the Cephalopoda the arms and funnel
represent the modified foot, the sides of which are prolonged into a number
of very long specialised tentaculae. In the adult Cephalopod some of the
arms have assumed a position in advance of the mouth, the latter being in
fact surrounded by a circle of arms. But in the Cephalopod embryo the
mouth opens as in the Gasteropoda, i.e. in advance of the arms, and it is
Page 237
only gradually that it becomes encircled by them. Arms and funnel alike are
found to be innerved from the pedal ganglion.[312]
The pointed axe-shaped foot, which is characteristic of the majority of
Pelecypoda, is doubtless derived from a form more akin to the flattened
‘sole’ of the Gasteropoda. A foot with something of this disc-shaped base
actually occurs in some of the Nuculidae, the parapodia being furnished
with pleats which recall similar formations in other Orders (Fig. 100). The
principal modifications of the foot are due to its employment as a
burrowing organ. In genera which burrow but slightly it is small and feebly
developed, while in genera which habitually excavate, it becomes the
largest and strongest organ of the body. At the same time it has a tendency
to shift its position from the ventral to the anterior margin, accompanied by
a corresponding narrowing of the shell, until it arrives at the position seen
in Mollusca of the shape of Mya, Pholas, and Solen. In sedentary or
attached genera, e.g. Pecten, Chama, Ostrea, the foot tends to become
aborted.
Fig. 100.—Yoldia limatula Say, Greenland, showing the short
plumed branchiae (br, br), the gasteropodous foot (f), and the
large labial palps (l.p, l.p): A, as seen from the ventral margin;
B, from the left side, with the mantle turned back; a.m,
position of anterior adductor muscle; i, intestine; l, liver; m, m,
mantle.
found to be innerved from the pedal ganglion.[312]
The pointed axe-shaped foot, which is characteristic of the majority of
Pelecypoda, is doubtless derived from a form more akin to the flattened
‘sole’ of the Gasteropoda. A foot with something of this disc-shaped base
actually occurs in some of the Nuculidae, the parapodia being furnished
with pleats which recall similar formations in other Orders (Fig. 100). The
principal modifications of the foot are due to its employment as a
burrowing organ. In genera which burrow but slightly it is small and feebly
developed, while in genera which habitually excavate, it becomes the
largest and strongest organ of the body. At the same time it has a tendency
to shift its position from the ventral to the anterior margin, accompanied by
a corresponding narrowing of the shell, until it arrives at the position seen
in Mollusca of the shape of Mya, Pholas, and Solen. In sedentary or
attached genera, e.g. Pecten, Chama, Ostrea, the foot tends to become
aborted.
Fig. 100.—Yoldia limatula Say, Greenland, showing the short
plumed branchiae (br, br), the gasteropodous foot (f), and the
large labial palps (l.p, l.p): A, as seen from the ventral margin;
B, from the left side, with the mantle turned back; a.m,
position of anterior adductor muscle; i, intestine; l, liver; m, m,
mantle.
Page 238
The byssus gland, secreting a byssus of horny threads, is characteristic of
many Pelecypoda, and may be observed by any one in the common mussel.
It occurs in the larvae of many species which do not possess a byssus in the
adult stage. The pedal gland of many Prosobranchiates, which secretes a
tough and almost thread-like slime, is possibly homologous with the byssus
gland of bivalves.
Nervous System
The Mollusca possess a nervous system, which usually consists of a
number of nerve centres or ganglia, linked together by bands (the
commissures) and sending out thread-like nerves which ramify into the
various organs. The character of the nervous system varies greatly in
different groups, ranging as it does from a condition of extreme complexity,
in which the ganglia are numerous and the commissures equally so, to that
of considerable simplicity, in which ganglia are almost entirely absent.
The most important ganglia are (1) the cerebral,[313] which are always
placed above or on either side of the mouth, and from which proceed the
nerves of the eyes and tentacles; (2) the pedal, which in Gasteropoda are
situated below the oesophagus, in Pelecypoda at the base of the foot, and
from which the nerves of the foot and sometimes the acoustic nerve arise;
(3) the pleural,[314] whose position varies considerably, but is always below
the oesophagus and slightly above the pedal ganglia; these innervate the
mantle, branchiae, heart, and viscera generally.
Gasteropoda.—The simplest form of nerve system as thus understood
occurs in the Amphineura, and more particularly in the Chitons. Here we
find four longitudinal nerve-cords, parallel to one another for nearly the
whole length of the mollusc. The two exterior cords probably represent the
pleural, the two interior the pedal nervous system. There being no head or
tentacles, but simply a mouth at the anterior end, the cerebral ganglia do not
exist, but they are represented by the curved ring formed by the massing
together of the two nerve-cords on each side. The only distinct ganglia are a
pair of buccal ganglia (which are developed on a pair of commissures
which pass forward from the cerebral mass and innervate the lips and
buccal region), and a much smaller group, the sublingual. The two pedal
cords are united by a number of transverse parallel connectives, which
many Pelecypoda, and may be observed by any one in the common mussel.
It occurs in the larvae of many species which do not possess a byssus in the
adult stage. The pedal gland of many Prosobranchiates, which secretes a
tough and almost thread-like slime, is possibly homologous with the byssus
gland of bivalves.
Nervous System
The Mollusca possess a nervous system, which usually consists of a
number of nerve centres or ganglia, linked together by bands (the
commissures) and sending out thread-like nerves which ramify into the
various organs. The character of the nervous system varies greatly in
different groups, ranging as it does from a condition of extreme complexity,
in which the ganglia are numerous and the commissures equally so, to that
of considerable simplicity, in which ganglia are almost entirely absent.
The most important ganglia are (1) the cerebral,[313] which are always
placed above or on either side of the mouth, and from which proceed the
nerves of the eyes and tentacles; (2) the pedal, which in Gasteropoda are
situated below the oesophagus, in Pelecypoda at the base of the foot, and
from which the nerves of the foot and sometimes the acoustic nerve arise;
(3) the pleural,[314] whose position varies considerably, but is always below
the oesophagus and slightly above the pedal ganglia; these innervate the
mantle, branchiae, heart, and viscera generally.
Gasteropoda.—The simplest form of nerve system as thus understood
occurs in the Amphineura, and more particularly in the Chitons. Here we
find four longitudinal nerve-cords, parallel to one another for nearly the
whole length of the mollusc. The two exterior cords probably represent the
pleural, the two interior the pedal nervous system. There being no head or
tentacles, but simply a mouth at the anterior end, the cerebral ganglia do not
exist, but they are represented by the curved ring formed by the massing
together of the two nerve-cords on each side. The only distinct ganglia are a
pair of buccal ganglia (which are developed on a pair of commissures
which pass forward from the cerebral mass and innervate the lips and
buccal region), and a much smaller group, the sublingual. The two pedal
cords are united by a number of transverse parallel connectives, which
Page 239
recall similar modes of connexion in the Chaetopod worms and in
Arthropoda.
This quadruple set of nerve-cords is characteristic of all the Amphineura,
but the absence of ganglia is most marked in the Chitons. In Proneomenia
and Neomenia there is a distinct cerebral ganglion, formed by the massing
of the two ganglia into one, while in Proneomenia the lateral cords are
joined to the pedal, as well as the pedal to one another, by connectives. In
Chaetoderma the cerebral ganglia, though adjacent, are distinct, and both
the pedal and lateral cords connect directly with them, while there are no
transverse connectives.
The remaining three great divisions of Gasteropoda, namely, the
Prosobranchiata, Opisthobranchiata, and Pulmonata, may be regarded as
comprising two distinct types of nervous condition, according as the loop
formed by the two visceral nerve-cords is twisted over itself, forming a
figure of 8, or continues straight and uncrossed. In the former case, we get
the condition known as streptoneurous, in the latter that as euthyneurous.
[315]
The Euthyneura include the whole of the Opisthobranchiata[316] and
Pulmonata, the Streptoneura all the Prosobranchiata.
Fig. 101.—Nervous system of the Amphineura: A,
Proneomenia; B, Neomenia; C, Chaetoderma; D,
Chiton; c, cerebral ganglia; l, l, lateral cords; pc,
posterior commissure; s, sublingual commissure or ring,
with ganglia; v, v, pedal cords. (Alter Hubrecht.)
The simplest form of nervous system in the euthyneurous Gasteropoda
occurs in the Opisthobranchiata. The cerebral, pleural, and pedal ganglia
tend to become concentrated in a ring-like form, united by short
Arthropoda.
This quadruple set of nerve-cords is characteristic of all the Amphineura,
but the absence of ganglia is most marked in the Chitons. In Proneomenia
and Neomenia there is a distinct cerebral ganglion, formed by the massing
of the two ganglia into one, while in Proneomenia the lateral cords are
joined to the pedal, as well as the pedal to one another, by connectives. In
Chaetoderma the cerebral ganglia, though adjacent, are distinct, and both
the pedal and lateral cords connect directly with them, while there are no
transverse connectives.
The remaining three great divisions of Gasteropoda, namely, the
Prosobranchiata, Opisthobranchiata, and Pulmonata, may be regarded as
comprising two distinct types of nervous condition, according as the loop
formed by the two visceral nerve-cords is twisted over itself, forming a
figure of 8, or continues straight and uncrossed. In the former case, we get
the condition known as streptoneurous, in the latter that as euthyneurous.
[315]
The Euthyneura include the whole of the Opisthobranchiata[316] and
Pulmonata, the Streptoneura all the Prosobranchiata.
Fig. 101.—Nervous system of the Amphineura: A,
Proneomenia; B, Neomenia; C, Chaetoderma; D,
Chiton; c, cerebral ganglia; l, l, lateral cords; pc,
posterior commissure; s, sublingual commissure or ring,
with ganglia; v, v, pedal cords. (Alter Hubrecht.)
The simplest form of nervous system in the euthyneurous Gasteropoda
occurs in the Opisthobranchiata. The cerebral, pleural, and pedal ganglia
tend to become concentrated in a ring-like form, united by short
Page 240
commissures at the posterior end of the pharynx. The visceral loop is in
some cases long, and the two or three visceral ganglia are then situated at its
posterior extremity. The nervous system of the Pulmonata is of a similar
type, the visceral loop being often much shorter, and tending to draw in
towards the central group of ganglia. The tentacular and optic nerves are, as
usual, derived from the cerebral ganglion, with which also the octocysts are
probably connected by rather long nerves. A pair of buccal ganglia
innervate the buccal mass, and are united by commissures with the right and
left cerebral ganglia. The osphradial nerve springs from one of the ganglia
on the visceral loop, the osphradium itself being situated (in Limnaea)
immediately above the pulmonary orifice and adjacent to the anus (Fig.
102). This massing of the ganglia is still better illustrated by the
accompanying figure of Physa (Fig. 103), in which the animal is
represented as if transparent, so that the ganglia and nerves are seen through
the tissues.
some cases long, and the two or three visceral ganglia are then situated at its
posterior extremity. The nervous system of the Pulmonata is of a similar
type, the visceral loop being often much shorter, and tending to draw in
towards the central group of ganglia. The tentacular and optic nerves are, as
usual, derived from the cerebral ganglion, with which also the octocysts are
probably connected by rather long nerves. A pair of buccal ganglia
innervate the buccal mass, and are united by commissures with the right and
left cerebral ganglia. The osphradial nerve springs from one of the ganglia
on the visceral loop, the osphradium itself being situated (in Limnaea)
immediately above the pulmonary orifice and adjacent to the anus (Fig.
102). This massing of the ganglia is still better illustrated by the
accompanying figure of Physa (Fig. 103), in which the animal is
represented as if transparent, so that the ganglia and nerves are seen through
the tissues.
Page 241
Fig. 102.—I. Nervous system of Limnaea stagnalis L.
The oesophagus has been cut and pulled forwards
through the nerve-collar, so as to expose the lower
surface of the buccal mass(dissected by F. B.
Stead)
B.M, buccal mass.
B.G, buccal, C.G, cerebral, Os.G, osphradial,
Pe.G, pedal ganglia.
Pl.G, pleural ganglia.
Op.N, optic, Os.N, osphradial, Te.N, tentacular
nerve.
Ot, otocyst; V.L, visceral loop.
R, rectum, dotted in to show its position relative
to the osphiadium.
II. Right side of the head of Limnaea stagnalis. The
overhanging flap of the mantle has been cut in the
middle line, and the right half twisted back, so as
to expose the pulmonary orifice, etc. The points A
A on the mantle edge were continuous before the
The oesophagus has been cut and pulled forwards
through the nerve-collar, so as to expose the lower
surface of the buccal mass(dissected by F. B.
Stead)
B.M, buccal mass.
B.G, buccal, C.G, cerebral, Os.G, osphradial,
Pe.G, pedal ganglia.
Pl.G, pleural ganglia.
Op.N, optic, Os.N, osphradial, Te.N, tentacular
nerve.
Ot, otocyst; V.L, visceral loop.
R, rectum, dotted in to show its position relative
to the osphiadium.
II. Right side of the head of Limnaea stagnalis. The
overhanging flap of the mantle has been cut in the
middle line, and the right half twisted back, so as
to expose the pulmonary orifice, etc. The points A
A on the mantle edge were continuous before the
Page 242
mantle was cut; the line BA is part of the free edge
of the mantle.
An, anus; F, female generative orifice; J, portion of
jaw; M, male generative orifice under right tentacle;
Os, osphradium; P.O, pulmonary orifice.
Of the streptoneurous Gasteropoda, the nervous system of Fissurella and
Haliotis shows distinct points of similarity to that of the Amphineura. The
pedal nerves are united by transverse commissures throughout their entire
length, while a double commissure unites the cerebral ganglia to the mass
from which the pedal nerves proceed. In the great majority of the
Streptoneura the ganglia (except the visceral) are more concentrated and the
commissures are consequently much shorter. The accompanying figure of
Cyclostoma, in which the animal is represented as in that of Physa just
described, illustrates this grouping of the ganglia, the twist of the visceral
loop, and the position of the visceral ganglia at its posterior end.
of the mantle.
An, anus; F, female generative orifice; J, portion of
jaw; M, male generative orifice under right tentacle;
Os, osphradium; P.O, pulmonary orifice.
Of the streptoneurous Gasteropoda, the nervous system of Fissurella and
Haliotis shows distinct points of similarity to that of the Amphineura. The
pedal nerves are united by transverse commissures throughout their entire
length, while a double commissure unites the cerebral ganglia to the mass
from which the pedal nerves proceed. In the great majority of the
Streptoneura the ganglia (except the visceral) are more concentrated and the
commissures are consequently much shorter. The accompanying figure of
Cyclostoma, in which the animal is represented as in that of Physa just
described, illustrates this grouping of the ganglia, the twist of the visceral
loop, and the position of the visceral ganglia at its posterior end.
Page 243
Fig. 103.—Nervous system of Physa
acuta Drap., showing the massing
of the ganglia at the hinder end of
the pharynx: e, e, eyes; m, mouth;
m.l, m.l, mantle lappets; o.f, female
generative orifice; o.m, male
generative orifice; os, osphradium.
(After Lacaze-Duthiers.)
acuta Drap., showing the massing
of the ganglia at the hinder end of
the pharynx: e, e, eyes; m, mouth;
m.l, m.l, mantle lappets; o.f, female
generative orifice; o.m, male
generative orifice; os, osphradium.
(After Lacaze-Duthiers.)
Page 244
Fig. 104.—Example of a streptoneurous
Gasteropod (Cyclostoma elegans Drap.):
c.g, c.g, cerebral ganglia; e, e, eyes; os,
osphradium; ot, ot, otocysts; p.g, p.g, pedal
ganglia; pl.g, pl.g, pleural ganglia; sp.g,
supra-intestinal ganglion; sb.g, sub-
intestinal ganglion; t.n, tentacle nerve; v.g,
visceral ganglion. (After Lacaze-Duthiers.)
Scaphopoda.—In the Scaphopoda the nervous system resembles that of
the Pelecypoda. The cerebral and pleural ganglia lie close together, while
the pedal ganglia are placed in the anterior part of the foot, connected with
the cerebral ganglia by long commissures; the visceral loop is rather long,
and the two visceral ganglia are adjacent to the anus.
Pelecypoda.—The nervous system in the Pelecypoda is the simplest
type in which well-marked ganglionic centres occur. The ganglia are few,
symmetrically placed, and are usually at a considerable distance apart.
There are, as a rule, three distinct pairs of ganglia, the cerebral (cerebro-
pleural), pedal, and visceral. The cerebral are formed by the fusion of the
cerebral and pleural ganglia, which, however, in some cases
(Protobranchiata) continue distinct.[317] They lie above or on each side of
the mouth, united by a commissure of varying length. Another pair of
Gasteropod (Cyclostoma elegans Drap.):
c.g, c.g, cerebral ganglia; e, e, eyes; os,
osphradium; ot, ot, otocysts; p.g, p.g, pedal
ganglia; pl.g, pl.g, pleural ganglia; sp.g,
supra-intestinal ganglion; sb.g, sub-
intestinal ganglion; t.n, tentacle nerve; v.g,
visceral ganglion. (After Lacaze-Duthiers.)
Scaphopoda.—In the Scaphopoda the nervous system resembles that of
the Pelecypoda. The cerebral and pleural ganglia lie close together, while
the pedal ganglia are placed in the anterior part of the foot, connected with
the cerebral ganglia by long commissures; the visceral loop is rather long,
and the two visceral ganglia are adjacent to the anus.
Pelecypoda.—The nervous system in the Pelecypoda is the simplest
type in which well-marked ganglionic centres occur. The ganglia are few,
symmetrically placed, and are usually at a considerable distance apart.
There are, as a rule, three distinct pairs of ganglia, the cerebral (cerebro-
pleural), pedal, and visceral. The cerebral are formed by the fusion of the
cerebral and pleural ganglia, which, however, in some cases
(Protobranchiata) continue distinct.[317] They lie above or on each side of
the mouth, united by a commissure of varying length. Another pair of
Page 245
commissures unites them with the pedal ganglia, which are placed at the
base of the foot, and are usually very close together, sometimes (as in
Anodonta) becoming partially fused. The length of these commissures
depends upon the distance between mouth and foot; thus they are very long
in Mya and Modiola, and very short in Pecten. In cases where the foot is
rudimentary or becomes aborted through disuse (e.g. Ostrea), the pedal
ganglia may dwindle or disappear altogether. The visceral ganglia are on the
ventral side of the posterior adductor muscle, beneath the rectum, and
innervate the branchiae, osphradia, and the whole of the visceral sac. A pair
of cerebro-visceral commissures traverses the base of the foot, surrounding
it with a comparatively short loop (compare Fig. 106, c.v.c´), while a long
commissure, which runs round the entire edge of the mantle, and supplies
branching nerves to the mantle border and siphons (Fig. 106, c.v.c), may
also connect the visceral and cerebral ganglia.
Fig. 105.—Nervous system of
Pelecypoda: A, Teredo; B,
Anodonta; C, Pecten; a, a,
cerebral ganglia; b, pedal
ganglia; c, visceral ganglia.
(After Gegenbaur.)
Cephalopoda.—In the Cephalopoda the concentration of ganglia attains
its maximum, and may perhaps be regarded as approaching the point at
which a definite brain may be said to exist. Another point of distinction is
base of the foot, and are usually very close together, sometimes (as in
Anodonta) becoming partially fused. The length of these commissures
depends upon the distance between mouth and foot; thus they are very long
in Mya and Modiola, and very short in Pecten. In cases where the foot is
rudimentary or becomes aborted through disuse (e.g. Ostrea), the pedal
ganglia may dwindle or disappear altogether. The visceral ganglia are on the
ventral side of the posterior adductor muscle, beneath the rectum, and
innervate the branchiae, osphradia, and the whole of the visceral sac. A pair
of cerebro-visceral commissures traverses the base of the foot, surrounding
it with a comparatively short loop (compare Fig. 106, c.v.c´), while a long
commissure, which runs round the entire edge of the mantle, and supplies
branching nerves to the mantle border and siphons (Fig. 106, c.v.c), may
also connect the visceral and cerebral ganglia.
Fig. 105.—Nervous system of
Pelecypoda: A, Teredo; B,
Anodonta; C, Pecten; a, a,
cerebral ganglia; b, pedal
ganglia; c, visceral ganglia.
(After Gegenbaur.)
Cephalopoda.—In the Cephalopoda the concentration of ganglia attains
its maximum, and may perhaps be regarded as approaching the point at
which a definite brain may be said to exist. Another point of distinction is
Page 246
the formation of special small ganglia upon the nerve-cords in different
parts of the body. In the Tetrabranchiata (Nautilus) the cerebral and pedal
ganglia form a broad ring which surrounds the oesophagus, the former
giving out the optic nerves, with their special optic ganglion, and a pair
each of buccal and pharyngeal ganglia, the latter the nerves of the arms and
funnel. The visceral loop is still present in the form of a separate band,
which innervates the branchiae, osphradia, and viscera generally, forming a
special genital ganglion in connexion with the reproductive organs. The
principal ganglia of the Dibranchiata are still more concentrated, even the
visceral loop being possibly united with the rest in forming an unbroken
mass in which scarcely any trace of commissures can be detected. The
pedal ganglion becomes separated into two portions, one of which
innervates the arms, the other the funnel. Two peculiar ganglia (the stellate
ganglia) supply a number of branching nerves to the mantle.
Fig. 106.—Nervous system of Cardium edule L.: a.m, anterior adductor muscle; br, branchiae;
br.n, branchial nerve; c.g, c.g, cerebral ganglia; c.p.c, cerebro-pedal commissure; c.v.c’,
cerebro-visceral commissure; c.v.c, cerebro-visceral commissure of mantle; l.p, labial palps:
m, mouth; p.g, pedal ganglion; p.m, posterior adductor muscle; v.g, visceral ganglion. (After
Drost, × 3.)
parts of the body. In the Tetrabranchiata (Nautilus) the cerebral and pedal
ganglia form a broad ring which surrounds the oesophagus, the former
giving out the optic nerves, with their special optic ganglion, and a pair
each of buccal and pharyngeal ganglia, the latter the nerves of the arms and
funnel. The visceral loop is still present in the form of a separate band,
which innervates the branchiae, osphradia, and viscera generally, forming a
special genital ganglion in connexion with the reproductive organs. The
principal ganglia of the Dibranchiata are still more concentrated, even the
visceral loop being possibly united with the rest in forming an unbroken
mass in which scarcely any trace of commissures can be detected. The
pedal ganglion becomes separated into two portions, one of which
innervates the arms, the other the funnel. Two peculiar ganglia (the stellate
ganglia) supply a number of branching nerves to the mantle.
Fig. 106.—Nervous system of Cardium edule L.: a.m, anterior adductor muscle; br, branchiae;
br.n, branchial nerve; c.g, c.g, cerebral ganglia; c.p.c, cerebro-pedal commissure; c.v.c’,
cerebro-visceral commissure; c.v.c, cerebro-visceral commissure of mantle; l.p, labial palps:
m, mouth; p.g, pedal ganglion; p.m, posterior adductor muscle; v.g, visceral ganglion. (After
Drost, × 3.)
Page 247
E. L. Bouvier, Système nerveux, morphologie générale et classification des
Gastéropodes prosobranches: Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. (7), iii. 1887, pp. 1–510.
J. Brock, Zur Neurologie der Prosobranchier: Zeit. wiss. Zool. xlviii. 1889, pp.
67–83.
O. Bütschli, Bemerkungen über die wahrscheinliche Herleitung der Asymmetrie
der Gasteropoda, etc.: Morph. Jahrb. xii. 1886, pp. 202–222.
B. Haller, Zur Kenntniss der Muriciden. I. Anatomie des Nervensystems:
Denksch. Math. Nat. Kl. Ak. Wien, xlv. 1882, pp. 87–106.
„ Untersuchungen über marine Rhipidoglossen. II. Textur des„
Centralnervensystems und seiner Hüllen: Morph. Jahrb. xi. 1885, pp. 319–436.
H. Grenadier, Abhandlungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Auges: Abh.
Naturf. Gesell. Halle, xvi. 1884, pp. 207–256; xvii. 1886, pp. 1–64.
A. P. Henchman, The Origin and Development of the Central Nervous System in
Limax maximus: Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. xx. 1890, pp. 169–208.
V. Hensen, Ueber das Auge einiger Cephalophoren: Zeit. wiss. Zool. xv. 1865, pp.
157–242.
C. Hilger, Beiträge zur Kenntniss des Gasteropodenauges: Morph. Jahrb. x. 1885,
pp. 352–371.
Lacaze-Duthiers, Otocystes ou Capsules auditives des Mollusques
(Gastéropodes): Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén. i. 1872, pp. 97–166.
„ „ Du système nerveux des Mollusques gastéropodes pulmonés
aquatiques: ibid. pp. 437–500.
P. Pelseneer, Recherches sur le système nerveux des Ptéropodes: Arch. Biol. vii.
1887, pp. 93–130.
„ Sur la valeur morphologique des bras et la composition du système
nerveux central des Cephalopodes: Arch. Biol. viii. 1888, pp. 723–756.
H. Simroth, Ueber die Sinneswerkzeuge unserer einheimische Weichthiere: Zeit.
wiss. Zool. xxvi. 1876, pp. 227–348.
J. W. Spengel, Die Geruchsorgane und das Nervensystem der Mollusken: Zeit.
wiss. Zool. xxxv. 1881, pp. 333–383.
Gastéropodes prosobranches: Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. (7), iii. 1887, pp. 1–510.
J. Brock, Zur Neurologie der Prosobranchier: Zeit. wiss. Zool. xlviii. 1889, pp.
67–83.
O. Bütschli, Bemerkungen über die wahrscheinliche Herleitung der Asymmetrie
der Gasteropoda, etc.: Morph. Jahrb. xii. 1886, pp. 202–222.
B. Haller, Zur Kenntniss der Muriciden. I. Anatomie des Nervensystems:
Denksch. Math. Nat. Kl. Ak. Wien, xlv. 1882, pp. 87–106.
„ Untersuchungen über marine Rhipidoglossen. II. Textur des„
Centralnervensystems und seiner Hüllen: Morph. Jahrb. xi. 1885, pp. 319–436.
H. Grenadier, Abhandlungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Auges: Abh.
Naturf. Gesell. Halle, xvi. 1884, pp. 207–256; xvii. 1886, pp. 1–64.
A. P. Henchman, The Origin and Development of the Central Nervous System in
Limax maximus: Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. xx. 1890, pp. 169–208.
V. Hensen, Ueber das Auge einiger Cephalophoren: Zeit. wiss. Zool. xv. 1865, pp.
157–242.
C. Hilger, Beiträge zur Kenntniss des Gasteropodenauges: Morph. Jahrb. x. 1885,
pp. 352–371.
Lacaze-Duthiers, Otocystes ou Capsules auditives des Mollusques
(Gastéropodes): Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén. i. 1872, pp. 97–166.
„ „ Du système nerveux des Mollusques gastéropodes pulmonés
aquatiques: ibid. pp. 437–500.
P. Pelseneer, Recherches sur le système nerveux des Ptéropodes: Arch. Biol. vii.
1887, pp. 93–130.
„ Sur la valeur morphologique des bras et la composition du système
nerveux central des Cephalopodes: Arch. Biol. viii. 1888, pp. 723–756.
H. Simroth, Ueber die Sinneswerkzeuge unserer einheimische Weichthiere: Zeit.
wiss. Zool. xxvi. 1876, pp. 227–348.
J. W. Spengel, Die Geruchsorgane und das Nervensystem der Mollusken: Zeit.
wiss. Zool. xxxv. 1881, pp. 333–383.
Page 248
CHAPTER VIII
THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS, JAW, AND RADULA: EXCRETORY ORGANS
The digestive tract, or, as it is often termed, the alimentary canal or gut,
is a very important feature of the Mollusca. It may be regarded as consisting
of the following parts: (1) a mouth or oral aperture: (2) a throat or pharynx;
(3) an oesophagus, leading into (4) a stomach, (5) an intestine and rectum,
ending in (6) an anus.
The primitive positions of mouth and anus were presumably at the
anterior and posterior ends of the animal, as in the Amphineura and
symmetrical Mollusca generally. But the modifications of original
molluscan symmetry, which have already been referred to (p. 154, compare
pp. 245, 246), have resulted in the anus becoming, in the great majority of
Gasteropoda, twisted forward, and occupying a position on some point in
the right side in dextral, and in the left in sinistral species.
The process of digestion, as the food passes from one end of the tract to
the other, is performed by the aid of the secretions of various glands, which
open into the alimentary canal at different points in its course. The principal
of these are the salivary glands, situated on the pharynx and oesophagus,
and the liver, biliary or hepatic gland, connecting with the stomach. With
these may be considered the anal and ink-glands, which, in certain genera,
connect with the terminal portion of the rectum.
1. The mouth is generally, as in the common snail and periwinkle, placed
on the lower part of the head, and may be either a mere aperture, circular or
semicircular, in the head-mass, or, as is more usual, may be carried on a
blunt snout (compare Fig. 6, p. 10, and Fig. 68, p. 159), which is capable of
varying degrees of protrusion. From the retractile snout has doubtless been
derived the long proboscis which is so prominent a feature of many genera
(compare Figs. 1, B, and 99), and in some (e.g. Mitra, Dolium) attains a
length exceeding that of the whole body. As a rule, Mollusca provided with
a proboscis are carnivorous, while those whose mouth is on the surface of
the head are Vegetable feeders, but this rule is by no means invariable. The
mouth is thickened round the aperture into ‘lips,’ which are often extensile,
and appear capable of closing upon and grasping the food. In the
Pelecypoda the mouth is furnished, on each side, with a pair of special
THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS, JAW, AND RADULA: EXCRETORY ORGANS
The digestive tract, or, as it is often termed, the alimentary canal or gut,
is a very important feature of the Mollusca. It may be regarded as consisting
of the following parts: (1) a mouth or oral aperture: (2) a throat or pharynx;
(3) an oesophagus, leading into (4) a stomach, (5) an intestine and rectum,
ending in (6) an anus.
The primitive positions of mouth and anus were presumably at the
anterior and posterior ends of the animal, as in the Amphineura and
symmetrical Mollusca generally. But the modifications of original
molluscan symmetry, which have already been referred to (p. 154, compare
pp. 245, 246), have resulted in the anus becoming, in the great majority of
Gasteropoda, twisted forward, and occupying a position on some point in
the right side in dextral, and in the left in sinistral species.
The process of digestion, as the food passes from one end of the tract to
the other, is performed by the aid of the secretions of various glands, which
open into the alimentary canal at different points in its course. The principal
of these are the salivary glands, situated on the pharynx and oesophagus,
and the liver, biliary or hepatic gland, connecting with the stomach. With
these may be considered the anal and ink-glands, which, in certain genera,
connect with the terminal portion of the rectum.
1. The mouth is generally, as in the common snail and periwinkle, placed
on the lower part of the head, and may be either a mere aperture, circular or
semicircular, in the head-mass, or, as is more usual, may be carried on a
blunt snout (compare Fig. 6, p. 10, and Fig. 68, p. 159), which is capable of
varying degrees of protrusion. From the retractile snout has doubtless been
derived the long proboscis which is so prominent a feature of many genera
(compare Figs. 1, B, and 99), and in some (e.g. Mitra, Dolium) attains a
length exceeding that of the whole body. As a rule, Mollusca provided with
a proboscis are carnivorous, while those whose mouth is on the surface of
the head are Vegetable feeders, but this rule is by no means invariable. The
mouth is thickened round the aperture into ‘lips,’ which are often extensile,
and appear capable of closing upon and grasping the food. In the
Pelecypoda the mouth is furnished, on each side, with a pair of special
Page 249
external lobes, the ‘labial palps,’ which appear to be of a highly sensitive
nature, and whose object it is to collect, and possibly to taste, the food
before it passes into the mouth.
2. The Pharynx, Jaws, and Radula.—Immediately behind the lips the
mouth opens into the muscular throat, pharynx, or buccal mass. The
pharynx of the Glossophora, i.e. of the Gasteropoda, Scaphopoda, and
Cephalopoda, is distinguished from that of the Pelecypoda,[318] by the
possession of two very characteristic organs for the rasping or trituration of
food before it reaches the oesophagus and stomach. These are (a) the jaw or
jaws, and (b) the radula,[319] odontophore, or lingual ribbon. The jaws bite
the food, the radula tears it up small before it passes into the stomach to
undergo digestion. The jaws are not set with teeth like our own; roughly
speaking, the best idea of the relations of the molluscan jaw and radula may
be obtained by imagining our own teeth removed from our jaws and set in
parallel rows along a greatly prolonged tongue.[320]
In nearly all land Pulmonata the jaw is single, and is placed behind the
upper lip. If a common Helix aspersa be observed crawling up the inside of
a glass jar, or feeding on some succulent leaf, the position and action of the
jaw can be readily discerned. It shows very black when the creature opens
its mouth, and under its operation the edge of a lettuce leaf shows a regular
series of little curved indentations, in shape not unlike the semicircular bites
inflicted by a schoolboy upon his bread and butter. The jaw of Helix (Fig.
107, B) is arched in shape, and is strengthened by a number of projecting
vertical ribs. That of Limax (A) is straighter, and is slightly striated, without
vertical ribs. In Bulimulus (C) the arch of the jaw is very conspicuous, and
the upper edges are always denticulated; in Orthalicus there is a central
triangular plate with a number of overlapping plates on either side; in
Succinea (E) there is a large square accessory plate above the jaw proper.
The form of the jaw is peculiar not only to the genus but to the species as
well. Thus the jaw of H. aspersa is specifically distinct from that of H.
pomatia, and that of H. nemoralis is distinct from both. Wiegmann has
observed[321] that in young Arion, Limax, and Helix, the jaw consists of two
pieces, which coalesce by fusion in the adult, thus indicating a stage of
development in advance of the double jaw which is found in most of the
non-pulmonate Mollusca. In all fresh-water Pulmonata there are two small
accessory side plates besides the jaw proper (Fig. 107, F).
nature, and whose object it is to collect, and possibly to taste, the food
before it passes into the mouth.
2. The Pharynx, Jaws, and Radula.—Immediately behind the lips the
mouth opens into the muscular throat, pharynx, or buccal mass. The
pharynx of the Glossophora, i.e. of the Gasteropoda, Scaphopoda, and
Cephalopoda, is distinguished from that of the Pelecypoda,[318] by the
possession of two very characteristic organs for the rasping or trituration of
food before it reaches the oesophagus and stomach. These are (a) the jaw or
jaws, and (b) the radula,[319] odontophore, or lingual ribbon. The jaws bite
the food, the radula tears it up small before it passes into the stomach to
undergo digestion. The jaws are not set with teeth like our own; roughly
speaking, the best idea of the relations of the molluscan jaw and radula may
be obtained by imagining our own teeth removed from our jaws and set in
parallel rows along a greatly prolonged tongue.[320]
In nearly all land Pulmonata the jaw is single, and is placed behind the
upper lip. If a common Helix aspersa be observed crawling up the inside of
a glass jar, or feeding on some succulent leaf, the position and action of the
jaw can be readily discerned. It shows very black when the creature opens
its mouth, and under its operation the edge of a lettuce leaf shows a regular
series of little curved indentations, in shape not unlike the semicircular bites
inflicted by a schoolboy upon his bread and butter. The jaw of Helix (Fig.
107, B) is arched in shape, and is strengthened by a number of projecting
vertical ribs. That of Limax (A) is straighter, and is slightly striated, without
vertical ribs. In Bulimulus (C) the arch of the jaw is very conspicuous, and
the upper edges are always denticulated; in Orthalicus there is a central
triangular plate with a number of overlapping plates on either side; in
Succinea (E) there is a large square accessory plate above the jaw proper.
The form of the jaw is peculiar not only to the genus but to the species as
well. Thus the jaw of H. aspersa is specifically distinct from that of H.
pomatia, and that of H. nemoralis is distinct from both. Wiegmann has
observed[321] that in young Arion, Limax, and Helix, the jaw consists of two
pieces, which coalesce by fusion in the adult, thus indicating a stage of
development in advance of the double jaw which is found in most of the
non-pulmonate Mollusca. In all fresh-water Pulmonata there are two small
accessory side plates besides the jaw proper (Fig. 107, F).
Page 250
Fig. 107.—Jaws of various Pulmonata: A, Limax (gagates
Drap., Lancashire, × 15); B, Helix (acutissima Lam.,
Jamaica, × 15); C, Bulimulus (depictus Reeve,
Venezuela, × 20); D, Achatina (fulica Fér., Mauritius, ×
7); E, Succinea (elegans Riss., Aral District, × 30); F,
Limnaea (stagnalis L., Cambridge, × 30).
Nearly all the non-carnivorous Prosobranchiata, land, fresh-water, and
marine alike, are provided with two large lateral jaws. Many of these are
sculptured with the most elaborate patterns, and appear to be furnished with
raised teeth, like a file. In the Nudibranchiata the jaws are of great size and
beauty of ornamentation (Fig. 109).
Drap., Lancashire, × 15); B, Helix (acutissima Lam.,
Jamaica, × 15); C, Bulimulus (depictus Reeve,
Venezuela, × 20); D, Achatina (fulica Fér., Mauritius, ×
7); E, Succinea (elegans Riss., Aral District, × 30); F,
Limnaea (stagnalis L., Cambridge, × 30).
Nearly all the non-carnivorous Prosobranchiata, land, fresh-water, and
marine alike, are provided with two large lateral jaws. Many of these are
sculptured with the most elaborate patterns, and appear to be furnished with
raised teeth, like a file. In the Nudibranchiata the jaws are of great size and
beauty of ornamentation (Fig. 109).
Page 251
Fig. 108.—Jaws of A, Triton australis Lam., Sydney; B, Ampullaria fasciata Reeve,
Demerara; C, Calliostoma punctulatum Mart., New Zealand; D, Cyclophorus
atramentarius Sowb., Sanghir; all × 15.
Fig. 109.—Jaws of A, Chromodoris gracilis Iher., × 15; B, Scyllaea
pelagica L., × 7; C, Pleurobranchus plumula Mont., × 10; D,
Pleurobranchaea Meckelii Lam., × 5/2.
Demerara; C, Calliostoma punctulatum Mart., New Zealand; D, Cyclophorus
atramentarius Sowb., Sanghir; all × 15.
Fig. 109.—Jaws of A, Chromodoris gracilis Iher., × 15; B, Scyllaea
pelagica L., × 7; C, Pleurobranchus plumula Mont., × 10; D,
Pleurobranchaea Meckelii Lam., × 5/2.
Page 252
The carnivorous genera, whether marine (e.g. Conus, Murex, Buccinum,
Nassa) or land (e.g. Testacella, Glandina, Streptaxis, Ennea), are entirely
destitute of jaws, the reason probably being that in all these cases the teeth
of the radula are sufficiently powerful to do the work of tearing up the food
without the aid of a masticatory organ as well. Jaws are also wanting in the
Heteropoda, and in many of the Nudibranchiata and Tectibranchiata.
In the Cephalopoda the jaws, or ‘beaks,’ as they are called, are most
formidable weapons of attack. In shape they closely resemble the beaks of a
parrot, but the hook on the dorsal side of the mouth does not, as in birds,
close over the lower hook, but fits under it. Powerful muscles govern these
mandibles, which must operate with immense effect upon their prey (Fig.
110).
Fig. 110.—Jaws of Sepia: A, in
situ within the buccal mass,
several of the arms having
been cut away; B, removed
from the mouth and slightly
enlarged.
Nassa) or land (e.g. Testacella, Glandina, Streptaxis, Ennea), are entirely
destitute of jaws, the reason probably being that in all these cases the teeth
of the radula are sufficiently powerful to do the work of tearing up the food
without the aid of a masticatory organ as well. Jaws are also wanting in the
Heteropoda, and in many of the Nudibranchiata and Tectibranchiata.
In the Cephalopoda the jaws, or ‘beaks,’ as they are called, are most
formidable weapons of attack. In shape they closely resemble the beaks of a
parrot, but the hook on the dorsal side of the mouth does not, as in birds,
close over the lower hook, but fits under it. Powerful muscles govern these
mandibles, which must operate with immense effect upon their prey (Fig.
110).
Fig. 110.—Jaws of Sepia: A, in
situ within the buccal mass,
several of the arms having
been cut away; B, removed
from the mouth and slightly
enlarged.
Page 253
Fig. 111.—Patella vulgata L., showing
the normal position of the radula,
which is doubled back in a bow; the
shell has been removed, and the
whole visceral mass is turned
forward, exposing the dorsal surface
of the muscular foot: gr,
longitudinal groove on this surface;
i, i, intestine; l, liver; m, m, mantle
edge; mu, muscles (cut through)
fastening the visceral mass to the
upper sides of the foot; ov, ovary; r,
radula; u.f, upper or dorsal surface
of the foot.
The Radula.[322]—When the food has passed beyond the operation of the
jaw, it comes within the province of the radula, the front part of which
perhaps co-operates to a certain extent with the jaw in performing the biting
process. The function of the radula as a whole is to tear or scratch, not to
bite; the food passes over it and is carded small, the effect being very much
the same as if, instead of dragging a harrow over the surface of a field, we
were to turn the harrow points upwards, and then drag the field over the
harrow.
The radula itself is a band or ribbon of varying length and breadth,
formed of chitin, generally almost transparent, sometimes beautifully
coloured, especially at the front end, with red or yellow.[323] It lies
the normal position of the radula,
which is doubled back in a bow; the
shell has been removed, and the
whole visceral mass is turned
forward, exposing the dorsal surface
of the muscular foot: gr,
longitudinal groove on this surface;
i, i, intestine; l, liver; m, m, mantle
edge; mu, muscles (cut through)
fastening the visceral mass to the
upper sides of the foot; ov, ovary; r,
radula; u.f, upper or dorsal surface
of the foot.
The Radula.[322]—When the food has passed beyond the operation of the
jaw, it comes within the province of the radula, the front part of which
perhaps co-operates to a certain extent with the jaw in performing the biting
process. The function of the radula as a whole is to tear or scratch, not to
bite; the food passes over it and is carded small, the effect being very much
the same as if, instead of dragging a harrow over the surface of a field, we
were to turn the harrow points upwards, and then drag the field over the
harrow.
The radula itself is a band or ribbon of varying length and breadth,
formed of chitin, generally almost transparent, sometimes beautifully
coloured, especially at the front end, with red or yellow.[323] It lies
Page 254
enveloped in a kind of membrane, in the floor of the mouth and throat,
being quite flat in the forward part, but usually curving up so as to line the
sides of the throat farther back, and in some cases eventually forming
almost a tube. The upper surface, i.e. the surface over which the food
passes, is covered with teeth of the most varied shape, size, number, and
disposition, which are almost invariably arranged in symmetrical rows.
These teeth are attached to the cartilage on which they work by muscles
which serve to erect or depress them; probably also the radula as a whole
can be given a forward or backward motion, so as to rasp or card the
substances which pass over it.
The teeth on the front part of the radula are often much worn (Fig. 112),
and probably fall away by degrees, their place being taken by others
successively pushed up from behind. At the extreme hinder end of the
radula the teeth are in a nascent condition, and there are often as many as a
dozen or more scarcely developed rows. Here, too, lie the cells from which
the teeth are originally formed.
The length and breadth of the radula vary greatly in different genera. In
Littorina it is very narrow, and several times the length of the whole animal.
It is kept coiled away like a watch-spring at the back of the throat, only a
small proportion of the whole being in use. I have counted as many as 480
rows in the common Littorina littorea. In Patella it is often longer than the
shell itself, and if the radula of a large specimen be freshly extracted and
drawn across the hand, the action of the hooks can be plainly felt. In
Aerope, the Turbinidae generally, and Haliotis it is very large. In Turritella,
Aporrhais, Cylichna, Struthiolaria, and the Cephalopoda it is small in
proportion to the size of the animal. In the Pulmonata generally it is very
broad, the length not exceeding, as a rule, thrice the breadth; in most other
groups the breadth is inconsiderable, as compared to the length.
The Radula is wanting in two families of Prosobranchiata, the Eulimidae
and Pyramidellidae, which are consequently grouped together as the section
Gymnoglossa. It is probable that in these cases the radula has aborted
through disuse, the animals having taken to a food which does not require
trituration. Thus several genera contained in both these families are known
to live parasitically upon various animals—Holothurians, Echinoderms, etc.
—nourishing themselves on the juices of their host. In some cases, the
development of a special suctorial proboscis compensates for the loss of
being quite flat in the forward part, but usually curving up so as to line the
sides of the throat farther back, and in some cases eventually forming
almost a tube. The upper surface, i.e. the surface over which the food
passes, is covered with teeth of the most varied shape, size, number, and
disposition, which are almost invariably arranged in symmetrical rows.
These teeth are attached to the cartilage on which they work by muscles
which serve to erect or depress them; probably also the radula as a whole
can be given a forward or backward motion, so as to rasp or card the
substances which pass over it.
The teeth on the front part of the radula are often much worn (Fig. 112),
and probably fall away by degrees, their place being taken by others
successively pushed up from behind. At the extreme hinder end of the
radula the teeth are in a nascent condition, and there are often as many as a
dozen or more scarcely developed rows. Here, too, lie the cells from which
the teeth are originally formed.
The length and breadth of the radula vary greatly in different genera. In
Littorina it is very narrow, and several times the length of the whole animal.
It is kept coiled away like a watch-spring at the back of the throat, only a
small proportion of the whole being in use. I have counted as many as 480
rows in the common Littorina littorea. In Patella it is often longer than the
shell itself, and if the radula of a large specimen be freshly extracted and
drawn across the hand, the action of the hooks can be plainly felt. In
Aerope, the Turbinidae generally, and Haliotis it is very large. In Turritella,
Aporrhais, Cylichna, Struthiolaria, and the Cephalopoda it is small in
proportion to the size of the animal. In the Pulmonata generally it is very
broad, the length not exceeding, as a rule, thrice the breadth; in most other
groups the breadth is inconsiderable, as compared to the length.
The Radula is wanting in two families of Prosobranchiata, the Eulimidae
and Pyramidellidae, which are consequently grouped together as the section
Gymnoglossa. It is probable that in these cases the radula has aborted
through disuse, the animals having taken to a food which does not require
trituration. Thus several genera contained in both these families are known
to live parasitically upon various animals—Holothurians, Echinoderms, etc.
—nourishing themselves on the juices of their host. In some cases, the
development of a special suctorial proboscis compensates for the loss of
Page 255
radula (see pp. 76–77). In Harpa there is no radula in the adult, though it is
present in the young form. No explanation of this fact has yet been given. It
is also absent in the Coralliophilidae, a family closely akin to Purpura, but
invariably parasitic on corals, and probably nourished by their exudations.
There is no radula in Entoconcha, an obscure form parasitic on the blood-
vessels of Synapta, or in Neomenia, a genus of very low organisation, or in
the Tethyidae, or sea-hares, or in one or two other genera of
Nudibranchiata.
Fig. 112.—Example of a front portion of
a radula (Cantharus ringens Reeve,
Panama), much worn by use. × 70.
The number of teeth in the radula varies greatly. When the teeth are very
large, they are usually few in number, when small, they are very numerous.
In the carnivorous forms, as a rule, the teeth are comparatively few and
powerful, while in the phytophagous genera they are many and small. Large
hooked and sickle-shaped teeth, sometimes furnished with barbs like an
arrow-head, and poison-glands, are characteristic of genera which feed on
flesh; vegetable feeders, on the contrary, have the teeth rounded, and blunter
at the apex, or, if long and narrow, so slender as to be of comparatively little
effect. Genera which are normally vegetarian, but which will, upon
occasion, eat flesh, e.g. Limax and Hyalinia, exhibit a form of teeth
intermediate between these two extremes (see Fig. 140, A).
present in the young form. No explanation of this fact has yet been given. It
is also absent in the Coralliophilidae, a family closely akin to Purpura, but
invariably parasitic on corals, and probably nourished by their exudations.
There is no radula in Entoconcha, an obscure form parasitic on the blood-
vessels of Synapta, or in Neomenia, a genus of very low organisation, or in
the Tethyidae, or sea-hares, or in one or two other genera of
Nudibranchiata.
Fig. 112.—Example of a front portion of
a radula (Cantharus ringens Reeve,
Panama), much worn by use. × 70.
The number of teeth in the radula varies greatly. When the teeth are very
large, they are usually few in number, when small, they are very numerous.
In the carnivorous forms, as a rule, the teeth are comparatively few and
powerful, while in the phytophagous genera they are many and small. Large
hooked and sickle-shaped teeth, sometimes furnished with barbs like an
arrow-head, and poison-glands, are characteristic of genera which feed on
flesh; vegetable feeders, on the contrary, have the teeth rounded, and blunter
at the apex, or, if long and narrow, so slender as to be of comparatively little
effect. Genera which are normally vegetarian, but which will, upon
occasion, eat flesh, e.g. Limax and Hyalinia, exhibit a form of teeth
intermediate between these two extremes (see Fig. 140, A).
Page 256
In Chaetoderma there is but one tooth. In Aeolis coronata there are about
17, in A. papillosa and Elysia viridis about 19, in Glaucus atlanticus about
21, in Fiona nobilis about 28. In the common whelk (Buccinum undatum)
there are from 220 to 250, in the common periwinkle about 3500. As many
as 8343 have been counted in Limnaea stagnalis, about 15,000 in Helix
aspersa (that is, about 400,000 to the square inch), about 30,000 in Limax
maximus, and as many as 40,000 in Helix Ghiesbreghti, a large species from
Mexico; they are very numerous also in Nanina, Vitrina, Gadinia, and
Actaeon. But Umbrella stands far and away the first, as far as number of
teeth is concerned. In both U. mediterranea and U. indica they entirely
baffle calculation, possibly 750,000 may be somewhere near the truth.
The teeth on the radula are almost invariably disposed in a kind of
pattern, exactly like the longitudinal rows of colour in a piece of ribbon,
down the centre of which runs a narrow stripe, and every band of colour on
one side is repeated in the same relative position on the other side. The
middle tooth of each row—the rows being counted across the radula, not
longitudinally—is called the central or rachidian tooth; the teeth next
adjacent on each side are known as the laterals, while the outermost are
styled uncini or marginals. As a rule, the distinction between the laterals
and marginals is fairly well indicated, but in the Helicidae and some of the
Nudibranchiata it is not easy to perceive, and in these cases there is a very
gradual passage from one set to the other.
The central tooth is nearly always present. It is wanting in certain groups
of Opisthobranchiata, some of the carnivorous Pulmonata, and in the
Conidae and Terebridae, which have lost the laterals as well. Voluta has lost
both laterals and marginals in most of the species, and the same is the case
with Harpa. In Aeolis, Elysia, and some other Nudibranchiata the radula
consists of a single central row. Other peculiarities will be described below
in their proper order.
The extreme importance of a study of the radula depends upon the fact,
that in each species, and a fortiori in each genus and family, the radula is
characteristic. In closely allied species the differences exhibited are
naturally but slight, but in well-marked species the differences are
considerable. The radula, therefore, serves as a test for the distinction of
genera and species. For instance, in the four known recent genera of the
family Strombidae, viz. Strombus, Pteroceras, Rostellaria, and Terebellum,
17, in A. papillosa and Elysia viridis about 19, in Glaucus atlanticus about
21, in Fiona nobilis about 28. In the common whelk (Buccinum undatum)
there are from 220 to 250, in the common periwinkle about 3500. As many
as 8343 have been counted in Limnaea stagnalis, about 15,000 in Helix
aspersa (that is, about 400,000 to the square inch), about 30,000 in Limax
maximus, and as many as 40,000 in Helix Ghiesbreghti, a large species from
Mexico; they are very numerous also in Nanina, Vitrina, Gadinia, and
Actaeon. But Umbrella stands far and away the first, as far as number of
teeth is concerned. In both U. mediterranea and U. indica they entirely
baffle calculation, possibly 750,000 may be somewhere near the truth.
The teeth on the radula are almost invariably disposed in a kind of
pattern, exactly like the longitudinal rows of colour in a piece of ribbon,
down the centre of which runs a narrow stripe, and every band of colour on
one side is repeated in the same relative position on the other side. The
middle tooth of each row—the rows being counted across the radula, not
longitudinally—is called the central or rachidian tooth; the teeth next
adjacent on each side are known as the laterals, while the outermost are
styled uncini or marginals. As a rule, the distinction between the laterals
and marginals is fairly well indicated, but in the Helicidae and some of the
Nudibranchiata it is not easy to perceive, and in these cases there is a very
gradual passage from one set to the other.
The central tooth is nearly always present. It is wanting in certain groups
of Opisthobranchiata, some of the carnivorous Pulmonata, and in the
Conidae and Terebridae, which have lost the laterals as well. Voluta has lost
both laterals and marginals in most of the species, and the same is the case
with Harpa. In Aeolis, Elysia, and some other Nudibranchiata the radula
consists of a single central row. Other peculiarities will be described below
in their proper order.
The extreme importance of a study of the radula depends upon the fact,
that in each species, and a fortiori in each genus and family, the radula is
characteristic. In closely allied species the differences exhibited are
naturally but slight, but in well-marked species the differences are
considerable. The radula, therefore, serves as a test for the distinction of
genera and species. For instance, in the four known recent genera of the
family Strombidae, viz. Strombus, Pteroceras, Rostellaria, and Terebellum,
Page 257
the radula is of the same general type throughout, but with distinct
modifications for each genus; and the same is true, though to a lesser extent,
for all the species hitherto examined in each of the genera. These facts are
true for all known genera, differences of the radula corresponding to and
emphasising those other differences which have caused genera to be
constituted. The radula therefore forms a basis of classification, and it is
found especially useful in this respect in dealing with the largest class of all,
the Gasteropoda, and particularly with the chief section of this order, the
Prosobranchiata. Thus we have—
Prosobranchiata Monotocardia (a) Toxoglossa
(b) Rachiglossa
(c) Taenioglossa
(d) Ptenoglossa
(e) Gymnoglossa
Diotocardia (f) Rhipidonlossa
(g) Docoglossa[324]
(a) Toxoglossa.—Only three families, Terebridae, Conidae, and
Cancellariidae, belong to this section. There is no central tooth, and no
laterals, the radula consisting simply of large marginals on each side. In
Conus these are of great size, with a blunt base which contains a poison-
gland (see p. 66), the contents of which are carried to the point by a duct.
The point is always singly and sometimes doubly barbed (Fig. 116). When
extracted, the teeth resemble a small sheaf of arrows (Figs. 113, 115). A
remarkable form of radula, belonging to Spirotropis (a sub-genus of Drillia,
one of the Conidae), enables us to explain the true history of the radula in
the Toxoglossa. Here there are five teeth in a row, a central tooth, and one
lateral and one marginal on each side, the marginals being very similar in
shape to the characteristic shafts of the Conidae (Fig. 114). It is evident,
then, that the great mass of the Toxoglossa have lost both their central and
lateral teeth, and that those which remain are true uncini or marginals.
Spirotropis appears to be the solitary survival of a group retaining the
primitive form of radula.
modifications for each genus; and the same is true, though to a lesser extent,
for all the species hitherto examined in each of the genera. These facts are
true for all known genera, differences of the radula corresponding to and
emphasising those other differences which have caused genera to be
constituted. The radula therefore forms a basis of classification, and it is
found especially useful in this respect in dealing with the largest class of all,
the Gasteropoda, and particularly with the chief section of this order, the
Prosobranchiata. Thus we have—
Prosobranchiata Monotocardia (a) Toxoglossa
(b) Rachiglossa
(c) Taenioglossa
(d) Ptenoglossa
(e) Gymnoglossa
Diotocardia (f) Rhipidonlossa
(g) Docoglossa[324]
(a) Toxoglossa.—Only three families, Terebridae, Conidae, and
Cancellariidae, belong to this section. There is no central tooth, and no
laterals, the radula consisting simply of large marginals on each side. In
Conus these are of great size, with a blunt base which contains a poison-
gland (see p. 66), the contents of which are carried to the point by a duct.
The point is always singly and sometimes doubly barbed (Fig. 116). When
extracted, the teeth resemble a small sheaf of arrows (Figs. 113, 115). A
remarkable form of radula, belonging to Spirotropis (a sub-genus of Drillia,
one of the Conidae), enables us to explain the true history of the radula in
the Toxoglossa. Here there are five teeth in a row, a central tooth, and one
lateral and one marginal on each side, the marginals being very similar in
shape to the characteristic shafts of the Conidae (Fig. 114). It is evident,
then, that the great mass of the Toxoglossa have lost both their central and
lateral teeth, and that those which remain are true uncini or marginals.
Spirotropis appears to be the solitary survival of a group retaining the
primitive form of radula.
Page 258
Fig. 113.—Radula of Bela
turricula Mont. × 70.
Fig. 114.—Portion of radula of Spirotropis carinata
Phil., Norway. × 70.
turricula Mont. × 70.
Fig. 114.—Portion of radula of Spirotropis carinata
Phil., Norway. × 70.
Page 259
Fig. 115.—Eight teeth from the
radula of Terebra
caerulescens Lam. × 60.
The arrangement of teeth in all these sections is expressed by a formula
applicable to each transverse row of the series. The central tooth, if present,
is represented by 1, and the laterals and marginals, according to their
number, on each side of the central figure. Thus the typical formula of the
Toxoglossa is 1.0.0.0.1, the middle 0 standing for the central tooth which is
absent, and the 0 on each side of it for the absent laterals; the 1 on each
extreme represents the one uncinus in each row. Thus the formula for
Spirotropis, which has also one lateral on each side and a rachidian or
central tooth, is 1.1.1.1.1. Often the formula is given thus:
where 30 and 42 stand for the average number of rows of
teeth in Conus and Spirotropis respectively; the same is sometimes
expressed thus: 1.0.0.0.1 × 30; 1.1.1.1.1 × 42.
radula of Terebra
caerulescens Lam. × 60.
The arrangement of teeth in all these sections is expressed by a formula
applicable to each transverse row of the series. The central tooth, if present,
is represented by 1, and the laterals and marginals, according to their
number, on each side of the central figure. Thus the typical formula of the
Toxoglossa is 1.0.0.0.1, the middle 0 standing for the central tooth which is
absent, and the 0 on each side of it for the absent laterals; the 1 on each
extreme represents the one uncinus in each row. Thus the formula for
Spirotropis, which has also one lateral on each side and a rachidian or
central tooth, is 1.1.1.1.1. Often the formula is given thus:
where 30 and 42 stand for the average number of rows of
teeth in Conus and Spirotropis respectively; the same is sometimes
expressed thus: 1.0.0.0.1 × 30; 1.1.1.1.1 × 42.
Page 260
Fig. 116.—A tooth from the
radula of Conus imperialis
L., S. Pacific, × 50,
showing barb and poison
duct.
Fig. 117.—Portion of the radula of Melongena vespertilio
Lam., Ceylon. × 30.
radula of Conus imperialis
L., S. Pacific, × 50,
showing barb and poison
duct.
Fig. 117.—Portion of the radula of Melongena vespertilio
Lam., Ceylon. × 30.
Page 261
Fig. 118.—Portion of the radula of Eburna japonica Sowb., China. × 30.
Fig. 119.—Portion of the radula of Murex regius Lam., Panama. × 60.
(b) The Rachiglossa comprise the 12 families Olividae, Harpidae,
Marginellidae, Volutidae, Mitridae, Fasciolariidae, Turbinellidae,
Buccinidae, Nassidae, Columbellidae, Muricidae, and Coralliophilidae.
Certainly most and probably all of these families are or have been
carnivorous, the Coralliophilidae being a degraded group which have
become parasitic on corals, and have lost their teeth in consequence. The
characteristics of the group are the possession of a central tooth with from
one cusp (Boreofusus) to about fourteen (Bullia), and a single lateral more
or less cuspidate, the outer cusp of all being generally much the largest.
Thus in Melongena respertilio (Fig. 117) the central tooth is tricuspid, the
central cusp being the smallest, while the laterals are bicuspid; in Eburna
japonica (Fig. 118) the central tooth is 5-cusped, the two outer cusps being
Fig. 119.—Portion of the radula of Murex regius Lam., Panama. × 60.
(b) The Rachiglossa comprise the 12 families Olividae, Harpidae,
Marginellidae, Volutidae, Mitridae, Fasciolariidae, Turbinellidae,
Buccinidae, Nassidae, Columbellidae, Muricidae, and Coralliophilidae.
Certainly most and probably all of these families are or have been
carnivorous, the Coralliophilidae being a degraded group which have
become parasitic on corals, and have lost their teeth in consequence. The
characteristics of the group are the possession of a central tooth with from
one cusp (Boreofusus) to about fourteen (Bullia), and a single lateral more
or less cuspidate, the outer cusp of all being generally much the largest.
Thus in Melongena respertilio (Fig. 117) the central tooth is tricuspid, the
central cusp being the smallest, while the laterals are bicuspid; in Eburna
japonica (Fig. 118) the central tooth is 5-cusped, the two outer cusps being
Page 262
much the smallest. The teeth, on the whole, are sharp and hooked, with a
broad base and formidable cutting edge. In the Olividae, Turricula,
Buccinopsis, and the Muricidae the laterals are unicuspid and somewhat
degraded (Fig. 119). In Mitra and the Fasciolariidae they are very broad and
finely equally toothed like a comb (Figs. 120, 121). The whole group is
destitute of marginals.
Fig. 120.—Portion of the radula of Imbricaria marmorata Swains. ×
80.
Fig. 121.—Three rows of teeth from the radula of Fasciolaria trapezium
Lam. × 40.
broad base and formidable cutting edge. In the Olividae, Turricula,
Buccinopsis, and the Muricidae the laterals are unicuspid and somewhat
degraded (Fig. 119). In Mitra and the Fasciolariidae they are very broad and
finely equally toothed like a comb (Figs. 120, 121). The whole group is
destitute of marginals.
Fig. 120.—Portion of the radula of Imbricaria marmorata Swains. ×
80.
Fig. 121.—Three rows of teeth from the radula of Fasciolaria trapezium
Lam. × 40.
Page 263
Fig. 122.—Six teeth from the
radula of Cymbium
diadema Lam., Torres
Strait. × 25.
Fig. 123.—Examples of degraded
forms of radula: A, Cantharus
pagodus Reeve, Panama
(nascent end), × 40; A´, same
radula, central and front
portion; B, Columbella varia
Sowb., Panama, × 50.
radula of Cymbium
diadema Lam., Torres
Strait. × 25.
Fig. 123.—Examples of degraded
forms of radula: A, Cantharus
pagodus Reeve, Panama
(nascent end), × 40; A´, same
radula, central and front
portion; B, Columbella varia
Sowb., Panama, × 50.
Page 264
Fig. 124.—Three rows of the radula of Sistrum spectrum Reeve, Tonga, × 80. The laterals to
the right are not drawn in.
Several remarkable peculiarities occur. Harpa loses the radula altogether
in the adult. In the young it has lost only the laterals, and consists of nothing
but the central tooth. Marginella has no laterals; the central tooth is small
and comb-shaped, with blunt cusps. In Voluta the laterals are generally lost,
but in Volutomitra and one species of Voluta[325] they are retained. The
central tooth usually has three strong cusps, and is very thick and coloured a
deep red or orange (Fig. 122); in the sub-genus Amoria it is unicuspid, in
shape rather like a spear-head with broadened wings; in Volutolyria it is of a
different type, with numerous unequal denticulations, something like the
laterals of Mitra or Fasciolaria. Of the Mitridae, Cylindromitra has lost the
laterals. Among the Buccinidae, Buccinopsis possesses a curiously
degraded radula, the central tooth having no cusps, but being reduced to a
thin basal plate, while the laterals are also weakened. This degradation from
the type is a remarkable feature among radulae, and appears to be
characteristic, sometimes of a whole family, e.g. the Columbellidae (Fig.
123, B), sometimes of a genus, sometimes again of a single species. Thus in
Cantharus (a sub-genus of Buccinum) the radula is typical in the great
majority of species, but in C. pagodus Reeve, a large and well-grown
species, it is most remarkably degraded, both in the central and lateral teeth
(Fig. 123, A). This circumstance is the more singular since C. pagodus lives
at Panama side by side with C. ringeus and C. insignis, both of which have
perfectly typical radulae. It is probable that the nature of the food has
something to do with the phenomenon. Thus Sistrum spectrum Reeve was
found to possess a very aberrant radula, not of the common muricoid type,
but with very long reed-like laterals. This singularity was a standing puzzle
to the present writer, until he was fortunate enough to discover that S.
the right are not drawn in.
Several remarkable peculiarities occur. Harpa loses the radula altogether
in the adult. In the young it has lost only the laterals, and consists of nothing
but the central tooth. Marginella has no laterals; the central tooth is small
and comb-shaped, with blunt cusps. In Voluta the laterals are generally lost,
but in Volutomitra and one species of Voluta[325] they are retained. The
central tooth usually has three strong cusps, and is very thick and coloured a
deep red or orange (Fig. 122); in the sub-genus Amoria it is unicuspid, in
shape rather like a spear-head with broadened wings; in Volutolyria it is of a
different type, with numerous unequal denticulations, something like the
laterals of Mitra or Fasciolaria. Of the Mitridae, Cylindromitra has lost the
laterals. Among the Buccinidae, Buccinopsis possesses a curiously
degraded radula, the central tooth having no cusps, but being reduced to a
thin basal plate, while the laterals are also weakened. This degradation from
the type is a remarkable feature among radulae, and appears to be
characteristic, sometimes of a whole family, e.g. the Columbellidae (Fig.
123, B), sometimes of a genus, sometimes again of a single species. Thus in
Cantharus (a sub-genus of Buccinum) the radula is typical in the great
majority of species, but in C. pagodus Reeve, a large and well-grown
species, it is most remarkably degraded, both in the central and lateral teeth
(Fig. 123, A). This circumstance is the more singular since C. pagodus lives
at Panama side by side with C. ringeus and C. insignis, both of which have
perfectly typical radulae. It is probable that the nature of the food has
something to do with the phenomenon. Thus Sistrum spectrum Reeve was
found to possess a very aberrant radula, not of the common muricoid type,
but with very long reed-like laterals. This singularity was a standing puzzle
to the present writer, until he was fortunate enough to discover that S.
Page 265
spectrum, unlike all other species of Sistrum, lives exclusively on a
branching coral.
The dental formula for the Rachiglossa is thus 1.1.1, except in those
cases where the laterals are absent, when it is 0.1.0.
Fig. 125.—Portion of the radula of Cassis sulcosa Born., × 40. The marginals to the right are not
fully drawn.
(c) The Taenioglossa comprise 46 families in all, of which the most
important are Tritonidae, Cassididae, Cypraeidae, Strombidae, Cerithiidae,
Turritellidae, Melaniidae, Littorinidae, Rissoidae, Paludinidae,
Ampullariidae, Cyclophoridae, Cyclostomatidae, and Naticidae. The radula
is characterised by a central tooth of very variable form, the prevailing type
being multicuspid, the central cusp the largest, on a rather broad base; a
single lateral, which is often a broad plate, more or less cusped, and two
uncini, rather narrow, with single hooks, or slightly cusped. The
accompanying figures of Cassis, Vermetus, and Cypraea, and those of
Littorina and Cyclophorus given on pp. 20, 21, are good examples of
typical taenioglossate radulae.
Fig. 126.—Four rows of teeth from the radula of Vermetus grandis
Gray, Andamans. × 40.
branching coral.
The dental formula for the Rachiglossa is thus 1.1.1, except in those
cases where the laterals are absent, when it is 0.1.0.
Fig. 125.—Portion of the radula of Cassis sulcosa Born., × 40. The marginals to the right are not
fully drawn.
(c) The Taenioglossa comprise 46 families in all, of which the most
important are Tritonidae, Cassididae, Cypraeidae, Strombidae, Cerithiidae,
Turritellidae, Melaniidae, Littorinidae, Rissoidae, Paludinidae,
Ampullariidae, Cyclophoridae, Cyclostomatidae, and Naticidae. The radula
is characterised by a central tooth of very variable form, the prevailing type
being multicuspid, the central cusp the largest, on a rather broad base; a
single lateral, which is often a broad plate, more or less cusped, and two
uncini, rather narrow, with single hooks, or slightly cusped. The
accompanying figures of Cassis, Vermetus, and Cypraea, and those of
Littorina and Cyclophorus given on pp. 20, 21, are good examples of
typical taenioglossate radulae.
Fig. 126.—Four rows of teeth from the radula of Vermetus grandis
Gray, Andamans. × 40.
Page 266
In Homalogyra the radula is much degraded, the central tooth is large
and triangular on a broad base, the lateral is represented only by a thin
oblong plate, and the uncini are absent. In some species of Jeffreysia the
uncini are said to be absent, while present in others. Lamellaria has lost
both its uncini, but the radula of the allied Velutina is quite typical. A
peculiar feature in this group is the tendency of the marginals to increase in
number. A stage in this direction is perhaps seen in Ovula, Pedicularia, and
the Cyclostomatidae. Here the outermost of the two marginals is by far the
larger and broader, and is strongly pectinated on its upper edge; in the
Cyclostomatidae the pectinations are rather superficial; in Ovula (where
both marginals are pectinated) they are decidedly deeper; in Pedicularia
they are deeper still, and make long slits in the tooth, tending to subdivide it
altogether. In Turritella the number of marginals is said to vary from none
(in T. acicula) to three (T. triplicata), but the fact wants confirmation.
Solarium is an aberrant form, possessing simply a number of long uncini,
which recall those of Conus or Pleurotoma, and is therefore hard to
classify; the allied Torinia has a radula which appears allied to Ovula or
Pedicularia. In Triforis the teeth are identical throughout, very small, about
27 in a row, tricuspid on a square base, cusps short.
The normal formula of the Taenioglossa is 2.1.1.1.2; in Lamellaria,
1.1.1; in Triforis, 13.1.13, or thereabouts.
Fig. 127.—Two rows of the radula of Cypraea tigris L. × 30.
and triangular on a broad base, the lateral is represented only by a thin
oblong plate, and the uncini are absent. In some species of Jeffreysia the
uncini are said to be absent, while present in others. Lamellaria has lost
both its uncini, but the radula of the allied Velutina is quite typical. A
peculiar feature in this group is the tendency of the marginals to increase in
number. A stage in this direction is perhaps seen in Ovula, Pedicularia, and
the Cyclostomatidae. Here the outermost of the two marginals is by far the
larger and broader, and is strongly pectinated on its upper edge; in the
Cyclostomatidae the pectinations are rather superficial; in Ovula (where
both marginals are pectinated) they are decidedly deeper; in Pedicularia
they are deeper still, and make long slits in the tooth, tending to subdivide it
altogether. In Turritella the number of marginals is said to vary from none
(in T. acicula) to three (T. triplicata), but the fact wants confirmation.
Solarium is an aberrant form, possessing simply a number of long uncini,
which recall those of Conus or Pleurotoma, and is therefore hard to
classify; the allied Torinia has a radula which appears allied to Ovula or
Pedicularia. In Triforis the teeth are identical throughout, very small, about
27 in a row, tricuspid on a square base, cusps short.
The normal formula of the Taenioglossa is 2.1.1.1.2; in Lamellaria,
1.1.1; in Triforis, 13.1.13, or thereabouts.
Fig. 127.—Two rows of the radula of Cypraea tigris L. × 30.
Page 267
Fig. 128.—Portion of the radula of Ianthina communis
Lam. × 40.
(d) Ptenoglossa.—This section consists of two families only, which
certainly appear remarkably dissimilar in general habits and appearance,
viz., the Ianthinidae and Scalariidae. In all probability their approximation is
only provisional. The radula, which in Ianthina is very large, and in
Scalaria very small, possesses an indefinite number of long hooked teeth,
of which the outermost are the largest. The central tooth, if present (it does
not occur in Ianthina), is the smallest in the series, and thus recalls the
arrangement in some of the carnivorous Pulmonata (p. 232). In Ianthina the
radula is formed of two large divisions, with a gap between them down the
middle.
The formula is ∞.1.∞ or ∞.O.∞ according as the central tooth in Scalaria
is or is not reckoned to exist.
(e) Gymnoglossa.—In the absence of both jaw and radula it is not easy to
classify the two families (Eulimidae and Pyramidellidae) which are grouped
under this section. Fischer regards them as modified Ptenoglossa; one
would think it more natural to approximate them to the Taenioglossa.
Lam. × 40.
(d) Ptenoglossa.—This section consists of two families only, which
certainly appear remarkably dissimilar in general habits and appearance,
viz., the Ianthinidae and Scalariidae. In all probability their approximation is
only provisional. The radula, which in Ianthina is very large, and in
Scalaria very small, possesses an indefinite number of long hooked teeth,
of which the outermost are the largest. The central tooth, if present (it does
not occur in Ianthina), is the smallest in the series, and thus recalls the
arrangement in some of the carnivorous Pulmonata (p. 232). In Ianthina the
radula is formed of two large divisions, with a gap between them down the
middle.
The formula is ∞.1.∞ or ∞.O.∞ according as the central tooth in Scalaria
is or is not reckoned to exist.
(e) Gymnoglossa.—In the absence of both jaw and radula it is not easy to
classify the two families (Eulimidae and Pyramidellidae) which are grouped
under this section. Fischer regards them as modified Ptenoglossa; one
would think it more natural to approximate them to the Taenioglossa.
Page 268
Fig. 129.—Portion of the radula of Margarita umbilicalis Brod.,
Labrador. × 75 and 300.
(f) Rhipidoglossa.—This section consists of seventeen families, the most
important being the Helicinidae, Neritidae, Turbinidae, Trochidae,
Haliotidae, Pleurotomariidae, and Fissurellidae. The radula is characterised
by—
(1) The extraordinary development of the uncini, of which there are so
many that they are always reckoned as indefinitely numerous. They are
long, narrow, hooked, and often cusped at the top, and crowded together
like the ribs of a fan, those at the extreme edge not being set straight in the
row, but curving away backwards as they become smaller; in Solariella
alone, where there are from five to ten, can they be counted.
Labrador. × 75 and 300.
(f) Rhipidoglossa.—This section consists of seventeen families, the most
important being the Helicinidae, Neritidae, Turbinidae, Trochidae,
Haliotidae, Pleurotomariidae, and Fissurellidae. The radula is characterised
by—
(1) The extraordinary development of the uncini, of which there are so
many that they are always reckoned as indefinitely numerous. They are
long, narrow, hooked, and often cusped at the top, and crowded together
like the ribs of a fan, those at the extreme edge not being set straight in the
row, but curving away backwards as they become smaller; in Solariella
alone, where there are from five to ten, can they be counted.
Page 269
Fig. 130.—Portion of the radula of Nerita albicilla L., Andaman Is., with central
tooth highly magnified: c, c, the capituliform tooth. × 40.
(2) The varying number of the laterals. The average number of these is
five on each side; in some cases (Livona) there are as many as nine, in some
(Neritopsis) only three. The lateral next to the uncini (which is specially
large in the Neritidae, and is then known as the capituliform tooth) is
regarded by some authorities as the first uncinus, by others as the sole
representative of the laterals, the teeth on the inner side of it being reckoned
as multiplied central teeth. According to this latter view, Livona will have as
many as seventeen central teeth. Taking five as the average number of
‘laterals,’ we shall have the following different ways of constituting the
rhipidoglossate formula, the first being that to which preference is given,
viz.:—
(1) ∞.5.1.5.∞, i.e. one central, five laterals, including the ‘last lateral’ tooth.
(2) (∞.1).4.1.4.(1.∞), regarding the ‘last lateral’ as first uncinus, but specialising it
by a number.
(3) ∞.1.(4.1.4).1.∞, regarding the ‘last lateral’ as the only lateral.
In the Neritidae and the derived fresh-water genera (Neritina, Navicella)
the first lateral, as well as the capituliform tooth, is very large, and in shape
rather like the blade bone of a shoulder of mutton; the intervening laterals
are very small. In Neritopsis (a degraded form) the central tooth and first
lateral are entirely wanting. In the neritiform land-shells (Helicina,
Proserpina) the first lateral is no larger than the others, while the
capituliform tooth is enormous. Hydrocena is a very aberrant and
apparently degraded form; the laterals between the first and the capituliform
tooth are all wanting. In Haliotis, Scissurella, and Pleurotomaria the five
tooth highly magnified: c, c, the capituliform tooth. × 40.
(2) The varying number of the laterals. The average number of these is
five on each side; in some cases (Livona) there are as many as nine, in some
(Neritopsis) only three. The lateral next to the uncini (which is specially
large in the Neritidae, and is then known as the capituliform tooth) is
regarded by some authorities as the first uncinus, by others as the sole
representative of the laterals, the teeth on the inner side of it being reckoned
as multiplied central teeth. According to this latter view, Livona will have as
many as seventeen central teeth. Taking five as the average number of
‘laterals,’ we shall have the following different ways of constituting the
rhipidoglossate formula, the first being that to which preference is given,
viz.:—
(1) ∞.5.1.5.∞, i.e. one central, five laterals, including the ‘last lateral’ tooth.
(2) (∞.1).4.1.4.(1.∞), regarding the ‘last lateral’ as first uncinus, but specialising it
by a number.
(3) ∞.1.(4.1.4).1.∞, regarding the ‘last lateral’ as the only lateral.
In the Neritidae and the derived fresh-water genera (Neritina, Navicella)
the first lateral, as well as the capituliform tooth, is very large, and in shape
rather like the blade bone of a shoulder of mutton; the intervening laterals
are very small. In Neritopsis (a degraded form) the central tooth and first
lateral are entirely wanting. In the neritiform land-shells (Helicina,
Proserpina) the first lateral is no larger than the others, while the
capituliform tooth is enormous. Hydrocena is a very aberrant and
apparently degraded form; the laterals between the first and the capituliform
tooth are all wanting. In Haliotis, Scissurella, and Pleurotomaria the five
Page 270
laterals are of fairly equal size; in Fissurella we again meet with a large
capituliform tooth, with very small laterals.
(g) The Docoglossa are in direct contrast with the Rhipidoglossa in
possessing few and strong teeth, instead of many and weak. There are only
three families, Acmaeidae, Patellidae, and Lepetidae. In some of the
Acmaeidae there are not more than two teeth in a row, while in no species
are there more than twelve. The radula is, however, very long; there are as
many as 180 rows in Patella vulgata. The teeth are thick, generally of a
very deep red horn colour, rather opaque. The cartilage in which they are set
is remarkably thick, and in some species whose teeth are very few a
considerable portion of this cartilage is left quite bare.
Fig. 131.—Portion of the radula of Patella
cretacea Reeve, seen in half profile. × 40.
Although the teeth are so few, the arrangement is by no means simple.
The special feature of the group is the multiplication of identical centrals.
Of these there are two in Acmaea, and four, as a rule, in Patella. Thus in
these two genera there is seldom an absolutely central tooth. Either laterals
or marginals are liable to be lost, but there are never more than two of either
in Acmaea, and never more than two laterals and three marginals in Patella.
Thus the formula varies from 0.0.(1 + 0 + 1).0.0 in Pectinodonta, 2.2.(1 + 0
+ 1).2.2 in Collisellina (both Acmaeidae), to 3.2.(1 + 0 + 1).2.3 in Patinella,
capituliform tooth, with very small laterals.
(g) The Docoglossa are in direct contrast with the Rhipidoglossa in
possessing few and strong teeth, instead of many and weak. There are only
three families, Acmaeidae, Patellidae, and Lepetidae. In some of the
Acmaeidae there are not more than two teeth in a row, while in no species
are there more than twelve. The radula is, however, very long; there are as
many as 180 rows in Patella vulgata. The teeth are thick, generally of a
very deep red horn colour, rather opaque. The cartilage in which they are set
is remarkably thick, and in some species whose teeth are very few a
considerable portion of this cartilage is left quite bare.
Fig. 131.—Portion of the radula of Patella
cretacea Reeve, seen in half profile. × 40.
Although the teeth are so few, the arrangement is by no means simple.
The special feature of the group is the multiplication of identical centrals.
Of these there are two in Acmaea, and four, as a rule, in Patella. Thus in
these two genera there is seldom an absolutely central tooth. Either laterals
or marginals are liable to be lost, but there are never more than two of either
in Acmaea, and never more than two laterals and three marginals in Patella.
Thus the formula varies from 0.0.(1 + 0 + 1).0.0 in Pectinodonta, 2.2.(1 + 0
+ 1).2.2 in Collisellina (both Acmaeidae), to 3.2.(1 + 0 + 1).2.3 in Patinella,
Page 271
and 3.1.(2 + 0 + 2).1.3 in Patella proper. In the Lepetidae there is an
absolutely central tooth, which appears to be made up of the coalescence of
several teeth, no laterals, and about two marginals; formula, 2.0.1.0.2.
Fig. 132.—Two rows of the radula of Pterotrachea mutica Les.,
Naples. × 60.
The radula of the Heteropoda is quite characteristic, and shows no sign
of affinity with any other Prosobranchiate. The central tooth is large, broad,
tricuspid, and denticulated on a broad base; the single lateral is strong, often
bicuspid; the two marginals simple, long, falciform; formula, 2.1.1.1.2 (Fig.
132).
Fig. 133.—A, Portion of the radula of Chiton (Acanthopleura)
spiniger] Sowb., Andamans, × 30; B, portion of the radula of
Dentalium entalis L., Clyde, × 50.
absolutely central tooth, which appears to be made up of the coalescence of
several teeth, no laterals, and about two marginals; formula, 2.0.1.0.2.
Fig. 132.—Two rows of the radula of Pterotrachea mutica Les.,
Naples. × 60.
The radula of the Heteropoda is quite characteristic, and shows no sign
of affinity with any other Prosobranchiate. The central tooth is large, broad,
tricuspid, and denticulated on a broad base; the single lateral is strong, often
bicuspid; the two marginals simple, long, falciform; formula, 2.1.1.1.2 (Fig.
132).
Fig. 133.—A, Portion of the radula of Chiton (Acanthopleura)
spiniger] Sowb., Andamans, × 30; B, portion of the radula of
Dentalium entalis L., Clyde, × 50.
Page 272
Amphineura.—(a) Polyplacophora.—The radula of the Chitonidae is
quite unique. It resembles that of the Docoglossa in being very long, and
composed of thick and dark horn-coloured teeth. The number of teeth,
however, is considerably greater, amounting almost invariably to seventeen
in each row. There are three rather small central teeth, the two outer of these
being similar; next comes a very large lateral (the major lateral), usually
tricuspid, which is followed by two much smaller laterals, which are
scarcely more than accessory plates; then a very large and arched marginal
(the major uncinus), at the outer side of which are three accessory plates.
Some consider there is only one central tooth, and count the two small teeth
on each side of it as laterals.
Thus the formula is either (3 + 1).(2 + 1).3.(1 + 2).(1 + 3) or (3 + 1).(2 +
1 + 1).1.(1 + 1 + 2).(1 + 3).
(b) Aplacophora.—Of this rather obscure order, Chaetoderma has a
single strong central tooth, Neomenia has no radula, Proneomenia and
Lepidomenia have about twenty falciform teeth, much larger at one end of
the radula than the other; formula, 0.1.0.
Opisthobranchiata.—The radula of the Opisthobranchiata is
exceedingly variable in shape, size, and number and character of teeth. Not
only do allied families differ greatly from one another, but allied genera
often possess radulae widely distinct in plan. Thus, among the Polyceridae,
Goniodoris has no central tooth, one large lateral and one marginal (form.
1.1.0.1.1); Doridunculus the same, with five marginals (form. 5.1.0.1.5);
Lamellidoris one each of median, laterals, and marginals (1.1.1.1.1); Idalia,
Ancula, and Thecacera the same as Goniodoris; Crimora several each of
laterals and marginals. Even species of the same genus may differ; thus the
formula for Aeolis papillosa is 0.1.0, but for Ae. Landsbergi 1.1.1; for
Philine aperta 1.0.1, but for Philine pruinosa 6.0.6.
quite unique. It resembles that of the Docoglossa in being very long, and
composed of thick and dark horn-coloured teeth. The number of teeth,
however, is considerably greater, amounting almost invariably to seventeen
in each row. There are three rather small central teeth, the two outer of these
being similar; next comes a very large lateral (the major lateral), usually
tricuspid, which is followed by two much smaller laterals, which are
scarcely more than accessory plates; then a very large and arched marginal
(the major uncinus), at the outer side of which are three accessory plates.
Some consider there is only one central tooth, and count the two small teeth
on each side of it as laterals.
Thus the formula is either (3 + 1).(2 + 1).3.(1 + 2).(1 + 3) or (3 + 1).(2 +
1 + 1).1.(1 + 1 + 2).(1 + 3).
(b) Aplacophora.—Of this rather obscure order, Chaetoderma has a
single strong central tooth, Neomenia has no radula, Proneomenia and
Lepidomenia have about twenty falciform teeth, much larger at one end of
the radula than the other; formula, 0.1.0.
Opisthobranchiata.—The radula of the Opisthobranchiata is
exceedingly variable in shape, size, and number and character of teeth. Not
only do allied families differ greatly from one another, but allied genera
often possess radulae widely distinct in plan. Thus, among the Polyceridae,
Goniodoris has no central tooth, one large lateral and one marginal (form.
1.1.0.1.1); Doridunculus the same, with five marginals (form. 5.1.0.1.5);
Lamellidoris one each of median, laterals, and marginals (1.1.1.1.1); Idalia,
Ancula, and Thecacera the same as Goniodoris; Crimora several each of
laterals and marginals. Even species of the same genus may differ; thus the
formula for Aeolis papillosa is 0.1.0, but for Ae. Landsbergi 1.1.1; for
Philine aperta 1.0.1, but for Philine pruinosa 6.0.6.
Page 273
Fig. 134.—Two teeth from the radula of Aeolis papillosa L. ×
55.
It must not be forgotten, however, that a simple repetition of the same
tooth, whether lateral or marginal, does not necessarily constitute an
important characteristic, nor does the presence or absence of a central tooth.
In most of the cases mentioned above, the difference in the number of
laterals and marginals is due to the multiplication of identical forms, while
the central tooth, when present, is often a mere plate or narrow block
without cusps, whose presence or absence makes little difference to the
character of the radula as a whole.
There appear to be three well-marked types of radula among the
Opisthobranchiata.
(a) Radula with a single strong central tooth, rows few. This form is
characteristic of the Aeolididae, Fionidae, Glaucidae, Dotoidae,
Hermaeidae, Elysiidae (Fig. 135), and Limapontiidae. In the Aeolididae it is
sometimes accompanied by a single lateral. The same type occurs in
Oxynoe, and in Lobiger (= Lophocercus).
(b) Radula with the first lateral very strongly developed. This type may
take the form of (1) a single lateral, no central or marginals, e.g.
Onchidoris, Scaphander (Fig. 137, A), Philine (certain species), Ringicula,
or (2) first lateral strongly developed, and repeated in succeeding laterals
(2–6) on a smaller scale, e.g. Philine (certain species). A few marginals are
55.
It must not be forgotten, however, that a simple repetition of the same
tooth, whether lateral or marginal, does not necessarily constitute an
important characteristic, nor does the presence or absence of a central tooth.
In most of the cases mentioned above, the difference in the number of
laterals and marginals is due to the multiplication of identical forms, while
the central tooth, when present, is often a mere plate or narrow block
without cusps, whose presence or absence makes little difference to the
character of the radula as a whole.
There appear to be three well-marked types of radula among the
Opisthobranchiata.
(a) Radula with a single strong central tooth, rows few. This form is
characteristic of the Aeolididae, Fionidae, Glaucidae, Dotoidae,
Hermaeidae, Elysiidae (Fig. 135), and Limapontiidae. In the Aeolididae it is
sometimes accompanied by a single lateral. The same type occurs in
Oxynoe, and in Lobiger (= Lophocercus).
(b) Radula with the first lateral very strongly developed. This type may
take the form of (1) a single lateral, no central or marginals, e.g.
Onchidoris, Scaphander (Fig. 137, A), Philine (certain species), Ringicula,
or (2) first lateral strongly developed, and repeated in succeeding laterals
(2–6) on a smaller scale, e.g. Philine (certain species). A few marginals are
Page 274
sometimes added, e.g. in Polycera, Lamellidoris (where there is a degraded
central tooth, Fig. 137, B), Idalia, and Ancula.
Fig. 135.—Radula of Elysia
viridis Mont. × 40. Type
(a).
Fig. 136.—Portion of the radula of
Gadinia peruviana Sowb.,
Chili. × 250. Type (c).
(c) Radula with an indefinite number of marginals, laterals (if present)
merging into marginals, central tooth present or absent, inconspicuous, teeth
all very small. This type of radula, among the Nudibranchiata, is
characteristic of certain sub-genera of Doris (e.g. Chromodoris,
Aphelodoris, Casella, Centrodoris), of Hypobranchiaea and
Pleurophyllidia; among the Tectibranchiata, of Actaeon, many of the
Bullidae, Aplustrum, the Aplysiidae, Pleurobranchus, Umbrella and
Gadinia (Figs. 136 and 137, C).
In the Pteropoda there are two types of radula. The Gymnosomata,
which are in the main carnivorous, possess a radula with a varying number
central tooth, Fig. 137, B), Idalia, and Ancula.
Fig. 135.—Radula of Elysia
viridis Mont. × 40. Type
(a).
Fig. 136.—Portion of the radula of
Gadinia peruviana Sowb.,
Chili. × 250. Type (c).
(c) Radula with an indefinite number of marginals, laterals (if present)
merging into marginals, central tooth present or absent, inconspicuous, teeth
all very small. This type of radula, among the Nudibranchiata, is
characteristic of certain sub-genera of Doris (e.g. Chromodoris,
Aphelodoris, Casella, Centrodoris), of Hypobranchiaea and
Pleurophyllidia; among the Tectibranchiata, of Actaeon, many of the
Bullidae, Aplustrum, the Aplysiidae, Pleurobranchus, Umbrella and
Gadinia (Figs. 136 and 137, C).
In the Pteropoda there are two types of radula. The Gymnosomata,
which are in the main carnivorous, possess a radula with a varying number
Page 275
(4–12) of sickle-shaped marginals, central tooth present or absent. In the
Thecosomata, which feed on a vegetable diet, there are never more than
three teeth, a central and a marginal on each side; teeth more or less cusped
on a square base.
Pulmonata.—The radula of the Testacellidae, or carnivorous land
Mollusca, is large, and consists of strong sickle-shaped teeth with very
sharp points, arranged in rows with or without a central tooth, in such a way
that the largest teeth are often on the outside, and the smallest on the inside
of the row (as in Rhytida, Fig. 139). The number and size of the teeth vary.
In Testacella and Glandina, they are numerous, consisting of from 30 to 70
in a row, with about 50 rows, the size throughout being fairly uniform. In
Aerope they are exceedingly large, and only eight in a row, the outermost
marginal being probably the largest single tooth in the whole of the
Mollusca. The central tooth is always obscure, being, when present, simply
a weaker form of the weakest lateral; in genera with only a few teeth in a
row it is generally absent altogether.
Thecosomata, which feed on a vegetable diet, there are never more than
three teeth, a central and a marginal on each side; teeth more or less cusped
on a square base.
Pulmonata.—The radula of the Testacellidae, or carnivorous land
Mollusca, is large, and consists of strong sickle-shaped teeth with very
sharp points, arranged in rows with or without a central tooth, in such a way
that the largest teeth are often on the outside, and the smallest on the inside
of the row (as in Rhytida, Fig. 139). The number and size of the teeth vary.
In Testacella and Glandina, they are numerous, consisting of from 30 to 70
in a row, with about 50 rows, the size throughout being fairly uniform. In
Aerope they are exceedingly large, and only eight in a row, the outermost
marginal being probably the largest single tooth in the whole of the
Mollusca. The central tooth is always obscure, being, when present, simply
a weaker form of the weakest lateral; in genera with only a few teeth in a
row it is generally absent altogether.
Page 276
Fig. 137.—Portions of the radula of
Opisthobranchiata, illustrating types (b)
and (c); A, Scaphander lignarius L.; A´,
one of the teeth seen from the other side,
× 40; B, Lamellidoris bilamellata L.,
Torbay, × 60; C, Hydatina physis L., E.
Indies, × 75.
The first family of jaw-bearing snails, the Selenitidae, is distinctly
intermediate. The possession of a jaw relates it to the main body of
Helicidae, but the jaw is not strong, while the teeth are still, with the
exception of the central, thoroughly Testacellidan. The central tooth is quite
rudimentary, but it is something more than a mere weak reproduction of the
marginals. There are no true laterals. The Limacidae show a further stage in
the transition. Here the central tooth has a definite shape of its own,
tricuspid on a broad base, which is more or less repeated in the first laterals;
these, as they approach the marginals, gradually change in form, until the
outer marginals are again thoroughly Testacellidan.[326] This is the general
form of radula, varied more or less in different genera, which occurs in
Nanina, Helicarion, Limax, Parmacella, and all the sub-genera of Zonites.
It is certain that some, and probable that all of these genera will, on
occasion, eat flesh, although their usual food appears to be vegetable. The
Opisthobranchiata, illustrating types (b)
and (c); A, Scaphander lignarius L.; A´,
one of the teeth seen from the other side,
× 40; B, Lamellidoris bilamellata L.,
Torbay, × 60; C, Hydatina physis L., E.
Indies, × 75.
The first family of jaw-bearing snails, the Selenitidae, is distinctly
intermediate. The possession of a jaw relates it to the main body of
Helicidae, but the jaw is not strong, while the teeth are still, with the
exception of the central, thoroughly Testacellidan. The central tooth is quite
rudimentary, but it is something more than a mere weak reproduction of the
marginals. There are no true laterals. The Limacidae show a further stage in
the transition. Here the central tooth has a definite shape of its own,
tricuspid on a broad base, which is more or less repeated in the first laterals;
these, as they approach the marginals, gradually change in form, until the
outer marginals are again thoroughly Testacellidan.[326] This is the general
form of radula, varied more or less in different genera, which occurs in
Nanina, Helicarion, Limax, Parmacella, and all the sub-genera of Zonites.
It is certain that some, and probable that all of these genera will, on
occasion, eat flesh, although their usual food appears to be vegetable. The
Page 277
jaw is more powerful than in the Selenitidae, but never so large or so
strongly ribbed as in Helix proper.
Fig. 138.—Portion of the radula of Glandina truncata Gmel. × 40.
Fig. 139.—Portion of the radula of Rhytida Kraussii Pfr., S.
Africa. × 25.
When we reach the Helicidae, we arrive at a type of radula in which the
aculeate form of tooth—so characteristic of the Agnatha—disappears even
in the marginals, and is replaced by teeth with a more or less quadrate base;
the laterals, which are always present, are intermediate in form between the
central and the marginals, and insensibly pass into the latter. In size and
number of cusps the first few laterals resemble the central tooth; in the
extreme marginals the cusps often become irregular or evanescent. As a
rule, the teeth are set squarely in the rows, with the exception of the
strongly ribbed as in Helix proper.
Fig. 138.—Portion of the radula of Glandina truncata Gmel. × 40.
Fig. 139.—Portion of the radula of Rhytida Kraussii Pfr., S.
Africa. × 25.
When we reach the Helicidae, we arrive at a type of radula in which the
aculeate form of tooth—so characteristic of the Agnatha—disappears even
in the marginals, and is replaced by teeth with a more or less quadrate base;
the laterals, which are always present, are intermediate in form between the
central and the marginals, and insensibly pass into the latter. In size and
number of cusps the first few laterals resemble the central tooth; in the
extreme marginals the cusps often become irregular or evanescent. As a
rule, the teeth are set squarely in the rows, with the exception of the
Page 278
extreme marginals, which tend to slope away on either side. In some
Helicidae there is a slight approximation to the Zonitidae in the elongation
of the first marginals.
The above is the type of radula occurring in the great family Helicidae,
which includes not only Helix proper, with several thousand species, but
also Arion, Bulimus, Ariolimax, and other genera. The jaw is almost always
strongly transversely ribbed.
In the Orthalicidae (Fig. 140, C) the teeth of the radula, instead of being
in straight rows, slope back at an angle of about 45 degrees from the central
tooth. The central and laterals are very similar, with an obtuse cusp on
rather a long stem; the marginals become bicuspid.
In the Bulimulidae, which include the important genera Placostylus,
Amphidromus, Partula, Amphibulimus, and all the groups of South
American Bulimulus, the jaw is very characteristic, being thin, arched, and
denticulated at the edges, as if formed of numerous narrow folds
overlapping one another. The radula is like that of the Helicidae, but the
inner cusp of the laterals is usually lengthened and incurved. In Partula the
separation between laterals and marginals is very strongly marked.
The remaining families of Pulmonata must be more briefly described. In
the Cylindrellidae there are three distinct types of radula: (a) Central tooth a
narrow plate, laterals all very curiously incurved with a blunt cusp, no
marginals (Fig. 140, D); (b) radula long and narrow, central tooth as in (a),
two laterals, and about eight small marginals; (c) much more helicidan in
type, central and laterals obtusely unicuspid, marginals quite helicidan.
Type (c) is restricted to Central America, types (a) and (b) are West Indian.
Pupidae: Radula long and narrow; teeth of the helicidan type, centrals
and laterals tricuspid on a quadrate base, marginals very small, cusps
irregular and evanescent. This type includes Anostoma, Odontostomus,
Buliminus, Vertigo, Strophia, Holospira, Clausilia, and Balea.
Stenogyridae, including Achatina, Stenogyra, and all its sub-genera:
Central tooth small and narrow, laterals much larger, tricuspid, central cusp
long, marginals similar, but smaller.
Achatinellidae: Two types occur; (a) teeth in very oblique rows, central,
laterals, and marginals all of the same type, base narrow, head rather broad,
Helicidae there is a slight approximation to the Zonitidae in the elongation
of the first marginals.
The above is the type of radula occurring in the great family Helicidae,
which includes not only Helix proper, with several thousand species, but
also Arion, Bulimus, Ariolimax, and other genera. The jaw is almost always
strongly transversely ribbed.
In the Orthalicidae (Fig. 140, C) the teeth of the radula, instead of being
in straight rows, slope back at an angle of about 45 degrees from the central
tooth. The central and laterals are very similar, with an obtuse cusp on
rather a long stem; the marginals become bicuspid.
In the Bulimulidae, which include the important genera Placostylus,
Amphidromus, Partula, Amphibulimus, and all the groups of South
American Bulimulus, the jaw is very characteristic, being thin, arched, and
denticulated at the edges, as if formed of numerous narrow folds
overlapping one another. The radula is like that of the Helicidae, but the
inner cusp of the laterals is usually lengthened and incurved. In Partula the
separation between laterals and marginals is very strongly marked.
The remaining families of Pulmonata must be more briefly described. In
the Cylindrellidae there are three distinct types of radula: (a) Central tooth a
narrow plate, laterals all very curiously incurved with a blunt cusp, no
marginals (Fig. 140, D); (b) radula long and narrow, central tooth as in (a),
two laterals, and about eight small marginals; (c) much more helicidan in
type, central and laterals obtusely unicuspid, marginals quite helicidan.
Type (c) is restricted to Central America, types (a) and (b) are West Indian.
Pupidae: Radula long and narrow; teeth of the helicidan type, centrals
and laterals tricuspid on a quadrate base, marginals very small, cusps
irregular and evanescent. This type includes Anostoma, Odontostomus,
Buliminus, Vertigo, Strophia, Holospira, Clausilia, and Balea.
Stenogyridae, including Achatina, Stenogyra, and all its sub-genera:
Central tooth small and narrow, laterals much larger, tricuspid, central cusp
long, marginals similar, but smaller.
Achatinellidae: Two types occur; (a) teeth in very oblique rows, central,
laterals, and marginals all of the same type, base narrow, head rather broad,
Page 279
with numerous small denticles (Achatinella proper, with Auriculella and
Tornatellina, Fig. 140, E); (b) central tooth small and narrow, laterals
bicuspid, marginals as in Helix (Amastra and Carelia).
Fig. 140.—Portions of the radula of A, Hyalinia nitidula Drap., Yorkshire,
with central tooth, first lateral, and a marginal very highly magnified; B,
Helix pomatia L., Kent, showing central tooth, laterals, and one extreme
marginal, the two former also highly magnified; C, Orthalicus undatus
Brug., Trinidad, with three laterals highly magnified; D, Cylindrella
rosea Pfr., Jamaica, central tooth and laterals, the same very highly
magnified; E, Achatinella vulpina Fér., Oahu, central tooth (c) and
laterals, the same highly magnified.
Succineidae: Central and laterals helicidan, bi- or tricuspid on a quadrate
plate, marginals denticulate on a narrow base; jaw with an accessory oblong
plate.
Janellidae: Central tooth very small, laterals and marginals like
Achatinellidae (a).
Vaginulidae: Central, laterals, and marginals unicuspid throughout, on
same plan.
Onchidiidae: Rows oblique at the centre, straight near the edges; central
strong, tricuspid; laterals and marginals very long, falciform, arched,
Tornatellina, Fig. 140, E); (b) central tooth small and narrow, laterals
bicuspid, marginals as in Helix (Amastra and Carelia).
Fig. 140.—Portions of the radula of A, Hyalinia nitidula Drap., Yorkshire,
with central tooth, first lateral, and a marginal very highly magnified; B,
Helix pomatia L., Kent, showing central tooth, laterals, and one extreme
marginal, the two former also highly magnified; C, Orthalicus undatus
Brug., Trinidad, with three laterals highly magnified; D, Cylindrella
rosea Pfr., Jamaica, central tooth and laterals, the same very highly
magnified; E, Achatinella vulpina Fér., Oahu, central tooth (c) and
laterals, the same highly magnified.
Succineidae: Central and laterals helicidan, bi- or tricuspid on a quadrate
plate, marginals denticulate on a narrow base; jaw with an accessory oblong
plate.
Janellidae: Central tooth very small, laterals and marginals like
Achatinellidae (a).
Vaginulidae: Central, laterals, and marginals unicuspid throughout, on
same plan.
Onchidiidae: Rows oblique at the centre, straight near the edges; central
strong, tricuspid; laterals and marginals very long, falciform, arched,
Page 280
unicuspid.
Auriculidae: Teeth very small; central narrow, tricuspid on rather a broad
base; laterals and marginals obscurely tricuspid on a base like Succinea.
Limnaeidae: Jaw composed of one upper and two lateral pieces; central
and lateral teeth resembling those of Helicidae; marginals much pectinated
and serriform (Fig. 141, A). In Ancylus proper the teeth are of a very
different type, base narrow, head rather blunt, with no sharp cusps, teeth
similar throughout, except that the marginals become somewhat pectinated
(Fig. 141, B); another type more resembles Limnaea.
Auriculidae: Teeth very small; central narrow, tricuspid on rather a broad
base; laterals and marginals obscurely tricuspid on a base like Succinea.
Limnaeidae: Jaw composed of one upper and two lateral pieces; central
and lateral teeth resembling those of Helicidae; marginals much pectinated
and serriform (Fig. 141, A). In Ancylus proper the teeth are of a very
different type, base narrow, head rather blunt, with no sharp cusps, teeth
similar throughout, except that the marginals become somewhat pectinated
(Fig. 141, B); another type more resembles Limnaea.
Page 281
Fig. 141.—Portions of the radula of A,
Limnaea stagnalis L., with the central
tooth and two first laterals, and two of
the marginals, very highly, magnified;
B, Ancylus fluviatilis Müll., with two of
the marginals very highly magnified;
C, Physa fontinalis L., with central
tooth and two of the marginals very
highly magnified.
Physidae: Jaw simple, but with a fibrous growth at its upper edge, which
may represent an accessory plate; radula with very oblique rows, central
tooth denticulate, laterals and marginals serriform, comb-like, with a wing-
like appendage at the superior outer edge (Fig. 141, C).
Chilinidae: Central tooth small, cusped on an excavated triangular base,
marginals five-cusped, with a projection as in Physa, laterals comb-like,
serrations not deep.
Limnaea stagnalis L., with the central
tooth and two first laterals, and two of
the marginals, very highly, magnified;
B, Ancylus fluviatilis Müll., with two of
the marginals very highly magnified;
C, Physa fontinalis L., with central
tooth and two of the marginals very
highly magnified.
Physidae: Jaw simple, but with a fibrous growth at its upper edge, which
may represent an accessory plate; radula with very oblique rows, central
tooth denticulate, laterals and marginals serriform, comb-like, with a wing-
like appendage at the superior outer edge (Fig. 141, C).
Chilinidae: Central tooth small, cusped on an excavated triangular base,
marginals five-cusped, with a projection as in Physa, laterals comb-like,
serrations not deep.
Page 282
Amphibolidae: Central tooth five-cusped on a broad base, central cusp
very large; two laterals only, the first very small, thorn-like, the second like
the central tooth, but three-cusped; laterals simple, sabre-shaped.
Scaphopoda.—In the single family (Dentaliidae) the radula is large, and
quite unlike that of any other group. The central tooth is a simple broad
plate; the single lateral is strong, arched, and slightly cusped; the marginal a
very large quadrangular plate, quite simple; formula, 1.1.1.1.1 (Fig. 133, B).
Cephalopoda.—The radula of the Cephalopoda presents no special
feature of interest. Perhaps the most remarkable fact about it is its singular
uniformity of structure throughout a large number of genera. It is always
very small, as compared with the size of the animal, most of the work being
done by the powerful jaws, while the digestive powers of the stomach are
very considerable.
The general type of structure is a central tooth, a very few laterals, and
an occasional marginal or two; teeth of very uniform size and shape
throughout. In the Dibranchiata, marginals are entirely absent, their place
being always taken, in the Octopoda, by an accessory plate of varying shape
and size. This plate is generally absent in the Decapoda. The central tooth
is, in the Octopoda, very strong and characteristic; in Eledone and Octopus
it is five-cusped, central cusp strong; in Argonauta unicuspid, in
Tremoctopus tricuspid. The laterals are always three in number, the
innermost lateral having a tendency to assume the form of the central. In
Sepia the two inner laterals are exact reproductions of the central tooth; in
Eledone, Sepiola, Loligo, and Sepia, the third lateral is falciform and much
the largest.
Fig. 142.—Portion of the radula of Octopus tetracirrhus D. Ch.,
Naples, × 20.
very large; two laterals only, the first very small, thorn-like, the second like
the central tooth, but three-cusped; laterals simple, sabre-shaped.
Scaphopoda.—In the single family (Dentaliidae) the radula is large, and
quite unlike that of any other group. The central tooth is a simple broad
plate; the single lateral is strong, arched, and slightly cusped; the marginal a
very large quadrangular plate, quite simple; formula, 1.1.1.1.1 (Fig. 133, B).
Cephalopoda.—The radula of the Cephalopoda presents no special
feature of interest. Perhaps the most remarkable fact about it is its singular
uniformity of structure throughout a large number of genera. It is always
very small, as compared with the size of the animal, most of the work being
done by the powerful jaws, while the digestive powers of the stomach are
very considerable.
The general type of structure is a central tooth, a very few laterals, and
an occasional marginal or two; teeth of very uniform size and shape
throughout. In the Dibranchiata, marginals are entirely absent, their place
being always taken, in the Octopoda, by an accessory plate of varying shape
and size. This plate is generally absent in the Decapoda. The central tooth
is, in the Octopoda, very strong and characteristic; in Eledone and Octopus
it is five-cusped, central cusp strong; in Argonauta unicuspid, in
Tremoctopus tricuspid. The laterals are always three in number, the
innermost lateral having a tendency to assume the form of the central. In
Sepia the two inner laterals are exact reproductions of the central tooth; in
Eledone, Sepiola, Loligo, and Sepia, the third lateral is falciform and much
the largest.
Fig. 142.—Portion of the radula of Octopus tetracirrhus D. Ch.,
Naples, × 20.
Page 283
In Nautilus, the only living representative of the Tetrabranchiata, there
are two sickle-shaped marginals on each side, each of which has a small
accessory plate at the base. The two laterals and the central tooth are small,
very similar to one another, unicuspid on a square base.
Fig. 143.—Alimentary canal of Helix aspersa L.: a, anus; b.d, b.d´, right and left biliary ducts;
b.m, buccal mass; c, crop; h.g, hermaphrodite gland; i, intestine; i.o, opening of same
from stomach (pyloric orifice); l, l´, right and left lobes of liver; m, mouth; oe,
oesophagus; r, rectum; s.d, salivary duct; s.g, salivary gland; st, stomach; t, left tentacle.
(After Howes and Marshall, slightly modified.)
Salivary glands are found in most Glossophora. They occur in one or
two pairs on each side of the pharynx and oesophagus, the duct usually
leading forwards and opening into the anterior part of the pharynx (see Figs.
143, 144). They are exceptionally large in the carnivorous Gasteropoda. In
certain genera, e.g. Murex, Dolium, Cassis, Pleurobranchus, the secretions
of these glands are found to contain a considerable proportion (sometimes
as much as 4·25 per cent) of free sulphuric acid. This fact was first noticed
by Troschel, who, while handling a Dolium galea at Messina, saw the
creature spit a jet of saliva upon a marble slab, which immediately produced
a brisk effervescence. A number of the genera thus provided bore through
the shells of other Mollusca and of Echinoderms, to prey upon their soft
tissues, and it is possible that the acid assists in the piercing of the shell by
converting the hard carbonate of lime into sulphate of lime, which can
are two sickle-shaped marginals on each side, each of which has a small
accessory plate at the base. The two laterals and the central tooth are small,
very similar to one another, unicuspid on a square base.
Fig. 143.—Alimentary canal of Helix aspersa L.: a, anus; b.d, b.d´, right and left biliary ducts;
b.m, buccal mass; c, crop; h.g, hermaphrodite gland; i, intestine; i.o, opening of same
from stomach (pyloric orifice); l, l´, right and left lobes of liver; m, mouth; oe,
oesophagus; r, rectum; s.d, salivary duct; s.g, salivary gland; st, stomach; t, left tentacle.
(After Howes and Marshall, slightly modified.)
Salivary glands are found in most Glossophora. They occur in one or
two pairs on each side of the pharynx and oesophagus, the duct usually
leading forwards and opening into the anterior part of the pharynx (see Figs.
143, 144). They are exceptionally large in the carnivorous Gasteropoda. In
certain genera, e.g. Murex, Dolium, Cassis, Pleurobranchus, the secretions
of these glands are found to contain a considerable proportion (sometimes
as much as 4·25 per cent) of free sulphuric acid. This fact was first noticed
by Troschel, who, while handling a Dolium galea at Messina, saw the
creature spit a jet of saliva upon a marble slab, which immediately produced
a brisk effervescence. A number of the genera thus provided bore through
the shells of other Mollusca and of Echinoderms, to prey upon their soft
tissues, and it is possible that the acid assists in the piercing of the shell by
converting the hard carbonate of lime into sulphate of lime, which can
Page 284
easily be removed by the action of the radula.[327] In the majority of the
Cephalopoda there are two pairs of salivary glands, one lying on each side
of the mouth, the other on the middle of the oesophagus.
Fig. 144.—Alimentary canal, etc., of
Sepia officinalis L.: a, anus; b.d, one
of the biliary ducts; b.m, buccal
mass; c, coecum; i, ink-sac; i.d, duct
of same; j, jaws; l.l, lobes of the
liver; oe, oesophagus; p, pancreatic
coeca; r, rectum; s.g, salivary
glands; st, stomach. (From a
specimen in the British Museum.)
Cephalopoda there are two pairs of salivary glands, one lying on each side
of the mouth, the other on the middle of the oesophagus.
Fig. 144.—Alimentary canal, etc., of
Sepia officinalis L.: a, anus; b.d, one
of the biliary ducts; b.m, buccal
mass; c, coecum; i, ink-sac; i.d, duct
of same; j, jaws; l.l, lobes of the
liver; oe, oesophagus; p, pancreatic
coeca; r, rectum; s.g, salivary
glands; st, stomach. (From a
specimen in the British Museum.)
Page 285
Fig. 145.—Gizzard of Scaphander
lignarius L.: A, showing position
with regard to oesophagus (oe) and
intestine (i), the latter being full of
comminuted fragments of food; p,
left plate; p´, right plate; p.ac,
accessory plate; B, the plates as
seen from the front, with the
enveloping membranes removed,
lettering as in A. Natural size.
Fig. 146.—Section of the stomach of Melongena, showing the
gastric plates (g.p, g.p,) for the trituration of food; b.d,
biliary duct; g.g, genital gland; i, intestine; l, liver; oe,
oesophagus; st, stomach. (After Vanstone.)
3. The Oesophagus.—That part of the alimentary canal which lies
between the pharynx and the stomach (in Pelecypoda between the mouth
and stomach) is known as the oesophagus. Its exact limits are not easy to
define, since in many cases the tube widens so gradually, while the
muscular structure of its walls changes so slowly that it is difficult to say
where oesophagus ends and stomach begins. As a rule, the oesophagus is
fairly simple in structure, and consists of a straight and narrow tube. In the
lignarius L.: A, showing position
with regard to oesophagus (oe) and
intestine (i), the latter being full of
comminuted fragments of food; p,
left plate; p´, right plate; p.ac,
accessory plate; B, the plates as
seen from the front, with the
enveloping membranes removed,
lettering as in A. Natural size.
Fig. 146.—Section of the stomach of Melongena, showing the
gastric plates (g.p, g.p,) for the trituration of food; b.d,
biliary duct; g.g, genital gland; i, intestine; l, liver; oe,
oesophagus; st, stomach. (After Vanstone.)
3. The Oesophagus.—That part of the alimentary canal which lies
between the pharynx and the stomach (in Pelecypoda between the mouth
and stomach) is known as the oesophagus. Its exact limits are not easy to
define, since in many cases the tube widens so gradually, while the
muscular structure of its walls changes so slowly that it is difficult to say
where oesophagus ends and stomach begins. As a rule, the oesophagus is
fairly simple in structure, and consists of a straight and narrow tube. In the
Page 286
Pulmonata and Opisthobranchiata it often widens out into a ‘crop,’ which
appears to serve the purpose of retaining a quantity of masticated food
before it passes on to the stomach. In Octopus and Patella the crop takes the
form of a lobular coecum. In the carnivorous Mollusca the oesophagus
becomes complicated by the existence of a varying number of glands, by
the action of which digestion appears to begin in some cases before the food
reaches the stomach proper.
4. The Stomach.—At the posterior end of the oesophagus lies the
muscular pouch known as the stomach, in which the digestion of the food is
principally performed. This organ may be, as in Limax, no more than a
dilatation of the alimentary canal, or it may, as is usually the case, take the
form of a well-marked bag or pocket. The two orifices of the stomach are
not always situated at opposite ends; when the stomach itself is a simple
enlargement of the wall of one side of the alimentary canal, the cardiac or
entering orifice often becomes approximated to the orifice of exit (pyloric
orifice).
The walls of the stomach itself are usually thickened and strengthened
by constrictor muscles. In some Nudibranchs (Scyllaea, Bornella) they are
lined on the inside with chitinous teeth. In Cyclostoma, and some Bithynia,
Strombus, and Trochus there is a free chitinous stylet within the stomach.
[328]
In Melongena (Fig. 146) the posterior end of the oesophagus is
provided with a number of hard plate-like ridges, while the stomach is lined
with a double row of cuticular knobs, which are movable on their bases of
attachment, and serve the purpose of triturating food.[329] Aplysia has
several hard plates, set with knobs and spines, and similar organs occur in
the Pteropoda. But the most formidable organ for the crushing of food is
possessed by the Bullidae, and particularly by Scaphander (Fig. 145). Here
there is a strong gizzard, consisting of several plates connected by powerful
cartilages, which crush the shells, which are swallowed whole.
Into the stomach, or into the adjacent portions of the digestive tract, open
the ducts which connect with the so-called liver. The functions of this
important organ have not yet been thoroughly worked out. The liver is a
lobe-shaped gland of a brown-gray or light red colour, which in the spirally-
shelled families usually occupies the greater part of the spire. In the
Cephalopoda, the two ducts of the liver are covered by appendages which
are usually known as the pancreatic coeca; the biliary duct, instead of
appears to serve the purpose of retaining a quantity of masticated food
before it passes on to the stomach. In Octopus and Patella the crop takes the
form of a lobular coecum. In the carnivorous Mollusca the oesophagus
becomes complicated by the existence of a varying number of glands, by
the action of which digestion appears to begin in some cases before the food
reaches the stomach proper.
4. The Stomach.—At the posterior end of the oesophagus lies the
muscular pouch known as the stomach, in which the digestion of the food is
principally performed. This organ may be, as in Limax, no more than a
dilatation of the alimentary canal, or it may, as is usually the case, take the
form of a well-marked bag or pocket. The two orifices of the stomach are
not always situated at opposite ends; when the stomach itself is a simple
enlargement of the wall of one side of the alimentary canal, the cardiac or
entering orifice often becomes approximated to the orifice of exit (pyloric
orifice).
The walls of the stomach itself are usually thickened and strengthened
by constrictor muscles. In some Nudibranchs (Scyllaea, Bornella) they are
lined on the inside with chitinous teeth. In Cyclostoma, and some Bithynia,
Strombus, and Trochus there is a free chitinous stylet within the stomach.
[328]
In Melongena (Fig. 146) the posterior end of the oesophagus is
provided with a number of hard plate-like ridges, while the stomach is lined
with a double row of cuticular knobs, which are movable on their bases of
attachment, and serve the purpose of triturating food.[329] Aplysia has
several hard plates, set with knobs and spines, and similar organs occur in
the Pteropoda. But the most formidable organ for the crushing of food is
possessed by the Bullidae, and particularly by Scaphander (Fig. 145). Here
there is a strong gizzard, consisting of several plates connected by powerful
cartilages, which crush the shells, which are swallowed whole.
Into the stomach, or into the adjacent portions of the digestive tract, open
the ducts which connect with the so-called liver. The functions of this
important organ have not yet been thoroughly worked out. The liver is a
lobe-shaped gland of a brown-gray or light red colour, which in the spirally-
shelled families usually occupies the greater part of the spire. In the
Cephalopoda, the two ducts of the liver are covered by appendages which
are usually known as the pancreatic coeca; the biliary duct, instead of
Page 287
leading directly into the stomach, passes into a very large coecum (see Fig.
144) or expansion of the same, which serves as a reservoir for the biliary
secretions. At the point of connexion between the coecum and stomach is
found a valve, which opens for the issue of the biliary products into the
stomach, but closes against the entry of food into the coecum. In most
Gasteropoda the liver consists of two distinct lobes, between which are
embedded the stomach and part of the intestine. In many Nudibranchiata
the liver becomes ‘diffused’ or broken up into a number of small diverticula
or glands connecting with the stomach and intestine. The so-called cerata or
dorsal lobes in the Aeolididae are in effect an external liver, the removal of
which to the outside of the body gives the creature additional stomach-
room.
The Hyaline Stylet.—In the great majority of bivalves the intestine is
provided with a blind sac, or coecum of varying length. Within this is
usually lodged a long cylindrical body known as the hyaline or crystalline
stylet. In a well-developed Mytilus edulis it is over an inch in length, and in
Mya arenaria between two and three inches. The bladder-like skin of the
stylet, as well as its gelatinoid substance, are perfectly transparent. In the
Unionidae there is no blind sac, and the stylet, when present, is in the
intestine itself. It is said to be present or absent indifferently in certain
species.
The actual function performed by the hyaline stylet is at present a matter
of conjecture. Haseloff’s experiments on Mytilus edulis tend to confirm the
suggestion of Möbius, that the structure represents a reserve of food
material, not specially secreted, but a chemical modification of surplus
food. He found that under natural conditions it was constantly present, but
that specimens which were starved lost it in a few days, the more complete
the starvation the more thorough being the loss; it reappeared when they
were fed again. Schulze, on the other hand, believes that it serves, in
combination with mucus secreted by the stomach, to protect the intestine
against laceration by sharp particles introduced with the food. W. Clark
found that in Pholas the stylet is connected with a light yellow corneous
plate, and imagined therefore that it acts as a sort of spring to work the plate
in order to comminute the food, the two together performing somewhat the
function of a gizzard.[330]
144) or expansion of the same, which serves as a reservoir for the biliary
secretions. At the point of connexion between the coecum and stomach is
found a valve, which opens for the issue of the biliary products into the
stomach, but closes against the entry of food into the coecum. In most
Gasteropoda the liver consists of two distinct lobes, between which are
embedded the stomach and part of the intestine. In many Nudibranchiata
the liver becomes ‘diffused’ or broken up into a number of small diverticula
or glands connecting with the stomach and intestine. The so-called cerata or
dorsal lobes in the Aeolididae are in effect an external liver, the removal of
which to the outside of the body gives the creature additional stomach-
room.
The Hyaline Stylet.—In the great majority of bivalves the intestine is
provided with a blind sac, or coecum of varying length. Within this is
usually lodged a long cylindrical body known as the hyaline or crystalline
stylet. In a well-developed Mytilus edulis it is over an inch in length, and in
Mya arenaria between two and three inches. The bladder-like skin of the
stylet, as well as its gelatinoid substance, are perfectly transparent. In the
Unionidae there is no blind sac, and the stylet, when present, is in the
intestine itself. It is said to be present or absent indifferently in certain
species.
The actual function performed by the hyaline stylet is at present a matter
of conjecture. Haseloff’s experiments on Mytilus edulis tend to confirm the
suggestion of Möbius, that the structure represents a reserve of food
material, not specially secreted, but a chemical modification of surplus
food. He found that under natural conditions it was constantly present, but
that specimens which were starved lost it in a few days, the more complete
the starvation the more thorough being the loss; it reappeared when they
were fed again. Schulze, on the other hand, believes that it serves, in
combination with mucus secreted by the stomach, to protect the intestine
against laceration by sharp particles introduced with the food. W. Clark
found that in Pholas the stylet is connected with a light yellow corneous
plate, and imagined therefore that it acts as a sort of spring to work the plate
in order to comminute the food, the two together performing somewhat the
function of a gizzard.[330]
Page 288
5. and 6. The Intestine, Rectum, and Anus.—The intestine, the wider anal
end of which is called the rectum, almost invariably makes a bend forward
on leaving the stomach. This is the case in the Cephalopoda, Scaphopoda,
and the great majority of Gasteropoda. The exceptions are the bilaterally
symmetrical Amphineura, in which the anus is terminal, and many
Opisthobranchiata, in which it is sometimes lateral (Fig. 68, p. 159),
sometimes dorsal (Fig. 67). The intestine is usually short in carnivorous
genera, but long and more or less convoluted in those which are
phytophagous. In all cases where a branchial or pulmonary cavity exists, the
anus is situated within it, and thus varies its position according to the
position of the breathing organ. Thus in Helix it is far forward on the right
side, in Testacella, Vaginula, and Onchidium almost terminal, in Patella at
the back of the neck, slightly to the right side (Fig. 64, p. 157).
In the rhipidoglossate section of the Diotocardia (Trochus, Haliotis, etc.)
the rectum passes through the ventricle of the heart, a fact which, taken in
conjunction with others, is evidence of their relationship to the Pelecypoda.
end of which is called the rectum, almost invariably makes a bend forward
on leaving the stomach. This is the case in the Cephalopoda, Scaphopoda,
and the great majority of Gasteropoda. The exceptions are the bilaterally
symmetrical Amphineura, in which the anus is terminal, and many
Opisthobranchiata, in which it is sometimes lateral (Fig. 68, p. 159),
sometimes dorsal (Fig. 67). The intestine is usually short in carnivorous
genera, but long and more or less convoluted in those which are
phytophagous. In all cases where a branchial or pulmonary cavity exists, the
anus is situated within it, and thus varies its position according to the
position of the breathing organ. Thus in Helix it is far forward on the right
side, in Testacella, Vaginula, and Onchidium almost terminal, in Patella at
the back of the neck, slightly to the right side (Fig. 64, p. 157).
In the rhipidoglossate section of the Diotocardia (Trochus, Haliotis, etc.)
the rectum passes through the ventricle of the heart, a fact which, taken in
conjunction with others, is evidence of their relationship to the Pelecypoda.
Page 289
Fig. 147.—Ink-sac of Sepia,
showing its relation to the
rectum: a, anus; d, duct of
sac; i.g, ink-gland; i.r,
portion of the sac which
serves as a reservoir for the
ink; o, orifice of ink-gland;
r, rectum; sp, double set of
sphincter muscles
controlling upper end of
duct. (Modified from
Girod.)
In nearly all Pelecypoda the intestine is very long and convoluted, being
sometimes doubled forward over the mouth. Towards its terminal part it
traverses the ventricle of the heart, except in Ostrea, Anomia, Teredo, and a
few more. The anus is always at the posterior end of the animal, adjacent to
and slightly above the adductor muscle.
Anal glands, which open into the rectum close to the anus, are present in
some Prosobranchiata, e.g. Murex, Purpura. In the Cephalopoda the anal
gland becomes of considerable size and importance, and is generally known
showing its relation to the
rectum: a, anus; d, duct of
sac; i.g, ink-gland; i.r,
portion of the sac which
serves as a reservoir for the
ink; o, orifice of ink-gland;
r, rectum; sp, double set of
sphincter muscles
controlling upper end of
duct. (Modified from
Girod.)
In nearly all Pelecypoda the intestine is very long and convoluted, being
sometimes doubled forward over the mouth. Towards its terminal part it
traverses the ventricle of the heart, except in Ostrea, Anomia, Teredo, and a
few more. The anus is always at the posterior end of the animal, adjacent to
and slightly above the adductor muscle.
Anal glands, which open into the rectum close to the anus, are present in
some Prosobranchiata, e.g. Murex, Purpura. In the Cephalopoda the anal
gland becomes of considerable size and importance, and is generally known
Page 290
as the ink-sac (Fig. 147); it occurs in all known living genera, except
Nautilus. The ink-sac consists of a large bag generally divided into two
portions, in one of which the colouring matter is secreted, while the other
acts as a reservoir for its storage. A long tube connects the bag with the end
of the rectum, the mouth of the tube being controlled, in Sepia, by a double
set of sphincter muscles.
The Kidneys
The kidneys, nephridia,[331] renal or excretory organs, consist typically
of two symmetrical glands, placed on the dorsal side of the body in close
connexion with the pericardium. Each kidney opens on the one hand into
the mantle cavity, close to the anus (see Fig. 64, p. 157), and on the other,
into the pericardium. The venous blood returning from the body passes
through the vascular walls of the kidneys, which are largely formed of cells
containing uric acid. The blood thus parts with its impurities before it
reaches the breathing organs.
The kidneys are paired in all cases where the branchiae are paired, and
where the heart has two auricles, i.e. in the Amphineura, the Diotocardia
(with the exception of the Neritidae), the Pelecypoda, and all Cephalopoda
except Nautilus, which has four branchiae, four auricles, and four kidneys.
In other Gasteropoda only one kidney survives, corresponding to the left
kidney of Zygobranchiate Gasteropods.
Besides their use as excretory organs the kidneys, in certain groups of
the Mollusca, stand in very close relation to the genital glands. In some of
the Amphineura the generative products, instead of possessing a separate
external orifice of their own, pass from the genital gland into the
pericardium and so out through the kidneys (see Fig. 61 C, D, p. 154). In
the Diotocardia it is the right kidney alone which serves, besides its
excretory functions, as a duct for the emission of the generative products,
the left kidney being at the same time greatly reduced in size. Thus in
Patella the left nephridium is small, the right being much larger; both
function as excretory organs, but the right serves as a mode of conveyance
for the seminal products as well. In certain Pelecypoda (e.g. Yoldia, Avicula,
Modiola, Pecten, Spondylus) the genital glands communicate directly, and
with a similar object, with the renal pouch on the same side of the body, but
in the majority of cases the orifices are distinct.
Nautilus. The ink-sac consists of a large bag generally divided into two
portions, in one of which the colouring matter is secreted, while the other
acts as a reservoir for its storage. A long tube connects the bag with the end
of the rectum, the mouth of the tube being controlled, in Sepia, by a double
set of sphincter muscles.
The Kidneys
The kidneys, nephridia,[331] renal or excretory organs, consist typically
of two symmetrical glands, placed on the dorsal side of the body in close
connexion with the pericardium. Each kidney opens on the one hand into
the mantle cavity, close to the anus (see Fig. 64, p. 157), and on the other,
into the pericardium. The venous blood returning from the body passes
through the vascular walls of the kidneys, which are largely formed of cells
containing uric acid. The blood thus parts with its impurities before it
reaches the breathing organs.
The kidneys are paired in all cases where the branchiae are paired, and
where the heart has two auricles, i.e. in the Amphineura, the Diotocardia
(with the exception of the Neritidae), the Pelecypoda, and all Cephalopoda
except Nautilus, which has four branchiae, four auricles, and four kidneys.
In other Gasteropoda only one kidney survives, corresponding to the left
kidney of Zygobranchiate Gasteropods.
Besides their use as excretory organs the kidneys, in certain groups of
the Mollusca, stand in very close relation to the genital glands. In some of
the Amphineura the generative products, instead of possessing a separate
external orifice of their own, pass from the genital gland into the
pericardium and so out through the kidneys (see Fig. 61 C, D, p. 154). In
the Diotocardia it is the right kidney alone which serves, besides its
excretory functions, as a duct for the emission of the generative products,
the left kidney being at the same time greatly reduced in size. Thus in
Patella the left nephridium is small, the right being much larger; both
function as excretory organs, but the right serves as a mode of conveyance
for the seminal products as well. In certain Pelecypoda (e.g. Yoldia, Avicula,
Modiola, Pecten, Spondylus) the genital glands communicate directly, and
with a similar object, with the renal pouch on the same side of the body, but
in the majority of cases the orifices are distinct.
Page 291
The following memoirs will be found useful for further study of this
portion of the subject:—
D. Barfurth, Ueber den Bau und die Thätigkeit der Gasteropodenleber: Arch.
Mikr. Anat. xxii. (1883), pp. 473–524.
Th. Behme, Beiträge zur Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte des
Harnapparates der Lungenschnecken: Arch. Naturges. iv. (1889), pp. 1–28.
R. Bergh, Semper’s Reisen im Archipelago der Philippinen; Nudibranchiata: Theil
ii. Band ii. (1870–78), Band iii. (1880–1892).
W. G. Binney, Terrestrial Air-breathing Mollusks of the United States: Bull. Mus.
C. Z. Harv. iv. (1878), 450 pp.
„ On the Jaw and Lingual Membrane of North American Terrestrial
Pulmonata: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. (1875), pp. 140–243.
J. T. Cunningham, The renal organs (Nephridia) of Patella: Quart. Journ. Micr.
Sc. xxiii. (1883), pp. 369–375.
„ „ Note on the structure and relations of the kidney in Aplysia: Mitth.
Zool. Stat. Neap. iv. (1883), pp. 420–428.
R. von Erlanger, On the paired Nephridia of Prosobranchs, etc.: Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sc. xxxiii. (1892), pp. 587–623.
H. Fischer, Recherches sur la Morphologie du Foie des Gastéropodes: Bull.
Scient. France Belg. xxiv. (1892), pp. 260–346.
C. Grobben, Morphologische Studien über den Harn- und Geschlechtsapparat,
sowie die Leibeshöhle, der Cephalopoden: Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, v. (1884), pp. 179–
252.
„ Die Pericardialdrüse der Gasteropoden: ibid. ix. (1890), pp. 35–56.
B. Haller, Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Niere der Prosobranchier: Morph. Jahrb. xi.
(1885), pp. 1–53.
A. Hancock, On the structure and homologies of the renal organ in the
Nudibranchiate Mollusca: Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiv. (1864), pp. 511–530.
A. Köhler, Microchemische Untersuchung der Schneckenzungen: Zeits. Gesamm.
Naturw. viii. (1856), pp. 106–112.
Ad. Oswald, Der Rüsselapparat der Prosobranchier: Jena. Zeits. Naturw. N.F. xxi.
(1893), pp. 114–162.
R. Perrier, Recherches sur l’anatomie et l’histologie du rein des Gastéropodes
prosobranches: Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. (7), viii. (1889), pp. 61–315.
C. Semper, Reisen im Archipelago der Philippinen; Land Pulmonata: Theil ii.
Band iii. (1870–77).
C. Troschel, Das Gebiss der Schnecken: Berlin, 1856–1892.
portion of the subject:—
D. Barfurth, Ueber den Bau und die Thätigkeit der Gasteropodenleber: Arch.
Mikr. Anat. xxii. (1883), pp. 473–524.
Th. Behme, Beiträge zur Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte des
Harnapparates der Lungenschnecken: Arch. Naturges. iv. (1889), pp. 1–28.
R. Bergh, Semper’s Reisen im Archipelago der Philippinen; Nudibranchiata: Theil
ii. Band ii. (1870–78), Band iii. (1880–1892).
W. G. Binney, Terrestrial Air-breathing Mollusks of the United States: Bull. Mus.
C. Z. Harv. iv. (1878), 450 pp.
„ On the Jaw and Lingual Membrane of North American Terrestrial
Pulmonata: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. (1875), pp. 140–243.
J. T. Cunningham, The renal organs (Nephridia) of Patella: Quart. Journ. Micr.
Sc. xxiii. (1883), pp. 369–375.
„ „ Note on the structure and relations of the kidney in Aplysia: Mitth.
Zool. Stat. Neap. iv. (1883), pp. 420–428.
R. von Erlanger, On the paired Nephridia of Prosobranchs, etc.: Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sc. xxxiii. (1892), pp. 587–623.
H. Fischer, Recherches sur la Morphologie du Foie des Gastéropodes: Bull.
Scient. France Belg. xxiv. (1892), pp. 260–346.
C. Grobben, Morphologische Studien über den Harn- und Geschlechtsapparat,
sowie die Leibeshöhle, der Cephalopoden: Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, v. (1884), pp. 179–
252.
„ Die Pericardialdrüse der Gasteropoden: ibid. ix. (1890), pp. 35–56.
B. Haller, Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Niere der Prosobranchier: Morph. Jahrb. xi.
(1885), pp. 1–53.
A. Hancock, On the structure and homologies of the renal organ in the
Nudibranchiate Mollusca: Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiv. (1864), pp. 511–530.
A. Köhler, Microchemische Untersuchung der Schneckenzungen: Zeits. Gesamm.
Naturw. viii. (1856), pp. 106–112.
Ad. Oswald, Der Rüsselapparat der Prosobranchier: Jena. Zeits. Naturw. N.F. xxi.
(1893), pp. 114–162.
R. Perrier, Recherches sur l’anatomie et l’histologie du rein des Gastéropodes
prosobranches: Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. (7), viii. (1889), pp. 61–315.
C. Semper, Reisen im Archipelago der Philippinen; Land Pulmonata: Theil ii.
Band iii. (1870–77).
C. Troschel, Das Gebiss der Schnecken: Berlin, 1856–1892.
Page 292
W. G. Vigelius, Ueber das Excretionssystem der Cephalopoden: Niederl. Arch.
Zool. v. (1880), pp. 115–184.
Zool. v. (1880), pp. 115–184.
Page 293
CHAPTER IX
THE SHELL, ITS FORM, COMPOSITION AND GROWTH—DESIGNATION OF ITS VARIOUS
PARTS
The popular names of ‘shells,’ ‘shell-fish,’ and the like, as commonly
applied to the Mollusca, the intrinsic beauty and grace of the shells
themselves, resulting in the passion for their collection, their durability and
ease of preservation, as compared with the non-testaceous portion,—all
these considerations tend to unduly exalt the value of the shell as part of the
organism as a whole, and to obscure the truth that the shell is by no means
the most important of the organs.
At the same time it must not be forgotten that the old systems of
classification, which were based almost entirely on indications drawn from
the shell alone, have been strangely little disturbed by the new principles of
arrangement, which depend mainly on structural points in the animal. This
fact only tends to emphasise the truth that the shell and animal are in the
closest possible connexion, and that the shell is a living part of the
organism, and is equally sensitive to external influences.
A striking instance of the comparative valuelessness of the shell alone as
a primary basis of classification is furnished by the large number of cases in
which a limpet-shaped shell is assumed by genera widely removed from
one another in cardinal points of organisation. This form of shell occurs in
the common limpet (Patellidae), in Ancylus (Limnaeidae), Hemitoma
(Fissurellidae), Cocculina (close to Trochidae), Umbrella and Siphonaria
(Opisthobranchiata), while in many other cases the limpet form is nearly
approached.
Roughly speaking, about three-quarters of the known Mollusca, recent
and fossil, possess a univalve, and about one-fifth a bivalve shell. In
Pholas, and in some species of Thracia, there is a small accessory hinge
plate; in the Polyplacophora, or Chitons, the shell consists of eight plates
(see Fig. 2, p. 8), usually overlapping. A certain proportion of the Mollusca
have no shell at all. In many of these cases the shell has been present in the
larva, but is lost in the adult.
The shell may be
THE SHELL, ITS FORM, COMPOSITION AND GROWTH—DESIGNATION OF ITS VARIOUS
PARTS
The popular names of ‘shells,’ ‘shell-fish,’ and the like, as commonly
applied to the Mollusca, the intrinsic beauty and grace of the shells
themselves, resulting in the passion for their collection, their durability and
ease of preservation, as compared with the non-testaceous portion,—all
these considerations tend to unduly exalt the value of the shell as part of the
organism as a whole, and to obscure the truth that the shell is by no means
the most important of the organs.
At the same time it must not be forgotten that the old systems of
classification, which were based almost entirely on indications drawn from
the shell alone, have been strangely little disturbed by the new principles of
arrangement, which depend mainly on structural points in the animal. This
fact only tends to emphasise the truth that the shell and animal are in the
closest possible connexion, and that the shell is a living part of the
organism, and is equally sensitive to external influences.
A striking instance of the comparative valuelessness of the shell alone as
a primary basis of classification is furnished by the large number of cases in
which a limpet-shaped shell is assumed by genera widely removed from
one another in cardinal points of organisation. This form of shell occurs in
the common limpet (Patellidae), in Ancylus (Limnaeidae), Hemitoma
(Fissurellidae), Cocculina (close to Trochidae), Umbrella and Siphonaria
(Opisthobranchiata), while in many other cases the limpet form is nearly
approached.
Roughly speaking, about three-quarters of the known Mollusca, recent
and fossil, possess a univalve, and about one-fifth a bivalve shell. In
Pholas, and in some species of Thracia, there is a small accessory hinge
plate; in the Polyplacophora, or Chitons, the shell consists of eight plates
(see Fig. 2, p. 8), usually overlapping. A certain proportion of the Mollusca
have no shell at all. In many of these cases the shell has been present in the
larva, but is lost in the adult.
The shell may be
Page 294
(1) External, as in the great majority of both univalves and bivalves.
(2) Partly external, partly internal; e.g. Homalonyx, Hemphillia, some of
the Naticidae, Scutum, Acera, Aplustrum (Figs. 148 and 149).
Fig. 148.—Aplustrum aplustre
L. Mauritius, showing the
partly internal shell (S); F,
foot; LL, cephalic lappets;
TT, double set of tentacles.
(After Quoy and Gaimard.)
Fig. 149.—Sigaretus laevigatus
Lam., showing shell
partially immersed in the
foot; F, anterior
prolongation of the foot.
(After Souleyet.)
(3) Internal; e.g. Philine, Gastropteron, Pleurobranchus, Aplysia, Limax,
Arion, Hyalimax, Parmacella, Lamellaria, Cryptochiton, and, among
(2) Partly external, partly internal; e.g. Homalonyx, Hemphillia, some of
the Naticidae, Scutum, Acera, Aplustrum (Figs. 148 and 149).
Fig. 148.—Aplustrum aplustre
L. Mauritius, showing the
partly internal shell (S); F,
foot; LL, cephalic lappets;
TT, double set of tentacles.
(After Quoy and Gaimard.)
Fig. 149.—Sigaretus laevigatus
Lam., showing shell
partially immersed in the
foot; F, anterior
prolongation of the foot.
(After Souleyet.)
(3) Internal; e.g. Philine, Gastropteron, Pleurobranchus, Aplysia, Limax,
Arion, Hyalimax, Parmacella, Lamellaria, Cryptochiton, and, among
Page 295
bivalves, Chlamydoconcha.
(4) Absent; e.g. all Nudibranchiata and Aplacophora, many
Cephalopoda, a few land Mollusca, e.g. all Onchidiidae, Philomycus, and
Vaginula.
The Univalve Shell.—In univalve Mollusca the normal form of the shell
is an elongated cone twisted into a spiral form round an axis, the spiral
ascending to the left. Probably the original form of the shell was a simple
cone, which covered the vital parts like a tent. As these parts tended to
increase in size, their position on the dorsal side of the animal caused them
gradually to fall over, drawing the shell with them. The result of these two
forces combined, the increasing size of the visceral hump, and its tendency
to pull the shell over with it, probably resulted in the conversion of the
conical into the spiral shell, which gradually came to envelop the whole
animal. Where the visceral hump, instead of increasing in size, became
flattened, the conical shape of the shell may have been modified into a
simple elliptical plate (e.g. Limax), the nucleus representing the apex of the
cone. In extreme cases even this plate dwindles to a few calcareous
granules, or disappears altogether (Arion, Vaginula).
Varieties of the Spiral.—Almost every conceivable modification of the
spiral occurs, from the type represented by Gena, Haliotis, Sigaretus, and
Lamellaria, in which the spire is practically confined to the few apical
whorls, with the body-whorl inordinately large in proportion, to a
multispiral form like Terebra, with about twenty whorls, very gradually
increasing in size.
(4) Absent; e.g. all Nudibranchiata and Aplacophora, many
Cephalopoda, a few land Mollusca, e.g. all Onchidiidae, Philomycus, and
Vaginula.
The Univalve Shell.—In univalve Mollusca the normal form of the shell
is an elongated cone twisted into a spiral form round an axis, the spiral
ascending to the left. Probably the original form of the shell was a simple
cone, which covered the vital parts like a tent. As these parts tended to
increase in size, their position on the dorsal side of the animal caused them
gradually to fall over, drawing the shell with them. The result of these two
forces combined, the increasing size of the visceral hump, and its tendency
to pull the shell over with it, probably resulted in the conversion of the
conical into the spiral shell, which gradually came to envelop the whole
animal. Where the visceral hump, instead of increasing in size, became
flattened, the conical shape of the shell may have been modified into a
simple elliptical plate (e.g. Limax), the nucleus representing the apex of the
cone. In extreme cases even this plate dwindles to a few calcareous
granules, or disappears altogether (Arion, Vaginula).
Varieties of the Spiral.—Almost every conceivable modification of the
spiral occurs, from the type represented by Gena, Haliotis, Sigaretus, and
Lamellaria, in which the spire is practically confined to the few apical
whorls, with the body-whorl inordinately large in proportion, to a
multispiral form like Terebra, with about twenty whorls, very gradually
increasing in size.
Page 296
Fig. 150.—Examples of shells with A, a flattened spire
(Polygyratia); B, a globose spire (Natica); C, a greatly
produced spire (Terebra).
As a rule, the spire is more or less obliquely coiled round the axis, each
whorl being partially covered, and therefore hidden by, its immediate
successor, while the size of the whorls, and therefore the diameter of the
spire as a whole, increases somewhat rapidly. The effect of this is to
produce the elevated spire, the shell of six to ten whorls, and the wide
aperture, of the normal type of mollusc, the whelk, snail, periwinkle, etc.
Sometimes, however, the coil of the whorls, instead of being oblique,
tends to become horizontal to the axis, and thus we have another series of
gradations of form, from the excessively produced spire of Terebra to the
flattened disc of Planorbis, Polygyratia, Euomphalus, and Ammonites. The
shell of many species of Conus practically belongs to the latter type, each
whorl folding so closely over its predecessor that the spiral nature of the
shell is not perceived until it is looked at at right angles to the spire.
(Polygyratia); B, a globose spire (Natica); C, a greatly
produced spire (Terebra).
As a rule, the spire is more or less obliquely coiled round the axis, each
whorl being partially covered, and therefore hidden by, its immediate
successor, while the size of the whorls, and therefore the diameter of the
spire as a whole, increases somewhat rapidly. The effect of this is to
produce the elevated spire, the shell of six to ten whorls, and the wide
aperture, of the normal type of mollusc, the whelk, snail, periwinkle, etc.
Sometimes, however, the coil of the whorls, instead of being oblique,
tends to become horizontal to the axis, and thus we have another series of
gradations of form, from the excessively produced spire of Terebra to the
flattened disc of Planorbis, Polygyratia, Euomphalus, and Ammonites. The
shell of many species of Conus practically belongs to the latter type, each
whorl folding so closely over its predecessor that the spiral nature of the
shell is not perceived until it is looked at at right angles to the spire.
Page 297
Fig. 151.—Examples of shells
with disconnected whorls;
A, Cyathopoma cornu Mf.,
Philippines; B, Cylindrella
hystrix Wright, Cuba. (Both
× 4.)
Fig. 152.—Example of a shell
whose apical whorls alone
are coiled, and the
remainder produced in a
regular curve. (Cyclosurus
Mariei Morel., Mayotte.)
In some cases the regularly spiral form is kept, but the whorls are
completely disconnected; e.g. some Scalaria, Spirula; among fossil
Cephalopoda, Gyroceras, Crioceras, and Ancyloceras; and, among recent
land Mollusca, Cylindrella hystrix and Cyathopoma cornu (Fig. 151).
Sometimes only the last whorl becomes disconnected from the others, as in
Rhiostoma (see Fig. 180, p. 266), Teinostoma, and in the fossil
with disconnected whorls;
A, Cyathopoma cornu Mf.,
Philippines; B, Cylindrella
hystrix Wright, Cuba. (Both
× 4.)
Fig. 152.—Example of a shell
whose apical whorls alone
are coiled, and the
remainder produced in a
regular curve. (Cyclosurus
Mariei Morel., Mayotte.)
In some cases the regularly spiral form is kept, but the whorls are
completely disconnected; e.g. some Scalaria, Spirula; among fossil
Cephalopoda, Gyroceras, Crioceras, and Ancyloceras; and, among recent
land Mollusca, Cylindrella hystrix and Cyathopoma cornu (Fig. 151).
Sometimes only the last whorl becomes disconnected from the others, as in
Rhiostoma (see Fig. 180, p. 266), Teinostoma, and in the fossil
Page 298
Ophidioceras and Macroscaphites. Sometimes, again, not more than one or
two whorls at the apex are spirally coiled, and the rest of the shell is simply
produced or coiled in an exceedingly irregular manner, e.g. Cyclosurus,
Lituites, Orygoceras, Siliquaria (Fig. 153), Vermetus. In Coecum (Fig. 170,
p. 260) the spiral part is entirely lost, and the shell becomes simply a
cylinder. In a few cases the last whorl is coiled irregularly backwards, and is
brought up to the apex, so that the animal in crawling must carry the shell
with the spire downwards, as in Anostoma (Fig. 154), Opisthostoma (Fig.
208, p. 309), Strophostoma, and Hypselostoma (Fig. 202 A, p. 302).
Fig. 153.—Siliquaria anguina Lam., showing
scalariform coil of upper whorls and
irregular extension of the lower.
Fig. 154.—Anostoma globulosum Lam., Brazil.
(After P. Fischer.)
two whorls at the apex are spirally coiled, and the rest of the shell is simply
produced or coiled in an exceedingly irregular manner, e.g. Cyclosurus,
Lituites, Orygoceras, Siliquaria (Fig. 153), Vermetus. In Coecum (Fig. 170,
p. 260) the spiral part is entirely lost, and the shell becomes simply a
cylinder. In a few cases the last whorl is coiled irregularly backwards, and is
brought up to the apex, so that the animal in crawling must carry the shell
with the spire downwards, as in Anostoma (Fig. 154), Opisthostoma (Fig.
208, p. 309), Strophostoma, and Hypselostoma (Fig. 202 A, p. 302).
Fig. 153.—Siliquaria anguina Lam., showing
scalariform coil of upper whorls and
irregular extension of the lower.
Fig. 154.—Anostoma globulosum Lam., Brazil.
(After P. Fischer.)
Page 299
Fig. 155.—Various forms of the internal plate in Capulidae: A,
Calyptraea (Mitrularia) equestris Lam., E. Indies; B,
Crucibulum scutellatum Gray, Panama; C, Ergaea plana
Ad., and Reeve, Japan; D, Galerus chinensis L., Britain; E,
Crepipatella dilatata Lam., Callao; F, Trochita maculata
Quoy, N. Zealand; G, Crepidula fornicata Lam., N.
America.
Some genera of the Capulidae, in which the shell is of a broadly conical
form or with scarcely any spire, develop an internal plate or process which
serves the purpose of keeping the animal within the shell, and does the
work of a strong attachment muscle. In Mitrularia this process takes the
form of a raised horse-shoe; in Crucibulum it is cup-shaped, with the edge
free all round; in Galerus, Ergaea, Crepipatella, and Trochita we get a
series of changes, in which the edge of the cup adheres to the interior of the
shell, and then gradually flattens into a plate. In Crepidula proper this plate
becomes a regular partition, covering a considerable portion of the interior
(Fig. 155 G). Hipponyx secretes a thin calcareous plate on the ventral
surface of the foot, which intervenes like an operculum between the animal
and the substance to which it adheres.
Sinistral, or Left-handed Shells.—The vast majority of univalve spiral
shells are normally dextral, i.e. when held spire uppermost, with the
aperture towards the observer, the aperture is to the right of the axis of the
spire. If we imagine such a shell to be a spiral staircase, as we ascended it
we should always have the axis of the spire to our left.
Sinistral or ‘reversed’ forms are not altogether uncommon, and may be
grouped under four classes:—
Calyptraea (Mitrularia) equestris Lam., E. Indies; B,
Crucibulum scutellatum Gray, Panama; C, Ergaea plana
Ad., and Reeve, Japan; D, Galerus chinensis L., Britain; E,
Crepipatella dilatata Lam., Callao; F, Trochita maculata
Quoy, N. Zealand; G, Crepidula fornicata Lam., N.
America.
Some genera of the Capulidae, in which the shell is of a broadly conical
form or with scarcely any spire, develop an internal plate or process which
serves the purpose of keeping the animal within the shell, and does the
work of a strong attachment muscle. In Mitrularia this process takes the
form of a raised horse-shoe; in Crucibulum it is cup-shaped, with the edge
free all round; in Galerus, Ergaea, Crepipatella, and Trochita we get a
series of changes, in which the edge of the cup adheres to the interior of the
shell, and then gradually flattens into a plate. In Crepidula proper this plate
becomes a regular partition, covering a considerable portion of the interior
(Fig. 155 G). Hipponyx secretes a thin calcareous plate on the ventral
surface of the foot, which intervenes like an operculum between the animal
and the substance to which it adheres.
Sinistral, or Left-handed Shells.—The vast majority of univalve spiral
shells are normally dextral, i.e. when held spire uppermost, with the
aperture towards the observer, the aperture is to the right of the axis of the
spire. If we imagine such a shell to be a spiral staircase, as we ascended it
we should always have the axis of the spire to our left.
Sinistral or ‘reversed’ forms are not altogether uncommon, and may be
grouped under four classes:—
Page 300
(1) Cases in which the genus is normally sinistral; (2) cases in which the
genus is normally dextral, but certain species are normally sinistral; (3)
cases in which the shell is indifferently dextral or sinistral; (4) cases in
which both genus and species are normally dextral, and a sinistral form is
an abnormal monstrosity.
Fig. 156.—Fulgur perversum L.,
Florida. ½.
Fig. 157.—Illustration of the gradation of forms in Ampullaria between a dextral (A) and an ultra-
dextral species (F).
In all cases of sinistral monstrosity, and all in which a sinistral and
dextral form are interchangeable (sections 3 and 4 above), the position of
the apertures of the internal organs appears to be relatively affected, i.e. the
body is sinistral, as well as the shell. This has been proved to be the case in
all specimens hitherto examined, and may therefore be assumed for the rest.
The same uniformity, however, does not hold good in all cases for genera
and species normally sinistral (sections 1 and 2). As a rule, the anal and
genital apertures are, in these instances also, to the left, but not always. In
Spirialis, Limacina, Meladomus, and Lanistes the shell is sinistral, but the
genus is normally dextral, but certain species are normally sinistral; (3)
cases in which the shell is indifferently dextral or sinistral; (4) cases in
which both genus and species are normally dextral, and a sinistral form is
an abnormal monstrosity.
Fig. 156.—Fulgur perversum L.,
Florida. ½.
Fig. 157.—Illustration of the gradation of forms in Ampullaria between a dextral (A) and an ultra-
dextral species (F).
In all cases of sinistral monstrosity, and all in which a sinistral and
dextral form are interchangeable (sections 3 and 4 above), the position of
the apertures of the internal organs appears to be relatively affected, i.e. the
body is sinistral, as well as the shell. This has been proved to be the case in
all specimens hitherto examined, and may therefore be assumed for the rest.
The same uniformity, however, does not hold good in all cases for genera
and species normally sinistral (sections 1 and 2). As a rule, the anal and
genital apertures are, in these instances also, to the left, but not always. In
Spirialis, Limacina, Meladomus, and Lanistes the shell is sinistral, but the
Page 301
animal is dextral. This apparent anomaly has been most ingeniously
explained by Simroth, Von Ihering, and Pelseneer. The shell, in all these
cases, is not really sinistral, but ultra-dextral. Imagine the whorls of a
dextral species capable of being flattened, as in a Planorbis, and continue
the process, still pushing, as it were, the spire downwards until it occupies
the place of the original umbilicus, becoming turned completely ‘inside
out,’ and we have the whole explanation of these puzzling forms. The
animal remains dextral, the shell has become sinistral. A convincing proof
of the truth of this is furnished by the operculum. It is well known that the
twist of the operculum varies with that of the shell; when the shell is
dextral, the operculum is sinistral, with its nucleus near the columella, and
vice versâ. In these ultra-dextral shells, however, where it is simply the
method of the enrolment of the spire that comes in question, and not the
formation of the whorls themselves, the operculum remains sinistral on the
apparently sinistral shell.
The reverse case to this, when the shell is dextral but the orifices
sinistral, is instanced by the two fresh-water genera Pompholyx (from N.
America), and Choanomphalus (L. Baikal). A similar transition in the
enrolment of the whorls may be confidently assumed to have taken place,
and the shells are styled ultra-sinistral.
Yet another variation remains, in which the embryonic form is sinistral,
but the adult shell dextral, the former remaining across the nucleus of the
spire. This is the case with Odostomia, Eulimella, Turbonilla, and Mathilda,
all belonging to the Prosobranchiata, with Actaeon, Tornatina, and
Actaeonina among the Opisthobranchs, and Melampus alone among
Pulmonates.
Monstrosities of the Shell.—Abnormal growths of the shell constantly
occur, some of them being scarcely noticeable, except by a practised eye,
others of a more serious nature, involving an entire change in the normal
aspect of the creature. Scalariform monstrosities are occasionally met with,
especially in Helix and Planorbis, when the whorls become unnaturally
elevated, and sometimes quite disjoined from one another; carinated
monstrosities develop a keel on a whorl usually smooth; acuminated
monstrosities have the spire produced to an extreme length (Fig. 158);
sinistral monstrosities (see above) have the spire reversed: dwarfs and
explained by Simroth, Von Ihering, and Pelseneer. The shell, in all these
cases, is not really sinistral, but ultra-dextral. Imagine the whorls of a
dextral species capable of being flattened, as in a Planorbis, and continue
the process, still pushing, as it were, the spire downwards until it occupies
the place of the original umbilicus, becoming turned completely ‘inside
out,’ and we have the whole explanation of these puzzling forms. The
animal remains dextral, the shell has become sinistral. A convincing proof
of the truth of this is furnished by the operculum. It is well known that the
twist of the operculum varies with that of the shell; when the shell is
dextral, the operculum is sinistral, with its nucleus near the columella, and
vice versâ. In these ultra-dextral shells, however, where it is simply the
method of the enrolment of the spire that comes in question, and not the
formation of the whorls themselves, the operculum remains sinistral on the
apparently sinistral shell.
The reverse case to this, when the shell is dextral but the orifices
sinistral, is instanced by the two fresh-water genera Pompholyx (from N.
America), and Choanomphalus (L. Baikal). A similar transition in the
enrolment of the whorls may be confidently assumed to have taken place,
and the shells are styled ultra-sinistral.
Yet another variation remains, in which the embryonic form is sinistral,
but the adult shell dextral, the former remaining across the nucleus of the
spire. This is the case with Odostomia, Eulimella, Turbonilla, and Mathilda,
all belonging to the Prosobranchiata, with Actaeon, Tornatina, and
Actaeonina among the Opisthobranchs, and Melampus alone among
Pulmonates.
Monstrosities of the Shell.—Abnormal growths of the shell constantly
occur, some of them being scarcely noticeable, except by a practised eye,
others of a more serious nature, involving an entire change in the normal
aspect of the creature. Scalariform monstrosities are occasionally met with,
especially in Helix and Planorbis, when the whorls become unnaturally
elevated, and sometimes quite disjoined from one another; carinated
monstrosities develop a keel on a whorl usually smooth; acuminated
monstrosities have the spire produced to an extreme length (Fig. 158);
sinistral monstrosities (see above) have the spire reversed: dwarfs and
Page 302
giants, as in our own race, are occasionally noticed among a crowd of
individuals.
More serious forms of monstrosity are those which occur in individual
cases. Mr. S. P. Woodward once observed[332] a specimen of an adult Helix
aspersa with a second, half-grown individual fixed to its spire, and partly
embedded in the suture of the body whorl. The younger snail had died
during its first hibernation, as was shown by the epiphragm remaining in the
aperture, and its neighbour, not being able to get free of the incubus,
partially enveloped it in the course of its growth. In the British Museum two
Littorina littorea have become entangled in a somewhat similar way (Fig.
160 B), possibly as a result of embryonic fusion. Double apertures are not
uncommon[333] in the more produced land-shells, such as Cylindrella and
Clausilia (Fig. 160 A). In the Pickering collection was a Helix hortensis
which had crawled into a nutshell when young, and, growing too large to
escape, had to carry about this decidedly extra shell to the end of its days. A
monstrosity of the cornucopia form, in which the whorls are uncoiled
almost throughout, is of exceedingly rare occurrence (Fig. 161).
Fig. 158.—Monstrosities of Neptunea
antiqua L., and Buccinum undatum
L., with a greatly produced spire
(from specimens in the Brit. Mus.).
individuals.
More serious forms of monstrosity are those which occur in individual
cases. Mr. S. P. Woodward once observed[332] a specimen of an adult Helix
aspersa with a second, half-grown individual fixed to its spire, and partly
embedded in the suture of the body whorl. The younger snail had died
during its first hibernation, as was shown by the epiphragm remaining in the
aperture, and its neighbour, not being able to get free of the incubus,
partially enveloped it in the course of its growth. In the British Museum two
Littorina littorea have become entangled in a somewhat similar way (Fig.
160 B), possibly as a result of embryonic fusion. Double apertures are not
uncommon[333] in the more produced land-shells, such as Cylindrella and
Clausilia (Fig. 160 A). In the Pickering collection was a Helix hortensis
which had crawled into a nutshell when young, and, growing too large to
escape, had to carry about this decidedly extra shell to the end of its days. A
monstrosity of the cornucopia form, in which the whorls are uncoiled
almost throughout, is of exceedingly rare occurrence (Fig. 161).
Fig. 158.—Monstrosities of Neptunea
antiqua L., and Buccinum undatum
L., with a greatly produced spire
(from specimens in the Brit. Mus.).
Page 303
Fig. 159.—Monstrosities of Littorina rudis
Mat, The Fleet, Weymouth. (After Sykes.)
Some decades ago ingenious Frenchmen amused themselves by creating
artificial monstrosities. H. aspersa was taken from its shell, by carefully
breaking it away, and then introduced into another shell of similar size (H.
nemoralis, vermiculata, or pisana). At the end of several days attachment to
the columella took place, and then growth began, the new shell becoming
soldered to the old, and the spiral part of the animal being protected by a
thin calcareous envelope. A growth of from one to two whorls took place
under these conditions. The individuals so treated were always sordid and
lethargic, but they bred, and naturally produced a normal aspersa offspring.
[334]
In the British Museum there is a specimen of one of these artificial
unions of a Helix with the shell of a Limnaea stagnalis.
Mat, The Fleet, Weymouth. (After Sykes.)
Some decades ago ingenious Frenchmen amused themselves by creating
artificial monstrosities. H. aspersa was taken from its shell, by carefully
breaking it away, and then introduced into another shell of similar size (H.
nemoralis, vermiculata, or pisana). At the end of several days attachment to
the columella took place, and then growth began, the new shell becoming
soldered to the old, and the spiral part of the animal being protected by a
thin calcareous envelope. A growth of from one to two whorls took place
under these conditions. The individuals so treated were always sordid and
lethargic, but they bred, and naturally produced a normal aspersa offspring.
[334]
In the British Museum there is a specimen of one of these artificial
unions of a Helix with the shell of a Limnaea stagnalis.
Page 304
Fig. 160.—Monstrosities with two
apertures: A, Cylindrella agnesiana
C. B. Ad., Jamaica; B, Littorina
littorea (from specimens in the
British Museum).
Fig. 161.—Cornucopia-shaped
monstrosity of Helix
aspersa, from Ilfracombe.
(British Museum.)
Composition of the Shell.—The shell is mainly composed of pure
carbonate of lime, with a very slight proportion of phosphate of lime, and
an organic base allied to chitin, known as conchiolin. The proportion of
carbonate of lime is known to vary from about 99 p.c. in Strombus to about
89 p.c. in Turritella. Nearly 1 p.c. of phosphate of lime has been obtained
from the shell of Helix nemoralis, and nearly 2 p.c. from that of Ostrea
virginica. The conchiolin forms a sort of membranous framework for the
shell; it soon disappears in dead specimens, leaving the shell much more
apertures: A, Cylindrella agnesiana
C. B. Ad., Jamaica; B, Littorina
littorea (from specimens in the
British Museum).
Fig. 161.—Cornucopia-shaped
monstrosity of Helix
aspersa, from Ilfracombe.
(British Museum.)
Composition of the Shell.—The shell is mainly composed of pure
carbonate of lime, with a very slight proportion of phosphate of lime, and
an organic base allied to chitin, known as conchiolin. The proportion of
carbonate of lime is known to vary from about 99 p.c. in Strombus to about
89 p.c. in Turritella. Nearly 1 p.c. of phosphate of lime has been obtained
from the shell of Helix nemoralis, and nearly 2 p.c. from that of Ostrea
virginica. The conchiolin forms a sort of membranous framework for the
shell; it soon disappears in dead specimens, leaving the shell much more
Page 305
brittle than it was when alive. Carbonate of magnesia has also been
detected, to the extent of ·12 p.c. in Telescopium and ·48 p.c. in Neptunea
antiqua. A trace of silica has also occasionally been found.
When the shell exhibits a crystalline formation, the carbonate of lime
may take the form either of calcite or aragonite. The calcite crystals are
rhombohedral, optically uniaxal, and cleave easily, while the aragonite
cleave badly, belong to the rhombic system, and are harder and denser, and
optically biaxal. Both classes of crystal may occur in the same shell.
Two main views have been held with regard to the formation and
structure of the shell—(1) that of Bowerbank and Carpenter, that the shell is
an organic formation, growing by interstitial deposit, in the same manner as
the teeth and bones of the higher animals; (2) that of Réaumur, Eisig, and
most modern writers, that the shell is of the nature of an excretion,
deposited like a cuticle on the outside of the skin, being formed simply of a
number of calcareous particles held together by a kind of ‘animal glue.’
Leydig’s view is that the shell of the Monotocardia is a secretion of the
epithelium, but that in the Pulmonata it originates within the skin itself, and
afterwards becomes free.[335]
According to Carpenter, when a fragment of any recent shell is
decalcified by being placed in dilute acid, a definite animal basis remains,
often so fine as to be no more than a membranous film, but sometimes
consisting of an aggregation of ‘cells’ with perfectly definite forms. He
accordingly divides all shell structure into cellular and membranous,
according to the characteristics of the animal basis. Cellular structure is
comparatively rare; it occurs most notably in Pinna, where the shell is
composed of a vast multitude of tolerably regular hexagonal prisms (Fig.
162 B). Membranous structure comprises all forms of shell which do not
present a cellular tissue. Carpenter held that the membrane itself was at one
time a constituent part of the mantle of the mollusc, the carbonate of lime
being secreted in minute ‘cells’ on its surface, and afterwards spreading
over the subjacent membrane through the bursting of the cells.
The iridescence of nacreous shells is due to a peculiar lineation of their
surface, which can be readily detected by a lens. According to Brewster, the
iridescence is due to the alternation of layers of granular carbonate of lime
and of a very thin organic membrane, the layers very slightly undulating.
detected, to the extent of ·12 p.c. in Telescopium and ·48 p.c. in Neptunea
antiqua. A trace of silica has also occasionally been found.
When the shell exhibits a crystalline formation, the carbonate of lime
may take the form either of calcite or aragonite. The calcite crystals are
rhombohedral, optically uniaxal, and cleave easily, while the aragonite
cleave badly, belong to the rhombic system, and are harder and denser, and
optically biaxal. Both classes of crystal may occur in the same shell.
Two main views have been held with regard to the formation and
structure of the shell—(1) that of Bowerbank and Carpenter, that the shell is
an organic formation, growing by interstitial deposit, in the same manner as
the teeth and bones of the higher animals; (2) that of Réaumur, Eisig, and
most modern writers, that the shell is of the nature of an excretion,
deposited like a cuticle on the outside of the skin, being formed simply of a
number of calcareous particles held together by a kind of ‘animal glue.’
Leydig’s view is that the shell of the Monotocardia is a secretion of the
epithelium, but that in the Pulmonata it originates within the skin itself, and
afterwards becomes free.[335]
According to Carpenter, when a fragment of any recent shell is
decalcified by being placed in dilute acid, a definite animal basis remains,
often so fine as to be no more than a membranous film, but sometimes
consisting of an aggregation of ‘cells’ with perfectly definite forms. He
accordingly divides all shell structure into cellular and membranous,
according to the characteristics of the animal basis. Cellular structure is
comparatively rare; it occurs most notably in Pinna, where the shell is
composed of a vast multitude of tolerably regular hexagonal prisms (Fig.
162 B). Membranous structure comprises all forms of shell which do not
present a cellular tissue. Carpenter held that the membrane itself was at one
time a constituent part of the mantle of the mollusc, the carbonate of lime
being secreted in minute ‘cells’ on its surface, and afterwards spreading
over the subjacent membrane through the bursting of the cells.
The iridescence of nacreous shells is due to a peculiar lineation of their
surface, which can be readily detected by a lens. According to Brewster, the
iridescence is due to the alternation of layers of granular carbonate of lime
and of a very thin organic membrane, the layers very slightly undulating.
Page 306
Carpenter, on the other hand, holds that it depends upon the disposition of a
single membranous layer in folds or plaits, which lie more or less obliquely
to the general surface, so that their edges show as lines. The nacreous type
of shell occurs largely among those Mollusca which, from other details in
their organisation, are known to represent very ancient forms (e.g. Nucula,
Avicula, Trigonia, Nautilus). It is also the least permanent, and thus in some
strata we find that only casts of the nacreous shells remain, while those of
different constitution are preserved entire.
Porcellanous shells (of which the great majority of Gasteropoda are
instances) usually consist of three layers, each of which is composed of a
number of adjacent plates, like cards on edge. The inclination of the plates
in the different layers varies, but that of the plates in the inner and outer
layer is frequently the same, thus if the plates are transverse in the middle
stratum, they are longitudinal in the inner and outer strata, and, if
longitudinal in the middle, they are transverse in the other two. Not
uncommonly (Fig. 163 B) other layers occur. In bivalves the disposition and
nature of the layers is much more varied.
Fig. 162.—A, Section of shell of Unio: a, periostracal layer; b, prismatic layer; c, nacreous layer. B,
Horizontal section of shell of Pinna, showing the hexagonal prisms.
In Unio the periostracal or uppermost layer is very thin; beneath this is a
prismatic layer of no great depth, while the whole remainder of the shell is
single membranous layer in folds or plaits, which lie more or less obliquely
to the general surface, so that their edges show as lines. The nacreous type
of shell occurs largely among those Mollusca which, from other details in
their organisation, are known to represent very ancient forms (e.g. Nucula,
Avicula, Trigonia, Nautilus). It is also the least permanent, and thus in some
strata we find that only casts of the nacreous shells remain, while those of
different constitution are preserved entire.
Porcellanous shells (of which the great majority of Gasteropoda are
instances) usually consist of three layers, each of which is composed of a
number of adjacent plates, like cards on edge. The inclination of the plates
in the different layers varies, but that of the plates in the inner and outer
layer is frequently the same, thus if the plates are transverse in the middle
stratum, they are longitudinal in the inner and outer strata, and, if
longitudinal in the middle, they are transverse in the other two. Not
uncommonly (Fig. 163 B) other layers occur. In bivalves the disposition and
nature of the layers is much more varied.
Fig. 162.—A, Section of shell of Unio: a, periostracal layer; b, prismatic layer; c, nacreous layer. B,
Horizontal section of shell of Pinna, showing the hexagonal prisms.
In Unio the periostracal or uppermost layer is very thin; beneath this is a
prismatic layer of no great depth, while the whole remainder of the shell is
Page 307
nacreous (Fig. 162 A). Many bivalves show traces of tubular structure,
while in the Veneridae the formation and character of the layers approaches
closely to that of the Gasteropoda. Further details may be gathered from
Carpenter’s researches.[336]
Formation of Shell.[337]—The mantle margin is the principal agent in
the deposition of shell. It is true that if the shell be fractured at any point,
the hole will be repaired, thus showing that every part of the mantle is
furnished with shell-depositing cells, but such new deposits are devoid of
colour and of periostracum, and no observation seems to have been made
with regard to the layers of which they are composed. As a rule the mantle,
except at its margin, only serves to thicken the innermost layer of shell.
It is probable that the carbonate of lime, of which the shell is mainly
composed, is separated from the blood by the epithelial cells of the mantle
margin, and takes the crystalline or granular form as it hardens on exposure
after deposition. The three layers of a porcellanous shell are deposited
successively, and the extreme edge of the mouth, when shell is forming,
will contain only one layer, the outermost; a little further in, two layers
appear, and further still, three. The pigment cells which colour the surface
are situated at the front edge of the mantle margin.
while in the Veneridae the formation and character of the layers approaches
closely to that of the Gasteropoda. Further details may be gathered from
Carpenter’s researches.[336]
Formation of Shell.[337]—The mantle margin is the principal agent in
the deposition of shell. It is true that if the shell be fractured at any point,
the hole will be repaired, thus showing that every part of the mantle is
furnished with shell-depositing cells, but such new deposits are devoid of
colour and of periostracum, and no observation seems to have been made
with regard to the layers of which they are composed. As a rule the mantle,
except at its margin, only serves to thicken the innermost layer of shell.
It is probable that the carbonate of lime, of which the shell is mainly
composed, is separated from the blood by the epithelial cells of the mantle
margin, and takes the crystalline or granular form as it hardens on exposure
after deposition. The three layers of a porcellanous shell are deposited
successively, and the extreme edge of the mouth, when shell is forming,
will contain only one layer, the outermost; a little further in, two layers
appear, and further still, three. The pigment cells which colour the surface
are situated at the front edge of the mantle margin.
Page 308
Fig. 163.—Sections of shells. A, Conus: a, outer layer; b, middle prismatic layer, with obliquely
intersecting laminae above and below; c, inner layer. B, Oliva: a, outer layer; b, layer of crossed
and curved laminae; c, prismatic layer, succeeded by layer of laminae at right angles to one
another; d, inner layer. C, Cypraea: a, outer layer; b, middle layer; c, inner layer.
Shelly matter is deposited, and probably secreted, not only by the
mantle, but also in some genera by the foot. This is certainly the case in
Cymbium, Oliva, Ancillaria, Cassis, Distortio, and others, in several of
which the foot is so large that the shell appears to be quite immersed in it.
[338]
The deposition of shell is not continuous. Rest periods occur, during
which the function is dormant; these periods are marked off on the edge of
the shell, and are known as lines of growth. In some cases (Murex, Triton,
Ranella), the rest period is marked by a decisive thickening of the lip,
which persists on the surface of the shell as what is called a varix (see p.
263).
intersecting laminae above and below; c, inner layer. B, Oliva: a, outer layer; b, layer of crossed
and curved laminae; c, prismatic layer, succeeded by layer of laminae at right angles to one
another; d, inner layer. C, Cypraea: a, outer layer; b, middle layer; c, inner layer.
Shelly matter is deposited, and probably secreted, not only by the
mantle, but also in some genera by the foot. This is certainly the case in
Cymbium, Oliva, Ancillaria, Cassis, Distortio, and others, in several of
which the foot is so large that the shell appears to be quite immersed in it.
[338]
The deposition of shell is not continuous. Rest periods occur, during
which the function is dormant; these periods are marked off on the edge of
the shell, and are known as lines of growth. In some cases (Murex, Triton,
Ranella), the rest period is marked by a decisive thickening of the lip,
which persists on the surface of the shell as what is called a varix (see p.
263).
Page 309
Fig. 164.—Murex
tenuispina L., Ceylon. ×
⅔.
Fig. 165.—Neritina longispina
Récl., Mauritius. (Operculum
removed.)
The various details of sculpture on the exterior surface of the shell, the
striae, ribs, nodules, imbrications, spines, and other forms of ornamentation
are all the product of similar and corresponding irregularities in the mantle
margin, and have all been originally situated at the edge of the lip. Spines,
e.g. those of Murex and Pteroceras, are first formed as a hollow thorn, cleft
down its lower side, and are afterwards filled in with solid matter as the
mantle edge withdraws. What purpose is served by the extreme elaboration
of these spiny processes in some cases, can hardly be considered as
satisfactorily ascertained. Possibly they are a form of sculptural
development which is, in the main, protective, and secures to its owners
immunity from the attacks of predatory fishes.
tenuispina L., Ceylon. ×
⅔.
Fig. 165.—Neritina longispina
Récl., Mauritius. (Operculum
removed.)
The various details of sculpture on the exterior surface of the shell, the
striae, ribs, nodules, imbrications, spines, and other forms of ornamentation
are all the product of similar and corresponding irregularities in the mantle
margin, and have all been originally situated at the edge of the lip. Spines,
e.g. those of Murex and Pteroceras, are first formed as a hollow thorn, cleft
down its lower side, and are afterwards filled in with solid matter as the
mantle edge withdraws. What purpose is served by the extreme elaboration
of these spiny processes in some cases, can hardly be considered as
satisfactorily ascertained. Possibly they are a form of sculptural
development which is, in the main, protective, and secures to its owners
immunity from the attacks of predatory fishes.
Page 310
‘Attached’ genera (e.g. Chama, Spondylus) when living on smooth
surfaces have a flat shell, but when affixed to coral and other uneven
surfaces they become very irregular in shape. The sculpture of the base on
which they rest is often reproduced in these ‘attached’ shells, not only on
the lower, but also on the upper valve, the growing edge of which rests on
the uneven surface of the base. Oysters attached to the branches of the
mangrove frequently display a central convex rib, modelled on the shape of
the branch, from which the plaits of sculpture radiate, while specimens
fixed to the smooth trunk have no such rib. Crepidula, a genus which is in
the habit of attaching itself to other shells, varies in sculpture according to
that of its host. Sometimes the fact may be detected that a specimen has
lived on a ribbed shell when young, and on a smooth one when old, or vice
versâ. A new genus was actually founded by Brown for a Capulus which
had acquired ribs through adhesion to a Pecten. A specimen of Hinnites
giganteus in the British Museum must at one period of its growth have
adhered to a surface on which was a Serpula, the impression of which is
plainly reproduced on the upper valve of the Hinnites.[339]
Fig. 166.—A specimen of Anomia
ephippium L., Weymouth, taken
upon Pecten maximus, the sculpture
of which is reproduced on the upper
valve of the Anomia, and even on a
young Anomia attached to the larger
specimen.
Growth of the Shell.—Nothing very definite is known with regard to
the rate of growth of the shell in marine Mollusca. Under favourable
conditions, however, certain species are known to increase very rapidly,
surfaces have a flat shell, but when affixed to coral and other uneven
surfaces they become very irregular in shape. The sculpture of the base on
which they rest is often reproduced in these ‘attached’ shells, not only on
the lower, but also on the upper valve, the growing edge of which rests on
the uneven surface of the base. Oysters attached to the branches of the
mangrove frequently display a central convex rib, modelled on the shape of
the branch, from which the plaits of sculpture radiate, while specimens
fixed to the smooth trunk have no such rib. Crepidula, a genus which is in
the habit of attaching itself to other shells, varies in sculpture according to
that of its host. Sometimes the fact may be detected that a specimen has
lived on a ribbed shell when young, and on a smooth one when old, or vice
versâ. A new genus was actually founded by Brown for a Capulus which
had acquired ribs through adhesion to a Pecten. A specimen of Hinnites
giganteus in the British Museum must at one period of its growth have
adhered to a surface on which was a Serpula, the impression of which is
plainly reproduced on the upper valve of the Hinnites.[339]
Fig. 166.—A specimen of Anomia
ephippium L., Weymouth, taken
upon Pecten maximus, the sculpture
of which is reproduced on the upper
valve of the Anomia, and even on a
young Anomia attached to the larger
specimen.
Growth of the Shell.—Nothing very definite is known with regard to
the rate of growth of the shell in marine Mollusca. Under favourable
conditions, however, certain species are known to increase very rapidly,
Page 311
especially if the food supply be abundant, and if there is no inconvenient
crowding of individuals. Petit de la Saussaye mentions[340] the case of a
ship which sailed from Marseilles for the west coast of Africa, after being
fitted with an entirely new bottom. On arriving at its destination, the vessel
spent 68 days in the Gambia River, and took 86 days on its homeward
voyage. On being cleaned immediately on its return to Marseilles, an
Avicula 78 mm. and an Ostrea 95 mm. long (both being species peculiar to
W. Africa) were taken from its keel. These specimens had therefore attained
this growth in at most 154 days, for at the period of their first attachment
they are known to be exceedingly minute. P. Fischer relates[341] that in 1862
a buoy, newly cleaned and painted, was placed in the basin at Arcachon. In
less than a year after, it was found to be covered with thousands of very
large Mytilus edulis, 100 mm. × 48 mm., the ordinary size on the adjoining
banks being only about 50 to 60 × 30 mm.
Some observations have already been recorded (p. 40) on the growth of
Helix aspersa. In the summer of 1858, which was very dry, especially in the
south of France, the young Helices born that year were still very small in
August. About the end of that month abundant rain came on, and in four or
five days young H. variabilis, H. pisana, and H. aspersa, eating without
cessation, as if to make up for lost time, grew more than a centimetre of
shell. The lip of a young H. arbustorum has been observed to have grown,
at the end of the first week in the season’s growth, 3 mm., at the end of the
second week, 6·25 mm., the third, 11·5 mm., and the fourth 12·5 mm., with
a finished lip.[342]
Careful observation has shown that in the growth of the shell of Helix
aspersa the periostracum is first produced; it is covered with hyaline
globules, 10–12 mm. in diameter, which persist even in the oldest shells.
Calcareous matter is deposited on the internal face of the new periostracum,
at some distance from the margin. It is secreted by a white zone or band of
cells bounding the entire breadth of the mantle as applied to the peristome.
Immediately behind the white zone are a series of pigment cells which not
only give the shell its colour but complete the calcification of the shelly
matter laid down by the white zone. When the animal has attained its full
growth and the lip is finished off, the white band and the periostracum cells
completely disappear, and only such cells persist as contribute to the
internal thickening of the shell. Shell growth, in this species, is very rapid.
crowding of individuals. Petit de la Saussaye mentions[340] the case of a
ship which sailed from Marseilles for the west coast of Africa, after being
fitted with an entirely new bottom. On arriving at its destination, the vessel
spent 68 days in the Gambia River, and took 86 days on its homeward
voyage. On being cleaned immediately on its return to Marseilles, an
Avicula 78 mm. and an Ostrea 95 mm. long (both being species peculiar to
W. Africa) were taken from its keel. These specimens had therefore attained
this growth in at most 154 days, for at the period of their first attachment
they are known to be exceedingly minute. P. Fischer relates[341] that in 1862
a buoy, newly cleaned and painted, was placed in the basin at Arcachon. In
less than a year after, it was found to be covered with thousands of very
large Mytilus edulis, 100 mm. × 48 mm., the ordinary size on the adjoining
banks being only about 50 to 60 × 30 mm.
Some observations have already been recorded (p. 40) on the growth of
Helix aspersa. In the summer of 1858, which was very dry, especially in the
south of France, the young Helices born that year were still very small in
August. About the end of that month abundant rain came on, and in four or
five days young H. variabilis, H. pisana, and H. aspersa, eating without
cessation, as if to make up for lost time, grew more than a centimetre of
shell. The lip of a young H. arbustorum has been observed to have grown,
at the end of the first week in the season’s growth, 3 mm., at the end of the
second week, 6·25 mm., the third, 11·5 mm., and the fourth 12·5 mm., with
a finished lip.[342]
Careful observation has shown that in the growth of the shell of Helix
aspersa the periostracum is first produced; it is covered with hyaline
globules, 10–12 mm. in diameter, which persist even in the oldest shells.
Calcareous matter is deposited on the internal face of the new periostracum,
at some distance from the margin. It is secreted by a white zone or band of
cells bounding the entire breadth of the mantle as applied to the peristome.
Immediately behind the white zone are a series of pigment cells which not
only give the shell its colour but complete the calcification of the shelly
matter laid down by the white zone. When the animal has attained its full
growth and the lip is finished off, the white band and the periostracum cells
completely disappear, and only such cells persist as contribute to the
internal thickening of the shell. Shell growth, in this species, is very rapid.
Page 312
If a portion of the pulmonary sac is laid bare, by removing a fragment of
shell, at the end of 1½ or 2 hours there may be detected a delicate organic
membrane covering the hole, and strewn with crystals of carbonate of lime.
This thickens with great rapidity, and soon fills up the hole with solid
matter. For two consecutive months an animal, deprived of food, has been
known to reproduce this membrane daily after its removal every morning.
[343]
Prof. Schiedt has found that oysters, if deprived of the right valve and
exposed to the light, not only develop brown pigment over the whole
exposed surface of mantle and branchiae, but actually succeed in part in
reproducing the valve and hinge.[344]
Deposit of Additional Layers of Shell.—Mollusca possess the power of
thickening the interior of the shell, by the deposit of successive layers. This
is frequently done in self-defence against the attacks of boring Mollusca,
sponges, and worms. Cases may often be noticed of Ostrea, Spondylus, and
other sedentary molluscs, which, unable to escape the gradual assaults of
their foes, have provided against them by the deposit of fresh shelly matter.
A somewhat similar plan is adopted to provide against intrusion by way of
the aperture. Pearls are, in many cases, the result of shell deposition upon
the eggs or even the body of some intrusive parasite (Distoma, Filaria,
etc.), and are, in some countries, artificially produced by the introduction of
fragments of sand, metal, etc., into living Unio and Anodonta. Little joss
images are made in India and China, the nacre on which is produced by
thrusting them inside living Unionidae.
A specimen of Helix rosacea, in the British Museum, into whose shell a
piece of grass somehow became introduced, has partitioned it off by the
formation of a sort of shelly tunnel extending throughout its entire length
(Fig. 167).
shell, at the end of 1½ or 2 hours there may be detected a delicate organic
membrane covering the hole, and strewn with crystals of carbonate of lime.
This thickens with great rapidity, and soon fills up the hole with solid
matter. For two consecutive months an animal, deprived of food, has been
known to reproduce this membrane daily after its removal every morning.
[343]
Prof. Schiedt has found that oysters, if deprived of the right valve and
exposed to the light, not only develop brown pigment over the whole
exposed surface of mantle and branchiae, but actually succeed in part in
reproducing the valve and hinge.[344]
Deposit of Additional Layers of Shell.—Mollusca possess the power of
thickening the interior of the shell, by the deposit of successive layers. This
is frequently done in self-defence against the attacks of boring Mollusca,
sponges, and worms. Cases may often be noticed of Ostrea, Spondylus, and
other sedentary molluscs, which, unable to escape the gradual assaults of
their foes, have provided against them by the deposit of fresh shelly matter.
A somewhat similar plan is adopted to provide against intrusion by way of
the aperture. Pearls are, in many cases, the result of shell deposition upon
the eggs or even the body of some intrusive parasite (Distoma, Filaria,
etc.), and are, in some countries, artificially produced by the introduction of
fragments of sand, metal, etc., into living Unio and Anodonta. Little joss
images are made in India and China, the nacre on which is produced by
thrusting them inside living Unionidae.
A specimen of Helix rosacea, in the British Museum, into whose shell a
piece of grass somehow became introduced, has partitioned it off by the
formation of a sort of shelly tunnel extending throughout its entire length
(Fig. 167).
Page 313
Fig. 167.—A specimen of Helix rosacea
Müll., Cape of Good Hope, into
which a piece of grass has by some
means become introduced. The
animal has protected itself by
covering the grass with a shelly
layer. (From a specimen in the
British Museum.)
Absorption of Internal Portions.—Certain genera have the remarkable
property of absorbing, when they become adult, the internal portions of the
whorls and the greater part of the columellar axis. The effect of this is to
make the shell, when the process is complete, no longer a spiral but a more
or less produced cone, and it is found that in such cases the viscera of the
spire lose their spiral form, and take the shape of the cavity in which they
lie. Amongst the genera in which this singular process takes place are
Nerita,[345] Olivella, and Cypraea amongst marine forms, and nearly the
whole of the Auriculidae[346] (Fig. 168). Conus reduces the internal
subdivisions of the spire to extreme thinness. It is noticeable that these
genera are all of considerable thickness of shell, and it is perhaps the result
of the whole energy of the animal being directed to the formation of its
external protection that the internal walls of the spire become atrophied and
eventually disappear.
Müll., Cape of Good Hope, into
which a piece of grass has by some
means become introduced. The
animal has protected itself by
covering the grass with a shelly
layer. (From a specimen in the
British Museum.)
Absorption of Internal Portions.—Certain genera have the remarkable
property of absorbing, when they become adult, the internal portions of the
whorls and the greater part of the columellar axis. The effect of this is to
make the shell, when the process is complete, no longer a spiral but a more
or less produced cone, and it is found that in such cases the viscera of the
spire lose their spiral form, and take the shape of the cavity in which they
lie. Amongst the genera in which this singular process takes place are
Nerita,[345] Olivella, and Cypraea amongst marine forms, and nearly the
whole of the Auriculidae[346] (Fig. 168). Conus reduces the internal
subdivisions of the spire to extreme thinness. It is noticeable that these
genera are all of considerable thickness of shell, and it is perhaps the result
of the whole energy of the animal being directed to the formation of its
external protection that the internal walls of the spire become atrophied and
eventually disappear.
Page 314
Fig. 168.—Auricula Judae Lam.,
showing the disappearance of the
partitions of the whorls, which are
represented by dotted lines. (After
Fischer.)
Fig. 169.—A, Decollated (adult) form,
and B, perfect (young) form of
Cylindrella nobilior Ad., Jamaica;
the dotted line shows where
decollation takes place.
showing the disappearance of the
partitions of the whorls, which are
represented by dotted lines. (After
Fischer.)
Fig. 169.—A, Decollated (adult) form,
and B, perfect (young) form of
Cylindrella nobilior Ad., Jamaica;
the dotted line shows where
decollation takes place.
Page 315
Fig. 170.—Development of Coecum: A,
showing the gradual formation of septa;
a, apex; ap, aperture; ss, first septum; s´s
´, second septum. (After de Folin.) B,
Adult form of C. eburneum Ad., Panama.
× 8.
Decollation.—In certain genera, when the shell becomes adult, the
animal ceases to occupy the upper whorls, which accordingly die and drop
off, the orifice at the top having meanwhile been closed by a shelly deposit.
Such shells are termed decollated. In some land genera decollation is the
rule, e.g. in Cylindrella (Fig. 169), Eucalodium, and Rumina, as well as in
many species of the brackish water genera, Truncatella, Cerithidea, and
Quoyia. Stenogyra (Rumina) decollata, a common shell in the south of
Europe, has been noticed to bang its upper whorls violently against some
hard substance, as if to get rid of them.
showing the gradual formation of septa;
a, apex; ap, aperture; ss, first septum; s´s
´, second septum. (After de Folin.) B,
Adult form of C. eburneum Ad., Panama.
× 8.
Decollation.—In certain genera, when the shell becomes adult, the
animal ceases to occupy the upper whorls, which accordingly die and drop
off, the orifice at the top having meanwhile been closed by a shelly deposit.
Such shells are termed decollated. In some land genera decollation is the
rule, e.g. in Cylindrella (Fig. 169), Eucalodium, and Rumina, as well as in
many species of the brackish water genera, Truncatella, Cerithidea, and
Quoyia. Stenogyra (Rumina) decollata, a common shell in the south of
Europe, has been noticed to bang its upper whorls violently against some
hard substance, as if to get rid of them.
Page 316
Fig. 171.—Four stages in the growth of Fissurella, showing how the spire gradually
disappears and the marginal slit becomes an apical hole, A, B, C, highly magnified,
D, natural size. (After Boutan.)
Fig. 172.—Three stages in the growth of Cypraea exanthema L. (From
specimens taken at Panama.)
Special Points in the Growth of Certain Genera.—In the young of
Coecum the apex is at first spiral, but as growth proceeds and the long tube
begins to form, a septum is produced at the base of the apex, which soon
drops off. Soon afterwards, a second septum forms a little farther down, and
a second piece drops off, leaving the shell in the normal cylindrical form of
disappears and the marginal slit becomes an apical hole, A, B, C, highly magnified,
D, natural size. (After Boutan.)
Fig. 172.—Three stages in the growth of Cypraea exanthema L. (From
specimens taken at Panama.)
Special Points in the Growth of Certain Genera.—In the young of
Coecum the apex is at first spiral, but as growth proceeds and the long tube
begins to form, a septum is produced at the base of the apex, which soon
drops off. Soon afterwards, a second septum forms a little farther down, and
a second piece drops off, leaving the shell in the normal cylindrical form of
Page 317
the adult (Fig. 170). The development of Fissurella is of extreme interest. In
an early stage it possesses a spiral shell, with a slit on the margin of the
outer lip of the last whorl. As growth advances, shelly matter is deposited
on both margins, which results in the slit becoming a hole and the spire a
mere callosity, until at last they appear to coalesce in the apex of the adult
shell (Fig. 171). The singular formations of Magilus and Rhizochilus have
already been described (pp. 75, 76). Cypraea, in the young stage, is a thin
spiral shell with a conspicuous apex. As growth proceeds, the surface of the
whorls, which are nearly enveloped by two large lobes of the mantle,
becomes overlaid with new layers of shelly matter, until eventually the spire
becomes embedded, and ultimately disappears from view (Fig. 172).
Patella, when young, has a nautiloid shell (see Fig. 45, p. 134), but it is a
remarkable fact that we are entirely ignorant, in this commonest of
molluscs, of the transition stages which convert the nautiloid into the
familiar conical shell. The young shell of Pteroceras is deceptively unlike
the adult, and is entirely devoid of the finger-like processes which are so
characteristic of the genus (chap. xiv.).
Among the bivalve Mollusca, Anomia in a young stage is not to be
distinguished from Ostrea. Soon a small sinus appears on the ventral
margin, which gradually deepens and, as the shell grows round it, forms a
hole for the byssus, eventually becoming fixed beneath the umbones (see
Fig. 173). In Teredo the two valves of the shell proper, which is very small,
become lodged in a long calcareous tube or cylinder, which is generally
open at both ends (see chap. xvi.). In Aspergillum a somewhat similar
cylinder is developed, but the valves are soldered to the tube, and form a
part of it, the tube itself being furnished, at the anterior end, with a disc,
which is perforated with holes like the rose of a watering-pot. In Clavagella
the left valve alone becomes soldered to the tube, while the right valve is
free within it (see chap. xvi.). Fistulana encloses the whole of its shell in a
long tapering tube, which is not at any point adherent to the shell.
an early stage it possesses a spiral shell, with a slit on the margin of the
outer lip of the last whorl. As growth advances, shelly matter is deposited
on both margins, which results in the slit becoming a hole and the spire a
mere callosity, until at last they appear to coalesce in the apex of the adult
shell (Fig. 171). The singular formations of Magilus and Rhizochilus have
already been described (pp. 75, 76). Cypraea, in the young stage, is a thin
spiral shell with a conspicuous apex. As growth proceeds, the surface of the
whorls, which are nearly enveloped by two large lobes of the mantle,
becomes overlaid with new layers of shelly matter, until eventually the spire
becomes embedded, and ultimately disappears from view (Fig. 172).
Patella, when young, has a nautiloid shell (see Fig. 45, p. 134), but it is a
remarkable fact that we are entirely ignorant, in this commonest of
molluscs, of the transition stages which convert the nautiloid into the
familiar conical shell. The young shell of Pteroceras is deceptively unlike
the adult, and is entirely devoid of the finger-like processes which are so
characteristic of the genus (chap. xiv.).
Among the bivalve Mollusca, Anomia in a young stage is not to be
distinguished from Ostrea. Soon a small sinus appears on the ventral
margin, which gradually deepens and, as the shell grows round it, forms a
hole for the byssus, eventually becoming fixed beneath the umbones (see
Fig. 173). In Teredo the two valves of the shell proper, which is very small,
become lodged in a long calcareous tube or cylinder, which is generally
open at both ends (see chap. xvi.). In Aspergillum a somewhat similar
cylinder is developed, but the valves are soldered to the tube, and form a
part of it, the tube itself being furnished, at the anterior end, with a disc,
which is perforated with holes like the rose of a watering-pot. In Clavagella
the left valve alone becomes soldered to the tube, while the right valve is
free within it (see chap. xvi.). Fistulana encloses the whole of its shell in a
long tapering tube, which is not at any point adherent to the shell.
Page 318
Fig. 173.—Development of the byssus or the plug-
hole in Anomia. (After Morse.)
Terms employed to denote various Parts of the Univalve Shell.—The
apex is the extreme top of the spire, and generally consists of the embryonic
shell, which may often be recognised by its entire want of sculpture. When
the embryonic shell happens to be large, the apex is often mammillated, e.g.
in Fusus, Neptunea, and some Turbinella; in the Pyramidellidae it is
sinistral.
The suture is the line of junction between any two successive whorls. It
may be deep, and even channelled, or very shallow, as in Fig. 150 B (p.
246).
The spire is the whole series of whorls except the last or body whorl. A
whorl is a single revolution of the spiral cone round the axis. The spire may
be subulate (as in Terebra, Fig. 150 C), turreted (Scalaria), depressed
(Polygyratia, Fig. 150 A), conical (Trochus), globose (Ampullaria, Natica,
Fig. 150 B), with almost all conceivable gradations between these types.
The number of whorls is best counted by placing the shell mouth
downwards, and reckoning one for every suture that occurs between the
extreme anterior point of the shell and the apex.
hole in Anomia. (After Morse.)
Terms employed to denote various Parts of the Univalve Shell.—The
apex is the extreme top of the spire, and generally consists of the embryonic
shell, which may often be recognised by its entire want of sculpture. When
the embryonic shell happens to be large, the apex is often mammillated, e.g.
in Fusus, Neptunea, and some Turbinella; in the Pyramidellidae it is
sinistral.
The suture is the line of junction between any two successive whorls. It
may be deep, and even channelled, or very shallow, as in Fig. 150 B (p.
246).
The spire is the whole series of whorls except the last or body whorl. A
whorl is a single revolution of the spiral cone round the axis. The spire may
be subulate (as in Terebra, Fig. 150 C), turreted (Scalaria), depressed
(Polygyratia, Fig. 150 A), conical (Trochus), globose (Ampullaria, Natica,
Fig. 150 B), with almost all conceivable gradations between these types.
The number of whorls is best counted by placing the shell mouth
downwards, and reckoning one for every suture that occurs between the
extreme anterior point of the shell and the apex.
Page 319
Fig. 174.—Illustrating the technical terms applied to the various parts of a univalve shell.
The mouth or aperture may be (a) entire, as in Helix, Natica, Ampullaria,
when its peristome or margin is not interrupted by any notch or canal, or (b)
prolonged at its anterior and sometimes also at its posterior end into a
canal. The anterior canal serves as a protection to the siphon,[347] the
posterior canal is mainly anal in function, and corresponds, in part, to the
hole of Fissurella, the slit in Pleurotoma and Emarginula, and the row of
holes in Haliotis. The mouth presents every variety of shape, from the
perfect circle in Cyclostoma and Trochus, to the narrow and prolonged slit
in Conus and Oliva.
Fig. 175.—Anal slit in Pleurotoma.
The right margin of the mouth (the left, in sinistral shells) is termed the
outer lip or labrum, the left margin the inner lip, labium, or columella lip.
The mouth or aperture may be (a) entire, as in Helix, Natica, Ampullaria,
when its peristome or margin is not interrupted by any notch or canal, or (b)
prolonged at its anterior and sometimes also at its posterior end into a
canal. The anterior canal serves as a protection to the siphon,[347] the
posterior canal is mainly anal in function, and corresponds, in part, to the
hole of Fissurella, the slit in Pleurotoma and Emarginula, and the row of
holes in Haliotis. The mouth presents every variety of shape, from the
perfect circle in Cyclostoma and Trochus, to the narrow and prolonged slit
in Conus and Oliva.
Fig. 175.—Anal slit in Pleurotoma.
The right margin of the mouth (the left, in sinistral shells) is termed the
outer lip or labrum, the left margin the inner lip, labium, or columella lip.
Page 320
[348]
In young shells the outer lip is usually thin and unfinished, while in the
adult it is generally thickened into a rib, or furnished with more or less
prominent teeth, or given an inward or outward curve. In some genera,
especially the Strombidae, the outer lip of the adult develops long finger-
like processes, which sometimes attain an extraordinary size (chap. xiv.). As
growth proceeds, these marginal teeth and ribs are either dissolved and
disappear, or are permanently incorporated, in the shape of varices, with the
framework of the shell. Some shells, e.g. Natica, Turritella, Actaeon, have a
permanently unfinished outer lip, even in the adult stage. The columella lip
varies in shape with the mouth as a whole; thus it may be straight, as in
Conus, or excavated, as in Sigaretus, Struthiolaria, and Bulla. Frequently it
is continued by part of the body whorl, as in Ficula, Dolium, and
Fasciolaria.
Fig. 176.—Solarium perspectivum
Lam., from the under side.
In young shells the outer lip is usually thin and unfinished, while in the
adult it is generally thickened into a rib, or furnished with more or less
prominent teeth, or given an inward or outward curve. In some genera,
especially the Strombidae, the outer lip of the adult develops long finger-
like processes, which sometimes attain an extraordinary size (chap. xiv.). As
growth proceeds, these marginal teeth and ribs are either dissolved and
disappear, or are permanently incorporated, in the shape of varices, with the
framework of the shell. Some shells, e.g. Natica, Turritella, Actaeon, have a
permanently unfinished outer lip, even in the adult stage. The columella lip
varies in shape with the mouth as a whole; thus it may be straight, as in
Conus, or excavated, as in Sigaretus, Struthiolaria, and Bulla. Frequently it
is continued by part of the body whorl, as in Ficula, Dolium, and
Fasciolaria.
Fig. 176.—Solarium perspectivum
Lam., from the under side.
Page 321
Fig. 177.—Section of Turbinella pyrum
L., showing the plicae on the
columella and the growth of
successive whorls.
The folds or plaits on the columella, which are often characteristic of the
genus or even family (e.g. Fasciolariidae, Mitridae, Turbinellidae) are not
merely external, but continue down the whole spire (see Fig. 177, which
also shows how successive fresh growths have thickened the columella).
The whorls may be wound in a spiral, which is either hollow, as in
Solarium, or quite compact, as in Oliva, Terebra, Cypraea, with every
possible intermediate grade. This concavity, which varies in depth and
width, is known as the umbilicus, and shells are accordingly spoken of as
deeply (e.g. most Trochidae and Naticidae), narrowly (e.g. Lacuna,
Littorina), or widely (e.g. Solarium) umbilicated. When the spiral is quite
flat, as in Planorbis and some Helix, the umbilicus vanishes entirely. Shells
in which the whorls are so compactly coiled on an ascending spiral that
there is no umbilicus, are termed imperforate.
L., showing the plicae on the
columella and the growth of
successive whorls.
The folds or plaits on the columella, which are often characteristic of the
genus or even family (e.g. Fasciolariidae, Mitridae, Turbinellidae) are not
merely external, but continue down the whole spire (see Fig. 177, which
also shows how successive fresh growths have thickened the columella).
The whorls may be wound in a spiral, which is either hollow, as in
Solarium, or quite compact, as in Oliva, Terebra, Cypraea, with every
possible intermediate grade. This concavity, which varies in depth and
width, is known as the umbilicus, and shells are accordingly spoken of as
deeply (e.g. most Trochidae and Naticidae), narrowly (e.g. Lacuna,
Littorina), or widely (e.g. Solarium) umbilicated. When the spiral is quite
flat, as in Planorbis and some Helix, the umbilicus vanishes entirely. Shells
in which the whorls are so compactly coiled on an ascending spiral that
there is no umbilicus, are termed imperforate.
Page 322
Fig. 178.—The slit in A, Hemitoma, B, Emarginula, C, Macroschisma, D, Craniopsis, E,
Puncturella, F, Fissurella.
The Slit.—Many shells are furnished with a slit in the last whorl, which
opens, in most cases, on the outer lip, and is sometimes of considerable
depth, at others a mere notch. In the patelliform shells it is always in front
of the apex. The function of the slit appears to be mainly anal, the excretory
products being thus allowed to escape by a passage of their own, without
soiling the clean water taken in by the branchiae. The posterior canal of
some Gasteropoda probably performs a similar function. In the adult
Fissurella the slit becomes an apical hole (see Fig. 178 F), in the allied
genera it is either immediately in front of the spire (Puncturella), or half-
way between the spire and the anterior margin (Rimula), or on the margin
and well marked (Emarginula), or a mere indentation of the margin
(Hemitoma). In Pleurotomaria it is exceptionally long, and is well marked
in Bellerophon, Schismope, Scissurella, Murchisonia, and Pleurotoma
(where it is sutural). In Haliotis and Polytremaria it is replaced by a series
of holes, which are closed up as the animal grows past them. Some of these
holes (at least in Haliotis) certainly serve the purpose of admitting water to
the branchiae, while others are anal. In Trochotoma there are only two
holes, united by a narrow fissure.
The Tubed Land Operculates.—A group of the Cyclophoridae, which is
restricted to Further India and the great Malay Islands, has developed a
remarkable sutural tube on the exterior of the last whorl, near the aperture,
A similar tube, but more obscure, exists in Alycaeus. Several stages in the
development of this tube may be noticed, beginning with the elevation of
part of the peristome into a simple irregular shelly plate, which is
continued, first into a short, and then into a long tube, which becomes
Puncturella, F, Fissurella.
The Slit.—Many shells are furnished with a slit in the last whorl, which
opens, in most cases, on the outer lip, and is sometimes of considerable
depth, at others a mere notch. In the patelliform shells it is always in front
of the apex. The function of the slit appears to be mainly anal, the excretory
products being thus allowed to escape by a passage of their own, without
soiling the clean water taken in by the branchiae. The posterior canal of
some Gasteropoda probably performs a similar function. In the adult
Fissurella the slit becomes an apical hole (see Fig. 178 F), in the allied
genera it is either immediately in front of the spire (Puncturella), or half-
way between the spire and the anterior margin (Rimula), or on the margin
and well marked (Emarginula), or a mere indentation of the margin
(Hemitoma). In Pleurotomaria it is exceptionally long, and is well marked
in Bellerophon, Schismope, Scissurella, Murchisonia, and Pleurotoma
(where it is sutural). In Haliotis and Polytremaria it is replaced by a series
of holes, which are closed up as the animal grows past them. Some of these
holes (at least in Haliotis) certainly serve the purpose of admitting water to
the branchiae, while others are anal. In Trochotoma there are only two
holes, united by a narrow fissure.
The Tubed Land Operculates.—A group of the Cyclophoridae, which is
restricted to Further India and the great Malay Islands, has developed a
remarkable sutural tube on the exterior of the last whorl, near the aperture,
A similar tube, but more obscure, exists in Alycaeus. Several stages in the
development of this tube may be noticed, beginning with the elevation of
part of the peristome into a simple irregular shelly plate, which is
continued, first into a short, and then into a long tube, which becomes
Page 323
soldered to the shell; finally, the tube becomes free, and the anterior part of
the last whorl is disconnected from the spire (Fig. 180 A-D).
Fig. 179.—The slit in A, Bellerophon, B,
Pleurotomaria, C, Schismope, D,
Polytremaria, E, Haliotis (not drawn to
scale).
Fig. 180.—Development of the tube in the tube operculates: A, Pterocycus rupestris Bens.; B,
Opisthoporus birostris Pfr.; C, Spiraculum travancoricum Bedd.; D, Rhiostoma Housei Pfr.
the last whorl is disconnected from the spire (Fig. 180 A-D).
Fig. 179.—The slit in A, Bellerophon, B,
Pleurotomaria, C, Schismope, D,
Polytremaria, E, Haliotis (not drawn to
scale).
Fig. 180.—Development of the tube in the tube operculates: A, Pterocycus rupestris Bens.; B,
Opisthoporus birostris Pfr.; C, Spiraculum travancoricum Bedd.; D, Rhiostoma Housei Pfr.
Page 324
It is singular that the tube does not appear to be of any use to the animal,
since its internal extremity, in the complete form, is closed, and does not
communicate with the interior of the whorl. It may be presumed, however,
that in origin the tube served as a means of conveying air to the animal
when the operculum was closed. The holes in the peristome of Pupina,
Cataulus, and Anostoma (Fig. 154) may be compared.
Fig. 181.—Eburna spirata Lam., E.
Indies. F, foot; OP, operculum; P,
penis; S, siphon; T, tentacles, with
eyes at their base. (After Souleyet.)
The Operculum.—The operculum is a cuticular development of a group
of cells situated on the dorsal side of the foot, exactly over the terminal
point of the fibres of the columellar muscle. It is so situated that in crawling
it is generally carried free of the shell, sometimes at the extreme upper end
of the foot, more usually somewhat nearer to the shell (Fig. 181). In
Pterocyclus it is pushed back into the umbilicus when the animal is in
motion.
The operculum is present in nearly all land, fresh-water, and marine
Prosobranchiata, absent in all Opisthobranchiata in the adult state, except
Actaeon, and in all Pulmonata, except Amphibola. It has been lost in the
following marine Prosobranchiata: many Cancellariidae and Conidae, Oliva
(though present in Olivella and Ancilla), Harpidae, Marginellidae, Voluta
proper (though present in V. musica), nearly all Mitridae, Cypraeidae,
Doliidae, Ianthinidae; and, of land genera, in Proserpinidae. It is evident,
since its internal extremity, in the complete form, is closed, and does not
communicate with the interior of the whorl. It may be presumed, however,
that in origin the tube served as a means of conveying air to the animal
when the operculum was closed. The holes in the peristome of Pupina,
Cataulus, and Anostoma (Fig. 154) may be compared.
Fig. 181.—Eburna spirata Lam., E.
Indies. F, foot; OP, operculum; P,
penis; S, siphon; T, tentacles, with
eyes at their base. (After Souleyet.)
The Operculum.—The operculum is a cuticular development of a group
of cells situated on the dorsal side of the foot, exactly over the terminal
point of the fibres of the columellar muscle. It is so situated that in crawling
it is generally carried free of the shell, sometimes at the extreme upper end
of the foot, more usually somewhat nearer to the shell (Fig. 181). In
Pterocyclus it is pushed back into the umbilicus when the animal is in
motion.
The operculum is present in nearly all land, fresh-water, and marine
Prosobranchiata, absent in all Opisthobranchiata in the adult state, except
Actaeon, and in all Pulmonata, except Amphibola. It has been lost in the
following marine Prosobranchiata: many Cancellariidae and Conidae, Oliva
(though present in Olivella and Ancilla), Harpidae, Marginellidae, Voluta
proper (though present in V. musica), nearly all Mitridae, Cypraeidae,
Doliidae, Ianthinidae; and, of land genera, in Proserpinidae. It is evident,
Page 325
therefore, that its presence or absence is of limited value in classification. In
some species of Ampullaria and Natica it is horny, in others shelly. Dall
found that in a number of specimens of Volutharpa ampullacea, 15 p.c. had
opercula, 10 p.c. traces of the operculigenous area, but no operculum, the
rest no trace of either. Monstrosities of Buccinum undatum sometimes
occur, which have two, or in rare case three opercula.
As a rule, the operculum exactly fits the mouth of the shell. But in cases
where the mouth is very large (e.g. Conus, Strombus, Concholepas, some
Bullia), it only covers a very small portion and is quite inadequate as a
protection (Fig. 62, p. 155). Again, when the shell has assumed a more or
less limpet-shaped form, and habitually adheres to flat surfaces without
much occasion for locomotion, the operculum becomes degraded and is
probably on the way to being lost altogether. This is the case with Navicella
(a modified Nerita, see Fig. 13, p. 17), Concholepas (a modified Purpura),
Sigaretus (a modified Natica). Probably the more completely patelliform
shells of Crepidula, Haliotis, Fissurella, and Patella have reached the stage
at which the operculum has been lost entirely. In Navicella, besides
becoming degraded, the operculum has actually become partly internal, and
apparently serves the purpose of separating the viscera from the upper part
of the foot, something like the shelly plate in Crepidula. This explains why
the operculum in this genus is polished on both sides.[349]
Some authors have imagined that the operculum is homologous (a) to
the second valve in Pelecypoda, (b) to the byssus. It differs, however,
morphologically from the former in the essential point of not being
produced by the mantle, and from the latter in not being produced by a
special gland.
some species of Ampullaria and Natica it is horny, in others shelly. Dall
found that in a number of specimens of Volutharpa ampullacea, 15 p.c. had
opercula, 10 p.c. traces of the operculigenous area, but no operculum, the
rest no trace of either. Monstrosities of Buccinum undatum sometimes
occur, which have two, or in rare case three opercula.
As a rule, the operculum exactly fits the mouth of the shell. But in cases
where the mouth is very large (e.g. Conus, Strombus, Concholepas, some
Bullia), it only covers a very small portion and is quite inadequate as a
protection (Fig. 62, p. 155). Again, when the shell has assumed a more or
less limpet-shaped form, and habitually adheres to flat surfaces without
much occasion for locomotion, the operculum becomes degraded and is
probably on the way to being lost altogether. This is the case with Navicella
(a modified Nerita, see Fig. 13, p. 17), Concholepas (a modified Purpura),
Sigaretus (a modified Natica). Probably the more completely patelliform
shells of Crepidula, Haliotis, Fissurella, and Patella have reached the stage
at which the operculum has been lost entirely. In Navicella, besides
becoming degraded, the operculum has actually become partly internal, and
apparently serves the purpose of separating the viscera from the upper part
of the foot, something like the shelly plate in Crepidula. This explains why
the operculum in this genus is polished on both sides.[349]
Some authors have imagined that the operculum is homologous (a) to
the second valve in Pelecypoda, (b) to the byssus. It differs, however,
morphologically from the former in the essential point of not being
produced by the mantle, and from the latter in not being produced by a
special gland.
Page 326
Turbo (Sarmaticus) Turbo (Callopoma) Livona Ampullaria Natica
Fig. 182.—Various forms of opercula.
As regards shape and formation, the operculum has usually a more or
less well-marked nucleus which may be central (e.g. Livona), sub-central
(Ampullaria), lateral (Purpura), or terminal (Pyrula). As a rule, both the
inner and outer surfaces are fairly flat, but in Torinia, Cyathopoma, and
Pterocyclus the outer surface is elevated and conically spiral, in some Turbo
(e.g. Sarmaticus) it is covered with raised tubercles resembling coral, while
in others (e.g. Callopoma) it is scored with a deep trench. Aulopoma, a land
genus peculiar to Ceylon, has a paucispiral operculum with hollow whorls,
deceptively like a Planorbis; it fits over the aperture instead of into it. In
Livona and most Trochidae the operculum is cartilaginous and multispiral.
In Strombus it is narrow, curved, and often serrated like a leaf on one of the
edges; in Conus it is narrowly oblong and rather featureless; in Littorina,
paucispiral and always cartilaginous. In many cases (e.g. Paludina) there is
no true spiral form, but the striae are concentric to a nearly central nucleus,
and thus give the appearance of a spiral. The evolution of the operculum in
Navicella from Nerita has already been illustrated (p. 10). Neritopsis has a
very remarkable operculum, the striated appendage of which locks behind
the columella of the shell, like the tooth in the opercula of the Neritidae.
Fig. 182.—Various forms of opercula.
As regards shape and formation, the operculum has usually a more or
less well-marked nucleus which may be central (e.g. Livona), sub-central
(Ampullaria), lateral (Purpura), or terminal (Pyrula). As a rule, both the
inner and outer surfaces are fairly flat, but in Torinia, Cyathopoma, and
Pterocyclus the outer surface is elevated and conically spiral, in some Turbo
(e.g. Sarmaticus) it is covered with raised tubercles resembling coral, while
in others (e.g. Callopoma) it is scored with a deep trench. Aulopoma, a land
genus peculiar to Ceylon, has a paucispiral operculum with hollow whorls,
deceptively like a Planorbis; it fits over the aperture instead of into it. In
Livona and most Trochidae the operculum is cartilaginous and multispiral.
In Strombus it is narrow, curved, and often serrated like a leaf on one of the
edges; in Conus it is narrowly oblong and rather featureless; in Littorina,
paucispiral and always cartilaginous. In many cases (e.g. Paludina) there is
no true spiral form, but the striae are concentric to a nearly central nucleus,
and thus give the appearance of a spiral. The evolution of the operculum in
Navicella from Nerita has already been illustrated (p. 10). Neritopsis has a
very remarkable operculum, the striated appendage of which locks behind
the columella of the shell, like the tooth in the opercula of the Neritidae.
Page 327
Pyrula Purpura Littorina Aulopoma × 3 Torinia × 2 Neritopsis Strombus Conus × 3/2
Fig. 183.—Various forms of opercula.
Terms employed to denote various parts of the Bivalve Shell.—The
umbo, or beak, is the apex of the hollow cone, of which each valve may be
regarded as consisting. This apex is usually more or less twisted: it is
markedly spiral in Isocardia, Diceras, some Chama, and especially
Requienia, while in Pecten, Lepton, and others the spiral is altogether
absent. As a rule the umbones point forward, i.e. towards the anterior end of
the shell. In Donax, Nucula, and Trigonia, however, they point backward.
The umbones are generally more or less approximated, but in Arca they are
widely separated.
An equilateral shell is one in which the umbones are more or less central
with regard to its anterior and posterior portion, while in an inequilateral
shell the umbones are much nearer one end than the other. On the other
hand, equivalve and inequivalve are terms used to express the relation of the
two valves to one another as a whole. Thus nearly all bivalve shells are
more or less inequilateral, but a comparatively small proportion are
inequivalve.
The dorsal margin is adjacent to, the ventral margin opposite to, the
umbones. The anterior and posterior margins are respectively the front and
hinder edges of the shell.
The muscles which serve to close the valves leave impressions on the
inner surface of each valve. These, when both muscles are present, are
known as the anterior and posterior adductor impressions. The impression
produced by the muscular edge of the mantle, which curves downwards and
Fig. 183.—Various forms of opercula.
Terms employed to denote various parts of the Bivalve Shell.—The
umbo, or beak, is the apex of the hollow cone, of which each valve may be
regarded as consisting. This apex is usually more or less twisted: it is
markedly spiral in Isocardia, Diceras, some Chama, and especially
Requienia, while in Pecten, Lepton, and others the spiral is altogether
absent. As a rule the umbones point forward, i.e. towards the anterior end of
the shell. In Donax, Nucula, and Trigonia, however, they point backward.
The umbones are generally more or less approximated, but in Arca they are
widely separated.
An equilateral shell is one in which the umbones are more or less central
with regard to its anterior and posterior portion, while in an inequilateral
shell the umbones are much nearer one end than the other. On the other
hand, equivalve and inequivalve are terms used to express the relation of the
two valves to one another as a whole. Thus nearly all bivalve shells are
more or less inequilateral, but a comparatively small proportion are
inequivalve.
The dorsal margin is adjacent to, the ventral margin opposite to, the
umbones. The anterior and posterior margins are respectively the front and
hinder edges of the shell.
The muscles which serve to close the valves leave impressions on the
inner surface of each valve. These, when both muscles are present, are
known as the anterior and posterior adductor impressions. The impression
produced by the muscular edge of the mantle, which curves downwards and
Page 328
backwards from the anterior adductor impression, is known as the pallial
line. In shells with only one muscle it is represented by an irregular row of
small marks, or disappears altogether (Ostrea). The pallial sinus is
produced by the muscles which retract the siphons, and is most marked in
those genera in which the muscles are powerful and the siphons large (e.g.
Tellina, Mya). It is entirely absent in genera possessing no retractile
siphons.
Fig. 184.—Left valve of Venus gnidia L.: A,
anterior, B, posterior, C, dorsal, D, ventral
margin, AB, length, CD, breadth of shell.
a.m, anterior; p.m, posterior adductor muscle;
p, pallial line; p.s, pallial sinus; l, ligament; lu,
lunule; u, umbo; c, cardinal teeth; a.l, anterior
lateral tooth; p.l, posterior lateral tooth.
line. In shells with only one muscle it is represented by an irregular row of
small marks, or disappears altogether (Ostrea). The pallial sinus is
produced by the muscles which retract the siphons, and is most marked in
those genera in which the muscles are powerful and the siphons large (e.g.
Tellina, Mya). It is entirely absent in genera possessing no retractile
siphons.
Fig. 184.—Left valve of Venus gnidia L.: A,
anterior, B, posterior, C, dorsal, D, ventral
margin, AB, length, CD, breadth of shell.
a.m, anterior; p.m, posterior adductor muscle;
p, pallial line; p.s, pallial sinus; l, ligament; lu,
lunule; u, umbo; c, cardinal teeth; a.l, anterior
lateral tooth; p.l, posterior lateral tooth.
Page 329
Fig. 185.—Right valve of Lucina tigerina L.: A,
anterior, B, posterior, C, dorsal, D, ventral
margin; AB, length, CD, breadth of shell.
a.m, anterior; p.m, posterior adductor muscles;
p, pallial line; l, ligament; u, umbo; c, cardinal
teeth; a.l, p.l, anterior and posterior lateral tooth.
Right and Left Valve.—The simplest way of distinguishing the valves as
right and left is to hold the shell in such a way that the siphons point
towards the observer, and the mouth away from him; in this position the
valve to the right is called the right valve, and the valve to the left the left
valve. If, however, the animal is not present, it may be remembered that the
ligament is nearly always behind the beaks, and that the beaks, as a rule,
point forward, thus the right and left valves can generally be named by
observation of the beaks and ligament. When the ligament is median to the
valves (e.g. Ostrea, Pecten), and the beaks are not curved, the valves may
be recognised by noting the fact that the impression of the adductor muscle
(in these cases always single) is nearer to the posterior than to the anterior
side. In a similar way the pallial impression, which only forms a sinus on
the posterior side, furnishes a guide to the valves of Donax, in which the
beaks point backward, and of Tellina, in which the beaks are frequently
central.
In the fixed inequivalves (e.g. Chama) it is sometimes the right,
sometimes the left valve which is undermost, but the fixed valve, whether
right or left, is always deep, and the free valve flat. Ostrea and Anomia are
always fixed by the left valve.
anterior, B, posterior, C, dorsal, D, ventral
margin; AB, length, CD, breadth of shell.
a.m, anterior; p.m, posterior adductor muscles;
p, pallial line; l, ligament; u, umbo; c, cardinal
teeth; a.l, p.l, anterior and posterior lateral tooth.
Right and Left Valve.—The simplest way of distinguishing the valves as
right and left is to hold the shell in such a way that the siphons point
towards the observer, and the mouth away from him; in this position the
valve to the right is called the right valve, and the valve to the left the left
valve. If, however, the animal is not present, it may be remembered that the
ligament is nearly always behind the beaks, and that the beaks, as a rule,
point forward, thus the right and left valves can generally be named by
observation of the beaks and ligament. When the ligament is median to the
valves (e.g. Ostrea, Pecten), and the beaks are not curved, the valves may
be recognised by noting the fact that the impression of the adductor muscle
(in these cases always single) is nearer to the posterior than to the anterior
side. In a similar way the pallial impression, which only forms a sinus on
the posterior side, furnishes a guide to the valves of Donax, in which the
beaks point backward, and of Tellina, in which the beaks are frequently
central.
In the fixed inequivalves (e.g. Chama) it is sometimes the right,
sometimes the left valve which is undermost, but the fixed valve, whether
right or left, is always deep, and the free valve flat. Ostrea and Anomia are
always fixed by the left valve.
Page 330
The lunule is a well-marked area in front of and close to the umbones,
usually more or less heart-shaped, and limited by a ridge. Generally it is
shallow, but sometimes, as in Dosinia, Opis, and some Cardium, deeply
impressed. A corresponding area behind the umbones, enclosing the
ligament, is called the escutcheon (Fig. 186), but it seldom occurs.
The ligament is a more or less elastic band, which unites the two valves
along a line adjacent to the umbones. As a rule, the greater part of the
ligament is external to the shell, but it may be entirely internal. It is placed,
normally, behind the umbones, but in a few cases, when the hinge line is
very long (Arca, Pectunculus), it extends in front of them as well. The
edges of the valves, when the ligament is mainly external, are more or less
excavated for its reception. When internal it is generally contained in a
groove or spoon-shaped pit, known as the fossette (compare Fig. 187).
Fig. 186.—Venus subrostrata
Lam.: es, escutcheon; li,
ligament; lu, lunule; u, u,
umbones.
The ligament consists of two distinct parts, which may occur together or
separately, the external, or ligament proper, and the internal, or cartilage.
Only the external portion can be seen when the valves are closed. As a rule,
the two portions are intimately connected with one another, the ligament
folding over the cartilage, but in some cases, e.g. Mya, Mactra, where the
cartilage is lodged within the hinge, they are completely disconnected (Fig.
187).
usually more or less heart-shaped, and limited by a ridge. Generally it is
shallow, but sometimes, as in Dosinia, Opis, and some Cardium, deeply
impressed. A corresponding area behind the umbones, enclosing the
ligament, is called the escutcheon (Fig. 186), but it seldom occurs.
The ligament is a more or less elastic band, which unites the two valves
along a line adjacent to the umbones. As a rule, the greater part of the
ligament is external to the shell, but it may be entirely internal. It is placed,
normally, behind the umbones, but in a few cases, when the hinge line is
very long (Arca, Pectunculus), it extends in front of them as well. The
edges of the valves, when the ligament is mainly external, are more or less
excavated for its reception. When internal it is generally contained in a
groove or spoon-shaped pit, known as the fossette (compare Fig. 187).
Fig. 186.—Venus subrostrata
Lam.: es, escutcheon; li,
ligament; lu, lunule; u, u,
umbones.
The ligament consists of two distinct parts, which may occur together or
separately, the external, or ligament proper, and the internal, or cartilage.
Only the external portion can be seen when the valves are closed. As a rule,
the two portions are intimately connected with one another, the ligament
folding over the cartilage, but in some cases, e.g. Mya, Mactra, where the
cartilage is lodged within the hinge, they are completely disconnected (Fig.
187).
Page 331
In Pecten the external ligament is very thin, and runs along the dorsal
margin, while the internal ligament is large, solid, and situated in a shallow
pit. In Perna, where the hinge is toothless, the ligament is folded into a
number of transverse ridges, which fit into corresponding grooves in the
shell.
The ligament proper is inelastic and insoluble in caustic potash. The
cartilage is very elastic, composed of parallel fibres, slightly iridescent, and
soluble in caustic potash.
The operation of the ligament—using the word as including the whole
ligamental process—is in opposition to that of the adductor muscles. When
the latter close the valves, they compress the ligament, an action which its
elasticity resists: thus its operation tends in part towards keeping the valves
open. But when ligament and cartilage are both fully developed, they work
in opposition to one another, the ligament, by its resistance to compression,
preventing any straining of the adductor muscles when the valves are open,
and the cartilage, for the same reason, preventing the ventral margins of the
shell from closing too rapidly upon one another when the valves are being
shut.
Fig. 187.—Hinge of A, right valve, and
B, left valve of Mulinia edulis King;
ca, cardinals; l.a, anterior laterals;
l.p, posterior laterals; f, fossette; c,
cartilage; l, ligament.
margin, while the internal ligament is large, solid, and situated in a shallow
pit. In Perna, where the hinge is toothless, the ligament is folded into a
number of transverse ridges, which fit into corresponding grooves in the
shell.
The ligament proper is inelastic and insoluble in caustic potash. The
cartilage is very elastic, composed of parallel fibres, slightly iridescent, and
soluble in caustic potash.
The operation of the ligament—using the word as including the whole
ligamental process—is in opposition to that of the adductor muscles. When
the latter close the valves, they compress the ligament, an action which its
elasticity resists: thus its operation tends in part towards keeping the valves
open. But when ligament and cartilage are both fully developed, they work
in opposition to one another, the ligament, by its resistance to compression,
preventing any straining of the adductor muscles when the valves are open,
and the cartilage, for the same reason, preventing the ventral margins of the
shell from closing too rapidly upon one another when the valves are being
shut.
Fig. 187.—Hinge of A, right valve, and
B, left valve of Mulinia edulis King;
ca, cardinals; l.a, anterior laterals;
l.p, posterior laterals; f, fossette; c,
cartilage; l, ligament.
Page 332
The Hinge.—The valves of Pelecypoda are generally articulated, below
the umbones, by a hinge which is furnished, in the majority of cases, with
interlocking teeth, small pits or depressions in each valve corresponding to
the teeth in the other. The teeth are distinguished as cardinal, or those
immediately below the umbo, and lateral, or those to either side of the
cardinals, the latter being also distinguished as anterior and posterior
laterals, according as they are before or behind the umbo (Fig. 184). In
shells which are tolerably equilateral there is no difficulty in distinguishing
between cardinal and lateral teeth. But when they are very inequilateral, the
whole hinge may share in the inequality of growth, and an anterior lateral
may be thrown backward and simulate a cardinal, or a cardinal may be
thrown backward and simulate a posterior lateral (e.g. Cardita, Unio, Fig.
188). In many Chama the cardinals are pushed up into the umbo and
become a mere ridge, while the strong anterior lateral becomes nearly
central and simulates a cardinal.
Fig. 188.—Hinges of A, Cardita semiorbiculata Brug., and B, Unio rectus
Lam., showing how, in inequilateral shells, the lateral teeth tend to shift
their position. a.m, anterior adductor, p.m, posterior adductor muscle; c, c,
cardinal teeth; p.l, posterior lateral teeth; l, ligament.
Some bivalves, e.g. Anodonta, Ostrea, Pedum, many Mytilus, have no
hinge teeth at all, in others the laterals are wanting (Psammobia,
Diplodonta). In the Arcadae the hinge consists of a number of very similar
denticles, which are often serrated like the teeth of a comb (Fig. 189).
the umbones, by a hinge which is furnished, in the majority of cases, with
interlocking teeth, small pits or depressions in each valve corresponding to
the teeth in the other. The teeth are distinguished as cardinal, or those
immediately below the umbo, and lateral, or those to either side of the
cardinals, the latter being also distinguished as anterior and posterior
laterals, according as they are before or behind the umbo (Fig. 184). In
shells which are tolerably equilateral there is no difficulty in distinguishing
between cardinal and lateral teeth. But when they are very inequilateral, the
whole hinge may share in the inequality of growth, and an anterior lateral
may be thrown backward and simulate a cardinal, or a cardinal may be
thrown backward and simulate a posterior lateral (e.g. Cardita, Unio, Fig.
188). In many Chama the cardinals are pushed up into the umbo and
become a mere ridge, while the strong anterior lateral becomes nearly
central and simulates a cardinal.
Fig. 188.—Hinges of A, Cardita semiorbiculata Brug., and B, Unio rectus
Lam., showing how, in inequilateral shells, the lateral teeth tend to shift
their position. a.m, anterior adductor, p.m, posterior adductor muscle; c, c,
cardinal teeth; p.l, posterior lateral teeth; l, ligament.
Some bivalves, e.g. Anodonta, Ostrea, Pedum, many Mytilus, have no
hinge teeth at all, in others the laterals are wanting (Psammobia,
Diplodonta). In the Arcadae the hinge consists of a number of very similar
denticles, which are often serrated like the teeth of a comb (Fig. 189).
Page 333
Fig. 189.—The hinge in Arcadae: A,
Nacula Loringi Ang. × 4/3; B,
Arca granosa L.; u.a, umbonal
area.
Fig. 190.—A, Tridacna scapha Lam.; B, Cardium enode
Sowb., showing the interlocking of the ventral
margins.
Hinge-teeth are probably, in origin, derived from the crenulations or
ribbings of the surface of the shell, the upper ends of which impinge upon
the dorsal margin and mark it in a way which is quite recognisable when the
shell is thin. Similar crenulations, resulting in interlocking of the valves, are
not uncommon upon the ventral margin in certain genera (Fig. 190). The
Nacula Loringi Ang. × 4/3; B,
Arca granosa L.; u.a, umbonal
area.
Fig. 190.—A, Tridacna scapha Lam.; B, Cardium enode
Sowb., showing the interlocking of the ventral
margins.
Hinge-teeth are probably, in origin, derived from the crenulations or
ribbings of the surface of the shell, the upper ends of which impinge upon
the dorsal margin and mark it in a way which is quite recognisable when the
shell is thin. Similar crenulations, resulting in interlocking of the valves, are
not uncommon upon the ventral margin in certain genera (Fig. 190). The
Page 334
mechanical effect of these continued riblets, when fitted together on the
opposing valves, would be to prevent the valves sliding upon one another
while closing, or after being closed. Thus there would be a probability of
their surviving, even after the ribbing had disappeared from the surface of
the shell, the increased strength given by the hinge compensating for, and
making it possible to do without, the extra strength supplied by the ribs. It is
therefore possible that the teeth of the Nuculidae and Arcadae, which have
no distinction between cardinals and laterals, represent a very ancient type,
from which have been evolved the various forms of hinge in which
cardinals and laterals are distinguished. Even in some forms of Arcadae
(comp. Pectunculus) we get a hint how the transverse teeth of the typical
Arca may have become transformed into the longitudinal tooth of the
normal lateral.[350]
The developed hinge-teeth, then, ensure the opening of the valves in one
direction; they also secure their accurate closure upon one another in
exactly the same plane. Exposed shells and gaping siphons matter little to
animals which are protected by their burrowing propensities, but to those
which live in material which can be easily penetrated by their foes, it must
be of advantage to be able to buckle their armour absolutely tight. The
edentulous hinge of Anodonta is a degeneration from a dentate type, which
retains its teeth (in Unio, etc.) when subject to the jar of rapid streams, but
tends to lose them in the stiller waters of canals, lakes, and ponds.
Other processes in the bivalve shell.—In Anatina each umbo is fissured
and strengthened on the inside by a kind of umbonal plate which carries the
ligament. Some forms of Liligna develop a strong internal umbonal rib,
which serves as a buttress to strengthen the shell. In Pholas, the so-called
falciform process serves as a point of attachment for the muscles of the foot
and viscera. There is no ligament or hinge-teeth, the place of the latter being
taken by the anterior adductor muscle, which is attached to the hinge-plate,
the latter being reflected back into the shell.
In Septifer the anterior adductor muscle is carried on a sort of shelf or
myophore, and in Cucullaea the posterior adductor is partly raised on a
similar and very prominent formation.
Length and breadth of bivalve shells is variously measured. Most
authorities measure length, or ‘antero-posterior diameter,’ by a straight line
opposing valves, would be to prevent the valves sliding upon one another
while closing, or after being closed. Thus there would be a probability of
their surviving, even after the ribbing had disappeared from the surface of
the shell, the increased strength given by the hinge compensating for, and
making it possible to do without, the extra strength supplied by the ribs. It is
therefore possible that the teeth of the Nuculidae and Arcadae, which have
no distinction between cardinals and laterals, represent a very ancient type,
from which have been evolved the various forms of hinge in which
cardinals and laterals are distinguished. Even in some forms of Arcadae
(comp. Pectunculus) we get a hint how the transverse teeth of the typical
Arca may have become transformed into the longitudinal tooth of the
normal lateral.[350]
The developed hinge-teeth, then, ensure the opening of the valves in one
direction; they also secure their accurate closure upon one another in
exactly the same plane. Exposed shells and gaping siphons matter little to
animals which are protected by their burrowing propensities, but to those
which live in material which can be easily penetrated by their foes, it must
be of advantage to be able to buckle their armour absolutely tight. The
edentulous hinge of Anodonta is a degeneration from a dentate type, which
retains its teeth (in Unio, etc.) when subject to the jar of rapid streams, but
tends to lose them in the stiller waters of canals, lakes, and ponds.
Other processes in the bivalve shell.—In Anatina each umbo is fissured
and strengthened on the inside by a kind of umbonal plate which carries the
ligament. Some forms of Liligna develop a strong internal umbonal rib,
which serves as a buttress to strengthen the shell. In Pholas, the so-called
falciform process serves as a point of attachment for the muscles of the foot
and viscera. There is no ligament or hinge-teeth, the place of the latter being
taken by the anterior adductor muscle, which is attached to the hinge-plate,
the latter being reflected back into the shell.
In Septifer the anterior adductor muscle is carried on a sort of shelf or
myophore, and in Cucullaea the posterior adductor is partly raised on a
similar and very prominent formation.
Length and breadth of bivalve shells is variously measured. Most
authorities measure length, or ‘antero-posterior diameter,’ by a straight line
Page 335
drawn from the extreme anterior to the extreme posterior margin, and
breadth by a similar line, drawn from the umbones to a point, not very
clearly marked, on the opposite ventral margin (see Figs. 184 and 185).
Others, less correctly, reverse these terms. Thickness is measured by the
extreme distance of the opposite faces of the closed valves. As a rule, the
length exceeds, and often greatly exceeds, the thickness, but in a few cases
—e.g. the Cardissa section of Cardium—this is reversed.
The periostracum.—Nearly all shells are covered, at some period of their
growth, by a periostracum,[351] or surface skin, which serves the purpose of
protecting the shell against the destructive effects of the chemical action set
up by water or air. It also, in some cases (see p. 258), acts as a kind of base
upon which the shell is deposited. In old shells it is commonly worn away,
especially at those parts which are likely to become abraded.
The form and composition of the periostracum varies greatly. Sometimes
(e.g. Oliva) it is a mere transparent film, at others (Zonites) it is transparent,
but stout and solid. It is corneous in Solenomya, covered with fine hairs in
many Helicidae, in Conus, Velutina, and Cantharus it is thick, fibrous, and
persistent; in Trichotropis and some Triton it is furnished with long bristles
on a thick ground (Fig. 191). In fresh-water shells it is usually rather thick,
in order to protect the shell from the erosive powers of certain kinds of
water. In some cases (Mya, Anatina) the periostracum is continued over the
siphons, so as to form a protection throughout their whole length.
breadth by a similar line, drawn from the umbones to a point, not very
clearly marked, on the opposite ventral margin (see Figs. 184 and 185).
Others, less correctly, reverse these terms. Thickness is measured by the
extreme distance of the opposite faces of the closed valves. As a rule, the
length exceeds, and often greatly exceeds, the thickness, but in a few cases
—e.g. the Cardissa section of Cardium—this is reversed.
The periostracum.—Nearly all shells are covered, at some period of their
growth, by a periostracum,[351] or surface skin, which serves the purpose of
protecting the shell against the destructive effects of the chemical action set
up by water or air. It also, in some cases (see p. 258), acts as a kind of base
upon which the shell is deposited. In old shells it is commonly worn away,
especially at those parts which are likely to become abraded.
The form and composition of the periostracum varies greatly. Sometimes
(e.g. Oliva) it is a mere transparent film, at others (Zonites) it is transparent,
but stout and solid. It is corneous in Solenomya, covered with fine hairs in
many Helicidae, in Conus, Velutina, and Cantharus it is thick, fibrous, and
persistent; in Trichotropis and some Triton it is furnished with long bristles
on a thick ground (Fig. 191). In fresh-water shells it is usually rather thick,
in order to protect the shell from the erosive powers of certain kinds of
water. In some cases (Mya, Anatina) the periostracum is continued over the
siphons, so as to form a protection throughout their whole length.
Page 336
Fig. 191.—Triton olearium L.,
Mediterranean, an example of a
shell with a stout and hairy
periostracum. × ½.
Erosion.—The fresh-water Mollusca generally, and marine mollusca in a
few rare cases (Purpura, Littorina) are subject to erosion, or decay in the
shell substance. In univalves erosion usually sets in near the apex (Fig.
192), where the life of the shell may be regarded as weakest, and in
bivalves near the umbones. It is commonest in old shells, and rarely occurs
in the very young. So long as the periostracum is present to protect the
shell, erosion cannot set in, but when once it has been removed the shell is
liable to the chemical changes set up in its substance by water. There is
abundant evidence to show that erosion is caused by pollution of water. Out
of many instances one must suffice. In a certain stream near Boston, U.S.,
numbers of Mollusca occurred, the shells of which were very perfect and
free from disease. Some little way down stream an alkaline manufactory
drained its refuse into the water. At and below this point for some distance
every shell was more or less eroded, most of them seriously. Farther down,
when the alkali refuse became diluted away, the shells retained their normal
condition.[352]
Mediterranean, an example of a
shell with a stout and hairy
periostracum. × ½.
Erosion.—The fresh-water Mollusca generally, and marine mollusca in a
few rare cases (Purpura, Littorina) are subject to erosion, or decay in the
shell substance. In univalves erosion usually sets in near the apex (Fig.
192), where the life of the shell may be regarded as weakest, and in
bivalves near the umbones. It is commonest in old shells, and rarely occurs
in the very young. So long as the periostracum is present to protect the
shell, erosion cannot set in, but when once it has been removed the shell is
liable to the chemical changes set up in its substance by water. There is
abundant evidence to show that erosion is caused by pollution of water. Out
of many instances one must suffice. In a certain stream near Boston, U.S.,
numbers of Mollusca occurred, the shells of which were very perfect and
free from disease. Some little way down stream an alkaline manufactory
drained its refuse into the water. At and below this point for some distance
every shell was more or less eroded, most of them seriously. Farther down,
when the alkali refuse became diluted away, the shells retained their normal
condition.[352]
Page 337
Fig. 192.—Example of an eroded fresh-
water shell (Melania confusa Dohrn,
Ceylon).
A small percentage of lime in the water appears to produce erosion. The
result of some experiments by G. W. Shrubsole, in the investigation of this
point, may be tabulated as follows:[353]—
Water from Lime present Result
per gall.
River Dee, near Chester 3·00 grs. acted strongly on shells
Wrexham 4·00 grs. „ „ „
River Dee, near Llanderyel 0·53 grs. „ „ „
Trent Canal 8·33 grs. no action „
water shell (Melania confusa Dohrn,
Ceylon).
A small percentage of lime in the water appears to produce erosion. The
result of some experiments by G. W. Shrubsole, in the investigation of this
point, may be tabulated as follows:[353]—
Water from Lime present Result
per gall.
River Dee, near Chester 3·00 grs. acted strongly on shells
Wrexham 4·00 grs. „ „ „
River Dee, near Llanderyel 0·53 grs. „ „ „
Trent Canal 8·33 grs. no action „
Page 338
CHAPTER X
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA—THE
PALAEARCTIC, ORIENTAL, AND AUSTRALASIAN REGIONS
The Mollusca afford specially valuable evidence on problems of
geographical distribution. This fact is largely due to their extreme
susceptibility to any change in the conditions of life. Genera which are
accustomed to live in a certain temperature and on certain food, cannot
sustain life if the temperature falls or rises beyond certain limits, or if the
required food be not forthcoming. There is therefore a marked contrast
between the Mollusca of the tropics and of the temperate zones, while
different regions in the same latitude, whether within or without the tropics,
often show great diversity in their fauna. Every region is thus characterised
by its Mollusca. The Mollusca, for instance, of Australia or of South Africa
characterise those countries quite as much as do the kangaroo and the emu,
the hartebeest and the ostrich; there is nothing like them anywhere else in
the world. In the Greater Antilles the Mollusca stand out beyond all other
forms of life as characteristic of the islands as a whole, and of each separate
island in particular.
The geographical distribution of the land and fresh-water Mollusca must
be considered quite apart from that of the marine Mollusca. The sea offers
no such serious barriers to the spread of the latter as the land does to the
spread of the former. If we were to journey to the Azores, and turn our
attention to the land-snails, we should find them almost wholly peculiar,
while amongst the sea-shells we should recognise many as occurring also
on our southern coasts, and few that were different from those of the
Mediterranean. The marine Mollusca of the Sandwich Islands, in spite of
the enormous intervening distance, are not very different from those of
Natal, but the land Mollusca of the two countries are as widely different as
is possible to imagine.
Land Mollusca are, as has been remarked, fettered to the soil.
Quadrupeds, birds, fishes, and reptiles are provided with organs of motion
which enable them to overpass barriers of various kinds. Even plants,
although themselves incapable of motion, may be conveyed in every
direction by means of seeds, which are either wafted by the wind or adhere
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA—THE
PALAEARCTIC, ORIENTAL, AND AUSTRALASIAN REGIONS
The Mollusca afford specially valuable evidence on problems of
geographical distribution. This fact is largely due to their extreme
susceptibility to any change in the conditions of life. Genera which are
accustomed to live in a certain temperature and on certain food, cannot
sustain life if the temperature falls or rises beyond certain limits, or if the
required food be not forthcoming. There is therefore a marked contrast
between the Mollusca of the tropics and of the temperate zones, while
different regions in the same latitude, whether within or without the tropics,
often show great diversity in their fauna. Every region is thus characterised
by its Mollusca. The Mollusca, for instance, of Australia or of South Africa
characterise those countries quite as much as do the kangaroo and the emu,
the hartebeest and the ostrich; there is nothing like them anywhere else in
the world. In the Greater Antilles the Mollusca stand out beyond all other
forms of life as characteristic of the islands as a whole, and of each separate
island in particular.
The geographical distribution of the land and fresh-water Mollusca must
be considered quite apart from that of the marine Mollusca. The sea offers
no such serious barriers to the spread of the latter as the land does to the
spread of the former. If we were to journey to the Azores, and turn our
attention to the land-snails, we should find them almost wholly peculiar,
while amongst the sea-shells we should recognise many as occurring also
on our southern coasts, and few that were different from those of the
Mediterranean. The marine Mollusca of the Sandwich Islands, in spite of
the enormous intervening distance, are not very different from those of
Natal, but the land Mollusca of the two countries are as widely different as
is possible to imagine.
Land Mollusca are, as has been remarked, fettered to the soil.
Quadrupeds, birds, fishes, and reptiles are provided with organs of motion
which enable them to overpass barriers of various kinds. Even plants,
although themselves incapable of motion, may be conveyed in every
direction by means of seeds, which are either wafted by the wind or adhere
Page 339
to the skin of animals. But the Mollusca have no such regular means of
transport, and are, in a large number of instances, limited to districts of a
certain character of soil, or producing certain kinds of vegetation.
The localisation, both of genera and species, occurs all over the world.
The genus Achatinella, which is peculiar to the Sandwich Islands, is found
there in a profusion of species. It lives in the mountain valleys which
radiate from the central ridge of each island, and each valley is
characterised by its own peculiar set of species. The great carnivorous
Glandina is restricted to Central America and the adjacent parts of the two
continents, with one or two species in Southern Europe. Bulimus proper is
restricted to South America; Achatina to Africa south of the Sahara;
Tornatellina to the Pacific Islands; Cochlostyla to the Philippines;
Cylindrella and Bulimulus are peculiar to the New World; Buliminus,
Nanina, Scarabus, and Cassidula to the Old.
Extreme cases of this restriction of habitat sometimes occur. Thus
Limnaea involuta is found only in a single small mountain tarn in Ireland;
Clausilia scalaris along a narrow strip of limestone in Malta; Strophia nana
is confined to a few square rods on an island that is itself a mere dot in the
Caribbean Sea; the genus Camptonyx occurs only in the neighbourhood of
Mt. Girnar, in Gujerat; and Lantzia in moss on the top of a mountain in
Bourbon.
Attempts to colonise snails in strange localities have usually resulted in
failure, especially when the attempt has involved serious changes of
environment. The common Cochlicella acuta of our coasts resists all
endeavours to establish it beyond a certain distance from the sea. Snails
brought from the Riviera and placed under almost similar conditions of
climate on our own southern coasts have lived for a while, but have very
rarely taken permanent root. Mr. H. W. Kew[354] has collected a good many
of these attempts to acclimatise species, the general success of which seems
to depend almost entirely on a restoration of the old conditions of life.
At the same time there are certain species which exhibit a curiously
opposite tendency, and which seem capable of flourishing in almost any
part of the world, and under the most varied surroundings. Our own
common garden snail (Helix aspersa) is a striking instance of this
adaptability to new conditions. It has been established, by art or by
transport, and are, in a large number of instances, limited to districts of a
certain character of soil, or producing certain kinds of vegetation.
The localisation, both of genera and species, occurs all over the world.
The genus Achatinella, which is peculiar to the Sandwich Islands, is found
there in a profusion of species. It lives in the mountain valleys which
radiate from the central ridge of each island, and each valley is
characterised by its own peculiar set of species. The great carnivorous
Glandina is restricted to Central America and the adjacent parts of the two
continents, with one or two species in Southern Europe. Bulimus proper is
restricted to South America; Achatina to Africa south of the Sahara;
Tornatellina to the Pacific Islands; Cochlostyla to the Philippines;
Cylindrella and Bulimulus are peculiar to the New World; Buliminus,
Nanina, Scarabus, and Cassidula to the Old.
Extreme cases of this restriction of habitat sometimes occur. Thus
Limnaea involuta is found only in a single small mountain tarn in Ireland;
Clausilia scalaris along a narrow strip of limestone in Malta; Strophia nana
is confined to a few square rods on an island that is itself a mere dot in the
Caribbean Sea; the genus Camptonyx occurs only in the neighbourhood of
Mt. Girnar, in Gujerat; and Lantzia in moss on the top of a mountain in
Bourbon.
Attempts to colonise snails in strange localities have usually resulted in
failure, especially when the attempt has involved serious changes of
environment. The common Cochlicella acuta of our coasts resists all
endeavours to establish it beyond a certain distance from the sea. Snails
brought from the Riviera and placed under almost similar conditions of
climate on our own southern coasts have lived for a while, but have very
rarely taken permanent root. Mr. H. W. Kew[354] has collected a good many
of these attempts to acclimatise species, the general success of which seems
to depend almost entirely on a restoration of the old conditions of life.
At the same time there are certain species which exhibit a curiously
opposite tendency, and which seem capable of flourishing in almost any
part of the world, and under the most varied surroundings. Our own
common garden snail (Helix aspersa) is a striking instance of this
adaptability to new conditions. It has been established, by art or by
Page 340
accident, in Nova Scotia, Maine, South Carolina, New Orleans, California,
Mexico city, Cuba, Hayti, Cayenne, Brazil, Valparaiso, Cape Town, the
Azores, St. Helena, Mauritius, Loyalty Islands, and Australia. The great
Achatina fulica of East Africa has been established first in Mauritius, and
from thence has been carried to the Seychelles and Calcutta. Helix lactea, a
common Mediterranean species, has been carried to Teneriffe and
Montevideo; Helix similaris, whose fatherland is Eastern Asia, has been
transported to Mauritius, Bourbon, West Africa, West Indies, Brazil, and
Australia; Ennea bicolor (Eastern Asia) to India, Bourbon, Mauritius, West
Indies; Stenogyra decollata (Mediterranean basin) to South Carolina; S.
Goodallii (West Indies) to British pineries; Helix Hortensis to New Jersey.
Seven common English species (Limax gagates, Hyalinia cellaria, H.
alliaria, Helix aspersa, H. pulchella, Pupa umbilicata) have become
naturalised in St. Helena,[355] and as many as nineteen in Australia.[356]
Cases of artificial transport of this kind are readily detected; they follow
the lines of trade. The snails themselves or their ova have been accidentally
enclosed with plants or mould, or have adhered to packing-cases, or to hay
and grass used in packing. Thus they constitute no disturbance to the
general rule of the persistent localisation of species and genera, and there is
little fear that the evidence which the geographical distribution of the
Mollusca brings to bear upon the general problems of distribution will be
confused by any intermixture of fauna naturally distinct.
Land Mollusca: Barriers to Dispersal.—The chief natural barriers to
dispersal are extremes of temperature, the sea, mountain ranges, and
deserts. Rivers, however large, seem of little effect in checking dispersal.
There is no appreciable difference between the land Mollusca north and
south of the Ganges, or north and south of the Amazon. Living snails, or
their ova, are no doubt transported from one bank to another on floating
débris of various kinds. The barrier offered by the sea is obvious, and at
first sight appears insurmountable; but the facts with regard to oceanic
groups of islands like the Azores and Canaries (see p. 297) show that even a
stretch of salt water many hundred miles in breadth may be ineffectual in
preventing the dispersal of Mollusca.
Mountain ranges, provided they are too high to be scaled, and too long to
be turned in flank, offer a far more effective barrier than the sea. Every
thousand feet upward means a fall of so many degrees in the mean
Mexico city, Cuba, Hayti, Cayenne, Brazil, Valparaiso, Cape Town, the
Azores, St. Helena, Mauritius, Loyalty Islands, and Australia. The great
Achatina fulica of East Africa has been established first in Mauritius, and
from thence has been carried to the Seychelles and Calcutta. Helix lactea, a
common Mediterranean species, has been carried to Teneriffe and
Montevideo; Helix similaris, whose fatherland is Eastern Asia, has been
transported to Mauritius, Bourbon, West Africa, West Indies, Brazil, and
Australia; Ennea bicolor (Eastern Asia) to India, Bourbon, Mauritius, West
Indies; Stenogyra decollata (Mediterranean basin) to South Carolina; S.
Goodallii (West Indies) to British pineries; Helix Hortensis to New Jersey.
Seven common English species (Limax gagates, Hyalinia cellaria, H.
alliaria, Helix aspersa, H. pulchella, Pupa umbilicata) have become
naturalised in St. Helena,[355] and as many as nineteen in Australia.[356]
Cases of artificial transport of this kind are readily detected; they follow
the lines of trade. The snails themselves or their ova have been accidentally
enclosed with plants or mould, or have adhered to packing-cases, or to hay
and grass used in packing. Thus they constitute no disturbance to the
general rule of the persistent localisation of species and genera, and there is
little fear that the evidence which the geographical distribution of the
Mollusca brings to bear upon the general problems of distribution will be
confused by any intermixture of fauna naturally distinct.
Land Mollusca: Barriers to Dispersal.—The chief natural barriers to
dispersal are extremes of temperature, the sea, mountain ranges, and
deserts. Rivers, however large, seem of little effect in checking dispersal.
There is no appreciable difference between the land Mollusca north and
south of the Ganges, or north and south of the Amazon. Living snails, or
their ova, are no doubt transported from one bank to another on floating
débris of various kinds. The barrier offered by the sea is obvious, and at
first sight appears insurmountable; but the facts with regard to oceanic
groups of islands like the Azores and Canaries (see p. 297) show that even a
stretch of salt water many hundred miles in breadth may be ineffectual in
preventing the dispersal of Mollusca.
Mountain ranges, provided they are too high to be scaled, and too long to
be turned in flank, offer a far more effective barrier than the sea. Every
thousand feet upward means a fall of so many degrees in the mean
Page 341
temperature, and a change, more or less marked, in the character of the
vegetation. There is generally, too, a considerable difference in the nature of
the climate on the two sides of a great mountain range, one side being often
arid and cold, the other rainy and warm. The combined effect of these
influences is, as a rule, decisive against the dispersal of Mollusca. Thus the
Helices of California are almost entirely peculiar; one or two intruders from
states farther east have succeeded in threading their way through the deep
valleys into the Pacific provinces, but not a single genuine Californian
species has been able to scale the heights of the Cascade Mountains. The
land Mollusca of India are numbered by hundreds; not one penetrates north
of the Himalayas. According to Mr. Nevill,[357] the change from the Indo-
Malayan to the so-called European molluscan fauna at the northern
watershed of the Kashmir valley is most abrupt and distinct; in two days’
march northward, every species is different. Ranges of inferior altitude,
such as the Pyrenees, the Carpathians, or the Alleghanies, may be turned in
flank as well as scaled, and we find no such marked contrast between the
Mollusca on their opposite sides.
The most effective barrier of all, however, is a desert. Its scorching heat,
combined with the absence of water and of vegetable life, check dispersal
as nothing else can. The distribution of the Mollusca of the Palaearctic
Region is an excellent instance of this. Their southern limit is the great
desert which stretches, with scarcely a break, from the west coast of Africa
to the extreme east coast of Asia. The Mediterranean offers no effectual
barrier; shells of southern Europe are found in profusion in Morocco, Tunis,
and Egypt, while all through Siberia to the extreme of Kamschatka the same
types, and even the same species, of Mollusca occur.
A detailed examination of the means, other than voluntary, by which
Mollusca are transported from one place to another hardly comes within the
scope of this work. Ocean currents, rivers, floods, cyclonic storms of wind,
birds, and even beetles and frogs, play a part, more or less considerable, in
carrying living Mollusca or their ova, either separately or in connexion with
floating débris of every kind, to a distance from their native home.
Accidental locomotion, of one or other of these kinds, combined with the
well-known tenacity of life in many species (p. 37), may have contributed
to enlarge the area of distribution in many cases, especially in the tropics,
where the forces of nature are more vigorous than in our latitudes. The ease
vegetation. There is generally, too, a considerable difference in the nature of
the climate on the two sides of a great mountain range, one side being often
arid and cold, the other rainy and warm. The combined effect of these
influences is, as a rule, decisive against the dispersal of Mollusca. Thus the
Helices of California are almost entirely peculiar; one or two intruders from
states farther east have succeeded in threading their way through the deep
valleys into the Pacific provinces, but not a single genuine Californian
species has been able to scale the heights of the Cascade Mountains. The
land Mollusca of India are numbered by hundreds; not one penetrates north
of the Himalayas. According to Mr. Nevill,[357] the change from the Indo-
Malayan to the so-called European molluscan fauna at the northern
watershed of the Kashmir valley is most abrupt and distinct; in two days’
march northward, every species is different. Ranges of inferior altitude,
such as the Pyrenees, the Carpathians, or the Alleghanies, may be turned in
flank as well as scaled, and we find no such marked contrast between the
Mollusca on their opposite sides.
The most effective barrier of all, however, is a desert. Its scorching heat,
combined with the absence of water and of vegetable life, check dispersal
as nothing else can. The distribution of the Mollusca of the Palaearctic
Region is an excellent instance of this. Their southern limit is the great
desert which stretches, with scarcely a break, from the west coast of Africa
to the extreme east coast of Asia. The Mediterranean offers no effectual
barrier; shells of southern Europe are found in profusion in Morocco, Tunis,
and Egypt, while all through Siberia to the extreme of Kamschatka the same
types, and even the same species, of Mollusca occur.
A detailed examination of the means, other than voluntary, by which
Mollusca are transported from one place to another hardly comes within the
scope of this work. Ocean currents, rivers, floods, cyclonic storms of wind,
birds, and even beetles and frogs, play a part, more or less considerable, in
carrying living Mollusca or their ova, either separately or in connexion with
floating débris of every kind, to a distance from their native home.
Accidental locomotion, of one or other of these kinds, combined with the
well-known tenacity of life in many species (p. 37), may have contributed
to enlarge the area of distribution in many cases, especially in the tropics,
where the forces of nature are more vigorous than in our latitudes. The ease
Page 342
with which species are accidentally spread by man increases the probability
of such cases occurring without the intervention of human agency, and
numbers of instances may be collected of their actual occurrence.[358]
A point, however, which more concerns us here is to remark on the
exceedingly wide distribution of the prevailing forms of fresh-water
Mollusca. It might have been expected that the area of distribution in the
fresh-water forms would be greatly restricted, since they cannot migrate
across the land from one piece of water to another, and since the barriers
between pond and pond, lake and lake, and one river system and another
are, as far as they are concerned, all but insuperable. We might have
expected, therefore, as Darwin and Wallace have remarked, to find a great
multiplicity of species confined to very restricted areas, since the possibility
of communication with the parent stock appears, in any given case, to be so
exceedingly remote.
As is well known, the exact reverse occurs. The range, not merely of
genera, but even of individual species, is astonishingly wide. This is
especially the case with regard to the Pulmonata and Pelecypoda. The
genera Limnaea, Planorbis, Physa, Ancylus, Unio, and Cyclas are world-
wide. Out of about ten genera of fresh-water Mollusca in New Zealand, one
of the most isolated districts known, only one is peculiar. In South Africa
and the Antilles no genus is peculiar. In the latter case, this fact is
remarkable, when we consider that the same sub-region has at least ten
peculiar genera of operculate land Mollusca alone.
To give a few instances of the distribution of particular species:—
Limnaea stagnalis L. occurs in the whole of Europe, and northern Asia
to Amoorland, Turkestan, Afghanistan, North Persia, and Kashmir;
Greenland, North America from the Atlantic to the Pacific, and from North
Canada and British Columbia as far south as Texas. The distribution of L.
peregra Müll., L. truncatula Müll., and L. palustris Müll, is almost equally
wide.
Planorbis albus occurs in the whole of Europe, and northern Asia to
Amoorland, Kamschatka, and Japan; Turkestan, the Altai-Baikal district,
Alaska and Greenland, North Canada, and the whole of eastern North
America.
of such cases occurring without the intervention of human agency, and
numbers of instances may be collected of their actual occurrence.[358]
A point, however, which more concerns us here is to remark on the
exceedingly wide distribution of the prevailing forms of fresh-water
Mollusca. It might have been expected that the area of distribution in the
fresh-water forms would be greatly restricted, since they cannot migrate
across the land from one piece of water to another, and since the barriers
between pond and pond, lake and lake, and one river system and another
are, as far as they are concerned, all but insuperable. We might have
expected, therefore, as Darwin and Wallace have remarked, to find a great
multiplicity of species confined to very restricted areas, since the possibility
of communication with the parent stock appears, in any given case, to be so
exceedingly remote.
As is well known, the exact reverse occurs. The range, not merely of
genera, but even of individual species, is astonishingly wide. This is
especially the case with regard to the Pulmonata and Pelecypoda. The
genera Limnaea, Planorbis, Physa, Ancylus, Unio, and Cyclas are world-
wide. Out of about ten genera of fresh-water Mollusca in New Zealand, one
of the most isolated districts known, only one is peculiar. In South Africa
and the Antilles no genus is peculiar. In the latter case, this fact is
remarkable, when we consider that the same sub-region has at least ten
peculiar genera of operculate land Mollusca alone.
To give a few instances of the distribution of particular species:—
Limnaea stagnalis L. occurs in the whole of Europe, and northern Asia
to Amoorland, Turkestan, Afghanistan, North Persia, and Kashmir;
Greenland, North America from the Atlantic to the Pacific, and from North
Canada and British Columbia as far south as Texas. The distribution of L.
peregra Müll., L. truncatula Müll., and L. palustris Müll, is almost equally
wide.
Planorbis albus occurs in the whole of Europe, and northern Asia to
Amoorland, Kamschatka, and Japan; Turkestan, the Altai-Baikal district,
Alaska and Greenland, North Canada, and the whole of eastern North
America.
Page 343
The distribution of Anodonta anatina L., Cyclas cornea L., and Pisidium
pusillum Gmel. is almost equally wide.
It is evident that the accidental means of transport mentioned above are
insufficient to account for the facts as we find them; we are therefore
compelled to seek for further explanation. Anything in the nature of a
current furnishes a ready means of transport for Mollusca which have
obtained a footing in the upper waters of a river, and there is no difficulty in
imagining the gradual spread of species, through the agency of floods or
otherwise, over a whole river system, when once established at any point
upon it. The feeble clinging power of newly-hatched Limnaea has often
been noticed as contributing to the chances of their range of distribution
becoming extended. Fresh-water Mollusca, too, or their ova, are
exceedingly likely, from their extreme abundance, to be transported by
water-birds, which fly without alighting from one piece of water to another.
Again, the isolation of one river system from another is, in many instances,
by no means well marked or permanent, and a very slight alteration of level
will frequently have the effect of diverting the supplies of one watershed
into another. When we know what enormous oscillations in level have taken
place over practically the whole surface of the globe, we can recognise the
probability that the whole river system of the earth has been mixed up and
reconstructed again and again, with a very thorough blending of adjacent
fauna.
It is possible that the very uniform conditions under which fresh-water
Mollusca live may have something to do with the uniformity of their
distribution and the comparative sameness in their development. There can
scarcely be any question that the environments of fresh-water species are in
themselves less varied and less liable to fluctuation than those of species
whose home is the land. Water is very like water, all the world over; it may
be running or motionless, warm or cold, clear or muddy, but the general
tendency is for it to be free from extremes of any kind. Even if the surface
water of a lake or river freezes, or becomes unusually hot, there is generally
plenty of water at a lower stratum which maintains a less extreme
temperature, and to which creatures can retire on the first symptoms of a
change. From this two results will follow. Not only will the inhabitants of a
piece of water not be inclined to vary much from the type, since their whole
surroundings, food, etc., continue very much the same, but, if transported
pusillum Gmel. is almost equally wide.
It is evident that the accidental means of transport mentioned above are
insufficient to account for the facts as we find them; we are therefore
compelled to seek for further explanation. Anything in the nature of a
current furnishes a ready means of transport for Mollusca which have
obtained a footing in the upper waters of a river, and there is no difficulty in
imagining the gradual spread of species, through the agency of floods or
otherwise, over a whole river system, when once established at any point
upon it. The feeble clinging power of newly-hatched Limnaea has often
been noticed as contributing to the chances of their range of distribution
becoming extended. Fresh-water Mollusca, too, or their ova, are
exceedingly likely, from their extreme abundance, to be transported by
water-birds, which fly without alighting from one piece of water to another.
Again, the isolation of one river system from another is, in many instances,
by no means well marked or permanent, and a very slight alteration of level
will frequently have the effect of diverting the supplies of one watershed
into another. When we know what enormous oscillations in level have taken
place over practically the whole surface of the globe, we can recognise the
probability that the whole river system of the earth has been mixed up and
reconstructed again and again, with a very thorough blending of adjacent
fauna.
It is possible that the very uniform conditions under which fresh-water
Mollusca live may have something to do with the uniformity of their
distribution and the comparative sameness in their development. There can
scarcely be any question that the environments of fresh-water species are in
themselves less varied and less liable to fluctuation than those of species
whose home is the land. Water is very like water, all the world over; it may
be running or motionless, warm or cold, clear or muddy, but the general
tendency is for it to be free from extremes of any kind. Even if the surface
water of a lake or river freezes, or becomes unusually hot, there is generally
plenty of water at a lower stratum which maintains a less extreme
temperature, and to which creatures can retire on the first symptoms of a
change. From this two results will follow. Not only will the inhabitants of a
piece of water not be inclined to vary much from the type, since their whole
surroundings, food, etc., continue very much the same, but, if transported
Page 344
by any accident or cataclysm elsewhere, they will be exceedingly likely to
arrive at a place which closely resembles their former home in all essentials.
Thus the tendency for new types to be formed would be constantly checked,
or rather would very seldom arise.
Mr. Belt, while recognising the importance of changes of level as
affecting the distribution of fresh-water species, appears to regard the
operations of such changes from a rather different point of view to that
described above. “I think it probable,” he writes,[359] “that the variation of
fresh-water species of animals and plants has been constantly checked by
the want of continuity of lakes and rivers in time and space. In the great
oscillation of the surface of the earth, of which geologists find so many
proofs, every fresh-water area has again and again been destroyed.... Thus
species of restricted range were always exposed to destruction, because
their habitat was temporary and their retreat impossible, and only families
of wide distribution could be preserved.”
The terrestrial surface of the globe has been divided, as indicating the
facts of geographical distribution, into six regions—the Palaearctic,
Oriental, Australasian, Ethiopian, Nearctic, and Neotropical. To these is
sometimes added a seventh, the Neantarctic, consisting of Chili and
Patagonia (and certain islands of the south Atlantic); but since the Mollusca
of Chili unmistakably form a part of the Neotropical fauna, it seems hardly
worth while to recognise a separate region for those of the extreme south of
South America, which have no peculiar characteristics.
In certain points the exact limits of these regions, as indicated by the
Mollusca, will probably not correspond to those which are marked out by
other zoological classes. Wallace’s line, for instance, does not exist, as far
as the Mollusca are concerned.
These regions may be further subdivided into sub-regions, thus:—
Regions Sub-regions
Septentrional
Palaearctic Mediterranean
Central Asiatic
arrive at a place which closely resembles their former home in all essentials.
Thus the tendency for new types to be formed would be constantly checked,
or rather would very seldom arise.
Mr. Belt, while recognising the importance of changes of level as
affecting the distribution of fresh-water species, appears to regard the
operations of such changes from a rather different point of view to that
described above. “I think it probable,” he writes,[359] “that the variation of
fresh-water species of animals and plants has been constantly checked by
the want of continuity of lakes and rivers in time and space. In the great
oscillation of the surface of the earth, of which geologists find so many
proofs, every fresh-water area has again and again been destroyed.... Thus
species of restricted range were always exposed to destruction, because
their habitat was temporary and their retreat impossible, and only families
of wide distribution could be preserved.”
The terrestrial surface of the globe has been divided, as indicating the
facts of geographical distribution, into six regions—the Palaearctic,
Oriental, Australasian, Ethiopian, Nearctic, and Neotropical. To these is
sometimes added a seventh, the Neantarctic, consisting of Chili and
Patagonia (and certain islands of the south Atlantic); but since the Mollusca
of Chili unmistakably form a part of the Neotropical fauna, it seems hardly
worth while to recognise a separate region for those of the extreme south of
South America, which have no peculiar characteristics.
In certain points the exact limits of these regions, as indicated by the
Mollusca, will probably not correspond to those which are marked out by
other zoological classes. Wallace’s line, for instance, does not exist, as far
as the Mollusca are concerned.
These regions may be further subdivided into sub-regions, thus:—
Regions Sub-regions
Septentrional
Palaearctic Mediterranean
Central Asiatic
Page 345
Indo-Malay
Oriental
Chinese
Papuan
Australasian Australian
Polynesian
Central African
Ethiopian South African
Malagasy
American
Nearctic
Californian
Antillean
Central American
Neotropical Colombian
Brazilian
Chilian
A. The Palaearctic Region
The southern boundary of this region is the northern limit of the African
Sahara, the Mediterranean forming no break whatever in its continuity. In
Asia this boundary is less well marked, but roughly corresponds to the
southernmost of the vast ranges of mountains which border the great
tablelands of central Asia. Across Africa the line of desert is well defined;
but in the north-east, as the desert approaches more nearly to the sea, the
African extent of the region is correspondingly narrowed until it becomes
little more than a strip of coast land, scarcely widening even in Lower
Egypt. On the Morocco coast, Palaearctic land forms penetrate as far south
as Cape Nun.[360] At its eastern extremity the line becomes less well
defined, but probably proceeds along the snowy mountains west of
Setchouan, the Pe-ling and Tan-sia-shan ranges, so as to include all the high
ground of Thibet and of the upper waters of the Hoang-ho, and ultimately
reaches its eastern limit at some point on the shores of the Sea of Japan.
The region thus includes all Europe, Africa north of the Sahara, with the
Atlantic islands (the Azores, Canaries, etc.), North Arabia, Asiatic Turkey,
the greater part of Persia, Afghanistan, Thibet, all Asiatic Russia, and a very
large portion of the Chinese empire.
Oriental
Chinese
Papuan
Australasian Australian
Polynesian
Central African
Ethiopian South African
Malagasy
American
Nearctic
Californian
Antillean
Central American
Neotropical Colombian
Brazilian
Chilian
A. The Palaearctic Region
The southern boundary of this region is the northern limit of the African
Sahara, the Mediterranean forming no break whatever in its continuity. In
Asia this boundary is less well marked, but roughly corresponds to the
southernmost of the vast ranges of mountains which border the great
tablelands of central Asia. Across Africa the line of desert is well defined;
but in the north-east, as the desert approaches more nearly to the sea, the
African extent of the region is correspondingly narrowed until it becomes
little more than a strip of coast land, scarcely widening even in Lower
Egypt. On the Morocco coast, Palaearctic land forms penetrate as far south
as Cape Nun.[360] At its eastern extremity the line becomes less well
defined, but probably proceeds along the snowy mountains west of
Setchouan, the Pe-ling and Tan-sia-shan ranges, so as to include all the high
ground of Thibet and of the upper waters of the Hoang-ho, and ultimately
reaches its eastern limit at some point on the shores of the Sea of Japan.
The region thus includes all Europe, Africa north of the Sahara, with the
Atlantic islands (the Azores, Canaries, etc.), North Arabia, Asiatic Turkey,
the greater part of Persia, Afghanistan, Thibet, all Asiatic Russia, and a very
large portion of the Chinese empire.
Page 346
The principal characteristics of the region as a whole are:—
(1) The rich development of Helix, Arion, Limax, Buliminus, and
Clausilia.
(2) The comparative absence of land operculates (see map, frontispiece).
(3) The uniform character of the fresh-water fauna.
It is in the southern portion of the region that Helix (in the sub-genera
Macularia, Iberus, Pomatia, and Xerophila) and Buliminus (Zebrina,
Chondrula, Ena) attain their maximum. In the north, Fruticicola is the
characteristic group; in the mountainous districts of the south-east,
Campylaea, with Clausilia. The Arionidae have their headquarters in the
damp and warm regions of western Europe, but are rare in the south. They
only approach the Mediterranean coast in Algeria, near Gibraltar, and in the
region between the base of the Pyrenees and the Maritime Alps, and are
very poor in species throughout Italy and Sardinia. They are absent from
almost the whole of northern Africa, the Mediterranean islands (except
Sardinia), the whole Balkan district, the Crimea, Caucasus, and western
Asia.[361]
The uniformity of the fresh-water fauna is disturbed only in the extreme
south. A few species of Melanopsis, with Neritina, occur in southern Spain
and Austria, Galicia, and southern Russia, while a Melania or two (absent
from Spain) penetrate the south-eastern parts of Europe as far as Germany.
Cyrena begins to replace Cyclas in southern Russia and the Caucasus.
The Palaearctic region falls into three sub-regions:—
(1) The Northern or Septentrional Sub-region, i.e. the district north of
the line formed by the Pyrenees,[362] Alps, Carpathians, and which, passing
to the northward of the Aralo-Caspian district, follows the great central
mountain range of Asia until it reaches the Sea of Japan, perhaps
somewhere in the neighbourhood of Vladivostok.
(2) The Mediterranean Sub-region, i.e. the countries bordering on the
Mediterranean, the Black and Caspian Seas, with the Atlantic Islands.
(3) The Central Asiatic Sub-region, i.e. Turkestan, Afghanistan, Thibet,
and probably the districts of Mongolia and Manchuria.[363]
(1) The rich development of Helix, Arion, Limax, Buliminus, and
Clausilia.
(2) The comparative absence of land operculates (see map, frontispiece).
(3) The uniform character of the fresh-water fauna.
It is in the southern portion of the region that Helix (in the sub-genera
Macularia, Iberus, Pomatia, and Xerophila) and Buliminus (Zebrina,
Chondrula, Ena) attain their maximum. In the north, Fruticicola is the
characteristic group; in the mountainous districts of the south-east,
Campylaea, with Clausilia. The Arionidae have their headquarters in the
damp and warm regions of western Europe, but are rare in the south. They
only approach the Mediterranean coast in Algeria, near Gibraltar, and in the
region between the base of the Pyrenees and the Maritime Alps, and are
very poor in species throughout Italy and Sardinia. They are absent from
almost the whole of northern Africa, the Mediterranean islands (except
Sardinia), the whole Balkan district, the Crimea, Caucasus, and western
Asia.[361]
The uniformity of the fresh-water fauna is disturbed only in the extreme
south. A few species of Melanopsis, with Neritina, occur in southern Spain
and Austria, Galicia, and southern Russia, while a Melania or two (absent
from Spain) penetrate the south-eastern parts of Europe as far as Germany.
Cyrena begins to replace Cyclas in southern Russia and the Caucasus.
The Palaearctic region falls into three sub-regions:—
(1) The Northern or Septentrional Sub-region, i.e. the district north of
the line formed by the Pyrenees,[362] Alps, Carpathians, and which, passing
to the northward of the Aralo-Caspian district, follows the great central
mountain range of Asia until it reaches the Sea of Japan, perhaps
somewhere in the neighbourhood of Vladivostok.
(2) The Mediterranean Sub-region, i.e. the countries bordering on the
Mediterranean, the Black and Caspian Seas, with the Atlantic Islands.
(3) The Central Asiatic Sub-region, i.e. Turkestan, Afghanistan, Thibet,
and probably the districts of Mongolia and Manchuria.[363]
Page 347
(1) The Septentrional Sub-region has been divided by some writers
into two provinces, the European and the Siberian. There seems, on the
whole, but little occasion to separate off northern Asia, the characteristic of
which is, as will be seen below, rather the gradual disappearance, as we
proceed eastward, of European species and genera, than the development of
any new and peculiar groups. The remarkable fauna of Lake Baikal stands
apart, not only from European, but also from the Siberian types occurring in
its immediate neighbourhood.
On the whole, the Septentrional Sub-region is poor in species except
those which inhabit fresh water. This fact is probably due to the extreme
vicissitudes of temperature which prevail, and it is interesting to notice that
the number of land Mollusca appears to touch its lowest point in districts
where the annual range of temperature is greatest. On the other hand, in the
western portions of the region, where the climate is moist and temperature
more equable, the Mollusca are considerably more abundant and varied.
The line which separates the Septentrional from the Mediterranean Sub-
region must of necessity be very roughly drawn, and stragglers from the
south will be found to make their way northward, and vice versâ, under
favouring circumstances of temperature and geological formation. Jordan
has noticed[364] that species which in southern countries are not confined to
any particular quality of soil are in more northern latitudes found only on
limestone, which absorbs more heat than other formations. Conversely, the
higher elevations of the Alps, Pyrenees, and even Carpathians are like
islands in a sea, and support a thoroughly northern fauna, quite strange to
that of the plains below. Thus Helix harpa Say, a completely boreal shell,
which is at home in Canada, Sweden, Lapland, and the Amoor district, is
found on the Riffel Alp, at a height of 6000 feet.[365] Vertigo arctica Wall., a
species abundant in Lapland, North Siberia, Iceland, and Greenland, occurs
on the high Alps of the Tyrol.
Circumpolar Species.—A certain number of species are common to the
extreme north both of the Palaearctic and Nearctic regions, and are, in fact,
circumpolar. The number of these species, however, is so small, not
exceeding about 40 species (= 16 genera), that it seems hardly worth while
creating a special sub-region for their reception, particularly as no genus is
peculiar. At the same time the fact is instructive as illustrating the close
into two provinces, the European and the Siberian. There seems, on the
whole, but little occasion to separate off northern Asia, the characteristic of
which is, as will be seen below, rather the gradual disappearance, as we
proceed eastward, of European species and genera, than the development of
any new and peculiar groups. The remarkable fauna of Lake Baikal stands
apart, not only from European, but also from the Siberian types occurring in
its immediate neighbourhood.
On the whole, the Septentrional Sub-region is poor in species except
those which inhabit fresh water. This fact is probably due to the extreme
vicissitudes of temperature which prevail, and it is interesting to notice that
the number of land Mollusca appears to touch its lowest point in districts
where the annual range of temperature is greatest. On the other hand, in the
western portions of the region, where the climate is moist and temperature
more equable, the Mollusca are considerably more abundant and varied.
The line which separates the Septentrional from the Mediterranean Sub-
region must of necessity be very roughly drawn, and stragglers from the
south will be found to make their way northward, and vice versâ, under
favouring circumstances of temperature and geological formation. Jordan
has noticed[364] that species which in southern countries are not confined to
any particular quality of soil are in more northern latitudes found only on
limestone, which absorbs more heat than other formations. Conversely, the
higher elevations of the Alps, Pyrenees, and even Carpathians are like
islands in a sea, and support a thoroughly northern fauna, quite strange to
that of the plains below. Thus Helix harpa Say, a completely boreal shell,
which is at home in Canada, Sweden, Lapland, and the Amoor district, is
found on the Riffel Alp, at a height of 6000 feet.[365] Vertigo arctica Wall., a
species abundant in Lapland, North Siberia, Iceland, and Greenland, occurs
on the high Alps of the Tyrol.
Circumpolar Species.—A certain number of species are common to the
extreme north both of the Palaearctic and Nearctic regions, and are, in fact,
circumpolar. The number of these species, however, is so small, not
exceeding about 40 species (= 16 genera), that it seems hardly worth while
creating a special sub-region for their reception, particularly as no genus is
peculiar. At the same time the fact is instructive as illustrating the close
Page 348
connexion of the northern districts of the two regions, a connexion which
was no doubt more intimate in recent geological times than it is now.
The circumpolar genera are as follows. The list decisively sets forth the
superior hardiness of the fresh-water as compared with the land genera:—
Valvata 1 sp.
Bithynia 1 „
Vitrina 1 „
Hyalinia 4 „
Helix 2 „
Patula 2 „
Pupa 3 „
Cionella 1 „
Succinea 1 „
Limnaea 7 „
Planorbis 5 „
Aplecta 1 „
Physa 1 „
Anodonta 1 „
Unio 1 „
Pisidium 1 „
Great Britain.—There are in all about 130 species—83 land, 46 fresh-
water; Limnaea involuta (mountain tarn near Killarney) appears to be the
only peculiar species. There are 11 Hyalinia, 5 Arion, and 25 Helix, the
latter belonging principally to the sub-genera Xerophila, Tachea, Trichia,
and Fruticicola. Three Testacella are probably not indigenous, but are now
so well established as to reckon in the total. Of the four Clausilia two reach
Ireland and one Scotland; two do not occur north of the Forth. There are
only two land operculates, one of which (Cyclostoma elegans) occurs in
Ireland but not in Scotland, while the other (Acicula lineata) reaches the
southern counties of Scotland. Several species, e.g. Helix pomatia, H.
obvoluta, H. revelata, H. cartusiana, H. pisana, Buliminus montanus, are
restricted to the more southern or western counties; Geomalacus maculosus
is confined to a district in south-western Ireland.
The Pleistocene beds of East Anglia contain a number of species now
extinct in these islands, whose occurrence appears to indicate a warmer
climate than the present. Such are Helix ruderata, H. fruticum, H.
incarnata, Clausilia pumila, Unio littoralis, Hydrobia marginata, and
Corbicula fluminalis.
was no doubt more intimate in recent geological times than it is now.
The circumpolar genera are as follows. The list decisively sets forth the
superior hardiness of the fresh-water as compared with the land genera:—
Valvata 1 sp.
Bithynia 1 „
Vitrina 1 „
Hyalinia 4 „
Helix 2 „
Patula 2 „
Pupa 3 „
Cionella 1 „
Succinea 1 „
Limnaea 7 „
Planorbis 5 „
Aplecta 1 „
Physa 1 „
Anodonta 1 „
Unio 1 „
Pisidium 1 „
Great Britain.—There are in all about 130 species—83 land, 46 fresh-
water; Limnaea involuta (mountain tarn near Killarney) appears to be the
only peculiar species. There are 11 Hyalinia, 5 Arion, and 25 Helix, the
latter belonging principally to the sub-genera Xerophila, Tachea, Trichia,
and Fruticicola. Three Testacella are probably not indigenous, but are now
so well established as to reckon in the total. Of the four Clausilia two reach
Ireland and one Scotland; two do not occur north of the Forth. There are
only two land operculates, one of which (Cyclostoma elegans) occurs in
Ireland but not in Scotland, while the other (Acicula lineata) reaches the
southern counties of Scotland. Several species, e.g. Helix pomatia, H.
obvoluta, H. revelata, H. cartusiana, H. pisana, Buliminus montanus, are
restricted to the more southern or western counties; Geomalacus maculosus
is confined to a district in south-western Ireland.
The Pleistocene beds of East Anglia contain a number of species now
extinct in these islands, whose occurrence appears to indicate a warmer
climate than the present. Such are Helix ruderata, H. fruticum, H.
incarnata, Clausilia pumila, Unio littoralis, Hydrobia marginata, and
Corbicula fluminalis.
Page 349
Scandinavian Peninsula.—From Norway 121 species in all are recorded,
and 148 from Sweden. The milder climate of Norway allows many species
to reach a considerably higher latitude than in Sweden, thus in Sweden
Limax maximus only reaches 62°, but in Norway 66° 50´. Similarly Arion
hortensis and Balea perversa only reach 63° and 61° respectively in
Sweden, but in Norway are found as far north as 69° and 67° 50´. Clausilia
is represented by 9 species in southern Norway; one of these is found north
of the Arctic circle. There are 4 Pupa, 9 Vertigo, and 11 Hyalinia, but Helix
dwindles to 14, 9 of which occur north of the Arctic circle. No land
operculates are found; Cyclostoma elegans, however, occurs in Jutland and
Zealand, which practically form a part of this district.
Iceland.—Eleven species, all Scandinavian, occur. These are Arion 2,
Limax 1, Helix 2 (arbustorum L. and hortensis Müll., the latter being found
only on the warmer southern coast), Limnaea 1, Planorbis 1, Pisidium 4.
France.—The northern, central, and eastern districts belong to this sub-
region, while the southern and western, in which an entirely new element
occurs and many northern forms disappear, belong to the Mediterranean.
Thus, for instance, Helix pomatia L., H. incarnata Müll., H. fruticum Müll.,
H. cantiana Mont., H. strigella Drap., H. rufescens Penn., H. plebeia Drap.,
are not found in southern France. No detailed enumeration of species is at
present possible, the efforts of a large number of the leading French
authorities being directed to indiscriminate species-making rather than to
the careful comparison of allied forms. Perhaps the principal difference
between the Mollusca of northern France and those of our own islands is
the occurrence of two species of Pomatias. In the more elevated districts of
eastern France (the Vosges, Jura, western Alps), a certain number of species
occur which are confined to the high grounds of south central Europe.
Among these are Helix holoserica Stud., H. personata Lam., H. bidens
Chem., H. depilata Drap., H. cobresiana Alt., H. alpina Faure.
The Pleistocene deposits of the valley of the Somme tell the same tale as
those of eastern England, containing as they do species and even genera
whose northern range is now much more limited. The Eocene fossils from
the Paris beds show most remarkable relationships to genera now existing
in the West Indies and Central America. Others again indicate affinities with
India. Thus we find Ceres, Megalomastoma, and Tudora by the side of
Leptopoma, Faunus, and Paludomus.
and 148 from Sweden. The milder climate of Norway allows many species
to reach a considerably higher latitude than in Sweden, thus in Sweden
Limax maximus only reaches 62°, but in Norway 66° 50´. Similarly Arion
hortensis and Balea perversa only reach 63° and 61° respectively in
Sweden, but in Norway are found as far north as 69° and 67° 50´. Clausilia
is represented by 9 species in southern Norway; one of these is found north
of the Arctic circle. There are 4 Pupa, 9 Vertigo, and 11 Hyalinia, but Helix
dwindles to 14, 9 of which occur north of the Arctic circle. No land
operculates are found; Cyclostoma elegans, however, occurs in Jutland and
Zealand, which practically form a part of this district.
Iceland.—Eleven species, all Scandinavian, occur. These are Arion 2,
Limax 1, Helix 2 (arbustorum L. and hortensis Müll., the latter being found
only on the warmer southern coast), Limnaea 1, Planorbis 1, Pisidium 4.
France.—The northern, central, and eastern districts belong to this sub-
region, while the southern and western, in which an entirely new element
occurs and many northern forms disappear, belong to the Mediterranean.
Thus, for instance, Helix pomatia L., H. incarnata Müll., H. fruticum Müll.,
H. cantiana Mont., H. strigella Drap., H. rufescens Penn., H. plebeia Drap.,
are not found in southern France. No detailed enumeration of species is at
present possible, the efforts of a large number of the leading French
authorities being directed to indiscriminate species-making rather than to
the careful comparison of allied forms. Perhaps the principal difference
between the Mollusca of northern France and those of our own islands is
the occurrence of two species of Pomatias. In the more elevated districts of
eastern France (the Vosges, Jura, western Alps), a certain number of species
occur which are confined to the high grounds of south central Europe.
Among these are Helix holoserica Stud., H. personata Lam., H. bidens
Chem., H. depilata Drap., H. cobresiana Alt., H. alpina Faure.
The Pleistocene deposits of the valley of the Somme tell the same tale as
those of eastern England, containing as they do species and even genera
whose northern range is now much more limited. The Eocene fossils from
the Paris beds show most remarkable relationships to genera now existing
in the West Indies and Central America. Others again indicate affinities with
India. Thus we find Ceres, Megalomastoma, and Tudora by the side of
Leptopoma, Faunus, and Paludomus.
Page 350
Germany.—The Mollusca of the plains of northern Germany are few and
not striking, and exhibit little difference from those of our own islands. In
the mountainous districts of the south and south-east, a number of new
forms occur, amongst which are 3 species of Daudebardia, a remarkable
carnivorous form, with the general appearance of a Vitrina; 24 of Clausilia,
many Pupa, several Buliminus, 3 of the Campylaea group of Helix,
stragglers from the Italo-Dalmatian fauna, and 1 of Zonites proper. Our
familiar Helix aspersa is entirely absent from Germany. There are only 4
land operculates—Pomatias 2, Acicula 1, Cyclostoma 1, all of which occur
exclusively in the south. Bithynella and Vitrella, two minute forms of fresh-
water operculates akin to Hydrobia, occur throughout the district.
Fig. 193.—A, Daudebardia brevipes Fér.: sh, shell; p.o,
pulmonary orifice. (After Pfeiffer.) B, shell of D.
rufa Pfr., S. Germany.
Northern Russia and Siberia.—This vast tract extends from eastern
Germany to the Amoor district. It is exceedingly poor in Mollusca, and is
chiefly characterised by the gradual disappearance, as we proceed eastward,
of European species. There are a few characteristic Siberian Mollusca,
closely allied to European forms, and in the extreme east a new element is
introduced in the appearance of types which indicate Chinese affinities. The
whole district may be regarded as bounded to the south by a line drawn
from Lemberg to Moscow, and thence to Perm; passing south of the Ural
mountains, it includes the whole basins of the rivers Obi, Yenesei, and
Lena, coinciding with the vast mountain ranges which terminate to the
north the table-land of central Asia, at the eastern extremity of which it dips
sharply southwards, so as to include the Amoor basin and Corea.
All the larger Helices are wanting, and no land operculates occur. Helix
arbustorum L., H. nemoralis Müll., H. lapicida L., H. aculeata Müll., and
not striking, and exhibit little difference from those of our own islands. In
the mountainous districts of the south and south-east, a number of new
forms occur, amongst which are 3 species of Daudebardia, a remarkable
carnivorous form, with the general appearance of a Vitrina; 24 of Clausilia,
many Pupa, several Buliminus, 3 of the Campylaea group of Helix,
stragglers from the Italo-Dalmatian fauna, and 1 of Zonites proper. Our
familiar Helix aspersa is entirely absent from Germany. There are only 4
land operculates—Pomatias 2, Acicula 1, Cyclostoma 1, all of which occur
exclusively in the south. Bithynella and Vitrella, two minute forms of fresh-
water operculates akin to Hydrobia, occur throughout the district.
Fig. 193.—A, Daudebardia brevipes Fér.: sh, shell; p.o,
pulmonary orifice. (After Pfeiffer.) B, shell of D.
rufa Pfr., S. Germany.
Northern Russia and Siberia.—This vast tract extends from eastern
Germany to the Amoor district. It is exceedingly poor in Mollusca, and is
chiefly characterised by the gradual disappearance, as we proceed eastward,
of European species. There are a few characteristic Siberian Mollusca,
closely allied to European forms, and in the extreme east a new element is
introduced in the appearance of types which indicate Chinese affinities. The
whole district may be regarded as bounded to the south by a line drawn
from Lemberg to Moscow, and thence to Perm; passing south of the Ural
mountains, it includes the whole basins of the rivers Obi, Yenesei, and
Lena, coinciding with the vast mountain ranges which terminate to the
north the table-land of central Asia, at the eastern extremity of which it dips
sharply southwards, so as to include the Amoor basin and Corea.
All the larger Helices are wanting, and no land operculates occur. Helix
arbustorum L., H. nemoralis Müll., H. lapicida L., H. aculeata Müll., and
Page 351
Hyalinia nitidula Drap., do not appear to occur east of the Baltic; Arion
fuscus Müll., Helix strigella Drap., Buliminus obscurus Müll., Clausilia
laminata Mont., C. bidentata Bttg., C. plicatula Drap., Viviparus fasciatus
Müll., and Neritina fluviatilis L., do not pass the Urals.
In the Obi district (West Siberia) a further batch of European species find
their easterly limit. Among these are Helix hispida L., Bithynia tentaculata
L., Vivipara vivipara L., Pisidium amnicum Müll., and Unio tumidus Retz.
A few distinctly Siberian species now appear, e.g. Ancylus sibiricus Gerst.,
Valvata sibirica Midd., and Vitrina rugulosa Koch.
The following are among the European species which reach eastern
Siberia: Hyalinia nitida Müll., Succinea oblonga Drap., Planorbis vortex
L., spirorbis L., marginatus Drap., rotundatus Poir., fontanus Light.,
Valvata piscinalis Müll., Bithynia ventricosa Leach, and Anodonta
variabilis Drap. Here first occur such characteristic species as Physa
sibirica West., P. aenigma West., Helix pauper Gld., H. Stuxbergi West., H.
Nordenskiöldi West., Planorbis borealis Lov., Valvata aliena West., Cyclas
nitida Cless., and C. levinodis West. In the Amoor district a decided
Chinese element makes its appearance in a few hardy forms which have
penetrated northward, e.g. Philomycus bilineatus Bens., and a few each of
the Fruticicola (Chinese) and Acusta groups of Helix. Out of 53 species,
however, enumerated from this district, as many as 33, belonging to 18
genera, occur also in Great Britain.
Lake Baikal.—The Mollusca of Lake Baikal exhibit distinct
characteristics of their own, which seem to indicate the long-continued
existence of the lake in its present condition. Several entirely peculiar
genera occur, which are specialised forms of Hydrobia, e.g. Baikalia,
Liobaikalia, Gerstfeldtia, Dybowskia, and Maackia; Benedictia alone
extends to the basin of the Amoor. Choanomphalus, another peculiar and
ultra-dextral (p. 250) genus belonging to the Limnaeidae, appears to be
related to the West American Carinifex.
(2) The Mediterranean Sub-region is divided into four provinces: (a)
The Mediterranean province proper; (b) the Pontic; (c) the Caucasian; and
(d) the Atlantidean province.
(a) The Mediterranean province proper is best considered by further
subdividing it, with Fischer and others, into separate districts, each of which
fuscus Müll., Helix strigella Drap., Buliminus obscurus Müll., Clausilia
laminata Mont., C. bidentata Bttg., C. plicatula Drap., Viviparus fasciatus
Müll., and Neritina fluviatilis L., do not pass the Urals.
In the Obi district (West Siberia) a further batch of European species find
their easterly limit. Among these are Helix hispida L., Bithynia tentaculata
L., Vivipara vivipara L., Pisidium amnicum Müll., and Unio tumidus Retz.
A few distinctly Siberian species now appear, e.g. Ancylus sibiricus Gerst.,
Valvata sibirica Midd., and Vitrina rugulosa Koch.
The following are among the European species which reach eastern
Siberia: Hyalinia nitida Müll., Succinea oblonga Drap., Planorbis vortex
L., spirorbis L., marginatus Drap., rotundatus Poir., fontanus Light.,
Valvata piscinalis Müll., Bithynia ventricosa Leach, and Anodonta
variabilis Drap. Here first occur such characteristic species as Physa
sibirica West., P. aenigma West., Helix pauper Gld., H. Stuxbergi West., H.
Nordenskiöldi West., Planorbis borealis Lov., Valvata aliena West., Cyclas
nitida Cless., and C. levinodis West. In the Amoor district a decided
Chinese element makes its appearance in a few hardy forms which have
penetrated northward, e.g. Philomycus bilineatus Bens., and a few each of
the Fruticicola (Chinese) and Acusta groups of Helix. Out of 53 species,
however, enumerated from this district, as many as 33, belonging to 18
genera, occur also in Great Britain.
Lake Baikal.—The Mollusca of Lake Baikal exhibit distinct
characteristics of their own, which seem to indicate the long-continued
existence of the lake in its present condition. Several entirely peculiar
genera occur, which are specialised forms of Hydrobia, e.g. Baikalia,
Liobaikalia, Gerstfeldtia, Dybowskia, and Maackia; Benedictia alone
extends to the basin of the Amoor. Choanomphalus, another peculiar and
ultra-dextral (p. 250) genus belonging to the Limnaeidae, appears to be
related to the West American Carinifex.
(2) The Mediterranean Sub-region is divided into four provinces: (a)
The Mediterranean province proper; (b) the Pontic; (c) the Caucasian; and
(d) the Atlantidean province.
(a) The Mediterranean province proper is best considered by further
subdividing it, with Fischer and others, into separate districts, each of which
Page 352
has certain peculiar characteristics.
(i) The Hispano-Algerian district includes the greater part of the Iberian
peninsula, the Balearic Islands, and northern Africa from Morocco to Tunis.
The extreme western parts of these districts, including West Morocco,
Portugal, Asturias, and south-west France, under the influence of the moist
climate caused by the Atlantic, show some peculiar features which, in the
view of some, are sufficient to justify their separation from the rest of the
Hispano-Algerian portion. Among these is a marked development of the
slugs, Testacella, Arion, and Geomalacus, the latter of which occurs even in
south-western Ireland.
Fig. 194.—A, Parmacella Valenciensii W. and B. × ⅔.
(After Moquin-Tandon.) A´, shell of the same, natural
size.
Spain.—The principal features are the development of the Macularia,
Iberus, and Gonostoma groups of Helix, and the occurrence of the
remarkable slug Parmacella, which is found in many other parts of the sub-
region, and extends eastward as far as Afghanistan. Clausilia has but few
species, mostly in the north. There are four species of land operculates, one
of which is referred to a genus (Tudora) now living only in the West Indies,
but which occurs in the Eocene fossils of the Paris basin. In the south there
are several species of Melanopsis and Neritina.
The States of Northern Africa have a thoroughly Mediterranean fauna,
whose facies on the whole shows rather more affinity to Spain than to
Sicily. The Helices of Morocco and Algeria belong to the same groups as
those of southern Spain. Many are of a dead white colour, the better to resist
the scorching effect of the sun. Ferussacia is abundant, Geomalacus and
Parmacella are represented by a single species each, and there is one
(i) The Hispano-Algerian district includes the greater part of the Iberian
peninsula, the Balearic Islands, and northern Africa from Morocco to Tunis.
The extreme western parts of these districts, including West Morocco,
Portugal, Asturias, and south-west France, under the influence of the moist
climate caused by the Atlantic, show some peculiar features which, in the
view of some, are sufficient to justify their separation from the rest of the
Hispano-Algerian portion. Among these is a marked development of the
slugs, Testacella, Arion, and Geomalacus, the latter of which occurs even in
south-western Ireland.
Fig. 194.—A, Parmacella Valenciensii W. and B. × ⅔.
(After Moquin-Tandon.) A´, shell of the same, natural
size.
Spain.—The principal features are the development of the Macularia,
Iberus, and Gonostoma groups of Helix, and the occurrence of the
remarkable slug Parmacella, which is found in many other parts of the sub-
region, and extends eastward as far as Afghanistan. Clausilia has but few
species, mostly in the north. There are four species of land operculates, one
of which is referred to a genus (Tudora) now living only in the West Indies,
but which occurs in the Eocene fossils of the Paris basin. In the south there
are several species of Melanopsis and Neritina.
The States of Northern Africa have a thoroughly Mediterranean fauna,
whose facies on the whole shows rather more affinity to Spain than to
Sicily. The Helices of Morocco and Algeria belong to the same groups as
those of southern Spain. Many are of a dead white colour, the better to resist
the scorching effect of the sun. Ferussacia is abundant, Geomalacus and
Parmacella are represented by a single species each, and there is one
Page 353
Clausilia. According to Kobelt,[366] the original land connexion between
southern Spain and Morocco must have been much more extensive than is
usually assumed, and probably reached at least to the meridian of Oran and
Cartagena. The Mollusca of Oran and Cartagena are, according to him,
much more closely related than those of Oran and Tangier, or those of
Cartagena and Gibraltar, but at Cartagena some species, which are
characteristic of the Mediterranean coasts from Syria westward, disappear,
are absent from the rest of Spain and from Morocco, but reappear on the
south-western coasts of France. These species may possibly have pushed
along that arm of the sea which, when the Straits of Gibraltar were closed as
far as the latitude of Oran and Cartagena, united in comparatively recent
times the Bay of Biscay with the Gulf of Lions.
The following genera, which do not occur in Spain, have probably
spread into northern Africa as far as Algeria, via Sicily and Tunis, namely,
Glandina (1 sp.), Daudebardia (1 sp.), Pomatias (2 sp.). Tunis shows strong
traces of Sicilian influence, and Kobelt found a colony of snails, of Sicilian
affinities, as far west as Tetuan.
The Sahara.—The Algerian Sahara contains, in many places, a sub-fossil
Molluscan fauna which appears to show that the district has, in quite recent
times, undergone a gradual desiccation. The species are mainly fresh-water,
including Melania, Melanopsis, and Corbicula, with here and there valves
of Cardium edule, and indicate, on the whole, an affinity with recent
Egyptian, rather than North African species. It is probable that a vast series
of étangs, or brackish-water lakes, once stretched along this region, and
were ultimately connected with the sea somewhere between Tunis and
Egypt.
southern Spain and Morocco must have been much more extensive than is
usually assumed, and probably reached at least to the meridian of Oran and
Cartagena. The Mollusca of Oran and Cartagena are, according to him,
much more closely related than those of Oran and Tangier, or those of
Cartagena and Gibraltar, but at Cartagena some species, which are
characteristic of the Mediterranean coasts from Syria westward, disappear,
are absent from the rest of Spain and from Morocco, but reappear on the
south-western coasts of France. These species may possibly have pushed
along that arm of the sea which, when the Straits of Gibraltar were closed as
far as the latitude of Oran and Cartagena, united in comparatively recent
times the Bay of Biscay with the Gulf of Lions.
The following genera, which do not occur in Spain, have probably
spread into northern Africa as far as Algeria, via Sicily and Tunis, namely,
Glandina (1 sp.), Daudebardia (1 sp.), Pomatias (2 sp.). Tunis shows strong
traces of Sicilian influence, and Kobelt found a colony of snails, of Sicilian
affinities, as far west as Tetuan.
The Sahara.—The Algerian Sahara contains, in many places, a sub-fossil
Molluscan fauna which appears to show that the district has, in quite recent
times, undergone a gradual desiccation. The species are mainly fresh-water,
including Melania, Melanopsis, and Corbicula, with here and there valves
of Cardium edule, and indicate, on the whole, an affinity with recent
Egyptian, rather than North African species. It is probable that a vast series
of étangs, or brackish-water lakes, once stretched along this region, and
were ultimately connected with the sea somewhere between Tunis and
Egypt.
Page 354
Fig. 195.—Characteristic shells of S. France: A,
Helix (Macularia) niciensis Fér.; B,
Leucochroa candidissima Drap.
(ii) Southern France.—The southern portion of France bordering on the
Mediterranean contains many species, especially of Helix, which do not
occur in the centre and north. Amongst these are—
Leucochroa candidissima Drap.
Hyalinia olivetorum Gmel.
Zonites algirus L.
Helix rangiana Desh.
„ serpentina Fér.
„ niciensis Fér.
„ splendida Drap.
„ vermiculata Müll.
„ melanostoma Drap.
„ aperta Born.
„ ciliata Ven.
„ explanata Müll.
„ apicina Lam.
„ cespitum Drap.
„ Terverii Mich.
„ pyramidata Drap.
„ trochoides Poir.
Ferussacia folliculus Gron.
Rumina decollata L.
Pupa megacheilos C. and J.
Several species of fresh-water Hydrobia (Bithynella) occur. The district,
on the whole, unites certain characteristics derived from northern Italy with
those of eastern Spain.
(iii) The Italo-Dalmatian district includes Italy and the neighbouring
islands (Corsica, Sardinia, Sicily, Malta), and the regions at the head and
north-eastern shores of the Adriatic (Carinthia, Carniola, Croatia, and
Helix (Macularia) niciensis Fér.; B,
Leucochroa candidissima Drap.
(ii) Southern France.—The southern portion of France bordering on the
Mediterranean contains many species, especially of Helix, which do not
occur in the centre and north. Amongst these are—
Leucochroa candidissima Drap.
Hyalinia olivetorum Gmel.
Zonites algirus L.
Helix rangiana Desh.
„ serpentina Fér.
„ niciensis Fér.
„ splendida Drap.
„ vermiculata Müll.
„ melanostoma Drap.
„ aperta Born.
„ ciliata Ven.
„ explanata Müll.
„ apicina Lam.
„ cespitum Drap.
„ Terverii Mich.
„ pyramidata Drap.
„ trochoides Poir.
Ferussacia folliculus Gron.
Rumina decollata L.
Pupa megacheilos C. and J.
Several species of fresh-water Hydrobia (Bithynella) occur. The district,
on the whole, unites certain characteristics derived from northern Italy with
those of eastern Spain.
(iii) The Italo-Dalmatian district includes Italy and the neighbouring
islands (Corsica, Sardinia, Sicily, Malta), and the regions at the head and
north-eastern shores of the Adriatic (Carinthia, Carniola, Croatia, and
Page 355
Dalmatia), the line which separates these latter districts from the fauna of
southern Austria, Bosnia, and Servia being very difficult to define.
Fig. 196.—Helix (Pomatia)
aperta L., S. France,
showing epiphragm.
Fig. 197.—Helix (Campylaea) zonata Stud.,
Piedmont.
Fig. 198.—Helix (Iberus)
strigata Müll., Florence.
Italy, with the neighbouring islands, has a rich molluscan fauna. In the
sub-Alpine districts of northern Italy the prominent Helix groups are
Campylaea, Pomatia, and Anchistoma, which in the south are generally
southern Austria, Bosnia, and Servia being very difficult to define.
Fig. 196.—Helix (Pomatia)
aperta L., S. France,
showing epiphragm.
Fig. 197.—Helix (Campylaea) zonata Stud.,
Piedmont.
Fig. 198.—Helix (Iberus)
strigata Müll., Florence.
Italy, with the neighbouring islands, has a rich molluscan fauna. In the
sub-Alpine districts of northern Italy the prominent Helix groups are
Campylaea, Pomatia, and Anchistoma, which in the south are generally
Page 356
replaced by Iberus, which here attains its maximum development. Large
Hyalinia are abundant in the north, and Pomatias and Clausilia are frequent
all along the Apennines. Sicily has about 250 species, half of which are
peculiar. Helices of the Iberus type abound, but Campylaea is reduced to
two species. Many peculiar forms of Clausilia occur, especially a latticed
type of great beauty. Ferussacia and Pupa are well represented, and there
are one each of Glandina and Daudebardia.
Dalmatia and the adjacent districts are chiefly remarkable for the rich
development of Clausilia, which here attains its maximum (nearly 100
species). The Campylaea section of Helix is represented by its handsomest
forms, many of which are studded with short hairs. Here too is the
headquarters of Zonites proper, which stretches westward as far as
Provence, and eastward to Asia Minor; and also of the single European
Glandina, which has a similar eastward range, but spreads westward
through Italy and Sicily to Algeria, not occurring in southern France. The
land operculates are chiefly represented by Pomatias, and among the fresh-
water operculates are a Melania and a Lithoglyphus, the latter having
probably spread from the basin of the Danube.
Fig. 199.—A, Clausilia crassicosta Ben.,
Sicily; B, Clausilia macarana Zieg.,
Dalmatia; B´, clausilium of same.
(iv) The Egypto-Syrian district extends along the south-eastern shores of
the Mediterranean from Tripoli to North Syria, and eastward to the
Euphrates valley. Lower Egypt alone belongs to this portion, the fauna of
Upper Egypt being of an entirely tropical character, and belonging to the
Ethiopian Region.
Hyalinia are abundant in the north, and Pomatias and Clausilia are frequent
all along the Apennines. Sicily has about 250 species, half of which are
peculiar. Helices of the Iberus type abound, but Campylaea is reduced to
two species. Many peculiar forms of Clausilia occur, especially a latticed
type of great beauty. Ferussacia and Pupa are well represented, and there
are one each of Glandina and Daudebardia.
Dalmatia and the adjacent districts are chiefly remarkable for the rich
development of Clausilia, which here attains its maximum (nearly 100
species). The Campylaea section of Helix is represented by its handsomest
forms, many of which are studded with short hairs. Here too is the
headquarters of Zonites proper, which stretches westward as far as
Provence, and eastward to Asia Minor; and also of the single European
Glandina, which has a similar eastward range, but spreads westward
through Italy and Sicily to Algeria, not occurring in southern France. The
land operculates are chiefly represented by Pomatias, and among the fresh-
water operculates are a Melania and a Lithoglyphus, the latter having
probably spread from the basin of the Danube.
Fig. 199.—A, Clausilia crassicosta Ben.,
Sicily; B, Clausilia macarana Zieg.,
Dalmatia; B´, clausilium of same.
(iv) The Egypto-Syrian district extends along the south-eastern shores of
the Mediterranean from Tripoli to North Syria, and eastward to the
Euphrates valley. Lower Egypt alone belongs to this portion, the fauna of
Upper Egypt being of an entirely tropical character, and belonging to the
Ethiopian Region.
Page 357
Lower Egypt.—The Mollusca of Lower Egypt stand in the unique
position of belonging, half to the Palaearctic, and half to the Ethiopian
Region. The land Mollusca are of a distinctly Mediterranean type, while the
fresh-water, directly connected as they are by the great highway of the Nile
with regions much farther south, contain a large admixture of thoroughly
tropical genera (Ampullaria, Lanistes, Melania, Cleopatra, Corbicula,
Cyrena, Iridina, Spatha, Mutela). The Helices, which are not numerous, are
rather a mixture of circum-Mediterranean species than of a specially
distinctive character. H. desertorum, however, belonging to the group
Eremophila, is characteristic. There is a single Parmacella, but the physical
features of the country are unfavourable to the occurrence of such genera as
Clausilia, Pupa, Hyalinia, and the land operculates.
Syria.—The Mollusca, especially in the more mountainous regions of
the north, are much more varied and numerous than those of Egypt.
Clausilia is again fairly plentiful, and the Helicidae are represented by some
striking forms of the sections Levantina, Pomatia, and Nummulina.
Leucochroa has several curious types with a constricted aperture, and the
Agnatha are represented by Libania, a peculiar form of Daudebardia. A
prominent feature is the occurrence of a number of large white Buliminus of
the Petraeus section (Fig. 200). Land operculates appear to be absent, but
Melanopsis and Neritina are abundant. The Dead Sea contains no Mollusca,
but Lake Tiberias has a rich fauna, including the above-mentioned genera,
with a Corbicula and several Unio.
Fig. 200.—A, Buliminus (Petraeus)
labrosus Oliv., Beyrout; B,
Buliminus (Chondrula)
septemdentatus Roth., Palestine.
position of belonging, half to the Palaearctic, and half to the Ethiopian
Region. The land Mollusca are of a distinctly Mediterranean type, while the
fresh-water, directly connected as they are by the great highway of the Nile
with regions much farther south, contain a large admixture of thoroughly
tropical genera (Ampullaria, Lanistes, Melania, Cleopatra, Corbicula,
Cyrena, Iridina, Spatha, Mutela). The Helices, which are not numerous, are
rather a mixture of circum-Mediterranean species than of a specially
distinctive character. H. desertorum, however, belonging to the group
Eremophila, is characteristic. There is a single Parmacella, but the physical
features of the country are unfavourable to the occurrence of such genera as
Clausilia, Pupa, Hyalinia, and the land operculates.
Syria.—The Mollusca, especially in the more mountainous regions of
the north, are much more varied and numerous than those of Egypt.
Clausilia is again fairly plentiful, and the Helicidae are represented by some
striking forms of the sections Levantina, Pomatia, and Nummulina.
Leucochroa has several curious types with a constricted aperture, and the
Agnatha are represented by Libania, a peculiar form of Daudebardia. A
prominent feature is the occurrence of a number of large white Buliminus of
the Petraeus section (Fig. 200). Land operculates appear to be absent, but
Melanopsis and Neritina are abundant. The Dead Sea contains no Mollusca,
but Lake Tiberias has a rich fauna, including the above-mentioned genera,
with a Corbicula and several Unio.
Fig. 200.—A, Buliminus (Petraeus)
labrosus Oliv., Beyrout; B,
Buliminus (Chondrula)
septemdentatus Roth., Palestine.
Page 358
Upper Mesopotamia appears to possess a mixture of Syrian and
Caucasian forms, including a Parmacella. Lower Mesopotamia has an
exceedingly poor land fauna, but is comparatively rich in fresh-water
species, the growing eastern character of which is shown by the occurrence
of several Corbicula and Pseudodon, and of a Neritina of a distinctly Indian
type.
(b) The Pontic province extends from Western Austria to the Sea of
Azof, and includes Austria, Hungary, Roumania, the Balkan peninsula (so
far as it does not form part of the Mediterranean sub-region), the islands of
the Greek Archipelago, southern Russia and the Crimea, and Asia Minor. It
thus practically corresponds to the whole Danube basin, together with the
lands bordering on the Black Sea, except at the extreme east, which belongs
to the Caucasian sub-region. Fischer separates off Greece, Asia Minor
(except the northern coast-line), and the intervening islands, with Crete and
Cyprus, as constituting a portion (Hellado-Anatolic) of the Mediterranean
sub-region proper. These districts, however, appear to possess scarcely
sufficient individuality to warrant their separate consideration.
A prominent characteristic of the Pontic Mollusca is the great abundance
of Clausilia and Buliminus. In the islands east and west of Greece Clausilia
forms a large proportion of the fauna, each island, however small,
possessing its own peculiar forms. The Helices belong principally to the
groups Campylaea (which is very abundant in Austro-Hungary), Pomatia
(Greece and Asia Minor), and Anchistoma. Macularia is comparatively
scarce, but is represented in Greece by one very large form (Codringtonii
Gray). Zonites proper has its metropolis in this sub-region, and the Danube
basin contains one or two species of Melania and Lithoglyphus. Buliminus
is abundant throughout the sub-region, in the sub-genera Zebrina, Napaeus,
Mastus, and Chondrula. Several striking forms of Zebrina (Ena) are
peculiar to the Crimea.
(c) The Caucasian Province.—The limits of this province can hardly be
exactly defined at present. It appears, however, to include the whole line of
the Caucasus range, Armenia, and North Persia.
The land Mollusca are abundant and interesting. Among the carnivorous
genera are four species of Daudebardia, a Glandina, and three peculiar
forms of naked slug, Pseudomilax, Trigonochlamys, and Selenochlamys.
Caucasian forms, including a Parmacella. Lower Mesopotamia has an
exceedingly poor land fauna, but is comparatively rich in fresh-water
species, the growing eastern character of which is shown by the occurrence
of several Corbicula and Pseudodon, and of a Neritina of a distinctly Indian
type.
(b) The Pontic province extends from Western Austria to the Sea of
Azof, and includes Austria, Hungary, Roumania, the Balkan peninsula (so
far as it does not form part of the Mediterranean sub-region), the islands of
the Greek Archipelago, southern Russia and the Crimea, and Asia Minor. It
thus practically corresponds to the whole Danube basin, together with the
lands bordering on the Black Sea, except at the extreme east, which belongs
to the Caucasian sub-region. Fischer separates off Greece, Asia Minor
(except the northern coast-line), and the intervening islands, with Crete and
Cyprus, as constituting a portion (Hellado-Anatolic) of the Mediterranean
sub-region proper. These districts, however, appear to possess scarcely
sufficient individuality to warrant their separate consideration.
A prominent characteristic of the Pontic Mollusca is the great abundance
of Clausilia and Buliminus. In the islands east and west of Greece Clausilia
forms a large proportion of the fauna, each island, however small,
possessing its own peculiar forms. The Helices belong principally to the
groups Campylaea (which is very abundant in Austro-Hungary), Pomatia
(Greece and Asia Minor), and Anchistoma. Macularia is comparatively
scarce, but is represented in Greece by one very large form (Codringtonii
Gray). Zonites proper has its metropolis in this sub-region, and the Danube
basin contains one or two species of Melania and Lithoglyphus. Buliminus
is abundant throughout the sub-region, in the sub-genera Zebrina, Napaeus,
Mastus, and Chondrula. Several striking forms of Zebrina (Ena) are
peculiar to the Crimea.
(c) The Caucasian Province.—The limits of this province can hardly be
exactly defined at present. It appears, however, to include the whole line of
the Caucasus range, Armenia, and North Persia.
The land Mollusca are abundant and interesting. Among the carnivorous
genera are four species of Daudebardia, a Glandina, and three peculiar
forms of naked slug, Pseudomilax, Trigonochlamys, and Selenochlamys.
Page 359
There is a single Parmacella, the same species as the Mesopotamian, and a
good many forms of Limax. Vitrina and Hyalinia are well represented, and
the predominant groups of Helix are Euloto, Cartusiana, Xerophila, and
Fruticocampylaea, the last being peculiar. Clausilia and Pupa are rich in
species, together with Buliminus of the Chondrula type. One Clausilia of
the Phaedusa section, together with a Macrochlamys (Transcaspian only), a
Corbicula, and a Cyclotus, show marked traces of Asiatic affinity. There is
one species each of Acicula and Cyclostoma, and one of Pomatias.
The Caspian Sea, like Lakes Baikal and Tanganyika, is distinguished by
the possession of several remarkable and peculiar genera. The sea itself, the
waters of which are brackish, is 80 feet below the level of the Black Sea,
and is no doubt a relict of what formed, in earlier times, a very much larger
expanse of water. Marine deposits containing fauna now characteristic of
the Caspian, have been found as far north as the Samara bend of the Volga.
It is probable, therefore, that in Post-pliocene times an arm of the Aralo-
Caspian Sea penetrated northward up the present basin of the Volga to at
least 54° N. The Kazan depression of the Volga (55° N.) also contains
characteristic Caspian fossils.[367] According to Brusina,[368] the Caspian
fauna, as a whole, is closely related to the Tertiary fauna of southern
Europe.
Twenty-six species of univalve Mollusca, the majority being modified
forms of Hydrobia, have been described from the Caspian, namely,
Micromelania (6), Caspia (7), Clessinia (3), Nematurella (3), Lithoglyphus
(1), Planorbis (1), Zagrabica (1), Hydrobia (2), Neritina (2). The bivalves
are mostly modified forms of Cardium (Didacna, Adacna, Monodacna),
which also occur in estuaries along the north of the Black Sea. A form of
Cardium edule itself occurs, and numberless varieties of the same species
are found in a semi-fossil condition in the dry or half dry lake-beds, which
are so abundant throughout the Aral district.
(d) The Atlantidean province consists of the four groups of islands, the
Madeiran group, the Canaries, the Azores, and the Cape Verdes.
The Madeiran group contains between 140 and 150 species of Mollusca
which may be regarded as indigenous, the great majority of which are
peculiar. Only 11 species are common to Madeira and to the Azores, and
about the same number, in spite of their much greater proximity, to Madeira
good many forms of Limax. Vitrina and Hyalinia are well represented, and
the predominant groups of Helix are Euloto, Cartusiana, Xerophila, and
Fruticocampylaea, the last being peculiar. Clausilia and Pupa are rich in
species, together with Buliminus of the Chondrula type. One Clausilia of
the Phaedusa section, together with a Macrochlamys (Transcaspian only), a
Corbicula, and a Cyclotus, show marked traces of Asiatic affinity. There is
one species each of Acicula and Cyclostoma, and one of Pomatias.
The Caspian Sea, like Lakes Baikal and Tanganyika, is distinguished by
the possession of several remarkable and peculiar genera. The sea itself, the
waters of which are brackish, is 80 feet below the level of the Black Sea,
and is no doubt a relict of what formed, in earlier times, a very much larger
expanse of water. Marine deposits containing fauna now characteristic of
the Caspian, have been found as far north as the Samara bend of the Volga.
It is probable, therefore, that in Post-pliocene times an arm of the Aralo-
Caspian Sea penetrated northward up the present basin of the Volga to at
least 54° N. The Kazan depression of the Volga (55° N.) also contains
characteristic Caspian fossils.[367] According to Brusina,[368] the Caspian
fauna, as a whole, is closely related to the Tertiary fauna of southern
Europe.
Twenty-six species of univalve Mollusca, the majority being modified
forms of Hydrobia, have been described from the Caspian, namely,
Micromelania (6), Caspia (7), Clessinia (3), Nematurella (3), Lithoglyphus
(1), Planorbis (1), Zagrabica (1), Hydrobia (2), Neritina (2). The bivalves
are mostly modified forms of Cardium (Didacna, Adacna, Monodacna),
which also occur in estuaries along the north of the Black Sea. A form of
Cardium edule itself occurs, and numberless varieties of the same species
are found in a semi-fossil condition in the dry or half dry lake-beds, which
are so abundant throughout the Aral district.
(d) The Atlantidean province consists of the four groups of islands, the
Madeiran group, the Canaries, the Azores, and the Cape Verdes.
The Madeiran group contains between 140 and 150 species of Mollusca
which may be regarded as indigenous, the great majority of which are
peculiar. Only 11 species are common to Madeira and to the Azores, and
about the same number, in spite of their much greater proximity, to Madeira
Page 360
and the Canaries. No less than 74 species, or almost exactly one-half,
belong to Helix, and 9 to Patula. A considerable number of the Helices are
not only specifically but generically peculiar, the genera bearing close
relationship to those occurring in the Mediterranean region. As a rule they
are small in size, but often of singular beauty of ornamentation. Various
forms of Pupa are exceedingly abundant (28 sp.), as is also Ferussacia (12
sp.). There are also 3 Clausilia (which genus occurs on this group alone),
and 3 Vitrina (a genus which occurs on all the groups). The land operculates
are represented solely by 4 Craspedopoma, which is common to all the
groups except the Cape Verdes.
Fig. 201.—Characteristic land Mollusca from
the Madeira group: A, Helix (Irus)
laciniosa Lowe, Madeira; B, Helix
(Hystricella) turricula Lowe, Porto
Santo; C, Helix (Iberus) Wollastoni
Lowe, Porto Santo; D, Helix (Coronaria)
delphinuloides Lowe, Madeira.
The Canaries have about 160 species, only about a dozen of which are
not peculiar. As many as 75 of these belong to Helix (the sub-genera being
very much the same as in the Madeiran group), and 11 to Patula. There is 1
species of Parmacella (which occurs in this group alone), and 6 of Vitrina,
of considerable size. A remarkable slug (Plectrophorus) was described from
Teneriffe by Férussac many years ago, but it has never been rediscovered,
and is probably mythical, or wrongly assigned. Buliminus (Napaeus) has as
many as 28 species, all but one being peculiar, and Ferussacia 7.
belong to Helix, and 9 to Patula. A considerable number of the Helices are
not only specifically but generically peculiar, the genera bearing close
relationship to those occurring in the Mediterranean region. As a rule they
are small in size, but often of singular beauty of ornamentation. Various
forms of Pupa are exceedingly abundant (28 sp.), as is also Ferussacia (12
sp.). There are also 3 Clausilia (which genus occurs on this group alone),
and 3 Vitrina (a genus which occurs on all the groups). The land operculates
are represented solely by 4 Craspedopoma, which is common to all the
groups except the Cape Verdes.
Fig. 201.—Characteristic land Mollusca from
the Madeira group: A, Helix (Irus)
laciniosa Lowe, Madeira; B, Helix
(Hystricella) turricula Lowe, Porto
Santo; C, Helix (Iberus) Wollastoni
Lowe, Porto Santo; D, Helix (Coronaria)
delphinuloides Lowe, Madeira.
The Canaries have about 160 species, only about a dozen of which are
not peculiar. As many as 75 of these belong to Helix (the sub-genera being
very much the same as in the Madeiran group), and 11 to Patula. There is 1
species of Parmacella (which occurs in this group alone), and 6 of Vitrina,
of considerable size. A remarkable slug (Plectrophorus) was described from
Teneriffe by Férussac many years ago, but it has never been rediscovered,
and is probably mythical, or wrongly assigned. Buliminus (Napaeus) has as
many as 28 species, all but one being peculiar, and Ferussacia 7.
Page 361
Cyclostoma has two indigenous species, which, with one Hydrocena and
one Craspedopoma, make up the operculate land fauna.
The Azores are comparatively poor in Mollusca, having only 52 species,
nearly two-thirds of which are peculiar. Helix has 15 species, Patula 4, and
Pupa 8. Ferussacia, so abundant in Madeira and the Canaries, is entirely
absent, its place being taken by Napaeus (7 sp.), which is curiously absent
from Madeira, but richly represented in the Canaries. There are 7 Vitrina,
while the land operculates consist of one each of Craspedopoma and
Hydrocena. A singular slug (Plutonia), with an ancyliform internal shell, is
said to occur. The group was long believed to possess no fresh-water
Mollusca, but two species (one each of Pisidium and Physa) have recently
been discovered.
The Cape Verdes, owing to the extreme dryness of their climate, are poor
in land Mollusca. There are 11 Helix, nearly all of which belong to the
group Leptaxis, which is common to Madeira and the Canaries. Ferussacia
is absent, Buliminus is represented by a single species, and there are no land
operculates. Ethiopian influence, however, as might be expected from the
situation of the group, is seen in the occurrence of an Ennea, a Melania, and
an Isidora.
It will be noticed how little countenance the molluscan fauna of these
island groups gives to any theory of an Atlantis, any theory which regards
the islands as the remains of a western continent now sunk beneath the
ocean. Had ‘Atlantis’ ever existed, we should have expected to find a
considerable proportion of the Mollusca common to all the groups, and
perhaps to Europe as well, and there would apparently be no reason why a
genus which occurred in one group should not occur in all. As a fact, we
find the species extremely localised throughout, and genera occur and fail
to occur in a particular group without any obvious reason. All the evidence
tends to show that the islands are purely oceanic, and have been colonised
from the western coasts of the Mediterranean, i.e. from the direction of the
prevailing currents and winds.
(3) Central-Asiatic Sub-region.—The countries included in this vast
sub-region are Turkestan, Songaria, Afghanistan, including the Pamirs,
Western Thibet, and probably Mongolia. Kashmir belongs to the Indian
fauna. At present the whole district is very imperfectly known; indeed, it is
one Craspedopoma, make up the operculate land fauna.
The Azores are comparatively poor in Mollusca, having only 52 species,
nearly two-thirds of which are peculiar. Helix has 15 species, Patula 4, and
Pupa 8. Ferussacia, so abundant in Madeira and the Canaries, is entirely
absent, its place being taken by Napaeus (7 sp.), which is curiously absent
from Madeira, but richly represented in the Canaries. There are 7 Vitrina,
while the land operculates consist of one each of Craspedopoma and
Hydrocena. A singular slug (Plutonia), with an ancyliform internal shell, is
said to occur. The group was long believed to possess no fresh-water
Mollusca, but two species (one each of Pisidium and Physa) have recently
been discovered.
The Cape Verdes, owing to the extreme dryness of their climate, are poor
in land Mollusca. There are 11 Helix, nearly all of which belong to the
group Leptaxis, which is common to Madeira and the Canaries. Ferussacia
is absent, Buliminus is represented by a single species, and there are no land
operculates. Ethiopian influence, however, as might be expected from the
situation of the group, is seen in the occurrence of an Ennea, a Melania, and
an Isidora.
It will be noticed how little countenance the molluscan fauna of these
island groups gives to any theory of an Atlantis, any theory which regards
the islands as the remains of a western continent now sunk beneath the
ocean. Had ‘Atlantis’ ever existed, we should have expected to find a
considerable proportion of the Mollusca common to all the groups, and
perhaps to Europe as well, and there would apparently be no reason why a
genus which occurred in one group should not occur in all. As a fact, we
find the species extremely localised throughout, and genera occur and fail
to occur in a particular group without any obvious reason. All the evidence
tends to show that the islands are purely oceanic, and have been colonised
from the western coasts of the Mediterranean, i.e. from the direction of the
prevailing currents and winds.
(3) Central-Asiatic Sub-region.—The countries included in this vast
sub-region are Turkestan, Songaria, Afghanistan, including the Pamirs,
Western Thibet, and probably Mongolia. Kashmir belongs to the Indian
fauna. At present the whole district is very imperfectly known; indeed, it is
Page 362
only at a few points that anything like a thorough investigation of the fauna
has been made. It is therefore almost premature to pronounce any decided
opinion upon the Mollusca, but all the evidence at present to hand tends to
show that they belong to the Palaearctic and not to the Oriental system. This
is especially the case with regard to the fresh-water Mollusca, many of
which are specifically identical with those occurring in our own islands. A
slight admixture of such widely distributed types as Corbicula and Melania
occurs, but it is not sufficient to disturb the general European facies of the
whole. It is possible that eventually the whole district may be regarded as a
sub-region combining certain characteristics of the eastern portions of the
Mediterranean basin with an extension of the septentrional element, due to
higher elevation and more rigorous climate. The principal features in the
land Mollusca appear to be the occurrence of a number of Buliminus of the
Napaeus group, a few Parmacella (Afghanistan being the limit of the genus
eastward), Clausilia, Pupa, Limax, and Helix, with several stray species of
Macrochlamys.
B. The Oriental or Palaeotropical Region
This region includes all Asia to the south of the boundary of the
Palaearctic region, that is to say, India, with Ceylon, Burmah, Siam, and the
whole of the Malay Peninsula, China proper, with Hainan and Formosa, and
Japan south of Yesso. It also includes the Andamans and Nicobars, and the
whole of Malaysia, with the Philippines, as far eastward as, and including
Celebes with the Xulla Is., and the string of islands south of the Banda Sea
up to the Ké Is. The Moluccas, in their two groups, are intermediate
between the Oriental and Australasian regions.
In this vast extent of land two distinct centres of influence are prominent
—the Indian and the Chinese. Each is of marked individuality, but they
differ in this essential point, that while the Chinese element is decidedly
restricted in area, being, in fact, more or less confined to China itself and
the adjacent islands, the Indian element, on the other hand, extends far
beyond continental Asia, and embraces all the Malay islands to their
farthest eastward extent, until it becomes overpowered by the Papuan and
Australian fauna. Upper Burmah, with Siam, forms a sort of meeting-point
of the two elements, which here intermingle in such a way that no very
definite line of demarcation can be drawn between them.
has been made. It is therefore almost premature to pronounce any decided
opinion upon the Mollusca, but all the evidence at present to hand tends to
show that they belong to the Palaearctic and not to the Oriental system. This
is especially the case with regard to the fresh-water Mollusca, many of
which are specifically identical with those occurring in our own islands. A
slight admixture of such widely distributed types as Corbicula and Melania
occurs, but it is not sufficient to disturb the general European facies of the
whole. It is possible that eventually the whole district may be regarded as a
sub-region combining certain characteristics of the eastern portions of the
Mediterranean basin with an extension of the septentrional element, due to
higher elevation and more rigorous climate. The principal features in the
land Mollusca appear to be the occurrence of a number of Buliminus of the
Napaeus group, a few Parmacella (Afghanistan being the limit of the genus
eastward), Clausilia, Pupa, Limax, and Helix, with several stray species of
Macrochlamys.
B. The Oriental or Palaeotropical Region
This region includes all Asia to the south of the boundary of the
Palaearctic region, that is to say, India, with Ceylon, Burmah, Siam, and the
whole of the Malay Peninsula, China proper, with Hainan and Formosa, and
Japan south of Yesso. It also includes the Andamans and Nicobars, and the
whole of Malaysia, with the Philippines, as far eastward as, and including
Celebes with the Xulla Is., and the string of islands south of the Banda Sea
up to the Ké Is. The Moluccas, in their two groups, are intermediate
between the Oriental and Australasian regions.
In this vast extent of land two distinct centres of influence are prominent
—the Indian and the Chinese. Each is of marked individuality, but they
differ in this essential point, that while the Chinese element is decidedly
restricted in area, being, in fact, more or less confined to China itself and
the adjacent islands, the Indian element, on the other hand, extends far
beyond continental Asia, and embraces all the Malay islands to their
farthest eastward extent, until it becomes overpowered by the Papuan and
Australian fauna. Upper Burmah, with Siam, forms a sort of meeting-point
of the two elements, which here intermingle in such a way that no very
definite line of demarcation can be drawn between them.
Page 363
Thus we have—
Oriental Region 1. Indo-Malay Sub-Region (a) Indian Province
(b) Siamese Province
(c) Malay Province
(d) Philippine Province
2. Chinese Sub-Region (a) Chinese Province
(b) Japanese Province
The Indo-Malay fauna spreads eastward from its metropolis, but has
practically no westward extension, or only such as may be traced on the
eastern coasts of Africa and the off-lying islands. There appears to exist no
other case in the world where the metropolis of a fauna is so plainly
indicated, or where it lies, not near the centre, but at one of the ends of the
whole area of distribution.
Comparing the two sub-regions, the Chinese is distinguished by the great
predominance of Helix, while in the Indo-Malay sub-region Nanina and the
related genera are in the ascendancy. In India itself there are only 6 genera
of true Helicidae, poorly represented in point of numbers; in China there are
at least three times this amount, most of them abundant in species. The
Indo-Malay sub-region, on the other hand, is the metropolis of the
Naninidae, which abound both in genera and species. In the Chinese sub-
region Clausilia attains a development almost rivalling that of S.E. Europe,
while in India there are scarcely a dozen species. A marked feature of the
Indo-Malay sub-region is the singular group of tubed land operculates
(Opisthoporus, Pterocyclus, etc.). In China the group is only represented by
stragglers of Indian derivation, while the land operculate fauna, as a whole,
is distinctly inferior to the Indian. Another characteristic group of the Indo-
Malay region is Amphidromus, with its gaudily painted and often sinistral
shell; the genus is entirely absent from China proper and Japan, where its
place is taken by various small forms of the Buliminus group. Fresh-water
Mollusca, especially the bivalves and operculates, are far more abundant in
the Chinese sub-region than in the Indo-Malay.
(1) The Indo-Malay Sub-region.—(a) The Indian Province proper
includes the peninsula of Hindostan, together with Assam and Upper and
Lower Burmah. To the east and extreme north-east, the boundaries of the
province are ill-defined, and the fauna gradually assimilates with the
Siamese on the one hand and the Chinese on the other. Roughly speaking,
the line of demarcation follows the mountain ranges which separate
Oriental Region 1. Indo-Malay Sub-Region (a) Indian Province
(b) Siamese Province
(c) Malay Province
(d) Philippine Province
2. Chinese Sub-Region (a) Chinese Province
(b) Japanese Province
The Indo-Malay fauna spreads eastward from its metropolis, but has
practically no westward extension, or only such as may be traced on the
eastern coasts of Africa and the off-lying islands. There appears to exist no
other case in the world where the metropolis of a fauna is so plainly
indicated, or where it lies, not near the centre, but at one of the ends of the
whole area of distribution.
Comparing the two sub-regions, the Chinese is distinguished by the great
predominance of Helix, while in the Indo-Malay sub-region Nanina and the
related genera are in the ascendancy. In India itself there are only 6 genera
of true Helicidae, poorly represented in point of numbers; in China there are
at least three times this amount, most of them abundant in species. The
Indo-Malay sub-region, on the other hand, is the metropolis of the
Naninidae, which abound both in genera and species. In the Chinese sub-
region Clausilia attains a development almost rivalling that of S.E. Europe,
while in India there are scarcely a dozen species. A marked feature of the
Indo-Malay sub-region is the singular group of tubed land operculates
(Opisthoporus, Pterocyclus, etc.). In China the group is only represented by
stragglers of Indian derivation, while the land operculate fauna, as a whole,
is distinctly inferior to the Indian. Another characteristic group of the Indo-
Malay region is Amphidromus, with its gaudily painted and often sinistral
shell; the genus is entirely absent from China proper and Japan, where its
place is taken by various small forms of the Buliminus group. Fresh-water
Mollusca, especially the bivalves and operculates, are far more abundant in
the Chinese sub-region than in the Indo-Malay.
(1) The Indo-Malay Sub-region.—(a) The Indian Province proper
includes the peninsula of Hindostan, together with Assam and Upper and
Lower Burmah. To the east and extreme north-east, the boundaries of the
province are ill-defined, and the fauna gradually assimilates with the
Siamese on the one hand and the Chinese on the other. Roughly speaking,
the line of demarcation follows the mountain ranges which separate
Page 364
Burmese from Chinese territory, but the debatable ground is of wide extent,
and Yunnan, the first Chinese province over the border, has many species
common with Upper Burmah.
The gigantic ranges of mountains which bound the sub-region to the
north-west and north limit the extension of the Indian fauna in those
directions in a most decisive manner. There is no quarter of the world, even
in W. America, where a mountain chain has equal effect in barring back a
fauna. In the north of Kashmir, where the great forests end, there is a most
complete change of environment as the traveller gains the summit of the
watershed; but Kashmir itself distinctly belongs to the Indian and not the
Palaearctic system. The great desert to the south of the Punjab is equally
effective as a barrier towards the west.
The Mollusca of India proper include a very large number of interesting
and remarkable genera. India is the metropolis of the great family of the
Naninidae, or snails with a caudal mucus-pore, which are here represented
by no less than 14 genera and over 200 species. The genera Macrochlamys,
Sitala, Kaliella, Ariophanta, Girasia, Austenia, and Durgella are at their
maximum. Helix is scarcely represented, containing only about 30
inconspicuous species (leaving Ceylon out of account). Buliminus is
abundant, especially in the north. The Stenogyridae are represented by
Glessula, which is exceedingly abundant in India, but has only a few
straggling representatives in the rest of the Oriental region. Among the
Pupidae is the remarkable form Boysia, with its twisted upturned mouth,
while Lithotis is a peculiar form allied to Succinea, to which group also
probably belongs Camptonyx, a limpet-like form with a very small spire,
peculiar to the Kattiawar peninsula. Camptoceras, an extraordinarily
elongated sinistral shell, with a loosely coiled spire, is peculiar to the N.W.
Provinces.
Among the fresh-water pulmonates is an Ampullarina, a genus only
known elsewhere from the Fiji Is. and E. Australia. Cremnoconchus is a
form of Littorina, peculiar to the W. Ghâts, which has habituated itself to a
terrestrial life on moist rocks many miles from the sea. The fresh-water
operculates include the peculiar forms Mainwaringia, from the mouth of the
Ganges (intermediate between Melania and Paludomus), Stomatodon,
Larina, Fossarulus, Tricula, and others. The bivalves are neither numerous
nor remarkable; Velorita, a genus of the Cyrenidae, is peculiar.
and Yunnan, the first Chinese province over the border, has many species
common with Upper Burmah.
The gigantic ranges of mountains which bound the sub-region to the
north-west and north limit the extension of the Indian fauna in those
directions in a most decisive manner. There is no quarter of the world, even
in W. America, where a mountain chain has equal effect in barring back a
fauna. In the north of Kashmir, where the great forests end, there is a most
complete change of environment as the traveller gains the summit of the
watershed; but Kashmir itself distinctly belongs to the Indian and not the
Palaearctic system. The great desert to the south of the Punjab is equally
effective as a barrier towards the west.
The Mollusca of India proper include a very large number of interesting
and remarkable genera. India is the metropolis of the great family of the
Naninidae, or snails with a caudal mucus-pore, which are here represented
by no less than 14 genera and over 200 species. The genera Macrochlamys,
Sitala, Kaliella, Ariophanta, Girasia, Austenia, and Durgella are at their
maximum. Helix is scarcely represented, containing only about 30
inconspicuous species (leaving Ceylon out of account). Buliminus is
abundant, especially in the north. The Stenogyridae are represented by
Glessula, which is exceedingly abundant in India, but has only a few
straggling representatives in the rest of the Oriental region. Among the
Pupidae is the remarkable form Boysia, with its twisted upturned mouth,
while Lithotis is a peculiar form allied to Succinea, to which group also
probably belongs Camptonyx, a limpet-like form with a very small spire,
peculiar to the Kattiawar peninsula. Camptoceras, an extraordinarily
elongated sinistral shell, with a loosely coiled spire, is peculiar to the N.W.
Provinces.
Among the fresh-water pulmonates is an Ampullarina, a genus only
known elsewhere from the Fiji Is. and E. Australia. Cremnoconchus is a
form of Littorina, peculiar to the W. Ghâts, which has habituated itself to a
terrestrial life on moist rocks many miles from the sea. The fresh-water
operculates include the peculiar forms Mainwaringia, from the mouth of the
Ganges (intermediate between Melania and Paludomus), Stomatodon,
Larina, Fossarulus, Tricula, and others. The bivalves are neither numerous
nor remarkable; Velorita, a genus of the Cyrenidae, is peculiar.
Page 365
Fig. 202.—Characteristic Indian Mollusca: A,
Hypselostoma tubiferum Blanf.; B,
Camptoceras terebra Bens.; C, Camptonyx
Theobaldi Bens.
Fig. 203.—Streptaxis Perroteti
Pfr., Nilghiri Hills: A, adult;
A´, young form.
The land operculate fauna of India is singularly rich and varied. About
25 genera, and at least 190 species, occur. Here we find the metropolis of
Cyclophorus among the larger forms, and of Diplommatina and Alycaeus
among the smaller. A large proportion of the operculate genera are quite
peculiar to the extreme south of India and Ceylon. The appearance of a few
species of the European genus Pomatias is very remarkable.
Hypselostoma tubiferum Blanf.; B,
Camptoceras terebra Bens.; C, Camptonyx
Theobaldi Bens.
Fig. 203.—Streptaxis Perroteti
Pfr., Nilghiri Hills: A, adult;
A´, young form.
The land operculate fauna of India is singularly rich and varied. About
25 genera, and at least 190 species, occur. Here we find the metropolis of
Cyclophorus among the larger forms, and of Diplommatina and Alycaeus
among the smaller. A large proportion of the operculate genera are quite
peculiar to the extreme south of India and Ceylon. The appearance of a few
species of the European genus Pomatias is very remarkable.
Page 366
The carnivorous genera are poorly represented. A few Ennea occur,
while Streptaxis is practically confined to the extreme south and north-east.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of India proper
Streptaxis 9
Ennea 8
Helicarion 15
Girasia 14
Austenia 11
Ibycus 1
Africarion 2
Durgella 4
Ariophanta 15
Xesta 8
Macrochlamys 78
Microcystis 7
Sitala 20
Kaliella 35
Hemiplecta 15
Sesara 3
Trochomorpha 5
Trochomorphoides 1
Parmacella (?) 1
Tebennophorus 1
Anadenus 4
Plectopylis 11
Plectotropis 3
Trachia 12
Thysanota 1
Camaena 1
Amphidromus 2
Boysia 1
Petraeus 14
Cerastus 6
Rachis 5
Cylindrus 1
Pupa 15
Hapalus 4
Clausilia 10
Subulina 2
Opeas 6
Glessula 49
Geostilbia 3
Succinea 11
Lithotis 2
Vaginula 1
Camptonyx 1
Coelostele 1
Carychium 3
while Streptaxis is practically confined to the extreme south and north-east.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of India proper
Streptaxis 9
Ennea 8
Helicarion 15
Girasia 14
Austenia 11
Ibycus 1
Africarion 2
Durgella 4
Ariophanta 15
Xesta 8
Macrochlamys 78
Microcystis 7
Sitala 20
Kaliella 35
Hemiplecta 15
Sesara 3
Trochomorpha 5
Trochomorphoides 1
Parmacella (?) 1
Tebennophorus 1
Anadenus 4
Plectopylis 11
Plectotropis 3
Trachia 12
Thysanota 1
Camaena 1
Amphidromus 2
Boysia 1
Petraeus 14
Cerastus 6
Rachis 5
Cylindrus 1
Pupa 15
Hapalus 4
Clausilia 10
Subulina 2
Opeas 6
Glessula 49
Geostilbia 3
Succinea 11
Lithotis 2
Vaginula 1
Camptonyx 1
Coelostele 1
Carychium 3
Page 367
Ancylus 1
Limnaea 7
Camptoceras 3
Planorbis 10
Ampullarina 1
Melania 17
Mainwaringia 1
Paludomus 10
Stomatodon 1
Larina 1
Cremnoconchus 3
Fairbankia 2
Tricula 1
Bithynia 9
Fossarulus 1
Stenothyra 3
Vivipara 4
Valvata 1
Ampullaria 4
Assiminea 9
Acmella 2
Pomatias 4
Diplommatina 63
Pupina 1
Streptaulus 1
Coptochilus 3
Alycaeus 49
Lagochilus 1
Cyclophorus 12
Scalaina 1
Micraulax 2
Jerdonia 10
Spiraculum 4
Otopoma 1
Cyclotopsis 2
Georissa 1
Modiola 1
Scaphula 1
Unio 40
Solenaia 1
Cyrena 13
Sphaerium 1
Pisidium 5
Velorita 2
Tanysiphon 1
Novaculina 1
Nausitora 1
The Cingalese district, which almost approaches the character of a
distinct province, presents several remarkable points of dissimilarity from
Limnaea 7
Camptoceras 3
Planorbis 10
Ampullarina 1
Melania 17
Mainwaringia 1
Paludomus 10
Stomatodon 1
Larina 1
Cremnoconchus 3
Fairbankia 2
Tricula 1
Bithynia 9
Fossarulus 1
Stenothyra 3
Vivipara 4
Valvata 1
Ampullaria 4
Assiminea 9
Acmella 2
Pomatias 4
Diplommatina 63
Pupina 1
Streptaulus 1
Coptochilus 3
Alycaeus 49
Lagochilus 1
Cyclophorus 12
Scalaina 1
Micraulax 2
Jerdonia 10
Spiraculum 4
Otopoma 1
Cyclotopsis 2
Georissa 1
Modiola 1
Scaphula 1
Unio 40
Solenaia 1
Cyrena 13
Sphaerium 1
Pisidium 5
Velorita 2
Tanysiphon 1
Novaculina 1
Nausitora 1
The Cingalese district, which almost approaches the character of a
distinct province, presents several remarkable points of dissimilarity from
Page 368
the rest of India. It consists of the island of Ceylon, and of a portion of S.
India whose exact limits have yet to be defined. It appears, however, that
the Western or Malabar coast, with the hills parallel to it, is more akin to
Ceylon than the Eastern or Coromandel coast. The Travancore, Malabar,
and S. Canara districts, with the Palnai, Anamalai, and Nilghiri Hills, are
markedly Cingalese, while there seems to be no distinct evidence of similar
relationship on the part of the Madras or even the Cuddalore district.
Among the principal features of the Cingalese district is the occurrence
of three peculiar genera of Helix, one (Acavus) large and finely coloured,
another (Corilla) smaller, with a singularly toothed aperture. While the
Corilla group shows relations with Plectopylis and other Burmese and
Siamese sub-genera Acavus (Fig. 204) is totally distinct from any other
Indian form, and shows signs of close relationship, in the great size of the
embryonic shell, to the Helices of Madagascar (p. 335). In Ceylon the group
is entirely isolated, and its occurrence, besides decisively separating that
island from India, Burmah, and Siam, forms a most interesting problem in
the history of distribution. Eurystoma, with a single species (E. vittata
Müll.), is also peculiar.
As usual when Helix gains ascendancy, the Naninidae retrogress.
Durgella, Austenia, and Girasia are absent altogether, while Macrochlamys,
Sitala, Kaliella, etc., are present in greatly diminished numbers. The sub-
genus Beddomea is peculiar, a form directly related to Amphidromus (Siam
and Malacca). The fresh-water operculate Philopotamis is peculiar, but for
one species found in Sumatra; while Tanalia is quite peculiar. But the forms
which, next to the Helices, most emphasise the separation of the Cingalese
district are the land operculates. There are eleven genera or sub-genera of
land operculates which do not occur in the rest of India proper. Two
(Aulopoma and Cataulus) are quite peculiar, while the other nine are
represented in Burmah, Siam, and the Malay islands, but not in India. On
the other hand, Diplommatina and Alycaeus, so profusely abundant in India,
have not yet been discovered in Ceylon. Among the slugs, Tennentia is a
peculiar genus, whose nearest relation occurs in the Seychelles.
India whose exact limits have yet to be defined. It appears, however, that
the Western or Malabar coast, with the hills parallel to it, is more akin to
Ceylon than the Eastern or Coromandel coast. The Travancore, Malabar,
and S. Canara districts, with the Palnai, Anamalai, and Nilghiri Hills, are
markedly Cingalese, while there seems to be no distinct evidence of similar
relationship on the part of the Madras or even the Cuddalore district.
Among the principal features of the Cingalese district is the occurrence
of three peculiar genera of Helix, one (Acavus) large and finely coloured,
another (Corilla) smaller, with a singularly toothed aperture. While the
Corilla group shows relations with Plectopylis and other Burmese and
Siamese sub-genera Acavus (Fig. 204) is totally distinct from any other
Indian form, and shows signs of close relationship, in the great size of the
embryonic shell, to the Helices of Madagascar (p. 335). In Ceylon the group
is entirely isolated, and its occurrence, besides decisively separating that
island from India, Burmah, and Siam, forms a most interesting problem in
the history of distribution. Eurystoma, with a single species (E. vittata
Müll.), is also peculiar.
As usual when Helix gains ascendancy, the Naninidae retrogress.
Durgella, Austenia, and Girasia are absent altogether, while Macrochlamys,
Sitala, Kaliella, etc., are present in greatly diminished numbers. The sub-
genus Beddomea is peculiar, a form directly related to Amphidromus (Siam
and Malacca). The fresh-water operculate Philopotamis is peculiar, but for
one species found in Sumatra; while Tanalia is quite peculiar. But the forms
which, next to the Helices, most emphasise the separation of the Cingalese
district are the land operculates. There are eleven genera or sub-genera of
land operculates which do not occur in the rest of India proper. Two
(Aulopoma and Cataulus) are quite peculiar, while the other nine are
represented in Burmah, Siam, and the Malay islands, but not in India. On
the other hand, Diplommatina and Alycaeus, so profusely abundant in India,
have not yet been discovered in Ceylon. Among the slugs, Tennentia is a
peculiar genus, whose nearest relation occurs in the Seychelles.
Page 369
Fig. 204.—Helix (Acavus) Waltoni Reeve, Ceylon, showing
embryonic shell (emb). × ⅔.
Genera and Subgenera occurring in the Cingalese District, but not in N.
and Central India
Streptaxis
Tennentia
Acavus
Eurystoma
Corilla
Beddomea
Philopotamis
Tanalia
Theobaldius
Leptopomoides
Craspedotropis
Pterocyclus
Aulopoma
Ditropis
Cyathopoma
Mychopoma
Cataulus
Nicida
Opisthostoma
The district consisting of Upper Burmah, Pegu, Tenasserim, and Aracan,
while essentially a part of the Indian province, contains several Siamese
genera which are not found in India proper, as well as several which are at
present peculiar. Amongst the former category are, of Helicidae, a single
representative each of the genera Camaena (Siamese and Chinese) and
embryonic shell (emb). × ⅔.
Genera and Subgenera occurring in the Cingalese District, but not in N.
and Central India
Streptaxis
Tennentia
Acavus
Eurystoma
Corilla
Beddomea
Philopotamis
Tanalia
Theobaldius
Leptopomoides
Craspedotropis
Pterocyclus
Aulopoma
Ditropis
Cyathopoma
Mychopoma
Cataulus
Nicida
Opisthostoma
The district consisting of Upper Burmah, Pegu, Tenasserim, and Aracan,
while essentially a part of the Indian province, contains several Siamese
genera which are not found in India proper, as well as several which are at
present peculiar. Amongst the former category are, of Helicidae, a single
representative each of the genera Camaena (Siamese and Chinese) and
Page 370
Aegista (Chinese). Influence of the same kind is seen in the increased
numbers of Plectopylis (14 sp.) and Plectotropis (5 sp.), of Clausilia (10
sp.) and Amphidromus (5 sp.), and of the large tubed operculates (11 sp. in
all). Sesara and Sophina among the Naninidae are strange to India, while
Hyalimax is common only to the Andamans, Nicobars, and Mascarene Is.
Hypselostoma (Fig. 202, A) is a most remarkable genus of the Pupidae,
reminding one of Anostoma of the New World. It is peculiar to the
peninsula, but for one species in the Philippines. Among the Pupinidae, we
have the peculiar Raphaulus and Hybocystis (Fig. 205), a very remarkable
form, of which another species occurs at Perak. Two Helicina mark the
most westward extension of the genus on the mainland. In the extreme
north of Upper Burmah, Indian and Chinese forms intermingle.
Fig. 205.—Hybocystis gravida Bens.
Young and adult.
The Burmese district, together with the Indian and Siamese provinces, is
pre-eminently the home of a group of Mollusca, originally of marine origin,
which have permanently habituated themselves to a brackish or fresh-water
existence. They belong to widely different families, and even Orders.
Besides Cremnoconchus mentioned above, we have, among the bivalves,
Novaculina, a Solen living in fresh water in the Ganges, Irawadi, and
Tenasserim estuaries; Scaphula, an Arca, one species of which occurs in the
Ganges hundreds of miles above the tide-way (see Fig. 9, p. 14); and
Martesia, a Pholas from the Irawadi Delta. Clea (which also occurs in Java
and Sumatra) is probably an estuarine Cominella; a Tectura has earned the
numbers of Plectopylis (14 sp.) and Plectotropis (5 sp.), of Clausilia (10
sp.) and Amphidromus (5 sp.), and of the large tubed operculates (11 sp. in
all). Sesara and Sophina among the Naninidae are strange to India, while
Hyalimax is common only to the Andamans, Nicobars, and Mascarene Is.
Hypselostoma (Fig. 202, A) is a most remarkable genus of the Pupidae,
reminding one of Anostoma of the New World. It is peculiar to the
peninsula, but for one species in the Philippines. Among the Pupinidae, we
have the peculiar Raphaulus and Hybocystis (Fig. 205), a very remarkable
form, of which another species occurs at Perak. Two Helicina mark the
most westward extension of the genus on the mainland. In the extreme
north of Upper Burmah, Indian and Chinese forms intermingle.
Fig. 205.—Hybocystis gravida Bens.
Young and adult.
The Burmese district, together with the Indian and Siamese provinces, is
pre-eminently the home of a group of Mollusca, originally of marine origin,
which have permanently habituated themselves to a brackish or fresh-water
existence. They belong to widely different families, and even Orders.
Besides Cremnoconchus mentioned above, we have, among the bivalves,
Novaculina, a Solen living in fresh water in the Ganges, Irawadi, and
Tenasserim estuaries; Scaphula, an Arca, one species of which occurs in the
Ganges hundreds of miles above the tide-way (see Fig. 9, p. 14); and
Martesia, a Pholas from the Irawadi Delta. Clea (which also occurs in Java
and Sumatra) is probably an estuarine Cominella; a Tectura has earned the
Page 371
name fluminalis from its exclusive residence in the Irawadi R.; Iravadia is
probably a Rissoina of similar habits, occurring from Ceylon round to
Hong-Kong; Brotia is a Cerithium from an affluent of the River Salwin, and
Canidia is a Nassa, occurring in the embouchures of rivers from India to
Borneo. Nowhere else in the world is there such a collection—not
exhausted by this list—of marine forms caught in process of habituation to
a fresh-water or even a land existence.
The Andaman and Nicobar Islands possess no peculiar features in their
land Mollusca. They are closely related to the adjacent coasts of Lower
Burmah. Amphidromus (2 sp.) occurs in the Andamans alone, and Clausilia
(2 sp.) in the Nicobars alone, while Hyalimax occurs in both groups. A
remarkable Helix (codonodes Fér.) from the Nicobars appears to find its
nearest relations in the isolated group from Busuanga and Mindoro (p. 315).
Land operculates are abundant, in the Nicobars actually outnumbering the
pulmonates (28 to 22). Helicina and Omphalotropis, genera characteristic
of small islands, are found on both groups.
(b) The Siamese Province includes the area occupied by the districts
known as Siam, Laos, Cambodia, Cochin China, Annam, and Tonquin.
Along the whole of its northern frontier, the zoological is no more than a
political boundary, while on the east the mountain ranges which part Siam
from Pegu and Tenasserim are not of sufficient height to offer any effective
barrier to distribution. The province is accordingly qualified to a
considerable extent by Indian and Chinese elements.
Streptaxis is, but for three Ennea, the sole representative of the
carnivorous genera, and attains its maximum in the Old World. Partly owing
to Chinese influence, the Helicidae, with 11 genera and 46 species, begin to
regain their position as compared with the Naninidae (12 genera, 54
species). Of the Helicidae, Acusta and Hadra appear now for the first time,
and, with Plectotropis, Stegodera, and Clausilia, form a marked Chinese
element. Amphidromus, with 33 species, is the most characteristic land
pulmonate. Several genera, whose nucleus of distribution lies among the
islands farther east, appear to have penetrated as far as these coasts. Such
are Chloritis, Camaena, and Obbina among the Helicidae, Trochomorpha,
and, of the operculates, Helicina.
probably a Rissoina of similar habits, occurring from Ceylon round to
Hong-Kong; Brotia is a Cerithium from an affluent of the River Salwin, and
Canidia is a Nassa, occurring in the embouchures of rivers from India to
Borneo. Nowhere else in the world is there such a collection—not
exhausted by this list—of marine forms caught in process of habituation to
a fresh-water or even a land existence.
The Andaman and Nicobar Islands possess no peculiar features in their
land Mollusca. They are closely related to the adjacent coasts of Lower
Burmah. Amphidromus (2 sp.) occurs in the Andamans alone, and Clausilia
(2 sp.) in the Nicobars alone, while Hyalimax occurs in both groups. A
remarkable Helix (codonodes Fér.) from the Nicobars appears to find its
nearest relations in the isolated group from Busuanga and Mindoro (p. 315).
Land operculates are abundant, in the Nicobars actually outnumbering the
pulmonates (28 to 22). Helicina and Omphalotropis, genera characteristic
of small islands, are found on both groups.
(b) The Siamese Province includes the area occupied by the districts
known as Siam, Laos, Cambodia, Cochin China, Annam, and Tonquin.
Along the whole of its northern frontier, the zoological is no more than a
political boundary, while on the east the mountain ranges which part Siam
from Pegu and Tenasserim are not of sufficient height to offer any effective
barrier to distribution. The province is accordingly qualified to a
considerable extent by Indian and Chinese elements.
Streptaxis is, but for three Ennea, the sole representative of the
carnivorous genera, and attains its maximum in the Old World. Partly owing
to Chinese influence, the Helicidae, with 11 genera and 46 species, begin to
regain their position as compared with the Naninidae (12 genera, 54
species). Of the Helicidae, Acusta and Hadra appear now for the first time,
and, with Plectotropis, Stegodera, and Clausilia, form a marked Chinese
element. Amphidromus, with 33 species, is the most characteristic land
pulmonate. Several genera, whose nucleus of distribution lies among the
islands farther east, appear to have penetrated as far as these coasts. Such
are Chloritis, Camaena, and Obbina among the Helicidae, Trochomorpha,
and, of the operculates, Helicina.
Page 372
Fig. 206.—Cyclophorus siamensis
Sowb., Siam.
Land operculates are very richly developed. In all, there are 17 genera
and 104 species known. The tubed operculates attain their maximum, and
Cyclophorus is even more abundant than in India. Fresh-water bivalves
abound. Dipsas and Pseudodon are common to China, and Unio and
Anodonta are profusely represented. A curious resemblance to S. America
appears in this group, a single Mycetopus occurring, the only species not
Brazilian, while Arconaia appears very closely to approach the Hyria of the
same locality. Several genera of the Hydrobia type (Pachydrobia, Jullienia,
Chlorostracia) are peculiar.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Siamese Province
Streptaxis 20
Ennea 3
Helicarion 7
Microcystis 3
Sesara (?) 1
Medyla 1
Xesta 4
Macrochlamys 6
Kaliella 5
Hyalinia (?) 1
Hemiplecta 14
Rhysota 2
Trochomorpha 6
Trochomorphoides 3
Plectopylis 5
Stegodera 2
Plectotropis 12
Trachia 3
Fruticicola 2
Acusta 2
Chloritis 8
Dorcasia 1
Sowb., Siam.
Land operculates are very richly developed. In all, there are 17 genera
and 104 species known. The tubed operculates attain their maximum, and
Cyclophorus is even more abundant than in India. Fresh-water bivalves
abound. Dipsas and Pseudodon are common to China, and Unio and
Anodonta are profusely represented. A curious resemblance to S. America
appears in this group, a single Mycetopus occurring, the only species not
Brazilian, while Arconaia appears very closely to approach the Hyria of the
same locality. Several genera of the Hydrobia type (Pachydrobia, Jullienia,
Chlorostracia) are peculiar.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Siamese Province
Streptaxis 20
Ennea 3
Helicarion 7
Microcystis 3
Sesara (?) 1
Medyla 1
Xesta 4
Macrochlamys 6
Kaliella 5
Hyalinia (?) 1
Hemiplecta 14
Rhysota 2
Trochomorpha 6
Trochomorphoides 3
Plectopylis 5
Stegodera 2
Plectotropis 12
Trachia 3
Fruticicola 2
Acusta 2
Chloritis 8
Dorcasia 1
Page 373
Camaena 5
Hadra 5
Obbina 1
Amphidromus 33
Bocourtia 2
Buliminus 4
Hypselostoma 2
Tonkinia 1
Clausilia 15
Opeas 7
Spiraxis (?) 2
Subulina 1
Succinea 4
Vaginula 7
Limnaea 7
Planorbis 6
Canidia 13
Melania 39
Faunus 1
Bithynia 9
Wattebledia 1
Stenothyra 4
Hydrobia 1
Pachydrobia 9
Jullienia 6
Lacunopsis 6
Chlorostracia 4
Vivipara 39
Valvata 1
Ampullaria 15
Assiminea 7
Procyclotus 6
Dasytherium 2
Opisthoporus 5
Rhiostoma 7
Myxostoma 1
Pterocyclus 7
Cyclophorus 28
Leptopoma 10
Lagochilus 6
Pupina 8
Hybocystis 3
Alycaeus 6
Cataulus (?) 1
Diplommatina 2
Helicina 4
Georissa 2
Modiola (f. w.) 2
Dreissensia 3
Anodonta 17
Hadra 5
Obbina 1
Amphidromus 33
Bocourtia 2
Buliminus 4
Hypselostoma 2
Tonkinia 1
Clausilia 15
Opeas 7
Spiraxis (?) 2
Subulina 1
Succinea 4
Vaginula 7
Limnaea 7
Planorbis 6
Canidia 13
Melania 39
Faunus 1
Bithynia 9
Wattebledia 1
Stenothyra 4
Hydrobia 1
Pachydrobia 9
Jullienia 6
Lacunopsis 6
Chlorostracia 4
Vivipara 39
Valvata 1
Ampullaria 15
Assiminea 7
Procyclotus 6
Dasytherium 2
Opisthoporus 5
Rhiostoma 7
Myxostoma 1
Pterocyclus 7
Cyclophorus 28
Leptopoma 10
Lagochilus 6
Pupina 8
Hybocystis 3
Alycaeus 6
Cataulus (?) 1
Diplommatina 2
Helicina 4
Georissa 2
Modiola (f. w.) 2
Dreissensia 3
Anodonta 17
Page 374
Mycetopus 1
Pseudodon 18
Dipsas 4
Unio 64
Arconaia 1
Cyrena 6
Batissa 1
Corbicula 35
(c) The Malay Province includes the peninsula of Malacca south of
Tenasserim, and the series of islands beginning with Sumatra and stretching
eastward up to the Ké Is., besides Borneo and Celebes. The Philippines
form a separate province.
The Malay province is singularly poor in representative forms, whether
we regard it as a whole or consider the islands separately. Not a single
genus, with the exception of Rhodina (Malacca), appears to be peculiar. The
contrast with the West Indies is in this respect very striking. Java, for
instance, which is well explored, and almost exactly eleven times the size of
Jamaica, has about 100 species of land Mollusca, while Jamaica has about
460.
This want of individuality in the land Mollusca of the Malay islands is
accounted for by a consideration of the sea depths which separate them
from the Asiatic mainland. The accompanying map, the red line on which is
intended to show what would be the result of an elevation of the sea bottom
for no greater amount than 100 fathoms, exhibits clearly the fact that these
islands are practically a part of Asia, a large stretch of very shallow sea
extending between Siam and the greater part of the north-west coast of
Borneo.
In all probability the three great islands of Sumatra, Java, and Borneo
were united with the mainland of Asia, and with one another, at a period,
geologically speaking, comparatively recent. This follows from the general
uniformity of their land Mollusca, both as regards one another and as
regards the mainland. Nor do the smaller members of the island series—
Bali, Lombok, Sumbawa, Flores, Timor, and Timor Laut—show any
marked individuality in the possession of peculiar genera. Wallace’s line is
absolutely non-existent, so far as the land Mollusca are concerned. The
really noticeable break in distribution comes with the Aru Is., for while the
Tenimber group (Timor Laut, etc.) are decidedly Malay, and the Ké Is., in
Pseudodon 18
Dipsas 4
Unio 64
Arconaia 1
Cyrena 6
Batissa 1
Corbicula 35
(c) The Malay Province includes the peninsula of Malacca south of
Tenasserim, and the series of islands beginning with Sumatra and stretching
eastward up to the Ké Is., besides Borneo and Celebes. The Philippines
form a separate province.
The Malay province is singularly poor in representative forms, whether
we regard it as a whole or consider the islands separately. Not a single
genus, with the exception of Rhodina (Malacca), appears to be peculiar. The
contrast with the West Indies is in this respect very striking. Java, for
instance, which is well explored, and almost exactly eleven times the size of
Jamaica, has about 100 species of land Mollusca, while Jamaica has about
460.
This want of individuality in the land Mollusca of the Malay islands is
accounted for by a consideration of the sea depths which separate them
from the Asiatic mainland. The accompanying map, the red line on which is
intended to show what would be the result of an elevation of the sea bottom
for no greater amount than 100 fathoms, exhibits clearly the fact that these
islands are practically a part of Asia, a large stretch of very shallow sea
extending between Siam and the greater part of the north-west coast of
Borneo.
In all probability the three great islands of Sumatra, Java, and Borneo
were united with the mainland of Asia, and with one another, at a period,
geologically speaking, comparatively recent. This follows from the general
uniformity of their land Mollusca, both as regards one another and as
regards the mainland. Nor do the smaller members of the island series—
Bali, Lombok, Sumbawa, Flores, Timor, and Timor Laut—show any
marked individuality in the possession of peculiar genera. Wallace’s line is
absolutely non-existent, so far as the land Mollusca are concerned. The
really noticeable break in distribution comes with the Aru Is., for while the
Tenimber group (Timor Laut, etc.) are decidedly Malay, and the Ké Is., in
Page 375
the poverty of our information, uncertain, the Aru Is. are as Papuan as New
Guinea itself. The profound depths of the Banda Sea to the north, and the
Timor Sea to the south, appear to have kept the islands from Flores to
Timor Laut free from the intrusion of any Moluccan or any considerable
Australian element. The Moluccas, as has been already remarked, besides
possessing considerable peculiarities of their own, unite a mixture of the
Malay and Papuan elements, and serve as a sort of debatable ground for the
meeting of the two.
Fig. 207.—Ariophanta Rumphii
v. d. B., Java.
The Malay peninsula is practically another island of somewhat the same
shape and general trend as Sumatra, and about one-half the size. Its general
relations—and the remark applies to the great Sunda Islands as well—
appear to be rather more with Burmah, Tenasserim, and even the Cingalese
district, than with Siam. Points of connexion between Ceylon and Sumatra,
and Ceylon and Borneo, have already (p. 304) been brought out.
Guinea itself. The profound depths of the Banda Sea to the north, and the
Timor Sea to the south, appear to have kept the islands from Flores to
Timor Laut free from the intrusion of any Moluccan or any considerable
Australian element. The Moluccas, as has been already remarked, besides
possessing considerable peculiarities of their own, unite a mixture of the
Malay and Papuan elements, and serve as a sort of debatable ground for the
meeting of the two.
Fig. 207.—Ariophanta Rumphii
v. d. B., Java.
The Malay peninsula is practically another island of somewhat the same
shape and general trend as Sumatra, and about one-half the size. Its general
relations—and the remark applies to the great Sunda Islands as well—
appear to be rather more with Burmah, Tenasserim, and even the Cingalese
district, than with Siam. Points of connexion between Ceylon and Sumatra,
and Ceylon and Borneo, have already (p. 304) been brought out.
Page 376
Map to illustrate the
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
of the Land Mollusca of the
EAST INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO
The red line marks the 100 fathom line
London: Macmillan & Co. London Stanford’s Geogl. Estabt.
It seems not impossible, from the point of view of the land Mollusca
only, that the Sunda Islands may at one time have stretched much farther
into the Bay of Bengal, prolonged, perhaps, into what are now the Andaman
and Nicobar groups, while Ceylon and the western side of the Deccan,
united into one continuous piece of land, and possibly separated from N.
India by a wide stretch of sea, extended farther eastward in a long island, or
series of islands.
Java, from its Mollusca, does not appear to hold the comparatively
isolated position which its mammals and birds seem to indicate. Borneo, on
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
of the Land Mollusca of the
EAST INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO
The red line marks the 100 fathom line
London: Macmillan & Co. London Stanford’s Geogl. Estabt.
It seems not impossible, from the point of view of the land Mollusca
only, that the Sunda Islands may at one time have stretched much farther
into the Bay of Bengal, prolonged, perhaps, into what are now the Andaman
and Nicobar groups, while Ceylon and the western side of the Deccan,
united into one continuous piece of land, and possibly separated from N.
India by a wide stretch of sea, extended farther eastward in a long island, or
series of islands.
Java, from its Mollusca, does not appear to hold the comparatively
isolated position which its mammals and birds seem to indicate. Borneo, on
Page 377
the other hand, is more Siamese than Java or Sumatra in respect of a group
whose metropolis is Siam, namely, the tubed operculates; for while that
section is represented by 3 species in Sumatra and only 2 in Java, in Borneo
it has as many as 19, Rhiostoma not occurring in the two former islands at
all. Alycaeus, Lagochilus, Pupina, and Cyclophorus are found throughout,
but Hybocystis (Malacca, 1 sp.) does not quit the mainland. Borneo is
remarkably rich in land operculates, especially noticeable being the
occurrence (11 sp.) of Opisthostoma (Fig. 208), a most extraordinary form
of land shell (Ceylon, Siam), of Diplommatina (17 sp.), and Raphaulus. The
occurrence of a single Papuina (Moluccas eastward) is very remarkable.
Fig. 208.—A, Opisthostoma Cookei E.
A. Smith, Borneo; B, Opisthostoma
grandispinosum G.-A., Borneo.
Both × 8.
Amphidromus is a genus characteristic of the great Sunda Islands,
attaining its maximum in Java (12 sp.). The Indian Glessula still has one
species each in Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. One species of Streptaxis[369]
occurs in Malacca, but Ennea (3 sp.) reaches as far east as Borneo and the
Philippines. Parmarion, Helicarion, Ariophanta, and other groups of the
Naninidae are well represented. Hemiplecta and Xesta are abundant and
large, while the Rhysota of Borneo contain some huge sinistral forms.
Rhodina is a remarkable form from Malacca, whose exact generic position
whose metropolis is Siam, namely, the tubed operculates; for while that
section is represented by 3 species in Sumatra and only 2 in Java, in Borneo
it has as many as 19, Rhiostoma not occurring in the two former islands at
all. Alycaeus, Lagochilus, Pupina, and Cyclophorus are found throughout,
but Hybocystis (Malacca, 1 sp.) does not quit the mainland. Borneo is
remarkably rich in land operculates, especially noticeable being the
occurrence (11 sp.) of Opisthostoma (Fig. 208), a most extraordinary form
of land shell (Ceylon, Siam), of Diplommatina (17 sp.), and Raphaulus. The
occurrence of a single Papuina (Moluccas eastward) is very remarkable.
Fig. 208.—A, Opisthostoma Cookei E.
A. Smith, Borneo; B, Opisthostoma
grandispinosum G.-A., Borneo.
Both × 8.
Amphidromus is a genus characteristic of the great Sunda Islands,
attaining its maximum in Java (12 sp.). The Indian Glessula still has one
species each in Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. One species of Streptaxis[369]
occurs in Malacca, but Ennea (3 sp.) reaches as far east as Borneo and the
Philippines. Parmarion, Helicarion, Ariophanta, and other groups of the
Naninidae are well represented. Hemiplecta and Xesta are abundant and
large, while the Rhysota of Borneo contain some huge sinistral forms.
Rhodina is a remarkable form from Malacca, whose exact generic position
Page 378
is not yet settled. Clausilia has a few species on all the islands, the last
occurring on Ternate, and a single Papuina (Moluccas and N. Guinea)
occurs in Borneo.
The Island of Celebes marks the beginning of a distinct decrease in the
Indo-Malay element. The Naninidae lose ground, in proportion to the
Helicidae, Macrochlamys, for instance, being represented by only one
species, and Hemiplecta by four. Other characteristic genera of the Indian
region dwindle, such as Amphidromus, Clausilia, the tubed operculates, and
Cyclophorus, while Sitala, Kaliella, Glessula, and Plectotropis disappear
altogether. Comparing the total numbers of Naninidae and Helicidae from
Sumatra to New Guinea, we obtain this interesting result:—
Sumatra Java Borneo Celebes Moluccas N. Guinea
Nanina (all genera) 26 32 51 22 36 40
Helix (all genera) 7 11 13 14 55 91
It will be noticed that the proportion of Naninidae to Helicidae, which
has been nearly 4 to 1 in Sumatra, falls to 3 to 1 in Java, and rises again to 4
to 1 in Borneo (showing the essentially continental character of the island);
in Celebes it further falls to 3 to 2, while in the Moluccas the scale turns and
Helix has the advantage by about 8 to 5, and in N. Guinea by more than 2 to
1.
Fig. 209.—Amphidromus perversus L.,
Java.
There is the same absence of marked features of individuality in Celebes
as in the islands dealt with above. Not a single genus is peculiar. The nature
of the sea bottom between Borneo and Celebes, with its indications of a
somewhat broad bridge over an otherwise deep channel of separation,
would seem to account for and suggest the true explanation of the facts as
they stand. At the same time, there are indications of a certain amount of
occurring on Ternate, and a single Papuina (Moluccas and N. Guinea)
occurs in Borneo.
The Island of Celebes marks the beginning of a distinct decrease in the
Indo-Malay element. The Naninidae lose ground, in proportion to the
Helicidae, Macrochlamys, for instance, being represented by only one
species, and Hemiplecta by four. Other characteristic genera of the Indian
region dwindle, such as Amphidromus, Clausilia, the tubed operculates, and
Cyclophorus, while Sitala, Kaliella, Glessula, and Plectotropis disappear
altogether. Comparing the total numbers of Naninidae and Helicidae from
Sumatra to New Guinea, we obtain this interesting result:—
Sumatra Java Borneo Celebes Moluccas N. Guinea
Nanina (all genera) 26 32 51 22 36 40
Helix (all genera) 7 11 13 14 55 91
It will be noticed that the proportion of Naninidae to Helicidae, which
has been nearly 4 to 1 in Sumatra, falls to 3 to 1 in Java, and rises again to 4
to 1 in Borneo (showing the essentially continental character of the island);
in Celebes it further falls to 3 to 2, while in the Moluccas the scale turns and
Helix has the advantage by about 8 to 5, and in N. Guinea by more than 2 to
1.
Fig. 209.—Amphidromus perversus L.,
Java.
There is the same absence of marked features of individuality in Celebes
as in the islands dealt with above. Not a single genus is peculiar. The nature
of the sea bottom between Borneo and Celebes, with its indications of a
somewhat broad bridge over an otherwise deep channel of separation,
would seem to account for and suggest the true explanation of the facts as
they stand. At the same time, there are indications of a certain amount of
Page 379
contrast between N. and S. Celebes. The Indian element, which constitutes
the preponderating majority of the fauna, is common to north and south
alike. But the north part of the island, in which Obba and Obbina occur,
shows decided relationship with the Philippines, while the occurrence of
three Chloritis and one Planispira tend to approximate S. Celebes rather
with the Moluccas.
The islands eastward of Java, from Bali to Timor Laut and the Tenimber
Is., present no trace of individual peculiarities; they simply carry on the
Indo-Malay fauna as though along a great peninsula. Even Timor,
surrounded as it is on all sides by sea of profound depth, shows no sign of
possessing even one peculiar genus. Amphidromus, perhaps the most
characteristic of all Indo-Malay genera, occurs throughout, diminishing in
numbers as we go eastward (Bali, Lombok, and Sumbawa 4 sp., Timor 2
sp., Timor Laut 1 sp.), while Plectotropis reaches no farther than Flores and
Timor. The tubed operculates are altogether wanting. In Timor Laut we
have Moluccan influence appearing in 3 Chloritis, and there is one
(supposed) Corasia. Two Helices of a marked Australian type (Rhagada)
occur, one in Flores, the other on Dama I., south-west of Timor. The
configuration of the sea bottom (see map) would lead us to believe that the
north-west coast of Australia once stretched a good deal nearer to these
islands.
The Moluccas, taken as a whole, constitute a transition region between
the Indo-Malay and the Papuan faunas, uniting, to a very considerable
extent, the features of both. They fall into two well-defined groups. The
northern, or Ternate group, consists of Gilolo (Halmahera), Batchian, and
the outlying islands as far south as and including Obi major. The southern,
or Amboyna group, consists of Buru, Ceram, Amboyna, and the chain of
islands to the south-east of Ceram, as far as, and including the Ké Is.
The Ternate group shows decidedly closer relations with New Guinea
than the Amboyna group. Thus, among the Helices, the markedly Papuan
genus Papuina is represented by 7 species in the Ternate group, but by 1 in
the Amboyna group. Again, the Cristigibba section of Planispira, which is
a Papuan form, has 4 representatives in the northern group, but only 1 in the
southern. Certain points of connexion with Celebes come out in the
southern group which are wanting in the northern; thus of Chloritis there
are 8 species in Amboyna, 0 in Ternate, 3 in Celebes.
the preponderating majority of the fauna, is common to north and south
alike. But the north part of the island, in which Obba and Obbina occur,
shows decided relationship with the Philippines, while the occurrence of
three Chloritis and one Planispira tend to approximate S. Celebes rather
with the Moluccas.
The islands eastward of Java, from Bali to Timor Laut and the Tenimber
Is., present no trace of individual peculiarities; they simply carry on the
Indo-Malay fauna as though along a great peninsula. Even Timor,
surrounded as it is on all sides by sea of profound depth, shows no sign of
possessing even one peculiar genus. Amphidromus, perhaps the most
characteristic of all Indo-Malay genera, occurs throughout, diminishing in
numbers as we go eastward (Bali, Lombok, and Sumbawa 4 sp., Timor 2
sp., Timor Laut 1 sp.), while Plectotropis reaches no farther than Flores and
Timor. The tubed operculates are altogether wanting. In Timor Laut we
have Moluccan influence appearing in 3 Chloritis, and there is one
(supposed) Corasia. Two Helices of a marked Australian type (Rhagada)
occur, one in Flores, the other on Dama I., south-west of Timor. The
configuration of the sea bottom (see map) would lead us to believe that the
north-west coast of Australia once stretched a good deal nearer to these
islands.
The Moluccas, taken as a whole, constitute a transition region between
the Indo-Malay and the Papuan faunas, uniting, to a very considerable
extent, the features of both. They fall into two well-defined groups. The
northern, or Ternate group, consists of Gilolo (Halmahera), Batchian, and
the outlying islands as far south as and including Obi major. The southern,
or Amboyna group, consists of Buru, Ceram, Amboyna, and the chain of
islands to the south-east of Ceram, as far as, and including the Ké Is.
The Ternate group shows decidedly closer relations with New Guinea
than the Amboyna group. Thus, among the Helices, the markedly Papuan
genus Papuina is represented by 7 species in the Ternate group, but by 1 in
the Amboyna group. Again, the Cristigibba section of Planispira, which is
a Papuan form, has 4 representatives in the northern group, but only 1 in the
southern. Certain points of connexion with Celebes come out in the
southern group which are wanting in the northern; thus of Chloritis there
are 8 species in Amboyna, 0 in Ternate, 3 in Celebes.
Page 380
In the Moluccas the Helicidae, for the first time as we move eastward
from India, gain the ascendancy over the Naninidae, the numbers being,
Helix 55, Nanina 36. If we take the groups separately, we find that in the
Amboyna group the proportion is 22 to 23, while in the Ternate group it is
33 to 13, an additional proof that the Amboyna group is far less Papuan than
the Ternate. Of Planispira, the most characteristic sub-genus of Helix, there
are 12 species in the Ternate group, and 5 in the Amboyna. The section
Phania, which contains 4 species of the finest Helices known, is quite
peculiar to the Ternate group. One species of Obbina, a sub-genus markedly
Philippine, occurs in each group. Several of the Indo-Malay land
operculates (e.g. Ditropis) reach their limit here, and here too we have the
last Clausilia (strangely absent from the Amboyna group). Amphidromus is
not reported on sufficient authority to warrant its insertion in the list.
Land Mollusca of the Moluccas. (T = Ternate, A = Amboyna[370] group)
Helicarion 1A
Euplecta 1A
Xesta 6 A, 4 T
Macrochlamys 1A
Lamprocystis 4 A, 2 T
Macrocycloides 4A
Sitala 1A
Kaliella 3 A, 1 T
Trochomorpha 3 A, 3 T
Endodonta 1A
Patula 1A
Plectotropis 1T
Eulota 1A
Chloritis 8A
Planispira 5 A, 12 T
Cristigibba 1 A, 4 T
Obbina 1 A, 1 T
Phania 4T
Albersia 3T
Camaena 1T
Papuina 1 A, 7 T
Pupa 3A
Vertigo 2A
Clausilia 1T
Opeas 4 A, 4 T
Subulina 1A
Tornatellina 1A
Vaginula 1A
Melania 18 A, 4 T
Faunus 1A
from India, gain the ascendancy over the Naninidae, the numbers being,
Helix 55, Nanina 36. If we take the groups separately, we find that in the
Amboyna group the proportion is 22 to 23, while in the Ternate group it is
33 to 13, an additional proof that the Amboyna group is far less Papuan than
the Ternate. Of Planispira, the most characteristic sub-genus of Helix, there
are 12 species in the Ternate group, and 5 in the Amboyna. The section
Phania, which contains 4 species of the finest Helices known, is quite
peculiar to the Ternate group. One species of Obbina, a sub-genus markedly
Philippine, occurs in each group. Several of the Indo-Malay land
operculates (e.g. Ditropis) reach their limit here, and here too we have the
last Clausilia (strangely absent from the Amboyna group). Amphidromus is
not reported on sufficient authority to warrant its insertion in the list.
Land Mollusca of the Moluccas. (T = Ternate, A = Amboyna[370] group)
Helicarion 1A
Euplecta 1A
Xesta 6 A, 4 T
Macrochlamys 1A
Lamprocystis 4 A, 2 T
Macrocycloides 4A
Sitala 1A
Kaliella 3 A, 1 T
Trochomorpha 3 A, 3 T
Endodonta 1A
Patula 1A
Plectotropis 1T
Eulota 1A
Chloritis 8A
Planispira 5 A, 12 T
Cristigibba 1 A, 4 T
Obbina 1 A, 1 T
Phania 4T
Albersia 3T
Camaena 1T
Papuina 1 A, 7 T
Pupa 3A
Vertigo 2A
Clausilia 1T
Opeas 4 A, 4 T
Subulina 1A
Tornatellina 1A
Vaginula 1A
Melania 18 A, 4 T
Faunus 1A
Page 381
Vivipara 1A
Acmella 1A
Diplommatina 4 A, 2 T
Registoma 1T
Pupinella 1A
Callia 2A
Leptopoma 4 A, 5 T
Lagochilus 1 A, 1 T
Ditropis 3A
Cyclotus 4 A, 6 T
Omphalotropis 3A
Georissa 1T
Helicina 6 A, 3 T
(d) The Philippine Province.—In the extraordinarily rich development of
their Mollusca, the Philippines form a remarkable contrast with the poverty
of the adjacent Malay islands. No less than 727 species of land Mollusca
alone are known from the group, amongst which are included some of the
finest and handsomest forms yet discovered. The main features of the fauna
are Indo-Malay, with the addition of a certain Australasian element, and a
remarkable development of individual characteristics.
The principal indigenous feature is the profuse abundance of the genus
Cochlostyla, a group of large and elegant land shells, partly helicoid, partly
bulimoid in shape, many of the species of which are covered with a curious
hydrophanous epidermis. They are in the main of arboreal habits, living in
the tops of the enormous forests which cover the greater part of the islands.
As many as 247 species, belonging to 15 sub-genera, have been described.
Fig. 210.—Cochlostyla (Chrysalis)
mindoroensis Brod., Mindoro,
Philippines.
Acmella 1A
Diplommatina 4 A, 2 T
Registoma 1T
Pupinella 1A
Callia 2A
Leptopoma 4 A, 5 T
Lagochilus 1 A, 1 T
Ditropis 3A
Cyclotus 4 A, 6 T
Omphalotropis 3A
Georissa 1T
Helicina 6 A, 3 T
(d) The Philippine Province.—In the extraordinarily rich development of
their Mollusca, the Philippines form a remarkable contrast with the poverty
of the adjacent Malay islands. No less than 727 species of land Mollusca
alone are known from the group, amongst which are included some of the
finest and handsomest forms yet discovered. The main features of the fauna
are Indo-Malay, with the addition of a certain Australasian element, and a
remarkable development of individual characteristics.
The principal indigenous feature is the profuse abundance of the genus
Cochlostyla, a group of large and elegant land shells, partly helicoid, partly
bulimoid in shape, many of the species of which are covered with a curious
hydrophanous epidermis. They are in the main of arboreal habits, living in
the tops of the enormous forests which cover the greater part of the islands.
As many as 247 species, belonging to 15 sub-genera, have been described.
Fig. 210.—Cochlostyla (Chrysalis)
mindoroensis Brod., Mindoro,
Philippines.
Page 382
Fig. 211.—Cochlostyla (Orthostylus)
Portei Reeve, Luzon. × ⅔.
The distribution of the sub-genera of Cochlostyla on the different islands
of the Philippine group affords important evidence on the geological
relation of the islands to one another. Thus we find Orthostylus and
Hypselostyla occurring in the central islands and S. Luzon, but not in
Mindanao or Mindoro; we find Chrysalis peculiar to Mindoro, Prochilus to
Mindoro and the Cuyos, Ptychostyla to Luban, all these being sub-genera of
very marked characteristics. Six out of the fifteen sub-genera are entirely
absent from Mindanao, although occurring on the islands in the immediate
vicinity. The little group Tablas-Romblon-Sibuyan are entirely deficient in
certain sub-genera which occur on the islands surrounding them on all
sides.[371]
Other forms peculiar to the Philippines are Diaphora, a section of Ennea
with a curiously produced mouth, and several sub-genera of the Naninidae
(Vitriniconus, Vitrinoidea, Hemitrichia). The great Rhysota here find their
metropolis. Another very marked group of Helix is Obbina, 19 of the 25
known species being peculiar.
The Helicidae proper of the Philippines are still held in check, as in the
greater part of the Indian region, by the Naninidae. The single Trachia and
Plectotropis, and the 2 species each of Plectopylis and Satsuma, indicate
affinities with Indo-China. Further important Indian relationships are seen
in the great Nanina and Cyclophorus, which here attain almost Indian
dimensions; in Kaliella (8 sp.), Sitala (2), Clausilia (1). Among the
operculates we still have 1 Alycaeus and 1 Coptochilus. Singularly enough,
several Indian genera which occur here are not found in the intervening
islands of Borneo, Sumatra, or Java, e.g. Streptaxis, Hypselostoma,
Ditropis, Acmella, and Cyathopoma. The curiously tubed Malay
Portei Reeve, Luzon. × ⅔.
The distribution of the sub-genera of Cochlostyla on the different islands
of the Philippine group affords important evidence on the geological
relation of the islands to one another. Thus we find Orthostylus and
Hypselostyla occurring in the central islands and S. Luzon, but not in
Mindanao or Mindoro; we find Chrysalis peculiar to Mindoro, Prochilus to
Mindoro and the Cuyos, Ptychostyla to Luban, all these being sub-genera of
very marked characteristics. Six out of the fifteen sub-genera are entirely
absent from Mindanao, although occurring on the islands in the immediate
vicinity. The little group Tablas-Romblon-Sibuyan are entirely deficient in
certain sub-genera which occur on the islands surrounding them on all
sides.[371]
Other forms peculiar to the Philippines are Diaphora, a section of Ennea
with a curiously produced mouth, and several sub-genera of the Naninidae
(Vitriniconus, Vitrinoidea, Hemitrichia). The great Rhysota here find their
metropolis. Another very marked group of Helix is Obbina, 19 of the 25
known species being peculiar.
The Helicidae proper of the Philippines are still held in check, as in the
greater part of the Indian region, by the Naninidae. The single Trachia and
Plectotropis, and the 2 species each of Plectopylis and Satsuma, indicate
affinities with Indo-China. Further important Indian relationships are seen
in the great Nanina and Cyclophorus, which here attain almost Indian
dimensions; in Kaliella (8 sp.), Sitala (2), Clausilia (1). Among the
operculates we still have 1 Alycaeus and 1 Coptochilus. Singularly enough,
several Indian genera which occur here are not found in the intervening
islands of Borneo, Sumatra, or Java, e.g. Streptaxis, Hypselostoma,
Ditropis, Acmella, and Cyathopoma. The curiously tubed Malay
Page 383
operculates, Opisthoporus, etc., fail to reach the Philippines proper,
although occurring in Borneo and N. Celebes; one of them reaches
Palawan. The strikingly Malay genus Amphidromus reaches Palawan, but
no farther (1 sp.), while 2 species reach Mindanao, and one of these
penetrates as far as Bohol and S. Leyte. Amongst the slugs, Mariaella
occurs again only in the Seychelles, and Tennentia only in Ceylon.
Fig. 212.—Helix (Obbina) rota Brod.,
Philippines.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Philippines
Streptaxis 1
Ennea 10
Mariaella 3
Tennentia 1
Helicarion 21
Vitrinopsis 5
Vitrinoidea 1
Rhysota 17
Trochonanina 2
Euplecta 28
Hemiplecta 11
Hemitrichia 15
Xesta 2
Macrochlamys 5
Microcystis 3
Lamprocystis 17
Bensonia 4
Vitriniconus 16
Sitala 2
Kaliella 8
Trochomorpha 21
Endodonta 1
Plectopylis 3
Plectotropis 1
Aulacospira 3
Pupisoma 1
although occurring in Borneo and N. Celebes; one of them reaches
Palawan. The strikingly Malay genus Amphidromus reaches Palawan, but
no farther (1 sp.), while 2 species reach Mindanao, and one of these
penetrates as far as Bohol and S. Leyte. Amongst the slugs, Mariaella
occurs again only in the Seychelles, and Tennentia only in Ceylon.
Fig. 212.—Helix (Obbina) rota Brod.,
Philippines.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Philippines
Streptaxis 1
Ennea 10
Mariaella 3
Tennentia 1
Helicarion 21
Vitrinopsis 5
Vitrinoidea 1
Rhysota 17
Trochonanina 2
Euplecta 28
Hemiplecta 11
Hemitrichia 15
Xesta 2
Macrochlamys 5
Microcystis 3
Lamprocystis 17
Bensonia 4
Vitriniconus 16
Sitala 2
Kaliella 8
Trochomorpha 21
Endodonta 1
Plectopylis 3
Plectotropis 1
Aulacospira 3
Pupisoma 1
Page 384
Satsuma 2
Dorcasia 2
Chloritis 7
Obbina 19
Papuina 1
Phoenicobius 7
Cochlostyla 247
Amphidromus 2
Hapalus (?) 4
Hypselostoma 1
Pupa 4
Clausilia 1
Subulina 3
Prosopeas 2
Opeas 4
Geostilbia 1
Tornalellina 1
Succinea 3
Vaginula 2
Ancylus 1
Limnaea 3
Planorbis 3
Physa 2
Melania 50
Pirena 2
Bithynia 1
Vivipara 7
Ampullaria 5
Acmella 2
Diplommatina 41
Arinia 6
Pupina 5
Registoma 7
Hargreavesia 1
Callia 2
Pupinella 3
Helicomorpha 4
Coptochilus 1
Alycaeus 1
Leptopoma 42
Lagochilus 11
Cyclophorus 31
Ditropis 7
Cyathopoma 5
Cyclotus 19
Omphalotropis 3
Helicina 18
Georissa 3
Anodonta 1
Cyrena 3
Dorcasia 2
Chloritis 7
Obbina 19
Papuina 1
Phoenicobius 7
Cochlostyla 247
Amphidromus 2
Hapalus (?) 4
Hypselostoma 1
Pupa 4
Clausilia 1
Subulina 3
Prosopeas 2
Opeas 4
Geostilbia 1
Tornalellina 1
Succinea 3
Vaginula 2
Ancylus 1
Limnaea 3
Planorbis 3
Physa 2
Melania 50
Pirena 2
Bithynia 1
Vivipara 7
Ampullaria 5
Acmella 2
Diplommatina 41
Arinia 6
Pupina 5
Registoma 7
Hargreavesia 1
Callia 2
Pupinella 3
Helicomorpha 4
Coptochilus 1
Alycaeus 1
Leptopoma 42
Lagochilus 11
Cyclophorus 31
Ditropis 7
Cyathopoma 5
Cyclotus 19
Omphalotropis 3
Helicina 18
Georissa 3
Anodonta 1
Cyrena 3
Page 385
Corbicula 7
Islands adjacent to the Philippines.—The Philippines are connected with
Borneo by two distinct ridges or banks of elevation, which enclose between
them the Soo-loo or Mindoro Sea. There can be little doubt that these ridges
represent the ancient highway of transit, by which Indo-Malay species
passed into the Philippines. The depth of the sea on either side is profound,
ranging from an average of about 1000 fathoms west of Palawan to 2550
off the south-west coast of Mindanao.
It appears that the fauna of the Soo-loo ridge is definitely Philippine up
to and including Bongao, Sibutu, and Bilatan, the last islands at the Bornean
end of the ridge. On these are found two species of Cochlostyla and an
Obbina.
The Palawan ridge may also be described as more or less Philippine
throughout. One species of Cochlostyla occurs on Balabac, just north of
Borneo, and two on Palawan, but these are perhaps counterbalanced by the
definitely Indo-Malay Amphidromus and Opisthoporus (1 sp. each). At the
northern end of the ridge, on Busuanga and Calamian, the Philippine
element predominates.
Representatives of two remarkable groups of Helix (Camaena and
Phoenicobius) occur along the Palawan ridge and in Mindoro. The
Phoenicobius find their nearest allies in the curious small group known as
Obba, from N. Celebes, the Camaena possibly in a type of Helix (Hadra)
occurring in New Guinea and N.E. Australia. The only other Helix from the
whole of the E. Indies which bears any resemblance to the Phoenicobius
group is H. codonodes Pfr., which is peculiar to the Nicobars. A few forms
assigned to Camaena also occur in Further India and Siam. It would appear
possible, therefore, that these two isolated groups are a sort of survival of a
fauna which perhaps had once a much more extended range.
(2) The Chinese Sub-region.—The Chinese Sub-region includes the
whole of China from its southern frontier up to and including the basin of
the Blue or Yang-tse River, together with the coast district, including Corea,
perhaps as far north as Vladivostok, and the outlying islands of Hainan,
Formosa, the Loo-Choo and Bonin groups, and Japan to the north of
Niphon. It may be divided into two provinces, the Chinese and the
Japanese.
Islands adjacent to the Philippines.—The Philippines are connected with
Borneo by two distinct ridges or banks of elevation, which enclose between
them the Soo-loo or Mindoro Sea. There can be little doubt that these ridges
represent the ancient highway of transit, by which Indo-Malay species
passed into the Philippines. The depth of the sea on either side is profound,
ranging from an average of about 1000 fathoms west of Palawan to 2550
off the south-west coast of Mindanao.
It appears that the fauna of the Soo-loo ridge is definitely Philippine up
to and including Bongao, Sibutu, and Bilatan, the last islands at the Bornean
end of the ridge. On these are found two species of Cochlostyla and an
Obbina.
The Palawan ridge may also be described as more or less Philippine
throughout. One species of Cochlostyla occurs on Balabac, just north of
Borneo, and two on Palawan, but these are perhaps counterbalanced by the
definitely Indo-Malay Amphidromus and Opisthoporus (1 sp. each). At the
northern end of the ridge, on Busuanga and Calamian, the Philippine
element predominates.
Representatives of two remarkable groups of Helix (Camaena and
Phoenicobius) occur along the Palawan ridge and in Mindoro. The
Phoenicobius find their nearest allies in the curious small group known as
Obba, from N. Celebes, the Camaena possibly in a type of Helix (Hadra)
occurring in New Guinea and N.E. Australia. The only other Helix from the
whole of the E. Indies which bears any resemblance to the Phoenicobius
group is H. codonodes Pfr., which is peculiar to the Nicobars. A few forms
assigned to Camaena also occur in Further India and Siam. It would appear
possible, therefore, that these two isolated groups are a sort of survival of a
fauna which perhaps had once a much more extended range.
(2) The Chinese Sub-region.—The Chinese Sub-region includes the
whole of China from its southern frontier up to and including the basin of
the Blue or Yang-tse River, together with the coast district, including Corea,
perhaps as far north as Vladivostok, and the outlying islands of Hainan,
Formosa, the Loo-Choo and Bonin groups, and Japan to the north of
Niphon. It may be divided into two provinces, the Chinese and the
Japanese.
Page 386
(a) The fauna of the Chinese province proper bears, in many respects,
strong marks of relationship to that of India and Siam. Thus Streptaxis,
Helicarion, Macrochlamys, Kaliella, Sitala, Ariophanta, Rhysota,
Hemiplecta, Diplommatina, Opisthoporus, Pterocyclus, Lagochilus, and
Alycaeus all occur, especially in Southern China. The two points in which
the sub-region bears special marks of individuality are Helix and Clausilia.
The sub-genera of Helix which have their metropolis in China are Satsuma,
Cathaica, Aegista, Acusta, Euhadra, Plectotropis, and Plectopylis. Sinistral
forms (compare Fig. 213) are rather prevalent. In several cases—e.g.
Trichia, Gonostoma, Fruticicola—there is a reappearance of forms which
appear to belong to well-known European sub-genera. Clausilia here attains
a kind of second centre of distribution, and is represented by its finest
forms, which belong to several peculiar sub-genera. The carnivorous
Mollusca are not abundant, and are represented by Rathouisia (a peculiar
genus of naked slug), Ennea, and Streptaxis. In the western provinces
Buliminus is abundant in several sub-genera, one of which appears to be the
European Napaeus.
Fig. 213.—Helix (Camaena)
cicatricosa Müll., China.
There is little which is striking in the operculates, which are most
abundant in the south, and appear to be mainly derived from Indian and
Siamese sources. The occurrence of Helicina (3 sp.), Omphalotropis (1),
Leptopoma (2), and Realia (2), is evidence of some influence from the far
East. Heudeia is a very remarkable and quite peculiar form of Helicina with
internal plicae, perhaps akin to the Central American Ceres.
Fresh-water genera are exceedingly abundant, especially Melania, Unio,
and Anodonta. The occurrence of Mycetopus (a South-American genus) is
remarkable. There are several peculiar forms of fresh-water operculates,
whose exact position is hardly yet assured.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Chinese Province
strong marks of relationship to that of India and Siam. Thus Streptaxis,
Helicarion, Macrochlamys, Kaliella, Sitala, Ariophanta, Rhysota,
Hemiplecta, Diplommatina, Opisthoporus, Pterocyclus, Lagochilus, and
Alycaeus all occur, especially in Southern China. The two points in which
the sub-region bears special marks of individuality are Helix and Clausilia.
The sub-genera of Helix which have their metropolis in China are Satsuma,
Cathaica, Aegista, Acusta, Euhadra, Plectotropis, and Plectopylis. Sinistral
forms (compare Fig. 213) are rather prevalent. In several cases—e.g.
Trichia, Gonostoma, Fruticicola—there is a reappearance of forms which
appear to belong to well-known European sub-genera. Clausilia here attains
a kind of second centre of distribution, and is represented by its finest
forms, which belong to several peculiar sub-genera. The carnivorous
Mollusca are not abundant, and are represented by Rathouisia (a peculiar
genus of naked slug), Ennea, and Streptaxis. In the western provinces
Buliminus is abundant in several sub-genera, one of which appears to be the
European Napaeus.
Fig. 213.—Helix (Camaena)
cicatricosa Müll., China.
There is little which is striking in the operculates, which are most
abundant in the south, and appear to be mainly derived from Indian and
Siamese sources. The occurrence of Helicina (3 sp.), Omphalotropis (1),
Leptopoma (2), and Realia (2), is evidence of some influence from the far
East. Heudeia is a very remarkable and quite peculiar form of Helicina with
internal plicae, perhaps akin to the Central American Ceres.
Fresh-water genera are exceedingly abundant, especially Melania, Unio,
and Anodonta. The occurrence of Mycetopus (a South-American genus) is
remarkable. There are several peculiar forms of fresh-water operculates,
whose exact position is hardly yet assured.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Chinese Province
Page 387
Rathouisia 1
Streptaxis 7
Ennea 12
Parmarion 2
Helicarion 15
Euplecta 3
Macrochlamys 19
Microcystina 2
Microcystis 7
Kaliella 16
Sitala 8
Ariophanta 1
Rhysota 5
Hemiplecta 1
Trochomorpha 2
Limax 1
Philomycus 1
Patula 2
Gonostoma 4
Metodontia 2
Vallonia 1
Plectotropis 9
Fruticicola 11
Satsuma 14
Trichia 10
Cathaica 22
Aegista 10
Armandia 3
Acusta 15
Obbina 1
Camaena 5
Euhadra 14
Plectopylis 19
Stegodera 6
Chloritis 1
Hel. Inc. sed. 39
Buliminus 21
Buliminopsis 3
Buliminidius 3
Napaeus 14
Rachis (?) 4
Pupa 10
Clausilia 102
Opeas 12
Euspiraxis 1
Subulina 5
Stenogyra (?) 12
Succinea 8
Vaginula 7
Limnaea 2
Streptaxis 7
Ennea 12
Parmarion 2
Helicarion 15
Euplecta 3
Macrochlamys 19
Microcystina 2
Microcystis 7
Kaliella 16
Sitala 8
Ariophanta 1
Rhysota 5
Hemiplecta 1
Trochomorpha 2
Limax 1
Philomycus 1
Patula 2
Gonostoma 4
Metodontia 2
Vallonia 1
Plectotropis 9
Fruticicola 11
Satsuma 14
Trichia 10
Cathaica 22
Aegista 10
Armandia 3
Acusta 15
Obbina 1
Camaena 5
Euhadra 14
Plectopylis 19
Stegodera 6
Chloritis 1
Hel. Inc. sed. 39
Buliminus 21
Buliminopsis 3
Buliminidius 3
Napaeus 14
Rachis (?) 4
Pupa 10
Clausilia 102
Opeas 12
Euspiraxis 1
Subulina 5
Stenogyra (?) 12
Succinea 8
Vaginula 7
Limnaea 2
Page 388
Planorbis 6
Melania 44
Paludomus 3
Bithynia 12
Lithoglyphus 3
Melantho (?) 1
Pachydrobia 1
Prososthenia 2
Stenothyra 2
Hydrobia 2
Mecongia 1
Oncomelania 9
Margaracya 1
Rivularia 4
Delavaya 1
Fenouillia 1
Vivipara 34
Diplommatina 20
Pupina 6
Alycaeus 23
Leptopoma 2
Lagochilus 10
Cyclophorus 18
Coelopoma 1
Pterocyclus 3
Opisthoporus 4
Cyclotus 10
Scabrina 4
Ptychopoma 12
Omphalotropis 1
Realia 2
Pseudopomatias 1
Helicina 3
Georissa 4
Heudeia 1
Cyclas 1
Corbicula 50
Unio 53
Monocondylaea 1
Anodonta 55
Mycetopus 12
Pseudodon 1
Dipsas 4
The island of Hainan, in the extreme south of the sub-region, has 40
species of Mollusca, 22 of which are peculiar, but there is no peculiar
genus.
Melania 44
Paludomus 3
Bithynia 12
Lithoglyphus 3
Melantho (?) 1
Pachydrobia 1
Prososthenia 2
Stenothyra 2
Hydrobia 2
Mecongia 1
Oncomelania 9
Margaracya 1
Rivularia 4
Delavaya 1
Fenouillia 1
Vivipara 34
Diplommatina 20
Pupina 6
Alycaeus 23
Leptopoma 2
Lagochilus 10
Cyclophorus 18
Coelopoma 1
Pterocyclus 3
Opisthoporus 4
Cyclotus 10
Scabrina 4
Ptychopoma 12
Omphalotropis 1
Realia 2
Pseudopomatias 1
Helicina 3
Georissa 4
Heudeia 1
Cyclas 1
Corbicula 50
Unio 53
Monocondylaea 1
Anodonta 55
Mycetopus 12
Pseudodon 1
Dipsas 4
The island of Hainan, in the extreme south of the sub-region, has 40
species of Mollusca, 22 of which are peculiar, but there is no peculiar
genus.
Page 389
The Mollusca of Formosa, although in many cases specifically distinct,
show close generic relationship with those of China. The characteristic
Chinese groups of Helix and Clausilia occur, and there is still a
considerable Indian element in several species of Streptaxis, Macrochlamys,
Kaliella, and Alycaeus. The occurrence of two Amphidromus, a genus
which, though Siamese, is not found in China or Hainan, is remarkable.
The peninsula of Corea must undoubtedly be included in the Chinese
sub-region. It is true that the land operculates scarcely occur, but there are
still a number of Clausilia, and several of the characteristic Chinese groups
of Helix are reproduced. In some points Corea appears to show more
affinity to Japan than to China, four of the Helices being specifically
identical with those of Japan, but the peninsula is at present too little
explored for any generalisations to be made as to its fauna in this respect.
(b) Japanese Province.—Kobelt distinguishes four groups of Mollusca
inhabiting Japan (a) circumpolar species, actually occurring in Europe,
Siberia, or N. America, or represented by nearly allied species (these of
course do not belong to the Japanese province as such); (b) Indo-tropical
species; (c) species which are Chinese or akin to Chinese; (d) peculiar
species, a mixture of two forms, southern and northern, the latter being
chiefly Hyalinia, Patula, and Fruticicola. Out of a total of 193 Japanese
species, at least 164 are peculiar.
The Japanese Helices belong to sub-genera common to China
(Plectotropis 8, Euhadra 21, Acusta 23?); but the Naninidae scarcely occur
at all. The principal feature of the fauna is the development of Clausilia,
which presents some extraordinarily fine forms. One slug (Philomycus) is
identical with an Indian species. The operculates, which consist mainly of a
few species each of Diplommatina, Cyclophorus, Pupinella, Pupina,
Helicina, and Georissa, belong almost exclusively to the southern islands
Kiu-siu, Sikoku, and southern Niphon. The three species usually reckoned
as Japonia are probably forms of Lagochilus.
C. The Australasian Region
This region includes all the islands of the Pacific east of the Moluccas,
and falls into three sub-regions—the Papuan, the Australian, and the
Polynesian.
show close generic relationship with those of China. The characteristic
Chinese groups of Helix and Clausilia occur, and there is still a
considerable Indian element in several species of Streptaxis, Macrochlamys,
Kaliella, and Alycaeus. The occurrence of two Amphidromus, a genus
which, though Siamese, is not found in China or Hainan, is remarkable.
The peninsula of Corea must undoubtedly be included in the Chinese
sub-region. It is true that the land operculates scarcely occur, but there are
still a number of Clausilia, and several of the characteristic Chinese groups
of Helix are reproduced. In some points Corea appears to show more
affinity to Japan than to China, four of the Helices being specifically
identical with those of Japan, but the peninsula is at present too little
explored for any generalisations to be made as to its fauna in this respect.
(b) Japanese Province.—Kobelt distinguishes four groups of Mollusca
inhabiting Japan (a) circumpolar species, actually occurring in Europe,
Siberia, or N. America, or represented by nearly allied species (these of
course do not belong to the Japanese province as such); (b) Indo-tropical
species; (c) species which are Chinese or akin to Chinese; (d) peculiar
species, a mixture of two forms, southern and northern, the latter being
chiefly Hyalinia, Patula, and Fruticicola. Out of a total of 193 Japanese
species, at least 164 are peculiar.
The Japanese Helices belong to sub-genera common to China
(Plectotropis 8, Euhadra 21, Acusta 23?); but the Naninidae scarcely occur
at all. The principal feature of the fauna is the development of Clausilia,
which presents some extraordinarily fine forms. One slug (Philomycus) is
identical with an Indian species. The operculates, which consist mainly of a
few species each of Diplommatina, Cyclophorus, Pupinella, Pupina,
Helicina, and Georissa, belong almost exclusively to the southern islands
Kiu-siu, Sikoku, and southern Niphon. The three species usually reckoned
as Japonia are probably forms of Lagochilus.
C. The Australasian Region
This region includes all the islands of the Pacific east of the Moluccas,
and falls into three sub-regions—the Papuan, the Australian, and the
Polynesian.
Page 390
1. The Papuan Sub-region may be divided into—(a) the Papuan
Province proper, which includes New Guinea, with the Aru Is. and Waigiou,
the Admiralty Is., New Ireland, New Britain, and the d’Entrecasteaux and
Louisiade Groups; (b) the Queensland Province, or the strip of N.E.
Australia from C. York to the Clarence R. (about 29° S. lat.); (c) the
Melanesian Province, which includes the New Hebrides, New Caledonia,
with the Loyalty Is. and the Viti Is. The Solomons form a transition district
between the Papuan and Melanesian provinces, abounding on the one hand
in characteristic Papuan Helices, while on the other they form the north-
western limit of Placostylus, the group especially characteristic of the
Melanesian province.
(a) The Papuan Province.—The molluscan fauna of New Guinea is the
richest and by far the most original of all the Australasian region. We find
ourselves, almost in a moment, in a district full of new and peculiar forms.
New Guinea may be regarded as the metropolis of the rich Helicidan fauna,
which is also characteristic of the Moluccas to the west, of N. and N.E.
Australia to the south and south-east, and of the Solomons and other groups
to the north-east. Here abound species of Papuina and Insularia (the latter
being quite peculiar), among which are found, if not the largest, certainly
the most finished forms of all existing Helices. Chloritis (13 sp.),
Planispira (5), and Cristigibba (9) are common with the Moluccas, while a
tropical Australian element is shown in Pedinogyra (1) and Hadra (4). Very
remarkable, too, is the occurrence of one species of Obbina and Rhysota,
genera which culminate in the Philippines and here find their most eastward
extension; while a single Corasia serves to form a link between the Corasia
of the Philippines and those of the Solomon Is., if the latter are true
Corasia.
We naturally find considerable traces of a Polynesian element, which
appears to be principally characteristic of the eastern part of the island.
Most noteworthy in this respect is the occurrence of Partula (3),
Tornatellina (1), Charopa (1), Thalassia (3). As compared with the true
Pulmonata, the operculates are feebly represented, and the great majority
are of a markedly Polynesian type. Not a single Cyclophorus occurs;
Lagochilus, Alycaeus, and all the tubed operculates, so marked a feature of
the Indo-Malay fauna, are conspicuous by their absence, and the prevailing
genera are Cyclotus, Helicina, and a number of sections of Pupina.
Province proper, which includes New Guinea, with the Aru Is. and Waigiou,
the Admiralty Is., New Ireland, New Britain, and the d’Entrecasteaux and
Louisiade Groups; (b) the Queensland Province, or the strip of N.E.
Australia from C. York to the Clarence R. (about 29° S. lat.); (c) the
Melanesian Province, which includes the New Hebrides, New Caledonia,
with the Loyalty Is. and the Viti Is. The Solomons form a transition district
between the Papuan and Melanesian provinces, abounding on the one hand
in characteristic Papuan Helices, while on the other they form the north-
western limit of Placostylus, the group especially characteristic of the
Melanesian province.
(a) The Papuan Province.—The molluscan fauna of New Guinea is the
richest and by far the most original of all the Australasian region. We find
ourselves, almost in a moment, in a district full of new and peculiar forms.
New Guinea may be regarded as the metropolis of the rich Helicidan fauna,
which is also characteristic of the Moluccas to the west, of N. and N.E.
Australia to the south and south-east, and of the Solomons and other groups
to the north-east. Here abound species of Papuina and Insularia (the latter
being quite peculiar), among which are found, if not the largest, certainly
the most finished forms of all existing Helices. Chloritis (13 sp.),
Planispira (5), and Cristigibba (9) are common with the Moluccas, while a
tropical Australian element is shown in Pedinogyra (1) and Hadra (4). Very
remarkable, too, is the occurrence of one species of Obbina and Rhysota,
genera which culminate in the Philippines and here find their most eastward
extension; while a single Corasia serves to form a link between the Corasia
of the Philippines and those of the Solomon Is., if the latter are true
Corasia.
We naturally find considerable traces of a Polynesian element, which
appears to be principally characteristic of the eastern part of the island.
Most noteworthy in this respect is the occurrence of Partula (3),
Tornatellina (1), Charopa (1), Thalassia (3). As compared with the true
Pulmonata, the operculates are feebly represented, and the great majority
are of a markedly Polynesian type. Not a single Cyclophorus occurs;
Lagochilus, Alycaeus, and all the tubed operculates, so marked a feature of
the Indo-Malay fauna, are conspicuous by their absence, and the prevailing
genera are Cyclotus, Helicina, and a number of sections of Pupina.
Page 391
Leptopoma, as in the Philippines, is strongly represented. Not that an Indo-
Malay element is altogether absent. We still have Xesta (5), Hemiplecta (8),
and even Sitala (2), but the great predominance of Helix seems to have
barred the progress, for the greater part, of the Indian Naninidae.
The slugs appear to be represented by a solitary Vaginula. A single
Perrieria is a very marked feature of union with Queensland, where the
only other existing species (P. australis) occurs. The solitary Rhytida, so far
the only representative of the carnivorous group of snails, emphasises this
union still further. Little is known of the fresh-water fauna. Melania (28 sp.)
is predominant, but on the whole the relations are Australian rather than
Indo-Malay. Ampullaria is wanting, while a decisive point of similarity is
the occurrence of Isidora (3 sp.), a genus entirely strange to the Oriental
region, but markedly characteristic of the Australasian.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of New Guinea
Rhytida 1
Helicarion 2
Rhysota 1
Hemiplecta 11
Xesta 2
Microcystis 3
Microcystina 2
Sitala 2
Oxytes (?) 2
Conulus 1
Trochomorpha 8
Nanina (?) 3
Charopa 1
Thalassia 3
Ochthephila(?) 1
Chloritis 13
Planispira 5
Cristigibba 9
Insularia 17
Obbina 1
Albersia 3
Hadra 4
Pedinogyra 1
Papuina 35
Corasia (?) 1
Bulimus (?) 1
Calycia 4
Partula 3
Pupa 1
Stenogyra 1
Malay element is altogether absent. We still have Xesta (5), Hemiplecta (8),
and even Sitala (2), but the great predominance of Helix seems to have
barred the progress, for the greater part, of the Indian Naninidae.
The slugs appear to be represented by a solitary Vaginula. A single
Perrieria is a very marked feature of union with Queensland, where the
only other existing species (P. australis) occurs. The solitary Rhytida, so far
the only representative of the carnivorous group of snails, emphasises this
union still further. Little is known of the fresh-water fauna. Melania (28 sp.)
is predominant, but on the whole the relations are Australian rather than
Indo-Malay. Ampullaria is wanting, while a decisive point of similarity is
the occurrence of Isidora (3 sp.), a genus entirely strange to the Oriental
region, but markedly characteristic of the Australasian.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of New Guinea
Rhytida 1
Helicarion 2
Rhysota 1
Hemiplecta 11
Xesta 2
Microcystis 3
Microcystina 2
Sitala 2
Oxytes (?) 2
Conulus 1
Trochomorpha 8
Nanina (?) 3
Charopa 1
Thalassia 3
Ochthephila(?) 1
Chloritis 13
Planispira 5
Cristigibba 9
Insularia 17
Obbina 1
Albersia 3
Hadra 4
Pedinogyra 1
Papuina 35
Corasia (?) 1
Bulimus (?) 1
Calycia 4
Partula 3
Pupa 1
Stenogyra 1
Page 392
Tornatellina 1
Perrieria 1
Succinea 1
Vaginula 1
Limnaea 2
Isidora 3
Melania 28
Faunus 1
Vivipara 4
Diplommatina 1
Pupina 4
Pupinella 3
Omphalotropis 2
Bellardiella 2
Leptopoma 16
Cyclotus 5
Cyclotropis 5
Helicina 15
Unio 4
Cyrena 3
Corbicula 1
Batissa 8
Waigiou is practically a part of New Guinea. Twelve genera and twenty
species of Mollusca are known, eight of the latter being peculiar. The
occurrence of Papuina, Insularia, and Calycia sufficiently attest its Papuan
relationship. Two species each of Albersia, Chloritis, and Planispira occur.
[372]
The Aru Is. are, as we should expect from their position, and particularly
from the configuration of the adjacent sea bottom (see map), markedly
Papuan. At the same time they show unmistakable signs of long-continued
separation from the parent island, for of their 36 land Mollusca 15, and of
their 20 fresh-water Mollusca 9 are peculiar. The Papuan element consists
in the presence of Papuina, Albersia, and Cristigibba. Moluccan influence
is not absent, for the three Helicina, the Albersia, and one Cyclotus are all
Moluccan species. The fresh-water fauna appears to be a mixture of varied
elements. The single Segmentina is common to India, the Glaucomya to
Malacca and the Philippines, while the single Batissa is also found in New
Zealand.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Aru Islands
Xesta 4
Microcystis 1
Hyalinia(?) 1
Perrieria 1
Succinea 1
Vaginula 1
Limnaea 2
Isidora 3
Melania 28
Faunus 1
Vivipara 4
Diplommatina 1
Pupina 4
Pupinella 3
Omphalotropis 2
Bellardiella 2
Leptopoma 16
Cyclotus 5
Cyclotropis 5
Helicina 15
Unio 4
Cyrena 3
Corbicula 1
Batissa 8
Waigiou is practically a part of New Guinea. Twelve genera and twenty
species of Mollusca are known, eight of the latter being peculiar. The
occurrence of Papuina, Insularia, and Calycia sufficiently attest its Papuan
relationship. Two species each of Albersia, Chloritis, and Planispira occur.
[372]
The Aru Is. are, as we should expect from their position, and particularly
from the configuration of the adjacent sea bottom (see map), markedly
Papuan. At the same time they show unmistakable signs of long-continued
separation from the parent island, for of their 36 land Mollusca 15, and of
their 20 fresh-water Mollusca 9 are peculiar. The Papuan element consists
in the presence of Papuina, Albersia, and Cristigibba. Moluccan influence
is not absent, for the three Helicina, the Albersia, and one Cyclotus are all
Moluccan species. The fresh-water fauna appears to be a mixture of varied
elements. The single Segmentina is common to India, the Glaucomya to
Malacca and the Philippines, while the single Batissa is also found in New
Zealand.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Aru Islands
Xesta 4
Microcystis 1
Hyalinia(?) 1
Page 393
Trochomorpha 1
Patula 1
Eulota 1
Chloritis 5
Cristigibba 2
Albersia 1
Papuina 4
Pupa 2
Stenogyra 2
Planorbis 1
Segmentina 1
Melania 14
Leptopoma 3
Moussonia 1
Realia 1
Cyclotus 3
Helicina 3
Cyrena 2
Glaucomya 1
Batissa 1
The Louisiades, the d’Entrecasteaux, and Trobriand Is., and Woodlark I.,
are closely related to New Guinea, containing no peculiar genera. Each
group, however, contains a considerable proportion of peculiar species, an
indication that their separation from New Guinea dates from a very distant
period. From the Louisiades are known 34 species in all, 22 of which are
peculiar.
The fauna of the Admiralty Is., of New Hanover, and New Ireland is
markedly Papuan, without any especial feature of distinction. The
Admiralty Is. contain 15 sp. Papuina, 7 Chloritis, 1 Planispira, and 1
Corasia. A single Janella shows relationship with the New Hebrides and
with New Zealand. In New Ireland Planispira (which is specially
characteristic of W. New Guinea and the Moluccas) has disappeared, but
there are 7 Papuina and 6 Chloritis. The essentially Polynesian Partula is
present in both groups.
The prominent feature of the Mollusca of the Solomon Is. is the
extraordinary development of Papuina, which here culminates in a
profusion of species and singularity of form. The genus is arboreal,
crawling on the branches and attaching itself to the leaves of trees and
underwood. Of the 140 land Pulmonata known from the group, no less than
50, or 36 per cent, are Papuina. Ten species of Corasia occur, but whether
the shells so identified are generically identical with those of the
Patula 1
Eulota 1
Chloritis 5
Cristigibba 2
Albersia 1
Papuina 4
Pupa 2
Stenogyra 2
Planorbis 1
Segmentina 1
Melania 14
Leptopoma 3
Moussonia 1
Realia 1
Cyclotus 3
Helicina 3
Cyrena 2
Glaucomya 1
Batissa 1
The Louisiades, the d’Entrecasteaux, and Trobriand Is., and Woodlark I.,
are closely related to New Guinea, containing no peculiar genera. Each
group, however, contains a considerable proportion of peculiar species, an
indication that their separation from New Guinea dates from a very distant
period. From the Louisiades are known 34 species in all, 22 of which are
peculiar.
The fauna of the Admiralty Is., of New Hanover, and New Ireland is
markedly Papuan, without any especial feature of distinction. The
Admiralty Is. contain 15 sp. Papuina, 7 Chloritis, 1 Planispira, and 1
Corasia. A single Janella shows relationship with the New Hebrides and
with New Zealand. In New Ireland Planispira (which is specially
characteristic of W. New Guinea and the Moluccas) has disappeared, but
there are 7 Papuina and 6 Chloritis. The essentially Polynesian Partula is
present in both groups.
The prominent feature of the Mollusca of the Solomon Is. is the
extraordinary development of Papuina, which here culminates in a
profusion of species and singularity of form. The genus is arboreal,
crawling on the branches and attaching itself to the leaves of trees and
underwood. Of the 140 land Pulmonata known from the group, no less than
50, or 36 per cent, are Papuina. Ten species of Corasia occur, but whether
the shells so identified are generically identical with those of the
Page 394
Philippines, is not satisfactorily determined. Trochomorpha, with 22
species, here attains its maximum. Chloritis begins to fail, but still has 3
species. Indo-Malay influence still appears, though feebly, in Hemiplecta
(3), Xesta (1), and possibly even Macrochlamys (1). The Rhytida, the 3
Hadra, and possibly the Paryphanta represent the Australian element. The
growing numbers of Partula (13), the small and inconspicuous land
operculates (only 22 in all, with Helicina very prominent), and the almost
complete absence of fresh-water bivalves, show signs of strong Polynesian
affinities. An especial link with the New Hebrides, New Caledonia, and the
Viti Is. is the occurrence of Placostylus (16 sp.). It is very remarkable that
this genus should occur in the Solomon Is. and not in New Ireland. The
occurrence of Streptaxis, if authentic, is very noteworthy, the nearest
species being from the Philippines.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Solomon Islands
Streptaxis (?) 1
Rhytida 1
Paryphanta (?) 1
Helicarion 2
Xesta 1
Macrochlamys 1
Hemiplecta 3
Microcystis 2
Trochomorpha 22
Nanina (?) 2
Patula 1
Thalassia 2
Chloritis 3
Philina 2
Hadra 3
Papuina 50
Merope 1
Corasia (?) 10
Placostylus 16
Partula 13
Succinea 1
Melania 18
Diplommatina 2
Pupina 4
Leptopoma 4
Omphalotropis 2
Cyclotus 1
Cyclotropis 2
Helicina 7
Unio 1
species, here attains its maximum. Chloritis begins to fail, but still has 3
species. Indo-Malay influence still appears, though feebly, in Hemiplecta
(3), Xesta (1), and possibly even Macrochlamys (1). The Rhytida, the 3
Hadra, and possibly the Paryphanta represent the Australian element. The
growing numbers of Partula (13), the small and inconspicuous land
operculates (only 22 in all, with Helicina very prominent), and the almost
complete absence of fresh-water bivalves, show signs of strong Polynesian
affinities. An especial link with the New Hebrides, New Caledonia, and the
Viti Is. is the occurrence of Placostylus (16 sp.). It is very remarkable that
this genus should occur in the Solomon Is. and not in New Ireland. The
occurrence of Streptaxis, if authentic, is very noteworthy, the nearest
species being from the Philippines.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Solomon Islands
Streptaxis (?) 1
Rhytida 1
Paryphanta (?) 1
Helicarion 2
Xesta 1
Macrochlamys 1
Hemiplecta 3
Microcystis 2
Trochomorpha 22
Nanina (?) 2
Patula 1
Thalassia 2
Chloritis 3
Philina 2
Hadra 3
Papuina 50
Merope 1
Corasia (?) 10
Placostylus 16
Partula 13
Succinea 1
Melania 18
Diplommatina 2
Pupina 4
Leptopoma 4
Omphalotropis 2
Cyclotus 1
Cyclotropis 2
Helicina 7
Unio 1
Page 395
(b) The Queensland Province.—The strip of coast-line from Cape York
to the Clarence R. stands apart from the rest of Australia, and is closely
connected with New Guinea. There can be little doubt that it has been
colonised from the latter country, since an elevation of even 10 fathoms
would create (see map) a wide bridge between the two. Many of the genera
are quite strange to the rest of Australia. Land operculates are abundant, and
of a Papuan type. Several of the characteristic Papuan genera of Helix
(Papuina, Chloritis, Planispira) occur, while Hadra attains its maximum.
Panda, Pedinogyra, and Thersites are three remarkable groups in a rich
Helix fauna. Parmacochlea is a peculiar form akin to Helicarion. The
carnivorous Mollusca are represented by Rhytida, Diplomphalus (New
Caledonia), and Elaea. One species of Janella, a slug peculiar to this
region, occurs. The predominant fresh-water genus is Bulinus (Isidora).
Ampullaria and Anodonta are entirely absent from Australia and New
Zealand.
to the Clarence R. stands apart from the rest of Australia, and is closely
connected with New Guinea. There can be little doubt that it has been
colonised from the latter country, since an elevation of even 10 fathoms
would create (see map) a wide bridge between the two. Many of the genera
are quite strange to the rest of Australia. Land operculates are abundant, and
of a Papuan type. Several of the characteristic Papuan genera of Helix
(Papuina, Chloritis, Planispira) occur, while Hadra attains its maximum.
Panda, Pedinogyra, and Thersites are three remarkable groups in a rich
Helix fauna. Parmacochlea is a peculiar form akin to Helicarion. The
carnivorous Mollusca are represented by Rhytida, Diplomphalus (New
Caledonia), and Elaea. One species of Janella, a slug peculiar to this
region, occurs. The predominant fresh-water genus is Bulinus (Isidora).
Ampullaria and Anodonta are entirely absent from Australia and New
Zealand.
Page 396
Fig. 214.—Characteristic Australian
Helices: A, H. (Hadra) pomum Pfr.;
B, H. (Thersites) richmondiana Pfr.
× ⅔.
Map D. To face page 322.
MAP
to illustrate the relations
OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF
NEW GUINEA WITH THOSE
OF NORTH AUSTRALIA.
The red line marks the 100 fathom line
London: Macmillan & Co.
Helices: A, H. (Hadra) pomum Pfr.;
B, H. (Thersites) richmondiana Pfr.
× ⅔.
Map D. To face page 322.
MAP
to illustrate the relations
OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF
NEW GUINEA WITH THOSE
OF NORTH AUSTRALIA.
The red line marks the 100 fathom line
London: Macmillan & Co.
Page 397
Land Mollusca of the Queensland Province
Diplomphalus 1
Rhytida 10
Elaea 1
Parmacochlea 1
Helicarion 7
Nanina 3
Hyalinia 10
Thalassia 4
Charopa 5
Patula (?) 4
Macrocyclis (?) 1
Helicella 10
Planispira 8
Hadra 51
Chloritis 5
Pedinogyra 1
Thersites 1
Papuina 6
Panda 2
Helix (inc. sed.) 6
Bulimus (?) 1
Stenogyra 1
Tornatellina 4
Pupa 3
Vertigo 4
Perrieria 1
Succinea 3
Vaginula 1
Janella 1
Georissa 1
Pupina 16
Hedleya 1
Callia 1
Diplommatina 3
Ditropis 2
Dermatocera 1
Helicina 8
(c) The Melanesian Province includes those islands on which the
remarkable group Placostylus occurs, the metropolis of whose distribution
is New Caledonia. These islands are very possibly the remains of what was
once a much wider extent of land. A single species of Placostylus occurs
both on Lord Howe’s I. and in the North I. of New Zealand, but this fact,
while highly interesting as indicating a possible former extension of land in
a south-easterly direction, is hardly sufficient to bring these islands within
the province as now limited. The Solomon Is., although containing
Diplomphalus 1
Rhytida 10
Elaea 1
Parmacochlea 1
Helicarion 7
Nanina 3
Hyalinia 10
Thalassia 4
Charopa 5
Patula (?) 4
Macrocyclis (?) 1
Helicella 10
Planispira 8
Hadra 51
Chloritis 5
Pedinogyra 1
Thersites 1
Papuina 6
Panda 2
Helix (inc. sed.) 6
Bulimus (?) 1
Stenogyra 1
Tornatellina 4
Pupa 3
Vertigo 4
Perrieria 1
Succinea 3
Vaginula 1
Janella 1
Georissa 1
Pupina 16
Hedleya 1
Callia 1
Diplommatina 3
Ditropis 2
Dermatocera 1
Helicina 8
(c) The Melanesian Province includes those islands on which the
remarkable group Placostylus occurs, the metropolis of whose distribution
is New Caledonia. These islands are very possibly the remains of what was
once a much wider extent of land. A single species of Placostylus occurs
both on Lord Howe’s I. and in the North I. of New Zealand, but this fact,
while highly interesting as indicating a possible former extension of land in
a south-easterly direction, is hardly sufficient to bring these islands within
the province as now limited. The Solomon Is., although containing
Page 398
Placostylus as far to the west as Faro I., form, as has been already stated, a
transitional district to the Papuan province.
New Caledonia.—The chief features of the Mollusca are the remarkable
development of the helicoid carnivorous genera Rhytida (30 sp.) and
Diplomphalus (13 sp.), and of Placostylus (45 sp.). There is a stray
Papuina, and a peculiar form Pseudopartula, but Helix has almost entirely
disappeared. Polynesian influence is represented by Microcystis (3 sp.), the
so-called Patula (13 sp., many of which are probably Charopa),
Tornatellina (2 sp.), and Helicina (20 sp.). Partula does not reach so far
south, but there are two species of Janella. The recurrence of Melanopsis
(19 sp.), absent from the whole Oriental region, is curious, and forms
another link with New Zealand. The curious sinistral Limnaea (Isidora),
common with Australia and New Zealand, is abundant.
Fig. 215.—Placostylus
caledonicus Pet., New
Caledonia, × ⅔.
The New Hebrides link New Caledonia and the Solomons by their
possession of the typical heavy Placostylus (5 sp.) of the former, and the
lighter and more elegant Charis (2 sp.) of the latter. There are 4 Papuina,
and Partula is abundant (18 sp.), but there is no evidence at present that the
carnivorous genera or the Melanopsis and Isidora of New Caledonia occur.
The Fiji Is., by the possession of 14 Placostylus of the Charis section,
which is entirely absent from the adjacent Tonga group, form the eastern
limit of the province. There appears to be only a single Partula, but the
Polynesian element, especially as seen in Navicella (8 sp.), Neritina (20
sp.), Helicina (11 sp.), and Omphalotropis (11 sp.), is very strong. The
Microcystis (9 sp.) and Trochomorpha (14 sp.) are also of a Polynesian
type.
transitional district to the Papuan province.
New Caledonia.—The chief features of the Mollusca are the remarkable
development of the helicoid carnivorous genera Rhytida (30 sp.) and
Diplomphalus (13 sp.), and of Placostylus (45 sp.). There is a stray
Papuina, and a peculiar form Pseudopartula, but Helix has almost entirely
disappeared. Polynesian influence is represented by Microcystis (3 sp.), the
so-called Patula (13 sp., many of which are probably Charopa),
Tornatellina (2 sp.), and Helicina (20 sp.). Partula does not reach so far
south, but there are two species of Janella. The recurrence of Melanopsis
(19 sp.), absent from the whole Oriental region, is curious, and forms
another link with New Zealand. The curious sinistral Limnaea (Isidora),
common with Australia and New Zealand, is abundant.
Fig. 215.—Placostylus
caledonicus Pet., New
Caledonia, × ⅔.
The New Hebrides link New Caledonia and the Solomons by their
possession of the typical heavy Placostylus (5 sp.) of the former, and the
lighter and more elegant Charis (2 sp.) of the latter. There are 4 Papuina,
and Partula is abundant (18 sp.), but there is no evidence at present that the
carnivorous genera or the Melanopsis and Isidora of New Caledonia occur.
The Fiji Is., by the possession of 14 Placostylus of the Charis section,
which is entirely absent from the adjacent Tonga group, form the eastern
limit of the province. There appears to be only a single Partula, but the
Polynesian element, especially as seen in Navicella (8 sp.), Neritina (20
sp.), Helicina (11 sp.), and Omphalotropis (11 sp.), is very strong. The
Microcystis (9 sp.) and Trochomorpha (14 sp.) are also of a Polynesian
type.
Page 399
(2) The Australian Sub-region includes the whole of Australia (with the
exception of the Queensland province) and Tasmania, with New Zealand
and the off-lying islands. The fauna, from the prevalence of desert, is
scanty, especially in genera. Land operculates are almost entirely wanting.
Limax is not indigenous, though several species have become naturalised.
The bulk of the fresh-water species belong to Isidora, and it is doubtful
whether Physa occurs at all. Unio has a few species, and also Vivipara, but
neither Anodonta nor Ampullaria occur. There are a few Melania and
Neritina.
Tropical South Australia.—The Mollusca are scanty, and occur chiefly in
the neighbourhood of the rivers, the soil being arid, with no shelter either of
trees or rocks. Fresh-water species predominate, and the rich land fauna of
Queensland is totally wanting. There are no land operculates, 6 Hadra, 1
Bulimus (?), 1 Stenogyra.
West Australia.—Owing to the deserts which bound it, the Mollusca are
very isolated, only one species being common with N., S., and E. Australia.
The chief characteristics are Liparus, a form intermediate between Helix
and Bulimus, and, among the Helices, the group Rhagada. There are no
slugs, no carnivorous snails, and only three land operculates.
Land Mollusca of West Australia
Lamprocystis 1
Hyalinia 1
Patula 7
Chloritis 2
Gonostoma 2
Trachia 3
Xerophila 1
Rhagada 8
Hadra 5
Liparus 10
Pupa 4
Succinea 3
Cyclophorus 2
Helicina 1
In Eastern and Southern Australia (New South Wales, Victoria, and
South Australia) the tropical element, so abundant in Queensland, almost
entirely disappears, the last operculate (a Helicina) only reaching Port
Macquarie, though several species of Helicarion occur in the extreme
south. Hadra is still abundant in New South Wales (18 sp.) and S. Australia
exception of the Queensland province) and Tasmania, with New Zealand
and the off-lying islands. The fauna, from the prevalence of desert, is
scanty, especially in genera. Land operculates are almost entirely wanting.
Limax is not indigenous, though several species have become naturalised.
The bulk of the fresh-water species belong to Isidora, and it is doubtful
whether Physa occurs at all. Unio has a few species, and also Vivipara, but
neither Anodonta nor Ampullaria occur. There are a few Melania and
Neritina.
Tropical South Australia.—The Mollusca are scanty, and occur chiefly in
the neighbourhood of the rivers, the soil being arid, with no shelter either of
trees or rocks. Fresh-water species predominate, and the rich land fauna of
Queensland is totally wanting. There are no land operculates, 6 Hadra, 1
Bulimus (?), 1 Stenogyra.
West Australia.—Owing to the deserts which bound it, the Mollusca are
very isolated, only one species being common with N., S., and E. Australia.
The chief characteristics are Liparus, a form intermediate between Helix
and Bulimus, and, among the Helices, the group Rhagada. There are no
slugs, no carnivorous snails, and only three land operculates.
Land Mollusca of West Australia
Lamprocystis 1
Hyalinia 1
Patula 7
Chloritis 2
Gonostoma 2
Trachia 3
Xerophila 1
Rhagada 8
Hadra 5
Liparus 10
Pupa 4
Succinea 3
Cyclophorus 2
Helicina 1
In Eastern and Southern Australia (New South Wales, Victoria, and
South Australia) the tropical element, so abundant in Queensland, almost
entirely disappears, the last operculate (a Helicina) only reaching Port
Macquarie, though several species of Helicarion occur in the extreme
south. Hadra is still abundant in New South Wales (18 sp.) and S. Australia
Page 400
(10 sp.), but becomes scarce in Victoria (2 sp.); New South Wales has also
one Panda and two Thersites. Cystopelta is common with Tasmania, and
one of the Janellidae (Aneitea) with Queensland. The carnivorous snails are
represented by Rhytida. Caryodes, a bulimoid group perhaps akin to
Liparus, is common with Tasmania only.
Tasmania.—About 80 species of land Mollusca are known, not more
than 10 being common with Australia. No land operculates occur;
Endodonta and Charopa are rare, and Hadra has entirely disappeared, but
Pupa and Succinea occur. Carnivorous genera are represented by
Paryphanta, Rhytida, and Rhenea. Anoglypta is a peculiar section of Helix,
while Caryodes, Cystopelta, and Helicarion are common with Australia.
Among the fresh-water Mollusca are a Gundlachia (see p. 345), and some
forms of Amnicola or Hydrobia, one of which (Potamopyrgus) is common
only with New Zealand.[373]
The Neozealanian Province.—The Mollusca of New Zealand, with the
Kermadec, Chatham, and Auckland Is., are remarkably isolated. Such
genera as Nanina, Partula, Pupa, Stenogyra, Succinea, Vaginula,
Truncatella, Helicina, and Navicella, which might have been expected to
occur, are entirely absent. The bulk of the land Mollusca are small and
obscure forms, perhaps remains of a very early type, and appear to belong
to the Zonitidae, neither Patula nor Helix occurring at all. The carnivorous
forms are represented by Schizoglossa, a peculiar genus akin to
Daudebardia, by Paryphanta, an extraordinary group of large shells with a
thick leathery epidermis, and by Rhytida and Rhenea. In spite of its extreme
isolation, the general relations of the fauna are partly with New Caledonia,
partly with E. Australia. The occurrence of Placostylus has already been
mentioned (p. 323), and three species of Janella, a genus which also occurs
in Queensland and New Caledonia, indicate the same affinity. Otoconcha is
peculiar. The fresh-water Mollusca, besides the Isidora characteristic of the
sub-region, are partly related to New Caledonia through the occurrence of
Melanopsis, partly to Tasmania through Potamopyrgus, while the peculiar
Latia is possibly akin to Gundlachia (Tasmania). The land operculates
number only 5 genera and 14 species in all, excluding a doubtful
Diplommatina.[374]
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Neozealanian Province
one Panda and two Thersites. Cystopelta is common with Tasmania, and
one of the Janellidae (Aneitea) with Queensland. The carnivorous snails are
represented by Rhytida. Caryodes, a bulimoid group perhaps akin to
Liparus, is common with Tasmania only.
Tasmania.—About 80 species of land Mollusca are known, not more
than 10 being common with Australia. No land operculates occur;
Endodonta and Charopa are rare, and Hadra has entirely disappeared, but
Pupa and Succinea occur. Carnivorous genera are represented by
Paryphanta, Rhytida, and Rhenea. Anoglypta is a peculiar section of Helix,
while Caryodes, Cystopelta, and Helicarion are common with Australia.
Among the fresh-water Mollusca are a Gundlachia (see p. 345), and some
forms of Amnicola or Hydrobia, one of which (Potamopyrgus) is common
only with New Zealand.[373]
The Neozealanian Province.—The Mollusca of New Zealand, with the
Kermadec, Chatham, and Auckland Is., are remarkably isolated. Such
genera as Nanina, Partula, Pupa, Stenogyra, Succinea, Vaginula,
Truncatella, Helicina, and Navicella, which might have been expected to
occur, are entirely absent. The bulk of the land Mollusca are small and
obscure forms, perhaps remains of a very early type, and appear to belong
to the Zonitidae, neither Patula nor Helix occurring at all. The carnivorous
forms are represented by Schizoglossa, a peculiar genus akin to
Daudebardia, by Paryphanta, an extraordinary group of large shells with a
thick leathery epidermis, and by Rhytida and Rhenea. In spite of its extreme
isolation, the general relations of the fauna are partly with New Caledonia,
partly with E. Australia. The occurrence of Placostylus has already been
mentioned (p. 323), and three species of Janella, a genus which also occurs
in Queensland and New Caledonia, indicate the same affinity. Otoconcha is
peculiar. The fresh-water Mollusca, besides the Isidora characteristic of the
sub-region, are partly related to New Caledonia through the occurrence of
Melanopsis, partly to Tasmania through Potamopyrgus, while the peculiar
Latia is possibly akin to Gundlachia (Tasmania). The land operculates
number only 5 genera and 14 species in all, excluding a doubtful
Diplommatina.[374]
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Neozealanian Province
Page 401
Schizoglossa 1
Paryphanta 5
Rhytida 6
Rhenea 2
Helicarion 1
Otoconcha 1
Microcystis 1
Trochonanina 1
Phacussa 3
Thalassohelix 5
Gerontia 2
Allodiscus 10
Pyrrha 1
Therasia 7
Phenacohelix 3
Suteria 1
Flammulina 13
Laoma 23
Endodonta 10
Charopa 28
Placostylus 1
Carthaea 1
Tornatellina 1
Janella 3
Latia 2
Ancylus 2
Limnaea 5
Amphipeplea 2
Planorbis 1
Isidora 7
Melanopsis 2
Potamopyrgus 4
Paxillus 1
Lagochilus 7
Omphalotropis 1
Realia 4
Hydrocena 1
Unio 9
Sphaerium 1
Pisidium 2
Lord Howe’s I. is remarkable as containing a Placostylus, which thus
links the island with this province. The remainder of the fauna is
Polynesian, with the exception of a species (common to the Fijis) of
Parmella, a slug akin to Helicarion, Parmacochlea, and Cystopelta.
(3) The Polynesian Sub-region includes all the island groups of the
central and southern Pacific (except those classified in the Papuan and
Australian sub-regions), from the Pelews and Carolines in the west to the
Paryphanta 5
Rhytida 6
Rhenea 2
Helicarion 1
Otoconcha 1
Microcystis 1
Trochonanina 1
Phacussa 3
Thalassohelix 5
Gerontia 2
Allodiscus 10
Pyrrha 1
Therasia 7
Phenacohelix 3
Suteria 1
Flammulina 13
Laoma 23
Endodonta 10
Charopa 28
Placostylus 1
Carthaea 1
Tornatellina 1
Janella 3
Latia 2
Ancylus 2
Limnaea 5
Amphipeplea 2
Planorbis 1
Isidora 7
Melanopsis 2
Potamopyrgus 4
Paxillus 1
Lagochilus 7
Omphalotropis 1
Realia 4
Hydrocena 1
Unio 9
Sphaerium 1
Pisidium 2
Lord Howe’s I. is remarkable as containing a Placostylus, which thus
links the island with this province. The remainder of the fauna is
Polynesian, with the exception of a species (common to the Fijis) of
Parmella, a slug akin to Helicarion, Parmacochlea, and Cystopelta.
(3) The Polynesian Sub-region includes all the island groups of the
central and southern Pacific (except those classified in the Papuan and
Australian sub-regions), from the Pelews and Carolines in the west to the
Page 402
Marquesas and Paumotus in the east, and from the Tonga group in the south
to the Sandwich Is. in the north. It may be subdivided into (a) the
Polynesian province proper, and (b) the Hawaiian province, which includes
the Sandwich Is. only.
Fig. 216.—Characteristic Polynesian
Mollusca: A, Achatinella vulpina
Fér., Sandwich Is.; B, Partula
planilabrum Pease, Society Is.
(a) The general features of the Polynesian province are very similar
throughout, although the Mollusca of each island group are in the main
peculiar. The species are mostly small and obscure. Helix scarcely occurs,
its place being taken by small Zonitidae (Microcystis, Charopa,
Trochomorpha, etc.), and by groups of so-called Patula (Endodonta, Pitys,
etc.), the exact position of which is not yet settled. Libera, remarkable for
its method of ovipositing (p. 128), is peculiar to the Society and Hervey Is.;
Partula is almost universal, attaining its maximum (40 sp.) in the Society
Is.; Tornatellina, Pupa, and Vertigo occur throughout.
The land operculates consist chiefly of Omphalotropis, Pupina, Realia,
and Helicina. Diplommatina and Palaina are abundant on the Pelews, and a
Moussonia occurs in the Samoa Is. Ostodes, a small form of Cyclophorus,
is found in some of the southern groups. The fresh-water operculates are
Melania, Neritina (including Clithon, a sub-genus furnished with spines),
and Navicella; there are no Unionidae, while fresh-water Pulmonata are
very scarce.
(b) The land Mollusca of the Hawaiian province are distinguished by the
possession of four entirely peculiar genera—Achatinella, Leptachatina,
to the Sandwich Is. in the north. It may be subdivided into (a) the
Polynesian province proper, and (b) the Hawaiian province, which includes
the Sandwich Is. only.
Fig. 216.—Characteristic Polynesian
Mollusca: A, Achatinella vulpina
Fér., Sandwich Is.; B, Partula
planilabrum Pease, Society Is.
(a) The general features of the Polynesian province are very similar
throughout, although the Mollusca of each island group are in the main
peculiar. The species are mostly small and obscure. Helix scarcely occurs,
its place being taken by small Zonitidae (Microcystis, Charopa,
Trochomorpha, etc.), and by groups of so-called Patula (Endodonta, Pitys,
etc.), the exact position of which is not yet settled. Libera, remarkable for
its method of ovipositing (p. 128), is peculiar to the Society and Hervey Is.;
Partula is almost universal, attaining its maximum (40 sp.) in the Society
Is.; Tornatellina, Pupa, and Vertigo occur throughout.
The land operculates consist chiefly of Omphalotropis, Pupina, Realia,
and Helicina. Diplommatina and Palaina are abundant on the Pelews, and a
Moussonia occurs in the Samoa Is. Ostodes, a small form of Cyclophorus,
is found in some of the southern groups. The fresh-water operculates are
Melania, Neritina (including Clithon, a sub-genus furnished with spines),
and Navicella; there are no Unionidae, while fresh-water Pulmonata are
very scarce.
(b) The land Mollusca of the Hawaiian province are distinguished by the
possession of four entirely peculiar genera—Achatinella, Leptachatina,
Page 403
Carelia, and Auriculella. More than 300 of the two former genera have
been described, every mountain valley of some of the islands having its
own peculiar species. The destruction of the indigenous herbage by goats is
rapidly extinguishing many forms. Partula, and the small land operculates,
so characteristic of the other groups, are, with the exception of Helicina,
entirely wanting. The occurrence of one of the Merope group of Helix
(Solomon Is.) is remarkable, and there is a rich development of Succinea.
“Patula,” Microcystis, Tornatellina, and the other small Polynesian land
Pulmonata are well represented. The presence of Isidora, absent from the
central Pacific groups, is remarkable, and Erinna is a peculiar genus
belonging to the Limnaeidae.
been described, every mountain valley of some of the islands having its
own peculiar species. The destruction of the indigenous herbage by goats is
rapidly extinguishing many forms. Partula, and the small land operculates,
so characteristic of the other groups, are, with the exception of Helicina,
entirely wanting. The occurrence of one of the Merope group of Helix
(Solomon Is.) is remarkable, and there is a rich development of Succinea.
“Patula,” Microcystis, Tornatellina, and the other small Polynesian land
Pulmonata are well represented. The presence of Isidora, absent from the
central Pacific groups, is remarkable, and Erinna is a peculiar genus
belonging to the Limnaeidae.
Page 404
CHAPTER XI
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF LAND MOLLUSCA (continued)—THE ETHIOPIAN,
NEARCTIC, AND NEOTROPICAL REGIONS
D. The Ethiopian Region
The Ethiopian region includes the whole of Africa south of the Great
Desert, and Southern Arabia, together with the outlying islands, excepting
those of the Atlantidean province (p. 297).
Regarded as a whole, the Ethiopian is poorest in land Mollusca of all the
tropical regions. And yet its characteristics are very remarkable. The entire
Achatina group is peculiar, and takes, especially in W. Africa, some curious
forms (Columna, Perideris, Pseudachatina). Carnivorous Mollusca (Ennea,
Gibbus, etc.) are highly developed, especially in the south and east, the
largest known helicoid form (Aerope) being from Natal. In the possession
of these types of the Agnatha, Africa is more closely related to the
Australasian than to the Oriental region. The true Cyclostoma are entirely
peculiar to the region, but are absent from West Africa.
Fresh-water Mollusca are abundant and characteristic, especially in and
near the Great Lakes. Lanistes, Cleopatra, and Meladomus, among the
operculates, together with Mutela and Aetheria (Unionidae), Galatea and
Fischeria (Cyrenidae), are peculiar.
In its negative, as well as its positive features, the Ethiopian region is
markedly isolated. Helicidae and Naninidae are equally deficient, the
former, indeed, attaining some numerical predominance in the extreme
south, but the species are nearly all insignificant in size and colouring. It is
only in Madagascar that Helix asserts itself. Arion, Limax, Hyalinia,
Clausilia, and a number of other genera abundant along the Mediterranean,
are either altogether absent, or are very scantily represented. Land
operculates, so characteristic of other tropical countries, are almost entirely
wanting. If we disregard the Malagasy sub-region, there are scarcely forty
species of land operculates on the whole African continent.
The Ethiopian region may be divided into three sub-regions: (1) the
Central African; (2) the South African; (3) the Malagasy.
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF LAND MOLLUSCA (continued)—THE ETHIOPIAN,
NEARCTIC, AND NEOTROPICAL REGIONS
D. The Ethiopian Region
The Ethiopian region includes the whole of Africa south of the Great
Desert, and Southern Arabia, together with the outlying islands, excepting
those of the Atlantidean province (p. 297).
Regarded as a whole, the Ethiopian is poorest in land Mollusca of all the
tropical regions. And yet its characteristics are very remarkable. The entire
Achatina group is peculiar, and takes, especially in W. Africa, some curious
forms (Columna, Perideris, Pseudachatina). Carnivorous Mollusca (Ennea,
Gibbus, etc.) are highly developed, especially in the south and east, the
largest known helicoid form (Aerope) being from Natal. In the possession
of these types of the Agnatha, Africa is more closely related to the
Australasian than to the Oriental region. The true Cyclostoma are entirely
peculiar to the region, but are absent from West Africa.
Fresh-water Mollusca are abundant and characteristic, especially in and
near the Great Lakes. Lanistes, Cleopatra, and Meladomus, among the
operculates, together with Mutela and Aetheria (Unionidae), Galatea and
Fischeria (Cyrenidae), are peculiar.
In its negative, as well as its positive features, the Ethiopian region is
markedly isolated. Helicidae and Naninidae are equally deficient, the
former, indeed, attaining some numerical predominance in the extreme
south, but the species are nearly all insignificant in size and colouring. It is
only in Madagascar that Helix asserts itself. Arion, Limax, Hyalinia,
Clausilia, and a number of other genera abundant along the Mediterranean,
are either altogether absent, or are very scantily represented. Land
operculates, so characteristic of other tropical countries, are almost entirely
wanting. If we disregard the Malagasy sub-region, there are scarcely forty
species of land operculates on the whole African continent.
The Ethiopian region may be divided into three sub-regions: (1) the
Central African; (2) the South African; (3) the Malagasy.
Page 405
(1) The Central African Sub-region is bounded on the north by the
Great Desert, on the east and west by the ocean, and on the south by a line
roughly drawn between the mouth of the Orange River and Delagoa Bay; it
also includes S. Arabia. No natural features exist which tend to break up
this vast district into areas of independent zoological development. The
absence of long and lofty mountain ranges, the enormous size of the great
river basins, and the general uniformity of climate, equalise the conditions
of life throughout. It will be convenient to break the sub-region up into
provinces, but in most cases no precise line of demarcation can be laid
down.
(a) The Senegambian Province may be regarded as extending from the
mouth of the Senegal River to Cape Palmas. Only 8 genera of land
Mollusca are known, including 4 Limicolaria and 3 Thapsia, with 1 small
Cyclophorus. Fresh-water genera are abundant, and include most of the
characteristic Ethiopian forms.
(b) The West African Province extends from Cape Palmas to the mouth
of the Congo, and is rich in Mollusca. The great Achatina, largest of land
snails, whose shell sometimes attains a length of 6½ in., Limicolaria,
Perideris, and Pseudachatina are the characteristic forms. The Agnatha are
represented by Ennea, Streptaxis, and Streptostele. Rachis and Pachnodus,
sub-genera of Buliminus, occur also on the east coast. A special feature is
the development of several peculiar slug-like genera, e.g. Oopelta, perhaps
a form of Arion; Estria, a slug with an external shell, akin to Parmacella;
and Aspidelus, a form intermediate between Helicarion and Limax.
Claviger, a handsome group akin to Cerithium, is peculiar to the estuaries
of West African rivers.
About sixteen species are known from the Cameroons District, but no
peculiar genera occur. The French Congo District has not yet been well
explored. Tomostele, a genus allied to Streptostele, is peculiar, and
Pseudachatina attains its maximum.
Great Desert, on the east and west by the ocean, and on the south by a line
roughly drawn between the mouth of the Orange River and Delagoa Bay; it
also includes S. Arabia. No natural features exist which tend to break up
this vast district into areas of independent zoological development. The
absence of long and lofty mountain ranges, the enormous size of the great
river basins, and the general uniformity of climate, equalise the conditions
of life throughout. It will be convenient to break the sub-region up into
provinces, but in most cases no precise line of demarcation can be laid
down.
(a) The Senegambian Province may be regarded as extending from the
mouth of the Senegal River to Cape Palmas. Only 8 genera of land
Mollusca are known, including 4 Limicolaria and 3 Thapsia, with 1 small
Cyclophorus. Fresh-water genera are abundant, and include most of the
characteristic Ethiopian forms.
(b) The West African Province extends from Cape Palmas to the mouth
of the Congo, and is rich in Mollusca. The great Achatina, largest of land
snails, whose shell sometimes attains a length of 6½ in., Limicolaria,
Perideris, and Pseudachatina are the characteristic forms. The Agnatha are
represented by Ennea, Streptaxis, and Streptostele. Rachis and Pachnodus,
sub-genera of Buliminus, occur also on the east coast. A special feature is
the development of several peculiar slug-like genera, e.g. Oopelta, perhaps
a form of Arion; Estria, a slug with an external shell, akin to Parmacella;
and Aspidelus, a form intermediate between Helicarion and Limax.
Claviger, a handsome group akin to Cerithium, is peculiar to the estuaries
of West African rivers.
About sixteen species are known from the Cameroons District, but no
peculiar genera occur. The French Congo District has not yet been well
explored. Tomostele, a genus allied to Streptostele, is peculiar, and
Pseudachatina attains its maximum.
Page 406
Fig. 217.—Columna flammea
Müll., Princes I.
St. Thomas and Princes Is., in the Gulf of Guinea, are well known.
Princes I. has 22 species, 14 peculiar, and 2 common to St. Thomas only,
one of the latter being the great sinistral Achatina bicarinata Chem. The
remarkable genus Columna (Fig. 217) is peculiar, and Streptostele (4 sp.)
attains its maximum. Peculiar to St. Thomas are Pyrgina, a turreted form of
Stenogyra; Thyrophorella, a sinistral form of Zonites; and Atopocochlis, a
large bulimoid shell, whose true relationships are not yet known. Homorus,
a group of Achatina with an elongated spire, occurring also in the Angola
District and on the east coast, has 4 species. No fresh-water species have as
yet been discovered in either of the islands.
The Angola and Benguela District, extending from the Congo to the
Cunene R., probably belongs to the West African Sub-region, but until its
fauna is better known it is advisable to consider it apart. Achatina continues
abundant, but the other characteristic West African forms (Pseudachatina,
Streptostele, Perideris) diminish or are absent altogether. No Helix and only
1 Cyclophorus occur.
Ovampo, Damara, and Great Namaqualand, lying between the Cumene
and Orange rivers, seem to form a transition district between the West and
South African faunas. Helix reappears, while the characteristic West African
genera are almost entirely wanting.
Müll., Princes I.
St. Thomas and Princes Is., in the Gulf of Guinea, are well known.
Princes I. has 22 species, 14 peculiar, and 2 common to St. Thomas only,
one of the latter being the great sinistral Achatina bicarinata Chem. The
remarkable genus Columna (Fig. 217) is peculiar, and Streptostele (4 sp.)
attains its maximum. Peculiar to St. Thomas are Pyrgina, a turreted form of
Stenogyra; Thyrophorella, a sinistral form of Zonites; and Atopocochlis, a
large bulimoid shell, whose true relationships are not yet known. Homorus,
a group of Achatina with an elongated spire, occurring also in the Angola
District and on the east coast, has 4 species. No fresh-water species have as
yet been discovered in either of the islands.
The Angola and Benguela District, extending from the Congo to the
Cunene R., probably belongs to the West African Sub-region, but until its
fauna is better known it is advisable to consider it apart. Achatina continues
abundant, but the other characteristic West African forms (Pseudachatina,
Streptostele, Perideris) diminish or are absent altogether. No Helix and only
1 Cyclophorus occur.
Ovampo, Damara, and Great Namaqualand, lying between the Cumene
and Orange rivers, seem to form a transition district between the West and
South African faunas. Helix reappears, while the characteristic West African
genera are almost entirely wanting.
Page 407
(c) The East African Province extends from about Delagoa Bay to the
Abyssinian shores of the Red Sea. In general out-line the province consists
of a flat marshy district, extending inland for many miles from the sea; this
is succeeded by rising ground, which eventually becomes a high table-land,
often desolate and arid, whose line of slope lies parallel to the trend of the
coast. The Mollusca are little known, and have only been studied in isolated
districts, usually from the discoveries of exploring expeditions.
The Mozambique District, from Delagoa Bay to Cape Delgado, includes
no genus which does not occur on the west coast, except Cyclostoma (2
sp.). Trochonanina (4 sp.), Urocyclus, a characteristic African slug (2 sp.),
Rachis (6 sp.), Pachnodus (2 sp.), and Achatina (5 sp.), are the principal
groups.
Fig. 218.—Urocyclus comorensis Fisch., Comoro Is.: G,
Generative orifice; M, mucous gland; O, orifice leading to
internal shell; P, pulmonary orifice; T, tentacles. (After
Fischer.)
The Zanzibar District, from Cape Delgado to the Somali country, has the
same general features. Meladomus, a large sinistral Ampullaria, is
characteristic, while Cyclostoma (5 sp.) becomes more abundant. Helix is
still absent, but the carnivorous forms (Streptaxis 2 sp., Ennea 7 sp.) are
rather numerous.
The Somali District is characterised by operculate groups of the
Otopoma type (Georgia, Rochebrunia, Revoilia) whose generic value is
rather doubtful. Petraeus, in an Arabian type, supplants Rachis and
Pachnodus. Achatina is nearly wanting, but Limicolaria has 9 species. A
few Helix, said to be of the Pisana group, occur.
Abyssinian shores of the Red Sea. In general out-line the province consists
of a flat marshy district, extending inland for many miles from the sea; this
is succeeded by rising ground, which eventually becomes a high table-land,
often desolate and arid, whose line of slope lies parallel to the trend of the
coast. The Mollusca are little known, and have only been studied in isolated
districts, usually from the discoveries of exploring expeditions.
The Mozambique District, from Delagoa Bay to Cape Delgado, includes
no genus which does not occur on the west coast, except Cyclostoma (2
sp.). Trochonanina (4 sp.), Urocyclus, a characteristic African slug (2 sp.),
Rachis (6 sp.), Pachnodus (2 sp.), and Achatina (5 sp.), are the principal
groups.
Fig. 218.—Urocyclus comorensis Fisch., Comoro Is.: G,
Generative orifice; M, mucous gland; O, orifice leading to
internal shell; P, pulmonary orifice; T, tentacles. (After
Fischer.)
The Zanzibar District, from Cape Delgado to the Somali country, has the
same general features. Meladomus, a large sinistral Ampullaria, is
characteristic, while Cyclostoma (5 sp.) becomes more abundant. Helix is
still absent, but the carnivorous forms (Streptaxis 2 sp., Ennea 7 sp.) are
rather numerous.
The Somali District is characterised by operculate groups of the
Otopoma type (Georgia, Rochebrunia, Revoilia) whose generic value is
rather doubtful. Petraeus, in an Arabian type, supplants Rachis and
Pachnodus. Achatina is nearly wanting, but Limicolaria has 9 species. A
few Helix, said to be of the Pisana group, occur.
Page 408
The District between the Great Lakes and the coast region is fairly well
known through recent explorations, especially those associated with Emin
Pasha. Streptaxis (6 sp.) and Ennea (24 sp.) are numerous, Helix is wanting,
and the Naninidae are represented by Trochonanina (7 sp.), and other forms
at present grouped under Nanina or Hyalinia. On the high ground
Buliminus, Cerastus, and Hapalus replace, to some extent, the Achatina and
Limicolaria of the marshy plains. Land operculates (Cyclophorus 1,
Cyclostoma 8) are more numerous; among fresh-water genera we have
Lanistes (5 sp.), Cleopatra (3 sp.), Meladomus (1 sp.), and Leroya, a
sinistral form with the facies of a Littorina. The characteristic African
bivalves (Mutela, Spatha, etc.) are few in number.
(d) Province of the Great Lakes.—The Mollusca of the four great lakes
of Eastern Central Africa—Lakes Albert Nyanza (Luta Nzige, 2720 ft.),
Victoria Nyanza (Oukéréwé, 3700 ft.), Nyassa (1520 ft.), and Tanganyika
(2800 ft.)—are well known, and supply an interesting problem in
distribution. Those of the three first mentioned lakes differ in no way from
the rest of tropical Africa, but the Mollusca of Tanganyika include, in
addition to the ordinary African element, a number of peculiar operculate
genera, belonging principally to the Melaniidae and Hydrobiidae. Several of
these possess a solidity of form and compactness of structure which is
unusual in fresh-water genera, and has led to the belief, among some
authorities, that they are the direct descendants of marine species, and that
Tanganyika represents an ancient marine area. This view appears untenable.
The Victoria Nyanza and Nyassa are part of the same system as Tanganyika,
and it is not easy to see how, if Tanganyika were once an arm of the sea,
they were not equally so, especially as they are several hundred miles
nearer the Indian Ocean as at present defined. Nor, as will be seen from the
figures given above, is there anything in the altitudes which would make us
expect anything exceptional in Tanganyika. The similar case of L. Baikal
must be compared (p. 290), where again a number of specialised forms of
Hydrobia occur.
Of the genera concerned, Paramelania and Nassopsis are forms of
Melaniidae; Tiphobia (Fig. 219), which is allied to Paludomus, is a compact
shell with angulated spinose whorls; Lacunopsis, Ponsonbya,
Limnotrochus, and Tanganyicia are probably forms of Lithoglyphus, some,
as their names denote, being of decidedly marine facies; Syrnolopsis and
known through recent explorations, especially those associated with Emin
Pasha. Streptaxis (6 sp.) and Ennea (24 sp.) are numerous, Helix is wanting,
and the Naninidae are represented by Trochonanina (7 sp.), and other forms
at present grouped under Nanina or Hyalinia. On the high ground
Buliminus, Cerastus, and Hapalus replace, to some extent, the Achatina and
Limicolaria of the marshy plains. Land operculates (Cyclophorus 1,
Cyclostoma 8) are more numerous; among fresh-water genera we have
Lanistes (5 sp.), Cleopatra (3 sp.), Meladomus (1 sp.), and Leroya, a
sinistral form with the facies of a Littorina. The characteristic African
bivalves (Mutela, Spatha, etc.) are few in number.
(d) Province of the Great Lakes.—The Mollusca of the four great lakes
of Eastern Central Africa—Lakes Albert Nyanza (Luta Nzige, 2720 ft.),
Victoria Nyanza (Oukéréwé, 3700 ft.), Nyassa (1520 ft.), and Tanganyika
(2800 ft.)—are well known, and supply an interesting problem in
distribution. Those of the three first mentioned lakes differ in no way from
the rest of tropical Africa, but the Mollusca of Tanganyika include, in
addition to the ordinary African element, a number of peculiar operculate
genera, belonging principally to the Melaniidae and Hydrobiidae. Several of
these possess a solidity of form and compactness of structure which is
unusual in fresh-water genera, and has led to the belief, among some
authorities, that they are the direct descendants of marine species, and that
Tanganyika represents an ancient marine area. This view appears untenable.
The Victoria Nyanza and Nyassa are part of the same system as Tanganyika,
and it is not easy to see how, if Tanganyika were once an arm of the sea,
they were not equally so, especially as they are several hundred miles
nearer the Indian Ocean as at present defined. Nor, as will be seen from the
figures given above, is there anything in the altitudes which would make us
expect anything exceptional in Tanganyika. The similar case of L. Baikal
must be compared (p. 290), where again a number of specialised forms of
Hydrobia occur.
Of the genera concerned, Paramelania and Nassopsis are forms of
Melaniidae; Tiphobia (Fig. 219), which is allied to Paludomus, is a compact
shell with angulated spinose whorls; Lacunopsis, Ponsonbya,
Limnotrochus, and Tanganyicia are probably forms of Lithoglyphus, some,
as their names denote, being of decidedly marine facies; Syrnolopsis and
Page 409
Turbonilla (?) look like Pyramidellidae, Horea and Reymondia like
Rissoina; Bourguignatia appears to belong to Vivipara, with which has now
been merged the genus Neothauma. Recently discovered forms from the
adjacent L. Mweru are evidently of kindred origin.
(e) The Afro-Arabian Province includes Abyssinia, with S. Arabia, the
African shores of the Gulf of Aden, and Socotra. The province contains a
singular mixture of types. The high ground of Abyssinia stands like a lofty
European island in the midst of a tropical plain, with Palaearctic genera
flourishing like hardy northern plants on a mountain in low latitudes. Helix,
Vitrina, and Pupa abound, with a few Clausilia and even a Limax. On the
lower levels occur Limicolaria (3 sp.), Subulina (7 sp.), Helicarion, and
Homorus, but land operculates are entirely wanting. Characteristic of the
province as a whole are various forms of Buliminus, which in Socotra are
represented by two peculiar sub-genera, Achatinelloides and Passamaiella.
In S. Arabia the mixture of types produces curious results: the Helix,
Clausilia, and Vitrina being Palaearctic, the Limicolaria and all the
operculates Ethiopian, while the single Trochomorpha is Indian. Indian
influence, indeed, comes out unmistakably throughout the province. Thus in
Socotra there are two Cyclotopsis, in Abyssinia two Africarion (closely
related to the Indian Girasia), two Microcystis, and a Glessula, and in the
Scioa district there is a Sitala. The fresh-water Mollusca of Socotra are
Indian forms.
Fig. 219.—Tiphobia Horei E. A.
Smith, L. Tanganyika.
Rissoina; Bourguignatia appears to belong to Vivipara, with which has now
been merged the genus Neothauma. Recently discovered forms from the
adjacent L. Mweru are evidently of kindred origin.
(e) The Afro-Arabian Province includes Abyssinia, with S. Arabia, the
African shores of the Gulf of Aden, and Socotra. The province contains a
singular mixture of types. The high ground of Abyssinia stands like a lofty
European island in the midst of a tropical plain, with Palaearctic genera
flourishing like hardy northern plants on a mountain in low latitudes. Helix,
Vitrina, and Pupa abound, with a few Clausilia and even a Limax. On the
lower levels occur Limicolaria (3 sp.), Subulina (7 sp.), Helicarion, and
Homorus, but land operculates are entirely wanting. Characteristic of the
province as a whole are various forms of Buliminus, which in Socotra are
represented by two peculiar sub-genera, Achatinelloides and Passamaiella.
In S. Arabia the mixture of types produces curious results: the Helix,
Clausilia, and Vitrina being Palaearctic, the Limicolaria and all the
operculates Ethiopian, while the single Trochomorpha is Indian. Indian
influence, indeed, comes out unmistakably throughout the province. Thus in
Socotra there are two Cyclotopsis, in Abyssinia two Africarion (closely
related to the Indian Girasia), two Microcystis, and a Glessula, and in the
Scioa district there is a Sitala. The fresh-water Mollusca of Socotra are
Indian forms.
Fig. 219.—Tiphobia Horei E. A.
Smith, L. Tanganyika.
Page 410
Fig. 220.—Mollusca characteristic of L.
Tanganyika: A, Nassopsis nassa
Woodw.; B, Spekia zonata Woodw.;
C, Syrnolopsis lacustris E. A.
Smith.
Fig. 221.—Achatina zebra Lam.,
S. Africa. × ½.
(2) The South African Sub-region.—The principal characteristic of the
Mollusca of S. Africa is the occurrence of numerous small species of
Helicidae, belonging chiefly to the groups Pella, Phasis, Dorcasia, and
Sculptaria, all of which are practically peculiar. Carnivorous genera are also
prominent, Ennea here attaining its maximum. Rhytida (to which several
species still regarded as Pella belong) is common only to the S. Pacific and
Australasia, and forms, with Isidora among the fresh-water pulmonates, a
remarkable link of connexion. Aerope, the largest of all helicoid
carnivorous genera, and Chlamydephorus, a carnivorous slug with an
internal shell, are peculiar. Achatina is still abundant, but Limicolaria is
wanting. Livinhacea, a form with a continuous peristome, perhaps akin to
Bulimus; Apera, a form of slug; and Coeliaxis, a genus perhaps akin to the
Tanganyika: A, Nassopsis nassa
Woodw.; B, Spekia zonata Woodw.;
C, Syrnolopsis lacustris E. A.
Smith.
Fig. 221.—Achatina zebra Lam.,
S. Africa. × ½.
(2) The South African Sub-region.—The principal characteristic of the
Mollusca of S. Africa is the occurrence of numerous small species of
Helicidae, belonging chiefly to the groups Pella, Phasis, Dorcasia, and
Sculptaria, all of which are practically peculiar. Carnivorous genera are also
prominent, Ennea here attaining its maximum. Rhytida (to which several
species still regarded as Pella belong) is common only to the S. Pacific and
Australasia, and forms, with Isidora among the fresh-water pulmonates, a
remarkable link of connexion. Aerope, the largest of all helicoid
carnivorous genera, and Chlamydephorus, a carnivorous slug with an
internal shell, are peculiar. Achatina is still abundant, but Limicolaria is
wanting. Livinhacea, a form with a continuous peristome, perhaps akin to
Bulimus; Apera, a form of slug; and Coeliaxis, a genus perhaps akin to the
Page 411
Papuan and Queensland Perrieria, are all peculiar. The land operculates,
which are not numerous, are of the East African type.
Land Mollusca of the S. African Sub-region
Chlamydephorus 1
Ennea 31
Aerope 5
Rhytida 3
Helicarion 3
Trochonanina 1
Trochozonites 1
Limax 1
Apera 1
Vitrina 7
Nanina 6
Conulus 2
Patula 2
Pella 44
Dorcasia 8
Phasis 1
Sculptaria 2
Helix (inc. sed.) 4
Rachis 1
Pachnodus 3
Buliminus (?) 4
Pupa 20
Vertigo 2
Achatina 18
Livinhacea 1
Stenogyra 4
Coeliaxis 1
Succinea 3
Vaginula 2
Cyclophorus 1
Cyclostoma 7
Cyclotus (?) 1
Blanfordia 1
St. Helena.—The Molluscan fauna of St. Helena is perhaps the most
puzzling, as regards its geographical affinities, of any in the world. It
consists of 29 peculiar species of land Mollusca (fresh-water species being
unknown), 19 of which are recently extinct, partly owing to the destruction
of the forest, but are found in considerable abundance in a state of good
preservation.[375] The genera are—
Hyalinia 1
Patula 4 (3 extinct)
Endodonta 10 (7 extinct)
which are not numerous, are of the East African type.
Land Mollusca of the S. African Sub-region
Chlamydephorus 1
Ennea 31
Aerope 5
Rhytida 3
Helicarion 3
Trochonanina 1
Trochozonites 1
Limax 1
Apera 1
Vitrina 7
Nanina 6
Conulus 2
Patula 2
Pella 44
Dorcasia 8
Phasis 1
Sculptaria 2
Helix (inc. sed.) 4
Rachis 1
Pachnodus 3
Buliminus (?) 4
Pupa 20
Vertigo 2
Achatina 18
Livinhacea 1
Stenogyra 4
Coeliaxis 1
Succinea 3
Vaginula 2
Cyclophorus 1
Cyclostoma 7
Cyclotus (?) 1
Blanfordia 1
St. Helena.—The Molluscan fauna of St. Helena is perhaps the most
puzzling, as regards its geographical affinities, of any in the world. It
consists of 29 peculiar species of land Mollusca (fresh-water species being
unknown), 19 of which are recently extinct, partly owing to the destruction
of the forest, but are found in considerable abundance in a state of good
preservation.[375] The genera are—
Hyalinia 1
Patula 4 (3 extinct)
Endodonta 10 (7 extinct)
Page 412
Bulimulus 7 (5 extinct)
Pachyotus 1 (extinct)
Tomigerus (?) 1 (extinct)
Pupa 2 (extinct)
Succinea 3
The 5 genera which concentrate our attention are Patula, Endodonta,
Pachyotus (Fig. 222), Tomigerus, and Bulimulus, all of which appear utterly
strange to an oceanic island in the middle of the S. Atlantic. Patula and
Endodonta are essentially Polynesian forms, occurring abundantly on all
the island groups in the Central Pacific. Pachyotus, Tomigerus (assuming its
correct identification), and Bulimulus are all S. American forms, the two
former being especially characteristic of Brazil. How this mixture of genera
now confined to regions so widely distant, not only from St. Helena itself,
but from one another, became associated here, is a problem obviously not
easy of solution. The fauna is probably a remnant of a very ancient type,
possibly at one time much more widely distributed. Endodonta (an
essentially insular form, like Omphalotropis) actually occurs on Fernando
Noronha, off the Brazil coast, and we shall see how an Indian and even a
Polynesian element is present off the eastern coasts of Africa.
Ascension I.—One indigenous species, a so-called Limax, is all that has
ever been discovered.
(3) The Malagasy Sub-region includes Madagascar with its attendant
satellites Bourbon, Mauritius, and Rodriguez, and the Seychelles and
Comoro groups. No land Mollusca are known from the Amirantes, the
Chagos, or from Aldabra. The special characteristics of the sub-region are
the great development of the carnivorous land Mollusca (Ennea, Gibbus),
the occurrence of a considerable number of true Helicidae of great size and
beauty, and the prominence of the genus Cyclostoma.
(a) The Madagascan Province.—The land Mollusca of Madagascar,
although as yet imperfectly known, possess a striking individuality. Two of
the chief characteristics of the Ethiopian region are the paucity of its land
operculate and of its Helix fauna; Madagascar is especially distinguished by
the rich development of both these groups. For size, colouring, and beauty
of shape, the Helicidae of the two sub-genera Ampelita and Helicophanta
rival, if they do not surpass, any in the world. They are quite peculiar to this
sub-region, not a trace of them occurring on the Mascarenes, Seychelles, or
even on the Comoros. Helicophanta is distinguished by the enormous size
Pachyotus 1 (extinct)
Tomigerus (?) 1 (extinct)
Pupa 2 (extinct)
Succinea 3
The 5 genera which concentrate our attention are Patula, Endodonta,
Pachyotus (Fig. 222), Tomigerus, and Bulimulus, all of which appear utterly
strange to an oceanic island in the middle of the S. Atlantic. Patula and
Endodonta are essentially Polynesian forms, occurring abundantly on all
the island groups in the Central Pacific. Pachyotus, Tomigerus (assuming its
correct identification), and Bulimulus are all S. American forms, the two
former being especially characteristic of Brazil. How this mixture of genera
now confined to regions so widely distant, not only from St. Helena itself,
but from one another, became associated here, is a problem obviously not
easy of solution. The fauna is probably a remnant of a very ancient type,
possibly at one time much more widely distributed. Endodonta (an
essentially insular form, like Omphalotropis) actually occurs on Fernando
Noronha, off the Brazil coast, and we shall see how an Indian and even a
Polynesian element is present off the eastern coasts of Africa.
Ascension I.—One indigenous species, a so-called Limax, is all that has
ever been discovered.
(3) The Malagasy Sub-region includes Madagascar with its attendant
satellites Bourbon, Mauritius, and Rodriguez, and the Seychelles and
Comoro groups. No land Mollusca are known from the Amirantes, the
Chagos, or from Aldabra. The special characteristics of the sub-region are
the great development of the carnivorous land Mollusca (Ennea, Gibbus),
the occurrence of a considerable number of true Helicidae of great size and
beauty, and the prominence of the genus Cyclostoma.
(a) The Madagascan Province.—The land Mollusca of Madagascar,
although as yet imperfectly known, possess a striking individuality. Two of
the chief characteristics of the Ethiopian region are the paucity of its land
operculate and of its Helix fauna; Madagascar is especially distinguished by
the rich development of both these groups. For size, colouring, and beauty
of shape, the Helicidae of the two sub-genera Ampelita and Helicophanta
rival, if they do not surpass, any in the world. They are quite peculiar to this
sub-region, not a trace of them occurring on the Mascarenes, Seychelles, or
even on the Comoros. Helicophanta is distinguished by the enormous size
Page 413
of its embryonic shell, which persists in the adult (Fig. 223), and in this
respect the group appears to be related to Acavus (Ceylon, Fig. 204) and
Panda (N.E. Australia). As is usual when Helix is well developed, Nanina
(about 12 sp.) is proportionately scanty.
The African Bulimini (Pachnodus and Rachis) are represented by two
species, but Achatina, so abundant on the mainland, is scarce. Two other
groups of Buliminus, Leucotaenia and Clavator, are peculiar. The presence
of a single Kaliella, specifically identical with a common Indian form, is
very remarkable.
Cyclostoma proper, of which Madagascar is the metropolis, is richly
developed (54 sp.). Many of the species are of great size and of striking
beauty of ornamentation. Unlike its Helicidae, this genus is not restricted to
Madagascar; several species occur on the mainland, 6 on the Comoros, one
on the Seychelles, and 16 in Mauritius. The sub-genera Acroptychia and
Hainesia are peculiar.
Fig. 222.—Pachyotus auris vulpina
Desh., St. Helena (sub-fossil).
respect the group appears to be related to Acavus (Ceylon, Fig. 204) and
Panda (N.E. Australia). As is usual when Helix is well developed, Nanina
(about 12 sp.) is proportionately scanty.
The African Bulimini (Pachnodus and Rachis) are represented by two
species, but Achatina, so abundant on the mainland, is scarce. Two other
groups of Buliminus, Leucotaenia and Clavator, are peculiar. The presence
of a single Kaliella, specifically identical with a common Indian form, is
very remarkable.
Cyclostoma proper, of which Madagascar is the metropolis, is richly
developed (54 sp.). Many of the species are of great size and of striking
beauty of ornamentation. Unlike its Helicidae, this genus is not restricted to
Madagascar; several species occur on the mainland, 6 on the Comoros, one
on the Seychelles, and 16 in Mauritius. The sub-genera Acroptychia and
Hainesia are peculiar.
Fig. 222.—Pachyotus auris vulpina
Desh., St. Helena (sub-fossil).
Page 414
Fig. 223.—Helix (Helicophanta)
Souverbiana Fisch., Madagascar,
showing embryonic shell. × ⅔.
Fig. 224.—Cyclostoma campanulatum Pfr.,
Madagascar.
The fresh-water Mollusca of Madagascar contain further traces of Indian
relationship. Thus we find two species of Paludomus, a genus whose
metropolis is Ceylon, India, and Further India, and which is barely
represented on the Seychelles and in the Somali district. Melanatria, which
is peculiar to Madagascar, has its nearest affinities in the Cingalese and East
Indian faunas. Several of the Melania and the two Bithynia are of a type
entirely wanting in Africa, but common in the Indo-Malay sub-region. Not a
single one of the characteristic African fresh-water bivalves (Mutela,
Spatha, Aetheria, Galatea, etc.) has been found in Madagascar. On the
other hand, certain African Gasteropoda, such as Cleopatra and Isidora,
occur, indicating, in common with the land Mollusca, that an ultimate land
Souverbiana Fisch., Madagascar,
showing embryonic shell. × ⅔.
Fig. 224.—Cyclostoma campanulatum Pfr.,
Madagascar.
The fresh-water Mollusca of Madagascar contain further traces of Indian
relationship. Thus we find two species of Paludomus, a genus whose
metropolis is Ceylon, India, and Further India, and which is barely
represented on the Seychelles and in the Somali district. Melanatria, which
is peculiar to Madagascar, has its nearest affinities in the Cingalese and East
Indian faunas. Several of the Melania and the two Bithynia are of a type
entirely wanting in Africa, but common in the Indo-Malay sub-region. Not a
single one of the characteristic African fresh-water bivalves (Mutela,
Spatha, Aetheria, Galatea, etc.) has been found in Madagascar. On the
other hand, certain African Gasteropoda, such as Cleopatra and Isidora,
occur, indicating, in common with the land Mollusca, that an ultimate land
Page 415
connexion with Africa must have taken place, but at an immeasurably
remote period.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Madagascar
Ennea 9
Urocyclus 2
Helicarion (?) 1
Macrocyclis (?) 1
Kaliella 1
Nanina (inc. sed.) 9
Ampelita 35
Helicophanta 17
Pachnodus 2
Rachis 2
Leucotaenia 2
Clavator 2
Achatina 3
Opeas 2
Subulina 3
Vaginula 4
Limnea 2
Planorbis 3
Isidora 3
Melania 7
Melanatria 4
Paludomus 2
Vivipara 1
Bithynia 2
Cleopatra 2
Ampullaria 6
Cyclophorus 2
Cyclotus (?) 1
Cyclostoma 54
Otopoma 5
Lithidion 1
Acroptychia 3
Hainesia 3
Unio 1
Corbicula 2
Sphaerium 1
Pisidium 1
The Comoro Islands.—This isolated group possesses about 100 species,
almost all of which are peculiar. The principal feature is the rich
development of Ennea (30 sp.). On the whole the group shows more
relationship to Madagascar than to the mainland. Thus we have six species
of true Cyclostoma, and only one Achatina, while among the fresh-water
remote period.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Madagascar
Ennea 9
Urocyclus 2
Helicarion (?) 1
Macrocyclis (?) 1
Kaliella 1
Nanina (inc. sed.) 9
Ampelita 35
Helicophanta 17
Pachnodus 2
Rachis 2
Leucotaenia 2
Clavator 2
Achatina 3
Opeas 2
Subulina 3
Vaginula 4
Limnea 2
Planorbis 3
Isidora 3
Melania 7
Melanatria 4
Paludomus 2
Vivipara 1
Bithynia 2
Cleopatra 2
Ampullaria 6
Cyclophorus 2
Cyclotus (?) 1
Cyclostoma 54
Otopoma 5
Lithidion 1
Acroptychia 3
Hainesia 3
Unio 1
Corbicula 2
Sphaerium 1
Pisidium 1
The Comoro Islands.—This isolated group possesses about 100 species,
almost all of which are peculiar. The principal feature is the rich
development of Ennea (30 sp.). On the whole the group shows more
relationship to Madagascar than to the mainland. Thus we have six species
of true Cyclostoma, and only one Achatina, while among the fresh-water
Page 416
genera is Septaria, which is characteristic of the whole Malagasy Sub-
region, but is absent from the mainland. The Helicidae are all of
insignificant size. Peculiar to the group is the remarkable genus Cyclosurus
(Fig. 152, p. 247).
(b) The Mascarene Province (Mauritius, Bourbon, Rodriguez, and the
Seychelles).—The percentage of peculiar species, which is very high, can
only be paralleled in the case of some of the West Indian islands, and
sufficiently attests the extreme isolation of the group from Madagascar. We
have—
Total sp. Land sp. Fresh-water Peculiar Peculiar to
sp. group
Mauritius 113 104 9 78 102 (90 p.c.)
Bourbon 45 40 5 19 38 (84 p.c.)
Rodriguez 23 19 4 15 21 (95 p.c.)
Seychelles 34 27 7 24 30 (90 p.c.)
The Mollusca of the group exhibit three distinct elements, the
Indigenous, the Madagascan, and the Indian and Australasian.
The genus Pachystyla (Naninidae) is quite peculiar, forming the main
portion of the land snails proper. It attains its maximum in Mauritius (17
sp.), with 5 sp. in Bourbon and one sub-fossil sp. in Rodriguez, while in the
Seychelles it is absent. But the principal feature of the Mascarene group is
the extraordinary development of the carnivorous genus Gibbus, which has
27 sp. in Mauritius, 8 in Bourbon, 4 in Rodriguez; in the Seychelles, it is
replaced by Edentulina and Streptostele. The principal link with
Madagascar is found in a part of the operculate land fauna. Cyclostoma is
present (with Otopoma) in several fine living forms, and the number of sub-
fossil species is a clear indication that this group was, not long ago, much
more abundant, for of the 16 Cyclostoma known from Mauritius 10 are sub-
fossil. The operculates form a decided feature of the land fauna; thus in
Mauritius there are 32 species, or more than 28 per cent of the whole.
region, but is absent from the mainland. The Helicidae are all of
insignificant size. Peculiar to the group is the remarkable genus Cyclosurus
(Fig. 152, p. 247).
(b) The Mascarene Province (Mauritius, Bourbon, Rodriguez, and the
Seychelles).—The percentage of peculiar species, which is very high, can
only be paralleled in the case of some of the West Indian islands, and
sufficiently attests the extreme isolation of the group from Madagascar. We
have—
Total sp. Land sp. Fresh-water Peculiar Peculiar to
sp. group
Mauritius 113 104 9 78 102 (90 p.c.)
Bourbon 45 40 5 19 38 (84 p.c.)
Rodriguez 23 19 4 15 21 (95 p.c.)
Seychelles 34 27 7 24 30 (90 p.c.)
The Mollusca of the group exhibit three distinct elements, the
Indigenous, the Madagascan, and the Indian and Australasian.
The genus Pachystyla (Naninidae) is quite peculiar, forming the main
portion of the land snails proper. It attains its maximum in Mauritius (17
sp.), with 5 sp. in Bourbon and one sub-fossil sp. in Rodriguez, while in the
Seychelles it is absent. But the principal feature of the Mascarene group is
the extraordinary development of the carnivorous genus Gibbus, which has
27 sp. in Mauritius, 8 in Bourbon, 4 in Rodriguez; in the Seychelles, it is
replaced by Edentulina and Streptostele. The principal link with
Madagascar is found in a part of the operculate land fauna. Cyclostoma is
present (with Otopoma) in several fine living forms, and the number of sub-
fossil species is a clear indication that this group was, not long ago, much
more abundant, for of the 16 Cyclostoma known from Mauritius 10 are sub-
fossil. The operculates form a decided feature of the land fauna; thus in
Mauritius there are 32 species, or more than 28 per cent of the whole.
Page 417
Fig. 225.—Characteristic Mauritian land shells: A,
Gibbus palanga Fér.; A´, young of same; B,
Gibbus lyonetianus Pall.
Indian and Australasian affinities are unmistakably present. Thus
Omphalotropis, a genus characteristic of small islands, is profusely
represented, but it does not occur in Madagascar or Africa. Two Helicina
(Mauritius and Seychelles) and a single Leptopoma (possibly a
Leptopomoides) are also of eastern relationship. Cyclotopsis, Cyathopoma,
and Geostilbia are markedly Indian genera. Microcystis, Patula, and
Tornatellina are Polynesian. Hyalimax—and this is a very striking fact—
occurs nowhere else but in the Andamans and Nicobars, and on the Aracan
coast. The nearest relation to the Seychelles Mariaella appears to be the
Cingalese Tennentia. Not a single representative of these eleven genera has
been found even in Madagascar.
The fresh-water Mollusca (omitting the Neritidae) are: Mauritius 9
species, Bourbon 5, Rodriguez 4, Seychelles 6, with only 15 species in all.
The one Planorbis and the Vivipara, the Paludomus and two of the Melania
are of Indian types. The Lantzia (peculiar to Bourbon) is probably allied to
the Indian Camptonyx. Owing to the paucity of permanent streams, no
fresh-water bivalves occur. Among the Neritidae is a single Septaria, a
genus which, though occurring in Madagascar, is entirely strange to Africa,
and is abundant in the Oriental and Australasian regions.
It would seem probable that when the closer connexion which at one
time undoubtedly existed between India and Eastern Africa began to be less
Gibbus palanga Fér.; A´, young of same; B,
Gibbus lyonetianus Pall.
Indian and Australasian affinities are unmistakably present. Thus
Omphalotropis, a genus characteristic of small islands, is profusely
represented, but it does not occur in Madagascar or Africa. Two Helicina
(Mauritius and Seychelles) and a single Leptopoma (possibly a
Leptopomoides) are also of eastern relationship. Cyclotopsis, Cyathopoma,
and Geostilbia are markedly Indian genera. Microcystis, Patula, and
Tornatellina are Polynesian. Hyalimax—and this is a very striking fact—
occurs nowhere else but in the Andamans and Nicobars, and on the Aracan
coast. The nearest relation to the Seychelles Mariaella appears to be the
Cingalese Tennentia. Not a single representative of these eleven genera has
been found even in Madagascar.
The fresh-water Mollusca (omitting the Neritidae) are: Mauritius 9
species, Bourbon 5, Rodriguez 4, Seychelles 6, with only 15 species in all.
The one Planorbis and the Vivipara, the Paludomus and two of the Melania
are of Indian types. The Lantzia (peculiar to Bourbon) is probably allied to
the Indian Camptonyx. Owing to the paucity of permanent streams, no
fresh-water bivalves occur. Among the Neritidae is a single Septaria, a
genus which, though occurring in Madagascar, is entirely strange to Africa,
and is abundant in the Oriental and Australasian regions.
It would seem probable that when the closer connexion which at one
time undoubtedly existed between India and Eastern Africa began to be less
Page 418
continuous,[376] the Mascarene group was first severed from what
ultimately became Madagascar, while the Seychelles, and perhaps the
Comoros, still continued united to it. The Comoros, which lack the great
Helices, separated off from Madagascar first, while the Seychelles
continued in more or less direct union with that island sufficiently long to
receive the progenitors of Stylodonta (a peculiar group of Helix), but
became disunited at an exceedingly remote period.
E. The Nearctic Region
The southern boundary of this region may be regarded as roughly
corresponding to that of the United States, i.e. Lower California and
Mexico are excluded. The southern portion of Florida belongs to the
Antillean sub-region.
The principal characteristic of the Nearctic Region is the remarkable
poverty of its land Mollusca. No district in the world of equal extent is so
poor in genera, while those which occur are generally of small size, with
scarcely anything remarkable either in colouring or form. The elongated
land shells (Clausilia, Buliminus), so characteristic of Europe, are entirely
wanting, but a few Bulimulus, of Neotropical origin, penetrate Texas, and
from the same sources come a few species of Glandina (as far north as S.
Carolina), Holospira (Texas), and Helicina.
The region falls into two well-marked sub-regions, the N. American and
the Californian, with the Rocky Mountain district as a sort of debatable
ground between them. The Californian sub-region consists of the narrow
strip of country between the Sierra Nevada, the Cascade Mountains and the
coast-line, from San Diego to Alaska; the N. American sub-region consists
of the remainder of the region.
(1) The N. American Sub-region.—The Carnivorous genera are
represented solely by the few Glandina mentioned above, and by the
indigenous genus Selenites, a form midway between Testacella and Limax,
whose metropolis is on the Pacific slope, but which spreads eastward into
the Antilles. Among the Limacidae, Limax is common to both sub-regions,
but Tebennophorus (4 sp., 3 of which belong to the genus Pallifera), a
genus found also in China and Siam, and Vitrinozonites do not occur in the
Californian. Hyalinia (Zonites) is fairly abundant, especially in the groups
Mesomphix and Gastrodonta (peculiar to this sub-region), and Hyalinia
ultimately became Madagascar, while the Seychelles, and perhaps the
Comoros, still continued united to it. The Comoros, which lack the great
Helices, separated off from Madagascar first, while the Seychelles
continued in more or less direct union with that island sufficiently long to
receive the progenitors of Stylodonta (a peculiar group of Helix), but
became disunited at an exceedingly remote period.
E. The Nearctic Region
The southern boundary of this region may be regarded as roughly
corresponding to that of the United States, i.e. Lower California and
Mexico are excluded. The southern portion of Florida belongs to the
Antillean sub-region.
The principal characteristic of the Nearctic Region is the remarkable
poverty of its land Mollusca. No district in the world of equal extent is so
poor in genera, while those which occur are generally of small size, with
scarcely anything remarkable either in colouring or form. The elongated
land shells (Clausilia, Buliminus), so characteristic of Europe, are entirely
wanting, but a few Bulimulus, of Neotropical origin, penetrate Texas, and
from the same sources come a few species of Glandina (as far north as S.
Carolina), Holospira (Texas), and Helicina.
The region falls into two well-marked sub-regions, the N. American and
the Californian, with the Rocky Mountain district as a sort of debatable
ground between them. The Californian sub-region consists of the narrow
strip of country between the Sierra Nevada, the Cascade Mountains and the
coast-line, from San Diego to Alaska; the N. American sub-region consists
of the remainder of the region.
(1) The N. American Sub-region.—The Carnivorous genera are
represented solely by the few Glandina mentioned above, and by the
indigenous genus Selenites, a form midway between Testacella and Limax,
whose metropolis is on the Pacific slope, but which spreads eastward into
the Antilles. Among the Limacidae, Limax is common to both sub-regions,
but Tebennophorus (4 sp., 3 of which belong to the genus Pallifera), a
genus found also in China and Siam, and Vitrinozonites do not occur in the
Californian. Hyalinia (Zonites) is fairly abundant, especially in the groups
Mesomphix and Gastrodonta (peculiar to this sub-region), and Hyalinia
Page 419
proper. Patula is well represented. The Helicidae belong principally to the
groups Mesodon, Stenotrema, Triodopsis, Polygyra, and Strobila, only 6 of
which, out of a total of 84, reach the Pacific slope. Land operculates are
conspicuous for their almost complete absence (see map, frontispiece).
Fig. 226.—Characteristic North American Mollusca. A, Helix
(Mesodon) palliata Say, Ohio. B, Helix (Polygyra) cereolus
Mühlf., Texas. C, Patula alternata Say, Tennessee.
The poverty of the land fauna is atoned for by the extraordinary
abundance and variety of the fresh-water genera. A family of operculates,
the Pleuroceridae, with 10 genera and about 450 species, is quite peculiar, a
few stragglers only reaching Central America and the Antilles. The nucleus
of their distribution is the Upper Tennessee River with its branches, and the
Coosa River. They appear to dislike the neighbourhood of the sea, and are
never found numerously within 100 miles of it. They adhere to stones in
rapid water, and differ from the Melaniidae of the Old World and of S.
America in the absence of a fringe to the mantle and in being oviparous.
They do not occur north of the St. Lawrence River, or north of U.S. territory
in the west, or in New England. Three-quarters of all the known species
inhabit the rough square formed by the Tennessee River, the Mississippi,
the Chattahoochee River, and the Gulf of Mexico. The Mississippi is a
formidable barrier to their extension, and a whole section (Trypanostoma,
with the four genera Io, Pleurocera, Angitrema, and Lithasia) does not
occur west of that river. The Viviparidae are also very largely developed,
the genera Melantho, Lioplax, and Tulotoma being peculiar. The Pulmonata
are also abundant, while the richness of the Unionidae may be gathered
from the fact that Wetherby states[377] that in 1874 no less than 832 species
in all had been described.
groups Mesodon, Stenotrema, Triodopsis, Polygyra, and Strobila, only 6 of
which, out of a total of 84, reach the Pacific slope. Land operculates are
conspicuous for their almost complete absence (see map, frontispiece).
Fig. 226.—Characteristic North American Mollusca. A, Helix
(Mesodon) palliata Say, Ohio. B, Helix (Polygyra) cereolus
Mühlf., Texas. C, Patula alternata Say, Tennessee.
The poverty of the land fauna is atoned for by the extraordinary
abundance and variety of the fresh-water genera. A family of operculates,
the Pleuroceridae, with 10 genera and about 450 species, is quite peculiar, a
few stragglers only reaching Central America and the Antilles. The nucleus
of their distribution is the Upper Tennessee River with its branches, and the
Coosa River. They appear to dislike the neighbourhood of the sea, and are
never found numerously within 100 miles of it. They adhere to stones in
rapid water, and differ from the Melaniidae of the Old World and of S.
America in the absence of a fringe to the mantle and in being oviparous.
They do not occur north of the St. Lawrence River, or north of U.S. territory
in the west, or in New England. Three-quarters of all the known species
inhabit the rough square formed by the Tennessee River, the Mississippi,
the Chattahoochee River, and the Gulf of Mexico. The Mississippi is a
formidable barrier to their extension, and a whole section (Trypanostoma,
with the four genera Io, Pleurocera, Angitrema, and Lithasia) does not
occur west of that river. The Viviparidae are also very largely developed,
the genera Melantho, Lioplax, and Tulotoma being peculiar. The Pulmonata
are also abundant, while the richness of the Unionidae may be gathered
from the fact that Wetherby states[377] that in 1874 no less than 832 species
in all had been described.
Page 420
The entire Mississippi basin is inhabited by a common assemblage of
Unionidae, and a considerable number of the species are distributed over
the whole of this area, Texas, and parts of E. Mexico. Some species have
spread out of this area into Michigan, Canada, the Red River, and Hudson’s
Bay district, and even into streams in New York which drain into the
Atlantic. An entirely different set of forms occupy the great majority of the
rivers falling into the Atlantic, the Appalachian Mountains acting as an
effective barrier between the two groups of species, which appear to mingle
below the southern end of the range. In many cases Unionidae seem to have
no difficulty in migrating from river to river, if the distance is not extreme;
they probably are carried across overflowed districts in time of flood.[378]
Fig. 227.—Helix (Arionta)
fidelis Gray, Oregon.
(2) The Californian Sub-region is markedly distinct from the rest of N.
America. The characteristic sombre Helices of the Eastern States are almost
entirely wanting, and are replaced by Arionta (20 sp.), a larger and more
varied group, which may have some affinity to Chinese forms. Glyptostoma
(1 sp.) is also peculiar. Selenites here has its metropolis, and Pristiolma is a
remarkable group of small Hyalinia (Zonites), but the larger forms of the
Eastern States are wanting. Several remarkable and quite peculiar forms of
slug occur, namely, Ariolimax (whose nearest relation is Arion),
Prophysaon, Hemphillia, and Binneya. There are no land operculates.
Not more than 15 to 20 species of the Pleuroceridae (sect. Goniobasis)
occur west of the Rocky Mountains, and only a single Unio, 5 Anodonta,
and 1 Margaritana, which is common to New England. Pompholyx is a
very remarkable ultra-dextral form of Limnaea, apparently akin to the
Choanomphalus of L. Baikal. Bithynia, absent from the Eastern States, is
represented by two species. The general indications are in favour of the
Unionidae, and a considerable number of the species are distributed over
the whole of this area, Texas, and parts of E. Mexico. Some species have
spread out of this area into Michigan, Canada, the Red River, and Hudson’s
Bay district, and even into streams in New York which drain into the
Atlantic. An entirely different set of forms occupy the great majority of the
rivers falling into the Atlantic, the Appalachian Mountains acting as an
effective barrier between the two groups of species, which appear to mingle
below the southern end of the range. In many cases Unionidae seem to have
no difficulty in migrating from river to river, if the distance is not extreme;
they probably are carried across overflowed districts in time of flood.[378]
Fig. 227.—Helix (Arionta)
fidelis Gray, Oregon.
(2) The Californian Sub-region is markedly distinct from the rest of N.
America. The characteristic sombre Helices of the Eastern States are almost
entirely wanting, and are replaced by Arionta (20 sp.), a larger and more
varied group, which may have some affinity to Chinese forms. Glyptostoma
(1 sp.) is also peculiar. Selenites here has its metropolis, and Pristiolma is a
remarkable group of small Hyalinia (Zonites), but the larger forms of the
Eastern States are wanting. Several remarkable and quite peculiar forms of
slug occur, namely, Ariolimax (whose nearest relation is Arion),
Prophysaon, Hemphillia, and Binneya. There are no land operculates.
Not more than 15 to 20 species of the Pleuroceridae (sect. Goniobasis)
occur west of the Rocky Mountains, and only a single Unio, 5 Anodonta,
and 1 Margaritana, which is common to New England. Pompholyx is a
very remarkable ultra-dextral form of Limnaea, apparently akin to the
Choanomphalus of L. Baikal. Bithynia, absent from the Eastern States, is
represented by two species. The general indications are in favour of the
Page 421
Californian fauna having migrated from an Old World source after the
upheaval of the Sierras; the American fauna, on the other hand, is purely
indigenous, with no recent Old World influence at all.
Land Mollusca of the Nearctic Region
Glandina 4
Selenites 6
Limax 4
Vitrina 4
Vitrinozonites 1
Mesomphix 15
Hyalinia 22
Conulus 1
Gastrodonta 9
Pristiloma 2
Tebennophorus 4
Ariolimax 6
Prophysaon 2
Hemphillia 1
Binneya 1
Patula 18
Punctum 2
Arionta 20
Praticola 2
Glyptostoma 1
Mesodon 27
Stenotrema 11
Triodopsis 21
Polygyra 23
Polygyrella 2
Gonostoma 1
Vallonia 1
Strobila 2
Pupa 18
Vertigo 8
Holospira 2
Cionella 1
Bulimulus 6
Macroceramus 1
Succinea 21
Vaginulus 1
Helicina 2
F. The Neotropical Region
The land Mollusca of the Neotropical Region stand in complete contrast
to those of the Nearctic. Instead of being scanty, they are exceedingly
abundant; instead of being small and obscure, they are among the largest in
upheaval of the Sierras; the American fauna, on the other hand, is purely
indigenous, with no recent Old World influence at all.
Land Mollusca of the Nearctic Region
Glandina 4
Selenites 6
Limax 4
Vitrina 4
Vitrinozonites 1
Mesomphix 15
Hyalinia 22
Conulus 1
Gastrodonta 9
Pristiloma 2
Tebennophorus 4
Ariolimax 6
Prophysaon 2
Hemphillia 1
Binneya 1
Patula 18
Punctum 2
Arionta 20
Praticola 2
Glyptostoma 1
Mesodon 27
Stenotrema 11
Triodopsis 21
Polygyra 23
Polygyrella 2
Gonostoma 1
Vallonia 1
Strobila 2
Pupa 18
Vertigo 8
Holospira 2
Cionella 1
Bulimulus 6
Macroceramus 1
Succinea 21
Vaginulus 1
Helicina 2
F. The Neotropical Region
The land Mollusca of the Neotropical Region stand in complete contrast
to those of the Nearctic. Instead of being scanty, they are exceedingly
abundant; instead of being small and obscure, they are among the largest in
Page 422
size, most brilliant in colour, and most singular in shape that are known to
exist. At the same time they are, as a whole, isolated in type, and exhibit but
little relation with the Mollusca of any other region.
The most marked feature is the predominance of the peculiar genera
Bulimus and Bulimulus, the centre of whose development appears to lie in
Peru, Ecuador, and Bolivia, but which diminish, both in numbers and
variety of form, in the eastern portion of the region. In the forests of Central
America, Venezuela, and Ecuador, and, to a lesser degree, in those of Peru
and Brazil, occurs the genus Orthalicus, whose tree-climbing habits recall
the Cochlostyla of the Philippines. These three groups of bulimoid forms
constitute, as far as the mainland is concerned, the preponderating mass of
the land Mollusca. Helix proper is most strongly developed in the Greater
Antilles, which possess several peculiar groups of great beauty. In Central
America Helix is comparatively scarce, but in the northern portions of the
continent several fine genera (Labyrinthus, Isomeria, Solaropsis) occur,
which disappear altogether towards the south.
Carnivorous land Mollusca are, so far as Central America is concerned,
more highly developed than in any other quarter of the world, particularly
in the genera Glandina and Streptostyla. These genera also penetrate the
northern portions of the continent, Glandina reaching as far as Ecuador, and
Streptostyla as far as Peru. The Greater Antilles have also characteristic
forms of these genera. Streptaxis is tolerably abundant all over tropical
South America, and is the one pulmonate genus which shows any affinity
with the African fauna.
The slugs are exceedingly scarce. Vaginula occurs throughout, and is the
only genus in any sense characteristic.
Clausilia, in the sub-genus Nenia, occurs along the Andean chain from
the extreme north (but not in Central America) as far south as Bolivia. It has
in all probability made its way into S. America in exceedingly remote ages
from its headquarters in Eastern Asia. No species survives in N. America,
and a single straggler is found in Porto Rico. The genera Macroceramus,
Cylindrella, and Strophia, are characteristic West Indian forms, which are
only slightly represented on the mainland. Homalonyx, a curious form akin
to Succinea, is peculiar to the region.
exist. At the same time they are, as a whole, isolated in type, and exhibit but
little relation with the Mollusca of any other region.
The most marked feature is the predominance of the peculiar genera
Bulimus and Bulimulus, the centre of whose development appears to lie in
Peru, Ecuador, and Bolivia, but which diminish, both in numbers and
variety of form, in the eastern portion of the region. In the forests of Central
America, Venezuela, and Ecuador, and, to a lesser degree, in those of Peru
and Brazil, occurs the genus Orthalicus, whose tree-climbing habits recall
the Cochlostyla of the Philippines. These three groups of bulimoid forms
constitute, as far as the mainland is concerned, the preponderating mass of
the land Mollusca. Helix proper is most strongly developed in the Greater
Antilles, which possess several peculiar groups of great beauty. In Central
America Helix is comparatively scarce, but in the northern portions of the
continent several fine genera (Labyrinthus, Isomeria, Solaropsis) occur,
which disappear altogether towards the south.
Carnivorous land Mollusca are, so far as Central America is concerned,
more highly developed than in any other quarter of the world, particularly
in the genera Glandina and Streptostyla. These genera also penetrate the
northern portions of the continent, Glandina reaching as far as Ecuador, and
Streptostyla as far as Peru. The Greater Antilles have also characteristic
forms of these genera. Streptaxis is tolerably abundant all over tropical
South America, and is the one pulmonate genus which shows any affinity
with the African fauna.
The slugs are exceedingly scarce. Vaginula occurs throughout, and is the
only genus in any sense characteristic.
Clausilia, in the sub-genus Nenia, occurs along the Andean chain from
the extreme north (but not in Central America) as far south as Bolivia. It has
in all probability made its way into S. America in exceedingly remote ages
from its headquarters in Eastern Asia. No species survives in N. America,
and a single straggler is found in Porto Rico. The genera Macroceramus,
Cylindrella, and Strophia, are characteristic West Indian forms, which are
only slightly represented on the mainland. Homalonyx, a curious form akin
to Succinea, is peculiar to the region.
Page 423
Fig. 228.—Homalonyx unguis Fér., Demerara. sh, Shell
(shown also separate); p.o, pulmonary orifice.
Land operculates attain a most extraordinary development in the Greater
Antilles, and constitute, in some cases, nearly one-half of the whole
Molluscan fauna. Several groups of the Cyclostomatidae find their
headquarters here, and some spread no farther. On the mainland this
prominence does not continue. West Indian influence is felt in Central
America and on the northern coast district, and some Antillean genera make
their way as far as Ecuador. The whole group entirely disappears in Chili
and Argentina, becoming scarce even in Brazil.
Among the fresh-water operculates, Ampullaria is abundant, and widely
distributed. Vivipara, so characteristic of N. America, is entirely absent.
Chilina, a remarkable fresh-water pulmonate, akin to Limnaea, is peculiar
to Chili, Patagonia, and Southern Brazil, but is not found in the tropical
portion of the continent. Of the fresh-water Pelecypoda Mycetopus, Hyria,
Castalia, Leila, and Mülleria are peculiar forms, akin to the Unionidae.
(1) The Antillean Sub-region surpasses all other districts in the world in
respect of (1) extraordinary abundance of species, (2) sharp definition of
limits as a whole, (3) extreme localisation of the fauna of the separate
islands. The sub-region includes the whole of the half-circle of islands from
the Bahamas to Grenada, together with the extreme southern end of the
peninsula of Florida, which was once, no doubt, a number of small islands
like the Bahamas. Trinidad, and probably Tobago, although containing an
(shown also separate); p.o, pulmonary orifice.
Land operculates attain a most extraordinary development in the Greater
Antilles, and constitute, in some cases, nearly one-half of the whole
Molluscan fauna. Several groups of the Cyclostomatidae find their
headquarters here, and some spread no farther. On the mainland this
prominence does not continue. West Indian influence is felt in Central
America and on the northern coast district, and some Antillean genera make
their way as far as Ecuador. The whole group entirely disappears in Chili
and Argentina, becoming scarce even in Brazil.
Among the fresh-water operculates, Ampullaria is abundant, and widely
distributed. Vivipara, so characteristic of N. America, is entirely absent.
Chilina, a remarkable fresh-water pulmonate, akin to Limnaea, is peculiar
to Chili, Patagonia, and Southern Brazil, but is not found in the tropical
portion of the continent. Of the fresh-water Pelecypoda Mycetopus, Hyria,
Castalia, Leila, and Mülleria are peculiar forms, akin to the Unionidae.
(1) The Antillean Sub-region surpasses all other districts in the world in
respect of (1) extraordinary abundance of species, (2) sharp definition of
limits as a whole, (3) extreme localisation of the fauna of the separate
islands. The sub-region includes the whole of the half-circle of islands from
the Bahamas to Grenada, together with the extreme southern end of the
peninsula of Florida, which was once, no doubt, a number of small islands
like the Bahamas. Trinidad, and probably Tobago, although containing an
Page 424
Antillean element, belong to the mainland of S. America, from which they
are only separated by very shallow water.
The sub-region appears to fall into four provinces:—
(a) Cuba, the Bahamas, and S. Florida; (b) Jamaica; (c) San Domingo
(Haiti), Porto Rico, and the Virgin Is., with the Anguilla and St.
Bartholomew group; (d) the islands from Guadeloupe to Grenada. The first
three provinces contain the mass of the characteristic Antillean fauna, the
primary feature being the extraordinary development of the land
operculates, which here reaches a point unsurpassed in any other quarter of
the globe. The relative numbers are as follows:—
Cuba Jamaica San Domingo Porto Rico
Inoperculate 362 221 152 75
Operculate 252 242 100 23
It appears, then, that the proportion of operculate to inoperculate species,
while very high in Cuba (about 41 per cent of the whole), reaches its
maximum in Jamaica (where the operculates are actually in a majority),
begins to decline in San Domingo (about 40 per cent), and continues to do
so in Porto Rico, where they are not more than 24 per cent of the whole.
These operculates almost all belong to the families Cyclostomatidae and
Helicinidae, only two genera (Aperostoma and Megalomastoma) belonging
to the Cyclophorus group. Comparatively few genera are absolutely
peculiar to the islands, one or two species of most of them occurring in
Central or S. America, but of the several hundreds of operculate species
which occur on the islands, not two score are common to the mainland.
are only separated by very shallow water.
The sub-region appears to fall into four provinces:—
(a) Cuba, the Bahamas, and S. Florida; (b) Jamaica; (c) San Domingo
(Haiti), Porto Rico, and the Virgin Is., with the Anguilla and St.
Bartholomew group; (d) the islands from Guadeloupe to Grenada. The first
three provinces contain the mass of the characteristic Antillean fauna, the
primary feature being the extraordinary development of the land
operculates, which here reaches a point unsurpassed in any other quarter of
the globe. The relative numbers are as follows:—
Cuba Jamaica San Domingo Porto Rico
Inoperculate 362 221 152 75
Operculate 252 242 100 23
It appears, then, that the proportion of operculate to inoperculate species,
while very high in Cuba (about 41 per cent of the whole), reaches its
maximum in Jamaica (where the operculates are actually in a majority),
begins to decline in San Domingo (about 40 per cent), and continues to do
so in Porto Rico, where they are not more than 24 per cent of the whole.
These operculates almost all belong to the families Cyclostomatidae and
Helicinidae, only two genera (Aperostoma and Megalomastoma) belonging
to the Cyclophorus group. Comparatively few genera are absolutely
peculiar to the islands, one or two species of most of them occurring in
Central or S. America, but of the several hundreds of operculate species
which occur on the islands, not two score are common to the mainland.
Page 425
Map to illustrate the
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
of the Land Mollusca of the
WEST INDIES.
The red line marks the 100 fathom line.
London: Macmillan and Cọ. London: Stanford’s Geogḷ Estabṭ.
The next special feature of the sub-region is a remarkable development
of peculiar sub-genera of Helix. In this respect the Antilles present a striking
contrast to both Central and S. America, where the prime feature of the land
Pulmonata is the profusion of Bulimus and Bulimulus, and Helix is
relatively obscured. No less than 14 sub-genera of Helix, some of which
contain species of almost unique beauty and size, are quite peculiar to the
Greater Antilles, and some are peculiar to individual islands.
Here, too, is the metropolis of Cylindrella (of which there are 130
species in Cuba alone), a genus which just reaches S. America, and has a
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
of the Land Mollusca of the
WEST INDIES.
The red line marks the 100 fathom line.
London: Macmillan and Cọ. London: Stanford’s Geogḷ Estabṭ.
The next special feature of the sub-region is a remarkable development
of peculiar sub-genera of Helix. In this respect the Antilles present a striking
contrast to both Central and S. America, where the prime feature of the land
Pulmonata is the profusion of Bulimus and Bulimulus, and Helix is
relatively obscured. No less than 14 sub-genera of Helix, some of which
contain species of almost unique beauty and size, are quite peculiar to the
Greater Antilles, and some are peculiar to individual islands.
Here, too, is the metropolis of Cylindrella (of which there are 130
species in Cuba alone), a genus which just reaches S. America, and has a
Page 426
few species along the eastern sea-board of the Gulf of Mexico.
Macroceramus and Strophia are quite peculiar; the former, a genus allied to
Cylindrella, which attains its maximum in Cuba and San Domingo, is
scarcely represented in Jamaica, and disappears south of Anguilla; the latter,
a singular form, resembling a large Pupa in shape, which also attains its
maximum in Cuba, is entirely wanting in Jamaica, and has its last
representative in S. Croix. One species irregularly occurs at Curaçao.
The carnivorous group of land Mollusca are represented by several
peculiar forms of Glandina, which attain their maximum in Jamaica and
Cuba, but entirely disappear in the Lesser Antilles.
A certain number of the characteristic N. American genera are found in
the Antillean Sub-region, indicating a former connexion, more or less
intimate, between the W. Indies and the mainland. The genera are all of
small size. The characteristic N. American Hyalinia are represented in
Cuba, San Domingo, and Porto Rico; among the Helicidae, Polygyra
reaches Cuba, but no farther, and Strobila Jamaica. The fresh-water
Pulmonata are of a N. American type, as far as the Greater Antilles are
concerned, but the occurrence of Gundlachia (Tasmania and Trinidad only)
in Cuba is an unexplained problem at present. Unionidae significantly occur
only at the two ends of the chain of islands, not reaching farther than Cuba
(Unio 3 sp.) at one end, and Trinidad (which is S. American) at the other.
A small amount of S. American influence is perceptible throughout the
Antilles, chiefly in the occurrence of a few species of Bulimulus and
Simpulopsis. The S. American element may have strayed into the sub-region
by three distinct routes: (1) by way of Trinidad, Tobago, and the islands
northward; (2) by a north-easterly extension of Honduras towards Jamaica,
forming a series of islands of which the Rosalind and Pedro banks are
perhaps the remains; (3) by a similar approximation of the peninsula of
Yucatan and the western extremity of Cuba. Central America is essentially
S. American in its fauna, and the characteristic genera of Antillean
operculates which occur on its eastern coasts are sufficient evidence of the
previous existence of a land connexion more or less intimate (see map).
(a) Cuba is by far the richest of the Antilles in land Mollusca, but it must
be remembered that it is also much better explored than San Domingo, the
only island likely to rival it in point of numbers. It contains in all 658
Macroceramus and Strophia are quite peculiar; the former, a genus allied to
Cylindrella, which attains its maximum in Cuba and San Domingo, is
scarcely represented in Jamaica, and disappears south of Anguilla; the latter,
a singular form, resembling a large Pupa in shape, which also attains its
maximum in Cuba, is entirely wanting in Jamaica, and has its last
representative in S. Croix. One species irregularly occurs at Curaçao.
The carnivorous group of land Mollusca are represented by several
peculiar forms of Glandina, which attain their maximum in Jamaica and
Cuba, but entirely disappear in the Lesser Antilles.
A certain number of the characteristic N. American genera are found in
the Antillean Sub-region, indicating a former connexion, more or less
intimate, between the W. Indies and the mainland. The genera are all of
small size. The characteristic N. American Hyalinia are represented in
Cuba, San Domingo, and Porto Rico; among the Helicidae, Polygyra
reaches Cuba, but no farther, and Strobila Jamaica. The fresh-water
Pulmonata are of a N. American type, as far as the Greater Antilles are
concerned, but the occurrence of Gundlachia (Tasmania and Trinidad only)
in Cuba is an unexplained problem at present. Unionidae significantly occur
only at the two ends of the chain of islands, not reaching farther than Cuba
(Unio 3 sp.) at one end, and Trinidad (which is S. American) at the other.
A small amount of S. American influence is perceptible throughout the
Antilles, chiefly in the occurrence of a few species of Bulimulus and
Simpulopsis. The S. American element may have strayed into the sub-region
by three distinct routes: (1) by way of Trinidad, Tobago, and the islands
northward; (2) by a north-easterly extension of Honduras towards Jamaica,
forming a series of islands of which the Rosalind and Pedro banks are
perhaps the remains; (3) by a similar approximation of the peninsula of
Yucatan and the western extremity of Cuba. Central America is essentially
S. American in its fauna, and the characteristic genera of Antillean
operculates which occur on its eastern coasts are sufficient evidence of the
previous existence of a land connexion more or less intimate (see map).
(a) Cuba is by far the richest of the Antilles in land Mollusca, but it must
be remembered that it is also much better explored than San Domingo, the
only island likely to rival it in point of numbers. It contains in all 658
Page 427
species, of which 620 are land and 38 fresh-water, the land operculates
alone amounting to 252.
Carnivorous genera form but a small proportion of the whole. There are
18 Glandina (which belong to the sections Varicella and Boltenia) and 4
Streptostyla, the occurrence of this latter genus being peculiar to Cuba and
Haiti (1 sp.) among the Antilles, and associating them closely with the
mainland of Central America, where Streptostyla is abundant. These two
genera alone represent the Agnatha throughout the sub-region.
There are no less than 84 species of Helix, belonging to 12 sub-genera.
Only one of these (Polymita) is quite peculiar to Cuba, but of 7 known
species of Jeanerettia and 8 of Coryda, 6 and 7 respectively are Cuban.
Thelidomus has 15 species (Jamaica 3, Porto Rico 3); Polydontes has 3, the
only other being from Porto Rico; Hemitrochus has 12 (Jamaica 1, Bahamas
6); Cysticopsis 9 (Jamaica 6); Eurycampta 4 (Bahamas 1).
The Cylindrellidae find their maximum development in Cuba. As many
as 34 Macroceramus occur (two-thirds of the known species), and 130
Cylindrella, some of the latter being most remarkable in form (see Fig. 151,
B, p. 247).
The land operculates belong principally to the families Cyclostomatidae
and Helicinidae. Of the former, Cuba is the metropolis of Ctenopoma and
Chondropoma, the former of which includes 30 Cuban species, as
compared with 1 from San Domingo and 2 from Jamaica. Megalomastoma
(Cyclophoridae) is also Haitian and Porto Rican, but not Jamaican.
Blaesospira, Xenopoma, and Diplopoma are peculiar. The Helicinidae
consist mainly of Helicina proper (58 sp.), which here attains by far its
finest development in point of size and beauty, and of Eutrochatella (21
sp.), which is peculiar to the three great islands (Jamaica 6 sp., San
Domingo 6 sp.).
The Bahamas, consisting in all of more than 700 islands, are very
imperfectly known, but appear to be related partly to Cuba, partly to San
Domingo, from each of which they are separated by a narrow channel of
very deep water. They are certainly not rich in the characteristic groups of
the Greater Antilles. The principal forms of Helix are Plagioptycha (6 sp.),
common with San Domingo, and Hemitrochus (6 sp.), common with Cuba.
Strophia is exceedingly abundant, but Cylindrella, Macroceramus, and
alone amounting to 252.
Carnivorous genera form but a small proportion of the whole. There are
18 Glandina (which belong to the sections Varicella and Boltenia) and 4
Streptostyla, the occurrence of this latter genus being peculiar to Cuba and
Haiti (1 sp.) among the Antilles, and associating them closely with the
mainland of Central America, where Streptostyla is abundant. These two
genera alone represent the Agnatha throughout the sub-region.
There are no less than 84 species of Helix, belonging to 12 sub-genera.
Only one of these (Polymita) is quite peculiar to Cuba, but of 7 known
species of Jeanerettia and 8 of Coryda, 6 and 7 respectively are Cuban.
Thelidomus has 15 species (Jamaica 3, Porto Rico 3); Polydontes has 3, the
only other being from Porto Rico; Hemitrochus has 12 (Jamaica 1, Bahamas
6); Cysticopsis 9 (Jamaica 6); Eurycampta 4 (Bahamas 1).
The Cylindrellidae find their maximum development in Cuba. As many
as 34 Macroceramus occur (two-thirds of the known species), and 130
Cylindrella, some of the latter being most remarkable in form (see Fig. 151,
B, p. 247).
The land operculates belong principally to the families Cyclostomatidae
and Helicinidae. Of the former, Cuba is the metropolis of Ctenopoma and
Chondropoma, the former of which includes 30 Cuban species, as
compared with 1 from San Domingo and 2 from Jamaica. Megalomastoma
(Cyclophoridae) is also Haitian and Porto Rican, but not Jamaican.
Blaesospira, Xenopoma, and Diplopoma are peculiar. The Helicinidae
consist mainly of Helicina proper (58 sp.), which here attains by far its
finest development in point of size and beauty, and of Eutrochatella (21
sp.), which is peculiar to the three great islands (Jamaica 6 sp., San
Domingo 6 sp.).
The Bahamas, consisting in all of more than 700 islands, are very
imperfectly known, but appear to be related partly to Cuba, partly to San
Domingo, from each of which they are separated by a narrow channel of
very deep water. They are certainly not rich in the characteristic groups of
the Greater Antilles. The principal forms of Helix are Plagioptycha (6 sp.),
common with San Domingo, and Hemitrochus (6 sp.), common with Cuba.
Strophia is exceedingly abundant, but Cylindrella, Macroceramus, and
Page 428
Glandina have but few species. There are a few species of Ctenopoma,
Chondropoma, and Cistula, while a single Schasicheila (absent from the
rest of the sub-region) forms a link with Mexico.
Fig. 229.—Characteristic Cuban Helices. A,
Polydontes imperator Montf. B,
Caracolus rostrata Pfr. C, Polymita
muscarum Lea.
Southern Florida, with one or two species each of Hemitrochus,
Cylindrella, Macroceramus, Strophia, Ctenopoma, and Chondropoma,
belongs to this province.
(b) Jamaica.—The land Mollusca of Jamaica are, in point of numbers
and variety, quite unequalled in the world. There are in all as many as 56
genera and more than 440 species, the latter being nearly all peculiar. The
principal features are the Glandinae, the Helicidae, and the land operculates.
The Glandinae belong principally to the sub-genera Varicella, Melia, and
Volutaxis, Streptostyla being absent, although occurring in Cuba and San
Domingo. There are 10 genera of Helix, of which Pleurodonta is quite
peculiar, while Sagda (13 sp.) is common only with S.W. San Domingo (2
sp.), and Leptoloma (8 sp.) only with Cuba (1 sp.). The single Strobila
seems to be a straggler from a N. American source. Macroceramus has only
2 species as against 34 in Cuba, and of Cylindrella, in which Cuba (130 sp.)
is so rich, only 36 species occur. The genus Leia, however (14 sp.), is all but
peculiar, occurring elsewhere only in the neighbouring angle of San
Chondropoma, and Cistula, while a single Schasicheila (absent from the
rest of the sub-region) forms a link with Mexico.
Fig. 229.—Characteristic Cuban Helices. A,
Polydontes imperator Montf. B,
Caracolus rostrata Pfr. C, Polymita
muscarum Lea.
Southern Florida, with one or two species each of Hemitrochus,
Cylindrella, Macroceramus, Strophia, Ctenopoma, and Chondropoma,
belongs to this province.
(b) Jamaica.—The land Mollusca of Jamaica are, in point of numbers
and variety, quite unequalled in the world. There are in all as many as 56
genera and more than 440 species, the latter being nearly all peculiar. The
principal features are the Glandinae, the Helicidae, and the land operculates.
The Glandinae belong principally to the sub-genera Varicella, Melia, and
Volutaxis, Streptostyla being absent, although occurring in Cuba and San
Domingo. There are 10 genera of Helix, of which Pleurodonta is quite
peculiar, while Sagda (13 sp.) is common only with S.W. San Domingo (2
sp.), and Leptoloma (8 sp.) only with Cuba (1 sp.). The single Strobila
seems to be a straggler from a N. American source. Macroceramus has only
2 species as against 34 in Cuba, and of Cylindrella, in which Cuba (130 sp.)
is so rich, only 36 species occur. The genus Leia, however (14 sp.), is all but
peculiar, occurring elsewhere only in the neighbouring angle of San
Page 429
Domingo, which is so closely allied with Jamaica. The complete absence of
Strophia is remarkable.
Fig. 230.—Characteristic Jamaican and
Haitian Mollusca: A, Sagdae
pistylium Müll., Jamaica; B,
Chondropoma salleanum Pfr., San
Domingo; C, Eutrochatella
Tankervillei Gray, Jamaica; D,
Cylindrella agnesiana C. B. Ad.,
Jamaica.
The land operculates form the bulk of the land fauna, there being
actually 242 species, as against 221 of land Pulmonata, a proportion never
again approached in any part of the world. As many as 80 of these belong to
the curious little genus Stoastoma, which is all but peculiar to the island,
one species having been found in San Domingo, and one in Porto Rico.
Geomelania and Chittya, two singular inland forms akin to Truncatella, are
quite peculiar. Alcadia reaches its maximum of 14 species, as against 4
species in San Domingo and 9 species in Cuba, and Lucidella is common to
San Domingo only; but, if Stoastoma be omitted, the Helicinidae generally
are not represented by so many or by so striking forms as in Cuba, which
has 90 species, as against Jamaica 44, and San Domingo 35.
(c) San Domingo, although not characterised by the extraordinary
richness of Cuba and Jamaica, possesses many specially remarkable forms
of land Mollusca, to which a thorough exploration, when circumstances
permit, will no doubt make important additions. From its geographical
Strophia is remarkable.
Fig. 230.—Characteristic Jamaican and
Haitian Mollusca: A, Sagdae
pistylium Müll., Jamaica; B,
Chondropoma salleanum Pfr., San
Domingo; C, Eutrochatella
Tankervillei Gray, Jamaica; D,
Cylindrella agnesiana C. B. Ad.,
Jamaica.
The land operculates form the bulk of the land fauna, there being
actually 242 species, as against 221 of land Pulmonata, a proportion never
again approached in any part of the world. As many as 80 of these belong to
the curious little genus Stoastoma, which is all but peculiar to the island,
one species having been found in San Domingo, and one in Porto Rico.
Geomelania and Chittya, two singular inland forms akin to Truncatella, are
quite peculiar. Alcadia reaches its maximum of 14 species, as against 4
species in San Domingo and 9 species in Cuba, and Lucidella is common to
San Domingo only; but, if Stoastoma be omitted, the Helicinidae generally
are not represented by so many or by so striking forms as in Cuba, which
has 90 species, as against Jamaica 44, and San Domingo 35.
(c) San Domingo, although not characterised by the extraordinary
richness of Cuba and Jamaica, possesses many specially remarkable forms
of land Mollusca, to which a thorough exploration, when circumstances
permit, will no doubt make important additions. From its geographical
Page 430
position, impinging as it does on all the islands of the Greater Antilles, it
would be expected that the fauna of San Domingo would not exhibit equal
signs of isolation, but would appear to be influenced by them severally. This
is exactly what occurs, and San Domingo is consequently, although very
rich in peculiar species, not equally so in peculiar genera. The south-west
district shows distinct relations with Jamaica, the Jamaican genera Leia,
Stoastoma, Lucidella, and the Thaumasia section of Cylindrella occurring
here only. The north and north-west districts are related to Cuba, while the
central district, consisting of the long band of mountainous country which
traverses the island, contains the more characteristic Haitian forms.
The Helicidae are the most noteworthy of the San Domingo land
Mollusca. The group Eurycratera, which contains some of the finest
existing land snails, is quite peculiar, while Parthena, Cepolis,
Plagioptycha, and Caracolus here reach their maximum. The Cylindrellidae
are very abundant, but no section is peculiar. Land operculates do not bear
quite the same proportion to the Pulmonata as in Cuba and Jamaica, but
they are well represented (100 to 152); Rolleia is the only peculiar genus.
The relations of San Domingo to the neighbouring islands are
considerably obscured by the fact that they are well known, while San
Domingo is comparatively little explored. To this may perhaps be due the
curious fact that there are actually more species common to Cuba and Porto
Rico (26) than to Porto Rico and San Domingo. Cuba shares with San
Domingo its small-sized Caracolus and also Liguus, but the great
Eurycratera, Parthena, and Plagioptycha are wholly wanting in Cuba. The
land operculates are partly related to Cuba, partly to Jamaica, thus
Choanopoma, Ctenopoma, Cistula, Tudora, and many others, are
represented on all these islands, while the Jamaican Stoastoma occurs on
San Domingo and Porto Rico, but not on Cuba, and Lucidella is common to
San Domingo and Jamaica alone. An especial link between Jamaica and
San Domingo is the occurrence in the south-west district of the latter island
of Sagda (2 sp.). The relative numbers of the genera Strophia,
Macroceramus, and Helicina, as given below (p. 351), are of interest in this
connexion.
Porto Rico, with Vièque, is practically a fragment of San Domingo. The
points of close relationship are the occurrence of Caracolus, Cepolis, and
Parthena among the Helicidae, and of Simpulopsis, Pseudobalea, and
would be expected that the fauna of San Domingo would not exhibit equal
signs of isolation, but would appear to be influenced by them severally. This
is exactly what occurs, and San Domingo is consequently, although very
rich in peculiar species, not equally so in peculiar genera. The south-west
district shows distinct relations with Jamaica, the Jamaican genera Leia,
Stoastoma, Lucidella, and the Thaumasia section of Cylindrella occurring
here only. The north and north-west districts are related to Cuba, while the
central district, consisting of the long band of mountainous country which
traverses the island, contains the more characteristic Haitian forms.
The Helicidae are the most noteworthy of the San Domingo land
Mollusca. The group Eurycratera, which contains some of the finest
existing land snails, is quite peculiar, while Parthena, Cepolis,
Plagioptycha, and Caracolus here reach their maximum. The Cylindrellidae
are very abundant, but no section is peculiar. Land operculates do not bear
quite the same proportion to the Pulmonata as in Cuba and Jamaica, but
they are well represented (100 to 152); Rolleia is the only peculiar genus.
The relations of San Domingo to the neighbouring islands are
considerably obscured by the fact that they are well known, while San
Domingo is comparatively little explored. To this may perhaps be due the
curious fact that there are actually more species common to Cuba and Porto
Rico (26) than to Porto Rico and San Domingo. Cuba shares with San
Domingo its small-sized Caracolus and also Liguus, but the great
Eurycratera, Parthena, and Plagioptycha are wholly wanting in Cuba. The
land operculates are partly related to Cuba, partly to Jamaica, thus
Choanopoma, Ctenopoma, Cistula, Tudora, and many others, are
represented on all these islands, while the Jamaican Stoastoma occurs on
San Domingo and Porto Rico, but not on Cuba, and Lucidella is common to
San Domingo and Jamaica alone. An especial link between Jamaica and
San Domingo is the occurrence in the south-west district of the latter island
of Sagda (2 sp.). The relative numbers of the genera Strophia,
Macroceramus, and Helicina, as given below (p. 351), are of interest in this
connexion.
Porto Rico, with Vièque, is practically a fragment of San Domingo. The
points of close relationship are the occurrence of Caracolus, Cepolis, and
Parthena among the Helicidae, and of Simpulopsis, Pseudobalea, and
Page 431
Stoastoma. Cylindrella and Macroceramus are but poorly represented, but
Strophia still occurs. The land operculates (see the Table) show equal signs
of removal from the headquarters of development. Megalomastoma,
however, has some striking forms. The appearance of a single Clausilia,
whose nearest relations are in the northern Andes, is very remarkable.
Gaeotis, which is allied to Peltella (Ecuador only), is peculiar.
Fig. 231.—Examples of West Indian Helices:
A, Helix (Parthena) angulata Fér., Porto
Rico; B, Helix (Thelidomus) lima Fér.,
Vièque; C, Helix (Dentellaria) nux
denticulata Chem., Martinique.
Land Mollusca of the Greater Antilles
Cuba. Jamaica. S. Domingo. Porto Rico.
Glandina 18 24 15 8
Streptostyla 4 ... 2 ...
Volutaxis ... 11 (?) 1 ...
Selenites 1 ... ... ...
Hyalinia 4 11 5 6
Patula 5 1 ... ...
Sagda ... 13 2 ...
Microphysa 7 18 8 3
Cysticopsis 9 6 ... ...
Hygromia (?) ... ... 3 ...
Leptaxis (?) ... ... 1 ...
Polygyra 2 ... ... ...
Jeanerettia 6 ... ... 1
Euclasta ... ... ... 4
Plagioptycha ... ... 14 2
Strobila ... 1 ... ...
Dialeuca ... 1 ... ...
Leptoloma 1 8 ... ...
Eurycampta 4 ... ... ...
Strophia still occurs. The land operculates (see the Table) show equal signs
of removal from the headquarters of development. Megalomastoma,
however, has some striking forms. The appearance of a single Clausilia,
whose nearest relations are in the northern Andes, is very remarkable.
Gaeotis, which is allied to Peltella (Ecuador only), is peculiar.
Fig. 231.—Examples of West Indian Helices:
A, Helix (Parthena) angulata Fér., Porto
Rico; B, Helix (Thelidomus) lima Fér.,
Vièque; C, Helix (Dentellaria) nux
denticulata Chem., Martinique.
Land Mollusca of the Greater Antilles
Cuba. Jamaica. S. Domingo. Porto Rico.
Glandina 18 24 15 8
Streptostyla 4 ... 2 ...
Volutaxis ... 11 (?) 1 ...
Selenites 1 ... ... ...
Hyalinia 4 11 5 6
Patula 5 1 ... ...
Sagda ... 13 2 ...
Microphysa 7 18 8 3
Cysticopsis 9 6 ... ...
Hygromia (?) ... ... 3 ...
Leptaxis (?) ... ... 1 ...
Polygyra 2 ... ... ...
Jeanerettia 6 ... ... 1
Euclasta ... ... ... 4
Plagioptycha ... ... 14 2
Strobila ... 1 ... ...
Dialeuca ... 1 ... ...
Leptoloma 1 8 ... ...
Eurycampta 4 ... ... ...
Page 432
Coryda 7 ... ... ...
Thelidomus 15 3 ... 3
Eurycratera ... ... 7 ...
Parthena ... ... 2 2
Cepolis ... ... 3 1
Caracolus 8 ... 6 2
Polydontes 3 ... ... 1
Hemitrochus 12 1 ... ...
Polymita 5 ... ... ...
Pleurodonta ... 34 ... ...
Inc. sed. 5 ... ... ...
Simpulopsis ... ... 1 1
Bulimulus 3 3 6 7
Orthalicus 1 1 ... ...
Liguus 3 ... 1 ...
Gaeotis ... ... ... 3
Pineria 2 ... ... 1
Macroceramus 34 2 14 3
Leia ... 14 2 ...
Cylindrella 130 36 35 3
Pseudobalea 2 ... 1 1
Stenogyra 6 7 (?) ...
Opeas 8 (?) 4 6
Subulima 6 14 2 2
Glandinella 1 ... ... ...
Spiraxis 2 (?) 2 1
Melaniella 7 ... ... ...
Geostilbia 1 ... 1 ...
Cionella 2 ... ... ...
Leptinaria ... 1 ... 3
Obeliscus ... ... 1 2
Pupa 2 7 3 2
Vertigo 4 ... ... ...
Strophia 19 ... 3 2
Clausilia ... ... ... 1
Succinea 11 2 5 3
Vaginula 2 2 2 1
Megalomastoma 13 ... 1 3
Neocyclotus 1 33(?) ... ...
Licina 1 ... 3 ...
Jamaicia ... 2 ... ...
Crocidopoma ... 1 3 ...
Rolleia ... ... 1 ...
Choanopoma 25 12 19 3
Ctenopoma 30 2 1 ...
Cistula 15 3 3 3
Chondropoma 57 (?) 19 4
Tudora 7 17 5 ...
Adamsiella 1 12 ... ...
Blaesospira 1 ... ... ...
Thelidomus 15 3 ... 3
Eurycratera ... ... 7 ...
Parthena ... ... 2 2
Cepolis ... ... 3 1
Caracolus 8 ... 6 2
Polydontes 3 ... ... 1
Hemitrochus 12 1 ... ...
Polymita 5 ... ... ...
Pleurodonta ... 34 ... ...
Inc. sed. 5 ... ... ...
Simpulopsis ... ... 1 1
Bulimulus 3 3 6 7
Orthalicus 1 1 ... ...
Liguus 3 ... 1 ...
Gaeotis ... ... ... 3
Pineria 2 ... ... 1
Macroceramus 34 2 14 3
Leia ... 14 2 ...
Cylindrella 130 36 35 3
Pseudobalea 2 ... 1 1
Stenogyra 6 7 (?) ...
Opeas 8 (?) 4 6
Subulima 6 14 2 2
Glandinella 1 ... ... ...
Spiraxis 2 (?) 2 1
Melaniella 7 ... ... ...
Geostilbia 1 ... 1 ...
Cionella 2 ... ... ...
Leptinaria ... 1 ... 3
Obeliscus ... ... 1 2
Pupa 2 7 3 2
Vertigo 4 ... ... ...
Strophia 19 ... 3 2
Clausilia ... ... ... 1
Succinea 11 2 5 3
Vaginula 2 2 2 1
Megalomastoma 13 ... 1 3
Neocyclotus 1 33(?) ... ...
Licina 1 ... 3 ...
Jamaicia ... 2 ... ...
Crocidopoma ... 1 3 ...
Rolleia ... ... 1 ...
Choanopoma 25 12 19 3
Ctenopoma 30 2 1 ...
Cistula 15 3 3 3
Chondropoma 57 (?) 19 4
Tudora 7 17 5 ...
Adamsiella 1 12 ... ...
Blaesospira 1 ... ... ...
Page 433
Xenopoma 1 ... ... ...
Cistula 15 3 3 ...
Colobostylus 4 13 5 ...
Diplopoma 1 ... ... ...
Geomelania ... 21 ... ...
Chittya ... 1 ... ...
Blandiella ... ... 1 ...
Stoastoma ... 80 1 1
Eutrochatella 21 6 6 ...
Lucidella ... 4 1 ...
Alcadia 9 14 4 ...
Helicina 58 16 24 9
Proserpina 2 4 ... ...
The Virgin Is., with St. Croix, Anguilla, and the St. Bartholomew group
(all of which are non-volcanic islands), are related to Porto Rico, while
Guadeloupe and all the islands to the south, up to Grenada (all of which are
volcanic), show marked traces of S. American influence. St. Kitt’s, Antigua,
and Montserrat may be regarded as intermediate between the two groups.
St. Thomas, St. John, and Tortola have each one Plagioptycha and one
Thelidomus, while St. Croix has two sub-fossil Caracolus which are now
living in Porto Rico, together with one Plagioptycha and one Thelidomus
(sub-fossil). The gradual disappearance of some of the characteristic greater
Antillean forms, and the appearance of S. American forms in the Lesser
Antilles, is shown by the following table:—
S
P S S G M t
o t S t u a S .
r . t A . a D r t B T
t S . T n A d o t . a V G r
o T t o g K n e m i r i r i
h . C r u i t l i n L b n e n
R o r t i t i o n i u a c n i
i m J o o l t g u i q c d e a d
c a a i l l ’ u p c u i o n d a
o s n x a a s a e a e a s t a d
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulimulus 7 4 2 4 1 2 2 3 8 9 5 3 3 6 2 4
Cylindrella 3 2 1 1 1 . . . . 1 1 1 1 . . 1
Macroceramus 3 1 1 . 2 1 . . . . . . . . . .
Cyclostomatidae, etc.23 4 1 5 1 1 1 . 4 . . . . . . 1
Dentellaria . . . . . . 1 1 8 5 11 2 2 . 1 1
Cyclophorus . . . . . . . . 1 2 2 . . . . .
Amphibulimus . . . . . . . . 2 3 1 . . . . .
Homalonyx . . . . . . . . 1 1 . . . . . .
Cistula 15 3 3 ...
Colobostylus 4 13 5 ...
Diplopoma 1 ... ... ...
Geomelania ... 21 ... ...
Chittya ... 1 ... ...
Blandiella ... ... 1 ...
Stoastoma ... 80 1 1
Eutrochatella 21 6 6 ...
Lucidella ... 4 1 ...
Alcadia 9 14 4 ...
Helicina 58 16 24 9
Proserpina 2 4 ... ...
The Virgin Is., with St. Croix, Anguilla, and the St. Bartholomew group
(all of which are non-volcanic islands), are related to Porto Rico, while
Guadeloupe and all the islands to the south, up to Grenada (all of which are
volcanic), show marked traces of S. American influence. St. Kitt’s, Antigua,
and Montserrat may be regarded as intermediate between the two groups.
St. Thomas, St. John, and Tortola have each one Plagioptycha and one
Thelidomus, while St. Croix has two sub-fossil Caracolus which are now
living in Porto Rico, together with one Plagioptycha and one Thelidomus
(sub-fossil). The gradual disappearance of some of the characteristic greater
Antillean forms, and the appearance of S. American forms in the Lesser
Antilles, is shown by the following table:—
S
P S S G M t
o t S t u a S .
r . t A . a D r t B T
t S . T n A d o t . a V G r
o T t o g K n e m i r i r i
h . C r u i t l i n L b n e n
R o r t i t i o n i u a c n i
i m J o o l t g u i q c d e a d
c a a i l l ’ u p c u i o n d a
o s n x a a s a e a e a s t a d
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulimulus 7 4 2 4 1 2 2 3 8 9 5 3 3 6 2 4
Cylindrella 3 2 1 1 1 . . . . 1 1 1 1 . . 1
Macroceramus 3 1 1 . 2 1 . . . . . . . . . .
Cyclostomatidae, etc.23 4 1 5 1 1 1 . 4 . . . . . . 1
Dentellaria . . . . . . 1 1 8 5 11 2 2 . 1 1
Cyclophorus . . . . . . . . 1 2 2 . . . . .
Amphibulimus . . . . . . . . 2 3 1 . . . . .
Homalonyx . . . . . . . . 1 1 . . . . . .
Page 434
(d) In Guadeloupe we find Cyclophorus, Amphibulimus, Homalonyx, and
Pellicula, which are characteristic of S. America, and nearly all recur in
Dominica and Martinique. These islands are the metropolis of Dentellaria,
a group of Helix, evidently related to some of the forms developed in the
Greater Antilles. Stragglers occur as far north as St. Kitt’s and Antigua, and
there are several on the mainland as far south as Cayenne. Traces of the
great Bulimus, so characteristic of South America, occur as far north as S.
Lucia, where also is found a Parthena (San Domingo and Porto Rico).
Trinidad is markedly S. American; 55 species in all are known, of which 22
are peculiar, 28 are common to S. America (8 of these reach no farther north
along the islands), and only 5 are common to the Antilles, but not to S.
America. The occurrence of Gundlachia in Trinidad has already been
mentioned.
The Bermudas show no very marked relationship either to the N.
American or to the West Indian fauna. In common with the former they
possess a Polygyra, with the latter (introduced species being excluded) one
species each of Hyalosagda, Subulina, Vaginula, and Helicina, so that, on
the whole, they may be called West Indian. The only peculiar group is
Poecilozonites, a rather large and depressed shell of the Hyalinia type.
(2) The Central American Sub-region may be regarded as extending
from the political boundary of Mexico in the north to the isthmus of
Panama in the south. It thus impinges on three important districts—the N.
American, West Indian, and S. American; and it appears, as we should
perhaps expect, that the two latter of these regions have considerably more
influence upon its fauna than the former. Of the N. American Helicidae,
Polygyra is abundant in Mexico only, and two species of Strobila reach N.
Guatemala, while the Californian Arionta occurs in Mexico. S. American
Helicidae, in the sub-genera Solaropsis and Labyrinthus, occur no farther
north than Costa Rica. Not a single representative of any of the
characteristic West Indian Helicidae occurs. Bulimulus and Otostomus,
which form so large a proportion of the Mollusca of Venezuela, Colombia,
Ecuador, and Peru, together with Orthalicus, are abundant all over the
region. Again, Cylindrella, Macroceramus, and some of the characteristic
Antillean operculates, are represented, their occurrence being in most cases
limited to the eastern coast-line and eastern slope of the central range.
Pellicula, which are characteristic of S. America, and nearly all recur in
Dominica and Martinique. These islands are the metropolis of Dentellaria,
a group of Helix, evidently related to some of the forms developed in the
Greater Antilles. Stragglers occur as far north as St. Kitt’s and Antigua, and
there are several on the mainland as far south as Cayenne. Traces of the
great Bulimus, so characteristic of South America, occur as far north as S.
Lucia, where also is found a Parthena (San Domingo and Porto Rico).
Trinidad is markedly S. American; 55 species in all are known, of which 22
are peculiar, 28 are common to S. America (8 of these reach no farther north
along the islands), and only 5 are common to the Antilles, but not to S.
America. The occurrence of Gundlachia in Trinidad has already been
mentioned.
The Bermudas show no very marked relationship either to the N.
American or to the West Indian fauna. In common with the former they
possess a Polygyra, with the latter (introduced species being excluded) one
species each of Hyalosagda, Subulina, Vaginula, and Helicina, so that, on
the whole, they may be called West Indian. The only peculiar group is
Poecilozonites, a rather large and depressed shell of the Hyalinia type.
(2) The Central American Sub-region may be regarded as extending
from the political boundary of Mexico in the north to the isthmus of
Panama in the south. It thus impinges on three important districts—the N.
American, West Indian, and S. American; and it appears, as we should
perhaps expect, that the two latter of these regions have considerably more
influence upon its fauna than the former. Of the N. American Helicidae,
Polygyra is abundant in Mexico only, and two species of Strobila reach N.
Guatemala, while the Californian Arionta occurs in Mexico. S. American
Helicidae, in the sub-genera Solaropsis and Labyrinthus, occur no farther
north than Costa Rica. Not a single representative of any of the
characteristic West Indian Helicidae occurs. Bulimulus and Otostomus,
which form so large a proportion of the Mollusca of Venezuela, Colombia,
Ecuador, and Peru, together with Orthalicus, are abundant all over the
region. Again, Cylindrella, Macroceramus, and some of the characteristic
Antillean operculates, are represented, their occurrence being in most cases
limited to the eastern coast-line and eastern slope of the central range.
Page 435
Besides these external elements, the region is rich in indigenous genera.
Central America is remarkable for an immense number of large carnivorous
Mollusca possessing shells. There are 49 species of Glandina, the bulk of
which occur in eastern and southern Mexico; 36 of Streptostyla (S.E.
Mexico and Guatemala, only 1 species reaching Venezuela and another
Peru); 5 of Salasiella, 2 of Petenia, and 1 of Strebelia; the last three genera
being peculiar. Streptaxis, fairly common in S. America, does not occur.
Velifera and Cryptostracon, two remarkable slug-like forms, each with a
single species, are peculiar to Costa Rica. Among the especial peculiarities
of the region are the giant forms belonging to the Cylindrellidae, which are
known as Holospira, Eucalodium, and Coelocentrum (Fig. 232). They are
almost entirely peculiar to Mexico, only 7 out of a total of 33 reaching
south of that district, and only 1 not occurring in it at all.
Fig. 232.—Examples of characteristic
Mexican Mollusca: A,
Coelocentrum turris Pfr.; B,
Streptostyla Delattrei Pfr.
The land operculates are but scanty. Tomocyclus and Amphicyclotus are
peculiar, and Schasicheila, a form of Helicina, occurs elsewhere only in the
Bahamas. Ceres (see Fig. 18, C, p. 21) and Proserpinella, two remarkable
forms of non-operculate Helicinidae (compare the Chinese Heudeia), are
quite peculiar. Pachychilus, one of the characteristic fresh-water genera,
belongs to the S. American (Melaniidae) type, not to the N. American
(Pleuroceridae). Among the fresh-water Pulmonata, the Aplecta are
remarkable for their great size and beauty. In the accompanying table
“Mexico” is to be taken as including the region from the United States
Central America is remarkable for an immense number of large carnivorous
Mollusca possessing shells. There are 49 species of Glandina, the bulk of
which occur in eastern and southern Mexico; 36 of Streptostyla (S.E.
Mexico and Guatemala, only 1 species reaching Venezuela and another
Peru); 5 of Salasiella, 2 of Petenia, and 1 of Strebelia; the last three genera
being peculiar. Streptaxis, fairly common in S. America, does not occur.
Velifera and Cryptostracon, two remarkable slug-like forms, each with a
single species, are peculiar to Costa Rica. Among the especial peculiarities
of the region are the giant forms belonging to the Cylindrellidae, which are
known as Holospira, Eucalodium, and Coelocentrum (Fig. 232). They are
almost entirely peculiar to Mexico, only 7 out of a total of 33 reaching
south of that district, and only 1 not occurring in it at all.
Fig. 232.—Examples of characteristic
Mexican Mollusca: A,
Coelocentrum turris Pfr.; B,
Streptostyla Delattrei Pfr.
The land operculates are but scanty. Tomocyclus and Amphicyclotus are
peculiar, and Schasicheila, a form of Helicina, occurs elsewhere only in the
Bahamas. Ceres (see Fig. 18, C, p. 21) and Proserpinella, two remarkable
forms of non-operculate Helicinidae (compare the Chinese Heudeia), are
quite peculiar. Pachychilus, one of the characteristic fresh-water genera,
belongs to the S. American (Melaniidae) type, not to the N. American
(Pleuroceridae). Among the fresh-water Pulmonata, the Aplecta are
remarkable for their great size and beauty. In the accompanying table
“Mexico” is to be taken as including the region from the United States
Page 436
border up to and including the isthmus of Tehuantepec, and “Central
America” as the whole region south of that point.
Land Mollusca of Central America
Mexico Central Common to
only. America both.
only.
Strebelia 1 ... ...
Glandina 33 13 3
Salasiella 4 ... 1
Streptostyla 18 12 6
Petenia ... 1 1
Limax ... 1 ...
Velifera ... 1 ...
Omphalina 10 1 1
Hyalinia 2 5 3
Guppya ... 8 3
Pseudohyalina 2 ... 2
Tebennophorus 1 ... ...
Cryptostracon ... 1 ...
Xanthonyx 4 ... ...
Patula 3 ... 4
Acanthinula 1 2 2
Vallonia ... 1 ...
Trichodiscus 2 2 3
Praticolella 1 ... 1
Arionta 3 ... ...
Lysinoe 1 1 1
Oxychona 2 5 ...
Solaropsis ... 2 ...
Polygyra 14 1 2
Strobila 1 1 ...
Labyrinthus ... 5 ...
Otostomus 23 20 7
Bulimulus 6 5 2
Berendtia 1 ... ...
Orthalicus 6 3 3
Pupa 1 1 1
Vertigo 1 ... ...
Holospira 12 ... ...
Coelocentrum 6 1 1
Eucalodium 15 ... 5
Cylindrella 6 4 ...
Macroceramus 2 1 ...
Simpulopsis 2 1 ...
Caecilianella 1 ... ...
Opeas 1 2 3
Spiraxis 8 2 1
Leptinaria ... 2 ...
America” as the whole region south of that point.
Land Mollusca of Central America
Mexico Central Common to
only. America both.
only.
Strebelia 1 ... ...
Glandina 33 13 3
Salasiella 4 ... 1
Streptostyla 18 12 6
Petenia ... 1 1
Limax ... 1 ...
Velifera ... 1 ...
Omphalina 10 1 1
Hyalinia 2 5 3
Guppya ... 8 3
Pseudohyalina 2 ... 2
Tebennophorus 1 ... ...
Cryptostracon ... 1 ...
Xanthonyx 4 ... ...
Patula 3 ... 4
Acanthinula 1 2 2
Vallonia ... 1 ...
Trichodiscus 2 2 3
Praticolella 1 ... 1
Arionta 3 ... ...
Lysinoe 1 1 1
Oxychona 2 5 ...
Solaropsis ... 2 ...
Polygyra 14 1 2
Strobila 1 1 ...
Labyrinthus ... 5 ...
Otostomus 23 20 7
Bulimulus 6 5 2
Berendtia 1 ... ...
Orthalicus 6 3 3
Pupa 1 1 1
Vertigo 1 ... ...
Holospira 12 ... ...
Coelocentrum 6 1 1
Eucalodium 15 ... 5
Cylindrella 6 4 ...
Macroceramus 2 1 ...
Simpulopsis 2 1 ...
Caecilianella 1 ... ...
Opeas 1 2 3
Spiraxis 8 2 1
Leptinaria ... 2 ...
Page 437
Subulina 2 3 4
Succinea 11 3 1
Vaginula 1 ... ...
Aperostoma ... 4 1
Amphicyclotus 2 1 2
Cystopoma 2 ... ...
Tomocyclus ... 1 2
Choanopoma 2 2 ...
Chondropoma 2 11 ...
Helicina 13 10 6
Schasicheila 2 ... 1
Ceres 2 ... ...
Proserpinella 1 ... ...
(3) The Colombian Sub-region includes Colombia, New Grenada,
Venezuela, Guiana, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia. It has been usual to separate
off the two latter countries as forming a distinct “Peruvian” sub-region; but
there is, as will be seen, absolutely no line to be drawn between the
Mollusca of Peru and those of Ecuador; nor would one, on geographical
considerations, expect to be able to draw such a line. A better method of
subdivision, so far as the species of the whole eastern portion of the region
are concerned, would be to group the Mollusca according to the altitude at
which they occur, were it not that the evidence on this point is at present but
fragmentary. We know, however, that all along the line of the Andes certain
species, more particularly of Bulimulus, occupy their own zones of
elevation, some ascending as high as 10,000 feet above the sea, and never
occurring on the plains.
In the northern portions of this sub-region, Central American and West
Indian influence is felt to a certain extent. Thus there are eight Glandina
and one Streptostyla in Venezuela and Colombia together with one or two
species of Cistula, Chondropoma, Proserpina, and Cylindrella, while a
single Strophia (decidedly a straggler) occurs at Curaçao. In Demerara and
Cayenne there are three or four species of Dentellaria. In Ecuador,
however, Glandina diminishes to three species, and in Peru disappears
altogether, although one Streptostyla occurs. Similarly the West Indian
operculates are reduced to one Chondropoma (Ecuador) and disappear
entirely in Peru.
Succinea 11 3 1
Vaginula 1 ... ...
Aperostoma ... 4 1
Amphicyclotus 2 1 2
Cystopoma 2 ... ...
Tomocyclus ... 1 2
Choanopoma 2 2 ...
Chondropoma 2 11 ...
Helicina 13 10 6
Schasicheila 2 ... 1
Ceres 2 ... ...
Proserpinella 1 ... ...
(3) The Colombian Sub-region includes Colombia, New Grenada,
Venezuela, Guiana, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia. It has been usual to separate
off the two latter countries as forming a distinct “Peruvian” sub-region; but
there is, as will be seen, absolutely no line to be drawn between the
Mollusca of Peru and those of Ecuador; nor would one, on geographical
considerations, expect to be able to draw such a line. A better method of
subdivision, so far as the species of the whole eastern portion of the region
are concerned, would be to group the Mollusca according to the altitude at
which they occur, were it not that the evidence on this point is at present but
fragmentary. We know, however, that all along the line of the Andes certain
species, more particularly of Bulimulus, occupy their own zones of
elevation, some ascending as high as 10,000 feet above the sea, and never
occurring on the plains.
In the northern portions of this sub-region, Central American and West
Indian influence is felt to a certain extent. Thus there are eight Glandina
and one Streptostyla in Venezuela and Colombia together with one or two
species of Cistula, Chondropoma, Proserpina, and Cylindrella, while a
single Strophia (decidedly a straggler) occurs at Curaçao. In Demerara and
Cayenne there are three or four species of Dentellaria. In Ecuador,
however, Glandina diminishes to three species, and in Peru disappears
altogether, although one Streptostyla occurs. Similarly the West Indian
operculates are reduced to one Chondropoma (Ecuador) and disappear
entirely in Peru.
Page 438
Fig. 233.—A, Orthalicus Deburghiae
Reeve, Ecuador; B, Bulimus
(Pachyotus) egregius Jay, Brazil.
The Helicidae are most abundant in the north and west, and are
represented by several very striking sub-genera, some of which possess
remarkably toothed apertures, and perhaps betray an ancestry common to
some of the West Indian genera. Of these, Labyrinthus has 12 species in
Venezuela and Colombia, 5 in Ecuador, and 3 in Peru and Bolivia; Isomeria
12 in Venezuela and Colombia, 20 in Ecuador, and 2 in Peru and Bolivia;
Salaropsis is represented in these countries by 6, 3, and 7 species, and
Systrophia by 4, 5, and 8 species respectively.
Clausilia—in the group Nenia—appears in some numbers along the
Andes chain, the only other representative in the New World being the
solitary species occurring at Porto Rico. There have been described, from
Venezuela and Colombia 10 species, from Ecuador 5, and from Peru and
Bolivia 12.
Another marked feature of the region is the occurrence of the
Orthalicidae, in the two genera Orthalicus and Porphyrobaphe. The latter of
these magnificent forms is peculiar, while the former reaches Mexico, the
West Indies, and Brazil. Ecuador, which contains 23 species, seems the
metropolis of the group.
Bulimus and Bulimulus, the former genus being peculiar to S. America
and the adjacent islands, are largely represented, the former in the three
groups Borus, Dryptus, and Orphnus. These attain their maximum in Peru,
with 25 species, but Venezuela and Colombia have as many as 17.
Reeve, Ecuador; B, Bulimus
(Pachyotus) egregius Jay, Brazil.
The Helicidae are most abundant in the north and west, and are
represented by several very striking sub-genera, some of which possess
remarkably toothed apertures, and perhaps betray an ancestry common to
some of the West Indian genera. Of these, Labyrinthus has 12 species in
Venezuela and Colombia, 5 in Ecuador, and 3 in Peru and Bolivia; Isomeria
12 in Venezuela and Colombia, 20 in Ecuador, and 2 in Peru and Bolivia;
Salaropsis is represented in these countries by 6, 3, and 7 species, and
Systrophia by 4, 5, and 8 species respectively.
Clausilia—in the group Nenia—appears in some numbers along the
Andes chain, the only other representative in the New World being the
solitary species occurring at Porto Rico. There have been described, from
Venezuela and Colombia 10 species, from Ecuador 5, and from Peru and
Bolivia 12.
Another marked feature of the region is the occurrence of the
Orthalicidae, in the two genera Orthalicus and Porphyrobaphe. The latter of
these magnificent forms is peculiar, while the former reaches Mexico, the
West Indies, and Brazil. Ecuador, which contains 23 species, seems the
metropolis of the group.
Bulimus and Bulimulus, the former genus being peculiar to S. America
and the adjacent islands, are largely represented, the former in the three
groups Borus, Dryptus, and Orphnus. These attain their maximum in Peru,
with 25 species, but Venezuela and Colombia have as many as 17.
Page 439
Bulimulus has been subdivided into a number of groups, e.g. Drymaeus,
Mesembrinus, Thaumastus, Mormus, Scutalus, with many others,—the
exact scientific limits of which are not easily discernible. It must suffice
here to state that Peru seems to be the headquarters of the group with about
190 species (which probably may well be reduced), Ecuador having about
70, and Venezuela and Colombia between 80 and 90.
Fig. 234.—Rhodea gigantea Mouss.,
New Grenada.
Two very remarkable forms belonging to the Pupidae, Anostoma (Fig.
154, p. 248) and Tomigerus, occur in Venezuela, the metropolis. Rhodea,
another very peculiar shell (Fig. 234), whose exact family position is
uncertain, is peculiar to New Grenada. The land operculates are few in
number, and in Bolivia almost disappear. They belong principally to
Neocyclotus (of which 11 species occur in Venezuela and Colombia) and
Helicina (10 species in the same district), besides the stragglers already
mentioned from West Indian sources, and a few Cyclophorus. Bourcieria is
a form of Helicina peculiar to Ecuador. Ampullaria, with Ceratodes, a
peculiar planorbiform sub-genus, and Hemisinus, form the bulk of the
fresh-water operculates.
The Galapagos.—Thirty-four species of land Mollusca, all peculiar, are
known from these islands; 25 of these are forms of Bulimulus. There are no
Helicidae, one each of Hyalinia, Leptinaria, and Helicina, and two Pupa.
The Bulimulus are mostly of the group Nesiotis, and in their brown colour
bear some outward resemblance to the dark Achatinella of the Sandwich Is.,
living as they do mostly under scoriae on the ground, and not on trees. In
type, however, they appear to be derived from Chili and Peru, rather than
Mesembrinus, Thaumastus, Mormus, Scutalus, with many others,—the
exact scientific limits of which are not easily discernible. It must suffice
here to state that Peru seems to be the headquarters of the group with about
190 species (which probably may well be reduced), Ecuador having about
70, and Venezuela and Colombia between 80 and 90.
Fig. 234.—Rhodea gigantea Mouss.,
New Grenada.
Two very remarkable forms belonging to the Pupidae, Anostoma (Fig.
154, p. 248) and Tomigerus, occur in Venezuela, the metropolis. Rhodea,
another very peculiar shell (Fig. 234), whose exact family position is
uncertain, is peculiar to New Grenada. The land operculates are few in
number, and in Bolivia almost disappear. They belong principally to
Neocyclotus (of which 11 species occur in Venezuela and Colombia) and
Helicina (10 species in the same district), besides the stragglers already
mentioned from West Indian sources, and a few Cyclophorus. Bourcieria is
a form of Helicina peculiar to Ecuador. Ampullaria, with Ceratodes, a
peculiar planorbiform sub-genus, and Hemisinus, form the bulk of the
fresh-water operculates.
The Galapagos.—Thirty-four species of land Mollusca, all peculiar, are
known from these islands; 25 of these are forms of Bulimulus. There are no
Helicidae, one each of Hyalinia, Leptinaria, and Helicina, and two Pupa.
The Bulimulus are mostly of the group Nesiotis, and in their brown colour
bear some outward resemblance to the dark Achatinella of the Sandwich Is.,
living as they do mostly under scoriae on the ground, and not on trees. In
type, however, they appear to be derived from Chili and Peru, rather than
Page 440
from the parts of S. America immediately contiguous. Another section
(Pleuropyrgus 2 sp.) closely resembles a marine Chemnitzia. The islands
are all volcanic, and are probably not the result of subsidence; thus the
existing species are not to be regarded as the relics of a more widespread
fauna, but as a new set of inhabitants.
(4) The Brazilian Sub-region.—This immense district is very little
known, except in the south, and it is consequently impossible to give any
satisfactory account of its Mollusca. It is possible that eventually it will be
found that it falls into provinces which correspond more or less to (a) the
Amazon basin; (b) the mountainous district in the east, drained by the
Tocantins and the San Francisco; (c) the Parana basin in the south central
district; and (d) the Argentine or Pampas district in the extreme south. But
at present the data are insufficient to establish any such subdivisions, whose
existence, if proved, would have an important bearing on the problem of the
coalescence of S. America into its present form.[379]
The Agnatha are represented by Streptaxis alone (17 sp.). Helix is rare,
but includes the peculiar Polygyratia (Fig. 150 A, p. 246), while
Labyrinthus (2 sp.), Solaropsis (5 sp.), and Systrophia are common with the
Colombian Sub-region, and Oxychona (4 sp.) with the Central American.
Bulimus has in all 36 species, the sub-genera Pachyotus (Fig. 233) and
Strophochilus being peculiar. Bulimulus, though not so abundant as in Peru
and Ecuador, has about 60 species, of which Navicula (Fig. 235) is the most
remarkable group. Megaspira is peculiar. Orthalicus has only 4 species,
while Tomigerus (4 sp.) and Anostoma (3 sp.) are common with Venezuela.
Land operculates are scarce, and appear to include only Neocyclotus,
Cyclophorus, and Helicina.
In Argentina, which may probably rank as a separate province, the
tropical forms greatly decrease, Streptaxis being reduced to 2 species, and
Bulimus and Bulimulus together to 40, while Orthalicus, the great Helices,
and the land operculates disappear altogether. Odontostomus (Fig. 236), a
genus of the Pupidae, is abundant in the northern part of the province. Two
or three species of Chilina occur.
(Pleuropyrgus 2 sp.) closely resembles a marine Chemnitzia. The islands
are all volcanic, and are probably not the result of subsidence; thus the
existing species are not to be regarded as the relics of a more widespread
fauna, but as a new set of inhabitants.
(4) The Brazilian Sub-region.—This immense district is very little
known, except in the south, and it is consequently impossible to give any
satisfactory account of its Mollusca. It is possible that eventually it will be
found that it falls into provinces which correspond more or less to (a) the
Amazon basin; (b) the mountainous district in the east, drained by the
Tocantins and the San Francisco; (c) the Parana basin in the south central
district; and (d) the Argentine or Pampas district in the extreme south. But
at present the data are insufficient to establish any such subdivisions, whose
existence, if proved, would have an important bearing on the problem of the
coalescence of S. America into its present form.[379]
The Agnatha are represented by Streptaxis alone (17 sp.). Helix is rare,
but includes the peculiar Polygyratia (Fig. 150 A, p. 246), while
Labyrinthus (2 sp.), Solaropsis (5 sp.), and Systrophia are common with the
Colombian Sub-region, and Oxychona (4 sp.) with the Central American.
Bulimus has in all 36 species, the sub-genera Pachyotus (Fig. 233) and
Strophochilus being peculiar. Bulimulus, though not so abundant as in Peru
and Ecuador, has about 60 species, of which Navicula (Fig. 235) is the most
remarkable group. Megaspira is peculiar. Orthalicus has only 4 species,
while Tomigerus (4 sp.) and Anostoma (3 sp.) are common with Venezuela.
Land operculates are scarce, and appear to include only Neocyclotus,
Cyclophorus, and Helicina.
In Argentina, which may probably rank as a separate province, the
tropical forms greatly decrease, Streptaxis being reduced to 2 species, and
Bulimus and Bulimulus together to 40, while Orthalicus, the great Helices,
and the land operculates disappear altogether. Odontostomus (Fig. 236), a
genus of the Pupidae, is abundant in the northern part of the province. Two
or three species of Chilina occur.
Page 441
Fig. 235.—Bulimulus (Navicula)
navicula Wagn., Brazil.
Fig. 236.—Odontostomus pantagruelinus
Moric., S. Brazil. × ½.
(5) The Chilian Sub-region.—The greater part of Chili, from its arid
and rainless climate, is unfavourable to the existence of land Mollusca.
Bulimus (Borus) still has 3 or 4 species, and Bulimulus (Plectostylus 11,
Scutalus 9, Peronaeus 7) is fairly abundant, but the profusion of the tropics
is wanting. There are no carnivorous genera, and only two land operculates.
A remarkable form of Helix (Macrocyclis, Fig. 237) is quite peculiar, but
the majority of the species belong to two rather obscure groups, Stepsanoda
and Amphidoxa. Chilina, a singularly solid form of Limnaea (of which 8
sp., with a sub-genus Pseudochilina, occur in Chili), is peculiar to Chili, S.
Brazil, and Patagonia. From the two islands of Juan Fernandez and
Masafuera, are known several Helix, of Chilian affinity, several curious
Succinea, a Homalonyx, Leptinaria, and Nothus, and three species of
Tornatellina, with the almost universal Limax gagates.
navicula Wagn., Brazil.
Fig. 236.—Odontostomus pantagruelinus
Moric., S. Brazil. × ½.
(5) The Chilian Sub-region.—The greater part of Chili, from its arid
and rainless climate, is unfavourable to the existence of land Mollusca.
Bulimus (Borus) still has 3 or 4 species, and Bulimulus (Plectostylus 11,
Scutalus 9, Peronaeus 7) is fairly abundant, but the profusion of the tropics
is wanting. There are no carnivorous genera, and only two land operculates.
A remarkable form of Helix (Macrocyclis, Fig. 237) is quite peculiar, but
the majority of the species belong to two rather obscure groups, Stepsanoda
and Amphidoxa. Chilina, a singularly solid form of Limnaea (of which 8
sp., with a sub-genus Pseudochilina, occur in Chili), is peculiar to Chili, S.
Brazil, and Patagonia. From the two islands of Juan Fernandez and
Masafuera, are known several Helix, of Chilian affinity, several curious
Succinea, a Homalonyx, Leptinaria, and Nothus, and three species of
Tornatellina, with the almost universal Limax gagates.
Page 442
The question of the existence at some remote period of a Neantarctic
continent, which formed a communication between the three great southern
peninsulas of the world, is one on which the Mollusca may offer evidence.
Von Ihering holds that an essential difference can be observed between
certain of the Unionidae which inhabit S. America, Africa, and Australia
with New Zealand, and those which inhabit Europe, Asia, and N. America,
but the point can hardly be regarded as definitely established at present.
Something perhaps may be made of the distribution of Bulimus and
Bulimulus. It seems difficult to explain the occurrence of sub-fossil Bulimus
on St. Helena except on some such lines as have been recently adduced to
account for the presence of struthious birds in the Mascarenes, and possibly
the form Livinhacea may be a trace of the same element in S. Africa. Again,
the Liparus of S. and W. Australia, with the Caryodes of Tasmania, and the
Leucotaenia and Clavator of Madagascar (which all may be related to
Bulimus), together with the Placostylus of New Caledonia and the adjacent
islands, reaching even to New Zealand, and perhaps even the Amphidromus
of Malaysia (which are more akin to Bulimulus), may be thought to exhibit,
in some remote degree, traces of a common ancestry.
The land operculates give no help, and, of the carnivorous genera,
Rhytida is a marked link between Africa and Australia, while Streptaxis is
equally so between S. America and Africa. As regards fresh-water
Gasteropoda, Ampullaria is common to S. America and Africa, while
Isidora is common to Africa, Australia, and New Zealand, but is altogether
absent from S. America. Gundlachia occurs in Florida, Trinidad, and
Tasmania, but has not been detected in Africa. It must be concluded,
therefore, that the present state of the evidence which the Mollusca can
afford, while exhibiting certain curious points of relationship between the
three regions in question, is insufficient to warrant any decided conclusion.
continent, which formed a communication between the three great southern
peninsulas of the world, is one on which the Mollusca may offer evidence.
Von Ihering holds that an essential difference can be observed between
certain of the Unionidae which inhabit S. America, Africa, and Australia
with New Zealand, and those which inhabit Europe, Asia, and N. America,
but the point can hardly be regarded as definitely established at present.
Something perhaps may be made of the distribution of Bulimus and
Bulimulus. It seems difficult to explain the occurrence of sub-fossil Bulimus
on St. Helena except on some such lines as have been recently adduced to
account for the presence of struthious birds in the Mascarenes, and possibly
the form Livinhacea may be a trace of the same element in S. Africa. Again,
the Liparus of S. and W. Australia, with the Caryodes of Tasmania, and the
Leucotaenia and Clavator of Madagascar (which all may be related to
Bulimus), together with the Placostylus of New Caledonia and the adjacent
islands, reaching even to New Zealand, and perhaps even the Amphidromus
of Malaysia (which are more akin to Bulimulus), may be thought to exhibit,
in some remote degree, traces of a common ancestry.
The land operculates give no help, and, of the carnivorous genera,
Rhytida is a marked link between Africa and Australia, while Streptaxis is
equally so between S. America and Africa. As regards fresh-water
Gasteropoda, Ampullaria is common to S. America and Africa, while
Isidora is common to Africa, Australia, and New Zealand, but is altogether
absent from S. America. Gundlachia occurs in Florida, Trinidad, and
Tasmania, but has not been detected in Africa. It must be concluded,
therefore, that the present state of the evidence which the Mollusca can
afford, while exhibiting certain curious points of relationship between the
three regions in question, is insufficient to warrant any decided conclusion.
Page 443
Fig. 237.—Macrocyclis laxata Fér., Chili.
Page 444
CHAPTER XII
DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE MOLLUSCA—DEEP-SEA MOLLUSCA AND THEIR
CHARACTERISTICS
Marine Mollusca may be divided roughly into Pelagic and non-Pelagic
genera. To the former division belong all Pteropoda and Heteropoda, and a
large number of Cephalopoda, together with a very few specialised forms of
Gasteropoda (Ianthina, Litiopa, Phyllirrhoe, etc.). Pelagic Mollusca appear,
as a rule, to live at varying depths below the surface during the day, and to
rise to the top only at night. The majority inhabit warm or tropical seas,
though some are exceedingly abundant in the Arctic regions; Clione and
Limacina have been noticed as far north as 72°.[380]
The vertical range of Pelagic Mollusca has received attention from Dr.
Murray of the Challenger, Professor Agassiz of the Blake and Albatross,
and others. Agassiz appears to have established the fact that the surface
fauna of the sea is limited to a comparatively narrow belt of depth, and that
there is no intermediate belt of animal life between creatures which live on
or near the bottom and the surface fauna. Pelagic forms sink to avoid
disturbances of various kinds, to depths not much exceeding 150 to 200
fathoms, except in closed seas like the Gulf of California and the
Mediterranean, where the bathymetrical range appears to be much greater.
[381]
Non-Pelagic Mollusca are, from one point of view, conveniently
classified according to the different zones of depth at which they occur.
Thus we are enabled to distinguish Mollusca of (a) the littoral, (b) the
laminarian, (c) the nullipore, or coralline, and (d) the abyssal zones. It must
be borne in mind, however, that these zones cannot be exactly defined, and
that while the littoral zone may be understood to imply the area between
tide-marks, and the abyssal zone a depth of 500 fathoms and upwards, the
limits between the laminarian and the coralline, and between the coralline
and abyssal zones can only be fixed approximately.
The difficulty of assigning special genera or species to special ‘zones of
depth’ is increased by two important facts in the phenomena of distribution.
In the first place, it is found that species which occur in shallow water in
northern seas often extend to very deep water in much lower latitudes. This
DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE MOLLUSCA—DEEP-SEA MOLLUSCA AND THEIR
CHARACTERISTICS
Marine Mollusca may be divided roughly into Pelagic and non-Pelagic
genera. To the former division belong all Pteropoda and Heteropoda, and a
large number of Cephalopoda, together with a very few specialised forms of
Gasteropoda (Ianthina, Litiopa, Phyllirrhoe, etc.). Pelagic Mollusca appear,
as a rule, to live at varying depths below the surface during the day, and to
rise to the top only at night. The majority inhabit warm or tropical seas,
though some are exceedingly abundant in the Arctic regions; Clione and
Limacina have been noticed as far north as 72°.[380]
The vertical range of Pelagic Mollusca has received attention from Dr.
Murray of the Challenger, Professor Agassiz of the Blake and Albatross,
and others. Agassiz appears to have established the fact that the surface
fauna of the sea is limited to a comparatively narrow belt of depth, and that
there is no intermediate belt of animal life between creatures which live on
or near the bottom and the surface fauna. Pelagic forms sink to avoid
disturbances of various kinds, to depths not much exceeding 150 to 200
fathoms, except in closed seas like the Gulf of California and the
Mediterranean, where the bathymetrical range appears to be much greater.
[381]
Non-Pelagic Mollusca are, from one point of view, conveniently
classified according to the different zones of depth at which they occur.
Thus we are enabled to distinguish Mollusca of (a) the littoral, (b) the
laminarian, (c) the nullipore, or coralline, and (d) the abyssal zones. It must
be borne in mind, however, that these zones cannot be exactly defined, and
that while the littoral zone may be understood to imply the area between
tide-marks, and the abyssal zone a depth of 500 fathoms and upwards, the
limits between the laminarian and the coralline, and between the coralline
and abyssal zones can only be fixed approximately.
The difficulty of assigning special genera or species to special ‘zones of
depth’ is increased by two important facts in the phenomena of distribution.
In the first place, it is found that species which occur in shallow water in
northern seas often extend to very deep water in much lower latitudes. This
Page 445
interesting fact, which shows the importance of temperature in determining
distribution, was first established by the dredgings of the Lightning and
Porcupine off the western coasts of Europe. In the second place, a certain
number of species seem equally at home in shallow and in abyssal waters,
in cases where a great difference of latitude does not occur to equalise the
temperature. Thus the Challenger found Venus mesodesma living on the
beach (New Zealand) and at 1000 fath. (Tristan da Cunha); Lima
multicostata in ‘shallow water’ (Tonga and Port Jackson) and at 1075 fath.
(Bermuda); Scalaria acus from 49 to 1254 fath. (N. Atlantic); and S.
hellenica from 40 to 1260 fath. (Canaries). The Lightning and Porcupine
found, or record as found,[382] Anomia ephippium at 0 to 1450 fath., Pecten
groenlandicus at 5 to 1785 fath., Lima subauriculata at 10 to 1785 fath.,
Modiolaria discors at 0 to 1785 fath., Crenella decussata at 0 to 1750 fath.,
Dacrydium vitreum at 30 to 2750 fath., Arca glacialis at 25 to 1620 fath.,
Astarte compressa at 3 to 2000 fath., and Scrobicularia longicallus at 20 to
2435 fath. Puncturella noachina has been found at 20 to 1095 fath., Natica
groenlandica at 2 to 1290 fath., Rissoa tenuisculpta at 25 to 1095 fath. In
many of these cases we are assured that no appreciable difference can be
detected between specimens from the two extremes of depth.
In spite, however, of these remarkable vagaries on the part of certain
species, we are enabled roughly to distinguish a large number of genera as
‘shallow-water’ and ‘deep-water’ respectively, while a still larger number
occupy an intermediate position. Among shallow-water genera may be
named Patella, Littorina, Nassa, Purpura, Strombus, Haliotis, Mytilus,
Cardium, Solen; while among deep-water genera are Pleurotoma,
Scissurella, Seguenzia, Dentalium, Cadulus, Limopsis, Nucula, Leda, Lima,
and Axinus.
Theories on the geographical distribution of marine Mollusca have been
revolutionised by the discoveries of recent exploring expeditions. The
principal have been those of Torell (Swedish) (1859–61) on the coasts of
Greenland and Spitzbergen; of the Lightning and Porcupine (British) in
1868–70, in the N.E. Atlantic, off the Scotch, Irish, French, and Portuguese
coasts, and in the Mediterranean; of the Challenger (British), under Sir C.
Wyville Thomson, in 1873–76, in which all the great ocean basins were
dredged or sounded; of the Blake (American), under Alexander Agassiz, in
1877–80, in the West Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Seas; of the
distribution, was first established by the dredgings of the Lightning and
Porcupine off the western coasts of Europe. In the second place, a certain
number of species seem equally at home in shallow and in abyssal waters,
in cases where a great difference of latitude does not occur to equalise the
temperature. Thus the Challenger found Venus mesodesma living on the
beach (New Zealand) and at 1000 fath. (Tristan da Cunha); Lima
multicostata in ‘shallow water’ (Tonga and Port Jackson) and at 1075 fath.
(Bermuda); Scalaria acus from 49 to 1254 fath. (N. Atlantic); and S.
hellenica from 40 to 1260 fath. (Canaries). The Lightning and Porcupine
found, or record as found,[382] Anomia ephippium at 0 to 1450 fath., Pecten
groenlandicus at 5 to 1785 fath., Lima subauriculata at 10 to 1785 fath.,
Modiolaria discors at 0 to 1785 fath., Crenella decussata at 0 to 1750 fath.,
Dacrydium vitreum at 30 to 2750 fath., Arca glacialis at 25 to 1620 fath.,
Astarte compressa at 3 to 2000 fath., and Scrobicularia longicallus at 20 to
2435 fath. Puncturella noachina has been found at 20 to 1095 fath., Natica
groenlandica at 2 to 1290 fath., Rissoa tenuisculpta at 25 to 1095 fath. In
many of these cases we are assured that no appreciable difference can be
detected between specimens from the two extremes of depth.
In spite, however, of these remarkable vagaries on the part of certain
species, we are enabled roughly to distinguish a large number of genera as
‘shallow-water’ and ‘deep-water’ respectively, while a still larger number
occupy an intermediate position. Among shallow-water genera may be
named Patella, Littorina, Nassa, Purpura, Strombus, Haliotis, Mytilus,
Cardium, Solen; while among deep-water genera are Pleurotoma,
Scissurella, Seguenzia, Dentalium, Cadulus, Limopsis, Nucula, Leda, Lima,
and Axinus.
Theories on the geographical distribution of marine Mollusca have been
revolutionised by the discoveries of recent exploring expeditions. The
principal have been those of Torell (Swedish) (1859–61) on the coasts of
Greenland and Spitzbergen; of the Lightning and Porcupine (British) in
1868–70, in the N.E. Atlantic, off the Scotch, Irish, French, and Portuguese
coasts, and in the Mediterranean; of the Challenger (British), under Sir C.
Wyville Thomson, in 1873–76, in which all the great ocean basins were
dredged or sounded; of the Blake (American), under Alexander Agassiz, in
1877–80, in the West Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Seas; of the
Page 446
Travailleur (French) in 1880–83, off the west coasts of France, Portugal,
and Morocco, Madeira, the Canaries, and the Golfe du Lion; of the
Talisman (French) in 1882, off the west coast of Africa from Tangier to
Senegal, the Atlantic Islands, and the Sargasso Sea; of the Albatross
(American) in 1891, off the west coast of tropical America; of several other
vessels belonging to the U.S. Fish Commission and Coast Survey, off east
American shores; and of the Prince of Monaco in the Hirondelle and
Princesse Alice at the present time, in the N. Atlantic and Mediterranean.
The general result of these explorations has been to show that the marine
fauna of very deep water is much the same all the world over, and that
identical species occur at points as far removed as possible from one
another. The ocean floor, in fact, with its uniform similarity of temperature,
food, station, and general conditions of life, contains no effectual barrier to
the almost indefinite spread of species.[383] To give a few instances. The
Challenger dredged Silenia Sarsii in 1950 fath., 1100 miles south-west of
Australia, and also in 2650 fath. off the mouth of the Rio de la Plata; Semele
profundorum in 1125 fath. near the Canaries, and in 2900 fath. mid N.
Pacific; Verticordia deshayesiana in 155 fath. near Cape York, and in 350
fath. off Pernambuco; Arca pteroessa in 2050 fath. mid N. Pacific, in 1000–
1675 fath. west of the Azores, and in 390 fath. off the West Indies; Arca
corpulenta in 1400 fath. off N.E. Australia, in 2425 fath. mid-Pacific, and in
1375 fath. near Juan Fernandez; Lima goliath in 775 fath. off S. Japan, and
in 245 fath. off S. Patagonia; Pleurotoma engonia in 700 fath. north-east of
New Zealand, and in 345 fath. off Inoshima. A surprising range was
occasionally found even in shallow-water species; thus Petricola lapicida
was discovered by the same expedition in the West Indies and N. Australia,
Cardita calyculata off Teneriffe and in Bass Strait, Arca imbricata off Cape
York and in the West Indies, Modiolaria cuneata at Port Jackson and Cape
of Good Hope, Lima squamosa at Teneriffe and the Philippines. In these
latter cases it is not improbable that the species lives in deep water as well,
from which it has not yet been dredged.
It follows from these considerations that any attempt to classify marine
Mollusca under Regions and Provinces can only apply to Mollusca which
occur at moderate depths. The most important factor in the environment, as
determining distribution, is the temperature of the water, which is probably
to be regarded as affecting not so much the adult Mollusca as their ova; for
and Morocco, Madeira, the Canaries, and the Golfe du Lion; of the
Talisman (French) in 1882, off the west coast of Africa from Tangier to
Senegal, the Atlantic Islands, and the Sargasso Sea; of the Albatross
(American) in 1891, off the west coast of tropical America; of several other
vessels belonging to the U.S. Fish Commission and Coast Survey, off east
American shores; and of the Prince of Monaco in the Hirondelle and
Princesse Alice at the present time, in the N. Atlantic and Mediterranean.
The general result of these explorations has been to show that the marine
fauna of very deep water is much the same all the world over, and that
identical species occur at points as far removed as possible from one
another. The ocean floor, in fact, with its uniform similarity of temperature,
food, station, and general conditions of life, contains no effectual barrier to
the almost indefinite spread of species.[383] To give a few instances. The
Challenger dredged Silenia Sarsii in 1950 fath., 1100 miles south-west of
Australia, and also in 2650 fath. off the mouth of the Rio de la Plata; Semele
profundorum in 1125 fath. near the Canaries, and in 2900 fath. mid N.
Pacific; Verticordia deshayesiana in 155 fath. near Cape York, and in 350
fath. off Pernambuco; Arca pteroessa in 2050 fath. mid N. Pacific, in 1000–
1675 fath. west of the Azores, and in 390 fath. off the West Indies; Arca
corpulenta in 1400 fath. off N.E. Australia, in 2425 fath. mid-Pacific, and in
1375 fath. near Juan Fernandez; Lima goliath in 775 fath. off S. Japan, and
in 245 fath. off S. Patagonia; Pleurotoma engonia in 700 fath. north-east of
New Zealand, and in 345 fath. off Inoshima. A surprising range was
occasionally found even in shallow-water species; thus Petricola lapicida
was discovered by the same expedition in the West Indies and N. Australia,
Cardita calyculata off Teneriffe and in Bass Strait, Arca imbricata off Cape
York and in the West Indies, Modiolaria cuneata at Port Jackson and Cape
of Good Hope, Lima squamosa at Teneriffe and the Philippines. In these
latter cases it is not improbable that the species lives in deep water as well,
from which it has not yet been dredged.
It follows from these considerations that any attempt to classify marine
Mollusca under Regions and Provinces can only apply to Mollusca which
occur at moderate depths. The most important factor in the environment, as
determining distribution, is the temperature of the water, which is probably
to be regarded as affecting not so much the adult Mollusca as their ova; for
Page 447
the adult might possibly support life under conditions in which the ova
would perish. It appears that a sudden change of temperature is the most
effective barrier to distribution,[384] and may bring the range of a species to
an almost instantaneous stop, while a very gradual change will allow it to
extend its range very widely.
It has been usual to classify marine Mollusca from moderate depths
under the following regions and sub-regions:—
Regions Sub-regions
1. Arctic.
2. Boreal.
A. Atlantic 3. Celtic.
and Circumpolar 4. Lusitanian.
5. West African.
6. South African.
1. Indo-Pacific.
B. Indo-Pacific
2. Japanese.
1. Australian.
C. Australian
2. Neozealanian.
1. Aleutian.
2. Californian.
3. Panamic.
4. Peruvian.
D. American
5. Magellanic.
6. Argentinian.
7. Caribbean.
8. Transatlantic.
A. The Atlantic Region
includes the whole to the eastern shores of the Atlantic, from the extreme
north of the Cape of Good Hope, together with the circumpolar seas, which
may be regarded as roughly bounded by the Aleutian Islands and the coast
of Newfoundland.
(1) The Arctic Sub-region includes the circumpolar seas, and is bounded
in the N. Pacific by a line drawn between Cape Avinoff in Alaska, and Cape
Lopatka in Kamchatka, so as to exclude the Aleutian Islands. On the
western shores of the Atlantic the cold Labrador current brings it as far
south as the coast of Newfoundland, but on the eastern shores the influence
would perish. It appears that a sudden change of temperature is the most
effective barrier to distribution,[384] and may bring the range of a species to
an almost instantaneous stop, while a very gradual change will allow it to
extend its range very widely.
It has been usual to classify marine Mollusca from moderate depths
under the following regions and sub-regions:—
Regions Sub-regions
1. Arctic.
2. Boreal.
A. Atlantic 3. Celtic.
and Circumpolar 4. Lusitanian.
5. West African.
6. South African.
1. Indo-Pacific.
B. Indo-Pacific
2. Japanese.
1. Australian.
C. Australian
2. Neozealanian.
1. Aleutian.
2. Californian.
3. Panamic.
4. Peruvian.
D. American
5. Magellanic.
6. Argentinian.
7. Caribbean.
8. Transatlantic.
A. The Atlantic Region
includes the whole to the eastern shores of the Atlantic, from the extreme
north of the Cape of Good Hope, together with the circumpolar seas, which
may be regarded as roughly bounded by the Aleutian Islands and the coast
of Newfoundland.
(1) The Arctic Sub-region includes the circumpolar seas, and is bounded
in the N. Pacific by a line drawn between Cape Avinoff in Alaska, and Cape
Lopatka in Kamchatka, so as to exclude the Aleutian Islands. On the
western shores of the Atlantic the cold Labrador current brings it as far
south as the coast of Newfoundland, but on the eastern shores the influence
Page 448
of the Gulf Stream has the contrary effect, so that the North Cape may be
taken as its southern limit.
The principal genera (many species of which are common to the whole
sub-region) are Volutomitra, Buccinum, Buccinopsis, Neptunea, Trophon,
Bela, Admete, Velutina, Trichotropis, Lacuna, Margarita, Philine, Pecten,
Leda, Yoldia, Astarte, and Mya. The shells are generally unicoloured, and of
a dead white or rather sombre tint.
(2) The Boreal Sub-region may be subdivided into two provinces, the
European and the American. The former includes the entire coast-line of
Norway, the Färoe Islands, and Iceland (except perhaps the northern coast),
and possibly the Shetland Islands; the latter the American coasts from the
Gulf of St. Lawrence to Cape Cod (lat. 42°). Thus the Boreal American
province does not extend nearly so far south as the Boreal European, the
reason being that on the American coasts the cold Labrador current, which
hugs the land, bars back the advance of southern genera, but allows Boreal
genera to spread southwards, while on the European side the warmer
conditions produced by the Gulf Stream keep the Boreal species back, and
allow more southern forms to spread northwards.
Many of the Boreal species occur on both sides of the Atlantic, and thus
support the theory of a more continuous fringe of continental land once
existing along the north of the Atlantic. Among the prominent genera,
besides several of those mentioned under the Arctic Sub-region, are
Purpura, Chenopus, Littorina, Gibbula, Natica, Patella, Tectura, Chiton,
Doris, Aeolis, Tellina, Thracia.
(3) The Celtic Sub-region includes the British Islands (excepting perhaps
the Shetland Islands), the coasts of the North Sea and the Baltic, with N.
France to Cape Ushant. The absence of any cold or warm current exerting
direct influence upon the coast-line of this sub-region causes a very gradual
change in the conditions of life as we move either southward or northward.
The fauna of the British seas contains a decided mixture of northern and
southern forms. The following are among the common Boreal species
which attain their southward range on our coasts: Tectura testudinalis Müll.
(to Dublin Bay and Scarborough), Trichotropis borealis Brod. (to the
Dogger Bank), Margarita helicina Fabr. (to Yorkshire and Dublin Bay), M.
groenlandica Chem. (western Scotland), Natica montacuti Forb. (to
taken as its southern limit.
The principal genera (many species of which are common to the whole
sub-region) are Volutomitra, Buccinum, Buccinopsis, Neptunea, Trophon,
Bela, Admete, Velutina, Trichotropis, Lacuna, Margarita, Philine, Pecten,
Leda, Yoldia, Astarte, and Mya. The shells are generally unicoloured, and of
a dead white or rather sombre tint.
(2) The Boreal Sub-region may be subdivided into two provinces, the
European and the American. The former includes the entire coast-line of
Norway, the Färoe Islands, and Iceland (except perhaps the northern coast),
and possibly the Shetland Islands; the latter the American coasts from the
Gulf of St. Lawrence to Cape Cod (lat. 42°). Thus the Boreal American
province does not extend nearly so far south as the Boreal European, the
reason being that on the American coasts the cold Labrador current, which
hugs the land, bars back the advance of southern genera, but allows Boreal
genera to spread southwards, while on the European side the warmer
conditions produced by the Gulf Stream keep the Boreal species back, and
allow more southern forms to spread northwards.
Many of the Boreal species occur on both sides of the Atlantic, and thus
support the theory of a more continuous fringe of continental land once
existing along the north of the Atlantic. Among the prominent genera,
besides several of those mentioned under the Arctic Sub-region, are
Purpura, Chenopus, Littorina, Gibbula, Natica, Patella, Tectura, Chiton,
Doris, Aeolis, Tellina, Thracia.
(3) The Celtic Sub-region includes the British Islands (excepting perhaps
the Shetland Islands), the coasts of the North Sea and the Baltic, with N.
France to Cape Ushant. The absence of any cold or warm current exerting
direct influence upon the coast-line of this sub-region causes a very gradual
change in the conditions of life as we move either southward or northward.
The fauna of the British seas contains a decided mixture of northern and
southern forms. The following are among the common Boreal species
which attain their southward range on our coasts: Tectura testudinalis Müll.
(to Dublin Bay and Scarborough), Trichotropis borealis Brod. (to the
Dogger Bank), Margarita helicina Fabr. (to Yorkshire and Dublin Bay), M.
groenlandica Chem. (western Scotland), Natica montacuti Forb. (to
Page 449
Cornwall), Trophon truncatus Str. (to Tenby), Chiton marmoreus Fabr. (to
Dublin Bay and Scarborough). Buccinum undatum and Littorina littorea
become very scarce on our extreme south-western coasts. Among
Lusitanian species which reach our coasts are Gibbula magus L. (to Orkney
and Shetland Islands), Phasianella pullus L. (to Caithness), Galerus
chinensis L. (to Milford Haven), Galeomma Turtoni Turt. (to Weymouth),
Cardium aculeatum L. (to Isle of Man), Solen vagina L. (to north Ireland).
It appears from the Mollusca of our Crag formations that at the time of
their deposition the temperature of our seas must have been considerably
warmer than it is now. Thus in the Crag we find many species and even
genera (e.g. Mitra, Fossarus, Triton, Vermetus, Ringicula, Chama) which
now occur no farther north than the southern coasts of the Channel, the west
of France, and the Mediterranean.
The Baltic, a sea specially liable to violent changes of temperature, with
a large admixture of fresh water at its eastern end, appears to possess only
about 65 species in all. More than 50 genera occurring on the western
coasts of Denmark do not enter the Sound. In the eastern portion of the
Baltic marine and fresh-water species live together (p. 12).
(4) The Lusitanian Sub-region extends from Cape Ushant in the north to
Cape Juby (lat. 28°) in the south, and includes the whole of the
Mediterranean, as well as the Azores, Canaries, and Madeira groups.
The English Channel acts as an effectual barrier to the northward
extension of many species; as many as 81 species which occur in western
France do not reach British coasts (P. Fischer). At the same time, the
western coasts of France are rather intermediate between the two sub-
regions than distinctly Lusitanian, for between 50 and 60 Mediterranean
genera do not occur on those coasts.
The Mediterranean itself is exceedingly rich in species, about 1200 in all
(including deep-water species) being known. A certain number of these
belong to tropical genera which here find their northern limit, e.g.
Fasciolaria, Cancellaria, Sigaretus, Siliquaria, Chama, Spondylus. Here
too occur Carinaria, Lobiger, Oxynoe, Pedicularia, Cypraea, Marginella,
Mitra, Dolium, Cassis, Cassidaria, Pisania, Euthria, Vermetus, Argonauta,
and many others. A few Celtic and even Boreal species, which occur on the
western coasts of Morocco, do not enter the Mediterranean. Among these
Dublin Bay and Scarborough). Buccinum undatum and Littorina littorea
become very scarce on our extreme south-western coasts. Among
Lusitanian species which reach our coasts are Gibbula magus L. (to Orkney
and Shetland Islands), Phasianella pullus L. (to Caithness), Galerus
chinensis L. (to Milford Haven), Galeomma Turtoni Turt. (to Weymouth),
Cardium aculeatum L. (to Isle of Man), Solen vagina L. (to north Ireland).
It appears from the Mollusca of our Crag formations that at the time of
their deposition the temperature of our seas must have been considerably
warmer than it is now. Thus in the Crag we find many species and even
genera (e.g. Mitra, Fossarus, Triton, Vermetus, Ringicula, Chama) which
now occur no farther north than the southern coasts of the Channel, the west
of France, and the Mediterranean.
The Baltic, a sea specially liable to violent changes of temperature, with
a large admixture of fresh water at its eastern end, appears to possess only
about 65 species in all. More than 50 genera occurring on the western
coasts of Denmark do not enter the Sound. In the eastern portion of the
Baltic marine and fresh-water species live together (p. 12).
(4) The Lusitanian Sub-region extends from Cape Ushant in the north to
Cape Juby (lat. 28°) in the south, and includes the whole of the
Mediterranean, as well as the Azores, Canaries, and Madeira groups.
The English Channel acts as an effectual barrier to the northward
extension of many species; as many as 81 species which occur in western
France do not reach British coasts (P. Fischer). At the same time, the
western coasts of France are rather intermediate between the two sub-
regions than distinctly Lusitanian, for between 50 and 60 Mediterranean
genera do not occur on those coasts.
The Mediterranean itself is exceedingly rich in species, about 1200 in all
(including deep-water species) being known. A certain number of these
belong to tropical genera which here find their northern limit, e.g.
Fasciolaria, Cancellaria, Sigaretus, Siliquaria, Chama, Spondylus. Here
too occur Carinaria, Lobiger, Oxynoe, Pedicularia, Cypraea, Marginella,
Mitra, Dolium, Cassis, Cassidaria, Pisania, Euthria, Vermetus, Argonauta,
and many others. A few Celtic and even Boreal species, which occur on the
western coasts of Morocco, do not enter the Mediterranean. Among these
Page 450
are Purpura lapillus, Helcion pellucidum, and Tellina balthica. Halia, a rare
West African genus akin to Pleurotoma, is found in Cadiz Bay, and the West
African Cymbium occurs on the Spanish coasts as far as Malaga.
The Black Sea, whose northern and western coasts are exceedingly cold,
is comparatively poor in species. The Sea of Azof is chiefly characterised
by forms of Cardium.
(5) The West African Sub-region extends from Cape Juby to a point
probably not very far south of lat. 30° S., the cold current which sweeps up
from the Pole probably limiting the southward extension of tropical species
on this side of Africa, while the warm Mozambique current on the eastern
side permits the spread of many Indo-Pacific species almost as far south as
the Cape. Owing to its extreme unhealthiness, and the absence of harbours,
the sub-region is very little known.
The principal genera are Cymbium, Pleurotoma, Marginella, Terebra,
Mitra, Agaronia, Murex, Cancellaria, Purpura, Pseudoliva, Natica, Tellina,
Lucina, Tugonia, Schizodesma, and Arca. Studer has enumerated as many
as 55 species common to West Africa and the opposite American shores.
The north and south equatorial currents, which circulate in this part of the
Atlantic, probably transport the larvae from one coast to the other. Purpura
coronata Lam., a characteristic West African species, is represented by a
well-marked variety in Demerara.
The Mollusca of St. Helena (178 known species) most resemble those of
the West Indies, 50 per cent being common, while 30 per cent are common
to the Mediterranean. From Ascension Island only 33 species are known,
which in their general relations resemble those of St. Helena.[385]
(6) The South African Sub-region extends along the coast from about lat.
30° on the west, to about East London on the east. Mr. G. B. Sowerby
enumerates 740 species from ‘South Africa,’ but includes in this list Natal
species, which more properly belong to the Indo-Pacific fauna. Of these
740, 323 are peculiar, while 67 also occur in European seas, some being
familiar on our own shores. It is remarkable to find in a sub-region
separated from ourselves by the whole width of the tropics, such well-
known forms as Mangilia costata Don., M. septangularis Mont., Cylichna
cylindracea Penn., Pholas dactylus L., Solen marginatus Pult., Cultellus
West African genus akin to Pleurotoma, is found in Cadiz Bay, and the West
African Cymbium occurs on the Spanish coasts as far as Malaga.
The Black Sea, whose northern and western coasts are exceedingly cold,
is comparatively poor in species. The Sea of Azof is chiefly characterised
by forms of Cardium.
(5) The West African Sub-region extends from Cape Juby to a point
probably not very far south of lat. 30° S., the cold current which sweeps up
from the Pole probably limiting the southward extension of tropical species
on this side of Africa, while the warm Mozambique current on the eastern
side permits the spread of many Indo-Pacific species almost as far south as
the Cape. Owing to its extreme unhealthiness, and the absence of harbours,
the sub-region is very little known.
The principal genera are Cymbium, Pleurotoma, Marginella, Terebra,
Mitra, Agaronia, Murex, Cancellaria, Purpura, Pseudoliva, Natica, Tellina,
Lucina, Tugonia, Schizodesma, and Arca. Studer has enumerated as many
as 55 species common to West Africa and the opposite American shores.
The north and south equatorial currents, which circulate in this part of the
Atlantic, probably transport the larvae from one coast to the other. Purpura
coronata Lam., a characteristic West African species, is represented by a
well-marked variety in Demerara.
The Mollusca of St. Helena (178 known species) most resemble those of
the West Indies, 50 per cent being common, while 30 per cent are common
to the Mediterranean. From Ascension Island only 33 species are known,
which in their general relations resemble those of St. Helena.[385]
(6) The South African Sub-region extends along the coast from about lat.
30° on the west, to about East London on the east. Mr. G. B. Sowerby
enumerates 740 species from ‘South Africa,’ but includes in this list Natal
species, which more properly belong to the Indo-Pacific fauna. Of these
740, 323 are peculiar, while 67 also occur in European seas, some being
familiar on our own shores. It is remarkable to find in a sub-region
separated from ourselves by the whole width of the tropics, such well-
known forms as Mangilia costata Don., M. septangularis Mont., Cylichna
cylindracea Penn., Pholas dactylus L., Solen marginatus Pult., Cultellus
Page 451
pellucidus Penn., Ceratisolen legumen L., Lutraria oblonga Chem., Tellina
fabula Gmel., T. tenuis Da C., Modiolaria discors L., and many others.
The leading genera are Euthria, Triton, Cominella, Bullia, Nassa,
Cypraeovula, Oxystele, Fissurella, Fissurellidaea, Patella, and Chiton.
The Mollusca of Kerguelen Island and the Marion and Crozets groups
show relationship partly with South America, partly with the Cape, and
partly with South Australia and New Zealand, thus showing some trace of a
circumpolar antarctic fauna corresponding to, but not nearly so well marked
as that of the circumpolar arctic sub-region. Among the remarkable forms
discovered off Kerguelen are Neobuccinum and a sub-genus of
Struthiolaria (Perissodonta).
B. The Indo-Pacific Region
includes the whole of the coast-line of the Indian and western Pacific
oceans, from about East London in South Africa to the north of Niphon (lat.
42°) in Japan, with the Red Sea and Persian Gulf, the whole of the Indo-
Malay Archipelago, Polynesia to the Sandwich Islands in the north-east,
and Easter Island in the south-east, and Australia to Swan River in the west,
and to Sandy Cape and Lord Howe’s Island in the east. It is especially the
region of coral reefs, which furnish so favourite a home of the Mollusca,
and which are entirely absent from the Atlantic Region.
(1) The Indo-Pacific Sub-region proper (which includes the whole of this
region except that part defined below as the Japanese Sub-region) is by far
the richest in the world. The marine Mollusca of the Philippines alone (in
some respects the nucleus of the whole region) have been estimated at
between 5000 and 6000 species, and Jousseaume estimates Red Sea species
at about 1000. Some prominent genera are very rich in species. Garrett
enumerates from Polynesia 81 species of Conus, 60 of which occur on the
Viti Is., 21 on the Sandwich Is., and only 14 on the Marquesas, where coral
reefs are almost absent; 82 species of Cypraea, Viti Is. 44, Sandwich Is. 31,
Marquesas only 13; 167 species of Mitra (besides 29 recorded by others),
Viti Is. 120, Sandwich Is. 36, Marquesas 7. Of 50 existing species of
Strombus, 39 occur in this region, and 10 out of 11 Eburna.
The following important genera are quite peculiar to the region:
Nautilus, several forms of Purpuridae, e.g. Rapana, Magilus, Rapa,
fabula Gmel., T. tenuis Da C., Modiolaria discors L., and many others.
The leading genera are Euthria, Triton, Cominella, Bullia, Nassa,
Cypraeovula, Oxystele, Fissurella, Fissurellidaea, Patella, and Chiton.
The Mollusca of Kerguelen Island and the Marion and Crozets groups
show relationship partly with South America, partly with the Cape, and
partly with South Australia and New Zealand, thus showing some trace of a
circumpolar antarctic fauna corresponding to, but not nearly so well marked
as that of the circumpolar arctic sub-region. Among the remarkable forms
discovered off Kerguelen are Neobuccinum and a sub-genus of
Struthiolaria (Perissodonta).
B. The Indo-Pacific Region
includes the whole of the coast-line of the Indian and western Pacific
oceans, from about East London in South Africa to the north of Niphon (lat.
42°) in Japan, with the Red Sea and Persian Gulf, the whole of the Indo-
Malay Archipelago, Polynesia to the Sandwich Islands in the north-east,
and Easter Island in the south-east, and Australia to Swan River in the west,
and to Sandy Cape and Lord Howe’s Island in the east. It is especially the
region of coral reefs, which furnish so favourite a home of the Mollusca,
and which are entirely absent from the Atlantic Region.
(1) The Indo-Pacific Sub-region proper (which includes the whole of this
region except that part defined below as the Japanese Sub-region) is by far
the richest in the world. The marine Mollusca of the Philippines alone (in
some respects the nucleus of the whole region) have been estimated at
between 5000 and 6000 species, and Jousseaume estimates Red Sea species
at about 1000. Some prominent genera are very rich in species. Garrett
enumerates from Polynesia 81 species of Conus, 60 of which occur on the
Viti Is., 21 on the Sandwich Is., and only 14 on the Marquesas, where coral
reefs are almost absent; 82 species of Cypraea, Viti Is. 44, Sandwich Is. 31,
Marquesas only 13; 167 species of Mitra (besides 29 recorded by others),
Viti Is. 120, Sandwich Is. 36, Marquesas 7. Of 50 existing species of
Strombus, 39 occur in this region, and 10 out of 11 Eburna.
The following important genera are quite peculiar to the region:
Nautilus, several forms of Purpuridae, e.g. Rapana, Magilus, Rapa,
Page 452
Melapium, and Ricinula; Tudicla, several forms of Strombidae, e.g.
Rostellaria, Terebellum, Pteroceras, and Rimella; Cithara, Melo,
Neritopsis, Stomatia, Malleus, Vulsella, Cucullaea, Tridacna, Hippopus,
Libitina, Glaucomya, Anatina, Aspergillum, and many others.
The number of species common to the Red Sea and Mediterranean is
exceedingly small, some authorities even denying the existence of a single
common species. The present author, from an examination of the shells
dredged by MacAndrew at Suez, regarded 17 species as common, and Mr.
E. A. Smith has confirmed this view with regard to 8 of the species in
question.[386] The Mollusca occurring in Post-pliocene beds at Suez show
that Mediterranean species lived there in comparatively recent geological
times.
The opening of the Suez Canal appears to have already induced several
species to start on their travels from the Mediterranean to the Red Sea and
vice versâ. Two Red Sea species (Mactra olorina Phil., Mytilus variabilis
Kr.) had in 1882 established themselves at Port Said, while two
Mediterranean species (Pholas dactylus L., Solen vagina L.) had reached
Ismailia.[387]
(2) The Japanese Sub-region consists of the Japanese Islands to Niphon,
together with Corea and a stretch of adjacent mainland coast of unknown
extent. The warm Kuro Siwo current, sweeping up between Luzon and
Formosa, permits tropical species to extend much farther north than on the
opposite shores of America, where a cold polar current keeps them back. A
certain number of species, however, are common to the two shores of the
Pacific, and a few circumpolar species occurring on our own coasts reach
Japan, e.g.Trophon clathratus, Puncturella noachina, Mya arenaria,
Modiola modiolus, Lasaea rubra, and Nucula tenuis.
Among the characteristic genera are Fusus, Siphonalia, Columbarium,
Hemifusus, Rapana, Chlorostoma, Pleurotomaria, Haliotis, and Cyclina.
C. The Australian Region
includes the Australian coast-line from about Swan R.[388] (lat. 32° S.) to
Sandy Cape (lat. 25° S.), Tasmania, New Zealand, and the adjacent islands
(except Lord Howe’s I.).
Rostellaria, Terebellum, Pteroceras, and Rimella; Cithara, Melo,
Neritopsis, Stomatia, Malleus, Vulsella, Cucullaea, Tridacna, Hippopus,
Libitina, Glaucomya, Anatina, Aspergillum, and many others.
The number of species common to the Red Sea and Mediterranean is
exceedingly small, some authorities even denying the existence of a single
common species. The present author, from an examination of the shells
dredged by MacAndrew at Suez, regarded 17 species as common, and Mr.
E. A. Smith has confirmed this view with regard to 8 of the species in
question.[386] The Mollusca occurring in Post-pliocene beds at Suez show
that Mediterranean species lived there in comparatively recent geological
times.
The opening of the Suez Canal appears to have already induced several
species to start on their travels from the Mediterranean to the Red Sea and
vice versâ. Two Red Sea species (Mactra olorina Phil., Mytilus variabilis
Kr.) had in 1882 established themselves at Port Said, while two
Mediterranean species (Pholas dactylus L., Solen vagina L.) had reached
Ismailia.[387]
(2) The Japanese Sub-region consists of the Japanese Islands to Niphon,
together with Corea and a stretch of adjacent mainland coast of unknown
extent. The warm Kuro Siwo current, sweeping up between Luzon and
Formosa, permits tropical species to extend much farther north than on the
opposite shores of America, where a cold polar current keeps them back. A
certain number of species, however, are common to the two shores of the
Pacific, and a few circumpolar species occurring on our own coasts reach
Japan, e.g.Trophon clathratus, Puncturella noachina, Mya arenaria,
Modiola modiolus, Lasaea rubra, and Nucula tenuis.
Among the characteristic genera are Fusus, Siphonalia, Columbarium,
Hemifusus, Rapana, Chlorostoma, Pleurotomaria, Haliotis, and Cyclina.
C. The Australian Region
includes the Australian coast-line from about Swan R.[388] (lat. 32° S.) to
Sandy Cape (lat. 25° S.), Tasmania, New Zealand, and the adjacent islands
(except Lord Howe’s I.).
Page 453
(1) The Australian Sub-region proper (which consists of the whole of the
region excepting New Zealand and the adjacent islands) is determined by
the influence of the Antarctic Drift, which washes the whole of the southern
coasts of Australia, and runs strongly northward between Australia and New
Zealand. The E. Australian warm current from the north is checked at Sandy
Cape by this cold current, and flows off to New Zealand, the western shores
of which island are consequently much warmer than the eastern. On the
western coast of Australia the Antarctic Drift has less force, and tropical
genera accordingly range some 7 degrees farther south on the western than
on the eastern coasts.
The characteristic genera are Voluta (of which half the known species
occur on Australian coasts[389]), Cominella, Siphonalia, Struthiolaria,
Risella, Phasianella, a number of genera belonging to the Trochidae, e.g.
Liotia, Clanculus, Euchelus, Thalotia, Elenchus, Trochocochlea,
Zizyphinus, Bankivia, Trigonia, Myodora, Myochama, Solenomya,
Ephippodonta, Anapa, Mylitta, Mesodesma, and Chamostrea. Trigonia,
originally discovered as a recent form in Sydney Harbour (p. 65), is not
peculiar to that locality, occurring also off Cape York, West Australia, and
Tasmania.
(2) The Neozealanian Sub-region includes New Zealand, with the
outlying islands (Chatham, Auckland, and Campbell Is.).
As many as 455 species (Cephalopoda, 8; Gasteropoda, 311;
Scaphopoda, 2; Pelecypoda, 134) have been enumerated by Professor F. W.
Hutton as occurring within the sub-region, of which only 64 are found
elsewhere, the proportion of peculiar species being thus nearly 86 per cent.
New Zealand therefore is, in its marine, no less than its land Mollusca,
greatly isolated.
The characteristic genera are Anthora, Cryptoconchus, and Vanganella,
which appear to be quite peculiar, Trophon, Cominella, Euthria, most of the
Trochidae also characteristic of S. Australia, Haliotis, Patella, Taria,
Mesodesma, Mylitta, Zenatia, Standella, and Myodora.
D. The American Region
includes the entire coasts of North and South America with the adjacent
islands, south of Cape Avinoff on the western, and south of Cape Cod on
region excepting New Zealand and the adjacent islands) is determined by
the influence of the Antarctic Drift, which washes the whole of the southern
coasts of Australia, and runs strongly northward between Australia and New
Zealand. The E. Australian warm current from the north is checked at Sandy
Cape by this cold current, and flows off to New Zealand, the western shores
of which island are consequently much warmer than the eastern. On the
western coast of Australia the Antarctic Drift has less force, and tropical
genera accordingly range some 7 degrees farther south on the western than
on the eastern coasts.
The characteristic genera are Voluta (of which half the known species
occur on Australian coasts[389]), Cominella, Siphonalia, Struthiolaria,
Risella, Phasianella, a number of genera belonging to the Trochidae, e.g.
Liotia, Clanculus, Euchelus, Thalotia, Elenchus, Trochocochlea,
Zizyphinus, Bankivia, Trigonia, Myodora, Myochama, Solenomya,
Ephippodonta, Anapa, Mylitta, Mesodesma, and Chamostrea. Trigonia,
originally discovered as a recent form in Sydney Harbour (p. 65), is not
peculiar to that locality, occurring also off Cape York, West Australia, and
Tasmania.
(2) The Neozealanian Sub-region includes New Zealand, with the
outlying islands (Chatham, Auckland, and Campbell Is.).
As many as 455 species (Cephalopoda, 8; Gasteropoda, 311;
Scaphopoda, 2; Pelecypoda, 134) have been enumerated by Professor F. W.
Hutton as occurring within the sub-region, of which only 64 are found
elsewhere, the proportion of peculiar species being thus nearly 86 per cent.
New Zealand therefore is, in its marine, no less than its land Mollusca,
greatly isolated.
The characteristic genera are Anthora, Cryptoconchus, and Vanganella,
which appear to be quite peculiar, Trophon, Cominella, Euthria, most of the
Trochidae also characteristic of S. Australia, Haliotis, Patella, Taria,
Mesodesma, Mylitta, Zenatia, Standella, and Myodora.
D. The American Region
includes the entire coasts of North and South America with the adjacent
islands, south of Cape Avinoff on the western, and south of Cape Cod on
Page 454
the eastern coast, the portions north of these points belonging to the Arctic
Sub-region.
(1) The Aleutian Sub-region consists of the islands of Yesso and
Saghalien, with the adjacent shores of the Sea of Okhotsk to Cape Lopatka,
the Aleutian Is., and the west American coast from about Cape Avinoff (lat.
60° N.) to St. Jean de Fuca Straits.
A certain number of species, probably of arctic origin, are common with
British and also with East American shores, the former being the more
numerous. Species as familiar to us as Lacuna divaricata Fabr.,
Trichotropis borealis Brod., Pholas crispata L., Mya truncata L., M.
arenaria L., Mytilus edulis L., and Modiolaria nigra Gray, occur. The more
characteristic genera are Chrysodomus, Volutharpa, Buccinum, Tectura,
Scurria, Chiton, Cryptochiton (Cr. Stelleri Midd. is by far the largest known
of the Chitonidae, 6 inches long), Tellina and Pecten.
(2) The Californian Sub-region extends from St. Jean de Fuca Straits
(lat. 48° N.) to Cape St. Lucas, the Gulf of California belonging to the
Panamic sub-region. The northern polar current, which washes the shores of
this sub-region throughout their whole extent, prolongs the southward range
of the more northern genera, and keeps back those more markedly tropical,
the latter, however, creeping northward in the warmer waters of the Gulf of
California. Some authorities subdivide this immense stretch of coast-line, as
characterised by sub-temperate, temperate, and sub-tropical genera, into the
Oregonian, Californian, and Lower Californian provinces.
The characteristic genera are—in the north, Argobuccinum, Zizyphinus,
Chlorostoma, Tectura, Scurria, Chiton (Katharina, Mopalia, Tonicia),
Cryptochiton, Placunanomia, and Mytilimeria; in the centre, Purpura,
Monoceros, Amphissa, Norrisia, Platyodon, Tapes, and Macoma; and,
towards the south, Olivella, Chorus, Macron, Pseudoliva, Trivia, and
Haliotis.
(3) The Panamic Sub-region extends from the head of the Gulf of
California to Payta in Peru (lat. 5° S.). It is exceedingly rich in species,
about 1500 having been described. The Mollusca are entirely distinct from
those of the Indo-Pacific Region, which, although extending from Natal to
the Sandwich Islands, are unable to pass the enormous extent of sea which
separates the nearest Polynesian island from the American coast.
Sub-region.
(1) The Aleutian Sub-region consists of the islands of Yesso and
Saghalien, with the adjacent shores of the Sea of Okhotsk to Cape Lopatka,
the Aleutian Is., and the west American coast from about Cape Avinoff (lat.
60° N.) to St. Jean de Fuca Straits.
A certain number of species, probably of arctic origin, are common with
British and also with East American shores, the former being the more
numerous. Species as familiar to us as Lacuna divaricata Fabr.,
Trichotropis borealis Brod., Pholas crispata L., Mya truncata L., M.
arenaria L., Mytilus edulis L., and Modiolaria nigra Gray, occur. The more
characteristic genera are Chrysodomus, Volutharpa, Buccinum, Tectura,
Scurria, Chiton, Cryptochiton (Cr. Stelleri Midd. is by far the largest known
of the Chitonidae, 6 inches long), Tellina and Pecten.
(2) The Californian Sub-region extends from St. Jean de Fuca Straits
(lat. 48° N.) to Cape St. Lucas, the Gulf of California belonging to the
Panamic sub-region. The northern polar current, which washes the shores of
this sub-region throughout their whole extent, prolongs the southward range
of the more northern genera, and keeps back those more markedly tropical,
the latter, however, creeping northward in the warmer waters of the Gulf of
California. Some authorities subdivide this immense stretch of coast-line, as
characterised by sub-temperate, temperate, and sub-tropical genera, into the
Oregonian, Californian, and Lower Californian provinces.
The characteristic genera are—in the north, Argobuccinum, Zizyphinus,
Chlorostoma, Tectura, Scurria, Chiton (Katharina, Mopalia, Tonicia),
Cryptochiton, Placunanomia, and Mytilimeria; in the centre, Purpura,
Monoceros, Amphissa, Norrisia, Platyodon, Tapes, and Macoma; and,
towards the south, Olivella, Chorus, Macron, Pseudoliva, Trivia, and
Haliotis.
(3) The Panamic Sub-region extends from the head of the Gulf of
California to Payta in Peru (lat. 5° S.). It is exceedingly rich in species,
about 1500 having been described. The Mollusca are entirely distinct from
those of the Indo-Pacific Region, which, although extending from Natal to
the Sandwich Islands, are unable to pass the enormous extent of sea which
separates the nearest Polynesian island from the American coast.
Page 455
On the two sides of the isthmus of Panama there occur certain pairs of
species, which, while specifically distant, are evidently closely related to
one another. Amongst these are, on the Panamic side, Purpura speciosa,
Cypraea cervinetta, Cassis abbreviata, Natica Chemnitzii, and Strombus
gracilior, corresponding to Purpura deltoidea, Cypraea exanthema, Cassis
inflata, Natica maroccana, and Strombus pugilis, on the Caribbean. It is
reasonable to conclude that these “analogous species” are descendants of a
stock which was common to both seas when the isthmus was open
(probably not later than Miocene times), and which have, since the closing
of the isthmus, become modified, some species considerably more than
others.
Among the characteristic genera (compare p. 3) are Conus, Pleurotoma,
Terebra, Murex, Purpura, Oliva, Northia, Cantharus, Columbella, Anachis,
Cypraea, Strombus, Cerithium, Coecum, Crepidula, Crucibulum, Vitrinella;
Tellina, Semele, Tellidora; and Arca.
(4) The Peruvian Sub-region extends from Payta in Peru to about the
latitude of Conception in S. Chili (37° S.), being checked from further
extension southward by the cold Humboldt current, whose force is
distinctly felt as far north as Callao. This cold current thus produces the
same results as the similar current which impinges on S. Africa, but has
even more effect in decisively separating the fauna on the two sides of the
great peninsula, scarcely a single species being common to the western and
eastern coasts of S. America. The characteristics of the coast-lines
themselves contribute to this result. The Chilian coast is rocky, and
descends abruptly to a great depth, while that of Patagonia and Argentina is
sandy and very shallow to a great distance from land.
The characteristic genera are Cancellaria, Columbella, Monoceros,
Concholepas, Trochita, Fissurella, Chiton; Ceronia, Malletia, and
Cumingia. Some of the Californian genera, absent or poorly represented in
the Panamic Sub-region, reappear in Chili, e.g. Scurria, Tectura, and
Chlorostoma.
(5) The Magellanic Sub-region includes the coast-line and adjacent
islands (with the Falklands) from Conception in S. Chili to about Port Melo
in Eastern Patagonia (lat. 45° S.).
species, which, while specifically distant, are evidently closely related to
one another. Amongst these are, on the Panamic side, Purpura speciosa,
Cypraea cervinetta, Cassis abbreviata, Natica Chemnitzii, and Strombus
gracilior, corresponding to Purpura deltoidea, Cypraea exanthema, Cassis
inflata, Natica maroccana, and Strombus pugilis, on the Caribbean. It is
reasonable to conclude that these “analogous species” are descendants of a
stock which was common to both seas when the isthmus was open
(probably not later than Miocene times), and which have, since the closing
of the isthmus, become modified, some species considerably more than
others.
Among the characteristic genera (compare p. 3) are Conus, Pleurotoma,
Terebra, Murex, Purpura, Oliva, Northia, Cantharus, Columbella, Anachis,
Cypraea, Strombus, Cerithium, Coecum, Crepidula, Crucibulum, Vitrinella;
Tellina, Semele, Tellidora; and Arca.
(4) The Peruvian Sub-region extends from Payta in Peru to about the
latitude of Conception in S. Chili (37° S.), being checked from further
extension southward by the cold Humboldt current, whose force is
distinctly felt as far north as Callao. This cold current thus produces the
same results as the similar current which impinges on S. Africa, but has
even more effect in decisively separating the fauna on the two sides of the
great peninsula, scarcely a single species being common to the western and
eastern coasts of S. America. The characteristics of the coast-lines
themselves contribute to this result. The Chilian coast is rocky, and
descends abruptly to a great depth, while that of Patagonia and Argentina is
sandy and very shallow to a great distance from land.
The characteristic genera are Cancellaria, Columbella, Monoceros,
Concholepas, Trochita, Fissurella, Chiton; Ceronia, Malletia, and
Cumingia. Some of the Californian genera, absent or poorly represented in
the Panamic Sub-region, reappear in Chili, e.g. Scurria, Tectura, and
Chlorostoma.
(5) The Magellanic Sub-region includes the coast-line and adjacent
islands (with the Falklands) from Conception in S. Chili to about Port Melo
in Eastern Patagonia (lat. 45° S.).
Page 456
The principal genera (many of which find a habitat on the gigantic
Macrocystis which grows on every rock at low water) are Euthria, Voluta (6
species, one, V. magellanica, the largest known) Monoceros, Photinula,
Patella, Chiton; Modiolarca, Malletia, and Mulinia. Several genera
characteristic of the Boreal and Arctic sub-regions recur, e.g. Trophon,
Admete, Margarita, Puncturella, Cyamium, and Astarte.
(6) The Argentinian[390] Sub-region extends from about Cape Melo in
Patagonia to the neighbourhood of S. Caterina I. in South Brazil (lat. 28°
S.). The sub-region stands in the same relation to the Magellanic, on the
east coast, as the Peruvian sub-region on the west, but, owing to the
influence of the warm Brazil current, which overpowers the colder water of
the Falkland branch of the Cape Horn current, it reaches a point much
farther south.
The Mollusca are not well known. The prevailing genera appear to be
Oliva, Olivancillaria, Voluta, Bullia, Crepidula; Periploma, and Lyonsia.
(7) The Caribbean Sub-region extends from S. Caterina I. in the south to
Florida in the north, and includes the shores of the Gulf of Mexico and the
whole of the West Indies. The influence of the warm Brazil current (a
branch of the South Equatorial) carries the range of the purely tropical
species to a point much farther south than is reached by the tropical species
on the west coast.
The sub-region is very rich in species, especially on the coral reefs of the
Bahamas and N. Cuba, but the exceedingly small tide-fall makes shore
collecting somewhat difficult beyond a certain point. The leading genera are
Murex, Purpura, Melongena, Latirus, Marginella, Strombus, Triton,
Cerithium, Littorina, Nerita, Scalaria; Tellina, Strigilla, Lucina, and Venus.
Pleurotomaria, a genus long regarded as extinct, has been dredged alive off
Tobago.
As compared with the tropical fauna of the Old World, that of the New
World is poor in peculiar genera (compare p. 368). The relations of this sub-
region to the West African and the Panamic have been already dealt with
(pp. 367 and 372).
(8) The Transatlantic Sub-region extends from Florida to Cape Cod (see
p. 364). In the north the limits of the sub-region are distinctly marked, in the
Macrocystis which grows on every rock at low water) are Euthria, Voluta (6
species, one, V. magellanica, the largest known) Monoceros, Photinula,
Patella, Chiton; Modiolarca, Malletia, and Mulinia. Several genera
characteristic of the Boreal and Arctic sub-regions recur, e.g. Trophon,
Admete, Margarita, Puncturella, Cyamium, and Astarte.
(6) The Argentinian[390] Sub-region extends from about Cape Melo in
Patagonia to the neighbourhood of S. Caterina I. in South Brazil (lat. 28°
S.). The sub-region stands in the same relation to the Magellanic, on the
east coast, as the Peruvian sub-region on the west, but, owing to the
influence of the warm Brazil current, which overpowers the colder water of
the Falkland branch of the Cape Horn current, it reaches a point much
farther south.
The Mollusca are not well known. The prevailing genera appear to be
Oliva, Olivancillaria, Voluta, Bullia, Crepidula; Periploma, and Lyonsia.
(7) The Caribbean Sub-region extends from S. Caterina I. in the south to
Florida in the north, and includes the shores of the Gulf of Mexico and the
whole of the West Indies. The influence of the warm Brazil current (a
branch of the South Equatorial) carries the range of the purely tropical
species to a point much farther south than is reached by the tropical species
on the west coast.
The sub-region is very rich in species, especially on the coral reefs of the
Bahamas and N. Cuba, but the exceedingly small tide-fall makes shore
collecting somewhat difficult beyond a certain point. The leading genera are
Murex, Purpura, Melongena, Latirus, Marginella, Strombus, Triton,
Cerithium, Littorina, Nerita, Scalaria; Tellina, Strigilla, Lucina, and Venus.
Pleurotomaria, a genus long regarded as extinct, has been dredged alive off
Tobago.
As compared with the tropical fauna of the Old World, that of the New
World is poor in peculiar genera (compare p. 368). The relations of this sub-
region to the West African and the Panamic have been already dealt with
(pp. 367 and 372).
(8) The Transatlantic Sub-region extends from Florida to Cape Cod (see
p. 364). In the north the limits of the sub-region are distinctly marked, in the
Page 457
south Caribbean species intermingle. Gould and Binney, in their
Invertebrata of Massachusetts, enumerate 275 species (Cephalopoda, 6;
Gasteropoda, 159; Scaphopoda, 2; Pelecypoda, 108), of which 59
(Gasteropoda, 37; Pelecypoda, 22) are British.
Among the characteristic genera are Urosalpinx, Eupleura, Fulgur,
Ptychatractus, Nassa, Crepidula; Solenomya, Mactra, Cypricia, Raëta,
Astarte, and Yoldia. Our common Littorina littorea appears to have been
introduced into Nova Scotian waters in about 1857, no previous trace of it
occurring either in literature or shell-heaps. Since then it has spread rapidly
into the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and also as far south as Newhaven, and is
said to be driving out the indigenous L. palliata from New England shores.
[391]
The debt has been repaid by the introduction into British waters of the
American clam (Venus mercenaria L.), which, according to the Manchester
City News of 23rd March 1889, was first observed in the Humber in 1864,
and has steadily increased up to the present time, when it bids fair to
compete, in those waters, with the familiar Cardium edule.
Characteristics of Abyssal Mollusca.—Large shells appear to be rare in
the great ocean depths, and are usually very fragile; even moderately-sized
specimens are far from common. The only group in which species occur
larger than the usual size is the Nudibranchs, which are represented by at
least one form larger than an orange.
It would seem that abyssal molluscs are much less active and energetic
than their brethren on the shores. This view is favoured by the looseness of
their tissues, which seem ill adapted for prompt and vigorous action. The
tenacious character of the mud on the ocean floor must make rapid motion
very difficult. The shell itself is usually fragile and delicate, the upper layers
of arragonite being thin as compared with shallow-water species, which
makes the nacreous layer, when present, appear unusually conspicuous; in
many cases the surface is characterised by a peculiar iridescence or sheen.
The colour in the shell of deep-sea Mollusca is never very pronounced, and
is often absent altogether. Light pink and salmon, pale yellow and brown,
are not uncommon. If the colour is in pattern, it is usually in the form of
necklaces of spots, which sometimes coalesce into bands. With regard to
sculpture, stout knobs and powerfully buttressed varices, such as occur in
the tropical Murex and Purpura, are not found in deep-sea species. But the
ornamentation is frequently elaborate, and the sculpture rich and varied.
Invertebrata of Massachusetts, enumerate 275 species (Cephalopoda, 6;
Gasteropoda, 159; Scaphopoda, 2; Pelecypoda, 108), of which 59
(Gasteropoda, 37; Pelecypoda, 22) are British.
Among the characteristic genera are Urosalpinx, Eupleura, Fulgur,
Ptychatractus, Nassa, Crepidula; Solenomya, Mactra, Cypricia, Raëta,
Astarte, and Yoldia. Our common Littorina littorea appears to have been
introduced into Nova Scotian waters in about 1857, no previous trace of it
occurring either in literature or shell-heaps. Since then it has spread rapidly
into the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and also as far south as Newhaven, and is
said to be driving out the indigenous L. palliata from New England shores.
[391]
The debt has been repaid by the introduction into British waters of the
American clam (Venus mercenaria L.), which, according to the Manchester
City News of 23rd March 1889, was first observed in the Humber in 1864,
and has steadily increased up to the present time, when it bids fair to
compete, in those waters, with the familiar Cardium edule.
Characteristics of Abyssal Mollusca.—Large shells appear to be rare in
the great ocean depths, and are usually very fragile; even moderately-sized
specimens are far from common. The only group in which species occur
larger than the usual size is the Nudibranchs, which are represented by at
least one form larger than an orange.
It would seem that abyssal molluscs are much less active and energetic
than their brethren on the shores. This view is favoured by the looseness of
their tissues, which seem ill adapted for prompt and vigorous action. The
tenacious character of the mud on the ocean floor must make rapid motion
very difficult. The shell itself is usually fragile and delicate, the upper layers
of arragonite being thin as compared with shallow-water species, which
makes the nacreous layer, when present, appear unusually conspicuous; in
many cases the surface is characterised by a peculiar iridescence or sheen.
The colour in the shell of deep-sea Mollusca is never very pronounced, and
is often absent altogether. Light pink and salmon, pale yellow and brown,
are not uncommon. If the colour is in pattern, it is usually in the form of
necklaces of spots, which sometimes coalesce into bands. With regard to
sculpture, stout knobs and powerfully buttressed varices, such as occur in
the tropical Murex and Purpura, are not found in deep-sea species. But the
ornamentation is frequently elaborate, and the sculpture rich and varied.
Page 458
There is an especial tendency towards strings of bead-like knobs, revolving
striae, and delicate transverse waves, the sculpture being in many cases of a
character which tends to strengthen the structure of the shell, like the ridges
in corrugated iron.
A remarkable feature in some deep-sea Mollusca is their singular
resemblance, in shape, and particularly in the possession of a strong green
periostracum, to some of our common fresh-water species. According to Dr.
Dall, the cause of this phenomenon is the same in both cases. The fresh-
water Mollusca secrete a strong periostracum, in order to protect the shell
against the corrosive influence of the carbonic acid gas with which the
water is surcharged. The shells of deep-sea Mollusca, living, as they do, in
water probably undisturbed by currents of any kind, have to protect
themselves against the same eroding influence, and do so in the same way.
[392]
Mollusca which live exclusively on algae and other forms of plant life
are almost entirely wanting in the great depths, where vegetation is
probably unknown. The struggle for existence must be much less keen than
in the thickly populated shallows, where vicissitudes of every kind occur.
The absence of rapid motion of water must obliterate many of those
mechanical effects which tend to produce modifying influences upon the
animals affected. In the absence of circumstances tending to cause
variation, in the unbroken monotony of their surroundings, species must,
one would think, preserve a marked uniformity over an exceedingly wide
area of range.
Vegetable food being wanting, those genera which in shallower waters
never taste flesh, are compelled to become carnivorous. Characteristic of
the great depths are very remarkable forms of Trochidae, in whose
stomachs have been found the remains of Corallines and Foraminifera.
According to Dr. Dall, the results of this diet show themselves in the greatly
increased space occupied by the intestine, in the diminution, as regards size,
of the masticatory organs, the teeth and jaws, and also in the prolongation
of the anal end of the intestine into a free tube, which carries away the
excreta in such a way that they do not foul the water taken into the gills.
The amount of nutriment contained in the bodies of dead Foraminifera is so
small that a comparatively large quantity must be swallowed to keep the
vital energies active, and therefore the amount evacuated must be
striae, and delicate transverse waves, the sculpture being in many cases of a
character which tends to strengthen the structure of the shell, like the ridges
in corrugated iron.
A remarkable feature in some deep-sea Mollusca is their singular
resemblance, in shape, and particularly in the possession of a strong green
periostracum, to some of our common fresh-water species. According to Dr.
Dall, the cause of this phenomenon is the same in both cases. The fresh-
water Mollusca secrete a strong periostracum, in order to protect the shell
against the corrosive influence of the carbonic acid gas with which the
water is surcharged. The shells of deep-sea Mollusca, living, as they do, in
water probably undisturbed by currents of any kind, have to protect
themselves against the same eroding influence, and do so in the same way.
[392]
Mollusca which live exclusively on algae and other forms of plant life
are almost entirely wanting in the great depths, where vegetation is
probably unknown. The struggle for existence must be much less keen than
in the thickly populated shallows, where vicissitudes of every kind occur.
The absence of rapid motion of water must obliterate many of those
mechanical effects which tend to produce modifying influences upon the
animals affected. In the absence of circumstances tending to cause
variation, in the unbroken monotony of their surroundings, species must,
one would think, preserve a marked uniformity over an exceedingly wide
area of range.
Vegetable food being wanting, those genera which in shallower waters
never taste flesh, are compelled to become carnivorous. Characteristic of
the great depths are very remarkable forms of Trochidae, in whose
stomachs have been found the remains of Corallines and Foraminifera.
According to Dr. Dall, the results of this diet show themselves in the greatly
increased space occupied by the intestine, in the diminution, as regards size,
of the masticatory organs, the teeth and jaws, and also in the prolongation
of the anal end of the intestine into a free tube, which carries away the
excreta in such a way that they do not foul the water taken into the gills.
The amount of nutriment contained in the bodies of dead Foraminifera is so
small that a comparatively large quantity must be swallowed to keep the
vital energies active, and therefore the amount evacuated must be
Page 459
proportionately larger also. The abyssal Trochidae, then, and many other
genera, sustain themselves by feeding on the ‘rain’ of dead animal matter
which falls upon the ocean floor, not so much hunting their prey as opening
their mouths and eating whatever happens to fall into them. Genera which
are normally carnivorous would appear to do the same. The Pleurotomidae,
for instance, are a family markedly characteristic of very deep water.
Representatives of the genus which occur in shallower water are known to
secure their prey while in the living state. But, according to Dr. Dall, a
singularly small proportion of deep-sea Mollusca, as compared with those
from the littoral region, show signs of having been drilled or attacked by
other Mollusca. This could hardly be the case if the Pleurotomidae retained
their predatory habits, since they are more numerous in the great depths
than any six other families taken together. It has already been mentioned (p.
186) that a large proportion of deep-sea Mollusca are perfectly blind.
Amongst other remarkable forms from the great depths may be
mentioned Pleurotomaria, with its singular anal slit (Fig. 269, p. 407)
extending in some cases half way round the last whorl. Three or four
species of this genus, so characteristic of almost all fossiliferous strata
down to the Cambrian, have been obtained in very limited numbers off the
West Indies and Japan. Dentaliidae, especially the sub-genus Cadulus, find
a congenial home in the slimy ocean mud. One of the greatest molluscan
treasures procured by the Challenger was Guivillea alabastrina Wats., a
magnificent Volute as white as alabaster, 6½ inches long, which was
dredged from 1600 fath. in the South Atlantic, between Marion Island and
the Crozets. Another very curious form, belonging to the same family, is
Provocator pulcher Wats., a shell about half the size of Guivillea, of stouter
proportions, and with an angulated and patulous mouth. This shell was
dredged by the Challenger in comparatively shallow water (105–150 fath.)
off Kerguelen Island. Among the Trochidae are the fine new genera
Basilissa, Bembix, and Gaza. The exploring voyages of the American
surveying steamer Blake, in the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea,
have given us the remarkable new forms Benthobia (possibly akin to
Admete), Mesorhytis (a sub-genus of Fasciolaria hitherto only known from
the Cretaceous of North America), and Benthodolium (possibly = Oocorys),
a genus akin to Cassis.
genera, sustain themselves by feeding on the ‘rain’ of dead animal matter
which falls upon the ocean floor, not so much hunting their prey as opening
their mouths and eating whatever happens to fall into them. Genera which
are normally carnivorous would appear to do the same. The Pleurotomidae,
for instance, are a family markedly characteristic of very deep water.
Representatives of the genus which occur in shallower water are known to
secure their prey while in the living state. But, according to Dr. Dall, a
singularly small proportion of deep-sea Mollusca, as compared with those
from the littoral region, show signs of having been drilled or attacked by
other Mollusca. This could hardly be the case if the Pleurotomidae retained
their predatory habits, since they are more numerous in the great depths
than any six other families taken together. It has already been mentioned (p.
186) that a large proportion of deep-sea Mollusca are perfectly blind.
Amongst other remarkable forms from the great depths may be
mentioned Pleurotomaria, with its singular anal slit (Fig. 269, p. 407)
extending in some cases half way round the last whorl. Three or four
species of this genus, so characteristic of almost all fossiliferous strata
down to the Cambrian, have been obtained in very limited numbers off the
West Indies and Japan. Dentaliidae, especially the sub-genus Cadulus, find
a congenial home in the slimy ocean mud. One of the greatest molluscan
treasures procured by the Challenger was Guivillea alabastrina Wats., a
magnificent Volute as white as alabaster, 6½ inches long, which was
dredged from 1600 fath. in the South Atlantic, between Marion Island and
the Crozets. Another very curious form, belonging to the same family, is
Provocator pulcher Wats., a shell about half the size of Guivillea, of stouter
proportions, and with an angulated and patulous mouth. This shell was
dredged by the Challenger in comparatively shallow water (105–150 fath.)
off Kerguelen Island. Among the Trochidae are the fine new genera
Basilissa, Bembix, and Gaza. The exploring voyages of the American
surveying steamer Blake, in the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea,
have given us the remarkable new forms Benthobia (possibly akin to
Admete), Mesorhytis (a sub-genus of Fasciolaria hitherto only known from
the Cretaceous of North America), and Benthodolium (possibly = Oocorys),
a genus akin to Cassis.
Page 460
In his report on the Pelecypoda obtained by the Challenger, Mr. E. A.
Smith remarks that as a rule “very deep-water ‘benthal’ species certainly
have a tendency to be without colour and of thin structure, facts no doubt
resulting from the absence of light, the difficulty of secreting lime, the
scarcity of food, and other unfavourable conditions of existence.” At the
same time, he notices that most of the species obtained belong to genera
which, even when occurring in shallow water, are thin and colourless, e.g.
Neaera, Lima, Cryptodon, Abra, Verticordia, etc. Deep-water species of
such genera as have a decided periostracum (Malletia, Limopsis, Leda,
Nucula, Arca) retain it with little if any modification. The deep-water
Pelecypoda of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans present no special features of
interest. The species are few in number, and the genera are not remarkable
either for novelty or peculiarity of form.
The greatest depth at which Pelecypoda have been obtained is 2900 fath.
mid North Pacific (Callocardia pacifica Sm., Abra profundorum Sm.); the
greatest depth at which Gasteropoda have been obtained is 2650 fath. South
Atlantic (Stylifer brychius Wats.), both by the Challenger. The deepest
Challenger Nudibranch came from 2425 fath., and the deepest Chiton from
2300 fath. The greatest depth ever dredged is 4575 fath. off the east coast of
Japan.
Smith remarks that as a rule “very deep-water ‘benthal’ species certainly
have a tendency to be without colour and of thin structure, facts no doubt
resulting from the absence of light, the difficulty of secreting lime, the
scarcity of food, and other unfavourable conditions of existence.” At the
same time, he notices that most of the species obtained belong to genera
which, even when occurring in shallow water, are thin and colourless, e.g.
Neaera, Lima, Cryptodon, Abra, Verticordia, etc. Deep-water species of
such genera as have a decided periostracum (Malletia, Limopsis, Leda,
Nucula, Arca) retain it with little if any modification. The deep-water
Pelecypoda of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans present no special features of
interest. The species are few in number, and the genera are not remarkable
either for novelty or peculiarity of form.
The greatest depth at which Pelecypoda have been obtained is 2900 fath.
mid North Pacific (Callocardia pacifica Sm., Abra profundorum Sm.); the
greatest depth at which Gasteropoda have been obtained is 2650 fath. South
Atlantic (Stylifer brychius Wats.), both by the Challenger. The deepest
Challenger Nudibranch came from 2425 fath., and the deepest Chiton from
2300 fath. The greatest depth ever dredged is 4575 fath. off the east coast of
Japan.
Page 461
CHAPTER XIII
CLASS CEPHALOPODA
The Cephalopoda present a complete contrast to the majority of the
Mollusca in habits and in many points of organisation. In their power of
rapid movement and their means of progression, their extreme ferocity and
carnivorous habits, their loss, in so many cases, of a shell, and in its
constitution when present, in the general symmetry of their parts, in their
reproductive and nervous system, they stand in a position of extreme
isolation with nothing to connect them with the rest of the phylum.
Professor A. E. Verrill has collected many interesting details with regard
to gigantic Cephalopoda occurring on the north-eastern coasts of America.
From these it appears that the tentacular arms of some species of
Architeuthis measure as much as 32, 33, 35, and 42 feet in length, while the
total length, including the body, sometimes exceeds 50 feet. Even off the
Irish coast a specimen was once captured whose tentacular arms were 30
feet long, the mandibles 4 inches across, and the eyes about 15 inches in
diameter.[393] The strength of these giant Cephalopods, aided as they are by
formidable rows of suckers and other means of securing a grip, is almost
incredible. Cases are not uncommon, in which persons diving or bathing
have been attacked, and have with difficulty made their escape.
Great damage is frequently inflicted by Cephalopoda upon shoals of fish
on British coasts. Off Lybster (Caithness) Loligo and Ommastrephes devour
the herring, large numbers of which are cut up and bitten on the back of the
neck by these creatures. On the American coasts the mackerel fisheries are
sometimes entirely spoiled by the immense schools of squid which infest
the Bay of St. Lawrence.[394] When excited in the pursuit of fish
Cephalopoda leap high out of the sea. Dr. W. H. Rush[395] relates that when
about 300 miles off the coast of Brazil, a swarm of hundreds of decapods
flew from the water and landed on the deck of the ship, which was 12 feet
above the surface level, and they had to go over the hammock nettings to
reach it.
CLASS CEPHALOPODA
The Cephalopoda present a complete contrast to the majority of the
Mollusca in habits and in many points of organisation. In their power of
rapid movement and their means of progression, their extreme ferocity and
carnivorous habits, their loss, in so many cases, of a shell, and in its
constitution when present, in the general symmetry of their parts, in their
reproductive and nervous system, they stand in a position of extreme
isolation with nothing to connect them with the rest of the phylum.
Professor A. E. Verrill has collected many interesting details with regard
to gigantic Cephalopoda occurring on the north-eastern coasts of America.
From these it appears that the tentacular arms of some species of
Architeuthis measure as much as 32, 33, 35, and 42 feet in length, while the
total length, including the body, sometimes exceeds 50 feet. Even off the
Irish coast a specimen was once captured whose tentacular arms were 30
feet long, the mandibles 4 inches across, and the eyes about 15 inches in
diameter.[393] The strength of these giant Cephalopods, aided as they are by
formidable rows of suckers and other means of securing a grip, is almost
incredible. Cases are not uncommon, in which persons diving or bathing
have been attacked, and have with difficulty made their escape.
Great damage is frequently inflicted by Cephalopoda upon shoals of fish
on British coasts. Off Lybster (Caithness) Loligo and Ommastrephes devour
the herring, large numbers of which are cut up and bitten on the back of the
neck by these creatures. On the American coasts the mackerel fisheries are
sometimes entirely spoiled by the immense schools of squid which infest
the Bay of St. Lawrence.[394] When excited in the pursuit of fish
Cephalopoda leap high out of the sea. Dr. W. H. Rush[395] relates that when
about 300 miles off the coast of Brazil, a swarm of hundreds of decapods
flew from the water and landed on the deck of the ship, which was 12 feet
above the surface level, and they had to go over the hammock nettings to
reach it.
Page 462
Fig. 238.—Octopus vulgaris Lam., Naples: A, At rest; B, in motion; f, funnel, the arrow
showing the direction of the propelling current of water. (After Merculiano.)
The common Octopus vulgaris Lam., of British and south European
coasts, inhabits some rocky hole, the approaches to which, like the den of a
fabled giant, are strewn with the bones of his victims. Homer himself knew
how hard it is to drag the polypus out of his hole, and how the stones cling
fast to his suckers. The colour-changes, which flit across the skin of the
Octopus, appear, to some extent, expressive of the different emotions of the
animal. They are also undoubtedly protective, enabling it to assimilate itself
in colour to its environment. Mr. J. Hornell[396] has noticed an Octopus,
while crawling over the rock-work in his tank, suddenly change the colour
of the whole right or left side of its body, and of the four arms on the same
side, to a snowy whiteness. They have also been seen to change colour, as if
showing the direction of the propelling current of water. (After Merculiano.)
The common Octopus vulgaris Lam., of British and south European
coasts, inhabits some rocky hole, the approaches to which, like the den of a
fabled giant, are strewn with the bones of his victims. Homer himself knew
how hard it is to drag the polypus out of his hole, and how the stones cling
fast to his suckers. The colour-changes, which flit across the skin of the
Octopus, appear, to some extent, expressive of the different emotions of the
animal. They are also undoubtedly protective, enabling it to assimilate itself
in colour to its environment. Mr. J. Hornell[396] has noticed an Octopus,
while crawling over the rock-work in his tank, suddenly change the colour
of the whole right or left side of its body, and of the four arms on the same
side, to a snowy whiteness. They have also been seen to change colour, as if
Page 463
involuntarily, according to the material on which they crawl. The nerve-
centres which control the chromatophores or pigment cells, causing them to
expand or contract, are found to connect with the optic ganglia; hence the
changes of colour may be regarded as a reflex result of the creature’s visual
perception of its surroundings.
Order Dibranchiata.
Cephalopoda with two symmetrical branchiae, funnel completely
tubular, mouth surrounded by 8 or 10 arms furnished with suckers or hooks,
ink-sac and fins usually present, eyes with a lens; shell internal or absent.
The Dibranchiata are not known from Palaeozoic strata, and first appear
(Belemnites, Belemnoteuthis) in the Trias. Whether they are to be regarded
as derived from some form of Tetrabranchiata, e.g. Orthoceras, or as
possessing an independent origin from some common stock, cannot at
present be decided. They attain their highest development at the present
time. The earliest representatives of the Order (the Phragmophora)
possessed a shell chambered like that of the Tetrabranchiata. These
chambered Dibranchiates rapidly reached their maximum in the upper Lias
and as rapidly declined, until at the close of the Cretaceous epoch they were
comparatively scarce, only a few genera (Beloptera, Spirulirostra)
surviving into Tertiary times.
The ordinary Dibranchiate Cephalopod may be regarded as consisting of
two parts—(a) the head, in which are situated the organs of sense, and to
which are appended the prehensile organs and the principal organs of
locomotion; (b) a trunk or visceral sac, enclosed in a muscular mantle and
containing the respiratory, generative, and digestive organs. The visceral sac
is often strengthened, and the viscera protected, by an internal non-spiral
shell. The ‘arms’ which surround the mouth are modifications of the
molluscan foot (p. 200), and are either eight or ten in number. In the former
case (Octopoda) the arms, which are termed ‘sessile,’ are all of similar
formation, in the latter (Decapoda), besides the eight sessile arms there are
two much longer ‘tentacular’ arms, which widen at their tips into ‘clubs’
covered with suckers.
Remarks have already been made on the generative organs of
Cephalopoda (p. 136 f.), the branchiae (p. 170), the nervous system (p.
206), the eye (p. 182), the radula (p. 236), and the ink-sac (p. 241).
centres which control the chromatophores or pigment cells, causing them to
expand or contract, are found to connect with the optic ganglia; hence the
changes of colour may be regarded as a reflex result of the creature’s visual
perception of its surroundings.
Order Dibranchiata.
Cephalopoda with two symmetrical branchiae, funnel completely
tubular, mouth surrounded by 8 or 10 arms furnished with suckers or hooks,
ink-sac and fins usually present, eyes with a lens; shell internal or absent.
The Dibranchiata are not known from Palaeozoic strata, and first appear
(Belemnites, Belemnoteuthis) in the Trias. Whether they are to be regarded
as derived from some form of Tetrabranchiata, e.g. Orthoceras, or as
possessing an independent origin from some common stock, cannot at
present be decided. They attain their highest development at the present
time. The earliest representatives of the Order (the Phragmophora)
possessed a shell chambered like that of the Tetrabranchiata. These
chambered Dibranchiates rapidly reached their maximum in the upper Lias
and as rapidly declined, until at the close of the Cretaceous epoch they were
comparatively scarce, only a few genera (Beloptera, Spirulirostra)
surviving into Tertiary times.
The ordinary Dibranchiate Cephalopod may be regarded as consisting of
two parts—(a) the head, in which are situated the organs of sense, and to
which are appended the prehensile organs and the principal organs of
locomotion; (b) a trunk or visceral sac, enclosed in a muscular mantle and
containing the respiratory, generative, and digestive organs. The visceral sac
is often strengthened, and the viscera protected, by an internal non-spiral
shell. The ‘arms’ which surround the mouth are modifications of the
molluscan foot (p. 200), and are either eight or ten in number. In the former
case (Octopoda) the arms, which are termed ‘sessile,’ are all of similar
formation, in the latter (Decapoda), besides the eight sessile arms there are
two much longer ‘tentacular’ arms, which widen at their tips into ‘clubs’
covered with suckers.
Remarks have already been made on the generative organs of
Cephalopoda (p. 136 f.), the branchiae (p. 170), the nervous system (p.
206), the eye (p. 182), the radula (p. 236), and the ink-sac (p. 241).
Page 464
One of the most characteristic features of the Dibranchiata are the
acetabula, or suckers, with which the arms are furnished. They are usually
disposed on the sessile arms in rows (of which there are four in most Sepia,
two in Octopus, and one in Eledone), and become more numerous and
smaller at the tip of the arm. They are massed together in large numbers of
unequal size on the ‘clubs’ in the Decapoda, particularly in Loligo. In most
Octopoda their base is flush with the surface of the arm, but in Decapoda
the acetabula are pedunculate, or raised on short stalks. In Octopoda again,
the acetabula are fleshy throughout, but in the Decapoda they are
strengthened by a corneous rim with a smooth or denticulate edge
(Ommastrephes, Architeuthis). Many of the acetabula on the tentacular and
sometimes on the sessile arms of the Onychoteuthidae enclose a powerful
hook, which is retractile like the claws of a cat.
In mechanical structure the acetabula consist of a disc with a slightly
swollen margin, from which a series of muscular folds converge towards
the centre of the disc, where a round aperture leads to a gradually widening
cavity. Within this cavity is a sort of button, the caruncle, which can be
elevated or depressed like the piston of a syringe; thus when the sucker is
applied the piston is withdrawn and a vacuum created (Owen).
Fig. 239.—‘Club’ of Loligo vulgaris L.,
showing the crowded pedunculate
acetabula, × ½.
acetabula, or suckers, with which the arms are furnished. They are usually
disposed on the sessile arms in rows (of which there are four in most Sepia,
two in Octopus, and one in Eledone), and become more numerous and
smaller at the tip of the arm. They are massed together in large numbers of
unequal size on the ‘clubs’ in the Decapoda, particularly in Loligo. In most
Octopoda their base is flush with the surface of the arm, but in Decapoda
the acetabula are pedunculate, or raised on short stalks. In Octopoda again,
the acetabula are fleshy throughout, but in the Decapoda they are
strengthened by a corneous rim with a smooth or denticulate edge
(Ommastrephes, Architeuthis). Many of the acetabula on the tentacular and
sometimes on the sessile arms of the Onychoteuthidae enclose a powerful
hook, which is retractile like the claws of a cat.
In mechanical structure the acetabula consist of a disc with a slightly
swollen margin, from which a series of muscular folds converge towards
the centre of the disc, where a round aperture leads to a gradually widening
cavity. Within this cavity is a sort of button, the caruncle, which can be
elevated or depressed like the piston of a syringe; thus when the sucker is
applied the piston is withdrawn and a vacuum created (Owen).
Fig. 239.—‘Club’ of Loligo vulgaris L.,
showing the crowded pedunculate
acetabula, × ½.
Page 465
Fig. 240.—One of the suckers of
Architeuthis dux Stp., showing the
denticulate margin and corneous
ring; p, peduncle.
In many Octopoda the arms are connected by a web (the umbrella),
which sometimes extends up the greater part of the arms (Cirrhoteuthis,
some Eledone), at others occurs only at the base. The use of the umbrella is
perhaps to assist in locomotion, by alternate contraction and expansion.
A cartilaginous skeleton is well developed, especially in the Decapoda.
In Sepia a cephalic cartilage forms a complete ring round the oesophagus,
the eyes being situated in lateral prolongations of the same. In front of the
cephalic cartilage occurs a piece like an inverted , which supports the
base of the anterior arms. The Decapoda have also a ‘nuchal’ cartilage,
connecting the head with the anterior dorsal portion of the mantle, while
cartilaginous knobs on the ventral mantle button into corresponding sockets
on the funnel.
Sub-order I.—Octopoda.—Body round or bag-like, generally without
fins, arms eight, suckers fleshy, usually sessile, oviducts paired, no
nidamental glands, shell absent.
Architeuthis dux Stp., showing the
denticulate margin and corneous
ring; p, peduncle.
In many Octopoda the arms are connected by a web (the umbrella),
which sometimes extends up the greater part of the arms (Cirrhoteuthis,
some Eledone), at others occurs only at the base. The use of the umbrella is
perhaps to assist in locomotion, by alternate contraction and expansion.
A cartilaginous skeleton is well developed, especially in the Decapoda.
In Sepia a cephalic cartilage forms a complete ring round the oesophagus,
the eyes being situated in lateral prolongations of the same. In front of the
cephalic cartilage occurs a piece like an inverted , which supports the
base of the anterior arms. The Decapoda have also a ‘nuchal’ cartilage,
connecting the head with the anterior dorsal portion of the mantle, while
cartilaginous knobs on the ventral mantle button into corresponding sockets
on the funnel.
Sub-order I.—Octopoda.—Body round or bag-like, generally without
fins, arms eight, suckers fleshy, usually sessile, oviducts paired, no
nidamental glands, shell absent.
Page 466
Fig. 241.—Cirrhoteuthis magna Hoyle, S. Atlantic. Two of the left arms and
their web have been removed: f, funnel; fi, fi, fins; m, mouth. (After
Hoyle, × 1/12.)
Fam. 1. Cirrhoteuthidae.—Body with two prominent fins; arms in great
part united by a web; one row of small suckers, with cirrhi on each side.—
Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, deep water (Fig. 241).
Fam. 2. Amphitretidae.—Body gelatinous, mantle fused with the funnel
in the median line, forming two openings into the branchial cavity; arms
with one row of suckers; umbrella extending more than two-thirds up the
arms.—South Pacific (Fig. 242).
The two pocket-like openings into the branchial cavity are unique among
Cephalopoda (Hoyle).
their web have been removed: f, funnel; fi, fi, fins; m, mouth. (After
Hoyle, × 1/12.)
Fam. 1. Cirrhoteuthidae.—Body with two prominent fins; arms in great
part united by a web; one row of small suckers, with cirrhi on each side.—
Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, deep water (Fig. 241).
Fam. 2. Amphitretidae.—Body gelatinous, mantle fused with the funnel
in the median line, forming two openings into the branchial cavity; arms
with one row of suckers; umbrella extending more than two-thirds up the
arms.—South Pacific (Fig. 242).
The two pocket-like openings into the branchial cavity are unique among
Cephalopoda (Hoyle).
Page 467
Fig. 242.—Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle,
off Kermadec Is.: e, eyes; f, funnel;
p, right mantle-pocket. (After
Hoyle.)
Fam. 3. Argonautidae.—Female furnished with a symmetrical,
unilocular shell, spiral in one plane, secreted by thin terminal expansions
(the vela) of the two dorsal arms, no attachment muscle; suckers in two
rows, pedunculate; male very small, without veligerous arms or shell.—All
warm seas (Fig. 243). Pliocene——.
The shell consists of three layers, the two external being prismatic, the
middle fibrous. Its secretion by the arms and not by the mantle edge is
unique, and shows that it is not homologous with the ordinary molluscan
shell.
off Kermadec Is.: e, eyes; f, funnel;
p, right mantle-pocket. (After
Hoyle.)
Fam. 3. Argonautidae.—Female furnished with a symmetrical,
unilocular shell, spiral in one plane, secreted by thin terminal expansions
(the vela) of the two dorsal arms, no attachment muscle; suckers in two
rows, pedunculate; male very small, without veligerous arms or shell.—All
warm seas (Fig. 243). Pliocene——.
The shell consists of three layers, the two external being prismatic, the
middle fibrous. Its secretion by the arms and not by the mantle edge is
unique, and shows that it is not homologous with the ordinary molluscan
shell.
Page 468
Fig. 243.—Argonauta argo L., the position assumed by a
specimen kept in captivity, the arrow showing the
direction of movement: f, funnel; m, mouth, with jaws
projecting; sh, shell, with arms as seen through it; wa,
webbed arm clasping shell. (After Lacaze-Duthiers.)
The great controversy on the Argonauta, which once raged with so much
fierceness, is now matter of ancient history. It seems scarcely credible that
between fifty and sixty years ago, two of the leading zoologists of the day,
Mr. Gray and M. de Blainville maintained that the animal which inhabits
the Argonaut shell is a parasite, without any means of depositing or forming
a shell of its own, but which possesses itself of the Argonaut shell, either by
expelling or succeeding the original inhabitant, a supposed nucleo-
branchiate (Heteropod) mollusc akin to Carinaria. The final blow to this
strange hypothesis—which was urged by the most ingenious series of
arguments—was given by Professor Owen, who in 1839 brought before the
Zoological Society of London the admirable observations of Madame
Jeannette Power, who made a continuous study of a number of specimens
of Argonauta in her vivarium at Messina. The result of these observations
tended to show that the young Argonauta when first excluded from the egg
is naked, but that in ten or twelve days the shell begins to form, that the
principal agents in the deposition of shell are the two velated or web-like
arms; and that portions of the shell, if broken away, are repaired by a
deposition of calcareous matter.[397]
specimen kept in captivity, the arrow showing the
direction of movement: f, funnel; m, mouth, with jaws
projecting; sh, shell, with arms as seen through it; wa,
webbed arm clasping shell. (After Lacaze-Duthiers.)
The great controversy on the Argonauta, which once raged with so much
fierceness, is now matter of ancient history. It seems scarcely credible that
between fifty and sixty years ago, two of the leading zoologists of the day,
Mr. Gray and M. de Blainville maintained that the animal which inhabits
the Argonaut shell is a parasite, without any means of depositing or forming
a shell of its own, but which possesses itself of the Argonaut shell, either by
expelling or succeeding the original inhabitant, a supposed nucleo-
branchiate (Heteropod) mollusc akin to Carinaria. The final blow to this
strange hypothesis—which was urged by the most ingenious series of
arguments—was given by Professor Owen, who in 1839 brought before the
Zoological Society of London the admirable observations of Madame
Jeannette Power, who made a continuous study of a number of specimens
of Argonauta in her vivarium at Messina. The result of these observations
tended to show that the young Argonauta when first excluded from the egg
is naked, but that in ten or twelve days the shell begins to form, that the
principal agents in the deposition of shell are the two velated or web-like
arms; and that portions of the shell, if broken away, are repaired by a
deposition of calcareous matter.[397]
Page 469
Fam. 4. Philonexidae.—Mantle supported by two ridges placed on the
funnel; large ‘aquiferous’ pores (supposed to introduce water into the
tissues) near the head or funnel; suckers in two rows, pedunculate.—
Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Genera: Ocythoe, arms of unequal size, no intervening membrane, third
arm on the right hectocotylised (see Fig. 51, p. 138), two aquiferous pores
at the base of the siphon; male very small; Tremoctopus, two aquiferous
pores between the eyes, two on the ventral side of the head.
Fam. 5. Alloposidae.—Mantle edge united to the head by three
commissures; arms extensively webbed, acetabula sessile. Hectocotylised
arm developed in a cavity in front of the right eye.—N. Atlantic.
Fam. 6. Octopodidae.—Head very large, arms elongated, similar, more
or less webbed, acetabula usually in two rows, sessile; mantle supported by
fleshy bands, no cephalic aquiferous pores.
In Octopus proper the web is usually confined to the lower part of the
arms; Fischer separates off as Pteroctopus a form in which it reaches almost
to their extremity. The third right arm (Fig. 52, p. 140) is hectocotylised, the
modified extremity being, according to Hoyle, sometimes minute,
sometimes spoon-shaped, with a tendency to transverse ridges, rarely
slender and very long. The relative length of the pairs of arms varies in
different species. Two cartilaginous stylets, imbedded in the dorsal mantle,
are said by Owen to represent the shell.
Other genera; Pinnoctopus, body furnished with broad lateral wings
which meet at the posterior end; Cistopus, a large web prolonged along the
sides of the arms, fitted with oval aquiferous pouches, with pores at their
base, between each pair of arms; Eledone (Fig. 244), one row of acetabula;
Tritaxeopus, Iapetella.
Sub-order II.—Decapoda.—Body oblong, mouth surrounded by four
pairs of sessile and one pair of tentacular arms, the latter terminated by a
‘club’; acetabula pedunculate and furnished with a corneous margin; mantle
margin locked to the base of the funnel by a cartilaginous apparatus; head
and anterior part of body furnished with aquiferous pores; fins present;
mandibles corneous; oviduct single, large nidamental glands in the female;
shell internal.
funnel; large ‘aquiferous’ pores (supposed to introduce water into the
tissues) near the head or funnel; suckers in two rows, pedunculate.—
Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Genera: Ocythoe, arms of unequal size, no intervening membrane, third
arm on the right hectocotylised (see Fig. 51, p. 138), two aquiferous pores
at the base of the siphon; male very small; Tremoctopus, two aquiferous
pores between the eyes, two on the ventral side of the head.
Fam. 5. Alloposidae.—Mantle edge united to the head by three
commissures; arms extensively webbed, acetabula sessile. Hectocotylised
arm developed in a cavity in front of the right eye.—N. Atlantic.
Fam. 6. Octopodidae.—Head very large, arms elongated, similar, more
or less webbed, acetabula usually in two rows, sessile; mantle supported by
fleshy bands, no cephalic aquiferous pores.
In Octopus proper the web is usually confined to the lower part of the
arms; Fischer separates off as Pteroctopus a form in which it reaches almost
to their extremity. The third right arm (Fig. 52, p. 140) is hectocotylised, the
modified extremity being, according to Hoyle, sometimes minute,
sometimes spoon-shaped, with a tendency to transverse ridges, rarely
slender and very long. The relative length of the pairs of arms varies in
different species. Two cartilaginous stylets, imbedded in the dorsal mantle,
are said by Owen to represent the shell.
Other genera; Pinnoctopus, body furnished with broad lateral wings
which meet at the posterior end; Cistopus, a large web prolonged along the
sides of the arms, fitted with oval aquiferous pouches, with pores at their
base, between each pair of arms; Eledone (Fig. 244), one row of acetabula;
Tritaxeopus, Iapetella.
Sub-order II.—Decapoda.—Body oblong, mouth surrounded by four
pairs of sessile and one pair of tentacular arms, the latter terminated by a
‘club’; acetabula pedunculate and furnished with a corneous margin; mantle
margin locked to the base of the funnel by a cartilaginous apparatus; head
and anterior part of body furnished with aquiferous pores; fins present;
mandibles corneous; oviduct single, large nidamental glands in the female;
shell internal.
Page 470
Fig. 244.—Eledone Aldrovandi Delle Chiaje,
Naples, from ventral side, × ½.
The tentacular arms, which are the principal external feature of the
Decapoda, are not derived from the same muscular ring as the sessile arms,
but arise from the cephalic cartilage, and emerge between the third and
fourth arm on each side. In Sepia they can be entirely retracted into a kind
of pocket behind the eyes, while in Loligo they are simply folded over one
another. In Chiroteuthis the arms are six times as long as the body, and the
clubs have four rows of denticulate suckers.
The anterior ventral[398] portion of the mantle is furnished with a
singular contrivance for locking it to the funnel, and so rendering the whole
animal more capable of resisting the impact of any force. This contrivance
generally consists of a series of ridges or buttons which fit into grooves or
button-holes, the ridges being on the interior face of the mantle and the
corresponding grooves on the funnel, or vice versâ. The ‘resisting
apparatus’ is most elaborate in the pelagic genera, and least so in the more
sluggish littoral forms. A similar, but not so complex, arrangement occurs
also in the Octopoda.
The different forms of the shell appear to indicate successive stages in a
regular course of development. We have in Spirula (Fig. 247) a chambered
shell of the Tetrabranchiate type, but of considerably diminished size, which
Naples, from ventral side, × ½.
The tentacular arms, which are the principal external feature of the
Decapoda, are not derived from the same muscular ring as the sessile arms,
but arise from the cephalic cartilage, and emerge between the third and
fourth arm on each side. In Sepia they can be entirely retracted into a kind
of pocket behind the eyes, while in Loligo they are simply folded over one
another. In Chiroteuthis the arms are six times as long as the body, and the
clubs have four rows of denticulate suckers.
The anterior ventral[398] portion of the mantle is furnished with a
singular contrivance for locking it to the funnel, and so rendering the whole
animal more capable of resisting the impact of any force. This contrivance
generally consists of a series of ridges or buttons which fit into grooves or
button-holes, the ridges being on the interior face of the mantle and the
corresponding grooves on the funnel, or vice versâ. The ‘resisting
apparatus’ is most elaborate in the pelagic genera, and least so in the more
sluggish littoral forms. A similar, but not so complex, arrangement occurs
also in the Octopoda.
The different forms of the shell appear to indicate successive stages in a
regular course of development. We have in Spirula (Fig. 247) a chambered
shell of the Tetrabranchiate type, but of considerably diminished size, which
Page 471
has ceased to contain the animal in its last chamber, and has become almost
entirely enveloped in reflected folds of the mantle. These folds gradually
concresce to form a definite shell-sac, by the walls of which are secreted
additional laminae of calcareous shell-substance. These laminae invest the
original shell, which gradually (Spirulirostra, Belosepia) loses the spiral
form and becomes straight, eventually disappearing, while the calcareous
laminae alone remain (Sepia). These in their turn disappear, leaving only
the plate or ‘pen’ upon which they were deposited (Loligo), which itself
also, with the shell-sac, finally disappears, surviving only in the early stages
of Octopus (Lankester).
The Decapoda are divided, according to the character of the shell, into
Phragmophora, Sepiophora, and Chondrophora.[399]
Fig. 245.—‘Club’ of Onychoteuthis sp.,
showing the hooks and clusters of
fixing cushions and acetabula below
them, × ½.
A. Phragmophora.—Arms furnished with hooks or acetabula; shell
consisting of a phragmocone or chambered sac enclosed in a thin wall (the
conotheca), septa pierced by a siphuncle near the ventral margin (in Spirula
alone this chambered sac forms the whole of the shell). The apex of the
cone lies towards the posterior end of the body, and is usually enveloped in
a calcareous guard or rostrum. Beyond the anterior end of the rostrum the
entirely enveloped in reflected folds of the mantle. These folds gradually
concresce to form a definite shell-sac, by the walls of which are secreted
additional laminae of calcareous shell-substance. These laminae invest the
original shell, which gradually (Spirulirostra, Belosepia) loses the spiral
form and becomes straight, eventually disappearing, while the calcareous
laminae alone remain (Sepia). These in their turn disappear, leaving only
the plate or ‘pen’ upon which they were deposited (Loligo), which itself
also, with the shell-sac, finally disappears, surviving only in the early stages
of Octopus (Lankester).
The Decapoda are divided, according to the character of the shell, into
Phragmophora, Sepiophora, and Chondrophora.[399]
Fig. 245.—‘Club’ of Onychoteuthis sp.,
showing the hooks and clusters of
fixing cushions and acetabula below
them, × ½.
A. Phragmophora.—Arms furnished with hooks or acetabula; shell
consisting of a phragmocone or chambered sac enclosed in a thin wall (the
conotheca), septa pierced by a siphuncle near the ventral margin (in Spirula
alone this chambered sac forms the whole of the shell). The apex of the
cone lies towards the posterior end of the body, and is usually enveloped in
a calcareous guard or rostrum. Beyond the anterior end of the rostrum the
Page 472
conotheca is extended forward dorsally by a pro-ostracum or anterior shell,
which may be shelly or horny, and corresponds to the gladius of the
Chondrophora. The rostrum consists of calcareous fibres arranged
perpendicularly to the planes of the laminae of growth, and radiating from
an axis, the so-called apical line, which extends from the extremity of the
phragmocone to that of the rostrum. Distribution, see p. 380.
Fam. 1. Spirulidae.—Arms with acetabula, shell a loose spiral, without
rostrum or pro-ostracum, partially external, enclosed in two lobes of the
mantle (Figs. 247 and 248).
The single species of the single genus (S. Peronii Lam. = laevis Gray)
has not yet been thoroughly investigated, although the shell occurs in
thousands on many tropical beaches, and is sometimes drifted on our own
shores. The animal appears to have the power of adhesion to the rocks by
means of a terminal sucker or pore. The protoconch is present, and contains
a prosiphon, which does not connect with the siphuncle. The septal necks
are continuous, not broken as in Nautilus. The siphuncle is on the ventral
margin of the shell, the last whorl of which projects slightly on the dorsal
and ventral sides, but is even there covered by a thin fold of the mantle. The
retractor muscles of the funnel and of the head find their point d’appui on
the shell, the last chamber of which contains the posterior part of the liver,
with which the membranous siphuncle is connected.
Fam. 2. Belemnitidae.—Arms hooked as in Onychoteuthis, fins large;
phragmocone straight, initial chamber globular, larger than the second,
rostrum often very long, investing the phragmocone, pro-ostracum sword-
or leaf-shaped, rounded in front, seldom preserved, ink-sac present.—
Lower Lias to Cretaceous.
which may be shelly or horny, and corresponds to the gladius of the
Chondrophora. The rostrum consists of calcareous fibres arranged
perpendicularly to the planes of the laminae of growth, and radiating from
an axis, the so-called apical line, which extends from the extremity of the
phragmocone to that of the rostrum. Distribution, see p. 380.
Fam. 1. Spirulidae.—Arms with acetabula, shell a loose spiral, without
rostrum or pro-ostracum, partially external, enclosed in two lobes of the
mantle (Figs. 247 and 248).
The single species of the single genus (S. Peronii Lam. = laevis Gray)
has not yet been thoroughly investigated, although the shell occurs in
thousands on many tropical beaches, and is sometimes drifted on our own
shores. The animal appears to have the power of adhesion to the rocks by
means of a terminal sucker or pore. The protoconch is present, and contains
a prosiphon, which does not connect with the siphuncle. The septal necks
are continuous, not broken as in Nautilus. The siphuncle is on the ventral
margin of the shell, the last whorl of which projects slightly on the dorsal
and ventral sides, but is even there covered by a thin fold of the mantle. The
retractor muscles of the funnel and of the head find their point d’appui on
the shell, the last chamber of which contains the posterior part of the liver,
with which the membranous siphuncle is connected.
Fam. 2. Belemnitidae.—Arms hooked as in Onychoteuthis, fins large;
phragmocone straight, initial chamber globular, larger than the second,
rostrum often very long, investing the phragmocone, pro-ostracum sword-
or leaf-shaped, rounded in front, seldom preserved, ink-sac present.—
Lower Lias to Cretaceous.
Page 473
Fig. 246.—Sepia officinalis L., with
mantle cut away to show position of
internal shell, × ½. (The ends of the
tentacular arms are cut off.)
The Belemnitidae are believed to have been gregarious, and to have
lived in shallow water on a muddy bottom. Specimens are sometimes found
in which even the ink-sac can be recognised in situ. The relative proportions
of rostrum and phragmocone vary greatly in different groups, the rostrum
being in some cases two feet long, in others only just enclosing the
phragmocone. As a rule the rostrum is the only portion which has been
preserved.
Fam. 3. Belosepiidae.—Phragmocone short, slightly curved, chambers
small, placed at the posterior end of a sepion, rostrum solid, obtuse.—
Eocene (Paris, Bracklesham, etc.).
Fam. 4. Belopteridae.—Sepion not known; phragmocone curved,
siphuncle on the ventral margin, rostrum well developed, pointed. Principal
genus, Spirulirostra.—Miocene of Turin.
These two families, with their small, curved phragmocone and (in the
case of the Belosepiidae) large sepion, are clearly intermediate between the
Phragmophora and Sepiophora. Some authorities place them with the latter
group.
mantle cut away to show position of
internal shell, × ½. (The ends of the
tentacular arms are cut off.)
The Belemnitidae are believed to have been gregarious, and to have
lived in shallow water on a muddy bottom. Specimens are sometimes found
in which even the ink-sac can be recognised in situ. The relative proportions
of rostrum and phragmocone vary greatly in different groups, the rostrum
being in some cases two feet long, in others only just enclosing the
phragmocone. As a rule the rostrum is the only portion which has been
preserved.
Fam. 3. Belosepiidae.—Phragmocone short, slightly curved, chambers
small, placed at the posterior end of a sepion, rostrum solid, obtuse.—
Eocene (Paris, Bracklesham, etc.).
Fam. 4. Belopteridae.—Sepion not known; phragmocone curved,
siphuncle on the ventral margin, rostrum well developed, pointed. Principal
genus, Spirulirostra.—Miocene of Turin.
These two families, with their small, curved phragmocone and (in the
case of the Belosepiidae) large sepion, are clearly intermediate between the
Phragmophora and Sepiophora. Some authorities place them with the latter
group.
Page 474
Fig. 247.—Shell of Spirula Peronii Lam. A, Cutside view; B,
showing last chamber and position of siphuncle; C, in
section, showing the septa and course of siphuncle; D,
shell broken to show the convexity of the inner side of
the septa; E, portion of a septal neck.
showing last chamber and position of siphuncle; C, in
section, showing the septa and course of siphuncle; D,
shell broken to show the convexity of the inner side of
the septa; E, portion of a septal neck.
Page 475
Fig. 248.—Spirula Peronii Lam.: d,
terminal sucker; f, funnel; s1, s2,
projecting portions of shell, the
internal part of which is dotted in.
(From Owen and A. Adams
combined.)
B. Sepiophora.—Shell internal, consisting usually of (a) an anterior
cancellated portion, (b) a posterior laminated portion, the laminae enclosing
air. It terminates in a very rudimentary phragmocone and a rostrum, but
there is no siphuncle.
Fam. Sepiidae.—Eyes with cornea complete, body oval, fins narrow,
lateral, as long as the body, generally united behind; sessile arms short,
tentacular arms long, acetabula generally in four rows, fourth left arm in the
male hectocotylised near the base (Fig. 249).—World-wide.
The sepion or ‘cuttle-bone’ runs the whole length and width of the body.
In Sepia it is very thick in front, while the posterior ventral end is concave
and terminated by a prominent spine, the rostrum or mucro which points
downwards. The whole shell is surrounded by a thin chitinous margin,
which forms a lateral expansion. Other genera are Sepiella, Hemisepius, and
Trachyteuthis (fossil only).
C. Chondrophora.—Shell (gladius or pen) long, chitinous.
terminal sucker; f, funnel; s1, s2,
projecting portions of shell, the
internal part of which is dotted in.
(From Owen and A. Adams
combined.)
B. Sepiophora.—Shell internal, consisting usually of (a) an anterior
cancellated portion, (b) a posterior laminated portion, the laminae enclosing
air. It terminates in a very rudimentary phragmocone and a rostrum, but
there is no siphuncle.
Fam. Sepiidae.—Eyes with cornea complete, body oval, fins narrow,
lateral, as long as the body, generally united behind; sessile arms short,
tentacular arms long, acetabula generally in four rows, fourth left arm in the
male hectocotylised near the base (Fig. 249).—World-wide.
The sepion or ‘cuttle-bone’ runs the whole length and width of the body.
In Sepia it is very thick in front, while the posterior ventral end is concave
and terminated by a prominent spine, the rostrum or mucro which points
downwards. The whole shell is surrounded by a thin chitinous margin,
which forms a lateral expansion. Other genera are Sepiella, Hemisepius, and
Trachyteuthis (fossil only).
C. Chondrophora.—Shell (gladius or pen) long, chitinous.
Page 476
(a) Myopsidae:[400] cornea entire, species mostly sub-littoral.
Fam. 1. Sepiolidae.—Fins large, dorso-lateral; tentacular arms retractile;
two first dorsal arms in the male hectocotylised; gladius narrow, half as
long as the body.—World-wide.
Principal genera: Sepiola, dorsal mantle connected with the head by a
broad cervical band, ventral mantle with the funnel by a ridge fitting into a
groove; Rossia, dorsal mantle supported by a ridge, arms with never more
than four rows of acetabula; Inioteuthis, Stoloteuthis, Nectoteuthis, and
Promachoteuthis.
Fam. 2. Sepiadariidae.—Fins not as long as the body, mantle united to
the head on the dorsal side, fourth left arm in the male hectocotylised; no
gladius. Principal genera, Sepiadarium, Sepioloidea.—Chiefly Pacific
Ocean.
Fig. 249.—Hectocotylised arm (h.a.) of Sepia officinalis
L., shown in contrast to one of the ordinary sessile
arms; m, mouth; p, pocket into which the tentacular
arm is retracted.
Fam. 3. Idiosepiidae.—Fins very small, terminal; fourth pair of arms in
the male hectocotylised, bare of suckers.
The only genus, Idiosepion, with a single species (I. pygmaeum Stp.) is
from the Indian Ocean, and is the smallest known Cephalopod, measuring
only about 15 mm. in length.
Fam. 1. Sepiolidae.—Fins large, dorso-lateral; tentacular arms retractile;
two first dorsal arms in the male hectocotylised; gladius narrow, half as
long as the body.—World-wide.
Principal genera: Sepiola, dorsal mantle connected with the head by a
broad cervical band, ventral mantle with the funnel by a ridge fitting into a
groove; Rossia, dorsal mantle supported by a ridge, arms with never more
than four rows of acetabula; Inioteuthis, Stoloteuthis, Nectoteuthis, and
Promachoteuthis.
Fam. 2. Sepiadariidae.—Fins not as long as the body, mantle united to
the head on the dorsal side, fourth left arm in the male hectocotylised; no
gladius. Principal genera, Sepiadarium, Sepioloidea.—Chiefly Pacific
Ocean.
Fig. 249.—Hectocotylised arm (h.a.) of Sepia officinalis
L., shown in contrast to one of the ordinary sessile
arms; m, mouth; p, pocket into which the tentacular
arm is retracted.
Fam. 3. Idiosepiidae.—Fins very small, terminal; fourth pair of arms in
the male hectocotylised, bare of suckers.
The only genus, Idiosepion, with a single species (I. pygmaeum Stp.) is
from the Indian Ocean, and is the smallest known Cephalopod, measuring
only about 15 mm. in length.
Page 477
Fam. 4. Loliginidae.—Body rather long, fins varying in size, tentacular
arms partially retractile, gladius as long as the back, pointed in front, shaft
keeled on the ventral side.—World-wide.
Loligo proper has a pointed body with triangular posterior fins united
behind; sessile arms with two rows of acetabula, tentacular arms with four;
fourth left arm hectocotylised at the tip; funnel attached to the head. Other
genera are Loliguncula, Sepioteuthis, and Loliolus. Belemnosepia,
Beloteuthis, Leptoteuthis, and Phylloteuthis are fossil genera only, differing
in the shape of the gladius.
(b) Oigopsidae: cornea more or less open; species pelagic.
Fam. 5. Ommastrephidae.—Body cylindrical, fins generally terminal,
united together, regularly rhomboidal, sessile arms with varying number of
rows of acetabula, mantle connexions elaborate; gladius horny, narrow
lanceolate, with a hollow cone at the posterior end.—World-wide.
Fig. 250.—Architeuthis princeps, Verr., E. America: f, Right fin; fu, funnel;
f.c, fixing cushions and acetabula on the tentacular arms (t, t). (After
Verrill, × 1/60.)
Ommastrephes proper has a natatory web on the sessile arms; the wrist
of each club has a series of acetabula with corresponding cushions on the
other wrist. In Thysanoteuthis (often made a separate family) the sessile
arms have two rows of cirrhi, with lateral expansions of the skin; fins as
long as the body. In Architeuthis, to which belong the largest Cephalopoda
known, the fins together are shaped like a broad arrow-head; acetabula of
sessile arms strongly denticulate; tentacular arms very long, with
equidistant pairs of acetabula and fixing cushions throughout their entire
length, and a group of the same at the base of the club. The acetabula and
cushions correspond on the opposing tentacles, and enable them to pull
arms partially retractile, gladius as long as the back, pointed in front, shaft
keeled on the ventral side.—World-wide.
Loligo proper has a pointed body with triangular posterior fins united
behind; sessile arms with two rows of acetabula, tentacular arms with four;
fourth left arm hectocotylised at the tip; funnel attached to the head. Other
genera are Loliguncula, Sepioteuthis, and Loliolus. Belemnosepia,
Beloteuthis, Leptoteuthis, and Phylloteuthis are fossil genera only, differing
in the shape of the gladius.
(b) Oigopsidae: cornea more or less open; species pelagic.
Fam. 5. Ommastrephidae.—Body cylindrical, fins generally terminal,
united together, regularly rhomboidal, sessile arms with varying number of
rows of acetabula, mantle connexions elaborate; gladius horny, narrow
lanceolate, with a hollow cone at the posterior end.—World-wide.
Fig. 250.—Architeuthis princeps, Verr., E. America: f, Right fin; fu, funnel;
f.c, fixing cushions and acetabula on the tentacular arms (t, t). (After
Verrill, × 1/60.)
Ommastrephes proper has a natatory web on the sessile arms; the wrist
of each club has a series of acetabula with corresponding cushions on the
other wrist. In Thysanoteuthis (often made a separate family) the sessile
arms have two rows of cirrhi, with lateral expansions of the skin; fins as
long as the body. In Architeuthis, to which belong the largest Cephalopoda
known, the fins together are shaped like a broad arrow-head; acetabula of
sessile arms strongly denticulate; tentacular arms very long, with
equidistant pairs of acetabula and fixing cushions throughout their entire
length, and a group of the same at the base of the club. The acetabula and
cushions correspond on the opposing tentacles, and enable them to pull
Page 478
together. Other genera are Dosidicus, Todarodes, Illex, Bathyteuthis and
Mastigoteuthis.
Fam. 6. Onychoteuthidae.—Body cylindrical, fins terminal or lateral,
mantle-locking apparatus elaborate, tentacular arms very long, sessile or
tentacular arms furnished with retractile hooks, gladius lanceolate, with a
terminal cone.—World-wide.
The prehensile apparatus of Cephalopoda reaches its maximum of power
and singularity in this family. In Onychia, Onychoteuthis and
Ancistroteuthis, the sessile arms have acetabula only, in Gonatus and
Abralia they have hooks as well, while in Verania, Ancistrochirus and
Enoploteuthis, the sessile arms have hooks only. The number of rows of
hooks or acetabula varies with the different genera.
Fam. 7. Chiroteuthidae.—Head nearly as large as the body; fins terminal,
tentacular arms very long, sessile arms slightly webbed, acetabula
denticulated; mantle-supports consisting of cartilaginous ridges on the
mantle, which fit into corresponding depressions on the funnel, gladius
expanded at each end.—Atlantic Ocean.
The six dorsal arms in Histioteuthis are united by a broad web, while in
Histiopsis the web only reaches half way up the arm. In Chiroteuthis the
tentacular arms have scattered sessile suckers throughout their whole
length, and four rows of very long pedunculate suckers on the clubs.
Fam. 8. Cranchiidae.—Head small, body rounded, barrel-shaped, fins
terminal, eyes often very large, sessile arms short, tentacular arms long,
thread-like.—World-wide.
Cranchia proper has the tentacular clubs finned, with eight rows of
suckers, body sometimes covered with warty tubercles. Loligopsis has a
very attenuated body, with fins terminally united; some species are spotted
with colour, or have rows of tubercles on the ventral side. Taonius (Fig.
251) is doubtfully distinct from Loligopsis.
Mastigoteuthis.
Fam. 6. Onychoteuthidae.—Body cylindrical, fins terminal or lateral,
mantle-locking apparatus elaborate, tentacular arms very long, sessile or
tentacular arms furnished with retractile hooks, gladius lanceolate, with a
terminal cone.—World-wide.
The prehensile apparatus of Cephalopoda reaches its maximum of power
and singularity in this family. In Onychia, Onychoteuthis and
Ancistroteuthis, the sessile arms have acetabula only, in Gonatus and
Abralia they have hooks as well, while in Verania, Ancistrochirus and
Enoploteuthis, the sessile arms have hooks only. The number of rows of
hooks or acetabula varies with the different genera.
Fam. 7. Chiroteuthidae.—Head nearly as large as the body; fins terminal,
tentacular arms very long, sessile arms slightly webbed, acetabula
denticulated; mantle-supports consisting of cartilaginous ridges on the
mantle, which fit into corresponding depressions on the funnel, gladius
expanded at each end.—Atlantic Ocean.
The six dorsal arms in Histioteuthis are united by a broad web, while in
Histiopsis the web only reaches half way up the arm. In Chiroteuthis the
tentacular arms have scattered sessile suckers throughout their whole
length, and four rows of very long pedunculate suckers on the clubs.
Fam. 8. Cranchiidae.—Head small, body rounded, barrel-shaped, fins
terminal, eyes often very large, sessile arms short, tentacular arms long,
thread-like.—World-wide.
Cranchia proper has the tentacular clubs finned, with eight rows of
suckers, body sometimes covered with warty tubercles. Loligopsis has a
very attenuated body, with fins terminally united; some species are spotted
with colour, or have rows of tubercles on the ventral side. Taonius (Fig.
251) is doubtfully distinct from Loligopsis.
Page 479
Fig. 251.—Taonius hyperboreus Stp., N.
Atlantic: e, e, eyes; f, f, fins; t, t,
tentacular arms. (After Hoyle, × ¼.)
Order Tetrabranchiata
Cephalopoda with four branchiae and four kidneys; animal inhabiting
the last chamber of an external multilocular shell; funnel consisting of two
separate lobes; tentacles numerous, without suckers or hooks; no ink-sac.
The shell consists of two layers, the outer being porcellanous, and the
inner, as well as the walls of the chambers or septa, nacreous. The septa
vary greatly in shape. In most of the Nautiloidea they are regularly curved,
as in Nautilus, or straight, as in Orthoceras, but in the Ammonoidea they
are often exceedingly complex. The edge of the septum, where it unites
with the shell-wall, is called the suture, and the sutural line, which is not
seen until the porcellanous layer is removed, varies in shape with the
septum.
Atlantic: e, e, eyes; f, f, fins; t, t,
tentacular arms. (After Hoyle, × ¼.)
Order Tetrabranchiata
Cephalopoda with four branchiae and four kidneys; animal inhabiting
the last chamber of an external multilocular shell; funnel consisting of two
separate lobes; tentacles numerous, without suckers or hooks; no ink-sac.
The shell consists of two layers, the outer being porcellanous, and the
inner, as well as the walls of the chambers or septa, nacreous. The septa
vary greatly in shape. In most of the Nautiloidea they are regularly curved,
as in Nautilus, or straight, as in Orthoceras, but in the Ammonoidea they
are often exceedingly complex. The edge of the septum, where it unites
with the shell-wall, is called the suture, and the sutural line, which is not
seen until the porcellanous layer is removed, varies in shape with the
septum.
Page 480
Fig. 252.—Nautilus pompilius L., in section, showing the septa (s,
s), the septal necks (s.n, s.n), the siphuncle dotted in (si), and
the large body chamber (ch).
The septa are traversed by a membranous tube known as the siphuncle,
which in Nautilus is said by Owen to connect ultimately with the
pericardium. The septal necks, or short tubular prolongations of the septa
where they are perforated by the siphuncle, are in the great majority of the
Nautiloidea directed backwards (Fig. 252), i.e., they project from the front
wall of each chamber, while in nearly all Ammonoidea they are directed
forwards. When the siphuncle is narrow, as in the Ammonoidea, it is simple,
but when wide, as in many of the Nautiloidea, its walls are often thickened
by the deposition of masses of calcareous matter, or by rings and radiating
lamellae of the same material. In position, the siphuncle is sometimes
central, sometimes sub-central, sometimes (Ammonoidea) marginal. In
some cases its position is believed to change during the growth of the
individual. The precise object served by the siphuncle is at present
unknown. Some hold that it preserves the vitality of the unoccupied
chambers, by connecting them with the soft parts of the animal; others have
regarded it as a means for lightening the shell by the passage of some gas
into the chambers.
s), the septal necks (s.n, s.n), the siphuncle dotted in (si), and
the large body chamber (ch).
The septa are traversed by a membranous tube known as the siphuncle,
which in Nautilus is said by Owen to connect ultimately with the
pericardium. The septal necks, or short tubular prolongations of the septa
where they are perforated by the siphuncle, are in the great majority of the
Nautiloidea directed backwards (Fig. 252), i.e., they project from the front
wall of each chamber, while in nearly all Ammonoidea they are directed
forwards. When the siphuncle is narrow, as in the Ammonoidea, it is simple,
but when wide, as in many of the Nautiloidea, its walls are often thickened
by the deposition of masses of calcareous matter, or by rings and radiating
lamellae of the same material. In position, the siphuncle is sometimes
central, sometimes sub-central, sometimes (Ammonoidea) marginal. In
some cases its position is believed to change during the growth of the
individual. The precise object served by the siphuncle is at present
unknown. Some hold that it preserves the vitality of the unoccupied
chambers, by connecting them with the soft parts of the animal; others have
regarded it as a means for lightening the shell by the passage of some gas
into the chambers.
Page 481
Fig. 253.—Ammonites (Cadoceras)
sublaevis Sowb., Kellaway’s Rock,
showing the marginal position of
the siphuncle (si).
The initial chamber in Nautiloidea consists of an obtuse incurved cone,
marked on the outer surface of its posterior wall by a small scar known as
the cicatrix, which may be slit-like, round, oval, or cruciform in shape. It
has been held that the cicatrix originally communicated with the protoconch
or larval shell, which probably dropped off as development proceeded. In
the Ammonoidea, on the other hand, there is no cicatrix, and the initial
chamber probably represents the protoconch, as seen in the nucleus of many
Gasteropoda.
Sub-order 1. Nautiloidea.—Shell straight, bent, or coiled, aperture
simple or contracted; siphuncle often narrowed by internal deposits,
position variable; septal necks short, usually directed backwards; septa
concave towards the aperture; initial chamber conical, with a cicatrix on the
posterior wall.
The Nautiloidea, of which Nautilus is the sole living representative, date
back to the Cambrian epoch, and attain their maximum in the Silurian and
Devonian. At the close of the Palaeozoic era, every family, with the sole
exceptions of the Orthoceratidae and Nautilidae, appears to have become
extinct. The former disappear with the Trias, and after the lapse of the
whole Secondary era, Aturia, a form closely related to Nautilus, makes its
appearance.
(a) Retrosiphonata: septal necks directed backwards.
Fam. 1. Orthoceratidae.[401]—Shell straight or slightly curved, aperture
simple, body-chamber large; siphuncle cylindrical, position variable. Single
sublaevis Sowb., Kellaway’s Rock,
showing the marginal position of
the siphuncle (si).
The initial chamber in Nautiloidea consists of an obtuse incurved cone,
marked on the outer surface of its posterior wall by a small scar known as
the cicatrix, which may be slit-like, round, oval, or cruciform in shape. It
has been held that the cicatrix originally communicated with the protoconch
or larval shell, which probably dropped off as development proceeded. In
the Ammonoidea, on the other hand, there is no cicatrix, and the initial
chamber probably represents the protoconch, as seen in the nucleus of many
Gasteropoda.
Sub-order 1. Nautiloidea.—Shell straight, bent, or coiled, aperture
simple or contracted; siphuncle often narrowed by internal deposits,
position variable; septal necks short, usually directed backwards; septa
concave towards the aperture; initial chamber conical, with a cicatrix on the
posterior wall.
The Nautiloidea, of which Nautilus is the sole living representative, date
back to the Cambrian epoch, and attain their maximum in the Silurian and
Devonian. At the close of the Palaeozoic era, every family, with the sole
exceptions of the Orthoceratidae and Nautilidae, appears to have become
extinct. The former disappear with the Trias, and after the lapse of the
whole Secondary era, Aturia, a form closely related to Nautilus, makes its
appearance.
(a) Retrosiphonata: septal necks directed backwards.
Fam. 1. Orthoceratidae.[401]—Shell straight or slightly curved, aperture
simple, body-chamber large; siphuncle cylindrical, position variable. Single
Page 482
genus, Orthoceras (Fig. 254). Cambrian to Trias.
Fam. 2. Endoceratidae.—Shell straight, siphuncle wide, marginal, septal
necks produced into tubes fitting into one another. Principal genera:
Endoceras (specimens of which occur six feet long), and Piloceras—
Ordovician.
Fam. 3. Actinoceratidae.—Shell straight or slightly curved, siphuncle
wide, contracted at the septa by obstruction-rings. Principal genera:
Actinoceras, Discosorus, Huronia, Sactoceras.—Ordovician to
Carboniferous.
Fam. 4. Gomphoceratidae.—Shell globular, straight or considerably
curved, aperture narrowed, T-shaped, body-chamber large, siphuncle
variable in position. The aperture is in some cases so narrow that probably
only the arms could be protruded. Principal genus, Gomphoceras (Fig.
255).—Silurian.
Fam. 5. Ascoceratidae.—Shell sac-like or flask-shaped, apex truncated,
unknown, body-chamber occupying nearly the whole of the shell on the
ventral side, contracting at the aperture, last few septa coalescing on the
dorsal side and encroaching upon the body-chamber. The young form has a
symmetrical shell like Orthoceras, attached to the sac-like shell above
described; as growth proceeds the former portion is thrown off. Principal
genera: Ascoceras, Glossoceras.—Ordovician and Silurian.
Fam. 2. Endoceratidae.—Shell straight, siphuncle wide, marginal, septal
necks produced into tubes fitting into one another. Principal genera:
Endoceras (specimens of which occur six feet long), and Piloceras—
Ordovician.
Fam. 3. Actinoceratidae.—Shell straight or slightly curved, siphuncle
wide, contracted at the septa by obstruction-rings. Principal genera:
Actinoceras, Discosorus, Huronia, Sactoceras.—Ordovician to
Carboniferous.
Fam. 4. Gomphoceratidae.—Shell globular, straight or considerably
curved, aperture narrowed, T-shaped, body-chamber large, siphuncle
variable in position. The aperture is in some cases so narrow that probably
only the arms could be protruded. Principal genus, Gomphoceras (Fig.
255).—Silurian.
Fam. 5. Ascoceratidae.—Shell sac-like or flask-shaped, apex truncated,
unknown, body-chamber occupying nearly the whole of the shell on the
ventral side, contracting at the aperture, last few septa coalescing on the
dorsal side and encroaching upon the body-chamber. The young form has a
symmetrical shell like Orthoceras, attached to the sac-like shell above
described; as growth proceeds the former portion is thrown off. Principal
genera: Ascoceras, Glossoceras.—Ordovician and Silurian.
Page 483
Fig. 254.—A, Section of Orthoceras,
showing the septa (s, s), and
siphuncle (si, si); B, portion of the
exterior of Orthoceras annulatum
Sowb., × ½. (Woodwardian
Museum, Cambridge.)
Fam. 6. Poterioceratidae.—Shell fusiform, contracted at both ends,
aperture simple, siphuncle variable in position, inflated between the septa.
The form generally resembles Gomphoceras, except for the simple aperture
and fusiform shape.—Ordovician to Carboniferous.
Fam. 7. Cyrtoceratidae.—Shell conical or sub-cylindrical, slightly
curved, body-chamber large, siphuncle variable in position. Single genus,
Cyrtoceras.—Cambrian to Carboniferous.
Fam. 8. Lituitidae.—Shell coiled in a flat, sometimes loose spiral, last
whorl straight, containing the body-chamber, often greatly prolonged.
Principal genera: Lituites, Ophidioceras.—Ordovician and Silurian.
Fam. 9. Trochoceratidae.—Shell helicoid, with seldom more than two
whorls, dextral or sinistral, last whorl sometimes partly uncoiled. Principal
genera: Trochoceras, Adelphoceras.—Ordovician to Devonian.
Fam. 10. Nautilidae.—Shell with few whorls, more or less overlapping,
septa simple, siphuncle central or sub-central, aperture not contracted.
The ‘tentacles’ are about 90 in number, and consist of four groups each
of 12 or 13 labial tentacles surrounding the mouth, two groups each of 17
showing the septa (s, s), and
siphuncle (si, si); B, portion of the
exterior of Orthoceras annulatum
Sowb., × ½. (Woodwardian
Museum, Cambridge.)
Fam. 6. Poterioceratidae.—Shell fusiform, contracted at both ends,
aperture simple, siphuncle variable in position, inflated between the septa.
The form generally resembles Gomphoceras, except for the simple aperture
and fusiform shape.—Ordovician to Carboniferous.
Fam. 7. Cyrtoceratidae.—Shell conical or sub-cylindrical, slightly
curved, body-chamber large, siphuncle variable in position. Single genus,
Cyrtoceras.—Cambrian to Carboniferous.
Fam. 8. Lituitidae.—Shell coiled in a flat, sometimes loose spiral, last
whorl straight, containing the body-chamber, often greatly prolonged.
Principal genera: Lituites, Ophidioceras.—Ordovician and Silurian.
Fam. 9. Trochoceratidae.—Shell helicoid, with seldom more than two
whorls, dextral or sinistral, last whorl sometimes partly uncoiled. Principal
genera: Trochoceras, Adelphoceras.—Ordovician to Devonian.
Fam. 10. Nautilidae.—Shell with few whorls, more or less overlapping,
septa simple, siphuncle central or sub-central, aperture not contracted.
The ‘tentacles’ are about 90 in number, and consist of four groups each
of 12 or 13 labial tentacles surrounding the mouth, two groups each of 17
Page 484
larger (brachial) tentacles on each side of the head, two thicker tentacles
which combine to form the ‘hood,’ and two small tentacles on each side of
the eye. When the animal swims, the tentacles are extended radially from
the head, somewhat like those of a sea-anemone. The direction of the many
pairs of tentacles at constant but different angles from the head, is the most
striking feature in the living Nautilus, and accounts for its being described,
when seen on the surface, as ‘a shell with something like a cauliflower
sticking out of it.’[402] The funnel is not a complete tube, but is formed by
the overlapping of the margins of two thin fleshy lobes (which are probably
morphologically epipodia), so that when the two lobes are parted, a broad
canal appears, leading to the branchial cavity. The head is conical, and the
mouth and its appendages can be retracted into a sort of sheath, over which
fits the ‘hood.’
Fig. 255.—A, Gomphoceras ellipticum
M’Coy, Silurian: B, aperture (ap) of
same; s, s, septa; si, position of
siphuncle. (After Blake.)
Other genera are Trocholites, Gyroceras, Hercoceras, Discites, Aturia.—
Ordovician to present time.
Fam. 11. Bactritidae.—Shell straight, conical, siphuncle small, marginal,
septal necks long, funnel-shaped, sutures undulating, with a sinus
corresponding to the siphuncle. This family, from the form of its sutures,
which combine to form the ‘hood,’ and two small tentacles on each side of
the eye. When the animal swims, the tentacles are extended radially from
the head, somewhat like those of a sea-anemone. The direction of the many
pairs of tentacles at constant but different angles from the head, is the most
striking feature in the living Nautilus, and accounts for its being described,
when seen on the surface, as ‘a shell with something like a cauliflower
sticking out of it.’[402] The funnel is not a complete tube, but is formed by
the overlapping of the margins of two thin fleshy lobes (which are probably
morphologically epipodia), so that when the two lobes are parted, a broad
canal appears, leading to the branchial cavity. The head is conical, and the
mouth and its appendages can be retracted into a sort of sheath, over which
fits the ‘hood.’
Fig. 255.—A, Gomphoceras ellipticum
M’Coy, Silurian: B, aperture (ap) of
same; s, s, septa; si, position of
siphuncle. (After Blake.)
Other genera are Trocholites, Gyroceras, Hercoceras, Discites, Aturia.—
Ordovician to present time.
Fam. 11. Bactritidae.—Shell straight, conical, siphuncle small, marginal,
septal necks long, funnel-shaped, sutures undulating, with a sinus
corresponding to the siphuncle. This family, from the form of its sutures,
Page 485
appears to constitute a passage to the Ammonoidea. Single genus, Bactrites.
—Silurian and Devonian.
(b) Prosiphonata.—Septal necks directed forwards.
The two genera are Bathmoceras (Ordovician), shell straight, conical
always truncated, siphon marginal; and Nothoceras (Silurian), shell
nautiloid with simple sutures.
Sub-order 2. Ammonoidea.—Shell multiform, straight, curved, flat
spiral, or turreted, sutural line more or less complex, siphuncle simple.
Some authorities hold that the members of this great sub-order, now
totally extinct, belong to the Dibranchiata, on the ground that the
protoconch resembles that of Spirula rather than that of the Nautiloidea.
Others again regard the Ammonoidea as a third, and distinct Order of
Cephalopoda. Their distribution extends from the Silurian to (possibly) the
early Tertiary. No trace has ever been found of an ink-sac, mandible, or
hooks on the arms; the shell was undoubtedly external.
—Silurian and Devonian.
(b) Prosiphonata.—Septal necks directed forwards.
The two genera are Bathmoceras (Ordovician), shell straight, conical
always truncated, siphon marginal; and Nothoceras (Silurian), shell
nautiloid with simple sutures.
Sub-order 2. Ammonoidea.—Shell multiform, straight, curved, flat
spiral, or turreted, sutural line more or less complex, siphuncle simple.
Some authorities hold that the members of this great sub-order, now
totally extinct, belong to the Dibranchiata, on the ground that the
protoconch resembles that of Spirula rather than that of the Nautiloidea.
Others again regard the Ammonoidea as a third, and distinct Order of
Cephalopoda. Their distribution extends from the Silurian to (possibly) the
early Tertiary. No trace has ever been found of an ink-sac, mandible, or
hooks on the arms; the shell was undoubtedly external.
Page 486
Fig. 256.—Diagram of the sutures of Ammonites: A, an elaborate
suture (Phylloceras); B, a simple suture (Ceratites); s.s,
siphonal, s.v, ventral, s.l, first lateral, s.l´, second lateral
saddles; s.a, s.a, auxiliary saddles; l.v, ventral, l, first lateral,
l´, second lateral lobe; l.a, l.a, auxiliary lobes. The arrow
points towards the aperture. (From Woodward.) Compare
Fig. 258.
The sutural line, which indicates the septa, and is generally concealed
beneath the outer layer of shell, consists of a number of lobes or
depressions, the concave part of which is directed towards the aperture.
Between these lobes lie corresponding elevations, or saddles, the convex
part of which is directed towards the aperture. There are six principal lobes
(Fig. 256): the siphonal or ventral, which is traversed by the siphuncle, the
dorsal, and a superior and inferior lateral on each side; smaller auxiliary
lobes may succeed these latter. The adjacent saddles have received
corresponding names. As a rule the sutural line is very complex, but in
some cases (Goniatites, Lobites) it is simple (Fig. 258, A). The first saddle
of a large number of genera serves as a means of classification, according as
it is broad or narrow. Some authorities reverse the terms ventral and dorsal,
as applied above. It is probable, however, that the position of the animal of
suture (Phylloceras); B, a simple suture (Ceratites); s.s,
siphonal, s.v, ventral, s.l, first lateral, s.l´, second lateral
saddles; s.a, s.a, auxiliary saddles; l.v, ventral, l, first lateral,
l´, second lateral lobe; l.a, l.a, auxiliary lobes. The arrow
points towards the aperture. (From Woodward.) Compare
Fig. 258.
The sutural line, which indicates the septa, and is generally concealed
beneath the outer layer of shell, consists of a number of lobes or
depressions, the concave part of which is directed towards the aperture.
Between these lobes lie corresponding elevations, or saddles, the convex
part of which is directed towards the aperture. There are six principal lobes
(Fig. 256): the siphonal or ventral, which is traversed by the siphuncle, the
dorsal, and a superior and inferior lateral on each side; smaller auxiliary
lobes may succeed these latter. The adjacent saddles have received
corresponding names. As a rule the sutural line is very complex, but in
some cases (Goniatites, Lobites) it is simple (Fig. 258, A). The first saddle
of a large number of genera serves as a means of classification, according as
it is broad or narrow. Some authorities reverse the terms ventral and dorsal,
as applied above. It is probable, however, that the position of the animal of
Page 487
Ammonites in its shell resembled that of Nautilus. The siphuncle is dorsal
(internal) in Clymenia only, ventral (external) in all other genera.
The aptychus of Ammonoidea is a corneous or calcareous valve-like
body, generally formed of two symmetrical parts (Fig. 257). It has been
regarded by some as the covering of the nidamental gland, and hence as
occurring only in the female, by others, with more probability, as an
operculum, covering or imbedded in a hood formed, as in Nautilus, of
modified arms. Sometimes the Aptychus is in a single piece (Anaptychus),
sometimes the two pieces are united on the median line (Synaptychus).
Fig. 257.—Aptychus of Ammonite
(Trigonellites latus). Kimmeridge Clay,
Ely. × ½.
The Ammonoidea are thus classified by Dr. P. Fischer:—
(a) Retrosiphonata Goniatitidae.
(b) Prosiphonata No Aptychus or First saddle, Arcestidae, Tropitidae,
Anaptychus wide Ceratitidae, Clydonitidae.
corneous, First saddle, Pinacoceratidae, Amaltheidae,
single narrow Ammonitidae, Lytoceratidae.
Aptychus calcareous, valves Harpoceratidae, Stephanoceratidae.
double or united
(a) Retrosiphonata. Fam. 1. Goniatitidae.—Shell nautiloid, whorls
sometimes disjoined, siphuncle ventral or dorsal, sutures simple. Principal
genera: Clymenia, Goniatites (Fig. 258, A).—Devonian to Carboniferous.
(b) Prosiphonata. Fam. 2. Arcestidae.—Shell globular, smooth or striated
and rayed, body-chamber very long, aperture often with a projecting hood,
umbilicus closed by a callosity, lobes numerous, foliaceous, aptychus
present. Principal genera: Arcestes, Lobites.—Principally Trias.
(internal) in Clymenia only, ventral (external) in all other genera.
The aptychus of Ammonoidea is a corneous or calcareous valve-like
body, generally formed of two symmetrical parts (Fig. 257). It has been
regarded by some as the covering of the nidamental gland, and hence as
occurring only in the female, by others, with more probability, as an
operculum, covering or imbedded in a hood formed, as in Nautilus, of
modified arms. Sometimes the Aptychus is in a single piece (Anaptychus),
sometimes the two pieces are united on the median line (Synaptychus).
Fig. 257.—Aptychus of Ammonite
(Trigonellites latus). Kimmeridge Clay,
Ely. × ½.
The Ammonoidea are thus classified by Dr. P. Fischer:—
(a) Retrosiphonata Goniatitidae.
(b) Prosiphonata No Aptychus or First saddle, Arcestidae, Tropitidae,
Anaptychus wide Ceratitidae, Clydonitidae.
corneous, First saddle, Pinacoceratidae, Amaltheidae,
single narrow Ammonitidae, Lytoceratidae.
Aptychus calcareous, valves Harpoceratidae, Stephanoceratidae.
double or united
(a) Retrosiphonata. Fam. 1. Goniatitidae.—Shell nautiloid, whorls
sometimes disjoined, siphuncle ventral or dorsal, sutures simple. Principal
genera: Clymenia, Goniatites (Fig. 258, A).—Devonian to Carboniferous.
(b) Prosiphonata. Fam. 2. Arcestidae.—Shell globular, smooth or striated
and rayed, body-chamber very long, aperture often with a projecting hood,
umbilicus closed by a callosity, lobes numerous, foliaceous, aptychus
present. Principal genera: Arcestes, Lobites.—Principally Trias.
Page 488
Fam. 3. Tropitidae.—Differs from Arcestidae mainly in the more highly
ornamented surface, which is decorated with ribs which become granular at
the periphery. Principal genus, Tropites.—Trias and Lias.
Fam. 4. Ceratitidae.—Shell ribbed and tuberculated, body-chamber
short, lobes denticulated, saddles simple. Principal genera: Ceratites (Fig.
258, B), Trachyceras.—Principally Trias.
Fam. 5. Clydonitidae.—Shell variable in form, body-chamber short,
sutural line undulated, simple. Principal genera: Clydonites, Choristoceras,
Rhabdoceras, Cochloceras.—Trias.
Fam. 6. Pinacoceratidae.—Shell discoidal, usually smooth, body-
chamber short, sutural line very complex, lobes numerous. Principal genera:
Pinacoceras, Sageceras.—Carboniferous to Trias.
Fam. 7. Amaltheidae.—Shell broad, keeled, last whorl concealing most
of the spire, sutures with auxiliary lobes, incised.—Principal genera:
Amaltheus, Schloenbacia, Sphenodiscus.—Trias, Cretaceous.
ornamented surface, which is decorated with ribs which become granular at
the periphery. Principal genus, Tropites.—Trias and Lias.
Fam. 4. Ceratitidae.—Shell ribbed and tuberculated, body-chamber
short, lobes denticulated, saddles simple. Principal genera: Ceratites (Fig.
258, B), Trachyceras.—Principally Trias.
Fam. 5. Clydonitidae.—Shell variable in form, body-chamber short,
sutural line undulated, simple. Principal genera: Clydonites, Choristoceras,
Rhabdoceras, Cochloceras.—Trias.
Fam. 6. Pinacoceratidae.—Shell discoidal, usually smooth, body-
chamber short, sutural line very complex, lobes numerous. Principal genera:
Pinacoceras, Sageceras.—Carboniferous to Trias.
Fam. 7. Amaltheidae.—Shell broad, keeled, last whorl concealing most
of the spire, sutures with auxiliary lobes, incised.—Principal genera:
Amaltheus, Schloenbacia, Sphenodiscus.—Trias, Cretaceous.
Page 489
Fig. 258.—Various forms of Ammonoidea: A, Goniatites crenistria J.
Phil., Carb. Limestone; B, Ceratites nodosus de Hann.,
Muschelkalk; C, Ammonites (Parkinsonia) Parkinsoni Sowb., Inf.
Oolite; D, Phylloceras helerophyllum Sowb., Upper Lias; s, s,
sutural lines.
Fam. 8. Ammonitidae.—Body-chamber long, whorls narrow, uncovered,
more or less ribbed, aperture simple, sutural line normal, aptychus single,
corneous. Principal genera: Ammonites, Aegoceras.—Principally Lias.
Fam. 9. Lytoceratidae.—Shell discoidal, body-chamber short, aperture
simple, no aptychus. Principal genera: Lytoceras, Phylloceras (Fig. 258, D).
—Trias to Cretaceous.
Fam. 10. Harpoceratidae.—Shell discoidal, compressed, margin keeled,
surface with straight or arched ribs, aperture with lateral projections, suture
with accessory lobes, aptychus in two pieces. Principal genera: Harpoceras,
Oppelia, Lissoceras.—Jurassic to Cretaceous.
Phil., Carb. Limestone; B, Ceratites nodosus de Hann.,
Muschelkalk; C, Ammonites (Parkinsonia) Parkinsoni Sowb., Inf.
Oolite; D, Phylloceras helerophyllum Sowb., Upper Lias; s, s,
sutural lines.
Fam. 8. Ammonitidae.—Body-chamber long, whorls narrow, uncovered,
more or less ribbed, aperture simple, sutural line normal, aptychus single,
corneous. Principal genera: Ammonites, Aegoceras.—Principally Lias.
Fam. 9. Lytoceratidae.—Shell discoidal, body-chamber short, aperture
simple, no aptychus. Principal genera: Lytoceras, Phylloceras (Fig. 258, D).
—Trias to Cretaceous.
Fam. 10. Harpoceratidae.—Shell discoidal, compressed, margin keeled,
surface with straight or arched ribs, aperture with lateral projections, suture
with accessory lobes, aptychus in two pieces. Principal genera: Harpoceras,
Oppelia, Lissoceras.—Jurassic to Cretaceous.
Page 490
Fig. 259.—A, Turrilites catenulatus
d’Orb, Gault; B, Macroscaphites
Iranii d’Orb, Upper Neocomian.
(From Zittel.)
Fam. 11. Stephanoceratidae.—Shell discoidal, helicoid or straight,
whorls sometimes disunited, surface often with bifurcating ribs, which are
tubercled, aperture often with lateral projections, sutural line incised,
aptychus in two pieces, sometimes united.
In the discoidal group, Stephanoceras is strongly ribbed, tubercled at the
point of bifurcation, Cosmoceras has long lateral projections of the aperture
when young, Perisphinctes has a large body-chamber and numerous smooth
ribs. Other genera are Acanthoceras, Peltoceras, Aspidoceras, and Hoplites.
Among the loosely whorled genera, Scaphites (Fig. 260, A) has the last
whorl produced and bent back again in horse-shoe form, while the early
whorls are concealed; Hamites, Hamulina, and Ptychoceras have a shell
shaped like a single or double hook, the sides of which may or may not be
united; Crioceras (Fig. 260, B) in form of whorls resembles a Spirula,
Ancyloceras a Scaphites with the first whorls disunited. Macroscaphites
(Fig. 259, B) is similar, but with the first whorls united and not concealed.
Turrilites (Fig. 259, A) is turreted and sinistral, while Baculites is quite
straight, with a long body-chamber.
d’Orb, Gault; B, Macroscaphites
Iranii d’Orb, Upper Neocomian.
(From Zittel.)
Fam. 11. Stephanoceratidae.—Shell discoidal, helicoid or straight,
whorls sometimes disunited, surface often with bifurcating ribs, which are
tubercled, aperture often with lateral projections, sutural line incised,
aptychus in two pieces, sometimes united.
In the discoidal group, Stephanoceras is strongly ribbed, tubercled at the
point of bifurcation, Cosmoceras has long lateral projections of the aperture
when young, Perisphinctes has a large body-chamber and numerous smooth
ribs. Other genera are Acanthoceras, Peltoceras, Aspidoceras, and Hoplites.
Among the loosely whorled genera, Scaphites (Fig. 260, A) has the last
whorl produced and bent back again in horse-shoe form, while the early
whorls are concealed; Hamites, Hamulina, and Ptychoceras have a shell
shaped like a single or double hook, the sides of which may or may not be
united; Crioceras (Fig. 260, B) in form of whorls resembles a Spirula,
Ancyloceras a Scaphites with the first whorls disunited. Macroscaphites
(Fig. 259, B) is similar, but with the first whorls united and not concealed.
Turrilites (Fig. 259, A) is turreted and sinistral, while Baculites is quite
straight, with a long body-chamber.
Page 491
Fig. 260.—A, Scaphites aequalis Sowb., Cretaceous; B,
Crioceras bifurcatum Quenst., Cretaceous. (From Zittel.)
Crioceras bifurcatum Quenst., Cretaceous. (From Zittel.)
Page 492
CHAPTER XIV
CLASS GASTEROPODA—AMPHINEURA AND PROSOBRANCHIATA
Order I. Amphineura
Bilaterally symmetrical Mollusca, anus at the terminal end of the body,
dorsal tegument more or less furnished with spicules.
Sub-order 1. Polyplacophora (Chitons).—Foot co-extensive with
ventral surface of the body, dorsum with eight transverse plates, articulated
(except in Chitonellus), a row of ctenidia on each side between the mantle
and the foot. Silurian ——.
The Chitons are found in all parts of the world, ranging in size from a
length of about half an inch to six inches or more in the giant Cryptochiton.
Although in the main sub-littoral, they occur at very great depths; the
Challenger dredged Leptochiton benthus Hadd. at 2300 fathoms. Chiton
Polii exceptionally occurs at Malta—teste MacAndrew—above sea margin,
but within reach of the ripple. As a rule, the Chitons live in concealment, on
the under surface of stones or in deep and narrow fissures in the rocks.
When the stone to which they are attached is turned over, they crawl slowly
to the side which is not exposed, as if disliking the light. An undescribed
species, however, which I took at Panama, crawled quite as fast as an
ordinary snail. Chiton fulvus Wood, apparently is accustomed to crawl with
some rapidity. MacAndrew took it in abundance on his anchor chain in
Vigo Bay every time his yacht was got under weigh. He also found it
crawling in sand on the shore, to which habit is no doubt due its extreme
cleanness and freedom from the foreign growths which are so characteristic
of many of the species. When detached a Chiton contracts the muscles of
the whole body, and rolls up into a ball like a wood-louse.
CLASS GASTEROPODA—AMPHINEURA AND PROSOBRANCHIATA
Order I. Amphineura
Bilaterally symmetrical Mollusca, anus at the terminal end of the body,
dorsal tegument more or less furnished with spicules.
Sub-order 1. Polyplacophora (Chitons).—Foot co-extensive with
ventral surface of the body, dorsum with eight transverse plates, articulated
(except in Chitonellus), a row of ctenidia on each side between the mantle
and the foot. Silurian ——.
The Chitons are found in all parts of the world, ranging in size from a
length of about half an inch to six inches or more in the giant Cryptochiton.
Although in the main sub-littoral, they occur at very great depths; the
Challenger dredged Leptochiton benthus Hadd. at 2300 fathoms. Chiton
Polii exceptionally occurs at Malta—teste MacAndrew—above sea margin,
but within reach of the ripple. As a rule, the Chitons live in concealment, on
the under surface of stones or in deep and narrow fissures in the rocks.
When the stone to which they are attached is turned over, they crawl slowly
to the side which is not exposed, as if disliking the light. An undescribed
species, however, which I took at Panama, crawled quite as fast as an
ordinary snail. Chiton fulvus Wood, apparently is accustomed to crawl with
some rapidity. MacAndrew took it in abundance on his anchor chain in
Vigo Bay every time his yacht was got under weigh. He also found it
crawling in sand on the shore, to which habit is no doubt due its extreme
cleanness and freedom from the foreign growths which are so characteristic
of many of the species. When detached a Chiton contracts the muscles of
the whole body, and rolls up into a ball like a wood-louse.
Page 493
Fig. 261.—Valves of a Chiton separated
to show the various parts (anterior
valve uppermost): a, a,
articulamentum; b, beak; j, jugum;
pl, pl, pleura; t, t, tegmentum.
to show the various parts (anterior
valve uppermost): a, a,
articulamentum; b, beak; j, jugum;
pl, pl, pleura; t, t, tegmentum.
Page 494
Fig. 262.—Valves of Chitonellus
separated out (anterior valve
uppermost): a, a, articulamentum; t,
t, tegmentum. × 2.
The Polyplacophora are characterised, externally, by their usually
articulated shell of eight plates or valves, which is surrounded and partly
kept in position by a muscular girdle. These plates overlap like tiles on a
roof in such a way that the posterior edge of the first, cephalic, or anterior
valve projects over the anterior edge of the succeeding valve, which in its
turn overlaps the next, and so on throughout. Seven-valved monstrosities
very rarely occur.
A certain portion of each valve is covered either by the girdle or by the
valve next anterior to it. This portion, which is whitish in colour and non-
porous in structure, forms part of an inner layer which underlies the rest of
the substance of the valve, and is called the articulamentum. The external
portion of the valves, or tegmentum, is generally more or less sculptured,
separated out (anterior valve
uppermost): a, a, articulamentum; t,
t, tegmentum. × 2.
The Polyplacophora are characterised, externally, by their usually
articulated shell of eight plates or valves, which is surrounded and partly
kept in position by a muscular girdle. These plates overlap like tiles on a
roof in such a way that the posterior edge of the first, cephalic, or anterior
valve projects over the anterior edge of the succeeding valve, which in its
turn overlaps the next, and so on throughout. Seven-valved monstrosities
very rarely occur.
A certain portion of each valve is covered either by the girdle or by the
valve next anterior to it. This portion, which is whitish in colour and non-
porous in structure, forms part of an inner layer which underlies the rest of
the substance of the valve, and is called the articulamentum. The external
portion of the valves, or tegmentum, is generally more or less sculptured,
Page 495
and is largely composed of chitin, impregnated with salts of lime, thus
answering more to a cuticle than to a shell proper. It is very porous, being
pierced by a quantity of minute holes of two sizes, known as megalopores
and micropores, which are connected together by minute canals containing
what is probably fibrous or nerve tissue, the mouths of the pores being
occupied by sense organs connected with these nerves. The tegmentum of
the six intermediate valves is generally divided into three triangular areas
by two more or less prominent ribs, which diverge from the neighbourhood
of the median beak or umbo. The space enclosed between these ribs is
known as the median area or jugum, the other two spaces as the lateral
areas or pleura. The ribs terminate with the edge of the tegmentum, and are
not found on the articulamentum. In certain genera these areas are either
non-existent, or are not distinctly marked. The sculpture of the lateral areas
(which is, as a rule, much stronger than that of the median area) will
generally be found to resemble that of the anterior valve, which has no
proper median area. In the posterior valve the median area is very small,
while the sculpture of the rest of the valve corresponds to that of the lateral
areas generally (see Fig. 261).
answering more to a cuticle than to a shell proper. It is very porous, being
pierced by a quantity of minute holes of two sizes, known as megalopores
and micropores, which are connected together by minute canals containing
what is probably fibrous or nerve tissue, the mouths of the pores being
occupied by sense organs connected with these nerves. The tegmentum of
the six intermediate valves is generally divided into three triangular areas
by two more or less prominent ribs, which diverge from the neighbourhood
of the median beak or umbo. The space enclosed between these ribs is
known as the median area or jugum, the other two spaces as the lateral
areas or pleura. The ribs terminate with the edge of the tegmentum, and are
not found on the articulamentum. In certain genera these areas are either
non-existent, or are not distinctly marked. The sculpture of the lateral areas
(which is, as a rule, much stronger than that of the median area) will
generally be found to resemble that of the anterior valve, which has no
proper median area. In the posterior valve the median area is very small,
while the sculpture of the rest of the valve corresponds to that of the lateral
areas generally (see Fig. 261).
Page 496
Fig. 263.—First, fourth, and eighth valves
of a Chiton, showing l.i, laminae of
insertion; n, n, notches; s.l, s.l, sutural
laminae. × 2.
The articulamentum of the intermediate valves is divided into two equal
parts in the middle of the anterior edge, opposite to the beak, by a sinus.
Each of the portions thus formed is again divided by a notch or suture into
two unequal parts, the anterior of which is known as the sutural lamina, and
is more or less concealed by the valve in front of it, while the lateral part, or
lamina of insertion, is entirely concealed by the girdle. The articulamenta of
the anterior and posterior valves are either simple or pierced by a series of
notches (Fig. 263).
The girdle of the Chitonidae varies considerably in character. Sometimes
its upper surface is simply corneous or cartilaginoid, with no other sculpture
than fine striae, at others it is densely beset with spines or bristles, or tufted
at intervals with bunches of deciduous hairs; again it is marbled like
shagreen or mossy down, or covered with serpent-like scales. The width of
the girdle varies greatly, being sometimes very narrow, sometimes entirely
covering all the valves (Cryptochiton). As a rule, its outer edge is
continuous, but in Schizochiton it is sharply notched over the anus.
of a Chiton, showing l.i, laminae of
insertion; n, n, notches; s.l, s.l, sutural
laminae. × 2.
The articulamentum of the intermediate valves is divided into two equal
parts in the middle of the anterior edge, opposite to the beak, by a sinus.
Each of the portions thus formed is again divided by a notch or suture into
two unequal parts, the anterior of which is known as the sutural lamina, and
is more or less concealed by the valve in front of it, while the lateral part, or
lamina of insertion, is entirely concealed by the girdle. The articulamenta of
the anterior and posterior valves are either simple or pierced by a series of
notches (Fig. 263).
The girdle of the Chitonidae varies considerably in character. Sometimes
its upper surface is simply corneous or cartilaginoid, with no other sculpture
than fine striae, at others it is densely beset with spines or bristles, or tufted
at intervals with bunches of deciduous hairs; again it is marbled like
shagreen or mossy down, or covered with serpent-like scales. The width of
the girdle varies greatly, being sometimes very narrow, sometimes entirely
covering all the valves (Cryptochiton). As a rule, its outer edge is
continuous, but in Schizochiton it is sharply notched over the anus.
Page 497
A description has already been given of the dorsal eyes in Chiton (p.
187), the nervous system (p. 202), the branchiae (p. 154), the radula (p.
228), and the generative system (p. 126).
Fig. 264.—Girdles of various Chitonidae. A, Radsia sulcata Wood, × 2; B,
Maugeria granulata Gmel., × 3; C, Enoplochiton niger Barnes, × 3; D,
Acanthochiton fascicularis L., × 4; E, Tonicia fastigiata Sowb., × 4.
The recent Chitons are thus classified by Dr. W. H. Dall:—
Section I. Chitones Regulares.—Anterior and posterior valves of similar
character.
A. Leptoidea.—Insertion plates obsolete, or, if present, unslit; Leptochiton,
Hanleyia, Hemiarthrum, Microplax.
B. Ischnoidea.—Insertion plates sharp, smooth, fissured; with eaves;
Trachydermon, Callochiton, Tonicella, Schizoplax, Leptoplax, Chaetopleura,
Spongiochiton, Ischnochiton, Callistochiton.
C. Lophyroidea.—Insertion plates broad, pectinated, projecting backward; Chiton,
Tonicia, Eudoxochiton, Craspedochiton.
D. Acanthoidea.—Insertion plates thrown forward; Sclerochiton, Acanthopleura,
Dinoplax, Middendorffia, Nuttallina, Arthuria, Phacellopleura.
Section II. Chitones Irregulares.—Posterior valve abnormal, or with a sinus
behind.
E. Schizoidea.—Posterior valve fissured; Lorica, Schizochiton.
F. Placiphoroidea.—Posterior valve unslit, internally ridged, umbo nearly
terminal; Enoplochiton, Ornithochiton, Plaxiphora.
187), the nervous system (p. 202), the branchiae (p. 154), the radula (p.
228), and the generative system (p. 126).
Fig. 264.—Girdles of various Chitonidae. A, Radsia sulcata Wood, × 2; B,
Maugeria granulata Gmel., × 3; C, Enoplochiton niger Barnes, × 3; D,
Acanthochiton fascicularis L., × 4; E, Tonicia fastigiata Sowb., × 4.
The recent Chitons are thus classified by Dr. W. H. Dall:—
Section I. Chitones Regulares.—Anterior and posterior valves of similar
character.
A. Leptoidea.—Insertion plates obsolete, or, if present, unslit; Leptochiton,
Hanleyia, Hemiarthrum, Microplax.
B. Ischnoidea.—Insertion plates sharp, smooth, fissured; with eaves;
Trachydermon, Callochiton, Tonicella, Schizoplax, Leptoplax, Chaetopleura,
Spongiochiton, Ischnochiton, Callistochiton.
C. Lophyroidea.—Insertion plates broad, pectinated, projecting backward; Chiton,
Tonicia, Eudoxochiton, Craspedochiton.
D. Acanthoidea.—Insertion plates thrown forward; Sclerochiton, Acanthopleura,
Dinoplax, Middendorffia, Nuttallina, Arthuria, Phacellopleura.
Section II. Chitones Irregulares.—Posterior valve abnormal, or with a sinus
behind.
E. Schizoidea.—Posterior valve fissured; Lorica, Schizochiton.
F. Placiphoroidea.—Posterior valve unslit, internally ridged, umbo nearly
terminal; Enoplochiton, Ornithochiton, Plaxiphora.
Page 498
G. Mopaloidea.—Posterior valve with posterior sinus and one slit on each side;
Mopalia, Katherina, Acanthochiton, Notoplax.
H. Cryptoidea.—With double sutural laminae; Cryptoconchus, Amicula,
Cryptochiton.
I. Chitonelloidea.—Posterior valve funnel shaped; laminae thrown forward;
Chitonellus, Choneplax.
Fig. 265.—Chitonellus fasciatus Quoy; ant, anterior end.
Sub-order 2. Aplacophora.—Animal vermiform, foot absent, or a mere
groove, cuticle more or less covered with spicules.
According to Marion, one of the principal authorities on the group, the
Aplacophora are perhaps Amphineura whose development has been
arrested at an early stage, their worm-like exterior being due to adaptation
to surroundings. They have hitherto been found chiefly in the N. Atlantic
and Mediterranean, generally at considerable depths, and often associated
with certain polyps in a way which suggests a kind of commensalism.
Fam. 1. Neomeniidae.—Foot a narrow groove, intestinal tube without
differentiated liver, kidneys with common exterior orifice, sexes united,
ctenidia present or absent. Genera: Neomenia (Fig. 266), Paramenia,
Proneomenia, Ismenia, Lepidomenia, Dondersia.
Fig. 266.—Neomenia carinata Tullb.: a,
anus; gr, ventral groove; m, mouth.
Mopalia, Katherina, Acanthochiton, Notoplax.
H. Cryptoidea.—With double sutural laminae; Cryptoconchus, Amicula,
Cryptochiton.
I. Chitonelloidea.—Posterior valve funnel shaped; laminae thrown forward;
Chitonellus, Choneplax.
Fig. 265.—Chitonellus fasciatus Quoy; ant, anterior end.
Sub-order 2. Aplacophora.—Animal vermiform, foot absent, or a mere
groove, cuticle more or less covered with spicules.
According to Marion, one of the principal authorities on the group, the
Aplacophora are perhaps Amphineura whose development has been
arrested at an early stage, their worm-like exterior being due to adaptation
to surroundings. They have hitherto been found chiefly in the N. Atlantic
and Mediterranean, generally at considerable depths, and often associated
with certain polyps in a way which suggests a kind of commensalism.
Fam. 1. Neomeniidae.—Foot a narrow groove, intestinal tube without
differentiated liver, kidneys with common exterior orifice, sexes united,
ctenidia present or absent. Genera: Neomenia (Fig. 266), Paramenia,
Proneomenia, Ismenia, Lepidomenia, Dondersia.
Fig. 266.—Neomenia carinata Tullb.: a,
anus; gr, ventral groove; m, mouth.
Page 499
Fig. 267.—Chaetoderma nitidulum Lov.:
a, anus; m, mouth. × 3.
Fam. 2. Chaetodermatidae.—Body cylindrical, no ventral groove, liver a
single sac, kidneys with separate orifices into the branchial cloaca, two
bipectinate ctenidia. Single genus, Chaetoderma (Fig. 267).
Order II. Prosobranchiata
Visceral loop twisted into a figure of 8 (streptoneurous), right half supra-
intestinal, left half infra-intestinal; heart usually in front of the branchia
(ctenidium), which is generally single; head with a single pair of tentacles;
animal dioecious, usually marine, more or less contained within a shell,
operculum generally present. Cambrian to present time.
Sub-order 1. Diotocardia.—Heart with two auricles (except in the
Docoglossa and Helicinidae), branchiae bipectinate, front end free; two
kidneys, the genital gland opening into the right (except in Neritidae);
nervous system not concentrated; no proboscis or siphon, penis usually
absent.
(a) Docoglossa (p. 227).—Heart with a single auricle, ventricle not
traversed by the rectum, visceral sac not spiral, shell widely conical, non-
spiral, no operculum; radula very long, with few hooked teeth in each row.
a, anus; m, mouth. × 3.
Fam. 2. Chaetodermatidae.—Body cylindrical, no ventral groove, liver a
single sac, kidneys with separate orifices into the branchial cloaca, two
bipectinate ctenidia. Single genus, Chaetoderma (Fig. 267).
Order II. Prosobranchiata
Visceral loop twisted into a figure of 8 (streptoneurous), right half supra-
intestinal, left half infra-intestinal; heart usually in front of the branchia
(ctenidium), which is generally single; head with a single pair of tentacles;
animal dioecious, usually marine, more or less contained within a shell,
operculum generally present. Cambrian to present time.
Sub-order 1. Diotocardia.—Heart with two auricles (except in the
Docoglossa and Helicinidae), branchiae bipectinate, front end free; two
kidneys, the genital gland opening into the right (except in Neritidae);
nervous system not concentrated; no proboscis or siphon, penis usually
absent.
(a) Docoglossa (p. 227).—Heart with a single auricle, ventricle not
traversed by the rectum, visceral sac not spiral, shell widely conical, non-
spiral, no operculum; radula very long, with few hooked teeth in each row.
Page 500
Fam. 1. Acmaeidae.—Left ctenidium alone occurring, free on a long
stalk. Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Pectinodonta, front part of head
much produced, radula 0 (1. 0. 1.) 0; Acmaea (= Tectura), with sub-genera
Collisella and Collisellina, no accessory branchial ring, shell closely
resembling that of Patella, but generally with a distinct internal border;
Scurria, accessory branchial ring on the mantle.
Fam. 2. Lepetidae.—No ctenidia or accessory branchiae, animal
generally blind. Pliocene——. Principal genera: Lepeta; Propilidium, apex
with internal septum; Lepetella.
Fam. 3. Patellidae.—No ctenidia, the osphradial patch at the base of
each alone surviving, a circlet of secondary branchiae between the mantle
and sides of the foot. Ordovician——. (i.) Patellinae.—Three lateral teeth
on each side, two of them anterior. Principal genera: Patella, branchial
circlet complete; chief sections Patella proper, Scutellastra, Ancistromesus
(A. mexicana Brod., measures 8–14 in. long); Helcion, branchial circlet
interrupted in front; Tryblidium (Ordovician).—(ii.) Nacellinae.—Two
developed laterals on each side, one anterior. Genera: Nacella, branchial
circlet complete; Helcioniscus, branchial circlet interrupted in front.
(b) Rhipidoglossa (p. 225).—Ventricle of the heart traversed by the
rectum (except in Helicinidae), one or two ctenidia; jaw in two pieces,
radula long, marginals multiplied, rows curved.
Of all the Gasteropoda, this section of the Diotocardia approach nearest
to the Pelecypoda, particularly in the least specialised forms. The auricle,
the branchiae, and the kidneys are in many cases paired, and more or less
symmetrical. The ventricle is generally traversed by the rectum, there is a
long labial commissure between the cerebral ganglia, special copulative
organs are usually absent, while the shell is often nacreous, like those of
Pelecypoda of a primitive type.
Section I. Zygobranchiata.—Two ctenidia, shell with apical or marginal
slit or holes, corresponding to an anal tube in the mantle (p. 265).
Fam. 1. Fissurellidae.—Two symmetrical ctenidia and kidneys, visceral
mass conical, shell conical, elevated or depressed, with a single anterior or
apical slit or impression; no operculum. Jurassic——. (i.) Fissurellinae.
Shell wholly external, apex entirely removed by perforation, apical callus
stalk. Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Pectinodonta, front part of head
much produced, radula 0 (1. 0. 1.) 0; Acmaea (= Tectura), with sub-genera
Collisella and Collisellina, no accessory branchial ring, shell closely
resembling that of Patella, but generally with a distinct internal border;
Scurria, accessory branchial ring on the mantle.
Fam. 2. Lepetidae.—No ctenidia or accessory branchiae, animal
generally blind. Pliocene——. Principal genera: Lepeta; Propilidium, apex
with internal septum; Lepetella.
Fam. 3. Patellidae.—No ctenidia, the osphradial patch at the base of
each alone surviving, a circlet of secondary branchiae between the mantle
and sides of the foot. Ordovician——. (i.) Patellinae.—Three lateral teeth
on each side, two of them anterior. Principal genera: Patella, branchial
circlet complete; chief sections Patella proper, Scutellastra, Ancistromesus
(A. mexicana Brod., measures 8–14 in. long); Helcion, branchial circlet
interrupted in front; Tryblidium (Ordovician).—(ii.) Nacellinae.—Two
developed laterals on each side, one anterior. Genera: Nacella, branchial
circlet complete; Helcioniscus, branchial circlet interrupted in front.
(b) Rhipidoglossa (p. 225).—Ventricle of the heart traversed by the
rectum (except in Helicinidae), one or two ctenidia; jaw in two pieces,
radula long, marginals multiplied, rows curved.
Of all the Gasteropoda, this section of the Diotocardia approach nearest
to the Pelecypoda, particularly in the least specialised forms. The auricle,
the branchiae, and the kidneys are in many cases paired, and more or less
symmetrical. The ventricle is generally traversed by the rectum, there is a
long labial commissure between the cerebral ganglia, special copulative
organs are usually absent, while the shell is often nacreous, like those of
Pelecypoda of a primitive type.
Section I. Zygobranchiata.—Two ctenidia, shell with apical or marginal
slit or holes, corresponding to an anal tube in the mantle (p. 265).
Fam. 1. Fissurellidae.—Two symmetrical ctenidia and kidneys, visceral
mass conical, shell conical, elevated or depressed, with a single anterior or
apical slit or impression; no operculum. Jurassic——. (i.) Fissurellinae.
Shell wholly external, apex entirely removed by perforation, apical callus
Page 501
not truncated posteriorly; central tooth narrow. Genera: Fissurella (Figs.
171, p. 261; 178, p. 265), Fissuridea, Clypidella. (ii.) Fissurellidinae. Shell
partly internal, otherwise as in (i.); central tooth broad, mantle more or less
reflected over the shell, apical hole very wide. Genera: Fissurellidaea,
Pupillaea, Lucapina, Megatebennus, Macroschisma, Lucapinella. (iii.)
Emarginulinae. Shell usually wholly external, apex usually not removed by
perforation, sometimes with internal septum, anal tube in a narrow slit or
sinus. Genera: Glyphis, externals of Fissurella, but holecallus truncated
behind; Puncturella (sub-genera Cranopsis and Fissurisepta), slit just
anterior to the apex, a small internal septum; Zeidora, large internal septum
as in Crepidula: Emarginula, shell elevated, slit very narrow, on the anterior
margin (in subg. Rimula, it is between the apex and the margin), radula
bilaterally asymmetrical; Subemarginula, margin indented by a shallow
groove; Scutus (= Parmophorus) shell oblong, depressed, nicked in front,
largely covered by the mantle.
Fig. 268.—Scutus australis Lam.,
Australia: m, m, mantle; sh, shell, ×
⅔.
Fam. 2. Haliotidae.—Right ctenidium the smaller, epipodial line broad,
profusely lobed; shell rather flattened, spire short, last whorl very large,
with a row of perforations on the left side, which become successively
obliterated; through these holes, the posterior of which is anal, pass
tentacular appendages of the mantle; no operculum. Cretaceous——. Single
genus, Haliotis; principal sub-genera Padollus, Teinotis.
171, p. 261; 178, p. 265), Fissuridea, Clypidella. (ii.) Fissurellidinae. Shell
partly internal, otherwise as in (i.); central tooth broad, mantle more or less
reflected over the shell, apical hole very wide. Genera: Fissurellidaea,
Pupillaea, Lucapina, Megatebennus, Macroschisma, Lucapinella. (iii.)
Emarginulinae. Shell usually wholly external, apex usually not removed by
perforation, sometimes with internal septum, anal tube in a narrow slit or
sinus. Genera: Glyphis, externals of Fissurella, but holecallus truncated
behind; Puncturella (sub-genera Cranopsis and Fissurisepta), slit just
anterior to the apex, a small internal septum; Zeidora, large internal septum
as in Crepidula: Emarginula, shell elevated, slit very narrow, on the anterior
margin (in subg. Rimula, it is between the apex and the margin), radula
bilaterally asymmetrical; Subemarginula, margin indented by a shallow
groove; Scutus (= Parmophorus) shell oblong, depressed, nicked in front,
largely covered by the mantle.
Fig. 268.—Scutus australis Lam.,
Australia: m, m, mantle; sh, shell, ×
⅔.
Fam. 2. Haliotidae.—Right ctenidium the smaller, epipodial line broad,
profusely lobed; shell rather flattened, spire short, last whorl very large,
with a row of perforations on the left side, which become successively
obliterated; through these holes, the posterior of which is anal, pass
tentacular appendages of the mantle; no operculum. Cretaceous——. Single
genus, Haliotis; principal sub-genera Padollus, Teinotis.
Page 502
Fam. 3. Pleurotomariidae.—Central tooth single, narrow, about 26
laterals, 60 to 70 uncini. Shell generally variously trochiform, nacreous,
operculate, with a rather broad marginal sinus in the last whorl; as this sinus
closes up it forms an “anal fasciole” or “sinus band.” Cambrian——.
Principal genera: Scissurella, epipodial line with several long ciliated
appendages at each side, shell very small, slit open, sinus band extending
nearly to apex; Schismope, anal slit closed in the adult into an oblong
perforation; Murchisonia (Palaeozoic only), shell long, turreted, whorls
angulate or keeled with a sinus band; Odontomaria (Palaeozoic only), shell
tubular, curved; Polytremaria (Carboniferous), shell turbinate, slit a series
of small holes connected by a passage; Trochotoma, shell trochiform,
perforation consisting of two narrow holes united by a slit; Pleurotomaria,
branchiae almost symmetrical, radula as above, shell variously spiral.
In Pleurotomaria we have the case of a genus long supposed to be
extinct. More than 1100 fossil species have been described, and within the
last 38 years about 20 specimens, belonging to 5 species, have been
discovered in a living state.
Fig. 269.—Pleurotomaria adansoniana
Cr. and F., Tobago. × ½.
Fam. 4. Bellerophontidae.—Shell nautiloid, spire generally concealed,
aperture large, sinus or perforations central (Fig. 179, p. 266). Ordovician—
Trias. Genera: Bellerophon, Trematonotus, Cyrtolites.
Section II. Azygobranchiata.—One ctenidium (the left) present.
Fam. 1. Cocculinidae.—A single cervical ctenidium, foot broad, no eyes,
shell patelliform, with caducous spire. Single genus, Cocculina. Deep
water.
laterals, 60 to 70 uncini. Shell generally variously trochiform, nacreous,
operculate, with a rather broad marginal sinus in the last whorl; as this sinus
closes up it forms an “anal fasciole” or “sinus band.” Cambrian——.
Principal genera: Scissurella, epipodial line with several long ciliated
appendages at each side, shell very small, slit open, sinus band extending
nearly to apex; Schismope, anal slit closed in the adult into an oblong
perforation; Murchisonia (Palaeozoic only), shell long, turreted, whorls
angulate or keeled with a sinus band; Odontomaria (Palaeozoic only), shell
tubular, curved; Polytremaria (Carboniferous), shell turbinate, slit a series
of small holes connected by a passage; Trochotoma, shell trochiform,
perforation consisting of two narrow holes united by a slit; Pleurotomaria,
branchiae almost symmetrical, radula as above, shell variously spiral.
In Pleurotomaria we have the case of a genus long supposed to be
extinct. More than 1100 fossil species have been described, and within the
last 38 years about 20 specimens, belonging to 5 species, have been
discovered in a living state.
Fig. 269.—Pleurotomaria adansoniana
Cr. and F., Tobago. × ½.
Fam. 4. Bellerophontidae.—Shell nautiloid, spire generally concealed,
aperture large, sinus or perforations central (Fig. 179, p. 266). Ordovician—
Trias. Genera: Bellerophon, Trematonotus, Cyrtolites.
Section II. Azygobranchiata.—One ctenidium (the left) present.
Fam. 1. Cocculinidae.—A single cervical ctenidium, foot broad, no eyes,
shell patelliform, with caducous spire. Single genus, Cocculina. Deep
water.
Page 503
Fam. 2. Stomatellidae.—A single (left) ctenidium, front third free, shell
nacreous, spiral or patelliform, depressed, last whorl large. Jurassic——.
Genera: Stomatella (subg. Synaptocochlea, Niphonia), shell depressed,
spirally ribbed, spire short, operculum present; Phaneta, fluviatile only,
shell trochiform, imperforate, last whorl keeled, sinuate in front; Stomatia,
spire short, surface tubercled or keeled, no operculum; Gena, shell haliotis-
shaped, surface smooth, aperture very large; Broderipia, shell patelliform,
spiral apex often lost.
Fam. 3. Cyclostrematidae.—Tentacles ciliated, thread-like, snout
bilobed, foot truncated in front, angles produced into a filament, shell
depressed, umbilicated, not nacreous. Eocene——. Principal genera:
Cyclostrema, Teinostoma, Vitrinella.
Fam. 4. Liotiidae.—Epipodial line with a lobe behind each eye-peduncle,
shell solid, trochiform, longitudinally ribbed or trellised, aperture round,
operculum multispiral, hispid, corneous, with a calcareous layer. Silurian
——. Principal genera: Liotia, Craspedostoma (Silurian), Crossostoma
(Jurassic).
Fig. 270.—Monodonta canalifera Lam.,
New Ireland. (After Quoy and
Gaimard.)
Fam. 5. Trochidae.—Snout short, broad, frontal lobes often present,
epipodial line furnished with cirrhi; shell nacreous, variously spiral,
operculum corneous, multispiral, nucleus central (Fig. 182, p. 268). Silurian
——. (i.) Trochinae.—Frontal lobes present, lateral teeth (= side centrals) 5
only, no jaws, peristome incomplete. Principal genera: Trochus (subg.
Cardinalia, Tectus, Infundibulum, Clanculus), Monodonta (subg. Diloma),
Cantharidus (subg. Bankivia, Thalotia), Gaza (subg. Microgaza),
Callogaza, Bembix, Chlorostoma. (ii.) Gibbulinae.—Frontal lobes and jaws
nacreous, spiral or patelliform, depressed, last whorl large. Jurassic——.
Genera: Stomatella (subg. Synaptocochlea, Niphonia), shell depressed,
spirally ribbed, spire short, operculum present; Phaneta, fluviatile only,
shell trochiform, imperforate, last whorl keeled, sinuate in front; Stomatia,
spire short, surface tubercled or keeled, no operculum; Gena, shell haliotis-
shaped, surface smooth, aperture very large; Broderipia, shell patelliform,
spiral apex often lost.
Fam. 3. Cyclostrematidae.—Tentacles ciliated, thread-like, snout
bilobed, foot truncated in front, angles produced into a filament, shell
depressed, umbilicated, not nacreous. Eocene——. Principal genera:
Cyclostrema, Teinostoma, Vitrinella.
Fam. 4. Liotiidae.—Epipodial line with a lobe behind each eye-peduncle,
shell solid, trochiform, longitudinally ribbed or trellised, aperture round,
operculum multispiral, hispid, corneous, with a calcareous layer. Silurian
——. Principal genera: Liotia, Craspedostoma (Silurian), Crossostoma
(Jurassic).
Fig. 270.—Monodonta canalifera Lam.,
New Ireland. (After Quoy and
Gaimard.)
Fam. 5. Trochidae.—Snout short, broad, frontal lobes often present,
epipodial line furnished with cirrhi; shell nacreous, variously spiral,
operculum corneous, multispiral, nucleus central (Fig. 182, p. 268). Silurian
——. (i.) Trochinae.—Frontal lobes present, lateral teeth (= side centrals) 5
only, no jaws, peristome incomplete. Principal genera: Trochus (subg.
Cardinalia, Tectus, Infundibulum, Clanculus), Monodonta (subg. Diloma),
Cantharidus (subg. Bankivia, Thalotia), Gaza (subg. Microgaza),
Callogaza, Bembix, Chlorostoma. (ii.) Gibbulinae.—Frontal lobes and jaws
Page 504
present, laterals often more than 5, peristome incomplete. Principal genera:
Gibbula (subg. Monilia, Aphanotrochus, Enida), Minolia, Circulus,
Trochiscus, Livona, Photinula, Margarita, Solariella, Calliostoma, Turcica,
Basilissa, Euchelus (subg. Olivia, Perrinia). (iii.) Delphinulinae.—No
frontal lobes, jaws present; shell solid, surface spirally lirate, scaly, spinose,
umbilicate, peristome continuous. Single genus, Delphinula. (iv.)
Umboniinae.—Eyes pedunculate, left tentacle attached to a frontal
appendage, mantle reflected over edge of aperture, lateral teeth 6 on each
side; shell polished, peristome incomplete, umbilicus generally closed by a
callosity. Principal genera: Umbonium, Ethalia, Isanda, Camitia,
Umbonella, Chrysostoma.
Fig. 271.—Phasianella australis Gmel.,
Australia.
Fam. 6. Turbinidae.—Epipodial line with slender cirrhi, snout broad,
short, eyes pedunculate at outer base of tentacles, a frontal veil between
tentacles; shell turbinate, solid, aperture continuous, operculum solid,
calcareous, usually paucispiral, convex exteriorly (Fig. 182, p. 268).
Silurian——. (i.) Phasianellinae.—Shell bulimoid, polished, not nacreous,
coloured in patterns, aperture oval. Single genus, Phasianella (Fig. 271).
(ii.) Turbininae.—Shell very solid, nacreous within, aperture circular or
long oval. Principal genera, Turbo, whorls rounded above and below,
spines, if present, becoming more prominent with age, operculum smooth
or granulose, nucleus sub-central; subg. Callopoma, Ninella,
Marmorostoma, Sarmaticus, Prisogaster; Astralium, whorls flattened above
and below, spines, if present, becoming less prominent with age, operculum
oblong, often excavated at centre, last whorl large, nucleus marginal or sub-
marginal; subg. Lithopoma, Imperator, Guildfordia, Bolma, Cyclocantha,
Uvanilla, Cookia, Pomaulax, Pachypoma. (iii.) Cyclonematinae.—Shell
Gibbula (subg. Monilia, Aphanotrochus, Enida), Minolia, Circulus,
Trochiscus, Livona, Photinula, Margarita, Solariella, Calliostoma, Turcica,
Basilissa, Euchelus (subg. Olivia, Perrinia). (iii.) Delphinulinae.—No
frontal lobes, jaws present; shell solid, surface spirally lirate, scaly, spinose,
umbilicate, peristome continuous. Single genus, Delphinula. (iv.)
Umboniinae.—Eyes pedunculate, left tentacle attached to a frontal
appendage, mantle reflected over edge of aperture, lateral teeth 6 on each
side; shell polished, peristome incomplete, umbilicus generally closed by a
callosity. Principal genera: Umbonium, Ethalia, Isanda, Camitia,
Umbonella, Chrysostoma.
Fig. 271.—Phasianella australis Gmel.,
Australia.
Fam. 6. Turbinidae.—Epipodial line with slender cirrhi, snout broad,
short, eyes pedunculate at outer base of tentacles, a frontal veil between
tentacles; shell turbinate, solid, aperture continuous, operculum solid,
calcareous, usually paucispiral, convex exteriorly (Fig. 182, p. 268).
Silurian——. (i.) Phasianellinae.—Shell bulimoid, polished, not nacreous,
coloured in patterns, aperture oval. Single genus, Phasianella (Fig. 271).
(ii.) Turbininae.—Shell very solid, nacreous within, aperture circular or
long oval. Principal genera, Turbo, whorls rounded above and below,
spines, if present, becoming more prominent with age, operculum smooth
or granulose, nucleus sub-central; subg. Callopoma, Ninella,
Marmorostoma, Sarmaticus, Prisogaster; Astralium, whorls flattened above
and below, spines, if present, becoming less prominent with age, operculum
oblong, often excavated at centre, last whorl large, nucleus marginal or sub-
marginal; subg. Lithopoma, Imperator, Guildfordia, Bolma, Cyclocantha,
Uvanilla, Cookia, Pomaulax, Pachypoma. (iii.) Cyclonematinae.—Shell
Page 505
nacreous, umbilicate, operculum conical outside, whorls scalariform.
Principal genera: Cyclonema, Horiostoma (?), Amberleya (Silurian to Lias).
(iv.) Leptothyrinae.—Shell small, solid, depressed, operculum nearly flat,
nucleus sub-central. Genera: Leptothyra, Collonia (?).
Fam. 7. Neritopsidae.—Tentacles wide apart, long, eyes on short
peduncles at the outer base; shell solid, neritiform or naticoid, aperture
semi-lunar or oval; operculum (Fig. 183, p. 269) thick, calcareous, non-
spiral, exterior face smooth, interior face divided into two unequal parts,
with a broad median appendage. Devonian——. Principal genera:
Neritopsis (one recent species), Naticopsis (Devonian to Miocene).
Fam. 8. Macluritidae.—Shell discoidal, whorls few, longitudinally
grooved behind, right side convex, deeply umbilicated, left side flat;
operculum very thick, nucleus excentrical, internal face with two
apophyses, one very large. The general appearance is more that of an
inequivalve bivalve, such as Requienia, than of a spiral gasteropod.
Palaeozoic——. Single genus, Maclurea.
Fam. 9. Neritidae.—Snout short, tentacles long, eyes pedunculate at their
outer base, branchia triangular, free at the front end, epipodium without
cirrhi, penis near the right tentacle; shell solid, imperforate, turbinate to
almost patelliform, spire short, internal partitions absorbed (p. 168),
columellar region broad, edge simple or dentate, operculum calcareous,
spiral or non-spiral, with prominent apophyses on the interior face, one of
which locks behind the columellar lip. Jurassic——. Principal genera:
Nerita (Fig. 13, p. 17); Neritina (chiefly brackish water and fluviatile), sub-
genus Clithon, usually coronated with spines; Velates (Tertiary), Neritoma
(Jurassic), Deianira (Cretaceous), Septaria (= Navicella), shell more or less
narrowly patelliform, with terminal apex, aperture very large, with a broad
columellar septum, operculum too small for the aperture, more or less
covered by the integument of the foot; fluviatile only; Pileolus (Jurassic to
Cretaceous).
Fam. 10. Hydrocenidae.—Branchia replaced by a pulmonary chamber,
eyes at the outer base of the tentacles, marginals of the radula very oblique,
centrals often wanting; shell small, conical, whorls convex, operculum
calcareous, with a prominent apophysis. Recent. Principal genera:
Hydrocena, Georissa.
Principal genera: Cyclonema, Horiostoma (?), Amberleya (Silurian to Lias).
(iv.) Leptothyrinae.—Shell small, solid, depressed, operculum nearly flat,
nucleus sub-central. Genera: Leptothyra, Collonia (?).
Fam. 7. Neritopsidae.—Tentacles wide apart, long, eyes on short
peduncles at the outer base; shell solid, neritiform or naticoid, aperture
semi-lunar or oval; operculum (Fig. 183, p. 269) thick, calcareous, non-
spiral, exterior face smooth, interior face divided into two unequal parts,
with a broad median appendage. Devonian——. Principal genera:
Neritopsis (one recent species), Naticopsis (Devonian to Miocene).
Fam. 8. Macluritidae.—Shell discoidal, whorls few, longitudinally
grooved behind, right side convex, deeply umbilicated, left side flat;
operculum very thick, nucleus excentrical, internal face with two
apophyses, one very large. The general appearance is more that of an
inequivalve bivalve, such as Requienia, than of a spiral gasteropod.
Palaeozoic——. Single genus, Maclurea.
Fam. 9. Neritidae.—Snout short, tentacles long, eyes pedunculate at their
outer base, branchia triangular, free at the front end, epipodium without
cirrhi, penis near the right tentacle; shell solid, imperforate, turbinate to
almost patelliform, spire short, internal partitions absorbed (p. 168),
columellar region broad, edge simple or dentate, operculum calcareous,
spiral or non-spiral, with prominent apophyses on the interior face, one of
which locks behind the columellar lip. Jurassic——. Principal genera:
Nerita (Fig. 13, p. 17); Neritina (chiefly brackish water and fluviatile), sub-
genus Clithon, usually coronated with spines; Velates (Tertiary), Neritoma
(Jurassic), Deianira (Cretaceous), Septaria (= Navicella), shell more or less
narrowly patelliform, with terminal apex, aperture very large, with a broad
columellar septum, operculum too small for the aperture, more or less
covered by the integument of the foot; fluviatile only; Pileolus (Jurassic to
Cretaceous).
Fam. 10. Hydrocenidae.—Branchia replaced by a pulmonary chamber,
eyes at the outer base of the tentacles, marginals of the radula very oblique,
centrals often wanting; shell small, conical, whorls convex, operculum
calcareous, with a prominent apophysis. Recent. Principal genera:
Hydrocena, Georissa.
Page 506
Fam. 11. Helicinidae.—Branchia replaced by a pulmonary chamber,
heart with one auricle; shell globular, with a short spire, internal partitions
absorbed; operculum without apophysis. Carboniferous——. Principal
genera: Helicina (Fig. 18b, p. 21; subg. Alcadia, Schasicheila, Heudeia,
Calybium), Eutrochatella (subg. Lucidella), Stoastoma, Bourcieria,
Dawsonella (Carboniferous).
Fam. 12. Proserpinidae.—Branchia replaced by a pulmonary chamber,
mantle partly reflected over the shell, eyes sessile; shell depressed,
discoidal, columella folded or truncated at the base, whorls with one or
more internal plicae, internal partitions absorbed, no operculum. Eocene
——. Single genus; Proserpina, subg. Proserpinella, Cyane,
Dimorphoptychia (Eocene), and Ceres (Fig. 18c, p. 21).
Sub-order II. Monotocardia.—Heart with one auricle, one ctenidium
(the left), monopectinate, fused with the mantle (except in Valvata), one
kidney, not receiving the genital products, nervous system somewhat
concentrated, proboscis and penis usually present.
(a) Ptenoglossa.—Radula with formula ∞. ᴑ. ∞, teeth similar
throughout, outermost largest (p. 224).
Fam. 1. Ianthinidae.—Snout prominent, blunt, no eyes, shell helicoid,
fragile, bluish, no operculum; eggs carried on a raft of vesicles attached to
the foot (Fig. 42, p. 126). Pelagic only. Pliocene ——. Genera: Ianthina,
Recluzia.
Fam. 2. Scalariidae.—Shell long, turriculate, whorls often partly
uncoiled, with longitudinal ribs and prominent lamellae, aperture circular,
operculum spiral, corneous, animal carnivorous. Ordovician ——. Principal
genera: Scalaria, Eglisia, Elasmoneura (Silurian), Holopella (Silurian to
Trias), Aclis.
(b) Taenioglossa.—Radula with normal formula 2.1.1.1.2, marginals
sometimes multiplied (p. 223).
Section I. Platypoda.—Foot more or less flattened ventrally.
Fam. 1. Naticidae.—Foot very large, produced before and behind,
propodium reflected upon the head, eyes absent or buried in the integument,
central and lateral tooth of the radula tricuspid, middle cusp strong; shell
globular or auriform, outer lip simple, operculum corneous or calcareous,
heart with one auricle; shell globular, with a short spire, internal partitions
absorbed; operculum without apophysis. Carboniferous——. Principal
genera: Helicina (Fig. 18b, p. 21; subg. Alcadia, Schasicheila, Heudeia,
Calybium), Eutrochatella (subg. Lucidella), Stoastoma, Bourcieria,
Dawsonella (Carboniferous).
Fam. 12. Proserpinidae.—Branchia replaced by a pulmonary chamber,
mantle partly reflected over the shell, eyes sessile; shell depressed,
discoidal, columella folded or truncated at the base, whorls with one or
more internal plicae, internal partitions absorbed, no operculum. Eocene
——. Single genus; Proserpina, subg. Proserpinella, Cyane,
Dimorphoptychia (Eocene), and Ceres (Fig. 18c, p. 21).
Sub-order II. Monotocardia.—Heart with one auricle, one ctenidium
(the left), monopectinate, fused with the mantle (except in Valvata), one
kidney, not receiving the genital products, nervous system somewhat
concentrated, proboscis and penis usually present.
(a) Ptenoglossa.—Radula with formula ∞. ᴑ. ∞, teeth similar
throughout, outermost largest (p. 224).
Fam. 1. Ianthinidae.—Snout prominent, blunt, no eyes, shell helicoid,
fragile, bluish, no operculum; eggs carried on a raft of vesicles attached to
the foot (Fig. 42, p. 126). Pelagic only. Pliocene ——. Genera: Ianthina,
Recluzia.
Fam. 2. Scalariidae.—Shell long, turriculate, whorls often partly
uncoiled, with longitudinal ribs and prominent lamellae, aperture circular,
operculum spiral, corneous, animal carnivorous. Ordovician ——. Principal
genera: Scalaria, Eglisia, Elasmoneura (Silurian), Holopella (Silurian to
Trias), Aclis.
(b) Taenioglossa.—Radula with normal formula 2.1.1.1.2, marginals
sometimes multiplied (p. 223).
Section I. Platypoda.—Foot more or less flattened ventrally.
Fam. 1. Naticidae.—Foot very large, produced before and behind,
propodium reflected upon the head, eyes absent or buried in the integument,
central and lateral tooth of the radula tricuspid, middle cusp strong; shell
globular or auriform, outer lip simple, operculum corneous or calcareous,
Page 507
nucleus excentrical. Carboniferous ——. Principal genera: Natica, with
many sub-genera; Ampullina (Tertiary); Amaura; Deshayesia (Tertiary);
Sigaretus (Fig. 91, p. 186), shell auriform, last whorl very large, operculum
much too small for the aperture.
Fam. 2. Lamellariidae.—Mantle reflected over more or less of the shell,
shell delicate, no operculum. Eocene——. Principal genera: Lamellaria,
shell completely internal, transparent, auriform; some species deposit their
eggs on compound Ascidians (p. 74); Velutina, shell almost entirely
external, paucispiral, with a thick periostracum; Marsenina, shell auriform,
partly internal; Onchidiopsis, shell a membranous plate, internal.
Fam. 3. Trichotropidae.—Branchial siphon short, eyes on the outer side
of the tentacles; radula closely allied to that of Velutina; shell conical, last
whorl rather large, periostracum thick and hairy, operculum blunt claw-
shaped, nucleus terminal. Cretaceous——. Genera: Trichotropis, Torellia.
Fam. 4. Naricidae.—Tentacles broad in the middle, with sessile eyes at
the exterior base, propodium narrow, quadrangular, a large epipodial veil on
each side of the foot; shell naticoid, cancellated, with velvety periostracum.
Jurassic——. Single genus: Narica.
Fam. 5. Xenophoridae.—Foot divided by a groove, anterior portion the
larger; central tooth heart-shaped, with blunt cusps, lateral large, roughly
triangular, marginals long, falciform; shell trochiform, somewhat flattened,
attaching various fragments externally. Devonian——. Single genus,
Xenophora (Figs. 25, 26, p. 64).
Fam. 6. Capulidae.—Ctenidium deeply and finely pectinate, visceral sac
scarcely spiral, penis long, behind the right tentacle; shell roughly
patelliform, with scarcely any spire, interior polished, usually with a septum
or internal plate of variable form, no operculum. Devonian——. Principal
genera (Fig. 155, p. 248); Capulus, shell cap-shaped, no internal plate;
Platyceras (Palaeozoic, see p. 76), Diaphorostoma (Palaeozoic), Addisonia
(?); Crucibulum, internal appendage funnel-shaped; Crepidula (including
Crepipatella and Ergaea), shell slipper-shaped, with a large septum;
Calyptraea (including Galerus and Trochita), internal lamina semi-spiral.
Fam. 7. Hipponycidae.—Foot aborted, animal sedentary, adductor-
muscle shaped like a horse’s hoof, fastened on the ventral side to the region
many sub-genera; Ampullina (Tertiary); Amaura; Deshayesia (Tertiary);
Sigaretus (Fig. 91, p. 186), shell auriform, last whorl very large, operculum
much too small for the aperture.
Fam. 2. Lamellariidae.—Mantle reflected over more or less of the shell,
shell delicate, no operculum. Eocene——. Principal genera: Lamellaria,
shell completely internal, transparent, auriform; some species deposit their
eggs on compound Ascidians (p. 74); Velutina, shell almost entirely
external, paucispiral, with a thick periostracum; Marsenina, shell auriform,
partly internal; Onchidiopsis, shell a membranous plate, internal.
Fam. 3. Trichotropidae.—Branchial siphon short, eyes on the outer side
of the tentacles; radula closely allied to that of Velutina; shell conical, last
whorl rather large, periostracum thick and hairy, operculum blunt claw-
shaped, nucleus terminal. Cretaceous——. Genera: Trichotropis, Torellia.
Fam. 4. Naricidae.—Tentacles broad in the middle, with sessile eyes at
the exterior base, propodium narrow, quadrangular, a large epipodial veil on
each side of the foot; shell naticoid, cancellated, with velvety periostracum.
Jurassic——. Single genus: Narica.
Fam. 5. Xenophoridae.—Foot divided by a groove, anterior portion the
larger; central tooth heart-shaped, with blunt cusps, lateral large, roughly
triangular, marginals long, falciform; shell trochiform, somewhat flattened,
attaching various fragments externally. Devonian——. Single genus,
Xenophora (Figs. 25, 26, p. 64).
Fam. 6. Capulidae.—Ctenidium deeply and finely pectinate, visceral sac
scarcely spiral, penis long, behind the right tentacle; shell roughly
patelliform, with scarcely any spire, interior polished, usually with a septum
or internal plate of variable form, no operculum. Devonian——. Principal
genera (Fig. 155, p. 248); Capulus, shell cap-shaped, no internal plate;
Platyceras (Palaeozoic, see p. 76), Diaphorostoma (Palaeozoic), Addisonia
(?); Crucibulum, internal appendage funnel-shaped; Crepidula (including
Crepipatella and Ergaea), shell slipper-shaped, with a large septum;
Calyptraea (including Galerus and Trochita), internal lamina semi-spiral.
Fam. 7. Hipponycidae.—Foot aborted, animal sedentary, adductor-
muscle shaped like a horse’s hoof, fastened on the ventral side to the region
Page 508
of attachment, or to a thin calcareous plate which closes the aperture like a
valve; ventral side of the body surrounded by a mantle with papillose
border, which corresponds morphologically to the epipodia, head emerging
between the dorsal and ventral mantles. Shell thick, bluntly conical, surface
rugose. Eocene ——. Genera: Hipponyx; Mitrularia, a narrow half funnel-
shaped appendage within the shell.
Fig. 272.—Two specimens of Crepidula
(marked a and b) on an old shell of
Murex radix Gmel.
Fam. 8. Solariidae.—Foot large, eyes sessile, near the outer base of the
tentacles, radula abnormal (p. 224); shell more or less depressed, lip simple,
umbilicus wide, margins often crenulated, operculum variable. The proper
position of the family is quite uncertain. Ordovician——. (i.) Solariinae.
Genera: Solarium, shell depressed, highly finished, angular at periphery,
operculum corneous, central tooth absent, laterals and marginals numerous,
long, and narrow; Platyschisma (Silurian). (ii.) Toriniinae. Genera: Torinia,
whorls usually rounded, operculum (Fig. 183) conically elevated, spiral
externally, central tooth present, marginals few, edge pectinated; Omalaxis.
(iii.) Euomphalinae, shell planorbiform, whorls rounded. Genera:
Euomphalus, Ophileta, Schizostoma, Eccyliomphalus (all Palaeozoic).
Fam. 9. Homalogyridae.—Tentacles absent, eyes sessile, central tooth
unicuspid on a quadrangular base, laterals and marginals replaced by an
oblong plate; shell very small, planorbiform. Recent. Single genus:
Homalogyra, whose true position is uncertain.
valve; ventral side of the body surrounded by a mantle with papillose
border, which corresponds morphologically to the epipodia, head emerging
between the dorsal and ventral mantles. Shell thick, bluntly conical, surface
rugose. Eocene ——. Genera: Hipponyx; Mitrularia, a narrow half funnel-
shaped appendage within the shell.
Fig. 272.—Two specimens of Crepidula
(marked a and b) on an old shell of
Murex radix Gmel.
Fam. 8. Solariidae.—Foot large, eyes sessile, near the outer base of the
tentacles, radula abnormal (p. 224); shell more or less depressed, lip simple,
umbilicus wide, margins often crenulated, operculum variable. The proper
position of the family is quite uncertain. Ordovician——. (i.) Solariinae.
Genera: Solarium, shell depressed, highly finished, angular at periphery,
operculum corneous, central tooth absent, laterals and marginals numerous,
long, and narrow; Platyschisma (Silurian). (ii.) Toriniinae. Genera: Torinia,
whorls usually rounded, operculum (Fig. 183) conically elevated, spiral
externally, central tooth present, marginals few, edge pectinated; Omalaxis.
(iii.) Euomphalinae, shell planorbiform, whorls rounded. Genera:
Euomphalus, Ophileta, Schizostoma, Eccyliomphalus (all Palaeozoic).
Fam. 9. Homalogyridae.—Tentacles absent, eyes sessile, central tooth
unicuspid on a quadrangular base, laterals and marginals replaced by an
oblong plate; shell very small, planorbiform. Recent. Single genus:
Homalogyra, whose true position is uncertain.
Page 509
Fig. 273.—Solarium perspectivum Lam.,
Eastern Seas.
Fam. 10. Littorinidae.—Proboscis short, broad, tentacles long, eyes at
their outer bases, penis behind the right tentacle; reproduction oviparous or
ovoviviparous, radula very long; shell turbinate, solid, columella thickened,
lip simple, operculum corneous, nucleus excentrical. Jurassic——.
Principal genera: Littorina (radula, Fig. 16, p. 20), Cremnoconchus (p. 16),
Fossarina; Tectarius, shell tubercled or spinose; Risella, base slightly
concave; Lacuna, shell thin, grooved behind the columellar lip.
Fam. 11. Fossaridae.—Shell turbinate, solid, small, white, spirally
ribbed, outer lip simple. Miocene——. Principal genus, Fossarus.
Fam. 12. Cyclophoridae.—Ctenidium replaced by a pulmonary sac,
tentacles long, thread-like (radula, Fig. 17, p. 21); shell variously spiral,
peristome round, often reflected, operculum circular. Terrestrial only.
Cretaceous——. (i.) Pomatiasinae, shell high, conical, longitudinally
striated, operculum consisting of two laminae united together. Single genus,
Pomatias. (ii.) Diplommatininae, shell more or less pupiform, peristome
thickened or reflected, often double. Genera: Diplommatina (subg., Nicida,
Palaina, Paxillus, Arinia), shell dextral or sinistral, small, columella often
denticulated; Opisthostoma (Fig. 208, p. 309), last whorl disconnected,
often reflected back upon the spire. (iii.) Pupininae, shell more or less
lustrous, bluntly conical, lip with a channel above or below. Genera: Pupina
(subg., Registoma, Callia, Streptaulus, Pupinella, Anaulus), Hybocystis
(Fig. 205, p. 305), Cataulus, Coptochilus, Megalomastoma. (iv.)
Cyclophorinae, shell turbinate or depressed, operculum corneous or
calcareous. Genera: Alycaeus, Craspedopoma, Leptopoma, Lagochilus,
Eastern Seas.
Fam. 10. Littorinidae.—Proboscis short, broad, tentacles long, eyes at
their outer bases, penis behind the right tentacle; reproduction oviparous or
ovoviviparous, radula very long; shell turbinate, solid, columella thickened,
lip simple, operculum corneous, nucleus excentrical. Jurassic——.
Principal genera: Littorina (radula, Fig. 16, p. 20), Cremnoconchus (p. 16),
Fossarina; Tectarius, shell tubercled or spinose; Risella, base slightly
concave; Lacuna, shell thin, grooved behind the columellar lip.
Fam. 11. Fossaridae.—Shell turbinate, solid, small, white, spirally
ribbed, outer lip simple. Miocene——. Principal genus, Fossarus.
Fam. 12. Cyclophoridae.—Ctenidium replaced by a pulmonary sac,
tentacles long, thread-like (radula, Fig. 17, p. 21); shell variously spiral,
peristome round, often reflected, operculum circular. Terrestrial only.
Cretaceous——. (i.) Pomatiasinae, shell high, conical, longitudinally
striated, operculum consisting of two laminae united together. Single genus,
Pomatias. (ii.) Diplommatininae, shell more or less pupiform, peristome
thickened or reflected, often double. Genera: Diplommatina (subg., Nicida,
Palaina, Paxillus, Arinia), shell dextral or sinistral, small, columella often
denticulated; Opisthostoma (Fig. 208, p. 309), last whorl disconnected,
often reflected back upon the spire. (iii.) Pupininae, shell more or less
lustrous, bluntly conical, lip with a channel above or below. Genera: Pupina
(subg., Registoma, Callia, Streptaulus, Pupinella, Anaulus), Hybocystis
(Fig. 205, p. 305), Cataulus, Coptochilus, Megalomastoma. (iv.)
Cyclophorinae, shell turbinate or depressed, operculum corneous or
calcareous. Genera: Alycaeus, Craspedopoma, Leptopoma, Lagochilus,
Page 510
Cyclophorus (Fig. 206, p. 306); including Diadema, Aulopoma, Ditropis,
and others), Aperostoma (including Cyrtotoma and others), Cyathopoma,
Pterocyclus (subg., Myxostoma, Spiraculum, Opisthoporus, and Rhiostoma
(Fig. 180, p. 266), Cyclotus, Cyclosurus, and Strophostoma.
Fam. 13. Cyclostomatidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a pulmonary sac,
tentacles obtuse, foot with a deep longitudinal median groove; central tooth,
lateral, and first marginal more or less bluntly cusped, second marginal
large, edge pectinate; shell variously spiral, spire usually elevated, aperture
not quite circular; operculum generally with an external calcareous and an
internal cartilaginoid lamina, rarely corneous. Terrestrial only. Cretaceous
——. Genera: Cyclostoma (subg., Leonia, Tropidophora, Rochebrunia,
Georgia, Otopoma, Lithidion, Revoilia), Cyclotopsis, Choanopoma (subg.,
Licina, Jamaicia, Ctenopoma, Diplopoma, Adamsiella), Cistula (subg.,
Chondropoma, Tudora), Omphalotropis (subg., Realia, Cyclomorpha),
Hainesia, Acroptychia.
Fig. 274.—Cyclostoma campanulatum
Pfr., Madagascar.
Fam. 14. Aciculidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a pulmonary sac, tentacles
cylindrical, pointed at the end, eyes behind their base, foot long and narrow;
central tooth and lateral very similar, pinched in at the sides, external
marginal broad, edge finely pectinate; shell small, acuminate, with a blunt
spire, operculum corneous. Terrestrial only. Tertiary——. Genus, Acicula (=
Acme).
Fam. 15. Truncatellidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a pulmonary sac,
proboscis very long, eyes sessile, behind the base of the tentacles, shell
small, evenly cylindrical, apex truncated in the adult. Eocene——. Genera:
and others), Aperostoma (including Cyrtotoma and others), Cyathopoma,
Pterocyclus (subg., Myxostoma, Spiraculum, Opisthoporus, and Rhiostoma
(Fig. 180, p. 266), Cyclotus, Cyclosurus, and Strophostoma.
Fam. 13. Cyclostomatidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a pulmonary sac,
tentacles obtuse, foot with a deep longitudinal median groove; central tooth,
lateral, and first marginal more or less bluntly cusped, second marginal
large, edge pectinate; shell variously spiral, spire usually elevated, aperture
not quite circular; operculum generally with an external calcareous and an
internal cartilaginoid lamina, rarely corneous. Terrestrial only. Cretaceous
——. Genera: Cyclostoma (subg., Leonia, Tropidophora, Rochebrunia,
Georgia, Otopoma, Lithidion, Revoilia), Cyclotopsis, Choanopoma (subg.,
Licina, Jamaicia, Ctenopoma, Diplopoma, Adamsiella), Cistula (subg.,
Chondropoma, Tudora), Omphalotropis (subg., Realia, Cyclomorpha),
Hainesia, Acroptychia.
Fig. 274.—Cyclostoma campanulatum
Pfr., Madagascar.
Fam. 14. Aciculidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a pulmonary sac, tentacles
cylindrical, pointed at the end, eyes behind their base, foot long and narrow;
central tooth and lateral very similar, pinched in at the sides, external
marginal broad, edge finely pectinate; shell small, acuminate, with a blunt
spire, operculum corneous. Terrestrial only. Tertiary——. Genus, Acicula (=
Acme).
Fam. 15. Truncatellidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a pulmonary sac,
proboscis very long, eyes sessile, behind the base of the tentacles, shell
small, evenly cylindrical, apex truncated in the adult. Eocene——. Genera:
Page 511
Truncatella (subg., Taheitia, Blanfordia, and Tomichia), Geomelania (subg.,
Chittya and Blandiella), Cecina (?).
Fam. 16. Rissoidae.—Eyes at the external base of the tentacles,
epipodium with filaments, operculigerous lobe with appendages; central
tooth pleated at the basal angles, lateral large, bluntly multicuspid,
marginals long, narrow, denticulate at the edge; shell small, acuminate,
often elaborately sculptured, mouth entire or with a shallow canal,
operculum corneous. Marine or brackish water. Jurassic——. Principal
genera: Rissoa (subg., Folinia, Onoba, Alvania, Cingula, Nodulus,
Anabathron, Fenella, Iravadia, and others), Scaliola (shell agglutinating
fragments of sand, etc.), Rissoina (lip thickened, operculum with an
apophysis as in Nerita), Barleeia, Paryphostoma (Eocene).
Fam. 17. Hydrobiidae.—Eyes at the outer base of the tentacles, penis
behind the right tentacle, prominent, operculigerous lobe without filaments;
radula rissoidan, central tooth often with basal denticulations; shell more or
less acuminate, small, aperture entire, operculum corneous or calcareous.
Brackish or fresh water. Jurassic——. Principal genera: Baicalia, with its
various sub-genera (p. 290); Pomatiopsis, Hydrobia, Bithynella,
Micropyrgus (Tertiary), Pyrgula, Emmericia, Benedictia, Lithoglyphus,
Tanganyicia, Limnotrochus (?), Jullienia, Pachydrobia, Potamopyrgus,
Littorinida, Amnicola, Fluminicola (subg., Gillia, Somatogyrus), Bithynia,
Fossarulus (Tertiary), Stenothyra.
Fam. 18. Assimineidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a pulmonary sac, no
true tentacles, eye-peduncles long, retractile; radula that of Hydrobia; shell
small, conoidal, operculum corneous, nucleus sub-lateral. Eocene——.
Genera: Assiminea, Acmella.
Fam. 19. Skeneidae.—Radula resembling that of Hydrobia; shell very
small, depressed, widely umbilicated, operculum corneous. Pleistocene
——. Single genus, Skenea.
Fam. 20. Jeffreysiidae.—Mantle with two pointed ciliated appendages in
front, tentacles ciliated, eyes sessile, far behind the base of the tentacles;
marginal teeth sometimes absent; shell small, thin, pellucid, whorls rather
swollen, operculum with marginal nucleus, divided by a rib on the inner
face. Recent. Genera: Jeffreysia, Dardania. Marine, living on algae.
Chittya and Blandiella), Cecina (?).
Fam. 16. Rissoidae.—Eyes at the external base of the tentacles,
epipodium with filaments, operculigerous lobe with appendages; central
tooth pleated at the basal angles, lateral large, bluntly multicuspid,
marginals long, narrow, denticulate at the edge; shell small, acuminate,
often elaborately sculptured, mouth entire or with a shallow canal,
operculum corneous. Marine or brackish water. Jurassic——. Principal
genera: Rissoa (subg., Folinia, Onoba, Alvania, Cingula, Nodulus,
Anabathron, Fenella, Iravadia, and others), Scaliola (shell agglutinating
fragments of sand, etc.), Rissoina (lip thickened, operculum with an
apophysis as in Nerita), Barleeia, Paryphostoma (Eocene).
Fam. 17. Hydrobiidae.—Eyes at the outer base of the tentacles, penis
behind the right tentacle, prominent, operculigerous lobe without filaments;
radula rissoidan, central tooth often with basal denticulations; shell more or
less acuminate, small, aperture entire, operculum corneous or calcareous.
Brackish or fresh water. Jurassic——. Principal genera: Baicalia, with its
various sub-genera (p. 290); Pomatiopsis, Hydrobia, Bithynella,
Micropyrgus (Tertiary), Pyrgula, Emmericia, Benedictia, Lithoglyphus,
Tanganyicia, Limnotrochus (?), Jullienia, Pachydrobia, Potamopyrgus,
Littorinida, Amnicola, Fluminicola (subg., Gillia, Somatogyrus), Bithynia,
Fossarulus (Tertiary), Stenothyra.
Fam. 18. Assimineidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a pulmonary sac, no
true tentacles, eye-peduncles long, retractile; radula that of Hydrobia; shell
small, conoidal, operculum corneous, nucleus sub-lateral. Eocene——.
Genera: Assiminea, Acmella.
Fam. 19. Skeneidae.—Radula resembling that of Hydrobia; shell very
small, depressed, widely umbilicated, operculum corneous. Pleistocene
——. Single genus, Skenea.
Fam. 20. Jeffreysiidae.—Mantle with two pointed ciliated appendages in
front, tentacles ciliated, eyes sessile, far behind the base of the tentacles;
marginal teeth sometimes absent; shell small, thin, pellucid, whorls rather
swollen, operculum with marginal nucleus, divided by a rib on the inner
face. Recent. Genera: Jeffreysia, Dardania. Marine, living on algae.
Page 512
Fam. 21. Litiopidae.—Epipodium with cirrhi on each side,
operculigerous lobe with appendages; radula rissoidan; shell small, conical,
columella truncated, operculum corneous. Eocene——. Genera: Litiopa,
living on the Sargasso weed, suspended by a long filament; Alaba, Diala.
Fam. 22. Adeorbidae.—Radula essentially rissoidan; shell depressed,
circular or auriform, widely umbilicated, operculum corneous, paucispiral,
nucleus excentrical. Pliocene ——. Principal genera: Adeorbis, Stenotis,
Megalomphalus.
Fam. 23. Viviparidae.—Snout blunt, tentacles long, right tentacle in the
male deformed, pierced with a hole corresponding to the aperture of the
penis, two cervical lobes, the right being siphonal, foot with an anterior
transverse groove; teeth broad, shallowly pectinate at the ends; shell
turbinate, whorls more or less rounded, aperture continuous, operculum
corneous, nucleus sub-lateral, with a false sub-central nucleus on the
external face. Animal ovoviviparous. Fresh-water. Cretaceous ——.
Genera: Vivipara (= Paludina), subg., Cleopatra, Melantho, Tulotoma;
Tylopoma (Tertiary), and Lioplax.
Fam. 24. Valvatidae.—Branchia exserted, bipectinate, carried on the
back of the neck, a filiform appendage (Fig. 66, p. 159) on the right of the
neck, penis under the right tentacle, prominent, eyes sessile, behind the
tentacles; radula like that of Vivipara; shell small, turbinate or flattened,
operculum corneous, nucleus central. Fresh water. Jurassic ——. Single
genus, Valvata.
Fam. 25. Ampullariidae.—Snout with two tentacles, tentacles proper
very long, tapering, eyes prominently pedunculate, two cervical lobes, the
left siphonal, respiratory cavity divided by a partition, a large branchia in
the right chamber, the left functioning as a pulmonary sac (Fig. 65, p. 158);
radula large, central tooth multicuspid, base broad, lateral and marginals
falciform, simple or bicuspid; shell large, turbinate or flattened, spire small,
whorls rounded; operculum generally corneous, nucleus sub-lateral, false
nucleus as in Vivipara. Fresh water. Cretaceous ——. Single genus,
Ampullaria (subg., Ceratodes, Pachylabra, Asolene, Lanistes, and
Meladomus).
Fam. 26. Cerithiidae.—Branchial siphon present, short, eyes variable in
position; central tooth small, evenly cusped, lateral hollowed at base,
operculigerous lobe with appendages; radula rissoidan; shell small, conical,
columella truncated, operculum corneous. Eocene——. Genera: Litiopa,
living on the Sargasso weed, suspended by a long filament; Alaba, Diala.
Fam. 22. Adeorbidae.—Radula essentially rissoidan; shell depressed,
circular or auriform, widely umbilicated, operculum corneous, paucispiral,
nucleus excentrical. Pliocene ——. Principal genera: Adeorbis, Stenotis,
Megalomphalus.
Fam. 23. Viviparidae.—Snout blunt, tentacles long, right tentacle in the
male deformed, pierced with a hole corresponding to the aperture of the
penis, two cervical lobes, the right being siphonal, foot with an anterior
transverse groove; teeth broad, shallowly pectinate at the ends; shell
turbinate, whorls more or less rounded, aperture continuous, operculum
corneous, nucleus sub-lateral, with a false sub-central nucleus on the
external face. Animal ovoviviparous. Fresh-water. Cretaceous ——.
Genera: Vivipara (= Paludina), subg., Cleopatra, Melantho, Tulotoma;
Tylopoma (Tertiary), and Lioplax.
Fam. 24. Valvatidae.—Branchia exserted, bipectinate, carried on the
back of the neck, a filiform appendage (Fig. 66, p. 159) on the right of the
neck, penis under the right tentacle, prominent, eyes sessile, behind the
tentacles; radula like that of Vivipara; shell small, turbinate or flattened,
operculum corneous, nucleus central. Fresh water. Jurassic ——. Single
genus, Valvata.
Fam. 25. Ampullariidae.—Snout with two tentacles, tentacles proper
very long, tapering, eyes prominently pedunculate, two cervical lobes, the
left siphonal, respiratory cavity divided by a partition, a large branchia in
the right chamber, the left functioning as a pulmonary sac (Fig. 65, p. 158);
radula large, central tooth multicuspid, base broad, lateral and marginals
falciform, simple or bicuspid; shell large, turbinate or flattened, spire small,
whorls rounded; operculum generally corneous, nucleus sub-lateral, false
nucleus as in Vivipara. Fresh water. Cretaceous ——. Single genus,
Ampullaria (subg., Ceratodes, Pachylabra, Asolene, Lanistes, and
Meladomus).
Fam. 26. Cerithiidae.—Branchial siphon present, short, eyes variable in
position; central tooth small, evenly cusped, lateral hollowed at base,
Page 513
multicuspid, marginals narrow; shell long, turriculate, whorls many,
generally tuberculate, varicose or spiny, aperture sometimes strongly
channelled; operculum corneous, subcircular, nucleus nearly central.
Marine or brackish water. Trias ——. Principal genera: Triforis, shell small,
generally sinistral; Fastigiella, Cerithium (Fig. 12, p. 16), Bittium,
Potamides (subg., Tympanotomus, Pyrazus, Pirenella, Telescopium,
Cerithidea, Lampania, all brackish water), Diastoma (Eocene),
Cerithiopsis; Ceritella (Jurassic), Brachytrema (Jurassic), and Planaxis
(subg., Quoyia and Holcostoma).
Fam. 27. Modulidae.—No siphon, radula of Cerithium; shell with short
spire, columella strongly toothed at the base, aperture nearly circular.
Recent. Single genus, Modulus.
Fam. 28. Nerineidae.—Shell solid, long, sub-cylindrical, aperture
channelled, columella and interior of whorls with continuous ridges,
extending up the spire. Genera: Nerinea (Trias to Cretaceous), Aptyxiella
(Jurassic).
Fam. 29. Melaniidae.—Border of mantle festooned, foot broad, with an
anterior groove, penis present; radula closely resembling that of Cerithium;
shell long, spiral, with a thick periostracum, surface with tubercles, ribs, or
striae, suture shallow; operculum corneous, paucispiral, nucleus excentrical.
Animal ovoviviparous. Fresh water. Cretaceous ——. Principal genera:
Melania (with many sections or sub-genera), Pachychilus, Claviger (=
Vibex), Hemisinus, Pirena, Melanopsis, Tiphobia, Paludomus (subg.,
Philopotamis, Tanalia, Stomatodon), Hantkenia (Eocene), Larina (?).
Fam. 30. Pleuroceridae.—Mantle edge not festooned, no copulatory
organ, otherwise like Melaniidae; operculum with nucleus sub-marginal.
Animal oviparous. Fresh-water. Cretaceous ——. Genera: Pleurocera
(including Io, Fig. 12, p. 16, Angitrema, Lithasia, Strephobasis),
Goniobasis, Anculotus, Gyrotoma.
Fam. 31. Pseudomelaniidae.—Shell resembling that of Melaniidae, but
marine. Genera: Pseudomelania, Loxonema, Bourguetia, Macrochilus.
Palaeozoic to Tertiary strata.
generally tuberculate, varicose or spiny, aperture sometimes strongly
channelled; operculum corneous, subcircular, nucleus nearly central.
Marine or brackish water. Trias ——. Principal genera: Triforis, shell small,
generally sinistral; Fastigiella, Cerithium (Fig. 12, p. 16), Bittium,
Potamides (subg., Tympanotomus, Pyrazus, Pirenella, Telescopium,
Cerithidea, Lampania, all brackish water), Diastoma (Eocene),
Cerithiopsis; Ceritella (Jurassic), Brachytrema (Jurassic), and Planaxis
(subg., Quoyia and Holcostoma).
Fam. 27. Modulidae.—No siphon, radula of Cerithium; shell with short
spire, columella strongly toothed at the base, aperture nearly circular.
Recent. Single genus, Modulus.
Fam. 28. Nerineidae.—Shell solid, long, sub-cylindrical, aperture
channelled, columella and interior of whorls with continuous ridges,
extending up the spire. Genera: Nerinea (Trias to Cretaceous), Aptyxiella
(Jurassic).
Fam. 29. Melaniidae.—Border of mantle festooned, foot broad, with an
anterior groove, penis present; radula closely resembling that of Cerithium;
shell long, spiral, with a thick periostracum, surface with tubercles, ribs, or
striae, suture shallow; operculum corneous, paucispiral, nucleus excentrical.
Animal ovoviviparous. Fresh water. Cretaceous ——. Principal genera:
Melania (with many sections or sub-genera), Pachychilus, Claviger (=
Vibex), Hemisinus, Pirena, Melanopsis, Tiphobia, Paludomus (subg.,
Philopotamis, Tanalia, Stomatodon), Hantkenia (Eocene), Larina (?).
Fam. 30. Pleuroceridae.—Mantle edge not festooned, no copulatory
organ, otherwise like Melaniidae; operculum with nucleus sub-marginal.
Animal oviparous. Fresh-water. Cretaceous ——. Genera: Pleurocera
(including Io, Fig. 12, p. 16, Angitrema, Lithasia, Strephobasis),
Goniobasis, Anculotus, Gyrotoma.
Fam. 31. Pseudomelaniidae.—Shell resembling that of Melaniidae, but
marine. Genera: Pseudomelania, Loxonema, Bourguetia, Macrochilus.
Palaeozoic to Tertiary strata.
Page 514
Fig. 275.—Melania confusa Dohrn,
Ceylon.
Fam. 32. Turritellidae.—Mantle with a siphonal fold on the right side;
radula variable (p. 224); shell long, whorls many, slowly increasing in size,
transversely ribbed or striated, aperture small; operculum corneous, nucleus
central. Jurassic ——. Principal genera: Turritella, Mesalia, Protoma,
Mathilda (?).
Fam. 33. Coecidae.—Tentacles long, eyes sessile at their base; shell
small, spiral in the young form, spire generally lost in the adult, the shell
becoming simply a straight or curved cylinder; operculum corneous,
multispiral. Eocene ——. Single genus, Coecum.
Fam. 34. Vermetidae.—Visceral sac greatly produced, irregularly spiral,
no copulatory organs (radula, Fig. 126, p. 223), shell tubular, irregularly
coiled, last whorls often free, aperture circular; operculum corneous,
circular, nucleus central. Carboniferous ——. Principal genera: Vermetus;
Siliquaria (Fig 153, p. 248), a long fissure, or series of holes, runs along a
considerable part of the shell, operculum with outer face spiral, elevated.
Fam. 35. Strombidae.—Foot narrow, arched, metapodium greatly
produced, snout long, eye peduncles long, thick, eyes elaborate, siphon
short, penis prominent, bifurcate; central tooth with strong median cusp,
marginals falciform, slender, edge more or less denticulate; shell solid, spire
conical, outer lip generally dilated into wings or digitations, channelled
before and behind, a labial sinus at the base, distinct from the anterior canal;
Ceylon.
Fam. 32. Turritellidae.—Mantle with a siphonal fold on the right side;
radula variable (p. 224); shell long, whorls many, slowly increasing in size,
transversely ribbed or striated, aperture small; operculum corneous, nucleus
central. Jurassic ——. Principal genera: Turritella, Mesalia, Protoma,
Mathilda (?).
Fam. 33. Coecidae.—Tentacles long, eyes sessile at their base; shell
small, spiral in the young form, spire generally lost in the adult, the shell
becoming simply a straight or curved cylinder; operculum corneous,
multispiral. Eocene ——. Single genus, Coecum.
Fam. 34. Vermetidae.—Visceral sac greatly produced, irregularly spiral,
no copulatory organs (radula, Fig. 126, p. 223), shell tubular, irregularly
coiled, last whorls often free, aperture circular; operculum corneous,
circular, nucleus central. Carboniferous ——. Principal genera: Vermetus;
Siliquaria (Fig 153, p. 248), a long fissure, or series of holes, runs along a
considerable part of the shell, operculum with outer face spiral, elevated.
Fam. 35. Strombidae.—Foot narrow, arched, metapodium greatly
produced, snout long, eye peduncles long, thick, eyes elaborate, siphon
short, penis prominent, bifurcate; central tooth with strong median cusp,
marginals falciform, slender, edge more or less denticulate; shell solid, spire
conical, outer lip generally dilated into wings or digitations, channelled
before and behind, a labial sinus at the base, distinct from the anterior canal;
Page 515
operculum small for the aperture, corneous, claw-shaped, edge notched.
Lias ——. Genera: Strombus (Fig. 99, p. 200); Pereiraea (Miocene),
Pteroceras (Fig. 277; digitations of the outer lip very strong), Rostellaria
(spire produced, anterior canal very long), Rimella, Pterodonta, Terebellum
(base of shell truncate, spire short).
Fig. 276.—Development of Coecum: A,
showing the gradual formation of
septa; a, apex; ap, aperture; ss, first
septum; s´s´, second septum. (After
de Folin.) B, adult form of C.
eburneum Ad., Panama, x 10.
Fam. 36. Chenopodidae (= Aporrhaidae).—Foot flat; lateral and
marginal teeth not denticulate; shell resembling that of Strombus, outer lip
dilated, wing-like, no labial sinus. Jurassic ——. Genera: Chenopus (=
Aporrhais, Diastema, Malaptera, Harpagodes, Alaria) (last four from
Secondary strata).
Fam. 37. Struthiolariidae.—Radula allied to that of Strombus, marginals
occasionally multiplied; shell buccinoid, very solid, outer lip thickened,
canal short, operculum claw-shaped, notched, nucleus terminal. Tertiary
——. Single genus, Struthiolaria (subg., Perissodonta, marginal teeth
multiplied).
Fam. 38. Cypraeidae.—Mantle with two large lateral lobes reflected and
meeting over the shell, siphon small; central and lateral teeth bluntly
tricuspid or multicuspid, laterals fairly broad, edges cusped or finely
pectinate; shell polished, solid, spire generally concealed in the adult or
overlaid with enamel, aperture straight, narrow, nearly as long as the shell,
Lias ——. Genera: Strombus (Fig. 99, p. 200); Pereiraea (Miocene),
Pteroceras (Fig. 277; digitations of the outer lip very strong), Rostellaria
(spire produced, anterior canal very long), Rimella, Pterodonta, Terebellum
(base of shell truncate, spire short).
Fig. 276.—Development of Coecum: A,
showing the gradual formation of
septa; a, apex; ap, aperture; ss, first
septum; s´s´, second septum. (After
de Folin.) B, adult form of C.
eburneum Ad., Panama, x 10.
Fam. 36. Chenopodidae (= Aporrhaidae).—Foot flat; lateral and
marginal teeth not denticulate; shell resembling that of Strombus, outer lip
dilated, wing-like, no labial sinus. Jurassic ——. Genera: Chenopus (=
Aporrhais, Diastema, Malaptera, Harpagodes, Alaria) (last four from
Secondary strata).
Fam. 37. Struthiolariidae.—Radula allied to that of Strombus, marginals
occasionally multiplied; shell buccinoid, very solid, outer lip thickened,
canal short, operculum claw-shaped, notched, nucleus terminal. Tertiary
——. Single genus, Struthiolaria (subg., Perissodonta, marginal teeth
multiplied).
Fam. 38. Cypraeidae.—Mantle with two large lateral lobes reflected and
meeting over the shell, siphon small; central and lateral teeth bluntly
tricuspid or multicuspid, laterals fairly broad, edges cusped or finely
pectinate; shell polished, solid, spire generally concealed in the adult or
overlaid with enamel, aperture straight, narrow, nearly as long as the shell,
Page 516
toothed at the sides, channelled at each end, labium inflected; no
operculum. Jurassic ——. Genera: Ovula (including Amphiperas,
Transovula, Cyphoma, Radius, Simnia), Pedicularia, Cypraea (with subg.,
Cypraeovula, Cypraedia, and Trivia), and Erato.
Fam. 39. Doliidae.—Foot expanded, wider and longer than the shell,
truncated and thickened in front, siphon very long and narrow; central tooth
with very strong median and small lateral and basal cusps, lateral and
marginals bluntly falciform; shell ventricose, without varices, spire short,
outer lip generally simple, anterior canal rather wide, no operculum.
Cretaceous ——. Genera: Dolium (subg., Malea, outer lip thickened,
denticulate, reflected); Pirula, mantle with two lateral lobes reflected over
part of the shell, shell fig-shaped (Fig. 278).
Fig. 277.—Three stages in the growth of Pteroceras
rugosum Sowb., E. Indies, showing the
development of the ‘fingers.’
Fam. 40. Cassididae.—Foot broad, siphon long (radula, Fig. 125, p.
223); shell ventricose, with varices, spire short, outer lip reflected or
thickened, anterior canal short, recurved narrow; operculum semi-lunar,
with ribs radiating from a marginal nucleus. Cretaceous ——. Genera:
Cassis (subg., Semicassis and Cypraecassis), Morio (= Cassidaria),
Oniscia.
Fam. 41. Columbellinidae.—Shell solid, ribbed, usually cancellated, with
an oblique posterior canal, columella callous, more or less reflected.
operculum. Jurassic ——. Genera: Ovula (including Amphiperas,
Transovula, Cyphoma, Radius, Simnia), Pedicularia, Cypraea (with subg.,
Cypraeovula, Cypraedia, and Trivia), and Erato.
Fam. 39. Doliidae.—Foot expanded, wider and longer than the shell,
truncated and thickened in front, siphon very long and narrow; central tooth
with very strong median and small lateral and basal cusps, lateral and
marginals bluntly falciform; shell ventricose, without varices, spire short,
outer lip generally simple, anterior canal rather wide, no operculum.
Cretaceous ——. Genera: Dolium (subg., Malea, outer lip thickened,
denticulate, reflected); Pirula, mantle with two lateral lobes reflected over
part of the shell, shell fig-shaped (Fig. 278).
Fig. 277.—Three stages in the growth of Pteroceras
rugosum Sowb., E. Indies, showing the
development of the ‘fingers.’
Fam. 40. Cassididae.—Foot broad, siphon long (radula, Fig. 125, p.
223); shell ventricose, with varices, spire short, outer lip reflected or
thickened, anterior canal short, recurved narrow; operculum semi-lunar,
with ribs radiating from a marginal nucleus. Cretaceous ——. Genera:
Cassis (subg., Semicassis and Cypraecassis), Morio (= Cassidaria),
Oniscia.
Fam. 41. Columbellinidae.—Shell solid, ribbed, usually cancellated, with
an oblique posterior canal, columella callous, more or less reflected.
Page 517
Genera: Columbellina, Columbellaria, Zittelia, Petersia, Alariopsis (?).
Secondary strata only.
Fam. 42. Tritonidae.—Foot short, narrow; siphon short, not prominent;
radula allied to that of Cassididae; shell thick, varicose; outer lip inflected
and thickened, canal long, periostracum often thick and hairy, operculum
corneous, nucleus terminal or sub-marginal. Cretaceous ——. Genera:
Triton (Fig. 191, p. 275; subg., Epidromus, Plesiotriton, Simpulum,
Ranularia, Argobuccinum); Persona, aperture toothed, narrow; columella
reflected upon the last whorl; Ranella, shell dorso-ventrally compressed,
generally with two continuous lateral varices, posterior canal present.
The position of the following four families is doubtful:—
Fam. 43. Oocorythidae.—Siphon short, foot broad, eyes absent, radula
taenioglossate; shell buccinoid or cassidiform, operculum corneous, spiral.
Recent. Single genus, Oocorys.
Fam. 44. Subulitidae.—Shell elongate, fusiform, smooth; suture shallow,
base truncate or rounded, aperture channelled or notched. Ordovician to
Trias. Genera: Subulites, Fusispira, Euchrysallis.
Fig. 278.—Pirula Dussumieri
Val., Philippines. × ½.
Fam. 45. Seguenziidae.—Radula taenioglossate, shell trochiform,
aperture channelled, columella twisted, operculum multispiral, nucleus
central. Pliocene ——. Single genus, Seguenzia.
Fam. 46. Choristidae.—Anterior tentacles united by a frontal veil,
posterior simple; eyes absent, foot with tentaculae before and behind; three
Secondary strata only.
Fam. 42. Tritonidae.—Foot short, narrow; siphon short, not prominent;
radula allied to that of Cassididae; shell thick, varicose; outer lip inflected
and thickened, canal long, periostracum often thick and hairy, operculum
corneous, nucleus terminal or sub-marginal. Cretaceous ——. Genera:
Triton (Fig. 191, p. 275; subg., Epidromus, Plesiotriton, Simpulum,
Ranularia, Argobuccinum); Persona, aperture toothed, narrow; columella
reflected upon the last whorl; Ranella, shell dorso-ventrally compressed,
generally with two continuous lateral varices, posterior canal present.
The position of the following four families is doubtful:—
Fam. 43. Oocorythidae.—Siphon short, foot broad, eyes absent, radula
taenioglossate; shell buccinoid or cassidiform, operculum corneous, spiral.
Recent. Single genus, Oocorys.
Fam. 44. Subulitidae.—Shell elongate, fusiform, smooth; suture shallow,
base truncate or rounded, aperture channelled or notched. Ordovician to
Trias. Genera: Subulites, Fusispira, Euchrysallis.
Fig. 278.—Pirula Dussumieri
Val., Philippines. × ½.
Fam. 45. Seguenziidae.—Radula taenioglossate, shell trochiform,
aperture channelled, columella twisted, operculum multispiral, nucleus
central. Pliocene ——. Single genus, Seguenzia.
Fam. 46. Choristidae.—Anterior tentacles united by a frontal veil,
posterior simple; eyes absent, foot with tentaculae before and behind; three
Page 518
central teeth, outer marginal with a basal plate; shell helicoid, suture deep,
peristome continuous, operculum corneous, paucispiral. Pliocene ——.
Single genus, Choristes.
Section II. Heteropoda.—Foot fin-shaped, not flat.
The Heteropoda are free-swimming Mollusca, being, like the Pteropoda,
Gasteropoda modified to suit their pelagic environment. Their nervous
system is streptoneurous, and they are therefore probably derived from the
Prosobranchiata, but they are highly specialised forms. Pelseneer considers
them far more widely removed from the Streptoneura than the Pteropoda
are from the Euthyneura. They swim on the surface “upside down,” i.e. with
the ventral side uppermost.
The tissues and shell are transparent, permitting observation of the
internal organs. In the Pterotrachaeidae the foot takes the form of a fan-
shaped disc, usually furnished with a sucker. The body is compressed at the
posterior end, often with a ventral “fin.” In Atlanta the foot consists of three
very distinct parts: a propodium, a mesopodium, on which is a small sucker,
and a metapodium, which carries the operculum. The branchiae are carried
on the visceral sac, and are free in Pterotrachaea, slightly protected by the
shell in Carinaria, and entirely covered in Atlanta; absent altogether in
Firoloida.
The head carries two tentacles (except in Pterotrachaea), with large,
highly organised eyes on short lobes at their outer base. The alimentary
tract consists of a long protrusible proboscis, with a taenioglossate radula
(Fig. 132, p. 227), a long oesophagus, and a slightly flexured intestine. In
Atlanta the visceral sac is spiral and protected by a spiral planorbiform
shell; in Carinaria the visceral sac is small, conical, protected by a very thin
capuliform shell. There is no shell in Pterotrachaea or Firoloida.
The Heteropoda are dioecious. In the male there is a flagellum behind
the penis, which is near the middle of the right side. Pterotrachaea lays
long chains of granular eggs, and has been noticed to produce a metre’s
length in a day. The eggs of Atlanta are isolated. The embryo has a deeply
bilobed velum.
Fam. 1. Pterotrachaeidae.—Body long, with a caudal “fin;” branchiae
dorsal, free or partly protected by a shell; foot consisting of a muscular disc,
peristome continuous, operculum corneous, paucispiral. Pliocene ——.
Single genus, Choristes.
Section II. Heteropoda.—Foot fin-shaped, not flat.
The Heteropoda are free-swimming Mollusca, being, like the Pteropoda,
Gasteropoda modified to suit their pelagic environment. Their nervous
system is streptoneurous, and they are therefore probably derived from the
Prosobranchiata, but they are highly specialised forms. Pelseneer considers
them far more widely removed from the Streptoneura than the Pteropoda
are from the Euthyneura. They swim on the surface “upside down,” i.e. with
the ventral side uppermost.
The tissues and shell are transparent, permitting observation of the
internal organs. In the Pterotrachaeidae the foot takes the form of a fan-
shaped disc, usually furnished with a sucker. The body is compressed at the
posterior end, often with a ventral “fin.” In Atlanta the foot consists of three
very distinct parts: a propodium, a mesopodium, on which is a small sucker,
and a metapodium, which carries the operculum. The branchiae are carried
on the visceral sac, and are free in Pterotrachaea, slightly protected by the
shell in Carinaria, and entirely covered in Atlanta; absent altogether in
Firoloida.
The head carries two tentacles (except in Pterotrachaea), with large,
highly organised eyes on short lobes at their outer base. The alimentary
tract consists of a long protrusible proboscis, with a taenioglossate radula
(Fig. 132, p. 227), a long oesophagus, and a slightly flexured intestine. In
Atlanta the visceral sac is spiral and protected by a spiral planorbiform
shell; in Carinaria the visceral sac is small, conical, protected by a very thin
capuliform shell. There is no shell in Pterotrachaea or Firoloida.
The Heteropoda are dioecious. In the male there is a flagellum behind
the penis, which is near the middle of the right side. Pterotrachaea lays
long chains of granular eggs, and has been noticed to produce a metre’s
length in a day. The eggs of Atlanta are isolated. The embryo has a deeply
bilobed velum.
Fam. 1. Pterotrachaeidae.—Body long, with a caudal “fin;” branchiae
dorsal, free or partly protected by a shell; foot consisting of a muscular disc,
Page 519
with or without a sucker.
Pterotrachaea proper has no mantle, shell, or tentacles. The branchiae
are disposed round the visceral sac, at the upper part of which is the anus. In
Firoloida the body is abruptly truncated behind, with a long filiform
segmented caudal appendage; visceral sac at the posterior end: fin-sucker
present or absent in both male and female. Cardiapoda resembles
Carinaria, but the visceral sac is more posterior and is only slightly
protected by a very small spiral shell. Carinaria (Fig. 279) has a rugose
translucent skin, visceral sac sub-median, apparently pedunculated, covered
by a capuliform shell. The larval shell, which persists in the adult, is
helicoid.
Fam. 2. Atlantidae.—Shell spiral, operculate, covering the animal.
Branchiae in a dorsal cavity of the mantle; foot trilobed, with a small sucker
on the mesopodium.
The shell of Atlanta is discoidal and sharply keeled, while that of
Oxygyrus is nautiloid, with the spire concealed, no keel, aperture dilated.
(c) Gymnoglossa.—Radula and jaws absent; proboscis prominent, sexes
probably separate, penis present. The section is probably artificial and
unnecessary, the families composing it being, in all probability,
Taenioglossa which have lost their radula in consequence of changed
conditions of life (pp. 79, 225).
Pterotrachaea proper has no mantle, shell, or tentacles. The branchiae
are disposed round the visceral sac, at the upper part of which is the anus. In
Firoloida the body is abruptly truncated behind, with a long filiform
segmented caudal appendage; visceral sac at the posterior end: fin-sucker
present or absent in both male and female. Cardiapoda resembles
Carinaria, but the visceral sac is more posterior and is only slightly
protected by a very small spiral shell. Carinaria (Fig. 279) has a rugose
translucent skin, visceral sac sub-median, apparently pedunculated, covered
by a capuliform shell. The larval shell, which persists in the adult, is
helicoid.
Fam. 2. Atlantidae.—Shell spiral, operculate, covering the animal.
Branchiae in a dorsal cavity of the mantle; foot trilobed, with a small sucker
on the mesopodium.
The shell of Atlanta is discoidal and sharply keeled, while that of
Oxygyrus is nautiloid, with the spire concealed, no keel, aperture dilated.
(c) Gymnoglossa.—Radula and jaws absent; proboscis prominent, sexes
probably separate, penis present. The section is probably artificial and
unnecessary, the families composing it being, in all probability,
Taenioglossa which have lost their radula in consequence of changed
conditions of life (pp. 79, 225).
Page 520
Fig. 279.—Carinaria mediterranea Lam., Naples: a, anus; br,
branchiae; f, foot; i, intestine; m, mouth; p, penis; s, sucker; sh,
shell; t, tentacles. × ½.
Fam. 1. Eulimidae.—Proboscis very long, retractile, mantle forming a
siphonal fold; shell small, long, subulate, polished; suture shallow, aperture
continuous, operculum present or absent. Animal often parasitic, sucking
the juices of its host by its long proboscis. Trias——. Genera: Eulima
(subg., Subularia, Arcuella, Apicalia, Mucronalia, Stiliferina, and others),
Stilifer, Scalenostoma, Niso, and Hoplopteron.
Fam. 2. Pyramidellidae.—Tentacles auriform, proboscis as in Eulimidae,
a prominent mentum or flap under the buccal orifice; shell usually small,
conical; suture shallow, apical whorls (the embryonic shell) sinistral (p.
250), operculum corneous, paucispiral; nucleus excentrical. Trias——.
Genera: Pyramidella (subg., Syrnola, Otopleura, Chrysallida, Mumiola),
Odostomia, Eulimella, Murchisoniella, Turbonilla (subg., Dunkeria and
Cingulina).
(d) Rachiglossa (p. 220).—Proboscis long, retractile; siphon distinct,
radula without uncini, sometimes without laterals; teeth strongly cusped;
shell generally wholly external.
Fam. 1. Muricidae.—Eyes sessile at the outer base of the tentacles, penis
large, behind the right tentacle, radula within the retractile proboscis,
central tooth (Fig. 119, p. 220) with at least three strong cusps, laterals
plain; shell solid, more or less tuberculate, spiny and varicose, anterior
branchiae; f, foot; i, intestine; m, mouth; p, penis; s, sucker; sh,
shell; t, tentacles. × ½.
Fam. 1. Eulimidae.—Proboscis very long, retractile, mantle forming a
siphonal fold; shell small, long, subulate, polished; suture shallow, aperture
continuous, operculum present or absent. Animal often parasitic, sucking
the juices of its host by its long proboscis. Trias——. Genera: Eulima
(subg., Subularia, Arcuella, Apicalia, Mucronalia, Stiliferina, and others),
Stilifer, Scalenostoma, Niso, and Hoplopteron.
Fam. 2. Pyramidellidae.—Tentacles auriform, proboscis as in Eulimidae,
a prominent mentum or flap under the buccal orifice; shell usually small,
conical; suture shallow, apical whorls (the embryonic shell) sinistral (p.
250), operculum corneous, paucispiral; nucleus excentrical. Trias——.
Genera: Pyramidella (subg., Syrnola, Otopleura, Chrysallida, Mumiola),
Odostomia, Eulimella, Murchisoniella, Turbonilla (subg., Dunkeria and
Cingulina).
(d) Rachiglossa (p. 220).—Proboscis long, retractile; siphon distinct,
radula without uncini, sometimes without laterals; teeth strongly cusped;
shell generally wholly external.
Fam. 1. Muricidae.—Eyes sessile at the outer base of the tentacles, penis
large, behind the right tentacle, radula within the retractile proboscis,
central tooth (Fig. 119, p. 220) with at least three strong cusps, laterals
plain; shell solid, more or less tuberculate, spiny and varicose, anterior
Page 521
canal varying from a mere notch to a long channel. Cretaceous——.
Principal genera: (i.) Muricinae, nucleus of operculum sub-terminal;
Trophon, Typhis, Murex (with many subdivisions), Ocinebra (including
Cerastoma, Vitularia, and Hadriania), Urosalpinx, Eupleura, Pseudomurea.
(ii.) Purpurinae, nucleus of operculum lateral; Rapana (including Latiaxis),
Purpura (with subg., Cuma, Iopas, Vexilla, and Pinaxia), Monoceros
(including Chorus), Purpuroidea (Secondary strata), Pentadactylus,
Sistrum, Concholepas.
Fam. 2. Coralliophilidae.—Animal living in Madrepores, resembling
Purpura, radula absent; shell variously shaped, often deformed or tubular,
operculum that of Purpura, if present. Miocene——. Principal genera:
Rhizochilus, Coralliophila, Leptoconchus, Magilus (Fig. 29, p. 75), Rapa.
Fam. 3. Columbellidae.—(Radula, Fig. 123, p. 222.) Shell small, solid,
fusiform, aperture narrow, canal short, outer lip thickened. Miocene——.
Single genus, Columbella (subg., Nitidella, Anachis, Meta, Strombina,
Atilia, Conidea, Amphissa, Mitrella, and others).
Fam. 4. Nassidae.—Foot long and broad, often with terminal
appendages; siphon long, eyes on outer base of tentacles, central tooth of
radula arched, multicuspid, lateral strongly bicuspid, with small denticles
between the cusps; shell rather small, buccinoid, columella more or less
callous, outer lip thickened, often toothed; operculum corneous, edges often
toothed. Miocene——. Principal genera: Nassa (with many sections),
Amycla, Desmoulea, Cyclonassa, Canidia (subg., Clea and Nassodonta),
Dorsanum, Bullia (= Buccinanops, Fig. 62, p. 185), Truncaria.
Fam. 5. Buccinidae.—Siphon rather long, eyes at outer base of tentacles;
central tooth of radula with 5 to 7 cusps, laterals bicuspid or tricuspid (Fig.
118, p. 220); shell more or less fusiform, thick, covered with a
periostracum, canal of varying length, outer lip simple or thickened;
operculum corneous, nucleus variable in position. Cretaceous——.
Principal genera: Group i. Chrysodomus (with sections Neptunea,
Volutopsis, Pyrolofusus, Jumala), subg., Sipho; Siphonalia (subg., Kelletia).
Group ii. Liomesus (= Buccinopsis). Group iii. Buccinum (Fig. 1 b, p. 6;
subg., Volutharpa, Neobuccinum). Group iv. Cominella, Tritonidea,
Pisania, Euthria; Anura (Miocene), Genea (Pliocene), Metula, Engina.
Principal genera: (i.) Muricinae, nucleus of operculum sub-terminal;
Trophon, Typhis, Murex (with many subdivisions), Ocinebra (including
Cerastoma, Vitularia, and Hadriania), Urosalpinx, Eupleura, Pseudomurea.
(ii.) Purpurinae, nucleus of operculum lateral; Rapana (including Latiaxis),
Purpura (with subg., Cuma, Iopas, Vexilla, and Pinaxia), Monoceros
(including Chorus), Purpuroidea (Secondary strata), Pentadactylus,
Sistrum, Concholepas.
Fam. 2. Coralliophilidae.—Animal living in Madrepores, resembling
Purpura, radula absent; shell variously shaped, often deformed or tubular,
operculum that of Purpura, if present. Miocene——. Principal genera:
Rhizochilus, Coralliophila, Leptoconchus, Magilus (Fig. 29, p. 75), Rapa.
Fam. 3. Columbellidae.—(Radula, Fig. 123, p. 222.) Shell small, solid,
fusiform, aperture narrow, canal short, outer lip thickened. Miocene——.
Single genus, Columbella (subg., Nitidella, Anachis, Meta, Strombina,
Atilia, Conidea, Amphissa, Mitrella, and others).
Fam. 4. Nassidae.—Foot long and broad, often with terminal
appendages; siphon long, eyes on outer base of tentacles, central tooth of
radula arched, multicuspid, lateral strongly bicuspid, with small denticles
between the cusps; shell rather small, buccinoid, columella more or less
callous, outer lip thickened, often toothed; operculum corneous, edges often
toothed. Miocene——. Principal genera: Nassa (with many sections),
Amycla, Desmoulea, Cyclonassa, Canidia (subg., Clea and Nassodonta),
Dorsanum, Bullia (= Buccinanops, Fig. 62, p. 185), Truncaria.
Fam. 5. Buccinidae.—Siphon rather long, eyes at outer base of tentacles;
central tooth of radula with 5 to 7 cusps, laterals bicuspid or tricuspid (Fig.
118, p. 220); shell more or less fusiform, thick, covered with a
periostracum, canal of varying length, outer lip simple or thickened;
operculum corneous, nucleus variable in position. Cretaceous——.
Principal genera: Group i. Chrysodomus (with sections Neptunea,
Volutopsis, Pyrolofusus, Jumala), subg., Sipho; Siphonalia (subg., Kelletia).
Group ii. Liomesus (= Buccinopsis). Group iii. Buccinum (Fig. 1 b, p. 6;
subg., Volutharpa, Neobuccinum). Group iv. Cominella, Tritonidea,
Pisania, Euthria; Anura (Miocene), Genea (Pliocene), Metula, Engina.
Page 522
Group v. Phos, Hindsia. Group vi. Dipsaccus (= Eburna), Macron. Group
vii. Pseudoliva.
Fam. 6. Turbinellidae.—Central tooth of radula tricuspid, median cusp
strong, lateral bicuspid, cusps unequal (Fig. 117, p. 220); shell fusiform or
pear-shaped, heavy, canal often long, operculum corneous, claw-shaped,
nucleus terminal. Miocene——. Principal genera: Turbinella, Cynodonta,
Tudicla (subg., Streptosiphon); Piropsis (Cretaceous), Perissolax
(Cretaceous), Strepsidura (Eocene, subg., Whitneya), Melapium, Fulgur (=
Busycon, Fig. 150, p. 249, including Sycotypus), Melongena (subg.,
Pugilina, Myristica); Liostoma (Eocene), Hemifusus (subg.,
Megalatractus), Ptychatractus, Meyeria.
Fig. 280.—Turbinella pyrum
Lam., Ceylon. × ⅔.
Fam. 7. Fasciolariidae.—Eyes at the outer base of the tentacles (radula,
Fig. 121, p. 221); shell fusiform, spire long, canal often very long,
columella often with a fold at the base; operculum corneous, nucleus
terminal. Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Fusus (including Sinistralia,
Aptyxis, Troschelia), with subg., Serrifusus (Cretaceous), Clavella (subg.
Thersites), Fasciolaria, Latirus (subg. Polygona, Peristernia, Leucozonia,
Lagena; Mazzalina (Eocene), Chascax).
vii. Pseudoliva.
Fam. 6. Turbinellidae.—Central tooth of radula tricuspid, median cusp
strong, lateral bicuspid, cusps unequal (Fig. 117, p. 220); shell fusiform or
pear-shaped, heavy, canal often long, operculum corneous, claw-shaped,
nucleus terminal. Miocene——. Principal genera: Turbinella, Cynodonta,
Tudicla (subg., Streptosiphon); Piropsis (Cretaceous), Perissolax
(Cretaceous), Strepsidura (Eocene, subg., Whitneya), Melapium, Fulgur (=
Busycon, Fig. 150, p. 249, including Sycotypus), Melongena (subg.,
Pugilina, Myristica); Liostoma (Eocene), Hemifusus (subg.,
Megalatractus), Ptychatractus, Meyeria.
Fig. 280.—Turbinella pyrum
Lam., Ceylon. × ⅔.
Fam. 7. Fasciolariidae.—Eyes at the outer base of the tentacles (radula,
Fig. 121, p. 221); shell fusiform, spire long, canal often very long,
columella often with a fold at the base; operculum corneous, nucleus
terminal. Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Fusus (including Sinistralia,
Aptyxis, Troschelia), with subg., Serrifusus (Cretaceous), Clavella (subg.
Thersites), Fasciolaria, Latirus (subg. Polygona, Peristernia, Leucozonia,
Lagena; Mazzalina (Eocene), Chascax).
Page 523
Fig. 281.—Latirus (Leucozonia)
cingulatus Wood, Panama.
Fam. 8. Mitridae.—Siphon rather long, with anterior appendages, eyes
on the side of the tentacles, proboscis very long; radula variable, laterals
sometimes lost (Fig. 120, p. 221); shell fusiform, solid, spire more or less
pointed, columella with several prominent folds, the posterior the largest,
aperture rather narrow, no operculum. Cretaceous——. Principal genera:
Mitra (with many sections), subg., Strigatella, Mitreola, Mutyca, Dibaphus;
Plochelaea (Tertiary), Thala; Turricula (with several sections),
Cylindromitra, and Imbricaria.
Fam. 9. Volutidae.—Foot broad in front, head laterally dilated into lobes,
on which are placed the sessile eyes; siphon prominent, with appendages at
the base (radula, Fig. 122, p. 221); shell thick, often shining, fusiform,
globular or cylindrical, columella projecting anteriorly, with several folds,
the anterior of which is the largest, aperture notched, canal not produced,
operculum generally absent. Cretaceous——. Principal genera:
Cryptochorda (Eocene), Zidona, Provocator, Guivillea, Yetus (= Cymbium),
Voluta (with many sections), Volutolithes (chiefly Eocene), Volutolyria,
Lyria, Enaeta, Volutomitra.
Fam. 10. Marginellidae.—Foot broad, siphon without appendages,
mantle largely reflected over the shell; radula without laterals, central tooth
comb-like, cusps rather blunt; shell oval or conoidal, polished, aperture
narrow, outer lip thickened, columella with many folds; no operculum.
Eocene——. Principal genera: Marginella, with many sections and so-
called sub-genera; Persicula, Pachybathron (?), Cystiscus, Microvoluta.
cingulatus Wood, Panama.
Fam. 8. Mitridae.—Siphon rather long, with anterior appendages, eyes
on the side of the tentacles, proboscis very long; radula variable, laterals
sometimes lost (Fig. 120, p. 221); shell fusiform, solid, spire more or less
pointed, columella with several prominent folds, the posterior the largest,
aperture rather narrow, no operculum. Cretaceous——. Principal genera:
Mitra (with many sections), subg., Strigatella, Mitreola, Mutyca, Dibaphus;
Plochelaea (Tertiary), Thala; Turricula (with several sections),
Cylindromitra, and Imbricaria.
Fam. 9. Volutidae.—Foot broad in front, head laterally dilated into lobes,
on which are placed the sessile eyes; siphon prominent, with appendages at
the base (radula, Fig. 122, p. 221); shell thick, often shining, fusiform,
globular or cylindrical, columella projecting anteriorly, with several folds,
the anterior of which is the largest, aperture notched, canal not produced,
operculum generally absent. Cretaceous——. Principal genera:
Cryptochorda (Eocene), Zidona, Provocator, Guivillea, Yetus (= Cymbium),
Voluta (with many sections), Volutolithes (chiefly Eocene), Volutolyria,
Lyria, Enaeta, Volutomitra.
Fam. 10. Marginellidae.—Foot broad, siphon without appendages,
mantle largely reflected over the shell; radula without laterals, central tooth
comb-like, cusps rather blunt; shell oval or conoidal, polished, aperture
narrow, outer lip thickened, columella with many folds; no operculum.
Eocene——. Principal genera: Marginella, with many sections and so-
called sub-genera; Persicula, Pachybathron (?), Cystiscus, Microvoluta.
Page 524
Fig. 282.—Voluta nivosa Lam.,
West Australia. × ⅔.
Fig. 283.—Oliva porphyria Lam.,
Panama.
Fam. 11. Harpidae.—Foot large, with a transverse groove, separating off
a semi-lunar propodium; mantle partly reflected over the shell; shell
ventricose, polished; spire short, strongly longitudinally ribbed, ribs
prolonged over the suture, columella callous; no operculum. Eocene——.
Single genus, Harpa (subg., Silia).
Fam. 12. Olividae.—Propodium semi-lunar, with a longitudinal groove
above, mesopodium reflected laterally over the shell; central tooth of radula
tricuspid on a very broad base, lateral simple, hooked; shell sub-cylindrical
or fusiform, polished; aperture narrow, operculum present or absent.
Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Oliva (Figs. 283, and 98, p. 199),
West Australia. × ⅔.
Fig. 283.—Oliva porphyria Lam.,
Panama.
Fam. 11. Harpidae.—Foot large, with a transverse groove, separating off
a semi-lunar propodium; mantle partly reflected over the shell; shell
ventricose, polished; spire short, strongly longitudinally ribbed, ribs
prolonged over the suture, columella callous; no operculum. Eocene——.
Single genus, Harpa (subg., Silia).
Fam. 12. Olividae.—Propodium semi-lunar, with a longitudinal groove
above, mesopodium reflected laterally over the shell; central tooth of radula
tricuspid on a very broad base, lateral simple, hooked; shell sub-cylindrical
or fusiform, polished; aperture narrow, operculum present or absent.
Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Oliva (Figs. 283, and 98, p. 199),
Page 525
Olivancillaria (including Lintricula and Agaronia), Olivella, Ancilla (subg.,
Ancillina).
(e) Toxoglossa (p. 218).—Radula with normal formula 1·0·1, teeth
large; oesophagus with a large poison gland; animal carnivorous,
exclusively marine.
Fig. 284.—Terebra subulata L.,
Ceylon.
Fig. 285.—Pleurotoma tigrina
Lam., E. Indies.
Ancillina).
(e) Toxoglossa (p. 218).—Radula with normal formula 1·0·1, teeth
large; oesophagus with a large poison gland; animal carnivorous,
exclusively marine.
Fig. 284.—Terebra subulata L.,
Ceylon.
Fig. 285.—Pleurotoma tigrina
Lam., E. Indies.
Page 526
Fam. 1. Terebridae.—Eyes at the end of the tentacles, shell subulate,
many whorled, operculum with terminal nucleus. Eocene——. Single
genus, Terebra, with several sections.
Fam. 2. Conidae.—Eyes on outer side of tentacles, siphon prominent;
shell conical or fusiform, aperture narrow. Cretaceous——. Principal
genera: Conus, shell solid, spire short, aperture narrow, straight, internal
partitions partly absorbed; Conorbis, Genotia (with several sections, chiefly
Tertiary), Pusionella, Columbarium, Clavatula, Surcula, Pleurotoma;
Borsonia (Eocene), Drillia (subg., Spirotropis), Bela, Mangilia (including
Daphnella, Clathurella, and others), Halia.
Fam. 3. Cancellariidae.—Proboscis short, usually no radula, shell oval,
columella strongly plicate; no operculum. Cretaceous——. Single genus,
Cancellaria (subg., Merica, Trigonostoma, Admete).
many whorled, operculum with terminal nucleus. Eocene——. Single
genus, Terebra, with several sections.
Fam. 2. Conidae.—Eyes on outer side of tentacles, siphon prominent;
shell conical or fusiform, aperture narrow. Cretaceous——. Principal
genera: Conus, shell solid, spire short, aperture narrow, straight, internal
partitions partly absorbed; Conorbis, Genotia (with several sections, chiefly
Tertiary), Pusionella, Columbarium, Clavatula, Surcula, Pleurotoma;
Borsonia (Eocene), Drillia (subg., Spirotropis), Bela, Mangilia (including
Daphnella, Clathurella, and others), Halia.
Fam. 3. Cancellariidae.—Proboscis short, usually no radula, shell oval,
columella strongly plicate; no operculum. Cretaceous——. Single genus,
Cancellaria (subg., Merica, Trigonostoma, Admete).
Page 527
CHAPTER XV
CLASS GASTEROPODA (continued): OPISTHOBRANCHIATA AND PULMONATA
Order III. Opisthobranchiata
Visceral loop not twisted (except in Actaeon) in a figure of 8
(Euthyneurous type, p. 203), auricle usually behind the ventricle, ctenidium
often replaced by secondary branchiae, pallial cavity, if existing, more or
less open, shell present or absent, operculum absent (except in Actaeon),
animal hermaphrodite, with separate sexual openings, marine only.—
Carboniferous to present time.
The character of their nervous system decisively removes the
Opisthobranchiata from the Prosobranchiata, and approximates them to the
Pulmonata. Actaeon, however, which is streptoneurous, as well as
possessing an operculate shell with prominent spire, forms an interesting
link with the Prosobranchiata. At the opposite extreme to Actaeon stand
forms like Siphonaria and Gadinia, which are probably close links with the
Pulmonata (p. 19). The generative system of the whole group, which is, as
in the Basommatophora, of the hermaphrodite type, without mutual
fecundation, is another link of connexion with the Pulmonata. The
respiratory organs present the most varied forms, sometimes consisting of
one ctenidium (never two), sometimes of secondary branchiae, variously
placed, while sometimes no special organ exists.
The prolongation of the foot into lateral epipodia or parapodia (possibly
to aid in swimming), and the effect of the epipodia upon the shell,
according as they involve it completely or partially, are among the most
instructive features of the Opisthobranchiata. If the epipodia are developed
on the anterior portion of the body, and do not become reflected, they may,
as in most Pteropoda Thecosomata, not directly affect the shell. But when,
as in the Tectibranchiata, the epipodia are medio-lateral, and tend to
envelope the shell, their effect may be traced by a series of forms varying in
proportion to the amount of shell-surface covered by the epipodia. The two
principal lines along which modification takes place are the gradual
reduction of the spiral nature of the shell, and the gradual lessening of its
solidity. Both these changes are the direct result of the additional protection
afforded to the visceral mass by the reflected epipodia, which renders the
CLASS GASTEROPODA (continued): OPISTHOBRANCHIATA AND PULMONATA
Order III. Opisthobranchiata
Visceral loop not twisted (except in Actaeon) in a figure of 8
(Euthyneurous type, p. 203), auricle usually behind the ventricle, ctenidium
often replaced by secondary branchiae, pallial cavity, if existing, more or
less open, shell present or absent, operculum absent (except in Actaeon),
animal hermaphrodite, with separate sexual openings, marine only.—
Carboniferous to present time.
The character of their nervous system decisively removes the
Opisthobranchiata from the Prosobranchiata, and approximates them to the
Pulmonata. Actaeon, however, which is streptoneurous, as well as
possessing an operculate shell with prominent spire, forms an interesting
link with the Prosobranchiata. At the opposite extreme to Actaeon stand
forms like Siphonaria and Gadinia, which are probably close links with the
Pulmonata (p. 19). The generative system of the whole group, which is, as
in the Basommatophora, of the hermaphrodite type, without mutual
fecundation, is another link of connexion with the Pulmonata. The
respiratory organs present the most varied forms, sometimes consisting of
one ctenidium (never two), sometimes of secondary branchiae, variously
placed, while sometimes no special organ exists.
The prolongation of the foot into lateral epipodia or parapodia (possibly
to aid in swimming), and the effect of the epipodia upon the shell,
according as they involve it completely or partially, are among the most
instructive features of the Opisthobranchiata. If the epipodia are developed
on the anterior portion of the body, and do not become reflected, they may,
as in most Pteropoda Thecosomata, not directly affect the shell. But when,
as in the Tectibranchiata, the epipodia are medio-lateral, and tend to
envelope the shell, their effect may be traced by a series of forms varying in
proportion to the amount of shell-surface covered by the epipodia. The two
principal lines along which modification takes place are the gradual
reduction of the spiral nature of the shell, and the gradual lessening of its
solidity. Both these changes are the direct result of the additional protection
afforded to the visceral mass by the reflected epipodia, which renders the
Page 528
existence of a shell less and less necessary. A precisely similar line of
change is seen in the Pulmonata, culminating in forms like Arion (p. 174).
Fig. 286.—Illustrating the transition of form in the shell of
Tectibranchiata from the pointed spiral to the almost
flattened plate: A, Actaeon; B, Aplustrum; C,
Cylichna; D, Atys; E, Philine; F, Dolabella; G,
Aplysia; H, Pleurobranchus. (Not drawn to scale.)
change is seen in the Pulmonata, culminating in forms like Arion (p. 174).
Fig. 286.—Illustrating the transition of form in the shell of
Tectibranchiata from the pointed spiral to the almost
flattened plate: A, Actaeon; B, Aplustrum; C,
Cylichna; D, Atys; E, Philine; F, Dolabella; G,
Aplysia; H, Pleurobranchus. (Not drawn to scale.)
Page 529
Fig. 287.—Illustrating the gradual covering of the shell in the
Tectibranchiata by the epipodia and mantle: A, Haminea; B,
Scaphander; C, Aplustrum; D, Aplysia; E, Philine; c.d,
cephalic disc; ep, ep, epipodia; sh, shell. (Not drawn to scale.)
The habits of life of the Opisthobranchiata are very varied. Some,
especially the heavier types, burrow in sand, and are then usually furnished
with a broad cephalic disc, as a digging apparatus; some (certain Bulla) flit
about in shallow pools on mud flats; others (Phyllirrhoe and the Pteropoda)
swim freely in the open sea; others (most Nudibranchiata) crawl slug-like
on sea-weeds or corallines, and in colour singularly harmonise with their
environment (p. 71 f.); others again (Siphonaria, Gadinia), stick limpet-like
to rocks between tide marks. As a rule, they occur only in clean salt water,
but Embletonia has been found in the Victoria Docks at Rotherhithe, as well
as in parts of the Baltic, where the water has only 7 parts of salt in 1000,
while Limapontia occurs in nearly fresh water at Bornholm and Gothland.
Tectibranchiata by the epipodia and mantle: A, Haminea; B,
Scaphander; C, Aplustrum; D, Aplysia; E, Philine; c.d,
cephalic disc; ep, ep, epipodia; sh, shell. (Not drawn to scale.)
The habits of life of the Opisthobranchiata are very varied. Some,
especially the heavier types, burrow in sand, and are then usually furnished
with a broad cephalic disc, as a digging apparatus; some (certain Bulla) flit
about in shallow pools on mud flats; others (Phyllirrhoe and the Pteropoda)
swim freely in the open sea; others (most Nudibranchiata) crawl slug-like
on sea-weeds or corallines, and in colour singularly harmonise with their
environment (p. 71 f.); others again (Siphonaria, Gadinia), stick limpet-like
to rocks between tide marks. As a rule, they occur only in clean salt water,
but Embletonia has been found in the Victoria Docks at Rotherhithe, as well
as in parts of the Baltic, where the water has only 7 parts of salt in 1000,
while Limapontia occurs in nearly fresh water at Bornholm and Gothland.
Page 530
Their food varies greatly. As a rule, they are frugivorous, but many cases
of carnivorous habit occur. Scaphander has been seen to swallow
Dentalium six at a time, and in six hours the shells of all were reduced to
tiny fragments. Glaucus devours the soft portions of the pelagic Porpita and
Velella; Idalia elegans eats its way into the test of Ascidians, and
completely buries itself in the body of its prey.[403]
The Opisthobranchiata may be classified as follows:—
Opisthobranchiata 1. Tectibranchiata Bulloidea
Aplysioidea
Pleurobranchoidea
Siphonarioidea
2. Ascoglossa
3. Nudibranchiata Cladohepatica
Holohepatica
4. Pteropoda Thecosomata
Gymnosomata
Sub-order I. Tectibranchiata.—Right ctenidium usually present, more
or less concealed by the mantle fold, visceral ganglia united by a very long
commissure, shell variable in form, more or less enveloped in folds of the
mantle and foot, often becoming rudimentary.
Section I. Bulloidea.—Shell more or less spiral, internal or external,
epipodia more or less developed, a broad cephalic disc, distinct from the
dorsal region, usually no tentacles, eyes sessile.
Fam. 1. Actaeonidae.—Shell spiral, solid, entirely covering the animal;
spire generally prominent, operculum corneous, visceral loop
streptoneurous, no epipodia, radula multiseriate, teeth numerous, very
small. Carboniferous ——. Genera: Actaeon (Fig. 286a); Volvaria
(Tertiary), Fortisia (Eocene) Actaeonina (Carboniferous), Cylindrites
(Secondary strata), Actaeonella (Cretaceous).
Fam. 2. Tornatinidae.—Shell spiral, cylindrical, entirely covering the
animal; spire concealed, cephalic disc with two large tentaculiform
appendages behind, no radula. Genera: Tornatina (= Utriculus), Volvula.
Fam. 3. Scaphandridae.—Shell more or less external, covering all or
nearly all the animal, spire concealed, cephalic disc simple or notched
behind, epipodia well developed, radula with first lateral very large,
stomach sometimes with powerful gizzard. Genera: Scaphander (Fig. 287
of carnivorous habit occur. Scaphander has been seen to swallow
Dentalium six at a time, and in six hours the shells of all were reduced to
tiny fragments. Glaucus devours the soft portions of the pelagic Porpita and
Velella; Idalia elegans eats its way into the test of Ascidians, and
completely buries itself in the body of its prey.[403]
The Opisthobranchiata may be classified as follows:—
Opisthobranchiata 1. Tectibranchiata Bulloidea
Aplysioidea
Pleurobranchoidea
Siphonarioidea
2. Ascoglossa
3. Nudibranchiata Cladohepatica
Holohepatica
4. Pteropoda Thecosomata
Gymnosomata
Sub-order I. Tectibranchiata.—Right ctenidium usually present, more
or less concealed by the mantle fold, visceral ganglia united by a very long
commissure, shell variable in form, more or less enveloped in folds of the
mantle and foot, often becoming rudimentary.
Section I. Bulloidea.—Shell more or less spiral, internal or external,
epipodia more or less developed, a broad cephalic disc, distinct from the
dorsal region, usually no tentacles, eyes sessile.
Fam. 1. Actaeonidae.—Shell spiral, solid, entirely covering the animal;
spire generally prominent, operculum corneous, visceral loop
streptoneurous, no epipodia, radula multiseriate, teeth numerous, very
small. Carboniferous ——. Genera: Actaeon (Fig. 286a); Volvaria
(Tertiary), Fortisia (Eocene) Actaeonina (Carboniferous), Cylindrites
(Secondary strata), Actaeonella (Cretaceous).
Fam. 2. Tornatinidae.—Shell spiral, cylindrical, entirely covering the
animal; spire concealed, cephalic disc with two large tentaculiform
appendages behind, no radula. Genera: Tornatina (= Utriculus), Volvula.
Fam. 3. Scaphandridae.—Shell more or less external, covering all or
nearly all the animal, spire concealed, cephalic disc simple or notched
behind, epipodia well developed, radula with first lateral very large,
stomach sometimes with powerful gizzard. Genera: Scaphander (Fig. 287
Page 531
B); Sabatia (Pliocene), Smaragdinella, Atys (Fig. 286 D), Cylichna (Fig.
286 C), Amphisphyra.
Fam. 4. Bullidae.—Shell external or partly internal, spire quite or nearly
hidden, cephalic disc broad, without appendages, epipodia often large;
radula usually multiseriate. Genera: Bulla (subg. Haminea), Acera, mantle
with long filiform appendage, epipodia touching over the shell;
Cylindrobulla, Volvatella.
Fam. 5. Aplustridae.—Shell partly internal, overlaid by the posterior part
of the cephalic disc, spire not prominent, epipodia reflected, tentacles
auriform. Single genus, Aplustrum (Fig. 286 B; subg. Hydatina).
Fam. 6. Ringiculidae.—Shell small, solid, covering all the animal; spire
somewhat prominent, aperture narrow, plicated; peristome thick, sometimes
channelled, cephalic disc with a kind of posterior siphon. Genera:
Ringicula; Avellana (Cretaceous).
Fam. 7. Gastropteridae.—Shell completely internal, nautiloid, small;
epipodia very large, rounded, united behind; cephalic disc simple. Single
genus, Gastropteron.
Fam. 8. Philinidae.—Shell completely internal, thin, slightly spiral;
epipodia thick, cephalic disc large, thick, simple; stomach usually with
powerful gizzard. Genera: Philine (Fig. 287 E), Colpodaspis,
Colobocephalus, Chelinodura, Phanerophthalmus, Cryptophthalmus.
Fam. 9. Doridiidae.—Shell completely internal, a mere pellicle with a
small spiral nucleus, mantle with two posterior lobes and a caudal filament,
epipodia reflected. Single genus, Doridium.
Section II. Aplysioidea.—Shell small, usually not spiral, sometimes
absent, no cephalic disc, head prominent, with two pairs of tentacles,
epipodia large, more or less reflected.
Fam. Aplysiidae.—Characters those of the section. Genera: Aplysia (Fig.
287 D), shell arched, flattened, animal large (the “sea hare”); Dolabella,
shell subtriangular (Fig. 286 F); Dolabrifer, shell sub-quadrangular, not
spiral; Notarchus, shell microscopic, spiral; Phyllaplysia, body very
depressed, oval, no shell.
286 C), Amphisphyra.
Fam. 4. Bullidae.—Shell external or partly internal, spire quite or nearly
hidden, cephalic disc broad, without appendages, epipodia often large;
radula usually multiseriate. Genera: Bulla (subg. Haminea), Acera, mantle
with long filiform appendage, epipodia touching over the shell;
Cylindrobulla, Volvatella.
Fam. 5. Aplustridae.—Shell partly internal, overlaid by the posterior part
of the cephalic disc, spire not prominent, epipodia reflected, tentacles
auriform. Single genus, Aplustrum (Fig. 286 B; subg. Hydatina).
Fam. 6. Ringiculidae.—Shell small, solid, covering all the animal; spire
somewhat prominent, aperture narrow, plicated; peristome thick, sometimes
channelled, cephalic disc with a kind of posterior siphon. Genera:
Ringicula; Avellana (Cretaceous).
Fam. 7. Gastropteridae.—Shell completely internal, nautiloid, small;
epipodia very large, rounded, united behind; cephalic disc simple. Single
genus, Gastropteron.
Fam. 8. Philinidae.—Shell completely internal, thin, slightly spiral;
epipodia thick, cephalic disc large, thick, simple; stomach usually with
powerful gizzard. Genera: Philine (Fig. 287 E), Colpodaspis,
Colobocephalus, Chelinodura, Phanerophthalmus, Cryptophthalmus.
Fam. 9. Doridiidae.—Shell completely internal, a mere pellicle with a
small spiral nucleus, mantle with two posterior lobes and a caudal filament,
epipodia reflected. Single genus, Doridium.
Section II. Aplysioidea.—Shell small, usually not spiral, sometimes
absent, no cephalic disc, head prominent, with two pairs of tentacles,
epipodia large, more or less reflected.
Fam. Aplysiidae.—Characters those of the section. Genera: Aplysia (Fig.
287 D), shell arched, flattened, animal large (the “sea hare”); Dolabella,
shell subtriangular (Fig. 286 F); Dolabrifer, shell sub-quadrangular, not
spiral; Notarchus, shell microscopic, spiral; Phyllaplysia, body very
depressed, oval, no shell.
Page 532
Section III. Pleaurobranchoidea.—Dorsal region protected by a wide
notaeum or dorsal covering, or by a shell; no epipodia, ctenidium large,
external, between the right under surface of the notaeum or shell and the
foot; head short, shell present or absent.
Fam. 1. Pleurobranchidae.—Shell internal or absent, notaeum with
spicules, radula multiseriate. Genera: Pleurobranchus (Fig. 286 H), (?)
Haliotinella, Pleurobranchaea, (?) Neda.
Fam. 2. Runcinidae.—Branchial lamellae few, under the posterior right
notaeum, no shell. Single genus, Runcina.
Fam. 3. Umbrellidae.—Shell external, depressed patelliform, not
covering all the animal; foot very thick, ctenidium large, head depressed,
small; radula multiseriate, teeth innumerable, very small. Genera: Umbrella
(Fig. 5a, p. 10), Tylodina.
Section IV. Siphonarioidea.—Shell patelliform, branchia replaced
wholly or in part by a pulmonary sac, pulmonary orifice closed by a small
lobe, radula multiseriate, teeth very small.
Fam. Siphonariidae.—Characters those of the section. Genera:
Siphonaria (branchia as well as pulmonary sac), Gadinia (no branchia).
These genera, hitherto placed among the Pulmonata, have been recently
shown (see p. 19) to be modified Opisthobranchiata.
Sub-order II. Ascoglossa.[404]—Branchia, mantle cavity, and shell
generally wanting, liver ramified, rami enclosed in external papillae (cerata)
or beneath the dorsal surface, kidney not compact, branched; radula with
one series of strong teeth (Fig. 288), worn out teeth at the front end not
dropping off, but preserved in a special sac (ἀσκός).
According to Bergh, the Ascoglossa form a link between the
Tectibranchiata,—especially the Aplysiidae and Bullidae—and the
Cladohepatic Nudibranchs, while the Pleurobranchidae form a somewhat
similar link between the Holohepatic Nudibranchs and the other
Tectibranchiata.
Fam. 1. Oxynoeidae.[405]—Animal long, tentacles auriform, epipodia
large, simple, or wing-like, a ctenidium and branchial chamber on right
notaeum or dorsal covering, or by a shell; no epipodia, ctenidium large,
external, between the right under surface of the notaeum or shell and the
foot; head short, shell present or absent.
Fam. 1. Pleurobranchidae.—Shell internal or absent, notaeum with
spicules, radula multiseriate. Genera: Pleurobranchus (Fig. 286 H), (?)
Haliotinella, Pleurobranchaea, (?) Neda.
Fam. 2. Runcinidae.—Branchial lamellae few, under the posterior right
notaeum, no shell. Single genus, Runcina.
Fam. 3. Umbrellidae.—Shell external, depressed patelliform, not
covering all the animal; foot very thick, ctenidium large, head depressed,
small; radula multiseriate, teeth innumerable, very small. Genera: Umbrella
(Fig. 5a, p. 10), Tylodina.
Section IV. Siphonarioidea.—Shell patelliform, branchia replaced
wholly or in part by a pulmonary sac, pulmonary orifice closed by a small
lobe, radula multiseriate, teeth very small.
Fam. Siphonariidae.—Characters those of the section. Genera:
Siphonaria (branchia as well as pulmonary sac), Gadinia (no branchia).
These genera, hitherto placed among the Pulmonata, have been recently
shown (see p. 19) to be modified Opisthobranchiata.
Sub-order II. Ascoglossa.[404]—Branchia, mantle cavity, and shell
generally wanting, liver ramified, rami enclosed in external papillae (cerata)
or beneath the dorsal surface, kidney not compact, branched; radula with
one series of strong teeth (Fig. 288), worn out teeth at the front end not
dropping off, but preserved in a special sac (ἀσκός).
According to Bergh, the Ascoglossa form a link between the
Tectibranchiata,—especially the Aplysiidae and Bullidae—and the
Cladohepatic Nudibranchs, while the Pleurobranchidae form a somewhat
similar link between the Holohepatic Nudibranchs and the other
Tectibranchiata.
Fam. 1. Oxynoeidae.[405]—Animal long, tentacles auriform, epipodia
large, simple, or wing-like, a ctenidium and branchial chamber on right
Page 533
side, shell small, thin, slightly spiral, not covering much of the body.
Genera: Oxynoe (= Lophocercus), Lobiger.
Fam. 2. Hermaeidae.—Body depressed, cerata in several rows, no
branchiae, no shell. Genera: Hermaea, Phyllobranchus, Stiliger, Alderia.
Fam. 3. Elysiidae.—Body depressed, head rather elevated, tentacles
auriform, sides of body dilated into two large wings, which enclose
branches of the liver and sometimes fold over the dorsal surface, no
branchiae, no shell. Genera: Elysia, Thridachia, Placobranchus.
Fig. 288.—Radula of one of
Ascoglossa (Elysia viridis
Mont. × 40).
Fam. 4. Limapontiidae.—Body slug-like, liver scarcely ramified, no
branchiae, shell, or appendages. Genera: Limapontia, Actaeonia, Cenia.
Sub-order III. Nudibranchiata.—Shell absent in the adult, no
ctenidium proper, or osphradium, cerata dorsal or dorso-lateral, nervous
system concentrated, kidney not compact, ramified, penis retractile, jaws
and radula usually present.
Section I. Cladohepatica.—Cerata usually latero-dorsal, elongated, or
arborescent, buccal mass strong, jaws present, liver generally ramified, rami
generally entering the cerata.
Fam. 1. Aeolidiidae.—Body slug-like, head with tentacles and
rhinophores, dorsal area with rows of cerata, which usually contain sting-
cells, radula variable. Genera: Aeolis, Cratena, Tergipes, Coryphella,
Genera: Oxynoe (= Lophocercus), Lobiger.
Fam. 2. Hermaeidae.—Body depressed, cerata in several rows, no
branchiae, no shell. Genera: Hermaea, Phyllobranchus, Stiliger, Alderia.
Fam. 3. Elysiidae.—Body depressed, head rather elevated, tentacles
auriform, sides of body dilated into two large wings, which enclose
branches of the liver and sometimes fold over the dorsal surface, no
branchiae, no shell. Genera: Elysia, Thridachia, Placobranchus.
Fig. 288.—Radula of one of
Ascoglossa (Elysia viridis
Mont. × 40).
Fam. 4. Limapontiidae.—Body slug-like, liver scarcely ramified, no
branchiae, shell, or appendages. Genera: Limapontia, Actaeonia, Cenia.
Sub-order III. Nudibranchiata.—Shell absent in the adult, no
ctenidium proper, or osphradium, cerata dorsal or dorso-lateral, nervous
system concentrated, kidney not compact, ramified, penis retractile, jaws
and radula usually present.
Section I. Cladohepatica.—Cerata usually latero-dorsal, elongated, or
arborescent, buccal mass strong, jaws present, liver generally ramified, rami
generally entering the cerata.
Fam. 1. Aeolidiidae.—Body slug-like, head with tentacles and
rhinophores, dorsal area with rows of cerata, which usually contain sting-
cells, radula variable. Genera: Aeolis, Cratena, Tergipes, Coryphella,
Page 534
Favorinus, Facelina, Flabellina, Fiona, Glaucus, Janus, Hero, with many
sub-genera.
Fam. 2. Tethymelibidae.—Body slug-like, large, cerata very large, no
sting-cells, head large, cowl-shaped, no tentacles, rhinophores much
foliated, no radula. Genera: Tethys, Melibe. The cerata of Tethys, which are
capable of independent movement when severed, have been described as
parasitic worms. Tethys feeds on molluscs and Crustacea.
Fam. 3. Lomanotidae.—Body slug-like, dorsum prominent, undulating
or lobed, with one row of small cerata, no tentacles, rhinophores much
foliated, radula with uncinated dentate laterals. Single genus, Lomanotus.
Fam. 4. Dotonidae.—Body slug-like, small, two rows of cerata, each
ceras surrounded by a ring of tubercles, rhinophores simple, radula
uniseriate. Single genus, Doto.
Fam. 5. Dendronotidae.—Body slug-like, somewhat compressed, two
rows of arborescent cerata, no tentacles, frontal margin with arborescent
papillae, rhinophores arborescent, radula multiseriate. Genera: Campaspe,
Dendronotus.
Fam. 6. Bornellidae.—Two rows of dorsal papillae, with branchiform
appendages at the base, rhinophores foliate, radula multiseriate. Single
genus, Bornella.
Fam. 7. Scyllaeidae.—Body oblong, compressed, two large foliated
cerata with branchial appendages on the inner side, no tentacles,
rhinophores large, radula multiseriate. Single genus, Scyllaea.
Fam. 8. Phyllirrhoidae.—Body much compressed, with bovine head and
neck, tail tapering, no tentacles, rhinophores simple, teeth few, no
marginals. Single genus, Phyllirrhoe.
Fam. 9. Pleurophyllidiidae.—Body elongate-oval, snout broad, covered
by an arched shield with lateral angles prolonged, branchiae consisting of
two rows of lamellae placed between the notaeum and the foot, no
tentacles, rhinophores short, hidden, radula multiseriate. Single genus,
Pleurophyllidia.
Fam. 10. Pleuroleuridae.—Animal resembling Pleurophyllidia, but
without the branchial lamellae. Single genus, Pleuroleura.
sub-genera.
Fam. 2. Tethymelibidae.—Body slug-like, large, cerata very large, no
sting-cells, head large, cowl-shaped, no tentacles, rhinophores much
foliated, no radula. Genera: Tethys, Melibe. The cerata of Tethys, which are
capable of independent movement when severed, have been described as
parasitic worms. Tethys feeds on molluscs and Crustacea.
Fam. 3. Lomanotidae.—Body slug-like, dorsum prominent, undulating
or lobed, with one row of small cerata, no tentacles, rhinophores much
foliated, radula with uncinated dentate laterals. Single genus, Lomanotus.
Fam. 4. Dotonidae.—Body slug-like, small, two rows of cerata, each
ceras surrounded by a ring of tubercles, rhinophores simple, radula
uniseriate. Single genus, Doto.
Fam. 5. Dendronotidae.—Body slug-like, somewhat compressed, two
rows of arborescent cerata, no tentacles, frontal margin with arborescent
papillae, rhinophores arborescent, radula multiseriate. Genera: Campaspe,
Dendronotus.
Fam. 6. Bornellidae.—Two rows of dorsal papillae, with branchiform
appendages at the base, rhinophores foliate, radula multiseriate. Single
genus, Bornella.
Fam. 7. Scyllaeidae.—Body oblong, compressed, two large foliated
cerata with branchial appendages on the inner side, no tentacles,
rhinophores large, radula multiseriate. Single genus, Scyllaea.
Fam. 8. Phyllirrhoidae.—Body much compressed, with bovine head and
neck, tail tapering, no tentacles, rhinophores simple, teeth few, no
marginals. Single genus, Phyllirrhoe.
Fam. 9. Pleurophyllidiidae.—Body elongate-oval, snout broad, covered
by an arched shield with lateral angles prolonged, branchiae consisting of
two rows of lamellae placed between the notaeum and the foot, no
tentacles, rhinophores short, hidden, radula multiseriate. Single genus,
Pleurophyllidia.
Fam. 10. Pleuroleuridae.—Animal resembling Pleurophyllidia, but
without the branchial lamellae. Single genus, Pleuroleura.
Page 535
Fam. 11. Tritoniidae.—Body long, two rows of unequal arborescent
cerata, rhinophores with ramose appendages, liver not prolonged into the
cerata. Genera: Tritonia, Marionia.
Section 2. Holohepatica.—Cerata medio-dorsal, retractile or not, usually
paucifoliate, liver never ramified, usually no jaws.
Fam. 1. Dorididae.—Branchia consisting of a circle or semicircle of
pinnate leaves united at the base, surrounding the anus, almost always
retractile into a cavity, rhinophores foliate, no suctorial proboscis, radula
multiseriate. Genera: Bathydoris, Hexabranchus, Archidoris (Fig. 289),
Discodoris, Diaulula, Cadlina, Centrodoris, Platydoris, Chromodoris,
Miamira, with many sub-genera.
Fig. 289.—Doris (Archidoris)
tuberculata L., Britain: a, anus; br,
branchiae surrounding the anus; m,
male organ; rh, rh, rhinophores. ×
⅔.
Fam. 2. Doriopsidae.—Branchia and rhinophores as in Dorididae, oral
aperture pore-shaped, suctorial, no radula. Single genus, Doriopsis.
Fam. 3. Phyllidiidae.—Body oval, depressed, leathery, a ring of
branchial lamellae, only interrupted by the head and genital papilla, under
the pallial edge, oral aperture pore-shaped, suctorial, no radula. Genera:
Phyllidia, Fryeria. Bergh unites this and the preceding family in the group
cerata, rhinophores with ramose appendages, liver not prolonged into the
cerata. Genera: Tritonia, Marionia.
Section 2. Holohepatica.—Cerata medio-dorsal, retractile or not, usually
paucifoliate, liver never ramified, usually no jaws.
Fam. 1. Dorididae.—Branchia consisting of a circle or semicircle of
pinnate leaves united at the base, surrounding the anus, almost always
retractile into a cavity, rhinophores foliate, no suctorial proboscis, radula
multiseriate. Genera: Bathydoris, Hexabranchus, Archidoris (Fig. 289),
Discodoris, Diaulula, Cadlina, Centrodoris, Platydoris, Chromodoris,
Miamira, with many sub-genera.
Fig. 289.—Doris (Archidoris)
tuberculata L., Britain: a, anus; br,
branchiae surrounding the anus; m,
male organ; rh, rh, rhinophores. ×
⅔.
Fam. 2. Doriopsidae.—Branchia and rhinophores as in Dorididae, oral
aperture pore-shaped, suctorial, no radula. Single genus, Doriopsis.
Fam. 3. Phyllidiidae.—Body oval, depressed, leathery, a ring of
branchial lamellae, only interrupted by the head and genital papilla, under
the pallial edge, oral aperture pore-shaped, suctorial, no radula. Genera:
Phyllidia, Fryeria. Bergh unites this and the preceding family in the group
Page 536
Porostomata, which, with Fam. 1, form the group Dorididae
cryptobranchiatae.
Fam. 4. Polyceridae.—Body slug-like, branchiae not retractile, usually
surrounding the anus, rhinophores foliate, tentacles simple, radula variable,
central tooth generally wanting. Genera: Notodoris, Triopella, Aegires,
Triopa, Issa, Triopha, Crimora, Thecacera, Polycerella, Palio, Polycera,
Ohola, Trevelyana, Nembrotha, Euplocamus, Plocamopherus, Kalinga.
Fam. 5. Goniodoridae.—Body oval, depressed, branchia multifoliate,
usually disposed in shape of a horse-shoe, rhinophores foliate, retractile or
not, mouth with a large suctorial proboscis, radula variable. Genera:
Akiodoris, Doridunculus, Acanthodoris, Adalaria, Lamellidoris,
Calycidoris, Goniodoris, Idalia, Ancula, Drepania.
Fam. 6. Corambidae.—Body otherwise Doris-like, but with two
posterior branchiae under the mantle edge, jaws present, no central tooth,
about five laterals. Single genus, Corambe (= Hypobranchiaea). Bergh
unites this and the two preceding families in the group Dorididae
phanerobranchiatae.
Sub-order IV. Pteropoda.—The Pteropoda are pelagic animals in which
the lateral portions of the foot are modified into fins, which are innervated
by the pedal ganglia. Their systematic position has undergone recent
revision. It has been the custom to regard them as an Order of equivalent
value to the other four, while some have held them to be a subdivision of
Cephalopoda. Modern authorities, chief among whom is Pelseneer, regard
the Pteropoda not as a primitive, but as a derived and recent group. They are
“Gasteropoda in which the adaptation to pelagic life has so modified their
external characters as to give them an apparent symmetry.”
The principal point which relates the Pteropoda to the Gasteropoda is the
asymmetry of the visceral organs, intestine, heart, kidney, and genital gland,
which results from their development on one side only of the body. Their
hermaphroditism and the structure of their nervous system relate them to
the Euthyneura rather than to the Streptoneura. Resemblances in the organs
of circulation and generation approximate them to the Opisthobranchiata
rather than to the Pulmonata, while of the two groups of the former, they
tend to closer relationship with the Tectibranchiata than with the
Nudibranchiata. The two sections of Pteropoda have been considered of
cryptobranchiatae.
Fam. 4. Polyceridae.—Body slug-like, branchiae not retractile, usually
surrounding the anus, rhinophores foliate, tentacles simple, radula variable,
central tooth generally wanting. Genera: Notodoris, Triopella, Aegires,
Triopa, Issa, Triopha, Crimora, Thecacera, Polycerella, Palio, Polycera,
Ohola, Trevelyana, Nembrotha, Euplocamus, Plocamopherus, Kalinga.
Fam. 5. Goniodoridae.—Body oval, depressed, branchia multifoliate,
usually disposed in shape of a horse-shoe, rhinophores foliate, retractile or
not, mouth with a large suctorial proboscis, radula variable. Genera:
Akiodoris, Doridunculus, Acanthodoris, Adalaria, Lamellidoris,
Calycidoris, Goniodoris, Idalia, Ancula, Drepania.
Fam. 6. Corambidae.—Body otherwise Doris-like, but with two
posterior branchiae under the mantle edge, jaws present, no central tooth,
about five laterals. Single genus, Corambe (= Hypobranchiaea). Bergh
unites this and the two preceding families in the group Dorididae
phanerobranchiatae.
Sub-order IV. Pteropoda.—The Pteropoda are pelagic animals in which
the lateral portions of the foot are modified into fins, which are innervated
by the pedal ganglia. Their systematic position has undergone recent
revision. It has been the custom to regard them as an Order of equivalent
value to the other four, while some have held them to be a subdivision of
Cephalopoda. Modern authorities, chief among whom is Pelseneer, regard
the Pteropoda not as a primitive, but as a derived and recent group. They are
“Gasteropoda in which the adaptation to pelagic life has so modified their
external characters as to give them an apparent symmetry.”
The principal point which relates the Pteropoda to the Gasteropoda is the
asymmetry of the visceral organs, intestine, heart, kidney, and genital gland,
which results from their development on one side only of the body. Their
hermaphroditism and the structure of their nervous system relate them to
the Euthyneura rather than to the Streptoneura. Resemblances in the organs
of circulation and generation approximate them to the Opisthobranchiata
rather than to the Pulmonata, while of the two groups of the former, they
tend to closer relationship with the Tectibranchiata than with the
Nudibranchiata. The two sections of Pteropoda have been considered of
Page 537
distinct origin, the Thecosomata being derived from the Bulloidea, the
Gymnosomata from the Aplysioidea.[406]
Thus the Pteropoda are a group whose true relations are masked by the
special conditions of their existence, which have tended towards the
development of certain organs, the so-called “wings” and the shell, which
give them an apparent symmetry; this symmetry disappears on a closer
investigation of the internal organs. They are hermaphrodite; the genital
gland has a single efferent duct (except in some Cavolinia), a seminal
groove leading to the copulatory organ, which in the Thecosomata is on the
right side of the head, in the Gymnosomata on the right side of the foot. The
genital system resembles that of the Opisthobranchiata and of the
“digonoporous” Pulmonata.
Section 1. Thecosomata.—Shell or cartilaginoid test always present, fins
united by an intermediate lobe, ctenidia as a rule absent, replaced by
secondary branchiae, no very distinct head or eyes, one pair of tentacles;
cerebral ganglia on the sides of and under the oesophagus; radula with three
rather large teeth in a row, generally unicuspid, jaw in two pieces, stomach
with horny plates, anus generally on the left side.
The Thecosomata feed on Protozoa and the lower Algae; they have no
proboscis, and the intestine is flexured. The fins are always closely
connected with the head, or what answers to it. About 42 species are
known, belonging to 8 genera.
Fam. 1. Limacinidae.—Fins very large, branchial chamber dorsal, anus
on right side; shell spiral, sinistral (ultra-dextral, see p. 249), operculate.
Genera: Limacina, shell helicoid, deeply umbilicated (L. helicina swarms in
Arctic seas and furnishes food for many Cetacea); Peraclis, spire turreted,
aperture large, elongated, produced anteriorly, no umbilicus; operculum
sinistral, in spite of the shell being ultra-dextral.
Fam. 2. Cavoliniidae.—Fins large, branchial chamber ventral, shell a
non-spiral cone, angular or round, very thin, embryonic portion distinct, or
formed of two separate plates.
Gymnosomata from the Aplysioidea.[406]
Thus the Pteropoda are a group whose true relations are masked by the
special conditions of their existence, which have tended towards the
development of certain organs, the so-called “wings” and the shell, which
give them an apparent symmetry; this symmetry disappears on a closer
investigation of the internal organs. They are hermaphrodite; the genital
gland has a single efferent duct (except in some Cavolinia), a seminal
groove leading to the copulatory organ, which in the Thecosomata is on the
right side of the head, in the Gymnosomata on the right side of the foot. The
genital system resembles that of the Opisthobranchiata and of the
“digonoporous” Pulmonata.
Section 1. Thecosomata.—Shell or cartilaginoid test always present, fins
united by an intermediate lobe, ctenidia as a rule absent, replaced by
secondary branchiae, no very distinct head or eyes, one pair of tentacles;
cerebral ganglia on the sides of and under the oesophagus; radula with three
rather large teeth in a row, generally unicuspid, jaw in two pieces, stomach
with horny plates, anus generally on the left side.
The Thecosomata feed on Protozoa and the lower Algae; they have no
proboscis, and the intestine is flexured. The fins are always closely
connected with the head, or what answers to it. About 42 species are
known, belonging to 8 genera.
Fam. 1. Limacinidae.—Fins very large, branchial chamber dorsal, anus
on right side; shell spiral, sinistral (ultra-dextral, see p. 249), operculate.
Genera: Limacina, shell helicoid, deeply umbilicated (L. helicina swarms in
Arctic seas and furnishes food for many Cetacea); Peraclis, spire turreted,
aperture large, elongated, produced anteriorly, no umbilicus; operculum
sinistral, in spite of the shell being ultra-dextral.
Fam. 2. Cavoliniidae.—Fins large, branchial chamber ventral, shell a
non-spiral cone, angular or round, very thin, embryonic portion distinct, or
formed of two separate plates.
Page 538
Fig. 290.—Illustrations of Pteropoda Thecosomata: A, Limacina australis Eyd.; B, Cleodora
cuspidata Bosc. (shell only); C, Cuvierina columnella Rang; D, Creseis virgula Rang; E, Clio
balantium Rang; f, f, fins; l, liver; o, ovary; sh, shell. (After Souleyet.)
In Cavolinia (= Hyalaea, Fig. 5 b, p. 10) the shell consists of two plates,
the ventral being convex, with one to three sharp spines at the posterior end,
the dorsal flatter, without spines. The aperture is broad, contracted dorso-
ventrally. Two long pointed prolongations of the mantle project from the
lateral slits of the shell, and probably serve to balance the bulky body when
swimming. Fins trilobed at the margin. Cleodora has only rudimentary
lateral prolongations, fins bilobed, shell triangular, angles greatly produced,
aperture very wide, dorsal side keeled. In Cuvierina the shell is straight,
sub-cylindrical, with a median partition, slightly expanding towards the
apex, which is truncated in the adult. The principal sub-genera of Clio are
Creseis, which has an elongated sub-cylindrical shell, sometimes slightly
curved, smooth or grooved; and Clio proper, in which the shell is long,
angular, with a dorsal rib, apex (= embryonic shell) rounded, constricted.
Styliola and Hyalocylix also belong to this group.
Fam. 3. Cymbuliidae.—Test (which is not homologous with the shell of
other Thecosomata) slipper-shaped, cartilaginoid, simply a thickening of the
mantle; embryo with a calcareous, spiral, operculate shell. Genera:
Cymbulia, Cymbuliopsis, Gleba.
Three other families, Hyalithidae, Pterothecidae, and Conulariidae, from
Palaeozoic strata, are generally added to the Thecosomata. All are fossil
cuspidata Bosc. (shell only); C, Cuvierina columnella Rang; D, Creseis virgula Rang; E, Clio
balantium Rang; f, f, fins; l, liver; o, ovary; sh, shell. (After Souleyet.)
In Cavolinia (= Hyalaea, Fig. 5 b, p. 10) the shell consists of two plates,
the ventral being convex, with one to three sharp spines at the posterior end,
the dorsal flatter, without spines. The aperture is broad, contracted dorso-
ventrally. Two long pointed prolongations of the mantle project from the
lateral slits of the shell, and probably serve to balance the bulky body when
swimming. Fins trilobed at the margin. Cleodora has only rudimentary
lateral prolongations, fins bilobed, shell triangular, angles greatly produced,
aperture very wide, dorsal side keeled. In Cuvierina the shell is straight,
sub-cylindrical, with a median partition, slightly expanding towards the
apex, which is truncated in the adult. The principal sub-genera of Clio are
Creseis, which has an elongated sub-cylindrical shell, sometimes slightly
curved, smooth or grooved; and Clio proper, in which the shell is long,
angular, with a dorsal rib, apex (= embryonic shell) rounded, constricted.
Styliola and Hyalocylix also belong to this group.
Fam. 3. Cymbuliidae.—Test (which is not homologous with the shell of
other Thecosomata) slipper-shaped, cartilaginoid, simply a thickening of the
mantle; embryo with a calcareous, spiral, operculate shell. Genera:
Cymbulia, Cymbuliopsis, Gleba.
Three other families, Hyalithidae, Pterothecidae, and Conulariidae, from
Palaeozoic strata, are generally added to the Thecosomata. All are fossil
Page 539
only, and it is doubtful whether they are really Molluscan. Pelseneer holds
that no true fossil Pteropoda occur until the lower Tertiaries.
Section 2. Gymnosomata.—Mantle and shell absent in the adult, fins not
connected by a lobe, no branchial chamber, head well developed, with two
pairs of tentacles, eyes on the posterior pair; cerebral ganglia above the
oesophagus; buccal cavity provided with a pair of protrusible “hook-sacs,”
radula generally with 4 to 12 hooked laterals, central tooth triangular, jaw in
one piece, composed of horny plates, no horny plates in stomach, anus on
the right side.
The Gymnosomata are carnivorous, feeding on Thecosomata and other
pelagic animals, being provided for this purpose with a formidable buccal
armature of hook-sacs and suckers. The intestine, as usual in carnivorous
groups, passes straight from the stomach to the anus; the fins are not
attached to the head, but to the anterior part of the body. The larva has a
straight shell, which disappears in the adult. About 21 species are known,
belonging to 7 genera.
Fam. 1. Pneumodermatidae.—Animal fusiform, fins rather small, head
prominent, anterior part of buccal cavity protrusible, with suckers on the
ventral side, hook-sacs well marked; branchia on right side, skin soft,
pigmented. Genera: Dexiobranchaea, no posterior gill, hook-sacs short;
Spongiobranchaea, posterior gill circular; Pneumoderma, gill tetraradiate,
hook-sacs long.
Fam. 2. Clionopsidae.—Body barrel-shaped, proboscis three times the
length of the body, no buccal appendages; hook-sacs short, no lateral gill,
posterior gill tetraradiate, skin not pigmented. Clionopsis is the single
genus.
Fam. 3. Notobranchaeidae.—Body ovate, buccal appendages conical, no
lateral gill, posterior gill with three radiating crests, skin pigmented.
Notobranchaea is the single genus.
Fam. 4. Clionidae.—Body long, angulated behind, proboscis short,
mouth with two or three pairs of appendages, no jaw, no gills.
Clione limacina is so abundant in Arctic seas as at times to colour the
surface for miles. Each of the cephalic appendages has about 60,000 minute
pedicellated suckers.
that no true fossil Pteropoda occur until the lower Tertiaries.
Section 2. Gymnosomata.—Mantle and shell absent in the adult, fins not
connected by a lobe, no branchial chamber, head well developed, with two
pairs of tentacles, eyes on the posterior pair; cerebral ganglia above the
oesophagus; buccal cavity provided with a pair of protrusible “hook-sacs,”
radula generally with 4 to 12 hooked laterals, central tooth triangular, jaw in
one piece, composed of horny plates, no horny plates in stomach, anus on
the right side.
The Gymnosomata are carnivorous, feeding on Thecosomata and other
pelagic animals, being provided for this purpose with a formidable buccal
armature of hook-sacs and suckers. The intestine, as usual in carnivorous
groups, passes straight from the stomach to the anus; the fins are not
attached to the head, but to the anterior part of the body. The larva has a
straight shell, which disappears in the adult. About 21 species are known,
belonging to 7 genera.
Fam. 1. Pneumodermatidae.—Animal fusiform, fins rather small, head
prominent, anterior part of buccal cavity protrusible, with suckers on the
ventral side, hook-sacs well marked; branchia on right side, skin soft,
pigmented. Genera: Dexiobranchaea, no posterior gill, hook-sacs short;
Spongiobranchaea, posterior gill circular; Pneumoderma, gill tetraradiate,
hook-sacs long.
Fam. 2. Clionopsidae.—Body barrel-shaped, proboscis three times the
length of the body, no buccal appendages; hook-sacs short, no lateral gill,
posterior gill tetraradiate, skin not pigmented. Clionopsis is the single
genus.
Fam. 3. Notobranchaeidae.—Body ovate, buccal appendages conical, no
lateral gill, posterior gill with three radiating crests, skin pigmented.
Notobranchaea is the single genus.
Fam. 4. Clionidae.—Body long, angulated behind, proboscis short,
mouth with two or three pairs of appendages, no jaw, no gills.
Clione limacina is so abundant in Arctic seas as at times to colour the
surface for miles. Each of the cephalic appendages has about 60,000 minute
pedicellated suckers.
Page 540
Fig. 291.—A, Anterior portion of Pneumoderma; B, Clione limacina Phipps; C, Halopsyche
Gaudichaudi Soul.; f, f, fins; h.s, h.s, hook-sacs; l.f, lobe of the foot; s, s, suckers; o, posterior
genital orifice; t, t, tentacles. (After Souleyet.)
Fam. 5. Halopsychidae.—Body ovate, thick, rounded behind, no gill or
proboscis, fins long, narrow, broadened at the ends, epidermis sub-
cartilaginoid.
Halopsyche (= Eurybia) has the power of withdrawing its head
completely into a sort of pocket, which is closed by an anterior fold of the
mantle. There are two long non-retractile buccal appendages.
Order IV. Pulmonata
Gasteropoda with two pairs of tentacles, visceral loop euthyneurous,
ganglia concentrated round the oesophagus; breathing air by a pallial cavity
formed by the union of the front edge of the mantle with the cervical region,
sexes united, shell present or absent, no operculum[407] (except in
Amphibola).
Sub-order I. Basommatophora.—Eyes generally at the base of the
tentacles, which are not retractile, male and female genital orifices separate,
radula (p. 235) multiseriate, shell always present, external. Fresh water or
quasi-marine.
Gaudichaudi Soul.; f, f, fins; h.s, h.s, hook-sacs; l.f, lobe of the foot; s, s, suckers; o, posterior
genital orifice; t, t, tentacles. (After Souleyet.)
Fam. 5. Halopsychidae.—Body ovate, thick, rounded behind, no gill or
proboscis, fins long, narrow, broadened at the ends, epidermis sub-
cartilaginoid.
Halopsyche (= Eurybia) has the power of withdrawing its head
completely into a sort of pocket, which is closed by an anterior fold of the
mantle. There are two long non-retractile buccal appendages.
Order IV. Pulmonata
Gasteropoda with two pairs of tentacles, visceral loop euthyneurous,
ganglia concentrated round the oesophagus; breathing air by a pallial cavity
formed by the union of the front edge of the mantle with the cervical region,
sexes united, shell present or absent, no operculum[407] (except in
Amphibola).
Sub-order I. Basommatophora.—Eyes generally at the base of the
tentacles, which are not retractile, male and female genital orifices separate,
radula (p. 235) multiseriate, shell always present, external. Fresh water or
quasi-marine.
Page 541
Fam. 1. Auriculidae.—Breathing organ a pulmonary sac or true lung;
shell spiral, conoidal, internal partitions usually absorbed, aperture more or
less strongly toothed. Jurassic——. Genera: Auricula, Carychium,
Scarabus, Alexia, Tralia, Plecotrema, Cassidula, Melampus, Leuconia,
Pedipes (Fig. 292).
Fig. 292.—Examples of the Auriculidae: A,
Auricula Judae Lam., Borneo; B, Scarabus
Lessoni Blainv., E. Indies; C, Cassidula
mustelina Desh., N. Zealand; D, Melampus
castaneus Mühlf., S. Pacific; E, Pedipes
quadridens Pfr., Jamaica.
Fam. 2. Otinidae.—Shell auriform, spire very short. Genera: Otina,
Camptonyx.—Recent only.
Fam. 3. Amphibolidae.—A pulmonary sac on right side of neck, eyes
almost pedunculate, shell turbinate, rudely sculptured, operculate.—Recent.
Genus, Amphibola (Fig. 293); subg. Ampullarina.
Fam. 4. Limnaeidae.—Pulmonary sac protected by an external lobe;
shell variable, fragile. Jurassic——. (i.) Ancylinae, shell more or less
limpet-shaped. Genera: Ancylus, Gundlachia, Latia. (ii.) Limnaeinae, shell
spiral. Genera: Limnaea, Amphipeplea, Erinna, Lantzia, Pompholyx,
Choanomphalus (with Carinifex). (iii.) Planorbinae, shell sinistral, spire
flattened or elevated. Genera: Planorbis, Isidora (= Bulinus).
shell spiral, conoidal, internal partitions usually absorbed, aperture more or
less strongly toothed. Jurassic——. Genera: Auricula, Carychium,
Scarabus, Alexia, Tralia, Plecotrema, Cassidula, Melampus, Leuconia,
Pedipes (Fig. 292).
Fig. 292.—Examples of the Auriculidae: A,
Auricula Judae Lam., Borneo; B, Scarabus
Lessoni Blainv., E. Indies; C, Cassidula
mustelina Desh., N. Zealand; D, Melampus
castaneus Mühlf., S. Pacific; E, Pedipes
quadridens Pfr., Jamaica.
Fam. 2. Otinidae.—Shell auriform, spire very short. Genera: Otina,
Camptonyx.—Recent only.
Fam. 3. Amphibolidae.—A pulmonary sac on right side of neck, eyes
almost pedunculate, shell turbinate, rudely sculptured, operculate.—Recent.
Genus, Amphibola (Fig. 293); subg. Ampullarina.
Fam. 4. Limnaeidae.—Pulmonary sac protected by an external lobe;
shell variable, fragile. Jurassic——. (i.) Ancylinae, shell more or less
limpet-shaped. Genera: Ancylus, Gundlachia, Latia. (ii.) Limnaeinae, shell
spiral. Genera: Limnaea, Amphipeplea, Erinna, Lantzia, Pompholyx,
Choanomphalus (with Carinifex). (iii.) Planorbinae, shell sinistral, spire
flattened or elevated. Genera: Planorbis, Isidora (= Bulinus).
Page 542
Fam. 5. Physidae.—Mantle more or less reflected over the shell (radula,
Fig. 141C, p. 235); shell sinistral, lustrous. Jurassic——. Genera: Physa,
Aplecta.
Fig. 293.—Amphibola avellana
Chem.
Fam. 6. Chilinidae.—Lobe of pulmonary sac large, tentacles broad; shell
ventricose, rather solid; columella plicate. Miocene——. Single genus,
Chilina.
Sub-order II. Stylommatophora.—Two pairs of retractile tentacles
(except in Janella), eyes at the tip of the upper pair, male and female
orifices united (except in Vaginulidae and Onchidiidae), no distinct
osphradium.
Fam. 1. Testacellidae.—Animal carnivorous, slug-like or spirally coiled,
no jaw (whence the name Agnatha, often given to this group), radula with
usually few, large, sickle-shaped teeth (p. 232), shell variable, rarely absent,
usually external. Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Chlamydephorus (shell
a simple plate, internal), Apera, Testacella (slug-like, shell terminal),
Strebelia, Streptostyla, Glandina, Salasiella, Petenia, Pseudosubulina,
Streptostele, Tomostele, Streptaxis (Fig. 203), Gibbus, Ennea, Daudebardia
(Fig. 193), Schizoglossa, Guesteria, Aerope, Paryphanta, Rhytida (subg.
Diplomphalus, Elaea and Rhenea).
Fig. 141C, p. 235); shell sinistral, lustrous. Jurassic——. Genera: Physa,
Aplecta.
Fig. 293.—Amphibola avellana
Chem.
Fam. 6. Chilinidae.—Lobe of pulmonary sac large, tentacles broad; shell
ventricose, rather solid; columella plicate. Miocene——. Single genus,
Chilina.
Sub-order II. Stylommatophora.—Two pairs of retractile tentacles
(except in Janella), eyes at the tip of the upper pair, male and female
orifices united (except in Vaginulidae and Onchidiidae), no distinct
osphradium.
Fam. 1. Testacellidae.—Animal carnivorous, slug-like or spirally coiled,
no jaw (whence the name Agnatha, often given to this group), radula with
usually few, large, sickle-shaped teeth (p. 232), shell variable, rarely absent,
usually external. Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Chlamydephorus (shell
a simple plate, internal), Apera, Testacella (slug-like, shell terminal),
Strebelia, Streptostyla, Glandina, Salasiella, Petenia, Pseudosubulina,
Streptostele, Tomostele, Streptaxis (Fig. 203), Gibbus, Ennea, Daudebardia
(Fig. 193), Schizoglossa, Guesteria, Aerope, Paryphanta, Rhytida (subg.
Diplomphalus, Elaea and Rhenea).
Page 543
Fig. 294.—A, Ennea (Gibbulina)
palanga Fér; A´ young of same; B,
Gibbus lyonetianus Pall.
Fam. 2. Selenitidae.—Shell internal, external, or absent; jaw present,
radula Testacellidan, central tooth present. Tertiary——. Genera: Selenites,
Plutonia, Trigonochlamys, Pseudomilax (?), Rathouisia (?).
Fam. 3. Limacidae.—Shell present or absent, internal or external, spiral
or not, tail often with a mucus pore, jaw (Fig. 107 a, p. 211) with projecting
rostrum on cutting edge, radula with central tooth tricuspid, laterals bi- or
uni-cuspid, marginals aculeate. Eocene——. Genera: Otoconcha,
Urocyclus, Mariaella (subg. Tennentia), Parmarion, Helicarion,
Cystopelta, Aspidelus, Estria, Vitrinopsis (subg. Vitrinoidea, Parmella),
Damayantia, Nanina (= Ariophanta, including Pachystyla, Rhysota,
Hemiplecta, Trochonanina, Euplecta, Orpiella, Xesta, Macrochlamys,
Microcystis, Sitala, Kaliella, Durgella, Austenia, Girasia, Parmacochlea,
Africarion, Sesara, Macroceras, and others), Vitriniconus, Parmacella,
Limax (subg. Amalia and many sections), Vitrina (subg. Vitrinozonites,
Velifera), Zonites (subg. Stenopus, Moreletia, Mesomphix, Hyalinia,
Gastrodonta, Pristiloma, Poecilozonites, Thyrophorella).
Fam. 4. Philomycidae.—Shell absent, jaw limacidan, radula helicidan,
shield covering all the body. Single genus, Philomycus (= Tebennophorus),
with subg. Pallifera.
Fam. 5. Helicidae.—Shell present or absent, internal or external; jaw of
various types, radula with central tooth tricuspid, equal in size to the first
laterals, laterals bi- or tricuspid, marginals smaller, cusped. Eocene——.
palanga Fér; A´ young of same; B,
Gibbus lyonetianus Pall.
Fam. 2. Selenitidae.—Shell internal, external, or absent; jaw present,
radula Testacellidan, central tooth present. Tertiary——. Genera: Selenites,
Plutonia, Trigonochlamys, Pseudomilax (?), Rathouisia (?).
Fam. 3. Limacidae.—Shell present or absent, internal or external, spiral
or not, tail often with a mucus pore, jaw (Fig. 107 a, p. 211) with projecting
rostrum on cutting edge, radula with central tooth tricuspid, laterals bi- or
uni-cuspid, marginals aculeate. Eocene——. Genera: Otoconcha,
Urocyclus, Mariaella (subg. Tennentia), Parmarion, Helicarion,
Cystopelta, Aspidelus, Estria, Vitrinopsis (subg. Vitrinoidea, Parmella),
Damayantia, Nanina (= Ariophanta, including Pachystyla, Rhysota,
Hemiplecta, Trochonanina, Euplecta, Orpiella, Xesta, Macrochlamys,
Microcystis, Sitala, Kaliella, Durgella, Austenia, Girasia, Parmacochlea,
Africarion, Sesara, Macroceras, and others), Vitriniconus, Parmacella,
Limax (subg. Amalia and many sections), Vitrina (subg. Vitrinozonites,
Velifera), Zonites (subg. Stenopus, Moreletia, Mesomphix, Hyalinia,
Gastrodonta, Pristiloma, Poecilozonites, Thyrophorella).
Fam. 4. Philomycidae.—Shell absent, jaw limacidan, radula helicidan,
shield covering all the body. Single genus, Philomycus (= Tebennophorus),
with subg. Pallifera.
Fam. 5. Helicidae.—Shell present or absent, internal or external; jaw of
various types, radula with central tooth tricuspid, equal in size to the first
laterals, laterals bi- or tricuspid, marginals smaller, cusped. Eocene——.
Page 544
Principal genera: Oopelta (no shell), Arion (shell absent or formed of
calcareous granules), Ariolimax, Geomalacus, Anadenus (subg.
Prophysaon), Hemphillia, Cryptostracon, Binneya, Helix (see below),
Cochlostyla, Bulimus (subg. Borus, Orphnus, Dryptus, Strophochilus,
Pachyotus, and possibly Caryodes, Leucotaenia, Liparus, Livinhacea,
Pachnodus, Rachis, Atopocochlis, Cerastus, Clavator belong here, or with
Buliminus), Berendtia, Rhodea. Pilsbry proposes[408] to group Helix as
follows:
A. Eggs or young very large at birth:
(1) Macroön, incl. Acavus, Pyrochilus (= Phania), Stylodonta,
Helicophanta.
B. Eggs or young smaller or minute at birth:
(2) Belogona.—Female genital system with dart sac and mucus gland.
Helix [restricted] (with sections Arionta, Campylaea, Chilotrema, Pomatia,
Macularia, Tachea, Iberus, Leptaxis, Eulota, Fruticicola, Xerophila;
Dorcasia, Acusta, Plectotropis, Aegista, Cathaica, Satsuma, Euhadra;
Lysinoe), Gonostoma, Leucochroa, Allognathus, Cochlostyla, Polymita,
Hemitrochus (with sections Plagioptycha, Dialeuca, Coryda, Jeanerettia),
Glyptostoma, Acanthinula, Vallonia.
(3) Teleophalla.—Female system without accessories, male with
flagellum and appendix on penis; no epiphallus. Sagda, Cysticopsis.
(4) Epiphallophora.—Female system without accessories, male with
epiphallus on penis; no appendix. Caracolus (with sections Lucerna,
Dentellaria, Isomeria, Labyrinthus, Eurycratera, Parthena, Polydontes,
Theliodomus, Cepolis), Camaena (incl. Phoenicobius), Obba, Chloritis
(incl. Hadra), Papuina, Planispira (subg. Cristigibba).
calcareous granules), Ariolimax, Geomalacus, Anadenus (subg.
Prophysaon), Hemphillia, Cryptostracon, Binneya, Helix (see below),
Cochlostyla, Bulimus (subg. Borus, Orphnus, Dryptus, Strophochilus,
Pachyotus, and possibly Caryodes, Leucotaenia, Liparus, Livinhacea,
Pachnodus, Rachis, Atopocochlis, Cerastus, Clavator belong here, or with
Buliminus), Berendtia, Rhodea. Pilsbry proposes[408] to group Helix as
follows:
A. Eggs or young very large at birth:
(1) Macroön, incl. Acavus, Pyrochilus (= Phania), Stylodonta,
Helicophanta.
B. Eggs or young smaller or minute at birth:
(2) Belogona.—Female genital system with dart sac and mucus gland.
Helix [restricted] (with sections Arionta, Campylaea, Chilotrema, Pomatia,
Macularia, Tachea, Iberus, Leptaxis, Eulota, Fruticicola, Xerophila;
Dorcasia, Acusta, Plectotropis, Aegista, Cathaica, Satsuma, Euhadra;
Lysinoe), Gonostoma, Leucochroa, Allognathus, Cochlostyla, Polymita,
Hemitrochus (with sections Plagioptycha, Dialeuca, Coryda, Jeanerettia),
Glyptostoma, Acanthinula, Vallonia.
(3) Teleophalla.—Female system without accessories, male with
flagellum and appendix on penis; no epiphallus. Sagda, Cysticopsis.
(4) Epiphallophora.—Female system without accessories, male with
epiphallus on penis; no appendix. Caracolus (with sections Lucerna,
Dentellaria, Isomeria, Labyrinthus, Eurycratera, Parthena, Polydontes,
Theliodomus, Cepolis), Camaena (incl. Phoenicobius), Obba, Chloritis
(incl. Hadra), Papuina, Planispira (subg. Cristigibba).
Page 545
Fig. 295.—Example of the
Macroön group of Helix.
Helicophanta Souverbiana
Fisch., Madagascar,
showing large embryonic
shell. × ⅔.
(5) Haplogona.—All accessory organs absent, jaw soldered into one
piece. Polygyra (incl. Daedalochila, Triodopsis, Mesodon, Stenotrema),
Endodonta (incl. Libera, Charopa, Gerontia, Therasia, and others), Patula,
Trochomorpha, Anoglypta.
(6) Polyplacognatha.—All accessory organs absent, jaw composed of
16–24 separate plates. Punctum, Laoma.
Fig. 296.—Odontostomus
pantagruelinus Moric., S.
Brazil. × ½.
Macroön group of Helix.
Helicophanta Souverbiana
Fisch., Madagascar,
showing large embryonic
shell. × ⅔.
(5) Haplogona.—All accessory organs absent, jaw soldered into one
piece. Polygyra (incl. Daedalochila, Triodopsis, Mesodon, Stenotrema),
Endodonta (incl. Libera, Charopa, Gerontia, Therasia, and others), Patula,
Trochomorpha, Anoglypta.
(6) Polyplacognatha.—All accessory organs absent, jaw composed of
16–24 separate plates. Punctum, Laoma.
Fig. 296.—Odontostomus
pantagruelinus Moric., S.
Brazil. × ½.
Page 546
Genera of doubtful position: Strobilops, Ampelita, Pedinogyra,
Polygyratia, Macrocyclis, Solaropsis.
Fam. 6. Orthalicidae.—Radula, p. 233. Shell external, large, bulimoid.
Single genus, Orthalicus; subg. Liguus, Porphyrobaphe, Corona.
Fam. 7. Bulimulidae.—Radula, p. 233; jaw, p. 211; shell usually external.
Genera: Bulimulus (incl. Plecochilus, Goniostomus, Drymaeus, Liostracus,
Otostomus, Navicula, Scutalus, Peronaeus, Eurytus, Eudioptus,
Plectostylus, Mesembrinus, Mormus, etc.; Thaumastus, Nesiotis),
Placostylus (incl. Charis), Amphidromus, Partula, Calycia (?), Peltella
(animal limaciform, shell internal), Pellicula, Amphibulimus (incl.
Simpulopsis).
Fam. 8. Cylindrellidae.—Radula, p. 233; shell many whorled, long
turriculate, last whorl often detached, apex often truncated (Fig. 169, p.
260). Eocene——. Genera: Cylindrella (with sections Callonia,
Thaumasia), Leia, Macroceramus, Pineria.
Fam. 9. Pupidae.—Radula, p. 233; shell external, spire usually long,
aperture often narrowed, more or less toothed, often with internal lamellae.
Carboniferous——. Genera: Anostoma (Fig. 154, p. 248), Hypselostoma
(Fig. 202a, p. 302); Anastomopsis (Cretaceous), Lychnus (Cretaceous),
Boysia, Odontostomus (incl. Tomigerus), Buliminus (incl. Petraeus,
Napaeus, Zebrina, Mastus, Chondrula, Ena, and perhaps Rachis,
Pachnodus, Hapalus, and others), Pupa (incl. Torquilla, Pupilla,
Sphyradium, Leucochila, etc.), Zospeum, Vertigo, Megaspira, Strophia,
Holospira, Eucalodium (incl. Coelocentrum), Coeliaxis, Perrieria, Balea;
Rillya (Eocene), Clausilia (with many sub-genera), Rhodina (?).
Polygyratia, Macrocyclis, Solaropsis.
Fam. 6. Orthalicidae.—Radula, p. 233. Shell external, large, bulimoid.
Single genus, Orthalicus; subg. Liguus, Porphyrobaphe, Corona.
Fam. 7. Bulimulidae.—Radula, p. 233; jaw, p. 211; shell usually external.
Genera: Bulimulus (incl. Plecochilus, Goniostomus, Drymaeus, Liostracus,
Otostomus, Navicula, Scutalus, Peronaeus, Eurytus, Eudioptus,
Plectostylus, Mesembrinus, Mormus, etc.; Thaumastus, Nesiotis),
Placostylus (incl. Charis), Amphidromus, Partula, Calycia (?), Peltella
(animal limaciform, shell internal), Pellicula, Amphibulimus (incl.
Simpulopsis).
Fam. 8. Cylindrellidae.—Radula, p. 233; shell many whorled, long
turriculate, last whorl often detached, apex often truncated (Fig. 169, p.
260). Eocene——. Genera: Cylindrella (with sections Callonia,
Thaumasia), Leia, Macroceramus, Pineria.
Fam. 9. Pupidae.—Radula, p. 233; shell external, spire usually long,
aperture often narrowed, more or less toothed, often with internal lamellae.
Carboniferous——. Genera: Anostoma (Fig. 154, p. 248), Hypselostoma
(Fig. 202a, p. 302); Anastomopsis (Cretaceous), Lychnus (Cretaceous),
Boysia, Odontostomus (incl. Tomigerus), Buliminus (incl. Petraeus,
Napaeus, Zebrina, Mastus, Chondrula, Ena, and perhaps Rachis,
Pachnodus, Hapalus, and others), Pupa (incl. Torquilla, Pupilla,
Sphyradium, Leucochila, etc.), Zospeum, Vertigo, Megaspira, Strophia,
Holospira, Eucalodium (incl. Coelocentrum), Coeliaxis, Perrieria, Balea;
Rillya (Eocene), Clausilia (with many sub-genera), Rhodina (?).
Page 547
Fig. 297.—A, Clausilia
crassicosta Ben., Sicily; B,
Clausilia macarana Zieg.,
Dalmatia; B´, clausilium of
same.
Fam. 10. Stenogyridae.—Radula, p. 234; shell long, spiral, shining, more
or less translucid, apex blunt, sometimes decollated. Eocene——. Genera:
Stenogyra (subg. Rumina, Obeliscus, Opeas, Melaniella, Spiraxis,
Leptinaria, Nothus, Subulina, Glessula), Ferussacia (subg. Cionella,
Azeca), Caecilianella (subg. Geostilbia). Achatina (shell large, ventricose,
columella strongly truncate), with the sub-genera Perideris, Limicolaria,
Columna, Pseudachatina, Homorus, probably belongs to a distinct family.
Fam. 11. Achatinellidae.—Radula, p. 234; shell small, bulimoid,
indifferently dextral or sinistral. Genera: Achatinella (subg. Auriculella,
Amastra, Carelia), Tornatellina.
Fam. 12. Succineidae.—Radula, p. 234; lower pair of tentacles wanting
or small; shell internal or external, thin, spiral or not, last whorl large.
Eocene——. Genera: Succinea, Homalonyx, Hyalimax, (?) Lithotis, (?)
Catinella.
Fam. 13. Janellidae.—Radula, p. 234; animal slug-like, no lower
tentacles, shell an internal plate. Single genus, Janella (= Athoracophorus),
with subg. Aneitea.
Fam. 14. Vaginulidae.—Radula, p. 234; animal slug-like, covered with a
coriaceous mantle, lower tentacles bifid, genital orifices widely separated,
male behind the lower right tentacle, female on inferior median part of right
crassicosta Ben., Sicily; B,
Clausilia macarana Zieg.,
Dalmatia; B´, clausilium of
same.
Fam. 10. Stenogyridae.—Radula, p. 234; shell long, spiral, shining, more
or less translucid, apex blunt, sometimes decollated. Eocene——. Genera:
Stenogyra (subg. Rumina, Obeliscus, Opeas, Melaniella, Spiraxis,
Leptinaria, Nothus, Subulina, Glessula), Ferussacia (subg. Cionella,
Azeca), Caecilianella (subg. Geostilbia). Achatina (shell large, ventricose,
columella strongly truncate), with the sub-genera Perideris, Limicolaria,
Columna, Pseudachatina, Homorus, probably belongs to a distinct family.
Fam. 11. Achatinellidae.—Radula, p. 234; shell small, bulimoid,
indifferently dextral or sinistral. Genera: Achatinella (subg. Auriculella,
Amastra, Carelia), Tornatellina.
Fam. 12. Succineidae.—Radula, p. 234; lower pair of tentacles wanting
or small; shell internal or external, thin, spiral or not, last whorl large.
Eocene——. Genera: Succinea, Homalonyx, Hyalimax, (?) Lithotis, (?)
Catinella.
Fam. 13. Janellidae.—Radula, p. 234; animal slug-like, no lower
tentacles, shell an internal plate. Single genus, Janella (= Athoracophorus),
with subg. Aneitea.
Fam. 14. Vaginulidae.—Radula, p. 234; animal slug-like, covered with a
coriaceous mantle, lower tentacles bifid, genital orifices widely separated,
male behind the lower right tentacle, female on inferior median part of right
Page 548
side, anus and pulmonary orifice nearly terminal; shell absent. Single genus,
Vaginula (= Veronicella).
Fig. 298.—Achatina zebra Lam.,
S. Africa. × ½.
Fam. 15. Onchidiidae.—Body oval, mantle thick, often warty, sometimes
set with “eyes” (p. 187), two tentacles, genital orifices widely separate, anus
and pulmonary orifice as in Vaginula; no shell. Genera: Peronia,
Onchidium, Onchidiella. The family appears to be an instance of Pulmonata
reverting to marine habits of life.
Vaginula (= Veronicella).
Fig. 298.—Achatina zebra Lam.,
S. Africa. × ½.
Fam. 15. Onchidiidae.—Body oval, mantle thick, often warty, sometimes
set with “eyes” (p. 187), two tentacles, genital orifices widely separate, anus
and pulmonary orifice as in Vaginula; no shell. Genera: Peronia,
Onchidium, Onchidiella. The family appears to be an instance of Pulmonata
reverting to marine habits of life.
Page 549
CHAPTER XVI
CLASSES SCAPHOPODA AND PELECYPODA
CLASS SCAPHOPODA
Head rudimentary, mantle edges ventrally concrescent, forming a tube
opening before and behind, and covered with a shell of the same shape;
sexes separate.
Fig. 299.—Anatomy of Dentalium: a,
anterior aperture of mantle; f, foot;
g, genital gland; k, kidney; l, liver.
(After Lacaze-Duthiers.)
The Scaphopoda form a small but very distinct class, whose organisation
is decidedly of a low type. The body is usually slightly curved, the concave
side being the dorsal; muscles near the posterior end attach the body to the
shell. The foot, which can be protruded from the anterior or wider aperture,
is rather long, pointed, and has sometimes two lateral lobes (Dentalium),
sometimes a terminal retractile disc (Siphonodentalium), sometimes a
retractile disc with a central tentacle (Pulsellum). The cephalic region, as in
Pelecypoda, is covered by the mantle. The mouth is situated on a kind of
CLASSES SCAPHOPODA AND PELECYPODA
CLASS SCAPHOPODA
Head rudimentary, mantle edges ventrally concrescent, forming a tube
opening before and behind, and covered with a shell of the same shape;
sexes separate.
Fig. 299.—Anatomy of Dentalium: a,
anterior aperture of mantle; f, foot;
g, genital gland; k, kidney; l, liver.
(After Lacaze-Duthiers.)
The Scaphopoda form a small but very distinct class, whose organisation
is decidedly of a low type. The body is usually slightly curved, the concave
side being the dorsal; muscles near the posterior end attach the body to the
shell. The foot, which can be protruded from the anterior or wider aperture,
is rather long, pointed, and has sometimes two lateral lobes (Dentalium),
sometimes a terminal retractile disc (Siphonodentalium), sometimes a
retractile disc with a central tentacle (Pulsellum). The cephalic region, as in
Pelecypoda, is covered by the mantle. The mouth is situated on a kind of
Page 550
projection of the pharynx; the buccal mass, containing the radula (p. 236), is
at the base of the foot, and the intestine branches forward from the front
part of the stomach. The liver (Fig. 299) is paired, and consists of a number
of symmetrical, radiating coeca. There are no eyes, but on each side of the
mouth are small bunches of exsertile filaments (captacula), which appear to
act as tactile organs for the seizing of food. There is no special respiring
apparatus, heart or arterial system, breathing being conducted by the walls
of the mantle. The nervous system has already been described (p. 205).
Two kidneys open on either side of the anus. The genital gland is large,
occupying nearly all the posterior part of the body, the sexual products
being emitted through the right kidney. The veliger has already been figured
(p. 131, Fig. 44). The embryonic shell is formed of two calcareous laminae,
which subsequently unite to form the tube.
With regard to their general relationships, the Scaphopoda resemble the
Gasteropoda in their univalve shell, and in the possession of a radula; while
the pointed foot, the non-lobed velum in the veliger, the generative system,
the bilateral symmetry of the organs generally, and the absence of any
definite head, eyes, or tentacles, are points which approximate them to the
Pelecypoda.
The Scaphopoda are known from Devonian strata to the present time.
They are found at a depth of a few fathoms to very deep water. The only
three genera are Dentalium, Siphonodentalium (subg. Cadulus), and
Pulsellum, which differ in the structure of the foot, as described above.
CLASS PELECYPODA
Cephalic region rudimentary, mantle consisting of two symmetrical right
and left lobes, covering the body and secreting a bivalve shell hinged at the
dorsal margin; no radula, sexes usually separate. Reference has already
been made to the reproductive system (p. 145), breathing organs (p. 164 f.),
mantle (p. 172), nervous system (p. 205), digestive system (p. 237 f.), and
nomenclature of the various parts of the shell (p. 269 f.).
The shape of the shell, in many Pelecypoda, involving as it does the
position, size, and number of the adductor muscles, is probably due to
mechanical causes, depending on the habits and manner of life of the
individual genus. Thus in a typical dimyarian or two-muscled bivalve, e.g.
at the base of the foot, and the intestine branches forward from the front
part of the stomach. The liver (Fig. 299) is paired, and consists of a number
of symmetrical, radiating coeca. There are no eyes, but on each side of the
mouth are small bunches of exsertile filaments (captacula), which appear to
act as tactile organs for the seizing of food. There is no special respiring
apparatus, heart or arterial system, breathing being conducted by the walls
of the mantle. The nervous system has already been described (p. 205).
Two kidneys open on either side of the anus. The genital gland is large,
occupying nearly all the posterior part of the body, the sexual products
being emitted through the right kidney. The veliger has already been figured
(p. 131, Fig. 44). The embryonic shell is formed of two calcareous laminae,
which subsequently unite to form the tube.
With regard to their general relationships, the Scaphopoda resemble the
Gasteropoda in their univalve shell, and in the possession of a radula; while
the pointed foot, the non-lobed velum in the veliger, the generative system,
the bilateral symmetry of the organs generally, and the absence of any
definite head, eyes, or tentacles, are points which approximate them to the
Pelecypoda.
The Scaphopoda are known from Devonian strata to the present time.
They are found at a depth of a few fathoms to very deep water. The only
three genera are Dentalium, Siphonodentalium (subg. Cadulus), and
Pulsellum, which differ in the structure of the foot, as described above.
CLASS PELECYPODA
Cephalic region rudimentary, mantle consisting of two symmetrical right
and left lobes, covering the body and secreting a bivalve shell hinged at the
dorsal margin; no radula, sexes usually separate. Reference has already
been made to the reproductive system (p. 145), breathing organs (p. 164 f.),
mantle (p. 172), nervous system (p. 205), digestive system (p. 237 f.), and
nomenclature of the various parts of the shell (p. 269 f.).
The shape of the shell, in many Pelecypoda, involving as it does the
position, size, and number of the adductor muscles, is probably due to
mechanical causes, depending on the habits and manner of life of the
individual genus. Thus in a typical dimyarian or two-muscled bivalve, e.g.
Page 551
Mya (Fig. 300, A), the adductor muscles lie well towards each end of the
long axis of the shell, with the hinge about midway between them. In this
position they are best placed for effectually closing the valves, and since
they are nearly equidistant from the axis of motion, i.e. from the hinge, they
do an equal amount of work, and are about equal in size. But in a form like
Modiola, where the growth of the shell is irregular in relation to the hinge-
line, the anterior muscle is brought nearer and nearer to the umbones, where
its power to do work, and therefore its size, becomes less and less. But the
work to be done remains the same, and the posterior muscle has to do it
nearly all; hence it moves farther and farther away from the hinge-line, and
at the same time gains in size. In shells like Ostrea, Pecten, and Vulsella,
the anterior muscle, having drawn into line with the hinge and the posterior
muscle, becomes atrophied, while the posterior muscle, having double work
to do, has doubled its size.[409]
Fig. 300.—Illustrating changes in the position and size of the adductor muscles according to the
shape of the shell: A, Mya; B, Modiola; C, Vulsella. The upper dotted line shows the hinge-
line, the lower connects the two muscles.
The development of the foot, again, largely depends upon habits of life.
It is well developed in burrowing forms, while in sessile genera (Ostrea,
Chama, Spondylus) it becomes unnecessary and aborts. Even in Pecten,
which does not become sessile, but has ceased to use the foot as an organ of
progression, a similar result follows. Forms which burrow deeply often
“gape” widely, sometimes at one end only, sometimes at both. Venus,
Donax, Tellina, Mactra, which are shallow burrowers, do not gape; Solen,
Lutraria, and to a less degree Mya, burrow deeply and gape widely. In order
to burrow deeply the foot must be highly developed, and the larger it
becomes, the more will it tend to keep the valves apart at the place where it
long axis of the shell, with the hinge about midway between them. In this
position they are best placed for effectually closing the valves, and since
they are nearly equidistant from the axis of motion, i.e. from the hinge, they
do an equal amount of work, and are about equal in size. But in a form like
Modiola, where the growth of the shell is irregular in relation to the hinge-
line, the anterior muscle is brought nearer and nearer to the umbones, where
its power to do work, and therefore its size, becomes less and less. But the
work to be done remains the same, and the posterior muscle has to do it
nearly all; hence it moves farther and farther away from the hinge-line, and
at the same time gains in size. In shells like Ostrea, Pecten, and Vulsella,
the anterior muscle, having drawn into line with the hinge and the posterior
muscle, becomes atrophied, while the posterior muscle, having double work
to do, has doubled its size.[409]
Fig. 300.—Illustrating changes in the position and size of the adductor muscles according to the
shape of the shell: A, Mya; B, Modiola; C, Vulsella. The upper dotted line shows the hinge-
line, the lower connects the two muscles.
The development of the foot, again, largely depends upon habits of life.
It is well developed in burrowing forms, while in sessile genera (Ostrea,
Chama, Spondylus) it becomes unnecessary and aborts. Even in Pecten,
which does not become sessile, but has ceased to use the foot as an organ of
progression, a similar result follows. Forms which burrow deeply often
“gape” widely, sometimes at one end only, sometimes at both. Venus,
Donax, Tellina, Mactra, which are shallow burrowers, do not gape; Solen,
Lutraria, and to a less degree Mya, burrow deeply and gape widely. In order
to burrow deeply the foot must be highly developed, and the larger it
becomes, the more will it tend to keep the valves apart at the place where it
Page 552
is habitually protruded. Burrowing species always remain in
communication with the surface by means of their siphons, the constant
extension of which tends to keep the valves apart at the end opposite to the
foot. Burrowing species, again, tend to burrow in such a way as to descend
most easily, and not be impeded by their own shells; in other words, they
act as a wedge, and descend with their narrowest part foremost. But the
burrowing organ, the foot, has to follow suit, and gradually draws round to
the narrowest part of the shell, so that the habitual deep burrower, such as
Lutraria, lies with its long axis exactly at right angles to the surface, its
siphons protruding from, and keeping open, the uppermost or posterior
margin of the shell, and the foot producing the same effect upon the lower
or anterior margin. The deeper the burrower, the more elongated does the
shell become, until, through forms like Pholas and Saxicava, we arrive at
Solen, the most highly specialised burrower of all, in which the breadth of
the shell is equal throughout, and no obstructive curve exists to impede its
rapid ascent or descent.
The Pelecypoda have been classified in various ways; by the
completeness or sinuation of the pallial line, depending on the absence or
presence of siphons, by the number of adductor muscles, by the character of
the hinge-teeth, and by the number of the branchiae. For various reasons,
none of these methods have proved entirely satisfactory. That adopted here
was suggested by Pelseneer, and depends upon the character of the
branchiae themselves, as suggesting successive stages of development (p.
166 f.).
Order I. Protobranchiata
Branchial filaments not reflected, the two rows inclined at a right angle
(more or less), ventral surface of foot more or less flattened, byssogenous
apparatus little developed, a single anterior aorta, kidneys distinct, sexes
separate, each genital gland opening into the corresponding kidney.
Fam. 1. Nuculidae.—Labial palps very large, rows of branchial filaments
at right angles to one another, mantle edges open, siphons contracted, foot
disc-shaped, elongated; shell equivalve, oval, or produced, interior
generally nacreous, hinge with numerous saw-like teeth. Silurian ——.
Principal genera: Nucula (heart dorsal to the rectum); Palaeoneilo
communication with the surface by means of their siphons, the constant
extension of which tends to keep the valves apart at the end opposite to the
foot. Burrowing species, again, tend to burrow in such a way as to descend
most easily, and not be impeded by their own shells; in other words, they
act as a wedge, and descend with their narrowest part foremost. But the
burrowing organ, the foot, has to follow suit, and gradually draws round to
the narrowest part of the shell, so that the habitual deep burrower, such as
Lutraria, lies with its long axis exactly at right angles to the surface, its
siphons protruding from, and keeping open, the uppermost or posterior
margin of the shell, and the foot producing the same effect upon the lower
or anterior margin. The deeper the burrower, the more elongated does the
shell become, until, through forms like Pholas and Saxicava, we arrive at
Solen, the most highly specialised burrower of all, in which the breadth of
the shell is equal throughout, and no obstructive curve exists to impede its
rapid ascent or descent.
The Pelecypoda have been classified in various ways; by the
completeness or sinuation of the pallial line, depending on the absence or
presence of siphons, by the number of adductor muscles, by the character of
the hinge-teeth, and by the number of the branchiae. For various reasons,
none of these methods have proved entirely satisfactory. That adopted here
was suggested by Pelseneer, and depends upon the character of the
branchiae themselves, as suggesting successive stages of development (p.
166 f.).
Order I. Protobranchiata
Branchial filaments not reflected, the two rows inclined at a right angle
(more or less), ventral surface of foot more or less flattened, byssogenous
apparatus little developed, a single anterior aorta, kidneys distinct, sexes
separate, each genital gland opening into the corresponding kidney.
Fam. 1. Nuculidae.—Labial palps very large, rows of branchial filaments
at right angles to one another, mantle edges open, siphons contracted, foot
disc-shaped, elongated; shell equivalve, oval, or produced, interior
generally nacreous, hinge with numerous saw-like teeth. Silurian ——.
Principal genera: Nucula (heart dorsal to the rectum); Palaeoneilo
Page 553
(Devonian), (?) Sarepta, Leda, Yoldia, Malletia; Tyndaria (Upper Tertiary),
Lyrodesma (Silurian), Actinodonta (Silurian), Babinka (Silurian).
Fam. 2. Solenomyidae.—Labial palps united, one row of branchial
filaments pointing dorsally, the other ventrally; mantle edges in great part
united postero-ventrally, a single siphonal orifice with two very long
tentacles, foot proboscidiform, with a round denticulate disc at the end;
shell equivalve, resembling a Solen, with a strong corneous periostracum;
no hinge-teeth, ligament internal. Single genus, Solenomya. (?) Cretaceous
——].
Order II. Filibranchiata
Rows of branchial filaments parallel, pointing ventrally, reflected, and
provided with interfilamentary ciliated junctions, foot usually with a well-
developed byssogenous apparatus.
Sub-order I. Anomiacea.—Heart dorsal to the rectum, a single aorta,
foot small, anterior adductor very small; shell ostreiform, no hinge-teeth,
fixed by a calcified byssus traversing the right valve (Fig. 173, p. 262).
Fam. Anomiidae.—Jurassic ——. Genera: Anomia, Placunanomia;
Carolia (Eocene), Placuna; Hypotrema (Jurassic), Placunopsis (Oolite).
Sub-order II. Arcacea.—Mantle edge open, both adductors well
developed, heart with two aortae, branchiae free, without interlamellar
junctions, no siphons; renal and generative apertures distinct.
Fam. 1. Arcadae.—Mantle edge with composite eyes; shell round or
trapezoidal, solid, often with stout bushy periostracum; ligament often
external, on a special area; hinge with numerous lamelliform teeth.
Ordovician ——. Principal genera: Arca (incl. Barbatia, Scaphula, and
Cucullaea), heart dorsal to rectum; Pectunculus, Glomus, Limopsis;
Trinacria and Nuculina (Tertiary).
Fam. 2. Trigoniidae.—Foot large, hatchet-shaped, with ventral disc; no
byssus, mantle edge with ocelli; shell sub-trigonal, hinge-teeth few, strong;
interior violet-nacreous. Devonian ——. Genera: Trigonia; Myophoria and
Schizodus (Trias), Cyrtonotus (Devonian).
Lyrodesma (Silurian), Actinodonta (Silurian), Babinka (Silurian).
Fam. 2. Solenomyidae.—Labial palps united, one row of branchial
filaments pointing dorsally, the other ventrally; mantle edges in great part
united postero-ventrally, a single siphonal orifice with two very long
tentacles, foot proboscidiform, with a round denticulate disc at the end;
shell equivalve, resembling a Solen, with a strong corneous periostracum;
no hinge-teeth, ligament internal. Single genus, Solenomya. (?) Cretaceous
——].
Order II. Filibranchiata
Rows of branchial filaments parallel, pointing ventrally, reflected, and
provided with interfilamentary ciliated junctions, foot usually with a well-
developed byssogenous apparatus.
Sub-order I. Anomiacea.—Heart dorsal to the rectum, a single aorta,
foot small, anterior adductor very small; shell ostreiform, no hinge-teeth,
fixed by a calcified byssus traversing the right valve (Fig. 173, p. 262).
Fam. Anomiidae.—Jurassic ——. Genera: Anomia, Placunanomia;
Carolia (Eocene), Placuna; Hypotrema (Jurassic), Placunopsis (Oolite).
Sub-order II. Arcacea.—Mantle edge open, both adductors well
developed, heart with two aortae, branchiae free, without interlamellar
junctions, no siphons; renal and generative apertures distinct.
Fam. 1. Arcadae.—Mantle edge with composite eyes; shell round or
trapezoidal, solid, often with stout bushy periostracum; ligament often
external, on a special area; hinge with numerous lamelliform teeth.
Ordovician ——. Principal genera: Arca (incl. Barbatia, Scaphula, and
Cucullaea), heart dorsal to rectum; Pectunculus, Glomus, Limopsis;
Trinacria and Nuculina (Tertiary).
Fam. 2. Trigoniidae.—Foot large, hatchet-shaped, with ventral disc; no
byssus, mantle edge with ocelli; shell sub-trigonal, hinge-teeth few, strong;
interior violet-nacreous. Devonian ——. Genera: Trigonia; Myophoria and
Schizodus (Trias), Cyrtonotus (Devonian).
Page 554
Fig. 301.—Trigonia pectinata
Lam., Sydney, N.S.W.
Sub-order III. Mytilacea.—Mantle edges fused at one point, anal
orifice distinct, anterior terminal adductor small, one aorta, branchiae with
interfoliary junctions, genital glands penetrating the side of the mantle and
opening by the side of the kidneys.
Fam. Mytilidae.—Byssus well developed, shell more or less equivalve,
oval, broad; hinge-teeth evanescent. Devonian——. Principal genera:
Mytilus?, Myalina, Septifer, Modiola, Lithodomus, Crenella, Dacrydium,
Myrina, Idas, Modiolaria, Modiolarca.
Order III. Pseudolamellibranchiata
Mantle edges entirely open, foot little developed, anterior adductor
usually aborted, branchial filaments reflected, with interlamellar junctions,
which are sometimes vascular; genital glands opening into the kidneys or
close to the apertures of the kidneys.
Fam. 1. Aviculidae.—Foot long, tongue-shaped, byssogenous apparatus
well developed, branchiae concrescent with the mantle, adductor muscle
sub-central, at times a small anterior adductor, siphons absent; shell usually
inequivalve, dorsal margin straight, often very long, winged, lateral teeth
much prolonged; structure of shell cellular, inside prismatic, outside
nacreous. Palaeozoic ——. Principal genera: Avicula, including
Meleagrina, Malleus; Vulsella (no wings or hinge-teeth); Perna, including
Crenatula, Inoceramus (ligaments in a number of fossettes); Aucella and
Lam., Sydney, N.S.W.
Sub-order III. Mytilacea.—Mantle edges fused at one point, anal
orifice distinct, anterior terminal adductor small, one aorta, branchiae with
interfoliary junctions, genital glands penetrating the side of the mantle and
opening by the side of the kidneys.
Fam. Mytilidae.—Byssus well developed, shell more or less equivalve,
oval, broad; hinge-teeth evanescent. Devonian——. Principal genera:
Mytilus?, Myalina, Septifer, Modiola, Lithodomus, Crenella, Dacrydium,
Myrina, Idas, Modiolaria, Modiolarca.
Order III. Pseudolamellibranchiata
Mantle edges entirely open, foot little developed, anterior adductor
usually aborted, branchial filaments reflected, with interlamellar junctions,
which are sometimes vascular; genital glands opening into the kidneys or
close to the apertures of the kidneys.
Fam. 1. Aviculidae.—Foot long, tongue-shaped, byssogenous apparatus
well developed, branchiae concrescent with the mantle, adductor muscle
sub-central, at times a small anterior adductor, siphons absent; shell usually
inequivalve, dorsal margin straight, often very long, winged, lateral teeth
much prolonged; structure of shell cellular, inside prismatic, outside
nacreous. Palaeozoic ——. Principal genera: Avicula, including
Meleagrina, Malleus; Vulsella (no wings or hinge-teeth); Perna, including
Crenatula, Inoceramus (ligaments in a number of fossettes); Aucella and
Page 555
Monotis (Palaeozoic and Secondary); Pterinaea and Ambonychia
(Palaeozoic); Pinna; Aviculopinna (Carboniferous).
Fig. 302.—Avicula heteroptera Lam., Australia,
showing the inequivalve shell and byssal sinus
(bs).
Fam. 2. Prasinidae.—Shell very small, umbones anterior, incurved,
anterior side depressed, hinge-teeth replaced by dentiform projections of the
lunule fitting into corresponding grooves. Recent. Single genus, Prasina.
Fam. 3. Ostreidae.—Heart generally ventral to the rectum, branchiae
concrescent with the mantle, no byssus; shell inequivalve, fixed by the left
valve, form irregular. Jurassic ——. Genera: Ostrea; Heligmus (Oolite),
Naiadina (Cretaceous), Pernostrea (Jurassic).
Fam. 4. Pectinidae.—Byssus usually absent, mantle edge open,
duplicated, folded back, with pallial ocelli; branchiae not concrescent with
the mantle; shell with unequal “ears” at the umbo, hinge-teeth lamelliform,
often obscure. Silurian——. Principal genera: Pedum, Chlamys, Hinnites,
Hemipecten, Amussium, Pecten; Aviculopecten (Palaeozoic), Crenipecten.
Fam. 5. Limidae.—Mantle edge as in Pecten, tentaculate; shell sub-
equivalve, eared, fixed by a byssus or free. Carboniferous——. Genera:
Lima (Fig. 85, p. 179), Limea.
Fam. 6. Spondylidae.—Foot with a peduncular appendage, no byssus,
numerous pallial ocelli; shell fixed by right valve, surface often very
spinose, two cardinal teeth in each valve. Jurassic——. Genera: Plicatula,
Spondylus; Terquemia (Lias).
(Palaeozoic); Pinna; Aviculopinna (Carboniferous).
Fig. 302.—Avicula heteroptera Lam., Australia,
showing the inequivalve shell and byssal sinus
(bs).
Fam. 2. Prasinidae.—Shell very small, umbones anterior, incurved,
anterior side depressed, hinge-teeth replaced by dentiform projections of the
lunule fitting into corresponding grooves. Recent. Single genus, Prasina.
Fam. 3. Ostreidae.—Heart generally ventral to the rectum, branchiae
concrescent with the mantle, no byssus; shell inequivalve, fixed by the left
valve, form irregular. Jurassic ——. Genera: Ostrea; Heligmus (Oolite),
Naiadina (Cretaceous), Pernostrea (Jurassic).
Fam. 4. Pectinidae.—Byssus usually absent, mantle edge open,
duplicated, folded back, with pallial ocelli; branchiae not concrescent with
the mantle; shell with unequal “ears” at the umbo, hinge-teeth lamelliform,
often obscure. Silurian——. Principal genera: Pedum, Chlamys, Hinnites,
Hemipecten, Amussium, Pecten; Aviculopecten (Palaeozoic), Crenipecten.
Fam. 5. Limidae.—Mantle edge as in Pecten, tentaculate; shell sub-
equivalve, eared, fixed by a byssus or free. Carboniferous——. Genera:
Lima (Fig. 85, p. 179), Limea.
Fam. 6. Spondylidae.—Foot with a peduncular appendage, no byssus,
numerous pallial ocelli; shell fixed by right valve, surface often very
spinose, two cardinal teeth in each valve. Jurassic——. Genera: Plicatula,
Spondylus; Terquemia (Lias).
Page 556
Fig. 303.—Pecten pallium L.,
East Indies.
Fig. 304.—Spondylus petroselinum Sowb.,
Mauritius; on a coral.
Fam. 7. Dimyidae.—Shell ostreiform, fixed, hinge with or without
symmetrical teeth, two muscular impressions. Single genus, Dimya
(Tertiary).
Order IV. Eulamellibranchiata
Mantle edges united at one or more points, branchiae with
interfilamentary junctions which are always vascular, genital glands not
opening into the kidneys, usually two adductor muscles.
East Indies.
Fig. 304.—Spondylus petroselinum Sowb.,
Mauritius; on a coral.
Fam. 7. Dimyidae.—Shell ostreiform, fixed, hinge with or without
symmetrical teeth, two muscular impressions. Single genus, Dimya
(Tertiary).
Order IV. Eulamellibranchiata
Mantle edges united at one or more points, branchiae with
interfilamentary junctions which are always vascular, genital glands not
opening into the kidneys, usually two adductor muscles.
Page 557
Sub-order I. Submytilacea.—Mantle edges more or less open, anal
orifice distinct, usually no siphons, pallial line usually simple, cardinal and
lateral teeth well marked.
Fam. 1. Carditidae.—Foot with a byssus or groove, branchiae large,
unequal; shell equivalve, solid, radiately grooved, one or two oblique
cardinal teeth, one or two laterals. Silurian ——. Principal genera:
Venericardia, Cardita, Carditella, Carditopsis, Milneria; Pleurophorus
(Palaeozoic), Anodontopsis (Silurian).
Fam. 2. Astartidae.—A short anal siphon, labial palps large; shell
triangular, thick, ligament external, hinge with two or three cardinals in
each valve, laterals obscure.? Devonian ——. Principal genera: Astarte;
Pachytypus (Jurassic), Plesiastarte (Eocene), Parastarte, Woodia, Opis
(Secondary strata), Prosocoelus (Devonian).
Fam. 3. Crassatellidae.—Mantle with anal orifice or open; shell
equivalve, thick, subtriangular, ligament in an internal fossette, hinge with
two cardinals, laterals produced. Cretaceous——. Principal genus,
Crassatella.
Fam. 4. Cardiniidae.—Shell equivalve, oval or triangular, ligament
external, cardinal teeth small, laterals fairly strong. Devonian——Oolite.
Principal genera: Cardinia, Anthracosia, Carbonicola, Anoplophora.
Fam. 5. Cyprinidae.—Anal and branchial orifices complete, papillose,
foot thick; shell variable, equivalve, thick, umbones often spiral, hinge-teeth
very variable, ligament external. Jurassic——. Principal genera: Cyprina;
Pygocardia (Crag), Veniella (Cretaceous), Venilicardia (Secondary strata),
Anisocardia (Jurassic), Isocardia, Libitina, Coralliophaga; Basterotia
(Eocene). The families Pachydomidae (Palaeozoic) and Megalodontidae
(Palaeozoic—Secondary) are probably related to the Cyprinidae.
orifice distinct, usually no siphons, pallial line usually simple, cardinal and
lateral teeth well marked.
Fam. 1. Carditidae.—Foot with a byssus or groove, branchiae large,
unequal; shell equivalve, solid, radiately grooved, one or two oblique
cardinal teeth, one or two laterals. Silurian ——. Principal genera:
Venericardia, Cardita, Carditella, Carditopsis, Milneria; Pleurophorus
(Palaeozoic), Anodontopsis (Silurian).
Fam. 2. Astartidae.—A short anal siphon, labial palps large; shell
triangular, thick, ligament external, hinge with two or three cardinals in
each valve, laterals obscure.? Devonian ——. Principal genera: Astarte;
Pachytypus (Jurassic), Plesiastarte (Eocene), Parastarte, Woodia, Opis
(Secondary strata), Prosocoelus (Devonian).
Fam. 3. Crassatellidae.—Mantle with anal orifice or open; shell
equivalve, thick, subtriangular, ligament in an internal fossette, hinge with
two cardinals, laterals produced. Cretaceous——. Principal genus,
Crassatella.
Fam. 4. Cardiniidae.—Shell equivalve, oval or triangular, ligament
external, cardinal teeth small, laterals fairly strong. Devonian——Oolite.
Principal genera: Cardinia, Anthracosia, Carbonicola, Anoplophora.
Fam. 5. Cyprinidae.—Anal and branchial orifices complete, papillose,
foot thick; shell variable, equivalve, thick, umbones often spiral, hinge-teeth
very variable, ligament external. Jurassic——. Principal genera: Cyprina;
Pygocardia (Crag), Veniella (Cretaceous), Venilicardia (Secondary strata),
Anisocardia (Jurassic), Isocardia, Libitina, Coralliophaga; Basterotia
(Eocene). The families Pachydomidae (Palaeozoic) and Megalodontidae
(Palaeozoic—Secondary) are probably related to the Cyprinidae.
Page 558
Fig. 305.—Isocardia vulgaris
Reeve, China.
Fam. 6. Aetheriidae.—Anal orifice complete, foot absent, labial palps
large; shell irregular, free or fixed, no hinge-teeth. Fluviatile, recent only.
Genera: Aetheria, Mülleria, Bartlettia.
Fam. 7. Unionidae.—Foot large and thick, no byssus, anal siphon short,
branchial orifice complete or not, siphon present or absent, embryo of
certain groups passing through a glochidium stage (p. 146); shell equivalve,
sometimes very thick, nacreous within, hinge variable. Fluviatile. Jurassic
——. Principal genera: Unio (subg. Arconaia), Monocondylaea,
Pseudodon, Anodonta, Solenaia, Mycetopus, Mutela, Spatha, Hyria,
Castalia, Leila.
Fam. 8. Dreissensiidae.—Both siphons prominent, foot tongue-shaped,
byssiferous; shell mytiliform, with small internal septum. Genera:
Dreissensia; Dreissensiomya (Tertiary). The common Dreissensia
polymorpha Pall. was distributed over large parts of Europe in later Tertiary
times. From unknown causes it died out, and has during the past two
hundred years been regaining its position, migrating N. and W. from its
original habitat, the Caspian, by the Volga and its Oka confluent.
Fam. 9. Modiolopsidae.—Shell mytiliform, ligament exterior, hinge-
teeth small, rather numerous. Palaeozoic——. Principal genera:
Modiolopsis, Cyrtodonta, Mytilops, Ptychodesma.
Fam. 10. Lucinidae.—Anal orifice sometimes with a siphon, branchial
orifice complete or not, sometimes a single branchia; foot very long,
vermiform, no byssus, anterior adductor long; shell rounded, equivalve,
Reeve, China.
Fam. 6. Aetheriidae.—Anal orifice complete, foot absent, labial palps
large; shell irregular, free or fixed, no hinge-teeth. Fluviatile, recent only.
Genera: Aetheria, Mülleria, Bartlettia.
Fam. 7. Unionidae.—Foot large and thick, no byssus, anal siphon short,
branchial orifice complete or not, siphon present or absent, embryo of
certain groups passing through a glochidium stage (p. 146); shell equivalve,
sometimes very thick, nacreous within, hinge variable. Fluviatile. Jurassic
——. Principal genera: Unio (subg. Arconaia), Monocondylaea,
Pseudodon, Anodonta, Solenaia, Mycetopus, Mutela, Spatha, Hyria,
Castalia, Leila.
Fam. 8. Dreissensiidae.—Both siphons prominent, foot tongue-shaped,
byssiferous; shell mytiliform, with small internal septum. Genera:
Dreissensia; Dreissensiomya (Tertiary). The common Dreissensia
polymorpha Pall. was distributed over large parts of Europe in later Tertiary
times. From unknown causes it died out, and has during the past two
hundred years been regaining its position, migrating N. and W. from its
original habitat, the Caspian, by the Volga and its Oka confluent.
Fam. 9. Modiolopsidae.—Shell mytiliform, ligament exterior, hinge-
teeth small, rather numerous. Palaeozoic——. Principal genera:
Modiolopsis, Cyrtodonta, Mytilops, Ptychodesma.
Fam. 10. Lucinidae.—Anal orifice sometimes with a siphon, branchial
orifice complete or not, sometimes a single branchia; foot very long,
vermiform, no byssus, anterior adductor long; shell rounded, equivalve,
Page 559
blanched, hinge with two cardinals and two laterals in each valve,
sometimes toothless, ligament more or less internal. Silurian——. Principal
genera: Lucina, Corbis, Axinus, Diplodonta, Montacuta.
Fam. 11. Ungulinidae.—Anal orifice complete, foot vermiform, no
byssus, two branchiae; shell equivalve, subcircular, hinge-teeth variable, no
laterals, adductor impressions long, continuing the pallial line. Tertiary
——. Single genus, Ungulina.
Fam. 12. Unicardiidae.—Shell equivalve, round or oval, cardinal shelf
large, a single cardinal in each valve, ligament external. Carboniferous—
Cretaceous. Genera: Unicardium, Scaldia, Pseudedmondia.
Fam. 13. Kellyellidae.—Anal siphon prolonged, no marked branchial
orifice; shell very small, oval or round, anterior lateral very strong, under
the cardinal. Eocene——. Genera: Kellyella; Allopagus and Lutetia
(Tertiary), Turtonia.
Fam. 14. Erycinidae.—Mantle edges with three apertures, branchial
orifice on the buccal margin, foot long, broadened, with a byssus, animal
usually viviparous. Tertiary——. Genera: Erycina, Kellia, Pythina, Lasaea,
Lepton.
Fam. 15. Galeommidae.—Mantle edges more or less reflected over the
shell, apertures and foot as in Erycinidae; shell thin, equilateral, hinge with
few teeth or none. Tertiary——. Genera: Galeomma, Scintilla, Sportella,
Chlamydoconcha, Hindsiella, Ephippodonta (Fig. 32, p. 81).
Fam. 16. Cyrenidae.—Siphons short, foot large, no byssus; shell
equivalve, subtriangular, with periostracum, hinge with two or three
cardinals, laterals present; animal hermaphrodite, viviparous. Fresh or
brackish water. Jurassic——. Genera: Cyrena, Corbicula (subg. Batissa,
Velorita), Sphaerium (= Cyclas), Pisidium, Galatea, Fischeria.
The families Cyrenellidae (single genus, Cyrenella) and Rangiidae
(single genus, Rangia) are probably to be placed here.
Sub-order II. Tellinacea.—Siphons long, separate, foot and labial palps
very large, pallial sinus deep, two adductor muscles.
Fam. 1. Tellinidae.—External branchial fold directed dorsally, foot with
byssogenous slit, but no byssus, branchiae small; shell compressed,
sometimes toothless, ligament more or less internal. Silurian——. Principal
genera: Lucina, Corbis, Axinus, Diplodonta, Montacuta.
Fam. 11. Ungulinidae.—Anal orifice complete, foot vermiform, no
byssus, two branchiae; shell equivalve, subcircular, hinge-teeth variable, no
laterals, adductor impressions long, continuing the pallial line. Tertiary
——. Single genus, Ungulina.
Fam. 12. Unicardiidae.—Shell equivalve, round or oval, cardinal shelf
large, a single cardinal in each valve, ligament external. Carboniferous—
Cretaceous. Genera: Unicardium, Scaldia, Pseudedmondia.
Fam. 13. Kellyellidae.—Anal siphon prolonged, no marked branchial
orifice; shell very small, oval or round, anterior lateral very strong, under
the cardinal. Eocene——. Genera: Kellyella; Allopagus and Lutetia
(Tertiary), Turtonia.
Fam. 14. Erycinidae.—Mantle edges with three apertures, branchial
orifice on the buccal margin, foot long, broadened, with a byssus, animal
usually viviparous. Tertiary——. Genera: Erycina, Kellia, Pythina, Lasaea,
Lepton.
Fam. 15. Galeommidae.—Mantle edges more or less reflected over the
shell, apertures and foot as in Erycinidae; shell thin, equilateral, hinge with
few teeth or none. Tertiary——. Genera: Galeomma, Scintilla, Sportella,
Chlamydoconcha, Hindsiella, Ephippodonta (Fig. 32, p. 81).
Fam. 16. Cyrenidae.—Siphons short, foot large, no byssus; shell
equivalve, subtriangular, with periostracum, hinge with two or three
cardinals, laterals present; animal hermaphrodite, viviparous. Fresh or
brackish water. Jurassic——. Genera: Cyrena, Corbicula (subg. Batissa,
Velorita), Sphaerium (= Cyclas), Pisidium, Galatea, Fischeria.
The families Cyrenellidae (single genus, Cyrenella) and Rangiidae
(single genus, Rangia) are probably to be placed here.
Sub-order II. Tellinacea.—Siphons long, separate, foot and labial palps
very large, pallial sinus deep, two adductor muscles.
Fam. 1. Tellinidae.—External branchial fold directed dorsally, foot with
byssogenous slit, but no byssus, branchiae small; shell compressed,
Page 560
equivalve, ligament external, at least two cardinals in each valve, laterals
variable. Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Tellina (with many sections),
Gastrana.
Fam. 2. Scrobiculariidae.—Animal as in Tellina; shell orbiculate or long
oval, equivalve, hinge-teeth weak, ligament in an internal cavity. Tertiary
——. Principal genera: Scrobicularia, Syndosmya, Theora, Cumingia,
Semele.
Fam. 3. Donacidae.—External branchial fold directed ventrally; shell
equivalve, subtriangular, solid, smooth, two or three cardinals in each valve,
laterals variable, ligament external. Jurassic——. Genera: Donax,
Iphigenia, Isodonta.
Fig. 306.—Tellina rastellum Hanl., East
Indies.>
Fam. 4. Tancrediidae.—Shell donaciform, ligament external, cardinals
usually two in each valve, posterior laterals strong. Trias——. Genera:
Tancredia (Secondary strata), Hemidonax.
Fam. 5. Cardiliidae.—Shell heart-shaped, hinge as in Mactridae,
posterior adductor resting on a myophore or shelf. Single genus, Cardilia.
Tertiary——.
Fam. 6. Mesodesmatidae.—Mantle edges largely united, with three
orifices, foot byssiferous or not; shell regular or irregular, usually one
cardinal and strong lateral teeth. Tertiary——. Genera: Mesodesma, Ervilia.
Fam. 7. Mactridae.—External branchial fold directed ventrally, siphons
fused, foot tongue-shaped; shell equivalve, triangular-oval, hinge with
ligament in an internal fossette, another portion external, a bifurcated
cardinal tooth in the left valve, fitting into a branching tooth in the right
variable. Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Tellina (with many sections),
Gastrana.
Fam. 2. Scrobiculariidae.—Animal as in Tellina; shell orbiculate or long
oval, equivalve, hinge-teeth weak, ligament in an internal cavity. Tertiary
——. Principal genera: Scrobicularia, Syndosmya, Theora, Cumingia,
Semele.
Fam. 3. Donacidae.—External branchial fold directed ventrally; shell
equivalve, subtriangular, solid, smooth, two or three cardinals in each valve,
laterals variable, ligament external. Jurassic——. Genera: Donax,
Iphigenia, Isodonta.
Fig. 306.—Tellina rastellum Hanl., East
Indies.>
Fam. 4. Tancrediidae.—Shell donaciform, ligament external, cardinals
usually two in each valve, posterior laterals strong. Trias——. Genera:
Tancredia (Secondary strata), Hemidonax.
Fam. 5. Cardiliidae.—Shell heart-shaped, hinge as in Mactridae,
posterior adductor resting on a myophore or shelf. Single genus, Cardilia.
Tertiary——.
Fam. 6. Mesodesmatidae.—Mantle edges largely united, with three
orifices, foot byssiferous or not; shell regular or irregular, usually one
cardinal and strong lateral teeth. Tertiary——. Genera: Mesodesma, Ervilia.
Fam. 7. Mactridae.—External branchial fold directed ventrally, siphons
fused, foot tongue-shaped; shell equivalve, triangular-oval, hinge with
ligament in an internal fossette, another portion external, a bifurcated
cardinal tooth in the left valve, fitting into a branching tooth in the right
Page 561
valve, laterals present. Jurassic——. Genera: Nactra, Harvella, Raëta,
Eastonia, Heterocardia, Vanganella.
Sub-order III. Veneracea.—Branchiae slightly folded, foot
compressed, siphons generally short, pallial line variable, two adductor
muscles.
Fam. 1. Veneridae.—Siphons free or partly united, foot seldom
byssiferous; shell solid, equivalve, hinge usually with three cardinal teeth,
laterals variable. Jurassic——. Principal genera: Cytherea, Circe;
Grateloupia (Tertiary), Meroe, Dosinia (= Artemis), Cyprimeria, Cyclina,
Venus, Clementia, Lucinopsis; Thetis (Cretaceous), Tapes, Venerupis.
Fam. 2. Petricolidae.—Animal perforating rocks; shell oval, slightly
gaping behind, two or three cardinals, no laterals, pallial sinus well marked.
Recent——. Genera: Petricola, Naranio.
Fig. 307.—Cytherea dione Lam., Peru.
Fam. 3. Glaucomyidae.—Siphons long, united, foot small; shell
produced, thin, hinge with three cardinals, no laterals, pallial sinus well
marked. Recent——. Genus, Glaucomya (incl. Tanysiphon).
Sub-order IV. Cardiacea.—Branchiae much folded back, mantle edges
with three apertures, foot cylindroidal, more or less produced, siphons
present or absent, one or two adductor muscles, pallial line variable.
Fam. 1. Cardiidae.—Siphons rather long, foot long, no byssus; shell
equivalve, more or less radiately ribbed, hinge with one or two cardinals in
each valve, laterals variable, ligament external, two adductors. Brackish
water or marine. Devonian——. Genera: Byssocardium and Lithocardium
Eastonia, Heterocardia, Vanganella.
Sub-order III. Veneracea.—Branchiae slightly folded, foot
compressed, siphons generally short, pallial line variable, two adductor
muscles.
Fam. 1. Veneridae.—Siphons free or partly united, foot seldom
byssiferous; shell solid, equivalve, hinge usually with three cardinal teeth,
laterals variable. Jurassic——. Principal genera: Cytherea, Circe;
Grateloupia (Tertiary), Meroe, Dosinia (= Artemis), Cyprimeria, Cyclina,
Venus, Clementia, Lucinopsis; Thetis (Cretaceous), Tapes, Venerupis.
Fam. 2. Petricolidae.—Animal perforating rocks; shell oval, slightly
gaping behind, two or three cardinals, no laterals, pallial sinus well marked.
Recent——. Genera: Petricola, Naranio.
Fig. 307.—Cytherea dione Lam., Peru.
Fam. 3. Glaucomyidae.—Siphons long, united, foot small; shell
produced, thin, hinge with three cardinals, no laterals, pallial sinus well
marked. Recent——. Genus, Glaucomya (incl. Tanysiphon).
Sub-order IV. Cardiacea.—Branchiae much folded back, mantle edges
with three apertures, foot cylindroidal, more or less produced, siphons
present or absent, one or two adductor muscles, pallial line variable.
Fam. 1. Cardiidae.—Siphons rather long, foot long, no byssus; shell
equivalve, more or less radiately ribbed, hinge with one or two cardinals in
each valve, laterals variable, ligament external, two adductors. Brackish
water or marine. Devonian——. Genera: Byssocardium and Lithocardium
Page 562
(Tertiary), Conocardium (Palaeozoic), Cardium (with many sections,
including Hemicardium), Limnocardium (subg. Didacna, Monodacna,
Adacna).
Fig. 308.—Cardium
(Hemicardium) cardissa L.,
East Indies.
Fam. 2. Lunulicardiidae.—Shell equivalve, very inequilateral
subtriangular, anterior margin short or truncated, with a deep lunule. Single
genus, Lunulicardium (Palaeozoic).
Fam. 3. Tridacnidae.—Mantle orifices widely separated, foot short,
byssiferous, no anterior adductor; shell equivalve, large, thick, usually
gaping in front, one cardinal tooth and one or two posterior laterals in each
valve, no pallial sinus. Miocene——. Genera: Tridacna, Hippopus. The
muscular power of the great Tridacna is immense. Once caught between
their gaping valves, a man’s hand or foot can scarcely be withdrawn. Two
valves of T. gigas in the British Museum weigh respectively 154 and 156
lbs.
Fam. 4. Chamidae.—Mantle orifices widely separated, foot short, no
byssus, both adductors present, ovary invading the mantle lobes; shell fixed,
irregularly inequivalve, umbones spiral, ligament external, cardinal teeth
often a mere ridge, anterior lateral strong, nearly central, no pallial sinus.
Jurassic——. Genera: Chama; Diceras (Jurassic), attached by one umbo,
umbones very prominent, teeth strong; Heterodiceras (Jurassic), Requienia
(Cretaceous), left valve widely spiral, attached by the umbo, right valve
including Hemicardium), Limnocardium (subg. Didacna, Monodacna,
Adacna).
Fig. 308.—Cardium
(Hemicardium) cardissa L.,
East Indies.
Fam. 2. Lunulicardiidae.—Shell equivalve, very inequilateral
subtriangular, anterior margin short or truncated, with a deep lunule. Single
genus, Lunulicardium (Palaeozoic).
Fam. 3. Tridacnidae.—Mantle orifices widely separated, foot short,
byssiferous, no anterior adductor; shell equivalve, large, thick, usually
gaping in front, one cardinal tooth and one or two posterior laterals in each
valve, no pallial sinus. Miocene——. Genera: Tridacna, Hippopus. The
muscular power of the great Tridacna is immense. Once caught between
their gaping valves, a man’s hand or foot can scarcely be withdrawn. Two
valves of T. gigas in the British Museum weigh respectively 154 and 156
lbs.
Fam. 4. Chamidae.—Mantle orifices widely separated, foot short, no
byssus, both adductors present, ovary invading the mantle lobes; shell fixed,
irregularly inequivalve, umbones spiral, ligament external, cardinal teeth
often a mere ridge, anterior lateral strong, nearly central, no pallial sinus.
Jurassic——. Genera: Chama; Diceras (Jurassic), attached by one umbo,
umbones very prominent, teeth strong; Heterodiceras (Jurassic), Requienia
(Cretaceous), left valve widely spiral, attached by the umbo, right valve
Page 563
small, fitting on the other as an operculum, teeth obsolete; Toucasia,
Apricardia, Matheronia (all Secondary strata).
Fig. 309.—A, Requienia ammonea Goldf.,
Neocomian, × ½; B, Hippurites cornu-
vaccinum Goldf., Cretaceous, × ¼. a, right
valve; f, point of fixture. (From Zittel.)
The four succeeding families require special study in a work on
Palaeontology.
Fam. 5. Monopleuridae.—Shell very inequivalve, left valve
operculiform, right conical or spiral, fixed at the apex, ligament prolonged
in external grooves. Cretaceous——. Genera: Monopleura, Valletia.
Fam. 6. Caprinidae.—Shell very inequivalve, thick, free or fixed by apex
of right valve, which is spiral or conical, left valve spiral or not, often
perforated by radial canals from the umbo to the free margin. Neocomian
and Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Plagioptychus, Caprina,
Ichthyosarcolites, Caprotina, Polyconites.
Fam. 7. Hippuritidae (= Rudistae).—Shell very inequivalve, externally
as in Caprinidae, umbo central in left valve, no ligament proper, left valve
with strong hinge-teeth and grooves, two adductor impressions on
prominent myophores, shell structure of the two valves differing.
Cretaceous only. Single genus, Hippurites (Fig. 309, B).
Fam. 8. Radiolitidae.—Shell inversely conical, biconical, or cylindrical,
general aspect of Hippurites, umbo of left valve central or lateral, right
Apricardia, Matheronia (all Secondary strata).
Fig. 309.—A, Requienia ammonea Goldf.,
Neocomian, × ½; B, Hippurites cornu-
vaccinum Goldf., Cretaceous, × ¼. a, right
valve; f, point of fixture. (From Zittel.)
The four succeeding families require special study in a work on
Palaeontology.
Fam. 5. Monopleuridae.—Shell very inequivalve, left valve
operculiform, right conical or spiral, fixed at the apex, ligament prolonged
in external grooves. Cretaceous——. Genera: Monopleura, Valletia.
Fam. 6. Caprinidae.—Shell very inequivalve, thick, free or fixed by apex
of right valve, which is spiral or conical, left valve spiral or not, often
perforated by radial canals from the umbo to the free margin. Neocomian
and Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Plagioptychus, Caprina,
Ichthyosarcolites, Caprotina, Polyconites.
Fam. 7. Hippuritidae (= Rudistae).—Shell very inequivalve, externally
as in Caprinidae, umbo central in left valve, no ligament proper, left valve
with strong hinge-teeth and grooves, two adductor impressions on
prominent myophores, shell structure of the two valves differing.
Cretaceous only. Single genus, Hippurites (Fig. 309, B).
Fam. 8. Radiolitidae.—Shell inversely conical, biconical, or cylindrical,
general aspect of Hippurites, umbo of left valve central or lateral, right
Page 564
valve with a thick outer layer, often foliaceous, umbonal cavity partitioned
off by laminae. Cretaceous only. Genera: Radiolites, Biradiolites.
Sub-order V. Myacea.—Branchiae much folded back, mantle edges
usually with three openings, foot compressed, siphons large, united or not,
two adductor muscles, pallial line variable.
Fam. 1. Psammobiidae.—Siphons long, not united, foot large, not
byssiferous; shell equivalve, long, oval, slightly gaping at the ends,
ligament external, prominent, two cardinal teeth in each valve, no laterals, a
deep pallial sinus. Jurassic——. Genera: Psammobia, Solenotellina,
Sanguinolaria, Asaphis, Elizia, Quenstedtia (Jurassic).
Fam. 2. Myidae.—Pedal orifice small, siphons long, united in great part;
shell inequivalve, gaping at one or both ends, periostracum more or less
extensive, ligament internal, resting on a prominent shelf; hinge-teeth
variable. Cretaceous——. Genera: Mya, Tugonia, Sphenia, Corbula,
Lutraria (for which latter some propose a separate family).
Fam. 3. Solenidae.—Foot long, powerful, more or less cylindrical, no
byssus, siphons usually short, united or not, branchiae narrow; shell
equivalve, long and narrow, gaping at both ends, with periostracum,
umbones flattened, ligament external, hinge-teeth variable.? Devonian——.
Genera: Solecurtus, Pharella, Pharus, Cultellus, Siliqua, Ensis, Solen,
Orthonota (?), Palaeosolen (?).
Fam. 4. Glycimeridae.—Pedal orifice very narrow, siphons long, united
in great part, often covered with periostracum; shell more or less equivalve,
gaping at both ends, hinge toothless or with two weak cardinals, ligament
external; animal free or perforating. Cretaceous——. Genera: Glycimeris,
Saxicava, Cyrtodaria.
Fam. 5. Gastrochaenidae.—Foot small, cylindrical, no byssus, branchiae
narrow, siphons long; shell perforating or cemented to a shelly tube, gaping
widely on the anterior and ventral sides, no hinge-teeth, a deep pallial sinus.
Cretaceous——. Genera: Gastrochaena, Fistulana (tube with a median
diaphragm, perforated by the siphons).
Sub-order VI. Pholadacea.—Mantle edges largely closed, siphons
long, united, foot short, truncated, disc-shaped, ligament absent, two
adductor muscles; animal perforating.
off by laminae. Cretaceous only. Genera: Radiolites, Biradiolites.
Sub-order V. Myacea.—Branchiae much folded back, mantle edges
usually with three openings, foot compressed, siphons large, united or not,
two adductor muscles, pallial line variable.
Fam. 1. Psammobiidae.—Siphons long, not united, foot large, not
byssiferous; shell equivalve, long, oval, slightly gaping at the ends,
ligament external, prominent, two cardinal teeth in each valve, no laterals, a
deep pallial sinus. Jurassic——. Genera: Psammobia, Solenotellina,
Sanguinolaria, Asaphis, Elizia, Quenstedtia (Jurassic).
Fam. 2. Myidae.—Pedal orifice small, siphons long, united in great part;
shell inequivalve, gaping at one or both ends, periostracum more or less
extensive, ligament internal, resting on a prominent shelf; hinge-teeth
variable. Cretaceous——. Genera: Mya, Tugonia, Sphenia, Corbula,
Lutraria (for which latter some propose a separate family).
Fam. 3. Solenidae.—Foot long, powerful, more or less cylindrical, no
byssus, siphons usually short, united or not, branchiae narrow; shell
equivalve, long and narrow, gaping at both ends, with periostracum,
umbones flattened, ligament external, hinge-teeth variable.? Devonian——.
Genera: Solecurtus, Pharella, Pharus, Cultellus, Siliqua, Ensis, Solen,
Orthonota (?), Palaeosolen (?).
Fam. 4. Glycimeridae.—Pedal orifice very narrow, siphons long, united
in great part, often covered with periostracum; shell more or less equivalve,
gaping at both ends, hinge toothless or with two weak cardinals, ligament
external; animal free or perforating. Cretaceous——. Genera: Glycimeris,
Saxicava, Cyrtodaria.
Fam. 5. Gastrochaenidae.—Foot small, cylindrical, no byssus, branchiae
narrow, siphons long; shell perforating or cemented to a shelly tube, gaping
widely on the anterior and ventral sides, no hinge-teeth, a deep pallial sinus.
Cretaceous——. Genera: Gastrochaena, Fistulana (tube with a median
diaphragm, perforated by the siphons).
Sub-order VI. Pholadacea.—Mantle edges largely closed, siphons
long, united, foot short, truncated, disc-shaped, ligament absent, two
adductor muscles; animal perforating.
Page 565
Fam. 1. Pholadidae.—Organs contained within the valves, ctenidia
prolonged into the branchial siphon, shell more or less gaping, thin, dorsal
margin in part reflected over the umbones, one or more dorsal accessory
pieces, no hinge-teeth, an interior apophysis proceeding from the umbonal
cavity. Jurassic——. Genera: Pholas, Talona, Pholadidea (posterior
extremity of the valves prolonged by a corneous appendage, a passage to
the long tube of Teredo), Jouannetia, Xylophaga, Martesia; Teredina
(Eocene).
Fig. 310.—Teredo navalis L.: V, valves
of shell; T, tube; P, pallets; SS,
siphons. (After Möbius.)
Fam. 2. Teredinidae.—Animal vermiform, ctenidia mainly within the
branchial siphon, siphons very long, with two calcareous appendages
(“pallets”) near the anterior end, shell very small, continued into a long
prolonged into the branchial siphon, shell more or less gaping, thin, dorsal
margin in part reflected over the umbones, one or more dorsal accessory
pieces, no hinge-teeth, an interior apophysis proceeding from the umbonal
cavity. Jurassic——. Genera: Pholas, Talona, Pholadidea (posterior
extremity of the valves prolonged by a corneous appendage, a passage to
the long tube of Teredo), Jouannetia, Xylophaga, Martesia; Teredina
(Eocene).
Fig. 310.—Teredo navalis L.: V, valves
of shell; T, tube; P, pallets; SS,
siphons. (After Möbius.)
Fam. 2. Teredinidae.—Animal vermiform, ctenidia mainly within the
branchial siphon, siphons very long, with two calcareous appendages
(“pallets”) near the anterior end, shell very small, continued into a long
Page 566
calcareous tube, valves deeply notched, internal apophysis as in Pholadidae.
Lias——. Single genus, Teredo (Fig. 310).
Sub-order VII. Anatinacea.—External branchial fold directed dorsally,
not reflected, sexes united, ovaries and testes with separate orifices, mantle
edges largely united, byssus usually absent, two adductor muscles, pallial
line variable, shell usually nacreous within.
Fam. 1. Pandoridae.—Siphons short, largely united, foot tongue-shaped;
shell free or fixed, inequivalve, semi-lunar, or subtriangular, ligament often
with calcareous ossicle, pallial line complete or with slight sinus.
Cretaceous——. Genera: Pandora, Myodora, Myochama.
Fam. 2. Chamostreidae.—Shell fixed, Chama-like, thick, umbones
spiral, ligament with ossicle. Single genus, Chamostrea.
Fam. 3. Verticordiidae.—Siphons not prolonged; shell heart-shaped,
umbones prominent, spiral, ligament with an ossicle, pallial line complete.
Miocene——. Genera: Verticordia, Mytilimeria, Lyonsiella.
Fam. 4. Lyonsiidae.—Foot short, byssiferous, siphons short, separate,
shell inequivalve, hinge-teeth usually absent, ligament and ossicle in an
internal groove. Eocene——. Single genus, Lyonsia.
Fig. 311.—Myochama Stutchburyi
A. Ad., attached to Circe
undatina Lam., Moreton Bay.
Fam. 5. Ceromyidae.—Shell inequivalve, large, heart- or wedge-shaped,
hinge toothless, ligament internal in one valve, external in the other.
Secondary strata——. Genera: Ceromya, Gresslya.
Lias——. Single genus, Teredo (Fig. 310).
Sub-order VII. Anatinacea.—External branchial fold directed dorsally,
not reflected, sexes united, ovaries and testes with separate orifices, mantle
edges largely united, byssus usually absent, two adductor muscles, pallial
line variable, shell usually nacreous within.
Fam. 1. Pandoridae.—Siphons short, largely united, foot tongue-shaped;
shell free or fixed, inequivalve, semi-lunar, or subtriangular, ligament often
with calcareous ossicle, pallial line complete or with slight sinus.
Cretaceous——. Genera: Pandora, Myodora, Myochama.
Fam. 2. Chamostreidae.—Shell fixed, Chama-like, thick, umbones
spiral, ligament with ossicle. Single genus, Chamostrea.
Fam. 3. Verticordiidae.—Siphons not prolonged; shell heart-shaped,
umbones prominent, spiral, ligament with an ossicle, pallial line complete.
Miocene——. Genera: Verticordia, Mytilimeria, Lyonsiella.
Fam. 4. Lyonsiidae.—Foot short, byssiferous, siphons short, separate,
shell inequivalve, hinge-teeth usually absent, ligament and ossicle in an
internal groove. Eocene——. Single genus, Lyonsia.
Fig. 311.—Myochama Stutchburyi
A. Ad., attached to Circe
undatina Lam., Moreton Bay.
Fam. 5. Ceromyidae.—Shell inequivalve, large, heart- or wedge-shaped,
hinge toothless, ligament internal in one valve, external in the other.
Secondary strata——. Genera: Ceromya, Gresslya.
Page 567
Fam. 6. Arcomyidae.—Shell equivalve, thin, surface finely granulated,
hinge toothless, cardinal edge dentiform, ligament external. Secondary and
Tertiary strata——. Genera: Arcomya, Goniomya, Pleuromya, Machomya.
Fam. 7. Anatinidae.—A fourth (?byssal) pallial orifice, siphons long,
separate or fused; shell thin, sometimes inequivalve, exterior often
granulose, ligament often with ossicle, hinge toothless or with lamellae.
Jurassic——. Genera: Anatina, Plectomya (Secondary), Periploma,
Cochlodesma, Thracia, Tyleria, Alicia, Asthenothaerus.
Fam. 8. Grammysiidae.—Shell equivalve, oval, ligament external,
cardinal margin straight, toothless, pallial line complete. Palaeozoic——.
Principal genus, Grammysia, with many other genera of toothless hinge, but
whose exact affinities are uncertain.
Fam. 9. Praecardiidae.—Shell thin, equivalve or not, radiately ribbed,
margins dentated, sub-umbonal area as in Arca, hinge toothless. Palaeozoic
——. Principal genus, Praecardium.
Fam. 10. Pholadomyidae.—A fourth pallial orifice, siphons very long,
united, foot small; shell thin, equivalve, with radiating ribs, ligament
external, hinge toothless, pallial line sinuate. Jurassic——. Single genus,
Pholadomya.
Fam. 11. Clavagellidae.—Foot rudimentary, siphons long, united,
contained in a long calcareous tube; shell small, one or both valves soldered
in the tube, tube with a centrally fissured disc at the anterior end, more or
less frilled at the posterior end. Cretaceous——. Genera: Clavagella,
Brechites (= Aspergillum).
Order V. Septibranchiata
Mantle edges united at three points, branchiae replaced by a muscular
septum extending from the anterior adductor to the point of separation of
the siphons, septum with symmetrical orifices.
Fam. 1. Poromyidae.—Branchial septum with groups of lamellae
between the orifices, labial palps large, foot long and narrow, siphons short,
papillose, separated, animal hermaphrodite; shell small, slightly
inequivalve, rounded or oblong, nacreous within. Eocene——. Genera:
Poromya, Silenia.
hinge toothless, cardinal edge dentiform, ligament external. Secondary and
Tertiary strata——. Genera: Arcomya, Goniomya, Pleuromya, Machomya.
Fam. 7. Anatinidae.—A fourth (?byssal) pallial orifice, siphons long,
separate or fused; shell thin, sometimes inequivalve, exterior often
granulose, ligament often with ossicle, hinge toothless or with lamellae.
Jurassic——. Genera: Anatina, Plectomya (Secondary), Periploma,
Cochlodesma, Thracia, Tyleria, Alicia, Asthenothaerus.
Fam. 8. Grammysiidae.—Shell equivalve, oval, ligament external,
cardinal margin straight, toothless, pallial line complete. Palaeozoic——.
Principal genus, Grammysia, with many other genera of toothless hinge, but
whose exact affinities are uncertain.
Fam. 9. Praecardiidae.—Shell thin, equivalve or not, radiately ribbed,
margins dentated, sub-umbonal area as in Arca, hinge toothless. Palaeozoic
——. Principal genus, Praecardium.
Fam. 10. Pholadomyidae.—A fourth pallial orifice, siphons very long,
united, foot small; shell thin, equivalve, with radiating ribs, ligament
external, hinge toothless, pallial line sinuate. Jurassic——. Single genus,
Pholadomya.
Fam. 11. Clavagellidae.—Foot rudimentary, siphons long, united,
contained in a long calcareous tube; shell small, one or both valves soldered
in the tube, tube with a centrally fissured disc at the anterior end, more or
less frilled at the posterior end. Cretaceous——. Genera: Clavagella,
Brechites (= Aspergillum).
Order V. Septibranchiata
Mantle edges united at three points, branchiae replaced by a muscular
septum extending from the anterior adductor to the point of separation of
the siphons, septum with symmetrical orifices.
Fam. 1. Poromyidae.—Branchial septum with groups of lamellae
between the orifices, labial palps large, foot long and narrow, siphons short,
papillose, separated, animal hermaphrodite; shell small, slightly
inequivalve, rounded or oblong, nacreous within. Eocene——. Genera:
Poromya, Silenia.
Page 568
Fam. 2. Cuspidariidae.—Siphons long, united in part, foot short, animal
dioecious; shell small, slightly inequivalve, rostrate, not nacreous, each
valve with ligamentary cartilage spoon-shaped, with a calcareous ossicle,
cardinal and lateral teeth present or absent. Jurassic——. Single genus,
Cuspidaria, with many sections.
dioecious; shell small, slightly inequivalve, rostrate, not nacreous, each
valve with ligamentary cartilage spoon-shaped, with a calcareous ossicle,
cardinal and lateral teeth present or absent. Jurassic——. Single genus,
Cuspidaria, with many sections.
Page 569
BRACHIOPODA
PART I
RECENT BRACHIOPODA
BY
ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A.
Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s College, Cambridge
PART I
RECENT BRACHIOPODA
BY
ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A.
Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s College, Cambridge
Page 570
CHAPTER XVII
RECENT BRACHIOPODA
INTRODUCTION—SHELL—BODY—DIGESTIVE SYSTEM—BODY CAVITY
—CIRCULATORY SYSTEM—EXCRETORY ORGANS—MUSCLES—
NERVOUS SYSTEM—REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM—EMBRYOLOGY—
HABITS—DISTRIBUTION—CLASSIFICATION
Introduction
The group Brachiopoda owes its chief interest to the immense variety
and great antiquity of its fossil forms. Whereas at the present time the
number of extant species amounts to but about 120, Davidson in his
admirable monograph[410] on the British Fossil Brachiopoda has
enumerated close upon 1000 fossil species, found within the limits of the
United Kingdom alone.
The amount of interest that the group in question has excited amongst
naturalists is evinced by the invaluable Bibliography of Brachiopoda,
prepared by the same author and his friend W. H. Dalton.[411] This
monument of patient research contains over 160 quarto pages, each with the
titles of from eighteen to twenty separate papers dealing with Brachiopods,
published between the years 1606 and 1885.
Probably the first reference to Brachiopods in zoological literature is to
be found in a work entitled Aquatilium et Terrestrium aliquot Animalium,
published in the year 1606 by Prince Fabio Colonna at Rome. This work
contains the first description of a Brachiopod under the name of Concha
diphya. In a second edition, which is not so rare in our libraries as the first,
the author mentions three more species of Brachiopods. Towards the end of
the same century, Martin Lister of Oxford, in his Historia sive Synopsis
methodica Conchyliorum which appeared in parts, described and figured a
considerable number of Brachiopods, which, under the name of Anomia,
were until the present century regarded as Molluscs, and placed in the
subdivision Pelecypoda (Lamellibranchiata).
The first satisfactory figure and description of a Terebratula were
published in the year 1766, in Pallas’ Miscellanea Zoologica, still under the
name Anomia. In 1781 O. F. Müller figured a Crania, under the name
RECENT BRACHIOPODA
INTRODUCTION—SHELL—BODY—DIGESTIVE SYSTEM—BODY CAVITY
—CIRCULATORY SYSTEM—EXCRETORY ORGANS—MUSCLES—
NERVOUS SYSTEM—REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM—EMBRYOLOGY—
HABITS—DISTRIBUTION—CLASSIFICATION
Introduction
The group Brachiopoda owes its chief interest to the immense variety
and great antiquity of its fossil forms. Whereas at the present time the
number of extant species amounts to but about 120, Davidson in his
admirable monograph[410] on the British Fossil Brachiopoda has
enumerated close upon 1000 fossil species, found within the limits of the
United Kingdom alone.
The amount of interest that the group in question has excited amongst
naturalists is evinced by the invaluable Bibliography of Brachiopoda,
prepared by the same author and his friend W. H. Dalton.[411] This
monument of patient research contains over 160 quarto pages, each with the
titles of from eighteen to twenty separate papers dealing with Brachiopods,
published between the years 1606 and 1885.
Probably the first reference to Brachiopods in zoological literature is to
be found in a work entitled Aquatilium et Terrestrium aliquot Animalium,
published in the year 1606 by Prince Fabio Colonna at Rome. This work
contains the first description of a Brachiopod under the name of Concha
diphya. In a second edition, which is not so rare in our libraries as the first,
the author mentions three more species of Brachiopods. Towards the end of
the same century, Martin Lister of Oxford, in his Historia sive Synopsis
methodica Conchyliorum which appeared in parts, described and figured a
considerable number of Brachiopods, which, under the name of Anomia,
were until the present century regarded as Molluscs, and placed in the
subdivision Pelecypoda (Lamellibranchiata).
The first satisfactory figure and description of a Terebratula were
published in the year 1766, in Pallas’ Miscellanea Zoologica, still under the
name Anomia. In 1781 O. F. Müller figured a Crania, under the name
Page 571
Patella anomala, the generic name being subsequently altered by Cuvier
into Orbicula.
Bruguière in the year 1789 was the first to recognise the relationship
between Lingula and the other Brachiopods. He for the first time saw the
stalk of this genus, and compared it with that of the stalked Barnacles, a
class of animals which has been more than once associated with our group.
Cuvier in his Mémoire sur l’Anatomie de la Lingule, 1797, gave the first
account of the internal anatomy of a Brachiopod. The same naturalist first
described the nephridia, although his mistake in considering them lateral
hearts was not rectified until the middle of the present century, when
Huxley pointed out that these structures serve as excretory ducts for the
genital products.
Duméril in 1807 proposed the somewhat unfortunate name of
Brachiopoda; and although efforts have been made by de Blainville, who
suggested Palliobranchiata, and more recently by Haeckel, who proposed
Spirobranchiata, to arrive at a name which would be both grammatically
and physiologically more correct, the older name has maintained its
position, and is now universally in use.
In 1834 and 1835 Professor Owen published the results of his researches
into the anatomy of the Brachiopoda. He investigated in these years the
structure of Waldheimia flavescens, of a species of Lingula and of a
Discina, called by him Orbicula. He regarded the group as midway between
the Pelecypoda and the Ascidians. The structure of Lingula was further
investigated by Carl Vogt, who in 1851 also supported the view that the
Brachiopoda were related to the Mollusca. But already in 1847 and 1848
Steenstrup had thrown doubts upon this relationship, and had maintained
that the Order was more closely related to certain members of the
Chaetopoda, a view which afterwards found its ablest supporter in the
American naturalist Morse.
D’Orbigny seems to have been the first observer who drew attention to
the resemblances alleged to exist between the Brachiopoda and the Polyzoa,
and Hancock, in his masterly works On the Anatomy of the Fresh-water
Bryozoa (Polyzoa) and in his Organisation of the Brachiopoda, dwelt on
these resemblances, and placed the Brachiopoda between the Polyzoa on
the one hand and the Ascidians on the other; a collocation which
into Orbicula.
Bruguière in the year 1789 was the first to recognise the relationship
between Lingula and the other Brachiopods. He for the first time saw the
stalk of this genus, and compared it with that of the stalked Barnacles, a
class of animals which has been more than once associated with our group.
Cuvier in his Mémoire sur l’Anatomie de la Lingule, 1797, gave the first
account of the internal anatomy of a Brachiopod. The same naturalist first
described the nephridia, although his mistake in considering them lateral
hearts was not rectified until the middle of the present century, when
Huxley pointed out that these structures serve as excretory ducts for the
genital products.
Duméril in 1807 proposed the somewhat unfortunate name of
Brachiopoda; and although efforts have been made by de Blainville, who
suggested Palliobranchiata, and more recently by Haeckel, who proposed
Spirobranchiata, to arrive at a name which would be both grammatically
and physiologically more correct, the older name has maintained its
position, and is now universally in use.
In 1834 and 1835 Professor Owen published the results of his researches
into the anatomy of the Brachiopoda. He investigated in these years the
structure of Waldheimia flavescens, of a species of Lingula and of a
Discina, called by him Orbicula. He regarded the group as midway between
the Pelecypoda and the Ascidians. The structure of Lingula was further
investigated by Carl Vogt, who in 1851 also supported the view that the
Brachiopoda were related to the Mollusca. But already in 1847 and 1848
Steenstrup had thrown doubts upon this relationship, and had maintained
that the Order was more closely related to certain members of the
Chaetopoda, a view which afterwards found its ablest supporter in the
American naturalist Morse.
D’Orbigny seems to have been the first observer who drew attention to
the resemblances alleged to exist between the Brachiopoda and the Polyzoa,
and Hancock, in his masterly works On the Anatomy of the Fresh-water
Bryozoa (Polyzoa) and in his Organisation of the Brachiopoda, dwelt on
these resemblances, and placed the Brachiopoda between the Polyzoa on
the one hand and the Ascidians on the other; a collocation which
Page 572
subsequently resulted in their inclusion in the now discarded group of
Molluscoidea.
In 1854 Huxley[412] published what is, with the possible exception of
Hancock’s monograph, mentioned above, the most important work upon the
anatomy of the Brachiopoda with which we are acquainted. He corrected
numerous errors of his predecessors and added many new facts to our
knowledge of the group. He was the first to describe the true nature of the
lateral hearts of Cuvier, and to describe the true heart, afterwards so
carefully figured by Hancock.
A further step was made in 1860 and 1861 by the discovery and
description of the larvae of Brachiopoda, by F. Müller and Lacaze-Duthiers.
Since that time we owe what little advance has been made in the
embryology of the group to the researches of Morse and of Kowalevsky.
Modern methods of research—section cutting, etc.—were first applied to
the group by the Dutch naturalist, van Bemmelen,[413] from whose
admirable historical account of our knowledge of the group many of the
above facts have been gathered. These methods have thrown considerable
light upon the histology of the group, but have not added very much to our
knowledge of the structure or the affinities of the Brachiopoda. The modern
views as to the latter point may be best discussed after some account of the
anatomy of the various genera has been given.
The Shell
The body of a Brachiopod is enclosed within a bivalve shell, but the two
halves are not, as they are in the Pelecypoda, one on each side of the body,
but occupy a different position with regard to the main axes of the body.
What this position is, has formed the subject of a good deal of discussion.
For our purpose, however, it will suffice to distinguish the two valves by the
most commonly accepted terms of dorsal and ventral. The former is, as a
rule, the smaller of the two, and usually lies on the lower surface of the
animal in life. Adopting the orientation indicated above, the stalk by means
of which the Brachiopoda are attached to the rocks and stones, etc., upon
which they live, becomes posterior, and the broader edge of the two shells,
which are capable of being opened to some extent, is anterior.
Molluscoidea.
In 1854 Huxley[412] published what is, with the possible exception of
Hancock’s monograph, mentioned above, the most important work upon the
anatomy of the Brachiopoda with which we are acquainted. He corrected
numerous errors of his predecessors and added many new facts to our
knowledge of the group. He was the first to describe the true nature of the
lateral hearts of Cuvier, and to describe the true heart, afterwards so
carefully figured by Hancock.
A further step was made in 1860 and 1861 by the discovery and
description of the larvae of Brachiopoda, by F. Müller and Lacaze-Duthiers.
Since that time we owe what little advance has been made in the
embryology of the group to the researches of Morse and of Kowalevsky.
Modern methods of research—section cutting, etc.—were first applied to
the group by the Dutch naturalist, van Bemmelen,[413] from whose
admirable historical account of our knowledge of the group many of the
above facts have been gathered. These methods have thrown considerable
light upon the histology of the group, but have not added very much to our
knowledge of the structure or the affinities of the Brachiopoda. The modern
views as to the latter point may be best discussed after some account of the
anatomy of the various genera has been given.
The Shell
The body of a Brachiopod is enclosed within a bivalve shell, but the two
halves are not, as they are in the Pelecypoda, one on each side of the body,
but occupy a different position with regard to the main axes of the body.
What this position is, has formed the subject of a good deal of discussion.
For our purpose, however, it will suffice to distinguish the two valves by the
most commonly accepted terms of dorsal and ventral. The former is, as a
rule, the smaller of the two, and usually lies on the lower surface of the
animal in life. Adopting the orientation indicated above, the stalk by means
of which the Brachiopoda are attached to the rocks and stones, etc., upon
which they live, becomes posterior, and the broader edge of the two shells,
which are capable of being opened to some extent, is anterior.
Page 573
Fig. 312.—Four specimens of Terebratulina caput serpentis,
attached to a waterlogged piece of wood, from the Clyde
area.
The posterior end of the shell usually narrows, and the ventral valve
projects behind the dorsal, and may be produced into a sort of beak or
funnel, through the aperture of which the stalk protrudes. This aperture may
be completed by the ventral shell, or the latter may only be notched, in
which case the hole is completed by the posterior edge of the dorsal shell.
The nature of the shell has been used in classifying the group into two
orders:—
I. The Ecardines, whose shell is chitinous but slightly strengthened by a deposit of
calcareous salts. There is no hinge and no internal supports for the arms. The
alimentary canal terminates in an anus.
II. The Testicardines, whose shells are composed of calcareous spicules. The
valves are hinged together, and there is usually an internal skeleton supporting the
arms. There is no anus.
The outside of the shell of recent Brachiopods is often smooth, but many
are ridged. In a recent species, Rhynchonella Döderleini from Japan,
Davidson[414] has described a number of spines arranged in concentric
circles on the ribbed shell. They are not so long as the spines irregularly
scattered on the shell of Rh. spinosa from the Jurassic formations. Some
shells are brightly coloured, as, for instance, the various species of Cistella
which live on the coralline rock in the Mediterranean; these exhibit bands
or rays of alternate orange and bright pink. On the other hand, the shells of
Terebratula vitrea are of a slightly translucent white, and of the utmost
delicacy. They are very large, so that the cavity within the valves is of much
greater size than the body of the animal, but in other genera the soft parts
are packed very closely, and there is but a very small mantle-cavity or space
within the shell unoccupied by the body of the animal. It is, however, more
attached to a waterlogged piece of wood, from the Clyde
area.
The posterior end of the shell usually narrows, and the ventral valve
projects behind the dorsal, and may be produced into a sort of beak or
funnel, through the aperture of which the stalk protrudes. This aperture may
be completed by the ventral shell, or the latter may only be notched, in
which case the hole is completed by the posterior edge of the dorsal shell.
The nature of the shell has been used in classifying the group into two
orders:—
I. The Ecardines, whose shell is chitinous but slightly strengthened by a deposit of
calcareous salts. There is no hinge and no internal supports for the arms. The
alimentary canal terminates in an anus.
II. The Testicardines, whose shells are composed of calcareous spicules. The
valves are hinged together, and there is usually an internal skeleton supporting the
arms. There is no anus.
The outside of the shell of recent Brachiopods is often smooth, but many
are ridged. In a recent species, Rhynchonella Döderleini from Japan,
Davidson[414] has described a number of spines arranged in concentric
circles on the ribbed shell. They are not so long as the spines irregularly
scattered on the shell of Rh. spinosa from the Jurassic formations. Some
shells are brightly coloured, as, for instance, the various species of Cistella
which live on the coralline rock in the Mediterranean; these exhibit bands
or rays of alternate orange and bright pink. On the other hand, the shells of
Terebratula vitrea are of a slightly translucent white, and of the utmost
delicacy. They are very large, so that the cavity within the valves is of much
greater size than the body of the animal, but in other genera the soft parts
are packed very closely, and there is but a very small mantle-cavity or space
within the shell unoccupied by the body of the animal. It is, however, more
Page 574
common for the shells of Brachiopods to be of a dull yellowish colour, and
to be somewhat massive. Most species are attached by a pedicle or stalk to
some rock or stone at the bottom of the sea, but in some, as in Crania, the
ventral valve becomes closely adherent to its support, so much so that it is
difficult, or impossible, to remove the animal without leaving the ventral
valve behind. Lingula, like Crania, one of the Ecardines, lives in sand (Fig.
321, p. 483), and does not use its long pedicle to adhere to any fixed object.
. The outline of the shell varies extremely. It may be almost round or
prolonged along either axis; the edges of the valves may be smooth or
fluted in correspondence with the ridges and grooves of the outside of the
shell.
Fig. 313.—Three specimens of Crania
anomala on a stone dredged in Loch Fyne.
The topmost specimen is seen in profile.
On the inner surface of the shell of the Testicardinate Brachiopoda, at the
hinder end of the ventral valve, are two lateral teeth, which fit into
corresponding sockets in the dorsal valve. These form a hinge, which in
many cases is so arranged as to permit the shell to be opened to only a very
limited extent. There are also certain plate-like processes which project into
the lumen of the shell, and help to support various portions of the body; and
in Terebratula, Waldheimia, etc., these form a complicated band-like loop,
which increases in complexity with advancing age, and serves to support
the arms. In the extinct Spirifera the internal skeleton takes the form of two
spirally coiled lamellae, which almost entirely fill the cavity of the shell; the
to be somewhat massive. Most species are attached by a pedicle or stalk to
some rock or stone at the bottom of the sea, but in some, as in Crania, the
ventral valve becomes closely adherent to its support, so much so that it is
difficult, or impossible, to remove the animal without leaving the ventral
valve behind. Lingula, like Crania, one of the Ecardines, lives in sand (Fig.
321, p. 483), and does not use its long pedicle to adhere to any fixed object.
. The outline of the shell varies extremely. It may be almost round or
prolonged along either axis; the edges of the valves may be smooth or
fluted in correspondence with the ridges and grooves of the outside of the
shell.
Fig. 313.—Three specimens of Crania
anomala on a stone dredged in Loch Fyne.
The topmost specimen is seen in profile.
On the inner surface of the shell of the Testicardinate Brachiopoda, at the
hinder end of the ventral valve, are two lateral teeth, which fit into
corresponding sockets in the dorsal valve. These form a hinge, which in
many cases is so arranged as to permit the shell to be opened to only a very
limited extent. There are also certain plate-like processes which project into
the lumen of the shell, and help to support various portions of the body; and
in Terebratula, Waldheimia, etc., these form a complicated band-like loop,
which increases in complexity with advancing age, and serves to support
the arms. In the extinct Spirifera the internal skeleton takes the form of two
spirally coiled lamellae, which almost entirely fill the cavity of the shell; the
Page 575
apices of the spirals point outwards (Fig. 330). The inner surface of the
shell also bears the marks of the insertion of the numerous muscles which
govern its movements.
Microscopic examination of thin sections of the shell shows that it
consists of small prisms or spicules of calcareous substance, whose long
axis lies, roughly speaking, at right angles to the surface of the shell. These
spicules are held together by an organic matrix, in which, however, no
cellular elements can be detected. In sections made through a decalcified
shell the position of the spicules which have been dissolved by the acid is
indicated by spaces, and the matrix remains as a network of fibrils, which
end on the outside in a thin cuticular layer of organic matter. In Lingula and
Discina the organic matter takes a much larger share in the formation of the
shell, which in these genera consists of a number of alternating layers of
horny and calcareous matter. The former is described by Gratiolet as
fibrillated, the fibrils being obliquely placed, whilst the latter consists of a
number of small prisms set at right angles to the surface of the shell.
In many genera, as in Terebratula, Terebratella, Cistella, Waldheimia,
Crania, etc., the shell is pierced by a number of small canals (Fig. 314),
which in the dried specimens form so many open pores, but in the living
animal contain prolongations of the mantle or body wall which secretes the
shell. They contain extensions of the layer of epithelial cells which lines
and secretes the shell. The canals come to the surface and at their outer end
are often slightly swollen. They are closed by the cuticular layer which is
mentioned above as covering the shell externally. They are not found in the
loops or other internal processes of the shell. In Crania the canals depart to
some extent from the usual type; instead of running a straight course to a
somewhat swollen outer end, they break up into a number of very fine
branching tubules, which form a very minute meshwork near the surface of
the shell. These fine branches contain protoplasmic fibrils, which have their
origin in the epithelial cells which lie in the tubules.
By carefully counting the number of tubules in a given area of young
and old specimens of Waldheimia cranium, van Bemmelen[415] was able to
show that the spaces between the tubules did not increase with age. He
therefore reasoned that the shells of Brachiopoda do not increase by
intussusception, and that their increase in size must be entirely due to
additions made round their free edge.
shell also bears the marks of the insertion of the numerous muscles which
govern its movements.
Microscopic examination of thin sections of the shell shows that it
consists of small prisms or spicules of calcareous substance, whose long
axis lies, roughly speaking, at right angles to the surface of the shell. These
spicules are held together by an organic matrix, in which, however, no
cellular elements can be detected. In sections made through a decalcified
shell the position of the spicules which have been dissolved by the acid is
indicated by spaces, and the matrix remains as a network of fibrils, which
end on the outside in a thin cuticular layer of organic matter. In Lingula and
Discina the organic matter takes a much larger share in the formation of the
shell, which in these genera consists of a number of alternating layers of
horny and calcareous matter. The former is described by Gratiolet as
fibrillated, the fibrils being obliquely placed, whilst the latter consists of a
number of small prisms set at right angles to the surface of the shell.
In many genera, as in Terebratula, Terebratella, Cistella, Waldheimia,
Crania, etc., the shell is pierced by a number of small canals (Fig. 314),
which in the dried specimens form so many open pores, but in the living
animal contain prolongations of the mantle or body wall which secretes the
shell. They contain extensions of the layer of epithelial cells which lines
and secretes the shell. The canals come to the surface and at their outer end
are often slightly swollen. They are closed by the cuticular layer which is
mentioned above as covering the shell externally. They are not found in the
loops or other internal processes of the shell. In Crania the canals depart to
some extent from the usual type; instead of running a straight course to a
somewhat swollen outer end, they break up into a number of very fine
branching tubules, which form a very minute meshwork near the surface of
the shell. These fine branches contain protoplasmic fibrils, which have their
origin in the epithelial cells which lie in the tubules.
By carefully counting the number of tubules in a given area of young
and old specimens of Waldheimia cranium, van Bemmelen[415] was able to
show that the spaces between the tubules did not increase with age. He
therefore reasoned that the shells of Brachiopoda do not increase by
intussusception, and that their increase in size must be entirely due to
additions made round their free edge.
Page 576
The function of the tubules has been a matter of some discussion. They
have been regarded as respiratory organs, but it would seem more
reasonable to suppose that they serve as organs to supply nourishment, etc.,
to the organic matrix of the shell.[416]
With the exception of the genus Crania, it is usual for Brachiopods to
bear round the edge of their mantle rows or bundles of chitinous setae or
bristles (Figs. 315 and 319). The length and arrangement of these structures
vary in the different species; they are secreted from little pits in the edge of
the mantle. It seems probable that they serve to some extent as organs of
defence, especially in the larva, where they make their appearance at an
early stage; possibly they also serve as a filter, and prevent the entrance of
foreign bodies into the shell. Their presence has been taken to indicate a
certain degree of affinity between Brachiopods and Chaetopods, since setae
are very characteristic of the last-named group.
The Body
The shell of a Brachiopod is secreted partly by the general surface of the
body which is situated at the hinder end of the shell, and partly by the two
leaf-like extensions of the body, which are termed the dorsal and ventral
mantles. These are, in fact, folds of the body wall, and into them the body
cavity and certain of its contents, such as the liver and generative glands,
etc., extend. The space between the two folds of the mantle, which is
limited behind by the anterior wall of the body, is termed the pallial or
mantle cavity. On each side of the middle line the anterior wall of the body
is produced into two “arms,” which occupy as a rule a considerable part of
the mantle cavity. These arms may be but flattened portions of the general
body wall, which occupies a large part of what in other genera is the mantle
of the dorsal valve, as in Cistella and Argiope;[417] or they may be
outgrowths of the body wall in the form of long processes, which are coiled
and twisted in a very characteristic manner in the various genera. In any
case the cross section of the arm shows a groove, one side of which forms a
continuous lip, and the other takes the form of a single row of tentacles,
which are richly ciliated and capable of considerable movement. The whole
arm in Rhynchonella can be protruded from the shell, as was noted years
ago by O. F. Müller, and although his statement to this effect has often been
doubted, its truth was confirmed by Professor Morse,[418] who writes: “In
have been regarded as respiratory organs, but it would seem more
reasonable to suppose that they serve as organs to supply nourishment, etc.,
to the organic matrix of the shell.[416]
With the exception of the genus Crania, it is usual for Brachiopods to
bear round the edge of their mantle rows or bundles of chitinous setae or
bristles (Figs. 315 and 319). The length and arrangement of these structures
vary in the different species; they are secreted from little pits in the edge of
the mantle. It seems probable that they serve to some extent as organs of
defence, especially in the larva, where they make their appearance at an
early stage; possibly they also serve as a filter, and prevent the entrance of
foreign bodies into the shell. Their presence has been taken to indicate a
certain degree of affinity between Brachiopods and Chaetopods, since setae
are very characteristic of the last-named group.
The Body
The shell of a Brachiopod is secreted partly by the general surface of the
body which is situated at the hinder end of the shell, and partly by the two
leaf-like extensions of the body, which are termed the dorsal and ventral
mantles. These are, in fact, folds of the body wall, and into them the body
cavity and certain of its contents, such as the liver and generative glands,
etc., extend. The space between the two folds of the mantle, which is
limited behind by the anterior wall of the body, is termed the pallial or
mantle cavity. On each side of the middle line the anterior wall of the body
is produced into two “arms,” which occupy as a rule a considerable part of
the mantle cavity. These arms may be but flattened portions of the general
body wall, which occupies a large part of what in other genera is the mantle
of the dorsal valve, as in Cistella and Argiope;[417] or they may be
outgrowths of the body wall in the form of long processes, which are coiled
and twisted in a very characteristic manner in the various genera. In any
case the cross section of the arm shows a groove, one side of which forms a
continuous lip, and the other takes the form of a single row of tentacles,
which are richly ciliated and capable of considerable movement. The whole
arm in Rhynchonella can be protruded from the shell, as was noted years
ago by O. F. Müller, and although his statement to this effect has often been
doubted, its truth was confirmed by Professor Morse,[418] who writes: “In
Page 577
the year 1872, while studying living Rhynchonella in the St. Lawrence, I
observed a specimen protrude its arms to a distance of 4 c.m. beyond the
anterior borders of the shell, a distance nearly equalling twice the length of
the shell.” The same observer also mentions that Lingula has the power of
partially protruding its arms. In most genera the cirrhi or tentacles can alone
be protruded.
observed a specimen protrude its arms to a distance of 4 c.m. beyond the
anterior borders of the shell, a distance nearly equalling twice the length of
the shell.” The same observer also mentions that Lingula has the power of
partially protruding its arms. In most genera the cirrhi or tentacles can alone
be protruded.
Page 578
Fig. 314.—View of the left half of Cistella (Argiope)
neapolitana, which has been cut in two by a median
longitudinal incision, to show the disposition of the
organs. Partly diagrammatic. The inorganic part of
the shell only is shown. The tubular extensions of the
mantle and the organic outer layer are not indicated,
and hence the pores appear open.
neapolitana, which has been cut in two by a median
longitudinal incision, to show the disposition of the
organs. Partly diagrammatic. The inorganic part of
the shell only is shown. The tubular extensions of the
mantle and the organic outer layer are not indicated,
and hence the pores appear open.
Page 579
1. The ventral valve.
2. The dorsal valve.
3. The stalk.
4. The mouth.
5. Lip which overhangs the mouth and runs all
round the tentacular arms.
6. Tentacles.
7. Ovary in dorsal valve.
8. Liver diverticula.
9. Occlusor muscle; its double origin is shown.
10. Internal opening of left nephridium.
11. External opening of left nephridium.
12. Ventral adjuster. The line from 10 crosses the
dorsal adjuster.
13. Divaricator muscle.
The cilia which clothe the tentacles keep up a constant flow of water into
the mantle cavity. This stream not only serves to aerate the blood of the
animals—a process which probably takes place through the thin inner lining
of the mantle—but it also brings with it a number of diatoms and other
minute organisms which serve as food. These particles become entangled in
the tentacles, and are ultimately lodged in the groove at their base, and
passing along this by the action of the cilia they find their way into the wide
mouth, into which the groove deepens in the posterior median line.
The Digestive System
The mouth leads into an oesophagus; this widens into a chamber which
may be termed the stomach (Fig. 314), and which receives the openings of
two large branching glands usually known as the liver. The stomach passes
into a short intestine which is usually bent at about a right angle with the
oesophagus. In the Testicardines the intestine ends blindly, but in the
Ecardines it is of much greater length, and terminates in an anus, situated
posteriorly in the median line in Crania, but asymmetrical and to the right
of the body in Lingula (Fig. 315) and Discina; in both cases, however, the
opening is into a portion of the mantle cavity. The alimentary canal is
supported by a median dorsal and ventral mesentery, and by two pairs of
lateral mesenteries which pass to the body wall. The lateral mesenteries are
not always quite distinct. When they are, the anterior pair are known as the
gastro-parietal bands, and the posterior as the ileo-parietal. In Rhynchonella
there are two pairs of renal organs, and each of these mesenteries bears the
2. The dorsal valve.
3. The stalk.
4. The mouth.
5. Lip which overhangs the mouth and runs all
round the tentacular arms.
6. Tentacles.
7. Ovary in dorsal valve.
8. Liver diverticula.
9. Occlusor muscle; its double origin is shown.
10. Internal opening of left nephridium.
11. External opening of left nephridium.
12. Ventral adjuster. The line from 10 crosses the
dorsal adjuster.
13. Divaricator muscle.
The cilia which clothe the tentacles keep up a constant flow of water into
the mantle cavity. This stream not only serves to aerate the blood of the
animals—a process which probably takes place through the thin inner lining
of the mantle—but it also brings with it a number of diatoms and other
minute organisms which serve as food. These particles become entangled in
the tentacles, and are ultimately lodged in the groove at their base, and
passing along this by the action of the cilia they find their way into the wide
mouth, into which the groove deepens in the posterior median line.
The Digestive System
The mouth leads into an oesophagus; this widens into a chamber which
may be termed the stomach (Fig. 314), and which receives the openings of
two large branching glands usually known as the liver. The stomach passes
into a short intestine which is usually bent at about a right angle with the
oesophagus. In the Testicardines the intestine ends blindly, but in the
Ecardines it is of much greater length, and terminates in an anus, situated
posteriorly in the median line in Crania, but asymmetrical and to the right
of the body in Lingula (Fig. 315) and Discina; in both cases, however, the
opening is into a portion of the mantle cavity. The alimentary canal is
supported by a median dorsal and ventral mesentery, and by two pairs of
lateral mesenteries which pass to the body wall. The lateral mesenteries are
not always quite distinct. When they are, the anterior pair are known as the
gastro-parietal bands, and the posterior as the ileo-parietal. In Rhynchonella
there are two pairs of renal organs, and each of these mesenteries bears the
Page 580
internal openings of one pair. In all other Brachiopods there is only one pair,
and they are supported by the ileo-parietal bands.
The alimentary canal is ciliated throughout, and some interesting
observations have been made by Schulgin[419] on the shortening of these
cilia in Argiope (Cistella) when the animal is well fed, and their elongation
when the animal is hungry. Amongst the ciliated cells certain glandular cells
have been described. The so-called liver consists of two more or less
branching glands, which open by wide apertures, one on each side of the
stomach. It seems probable that a good deal of digestion is carried on in
these glands, since the diatoms and other minute organisms upon which the
Brachiopoda live are usually found in the branches of these glands, and the
glandular cells lining the tubules vary much in appearance according to the
animal’s state of nutrition.
The Body Cavity
The alimentary canal and liver occupy a considerable portion of the body
cavity or general space of the body; this space is to some extent cut up by
the various mesenteries above mentioned. It also lodges the reproductive
organs and the excretory ducts. Its walls are ciliated, and the action of the
cilia keeps in motion the corpusculated fluid that bathes the various organs
in the body cavity. The mantles, which are nothing but flattened leaf-like
extensions of the body wall lining the shell, also contain diverticula of the
body cavity, which may be simple flattered spaces or may be broken up into
definite channels, as in Lingula (Fig. 315). It seems not improbable that the
body cavity fluid is aerated through the thin inner layer of the mantle.
and they are supported by the ileo-parietal bands.
The alimentary canal is ciliated throughout, and some interesting
observations have been made by Schulgin[419] on the shortening of these
cilia in Argiope (Cistella) when the animal is well fed, and their elongation
when the animal is hungry. Amongst the ciliated cells certain glandular cells
have been described. The so-called liver consists of two more or less
branching glands, which open by wide apertures, one on each side of the
stomach. It seems probable that a good deal of digestion is carried on in
these glands, since the diatoms and other minute organisms upon which the
Brachiopoda live are usually found in the branches of these glands, and the
glandular cells lining the tubules vary much in appearance according to the
animal’s state of nutrition.
The Body Cavity
The alimentary canal and liver occupy a considerable portion of the body
cavity or general space of the body; this space is to some extent cut up by
the various mesenteries above mentioned. It also lodges the reproductive
organs and the excretory ducts. Its walls are ciliated, and the action of the
cilia keeps in motion the corpusculated fluid that bathes the various organs
in the body cavity. The mantles, which are nothing but flattened leaf-like
extensions of the body wall lining the shell, also contain diverticula of the
body cavity, which may be simple flattered spaces or may be broken up into
definite channels, as in Lingula (Fig. 315). It seems not improbable that the
body cavity fluid is aerated through the thin inner layer of the mantle.
Page 581
Fig. 315.—View of the inner side of a
valve of Lingula anatifera (after
François), to show the definite
arrangement of the channels in the
mantle: a, position of mouth; b,
position of anus.
Running along the base of each arm are two canals, a small one at the
base of the tentacles, which we may term the tentacular canal, and a larger
one, the canal of the lip. The former sends a prolongation into each tentacle.
The latter is, according to Blochmann, a closed canal in Crania, Lingula,
Rhynchonella, and others; but according to Joubin,[420] it communicates in
Crania at one point with the tentacular canal. It is probably originally a part
of the body cavity. Blochmann[421] states in very definite terms that in
Crania neither the large canal nor the small canal communicates with the
general body cavity, but he admits that in Lingula the small canal opens into
that space.
valve of Lingula anatifera (after
François), to show the definite
arrangement of the channels in the
mantle: a, position of mouth; b,
position of anus.
Running along the base of each arm are two canals, a small one at the
base of the tentacles, which we may term the tentacular canal, and a larger
one, the canal of the lip. The former sends a prolongation into each tentacle.
The latter is, according to Blochmann, a closed canal in Crania, Lingula,
Rhynchonella, and others; but according to Joubin,[420] it communicates in
Crania at one point with the tentacular canal. It is probably originally a part
of the body cavity. Blochmann[421] states in very definite terms that in
Crania neither the large canal nor the small canal communicates with the
general body cavity, but he admits that in Lingula the small canal opens into
that space.
Page 582
The Circulatory System
The details of the discovery of the central circulatory organ of
Brachiopods form a curious and instructive chapter in the history of modern
morphological inquiry. Hancock, in his monograph on the group, described
and figured on the dorsal surface of the alimentary canal a well-developed
heart, which had been previously noticed by Huxley, who first showed that
the organs which up to his time had been regarded as hearts were in reality
excretory organs. In connexion with this heart Hancock described numerous
arteries, distributed to various parts of the body. The observers who have
written upon the anatomy of Brachiopods since Hancock’s time, in spite of
the fact that they had at their disposal such refined methods of research as
section cutting, which was quite unknown at the time his monograph was
written, have almost all failed to find this circulatory system, and many of
them have been tempted to deny its existence. Blochmann,[422] however, in
the year 1885 stated that he had found the heart, and had seen it pulsating in
several species of Brachiopoda which he had rapidly opened whilst alive.
Joubin has also described it in large specimens of Waldheimia venosa, and
recently Blochmann has published a detailed account of his work on this
subject. Both these authors describe the heart as a vesicle with muscular
walls, situated dorsal to the alimentary canal. From this, according to
Blochmann, a vessel—the branchio-visceral of Hancock—runs forward as a
triangular split in the dorsal mesentery supporting the alimentary canal.
This vessel divides into two at the oesophagus, and passing through some
lacunae in the walls of this tube, opens into the tentacular canal, and
consequently supplies the tentacles with blood. These two canals which
diverge from the median artery are connected ventrally by a vessel which
runs below the oesophagus; the latter is therefore surrounded by a vascular
ring. Blochmann also describes two pairs of vessels that were seen and
figured by Hancock. A pair of these pass over the gastro-parietal
mesenteries and into the dorsal mantle sinus, the second pair pass over the
ileo-parietal mesenteries and into the ventral mantle sinus; each of these
four arteries runs to one of the four generative glands, which, as is so
usually the case in the animal kingdom, have thus a specially rich blood
supply. If this description should prove to be correct, the vascular system of
Brachiopods shows a striking resemblance to that of the closed vascular
system of the unarmed Gephyrea, except that the former group has
specialised genital vessels. The blood is colourless.
The details of the discovery of the central circulatory organ of
Brachiopods form a curious and instructive chapter in the history of modern
morphological inquiry. Hancock, in his monograph on the group, described
and figured on the dorsal surface of the alimentary canal a well-developed
heart, which had been previously noticed by Huxley, who first showed that
the organs which up to his time had been regarded as hearts were in reality
excretory organs. In connexion with this heart Hancock described numerous
arteries, distributed to various parts of the body. The observers who have
written upon the anatomy of Brachiopods since Hancock’s time, in spite of
the fact that they had at their disposal such refined methods of research as
section cutting, which was quite unknown at the time his monograph was
written, have almost all failed to find this circulatory system, and many of
them have been tempted to deny its existence. Blochmann,[422] however, in
the year 1885 stated that he had found the heart, and had seen it pulsating in
several species of Brachiopoda which he had rapidly opened whilst alive.
Joubin has also described it in large specimens of Waldheimia venosa, and
recently Blochmann has published a detailed account of his work on this
subject. Both these authors describe the heart as a vesicle with muscular
walls, situated dorsal to the alimentary canal. From this, according to
Blochmann, a vessel—the branchio-visceral of Hancock—runs forward as a
triangular split in the dorsal mesentery supporting the alimentary canal.
This vessel divides into two at the oesophagus, and passing through some
lacunae in the walls of this tube, opens into the tentacular canal, and
consequently supplies the tentacles with blood. These two canals which
diverge from the median artery are connected ventrally by a vessel which
runs below the oesophagus; the latter is therefore surrounded by a vascular
ring. Blochmann also describes two pairs of vessels that were seen and
figured by Hancock. A pair of these pass over the gastro-parietal
mesenteries and into the dorsal mantle sinus, the second pair pass over the
ileo-parietal mesenteries and into the ventral mantle sinus; each of these
four arteries runs to one of the four generative glands, which, as is so
usually the case in the animal kingdom, have thus a specially rich blood
supply. If this description should prove to be correct, the vascular system of
Brachiopods shows a striking resemblance to that of the closed vascular
system of the unarmed Gephyrea, except that the former group has
specialised genital vessels. The blood is colourless.
Page 583
Joubin’s description of the vascular system of W. venosa differs in some
respects from that of Blochmann. He regards the heart as collecting the
lymph which it receives from numerous lacunar spaces in the walls of the
alimentary canal, and distributing it through various vessels, which in the
main correspond with those of Blochmann, and which run both to the
“arms” and to the generative glands. The latter vessels, however, open
freely into the body cavity, and the fluid which is forced out from their
openings freely bathes the organs found in the body cavity. Whichever of
these accounts should prove to be more closely in accordance with the facts,
there is little doubt that in addition to the true blood there is a corpusculated
fluid in the body cavity which is to some extent kept in motion by the
ciliated cells that line its walls.
The Excretory Organs
The excretory organs (kidneys) which were at one time regarded by
Cuvier and Owen as hearts, are typical nephridia—that is to say, they are
tubes with glandular excretory walls which open at one end by a wide but
flattened funnel-shaped opening into the body cavity, and at the other end
by a circular pore to the exterior (Fig. 314). In Rhynchonella, where there
are two pairs of these tubes,—the only evidence that the group presents of
any metameric repetition of parts,—the inner ends of the anterior pair are
supported by the gastro-parietal mesenteries, and those of the posterior pair
by the ileo-parietal mesenteries. In all other Brachiopods the posterior pair
alone exists. The external opening of these nephridia is near the base of the
anus; in Cistella it is at the bottom of a brood-pouch formed by the tucking
in of the body wall in this neighbourhood, and in this brood-pouch the eggs
develop until the larval stage is reached.
The walls of these nephridia are lined by ciliated cells, amongst which
are some excretory cells, in which numerous brown and yellow concretions
are to be seen; these are probably the nitrogenous excreta of the animal, and
pass out of the body, being washed away by the stream of water which is
constantly passing between the shells.
As in so many other animals, the nephridia act as genital ducts, and
through them the ova and spermatozoa, which break off from the genital
glands and fall into the body cavity, find their way to the outer world.
The Stalk and Muscles
respects from that of Blochmann. He regards the heart as collecting the
lymph which it receives from numerous lacunar spaces in the walls of the
alimentary canal, and distributing it through various vessels, which in the
main correspond with those of Blochmann, and which run both to the
“arms” and to the generative glands. The latter vessels, however, open
freely into the body cavity, and the fluid which is forced out from their
openings freely bathes the organs found in the body cavity. Whichever of
these accounts should prove to be more closely in accordance with the facts,
there is little doubt that in addition to the true blood there is a corpusculated
fluid in the body cavity which is to some extent kept in motion by the
ciliated cells that line its walls.
The Excretory Organs
The excretory organs (kidneys) which were at one time regarded by
Cuvier and Owen as hearts, are typical nephridia—that is to say, they are
tubes with glandular excretory walls which open at one end by a wide but
flattened funnel-shaped opening into the body cavity, and at the other end
by a circular pore to the exterior (Fig. 314). In Rhynchonella, where there
are two pairs of these tubes,—the only evidence that the group presents of
any metameric repetition of parts,—the inner ends of the anterior pair are
supported by the gastro-parietal mesenteries, and those of the posterior pair
by the ileo-parietal mesenteries. In all other Brachiopods the posterior pair
alone exists. The external opening of these nephridia is near the base of the
anus; in Cistella it is at the bottom of a brood-pouch formed by the tucking
in of the body wall in this neighbourhood, and in this brood-pouch the eggs
develop until the larval stage is reached.
The walls of these nephridia are lined by ciliated cells, amongst which
are some excretory cells, in which numerous brown and yellow concretions
are to be seen; these are probably the nitrogenous excreta of the animal, and
pass out of the body, being washed away by the stream of water which is
constantly passing between the shells.
As in so many other animals, the nephridia act as genital ducts, and
through them the ova and spermatozoa, which break off from the genital
glands and fall into the body cavity, find their way to the outer world.
The Stalk and Muscles
Page 584
The body cavity of a Brachiopod is traversed by several pairs of
muscles, which are very constant in position, and whose contraction serves
to open and close the shell, to move the animal upon its stalk, and to govern
the movements of the arms.
The stalk is absent in Crania, and the members of this genus are attached
to the rocks on which they are found by the whole surface of their ventral
valve. In Lingula (Fig. 315) the stalk is long and hollow, containing what is
probably a portion of the body cavity, surrounded by muscular walls.
Lingula is not a fixed form, but lives half-buried in the sand of the sea-shore
(Fig. 321). Discina, the other member of the Ecardines, has a peduncle
which pierces the ventral valve and fixes the animal to its support. Amongst
the Testicardines, Thecidium is also fixed to its supports by the surface of its
ventral valve; the other genera, however, are provided with stalks, which,
being the means of the fixation of the animals, become at the same time the
fixed points upon which their very limited movements can be effected. The
stalk protrudes through the notch or aperture at the posterior end of the
ventral valve, and it probably belongs to the ventral side of the body. It is in
Cistella, and doubtless in other genera, in close organic connexion with
both valves, and it seems to consist of an unusually large development of
the supporting tissue which occurs so frequently in the body of
Brachiopods. The surface of the peduncle is produced into several
irregularities and projections which fit into any depressions of the rock
upon which the animal is fixed.
In Cistella there are four pairs of muscles, two connected with opening
and closing the shell, and two with the movement of the body upon the stalk
(Fig. 314). The most considerable of these muscles are the two occlusors,
which have their origin, one on each side of the middle line of the dorsal
valve, and their insertion by means of a tendon into the ventral valve. In the
species in question each of these muscles arises by a double head, the two
muscles thus formed probably representing the anterior and posterior
occlusors of other forms. The contraction of these muscles undoubtedly
serves to close the shell, which is opened by a small pair of divaricators
arising from the ventral valve, and inserted into a portion of the dorsal shell
which is posterior to the axis of the hinge. Contraction of these muscles
would thus serve to approximate the posterior edges of the valves and
divaricate the anterior edges and thus to open the shell.
muscles, which are very constant in position, and whose contraction serves
to open and close the shell, to move the animal upon its stalk, and to govern
the movements of the arms.
The stalk is absent in Crania, and the members of this genus are attached
to the rocks on which they are found by the whole surface of their ventral
valve. In Lingula (Fig. 315) the stalk is long and hollow, containing what is
probably a portion of the body cavity, surrounded by muscular walls.
Lingula is not a fixed form, but lives half-buried in the sand of the sea-shore
(Fig. 321). Discina, the other member of the Ecardines, has a peduncle
which pierces the ventral valve and fixes the animal to its support. Amongst
the Testicardines, Thecidium is also fixed to its supports by the surface of its
ventral valve; the other genera, however, are provided with stalks, which,
being the means of the fixation of the animals, become at the same time the
fixed points upon which their very limited movements can be effected. The
stalk protrudes through the notch or aperture at the posterior end of the
ventral valve, and it probably belongs to the ventral side of the body. It is in
Cistella, and doubtless in other genera, in close organic connexion with
both valves, and it seems to consist of an unusually large development of
the supporting tissue which occurs so frequently in the body of
Brachiopods. The surface of the peduncle is produced into several
irregularities and projections which fit into any depressions of the rock
upon which the animal is fixed.
In Cistella there are four pairs of muscles, two connected with opening
and closing the shell, and two with the movement of the body upon the stalk
(Fig. 314). The most considerable of these muscles are the two occlusors,
which have their origin, one on each side of the middle line of the dorsal
valve, and their insertion by means of a tendon into the ventral valve. In the
species in question each of these muscles arises by a double head, the two
muscles thus formed probably representing the anterior and posterior
occlusors of other forms. The contraction of these muscles undoubtedly
serves to close the shell, which is opened by a small pair of divaricators
arising from the ventral valve, and inserted into a portion of the dorsal shell
which is posterior to the axis of the hinge. Contraction of these muscles
would thus serve to approximate the posterior edges of the valves and
divaricate the anterior edges and thus to open the shell.
Page 585
The adjustors are four in number, a ventral pair running from the ventral
valve to be inserted into the stalk, and a corresponding dorsal pair from the
dorsal valve. The simultaneous contraction of either pair would tend to raise
the valve, whilst the alternate contraction of the muscles of each side would
tend to rotate the shell upon the peduncle. The muscles of Waldheimia
flavescens are shown in Fig. 329, and described briefly on p. 502.
The muscles of the Ecardines differ from those of the Testicardines
inasmuch as they do not terminate in a tendon, but the muscle fibres run
straight from shell to shell. They are also more numerous. In Crania there is
an anterior and a posterior pair of occlusor muscles, and two pairs of
oblique muscles, which seem when they contract together to move the
dorsal shell forwards, or when they contract alternately to slightly rotate it.
In this genus there are also a pair of protractors and a pair of retractors, and
two levators of the arms, whose function is to draw forward or retract the
arms, and an unpaired median or levator ani muscle. In addition to these
bundles of muscles there are certain muscles in the body wall, and it seems
probable that by their contraction, when the adductors are relaxed, the body
may become somewhat thicker and the valves of the shells will slightly
open.
valve to be inserted into the stalk, and a corresponding dorsal pair from the
dorsal valve. The simultaneous contraction of either pair would tend to raise
the valve, whilst the alternate contraction of the muscles of each side would
tend to rotate the shell upon the peduncle. The muscles of Waldheimia
flavescens are shown in Fig. 329, and described briefly on p. 502.
The muscles of the Ecardines differ from those of the Testicardines
inasmuch as they do not terminate in a tendon, but the muscle fibres run
straight from shell to shell. They are also more numerous. In Crania there is
an anterior and a posterior pair of occlusor muscles, and two pairs of
oblique muscles, which seem when they contract together to move the
dorsal shell forwards, or when they contract alternately to slightly rotate it.
In this genus there are also a pair of protractors and a pair of retractors, and
two levators of the arms, whose function is to draw forward or retract the
arms, and an unpaired median or levator ani muscle. In addition to these
bundles of muscles there are certain muscles in the body wall, and it seems
probable that by their contraction, when the adductors are relaxed, the body
may become somewhat thicker and the valves of the shells will slightly
open.
Page 586
Fig. 316.—A semi-diagrammatic figure of the
muscular system of Crania (after
Blochmann): a, anterior occlusor; b,
posterior occlusor; c, superior oblique; d,
inferior oblique; e, retractor of the arms;
f, elevator of the arms; g, protractor of
the arms; h, unpaired median muscle.
The dorsal valve is uppermost.
In Lingula (Fig. 322) the muscular system is more complicated; in
addition to the anterior (= anterior laterals) and posterior (= centrals) pairs
of occlusors, there is a single divaricator (= umbonal), whose contractions
in conjunction with those of certain muscles in the body wall press forward
the fluid in the body cavity, and thus force the valves of the shell apart; and
there are three pairs of adjustor muscles. These latter are called respectively
the central (= middle laterals), external (= external laterals), and posterior
(= transmedians) adjustors, whose action adjusts the shells when all contract
together, and brings about a certain sliding movement of the shells on one
another when they act independently of each other.[423]
The Nervous System
The nervous system of Brachiopods is not very clearly understood, and
there are considerable discrepancies in the accounts of the various
investigators, even when they are dealing with the same species. So much,
however, seems certain, that there is a nervous ring surrounding the
muscular system of Crania (after
Blochmann): a, anterior occlusor; b,
posterior occlusor; c, superior oblique; d,
inferior oblique; e, retractor of the arms;
f, elevator of the arms; g, protractor of
the arms; h, unpaired median muscle.
The dorsal valve is uppermost.
In Lingula (Fig. 322) the muscular system is more complicated; in
addition to the anterior (= anterior laterals) and posterior (= centrals) pairs
of occlusors, there is a single divaricator (= umbonal), whose contractions
in conjunction with those of certain muscles in the body wall press forward
the fluid in the body cavity, and thus force the valves of the shell apart; and
there are three pairs of adjustor muscles. These latter are called respectively
the central (= middle laterals), external (= external laterals), and posterior
(= transmedians) adjustors, whose action adjusts the shells when all contract
together, and brings about a certain sliding movement of the shells on one
another when they act independently of each other.[423]
The Nervous System
The nervous system of Brachiopods is not very clearly understood, and
there are considerable discrepancies in the accounts of the various
investigators, even when they are dealing with the same species. So much,
however, seems certain, that there is a nervous ring surrounding the
Page 587
oesophagus, that this ring is enlarged dorsally, or, in other words, near the
base of the lip, into a small and inconspicuous dorsal ganglion, and again
ventrally or just behind the base of the tentacles into a ventral or sub-
oesophageal ganglion. The latter is, contrary to what is usual in
Invertebrates, of much larger size than the supra-oesophageal ganglion, but
like the last named, it has retained its primitive connexion with the
ectoderm or outermost layer of the skin. Both ganglia give off a nerve on
each side which runs to the arms and along the base of the tentacles and
lips. The sub-oesophageal ganglion also gives off nerves which supply the
dorsal and ventral folds of the mantle, the muscles, and other parts.
The modified epithelium in connexion with the ganglia may possibly
have some olfactory or tactile function, but beyond this the Brachiopoda
would appear to be devoid of eyes, ears, or any other kind of sense organs,
—a condition of things doubtless correlated with their sessile habits, and
with the presence of a bivalved shell which leaves no part of their body
exposed.
The Reproductive System
The majority of Brachiopods are bisexual, and many authorities regard
the separation of sex as characteristic of the group; on the other hand,
Lingula pyramidata is stated to be hermaphrodite, and it is not impossible
that other species are in the same condition.
The generative organs are of the typical sort, that is, they are formed
from modified mesoblastic cells lining the body cavity. These cells are
heaped up, usually in four places, and form the four ovaries or testes as the
case may be (Fig. 314). The generative glands usually lie partly in the
general body cavity and partly in the dorsal and ventral mantle folds, two
on each side of the body. Along the axis of the heaped-up cells runs a
blood-vessel, which doubtless serves to nourish the gland, the outer surface
of which is bathed in the perivisceral fluid. Every gradation can be found
between the ripe generative cell and the ordinary cell lining the body cavity.
When the ova and spermatozoa are ripe they fall off from the ovary and
testis respectively into the body cavity, thence they are conveyed to the
exterior through the nephridia. The ova in certain genera, such as Argiope,
Cistella, and Thecidium, develop in brood-pouches which are either lateral
or median involutions of the body wall in the neighbourhood of the external
base of the lip, into a small and inconspicuous dorsal ganglion, and again
ventrally or just behind the base of the tentacles into a ventral or sub-
oesophageal ganglion. The latter is, contrary to what is usual in
Invertebrates, of much larger size than the supra-oesophageal ganglion, but
like the last named, it has retained its primitive connexion with the
ectoderm or outermost layer of the skin. Both ganglia give off a nerve on
each side which runs to the arms and along the base of the tentacles and
lips. The sub-oesophageal ganglion also gives off nerves which supply the
dorsal and ventral folds of the mantle, the muscles, and other parts.
The modified epithelium in connexion with the ganglia may possibly
have some olfactory or tactile function, but beyond this the Brachiopoda
would appear to be devoid of eyes, ears, or any other kind of sense organs,
—a condition of things doubtless correlated with their sessile habits, and
with the presence of a bivalved shell which leaves no part of their body
exposed.
The Reproductive System
The majority of Brachiopods are bisexual, and many authorities regard
the separation of sex as characteristic of the group; on the other hand,
Lingula pyramidata is stated to be hermaphrodite, and it is not impossible
that other species are in the same condition.
The generative organs are of the typical sort, that is, they are formed
from modified mesoblastic cells lining the body cavity. These cells are
heaped up, usually in four places, and form the four ovaries or testes as the
case may be (Fig. 314). The generative glands usually lie partly in the
general body cavity and partly in the dorsal and ventral mantle folds, two
on each side of the body. Along the axis of the heaped-up cells runs a
blood-vessel, which doubtless serves to nourish the gland, the outer surface
of which is bathed in the perivisceral fluid. Every gradation can be found
between the ripe generative cell and the ordinary cell lining the body cavity.
When the ova and spermatozoa are ripe they fall off from the ovary and
testis respectively into the body cavity, thence they are conveyed to the
exterior through the nephridia. The ova in certain genera, such as Argiope,
Cistella, and Thecidium, develop in brood-pouches which are either lateral
or median involutions of the body wall in the neighbourhood of the external
Page 588
opening of the nephridia; they are probably fertilised there by spermatozoa
carried from other individuals in the stream of water which flows into the
shell. In other species the ova are thrown out into the open sea, and their
chances of meeting with a spermatozoon is much increased by the
gregarious habits of their sessile parents, for as a rule considerable numbers
of a given species are found in the same locality.
The Embryology
We owe what little we know of the Embryology of the group chiefly to
Kowalevsky,[424] Lacaze-Duthiers,[425] and Morse.[426] The Russian
naturalist worked on Cistella (Argiope) neapolitana, the French on
Thecidium, and the American chiefly on Terebratulina.
Although this is not known with any certainty, it seems probable that the
eggs of Brachiopods are fertilised after they have been laid, and not whilst
in the body of the mother. The spermatozoa are doubtless cast out into the
sea by the male, and carried to the female by the currents set up by the cilia
clothing the tentacles.
In Thecidium, Cistella, and Argiope the first stages of development, up
to the completion of the larva, take place in brood-pouches; in Terebratulina
the eggs pass out of the shell of the mother and hang in spermaceti-white
clusters from her setae and on surrounding objects. In the course of a few
hours they become ciliated and swim about freely. The brood-pouch in
Thecidium is median, in the convex lower shell, in Cistella it is paired, and
arises by the pushing in of the lateral walls of the body in the region just
behind the horse-shoe-shaped tentacular arms; the renal ducts, which also
serve as oviducts, open into these lateral recesses.
In the female Thecidium (Fig. 317) the two median tentacles which lie
just behind the mouth are enlarged and their ends somewhat swollen; they
are bent back into the brood-pouch, and to them the numerous larvae are
attached by a short filament inserted into the second of the four segments
into which the larva is divided. In Cistella a similar filament attaches the
larvae to the walls of the brood-sac; thus they are secured from being
washed away by the currents constantly flowing through the mantle cavity
of the mother.
carried from other individuals in the stream of water which flows into the
shell. In other species the ova are thrown out into the open sea, and their
chances of meeting with a spermatozoon is much increased by the
gregarious habits of their sessile parents, for as a rule considerable numbers
of a given species are found in the same locality.
The Embryology
We owe what little we know of the Embryology of the group chiefly to
Kowalevsky,[424] Lacaze-Duthiers,[425] and Morse.[426] The Russian
naturalist worked on Cistella (Argiope) neapolitana, the French on
Thecidium, and the American chiefly on Terebratulina.
Although this is not known with any certainty, it seems probable that the
eggs of Brachiopods are fertilised after they have been laid, and not whilst
in the body of the mother. The spermatozoa are doubtless cast out into the
sea by the male, and carried to the female by the currents set up by the cilia
clothing the tentacles.
In Thecidium, Cistella, and Argiope the first stages of development, up
to the completion of the larva, take place in brood-pouches; in Terebratulina
the eggs pass out of the shell of the mother and hang in spermaceti-white
clusters from her setae and on surrounding objects. In the course of a few
hours they become ciliated and swim about freely. The brood-pouch in
Thecidium is median, in the convex lower shell, in Cistella it is paired, and
arises by the pushing in of the lateral walls of the body in the region just
behind the horse-shoe-shaped tentacular arms; the renal ducts, which also
serve as oviducts, open into these lateral recesses.
In the female Thecidium (Fig. 317) the two median tentacles which lie
just behind the mouth are enlarged and their ends somewhat swollen; they
are bent back into the brood-pouch, and to them the numerous larvae are
attached by a short filament inserted into the second of the four segments
into which the larva is divided. In Cistella a similar filament attaches the
larvae to the walls of the brood-sac; thus they are secured from being
washed away by the currents constantly flowing through the mantle cavity
of the mother.
Page 589
Fig. 317.—Brood-pouch of Thecidium
mediterraneum. (After Lacaze-Duthiers.)
Part of the wall of the pouch has been
removed to show the clusters of larvae.
1. Mouth, overhung by lip.
2. One of the two median tentacles which
are enlarged and modified to bear the
larvae.
3. Wall of brood-pouch into which the
median tentacles are folded.
4. Larva attached to the swollen end of the
tentacles.
In Cistella the larva consists at first of two segments, but the anterior one
divides into two, so that in the free swimming larva we find three segments,
the hindermost somewhat longer and narrower than the others and destined
to form the stalk. About the time of the appearance of the second segment
four red eye-spots arise in the anterior segment, which tends to become
constricted off from the others, and may now be termed the head. It
gradually becomes somewhat umbrella-shaped, develops cilia all over its
surface and a special ring of large cilia round its edge.
In the meantime the second or mantle segment has grown down and
enveloped the stalk, and four bundles of setae have arisen from its edge. In
this stage the larva leaves its mother’s shell and swims out into the world of
mediterraneum. (After Lacaze-Duthiers.)
Part of the wall of the pouch has been
removed to show the clusters of larvae.
1. Mouth, overhung by lip.
2. One of the two median tentacles which
are enlarged and modified to bear the
larvae.
3. Wall of brood-pouch into which the
median tentacles are folded.
4. Larva attached to the swollen end of the
tentacles.
In Cistella the larva consists at first of two segments, but the anterior one
divides into two, so that in the free swimming larva we find three segments,
the hindermost somewhat longer and narrower than the others and destined
to form the stalk. About the time of the appearance of the second segment
four red eye-spots arise in the anterior segment, which tends to become
constricted off from the others, and may now be termed the head. It
gradually becomes somewhat umbrella-shaped, develops cilia all over its
surface and a special ring of large cilia round its edge.
In the meantime the second or mantle segment has grown down and
enveloped the stalk, and four bundles of setae have arisen from its edge. In
this stage the larva leaves its mother’s shell and swims out into the world of
Page 590
water to look for a suitable place on which to settle down. This is the only
stage in the life history of a Brachiopod when the animal is locomotor, and
can serve to spread its species. The extreme minuteness of the larva and the
short time it spends in this motile condition probably accounts for the fact
that Brachiopods are extremely localised. Where they do occur they are
found in great numbers, rocks being often almost covered with them, but
they are not found over large areas. When viewed under a microscope the
larvae seem to be moving with surprising rapidity, but judging from the
analogy of other forms, it seems doubtful if they swim a yard in an hour.
Fig. 318.—Young larva of
Cistella neapolitana,
showing three segments,
two eye-spots, and two
bundles of setae. (After
Kowalevsky.)
stage in the life history of a Brachiopod when the animal is locomotor, and
can serve to spread its species. The extreme minuteness of the larva and the
short time it spends in this motile condition probably accounts for the fact
that Brachiopods are extremely localised. Where they do occur they are
found in great numbers, rocks being often almost covered with them, but
they are not found over large areas. When viewed under a microscope the
larvae seem to be moving with surprising rapidity, but judging from the
analogy of other forms, it seems doubtful if they swim a yard in an hour.
Fig. 318.—Young larva of
Cistella neapolitana,
showing three segments,
two eye-spots, and two
bundles of setae. (After
Kowalevsky.)
Page 591
Fig. 319.—Full-grown larva of
Cistella neapolitana, with
umbrella-shaped head,
ciliated. (After
Kowalevsky.)
Frequently the larva stands on its head for some time, as if investigating
the nature of the rocks on which it may settle; it is extremely contractile,
turning its head from time to time, and seldom retaining the same outline
for any length of time; the setae are protruded, and at times stick out in
every direction; they are possibly defensive in function. When fully
stretched out the larva is about ⅓ mm. long, but it frequently shortens its
body to two-thirds of this length. The larvae are of a pinkish red colour,
with eye-spots of ruby red. Their colour renders them difficult to discern
when they are swimming over the red coralline rocks upon which they
frequently settle. After swimming about for a few hours the larva fixes itself
finally, apparently adhering by some secretion produced by the stalk
segment. The folds of the second or body segment then turn forward over
the head, and now form the ventral and dorsal mantle folds; these at once
begin to secrete the shell on their outer surfaces. The head with its eye-spots
must be to some extent absorbed, but what goes on within the mantle is not
accurately known. The setae drop off and the tentacular arms begin to
Cistella neapolitana, with
umbrella-shaped head,
ciliated. (After
Kowalevsky.)
Frequently the larva stands on its head for some time, as if investigating
the nature of the rocks on which it may settle; it is extremely contractile,
turning its head from time to time, and seldom retaining the same outline
for any length of time; the setae are protruded, and at times stick out in
every direction; they are possibly defensive in function. When fully
stretched out the larva is about ⅓ mm. long, but it frequently shortens its
body to two-thirds of this length. The larvae are of a pinkish red colour,
with eye-spots of ruby red. Their colour renders them difficult to discern
when they are swimming over the red coralline rocks upon which they
frequently settle. After swimming about for a few hours the larva fixes itself
finally, apparently adhering by some secretion produced by the stalk
segment. The folds of the second or body segment then turn forward over
the head, and now form the ventral and dorsal mantle folds; these at once
begin to secrete the shell on their outer surfaces. The head with its eye-spots
must be to some extent absorbed, but what goes on within the mantle is not
accurately known. The setae drop off and the tentacular arms begin to
Page 592
appear as a thickening on the dorsal lobe of the mantle. They are at first
circular in outline. The various changes which the larva passes through are
well illustrated by Morse for Terebratulina, which spawns at Eastport, Me.,
from April till August. The different stages are represented in outline in Fig.
320, taken from his paper.
Fig. 320.—Stages in the development of the larva of Terebratulina septentrionalis. (After Morse.)
The youngest larva has two segments, a third then appears, the larva then fixes itself, and the
second segment folds over the first and develops bristles round its edge.
Habits
There is little to be said about the habits and natural history of the
Brachiopoda. When once the larva has settled down, the animal never
moves from the spot selected; occasionally it may rotate slightly from side
to side on its stalk, and from time to time it opens its shell. As so frequently
is the case with sessile animals, the sense organs are reduced to a minimum,
the eyes of the larva disappear, and the only communication which the
animal has with the world around it is by means of the currents set up by
the cilia on the tentacles.
In spite of the absence of any definite eyes, Thecidium, according to
Lacaze-Duthiers, is sensitive to light; he noticed for instance that, when his
shadow fell across a number of these animals he was watching in a vessel,
their shells, which had been previously gaping, shut up at once.
In Cistella the tentacles can be protruded from the open shell, and in
Rhynchonella the spirally-coiled arms can be unrolled and extruded from
the shell, but this does not seem to have been observed in other genera, with
the possible exception of Lingula. The food of these animals consists of
circular in outline. The various changes which the larva passes through are
well illustrated by Morse for Terebratulina, which spawns at Eastport, Me.,
from April till August. The different stages are represented in outline in Fig.
320, taken from his paper.
Fig. 320.—Stages in the development of the larva of Terebratulina septentrionalis. (After Morse.)
The youngest larva has two segments, a third then appears, the larva then fixes itself, and the
second segment folds over the first and develops bristles round its edge.
Habits
There is little to be said about the habits and natural history of the
Brachiopoda. When once the larva has settled down, the animal never
moves from the spot selected; occasionally it may rotate slightly from side
to side on its stalk, and from time to time it opens its shell. As so frequently
is the case with sessile animals, the sense organs are reduced to a minimum,
the eyes of the larva disappear, and the only communication which the
animal has with the world around it is by means of the currents set up by
the cilia on the tentacles.
In spite of the absence of any definite eyes, Thecidium, according to
Lacaze-Duthiers, is sensitive to light; he noticed for instance that, when his
shadow fell across a number of these animals he was watching in a vessel,
their shells, which had been previously gaping, shut up at once.
In Cistella the tentacles can be protruded from the open shell, and in
Rhynchonella the spirally-coiled arms can be unrolled and extruded from
the shell, but this does not seem to have been observed in other genera, with
the possible exception of Lingula. The food of these animals consists of
Page 593
minute fragments of animal and vegetable matter, a very large proportion of
it being diatoms and other small algae.
it being diatoms and other small algae.
Page 594
Fig. 321.—Figures illustrating the tubes
in which Lingula anatifera lives.
The upper figure is a view of the
trilobed opening of the tube. The
lower figure shows the tube in the
sand laid open and the animal
exposed. The dotted line indicates
the position of the body when
retracted. The darker portion is the
in which Lingula anatifera lives.
The upper figure is a view of the
trilobed opening of the tube. The
lower figure shows the tube in the
sand laid open and the animal
exposed. The dotted line indicates
the position of the body when
retracted. The darker portion is the
Page 595
tube of sand agglutinated by the
secretion of the stalk. (After
François.)
Lingula differs markedly from the other members of the group,
inasmuch as it is not firmly fixed to a rock or some such body by a stalk or
by one of its valves, but lives in a tube in the sand. Some recent
observations of Mons. P. François[427] on living specimens of Lingula
anatifera which he found living in great numbers on the sea-shore at
Nouméa in New Caledonia may be mentioned. The presence of the animal
is shown by a number of elongated trilobed orifices which lead into the tube
in which the Lingula lives. The animals, like most other Brachiopods, live
well in captivity, and he was able to watch their habits in the aquaria of his
laboratory. The Lingula place themselves vertically; the anterior end of the
body just reaches the level of the sand; the three lobes into which the orifice
of the tube is divided corresponding with the three brushes of setae which
project from the anterior rim of the mantles. These setae are described by
Morse as projecting in the form of three funnels; currents of water are seen
continually passing in at the side orifices and out through the central. The
tube consists of two portions: an upper part, which is flattened to
correspond with the flat shape of the body, and a lower part, in which the
stalk lies. The upper part is lined with a layer of mucus, but the sand is not
glued together to form a definite tube. The lower part of the stalk, or the
whole when the animal is contracted, is lodged in a definite tube composed
of grains of sand agglutinated by mucus, probably secreted from the walls
of the stalk. At the least sign of danger the stalk is contracted violently, and
the body is withdrawn to the bottom of the upper portion of the tube. The
rapid retreat of the animal is followed by the collapse of the sand at the
mouth of the tube, and all trace of the presence of the Lingula is lost.
The shells of this species are frequently rotated through a small angle
upon one another, a movement which is prevented in the Testicardines by
the hinge. In very young transparent specimens François was able to
observe the movements of the fluid in the system of tubules which penetrate
the mantle; these tubules are figured by him, and Fig. 315 is taken from his
illustration.
Davidson in his Monograph on the British Fossil Brachiopoda states that
the largest “recent Brachiopod which has come under my notice is a
secretion of the stalk. (After
François.)
Lingula differs markedly from the other members of the group,
inasmuch as it is not firmly fixed to a rock or some such body by a stalk or
by one of its valves, but lives in a tube in the sand. Some recent
observations of Mons. P. François[427] on living specimens of Lingula
anatifera which he found living in great numbers on the sea-shore at
Nouméa in New Caledonia may be mentioned. The presence of the animal
is shown by a number of elongated trilobed orifices which lead into the tube
in which the Lingula lives. The animals, like most other Brachiopods, live
well in captivity, and he was able to watch their habits in the aquaria of his
laboratory. The Lingula place themselves vertically; the anterior end of the
body just reaches the level of the sand; the three lobes into which the orifice
of the tube is divided corresponding with the three brushes of setae which
project from the anterior rim of the mantles. These setae are described by
Morse as projecting in the form of three funnels; currents of water are seen
continually passing in at the side orifices and out through the central. The
tube consists of two portions: an upper part, which is flattened to
correspond with the flat shape of the body, and a lower part, in which the
stalk lies. The upper part is lined with a layer of mucus, but the sand is not
glued together to form a definite tube. The lower part of the stalk, or the
whole when the animal is contracted, is lodged in a definite tube composed
of grains of sand agglutinated by mucus, probably secreted from the walls
of the stalk. At the least sign of danger the stalk is contracted violently, and
the body is withdrawn to the bottom of the upper portion of the tube. The
rapid retreat of the animal is followed by the collapse of the sand at the
mouth of the tube, and all trace of the presence of the Lingula is lost.
The shells of this species are frequently rotated through a small angle
upon one another, a movement which is prevented in the Testicardines by
the hinge. In very young transparent specimens François was able to
observe the movements of the fluid in the system of tubules which penetrate
the mantle; these tubules are figured by him, and Fig. 315 is taken from his
illustration.
Davidson in his Monograph on the British Fossil Brachiopoda states that
the largest “recent Brachiopod which has come under my notice is a
Page 596
specimen of Waldheimia venosa Solander, measuring 3 inches 2 lines in
length, by 2 inches in breadth, and 1 inch 11 lines in depth.” It was found in
the outer harbour of Fort William, Falkland Islands, in 1843. A specimen of
Terebratula grandis from the Tertiary deposits, however, exceeds this in all
its dimensions. Its length was 4½ inches, its breadth 3 inches 2 lines, and its
depth 2 inches 2 lines.
Distribution in Space
Brachiopods are very localised; they live in but few places, but when
they are found they usually occur in great numbers. During the cruise of the
Challenger, dredging was conducted at 361 stations; at only 38 or 39 of
these were Brachiopoda brought up. Mr. Cuming, quoted by Davidson,
records that after a great storm in the year 1836, he collected as many as 20
bushels of Lingula anatifera on the sea-shore at Manilla, where, he relates,
they are used as an article of food. It has been suggested above that their
abundance in certain localities is due to their limited powers of locomotion,
which are effective but for a few hours, the larva being, moreover, so
minute that unless borne by a current it could not travel far from its parent.
When once settled down it has little to fear from the attacks of other
animals. The size of its shell relative to its body would deter most animals
from regarding it as a desirable article of food, and as far as is known at
present the Brachiopoda suffer but little from internal parasites, the only
case I know being a minute parasitic Copepod belonging to a new and as
yet unnamed genus which I found within the mantle cavity of Cistella
(Argiope) neapolitana in Naples. Their slight value as an article of diet has
doubtless helped to preserve them through the long periods of geological
time, through which they have existed apparently unchanged.
Two of the recent genera of the family Lingulidae, Lingula and
Glottidia, are usually found between tide-marks or in shallow water not
exceeding 17 fathoms. Discina is also found about the low-tide level, but
one species at any rate, Discinisca atlantica, has been dredged, according to
Davidson, “at depths ranging from 690 to nearly 2425 fathoms.” Their
larvae frequently settle on the shells of their parents, and thus numbers of
overlapping shells are found clustered together. Crania is usually dredged
from moderate depths down to 808 fathoms, adhering to rocks, lumps of
coral, stones, and shells.
length, by 2 inches in breadth, and 1 inch 11 lines in depth.” It was found in
the outer harbour of Fort William, Falkland Islands, in 1843. A specimen of
Terebratula grandis from the Tertiary deposits, however, exceeds this in all
its dimensions. Its length was 4½ inches, its breadth 3 inches 2 lines, and its
depth 2 inches 2 lines.
Distribution in Space
Brachiopods are very localised; they live in but few places, but when
they are found they usually occur in great numbers. During the cruise of the
Challenger, dredging was conducted at 361 stations; at only 38 or 39 of
these were Brachiopoda brought up. Mr. Cuming, quoted by Davidson,
records that after a great storm in the year 1836, he collected as many as 20
bushels of Lingula anatifera on the sea-shore at Manilla, where, he relates,
they are used as an article of food. It has been suggested above that their
abundance in certain localities is due to their limited powers of locomotion,
which are effective but for a few hours, the larva being, moreover, so
minute that unless borne by a current it could not travel far from its parent.
When once settled down it has little to fear from the attacks of other
animals. The size of its shell relative to its body would deter most animals
from regarding it as a desirable article of food, and as far as is known at
present the Brachiopoda suffer but little from internal parasites, the only
case I know being a minute parasitic Copepod belonging to a new and as
yet unnamed genus which I found within the mantle cavity of Cistella
(Argiope) neapolitana in Naples. Their slight value as an article of diet has
doubtless helped to preserve them through the long periods of geological
time, through which they have existed apparently unchanged.
Two of the recent genera of the family Lingulidae, Lingula and
Glottidia, are usually found between tide-marks or in shallow water not
exceeding 17 fathoms. Discina is also found about the low-tide level, but
one species at any rate, Discinisca atlantica, has been dredged, according to
Davidson, “at depths ranging from 690 to nearly 2425 fathoms.” Their
larvae frequently settle on the shells of their parents, and thus numbers of
overlapping shells are found clustered together. Crania is usually dredged
from moderate depths down to 808 fathoms, adhering to rocks, lumps of
coral, stones, and shells.
Page 597
Of the Testicardines, Terebratula Wyvillei has probably been found at the
greatest depth, i.e. 2900 fathoms, in the North Pacific. It is interesting to
note that its shell is glassy and extremely thin. The Brachiopoda are,
however, as a rule, found in shallower water; they abound up to a depth of
500 or 600 fathoms, after which they rapidly diminish with increasing
depth. About one-half the named species occur at a depth of less than 100
fathoms.
The vertical range of depth of certain species is great; Terebratula vitrea
is recorded from 5 to 1456 fathoms, T. Wyvillei from 1035 to 2900 fathoms.
This is to some extent explicable since, after a certain depth has been
reached, many of the external conditions, such as absence of temperature
and light, must remain constant even to the greatest depths of the ocean.
The area of the ocean explored by dredging forms such an infinitesimal
fraction of the whole, that it seems superfluous to consider the horizontal
distribution of Brachiopods. A few facts may, however, be mentioned.
Certain species, as Terebratula vitrea, T. caput serpentis, Waldheimia
cranium, Megerlia truncata, and Discinisca atlantica, have a very wide if
not cosmopolitan distribution. The second of the above named extends as
far north as Spitzbergen, and as far south as Kerguelen Island. Many species
are, on the other hand, very localised, and have hitherto only been found in
one place. A very considerable number of these have been dredged off
Japan and Korea, and this region may be to some extent regarded as the
headquarters of the group.
The following species have been obtained within the limits of the British
Area, as defined by Canon Norman, who has been good enough to revise
the list, which is founded on that drawn up by Davidson in his Challenger
Report. Their range of bathymetric distribution is given in the column on
the left.
Depth in
Fathoms
0 to 1180. Terebratulina caput Oban, and off Cumbrae Islands, Loch Torridon,
serpentis Lin. Scotland, off Belfast
8 to 25. Terebratula (Gwynia) Belfast Bay, E. and S. coast of Ireland, Plymouth,
capsula Jeff. Weymouth, and Guernsey
5 to 690. Waldheimia cranium Müller North British seas. Off Shetland
75 to 725. Waldheimia septigera North British seas. Off Shetland
Lovén
greatest depth, i.e. 2900 fathoms, in the North Pacific. It is interesting to
note that its shell is glassy and extremely thin. The Brachiopoda are,
however, as a rule, found in shallower water; they abound up to a depth of
500 or 600 fathoms, after which they rapidly diminish with increasing
depth. About one-half the named species occur at a depth of less than 100
fathoms.
The vertical range of depth of certain species is great; Terebratula vitrea
is recorded from 5 to 1456 fathoms, T. Wyvillei from 1035 to 2900 fathoms.
This is to some extent explicable since, after a certain depth has been
reached, many of the external conditions, such as absence of temperature
and light, must remain constant even to the greatest depths of the ocean.
The area of the ocean explored by dredging forms such an infinitesimal
fraction of the whole, that it seems superfluous to consider the horizontal
distribution of Brachiopods. A few facts may, however, be mentioned.
Certain species, as Terebratula vitrea, T. caput serpentis, Waldheimia
cranium, Megerlia truncata, and Discinisca atlantica, have a very wide if
not cosmopolitan distribution. The second of the above named extends as
far north as Spitzbergen, and as far south as Kerguelen Island. Many species
are, on the other hand, very localised, and have hitherto only been found in
one place. A very considerable number of these have been dredged off
Japan and Korea, and this region may be to some extent regarded as the
headquarters of the group.
The following species have been obtained within the limits of the British
Area, as defined by Canon Norman, who has been good enough to revise
the list, which is founded on that drawn up by Davidson in his Challenger
Report. Their range of bathymetric distribution is given in the column on
the left.
Depth in
Fathoms
0 to 1180. Terebratulina caput Oban, and off Cumbrae Islands, Loch Torridon,
serpentis Lin. Scotland, off Belfast
8 to 25. Terebratula (Gwynia) Belfast Bay, E. and S. coast of Ireland, Plymouth,
capsula Jeff. Weymouth, and Guernsey
5 to 690. Waldheimia cranium Müller North British seas. Off Shetland
75 to 725. Waldheimia septigera North British seas. Off Shetland
Lovén
Page 598
20 to 600. Terebratella N.N.W. of Unst, Shetland
spitzbergenensis Dav.
18 to 364. Argiope decollata Chemnitz Two miles east of Guernsey
20 to 45. Cistella cistellula S. Wood Shetland, near Weymouth, S. coast of England
650 to 1750. Atretia gnomon Jeff. W. of Donegal Bay in 1443 faths. Between Ireland
and Rockall, in 1350 faths.
10 to 690. Rhynchonella psittacea Shetland and near Dogger Bank.This species is
Gmelin. possibly fossil as well as recent
3 to 808. Crania anomala Müller Loch Fyne, North of Scotland
690 to 2425. Discinisca atlantica King W. of Donegal Bay in 1366 faths., W. of Ireland in
1240 faths., off Dingwall Bay
Classification
The table of classification here appended is that suggested by Mr.
Davidson in his Monograph on the Recent Brachiopoda.
I. TESTICARDINES
Family
A. Terebratulidae. This includes the majority of genera and of species, the latter, without
counting uncertain species, amounting to sixty-eight. Examples:
Terebratula, Terebratella, Terebratulina, Waldheimia, Megerlia,
Argiope, Cistella.
B. Thecidiidae. This family contains one genus, Thecidium, with two species.
C. Rhynchonellidae. This family is made up of eight species, six of which belong to the genus
Rhynchonella, and two to Atretia.
II. ECARDINES
D. Craniidae. This family comprises the four species of Crania.
E. Discinidae. This family contains one species of Discina and six of Discinisca.
F. Lingulidae. This family consists of eight species of Lingula and three of Glottidia.
It is impossible to come to any satisfactory conclusion as to the position
of the group Brachiopoda with relation to the rest of the animal kingdom.
They have, in accordance with the views of various investigators, been
placed in close connexion with many of the large groups into which the
Invertebrates are split up. The Mollusca, the Tunicata, the Polyzoa, the
Chaetopoda, the Gephyrea, and of recent times such isolated forms as
Phoronis and Sagitta, have all in turn had their claims advanced of
relationship to this most ancient group. As far as I am in a position to judge,
their affinities seem to be perhaps more closely with the Gephyrea and with
Phoronis than with any of the other claimants; but I think even these are too
remote to justify any system of classification which would bring them
together under a common name. Investigation into the details of the
embryology of the group, more especially into that of the Ecardines, might
spitzbergenensis Dav.
18 to 364. Argiope decollata Chemnitz Two miles east of Guernsey
20 to 45. Cistella cistellula S. Wood Shetland, near Weymouth, S. coast of England
650 to 1750. Atretia gnomon Jeff. W. of Donegal Bay in 1443 faths. Between Ireland
and Rockall, in 1350 faths.
10 to 690. Rhynchonella psittacea Shetland and near Dogger Bank.This species is
Gmelin. possibly fossil as well as recent
3 to 808. Crania anomala Müller Loch Fyne, North of Scotland
690 to 2425. Discinisca atlantica King W. of Donegal Bay in 1366 faths., W. of Ireland in
1240 faths., off Dingwall Bay
Classification
The table of classification here appended is that suggested by Mr.
Davidson in his Monograph on the Recent Brachiopoda.
I. TESTICARDINES
Family
A. Terebratulidae. This includes the majority of genera and of species, the latter, without
counting uncertain species, amounting to sixty-eight. Examples:
Terebratula, Terebratella, Terebratulina, Waldheimia, Megerlia,
Argiope, Cistella.
B. Thecidiidae. This family contains one genus, Thecidium, with two species.
C. Rhynchonellidae. This family is made up of eight species, six of which belong to the genus
Rhynchonella, and two to Atretia.
II. ECARDINES
D. Craniidae. This family comprises the four species of Crania.
E. Discinidae. This family contains one species of Discina and six of Discinisca.
F. Lingulidae. This family consists of eight species of Lingula and three of Glottidia.
It is impossible to come to any satisfactory conclusion as to the position
of the group Brachiopoda with relation to the rest of the animal kingdom.
They have, in accordance with the views of various investigators, been
placed in close connexion with many of the large groups into which the
Invertebrates are split up. The Mollusca, the Tunicata, the Polyzoa, the
Chaetopoda, the Gephyrea, and of recent times such isolated forms as
Phoronis and Sagitta, have all in turn had their claims advanced of
relationship to this most ancient group. As far as I am in a position to judge,
their affinities seem to be perhaps more closely with the Gephyrea and with
Phoronis than with any of the other claimants; but I think even these are too
remote to justify any system of classification which would bring them
together under a common name. Investigation into the details of the
embryology of the group, more especially into that of the Ecardines, might
Page 599
throw some light on this subject, and it is much to be desired that this
should be undertaken without delay. That the group is a most ancient one,
extending from the oldest geological formations, we know, that the existing
members of it have changed but little during the vast lapse of time since
their earliest fossil ancestors flourished, we believe; but we are in almost
total ignorance of the origin or affinities of the group, and we can hardly
hope for any light on the subject except through embryological research.
should be undertaken without delay. That the group is a most ancient one,
extending from the oldest geological formations, we know, that the existing
members of it have changed but little during the vast lapse of time since
their earliest fossil ancestors flourished, we believe; but we are in almost
total ignorance of the origin or affinities of the group, and we can hardly
hope for any light on the subject except through embryological research.
Page 600
BRACHIOPODA
PART II
PALAEONTOLOGY OF THE BRACHIOPODA
BY
F. R. COWPER REED, B.A., F.G.S.
Trinity College, Cambridge
PART II
PALAEONTOLOGY OF THE BRACHIOPODA
BY
F. R. COWPER REED, B.A., F.G.S.
Trinity College, Cambridge
Page 601
CHAPTER XVIII
PALAEONTOLOGY OF THE BRACHIOPODA
INTRODUCTION—DIVISION I. ECARDINES—EXTERNAL CHARACTERS—
INTERNAL CHARACTERS—DIVISION II. TESTICARDINES—
EXTERNAL CHARACTERS—INTERNAL CHARACTERS—SYNOPSIS OF
FAMILIES—STRATIGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION—PHYLOGENY AND
ONTOGENY
Introduction
The wide distribution and vast abundance of the Brachiopoda throughout
the whole series of geological formations make this group of especial
importance to the student of the past history of the earth; and the zoologist
must always regard the fossil forms with peculiar interest, because they not
only largely outnumber the living representatives, but comprise numerous
extinct genera, and even families, exhibiting types of structure and
characters entirely absent in the modern members of the group. It is a most
fortunate circumstance that the excellent state of preservation in which we
frequently find them, and the immense amount of material at our disposal,
enable us to determine with accuracy and certainty the internal characters of
the shells in the great majority of cases. But it is only since the beginning of
the present century that our knowledge of the anatomy of the soft parts of
the living animal has rendered any tracing of homologies possible. In the
case of features in fossil extinct types the interpretation must be to some
extent doubtful. Barrande, Clarke, Davidson, Hall, King, Oehlert, Waagen,
de Verneuil, and a host of other workers have contributed to the information
which we now possess; and their works must be consulted for details of the
subject.[428]
Since all Brachiopods are inhabitants of the sea, the geologist at once
recognises as a marine deposit any bed which contains their remains. Under
favourable conditions they swarmed in the seas of Palaeozoic and Mesozoic
times. Beds of limestone are frequently almost entirely composed of their
shells, as, for instance, some of the Devonian limestones of Bohemia. Often
they give the facies to the fauna and outnumber in species and individuals
all the other organisms of the period. The Ungulite Sandstone (Cambrian)
of Russia and the Productus Limestone of the Salt Range in India of
Carboniferous and Permian age are well-known examples.
PALAEONTOLOGY OF THE BRACHIOPODA
INTRODUCTION—DIVISION I. ECARDINES—EXTERNAL CHARACTERS—
INTERNAL CHARACTERS—DIVISION II. TESTICARDINES—
EXTERNAL CHARACTERS—INTERNAL CHARACTERS—SYNOPSIS OF
FAMILIES—STRATIGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION—PHYLOGENY AND
ONTOGENY
Introduction
The wide distribution and vast abundance of the Brachiopoda throughout
the whole series of geological formations make this group of especial
importance to the student of the past history of the earth; and the zoologist
must always regard the fossil forms with peculiar interest, because they not
only largely outnumber the living representatives, but comprise numerous
extinct genera, and even families, exhibiting types of structure and
characters entirely absent in the modern members of the group. It is a most
fortunate circumstance that the excellent state of preservation in which we
frequently find them, and the immense amount of material at our disposal,
enable us to determine with accuracy and certainty the internal characters of
the shells in the great majority of cases. But it is only since the beginning of
the present century that our knowledge of the anatomy of the soft parts of
the living animal has rendered any tracing of homologies possible. In the
case of features in fossil extinct types the interpretation must be to some
extent doubtful. Barrande, Clarke, Davidson, Hall, King, Oehlert, Waagen,
de Verneuil, and a host of other workers have contributed to the information
which we now possess; and their works must be consulted for details of the
subject.[428]
Since all Brachiopods are inhabitants of the sea, the geologist at once
recognises as a marine deposit any bed which contains their remains. Under
favourable conditions they swarmed in the seas of Palaeozoic and Mesozoic
times. Beds of limestone are frequently almost entirely composed of their
shells, as, for instance, some of the Devonian limestones of Bohemia. Often
they give the facies to the fauna and outnumber in species and individuals
all the other organisms of the period. The Ungulite Sandstone (Cambrian)
of Russia and the Productus Limestone of the Salt Range in India of
Carboniferous and Permian age are well-known examples.
Page 602
Many species seem to have been gregarious in habit; thus Productus
giganteus of the Carboniferous Limestone may generally be found in
crowded masses, as in some localities in Yorkshire.
The fact that certain species of Brachiopods characterise definite
stratigraphical horizons or “zones” gives them occasionally an importance
equal to that of Graptolites; for instance, the Ecardinate species Trematis
corona marks a set of beds in the Ordovician, and the isolated
Stringocephalus Burtini is restricted to the upper part of the Middle
Devonian, giving to the limestone on that horizon its distinctive name. It is
noteworthy also how certain species affect a sandy and others a calcareous
sea-bottom, so that beds of the same age show differences in their
Brachiopod fauna owing to a dissimilar lithological composition.
While few of the recent Brachiopods reach a large size, some of the
extinct species measure several inches in breadth, but the great Productus
giganteus attained the width of even a foot.
The bright colours of the shells of the living animals are not generally
preserved amongst the fossil species from the older rocks; yet in a
Carboniferous Terebratula we can even now detect the purple bands in
some specimens, and a Cretaceous Rhynchonella similarly exhibits its
original colour.
The Brachiopoda are evidently a group in its decline, as the geological
record shows; but they date back from the earliest known fossiliferous
rocks, in which the Ecardinate division is alone represented. As we ascend
through the stratigraphical series the number and variety of genera and
species belonging to both divisions rapidly increase until in the united
Ordovician and Silurian there are nearly 2000 species and about 70 genera.
From this point of maximum development down to the present day there is
a gradual decrease in numbers.
According to Davidson, at least 17 Upper Tertiary species are still living
on our sea-bottoms; and many recent Mediterranean forms occur in the
Pliocene rocks of the islands and shores of that sea, and in the Crags of East
Anglia.
A brief review of the chief characteristics of fossil Brachiopoda is given
below. Those genera which have the greatest zoological or geological
giganteus of the Carboniferous Limestone may generally be found in
crowded masses, as in some localities in Yorkshire.
The fact that certain species of Brachiopods characterise definite
stratigraphical horizons or “zones” gives them occasionally an importance
equal to that of Graptolites; for instance, the Ecardinate species Trematis
corona marks a set of beds in the Ordovician, and the isolated
Stringocephalus Burtini is restricted to the upper part of the Middle
Devonian, giving to the limestone on that horizon its distinctive name. It is
noteworthy also how certain species affect a sandy and others a calcareous
sea-bottom, so that beds of the same age show differences in their
Brachiopod fauna owing to a dissimilar lithological composition.
While few of the recent Brachiopods reach a large size, some of the
extinct species measure several inches in breadth, but the great Productus
giganteus attained the width of even a foot.
The bright colours of the shells of the living animals are not generally
preserved amongst the fossil species from the older rocks; yet in a
Carboniferous Terebratula we can even now detect the purple bands in
some specimens, and a Cretaceous Rhynchonella similarly exhibits its
original colour.
The Brachiopoda are evidently a group in its decline, as the geological
record shows; but they date back from the earliest known fossiliferous
rocks, in which the Ecardinate division is alone represented. As we ascend
through the stratigraphical series the number and variety of genera and
species belonging to both divisions rapidly increase until in the united
Ordovician and Silurian there are nearly 2000 species and about 70 genera.
From this point of maximum development down to the present day there is
a gradual decrease in numbers.
According to Davidson, at least 17 Upper Tertiary species are still living
on our sea-bottoms; and many recent Mediterranean forms occur in the
Pliocene rocks of the islands and shores of that sea, and in the Crags of East
Anglia.
A brief review of the chief characteristics of fossil Brachiopoda is given
below. Those genera which have the greatest zoological or geological
Page 603
importance can alone be noticed owing to the exigencies of space.
I. ECARDINES
External Characters
A considerable diversity of external form is met with even in this
division, from the limpet-like Discina to the flattened tongue-shaped
Lingula. The valves have most commonly a smooth external surface with
delicate growth-lines; but sometimes pittings (Trematis) or radiating ribs
(Crania) are present, and in a few forms the shell is furnished with spines
(Siphonotreta), which perhaps serve to anchor it in the soft mud of the sea-
bottom. The usual mode of fixation was by means of the pedicle (=
peduncle or stalk), which either (1) passed out simply between the posterior
gaping portion of the valves (Lingula), or (2) lay in a slit in the ventral
valve (Lingulella), or (3) pierced the substance of the latter valve by a
definite foramen (Discina). The first-mentioned condition of the pedicle
seems the most primitive. Rarely the pedicle was absent, and the shell was
attached by the whole surface of the ventral valve (Crania, p. 467).
The two valves in the fossil Ecardines were held together by muscular
action, though in some families (Trimerellidae) we see traces of articulating
processes. The “hinge line,” or line along which the valves worked as on a
hinge, is in most forms more or less curved. A “hinge area” (i.e. that portion
of the shell generally smoother than other parts of the valves, more or less
triangular in form, and lying between the beaks on one or both sides of the
hinge line), is usually absent in the Ecardines.
I. ECARDINES
External Characters
A considerable diversity of external form is met with even in this
division, from the limpet-like Discina to the flattened tongue-shaped
Lingula. The valves have most commonly a smooth external surface with
delicate growth-lines; but sometimes pittings (Trematis) or radiating ribs
(Crania) are present, and in a few forms the shell is furnished with spines
(Siphonotreta), which perhaps serve to anchor it in the soft mud of the sea-
bottom. The usual mode of fixation was by means of the pedicle (=
peduncle or stalk), which either (1) passed out simply between the posterior
gaping portion of the valves (Lingula), or (2) lay in a slit in the ventral
valve (Lingulella), or (3) pierced the substance of the latter valve by a
definite foramen (Discina). The first-mentioned condition of the pedicle
seems the most primitive. Rarely the pedicle was absent, and the shell was
attached by the whole surface of the ventral valve (Crania, p. 467).
The two valves in the fossil Ecardines were held together by muscular
action, though in some families (Trimerellidae) we see traces of articulating
processes. The “hinge line,” or line along which the valves worked as on a
hinge, is in most forms more or less curved. A “hinge area” (i.e. that portion
of the shell generally smoother than other parts of the valves, more or less
triangular in form, and lying between the beaks on one or both sides of the
hinge line), is usually absent in the Ecardines.
Page 604
Fig. 322.—Muscle-scars of Lingula anatina. Inner
surface of A, Pedicle-valve or ventral valve. B,
Brachial or dorsal valve; p.s, parietal scar; u,
umbonal muscle; t, transmedians; c, centrals;
a.m.e, laterals (a, anteriors; m, middles; e,
externals).
surface of A, Pedicle-valve or ventral valve. B,
Brachial or dorsal valve; p.s, parietal scar; u,
umbonal muscle; t, transmedians; c, centrals;
a.m.e, laterals (a, anteriors; m, middles; e,
externals).
Page 605
Fig. 323.—Trimerella. (After Davidson and King.) A, Inner surface of pedicle-valve or ventral
valve: a, pseudo-deltidium; b, deltidial slope; c, deltidial ridges; d, areal borders; e,
cardinal callosities; f, cardinal facet; g, lozenge; i, umbonal chambers separated by
cardinal buttress; j, platform; k, platform vaults; l, median plate; m, median scars; n,
anterior scars; o, lateral scars; p, post-median scars; q, crown crescent; r, side or lateral
crescent; s, end or terminal crescent; t, transverse scars; u, archlet (vascular sinuses); w,
sub-cardinal scars; x, umbo-lateral scars. B, Brachial or dorsal valve: e, cardinal sockets;
j, platform; k, platform vaults; l, median plate; m, median scars; n, anterior scars; q,
crown crescent; r, side or lateral crescent; s, end or terminal crescent; t, transverse scars;
u, archlet (vascular sinuses); v, cardinal scars; w, sub-cardinal scars.
Internal Characters
Owing to the rarity of well-preserved interiors of valves in this division,
our knowledge of their internal characters is still far from satisfactory. The
arrangement of the muscular impressions varies greatly amongst extinct
genera, but we are often able to interpret them with a considerable amount
of certainty by a study of the scars and the muscles of the well-known
recent Lingula (Fig. 322). The extreme specialisation of the muscles in
many of the earliest genera (e.g. Lingula) is remarkable, and points to a
long but so far undiscovered ancestry in pre-Cambrian times.[429] In fossil
species of Crania and Lingula the muscle-scars correspond closely with
those in the living representatives of these genera. In the most highly
valve: a, pseudo-deltidium; b, deltidial slope; c, deltidial ridges; d, areal borders; e,
cardinal callosities; f, cardinal facet; g, lozenge; i, umbonal chambers separated by
cardinal buttress; j, platform; k, platform vaults; l, median plate; m, median scars; n,
anterior scars; o, lateral scars; p, post-median scars; q, crown crescent; r, side or lateral
crescent; s, end or terminal crescent; t, transverse scars; u, archlet (vascular sinuses); w,
sub-cardinal scars; x, umbo-lateral scars. B, Brachial or dorsal valve: e, cardinal sockets;
j, platform; k, platform vaults; l, median plate; m, median scars; n, anterior scars; q,
crown crescent; r, side or lateral crescent; s, end or terminal crescent; t, transverse scars;
u, archlet (vascular sinuses); v, cardinal scars; w, sub-cardinal scars.
Internal Characters
Owing to the rarity of well-preserved interiors of valves in this division,
our knowledge of their internal characters is still far from satisfactory. The
arrangement of the muscular impressions varies greatly amongst extinct
genera, but we are often able to interpret them with a considerable amount
of certainty by a study of the scars and the muscles of the well-known
recent Lingula (Fig. 322). The extreme specialisation of the muscles in
many of the earliest genera (e.g. Lingula) is remarkable, and points to a
long but so far undiscovered ancestry in pre-Cambrian times.[429] In fossil
species of Crania and Lingula the muscle-scars correspond closely with
those in the living representatives of these genera. In the most highly
Page 606
specialised family of the Ecardines—the Trimerellidae—we meet with
features of peculiar interest.[430] The muscle-scars in this family (Fig. 323,
A, B) are most remarkable for the development of the so-called “crescent,”
(q.r.s.) which skirts the posterior margin of both valves as a sub-cardinal
impression. It is believed to be the trace of a strong post-parietal muscular
wall, analogous in position to that of Lingula. The three pairs of “lateral”
muscle-scars in the latter genus seem to be represented by the “terminal” (s)
and “lateral” (r) scars on the crescent of the Trimerellidae. A pair of
“transverse” scars (t) occurs in each valve between the “terminals” and the
antero-lateral edge of the “platform” (j). “Cardinal” (v), “sub-cardinal” (w),
and “umbo-lateral” (x) scars also occur. The median impression which
covers the “platform” (j) consists of a central, lateral, and usually an
anterior pair of scars; and the impressions of the genital organs, according
to Davidson and King, lie medianly posterior to the “platform.” The
“platform” itself is a more or less conspicuous central calcareous elevated
area occurring in each valve, but most developed in the dorsal; in some
cases it is double-chambered with tubular cavities (“platform vaults,” Fig.
323, A, B, k), in others it is more or less solid. It appears to have originated
through a posterior shifting of the central muscular bands, that they might
be inserted behind the liver; at the same time a deposition of shelly
material, to form fulcra to work the heavy valves, took place at these points.
The tunnelling-out of the platform was probably due to the continual
pressure of the lobes of the liver. The division of the umbonal cavity into
definite chambers in Monomerella, and to a less extent in other members of
this family, appears, according to Davidson and King, to have been caused
by pressure of the ovarian lobes.
In connexion with the foregoing remarks on the development of the
“platform,” it may be mentioned that the paths along which the muscle-
bands move, as the shell of Brachiopods increases in size, are marked by
elongated scars, and often by shelly deposits; and when the members of a
muscle-pair come into juxtaposition these shelly deposits (which act as
fulcra for the muscles) combine, and by the growth of the shell form a
septum, as in the case of the median septum of Lingulepis.
The Obolidae show some important features in the internal impressions.
Obolella crassa (Hall) may be taken as a well-known type of the family. In
this species a pair of small scars, one on each side of the pedicle-groove,
features of peculiar interest.[430] The muscle-scars in this family (Fig. 323,
A, B) are most remarkable for the development of the so-called “crescent,”
(q.r.s.) which skirts the posterior margin of both valves as a sub-cardinal
impression. It is believed to be the trace of a strong post-parietal muscular
wall, analogous in position to that of Lingula. The three pairs of “lateral”
muscle-scars in the latter genus seem to be represented by the “terminal” (s)
and “lateral” (r) scars on the crescent of the Trimerellidae. A pair of
“transverse” scars (t) occurs in each valve between the “terminals” and the
antero-lateral edge of the “platform” (j). “Cardinal” (v), “sub-cardinal” (w),
and “umbo-lateral” (x) scars also occur. The median impression which
covers the “platform” (j) consists of a central, lateral, and usually an
anterior pair of scars; and the impressions of the genital organs, according
to Davidson and King, lie medianly posterior to the “platform.” The
“platform” itself is a more or less conspicuous central calcareous elevated
area occurring in each valve, but most developed in the dorsal; in some
cases it is double-chambered with tubular cavities (“platform vaults,” Fig.
323, A, B, k), in others it is more or less solid. It appears to have originated
through a posterior shifting of the central muscular bands, that they might
be inserted behind the liver; at the same time a deposition of shelly
material, to form fulcra to work the heavy valves, took place at these points.
The tunnelling-out of the platform was probably due to the continual
pressure of the lobes of the liver. The division of the umbonal cavity into
definite chambers in Monomerella, and to a less extent in other members of
this family, appears, according to Davidson and King, to have been caused
by pressure of the ovarian lobes.
In connexion with the foregoing remarks on the development of the
“platform,” it may be mentioned that the paths along which the muscle-
bands move, as the shell of Brachiopods increases in size, are marked by
elongated scars, and often by shelly deposits; and when the members of a
muscle-pair come into juxtaposition these shelly deposits (which act as
fulcra for the muscles) combine, and by the growth of the shell form a
septum, as in the case of the median septum of Lingulepis.
The Obolidae show some important features in the internal impressions.
Obolella crassa (Hall) may be taken as a well-known type of the family. In
this species a pair of small scars, one on each side of the pedicle-groove,
Page 607
lies close under the hinge line in the ventral valve. There is also a well-
marked scar for the insertion of the pedicle-muscle at the end of the pedicle-
groove. A pair of much elongated lateral impressions extending forward
from the “cardinals” may be homologous with the “laterals” of Lingula; and
the two small central scars between them may be compared with the
“centrals” of Lingula which are in a somewhat similar position. In the
dorsal valve of O. crassa a pair of “cardinals” is found, and on each side of
a low median rounded ridge are two small “central” scars. Indistinct
“lateral” scars arise close to or in the central area, and diverge anteriorly.
Sometimes a great concentration of muscle-scars occurs round the
foramen in the ventral valve, as in Siphonotreta.
As regards the minute structure and composition of the shell in the
Ecardines, we find that the Lingulidae and Discinidae have their shell
composed of alternating layers of phosphate of lime and a corneous
substance; the former layers are pierced by microscopic canals. The
Craniidae have calcareous shells traversed by tubules, which divide into
many fine branches near the external surface; a thin periostracum covers the
exterior. The Trimerellidae have heavy thick calcareous shells, for which
they required the previously-described elaborate arrangement of muscles to
open and shut them.
II. TESTICARDINES
External Characters
It is to this division that the great majority of the Brachiopoda belong;
and the diversity of form, of ornamentation, and of internal characters is
correspondingly greater than in the Ecardines.
A transversely or longitudinally oval shape of shell is the commonest;
but sometimes it is triangular, as in Rhynchonella (Fig. 327), or bilobed, as
in Pygope (= Terebratula diphya). The ventral valve is usually more convex
than the dorsal, and the former may be prolonged into a tube by the
accelerated growth and infolding of the anterior and lateral margins,
producing a very abnormal form (Proboscidella). The external surface of
the valves is frequently ornamented with more or less prominent radiating
ribs; and fine concentric growth-lines are commonly shown, and may be
developed into coarse ridges or wrinkles, particularly in old individuals.
marked scar for the insertion of the pedicle-muscle at the end of the pedicle-
groove. A pair of much elongated lateral impressions extending forward
from the “cardinals” may be homologous with the “laterals” of Lingula; and
the two small central scars between them may be compared with the
“centrals” of Lingula which are in a somewhat similar position. In the
dorsal valve of O. crassa a pair of “cardinals” is found, and on each side of
a low median rounded ridge are two small “central” scars. Indistinct
“lateral” scars arise close to or in the central area, and diverge anteriorly.
Sometimes a great concentration of muscle-scars occurs round the
foramen in the ventral valve, as in Siphonotreta.
As regards the minute structure and composition of the shell in the
Ecardines, we find that the Lingulidae and Discinidae have their shell
composed of alternating layers of phosphate of lime and a corneous
substance; the former layers are pierced by microscopic canals. The
Craniidae have calcareous shells traversed by tubules, which divide into
many fine branches near the external surface; a thin periostracum covers the
exterior. The Trimerellidae have heavy thick calcareous shells, for which
they required the previously-described elaborate arrangement of muscles to
open and shut them.
II. TESTICARDINES
External Characters
It is to this division that the great majority of the Brachiopoda belong;
and the diversity of form, of ornamentation, and of internal characters is
correspondingly greater than in the Ecardines.
A transversely or longitudinally oval shape of shell is the commonest;
but sometimes it is triangular, as in Rhynchonella (Fig. 327), or bilobed, as
in Pygope (= Terebratula diphya). The ventral valve is usually more convex
than the dorsal, and the former may be prolonged into a tube by the
accelerated growth and infolding of the anterior and lateral margins,
producing a very abnormal form (Proboscidella). The external surface of
the valves is frequently ornamented with more or less prominent radiating
ribs; and fine concentric growth-lines are commonly shown, and may be
developed into coarse ridges or wrinkles, particularly in old individuals.
Page 608
The members of the family Productidae are usually furnished with tubular
spines, which are sometimes of great length, and served to anchor the free
shells in the mud, or were twisted round Crinoid stems and similar objects.
In the ventral valve of many genera there is a median sinus, with a
corresponding fold in the dorsal valve, and rarely vice versâ; sometimes the
fold and sinus are double.
The hinge line is either curved or straight, and the valves are articulated
by means of a pair of “hinge-teeth” (Fig. 329, t) in the ventral valve, which
fit into corresponding sockets in the opposite valve. Some genera have the
teeth very rudimentary, or have lost them altogether. The teeth are
frequently supported by “dental plates,” and the sockets by “socket plates”
(e.g. Conchidium, Figs. 324, 325). A few genera with a long hinge line have
the whole of it denticulated (Stropheodonta). In the dorsal valve medianly
close under the hinge line is a shelly protuberance—the “cardinal
process”—to which the diductor muscles are attached. It is sometimes of
great length and forked (Stringocephalus, Fig. 326), or tripartite, or even
quadripartite; but in Rhynchonella and some other genera it is rudimentary.
Fig. 324.—Conchidium
galeatum. Wenlock Limestone.
spines, which are sometimes of great length, and served to anchor the free
shells in the mud, or were twisted round Crinoid stems and similar objects.
In the ventral valve of many genera there is a median sinus, with a
corresponding fold in the dorsal valve, and rarely vice versâ; sometimes the
fold and sinus are double.
The hinge line is either curved or straight, and the valves are articulated
by means of a pair of “hinge-teeth” (Fig. 329, t) in the ventral valve, which
fit into corresponding sockets in the opposite valve. Some genera have the
teeth very rudimentary, or have lost them altogether. The teeth are
frequently supported by “dental plates,” and the sockets by “socket plates”
(e.g. Conchidium, Figs. 324, 325). A few genera with a long hinge line have
the whole of it denticulated (Stropheodonta). In the dorsal valve medianly
close under the hinge line is a shelly protuberance—the “cardinal
process”—to which the diductor muscles are attached. It is sometimes of
great length and forked (Stringocephalus, Fig. 326), or tripartite, or even
quadripartite; but in Rhynchonella and some other genera it is rudimentary.
Fig. 324.—Conchidium
galeatum. Wenlock Limestone.
Page 609
Fig. 325.—Conchidium galeatum. Transverse
section. d, Dorsal valve; d.s, dorsal
septum; s, socket plate; v, ventral valve;
v.s, ventral septum; d.p, dental plate.
Fig. 326.—Stringocephalus Burtini. (Modified from Woodward.) Devonian. A,
Interior of dorsal valve. B, Side view of interior of shell; a, adductor (=
occlusor) scars; c, crura; c.p, cardinal process; d.s, dorsal septum; h.p,
hinge plate; l, brachial loop; s.p, shelly processes; t.s, dental sockets; v.s,
ventral septum.
A “hinge area” (Fig. 334, c.a) is often present on one or both valves, and
may be of great size, as in Clitambonites, but in Productus it is wholly
absent. In those genera that possess it a triangular fissure—the “deltidial
fissure”—frequently traverses it on both valves; in the dorsal valve the
section. d, Dorsal valve; d.s, dorsal
septum; s, socket plate; v, ventral valve;
v.s, ventral septum; d.p, dental plate.
Fig. 326.—Stringocephalus Burtini. (Modified from Woodward.) Devonian. A,
Interior of dorsal valve. B, Side view of interior of shell; a, adductor (=
occlusor) scars; c, crura; c.p, cardinal process; d.s, dorsal septum; h.p,
hinge plate; l, brachial loop; s.p, shelly processes; t.s, dental sockets; v.s,
ventral septum.
A “hinge area” (Fig. 334, c.a) is often present on one or both valves, and
may be of great size, as in Clitambonites, but in Productus it is wholly
absent. In those genera that possess it a triangular fissure—the “deltidial
fissure”—frequently traverses it on both valves; in the dorsal valve the
Page 610
fissure is merely the space between the dental sockets, and may be occupied
by the cardinal- process (Fig. 334, C) or covered by a shelly plate—the
“chilidium.” In the ventral valve it gives passage to the pedicle, and may be
partly or entirely closed by a similar plate (Fig. 334, d) known as the
“pseudo-deltidium,” especially large in Clitambonites, or remain open
(Orthis). This pseudo-deltidium is a primitive character, and arises in an
early stage of the development as a shell-growth on the dorsal side of the
animal, becoming attached to the ventral valve subsequently. The pedicle in
many genera passes out through a special foramen in the beak of the ventral
valve; and its proximal portion is often embraced by a pair of small plates—
the deltidial plates or “deltidium”—which are formed on lateral extensions
of the ventral mantle lobe, according to Beecher. These plates lie on each
side of the pedicle, or grow round and unite in front of it (Rhynchonella,
Fig. 327), or constitute merely its anterior border (Terebratula, Fig. 328). In
some cases this foramen becomes closed in old age.
Fig. 327.—Rhynchonella Boueti.
(Cornbrash.) d, Deltidium; f,
foramen.
by the cardinal- process (Fig. 334, C) or covered by a shelly plate—the
“chilidium.” In the ventral valve it gives passage to the pedicle, and may be
partly or entirely closed by a similar plate (Fig. 334, d) known as the
“pseudo-deltidium,” especially large in Clitambonites, or remain open
(Orthis). This pseudo-deltidium is a primitive character, and arises in an
early stage of the development as a shell-growth on the dorsal side of the
animal, becoming attached to the ventral valve subsequently. The pedicle in
many genera passes out through a special foramen in the beak of the ventral
valve; and its proximal portion is often embraced by a pair of small plates—
the deltidial plates or “deltidium”—which are formed on lateral extensions
of the ventral mantle lobe, according to Beecher. These plates lie on each
side of the pedicle, or grow round and unite in front of it (Rhynchonella,
Fig. 327), or constitute merely its anterior border (Terebratula, Fig. 328). In
some cases this foramen becomes closed in old age.
Fig. 327.—Rhynchonella Boueti.
(Cornbrash.) d, Deltidium; f,
foramen.
Page 611
Fig. 328.—Terebratula sella.
(Lower Greensand.) d,
Deltidium; f, foramen.
The dorsal valve in a few cases has its beak perforated by a foramen—
the “visceral foramen.” This foramen is in no way connected with the
pedicle foramen, but points perhaps to the existence in the early
Testicardinate genera of an anal aperture. In Athyris concentrica (Devonian)
this foramen is connected internally with a cylindrical tube, which extends
longitudinally to about one-third the length of the valve. In Centronella the
aperture in the cardinal plate is rounded and complete; and in Strophomena
and its allies the opening lies between the cardinal processes. If this feature
is correctly interpreted, it suggests a retrogression of the group since
Palaeozoic times not only in numbers, but in structure; and other evidence
points the same way.
Internal Characters
The interior of the shell is sometimes more or less divided up by septa. A
median septum occurs in one or both valves of many genera as a low ridge
or strongly developed partition (Waldheimia, Fig. 329, ss; and
Stringocephalus, Fig. 326, B, v.s). Conchidium (Fig. 325) has its dental
plates of great size, and uniting to form a V-shaped chamber or
“spondylium,” supported by a median double septum; and by means of
these with a pair of septa and the large socket-plates in the dorsal valve the
interior of the shell of this genus is divided up into several chambers.
The interiors of several other genera are somewhat similarly divided up.
(Lower Greensand.) d,
Deltidium; f, foramen.
The dorsal valve in a few cases has its beak perforated by a foramen—
the “visceral foramen.” This foramen is in no way connected with the
pedicle foramen, but points perhaps to the existence in the early
Testicardinate genera of an anal aperture. In Athyris concentrica (Devonian)
this foramen is connected internally with a cylindrical tube, which extends
longitudinally to about one-third the length of the valve. In Centronella the
aperture in the cardinal plate is rounded and complete; and in Strophomena
and its allies the opening lies between the cardinal processes. If this feature
is correctly interpreted, it suggests a retrogression of the group since
Palaeozoic times not only in numbers, but in structure; and other evidence
points the same way.
Internal Characters
The interior of the shell is sometimes more or less divided up by septa. A
median septum occurs in one or both valves of many genera as a low ridge
or strongly developed partition (Waldheimia, Fig. 329, ss; and
Stringocephalus, Fig. 326, B, v.s). Conchidium (Fig. 325) has its dental
plates of great size, and uniting to form a V-shaped chamber or
“spondylium,” supported by a median double septum; and by means of
these with a pair of septa and the large socket-plates in the dorsal valve the
interior of the shell of this genus is divided up into several chambers.
The interiors of several other genera are somewhat similarly divided up.
Page 612
Fig. 329.—Waldheimia (Magellania) flavescens. A, Interior of ventral valve:
a, adductor scars; v.a, ventral adjustors; d, divaricators; a.d, accessory
divaricators; p, peduncular muscle; dm, deltidium; f, foramen; t, teeth. B,
Interior of dorsal valve: a.a, anterior adductor (occlusor) scars; a.p,
posterior adductor (occlusor) scars; c.p, cardinal process; cr, crura; d.s,
dental sockets; hp, hinge-plate; l, brachial loop; ss, septum. (After
Davidson.)
In the Carboniferous genus Syringothyris two special plates, situated
between the dental plates, are rolled into an incomplete tube, so as to
enclose probably the anal extremity of the alimentary canal; and in several
genera a sub-umbonal “cardinal plate” is present, which is perforated
(Athyris) or slit in some cases for the passage of the anal tube.
For the support of the fleshy “spiral arms” the calcareous structures
forming the “brachial apparatus” are of two main types—(1) the loop type;
(2) the spiral-cone type. In the Strophomenidae no special calcareous
support seems to have been usually present (Fig. 334), though in some
species of Leptaena spirally-grooved elevated areas supported the fleshy
arms; in the Productidae it is probable that the ridges enclosing the
“reniform impressions” (Fig. 333, i) served for a similar purpose.
The Terebratulidae show the “loop type” of brachial apparatus. In
Waldheimia (Fig. 329), which may be taken as an example, we notice first
in the dorsal valve the “crura” (cr), from which arise the two “descending
branches” which run forwards and then are bent back to form the
“ascending branches” which are united by the “transverse band.” In some
genera the “ascending branches” may be reduced to mere points, and the
a, adductor scars; v.a, ventral adjustors; d, divaricators; a.d, accessory
divaricators; p, peduncular muscle; dm, deltidium; f, foramen; t, teeth. B,
Interior of dorsal valve: a.a, anterior adductor (occlusor) scars; a.p,
posterior adductor (occlusor) scars; c.p, cardinal process; cr, crura; d.s,
dental sockets; hp, hinge-plate; l, brachial loop; ss, septum. (After
Davidson.)
In the Carboniferous genus Syringothyris two special plates, situated
between the dental plates, are rolled into an incomplete tube, so as to
enclose probably the anal extremity of the alimentary canal; and in several
genera a sub-umbonal “cardinal plate” is present, which is perforated
(Athyris) or slit in some cases for the passage of the anal tube.
For the support of the fleshy “spiral arms” the calcareous structures
forming the “brachial apparatus” are of two main types—(1) the loop type;
(2) the spiral-cone type. In the Strophomenidae no special calcareous
support seems to have been usually present (Fig. 334), though in some
species of Leptaena spirally-grooved elevated areas supported the fleshy
arms; in the Productidae it is probable that the ridges enclosing the
“reniform impressions” (Fig. 333, i) served for a similar purpose.
The Terebratulidae show the “loop type” of brachial apparatus. In
Waldheimia (Fig. 329), which may be taken as an example, we notice first
in the dorsal valve the “crura” (cr), from which arise the two “descending
branches” which run forwards and then are bent back to form the
“ascending branches” which are united by the “transverse band.” In some
genera the “ascending branches” may be reduced to mere points, and the
Page 613
“transverse band” become a median vertical plate; the “crura,” too, may be
fused so as to form a “crural band”; and the “descending branches” may be
connected by a cross band—the “jugal band.” In Stringocephalus (Fig. 326,
l, s.p) the loop is furnished on its inner edge with radiating processes; and in
Argiope the loop is simple, not reflected, and fused with marginal septa;
while in the Thecidiidae it is more or less fused with the shell itself, and
with the mass of calcareous spicules secreted by the mantle.
The “spiral-cone type” of brachial apparatus is found in the Spiriferidae,
Atrypidae, and Koninckinidae, and consists of two spirally-enrolled
calcified lamellae, forming two cones with their apices directed laterally
(Spirifera, Fig. 330), or towards the interior of the dorsal valve (Atrypa, Fig.
332), or towards each other (Glassia); or forming two flat spirals in the
same plane (Koninckinidae). A “jugal band” is generally present, but varies
much in position, and in some genera has complicated posterior processes.
The Rhynchonellidae have no loop or spiral cones, but merely a pair of
short “crura.”
Fig. 330.—Spirifera striata. (Carboniferous Limestone.)
Showing brachial spires.
The principal modifications in the attachments of the muscles in the
Testicardines are illustrated by Productus giganteus (Fig. 333), Leptaena
rhomboidalis (Fig. 334), and Waldheimia flavescens (Fig. 329).
In Productus (Fig. 333) we see in the ventral valve a pair of dendritic
occlusor, often called adductor, impressions and a pair of large flabellate
divaricator impressions. In the dorsal valve the large “cardinal process”
served for the attachment of the divaricator, and a low median septum
fused so as to form a “crural band”; and the “descending branches” may be
connected by a cross band—the “jugal band.” In Stringocephalus (Fig. 326,
l, s.p) the loop is furnished on its inner edge with radiating processes; and in
Argiope the loop is simple, not reflected, and fused with marginal septa;
while in the Thecidiidae it is more or less fused with the shell itself, and
with the mass of calcareous spicules secreted by the mantle.
The “spiral-cone type” of brachial apparatus is found in the Spiriferidae,
Atrypidae, and Koninckinidae, and consists of two spirally-enrolled
calcified lamellae, forming two cones with their apices directed laterally
(Spirifera, Fig. 330), or towards the interior of the dorsal valve (Atrypa, Fig.
332), or towards each other (Glassia); or forming two flat spirals in the
same plane (Koninckinidae). A “jugal band” is generally present, but varies
much in position, and in some genera has complicated posterior processes.
The Rhynchonellidae have no loop or spiral cones, but merely a pair of
short “crura.”
Fig. 330.—Spirifera striata. (Carboniferous Limestone.)
Showing brachial spires.
The principal modifications in the attachments of the muscles in the
Testicardines are illustrated by Productus giganteus (Fig. 333), Leptaena
rhomboidalis (Fig. 334), and Waldheimia flavescens (Fig. 329).
In Productus (Fig. 333) we see in the ventral valve a pair of dendritic
occlusor, often called adductor, impressions and a pair of large flabellate
divaricator impressions. In the dorsal valve the large “cardinal process”
served for the attachment of the divaricator, and a low median septum
Page 614
separated the dendritic occlusor scars, which are rarely divisible into
anterior and posterior pairs.
Fig. 331.—Atrypa reticularis.
(Wenlock Limestone.)
Fig. 332.—Interior of the same,
seen from the dorsal side,
showing brachial spires.
(After Hall.)
In Leptaena (Fig. 334) the occlusor scars (a) in the ventral valve are
narrow and median, and are enclosed by a pair of flabelliform divaricator
impressions (d.v); in the dorsal valve two pairs of occlusor scars (a.a, p.a)
are well marked, and accessory posterior occlusor scars are traceable in
some specimens. The vascular sinuses (v.s) and genital areas are
conspicuous in many species of this and other genera.
anterior and posterior pairs.
Fig. 331.—Atrypa reticularis.
(Wenlock Limestone.)
Fig. 332.—Interior of the same,
seen from the dorsal side,
showing brachial spires.
(After Hall.)
In Leptaena (Fig. 334) the occlusor scars (a) in the ventral valve are
narrow and median, and are enclosed by a pair of flabelliform divaricator
impressions (d.v); in the dorsal valve two pairs of occlusor scars (a.a, p.a)
are well marked, and accessory posterior occlusor scars are traceable in
some specimens. The vascular sinuses (v.s) and genital areas are
conspicuous in many species of this and other genera.
Page 615
Fig. 333.—Productus giganteus. (After Woodward.) Carboniferous Limestone. A,
Interior of dorsal valve. B, Interior of ventral valve. C, Transverse section of
valves. D, Hinge line of A: a, occlusor scars; d, divaricator scars; i, “reniform
impressions”; ca, cardinal process; h, hinge line; p, brachial prominence; s, cavity
for spiral arms; do, dorsal valve; ve, ventral valve.
In Waldheimia (Fig. 329) a sub-umbonal “peduncular muscle” scar (p) in
the ventral valve has before it a pair of “accessory divaricator” scars (a.d)
flanked by a pair of “ventral adjustor” (v.a) and a pair of “divaricator”
impressions (d), between which lie the two occlusor scars (a). In the dorsal
valve anterior and posterior pairs of occlusor scars (a.a, a.p) are visible.
The minute structure of the calcareous shell of the Testicardines is of
flattened fibrous prisms inclined at a very acute angle to the surfaces. In
many forms minute tubes more or less closely arranged pierce through the
fibrous shell-substance; but in some genera (Productus) they do not reach
the outer surface (see p. 468). Allied genera, however, differ much in the
punctate or impunctate character of the shell.
Interior of dorsal valve. B, Interior of ventral valve. C, Transverse section of
valves. D, Hinge line of A: a, occlusor scars; d, divaricator scars; i, “reniform
impressions”; ca, cardinal process; h, hinge line; p, brachial prominence; s, cavity
for spiral arms; do, dorsal valve; ve, ventral valve.
In Waldheimia (Fig. 329) a sub-umbonal “peduncular muscle” scar (p) in
the ventral valve has before it a pair of “accessory divaricator” scars (a.d)
flanked by a pair of “ventral adjustor” (v.a) and a pair of “divaricator”
impressions (d), between which lie the two occlusor scars (a). In the dorsal
valve anterior and posterior pairs of occlusor scars (a.a, a.p) are visible.
The minute structure of the calcareous shell of the Testicardines is of
flattened fibrous prisms inclined at a very acute angle to the surfaces. In
many forms minute tubes more or less closely arranged pierce through the
fibrous shell-substance; but in some genera (Productus) they do not reach
the outer surface (see p. 468). Allied genera, however, differ much in the
punctate or impunctate character of the shell.
Page 616
Fig. 334.—Leptaena rhomboidalis. (Silurian.) A, External view of ventral valve. B, Interior of
ventral valve: a, occlusor scars; d, pseudo-deltidium; d.v, divaricator scars; c.a, hinge area;
t, teeth. C, Interior of dorsal valve: a.a, anterior occlusor scars; p.a, posterior occlusor
scars; c.a, hinge area; c.p, cardinal process; d, chilidium; s, dental sockets; v.s, vascular
sinuses.
Synopsis of Families
I. Ecardines
Family. Lingulidae
Shell elongated, composed of alternating chitinous and calcareous layers, the latter
of which are perforated. Attached by a pedicle passing between apices of valves.
Arms have no calcified supports.
(For muscles see Fig. 322.)
Range.—Lower Cambrian to Recent.
Principal Genera.—Lingula, Lingulella, Lingulepis.
Family. Obolidae
ventral valve: a, occlusor scars; d, pseudo-deltidium; d.v, divaricator scars; c.a, hinge area;
t, teeth. C, Interior of dorsal valve: a.a, anterior occlusor scars; p.a, posterior occlusor
scars; c.a, hinge area; c.p, cardinal process; d, chilidium; s, dental sockets; v.s, vascular
sinuses.
Synopsis of Families
I. Ecardines
Family. Lingulidae
Shell elongated, composed of alternating chitinous and calcareous layers, the latter
of which are perforated. Attached by a pedicle passing between apices of valves.
Arms have no calcified supports.
(For muscles see Fig. 322.)
Range.—Lower Cambrian to Recent.
Principal Genera.—Lingula, Lingulella, Lingulepis.
Family. Obolidae
Page 617
Shell varies in shape. Ventral valve provided with pedicular groove or foramen.
Cardinal border thickened. No brachial supports. Shell composed of alternating
chitinous and calcareous layers.
(For muscles see p. 496.)
Range.—Lower Cambrian to Devonian.
Principal Genera.—Obolus, Obolella, Kutorgina, Linnarssonia, Siphonotreta,
Acrotreta, Neobolus.
Family. Discinidae
Shell rounded, valves more or less conical, fixed by pedicle passing through slit or
tubular foramen in ventral valve. No calcified brachial supports. Shell structure
chitino-calcareous.
Range.—Ordovician to Recent.
Principal Genera.—Discina, Orbiculoidea, Trematis.
Family. Craniidae
Shell calcareous, subcircular; fixed by surface of ventral valve; dorsal valve the
larger, depressed-conical. Shell structure punctate.
Four principal muscular scars in each valve, with central triangular protuberance in
ventral valve (see p. 476).
Range.—Ordovician to Recent.
Principal Genus.—Crania.
Family. Trimerellidae
Shell thick, calcareous, inequivalve; beak of ventral valve usually prominent;
rudimentary teeth maybe present; hinge area well developed, with pseudo-deltidium.
In interior of valves muscular platform, “crescent,” and sometimes sub-umbonal
chambers (see p. 494, Fig. 323).
Range.—Ordovician and Silurian; maximum in Wenlock.
Principal Genera.—Trimerella, Monomerella, Dinobolus, Rhinobolus.
II. Testicardines
Family. Productidae
Shell entirely free, or fixed by ventral valve or spines. Concavo-convex, more or
less covered with tubular spines. Hinge line straight. Hinge-teeth absent or
rudimentary.
Cardinal process prominent.
Reniform impressions in dorsal valve.
(For muscular impressions see p. 501, Fig. 333.)
Range.—Silurian to Permian. Genus Productus very characteristic of the
Carboniferous.
Principal Genera.—Productus, Chonetes, Strophalosia, Proboscidella,
Aulosteges.
Cardinal border thickened. No brachial supports. Shell composed of alternating
chitinous and calcareous layers.
(For muscles see p. 496.)
Range.—Lower Cambrian to Devonian.
Principal Genera.—Obolus, Obolella, Kutorgina, Linnarssonia, Siphonotreta,
Acrotreta, Neobolus.
Family. Discinidae
Shell rounded, valves more or less conical, fixed by pedicle passing through slit or
tubular foramen in ventral valve. No calcified brachial supports. Shell structure
chitino-calcareous.
Range.—Ordovician to Recent.
Principal Genera.—Discina, Orbiculoidea, Trematis.
Family. Craniidae
Shell calcareous, subcircular; fixed by surface of ventral valve; dorsal valve the
larger, depressed-conical. Shell structure punctate.
Four principal muscular scars in each valve, with central triangular protuberance in
ventral valve (see p. 476).
Range.—Ordovician to Recent.
Principal Genus.—Crania.
Family. Trimerellidae
Shell thick, calcareous, inequivalve; beak of ventral valve usually prominent;
rudimentary teeth maybe present; hinge area well developed, with pseudo-deltidium.
In interior of valves muscular platform, “crescent,” and sometimes sub-umbonal
chambers (see p. 494, Fig. 323).
Range.—Ordovician and Silurian; maximum in Wenlock.
Principal Genera.—Trimerella, Monomerella, Dinobolus, Rhinobolus.
II. Testicardines
Family. Productidae
Shell entirely free, or fixed by ventral valve or spines. Concavo-convex, more or
less covered with tubular spines. Hinge line straight. Hinge-teeth absent or
rudimentary.
Cardinal process prominent.
Reniform impressions in dorsal valve.
(For muscular impressions see p. 501, Fig. 333.)
Range.—Silurian to Permian. Genus Productus very characteristic of the
Carboniferous.
Principal Genera.—Productus, Chonetes, Strophalosia, Proboscidella,
Aulosteges.
Page 618
Family. Strophomenidae
Shell very variable in shape; concavo-convex, plano-convex, or biconvex; hinge
line usually straight; frequently with an area on each valve; foramen may or may not
be present. Shell structure near always punctate. Ventral valve usually furnished with
hinge-teeth; and dorsal valve with cardinal process.
Brachial supports completely absent or very rudimentary.
(For muscular impressions see p. 502, Fig. 334.)
Range.—Wholly Palaeozoic.
Principal Genera.—Orthis, with many sub-genera, Clitambonites, Skenidium,
Strophomena, Orthothetes, Leptaena, Stropheodonta, Plectambonites.
Family. Koninckinidae
Shell plano-convex or concavo-convex. Brachial apparatus composed of two
lamellae spirally enrolled in the same plane, or in the form of depressed cones, with
the apices directed into the ventral valve.
Range.—Silurian to Lias.
Principal Genera.—Koninckina, Koninckella, Coelospira, Davidsonia.
Family. Spiriferidae
Shell biconvex. Brachial apparatus consisting essentially of two descending
calcareous lamellae which by spiral enrolment form a pair of laterally-directed cones
(Fig. 330).
Range.—Chiefly Palaeozoic, but a few forms pass up into the Lias.
Principal Genera.—Spirifera, Cyrtia, Uncites, Athyris, Merista.
Family. Atrypidae
Brachial apparatus consists of two descending calcareous lamellae which bend
outwards at the extremity of the crura and are coiled into two spiral cones, the apices
of which either converge towards each other (Glassia) or towards the dorsal valve
(Atrypa, Fig. 332), or diverge towards the dorsal valve (Dayia); shell structure
impunctate.
Range.—Ordovician to Trias.
Principal Genera.—Atrypa, Dayia, Glassia.
Family. Rhynchonellidae
Shell biconvex, hinge line usually curved.
Beak of ventral valve incurved, with foramen.
Calcareous brachial supports reduced to a pair of short curved crura.
The septa, dental and socket plates may be highly developed and divide up the
cavity of the shell into chambers (Stenochisma, Conchidium).
Shell structure fibrous, rarely punctate; muscular impressions as in Terebratulidae.
Range.—Ordovician to Recent: majority of the genera are Palaeozoic.
Shell very variable in shape; concavo-convex, plano-convex, or biconvex; hinge
line usually straight; frequently with an area on each valve; foramen may or may not
be present. Shell structure near always punctate. Ventral valve usually furnished with
hinge-teeth; and dorsal valve with cardinal process.
Brachial supports completely absent or very rudimentary.
(For muscular impressions see p. 502, Fig. 334.)
Range.—Wholly Palaeozoic.
Principal Genera.—Orthis, with many sub-genera, Clitambonites, Skenidium,
Strophomena, Orthothetes, Leptaena, Stropheodonta, Plectambonites.
Family. Koninckinidae
Shell plano-convex or concavo-convex. Brachial apparatus composed of two
lamellae spirally enrolled in the same plane, or in the form of depressed cones, with
the apices directed into the ventral valve.
Range.—Silurian to Lias.
Principal Genera.—Koninckina, Koninckella, Coelospira, Davidsonia.
Family. Spiriferidae
Shell biconvex. Brachial apparatus consisting essentially of two descending
calcareous lamellae which by spiral enrolment form a pair of laterally-directed cones
(Fig. 330).
Range.—Chiefly Palaeozoic, but a few forms pass up into the Lias.
Principal Genera.—Spirifera, Cyrtia, Uncites, Athyris, Merista.
Family. Atrypidae
Brachial apparatus consists of two descending calcareous lamellae which bend
outwards at the extremity of the crura and are coiled into two spiral cones, the apices
of which either converge towards each other (Glassia) or towards the dorsal valve
(Atrypa, Fig. 332), or diverge towards the dorsal valve (Dayia); shell structure
impunctate.
Range.—Ordovician to Trias.
Principal Genera.—Atrypa, Dayia, Glassia.
Family. Rhynchonellidae
Shell biconvex, hinge line usually curved.
Beak of ventral valve incurved, with foramen.
Calcareous brachial supports reduced to a pair of short curved crura.
The septa, dental and socket plates may be highly developed and divide up the
cavity of the shell into chambers (Stenochisma, Conchidium).
Shell structure fibrous, rarely punctate; muscular impressions as in Terebratulidae.
Range.—Ordovician to Recent: majority of the genera are Palaeozoic.
Page 619
Principal Genera.—Rhynchonella (Fig. 327), Stenochisma, Stricklandia,
Conchidium.
Family. Terebratulidae
Shell structure punctate.
Arms supported by a calcareous loop, usually bent back on itself.
(For muscular impressions see p. 502, Figs. 328, 329.)
Beak of ventral valve perforated by foramen, furnished with deltidium.
Range.—Devonian to Recent; maximum development in Mesozoic times.
Principal Genera.—Terebratula, Terebratulina, Waldheimia, Terebratella,
Kingena, Magas, Centronella.
Family. Argiopidae
Large foramen for passage of pedicle. Marginal septa present in both valves.
Calcareous brachial loop follows margin of shell and is more or less fused with the
septa. Shell structure punctate.
Range.—Jurassic to Recent.
Principal Genera.—Argiope, Cistella.
Family. Stringocephalidae
Shell subcircular, punctate. Cardinal process highly developed, bifid. Brachial
apparatus composed of two calcareous free lamellae, prolonged at first downwards,
then bent back, upwards and outwards to run parallel to margin of shell and to unite in
front, thus constituting a wide loop.
Range.—Silurian and Devonian.
Sole Genus.—Stringocephalus.
Family. Thecidiidae
Shell usually fixed by beak of ventral valve, plano-convex. Sub-cardinal apophysis
in ventral valve for attachment of occlusors. Marginal septa in dorsal valve.
Calcareous brachial loop more or less fused with shell, and with calcareous spicules
of mantle. Shell structure: inner layer fibrous, outer layer tubulated.
Range.—Carboniferous to Recent.
Principal Genera.—Thecidium, Oldhamina.
Stratigraphical Distribution of Brachiopoda
It is remarkable that some of the earliest types of Brachiopoda exist
generically unchanged at the present day. Such are Lingula, ranging from
the Cambrian; Discina and Crania, ranging from the Ordovician; and
amongst the hinged forms Terebratula from the Devonian, and
Rhynchonella from the Ordovician.
Conchidium.
Family. Terebratulidae
Shell structure punctate.
Arms supported by a calcareous loop, usually bent back on itself.
(For muscular impressions see p. 502, Figs. 328, 329.)
Beak of ventral valve perforated by foramen, furnished with deltidium.
Range.—Devonian to Recent; maximum development in Mesozoic times.
Principal Genera.—Terebratula, Terebratulina, Waldheimia, Terebratella,
Kingena, Magas, Centronella.
Family. Argiopidae
Large foramen for passage of pedicle. Marginal septa present in both valves.
Calcareous brachial loop follows margin of shell and is more or less fused with the
septa. Shell structure punctate.
Range.—Jurassic to Recent.
Principal Genera.—Argiope, Cistella.
Family. Stringocephalidae
Shell subcircular, punctate. Cardinal process highly developed, bifid. Brachial
apparatus composed of two calcareous free lamellae, prolonged at first downwards,
then bent back, upwards and outwards to run parallel to margin of shell and to unite in
front, thus constituting a wide loop.
Range.—Silurian and Devonian.
Sole Genus.—Stringocephalus.
Family. Thecidiidae
Shell usually fixed by beak of ventral valve, plano-convex. Sub-cardinal apophysis
in ventral valve for attachment of occlusors. Marginal septa in dorsal valve.
Calcareous brachial loop more or less fused with shell, and with calcareous spicules
of mantle. Shell structure: inner layer fibrous, outer layer tubulated.
Range.—Carboniferous to Recent.
Principal Genera.—Thecidium, Oldhamina.
Stratigraphical Distribution of Brachiopoda
It is remarkable that some of the earliest types of Brachiopoda exist
generically unchanged at the present day. Such are Lingula, ranging from
the Cambrian; Discina and Crania, ranging from the Ordovician; and
amongst the hinged forms Terebratula from the Devonian, and
Rhynchonella from the Ordovician.
Page 620
In the lowest Cambrian (Olenellus beds) the most important genera are
Linnarssonia and Kutorgina. The hinged forms appear in the Cambrian,
being represented by Orthis; but the majority in this formation belong to the
Ecardines. Lingula, Lingulella, and Obolella are characteristic.
In the Ordovician many new genera of the Testicardines make their
appearance, such as Strophomena, Leptaena, Atrypa, Rhynchonella,
Clitambonites, etc., but the extraordinary abundance and variety of Orthis is
most remarkable. The Ecardines are reinforced by such forms as Trematis
and Siphonotreta. It is, however, in the Silurian that the Testicardinate
Brachiopoda attain their maximum, for in addition to a great development
of species amongst the older forms, a host of new genera for the first time
occur here (Spirifera, Athyris, Conchidium, Stricklandia, Chonetes, Cyrtia,
etc.); and the Trimerellidae are especially characteristic of the Wenlock.
With the commencement of Devonian times many species and genera
become extinct, but new forms come in (Terebratula, Orthothetes,
Productus, etc.), and some genera are wholly confined to this formation
(Uncites, Stringocephalus). The Carboniferous is marked by the maximum
development of Productus and Spirifera; Orthothetes, Stenochisma, and
Athyris are also abundant, but there is a considerable extinction of the older
genera and species, and a great diminution in the number of individuals and
species of those that persist.
A further reduction occurs in the Permian, where the most important
genera are Productus, Strophalosia, and Stenochisma; but Aulosteges is a
new form peculiar to this period. In the Trias a new era commences; the
principal families and genera of the older rocks disappear entirely; a few
spire-bearing genera persist (Spiriferina, Athyris), and the genus
Koninckina is restricted to this formation.
The enormous development of species of the Terebratulidae and
Rhynchonellidae is the most noticeable feature in Jurassic times; and a few
ancient types linger on into the Lias (Spiriferina, Suessia, a sub-genus of
Spirifera); Koninckella here occurs.
The Cretaceous Brachiopoda are closely allied to the Jurassic; Magas
and Lyra are peculiar to the period, and the Terebratulidae and
Rhynchonellidae are very abundant, together with the Ecardinate genus
Crania.
Linnarssonia and Kutorgina. The hinged forms appear in the Cambrian,
being represented by Orthis; but the majority in this formation belong to the
Ecardines. Lingula, Lingulella, and Obolella are characteristic.
In the Ordovician many new genera of the Testicardines make their
appearance, such as Strophomena, Leptaena, Atrypa, Rhynchonella,
Clitambonites, etc., but the extraordinary abundance and variety of Orthis is
most remarkable. The Ecardines are reinforced by such forms as Trematis
and Siphonotreta. It is, however, in the Silurian that the Testicardinate
Brachiopoda attain their maximum, for in addition to a great development
of species amongst the older forms, a host of new genera for the first time
occur here (Spirifera, Athyris, Conchidium, Stricklandia, Chonetes, Cyrtia,
etc.); and the Trimerellidae are especially characteristic of the Wenlock.
With the commencement of Devonian times many species and genera
become extinct, but new forms come in (Terebratula, Orthothetes,
Productus, etc.), and some genera are wholly confined to this formation
(Uncites, Stringocephalus). The Carboniferous is marked by the maximum
development of Productus and Spirifera; Orthothetes, Stenochisma, and
Athyris are also abundant, but there is a considerable extinction of the older
genera and species, and a great diminution in the number of individuals and
species of those that persist.
A further reduction occurs in the Permian, where the most important
genera are Productus, Strophalosia, and Stenochisma; but Aulosteges is a
new form peculiar to this period. In the Trias a new era commences; the
principal families and genera of the older rocks disappear entirely; a few
spire-bearing genera persist (Spiriferina, Athyris), and the genus
Koninckina is restricted to this formation.
The enormous development of species of the Terebratulidae and
Rhynchonellidae is the most noticeable feature in Jurassic times; and a few
ancient types linger on into the Lias (Spiriferina, Suessia, a sub-genus of
Spirifera); Koninckella here occurs.
The Cretaceous Brachiopoda are closely allied to the Jurassic; Magas
and Lyra are peculiar to the period, and the Terebratulidae and
Rhynchonellidae are very abundant, together with the Ecardinate genus
Crania.
Page 621
With the commencement of Tertiary times the Brachiopoda have lost
their geological importance, and have dwindled down into an insignificant
proportion of the whole Invertebrate fauna.
The distribution of the Brachiopoda in past time is shown in the
following table:—
Palaeozoic Mesozoic
C
a
r
O b C
r o r
C d S D n J e T
a o i e i P u t e
m v l v f e r a r R
b i u o e r T a c t e
r c r n r m r s e i c
i i i i o i i s o a e
a a a a u a a i u r n
ECARDINES n n n n s n s c s y t
Lingulidae Lingula ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Lingulella ___
Obolidae Obolus ___ ___
Obolella ___ ___
Kutorgina ___ ___
Linnarssonia ___
Trematis ___ ___
Siphonotreta ___ ___
Acrotreta ___
Discinidae Discina ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Craniidae Crania ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Trimerellidae Trimerella ___
Dinobolus ___
TESTICARDINES
Productidae Productus ___ ___ ___
Chonetes ___ ___ ___
Strophalosia ___ ___ ___
Strophomenidae Orthis ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Skenidium ___ ___
Clitambonites ___
Strophomena ___ ___
Stropheodonta ___ ___ ___
Leptaena ___ ___ ___ ___
Orthothetes ___ ___ ___
their geological importance, and have dwindled down into an insignificant
proportion of the whole Invertebrate fauna.
The distribution of the Brachiopoda in past time is shown in the
following table:—
Palaeozoic Mesozoic
C
a
r
O b C
r o r
C d S D n J e T
a o i e i P u t e
m v l v f e r a r R
b i u o e r T a c t e
r c r n r m r s e i c
i i i i o i i s o a e
a a a a u a a i u r n
ECARDINES n n n n s n s c s y t
Lingulidae Lingula ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Lingulella ___
Obolidae Obolus ___ ___
Obolella ___ ___
Kutorgina ___ ___
Linnarssonia ___
Trematis ___ ___
Siphonotreta ___ ___
Acrotreta ___
Discinidae Discina ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Craniidae Crania ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Trimerellidae Trimerella ___
Dinobolus ___
TESTICARDINES
Productidae Productus ___ ___ ___
Chonetes ___ ___ ___
Strophalosia ___ ___ ___
Strophomenidae Orthis ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Skenidium ___ ___
Clitambonites ___
Strophomena ___ ___
Stropheodonta ___ ___ ___
Leptaena ___ ___ ___ ___
Orthothetes ___ ___ ___
Page 622
Davidsonia ___
Koninckinidae Koninckina ___
Koninckella ___
Spiriferidae Spirifera ___ ___ ___ ___
Spiriferina ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Cyrtia ___ ___ ___
Syringothyris ___
Uncites ___
Athyris ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Merista ___ ___
Retzia ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Atrypidae Atrypa ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Dayia ___
Coelospira ___
Rhynchonellidae Rhynchonella ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Stenochisma ___ ___ ___
Stricklandia ___
Conchidium ___ ___
Terebratulidae Terebratula ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Terebratulina ___ ___ ___ ___
Waldheimia ___ ___ ___ ___
Terebratella ___ ___ ___ ___
Kingena ___ ___
Magas ___
Centronella ___ ___ ___
Argiopidae Argiope ___ ___ ___ ___
Cistella ___ ___ ___ ___
Stringocephalidae Stringocephalus ___
Thecidiidae Thecidium ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Oldhamina ___
PHYLOGENY AND ONTOGENY
Wherever successive stages in the life history of an individual resemble
in important anatomical features the adult individuals of other species
occurring in successive members of a stratigraphical series, the
development of the individual may be regarded as an epitome of the
development of the species; it also generally throws light on the origin and
relationships of allied genera and families.
In the case of the fossil Brachiopoda comparatively little work has yet
been done in tracing their ontogeny or phylogeny, though the abundance,
variety, and excellent state of preservation of the extinct species offer a
promising field for investigation. It is to Dr. C. E. Beecher and other recent
American palaeontologists that we owe our advance in this branch of the
subject.
Koninckinidae Koninckina ___
Koninckella ___
Spiriferidae Spirifera ___ ___ ___ ___
Spiriferina ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Cyrtia ___ ___ ___
Syringothyris ___
Uncites ___
Athyris ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Merista ___ ___
Retzia ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Atrypidae Atrypa ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Dayia ___
Coelospira ___
Rhynchonellidae Rhynchonella ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Stenochisma ___ ___ ___
Stricklandia ___
Conchidium ___ ___
Terebratulidae Terebratula ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Terebratulina ___ ___ ___ ___
Waldheimia ___ ___ ___ ___
Terebratella ___ ___ ___ ___
Kingena ___ ___
Magas ___
Centronella ___ ___ ___
Argiopidae Argiope ___ ___ ___ ___
Cistella ___ ___ ___ ___
Stringocephalidae Stringocephalus ___
Thecidiidae Thecidium ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Oldhamina ___
PHYLOGENY AND ONTOGENY
Wherever successive stages in the life history of an individual resemble
in important anatomical features the adult individuals of other species
occurring in successive members of a stratigraphical series, the
development of the individual may be regarded as an epitome of the
development of the species; it also generally throws light on the origin and
relationships of allied genera and families.
In the case of the fossil Brachiopoda comparatively little work has yet
been done in tracing their ontogeny or phylogeny, though the abundance,
variety, and excellent state of preservation of the extinct species offer a
promising field for investigation. It is to Dr. C. E. Beecher and other recent
American palaeontologists that we owe our advance in this branch of the
subject.
Page 623
In the first place, in about forty genera, representing nearly all the
leading families of the group, the important fact has been established of the
presence of a common form of embryonic shell, termed the “protegulum,”
which is “semicircular or semielliptical in shape with a straight or arcuate
hinge line and no hinge area” (Beecher).[431] Its minute size and delicate
texture cause its preservation to be rare, but its impression is not
uncommonly left on the beak of the adult shell.
The main features of this embryonic shell are exhibited in the adult
Lower Cambrian Brachiopod Obolus (Kutorgina) labradoricus (Billings);
the sub-equal semielliptical valves have lines of growth running
concentrically and parallel to the margin of the shell, and ending abruptly
against the straight hinge line; and this indicates that there has been no
change in the outline and proportions of the shell during its stages of
growth, but only a general increase in size. It is very significant that we
have here a mature type possessing the common embryonic characters of a
host of widely separated genera, and we may therefore regard it as the most
primitive form known.
Many genera pass through this so-called “Paterina” stage either in the
case of both their valves, or more generally in the case of the dorsal valve
only; but modifications in the form of the protegulum arise, which are due
to the influence of accelerated growth, by which features belonging to later
stages become impressed on the early embryonic shell. The most variable
and specialised valve—the ventral or pedicle valve naturally exhibits the
effect of this influence first and to the greatest extent. The Palaeozoic adult
forms of many species represent various pre-adult stages of the Mesozoic,
Tertiary, and Recent species, as is especially well shown in the genera
Orbiculoidea and Discinisca.
In the Strophomenoid shells the protegulum in the dorsal valve is usually
normal, but in the ventral valve abbreviation of the hinge and curvature of
the hinge line are produced by acceleration of the “Discinoid stage” in
which a pedicle notch is present.
No marked variation has yet been noticed in the spire-bearing, or
Terebratuloid, or Rhynchonelloid genera.
The form of the shell and the amount of difference in shape and size of
the valves seem to be largely due to the length of the pedicle and its
leading families of the group, the important fact has been established of the
presence of a common form of embryonic shell, termed the “protegulum,”
which is “semicircular or semielliptical in shape with a straight or arcuate
hinge line and no hinge area” (Beecher).[431] Its minute size and delicate
texture cause its preservation to be rare, but its impression is not
uncommonly left on the beak of the adult shell.
The main features of this embryonic shell are exhibited in the adult
Lower Cambrian Brachiopod Obolus (Kutorgina) labradoricus (Billings);
the sub-equal semielliptical valves have lines of growth running
concentrically and parallel to the margin of the shell, and ending abruptly
against the straight hinge line; and this indicates that there has been no
change in the outline and proportions of the shell during its stages of
growth, but only a general increase in size. It is very significant that we
have here a mature type possessing the common embryonic characters of a
host of widely separated genera, and we may therefore regard it as the most
primitive form known.
Many genera pass through this so-called “Paterina” stage either in the
case of both their valves, or more generally in the case of the dorsal valve
only; but modifications in the form of the protegulum arise, which are due
to the influence of accelerated growth, by which features belonging to later
stages become impressed on the early embryonic shell. The most variable
and specialised valve—the ventral or pedicle valve naturally exhibits the
effect of this influence first and to the greatest extent. The Palaeozoic adult
forms of many species represent various pre-adult stages of the Mesozoic,
Tertiary, and Recent species, as is especially well shown in the genera
Orbiculoidea and Discinisca.
In the Strophomenoid shells the protegulum in the dorsal valve is usually
normal, but in the ventral valve abbreviation of the hinge and curvature of
the hinge line are produced by acceleration of the “Discinoid stage” in
which a pedicle notch is present.
No marked variation has yet been noticed in the spire-bearing, or
Terebratuloid, or Rhynchonelloid genera.
The form of the shell and the amount of difference in shape and size of
the valves seem to be largely due to the length of the pedicle and its
Page 624
inclination to the axis of the body, as evidenced by the development of
Terebratulina. A series showing progressive dissimilarity of the two valves
arising from these causes can be traced from Lingula to Crania. The greater
alteration that takes place in the ventral valve appears to be due to its
position as lower and attached valve. If the pedicle is short a transversely-
expanded shell with long hinge line results when the plane of the valves is
vertical or ascending, but when the latter is horizontal a Discinoid form is
found. This mode of attachment is often accompanied by a more or less
plainly developed radial symmetry. Shells with long pedicles, on the other
hand, are usually longer than wide.
The character of the pedicle-opening is of great significance from an
evolutional and classificatory point of view, for the successive stages
through which it passes in embryonic growth are chronologically paralleled
by different genera, and are likewise accompanied by the successive
acquisition of other important anatomical characters, as has been shown by
Beecher and others. The first and simplest type of pedicle opening is in
shells with a posterior gaping of the valves, where the pedicle protrudes
freely between them in a line with the axis, and the opening is shared by
both valves, though generally to a greater extent by the ventral valve.
Paterina (= Obolus labradoricus) and Lingula furnish examples of this
type. In the second type the pedicle opening is restricted to the ventral
valve, and the direction of the pedicle makes a right angle with the plane of
the valves; in the lower forms the pedicle lies in a slit or sinus (Trematidae),
but by further specialisation it becomes enclosed by shell growth so as to lie
within the periphery, and finally becomes sub-central in some genera
(Discinidae). The third type shows the pedicle opening confined to the
ventral valve and sub-marginal. A pseudo-deltidium may preserve the
original opening (Clitambonites); or this shelly plate may become worn
away or reabsorbed in the adult so that the deltidial fissure through which
the pedicle passes remains quite open (Orthidae). In the fourth type the
incipient stage marks a return to the simple conditions of the first type; but
ultimately a pair of deltidial plates develop, and may completely limit the
pedicle opening below. Examples of this type are Spirifera and
Rhynchonella. By means of these four types the Brachiopods have been
divided into four Orders: the Atremata (type i.); the Neotremata (type ii.);
the Protremata (type iii.); and the Telotremata (type iv.).
Terebratulina. A series showing progressive dissimilarity of the two valves
arising from these causes can be traced from Lingula to Crania. The greater
alteration that takes place in the ventral valve appears to be due to its
position as lower and attached valve. If the pedicle is short a transversely-
expanded shell with long hinge line results when the plane of the valves is
vertical or ascending, but when the latter is horizontal a Discinoid form is
found. This mode of attachment is often accompanied by a more or less
plainly developed radial symmetry. Shells with long pedicles, on the other
hand, are usually longer than wide.
The character of the pedicle-opening is of great significance from an
evolutional and classificatory point of view, for the successive stages
through which it passes in embryonic growth are chronologically paralleled
by different genera, and are likewise accompanied by the successive
acquisition of other important anatomical characters, as has been shown by
Beecher and others. The first and simplest type of pedicle opening is in
shells with a posterior gaping of the valves, where the pedicle protrudes
freely between them in a line with the axis, and the opening is shared by
both valves, though generally to a greater extent by the ventral valve.
Paterina (= Obolus labradoricus) and Lingula furnish examples of this
type. In the second type the pedicle opening is restricted to the ventral
valve, and the direction of the pedicle makes a right angle with the plane of
the valves; in the lower forms the pedicle lies in a slit or sinus (Trematidae),
but by further specialisation it becomes enclosed by shell growth so as to lie
within the periphery, and finally becomes sub-central in some genera
(Discinidae). The third type shows the pedicle opening confined to the
ventral valve and sub-marginal. A pseudo-deltidium may preserve the
original opening (Clitambonites); or this shelly plate may become worn
away or reabsorbed in the adult so that the deltidial fissure through which
the pedicle passes remains quite open (Orthidae). In the fourth type the
incipient stage marks a return to the simple conditions of the first type; but
ultimately a pair of deltidial plates develop, and may completely limit the
pedicle opening below. Examples of this type are Spirifera and
Rhynchonella. By means of these four types the Brachiopods have been
divided into four Orders: the Atremata (type i.); the Neotremata (type ii.);
the Protremata (type iii.); and the Telotremata (type iv.).
Page 625
The Telotremata were the last to appear, but the four types of pedicle-
opening with the various forms of calcareous brachial apparatus were in
existence in the Bala period of the Ordovician.
As Paterina is the most primitive form of all, we may place it at the root
of the phylogenetic tree. From it sprang the Atremata, which gave off the
Neotremata and Protremata; the most primitive Neotremata seem to be the
Trematidae, while the connecting link between the Protremata and
Atremata is furnished by the Kutorginidae. From the genus Conchidium and
its allies we may see how the Rhynchonellidae ushered in the Telotremata
as an offshoot from the Protremata. The Telotremata subsequently gave off
two main branches, which became specialised with the loop-bearing and
spire-bearing forms respectively.
The evolution and mutual relationships of genera have been indicated
with much probability by Hall, Clarke, and others. The Obolelloid type may
be connected with the Linguloid by means of Lingulella and Linyulepis,
while in Lingula itself we find the point of divergence for the ancestors of
Trimerella, and for a line of variation culminating in Dignomia. The
Palaeozoic Rhynchonelloids branched off at an early period from the same
stock as Orthis, and are connecting links between this genus and Mesozoic
Rhynchonellae; and a whole series of genera exhibit intermediate stages of
structure between the Rhynchonelloid and Pentameroid groups. The
Terebratuloids can be traced back to the primitive type Renssoellaria; and
amongst spire-bearing forms, the protean genus Spirifera can be split up
into groups of species which diverge along lines tending to forms no longer
congeneric. When we come to deal with specific differences we find
frequently such a host of intermediate varieties that the separation of many
species, as in the case of Mesozoic Terebratulae, is to a large extent
arbitrary and artificial.
opening with the various forms of calcareous brachial apparatus were in
existence in the Bala period of the Ordovician.
As Paterina is the most primitive form of all, we may place it at the root
of the phylogenetic tree. From it sprang the Atremata, which gave off the
Neotremata and Protremata; the most primitive Neotremata seem to be the
Trematidae, while the connecting link between the Protremata and
Atremata is furnished by the Kutorginidae. From the genus Conchidium and
its allies we may see how the Rhynchonellidae ushered in the Telotremata
as an offshoot from the Protremata. The Telotremata subsequently gave off
two main branches, which became specialised with the loop-bearing and
spire-bearing forms respectively.
The evolution and mutual relationships of genera have been indicated
with much probability by Hall, Clarke, and others. The Obolelloid type may
be connected with the Linguloid by means of Lingulella and Linyulepis,
while in Lingula itself we find the point of divergence for the ancestors of
Trimerella, and for a line of variation culminating in Dignomia. The
Palaeozoic Rhynchonelloids branched off at an early period from the same
stock as Orthis, and are connecting links between this genus and Mesozoic
Rhynchonellae; and a whole series of genera exhibit intermediate stages of
structure between the Rhynchonelloid and Pentameroid groups. The
Terebratuloids can be traced back to the primitive type Renssoellaria; and
amongst spire-bearing forms, the protean genus Spirifera can be split up
into groups of species which diverge along lines tending to forms no longer
congeneric. When we come to deal with specific differences we find
frequently such a host of intermediate varieties that the separation of many
species, as in the case of Mesozoic Terebratulae, is to a large extent
arbitrary and artificial.
Page 626
Page 627
INDEX
References to figures are printed in thick type (248, 197); to systematic
position, in italics (391, 430)
Abralia, 391
Absorption of internal portions of shell, 259
Abyssal Mollusca, 374
Acanthinula, 441
Acanthoceras, 399
Acanthochiton, 403, 403
Acanthodoris, 434
Acanthopleura, 403;
eyes, 188
Acavus, 303, 304, 335, 441
Acera, 245, 430
Achatina, 278, 328–337, 333, 442, 443;
jaw, 211;
food, 33;
size of egg, 124;
A. fulica, 279
Achatinella, 278, 326, 327, 443;
radula, 234;
musical sounds, 51
Achatinelloides, 332
Acicula, 287, 296, 414
Acmaea, 405;
radula, 227
Acme, 414
Acmella, 314, 415
Acroptychia, 336, 414
Acrotreta, 504, 508
Actaeon, 250, 427, 428, 429;
radula, 217, 230;
streptoneurous, 203 n.
Actaeonella, 430
Actaeonia, 432
References to figures are printed in thick type (248, 197); to systematic
position, in italics (391, 430)
Abralia, 391
Absorption of internal portions of shell, 259
Abyssal Mollusca, 374
Acanthinula, 441
Acanthoceras, 399
Acanthochiton, 403, 403
Acanthodoris, 434
Acanthopleura, 403;
eyes, 188
Acavus, 303, 304, 335, 441
Acera, 245, 430
Achatina, 278, 328–337, 333, 442, 443;
jaw, 211;
food, 33;
size of egg, 124;
A. fulica, 279
Achatinella, 278, 326, 327, 443;
radula, 234;
musical sounds, 51
Achatinelloides, 332
Acicula, 287, 296, 414
Acmaea, 405;
radula, 227
Acme, 414
Acmella, 314, 415
Acroptychia, 336, 414
Acrotreta, 504, 508
Actaeon, 250, 427, 428, 429;
radula, 217, 230;
streptoneurous, 203 n.
Actaeonella, 430
Actaeonia, 432
Page 628
Actaeonina, 250, 429
Actinoceras, 394
Actinodonta, 447
Acusta, 306, 316, 318, 441
Adacna, 12, 297, 455
Adalaria, 434
Adamsiella, 414
Addisonia, 412
Adelphoceras, 395
Adeorbis, 416
Admete, 426
Aegires, 434
Aegista, 305, 316, 441
Aegoceras, 398
Aeolis, 10, 152, 432;
radula, 217, 229;
stinging cells, 65;
mimicked by Sagartia, 68;
warning coloration, 72
Aerope, 328, 333, 440;
radula, 215;
habits, 54
Aestivation, 25
Aetheria, 328–336, 452;
variation, 92
Africarion, 333, 440
Agaronia, 426
Age of snails, 39
Aglossa, 7
Agnatha, habits, 51
Akiodoris, 434
Alaba, 415
Alaria, 418
Alariopsis, 420
Albersia, 320
Albino varieties, 87
Alcadia, 348–351, 410
Actinoceras, 394
Actinodonta, 447
Acusta, 306, 316, 318, 441
Adacna, 12, 297, 455
Adalaria, 434
Adamsiella, 414
Addisonia, 412
Adelphoceras, 395
Adeorbis, 416
Admete, 426
Aegires, 434
Aegista, 305, 316, 441
Aegoceras, 398
Aeolis, 10, 152, 432;
radula, 217, 229;
stinging cells, 65;
mimicked by Sagartia, 68;
warning coloration, 72
Aerope, 328, 333, 440;
radula, 215;
habits, 54
Aestivation, 25
Aetheria, 328–336, 452;
variation, 92
Africarion, 333, 440
Agaronia, 426
Age of snails, 39
Aglossa, 7
Agnatha, habits, 51
Akiodoris, 434
Alaba, 415
Alaria, 418
Alariopsis, 420
Albersia, 320
Albino varieties, 87
Alcadia, 348–351, 410
Page 629
Alderia, 432
Alexia, 439
Alicia, 459
Allognathus, 441
Allopagus, 452
Alloposidae, 384
Alvania, 415
Alycaeus, 266, 302 f., 309, 319, 414
Amalia, 440
Amalthea, 78
Amaltheus, 398
Amastra, 443
Amaura, 411
Amberleya, 409
Ambonychia, 449
Amicula, 404
Ammonites, 247, 393, 398, 398;
sutures, 396;
aptychus, 397
Ammonoidea, 396 f.
Amnicola, 325, 415
Amoria, radula, 222
Ampelita, 335, 442
Amphibola, 10, 18, 439;
breathing, 151;
radula, 236
Amphibulimus, 352, 442;
radula, 233
Amphidoxa, 358
Amphidromus, 301, 305, 317, 310, 359, 442;
radula, 233
Amphineura, 8, 400;
breathing organs, 154, 168;
nervous system, 203;
genitalia, 145
Amphipeplea, 439
Amphiperas, 419
Alexia, 439
Alicia, 459
Allognathus, 441
Allopagus, 452
Alloposidae, 384
Alvania, 415
Alycaeus, 266, 302 f., 309, 319, 414
Amalia, 440
Amalthea, 78
Amaltheus, 398
Amastra, 443
Amaura, 411
Amberleya, 409
Ambonychia, 449
Amicula, 404
Ammonites, 247, 393, 398, 398;
sutures, 396;
aptychus, 397
Ammonoidea, 396 f.
Amnicola, 325, 415
Amoria, radula, 222
Ampelita, 335, 442
Amphibola, 10, 18, 439;
breathing, 151;
radula, 236
Amphibulimus, 352, 442;
radula, 233
Amphidoxa, 358
Amphidromus, 301, 305, 317, 310, 359, 442;
radula, 233
Amphineura, 8, 400;
breathing organs, 154, 168;
nervous system, 203;
genitalia, 145
Amphipeplea, 439
Amphiperas, 419
Page 630
Amphisphyra, 430
Amphissa, 423
Amphitretus, 383
Ampullaria, 17, 416;
self-burial, 42;
spawn, 125;
breathing organs, 151, 158;
jaws, 212;
shell, 249, 263;
operculum, 268;
distribution, 294, 320, 322, 343, 359
Ampullarina, 302, 439
Ampullina, 411
Amussium, 450
Amycla, 423
Anabathron, 415
Anachis, 423
Anadenus, 24, 441
Anal glands, 241
Anal siphon, 164, 173
Anastomopsis, 442
Anatina, 274, 275, 459
Anatinacea, 458;
gills, 167
Anaulus, 414
Anchistoma, 293, 296
Ancilla, 267, 426
Ancillina, 426
Ancistrochirus, 391
Ancistromesus, 405
Ancistroteuthis, 391
Ancula, 434;
radula, 229, 230;
warning coloration, 72
Anculotus, 417
Ancyloceras, 247, 399
Ancylus, 19, 439;
Amphissa, 423
Amphitretus, 383
Ampullaria, 17, 416;
self-burial, 42;
spawn, 125;
breathing organs, 151, 158;
jaws, 212;
shell, 249, 263;
operculum, 268;
distribution, 294, 320, 322, 343, 359
Ampullarina, 302, 439
Ampullina, 411
Amussium, 450
Amycla, 423
Anabathron, 415
Anachis, 423
Anadenus, 24, 441
Anal glands, 241
Anal siphon, 164, 173
Anastomopsis, 442
Anatina, 274, 275, 459
Anatinacea, 458;
gills, 167
Anaulus, 414
Anchistoma, 293, 296
Ancilla, 267, 426
Ancillina, 426
Ancistrochirus, 391
Ancistromesus, 405
Ancistroteuthis, 391
Ancula, 434;
radula, 229, 230;
warning coloration, 72
Anculotus, 417
Ancyloceras, 247, 399
Ancylus, 19, 439;
Page 631
breathing, 162;
hibernating, 27;
radula, 235
Aneitea, 325, 443
Angitrema, 340, 417
Anisocardia, 451
Anodonta, 259, 341, 452;
shower of, 47;
variation, 92;
Glochidium, 147;
gill, 167;
otocyst, 197;
nervous system, 206;
hinge, 274;
A. anatina, 24;
distribution, 282
Anodontopsis, 451
Anoglypta, 325, 441
Anomia, 257, 448, 464;
intestine, 241;
byssus hole, 262;
hearing, 196
Anomiacea, 448
Anoplophora, 451
Anostoma, 248, 266, 356, 358, 442;
aperture, 63
Anthracosia, 451
Anura, 424
Anus, 209, 241
Apera, 334, 440
Aperostoma, 344, 414
Aphanotrochus, 408
Aphelodoris, radula, 230
Apicalia, 422
Aplacophora, 9, 404;
radula, 228
Aplecta, 354, 439
hibernating, 27;
radula, 235
Aneitea, 325, 443
Angitrema, 340, 417
Anisocardia, 451
Anodonta, 259, 341, 452;
shower of, 47;
variation, 92;
Glochidium, 147;
gill, 167;
otocyst, 197;
nervous system, 206;
hinge, 274;
A. anatina, 24;
distribution, 282
Anodontopsis, 451
Anoglypta, 325, 441
Anomia, 257, 448, 464;
intestine, 241;
byssus hole, 262;
hearing, 196
Anomiacea, 448
Anoplophora, 451
Anostoma, 248, 266, 356, 358, 442;
aperture, 63
Anthracosia, 451
Anura, 424
Anus, 209, 241
Apera, 334, 440
Aperostoma, 344, 414
Aphanotrochus, 408
Aphelodoris, radula, 230
Apicalia, 422
Aplacophora, 9, 404;
radula, 228
Aplecta, 354, 439
Page 632
Aplustrum, 245, 428, 430;
radula, 230
Aplysia, 245, 428, 431;
stomach, 239;
purple fluid, 65
Aplysioidea, 430
Aporrhais, 418;
radula, 215
Apricardia, 455
Aptychus, 397
Aptyxiella, 417
Aptyxis, 424
Aral Sea, Limnaea from near, 84;
Cardium from, 91
Arca, 14, 171, 273, 448;
eyes, 191
Arcacea, 448
Arcachon, oyster-parks at, 105
Arcestes, 397
Archidoris, 434, 434;
protective coloration, 73
Architeuthis, 378, 390, 390;
sucker, 381
Arcomya, 458
Arconaia, 307, 452
Arctic shells, colour of, 86
Arcuella, 422
Argiope, 470, 472, 479, 487;
parasite of, 485;
distribution, 486;
fossil, 501, 506, 508
Argiopidae, 506, 508
Argobuccinum, 420
Argonauta, 383, 383;
egg-laying, 127;
hectocotylised arm, 137;
radula, 236
radula, 230
Aplysia, 245, 428, 431;
stomach, 239;
purple fluid, 65
Aplysioidea, 430
Aporrhais, 418;
radula, 215
Apricardia, 455
Aptychus, 397
Aptyxiella, 417
Aptyxis, 424
Aral Sea, Limnaea from near, 84;
Cardium from, 91
Arca, 14, 171, 273, 448;
eyes, 191
Arcacea, 448
Arcachon, oyster-parks at, 105
Arcestes, 397
Archidoris, 434, 434;
protective coloration, 73
Architeuthis, 378, 390, 390;
sucker, 381
Arcomya, 458
Arconaia, 307, 452
Arctic shells, colour of, 86
Arcuella, 422
Argiope, 470, 472, 479, 487;
parasite of, 485;
distribution, 486;
fossil, 501, 506, 508
Argiopidae, 506, 508
Argobuccinum, 420
Argonauta, 383, 383;
egg-laying, 127;
hectocotylised arm, 137;
radula, 236
Page 633
Arinia, 413
Ariolimax, 441, 341;
radula, 233
Arion, 440;
shell, 175, 245, 246;
hardier than Helix, 24;
voracity, 30 f.;
egg-laying, 42 f.;
protective coloration, 70;
pulmonary orifice, 160;
food, 179;
smell, 193 f.;
radula, 233;
distribution, 285
Arionta, 341, 353, 441
Ariophanta, 301, 308, 309, 316, 440;
protective coloration, 70
Aristotle, on modified arm of polypus, 138
Artemis, 454
Arthuria, 403
Asaphis, 456
Ascoceras, 394
Ascoglossa, 11 n., 431
Ashford, C., on pulsations of heart in Helix, 26;
on homing of Helix, 35;
on dart-sac, 143
Asolene, 416
Aspergillum, 262, 459
Aspidelus, 329, 440
Aspidoceras, 399
Assiminea, 415
Astarte, 451
Asthenothaerus, 459
Astralium, 409
Athoracophorus, 443—see Janella
Athyris, 499, 500, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Ariolimax, 441, 341;
radula, 233
Arion, 440;
shell, 175, 245, 246;
hardier than Helix, 24;
voracity, 30 f.;
egg-laying, 42 f.;
protective coloration, 70;
pulmonary orifice, 160;
food, 179;
smell, 193 f.;
radula, 233;
distribution, 285
Arionta, 341, 353, 441
Ariophanta, 301, 308, 309, 316, 440;
protective coloration, 70
Aristotle, on modified arm of polypus, 138
Artemis, 454
Arthuria, 403
Asaphis, 456
Ascoceras, 394
Ascoglossa, 11 n., 431
Ashford, C., on pulsations of heart in Helix, 26;
on homing of Helix, 35;
on dart-sac, 143
Asolene, 416
Aspergillum, 262, 459
Aspidelus, 329, 440
Aspidoceras, 399
Assiminea, 415
Astarte, 451
Asthenothaerus, 459
Astralium, 409
Athoracophorus, 443—see Janella
Athyris, 499, 500, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Page 634
Atilia, 423
Atlanta, 421, 422;
foot, 200
Atopocochlis, 330, 441
Atremata, 511
Atretia, distribution, 486, 487
Atrypa, 501, 502, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Atrypidae, 501, 505, 508
Aturia, 393, 395
Atys, 428, 430
Aucapitaine, H., on tenacity of life, 38
Aucella, 449
Aulopoma, 157, 304, 414;
operculum, 269
Aulosteges, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 507
Auricula, 439, 439
Auriculella, 327, 443
Auriculidae, 17, 18, 260, 439, 439;
lung, 160;
eyes, 186;
radula, 235
Austenia, 301, 304, 440
Avellana, 430
Avicula, 254, 258, 449, 449;
eyes, 190;
genital orifice, 242;
A. margaritifera, 100
Aviculopecten, 450
Aviculopinna, 449
Axinus, 452
Azeca, 442
Azygobranchiata, 155, 407
Babinka, 447
Bactrites, 395
Atlanta, 421, 422;
foot, 200
Atopocochlis, 330, 441
Atremata, 511
Atretia, distribution, 486, 487
Atrypa, 501, 502, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Atrypidae, 501, 505, 508
Aturia, 393, 395
Atys, 428, 430
Aucapitaine, H., on tenacity of life, 38
Aucella, 449
Aulopoma, 157, 304, 414;
operculum, 269
Aulosteges, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 507
Auricula, 439, 439
Auriculella, 327, 443
Auriculidae, 17, 18, 260, 439, 439;
lung, 160;
eyes, 186;
radula, 235
Austenia, 301, 304, 440
Avellana, 430
Avicula, 254, 258, 449, 449;
eyes, 190;
genital orifice, 242;
A. margaritifera, 100
Aviculopecten, 450
Aviculopinna, 449
Axinus, 452
Azeca, 442
Azygobranchiata, 155, 407
Babinka, 447
Bactrites, 395
Page 635
Baculites, 399
Baikalia, 290, 415
Baird, Mr., on the British Museum snail, 37
Balea, 442;
B. perversa, 24, 41
Baltic, fauna of the, 12, 83, 366
Bankivia, 408
Barbatia, 448
Barleeia, 415
Barnacle, Rev. H. G., on musical sounds, produced by Mollusca, 51
Barometers, snails as, 50
Bartlettia, 452
Basilissa, 376, 408
Basommatophora, 11, 19, 181, 438
Basterotia, 451
Bateson, W., on variation in Cardium, 91;
on hearing in Anomia, 196
Bathmoceras, 395
Bathydoris, 433
Bathyteuthis, 390
Batissa, 320, 453
Beddomea, 304
Beecher on phylogeny, 509
Beetles, prey on Mollusca, 58
Bela, 426;
radula, 219
Belemnites, 380
Belemnitidae, 387
Belemnosepia, 390
Bellerophon, 266, 407
Belopetra, 380
Belopteridae, 388
Belosepia, 386, 388
Beloteuthis, 390
Bembix, 376, 408
Benedictia, 290, 415
Benthobia, 377
Baikalia, 290, 415
Baird, Mr., on the British Museum snail, 37
Balea, 442;
B. perversa, 24, 41
Baltic, fauna of the, 12, 83, 366
Bankivia, 408
Barbatia, 448
Barleeia, 415
Barnacle, Rev. H. G., on musical sounds, produced by Mollusca, 51
Barometers, snails as, 50
Bartlettia, 452
Basilissa, 376, 408
Basommatophora, 11, 19, 181, 438
Basterotia, 451
Bateson, W., on variation in Cardium, 91;
on hearing in Anomia, 196
Bathmoceras, 395
Bathydoris, 433
Bathyteuthis, 390
Batissa, 320, 453
Beddomea, 304
Beecher on phylogeny, 509
Beetles, prey on Mollusca, 58
Bela, 426;
radula, 219
Belemnites, 380
Belemnitidae, 387
Belemnosepia, 390
Bellerophon, 266, 407
Belopetra, 380
Belopteridae, 388
Belosepia, 386, 388
Beloteuthis, 390
Bembix, 376, 408
Benedictia, 290, 415
Benthobia, 377
Page 636
Benthodolium, 377
Berendtia, 441
Beudant, experiments on Mollusca, 12
Bideford Bridge and mussels, 117
Binney, Dr., on epiphragm, 28
Binneya, 341, 441
Biradiolites, 456
Birds, devour Mollusca, 56 f.
Bithynella, 289, 293, 415
Bithynia, 336, 342, 415;
stomach, 239;
habitat, 25
Bittium, 416
Blaesospira, 346, 351
Blandiella, 16, 414
Blanfordia, 414
Blind Mollusca, 185
Blood, 171
Bodö, land Mollusca, 24
Boeuf and French oysters, 107
Bolma, 409
Boltenia, 346
Boreofusus, radula, 221
Bornella, 433;
stomach, 239
Borsonia, 426
Borus, 356–358, 441
Bourcieria, 357, 410
Bourguetia, 417
Bourguignatia, 332
Bouvier—see Fischer
Boysia, 302, 442
Brachial apparatus, types of, 500
Brachiopoda, fossil, limestone formed of, 492;
shell, 493, 497;
muscle scars on, 494, 501;
platform, 495;
Berendtia, 441
Beudant, experiments on Mollusca, 12
Bideford Bridge and mussels, 117
Binney, Dr., on epiphragm, 28
Binneya, 341, 441
Biradiolites, 456
Birds, devour Mollusca, 56 f.
Bithynella, 289, 293, 415
Bithynia, 336, 342, 415;
stomach, 239;
habitat, 25
Bittium, 416
Blaesospira, 346, 351
Blandiella, 16, 414
Blanfordia, 414
Blind Mollusca, 185
Blood, 171
Bodö, land Mollusca, 24
Boeuf and French oysters, 107
Bolma, 409
Boltenia, 346
Boreofusus, radula, 221
Bornella, 433;
stomach, 239
Borsonia, 426
Borus, 356–358, 441
Bourcieria, 357, 410
Bourguetia, 417
Bourguignatia, 332
Bouvier—see Fischer
Boysia, 302, 442
Brachial apparatus, types of, 500
Brachiopoda, fossil, limestone formed of, 492;
shell, 493, 497;
muscle scars on, 494, 501;
platform, 495;
Page 637
synopsis of families, 503;
stratigraphical distribution, 506;
phylogeny and ontogeny, 509;
Orders, 511
Brachiopoda, recent, 463;
historical account of, 464;
shell, 465;
body, 469;
digestive system, 471;
body cavity, 472;
heart, 473;
excretory organs, 474;
muscles, 475;
nervous system, 478;
reproductive system, 478;
embryology, 479;
habits, 482;
distribution, 484;
classification, 487;
affinities, 487
Brachytrema, 417
Brackish-water species, 14
Branchiae, 151, 153, 164
Branchial siphon, 155, 164, 173
Braun, on self-impregnation, 44
Breathing organs—see Respiration, Branchiae
Brechites, 459
Breeding, periodicity in, 129
Broderipia, 408
Brotia, 305
Brownia, 133
Buccinanops, 423
Buccinopsis, 424;
radula, 221, 222;
egg-laying, 128
Buccinum, 6, 424;
radula, 217;
stratigraphical distribution, 506;
phylogeny and ontogeny, 509;
Orders, 511
Brachiopoda, recent, 463;
historical account of, 464;
shell, 465;
body, 469;
digestive system, 471;
body cavity, 472;
heart, 473;
excretory organs, 474;
muscles, 475;
nervous system, 478;
reproductive system, 478;
embryology, 479;
habits, 482;
distribution, 484;
classification, 487;
affinities, 487
Brachytrema, 417
Brackish-water species, 14
Branchiae, 151, 153, 164
Branchial siphon, 155, 164, 173
Braun, on self-impregnation, 44
Breathing organs—see Respiration, Branchiae
Brechites, 459
Breeding, periodicity in, 129
Broderipia, 408
Brotia, 305
Brownia, 133
Buccinanops, 423
Buccinopsis, 424;
radula, 221, 222;
egg-laying, 128
Buccinum, 6, 424;
radula, 217;
Page 638
monstrosity, 251;
breeding, 129;
osphradium, 195;
spawn, 126
Buliminus, 24, 278, 285, 295 f., 316, 331, 339, 442;
protective habits, 70;
B. pallidior, 38
Bulimulus, 278, 334, 339–359, 442;
jaw, 211, 233;
radula, 233;
variation, 87
Bulimus, 278, 342–359, 355, 441;
radula, 233;
egg, 124
Bulinus—see Isidora
Bulla, 428, 430
Bullia, 155, 423;
habits, 192;
foot, 198;
radula, 221
Bulloidea, 429
Burrowing Mollusca, 446
Burying propensities of Mollusca, 27, 41
Busycon, 424;
money made from, 97;
egg-capsules, 125—see Fulgur
Butterell, Mr., on habits of Testacella, 52
Byssocardium, 455
Byssus gland, 201
Cadlina, 434
Cadoceras, 393
Cadulus, 376, 445
Caecilianella, 442;
habitat, 48;
eyes, 186
Calcarella, 133
breeding, 129;
osphradium, 195;
spawn, 126
Buliminus, 24, 278, 285, 295 f., 316, 331, 339, 442;
protective habits, 70;
B. pallidior, 38
Bulimulus, 278, 334, 339–359, 442;
jaw, 211, 233;
radula, 233;
variation, 87
Bulimus, 278, 342–359, 355, 441;
radula, 233;
egg, 124
Bulinus—see Isidora
Bulla, 428, 430
Bullia, 155, 423;
habits, 192;
foot, 198;
radula, 221
Bulloidea, 429
Burrowing Mollusca, 446
Burying propensities of Mollusca, 27, 41
Busycon, 424;
money made from, 97;
egg-capsules, 125—see Fulgur
Butterell, Mr., on habits of Testacella, 52
Byssocardium, 455
Byssus gland, 201
Cadlina, 434
Cadoceras, 393
Cadulus, 376, 445
Caecilianella, 442;
habitat, 48;
eyes, 186
Calcarella, 133
Page 639
California, land Mollusca, 280
Calliostoma, 408;
jaws, 212
Callistochiton, 403
Callochiton, 403
Callogaza, 408
Callonia, 442
Callopoma, 409
Calma, protective coloration, 74
Calybium, 410
Calycia, 320, 442
Calycidoris, 434
Calyptraea, 248, 412
Camaena, 305, 306, 315, 316, 441
Cambrian, Mollusca of the, 2
Camitia, 409
Campaspe, 433
Camptoceras, 302
Camptonyx, 278, 302, 439
Campylaea, 285, 289 f., 293, 441
Canal, 155
Cancellaria, 426
Canidia, 16, 305, 423
Cannibalism in snails and slugs, 32, 33
Cantharidus, 408
Cantharus, 275;
radula, 222
Caprina, 456
Caprotina, 456
Capulus, 412
Caracolus, 347–351, 441
Carbonicola, 451
Cardiacea, 454
Cardiapoda, 421
Cardilia, 454
Cardinal plate, 500
Cardinal process, 497, 501
Calliostoma, 408;
jaws, 212
Callistochiton, 403
Callochiton, 403
Callogaza, 408
Callonia, 442
Callopoma, 409
Calma, protective coloration, 74
Calybium, 410
Calycia, 320, 442
Calycidoris, 434
Calyptraea, 248, 412
Camaena, 305, 306, 315, 316, 441
Cambrian, Mollusca of the, 2
Camitia, 409
Campaspe, 433
Camptoceras, 302
Camptonyx, 278, 302, 439
Campylaea, 285, 289 f., 293, 441
Canal, 155
Cancellaria, 426
Canidia, 16, 305, 423
Cannibalism in snails and slugs, 32, 33
Cantharidus, 408
Cantharus, 275;
radula, 222
Caprina, 456
Caprotina, 456
Capulus, 412
Caracolus, 347–351, 441
Carbonicola, 451
Cardiacea, 454
Cardiapoda, 421
Cardilia, 454
Cardinal plate, 500
Cardinal process, 497, 501
Page 640
Cardinalia, 408
Cardinia, 451
Cardita, 273, 451
Carditella, 451
Carditopsis, 451
Cardium, 6, 273, 455, 455;
C. edule, 12, 164;
modifications, 12;
variation, 84, 91;
nervous system, 207;
distribution, 292, 297
Carelia, 327, 443
Carinaria, 9, 422, 422;
foot, 200
Carinifex, 439
Carolia, 448
Cartusiana, 296
Carychium, 18, 439
Caryodes, 325, 359, 441
Casella, radula, 230
Caspia, 12, 297
Caspian Sea, fauna, 12, 297
Cassidaria, 420
Cassidula, 18, 278, 439, 439
Cassis, 255, 420;
radula, 223
Castalia, 344, 452
Cataulus, 157, 266, 304, 414
Caterpillars mimicking Clausilia, 68
Cathaica, 316, 441
Catinella, 443
Cavolinia, 158, 436;
eyes, 186
Cecina, 414
Cenia, 432;
breathing, 152
Centrodoris, 434;
Cardinia, 451
Cardita, 273, 451
Carditella, 451
Carditopsis, 451
Cardium, 6, 273, 455, 455;
C. edule, 12, 164;
modifications, 12;
variation, 84, 91;
nervous system, 207;
distribution, 292, 297
Carelia, 327, 443
Carinaria, 9, 422, 422;
foot, 200
Carinifex, 439
Carolia, 448
Cartusiana, 296
Carychium, 18, 439
Caryodes, 325, 359, 441
Casella, radula, 230
Caspia, 12, 297
Caspian Sea, fauna, 12, 297
Cassidaria, 420
Cassidula, 18, 278, 439, 439
Cassis, 255, 420;
radula, 223
Castalia, 344, 452
Cataulus, 157, 266, 304, 414
Caterpillars mimicking Clausilia, 68
Cathaica, 316, 441
Catinella, 443
Cavolinia, 158, 436;
eyes, 186
Cecina, 414
Cenia, 432;
breathing, 152
Centrodoris, 434;
Page 641
radula, 230
Centronella, 499, 506, 508
Cephalopoda, 378 f.;
defined, 5;
ink, 65;
egg-laying, 127;
embryo, 133;
branchiae, 168;
osphradium, 195;
foot, 200;
nervous system, 206;
jaws, 213;
radula, 236
Cepolis, 349–351, 441
Cerastoma, 423
Cerastus, 331, 441
Cerata of Nudibranchs, 71, 159
Ceratites, 397, 398;
suture, 396
Ceratodes, 357, 416
Ceres, 21, 354, 410
Ceritella, 417
Cerithidea, 260, 417;
C. obtusa, breathing, 152
Cerithiopsis, 417
Cerithium, 16, 416
Ceromya, 458
Chaetoderma, 404, 404;
breathing organs, 154;
nervous system, 203;
radula, 217, 228
Chaetopleura, 403
Chama, 257, 272, 446, 455
Chamostrea, 458
Changes in environment, effect of, 83 f.
Chank-shell, fishery of, 100
Charis, 324, 442
Centronella, 499, 506, 508
Cephalopoda, 378 f.;
defined, 5;
ink, 65;
egg-laying, 127;
embryo, 133;
branchiae, 168;
osphradium, 195;
foot, 200;
nervous system, 206;
jaws, 213;
radula, 236
Cepolis, 349–351, 441
Cerastoma, 423
Cerastus, 331, 441
Cerata of Nudibranchs, 71, 159
Ceratites, 397, 398;
suture, 396
Ceratodes, 357, 416
Ceres, 21, 354, 410
Ceritella, 417
Cerithidea, 260, 417;
C. obtusa, breathing, 152
Cerithiopsis, 417
Cerithium, 16, 416
Ceromya, 458
Chaetoderma, 404, 404;
breathing organs, 154;
nervous system, 203;
radula, 217, 228
Chaetopleura, 403
Chama, 257, 272, 446, 455
Chamostrea, 458
Changes in environment, effect of, 83 f.
Chank-shell, fishery of, 100
Charis, 324, 442
Page 642
Charopa, 319, 323–327, 441
Chascax, 424
Chelinodura, 430
Chelotropis, 133
Chenopus, 418
Chilidium, 498
Chilina, 19, 343, 358
Chilinidae, 439;
radula, 236
Chilotrema, 441
China, use of shells in, 101
Chiropteron, 133
Chiroteuthis, 385, 391
Chiton, 8, 153, 403;
egg-laying, 126;
breathing organs, 153 f.;
eyes, 188;
osphradium, 195;
radula, 228;
nervous system, 203;
valves, 401, 402;
girdle, 403
Chitonellus, 404, 404;
valves, 401
Chittya, 16, 348, 351, 414
Chlamydephorus, 333, 440
Chlamydoconcha, 175, 245, 453
Chlamys, 450
Chloritis, 306, 311, 319–324, 441
Chlorostoma, 408
Chlorostracia, 307
Choanomphalus, 250, 290, 439
Chondrophora, 389
Chondropoma, 346–355, 348, 414
Chondrula, 285, 295, 296, 442
Choneplax, 404
Chonetes, 504;
Chascax, 424
Chelinodura, 430
Chelotropis, 133
Chenopus, 418
Chilidium, 498
Chilina, 19, 343, 358
Chilinidae, 439;
radula, 236
Chilotrema, 441
China, use of shells in, 101
Chiropteron, 133
Chiroteuthis, 385, 391
Chiton, 8, 153, 403;
egg-laying, 126;
breathing organs, 153 f.;
eyes, 188;
osphradium, 195;
radula, 228;
nervous system, 203;
valves, 401, 402;
girdle, 403
Chitonellus, 404, 404;
valves, 401
Chittya, 16, 348, 351, 414
Chlamydephorus, 333, 440
Chlamydoconcha, 175, 245, 453
Chlamys, 450
Chloritis, 306, 311, 319–324, 441
Chlorostoma, 408
Chlorostracia, 307
Choanomphalus, 250, 290, 439
Chondrophora, 389
Chondropoma, 346–355, 348, 414
Chondrula, 285, 295, 296, 442
Choneplax, 404
Chonetes, 504;
Page 643
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Choristes, 420
Choristoceras, 398
Chorus, 423
Chromodoris, 434;
jaws, 212;
radula, 230
Chrysallida, 422
Chrysodomus, 423
Chrysostoma, 409
Cingula, 415
Cingulina, 422
Cionella, 442
Circe, 454, 458
Circulatory system, 169
Circulus, 408
Circumpolar species, 287
Cirrhoteuthis, 381, 382
Cistella, 467, 470, 472, 475, 476, 479, 480, 487;
larvae, 481, 483;
parasite of, 485;
distribution, 486;
fossil, 506, 508
Cistopus, 385
Cistula, 349, 351, 355, 414
Cladohepatica, 432
Clanculus, 408
Classification, 5, 8;
of Gasteropoda, 8, 11
Clathurella, 426
Clausilia, 442, 442;
mimicked by caterpillars, 68;
monstrosity, 251;
distribution, 285 f., 294, 305–318, 332, 339–356;
C. rugosa, 24;
scalaris, 278
Clavagella, 262, 459
Choristes, 420
Choristoceras, 398
Chorus, 423
Chromodoris, 434;
jaws, 212;
radula, 230
Chrysallida, 422
Chrysodomus, 423
Chrysostoma, 409
Cingula, 415
Cingulina, 422
Cionella, 442
Circe, 454, 458
Circulatory system, 169
Circulus, 408
Circumpolar species, 287
Cirrhoteuthis, 381, 382
Cistella, 467, 470, 472, 475, 476, 479, 480, 487;
larvae, 481, 483;
parasite of, 485;
distribution, 486;
fossil, 506, 508
Cistopus, 385
Cistula, 349, 351, 355, 414
Cladohepatica, 432
Clanculus, 408
Classification, 5, 8;
of Gasteropoda, 8, 11
Clathurella, 426
Clausilia, 442, 442;
mimicked by caterpillars, 68;
monstrosity, 251;
distribution, 285 f., 294, 305–318, 332, 339–356;
C. rugosa, 24;
scalaris, 278
Clavagella, 262, 459
Page 644
Clavator, 335, 359, 441
Clavatula, 426
Clavella, 424
Claviger, 329, 417
Clea, 16, 305, 423
Clementia, 454
Cleodora, 436, 436
Cleopatra, 294, 328, 331, 336, 416
Clessin, on duration of life, 39
Clessinia, 12, 297
Clio, 436, 436
Cliona, enemy of oysters, 112
Clione, 158, 438
Clionopsis, 437
Clitambonites, 498, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508, 511
Clithon, 327, 410
Clydonites, 398
Clymenia, 397
Clypidella, 406
Cocculina, 408
Cochlicella acuta, 278
Cochliolepas, 77
Cochloceras, 398
Cochlodésma, 459
Cochlostyla, 124, 278, 313, 315, 441
Cockles, use of, 101, 118
Coecum, 247, 260, 417, 418
Coeliaxis, 334, 442;
habitat, 49
Coelocentrum, 353, 442
Coelospira, 505, 508
Cold winter, effect on oysters, 112;
on mussels, 116
Collinge, W. E., on growth and burial of shells, 41
Collisella, 405
Collisellina, 405;
Clavatula, 426
Clavella, 424
Claviger, 329, 417
Clea, 16, 305, 423
Clementia, 454
Cleodora, 436, 436
Cleopatra, 294, 328, 331, 336, 416
Clessin, on duration of life, 39
Clessinia, 12, 297
Clio, 436, 436
Cliona, enemy of oysters, 112
Clione, 158, 438
Clionopsis, 437
Clitambonites, 498, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508, 511
Clithon, 327, 410
Clydonites, 398
Clymenia, 397
Clypidella, 406
Cocculina, 408
Cochlicella acuta, 278
Cochliolepas, 77
Cochloceras, 398
Cochlodésma, 459
Cochlostyla, 124, 278, 313, 315, 441
Cockles, use of, 101, 118
Coecum, 247, 260, 417, 418
Coeliaxis, 334, 442;
habitat, 49
Coelocentrum, 353, 442
Coelospira, 505, 508
Cold winter, effect on oysters, 112;
on mussels, 116
Collinge, W. E., on growth and burial of shells, 41
Collisella, 405
Collisellina, 405;
Page 645
radula, 227
Collonia, 409
Colobocephalus, 430
Colour of arctic shells, 86
Colpodaspis, 430
Columbarium, 426
Columbella, 423;
radula, 222
Columbellaria, 420
Columbellina, 420
Columna, 328, 330, 443
Cominella, 16, 424
Composition of shell, 252
Concha, 463
Conchidium, 497, 498, 500, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508, 511
Concholepas, 267, 423
Conidea, 423
Conocardium, 455
Conorbis, 426
Conus, 247, 275, 426;
poisonous bite, 65;
tooth, 66;
shell, 69, 255, 260;
mimicked by Strombus, 69;
prices given for rare, 121;
spawn, 125;
radula, 218, 220;
operculum, 269
Cookia, 409
Coptochilus, 314, 414
Coralliophaga, 451
Coralliophila, 75, 423
Coralliophilidae, radula, 216
Corambe, 434
Corasia, 311, 319–321
Corbicula, 15, 288, 292 f., 453
Collonia, 409
Colobocephalus, 430
Colour of arctic shells, 86
Colpodaspis, 430
Columbarium, 426
Columbella, 423;
radula, 222
Columbellaria, 420
Columbellina, 420
Columna, 328, 330, 443
Cominella, 16, 424
Composition of shell, 252
Concha, 463
Conchidium, 497, 498, 500, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508, 511
Concholepas, 267, 423
Conidea, 423
Conocardium, 455
Conorbis, 426
Conus, 247, 275, 426;
poisonous bite, 65;
tooth, 66;
shell, 69, 255, 260;
mimicked by Strombus, 69;
prices given for rare, 121;
spawn, 125;
radula, 218, 220;
operculum, 269
Cookia, 409
Coptochilus, 314, 414
Coralliophaga, 451
Coralliophila, 75, 423
Coralliophilidae, radula, 216
Corambe, 434
Corasia, 311, 319–321
Corbicula, 15, 288, 292 f., 453
Page 646
Corbis, 452
Corbula, 456
Corilla, 303
Corona, 27, 442
Coronaria, 297
Coryda, 346–351, 441
Coryphella, 432
Cosmoceras, 399
Cowry used as money, 96
Coyote trapped by Haliotis, 57
Cranchia, 391
Crania, 464, 467, 468, 469, 471, 472, 473, 475, 476, 477, 487;
distribution, 485;
fossil, 493, 494, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 507, 508, 510
Craniidae, 487, 496, 504, 508
Cranopsis, 265, 406
Craspedochiton, 403
Craspedopoma, 298, 414
Craspedostoma, 408
Crassatella, 451
Cratena, 432
Crawling of Helix, 45
Cremnoconchus, 16, 302, 413
Crenatula, 75, 449
Crenella, 449
Crenipecten, 450
Crepidula, 248, 257, 412, 412;
parasitic, 78
Crepipatella, 248, 412
Creseis, 436, 436;
eyes, 186
Crimora, 434;
radula, 229
Crioceras, 247, 399, 399
Cristigibba, 311, 319, 320, 441
Crossostoma, 408
Corbula, 456
Corilla, 303
Corona, 27, 442
Coronaria, 297
Coryda, 346–351, 441
Coryphella, 432
Cosmoceras, 399
Cowry used as money, 96
Coyote trapped by Haliotis, 57
Cranchia, 391
Crania, 464, 467, 468, 469, 471, 472, 473, 475, 476, 477, 487;
distribution, 485;
fossil, 493, 494, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 507, 508, 510
Craniidae, 487, 496, 504, 508
Cranopsis, 265, 406
Craspedochiton, 403
Craspedopoma, 298, 414
Craspedostoma, 408
Crassatella, 451
Cratena, 432
Crawling of Helix, 45
Cremnoconchus, 16, 302, 413
Crenatula, 75, 449
Crenella, 449
Crenipecten, 450
Crepidula, 248, 257, 412, 412;
parasitic, 78
Crepipatella, 248, 412
Creseis, 436, 436;
eyes, 186
Crimora, 434;
radula, 229
Crioceras, 247, 399, 399
Cristigibba, 311, 319, 320, 441
Crossostoma, 408
Page 647
Crucibulum, 248, 412
Cryptochiton, 245, 371, 402, 404
Cryptochorda, 425
Cryptoconchus, 404
Cryptophthalmus, 430
Cryptostracon, 353, 441
Ctenidia, 151—see Branchiae
Ctenopoma, 346–351, 414
Cucullaea, 274, 448
Cultellus, 457
Cuma, 423
Cumingia, 453
Cuspidaria, 459;
branchiae, 168
Cuvierina, 436, 436
Cyane, 410
Cyathopoma, 247, 268, 314, 338, 414
Cyclas, 453;
veliger, 132;
ova, 146;
otocyst, 197;
C. cornea, thread-spinning, 29;
distribution, 282
Cyclina, 454
Cyclobranchiata, 156
Cyclocantha, 409
Cyclomorpha, 414
Cyclonassa, 423
Cyclonema, 409
Cyclophoridae, origin, 21
Cyclophorus, 302, 306–319, 329–334, 344, 352–358, 414;
jaws, 212;
radula, 21
Cyclostoma, 328, 331–338, 414, 414;
stomach, 239;
vision, 184;
osphradium, 195;
Cryptochiton, 245, 371, 402, 404
Cryptochorda, 425
Cryptoconchus, 404
Cryptophthalmus, 430
Cryptostracon, 353, 441
Ctenidia, 151—see Branchiae
Ctenopoma, 346–351, 414
Cucullaea, 274, 448
Cultellus, 457
Cuma, 423
Cumingia, 453
Cuspidaria, 459;
branchiae, 168
Cuvierina, 436, 436
Cyane, 410
Cyathopoma, 247, 268, 314, 338, 414
Cyclas, 453;
veliger, 132;
ova, 146;
otocyst, 197;
C. cornea, thread-spinning, 29;
distribution, 282
Cyclina, 454
Cyclobranchiata, 156
Cyclocantha, 409
Cyclomorpha, 414
Cyclonassa, 423
Cyclonema, 409
Cyclophoridae, origin, 21
Cyclophorus, 302, 306–319, 329–334, 344, 352–358, 414;
jaws, 212;
radula, 21
Cyclostoma, 328, 331–338, 414, 414;
stomach, 239;
vision, 184;
osphradium, 195;
Page 648
nervous system, 205;
C. elegans, 287, 288
Cyclostomatidae, origin, 21;
radula, 224;
gait, 199
Cyclostrema, 408
Cyclosurus, 247, 337, 414
Cyclotopsis, 338, 414
Cyclotus, 296, 319, 320, 414
Cylichna, 428, 430;
radula, 215
Cylindrella, 247, 260, 278, 343–355, 348, 442;
monstrosity, 251, 252
Cylindrellidae, radula, 233, 234
Cylindrites, 430
Cylindrobulla, 430
Cylindromitra, 425;
radula, 222
Cymbium, 255, 367, 425;
radula, 221
Cymbulia, 437
Cymbuliopsis, 437
Cynodonta, 424
Cyphoma, 419
Cypraea, 178, 419;
prices given for rare, 122;
mantle-lobes, 177, 178;
radula, 224;
shell, 255, 260, 261;
C. moneta, 96
Cypraecassis, 420
Cypraedia, 419
Cypraeovula, 419
Cyprimeria, 454
Cyprina, 451
Cyrena, 15, 453;
distribution, 285, 294
C. elegans, 287, 288
Cyclostomatidae, origin, 21;
radula, 224;
gait, 199
Cyclostrema, 408
Cyclosurus, 247, 337, 414
Cyclotopsis, 338, 414
Cyclotus, 296, 319, 320, 414
Cylichna, 428, 430;
radula, 215
Cylindrella, 247, 260, 278, 343–355, 348, 442;
monstrosity, 251, 252
Cylindrellidae, radula, 233, 234
Cylindrites, 430
Cylindrobulla, 430
Cylindromitra, 425;
radula, 222
Cymbium, 255, 367, 425;
radula, 221
Cymbulia, 437
Cymbuliopsis, 437
Cynodonta, 424
Cyphoma, 419
Cypraea, 178, 419;
prices given for rare, 122;
mantle-lobes, 177, 178;
radula, 224;
shell, 255, 260, 261;
C. moneta, 96
Cypraecassis, 420
Cypraedia, 419
Cypraeovula, 419
Cyprimeria, 454
Cyprina, 451
Cyrena, 15, 453;
distribution, 285, 294
Page 649
Cyrenella, 453
Cyrtia, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Cyrtoceras, 394
Cyrtodaria, 457
Cyrtodonta, 452
Cyrtolites, 407
Cyrtonotus, 448
Cyrtotoma, 414
Cysticopsis, 346–351, 441
Cystiscus, 425
Cystopelta, 325, 326, 440
Cytherea, 454, 454
Dacrydium, 449
Daedalochila, 441
Dall, W. H., quoted, 35;
on branchiae, 164
Damayantia, 440
Daphnella, 426
Darbyshire, R. D., on tenacity of life, 39
Dardania, 415
Dart-sac, 142
Daudebardia, 289, 292 f., 440
Davidsonia, 505, 508
Dawsonella, 410
Dayia, 505, 508
Decapoda, 385 f.
Decollation, 260
Deep-sea Mollusca, 374
De Folin, experiment on Cyclostoma, 157
Deianira, 410
Delage, experiments on otocysts, 197
Delphinula, 409
Deltidium, 499
Dendronotus, 433;
protective coloration, 72;
Cyrtia, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Cyrtoceras, 394
Cyrtodaria, 457
Cyrtodonta, 452
Cyrtolites, 407
Cyrtonotus, 448
Cyrtotoma, 414
Cysticopsis, 346–351, 441
Cystiscus, 425
Cystopelta, 325, 326, 440
Cytherea, 454, 454
Dacrydium, 449
Daedalochila, 441
Dall, W. H., quoted, 35;
on branchiae, 164
Damayantia, 440
Daphnella, 426
Darbyshire, R. D., on tenacity of life, 39
Dardania, 415
Dart-sac, 142
Daudebardia, 289, 292 f., 440
Davidsonia, 505, 508
Dawsonella, 410
Dayia, 505, 508
Decapoda, 385 f.
Decollation, 260
Deep-sea Mollusca, 374
De Folin, experiment on Cyclostoma, 157
Deianira, 410
Delage, experiments on otocysts, 197
Delphinula, 409
Deltidium, 499
Dendronotus, 433;
protective coloration, 72;
Page 650
habits, 51
Dentalium, 6, 444, 445;
used as money, 97;
veliger, 131;
radula, 228
Dentellaria, 350–355, 441;
aperture, 63
Desert species, 25, 85
Deshayesia, 411
Desmoulea, 423
Development of fertilised ovum, 130 f.
Dexiobranchaea, 437
Diadema, 414
Diala, 415
Dialeuca, 441
Diaphora, 314
Diaphorostoma, 412
Diastema, 418
Diastoma, 417
Diaulula, 434
Dibaphus, 425
Dibranchiata, 380;
eye, 183;
nervous system, 207
Diceras, 269, 455
Didaena, 12, 297, 455
Differences of sex, 133
Dignomia, 511
Digonopora, 134, 144
Diloma, 408
Dimorphoptychia, 410
Dimya, 450
Dinobolus, 504, 508
Dinoplax, 403
Ditocardia, 9, 170, 405 f.
Diplodonta, 452
Diplommatina, 302–327, 413
Dentalium, 6, 444, 445;
used as money, 97;
veliger, 131;
radula, 228
Dentellaria, 350–355, 441;
aperture, 63
Desert species, 25, 85
Deshayesia, 411
Desmoulea, 423
Development of fertilised ovum, 130 f.
Dexiobranchaea, 437
Diadema, 414
Diala, 415
Dialeuca, 441
Diaphora, 314
Diaphorostoma, 412
Diastema, 418
Diastoma, 417
Diaulula, 434
Dibaphus, 425
Dibranchiata, 380;
eye, 183;
nervous system, 207
Diceras, 269, 455
Didaena, 12, 297, 455
Differences of sex, 133
Dignomia, 511
Digonopora, 134, 144
Diloma, 408
Dimorphoptychia, 410
Dimya, 450
Dinobolus, 504, 508
Dinoplax, 403
Ditocardia, 9, 170, 405 f.
Diplodonta, 452
Diplommatina, 302–327, 413
Page 651
Diplomphalus, 322, 323, 440
Diplopoma, 346, 351, 414
Dipsaccus, 424
Dipsas, 307
Discina, 464, 468, 471, 475, 487;
distribution, 485;
fossil, 493, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508
Discinidae, 487, 496, 504, 508, 511
Discinisca, 487, 510;
distribution, 485, 486
Discites, 395
Discodoris, 434
Discosorus, 394
Distortio, 255—see Persona
Ditropis, 312, 314, 414
Docoglossa, 227, 405
Dolabella, 428, 431
Dolabrifer, 431
Dolium, 419;
acid secretion, 237
Donax, 269, 446, 453
Dondersia, 404
Dorcasia, 333, 441
Doridium, 430
Doridunculus, 434;
radula, 229
Doriopsis, 434
Doris, breathing organs, 159;
radula, 230
Dorsanum, 423
Dosidicus, 390
Dosinia, 454
Doto, 433;
protective coloration, 71
Dreissensia, 14, 123, 452;
hibernation, 26;
Diplopoma, 346, 351, 414
Dipsaccus, 424
Dipsas, 307
Discina, 464, 468, 471, 475, 487;
distribution, 485;
fossil, 493, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508
Discinidae, 487, 496, 504, 508, 511
Discinisca, 487, 510;
distribution, 485, 486
Discites, 395
Discodoris, 434
Discosorus, 394
Distortio, 255—see Persona
Ditropis, 312, 314, 414
Docoglossa, 227, 405
Dolabella, 428, 431
Dolabrifer, 431
Dolium, 419;
acid secretion, 237
Donax, 269, 446, 453
Dondersia, 404
Dorcasia, 333, 441
Doridium, 430
Doridunculus, 434;
radula, 229
Doriopsis, 434
Doris, breathing organs, 159;
radula, 230
Dorsanum, 423
Dosidicus, 390
Dosinia, 454
Doto, 433;
protective coloration, 71
Dreissensia, 14, 123, 452;
hibernation, 26;
Page 652
singular habitat, 48;
veliger, 132, 146;
eyes, 192
Dreissensiomya, 452
Drepania, 434
Drillia, 426
Drymaeus, 356, 442
Dryptus, 356, 441
Durgella, 301, 304, 440
Dwarf varieties, 88
Dybowskia, 290
Eastonia, 454
Eburna, 267, 424;
radula, 220
Ecardines, 466;
muscles, 476;
fossil, 493;
families, 487, 503, 508
Eccyliomphalus, 413
Echinospira, 133
Edentulina, 338
Egg-laying of Arion, 42 f.;
of Mollusca generally, 123
Eglisia, 411
Eider-duck, shells used by, 102
Elaea, 322, 440
Elasmoneura, 411
Eledone, 385, 385;
radula, 236
Elizia, 456
Elysia, 432;
protective coloration, 73;
breathing, 152;
radula, 217, 230, 432
Emarginula, 265, 406
Embletonia, 429
veliger, 132, 146;
eyes, 192
Dreissensiomya, 452
Drepania, 434
Drillia, 426
Drymaeus, 356, 442
Dryptus, 356, 441
Durgella, 301, 304, 440
Dwarf varieties, 88
Dybowskia, 290
Eastonia, 454
Eburna, 267, 424;
radula, 220
Ecardines, 466;
muscles, 476;
fossil, 493;
families, 487, 503, 508
Eccyliomphalus, 413
Echinospira, 133
Edentulina, 338
Egg-laying of Arion, 42 f.;
of Mollusca generally, 123
Eglisia, 411
Eider-duck, shells used by, 102
Elaea, 322, 440
Elasmoneura, 411
Eledone, 385, 385;
radula, 236
Elizia, 456
Elysia, 432;
protective coloration, 73;
breathing, 152;
radula, 217, 230, 432
Emarginula, 265, 406
Embletonia, 429
Page 653
Emmericia, 415
Ena, 296, 442
Enaeta, 425
Endoceras, 394
Endodonta, 325, 334, 441
Engina, 424
Enida, 408
Ennea, 298, 302, 306, 309, 314, 316, 328–337, 440, 440;
habits, 54;
E. bicolor, 279
Enoplochiton, 403, 403
Enoploteuthis, 391
Ensis, 457
Entocolax, 77, 79, 152
Entoconcha, 77, 79, 152, 216
Entovalva, 77, 82
Ephippodonta, 453;
commensal, 81
Epidromus, 420
Epiphragm, 26, 27 f.
Epipodia, 427
Erato, 419
Eremophila, 294
Ergaea, 248, 412
Erinna, 327, 439
Erosion, 276
Ervilia, 454
Erycina, 453
Escargotières, 119
Estria, 329, 440
Estuarine species, 14
Ethalia, 409
Eucalodium, 260, 353, 442
Euchelus, 408
Euchrysallis, 420
Eudioptus, 442
Eudoxochiton, 403
Ena, 296, 442
Enaeta, 425
Endoceras, 394
Endodonta, 325, 334, 441
Engina, 424
Enida, 408
Ennea, 298, 302, 306, 309, 314, 316, 328–337, 440, 440;
habits, 54;
E. bicolor, 279
Enoplochiton, 403, 403
Enoploteuthis, 391
Ensis, 457
Entocolax, 77, 79, 152
Entoconcha, 77, 79, 152, 216
Entovalva, 77, 82
Ephippodonta, 453;
commensal, 81
Epidromus, 420
Epiphragm, 26, 27 f.
Epipodia, 427
Erato, 419
Eremophila, 294
Ergaea, 248, 412
Erinna, 327, 439
Erosion, 276
Ervilia, 454
Erycina, 453
Escargotières, 119
Estria, 329, 440
Estuarine species, 14
Ethalia, 409
Eucalodium, 260, 353, 442
Euchelus, 408
Euchrysallis, 420
Eudioptus, 442
Eudoxochiton, 403
Page 654
Euhadra, 316, 318, 441
Eulamellibranchiata, 451;
gill, 166, 167
Eulima, 422;
parasitic, 77, 79
Eulimella, 250, 422
Eulota, 296, 441
Euomphalus, 247, 413
Euplecta, 440
Eupleura, 423
Euplocamus, 434
Eurybia, 438
Eurycampta, 346–351
Eurycratera, 349, 351, 441
Eurystoma, 304
Eurytus, 442
Euthria, 424
Euthyneura, 203
Eutrochatella, 347–351, 348, 410
Exploring expeditions, 362
Eye in Mollusca, 181 f.
Facelina, 432
Fasciolaria, 424;
radula, 221
Fastigiella, 416
Favorinus, 432
Fenella, 415
Fertilised ovum, development, 130 f.
Ferussacia, 291, 293, 297 f., 442
Fiji islanders, use of shells, 98
Filibranchiata, 448;
gill, 166
Fiona, 432;
radula, 217
Firoloida, 421
Fischer and Bouvier, on breathing of Ampullaria, 158
Eulamellibranchiata, 451;
gill, 166, 167
Eulima, 422;
parasitic, 77, 79
Eulimella, 250, 422
Eulota, 296, 441
Euomphalus, 247, 413
Euplecta, 440
Eupleura, 423
Euplocamus, 434
Eurybia, 438
Eurycampta, 346–351
Eurycratera, 349, 351, 441
Eurystoma, 304
Eurytus, 442
Euthria, 424
Euthyneura, 203
Eutrochatella, 347–351, 348, 410
Exploring expeditions, 362
Eye in Mollusca, 181 f.
Facelina, 432
Fasciolaria, 424;
radula, 221
Fastigiella, 416
Favorinus, 432
Fenella, 415
Fertilised ovum, development, 130 f.
Ferussacia, 291, 293, 297 f., 442
Fiji islanders, use of shells, 98
Filibranchiata, 448;
gill, 166
Fiona, 432;
radula, 217
Firoloida, 421
Fischer and Bouvier, on breathing of Ampullaria, 158
Page 655
Fischeria, 15, 328, 453
Fish devour Mollusca, 59
Fissurella, 265, 406;
breathing organs, 153;
apical hole, 156;
nervous system, 204;
radula, 227;
growth, 261
Fissurellidaea, 406
Fissuridea, 406
Fissurisepta, 406
Fistulana, 262, 457
Flabellina, 432
Fluminicola, 415
Folinia, 415
Food of Mollusca, 30 f.;
Mollusca as food, 102 f.
Foot, 198;
in classification, 5
Forel, on deep-water Limnaea, 162
Formation of shell, 255
Fortisia, 429
Fossarina, 413
Fossarulus, 302, 415
Fossarus, 413
Fourth orifice in mantle, 174
Fresh-water species living in sea, 12;
frozen hard, 24
Frogs and toads devour Mollusca, 58
Fruticicola, 285, 290, 316, 318, 441
Fruticocampylaea, 296
Fryeria, 434
Fulgur, 249, 424
Fusispira, 420
Fusus, 262, 424
Gadinia, 152, 431;
Fish devour Mollusca, 59
Fissurella, 265, 406;
breathing organs, 153;
apical hole, 156;
nervous system, 204;
radula, 227;
growth, 261
Fissurellidaea, 406
Fissuridea, 406
Fissurisepta, 406
Fistulana, 262, 457
Flabellina, 432
Fluminicola, 415
Folinia, 415
Food of Mollusca, 30 f.;
Mollusca as food, 102 f.
Foot, 198;
in classification, 5
Forel, on deep-water Limnaea, 162
Formation of shell, 255
Fortisia, 429
Fossarina, 413
Fossarulus, 302, 415
Fossarus, 413
Fourth orifice in mantle, 174
Fresh-water species living in sea, 12;
frozen hard, 24
Frogs and toads devour Mollusca, 58
Fruticicola, 285, 290, 316, 318, 441
Fruticocampylaea, 296
Fryeria, 434
Fulgur, 249, 424
Fusispira, 420
Fusus, 262, 424
Gadinia, 152, 431;
Page 656
breathing, 18, 151;
classification, 19;
radula, 217, 230
Gain, W. A., quoted, 32, 33, 39;
on taste of Mollusca, 179
Galatea, 15, 328, 336, 453
Galeomma, 175, 453
Galerus, 248, 412;
egg-capsules, 125
Garstang, W., on protective and warning coloration, 73
Gaskoin, on tenacity of life, 38;
on egg-laying, 42
Gassies, on hybrid union in snails, 130
Gasteropoda, on classification, 8, 11, 400 f.
Gastrana, 453
Gastrochaena, 457;
habits, 64
Gastrodonta, 440
Gastropteron, 245, 430
Gaza, 376, 408
Gena, 246, 408
Genea, 424
Genotia, 426
Geomalacus, 160, 288, 291, 441;
protective coloration, 70
Geomelania, 16, 348, 351, 414
Georgia, 331, 414
Georissa, 318, 410
Geostilbia, 338, 442
Gerontia, 441
Gerstfeldtia, 290
Gibbula, 408
Gibbus, 328–338, 440, 440
Gillia, 415
Gills—see Branchiae
Girasia, 301, 304, 440
Glandina, 54, 178, 278, 292 f., 339–355, 440;
classification, 19;
radula, 217, 230
Gain, W. A., quoted, 32, 33, 39;
on taste of Mollusca, 179
Galatea, 15, 328, 336, 453
Galeomma, 175, 453
Galerus, 248, 412;
egg-capsules, 125
Garstang, W., on protective and warning coloration, 73
Gaskoin, on tenacity of life, 38;
on egg-laying, 42
Gassies, on hybrid union in snails, 130
Gasteropoda, on classification, 8, 11, 400 f.
Gastrana, 453
Gastrochaena, 457;
habits, 64
Gastrodonta, 440
Gastropteron, 245, 430
Gaza, 376, 408
Gena, 246, 408
Genea, 424
Genotia, 426
Geomalacus, 160, 288, 291, 441;
protective coloration, 70
Geomelania, 16, 348, 351, 414
Georgia, 331, 414
Georissa, 318, 410
Geostilbia, 338, 442
Gerontia, 441
Gerstfeldtia, 290
Gibbula, 408
Gibbus, 328–338, 440, 440
Gillia, 415
Gills—see Branchiae
Girasia, 301, 304, 440
Glandina, 54, 178, 278, 292 f., 339–355, 440;
Page 657
radula, 231, 232;
habits, 53
Glands, germ, 134, 140;
nidamental, 136
Glassia, 501, 505
Glaucomya, 320, 454
Glaucus, 429, 432
Gleba, 437
Glessula, 301, 309, 310, 333, 442
Glochidium, 147
Glomus, 448
Glossoceras, 394
Glossophora, 7
Glottidia, distribution, 485, 487
Glycimeris, 457
Glyphis, 406
Glyptostoma, 341, 441
Gomphoceras, 394, 395
Gonatus, 391
Goniatites, 397, 398
Goniobasis, 341, 417
Goniodoris, 434;
protective coloration, 73;
radula, 229
Goniomya, 458
Gonostoma, 291, 316, 441
Goniostomus, 442
Grammysia, 459
Grateloupia, 454
Great Eastern and mussels, 116
Greenhouses, slugs in, 35
Green oysters, 108
Gresslya, 458
Growth of shell, 40, 257
Guesteria, 440
Guildfordia, 409
Guivillea, 186, 376, 425
habits, 53
Glands, germ, 134, 140;
nidamental, 136
Glassia, 501, 505
Glaucomya, 320, 454
Glaucus, 429, 432
Gleba, 437
Glessula, 301, 309, 310, 333, 442
Glochidium, 147
Glomus, 448
Glossoceras, 394
Glossophora, 7
Glottidia, distribution, 485, 487
Glycimeris, 457
Glyphis, 406
Glyptostoma, 341, 441
Gomphoceras, 394, 395
Gonatus, 391
Goniatites, 397, 398
Goniobasis, 341, 417
Goniodoris, 434;
protective coloration, 73;
radula, 229
Goniomya, 458
Gonostoma, 291, 316, 441
Goniostomus, 442
Grammysia, 459
Grateloupia, 454
Great Eastern and mussels, 116
Greenhouses, slugs in, 35
Green oysters, 108
Gresslya, 458
Growth of shell, 40, 257
Guesteria, 440
Guildfordia, 409
Guivillea, 186, 376, 425
Page 658
Gulls and Mollusca, 56
Gundlachia, 19, 325, 345, 352, 359, 439
Gymnoglossa, 216, 225, 422
Gymnosomata, 437
Gyroceras, 247, 395
Gyrotoma, 417
Hadra, 306, 315, 319–325, 322, 441
Hadriania, 423
Haemoglobin, 171
Hainesia, 336, 414
Halia, 366, 426
Haliotinella, 431
Haliotis, 266, 407;
and coyote, 57;
holes of, 156;
osphradium, 195;
epipodium, 199;
nervous system, 204;
radula, 215, 226
Halopsyche, 159, 438, 438
Haminea, 428, 430;
protective coloration, 73
Hamites, 399
Hamulina, 399
Hanleyia, 403
Hapalus, 331, 442
Harpa, radula, 425, 216, 221;
self-mutilation, 45
Harpagodes, 418
Harpoceras, 399
Harvella, 454
Hatching of eggs, 43
Hazay, on duration of life, 39;
on variation in Limnaea, 93
Hearing powers of Mollusca, 196
Heart, in classification, 9;
Gundlachia, 19, 325, 345, 352, 359, 439
Gymnoglossa, 216, 225, 422
Gymnosomata, 437
Gyroceras, 247, 395
Gyrotoma, 417
Hadra, 306, 315, 319–325, 322, 441
Hadriania, 423
Haemoglobin, 171
Hainesia, 336, 414
Halia, 366, 426
Haliotinella, 431
Haliotis, 266, 407;
and coyote, 57;
holes of, 156;
osphradium, 195;
epipodium, 199;
nervous system, 204;
radula, 215, 226
Halopsyche, 159, 438, 438
Haminea, 428, 430;
protective coloration, 73
Hamites, 399
Hamulina, 399
Hanleyia, 403
Hapalus, 331, 442
Harpa, radula, 425, 216, 221;
self-mutilation, 45
Harpagodes, 418
Harpoceras, 399
Harvella, 454
Hatching of eggs, 43
Hazay, on duration of life, 39;
on variation in Limnaea, 93
Hearing powers of Mollusca, 196
Heart, in classification, 9;
Page 659
action during hibernation, 26;
and branchiae, 169
Hectocotylus arm, 137 f.
Helcion, 405;
protective coloration, 69
Helcioniscus, 405
Hele, F. M., on Hyalinia, 33;
on Stenogyra, 34
Helicarion, 309, 316, 325, 332, 440;
radula, 232;
habits, 45, 67
Helicidae, radula, 232, 234
Helicina, 305, 306, 316–327, 338–358, 410;
origin, 21;
exterminated by cold, 24
Helicophanta, 335, 336, 441, 441
Heligmus, 449
Helix, 441;
toothed aperture, 63;
protective coloration, 70;
variation, 87;
carbonic acid, 163;
eye, 181, 183;
food, 179;
smell, 194;
jaw, 211;
distribution, 285;
tenacity of life, 37;
breeding, 129
Helix alternata, 340;
angulata, 350;
aperta, 38, 39, 51, 293;
arbustorum, bathing, 23;
caperata, variation, 89;
cereolus, 340;
cicatricosa, 316;
crenilabris, 45;
and branchiae, 169
Hectocotylus arm, 137 f.
Helcion, 405;
protective coloration, 69
Helcioniscus, 405
Hele, F. M., on Hyalinia, 33;
on Stenogyra, 34
Helicarion, 309, 316, 325, 332, 440;
radula, 232;
habits, 45, 67
Helicidae, radula, 232, 234
Helicina, 305, 306, 316–327, 338–358, 410;
origin, 21;
exterminated by cold, 24
Helicophanta, 335, 336, 441, 441
Heligmus, 449
Helix, 441;
toothed aperture, 63;
protective coloration, 70;
variation, 87;
carbonic acid, 163;
eye, 181, 183;
food, 179;
smell, 194;
jaw, 211;
distribution, 285;
tenacity of life, 37;
breeding, 129
Helix alternata, 340;
angulata, 350;
aperta, 38, 39, 51, 293;
arbustorum, bathing, 23;
caperata, variation, 89;
cereolus, 340;
cicatricosa, 316;
crenilabris, 45;
Page 660
delphinuloides, 297;
desertorum, 37, 38, 70, 294;
fidelis, 341;
haemastoma, habits, 70;
harpa, 287;
hortensis, 10, 279;
pulsations, 26;
epiphragm, 28;
rock-boring, 49;
dart, 143;
imperator, 347;
habits, 45;
laciniosa, 297;
lactea, 25, 38, 42, 279;
lima, 350;
muscarum, 347;
nemoralis, 38, 180;
niciensis, 292;
nux denticulata, 350;
palliata, 340;
pisana, 25;
habits, 33;
pomatia, 25, 34, 40;
eye, 181;
pomum, 322;
pulchella, 279;
richmondiana, 322;
rosacea, 259;
rostrata, 347;
rota, 314;
rufescens, pulsations, 26;
similaris, 279;
souverbiana, 336, 441;
strigata, 293;
tristis, habits, 49;
turricula, 297;
Veatchii, 38;
desertorum, 37, 38, 70, 294;
fidelis, 341;
haemastoma, habits, 70;
harpa, 287;
hortensis, 10, 279;
pulsations, 26;
epiphragm, 28;
rock-boring, 49;
dart, 143;
imperator, 347;
habits, 45;
laciniosa, 297;
lactea, 25, 38, 42, 279;
lima, 350;
muscarum, 347;
nemoralis, 38, 180;
niciensis, 292;
nux denticulata, 350;
palliata, 340;
pisana, 25;
habits, 33;
pomatia, 25, 34, 40;
eye, 181;
pomum, 322;
pulchella, 279;
richmondiana, 322;
rosacea, 259;
rostrata, 347;
rota, 314;
rufescens, pulsations, 26;
similaris, 279;
souverbiana, 336, 441;
strigata, 293;
tristis, habits, 49;
turricula, 297;
Veatchii, 38;
Page 661
Waltoni, 304;
Wollastoni, 297;
zonata, 293
Helix aspersa, homing, 35;
smell, 36;
duration of life, 39;
growth, 40;
strength, 45;
boring rock, 50;
variation, 87, 89;
eaten, 119;
hybrid union, 130;
generative organs, 140 f., 141;
dart-sac, 143;
pulmonary chamber, 160;
radula, 217;
alimentary canal, 237;
monstrosities, 251, 252;
growth, 258;
distribution, 279, 289
Hemiarthrum, 403
Hemicardium, 455
Hemidonax, 453
Hemifusus, 424
Hemipecten, 450
Hemiplecta, 310, 316, 319, 321, 440
Hemisepius, 389
Hemisinus, 357, 417
Hemitoma, 265
Hemitrichia, 314
Hemitrochus, 346–351, 441
Hemphillia, 245, 341, 441
Hercoceras, 395
Herdman, Prof. W. A., on cerata of Nudibranchs, 71 f.;
experiments on taste of Nudibranchs, 72;
on Littorina rudis, 151 n.
Hermaea, 432;
Wollastoni, 297;
zonata, 293
Helix aspersa, homing, 35;
smell, 36;
duration of life, 39;
growth, 40;
strength, 45;
boring rock, 50;
variation, 87, 89;
eaten, 119;
hybrid union, 130;
generative organs, 140 f., 141;
dart-sac, 143;
pulmonary chamber, 160;
radula, 217;
alimentary canal, 237;
monstrosities, 251, 252;
growth, 258;
distribution, 279, 289
Hemiarthrum, 403
Hemicardium, 455
Hemidonax, 453
Hemifusus, 424
Hemipecten, 450
Hemiplecta, 310, 316, 319, 321, 440
Hemisepius, 389
Hemisinus, 357, 417
Hemitoma, 265
Hemitrichia, 314
Hemitrochus, 346–351, 441
Hemphillia, 245, 341, 441
Hercoceras, 395
Herdman, Prof. W. A., on cerata of Nudibranchs, 71 f.;
experiments on taste of Nudibranchs, 72;
on Littorina rudis, 151 n.
Hermaea, 432;
Page 662
protective coloration, 73
Hermaphrodite Mollusca, 134, 140, 145
Hermit-crabs, shells used by, 102
Hero, 432
Heterocardia, 454
Heterodiceras, 455
Heteropoda, 9, 420 f.;
radula, 228;
foot, 200
Heudeia, 316, 410
Hexabranchus, 434
Hibernation, 25, 163
High altitudes, Mollusca living at, 24
Himella, 15
Hindsia, 424
Hindsiella, 453
Hinge area, 493, 498
Hinge, in bivalves, 272
Hinnites, 257, 450
Hipponyx, 248, 412
Hippopus, 455
Hippurites, 455, 456
Histiopsis, 391
Histioteuthis, 391
Holcostoma, 417
Holohepatica, 433
Holopella, 411
Holospira, 339, 353, 442
Holostomata, 156
Homalogyra, 413;
radula, 223
Homalonyx, 245, 343-358, 443
Homing powers of Mollusca, 34
Homorus, 330–337, 443
Hoplites, 399
Hoplopteron, 422
Horea, 332
Hermaphrodite Mollusca, 134, 140, 145
Hermit-crabs, shells used by, 102
Hero, 432
Heterocardia, 454
Heterodiceras, 455
Heteropoda, 9, 420 f.;
radula, 228;
foot, 200
Heudeia, 316, 410
Hexabranchus, 434
Hibernation, 25, 163
High altitudes, Mollusca living at, 24
Himella, 15
Hindsia, 424
Hindsiella, 453
Hinge area, 493, 498
Hinge, in bivalves, 272
Hinnites, 257, 450
Hipponyx, 248, 412
Hippopus, 455
Hippurites, 455, 456
Histiopsis, 391
Histioteuthis, 391
Holcostoma, 417
Holohepatica, 433
Holopella, 411
Holospira, 339, 353, 442
Holostomata, 156
Homalogyra, 413;
radula, 223
Homalonyx, 245, 343-358, 443
Homing powers of Mollusca, 34
Homorus, 330–337, 443
Hoplites, 399
Hoplopteron, 422
Horea, 332
Page 663
Horiostoma, 409
Hot springs, Mollusca living in, 25
Huronia, 394
Hyalaea, 10, 436
Hyalimax, 245, 305, 306, 338, 443
Hyaline stylet, 240
Hyalinia, 440;
pulsations, 26;
food, 33;
smell, 194;
dart, 143;
radula, 232, 234;
distribution, 287 f., 318, 340–357;
H. alliaria, 279;
smell, 194;
cellaria, 279;
Draparnaldi, 33
Hyalocylix, 437
Hyalosagda, 352
Hybocystis, 305, 309, 414
Hybridism, 129
Hydatina, 430;
radula, 231
Hydrobia, 325, 332, 415;
H. ulvae, egg-laying, 128
Hydrocena, 298, 410;
radula, 226
Hymenoptera build in dead shells, 102
Hypobranchaea, 434;
radula, 230
Hypotrema, 448
Hypselostoma, 248, 302, 305, 314, 442
Hyria, 344, 452
Hystricella, 297
Ianthina, 360, 126, 411;
egg-capsules, 125;
Hot springs, Mollusca living in, 25
Huronia, 394
Hyalaea, 10, 436
Hyalimax, 245, 305, 306, 338, 443
Hyaline stylet, 240
Hyalinia, 440;
pulsations, 26;
food, 33;
smell, 194;
dart, 143;
radula, 232, 234;
distribution, 287 f., 318, 340–357;
H. alliaria, 279;
smell, 194;
cellaria, 279;
Draparnaldi, 33
Hyalocylix, 437
Hyalosagda, 352
Hybocystis, 305, 309, 414
Hybridism, 129
Hydatina, 430;
radula, 231
Hydrobia, 325, 332, 415;
H. ulvae, egg-laying, 128
Hydrocena, 298, 410;
radula, 226
Hymenoptera build in dead shells, 102
Hypobranchaea, 434;
radula, 230
Hypotrema, 448
Hypselostoma, 248, 302, 305, 314, 442
Hyria, 344, 452
Hystricella, 297
Ianthina, 360, 126, 411;
egg-capsules, 125;
Page 664
eyes, 186;
radula, 224
Iapetella, 385
Iberus, 285–293, 297, 441
Ichthyosarcolites, 456
Idalia, 179, 429, 434;
radula, 229, 230
Idas, 449
Idiosepion, 389
Illex, 390
Imbricaria, 425;
radula, 221
Imperator, 409
Indians of America, use of shells, 100
Infundibulum, 408
Inioteuthis, 389
Ink-sac, 241
Inoceramus, 449
Insects eaten by Mollusca, 32
Insularia, 319, 320
Intestine, 241
Io, 16, 340, 417
Iopas, 423
Iphigenia, 15, 453
Iravadia, 305, 415
Iridina, 294
Irus, 297
Isanda, 409
Ischnochiton, 403
Isidora, 298, 320–327, 333, 336, 359, 439
Ismenia, 404
Isocardia, 269, 451, 451
Isodonta, 453
Isomeria, 343, 356, 441
Issa, 434
Jamaicia, 414
radula, 224
Iapetella, 385
Iberus, 285–293, 297, 441
Ichthyosarcolites, 456
Idalia, 179, 429, 434;
radula, 229, 230
Idas, 449
Idiosepion, 389
Illex, 390
Imbricaria, 425;
radula, 221
Imperator, 409
Indians of America, use of shells, 100
Infundibulum, 408
Inioteuthis, 389
Ink-sac, 241
Inoceramus, 449
Insects eaten by Mollusca, 32
Insularia, 319, 320
Intestine, 241
Io, 16, 340, 417
Iopas, 423
Iphigenia, 15, 453
Iravadia, 305, 415
Iridina, 294
Irus, 297
Isanda, 409
Ischnochiton, 403
Isidora, 298, 320–327, 333, 336, 359, 439
Ismenia, 404
Isocardia, 269, 451, 451
Isodonta, 453
Isomeria, 343, 356, 441
Issa, 434
Jamaicia, 414
Page 665
Janella, 161, 443;
pulmonary orifice, 161
Janellidae, radula, 234;
distribution, 321–326
Janus, 432
Japonia, 318
Jaws, 210
Jeanerettia, 346–351, 441
Jeffreys, Dr., on Limnaea, 34;
on Neptunea, 193
Jeffreysia, 415;
radula, 223
Jorunna, protective coloration, 73
Jouannettia, 457
Jullienia, 307, 415
Jumala, 424
Kaliella, 301, 304, 310, 314–317, 335, 440
Kalinga, 434
Kashmir, land Mollusca, 280
Katherina, 403
Kelletia, 424
Kellia, 453
Kellyella, 452
Kidneys, 242
King, R. L., on smell in bivalves, 195
Kingena, 506, 508
Kitchen-middens, 104
Koninckella, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Koninckina, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Koninckinidae, 501, 505, 508
Kutorgina, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508;
embryonic shell, 509
pulmonary orifice, 161
Janellidae, radula, 234;
distribution, 321–326
Janus, 432
Japonia, 318
Jaws, 210
Jeanerettia, 346–351, 441
Jeffreys, Dr., on Limnaea, 34;
on Neptunea, 193
Jeffreysia, 415;
radula, 223
Jorunna, protective coloration, 73
Jouannettia, 457
Jullienia, 307, 415
Jumala, 424
Kaliella, 301, 304, 310, 314–317, 335, 440
Kalinga, 434
Kashmir, land Mollusca, 280
Katherina, 403
Kelletia, 424
Kellia, 453
Kellyella, 452
Kidneys, 242
King, R. L., on smell in bivalves, 195
Kingena, 506, 508
Kitchen-middens, 104
Koninckella, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Koninckina, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Koninckinidae, 501, 505, 508
Kutorgina, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508;
embryonic shell, 509
Page 666
Labial palps, 210
Labyrinthus, 342, 353–357, 441;
aperture, 63
Lacaze-Duthiers on Testacella, 52 f.;
on smell in Helix, 194
Lacuna, 413
Lacunopsis, 332
Lagena, 424
Lagochilus, 309, 316–319, 414
Lamellaria, 245, 411;
habits and protective coloration, 74;
parasitic, 78;
radula, 223
Lamellidoris, 434;
radula, 229, 230, 231
Lampania, 417
Land Mollusca, origin, 11 f.
Lanistes, 249, 294, 328, 331, 416
Lankester, Prof. E. Ray, on shell-gland, 132;
on haemoglobin, 171
Lantzia, 278, 338, 439
Laoma, 441
Larina, 302, 417
Larvae of Pelecypoda, 7;
of insects resembling Mollusca, 67 f.
Lasaea, 453
Latia, 19, 326, 439
Latiaxis, 423
Latirus, 424
Latter, O. H., on Glochidium, 147
Layard, E. L., on self-burying Mollusca, 41;
on sudden appearance of Stenogyra, 47;
on Coeliaxis, 49;
on Rhytida and Aerope, 54
Leda, 447
Leia, 348–351, 442
Leila, 344, 452
Labyrinthus, 342, 353–357, 441;
aperture, 63
Lacaze-Duthiers on Testacella, 52 f.;
on smell in Helix, 194
Lacuna, 413
Lacunopsis, 332
Lagena, 424
Lagochilus, 309, 316–319, 414
Lamellaria, 245, 411;
habits and protective coloration, 74;
parasitic, 78;
radula, 223
Lamellidoris, 434;
radula, 229, 230, 231
Lampania, 417
Land Mollusca, origin, 11 f.
Lanistes, 249, 294, 328, 331, 416
Lankester, Prof. E. Ray, on shell-gland, 132;
on haemoglobin, 171
Lantzia, 278, 338, 439
Laoma, 441
Larina, 302, 417
Larvae of Pelecypoda, 7;
of insects resembling Mollusca, 67 f.
Lasaea, 453
Latia, 19, 326, 439
Latiaxis, 423
Latirus, 424
Latter, O. H., on Glochidium, 147
Layard, E. L., on self-burying Mollusca, 41;
on sudden appearance of Stenogyra, 47;
on Coeliaxis, 49;
on Rhytida and Aerope, 54
Leda, 447
Leia, 348–351, 442
Leila, 344, 452
Page 667
Leonia, 414
Lepeta, 405
Lepetella, 405
Lepetidae, radula, 227
Lepidomenia, 404;
radula, 229
Leptachatina, 327
Leptaena, 500, 501, 502, 503, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Leptaxis, 441
Leptinaria, 357, 358, 442
Leptochiton, 403
Leptoconchus, 75, 423
Leptoloma, 348, 351
Lepton, 453;
parasitic, 77;
commensal, 80;
mantle-edge, 175, 178
Leptoplax, 403
Leptopoma, 316, 319, 338, 414
Leptoteuthis, 390
Leptothyra, 409
Leroya, 331
Leucochila, 442
Leucochloridium, 61
Leucochroa, 292, 295, 441
Leuconia, 439
Leucotaenia, 335, 359, 441
Leucozonia, 64, 424, 424
Levantina, 295
Libania, 295
Libera, 327, 441;
egg-laying, 128
Libitina, 451
Licina, 414
Life, duration of, in snails, 39
Ligament, 271
Lepeta, 405
Lepetella, 405
Lepetidae, radula, 227
Lepidomenia, 404;
radula, 229
Leptachatina, 327
Leptaena, 500, 501, 502, 503, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Leptaxis, 441
Leptinaria, 357, 358, 442
Leptochiton, 403
Leptoconchus, 75, 423
Leptoloma, 348, 351
Lepton, 453;
parasitic, 77;
commensal, 80;
mantle-edge, 175, 178
Leptoplax, 403
Leptopoma, 316, 319, 338, 414
Leptoteuthis, 390
Leptothyra, 409
Leroya, 331
Leucochila, 442
Leucochloridium, 61
Leucochroa, 292, 295, 441
Leuconia, 439
Leucotaenia, 335, 359, 441
Leucozonia, 64, 424, 424
Levantina, 295
Libania, 295
Libera, 327, 441;
egg-laying, 128
Libitina, 451
Licina, 414
Life, duration of, in snails, 39
Ligament, 271
Page 668
Liguus, 349, 351, 442
Lima, 178, 179, 450;
habits, 63
Limacidae, radula, 232
Limacina, 59, 249, 436, 436
Limapontia, 429, 432;
breathing, 152
Limax, 245, 440;
food, 31, 179;
variation, 86;
pulmonary orifice, 160;
shell, 175;
jaw, 211;
radula, 217;
distribution, 285, 324;
L. agrestis, eats May flies, 31;
arborum, slime, 30;
food, 31;
flavus, food, 33, 36;
habits, 35, 36;
gagates, 279, 358;
maximus, 32, 161;
eats raw beef, 32;
cannibalism, 32;
sexual union, 128;
smell, 193 f.
Limea, 450
Limicolaria, 329–332, 443
Limnaea, 439;
self-impregnation, 44;
development and variation, 84, 92, 93;
size affected by volume of water, 94;
eggs, 124;
sexual union, 134;
jaw, 211;
radula, 217, 235;
L. auricularia, 24;
Lima, 178, 179, 450;
habits, 63
Limacidae, radula, 232
Limacina, 59, 249, 436, 436
Limapontia, 429, 432;
breathing, 152
Limax, 245, 440;
food, 31, 179;
variation, 86;
pulmonary orifice, 160;
shell, 175;
jaw, 211;
radula, 217;
distribution, 285, 324;
L. agrestis, eats May flies, 31;
arborum, slime, 30;
food, 31;
flavus, food, 33, 36;
habits, 35, 36;
gagates, 279, 358;
maximus, 32, 161;
eats raw beef, 32;
cannibalism, 32;
sexual union, 128;
smell, 193 f.
Limea, 450
Limicolaria, 329–332, 443
Limnaea, 439;
self-impregnation, 44;
development and variation, 84, 92, 93;
size affected by volume of water, 94;
eggs, 124;
sexual union, 134;
jaw, 211;
radula, 217, 235;
L. auricularia, 24;
Page 669
glutinosa, sudden appearance, 46;
Hookeri, 25;
involuta, 82, 278, 287;
peregra, 10, 180;
burial, 27;
food, 34, 37;
variation, 85;
distribution, 282;
palustris, distribution, 282;
stagnalis, food, 34, 37;
variation, 85, 95;
circum-oral lobes, 131;
generative organs, 414;
breathing, 161;
nervous system, 204;
distribution, 282;
truncatula, parasite, 61;
distribution, 282
Limnocardium, 455
Limnotrochus, 332, 415
Limopsis, 448
Limpet-shaped shells, 244
Limpets as food for birds, 56;
rats, 57;
birds and rats caught by, 57;
as bait, 118
Lingula, 464, 467, 468, 471, 472, 473, 475, 477, 478, 487;
habits, 483, 484;
distribution, 485;
fossil, 493, 494, 503;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508, 510, 511
Lingulella, 493, 503;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508, 511
Lingulepis, 503, 511
Lingulidae, 485, 487, 496, 503, 508
Linnarssonia, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508
Hookeri, 25;
involuta, 82, 278, 287;
peregra, 10, 180;
burial, 27;
food, 34, 37;
variation, 85;
distribution, 282;
palustris, distribution, 282;
stagnalis, food, 34, 37;
variation, 85, 95;
circum-oral lobes, 131;
generative organs, 414;
breathing, 161;
nervous system, 204;
distribution, 282;
truncatula, parasite, 61;
distribution, 282
Limnocardium, 455
Limnotrochus, 332, 415
Limopsis, 448
Limpet-shaped shells, 244
Limpets as food for birds, 56;
rats, 57;
birds and rats caught by, 57;
as bait, 118
Lingula, 464, 467, 468, 471, 472, 473, 475, 477, 478, 487;
habits, 483, 484;
distribution, 485;
fossil, 493, 494, 503;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508, 510, 511
Lingulella, 493, 503;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508, 511
Lingulepis, 503, 511
Lingulidae, 485, 487, 496, 503, 508
Linnarssonia, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508
Page 670
Lintricula, 426
Liobaikalia, 290
Liomesus, 424
Lioplax, 340, 416
Liostoma, 424
Liostracus, 442
Liotia, 408
Liparus, 324, 359, 441
Lissoceras, 399
Lithasia, 340, 417
Lithidion, 414
Lithocardium, 455
Lithodomus, 449
Lithoglyphus, 294, 296, 297, 415
Lithopoma, 409
Lithotis, 302, 443
Litiopa, 30, 361, 415
Littorina, 413;
living out of water, 20;
radula, 20, 215;
habits, 50;
protective coloration, 69;
egg-laying, 126;
hybrid union, 130;
monstrosity, 251, 252;
operculum, 269;
erosion, 276;
L. littorea, in America, 374;
obtusata, generative organs, 135;
rudis, 150;
Prof. Herdman’s experiments on, 151 n.
Littorinida, 415
Lituites, 247, 395
Liver, 239;
liver-fluke, 61
Livinhacea, 333, 359, 441
Livona, 408;
Liobaikalia, 290
Liomesus, 424
Lioplax, 340, 416
Liostoma, 424
Liostracus, 442
Liotia, 408
Liparus, 324, 359, 441
Lissoceras, 399
Lithasia, 340, 417
Lithidion, 414
Lithocardium, 455
Lithodomus, 449
Lithoglyphus, 294, 296, 297, 415
Lithopoma, 409
Lithotis, 302, 443
Litiopa, 30, 361, 415
Littorina, 413;
living out of water, 20;
radula, 20, 215;
habits, 50;
protective coloration, 69;
egg-laying, 126;
hybrid union, 130;
monstrosity, 251, 252;
operculum, 269;
erosion, 276;
L. littorea, in America, 374;
obtusata, generative organs, 135;
rudis, 150;
Prof. Herdman’s experiments on, 151 n.
Littorinida, 415
Lituites, 247, 395
Liver, 239;
liver-fluke, 61
Livinhacea, 333, 359, 441
Livona, 408;
Page 671
radula, 226;
operculum, 268
Lloyd, W. A., on Nassa, 193
Lobiger, 432
Lobites, 397
Loligo, 378–389;
glands, 136;
modified arm, 139;
eye, 183;
radula, 236;
club, 381;
L. punctata, egg-laying, 127;
vulgaris, larva, 133
Loligopsis, 391
Loliguncula, 390
Loliolus, 390
Lomanotus, 433
Lophocercus, 432
Lorica, 403
Lowe, E. J., on growth of shell, 40
Loxonema, 417
Lucapina, 406
Lucapinella, 406
Lucerna, 441
Lucidella, 348–351, 410
Lucina, 270, 452
Lucinopsis, 454
Lung, 151, 160
Lunulicardium, 455
Lutetia, 452
Lutraria, 446, 456
Lychnus, 442
Lyonsia, 458
Lyonsiella, 458;
branchiae, 168
Lyra, stratigraphical distribution, 507
Lyria, 425
operculum, 268
Lloyd, W. A., on Nassa, 193
Lobiger, 432
Lobites, 397
Loligo, 378–389;
glands, 136;
modified arm, 139;
eye, 183;
radula, 236;
club, 381;
L. punctata, egg-laying, 127;
vulgaris, larva, 133
Loligopsis, 391
Loliguncula, 390
Loliolus, 390
Lomanotus, 433
Lophocercus, 432
Lorica, 403
Lowe, E. J., on growth of shell, 40
Loxonema, 417
Lucapina, 406
Lucapinella, 406
Lucerna, 441
Lucidella, 348–351, 410
Lucina, 270, 452
Lucinopsis, 454
Lung, 151, 160
Lunulicardium, 455
Lutetia, 452
Lutraria, 446, 456
Lychnus, 442
Lyonsia, 458
Lyonsiella, 458;
branchiae, 168
Lyra, stratigraphical distribution, 507
Lyria, 425
Page 672
Lyrodesma, 447
Lysinoe, 441
Lytoceras, 398
Maackia, 290
Macgillivrayia, 133
Machomya, 458
Maclurea, 410
Macroceramus, 343–353, 442
Macroceras, 440
Macrochilus, 417
Macrochlamys, 296, 299, 301 f., 310, 316–322, 440
Macrocyclis, 358, 359, 442
Macron, 424
Macroön, 441
Macroscaphites, 247, 399, 399
Macroschisma, 265, 406
Mactra, 271, 446, 454
Macularia, 285, 291, 292 f., 441
Magas, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Magellania, 500
Magilus, 75, 423
Mainwaringia, 302
Malaptera, 418
Malea, 419
Malletia, 447
Malleus, 449
Mangilia, 426
Mantle, 172 f., 173;
lobes of, 177
Margarita, 408;
radula, 225
Marginella, 425;
radula, 221
Mariaella, 314, 338, 440
Marionia, 433
Lysinoe, 441
Lytoceras, 398
Maackia, 290
Macgillivrayia, 133
Machomya, 458
Maclurea, 410
Macroceramus, 343–353, 442
Macroceras, 440
Macrochilus, 417
Macrochlamys, 296, 299, 301 f., 310, 316–322, 440
Macrocyclis, 358, 359, 442
Macron, 424
Macroön, 441
Macroscaphites, 247, 399, 399
Macroschisma, 265, 406
Mactra, 271, 446, 454
Macularia, 285, 291, 292 f., 441
Magas, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Magellania, 500
Magilus, 75, 423
Mainwaringia, 302
Malaptera, 418
Malea, 419
Malletia, 447
Malleus, 449
Mangilia, 426
Mantle, 172 f., 173;
lobes of, 177
Margarita, 408;
radula, 225
Marginella, 425;
radula, 221
Mariaella, 314, 338, 440
Marionia, 433
Page 673
Marmorostoma, 409
Marrat, F. P., views on variation, 82
Marsenia, 133
Marsenina, 411
Martesia, 305, 457
Mastigoteuthis, 390
Mastus, 296, 442
Matheronia, 455
Mathilda, 250, 417
Maugeria, 403
Mazzalina, 424
Megalatractus, 424
Megalodontidae, 451
Megalomastoma, 344, 414
Megalomphalus, 416
Megaspira, 358, 442
Megatebennus, 406
Megerlia, distribution, 486, 487
Meladomus, 249, 328, 331, 416
Melampus, 18, 199, 250, 439, 439
Melanatria, 336
Melania, 276, 417, 417;
distribution, 285, 292 f., 316 f., 324, 336
Melaniella, 442
Melaniidae, origin, 17
Melanism in Mollusca, 85
Melanopsis, 417;
distribution, 285, 291, 292 f., 323, 326
Melantho, 340, 416
Melapium, 424
Meleagrina, 449
Melia, 348
Melibe, 432
Melongena, 424;
radula, 220;
stomach, 238
Merica, 426
Marrat, F. P., views on variation, 82
Marsenia, 133
Marsenina, 411
Martesia, 305, 457
Mastigoteuthis, 390
Mastus, 296, 442
Matheronia, 455
Mathilda, 250, 417
Maugeria, 403
Mazzalina, 424
Megalatractus, 424
Megalodontidae, 451
Megalomastoma, 344, 414
Megalomphalus, 416
Megaspira, 358, 442
Megatebennus, 406
Megerlia, distribution, 486, 487
Meladomus, 249, 328, 331, 416
Melampus, 18, 199, 250, 439, 439
Melanatria, 336
Melania, 276, 417, 417;
distribution, 285, 292 f., 316 f., 324, 336
Melaniella, 442
Melaniidae, origin, 17
Melanism in Mollusca, 85
Melanopsis, 417;
distribution, 285, 291, 292 f., 323, 326
Melantho, 340, 416
Melapium, 424
Meleagrina, 449
Melia, 348
Melibe, 432
Melongena, 424;
radula, 220;
stomach, 238
Merica, 426
Page 674
Merista, 505, 508
Meroe, 454
Merope, 327
Mesalia, 417
Mesembrinus, 356, 442
Mesodesma, 454
Mesodon, 340, 441
Mesomphix, 340, 440
Mesorhytis, 377
Meta, 423
Metula, 424
Meyeria, 424
Miamira, 434
Microcystis, 323, 324, 327, 338, 440
Microgaza, 408
Micromelania, 12, 297
Microphysa, protective habits, 70
Microplax, 403
Micropyrgus, 415
Microvoluta, 425
Middendorffia, 403
Milneria, 451
Mimicry, 66
Minolia, 408
Mitra, 425;
radula, 221
Mitrella, 423
Mitreola, 425
Mitrularia, 248, 412
Modiola, 446, 449;
habits, 64;
genital orifice, 242
Modiolarca, 449
Modiolaria, 449;
habits, 78
Modiolopsis, 452
Modulus, 417
Meroe, 454
Merope, 327
Mesalia, 417
Mesembrinus, 356, 442
Mesodesma, 454
Mesodon, 340, 441
Mesomphix, 340, 440
Mesorhytis, 377
Meta, 423
Metula, 424
Meyeria, 424
Miamira, 434
Microcystis, 323, 324, 327, 338, 440
Microgaza, 408
Micromelania, 12, 297
Microphysa, protective habits, 70
Microplax, 403
Micropyrgus, 415
Microvoluta, 425
Middendorffia, 403
Milneria, 451
Mimicry, 66
Minolia, 408
Mitra, 425;
radula, 221
Mitrella, 423
Mitreola, 425
Mitrularia, 248, 412
Modiola, 446, 449;
habits, 64;
genital orifice, 242
Modiolarca, 449
Modiolaria, 449;
habits, 78
Modiolopsis, 452
Modulus, 417
Page 675
Monilia, 408
Monkey devouring oysters, 59
Monoceros, 423
Monocondylaea, 452
Monodacna, 12, 297, 455
Monodonta, 408, 408;
tentaculae, 178
Monogonopora, 134, 140
Monomerella, 496, 504
Monopleura, 456
Monotis, 449
Monotocardia, 9, 170, 411
Monstrosities, 250
Montacuta, 452;
M. ferruginosa, commensal, 80;
substriata, parasitic, 77
Mopalia, 403
Moquin-Tandon, on breathing of Limnaeidae, 162;
on smell, 193 f.
Moreletia, 440
Morio, 420
Mormus, 356, 442
Moseley, H. N., on eyes of Chiton, 187 f.
Moussonia, 327
Mouth, 209
Mucronalia, 422
Mucus, use of, 63
Mulinia, 272
Mülleria, 344, 452
Mumiola, 422
Murchisonia, 265, 407
Murchisoniella, 422
Murex, 423;
attacks Arca, 60;
use of spines, 64;
egg-capsules, 124;
eye, 182;
Monkey devouring oysters, 59
Monoceros, 423
Monocondylaea, 452
Monodacna, 12, 297, 455
Monodonta, 408, 408;
tentaculae, 178
Monogonopora, 134, 140
Monomerella, 496, 504
Monopleura, 456
Monotis, 449
Monotocardia, 9, 170, 411
Monstrosities, 250
Montacuta, 452;
M. ferruginosa, commensal, 80;
substriata, parasitic, 77
Mopalia, 403
Moquin-Tandon, on breathing of Limnaeidae, 162;
on smell, 193 f.
Moreletia, 440
Morio, 420
Mormus, 356, 442
Moseley, H. N., on eyes of Chiton, 187 f.
Moussonia, 327
Mouth, 209
Mucronalia, 422
Mucus, use of, 63
Mulinia, 272
Mülleria, 344, 452
Mumiola, 422
Murchisonia, 265, 407
Murchisoniella, 422
Murex, 423;
attacks Arca, 60;
use of spines, 64;
egg-capsules, 124;
eye, 182;
Page 676
radula, 220;
shell, 256
Musical sounds, 50
Mussels, cultivation of, 115;
as bait, 116;
poisonous, 117;
on Great Eastern, 116
Mutela, 294, 328, 331, 336, 452
Mutyca, 425
Mya, 271, 275, 446, 456;
stylet, 240;
M. arenaria, variation, 84
Myacea, 456
Myalina, 449
Mycetopus, 307, 316, 344, 452
Myochama, 458
Myodora, 458
Myophoria, 448
Myopsidae, 389
Myrina, 449
Myristica, 424
Mytilacea, 448
Mytilimeria, 458
Mytilops, 452
Mytilopsis, 14
Mytilus, 258, 449;
gill filaments, 166, 285;
M. edulis, 14, 165;
attached to crabs, 48, 78;
pierced by Purpura, 60;
Bideford Bridge and, 117;
rate of growth, 258;
stylet, 240
Myxostoma, 414
Nacella, 405
Naiadina, 449
shell, 256
Musical sounds, 50
Mussels, cultivation of, 115;
as bait, 116;
poisonous, 117;
on Great Eastern, 116
Mutela, 294, 328, 331, 336, 452
Mutyca, 425
Mya, 271, 275, 446, 456;
stylet, 240;
M. arenaria, variation, 84
Myacea, 456
Myalina, 449
Mycetopus, 307, 316, 344, 452
Myochama, 458
Myodora, 458
Myophoria, 448
Myopsidae, 389
Myrina, 449
Myristica, 424
Mytilacea, 448
Mytilimeria, 458
Mytilops, 452
Mytilopsis, 14
Mytilus, 258, 449;
gill filaments, 166, 285;
M. edulis, 14, 165;
attached to crabs, 48, 78;
pierced by Purpura, 60;
Bideford Bridge and, 117;
rate of growth, 258;
stylet, 240
Myxostoma, 414
Nacella, 405
Naiadina, 449
Page 677
Nanina, 278, 300 f., 335, 440;
radula, 217, 232
Napaeus, 296–299, 316, 442
Naranio, 454
Narica, 412
Nassa, 423;
egg-capsules, 126;
sense of smell, 193
Nassodonta, 423
Nassopsis, 332
Natica, 246, 263, 411;
spawn, 126;
operculum, 268
Naticopsis, 409
‘Native’ oysters, 106
Nausitora, 15
Nautiloidea, 393
Nautilus, 254, 392, 395;
modified arms, 140;
eye, 183;
nervous system, 206;
radula, 236;
kidneys, 242
Navicella, 267, 268, 324, 327, 410;
origin, 17
Navicula, 358, 442
Navicula (Diatom), cause of greening in oysters, 108
Nectoteuthis, 389
Neda, 431
Nematurella, 12, 297
Nembrotha, 434
Neobolus, 504
Neobuccinum, 424
Neocyclotus, 357, 358
Neomenia, 8, 133, 216, 228, 404, 404;
breathing organs, 154;
nervous system, 203
radula, 217, 232
Napaeus, 296–299, 316, 442
Naranio, 454
Narica, 412
Nassa, 423;
egg-capsules, 126;
sense of smell, 193
Nassodonta, 423
Nassopsis, 332
Natica, 246, 263, 411;
spawn, 126;
operculum, 268
Naticopsis, 409
‘Native’ oysters, 106
Nausitora, 15
Nautiloidea, 393
Nautilus, 254, 392, 395;
modified arms, 140;
eye, 183;
nervous system, 206;
radula, 236;
kidneys, 242
Navicella, 267, 268, 324, 327, 410;
origin, 17
Navicula, 358, 442
Navicula (Diatom), cause of greening in oysters, 108
Nectoteuthis, 389
Neda, 431
Nematurella, 12, 297
Nembrotha, 434
Neobolus, 504
Neobuccinum, 424
Neocyclotus, 357, 358
Neomenia, 8, 133, 216, 228, 404, 404;
breathing organs, 154;
nervous system, 203
Page 678
Neothauma, 332
Neotremata, 511
Neptunea, 252, 262, 423;
egg-capsules, 126;
capture, 193;
monstrosity, 251
Nerinea, 417
Nerita, 17, 410;
N. polita used as money, 97
Neritidae, 260, 410;
radula, 226
Neritina, 256, 410;
origin, 16, 17, 21;
egg-laying, 128;
eye, 181;
distribution, 285, 291 f., 324, 327;
N. fluviatilis, habitat, 12, 25
Neritoma, 410
Neritopsis, 409;
radula, 226;
operculum, 269
Nervous system, 201 f.
Nesiotis, 357, 442
New Zealanders, use of shells, 99
Nicida, 413
Ninella, 409
Niphonia, 408
Niso, 422
Nitidella, 423
Nodulus, 415
Notarchus, 431
Nothus, 358, 442
Notobranchaea, 438
Notodoris, 434
Notoplax, 403
Novaculina, 305
Nucula, 254, 269, 273, 447
Neotremata, 511
Neptunea, 252, 262, 423;
egg-capsules, 126;
capture, 193;
monstrosity, 251
Nerinea, 417
Nerita, 17, 410;
N. polita used as money, 97
Neritidae, 260, 410;
radula, 226
Neritina, 256, 410;
origin, 16, 17, 21;
egg-laying, 128;
eye, 181;
distribution, 285, 291 f., 324, 327;
N. fluviatilis, habitat, 12, 25
Neritoma, 410
Neritopsis, 409;
radula, 226;
operculum, 269
Nervous system, 201 f.
Nesiotis, 357, 442
New Zealanders, use of shells, 99
Nicida, 413
Ninella, 409
Niphonia, 408
Niso, 422
Nitidella, 423
Nodulus, 415
Notarchus, 431
Nothus, 358, 442
Notobranchaea, 438
Notodoris, 434
Notoplax, 403
Novaculina, 305
Nucula, 254, 269, 273, 447
Page 679
Nuculidae, otocyst, 197;
foot, 201
Nuculina, 448
Nudibranchiata, 432;
defined, 10;
protective and warning colours, 71 f.;
breathing organs, 159
Nummulina, 295
Nuttallina, 403
Obba, 311, 315, 441
Obbina, 306, 311, 312, 314, 319
Obeliscus, 442
Obolella, 496, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508
Obolidae, 496, 504, 508
Obolus, 504, 508;
embryonic shell, 509
Ocinebra, 423
Octopodidae, hectocotylised arm, 137, 139, 140
Octopus, 379–386;
egg-capsules, 127;
vision, 184;
radula, 236;
crop, 238
Ocythoe, 384;
hectocotylus, 138
Odontomaria, 407
Odontostomus, 358, 442
Odostomia, 250, 422;
parasitic, 78
Oesophagus, 237
Ohola, 434
Oigopsidae, 390
Oldhamina, 506, 508
Oleacina, habits, 55
Oliva, 199, 255, 275, 425, 426
foot, 201
Nuculina, 448
Nudibranchiata, 432;
defined, 10;
protective and warning colours, 71 f.;
breathing organs, 159
Nummulina, 295
Nuttallina, 403
Obba, 311, 315, 441
Obbina, 306, 311, 312, 314, 319
Obeliscus, 442
Obolella, 496, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 508
Obolidae, 496, 504, 508
Obolus, 504, 508;
embryonic shell, 509
Ocinebra, 423
Octopodidae, hectocotylised arm, 137, 139, 140
Octopus, 379–386;
egg-capsules, 127;
vision, 184;
radula, 236;
crop, 238
Ocythoe, 384;
hectocotylus, 138
Odontomaria, 407
Odontostomus, 358, 442
Odostomia, 250, 422;
parasitic, 78
Oesophagus, 237
Ohola, 434
Oigopsidae, 390
Oldhamina, 506, 508
Oleacina, habits, 55
Oliva, 199, 255, 275, 425, 426
Page 680
Olivancillaria, 426
Olivella, 260, 267, 426;
O. biplicata as money, 97
Olivia, 408
Omalaxis, 413
Omalonyx, habitat, 23
Ommastrephes, 6, 378, 390
Ommatophores, 180, 187
Omphalotropis, 306, 309, 316, 324, 327, 338, 414
Onchidiella, 443
Onchidiidae, 245;
radula, 234;
anus, 241
Onchidiopsis, 411
Onchidium, 443;
breathing, 163;
eyes, 187
Onchidoris, radula, 230
Oniscia, 420
Onoba, 415
Onychia, 390
Onychoteuthis, 390;
club, 386
Oocorys, 420
Oopelta, 329, 440
Opeas, 442
Operculum, 267 f.
Ophidioceras, 247, 395
Ophileta, 413
Opis, 451
Opisthobranchiata, 427;
defined, 9;
warning, etc., colours, 71 f.;
generative organs, 144;
breathing organs, 158;
organs of touch, 178;
parapodia, 199;
Olivella, 260, 267, 426;
O. biplicata as money, 97
Olivia, 408
Omalaxis, 413
Omalonyx, habitat, 23
Ommastrephes, 6, 378, 390
Ommatophores, 180, 187
Omphalotropis, 306, 309, 316, 324, 327, 338, 414
Onchidiella, 443
Onchidiidae, 245;
radula, 234;
anus, 241
Onchidiopsis, 411
Onchidium, 443;
breathing, 163;
eyes, 187
Onchidoris, radula, 230
Oniscia, 420
Onoba, 415
Onychia, 390
Onychoteuthis, 390;
club, 386
Oocorys, 420
Oopelta, 329, 440
Opeas, 442
Operculum, 267 f.
Ophidioceras, 247, 395
Ophileta, 413
Opis, 451
Opisthobranchiata, 427;
defined, 9;
warning, etc., colours, 71 f.;
generative organs, 144;
breathing organs, 158;
organs of touch, 178;
parapodia, 199;
Page 681
nervous system, 203;
radula, 229
Opisthoporus, 266, 300, 314–316, 414
Opisthostoma, 248, 309, 413
Oppelia, 399
Orbicula, 464
Orbiculoidea, 504, 510
Orders of Mollusca, 5–7
Organs of sense, 177
Origin of land Mollusca, 11 f.
Ornithochiton, 403
Orphnus, 356, 441
Orpiella, 440
Orthalicus, 342–358, 355, 442;
habits, 27;
variation, 87;
jaw, 211;
radula, 233, 234
Orthis, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 507, 511
Orthoceras, 394, 394
Orthonota, 457
Orthothetes, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Orygoceras, 247
Osphradium, 194 f.
Ostodes, 327
Ostracotheres, 62
Ostrea, 252, 258, 446, 449;
intestine, 241
Otina, 18, 439
Otoconcha, 326, 440
Otocysts, 196 f., 197
Otopleura, 422
Otopoma, 331, 338, 414
Otostomus, 353, 442
Ovary, 135
radula, 229
Opisthoporus, 266, 300, 314–316, 414
Opisthostoma, 248, 309, 413
Oppelia, 399
Orbicula, 464
Orbiculoidea, 504, 510
Orders of Mollusca, 5–7
Organs of sense, 177
Origin of land Mollusca, 11 f.
Ornithochiton, 403
Orphnus, 356, 441
Orpiella, 440
Orthalicus, 342–358, 355, 442;
habits, 27;
variation, 87;
jaw, 211;
radula, 233, 234
Orthis, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 507, 511
Orthoceras, 394, 394
Orthonota, 457
Orthothetes, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Orygoceras, 247
Osphradium, 194 f.
Ostodes, 327
Ostracotheres, 62
Ostrea, 252, 258, 446, 449;
intestine, 241
Otina, 18, 439
Otoconcha, 326, 440
Otocysts, 196 f., 197
Otopleura, 422
Otopoma, 331, 338, 414
Otostomus, 353, 442
Ovary, 135
Page 682
Ovoviviparous genera, 123
Ovula, 419;
protective coloration, 70, 75;
radula, 80, 224;
used as money, 97
Ovum, development of fertilised, 130
Oxychona, 358
Oxygyrus, 422;
foot, 200
Oxynoe, 432;
radula, 230
Oyster-catchers, shells used by, 102
Oyster, cultivation, 104–109;
living out of water, 110;
enemies, 110 f.;
reproduction, 112 f.;
growth, 114;
cookery, 114;
poisonous oysters, 114;
vision, 190
Pachnodus, 329–335, 441, 442
Pachybathron, 425
Pachychilus, 354
Pachydesma crassatelloides, money made from, 97
Pachydomidae, 451
Pachydrobia, 307, 415
Pachylabra, 416
Pachyotus, 334, 336, 355, 358, 441
Pachypoma, 409
Pachystyla, 337, 440
Pachytypus, 451
Padollus, 407
Palaearctic region, 284 f.
Palaeoneilo, 447
Palaeosolen, 457
Palaina, 327, 413
Ovula, 419;
protective coloration, 70, 75;
radula, 80, 224;
used as money, 97
Ovum, development of fertilised, 130
Oxychona, 358
Oxygyrus, 422;
foot, 200
Oxynoe, 432;
radula, 230
Oyster-catchers, shells used by, 102
Oyster, cultivation, 104–109;
living out of water, 110;
enemies, 110 f.;
reproduction, 112 f.;
growth, 114;
cookery, 114;
poisonous oysters, 114;
vision, 190
Pachnodus, 329–335, 441, 442
Pachybathron, 425
Pachychilus, 354
Pachydesma crassatelloides, money made from, 97
Pachydomidae, 451
Pachydrobia, 307, 415
Pachylabra, 416
Pachyotus, 334, 336, 355, 358, 441
Pachypoma, 409
Pachystyla, 337, 440
Pachytypus, 451
Padollus, 407
Palaearctic region, 284 f.
Palaeoneilo, 447
Palaeosolen, 457
Palaina, 327, 413
Page 683
Palio, 434
Pallial line and sinus, 270
Pallifera, 340, 440
Palliobranchiata, 464
Paludina, 416;
penis, 136;
eye, 181;
vision, 184;
P. vivipara, 24—see also Vivipara
Paludomus, 332, 336, 338, 417
Panama, Mollusca of, 3
Panda, 322, 325, 335
Pandora, 458
Papuans, use of shells, 99
Papuina, 309, 319–324, 441
Paramelania, 332
Paramenia, 404
Parasitic worms, 60 f.;
Mollusca, 74 f.
Parastarte, 451
Parkinsonia, 398
Parmacella, 245, 291, 294 f., 438 n., 440;
radula, 232;
shell, 175
Parmacochlea, 322, 326, 440
Parmarion, 309, 440
Parmella, 326, 440
Parmophorus, 406
Parthena, 349–352, 350, 441
Parts of univalve shell, 262;
bivalve, 269
Partula, 319–327, 326, 442;
radula, 233
Paryphanta, 321, 325, 440
Paryphostoma, 415
Passamaiella, 332
Patella, 405, 464;
Pallial line and sinus, 270
Pallifera, 340, 440
Palliobranchiata, 464
Paludina, 416;
penis, 136;
eye, 181;
vision, 184;
P. vivipara, 24—see also Vivipara
Paludomus, 332, 336, 338, 417
Panama, Mollusca of, 3
Panda, 322, 325, 335
Pandora, 458
Papuans, use of shells, 99
Papuina, 309, 319–324, 441
Paramelania, 332
Paramenia, 404
Parasitic worms, 60 f.;
Mollusca, 74 f.
Parastarte, 451
Parkinsonia, 398
Parmacella, 245, 291, 294 f., 438 n., 440;
radula, 232;
shell, 175
Parmacochlea, 322, 326, 440
Parmarion, 309, 440
Parmella, 326, 440
Parmophorus, 406
Parthena, 349–352, 350, 441
Parts of univalve shell, 262;
bivalve, 269
Partula, 319–327, 326, 442;
radula, 233
Paryphanta, 321, 325, 440
Paryphostoma, 415
Passamaiella, 332
Patella, 405, 464;
Page 684
as food, 56 f.;
eye, 182;
radula, 214, 215, 227;
crop, 238;
anus, 241;
kidneys, 242;
shell, 262;
P. vulgata, veliger, 132;
breathing organs, etc., 156, 157
Patelliform shell in various genera, 19
Paterina, 509, 510, 511
Patinella, radula, 227
Patula, 297, 298, 318–338, 340, 441
Paxillus, 413
Pearl oysters, 100
Pecten, 446, 450, 450;
organs of touch, 178;
ocelli, 191;
flight, 192;
nervous system, 206;
genital orifice, 242;
ligament, 271
Pectinodonta, 405;
radula, 227
Pectunculus, 448
Pedicularia, 75, 419;
radula, 224
Pedinogyra, 319, 322, 442
Pedipes, 18, 199, 439, 439
Pedum, 450
Pelagic Mollusca, 360
Pelecypoda, 7, 445;
development, 145;
generative organs, 145;
branchiae, 166–169;
organs of touch, 178;
eyes, 189 f.;
eye, 182;
radula, 214, 215, 227;
crop, 238;
anus, 241;
kidneys, 242;
shell, 262;
P. vulgata, veliger, 132;
breathing organs, etc., 156, 157
Patelliform shell in various genera, 19
Paterina, 509, 510, 511
Patinella, radula, 227
Patula, 297, 298, 318–338, 340, 441
Paxillus, 413
Pearl oysters, 100
Pecten, 446, 450, 450;
organs of touch, 178;
ocelli, 191;
flight, 192;
nervous system, 206;
genital orifice, 242;
ligament, 271
Pectinodonta, 405;
radula, 227
Pectunculus, 448
Pedicularia, 75, 419;
radula, 224
Pedinogyra, 319, 322, 442
Pedipes, 18, 199, 439, 439
Pedum, 450
Pelagic Mollusca, 360
Pelecypoda, 7, 445;
development, 145;
generative organs, 145;
branchiae, 166–169;
organs of touch, 178;
eyes, 189 f.;
Page 685
foot, 201;
nervous system, 205
Pella, 333
Pellicula, 352, 442
Peltoceras, 399
Pentadactylus, 423
Peraclis, 436
Pereiraea, 418
Perideris, 328–330, 443
Periodicity in breeding, 129
Periophthalmus, 187
Periostracum, 275
Periploma, 459
Perisphinctes, 399
Perissodonta, 418
Perissolax, 424
Peristernia, 424
Perna, 449;
ligament, 271
Pernostrea, 449
Peronaeus, 358, 442
Peronia, 443
Perrieria, 319, 442
Perrinia, 408
Persicula, 425
Persona (= Distortio), 420
Petenia, 353, 440
Petersia, 420
Petraeus, 295, 331, 442
Petricola, 454
Phacellopleura, 403
Phanerophthalmus, 430
Phaneta, 408
Phania, 312, 441
Pharella, 457
Pharus, 457
Pharynx, 210
nervous system, 205
Pella, 333
Pellicula, 352, 442
Peltoceras, 399
Pentadactylus, 423
Peraclis, 436
Pereiraea, 418
Perideris, 328–330, 443
Periodicity in breeding, 129
Periophthalmus, 187
Periostracum, 275
Periploma, 459
Perisphinctes, 399
Perissodonta, 418
Perissolax, 424
Peristernia, 424
Perna, 449;
ligament, 271
Pernostrea, 449
Peronaeus, 358, 442
Peronia, 443
Perrieria, 319, 442
Perrinia, 408
Persicula, 425
Persona (= Distortio), 420
Petenia, 353, 440
Petersia, 420
Petraeus, 295, 331, 442
Petricola, 454
Phacellopleura, 403
Phanerophthalmus, 430
Phaneta, 408
Phania, 312, 441
Pharella, 457
Pharus, 457
Pharynx, 210
Page 686
Phasianella, 409
Phasis, 333
Phenomena of distribution, 362
Philine, 245, 428, 430;
protective coloration, 73;
radula, 229, 230
Philomycus, 245, 318, 440
Philonexis, 138
Philopotamis, 304, 417
Phoenicobius, 315, 441
Pholadacea, 457
Pholadidea, 457
Pholadomya, 459
Pholas, 245, 274, 447, 457;
in fresh water, 15
Phos, 424
Photinula, 408
Phragmophora, 386
Phyllidia, 434;
breathing organs, 159
Phyllirrhoe, 360, 428, 433
Phyllobranchus, 432
Phylloceras, 398, 398;
suture, 396
Phylloteuthis, 390
Physa, 439;
aestivating out of water, 27;
spinning threads, 29;
sudden appearance, 46;
osphradium, 195;
nervous system, 205;
radula, 235;
P. hypnorum, 23, 27
Pileolus, 410
Pileopsis, 76
Piloceras, 394
Pinaxia, 423
Phasis, 333
Phenomena of distribution, 362
Philine, 245, 428, 430;
protective coloration, 73;
radula, 229, 230
Philomycus, 245, 318, 440
Philonexis, 138
Philopotamis, 304, 417
Phoenicobius, 315, 441
Pholadacea, 457
Pholadidea, 457
Pholadomya, 459
Pholas, 245, 274, 447, 457;
in fresh water, 15
Phos, 424
Photinula, 408
Phragmophora, 386
Phyllidia, 434;
breathing organs, 159
Phyllirrhoe, 360, 428, 433
Phyllobranchus, 432
Phylloceras, 398, 398;
suture, 396
Phylloteuthis, 390
Physa, 439;
aestivating out of water, 27;
spinning threads, 29;
sudden appearance, 46;
osphradium, 195;
nervous system, 205;
radula, 235;
P. hypnorum, 23, 27
Pileolus, 410
Pileopsis, 76
Piloceras, 394
Pinaxia, 423
Page 687
Pineria, 442
Pinna, 449;
shell, 254
Pinnoctopus, 385
Pinnotheres, 62
Pinoceras, 398
Pirena, 417
Pirenella, 416
Piropsis, 424
Pirula—see Pyrula
Pisania, 424
Pisidium, 453;
smell, 195;
ova, 146;
P. pusillum, distribution, 282
Pitys, 327
Placobranchus, 432
Placostylus, 322, 323–325, 359, 442;
radula, 233
Placuna, 448;
P. placenta used for windows, 101
Placunanomia, 448
Placunopsis, 448
Plagioptycha, 347–351, 441
Plagioptychus, 456
Planaxis, 417
Planispira, 311, 312, 319, 441
Planorbis, 27, 247, 439;
monstrosity, 93;
eye, 181;
P. albus, distribution, 282
Platyceras, 76, 412
Platydoris, 434
Platypoda, 411
Platyschisma, 413
Plaxiphora, 403
Plecochilus, 442
Pinna, 449;
shell, 254
Pinnoctopus, 385
Pinnotheres, 62
Pinoceras, 398
Pirena, 417
Pirenella, 416
Piropsis, 424
Pirula—see Pyrula
Pisania, 424
Pisidium, 453;
smell, 195;
ova, 146;
P. pusillum, distribution, 282
Pitys, 327
Placobranchus, 432
Placostylus, 322, 323–325, 359, 442;
radula, 233
Placuna, 448;
P. placenta used for windows, 101
Placunanomia, 448
Placunopsis, 448
Plagioptycha, 347–351, 441
Plagioptychus, 456
Planaxis, 417
Planispira, 311, 312, 319, 441
Planorbis, 27, 247, 439;
monstrosity, 93;
eye, 181;
P. albus, distribution, 282
Platyceras, 76, 412
Platydoris, 434
Platypoda, 411
Platyschisma, 413
Plaxiphora, 403
Plecochilus, 442
Page 688
Plecotrema, 439
Plectambonites, 505
Plectomya, 459
Plectopylis, 303, 305, 314, 316;
aperture, 63
Plectostylus, 358, 442
Plectotropis, 305, 306, 310, 311, 314–318, 441
Plectrophorus, 298
Plesiastarte, 451
Plesiotriton, 420
Pleurobranchaea, 431;
jaws, 212
Pleurobranchoidea, 431
Pleurobranchus, 245, 428, 431;
warning coloration, 73;
jaws, 212;
radula, 230
Pleurocera, 340, 417
Pleuroceridae, origin, 17
Pleurodonta, 348;
aperture, 63
Pleuroleura, 433
Pleuromya, 458
Pleurophorus, 451
Pleurophyllidia, 433;
breathing organs, 159;
radula, 230
Pleuropyrgus, 357
Pleurotoma, 426, 426;
slit, 263, 265
Pleurotomaria, 266, 373, 376, 407, 407;
prices given for recent, 122;
slit, 156;
radula, 226
Plicatula, 450
Pliny the elder, on use of snails, 118, 120
Plocamopherus, 434
Plectambonites, 505
Plectomya, 459
Plectopylis, 303, 305, 314, 316;
aperture, 63
Plectostylus, 358, 442
Plectotropis, 305, 306, 310, 311, 314–318, 441
Plectrophorus, 298
Plesiastarte, 451
Plesiotriton, 420
Pleurobranchaea, 431;
jaws, 212
Pleurobranchoidea, 431
Pleurobranchus, 245, 428, 431;
warning coloration, 73;
jaws, 212;
radula, 230
Pleurocera, 340, 417
Pleuroceridae, origin, 17
Pleurodonta, 348;
aperture, 63
Pleuroleura, 433
Pleuromya, 458
Pleurophorus, 451
Pleurophyllidia, 433;
breathing organs, 159;
radula, 230
Pleuropyrgus, 357
Pleurotoma, 426, 426;
slit, 263, 265
Pleurotomaria, 266, 373, 376, 407, 407;
prices given for recent, 122;
slit, 156;
radula, 226
Plicatula, 450
Pliny the elder, on use of snails, 118, 120
Plocamopherus, 434
Page 689
Plochelaea, 425
Plutonia, 298, 440
Pneumoderma, 158, 437, 438
Poecilozonites, 352, 440
Poisonous bite of Conus, 65;
poisonous oysters, 114;
mussels, 117
Polycera, 434;
radula, 230
Polycerella, 434
Polyconites, 456
Polydontes, 346–351, 347, 441
Polygona, 424
Polygyra, 340, 345–353, 441;
aperture, 63
Polygyratia, 246, 263, 357, 442
Polymita, 346–351, 347, 441
Polyplacophora, 9, 401 f.;
radula, 228
Polytremaria, 266, 407
Pomatia, 285, 293, 295, 441
Pomatias, 288, 289, 292 f., 302, 413
Pomatiopsis, 415
Pomaulax, 409
Pompholyx, 250, 341, 439
Ponsonbya, 332
Poromya, 459;
branchiae, 168
Porphyrobaphe, 27, 356, 442
Position of Mollusca in Animal Kingdom, 4
Potamides, 16, 416
Potamomya, 15
Potamopyrgus, 325, 326, 415
Poterioceratidae, 394
Praecardium, 459
Prasina, 449
Prices given for rare shells, 121
Plutonia, 298, 440
Pneumoderma, 158, 437, 438
Poecilozonites, 352, 440
Poisonous bite of Conus, 65;
poisonous oysters, 114;
mussels, 117
Polycera, 434;
radula, 230
Polycerella, 434
Polyconites, 456
Polydontes, 346–351, 347, 441
Polygona, 424
Polygyra, 340, 345–353, 441;
aperture, 63
Polygyratia, 246, 263, 357, 442
Polymita, 346–351, 347, 441
Polyplacophora, 9, 401 f.;
radula, 228
Polytremaria, 266, 407
Pomatia, 285, 293, 295, 441
Pomatias, 288, 289, 292 f., 302, 413
Pomatiopsis, 415
Pomaulax, 409
Pompholyx, 250, 341, 439
Ponsonbya, 332
Poromya, 459;
branchiae, 168
Porphyrobaphe, 27, 356, 442
Position of Mollusca in Animal Kingdom, 4
Potamides, 16, 416
Potamomya, 15
Potamopyrgus, 325, 326, 415
Poterioceratidae, 394
Praecardium, 459
Prasina, 449
Prices given for rare shells, 121
Page 690
Primitive mollusc, form of, 245;
types of, 7
Prisogaster, 409
Pristiloma, 341, 440
Proboscidella, 497, 504
Productidae, 497, 500, 504, 508
Productus, 492, 501, 502, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 508
Promachoteuthis, 389
Proneomenia, 404;
breathing organs, 154;
nervous system, 203;
radula, 229
Prophysaon, 341, 441;
habits, 44
Propilidium, 405
Proserpina, 21, 355, 410
Proserpinella, 354, 410
Proserpinidae, relationships, 21
Prosobranchiata, 9, 404 f.;
breathing organs, 154
Prosocoelus, 451
Protective coloration, 69 f.;
in snails, 70;
in Nudibranchs, 71 f.;
in other Mollusca, 74
Protegulum, 509
Protobranchiata, 447;
branchiae, 166
Protoma, 417
Protremata, 511
Provocator, 376, 425
Psammobia, 456
Pseudachatina, 328–330, 443
Pseudedmondia, 452
Pseudobalea, 350
Pseudo-deltidium, 498, 511
types of, 7
Prisogaster, 409
Pristiloma, 341, 440
Proboscidella, 497, 504
Productidae, 497, 500, 504, 508
Productus, 492, 501, 502, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 508
Promachoteuthis, 389
Proneomenia, 404;
breathing organs, 154;
nervous system, 203;
radula, 229
Prophysaon, 341, 441;
habits, 44
Propilidium, 405
Proserpina, 21, 355, 410
Proserpinella, 354, 410
Proserpinidae, relationships, 21
Prosobranchiata, 9, 404 f.;
breathing organs, 154
Prosocoelus, 451
Protective coloration, 69 f.;
in snails, 70;
in Nudibranchs, 71 f.;
in other Mollusca, 74
Protegulum, 509
Protobranchiata, 447;
branchiae, 166
Protoma, 417
Protremata, 511
Provocator, 376, 425
Psammobia, 456
Pseudachatina, 328–330, 443
Pseudedmondia, 452
Pseudobalea, 350
Pseudo-deltidium, 498, 511
Page 691
Pseudodon, 295, 307, 452
Pseudolamellibranchiata, 167, 449
Pseudoliva, 424
Pseudomelania, 417
Pseudomilax, 296, 440
Pseudomurex, 423
Pseudopartula, 323
Pseudosubulina, 440
Ptenoglossa, 224, 411
Pterinaea, 449
Pteroceras, 256, 262, 418
Pteroctopus, 384
Pterocyclus, 266, 267, 300, 316, 414;
tube, 157
Pterodonta, 418
Pteropoda, 7, 434;
breathing organs, 158;
foot, 200;
radula, 230
Pterotrachaea, 421;
foot, 200;
radula, 227
Ptychatractus, 424
Ptychoceras, 399
Ptychodesma, 452
Pugilina, 424
Pulmonata, 10, 22, 151, 185, 438;
origin, 17, 19;
breathing organs, 160;
nervous system, 203
Pulsellum, 444
Punctum, 441
Puncturella, 265, 406
Pupa, 289, 296, 325–357, 442;
P. cinerea, hybrid union, 129
Pupidae, radula, 233
Pupilla, 442
Pseudolamellibranchiata, 167, 449
Pseudoliva, 424
Pseudomelania, 417
Pseudomilax, 296, 440
Pseudomurex, 423
Pseudopartula, 323
Pseudosubulina, 440
Ptenoglossa, 224, 411
Pterinaea, 449
Pteroceras, 256, 262, 418
Pteroctopus, 384
Pterocyclus, 266, 267, 300, 316, 414;
tube, 157
Pterodonta, 418
Pteropoda, 7, 434;
breathing organs, 158;
foot, 200;
radula, 230
Pterotrachaea, 421;
foot, 200;
radula, 227
Ptychatractus, 424
Ptychoceras, 399
Ptychodesma, 452
Pugilina, 424
Pulmonata, 10, 22, 151, 185, 438;
origin, 17, 19;
breathing organs, 160;
nervous system, 203
Pulsellum, 444
Punctum, 441
Puncturella, 265, 406
Pupa, 289, 296, 325–357, 442;
P. cinerea, hybrid union, 129
Pupidae, radula, 233
Pupilla, 442
Page 692
Pupillaea, 406
Pupina, 157, 266, 309, 318–327, 414
Pupinella, 318, 414
Purpura, 423;
operculum, 269;
erosion, 276;
P. coronata, 367;
lapillus, feeding on Mytilus, 60;
on oysters, 111;
protective coloration, 69;
variation, 90;
egg-capsules, 124;
time of breeding, 129;
distribution, 363 n.
Purpuroidea, 423
Pusionella, 426
Pygocardia, 451
Pygope, 497
Pyramidella, 422
Pyramidellidae, 262
Pyrazus, 50, 416
Pyrgina, 330
Pyrgula, 415
Pyrochilus, 441
Pyrolofusus, 423
Pyrula (= Pirula), 419, 420;
spawn, 125;
operculum, 269
Pythina, 453
Quenstedtia, 456
Quoyia, 260, 417
Rachiglossa, 220, 422;
eggs, 124
Rachis, 329–335, 441, 442
Radiolites, 456
Pupina, 157, 266, 309, 318–327, 414
Pupinella, 318, 414
Purpura, 423;
operculum, 269;
erosion, 276;
P. coronata, 367;
lapillus, feeding on Mytilus, 60;
on oysters, 111;
protective coloration, 69;
variation, 90;
egg-capsules, 124;
time of breeding, 129;
distribution, 363 n.
Purpuroidea, 423
Pusionella, 426
Pygocardia, 451
Pygope, 497
Pyramidella, 422
Pyramidellidae, 262
Pyrazus, 50, 416
Pyrgina, 330
Pyrgula, 415
Pyrochilus, 441
Pyrolofusus, 423
Pyrula (= Pirula), 419, 420;
spawn, 125;
operculum, 269
Pythina, 453
Quenstedtia, 456
Quoyia, 260, 417
Rachiglossa, 220, 422;
eggs, 124
Rachis, 329–335, 441, 442
Radiolites, 456
Page 693
Radius, 419
Radsia, 403
Radula, 213 f.;
of Littorina, 20;
of Cyclophorus, 21;
of parasitic Mollusca, 79
Raëta, 454
Ranella, 256, 420
Range of distribution, 362 f.
Rangia, 15, 453
Ranularia, 420
Rapa, 423
Rapana, 423
Raphaulus, 305, 309
Rathouisia, 316, 440
Rats devouring Mollusca, 57
Realia, 316, 327, 414
Recluzia, 411
Rectum, 241
Registoma, 414
Relationship of Mollusca to other groups, 5
Renssoellaria, 512
Reproductive activity of oyster, 112;
system in Mollusca, 123, 134 f.
Requienia, 269, 455, 455
Respiration, 150 f.
Retzia, 508
Revoilia, 331, 414
Reymondia, 332
Rhabdoceras, 398
Rhagada, 311, 324
Rhenea, 325, 440
Rhinobolus, 504
Rhiostoma, 247, 266, 309, 414
Rhipidoglossa, 225, 405
Rhizochilus, 75, 423
Rhodea, 356, 441
Radsia, 403
Radula, 213 f.;
of Littorina, 20;
of Cyclophorus, 21;
of parasitic Mollusca, 79
Raëta, 454
Ranella, 256, 420
Range of distribution, 362 f.
Rangia, 15, 453
Ranularia, 420
Rapa, 423
Rapana, 423
Raphaulus, 305, 309
Rathouisia, 316, 440
Rats devouring Mollusca, 57
Realia, 316, 327, 414
Recluzia, 411
Rectum, 241
Registoma, 414
Relationship of Mollusca to other groups, 5
Renssoellaria, 512
Reproductive activity of oyster, 112;
system in Mollusca, 123, 134 f.
Requienia, 269, 455, 455
Respiration, 150 f.
Retzia, 508
Revoilia, 331, 414
Reymondia, 332
Rhabdoceras, 398
Rhagada, 311, 324
Rhenea, 325, 440
Rhinobolus, 504
Rhiostoma, 247, 266, 309, 414
Rhipidoglossa, 225, 405
Rhizochilus, 75, 423
Rhodea, 356, 441
Page 694
Rhodina, 307, 310, 442
Rhynchonella, 466, 470, 471, 472, 474, 483, 487;
distribution, 487;
fossil, 492, 497, 499, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 507, 508, 511
Rhynchonellidae, 487, 501, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508, 511
Rhysota, 67, 310, 314, 316, 319, 440
Rhytida, 319–326, 333, 359, 440;
habits, 54;
radula, 232
Rillya, 442
Rimella, 418
Rimula, 265, 406
Ringicula, 430;
radula, 230
Risella, 413
Rissoa, 415
Rissoina, 415
Robillardia, 77
Rochebrunia, 331, 414
Rock-boring snails, 49
Rolleia, 349
Rossia, 389
Rostellaria, 418
Rudistae, 456
Rumina, 260, 442
Runcina, 431;
protective coloration, 73
Sabatia, 430
Sactoceras, 394
Sagda, 348–351, 441
Sageceras, 398
Salasiella, 353, 440
Salivary glands, 237
Sandford, on strength of Helix, 45
Rhynchonella, 466, 470, 471, 472, 474, 483, 487;
distribution, 487;
fossil, 492, 497, 499, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 507, 508, 511
Rhynchonellidae, 487, 501, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508, 511
Rhysota, 67, 310, 314, 316, 319, 440
Rhytida, 319–326, 333, 359, 440;
habits, 54;
radula, 232
Rillya, 442
Rimella, 418
Rimula, 265, 406
Ringicula, 430;
radula, 230
Risella, 413
Rissoa, 415
Rissoina, 415
Robillardia, 77
Rochebrunia, 331, 414
Rock-boring snails, 49
Rolleia, 349
Rossia, 389
Rostellaria, 418
Rudistae, 456
Rumina, 260, 442
Runcina, 431;
protective coloration, 73
Sabatia, 430
Sactoceras, 394
Sagda, 348–351, 441
Sageceras, 398
Salasiella, 353, 440
Salivary glands, 237
Sandford, on strength of Helix, 45
Page 695
Sandwich islanders, use of shells, 99
Sanguinolaria, 456
Sarepta, 447
Sarmaticus, 409
Satsuma, 314, 316, 441
Saxicava, 447, 457
Saxidomus arata, money made from, 97
Scalaria, 247, 263, 411;
radula, 224
Scaldia, 452
Scalenostoma, 422
Scaliola, 415
Scaphander, 428, 429, 430;
radula, 231;
gizzard, 238
Scaphites, 399, 399
Scaphopoda, 444;
defined, 6;
breathing organs, 160;
nervous system, 205;
radula, 236
Scaphula, 14, 305, 448
Scarabus, 18, 278, 439, 439
Scharff, R., on food of slugs, 31;
on protective coloration in slugs, 70
Schasicheila, 347, 351, 354, 410
Schismope, 266, 407
Schizochiton, 187, 402, 403
Schizodus, 448
Schizoglossa, 325, 440
Schizoplax, 403
Schizostoma, 413
Schloenbacia, 398
Scintilla, 175, 453
Scissurella, 265, 407;
radula, 226
Sclerochiton, 403
Sanguinolaria, 456
Sarepta, 447
Sarmaticus, 409
Satsuma, 314, 316, 441
Saxicava, 447, 457
Saxidomus arata, money made from, 97
Scalaria, 247, 263, 411;
radula, 224
Scaldia, 452
Scalenostoma, 422
Scaliola, 415
Scaphander, 428, 429, 430;
radula, 231;
gizzard, 238
Scaphites, 399, 399
Scaphopoda, 444;
defined, 6;
breathing organs, 160;
nervous system, 205;
radula, 236
Scaphula, 14, 305, 448
Scarabus, 18, 278, 439, 439
Scharff, R., on food of slugs, 31;
on protective coloration in slugs, 70
Schasicheila, 347, 351, 354, 410
Schismope, 266, 407
Schizochiton, 187, 402, 403
Schizodus, 448
Schizoglossa, 325, 440
Schizoplax, 403
Schizostoma, 413
Schloenbacia, 398
Scintilla, 175, 453
Scissurella, 265, 407;
radula, 226
Sclerochiton, 403
Page 696
Scrobicularia, 15, 164, 453;
siphons, 164
Sculptaria, 333
Scurria, 405
Scutalus, 356, 442
Scutellastra, 405
Scutus, 245, 406, 406
Scyllaea, 433;
jaws, 212;
stomach, 239
Segmentina, 320
Selenites, 339, 341, 440
Selenitidae, radula, 231
Selenochlamys, 296
Self-fertilisation, 42–44
Semele, 453
Semicassis, 420
Semper, K., on habits of Limnaea, 34;
of Helicarion, 45, 67;
on mimicry, 67;
on parasitic Eulima, 79;
on development of Limnaea, 84, 94;
on sexual maturity in snails, 129;
on Onchidium, 187
Sepia, 381, 385–387, 389;
egg-capsules, 127;
glands, 136;
jaws, 214;
radula, 236;
alimentary canal, 238;
ink-sac, 241;
hectocotylus, 389
Sepiadarium, 389
Sepiella, 389
Sepiola, 389;
glands, 136;
radula, 236
siphons, 164
Sculptaria, 333
Scurria, 405
Scutalus, 356, 442
Scutellastra, 405
Scutus, 245, 406, 406
Scyllaea, 433;
jaws, 212;
stomach, 239
Segmentina, 320
Selenites, 339, 341, 440
Selenitidae, radula, 231
Selenochlamys, 296
Self-fertilisation, 42–44
Semele, 453
Semicassis, 420
Semper, K., on habits of Limnaea, 34;
of Helicarion, 45, 67;
on mimicry, 67;
on parasitic Eulima, 79;
on development of Limnaea, 84, 94;
on sexual maturity in snails, 129;
on Onchidium, 187
Sepia, 381, 385–387, 389;
egg-capsules, 127;
glands, 136;
jaws, 214;
radula, 236;
alimentary canal, 238;
ink-sac, 241;
hectocotylus, 389
Sepiadarium, 389
Sepiella, 389
Sepiola, 389;
glands, 136;
radula, 236
Page 697
Sepioloidea, 389
Sepiophora, 388
Sepioteuthis, 390;
hectocotylus, 139
Septaria, 337, 338, 410
Septibranchiata, 145, 167, 459;
branchiae, 166
Septifer, 274, 449
Sequenzia, 420
Sergius Orata, 104
Serrifusus, 424
Sesara, 305, 440
Sex, differences of, 133
Shell, 244 f.;
internal, 174;
shape of bivalve, 445
Shell-gland, primitive, 132
Shells as money, 96 f.;
as ornament, etc., 98 f.;
various uses of, 98 f.;
prices given for rare, 121;
sinistral, 249
Shores of N. Asia, no littoral fauna, 2
Showers of shells, 47
Sigaretus, 186, 245, 267, 411;
foot, 198
Sight, 180
Silenia, 459;
branchiae, 168
Silia, 425
Siliqua, 274, 457
Siliquaria, 248, 418
Simnia, 419
Simpulopsis, 345, 350, 442
Simpulum, 420
Simroth, on recent forms of Helix, 22;
on food of slugs, 31;
Sepiophora, 388
Sepioteuthis, 390;
hectocotylus, 139
Septaria, 337, 338, 410
Septibranchiata, 145, 167, 459;
branchiae, 166
Septifer, 274, 449
Sequenzia, 420
Sergius Orata, 104
Serrifusus, 424
Sesara, 305, 440
Sex, differences of, 133
Shell, 244 f.;
internal, 174;
shape of bivalve, 445
Shell-gland, primitive, 132
Shells as money, 96 f.;
as ornament, etc., 98 f.;
various uses of, 98 f.;
prices given for rare, 121;
sinistral, 249
Shores of N. Asia, no littoral fauna, 2
Showers of shells, 47
Sigaretus, 186, 245, 267, 411;
foot, 198
Sight, 180
Silenia, 459;
branchiae, 168
Silia, 425
Siliqua, 274, 457
Siliquaria, 248, 418
Simnia, 419
Simpulopsis, 345, 350, 442
Simpulum, 420
Simroth, on recent forms of Helix, 22;
on food of slugs, 31;
Page 698
on crawling of Helix, 45
Singular habitat, 48
Sinistral shells, 249
Sinistralia, 424
Sinusigera, 133
Sipho, 424
Siphonalia, 424
Siphonaria, 18, 431;
classification, 19;
breathing organs, 151, 152
Siphonarioidea, 431
Siphonodentalium, 444
Siphonostomata, 156
Siphonotreta, 493, 496, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Siphons, 173;
in burrowing genera, 165;
branchial, 155
Sistrum, 75, 423;
radula of S. spectrum, 79, 222
Sitala, 301, 304, 310, 314–319, 333, 440
Skärgard, Mollusca of the, 13
Skenea, 415
Skenidium, 505, 508
Slit, in Gasteropoda, 265, 406
Slugs, habits and food of, 30 f.;
bite hand of captor, 33;
in bee-hives, 36;
in greenhouses, 36;
protective coloration, 70;
eaten in England, 120
Smaragdia, 21
Smaragdinella, 430
Smell, sense of, 192
Smith, W. Anderson, quoted, 98, 111, 114, 191
Snails as barometers, 50;
plants fertilised by, 102;
Singular habitat, 48
Sinistral shells, 249
Sinistralia, 424
Sinusigera, 133
Sipho, 424
Siphonalia, 424
Siphonaria, 18, 431;
classification, 19;
breathing organs, 151, 152
Siphonarioidea, 431
Siphonodentalium, 444
Siphonostomata, 156
Siphonotreta, 493, 496, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Siphons, 173;
in burrowing genera, 165;
branchial, 155
Sistrum, 75, 423;
radula of S. spectrum, 79, 222
Sitala, 301, 304, 310, 314–319, 333, 440
Skärgard, Mollusca of the, 13
Skenea, 415
Skenidium, 505, 508
Slit, in Gasteropoda, 265, 406
Slugs, habits and food of, 30 f.;
bite hand of captor, 33;
in bee-hives, 36;
in greenhouses, 36;
protective coloration, 70;
eaten in England, 120
Smaragdia, 21
Smaragdinella, 430
Smell, sense of, 192
Smith, W. Anderson, quoted, 98, 111, 114, 191
Snails as barometers, 50;
plants fertilised by, 102;
Page 699
cultivation for food, 118 f.;
used for cream, 119;
as medicine, 120;
banned by the Church, 121
Solariella, 408;
radula, 225
Solarium, 264, 412, 413;
radula, 224
Solaropsis, 343, 353–357, 442
Solecurtus, 165, 457
Solen, 171, 446, 457;
vision, 190;
habits, 45
Solenaia, 452
Solenomya, 275, 448
Solenotellina, 456
Solomon islanders, use of shells, 98
Somatogyrus, 415
Sophina, 305
Spallanzani, experiments on Helix, 163
Spat, fall of, 113
Spatha, 294, 331, 336, 452
Spekia, 333
Spermatophore, in Cephalopoda, 137;
in Helix, 142
Spermatozoa, forms of, 136
Sphaerium, 453
Sphenia, 456
Sphenodiscus, 398
Sphyradium, 442
Spines, use of, 64
Spiraculum, 266, 414
Spiraxis, 442
Spirialis, 249
Spirifera, 468, 501, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508, 511, 512
Spiriferidae, 501, 505, 508
used for cream, 119;
as medicine, 120;
banned by the Church, 121
Solariella, 408;
radula, 225
Solarium, 264, 412, 413;
radula, 224
Solaropsis, 343, 353–357, 442
Solecurtus, 165, 457
Solen, 171, 446, 457;
vision, 190;
habits, 45
Solenaia, 452
Solenomya, 275, 448
Solenotellina, 456
Solomon islanders, use of shells, 98
Somatogyrus, 415
Sophina, 305
Spallanzani, experiments on Helix, 163
Spat, fall of, 113
Spatha, 294, 331, 336, 452
Spekia, 333
Spermatophore, in Cephalopoda, 137;
in Helix, 142
Spermatozoa, forms of, 136
Sphaerium, 453
Sphenia, 456
Sphenodiscus, 398
Sphyradium, 442
Spines, use of, 64
Spiraculum, 266, 414
Spiraxis, 442
Spirialis, 249
Spirifera, 468, 501, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508, 511, 512
Spiriferidae, 501, 505, 508
Page 700
Spiriferina, stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Spirobranchiata, 464
Spirotropis, 426;
radula, 218, 219
Spirula, 247, 386, 387, 388
Spirulirostra, 380, 386, 388
Spondylium, 500
Spondylus, 257, 446, 450, 450;
ocelli, 191;
genital orifice, 242
Spongiobranchaea, 437
Spongiochiton, 403
Sportella, 453
Starfish eat oysters, 110
Stearns, R. E. C., on tenacity of life, 38
Stegodera, 306
Stenochisma, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Stenogyra, 324, 442;
S. decollata, 279;
food, 34;
smell, 194;
Goodallii, 279;
octona, sudden appearance, 47
Stenogyridae, radula, 234
Stenopus, 440;
habits, 45
Stenothyra, 415
Stenotis, 416
Stenotrema, 340, 441
Stephanoceras, 399
Stepsanoda, 358
Stilifer, 76, 77, 79, 422
Stiliferina, 76, 422
Stiliger, 432
Stilina, 76
Stoastoma, 348–351, 410
Spirobranchiata, 464
Spirotropis, 426;
radula, 218, 219
Spirula, 247, 386, 387, 388
Spirulirostra, 380, 386, 388
Spondylium, 500
Spondylus, 257, 446, 450, 450;
ocelli, 191;
genital orifice, 242
Spongiobranchaea, 437
Spongiochiton, 403
Sportella, 453
Starfish eat oysters, 110
Stearns, R. E. C., on tenacity of life, 38
Stegodera, 306
Stenochisma, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Stenogyra, 324, 442;
S. decollata, 279;
food, 34;
smell, 194;
Goodallii, 279;
octona, sudden appearance, 47
Stenogyridae, radula, 234
Stenopus, 440;
habits, 45
Stenothyra, 415
Stenotis, 416
Stenotrema, 340, 441
Stephanoceras, 399
Stepsanoda, 358
Stilifer, 76, 77, 79, 422
Stiliferina, 76, 422
Stiliger, 432
Stilina, 76
Stoastoma, 348–351, 410
Page 701
Stoloteuthis, 389
Stomach, 239
Stomatella, 408
Stomatia, 408
Stomatodon, 302, 417
Strebelia, 353, 440
Strength of Helix, 45
Strephobasis, 417
Strepsidura, 424
Streptaulus, 414
Streptaxis, 302, 306, 309, 314–331, 343, 357–359, 440;
variation, 87
Streptoneura, 203, 404
Streptosiphon, 424
Streptostele, 329, 338, 440
Streptostyla, 343–355, 353, 440
Stricklandia, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Strigatella, 425
Stringocephalidae, 506, 508
Stringocephalus, 492, 497, 498, 500, 501, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Strobila, 340, 345–353
Strobilops, 442
Strombidae, habits, 64;
penis, 136
Strombina, 423
Strombus, 69, 200, 252, 418;
mimicking Conus, 69;
operculum, 78, 269;
pearls from, 101;
metapodium, 199;
stomach, 239
Strophalosia, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Stropheodonta, 497, 505, 508
Strophia, 343–355, 442;
Stomach, 239
Stomatella, 408
Stomatia, 408
Stomatodon, 302, 417
Strebelia, 353, 440
Strength of Helix, 45
Strephobasis, 417
Strepsidura, 424
Streptaulus, 414
Streptaxis, 302, 306, 309, 314–331, 343, 357–359, 440;
variation, 87
Streptoneura, 203, 404
Streptosiphon, 424
Streptostele, 329, 338, 440
Streptostyla, 343–355, 353, 440
Stricklandia, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Strigatella, 425
Stringocephalidae, 506, 508
Stringocephalus, 492, 497, 498, 500, 501, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Strobila, 340, 345–353
Strobilops, 442
Strombidae, habits, 64;
penis, 136
Strombina, 423
Strombus, 69, 200, 252, 418;
mimicking Conus, 69;
operculum, 78, 269;
pearls from, 101;
metapodium, 199;
stomach, 239
Strophalosia, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Stropheodonta, 497, 505, 508
Strophia, 343–355, 442;
Page 702
S. nana, 278
Strophochilus, 358, 441
Strophomena, 499, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Strophomenidae, 500, 505, 508
Strophostoma, 248, 414
Structure of shell, 252
Struthiolaria, 99, 418;
radula, 216
Styliola, 437
Stylodonta, 339, 441
Stylommatophora, 11, 181, 439;
origin, 19
Subemarginula, 406
Submytilacea, 451
Subularia, 422
Subulina, 332, 352, 442
Subulites, 420
Succinea, 325, 327, 358, 433;
jaw, 211;
S. putris, parasite of, 61
Succineidae, 443;
radula, 234
Sudden appearance of Mollusca, 46
Suessia, stratigraphical distribution, 507
Sulphuric acid, 237
Surcula, 426
Sycotypus, 424
Synaptocochlea, 408
Syndosmya, 453
Syringothyris, 500, 508
Syrnola, 422
Syrnolopis, 332, 333
Systrophia, 356, 357
Tachea, 441
Taenioglossa, 223, 411
Strophochilus, 358, 441
Strophomena, 499, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Strophomenidae, 500, 505, 508
Strophostoma, 248, 414
Structure of shell, 252
Struthiolaria, 99, 418;
radula, 216
Styliola, 437
Stylodonta, 339, 441
Stylommatophora, 11, 181, 439;
origin, 19
Subemarginula, 406
Submytilacea, 451
Subularia, 422
Subulina, 332, 352, 442
Subulites, 420
Succinea, 325, 327, 358, 433;
jaw, 211;
S. putris, parasite of, 61
Succineidae, 443;
radula, 234
Sudden appearance of Mollusca, 46
Suessia, stratigraphical distribution, 507
Sulphuric acid, 237
Surcula, 426
Sycotypus, 424
Synaptocochlea, 408
Syndosmya, 453
Syringothyris, 500, 508
Syrnola, 422
Syrnolopis, 332, 333
Systrophia, 356, 357
Tachea, 441
Taenioglossa, 223, 411
Page 703
Taheitia, 414
Talona, 457
Tanalia, 304, 417
Tancredia, 453
Tanganyicia, 332, 415
Tanganyika, L., fauna of, 12
Tanysiphon, 454
Taonius, 391, 391
Tapes, 454
Taste, 179
Tebennophorus, 143, 340, 440
Tectarius, 413
Tectibranchiata, 10, 429
Tectura, 305, 405
Tectus, 408
Teeth in aperture of the shell, 63
Teinostoma, 247, 408
Teinotis, 407
Telescopium, 252, 416
Tellina, 440, 453, 453
T. balthica, variation, 84
Tellinacea, 453
Telotremata, 511
Tenacity of life, 37
Tenison-Woods, on red blood, 171;
on shell-eyes, 189
Tennent, Sir J. E., on musical sounds produced by Mollusca, 50
Tennentia, 304, 314, 338, 440
Terebellum, 418;
jumping powers, 64
Terebra, 246, 263, 426, 426;
radula, 219
Terebratella, 468, 487;
distribution, 486;
fossil, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 508
Terebratula, 467, 468, 487;
Talona, 457
Tanalia, 304, 417
Tancredia, 453
Tanganyicia, 332, 415
Tanganyika, L., fauna of, 12
Tanysiphon, 454
Taonius, 391, 391
Tapes, 454
Taste, 179
Tebennophorus, 143, 340, 440
Tectarius, 413
Tectibranchiata, 10, 429
Tectura, 305, 405
Tectus, 408
Teeth in aperture of the shell, 63
Teinostoma, 247, 408
Teinotis, 407
Telescopium, 252, 416
Tellina, 440, 453, 453
T. balthica, variation, 84
Tellinacea, 453
Telotremata, 511
Tenacity of life, 37
Tenison-Woods, on red blood, 171;
on shell-eyes, 189
Tennent, Sir J. E., on musical sounds produced by Mollusca, 50
Tennentia, 304, 314, 338, 440
Terebellum, 418;
jumping powers, 64
Terebra, 246, 263, 426, 426;
radula, 219
Terebratella, 468, 487;
distribution, 486;
fossil, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 508
Terebratula, 467, 468, 487;
Page 704
size, 484;
distribution, 485, 486;
fossil, 492, 499, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 507, 508
Terebratulidae, 487;
fossil, 500, 505, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Terebratulina, 466, 479, 487;
larva, 482;
distribution, 486;
fossil, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 508;
form of shell, 510
Teredina, 457
Teredo, 262, 457, 458;
nervous system, 206;
intestine, 241
Tergipes, 432
Terquemia, 450
Testacella, 22, 52, 440;
habits, etc., 49, 51 f.;
pulmonary orifice, 160;
eyes, 186;
radula, 231;
anus, 241
Testicardines, 466, 487;
muscles, 476;
fossil, 497, 504;
external characters, 497;
internal characters, 499;
attachment of muscles, 501;
stratigraphical distribution, 508
Testis, 135
Tethyidae, 216
Tethys, 432
Tetrabranchiata, 391 f.
Thala, 425
distribution, 485, 486;
fossil, 492, 499, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 506, 507, 508
Terebratulidae, 487;
fossil, 500, 505, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Terebratulina, 466, 479, 487;
larva, 482;
distribution, 486;
fossil, 506;
stratigraphical distribution, 508;
form of shell, 510
Teredina, 457
Teredo, 262, 457, 458;
nervous system, 206;
intestine, 241
Tergipes, 432
Terquemia, 450
Testacella, 22, 52, 440;
habits, etc., 49, 51 f.;
pulmonary orifice, 160;
eyes, 186;
radula, 231;
anus, 241
Testicardines, 466, 487;
muscles, 476;
fossil, 497, 504;
external characters, 497;
internal characters, 499;
attachment of muscles, 501;
stratigraphical distribution, 508
Testis, 135
Tethyidae, 216
Tethys, 432
Tetrabranchiata, 391 f.
Thala, 425
Page 705
Thalassia, 319
Thalotia, 408
Thapsia, 329
Thaumasia, 349, 442
Thaumastus, 356, 442
Thecacera, 434;
radula, 229
Thecidiidae, 487;
fossil, 501, 506, 508
Thecidium, 475, 479, 480, 483, 487;
fossil, 506, 508
Thecosomata, 435
Thelidomus, 346–351, 350, 441
Theora, 453
Therasia, 441
Thersites (Helicidae), 322, 325
Thersites (Fasciolariidae), 424
Thetis, 454
Thracia, 245, 459
Thread-spinning, 29
Thridachia, 432
Thyca, 76, 79
Thyrophorella, 330, 440
Thysanoteuthis, 390
Tiedemannia, veliger, 132
Tiphobia, 332, 333, 417
Titicaca, L., Mollusca of, 25
Todarodes, 390
Tomichia, 414
Tomigerus, 334, 356, 358, 442
Tomocyclus, 354
Tomostele, 330, 440
Tonicella, 403
Tonicia, 403;
eyes, 188
Torellia, 411
Torinia, 413;
Thalotia, 408
Thapsia, 329
Thaumasia, 349, 442
Thaumastus, 356, 442
Thecacera, 434;
radula, 229
Thecidiidae, 487;
fossil, 501, 506, 508
Thecidium, 475, 479, 480, 483, 487;
fossil, 506, 508
Thecosomata, 435
Thelidomus, 346–351, 350, 441
Theora, 453
Therasia, 441
Thersites (Helicidae), 322, 325
Thersites (Fasciolariidae), 424
Thetis, 454
Thracia, 245, 459
Thread-spinning, 29
Thridachia, 432
Thyca, 76, 79
Thyrophorella, 330, 440
Thysanoteuthis, 390
Tiedemannia, veliger, 132
Tiphobia, 332, 333, 417
Titicaca, L., Mollusca of, 25
Todarodes, 390
Tomichia, 414
Tomigerus, 334, 356, 358, 442
Tomocyclus, 354
Tomostele, 330, 440
Tonicella, 403
Tonicia, 403;
eyes, 188
Torellia, 411
Torinia, 413;
Page 706
radula, 224;
operculum, 269
Tornatellina, 278, 319, 323–327, 338, 358, 443
Tornatina, 250, 430
Torquilla, 442
Toucasia, 455
Touch, sense of, 177
Toxoglossa, 218, 426
Trachia, 314
Trachyceras, 397
Trachydermon, 403
Trachyteuthis, 389
Tralia, 439
Transovula, 419
Trematis, 492, 493, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Trematonotus, 407
Tremoctopus, 384;
radula, 236;
hectocotylus, 137
Trevelyana, 434
Trichia, 316
Trichotropis, 275, 411
Tricula, 302
Tridacna, 273, 455
Triforis, 416;
radula, 224
Trigonellites, 397
Trigonia, 15, 254, 269, 448;
jumping powers, 65;
distribution, 370
Trigonochlamys, 296, 440
Trigonostoma, 426
Trimerella, 495, 504, 508, 511
Trimerellidae, 493, 494, 496, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Trinacria, 448
operculum, 269
Tornatellina, 278, 319, 323–327, 338, 358, 443
Tornatina, 250, 430
Torquilla, 442
Toucasia, 455
Touch, sense of, 177
Toxoglossa, 218, 426
Trachia, 314
Trachyceras, 397
Trachydermon, 403
Trachyteuthis, 389
Tralia, 439
Transovula, 419
Trematis, 492, 493, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Trematonotus, 407
Tremoctopus, 384;
radula, 236;
hectocotylus, 137
Trevelyana, 434
Trichia, 316
Trichotropis, 275, 411
Tricula, 302
Tridacna, 273, 455
Triforis, 416;
radula, 224
Trigonellites, 397
Trigonia, 15, 254, 269, 448;
jumping powers, 65;
distribution, 370
Trigonochlamys, 296, 440
Trigonostoma, 426
Trimerella, 495, 504, 508, 511
Trimerellidae, 493, 494, 496, 504;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Trinacria, 448
Page 707
Triodopsis, 340, 441
Triopa, 434
Triopella, 434
Triopha, 434
Tritaxeopus, 385
Triton, 256, 275, 420;
jaws, 212
Tritonia, 433;
protective coloration, 71
Tritonidea, 424
Trivia, 419
Trochidae, egg-capsules, 125
Trochiscus, 408
Trochita, 248, 412
Trochoceras, 395
Trocholites, 395
Trochomorpha, 306, 321, 324, 327, 333, 441
Trochonanina, 331, 440
Trochosphere, 5, 130
Trochotoma, 266, 407
Trochus, 263, 408;
eye, 182;
stomach, 239
Trophon, 423
Tropical beach, Mollusca of a, 3
Tropidophora, 414
Tropites, 397
Troschelia, 424
Truncaria, 423
Truncatella, 260, 414
Tryblidium, 405
Trypanostoma, 340
Trypho of Lampsacus, prayer against snails, 121
Tubed operculates, 157, 266, 300, 307, 309
Tudicla, 424
Tudora, 291, 349, 351, 414
Tugonia, 456
Triopa, 434
Triopella, 434
Triopha, 434
Tritaxeopus, 385
Triton, 256, 275, 420;
jaws, 212
Tritonia, 433;
protective coloration, 71
Tritonidea, 424
Trivia, 419
Trochidae, egg-capsules, 125
Trochiscus, 408
Trochita, 248, 412
Trochoceras, 395
Trocholites, 395
Trochomorpha, 306, 321, 324, 327, 333, 441
Trochonanina, 331, 440
Trochosphere, 5, 130
Trochotoma, 266, 407
Trochus, 263, 408;
eye, 182;
stomach, 239
Trophon, 423
Tropical beach, Mollusca of a, 3
Tropidophora, 414
Tropites, 397
Troschelia, 424
Truncaria, 423
Truncatella, 260, 414
Tryblidium, 405
Trypanostoma, 340
Trypho of Lampsacus, prayer against snails, 121
Tubed operculates, 157, 266, 300, 307, 309
Tudicla, 424
Tudora, 291, 349, 351, 414
Tugonia, 456
Page 708
Tulotoma, 340, 416
Turbinella, 100, 262, 264, 424, 424
Turbo, 409;
eye, 182;
osphradium, 195;
operculum, 268
Turbonilla, 250, 332, 422
Turcica, 408
Turricula, 425;
radula, 221
Turrilites, 399, 399
Turritella, 252, 417;
radula, 215, 224
Tyleria, 459
Tylodina, 431
Tylopoma, 416
Tympanotonus, 416
Tyndaria, 447
Typhis, 423
Ultra-dextral shells, 250
Umbonella, 409
Umbonium, 409
Umbrella, 10, 431;
radula, 217, 230
Uncites, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Underground snails, 48
Ungulina, 452
Unicardium, 452
Unio, 452;
shell, 254, 259, 273, 341;
variation, 92
Union of Limax, 128
Unionidae, origin of, 15;
eaten by rats, 57;
larvae, 146
Turbinella, 100, 262, 264, 424, 424
Turbo, 409;
eye, 182;
osphradium, 195;
operculum, 268
Turbonilla, 250, 332, 422
Turcica, 408
Turricula, 425;
radula, 221
Turrilites, 399, 399
Turritella, 252, 417;
radula, 215, 224
Tyleria, 459
Tylodina, 431
Tylopoma, 416
Tympanotonus, 416
Tyndaria, 447
Typhis, 423
Ultra-dextral shells, 250
Umbonella, 409
Umbonium, 409
Umbrella, 10, 431;
radula, 217, 230
Uncites, 505;
stratigraphical distribution, 507, 508
Underground snails, 48
Ungulina, 452
Unicardium, 452
Unio, 452;
shell, 254, 259, 273, 341;
variation, 92
Union of Limax, 128
Unionidae, origin of, 15;
eaten by rats, 57;
larvae, 146
Page 709
Urocyclus, 331, 440
Urosalpinx, 423
Utriculus, 430
Uvanilla, 409
Vaginula, 245, 319, 343, 352, 443
Vaginulidae, radula, 234;
anus, 241
Valletia, 456
Vallonia, 441
Valvata, 133, 416;
branchia, 159
Valves of Chitonidae, 401 f.
Vanganella, 454
Variation, 82 f.
Varicella, 346, 348
Velates, 260, 410
Velifera, 353, 440
Veliger stage, 131;
mistaken for perfect form, 133
Velorita, 302, 453
Velum, 131
Velutina, 275, 411;
radula, 223
Veneracea, 454
Venericardia, 451
Venerupis, 454
Veniella, 451
Venilicardia, 451
Venus, 270, 271, 446, 454;
V. mercenaria, 97, 374
Verania, 391
Vermetus, 247, 418;
radula, 223
Veronicella, 443
Verticordia, 458
Vertigo, 327, 442;
Urosalpinx, 423
Utriculus, 430
Uvanilla, 409
Vaginula, 245, 319, 343, 352, 443
Vaginulidae, radula, 234;
anus, 241
Valletia, 456
Vallonia, 441
Valvata, 133, 416;
branchia, 159
Valves of Chitonidae, 401 f.
Vanganella, 454
Variation, 82 f.
Varicella, 346, 348
Velates, 260, 410
Velifera, 353, 440
Veliger stage, 131;
mistaken for perfect form, 133
Velorita, 302, 453
Velum, 131
Velutina, 275, 411;
radula, 223
Veneracea, 454
Venericardia, 451
Venerupis, 454
Veniella, 451
Venilicardia, 451
Venus, 270, 271, 446, 454;
V. mercenaria, 97, 374
Verania, 391
Vermetus, 247, 418;
radula, 223
Veronicella, 443
Verticordia, 458
Vertigo, 327, 442;
Page 710
V. arctica, 287
Vexilla, 423
Vibex, 417
Vitrella, 289
Vitrina, 22, 296 f., 332, 440;
hardy habits, 24;
jumping powers, 65;
shell, 175;
radula, 217
Vitrinella, 408
Vitriniconus, 314, 440
Vitrinoidea, 314, 440
Vitrinozonites, 340, 440
Vitularia, 423
Vivipara, 324, 343, 416
Volume of water, effect in producing variation, 94
Voluta, 267, 425, 425;
spawn, 125;
radula, 217, 221;
distribution, 370;
prices given for rare, 122
Volutaxis, 348
Volutharpa, 267, 424
Volutolithes, 425
Volutolyria, 425;
radula, 222
Volutomitra, 425;
radula, 221
Volutopsis, 423
Volvaria, 429
Volvatella, 430
Volvula, 430
Vulsella, 75, 446, 449
Waldheimia, 464, 467, 468, 473, 474, 487;
size, 484;
distribution, 486;
Vexilla, 423
Vibex, 417
Vitrella, 289
Vitrina, 22, 296 f., 332, 440;
hardy habits, 24;
jumping powers, 65;
shell, 175;
radula, 217
Vitrinella, 408
Vitriniconus, 314, 440
Vitrinoidea, 314, 440
Vitrinozonites, 340, 440
Vitularia, 423
Vivipara, 324, 343, 416
Volume of water, effect in producing variation, 94
Voluta, 267, 425, 425;
spawn, 125;
radula, 217, 221;
distribution, 370;
prices given for rare, 122
Volutaxis, 348
Volutharpa, 267, 424
Volutolithes, 425
Volutolyria, 425;
radula, 222
Volutomitra, 425;
radula, 221
Volutopsis, 423
Volvaria, 429
Volvatella, 430
Volvula, 430
Vulsella, 75, 446, 449
Waldheimia, 464, 467, 468, 473, 474, 487;
size, 484;
distribution, 486;
Page 711
fossil, 500, 501, 502, 506, 508
Walton and mussel cultivation, 115
Wampum, 97
Warner, R., quoted, 37
Warning coloration, 71 f.
West Coast, South America, melanism of shells occurring on, 85
Whelks, use of, 118
Whitneya, 424
Whitstable, oyster-parks at, 106, 112
Willem, V., on vision of Mollusca, 185
Wollaston, T. V., quoted, 32
Wood, Rev. J. G., on starfish eating oysters, 111
Woodia, 451
Woodward, S. P., on tenacity of life, 38;
Dr., on the same, 38
Wotton, F. W., on egg-laying of Arion, 42
Wright, Bryce, on tenacity of life, 38
Xenophora, 412;
habits, 64
Xenopoma, 346, 351
Xerophila, 285, 296, 441
Xesta, 310, 319, 321, 440;
mimicry by, 66 f.
Xylophaga, 457
Yetus, 425
Yoldia, 447;
genital orifice, 242
Zagrabica, 297
Zebrina, 285, 296, 442
Zeidora, 406
Zidona, 425
Zittelia, 420
Zones of depth, 361
Zonites, 275, 440;
Walton and mussel cultivation, 115
Wampum, 97
Warner, R., quoted, 37
Warning coloration, 71 f.
West Coast, South America, melanism of shells occurring on, 85
Whelks, use of, 118
Whitneya, 424
Whitstable, oyster-parks at, 106, 112
Willem, V., on vision of Mollusca, 185
Wollaston, T. V., quoted, 32
Wood, Rev. J. G., on starfish eating oysters, 111
Woodia, 451
Woodward, S. P., on tenacity of life, 38;
Dr., on the same, 38
Wotton, F. W., on egg-laying of Arion, 42
Wright, Bryce, on tenacity of life, 38
Xenophora, 412;
habits, 64
Xenopoma, 346, 351
Xerophila, 285, 296, 441
Xesta, 310, 319, 321, 440;
mimicry by, 66 f.
Xylophaga, 457
Yetus, 425
Yoldia, 447;
genital orifice, 242
Zagrabica, 297
Zebrina, 285, 296, 442
Zeidora, 406
Zidona, 425
Zittelia, 420
Zones of depth, 361
Zonites, 275, 440;
Page 712
food, 33;
radula, 232;
distribution, 294, 296, 340
Zospeum, 187, 442
Zygobranchiata, 154, 406
radula, 232;
distribution, 294, 296, 340
Zospeum, 187, 442
Zygobranchiata, 154, 406
Page 713
END OF VOL. III.
Page 714
MACMILLAN & CO.’S
PUBLICATIONS ON
NATURAL HISTORY, ETC.
ADLER (H).—Alternating Generations. A Biological Study of Oak Galls and Gall
Flies. By Hermann Adler, M.D., Schleswig. Translated and edited by Charles
R. Straton, F.R.C.S. Ed., F. E. S. $3.25.
BADENOCH (L. N.).—The Romance of the Insect World. By L. N. Badenoch.
With Illustrations by Margaret J. D. Badenoch and others. 2d Edition. Gilt top.
$1.25.
BALFOUR.—A Treatise on Comparative Embryology. By F. M. Balfour, M.A.,
F.R.S., Fellow and Lecturer of Trinity College, Cambridge. With Illustrations.
Second Edition, reprinted without alteration from the First Edition. In 2 vols.
8vo. Vol. I., $4.50; Vol. II., $5.25.
BATESON (W.).—Materials for the Study of Variation, treated with especial
Regard to Discontinuity in the Origin of Species. By William Bateson, M.A..
Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge. With many cuts. 8vo. $6.50.
BEDDARD (F. E.).—Animal Colouration. With 4 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts in
the Text. By Frank Evers Beddard, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Zoölogical
Society of London and Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. 8vo. $3.50.
A Monograph, Structural and Systematic, of the Order
Oligochæta. Large Post 8vo. Half cloth. 800 pp. Just ready.
CAMBRIDGE NATURAL HISTORY (The). Edited by J. W. Clark, M.A., S. F.
Harmer, M.A., and A. E. Shipley, M.A. Medium 8vo.
This series, which will be complete in ten volumes, fully illustrated, and
covering the Natural History of Invertebrate and Vertebrate Animals, is
intended, in the first instance, for those who have not had any special
scientific training, but an attempt will be made to combine popular
treatment and popular language with the most modern results of scientific
research.
The following volumes are likely to appear in the course of 1895:
Molluscs. By Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A. Just ready.
Insects. By David Sharp, M.A., F.R.S. 2 vols.
PUBLICATIONS ON
NATURAL HISTORY, ETC.
ADLER (H).—Alternating Generations. A Biological Study of Oak Galls and Gall
Flies. By Hermann Adler, M.D., Schleswig. Translated and edited by Charles
R. Straton, F.R.C.S. Ed., F. E. S. $3.25.
BADENOCH (L. N.).—The Romance of the Insect World. By L. N. Badenoch.
With Illustrations by Margaret J. D. Badenoch and others. 2d Edition. Gilt top.
$1.25.
BALFOUR.—A Treatise on Comparative Embryology. By F. M. Balfour, M.A.,
F.R.S., Fellow and Lecturer of Trinity College, Cambridge. With Illustrations.
Second Edition, reprinted without alteration from the First Edition. In 2 vols.
8vo. Vol. I., $4.50; Vol. II., $5.25.
BATESON (W.).—Materials for the Study of Variation, treated with especial
Regard to Discontinuity in the Origin of Species. By William Bateson, M.A..
Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge. With many cuts. 8vo. $6.50.
BEDDARD (F. E.).—Animal Colouration. With 4 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts in
the Text. By Frank Evers Beddard, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Zoölogical
Society of London and Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. 8vo. $3.50.
A Monograph, Structural and Systematic, of the Order
Oligochæta. Large Post 8vo. Half cloth. 800 pp. Just ready.
CAMBRIDGE NATURAL HISTORY (The). Edited by J. W. Clark, M.A., S. F.
Harmer, M.A., and A. E. Shipley, M.A. Medium 8vo.
This series, which will be complete in ten volumes, fully illustrated, and
covering the Natural History of Invertebrate and Vertebrate Animals, is
intended, in the first instance, for those who have not had any special
scientific training, but an attempt will be made to combine popular
treatment and popular language with the most modern results of scientific
research.
The following volumes are likely to appear in the course of 1895:
Molluscs. By Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A. Just ready.
Insects. By David Sharp, M.A., F.R.S. 2 vols.
Page 715
Birds. By A. H. Evans, M.A.
CLAUS.—Elementary Text-Book of Zoölogy. By Dr. C. Claus.
Translated and edited by Adam Sedgwick, M.A., with the assistance of
F. G. Heathcote, B.A. Part I., General Part and Special Part: Protozoa
to Insecta. Part II., Special Part: Mollusca to Man. With 706 Woodcuts.
2 vols. 8vo. $8.00.
ECKER.—The Anatomy of the Frog. By Alexander Ecker. Translated
with numerous Annotations and Additions, by G. Haslam, M.D., and
illustrated with 250 Wood Engravings and 11 Coloured Figures. 8vo.
$5.25.
EIMER.—Organic Evolution as the Result of the Inheritance of
Acquired Characters, according to the Laws of Organic Growth.
By Dr. G. H. Theodor Eimer, Professor of Zoölogy and Comparative
Anatomy in Tübingen. Translated by T. J. Cunningham, M.A.,
F.R.S.E., late Fellow of University College, Oxford. Part I., with 6
Figures in the Text. 8vo. $3.25.
FLOWER.—Mammals, Living and Extinct. By William Henry Flower,
C.B., F.R.S., D.C.L., Director of the Natural History Departments,
British Museum, and Richard Lydecker, B.A. 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated
with 357 Figures. $6.00.
FOWLER (A. Warde).—Tales of the Birds. With Illustrations. New and
cheaper Edition. $1.25.
A Year with the Birds. With Illustrations. $1.25.
GÜNTHER (Albert C. L. G.).—An Introduction to the Study of Fishes.
With Index. Illustrated with 320 Wood Engravings. 8vo. $6.00.
HERTWIG (O.).—Text-book of the Embryology of Man and Mammals.
By Dr. Oscar Hertwig. Translated from the Third German Edition by
Edward L. Mark, Hersey Professor of Anatomy in Harvard University.
With 330 Figures in the Text and two Lithographic Plates. 8vo. $5.25.
The Cell: its Anatomy and Physiology. By Dr. Oscar Hertwig, Professor in the
University of Berlin. Translated by Henry Johnstone Campbell, M.D. With 168
Illustrations. In the Press.
HUXLEY and MARTIN.—A Course of Elementary Instruction in
Practical Biology. By T. H. Huxley, LL.D., F.R.S., assisted by H. N.
CLAUS.—Elementary Text-Book of Zoölogy. By Dr. C. Claus.
Translated and edited by Adam Sedgwick, M.A., with the assistance of
F. G. Heathcote, B.A. Part I., General Part and Special Part: Protozoa
to Insecta. Part II., Special Part: Mollusca to Man. With 706 Woodcuts.
2 vols. 8vo. $8.00.
ECKER.—The Anatomy of the Frog. By Alexander Ecker. Translated
with numerous Annotations and Additions, by G. Haslam, M.D., and
illustrated with 250 Wood Engravings and 11 Coloured Figures. 8vo.
$5.25.
EIMER.—Organic Evolution as the Result of the Inheritance of
Acquired Characters, according to the Laws of Organic Growth.
By Dr. G. H. Theodor Eimer, Professor of Zoölogy and Comparative
Anatomy in Tübingen. Translated by T. J. Cunningham, M.A.,
F.R.S.E., late Fellow of University College, Oxford. Part I., with 6
Figures in the Text. 8vo. $3.25.
FLOWER.—Mammals, Living and Extinct. By William Henry Flower,
C.B., F.R.S., D.C.L., Director of the Natural History Departments,
British Museum, and Richard Lydecker, B.A. 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated
with 357 Figures. $6.00.
FOWLER (A. Warde).—Tales of the Birds. With Illustrations. New and
cheaper Edition. $1.25.
A Year with the Birds. With Illustrations. $1.25.
GÜNTHER (Albert C. L. G.).—An Introduction to the Study of Fishes.
With Index. Illustrated with 320 Wood Engravings. 8vo. $6.00.
HERTWIG (O.).—Text-book of the Embryology of Man and Mammals.
By Dr. Oscar Hertwig. Translated from the Third German Edition by
Edward L. Mark, Hersey Professor of Anatomy in Harvard University.
With 330 Figures in the Text and two Lithographic Plates. 8vo. $5.25.
The Cell: its Anatomy and Physiology. By Dr. Oscar Hertwig, Professor in the
University of Berlin. Translated by Henry Johnstone Campbell, M.D. With 168
Illustrations. In the Press.
HUXLEY and MARTIN.—A Course of Elementary Instruction in
Practical Biology. By T. H. Huxley, LL.D., F.R.S., assisted by H. N.
Page 716
Martin, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. Revised Edition, Extended, and
Edited by G. B. Howes and D. H. Scott. With a Preface by Professor
Huxley. 12mo. $2.60.
KIRBY (W. F.).—Elementary Text-Book of Entomology. 2d Edition,
Revised. With 87 Plates. 8vo. $3.00.
LANG.—Text-Book of Comparative Anatomy. By Dr. Arnold Lang,
Professor of Zoölogy in the University of Zurich; Formerly Ritter
Professor of Phylogeny in the University of Jena. With a Preface to the
English Translation by Professor Dr. Ernst Haeckel, F.R.S., Director
of the Zoölogical Institute in Jena. Translated into English by Henry
M. Bernard, M.A. (Cantab.) and Matilda Bernard. Part I. Complete
with Index and 383 Illustrations. 8vo. $5.50.
Professor Lang has here successfully carried out the very difficult task of
selecting the most important results from the bewildering mass of new
material afforded by the extensive researches of the last decades, and of
combining them with great judgment. Besides this he has, more than any
former writer, utilized the comparative history of development in explaining
the structure of the animal body, and has endeavored always to give the
phylogenetic significance of ontogenetic facts.—From Professor Haeckel’s
Preface.
LUBBOCK (Sir J.).—On the Origin and Metamorphoses of Insects.
With Illustrations. Nature Series. $1.00.
MIVART.—Lessons in Elementary Anatomy. By St. George Mivart,
F.R.S., Lecturer in Comparative Anatomy at St. Mary’s Hospital. With
upwards of 400 Illustrations. 16mo. $1.75.
PARKER.—A Course of Instruction in Zoötomy (Vertebrata). By T.
Jeffery Parker. With seventy-four Illustrations. 12mo. $2.25.
WALLACE.—Works by Alfred Russel Wallace, LL.D., F.L.S.
Darwinism. Being a Systematic Exposition of the Theory of Natural
Selection, with Some of its Applications. With numerous Illustrations.
$1.75.
“The present work contains the conclusions upon this great subject of
thirty years of thought and observation.... A contribution of the first
importance to the literature of the subject. At the same time it would be
Edited by G. B. Howes and D. H. Scott. With a Preface by Professor
Huxley. 12mo. $2.60.
KIRBY (W. F.).—Elementary Text-Book of Entomology. 2d Edition,
Revised. With 87 Plates. 8vo. $3.00.
LANG.—Text-Book of Comparative Anatomy. By Dr. Arnold Lang,
Professor of Zoölogy in the University of Zurich; Formerly Ritter
Professor of Phylogeny in the University of Jena. With a Preface to the
English Translation by Professor Dr. Ernst Haeckel, F.R.S., Director
of the Zoölogical Institute in Jena. Translated into English by Henry
M. Bernard, M.A. (Cantab.) and Matilda Bernard. Part I. Complete
with Index and 383 Illustrations. 8vo. $5.50.
Professor Lang has here successfully carried out the very difficult task of
selecting the most important results from the bewildering mass of new
material afforded by the extensive researches of the last decades, and of
combining them with great judgment. Besides this he has, more than any
former writer, utilized the comparative history of development in explaining
the structure of the animal body, and has endeavored always to give the
phylogenetic significance of ontogenetic facts.—From Professor Haeckel’s
Preface.
LUBBOCK (Sir J.).—On the Origin and Metamorphoses of Insects.
With Illustrations. Nature Series. $1.00.
MIVART.—Lessons in Elementary Anatomy. By St. George Mivart,
F.R.S., Lecturer in Comparative Anatomy at St. Mary’s Hospital. With
upwards of 400 Illustrations. 16mo. $1.75.
PARKER.—A Course of Instruction in Zoötomy (Vertebrata). By T.
Jeffery Parker. With seventy-four Illustrations. 12mo. $2.25.
WALLACE.—Works by Alfred Russel Wallace, LL.D., F.L.S.
Darwinism. Being a Systematic Exposition of the Theory of Natural
Selection, with Some of its Applications. With numerous Illustrations.
$1.75.
“The present work contains the conclusions upon this great subject of
thirty years of thought and observation.... A contribution of the first
importance to the literature of the subject. At the same time it would be
Page 717
difficult to find a book more entertaining to the general reader. He writes
with the sincerity and easy mastery which comes of fulness of knowledge.
There can be no more interesting guide in that great wonderland of science
in which he has been so long one of the chief discoverers.”—New York
Times.
The Malay Archipelago; The Land of the Orang Utan and the Bird of
Paradise. A Narrative of Travel. With Studies of Man and Nature. With Illustrations.
Ninth Edition. 12mo. $1.75.
Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection; and Tropical Nature and
Other Essays. New edition. In one volume. 12mo. $1.75.
Island Life; or, The Phenomena and Causes of Insular Faunas and Floras.
Including Revision and Attempted Solution of the Problem of Geological Climates.
With Illustrations and Maps. New and cheaper Edition. 12mo. $1.75.
WIEDERSHEIM.—Elements of the Comparative Anatomy of
Vertebrates. Adapted from the German of Robert Wiedersheim. By
W. Newton Parker. With Additions. Illustrated with 270 Woodcuts.
8vo. $3.00.
WEISMANN.—Essays upon Heredity and Kindred Biological
Problems. By Dr. August Weismann, Professor in the University of
Freiburg in Breisgau. Edited by Edward B. Poulton, M.A., F.R.S.,
Selmar Schonland, and Arthur E. Shipley. 12mo. $2.00.
with the sincerity and easy mastery which comes of fulness of knowledge.
There can be no more interesting guide in that great wonderland of science
in which he has been so long one of the chief discoverers.”—New York
Times.
The Malay Archipelago; The Land of the Orang Utan and the Bird of
Paradise. A Narrative of Travel. With Studies of Man and Nature. With Illustrations.
Ninth Edition. 12mo. $1.75.
Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection; and Tropical Nature and
Other Essays. New edition. In one volume. 12mo. $1.75.
Island Life; or, The Phenomena and Causes of Insular Faunas and Floras.
Including Revision and Attempted Solution of the Problem of Geological Climates.
With Illustrations and Maps. New and cheaper Edition. 12mo. $1.75.
WIEDERSHEIM.—Elements of the Comparative Anatomy of
Vertebrates. Adapted from the German of Robert Wiedersheim. By
W. Newton Parker. With Additions. Illustrated with 270 Woodcuts.
8vo. $3.00.
WEISMANN.—Essays upon Heredity and Kindred Biological
Problems. By Dr. August Weismann, Professor in the University of
Freiburg in Breisgau. Edited by Edward B. Poulton, M.A., F.R.S.,
Selmar Schonland, and Arthur E. Shipley. 12mo. $2.00.
Page 718
MACMILLAN & CO.,
66 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK.
66 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK.
Page 719
Columbia University Biological Series.
EDITED BY
HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN,
Da Costa Professor of Biology in Columbia College.
The first two volumes of this series were published in October; the third will
be ready in April, and the fourth in October, 1895.
I. From the Greeks to Darwin.
Buckram. 8vo.
II. Amphioxus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates.
Buckram. 8vo.
III. Fishes, Living and Fossil.
(In Preparation.)
IV. The Cell in Development and Inheritance.
(In Preparation.)
OPINIONS OF THE PRESS.
“The Columbia University of New York has decided to issue a series of
small volumes on Biology, under the editorship of Dr. Osborn, the Da Costa
Professor of Biology. It is not to be a library of elementary text-books in the
ordinary sense of the term, but to consist chiefly of works dealing with
certain fundamental problems which will concern students who have passed
beyond preliminaries.”—Natural Science (London).
EDITED BY
HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN,
Da Costa Professor of Biology in Columbia College.
The first two volumes of this series were published in October; the third will
be ready in April, and the fourth in October, 1895.
I. From the Greeks to Darwin.
Buckram. 8vo.
II. Amphioxus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates.
Buckram. 8vo.
III. Fishes, Living and Fossil.
(In Preparation.)
IV. The Cell in Development and Inheritance.
(In Preparation.)
OPINIONS OF THE PRESS.
“The Columbia University of New York has decided to issue a series of
small volumes on Biology, under the editorship of Dr. Osborn, the Da Costa
Professor of Biology. It is not to be a library of elementary text-books in the
ordinary sense of the term, but to consist chiefly of works dealing with
certain fundamental problems which will concern students who have passed
beyond preliminaries.”—Natural Science (London).
Page 720
“If the other volumes in course of preparation by the professors in
biology of Columbia University are up to the high standard of the present
one (Amphioxus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates), that institution is to be
congratulated upon the enterprise of those who initiated the project.”—The
American Naturalist (Philadelphia).
“The ‘Columbia University Biological Series’ is a new scientific
publishing venture undertaken by Messrs. Macmillan & Co., under the
general editorial supervision of Henry Fairfield Osborn. Numbers 1 and 2
of the series reach us, From the Greeks to Darwin, by H. F. Osborn, and
Amphioxus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates, by Arthur Willey. Judging
from these volumes, the Columbia Biological Series will be of the utmost
interest to students.”—Philadelphia Evening Telegram.
“The ‘Columbia University Biological Series,’ as inaugurated by the
Macmillans, opens with a general review of the rise and progress of the
evolution idea, from its first rudimentary perception by the Greek mind to
the full development wrought out by Darwin.”—Milwaukee Sentinel.
MACMILLAN & CO., Publishers,
66 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK.
FOOTNOTES:
[1] See especially Moseley, Nature, 1885, p. 417.
[2] Quart. Journ. Conch. i. p. 371.
[3] Manuel de Conchyliologie et de Paléontologie Conchyliologique. Dr. P.
Fischer. Paris, 1887.
[4] κεφαλή, head; γαστήρ, stomach; σκάπτειν, to dig; πέλεκυς, an axe; πούς,
ποδός, a foot.
[5] Also known as Lamellibranchiata, Conchifera, and Acephala.
[6] πτερόν, wing.
[7] γλῶσσα, tongue; φέρειν, to carry.
[8] λείπειν, to be wanting.
biology of Columbia University are up to the high standard of the present
one (Amphioxus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates), that institution is to be
congratulated upon the enterprise of those who initiated the project.”—The
American Naturalist (Philadelphia).
“The ‘Columbia University Biological Series’ is a new scientific
publishing venture undertaken by Messrs. Macmillan & Co., under the
general editorial supervision of Henry Fairfield Osborn. Numbers 1 and 2
of the series reach us, From the Greeks to Darwin, by H. F. Osborn, and
Amphioxus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates, by Arthur Willey. Judging
from these volumes, the Columbia Biological Series will be of the utmost
interest to students.”—Philadelphia Evening Telegram.
“The ‘Columbia University Biological Series,’ as inaugurated by the
Macmillans, opens with a general review of the rise and progress of the
evolution idea, from its first rudimentary perception by the Greek mind to
the full development wrought out by Darwin.”—Milwaukee Sentinel.
MACMILLAN & CO., Publishers,
66 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK.
FOOTNOTES:
[1] See especially Moseley, Nature, 1885, p. 417.
[2] Quart. Journ. Conch. i. p. 371.
[3] Manuel de Conchyliologie et de Paléontologie Conchyliologique. Dr. P.
Fischer. Paris, 1887.
[4] κεφαλή, head; γαστήρ, stomach; σκάπτειν, to dig; πέλεκυς, an axe; πούς,
ποδός, a foot.
[5] Also known as Lamellibranchiata, Conchifera, and Acephala.
[6] πτερόν, wing.
[7] γλῶσσα, tongue; φέρειν, to carry.
[8] λείπειν, to be wanting.
Page 721
[9] ἀμφί, on both sides; νεὕρον, nerve, vessel. Some authorities regard the
Amphineura as a distinct Order.
[10] πολύς, many; πλάξ, plate.
[11] πρόσω, in front. Often alluded to in the sequel as ‘operculate
Gasteropoda.’
[12] κτενίδιον, a little comb.
[13] δὐω, two; mόnos, single; ὦτα, auricles; καρδία, heart.
[14] ὄπισθεν, behind.
[15] Pulmo, a lung.
[16] στὕλος, pillar; ὄμματα, eyes.
[17] The Ascoglossa are dealt with below (chap. xv.).
[18] Beudant, by very gradually changing the water, accustomed marine
species to live in fresh, and fresh-water species to live in salt water.
[19] Braun, Arch. f. Naturk. Liv. (2), x. p. 102 f.
[20] Lindström, Oef. K. Vet. Förh. Stockh., 1855, p. 49.
[21] Mendthal, Schr. Ges. Königsb., xxx. p. 27.
[22] SB. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1889, p. 4, but the view is not universally
accepted.
[23] Not to Nassa, as has been generally held. The shape of the operculum,
and particularly the teeth of the radula, show a much closer connexion with
Cominella.
[24] E.g. Bouvier, Le Natural, 1889, p. 242.
[25] Köhler, Zool. Jahrb. vii. 1893, p. 1 f; Haller, Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, x. p.
71.
[26] Plate, SB. kön. Preuss. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1893. p. 959.
[27] E.g. Pelseneer, Bull. Sc. France Belg. xxiv. p. 347 f.
[28] E.g. Bergh, Zool. Jahrb. v. p. 1 f.
[29] Calkins, Amer. Nat. xi. p. 687.
[30] One step even further (or perhaps it should be termed a branch
derivative) is seen in the genus Smaragdia, which is probably a Neritina which
has resumed a purely marine habit of life.
[31] SB. Naturf. Gesell. Leipz. 1886–87, pp. 40–48.
[32] L. and F. W. Moll. of India, iv. p. 167.
[33] T. Scott, Journ. of Conch. v. p. 230.
[34] J. S. Gibbons, ibid. ii. p. 129.
[35] Bull. Soc. Linn. Nord, Abbeville, 1840, p. 150.
[36] Joly, Comptes Rendus, 1842, p. 460; compare W. A. Gain, Science
Gossip, xxvii. p. 118.
Amphineura as a distinct Order.
[10] πολύς, many; πλάξ, plate.
[11] πρόσω, in front. Often alluded to in the sequel as ‘operculate
Gasteropoda.’
[12] κτενίδιον, a little comb.
[13] δὐω, two; mόnos, single; ὦτα, auricles; καρδία, heart.
[14] ὄπισθεν, behind.
[15] Pulmo, a lung.
[16] στὕλος, pillar; ὄμματα, eyes.
[17] The Ascoglossa are dealt with below (chap. xv.).
[18] Beudant, by very gradually changing the water, accustomed marine
species to live in fresh, and fresh-water species to live in salt water.
[19] Braun, Arch. f. Naturk. Liv. (2), x. p. 102 f.
[20] Lindström, Oef. K. Vet. Förh. Stockh., 1855, p. 49.
[21] Mendthal, Schr. Ges. Königsb., xxx. p. 27.
[22] SB. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1889, p. 4, but the view is not universally
accepted.
[23] Not to Nassa, as has been generally held. The shape of the operculum,
and particularly the teeth of the radula, show a much closer connexion with
Cominella.
[24] E.g. Bouvier, Le Natural, 1889, p. 242.
[25] Köhler, Zool. Jahrb. vii. 1893, p. 1 f; Haller, Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, x. p.
71.
[26] Plate, SB. kön. Preuss. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1893. p. 959.
[27] E.g. Pelseneer, Bull. Sc. France Belg. xxiv. p. 347 f.
[28] E.g. Bergh, Zool. Jahrb. v. p. 1 f.
[29] Calkins, Amer. Nat. xi. p. 687.
[30] One step even further (or perhaps it should be termed a branch
derivative) is seen in the genus Smaragdia, which is probably a Neritina which
has resumed a purely marine habit of life.
[31] SB. Naturf. Gesell. Leipz. 1886–87, pp. 40–48.
[32] L. and F. W. Moll. of India, iv. p. 167.
[33] T. Scott, Journ. of Conch. v. p. 230.
[34] J. S. Gibbons, ibid. ii. p. 129.
[35] Bull. Soc. Linn. Nord, Abbeville, 1840, p. 150.
[36] Joly, Comptes Rendus, 1842, p. 460; compare W. A. Gain, Science
Gossip, xxvii. p. 118.
Page 722
[37] Von Martens, SB. Nat. Fr. Berl. 1881, p. 34.
[38] Moquin-Tandon, Moll. de France, i. p. 116.
[39] Journ. of Conch. iii. p. 321 f.; iv. p. 13; Science Goss. 1866, p. 158.
[40] Reichel, Zool. Anz. x. p. 488.
[41] Schumann, Schr. Ges. Danz. (2) vi. p. 159.
[42] Fischer and Crosse, Mexico, p. 437.
[43] Journ. de Conch. iv. p. 397, but the species observed is not mentioned.
[44] Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. iv. p. 378.
[45] W. Harte, Proc. Dubl. N. H. Soc. iv. p. 182.
[46] See on the whole subject of threads G. S. Tye, Journ. of Conch. i. p. 401.
[47] Zoologist, ii. p. 296; iii. p. 833; iv. p. 1216; iii. p. 1036; iv. p. 1216; iii. p.
1037.
[48] Ann. Nat. Hist. ii. 1838, p. 310.
[49] H. W. Kew, Naturalist, 1889, p. 103.
[50] Zeit. wiss. Zool. xlii. p. 203 f.
[51] Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc. (2) iv. p. 520.
[52] Zoologist, iv. p. 1504; iii. p. 1038; iii. p. 943.
[53] H. W. Kew, l. c.
[54] Zoologist, xix. p. 7819.
[55] Naturalist, 1889, p. 55.
[56] H. W. Kew, l. c.
[57] W. G. Binney, Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. iv. p. 144.
[58] Naturalist, l. c.
[59] Science Gossip, 1885, p. 154.
[60] R. Standen, Journ. of Conch. vii. p. 197.
[61] Journ. of Conch. v. p. 43.
[62] A. Paladilhe in MS. letter.
[63] J. S. Gibbons, Quart. Journ. Conch. ii. p. 143.
[64] Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. iv. p. 193.
[65] l. c. p. 362.
[66] Animal Life, p. 59.
[67] Zoologist, 1861, p. 7400; Brit. Conch. i. p. 108.
[68] H. Ullyett, Science Gossip, xxii. (1886), p. 214.
[69] Descent of Man, i. p. 325, ed. 1.
[70] Amer. Nat. xv. 1881, p. 976.
[38] Moquin-Tandon, Moll. de France, i. p. 116.
[39] Journ. of Conch. iii. p. 321 f.; iv. p. 13; Science Goss. 1866, p. 158.
[40] Reichel, Zool. Anz. x. p. 488.
[41] Schumann, Schr. Ges. Danz. (2) vi. p. 159.
[42] Fischer and Crosse, Mexico, p. 437.
[43] Journ. de Conch. iv. p. 397, but the species observed is not mentioned.
[44] Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. iv. p. 378.
[45] W. Harte, Proc. Dubl. N. H. Soc. iv. p. 182.
[46] See on the whole subject of threads G. S. Tye, Journ. of Conch. i. p. 401.
[47] Zoologist, ii. p. 296; iii. p. 833; iv. p. 1216; iii. p. 1036; iv. p. 1216; iii. p.
1037.
[48] Ann. Nat. Hist. ii. 1838, p. 310.
[49] H. W. Kew, Naturalist, 1889, p. 103.
[50] Zeit. wiss. Zool. xlii. p. 203 f.
[51] Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc. (2) iv. p. 520.
[52] Zoologist, iv. p. 1504; iii. p. 1038; iii. p. 943.
[53] H. W. Kew, l. c.
[54] Zoologist, xix. p. 7819.
[55] Naturalist, 1889, p. 55.
[56] H. W. Kew, l. c.
[57] W. G. Binney, Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. iv. p. 144.
[58] Naturalist, l. c.
[59] Science Gossip, 1885, p. 154.
[60] R. Standen, Journ. of Conch. vii. p. 197.
[61] Journ. of Conch. v. p. 43.
[62] A. Paladilhe in MS. letter.
[63] J. S. Gibbons, Quart. Journ. Conch. ii. p. 143.
[64] Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. iv. p. 193.
[65] l. c. p. 362.
[66] Animal Life, p. 59.
[67] Zoologist, 1861, p. 7400; Brit. Conch. i. p. 108.
[68] H. Ullyett, Science Gossip, xxii. (1886), p. 214.
[69] Descent of Man, i. p. 325, ed. 1.
[70] Amer. Nat. xv. 1881, p. 976.
Page 723
[71] W. A. Gain, quoted by H. W. Kew in Naturalist, 1890, p. 307, an article
to which I am much indebted.
[72] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xvi. p. 519.
[73] Science Gossip, 1882, pp. 237, 262.
[74] H. W. Kew, Naturalist, 1893, p. 149, another most valuable article.
[75] Garden, v. p. 201, quoted by Kew, ut sup.
[76] Kew, ut sup.
[77] Science Gossip, 1883, p. 163.
[78] T. D. A. Cockerell, Science Gossip, 1885, p. 211.
[79] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) vi. (1850) p. 68.
[80] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) vi. p. 489.
[81] Ibid. (3) iii. p. 448.
[82] Amer. Nat. xi. (1877) p. 100; Proc. Calif. Ac. iii. p. 329.
[83] Gaz. Med. Alger. 1865, 5th Jan. p. 9.
[84] Science Gossip, 1867, p. 40.
[85] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) ix. p. 498.
[86] Journ. of Conch. vi. p. 101.
[87] Naturalist, 1889, p. 55.
[88] Malak. Blätt. (2) iv. pp. 43 and 221.
[89] Phil. Trans. 1854 (1856), p. 8.
[90] Naturalist, 1891, p. 75 f.; Conchologist, ii. 1892, p. 29.
[91] Taylor, Journ. of Conch. 1888, p. 299.
[92] See Tennent’s Ceylon, i. p. 221, ed. 5.
[93] W. A. Gain, Naturalist, 1889, p. 55; Brockmeier, Nachr. Deutsch. Malak.
Gesell. xx. p. 113.
[94] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) ix. p. 498.
[95] Journ. Conch. vii. 1893, p. 158 f.
[96] I succeeded in hatching out eggs of Helix aspersa, during the very warm
summer of 1893, in 17 days.
[97] Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. xx. p. 146.
[98] Raymond, Nautilus, iv. p. 6.
[99] Quoted by Oehlert, Rév. Sc. xxxviii. p. 701.
[100] Animal Life, Intern. Scientif. Ser. ed. 1, p. 395.
[101] Zoologist, 1886, p. 491.
[102] Thomas, quoted by Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. i. p. 30.
[103] Journ. of Conch. iv. p. 117.
to which I am much indebted.
[72] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xvi. p. 519.
[73] Science Gossip, 1882, pp. 237, 262.
[74] H. W. Kew, Naturalist, 1893, p. 149, another most valuable article.
[75] Garden, v. p. 201, quoted by Kew, ut sup.
[76] Kew, ut sup.
[77] Science Gossip, 1883, p. 163.
[78] T. D. A. Cockerell, Science Gossip, 1885, p. 211.
[79] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) vi. (1850) p. 68.
[80] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) vi. p. 489.
[81] Ibid. (3) iii. p. 448.
[82] Amer. Nat. xi. (1877) p. 100; Proc. Calif. Ac. iii. p. 329.
[83] Gaz. Med. Alger. 1865, 5th Jan. p. 9.
[84] Science Gossip, 1867, p. 40.
[85] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) ix. p. 498.
[86] Journ. of Conch. vi. p. 101.
[87] Naturalist, 1889, p. 55.
[88] Malak. Blätt. (2) iv. pp. 43 and 221.
[89] Phil. Trans. 1854 (1856), p. 8.
[90] Naturalist, 1891, p. 75 f.; Conchologist, ii. 1892, p. 29.
[91] Taylor, Journ. of Conch. 1888, p. 299.
[92] See Tennent’s Ceylon, i. p. 221, ed. 5.
[93] W. A. Gain, Naturalist, 1889, p. 55; Brockmeier, Nachr. Deutsch. Malak.
Gesell. xx. p. 113.
[94] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) ix. p. 498.
[95] Journ. Conch. vii. 1893, p. 158 f.
[96] I succeeded in hatching out eggs of Helix aspersa, during the very warm
summer of 1893, in 17 days.
[97] Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. xx. p. 146.
[98] Raymond, Nautilus, iv. p. 6.
[99] Quoted by Oehlert, Rév. Sc. xxxviii. p. 701.
[100] Animal Life, Intern. Scientif. Ser. ed. 1, p. 395.
[101] Zoologist, 1886, p. 491.
[102] Thomas, quoted by Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. i. p. 30.
[103] Journ. of Conch. iv. p. 117.
Page 724
[104] Rev. L. Jenyns, Observations in Nat. Hist. p. 318.
[105] Id. ib. p. 319.
[106] Further detailed examples will be found in Kew, The dispersal of
Shells, pp. 5–26.
[107] P. Z. S. 1888, p. 358.
[108] W. A. Gain, Naturalist, 1889, p. 58.
[109] Das Wetter, Dec. 1892. Another case is recorded in Amer. Nat. iii. p.
556.
[110] Zoologist, x. p. 3430.
[111] Science Gossip, 1888, p. 281.
[112] Lecoq, Journ. de Conch. ii. p. 146.
[113] Bouchard-Chantereaux, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (4) xvi. (1861) p. 197.
[114] Forel, Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) xx. p. 576; Bretonnière, Comptes Rendus, cvii.
p. 566.
[115] Brit. Mus. Collection.
[116] Thomas, quoted by Récluz in Journ. de Conch. vii. 1858, p. 178.
[117] Nat. Hist. of Ceylon, p. 382. See also T. L. Taylor, Rep. Brit. Ass. for
1848, p. 82.
[118] Dr. R. E. Grant, Edinb. Phil. Journ. xiv. p. 188.
[119] Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1848, p. 80. The statement is confirmed by
Rossmässler.
[120] Journ. of Conch. iv. p. 118.
[121] Zoologist, 1887, p. 29.
[122] Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén. (2) v. p. 459 f.
[123] Journ. of Conch. iii. p. 277; compare W. M. Webb, Zoologist, 1893, p.
281.
[124] Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. iv. p. 85.
[125] Erjavec, Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. 1885, p. 88.
[126] Crosse, Journ. de Conch. (3) xiv. (1874) p. 223.
[127] C. Wright, Zoologist, 1869, p. 1700.
[128] W. V. Legge, Zoologist, 1866, p. 190.
[129] Blackwall, Researches, p. 139.
[130] Barrow, Travels in South Africa, ii. p. 67.
[131] Loch Creran, p. 102.
[132] Cordeaux, Zoologist, 1873, p. 3396.
[133] Amer. Nat. xii. p. 695; Science Gossip, 1865, p. 79.
[134] Journ. Trent. N. H. Soc. 1887, p. 58.
[105] Id. ib. p. 319.
[106] Further detailed examples will be found in Kew, The dispersal of
Shells, pp. 5–26.
[107] P. Z. S. 1888, p. 358.
[108] W. A. Gain, Naturalist, 1889, p. 58.
[109] Das Wetter, Dec. 1892. Another case is recorded in Amer. Nat. iii. p.
556.
[110] Zoologist, x. p. 3430.
[111] Science Gossip, 1888, p. 281.
[112] Lecoq, Journ. de Conch. ii. p. 146.
[113] Bouchard-Chantereaux, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (4) xvi. (1861) p. 197.
[114] Forel, Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) xx. p. 576; Bretonnière, Comptes Rendus, cvii.
p. 566.
[115] Brit. Mus. Collection.
[116] Thomas, quoted by Récluz in Journ. de Conch. vii. 1858, p. 178.
[117] Nat. Hist. of Ceylon, p. 382. See also T. L. Taylor, Rep. Brit. Ass. for
1848, p. 82.
[118] Dr. R. E. Grant, Edinb. Phil. Journ. xiv. p. 188.
[119] Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1848, p. 80. The statement is confirmed by
Rossmässler.
[120] Journ. of Conch. iv. p. 118.
[121] Zoologist, 1887, p. 29.
[122] Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén. (2) v. p. 459 f.
[123] Journ. of Conch. iii. p. 277; compare W. M. Webb, Zoologist, 1893, p.
281.
[124] Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. iv. p. 85.
[125] Erjavec, Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. 1885, p. 88.
[126] Crosse, Journ. de Conch. (3) xiv. (1874) p. 223.
[127] C. Wright, Zoologist, 1869, p. 1700.
[128] W. V. Legge, Zoologist, 1866, p. 190.
[129] Blackwall, Researches, p. 139.
[130] Barrow, Travels in South Africa, ii. p. 67.
[131] Loch Creran, p. 102.
[132] Cordeaux, Zoologist, 1873, p. 3396.
[133] Amer. Nat. xii. p. 695; Science Gossip, 1865, p. 79.
[134] Journ. Trent. N. H. Soc. 1887, p. 58.
Page 725
[135] Ann. Nat. Hist. iii. 1893, pp. 238, 239.
[136] Rev. Nat. Sc. Ouest, 1891, p. 261.
[137] Petit de la Saussaye, Journ. de Conch. iii. p. 97 f.
[138] J. W. Williams, Science Gossip, 1889, p. 280.
[139] Noack, Zool. JB. ii. p. 254.
[140] La Nature, xv. (2) p. 46.
[141] François, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén. (2) ix. p. 240.
[142] A. Lang, Ber. Naturf. Ges. Freib. vi. 1892, p. 81.
[143] A. P. Thomas, Q. J. Micr. Sc. N. S. xxiii. (1883) p. 99.
[144] H. Woodward, P. Z. S. 1886, p. 176.
[145] W. E. Collinge, Zoologist, 1890, p. 467.
[146] Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix. p. 944.
[147] Zoologist, xviii. (1860) p. 7136.
[148] A. Adams, Samarang, vol. ii. Zoology, p. 357.
[149] In Thomson’s British New Guinea, p. 283.
[150] Animal Life, p. 395. It should be mentioned that Von Möllendorff (Ber.
Senck. Ges. 1890, p. 198) ridicules the whole theory.
[151] Von Martens, SB. Nat. Fr. Berl. 1891, p. 83.
[152] Von Martens, ibid. 1887, p. 183.
[153] SB. Nat. Gesell. Leipz. xiii.-xiv. p. 45.
[154] Garstang, Journ. Mar. Biol. Ass. N. S. i. p. 432; Giard, Bull. Sci. Fr.
Belg. 1888, p. 502 f.
[155] Nautilus, vi. 1892, p. 90.
[156] R. F. Scharff, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc. (2) iv. p. 553 f.
[157] Q. Journ. Micr. Sci. N. S. xxxi. (1890) p. 41 f.
[158] A detailed account is given in Proc. Liverp. Biol. Soc. iv. (1890) pp.
150–163.
[159] Journ. Mar. Biol. Ass. N. S. i. p. 418 f.
[160] Garstang, Conchologist, ii. p. 49.
[161] Hecht, Comptes Rendus, cxv. p. 746.
[162] Conchologist, ii. p. 130.
[163] Described as a Cypraea, but no doubt an Ovula or Pedicularia: CB.
Bakt. Par. v. p. 543.
[164] Von Graff, Z. wiss. Zool xxv. p. 124.
[165] Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xxv. p. 231.
[136] Rev. Nat. Sc. Ouest, 1891, p. 261.
[137] Petit de la Saussaye, Journ. de Conch. iii. p. 97 f.
[138] J. W. Williams, Science Gossip, 1889, p. 280.
[139] Noack, Zool. JB. ii. p. 254.
[140] La Nature, xv. (2) p. 46.
[141] François, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén. (2) ix. p. 240.
[142] A. Lang, Ber. Naturf. Ges. Freib. vi. 1892, p. 81.
[143] A. P. Thomas, Q. J. Micr. Sc. N. S. xxiii. (1883) p. 99.
[144] H. Woodward, P. Z. S. 1886, p. 176.
[145] W. E. Collinge, Zoologist, 1890, p. 467.
[146] Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix. p. 944.
[147] Zoologist, xviii. (1860) p. 7136.
[148] A. Adams, Samarang, vol. ii. Zoology, p. 357.
[149] In Thomson’s British New Guinea, p. 283.
[150] Animal Life, p. 395. It should be mentioned that Von Möllendorff (Ber.
Senck. Ges. 1890, p. 198) ridicules the whole theory.
[151] Von Martens, SB. Nat. Fr. Berl. 1891, p. 83.
[152] Von Martens, ibid. 1887, p. 183.
[153] SB. Nat. Gesell. Leipz. xiii.-xiv. p. 45.
[154] Garstang, Journ. Mar. Biol. Ass. N. S. i. p. 432; Giard, Bull. Sci. Fr.
Belg. 1888, p. 502 f.
[155] Nautilus, vi. 1892, p. 90.
[156] R. F. Scharff, Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc. (2) iv. p. 553 f.
[157] Q. Journ. Micr. Sci. N. S. xxxi. (1890) p. 41 f.
[158] A detailed account is given in Proc. Liverp. Biol. Soc. iv. (1890) pp.
150–163.
[159] Journ. Mar. Biol. Ass. N. S. i. p. 418 f.
[160] Garstang, Conchologist, ii. p. 49.
[161] Hecht, Comptes Rendus, cxv. p. 746.
[162] Conchologist, ii. p. 130.
[163] Described as a Cypraea, but no doubt an Ovula or Pedicularia: CB.
Bakt. Par. v. p. 543.
[164] Von Graff, Z. wiss. Zool xxv. p. 124.
[165] Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xxv. p. 231.
Page 726
[166] Ergeb. naturw. Forsch. Ceylon, abstr. in Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. (2) vi. p.
412.
[167] Voyage of the Samarang, Moll. p. 69, Pl. xi. f. 1; p. 47, Pl. xvii. f. 5.
[168] E. A. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iii. p. 270.
[169] Journ. de Conch. (3) xxix. p. 101.
[170] Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. v. p. 619.
[171] See especially Semper, Animal Life, Ed. 1, p. 351.
[172] Gould, Moll. of U.S. expl. exped. 1852, p. 207 (St. acicula, from Fiji).
[173] Stimpson, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. vi. 1858, p. 308.
[174] Pidgeon, Nature, xxxix. p. 127.
[175] W. Anderson Smith, Loch Creran, p. 46.
[176] Smart, Journal of Conch. v. p. 152.
[177] Animal Life, p. 351.
[178] Journ. of Conch. vi. 1891, p. 399.
[179] Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) vii. p. 276.
[180] Stimpson, quoted by Jeffrey’s Brit. Conch. ii. 194.
[181] Stimpson, Journ. Bost. Soc. N. H. vi. 1857, p. 48.
[182] E. H. Matthews, Conchologist, ii. p. 144.
[183] Thus Limnaea involuta, which is almost universally regarded as a good
and distinct species, has been held to be no more than a variety of L. peregra
produced by locality; see Zoologist, 1889, p. 154.
[184] J. W. Taylor, Journ. of Conch. v. p. 289, an interesting article, with
many useful references.
[185] Möbius, Report on ‘Pommerania’ Exped. pp. 138–141.
[186] Journ. de Conchyl. xxiii. 1875, p. 105.
[187] J. W. Taylor ut sup. p. 300.
[188] Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc. (2) iv. p. 555.
[189] J. S. Gibbons, Journ. of Conch. ii. p. 129.
[190] C. H. Morris, ibid. vii. p. 191.
[191] F. M. Hele, ibid. iv. p. 93.
[192] T. D. A. Cockerell, Science Gossip, 1887, p. 67.
[193] J. G. Jeffreys, British Conchology, vol. i. p. 214.
[194] Journ. of Conch. vi. p. 123.
[195] Phil. Trans. 1889, vol. 180 B, p. 207. A somewhat similar case (the
celebrated Steinheim series of Planorbis) is dealt with by Hilgendorf, MB. Akad.
Berl. 1866, p. 474; and Hyatt, Proc. Amer. Ass. Sc. xxix. p. 527.
[196] J. B. Bridgman, Quart. Journ. Conch. i. p. 70.
412.
[167] Voyage of the Samarang, Moll. p. 69, Pl. xi. f. 1; p. 47, Pl. xvii. f. 5.
[168] E. A. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iii. p. 270.
[169] Journ. de Conch. (3) xxix. p. 101.
[170] Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. v. p. 619.
[171] See especially Semper, Animal Life, Ed. 1, p. 351.
[172] Gould, Moll. of U.S. expl. exped. 1852, p. 207 (St. acicula, from Fiji).
[173] Stimpson, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. vi. 1858, p. 308.
[174] Pidgeon, Nature, xxxix. p. 127.
[175] W. Anderson Smith, Loch Creran, p. 46.
[176] Smart, Journal of Conch. v. p. 152.
[177] Animal Life, p. 351.
[178] Journ. of Conch. vi. 1891, p. 399.
[179] Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) vii. p. 276.
[180] Stimpson, quoted by Jeffrey’s Brit. Conch. ii. 194.
[181] Stimpson, Journ. Bost. Soc. N. H. vi. 1857, p. 48.
[182] E. H. Matthews, Conchologist, ii. p. 144.
[183] Thus Limnaea involuta, which is almost universally regarded as a good
and distinct species, has been held to be no more than a variety of L. peregra
produced by locality; see Zoologist, 1889, p. 154.
[184] J. W. Taylor, Journ. of Conch. v. p. 289, an interesting article, with
many useful references.
[185] Möbius, Report on ‘Pommerania’ Exped. pp. 138–141.
[186] Journ. de Conchyl. xxiii. 1875, p. 105.
[187] J. W. Taylor ut sup. p. 300.
[188] Sci. Trans. R. Dubl. Soc. (2) iv. p. 555.
[189] J. S. Gibbons, Journ. of Conch. ii. p. 129.
[190] C. H. Morris, ibid. vii. p. 191.
[191] F. M. Hele, ibid. iv. p. 93.
[192] T. D. A. Cockerell, Science Gossip, 1887, p. 67.
[193] J. G. Jeffreys, British Conchology, vol. i. p. 214.
[194] Journ. of Conch. vi. p. 123.
[195] Phil. Trans. 1889, vol. 180 B, p. 207. A somewhat similar case (the
celebrated Steinheim series of Planorbis) is dealt with by Hilgendorf, MB. Akad.
Berl. 1866, p. 474; and Hyatt, Proc. Amer. Ass. Sc. xxix. p. 527.
[196] J. B. Bridgman, Quart. Journ. Conch. i. p. 70.
Page 727
[197] W. C. Hey, Journ. of Conch. iii. p. 268.
[198] Zool. Anz. xiii. p. 662.
[199] J. Madison, Journ. of Conch. v. p. 260.
[200] Quart. Journ. Conch. i. 339.
[201] Whitfield, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. i. p. 29.
[202] Amer. Nat. xiv. p. 51.
[203] Animal Life, Ed. 1, p. 160 f.
[204] Conch. Syst. ii. p. 262 n.
[205] P. L. Simmonds, Commercial Products of the Sea, p. 278.
[206] Benderloch, p. 118.
[207] C. Hedley in J. P. Thomson, Brit. New Guinea, p. 283.
[208] Most of the above facts are derived from a study of a collection of
native implements, weapons, ornaments, etc., in the Antiquarian Museum at
Cambridge.
[209] Thurston, Notes on the Pearl and Chank Fisheries, Madras, 1890.
[210] See in particular, P. L. Simmonds, The Commercial Products of the Sea.
[211] H. Friend, Field Club, iv. 1893, p. 100.
[212] Nature, xxxi. 1885, p. 492.
[213] W. Anderson Smith, Benderloch, p. 173.
[214] Dominique, Feuill. Nat. xviii. p. 22.
[215] SB. Nat. Fr. Berl. 1889, p. 197.
[216] A. Adams, Voyage of the ‘Samarang,’ ii. p. 308.
[217] Much information has been derived, on this subject, from Bertram’s
Harvest of the Sea, Simmonds’ Commercial Products of the Sea, the publications
of the Fisheries Exhibition, especially vol. xi. (Anson and Willett); see also
Philpots, Oysters and all about them.
[218] Juvenal, Sat. iv. 140–142.
[219] Hist. Nat. ix. 79.
[220] Vol. Max. ix. 1.
[221] Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xxvi. p. 71.
[222] See G. H. Lewes, Sea-side Studies, p. 339.
[223] Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. v. p. 161.
[224] W. Anderson Smith, Loch Creran, p. 228.
[225] Longmans’ Magazine, June 1889.
[226] St. James’s Gazette, 6th January 1893.
[227] Also at Arcachon (W. A. Herdman, Nature, 1893, p. 269).
[198] Zool. Anz. xiii. p. 662.
[199] J. Madison, Journ. of Conch. v. p. 260.
[200] Quart. Journ. Conch. i. 339.
[201] Whitfield, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. i. p. 29.
[202] Amer. Nat. xiv. p. 51.
[203] Animal Life, Ed. 1, p. 160 f.
[204] Conch. Syst. ii. p. 262 n.
[205] P. L. Simmonds, Commercial Products of the Sea, p. 278.
[206] Benderloch, p. 118.
[207] C. Hedley in J. P. Thomson, Brit. New Guinea, p. 283.
[208] Most of the above facts are derived from a study of a collection of
native implements, weapons, ornaments, etc., in the Antiquarian Museum at
Cambridge.
[209] Thurston, Notes on the Pearl and Chank Fisheries, Madras, 1890.
[210] See in particular, P. L. Simmonds, The Commercial Products of the Sea.
[211] H. Friend, Field Club, iv. 1893, p. 100.
[212] Nature, xxxi. 1885, p. 492.
[213] W. Anderson Smith, Benderloch, p. 173.
[214] Dominique, Feuill. Nat. xviii. p. 22.
[215] SB. Nat. Fr. Berl. 1889, p. 197.
[216] A. Adams, Voyage of the ‘Samarang,’ ii. p. 308.
[217] Much information has been derived, on this subject, from Bertram’s
Harvest of the Sea, Simmonds’ Commercial Products of the Sea, the publications
of the Fisheries Exhibition, especially vol. xi. (Anson and Willett); see also
Philpots, Oysters and all about them.
[218] Juvenal, Sat. iv. 140–142.
[219] Hist. Nat. ix. 79.
[220] Vol. Max. ix. 1.
[221] Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xxvi. p. 71.
[222] See G. H. Lewes, Sea-side Studies, p. 339.
[223] Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. v. p. 161.
[224] W. Anderson Smith, Loch Creran, p. 228.
[225] Longmans’ Magazine, June 1889.
[226] St. James’s Gazette, 6th January 1893.
[227] Also at Arcachon (W. A. Herdman, Nature, 1893, p. 269).
Page 728
[228] See especially Hoek, Tijdschr. Ned. Dierk. Vereen, Suppl. Deel, i. 1883.
[229] Benderloch, p. 136.
[230] This is the view of E. Ray Lankester, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xxvi. 80.
[231] De Quatrefages, Rambles of a Naturalist.
[232] Quoted by Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., ii. p. 109.
[233] M. S. Lovell, Edible Mollusks, p. 49.
[234] Science, vii. p. 175.
[235] Hist. Nat. ix. 82.
[236] De re rustica, iii. 14.
[237] Epistles, i. 15.
[238] Hor. Sat. II., iv. 58, tr. Conington.
[239] Roberts, Zoologist, 1885, p. 425.
[240] Hist. Nat. xxx. 15, 19.
[241] Science Gossip, 1891, p. 166.
[242] Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. iii. p. 355.
[243] W. Clark, Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 466.
[244] Examples will be found in Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xi. p. 90; Ann. Sc.
Nat. xx. p. 472; Zeit. wiss. Zool. xxiv. p. 419.
[245] Herdman, Proc. Liverp. Biol. Soc. iii. p. 30.
[246] Garrett, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. viii. (1880).
[247] J. Bladon, Zoologist, xvi. p. 6272.
[248] Lo Bianco, MT. Zool. Stat. Neap. viii. p. 414.
[249] Animal Life, pp. 126, 135.
[250] R. Rimmer, Land and Fresh-Water Shells, p. 119.
[251] Journ. de Conch. ii. p. 245.
[252] Journ. de Conchyl. iii. p. 107.
[253] Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. iii. p. 359; Sauvage, Journ. de Conchyl. xxi. p.
122.
[254] Hermaphroditism seems to occur in (a) whole families, e.g. Anatinidae
and the Septibranchia; (b) genera, e.g. Cyclas, Pisidium; (c) single species, e.g.
in the generally dioecious genera Ostrea, Pecten, Cardium.
[255] δὐω, two; μόνος, single; γόνος, semen; πόρος, passage.
[256] Von Brunn, Arch. Mikr. Anat. xxiii. p. 413.
[257] Hist. Anim. v. 6 and 12, iv. 1, ed. Bekker, 1837.
[258] ‘On pourra constater si ce ne seraient pas des parties détachées de
quelque céphalopode dans le but de servir à le fécondation,’ Hist. Nat.
Helminthes, 1845, p. 482.
[229] Benderloch, p. 136.
[230] This is the view of E. Ray Lankester, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xxvi. 80.
[231] De Quatrefages, Rambles of a Naturalist.
[232] Quoted by Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., ii. p. 109.
[233] M. S. Lovell, Edible Mollusks, p. 49.
[234] Science, vii. p. 175.
[235] Hist. Nat. ix. 82.
[236] De re rustica, iii. 14.
[237] Epistles, i. 15.
[238] Hor. Sat. II., iv. 58, tr. Conington.
[239] Roberts, Zoologist, 1885, p. 425.
[240] Hist. Nat. xxx. 15, 19.
[241] Science Gossip, 1891, p. 166.
[242] Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. iii. p. 355.
[243] W. Clark, Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 466.
[244] Examples will be found in Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xi. p. 90; Ann. Sc.
Nat. xx. p. 472; Zeit. wiss. Zool. xxiv. p. 419.
[245] Herdman, Proc. Liverp. Biol. Soc. iii. p. 30.
[246] Garrett, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. viii. (1880).
[247] J. Bladon, Zoologist, xvi. p. 6272.
[248] Lo Bianco, MT. Zool. Stat. Neap. viii. p. 414.
[249] Animal Life, pp. 126, 135.
[250] R. Rimmer, Land and Fresh-Water Shells, p. 119.
[251] Journ. de Conch. ii. p. 245.
[252] Journ. de Conchyl. iii. p. 107.
[253] Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. iii. p. 359; Sauvage, Journ. de Conchyl. xxi. p.
122.
[254] Hermaphroditism seems to occur in (a) whole families, e.g. Anatinidae
and the Septibranchia; (b) genera, e.g. Cyclas, Pisidium; (c) single species, e.g.
in the generally dioecious genera Ostrea, Pecten, Cardium.
[255] δὐω, two; μόνος, single; γόνος, semen; πόρος, passage.
[256] Von Brunn, Arch. Mikr. Anat. xxiii. p. 413.
[257] Hist. Anim. v. 6 and 12, iv. 1, ed. Bekker, 1837.
[258] ‘On pourra constater si ce ne seraient pas des parties détachées de
quelque céphalopode dans le but de servir à le fécondation,’ Hist. Nat.
Helminthes, 1845, p. 482.
Page 729
[259] Steenstrup, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xx. p. 81 f.
[260] C. Ashford, Journ. of Conch. iii. p. 239, iv. pp. 69, 108.
[261] W. E. Collinge, Zoologist, 1890, p. 276.
[262] Pelseneer, Comptes Rendus, cx. p. 1081.
[263] Kon. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1848, pp. 329–435.
[264] P. Z. S. 1891, p. 52 f.
[265] The result of some experiments by Professor Herdman upon Littorina
rudis, tends to show that it can live much better in air than in water, and goes far
to support the view that the species may be undergoing, as we know many
species must have undergone (see p. 20), a transition from a marine to a
terrestrial life. It was found that marked specimens upon the rocks did not move
their position for thirty-one successive days (Proc. Liverp. Biol. Soc. iv. 1890, p.
50).
[266] Diminutive of κτείς, a comb.
[267] Stoliezka, quoted in Journ. de Conch. xviii. p. 452.
[268] ζύγος, a yoke, from the symmetrical position of the branchiae.
[269] Pelseneer, ‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. xxiii. part lxvi.
[270] Zoologist, xii. p. 4248.
[271] Mollusques de France, i. p. 81.
[272] N. Denk. Schw. Ges. xxix. (2) p. 196 f.
[273] Bergh, Morph. Jahrb. x. p. 172.
[274] P. Fischer, Journ. de Conch. ix. p. 101.
[275] Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. xviii. p. 434.
[276] Pelseneer, Comptes Rendus, cvi. p. 1029.
[277] E.g. Kollmann, Zeit. wiss. Zool. xxvi. p. 87.
[278] Proc. Roy. Soc. 1873, p. 70.
[279] Griesbach (Arch. mikr. Anat. xxxvii. p. 22) finds haemoglobin in
several bivalves, e.g. Poromya granulata, Tellinata planata, Arca Noae, and
Pectunculus glycimeris.
[280] Trans. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii. p. 106.
[281] Pelseneer, Comptes Rendus, cx. p. 154.
[282] Science, iv. p. 50.
[283] P. Fischer, Journ. de Conchyl. (3) xxvii. p. 201.
[284] Journ. of Conch. vi. p. 349 ff.
[285] Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. N.S. xv. p. 37.
[286] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xx. p. 336.
[287] V. Willem (Arch. Biol. ut infr.) denies this, and declares that
Cyclostoma is only very sensitive to movements. The present writer has often
[260] C. Ashford, Journ. of Conch. iii. p. 239, iv. pp. 69, 108.
[261] W. E. Collinge, Zoologist, 1890, p. 276.
[262] Pelseneer, Comptes Rendus, cx. p. 1081.
[263] Kon. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1848, pp. 329–435.
[264] P. Z. S. 1891, p. 52 f.
[265] The result of some experiments by Professor Herdman upon Littorina
rudis, tends to show that it can live much better in air than in water, and goes far
to support the view that the species may be undergoing, as we know many
species must have undergone (see p. 20), a transition from a marine to a
terrestrial life. It was found that marked specimens upon the rocks did not move
their position for thirty-one successive days (Proc. Liverp. Biol. Soc. iv. 1890, p.
50).
[266] Diminutive of κτείς, a comb.
[267] Stoliezka, quoted in Journ. de Conch. xviii. p. 452.
[268] ζύγος, a yoke, from the symmetrical position of the branchiae.
[269] Pelseneer, ‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. xxiii. part lxvi.
[270] Zoologist, xii. p. 4248.
[271] Mollusques de France, i. p. 81.
[272] N. Denk. Schw. Ges. xxix. (2) p. 196 f.
[273] Bergh, Morph. Jahrb. x. p. 172.
[274] P. Fischer, Journ. de Conch. ix. p. 101.
[275] Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. xviii. p. 434.
[276] Pelseneer, Comptes Rendus, cvi. p. 1029.
[277] E.g. Kollmann, Zeit. wiss. Zool. xxvi. p. 87.
[278] Proc. Roy. Soc. 1873, p. 70.
[279] Griesbach (Arch. mikr. Anat. xxxvii. p. 22) finds haemoglobin in
several bivalves, e.g. Poromya granulata, Tellinata planata, Arca Noae, and
Pectunculus glycimeris.
[280] Trans. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii. p. 106.
[281] Pelseneer, Comptes Rendus, cx. p. 154.
[282] Science, iv. p. 50.
[283] P. Fischer, Journ. de Conchyl. (3) xxvii. p. 201.
[284] Journ. of Conch. vi. p. 349 ff.
[285] Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. N.S. xv. p. 37.
[286] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xx. p. 336.
[287] V. Willem (Arch. Biol. ut infr.) denies this, and declares that
Cyclostoma is only very sensitive to movements. The present writer has often
Page 730
approached, with the greatest care, a crawling Cyclostoma, but it always
withdrew into its shell or fell to the ground when approached within about 10 or
12 inches.
[288] Arch. Biol. xii. 1892, p. 57.
[289] ‘Challenger’ Reports, Zoology, vol. xxvii. part lxxiv. p. 3.
[290] Animal Life, p. 372 f.
[291] Bergh, Morph. Jahrb. x. p. 172.
[292] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiv. p. 141.
[293] The nature of the grouping of the eyes into rows varies considerably in
different species. As a rule, the rows radiate from the beak, but occasionally they
run parallel to the girdle. In Tonicia lineolata Fremb., they are grouped, as it
were, under the shelter of strongly marked longitudinal wavy lines.
[294] Shell-Eyes in other Mollusca.—The Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods (Trans.
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii. p. 106) is of opinion that ‘shell-eyes’ are by no
means confined to the Chitonidae, but that, in fact, multiplicity of eyes of this
kind is the rule rather than the exception among the Mollusca. He finds (1)
exceedingly minute and numerous ‘eyes’ on the outer surface of the shell in both
univalves and bivalves; (2) large and solitary ‘eyes’ in the shell substance; (3)
eyes on the mantle lobes in both univalves and bivalves; (4) eyes on the
opercula.
[295] Mitth. Stat. Zool. Neap. v. p. 447 ff.
[296] W. Patten, Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neap. vi. (1886) pp. 546, 605 f.
[297] Benderloch, p. 136.
[298] Quart. Journ. Micr. Soc. xx. p. 443.
[299] Quart. Journ. of Conch. i. p. 368.
[300] British Conchology, i. p. xxviii.
[301] Science Gossip, 1865, p. 259.
[302] Mollusques de France, i. p. 130.
[303] E.g. Sochaczewer, Zeits. wiss. Zool. xxxv. p. 30.
[304] Zool. Anz. 1882, p. 472.
[305] Zoologist, iv. p. 1266.
[306] Journ. Mar. Biol. Ass. N.S. i. p. 217.
[307] Moquin-Tandon, Moll. de France, i. p. 133.
[308] Zool. Jahrb. Anat. iv. (1890) p. 501.
[309] Baudon, Rév. Mag. Zool. 1852, p. 575.
[310] Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén. (2) v. 1887, p. 2; compare also C. H. Hurst,
Natural Science, ii. pp. 360, 421.
[311] Compare Pelseneer, Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg. (3) xix. pp. 107, 182.
[312] Pelseneer, Arch. Biol. viii. p. 723.
withdrew into its shell or fell to the ground when approached within about 10 or
12 inches.
[288] Arch. Biol. xii. 1892, p. 57.
[289] ‘Challenger’ Reports, Zoology, vol. xxvii. part lxxiv. p. 3.
[290] Animal Life, p. 372 f.
[291] Bergh, Morph. Jahrb. x. p. 172.
[292] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiv. p. 141.
[293] The nature of the grouping of the eyes into rows varies considerably in
different species. As a rule, the rows radiate from the beak, but occasionally they
run parallel to the girdle. In Tonicia lineolata Fremb., they are grouped, as it
were, under the shelter of strongly marked longitudinal wavy lines.
[294] Shell-Eyes in other Mollusca.—The Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods (Trans.
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii. p. 106) is of opinion that ‘shell-eyes’ are by no
means confined to the Chitonidae, but that, in fact, multiplicity of eyes of this
kind is the rule rather than the exception among the Mollusca. He finds (1)
exceedingly minute and numerous ‘eyes’ on the outer surface of the shell in both
univalves and bivalves; (2) large and solitary ‘eyes’ in the shell substance; (3)
eyes on the mantle lobes in both univalves and bivalves; (4) eyes on the
opercula.
[295] Mitth. Stat. Zool. Neap. v. p. 447 ff.
[296] W. Patten, Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neap. vi. (1886) pp. 546, 605 f.
[297] Benderloch, p. 136.
[298] Quart. Journ. Micr. Soc. xx. p. 443.
[299] Quart. Journ. of Conch. i. p. 368.
[300] British Conchology, i. p. xxviii.
[301] Science Gossip, 1865, p. 259.
[302] Mollusques de France, i. p. 130.
[303] E.g. Sochaczewer, Zeits. wiss. Zool. xxxv. p. 30.
[304] Zool. Anz. 1882, p. 472.
[305] Zoologist, iv. p. 1266.
[306] Journ. Mar. Biol. Ass. N.S. i. p. 217.
[307] Moquin-Tandon, Moll. de France, i. p. 133.
[308] Zool. Jahrb. Anat. iv. (1890) p. 501.
[309] Baudon, Rév. Mag. Zool. 1852, p. 575.
[310] Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén. (2) v. 1887, p. 2; compare also C. H. Hurst,
Natural Science, ii. pp. 360, 421.
[311] Compare Pelseneer, Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg. (3) xix. pp. 107, 182.
[312] Pelseneer, Arch. Biol. viii. p. 723.
Page 731
[313] Also known as labial and supra-oesophageal ganglia.
[314] Wivén, however (K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xxiv. 1892, No. 12), describes
transverse connectives in Chaetoderma.
[315] στρεπτός, twisted; εὐθύς, straight.
[316] With the exception of Actaeon, which is streptoneurous (Bouvier,
Comptes Rendus, cxvi. p. 68).
[317] This fusion of the cerebral and pleural ganglia and the consequent
union of the cerebro-pedal and pleuro-pedal commissures can be recognised by
sections of the mass (Pelseneer, Comptes Rendus, cxi. p. 245).
[318] There is practically no pharynx in the Pelecypoda, the mouth opening
directly into the oesophagus.
[319] Radere, to scrape; ὸδούς, tooth; φέρειν, to carry.
[320] The mechanism of the radula has been dealt with by Geddes, Trans.
Zool. Soc. x. p. 485. Rücker has observed (Ber. Oberhess. Gesell. Nat. Heilk.
xxii. p. 207) that the radula in Helix pomatia is the product of five rows of cells;
the use of the first row is uncertain, the second forms the membrane of the
radula, while rows three to five originate the teeth.
[321] Jahrb. Deut. Malak. Gesell. iii. p. 193.
[322] The whole of the radulae and jaws figured in this work are taken from
the original specimens in the collection of the Rev. Prof. H. M. Gwatkin, who
has always been ready to give me the run of his cabinets, which probably contain
the finest series of radulae in the world. To his kindness I owe the following
description of the process of mounting: “The first step is to obtain the radula.
Dissection is easy in species of a reasonable size. On opening the head from
above, so as to lay open the floor of the mouth, the radula itself is seen in most
of the marine species, though in others it is contained in a sort of proboscis; and
in the Pulmonata and others the student will find the buccal mass, with
commonly a brown mandible at its front end, and the lingual ribbon in its hinder
part. The teeth may be recognised by their silvery whiteness, except in a few
cases like Patella and Chiton, where they are of a deep brown colour. When
obtained, the radula may be cleaned by boiling in a solution of caustic potash.
There is no risk of injury if the solution is not too strong.
“Smaller species may be treated more summarily. The proboscis, the buccal
mass, or even the whole animal may be thrown into the potash solution and
boiled till scarcely anything is left but the cleaned radula. Remains of animals
dried inside the shell may be similarly dealt with, after soaking in clean water.
With a little care, this process will answer for shells down to the size of Ancylus
or Rissoa. The very smallest (Carychium, Tornatellina, Skenea, etc.) must be
crushed on the slide and boiled on it, after removing as much as possible of the
broken shell. The radula can then be searched for under the microscope, and
washed and mounted on the slide.
“The student must be warned that though the general process is simple, there
are difficulties in particular cases. In the Pulmonata, for example, membranes on
both sides of the radula need careful removal. Murex, Purpura, and most of the
Taenioglossa have the side teeth folded down over the central, so that the
[314] Wivén, however (K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xxiv. 1892, No. 12), describes
transverse connectives in Chaetoderma.
[315] στρεπτός, twisted; εὐθύς, straight.
[316] With the exception of Actaeon, which is streptoneurous (Bouvier,
Comptes Rendus, cxvi. p. 68).
[317] This fusion of the cerebral and pleural ganglia and the consequent
union of the cerebro-pedal and pleuro-pedal commissures can be recognised by
sections of the mass (Pelseneer, Comptes Rendus, cxi. p. 245).
[318] There is practically no pharynx in the Pelecypoda, the mouth opening
directly into the oesophagus.
[319] Radere, to scrape; ὸδούς, tooth; φέρειν, to carry.
[320] The mechanism of the radula has been dealt with by Geddes, Trans.
Zool. Soc. x. p. 485. Rücker has observed (Ber. Oberhess. Gesell. Nat. Heilk.
xxii. p. 207) that the radula in Helix pomatia is the product of five rows of cells;
the use of the first row is uncertain, the second forms the membrane of the
radula, while rows three to five originate the teeth.
[321] Jahrb. Deut. Malak. Gesell. iii. p. 193.
[322] The whole of the radulae and jaws figured in this work are taken from
the original specimens in the collection of the Rev. Prof. H. M. Gwatkin, who
has always been ready to give me the run of his cabinets, which probably contain
the finest series of radulae in the world. To his kindness I owe the following
description of the process of mounting: “The first step is to obtain the radula.
Dissection is easy in species of a reasonable size. On opening the head from
above, so as to lay open the floor of the mouth, the radula itself is seen in most
of the marine species, though in others it is contained in a sort of proboscis; and
in the Pulmonata and others the student will find the buccal mass, with
commonly a brown mandible at its front end, and the lingual ribbon in its hinder
part. The teeth may be recognised by their silvery whiteness, except in a few
cases like Patella and Chiton, where they are of a deep brown colour. When
obtained, the radula may be cleaned by boiling in a solution of caustic potash.
There is no risk of injury if the solution is not too strong.
“Smaller species may be treated more summarily. The proboscis, the buccal
mass, or even the whole animal may be thrown into the potash solution and
boiled till scarcely anything is left but the cleaned radula. Remains of animals
dried inside the shell may be similarly dealt with, after soaking in clean water.
With a little care, this process will answer for shells down to the size of Ancylus
or Rissoa. The very smallest (Carychium, Tornatellina, Skenea, etc.) must be
crushed on the slide and boiled on it, after removing as much as possible of the
broken shell. The radula can then be searched for under the microscope, and
washed and mounted on the slide.
“The student must be warned that though the general process is simple, there
are difficulties in particular cases. In the Pulmonata, for example, membranes on
both sides of the radula need careful removal. Murex, Purpura, and most of the
Taenioglossa have the side teeth folded down over the central, so that the
Page 732
arrangement is not well seen till they have been brushed back. The Cones, again,
have no basal membrane at all, so that if the potash is not used with great care,
the single teeth will fall asunder and be lost. Perhaps the worst case is where a
large animal has a radula as small as that of a Rissoa, like Turritella, Harpa, or
Struthiolaria, or where the radula is almost filmy in its transparency, like those
of Actaeon and the small Scalaria.
“When once the radula is laid out, the mounting is commonly easy. Canada
balsam makes it too transparent. Fluids may be used, and are almost necessary
for thick radulae like those of large Chitons; but the best general medium is
glycerine jelly. It runs under the cover glass by capillary attraction, and may be
boiled (though only for a moment) to get rid of air bubbles. It should then be left
unfinished for several weeks. If cracks appear, the reason is either that the jelly
is a bad sample, or that it has been boiled too long, or (commonly) that the
object is too thick; and there is not often any difficulty in remounting. I have no
serious complaint of want of permanence against the medium, if I may speak
from a pretty wide experience during the last twenty years.”
[323] The substance both of the jaw and radula is neither crystalline nor
cellular, but laminated. Chitin is the substance which forms the ligament in
bivalves, the ‘pen’ in certain Cephalopoda, and the operculum in many
univalves. Neither silica nor keratine enter into the composition of the radula.
[324] τόξον, arrow; ῥάχις, ridge, sharp edge; ταινία, ribbon; πτηνός, winged;
γυμνὀς, bare; ῥιπίς, fan; δοκός, beam.
[325] V. concinna, according to Schacko (Conch. Mitth. i. p. 126, Pl. xxiv. f.
5); the lateral is large, strong, unicuspid on a broad base.
[326] In some cases (e.g. Hyalinia inornata) the laterals are very few, while
in Zonites laevigatus the first side tooth is more of a marginal than a lateral.
[327] Semon, Biol. Centralbl. ix. p. 80.
[328] According to Moquin-Tandon (Moll. de France, i. p. 44) this process in
Bithynia is attached by one end to the wall of the stomach. Vivipara, with two
jaw pieces, does not possess this stylet; Bithynia, which does possess it, has no
jaw.
[329] J. H. Vanstone, Journ. Linn. Soc. xxiv. p. 369.
[330] Biol. Centralbl. vii. p. 683; SB. Ges. Nat. Fr. 1890, p. 42; Mag. Nat.
Hist. (2) v. 1850, p. 14.
[331] νεφρός, kidney.
[332] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) xvi. p. 298.
[333] See, for instance, Quart. Journ. Conch. i. p. 340 (Cyl. Raveni): Jahrb.
Deut. Malak. Gesell. 1879, p. 98 (Clausilia dubia).
[334] Cailliaud, Journ. de Conchyl. vii. p. 231; Gassies, ibid. p. 44.
[335] Arch. Naturgesch. xlii. p. 209.
[336] Dr. W. B. Carpenter, Rep. Brit. Ass. xiii. p. 71; xiv. p. 1; xvii. p. 93; J. S.
Bowerbank, Trans. Micr. Soc. i. p. 123; Ehrenbaum, Zeit. wiss. Zool. xli. p. 1.
[337] See also p. 258.
have no basal membrane at all, so that if the potash is not used with great care,
the single teeth will fall asunder and be lost. Perhaps the worst case is where a
large animal has a radula as small as that of a Rissoa, like Turritella, Harpa, or
Struthiolaria, or where the radula is almost filmy in its transparency, like those
of Actaeon and the small Scalaria.
“When once the radula is laid out, the mounting is commonly easy. Canada
balsam makes it too transparent. Fluids may be used, and are almost necessary
for thick radulae like those of large Chitons; but the best general medium is
glycerine jelly. It runs under the cover glass by capillary attraction, and may be
boiled (though only for a moment) to get rid of air bubbles. It should then be left
unfinished for several weeks. If cracks appear, the reason is either that the jelly
is a bad sample, or that it has been boiled too long, or (commonly) that the
object is too thick; and there is not often any difficulty in remounting. I have no
serious complaint of want of permanence against the medium, if I may speak
from a pretty wide experience during the last twenty years.”
[323] The substance both of the jaw and radula is neither crystalline nor
cellular, but laminated. Chitin is the substance which forms the ligament in
bivalves, the ‘pen’ in certain Cephalopoda, and the operculum in many
univalves. Neither silica nor keratine enter into the composition of the radula.
[324] τόξον, arrow; ῥάχις, ridge, sharp edge; ταινία, ribbon; πτηνός, winged;
γυμνὀς, bare; ῥιπίς, fan; δοκός, beam.
[325] V. concinna, according to Schacko (Conch. Mitth. i. p. 126, Pl. xxiv. f.
5); the lateral is large, strong, unicuspid on a broad base.
[326] In some cases (e.g. Hyalinia inornata) the laterals are very few, while
in Zonites laevigatus the first side tooth is more of a marginal than a lateral.
[327] Semon, Biol. Centralbl. ix. p. 80.
[328] According to Moquin-Tandon (Moll. de France, i. p. 44) this process in
Bithynia is attached by one end to the wall of the stomach. Vivipara, with two
jaw pieces, does not possess this stylet; Bithynia, which does possess it, has no
jaw.
[329] J. H. Vanstone, Journ. Linn. Soc. xxiv. p. 369.
[330] Biol. Centralbl. vii. p. 683; SB. Ges. Nat. Fr. 1890, p. 42; Mag. Nat.
Hist. (2) v. 1850, p. 14.
[331] νεφρός, kidney.
[332] Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) xvi. p. 298.
[333] See, for instance, Quart. Journ. Conch. i. p. 340 (Cyl. Raveni): Jahrb.
Deut. Malak. Gesell. 1879, p. 98 (Clausilia dubia).
[334] Cailliaud, Journ. de Conchyl. vii. p. 231; Gassies, ibid. p. 44.
[335] Arch. Naturgesch. xlii. p. 209.
[336] Dr. W. B. Carpenter, Rep. Brit. Ass. xiii. p. 71; xiv. p. 1; xvii. p. 93; J. S.
Bowerbank, Trans. Micr. Soc. i. p. 123; Ehrenbaum, Zeit. wiss. Zool. xli. p. 1.
[337] See also p. 258.
Page 733
[338] J. E. Gray, Phil. Trans. 1833, p. 774 f.
[339] J. E. Gray, Phil. Trans. 1833, p. 774 f.
[340] Journ. de Conchyl. iv. p. 424.
[341] Journ. de Conchyl. xii. p. 3.
[342] T. Scott, Journ. of Conch., 1887, p. 230.
[343] M. de Villepoix, Comptes Rendus, cxiii. p. 317.
[344] Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., 1892, p. 350.
[345] Mr. B. B. Woodward has recently pointed out (P. Z. S. 1892, p. 528) a
very remarkable method of shell absorption and growth in Velates and certain
other Neritidae.
[346] The only exception appears to be Pedipes, while in Cassidula and
Scarabus the absorption is partial (Crosse and Fischer, Journ. de Conch. xxx. p.
177 f.).
[347] Strombus and Pteroceras (see Fig. 99, p. 200) exceptionally develop a
siphonal notch which is distinct from the anterior canal.
[348] The columella, as distinct from the columella lip, is the solid pillar of
shell round which the whorls are coiled (Fig. 177), the lower, or anterior portion
of which alone is usually visible.
[349] J. E. Gray, Phil. Trans. 1833, p. 812.
[350] W. H. Dall, Amer. Journ. Sc. xxxviii. p. 445 f.
[351] The term epidermis, as distinct from periostracum, is properly
restricted to the outer layer of the skin of the mantle and body generally.
[352] J. Lewis, Proc. Bost. Soc. vi. p. 149.
[353] Journ. of Conch. v. p. 66.
[354] The Dispersal of Shells, pp. 182–195.
[355] E. A. Smith, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 259.
[356] C. T. Musson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2), v. p. 883.
[357] Scient. Results Sec. Yarkand Exped. “Mollusca,” pp. 1–16.
[358] Mr. H. W. Kew, The Dispersal of Shells, has brought together a very
large series.
[359] The Naturalist in Nicaragua, p. 334 f.
[360] Morelet, Journal de Conch. 1875, p. 194.
[361] Pollonera, Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, v. 1890, No. 87.
[362] South and south-western France, however, belong to the Mediterranean
Sub-region.
[363] The coast-line of north-east China, including Corea and Japan to north
Niphon, is much more definitely tropical than the adjacent inland districts. The
coast-line, therefore, must be placed in the Oriental Region, while the inland
districts belong to the Palaearctic Region.
[339] J. E. Gray, Phil. Trans. 1833, p. 774 f.
[340] Journ. de Conchyl. iv. p. 424.
[341] Journ. de Conchyl. xii. p. 3.
[342] T. Scott, Journ. of Conch., 1887, p. 230.
[343] M. de Villepoix, Comptes Rendus, cxiii. p. 317.
[344] Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., 1892, p. 350.
[345] Mr. B. B. Woodward has recently pointed out (P. Z. S. 1892, p. 528) a
very remarkable method of shell absorption and growth in Velates and certain
other Neritidae.
[346] The only exception appears to be Pedipes, while in Cassidula and
Scarabus the absorption is partial (Crosse and Fischer, Journ. de Conch. xxx. p.
177 f.).
[347] Strombus and Pteroceras (see Fig. 99, p. 200) exceptionally develop a
siphonal notch which is distinct from the anterior canal.
[348] The columella, as distinct from the columella lip, is the solid pillar of
shell round which the whorls are coiled (Fig. 177), the lower, or anterior portion
of which alone is usually visible.
[349] J. E. Gray, Phil. Trans. 1833, p. 812.
[350] W. H. Dall, Amer. Journ. Sc. xxxviii. p. 445 f.
[351] The term epidermis, as distinct from periostracum, is properly
restricted to the outer layer of the skin of the mantle and body generally.
[352] J. Lewis, Proc. Bost. Soc. vi. p. 149.
[353] Journ. of Conch. v. p. 66.
[354] The Dispersal of Shells, pp. 182–195.
[355] E. A. Smith, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 259.
[356] C. T. Musson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2), v. p. 883.
[357] Scient. Results Sec. Yarkand Exped. “Mollusca,” pp. 1–16.
[358] Mr. H. W. Kew, The Dispersal of Shells, has brought together a very
large series.
[359] The Naturalist in Nicaragua, p. 334 f.
[360] Morelet, Journal de Conch. 1875, p. 194.
[361] Pollonera, Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, v. 1890, No. 87.
[362] South and south-western France, however, belong to the Mediterranean
Sub-region.
[363] The coast-line of north-east China, including Corea and Japan to north
Niphon, is much more definitely tropical than the adjacent inland districts. The
coast-line, therefore, must be placed in the Oriental Region, while the inland
districts belong to the Palaearctic Region.
Page 734
[364] Biol. Centralbl. ii. p. 208.
[365] Craven, Journ. de Conchyl. (3) xxviii. p. 101.
[366] Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. viii. p. 278.
[367] Netchayeff, Kazan Soc. Nat. xvii. fasc. 5.
[368] Fauna der Congerien-Schichten, p. 142.
[369] Streptaxis is a remarkable instance of a mainland genus. Although
abundant in the Oriental, Ethiopian, and Neotropical regions, it never seems to
occur on any of the adjacent islands, except in the case of Trinidad (1 sp.), which
is practically mainland. Omphalotropis, on the other hand, is the exact reverse of
Streptaxis in this respect, occurring all over Polynesia and the Malay Is., as far
west as Borneo, as well as on the Mascarenes, but never, save in a doubtful case
from China, on the mainland of Asia, Australia, or Africa.
[370] The Amboyna group has been much the better explored. Common to
both groups are one sp. each of Kaliella, Trochomorpha, Opeas, Leptopoma,
Cyclotus, Helicina.
[371] A. H. Cooke, P. Z. S. 1892, pp. 447–469.
[372] Mysol, with 2 Chloritis, 1 Insularia, 1 Cristigibba, is decidedly
Papuan.
[373] See especially C. Hedley, Note on the Relation of the Land Mollusca of
Tasmania and New Zealand, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiii. p. 442.
[374] Hedley and Suter, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2), vii. p. 613. Twenty-
one species are “introduced.”
[375] Nine species have been introduced: 6 from Europe, 2 from the West
Indies, 1 from the Western Isles.
[376] It is by no means implied that unbroken land communication between
India and Madagascar, across the Indian Ocean, ever existed. A series of great
islands, whose remains are attested by the Chagos and other banks, would be
quite sufficient to account for the results, as we find them. See especially
Medlicott and Blanford, Geology of India, vol. i. p. lxviii.
[377] Journ. Cinc. Soc. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 317. The number is doubtless
susceptible of very considerable reduction, say by one-half at least.
[378] Simpson, Amer. Nat. xxvii. 1893, p. 354.
[379] Compare von Martens, Malak. Blätt. 1868, p. 169; von Ihering, Nachr.
Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. 1891, p. 93.
[380] The distribution of some Pteropoda has been worked out by Munthe,
Bih. Svensk. Ak. Handl. XII. iv. 2, by Pelseneer “Challenger” Rep., Zool. xxiii.,
and by Boas, Spolia Atlantica.
[381] Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. xiv. p. 202; xxiii. p. 34 f.
[382] See papers in P. Z. S. 1878–85.
[383] A break in this uniformity may be found underneath the course of a
great oceanic current like the Gulf Stream, which rains upon the bottom a large
amount of food. A. Agassiz (Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. xxi. p. 185 f.) explains in this
[365] Craven, Journ. de Conchyl. (3) xxviii. p. 101.
[366] Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. viii. p. 278.
[367] Netchayeff, Kazan Soc. Nat. xvii. fasc. 5.
[368] Fauna der Congerien-Schichten, p. 142.
[369] Streptaxis is a remarkable instance of a mainland genus. Although
abundant in the Oriental, Ethiopian, and Neotropical regions, it never seems to
occur on any of the adjacent islands, except in the case of Trinidad (1 sp.), which
is practically mainland. Omphalotropis, on the other hand, is the exact reverse of
Streptaxis in this respect, occurring all over Polynesia and the Malay Is., as far
west as Borneo, as well as on the Mascarenes, but never, save in a doubtful case
from China, on the mainland of Asia, Australia, or Africa.
[370] The Amboyna group has been much the better explored. Common to
both groups are one sp. each of Kaliella, Trochomorpha, Opeas, Leptopoma,
Cyclotus, Helicina.
[371] A. H. Cooke, P. Z. S. 1892, pp. 447–469.
[372] Mysol, with 2 Chloritis, 1 Insularia, 1 Cristigibba, is decidedly
Papuan.
[373] See especially C. Hedley, Note on the Relation of the Land Mollusca of
Tasmania and New Zealand, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiii. p. 442.
[374] Hedley and Suter, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2), vii. p. 613. Twenty-
one species are “introduced.”
[375] Nine species have been introduced: 6 from Europe, 2 from the West
Indies, 1 from the Western Isles.
[376] It is by no means implied that unbroken land communication between
India and Madagascar, across the Indian Ocean, ever existed. A series of great
islands, whose remains are attested by the Chagos and other banks, would be
quite sufficient to account for the results, as we find them. See especially
Medlicott and Blanford, Geology of India, vol. i. p. lxviii.
[377] Journ. Cinc. Soc. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 317. The number is doubtless
susceptible of very considerable reduction, say by one-half at least.
[378] Simpson, Amer. Nat. xxvii. 1893, p. 354.
[379] Compare von Martens, Malak. Blätt. 1868, p. 169; von Ihering, Nachr.
Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. 1891, p. 93.
[380] The distribution of some Pteropoda has been worked out by Munthe,
Bih. Svensk. Ak. Handl. XII. iv. 2, by Pelseneer “Challenger” Rep., Zool. xxiii.,
and by Boas, Spolia Atlantica.
[381] Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. xiv. p. 202; xxiii. p. 34 f.
[382] See papers in P. Z. S. 1878–85.
[383] A break in this uniformity may be found underneath the course of a
great oceanic current like the Gulf Stream, which rains upon the bottom a large
amount of food. A. Agassiz (Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. xxi. p. 185 f.) explains in this
Page 735
way the richness of the fauna of the Gulf of Mexico as compared with that of the
west coast of tropical America.
[384] On the western coasts of Europe and America, where the change in
surface temperature is very gradual, Purpura lapillus (the west American
‘species’ are at best only derivatives) is able to creep as far south as lat. 32°
(Mogador) in the former case, and lat. 24° (Margarita Bay) in the latter, the
mean annual temperature of the surface water being 66° off Mogador, with an
extreme range of only 8°, and that of Margarita Bay 73°, with an extreme range
of only 5°. On the eastern coasts, where the Pacific and Atlantic gulf-streams
cause a sudden change of temperature, the Purpura is barred back at points
many degrees farther north, viz. at lat. 41° (Hakodadi), surface temperature 52°,
extreme range 25°; and at lat. 42° (Newhaven), surface temperature 52°, extreme
range 30°.
[385] E. A. Smith, P. Z. S. 1890, pp. 247, 317.
[386] A. H. Cook, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xviii. (1886) p. 380 f; E. A. Smith,
P. Z. S. 1891, p. 391 f.
[387] C. Keller, Neue denksch. Schw. Gesell. xxviii. 1883, pt. 3.
[388] According to Tate (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1887–88, p. 70),
‘Australian’ species predominate at Freemantle (32°), but Tenison-Woods (J.
Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii. p. 106) holds that the tropical fauna extends as far
south as Cape Leeuwin (34°), and that the Australian forms are not predominant
until the extreme south. Tenison-Woods regards Cape Byron (31°) as the limit of
the tropical fauna on the east coast, while some characteristic tropical genera
reach Port Jackson, and a few (e.g. Cypraea annulus) Tasmania.
[389] A full account of the distribution of Voluta is given by Crosse, Journ. de
Conchyl. (3) xix. p. 263.
[390] Usually known as ‘Patagonian,’ but since the Magellanic Sub-region
includes a considerable part of Patagonia, and since the greater part of sub-
region (6) lies out of Patagonia, it has been thought advisable to change the
name.
[391] Amer. Nat. xx. p. 931.
[392] W. H. Dall, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, v. p. 1 f.
[393] Trans. Connect. Acad. v. p. 177; Zoologist, 1875, p. 4502.
[394] Rep. Scotch Fish. iii. 1885, App. F, p. 67.
[395] Nautilus, vi. 1892, p. 82.
[396] Journ. Mar. Zool. i. pp. 3, 9.
[397] Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1844, Transactions, p. 74; P. Z. S. 1839, p. 35.
[398] It is convenient, but not morphologically correct, to apply the terms
‘ventral’ and ‘dorsal’ in this sense.
[399] φραγμός, partition; σήπιον, cuttle-bone; χόνδρος, long cartilage.
[400] μυέω, close the eyes; ὕψις, sight; contrasted with Oigopsidae (οἰγω,
open).
west coast of tropical America.
[384] On the western coasts of Europe and America, where the change in
surface temperature is very gradual, Purpura lapillus (the west American
‘species’ are at best only derivatives) is able to creep as far south as lat. 32°
(Mogador) in the former case, and lat. 24° (Margarita Bay) in the latter, the
mean annual temperature of the surface water being 66° off Mogador, with an
extreme range of only 8°, and that of Margarita Bay 73°, with an extreme range
of only 5°. On the eastern coasts, where the Pacific and Atlantic gulf-streams
cause a sudden change of temperature, the Purpura is barred back at points
many degrees farther north, viz. at lat. 41° (Hakodadi), surface temperature 52°,
extreme range 25°; and at lat. 42° (Newhaven), surface temperature 52°, extreme
range 30°.
[385] E. A. Smith, P. Z. S. 1890, pp. 247, 317.
[386] A. H. Cook, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xviii. (1886) p. 380 f; E. A. Smith,
P. Z. S. 1891, p. 391 f.
[387] C. Keller, Neue denksch. Schw. Gesell. xxviii. 1883, pt. 3.
[388] According to Tate (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1887–88, p. 70),
‘Australian’ species predominate at Freemantle (32°), but Tenison-Woods (J.
Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii. p. 106) holds that the tropical fauna extends as far
south as Cape Leeuwin (34°), and that the Australian forms are not predominant
until the extreme south. Tenison-Woods regards Cape Byron (31°) as the limit of
the tropical fauna on the east coast, while some characteristic tropical genera
reach Port Jackson, and a few (e.g. Cypraea annulus) Tasmania.
[389] A full account of the distribution of Voluta is given by Crosse, Journ. de
Conchyl. (3) xix. p. 263.
[390] Usually known as ‘Patagonian,’ but since the Magellanic Sub-region
includes a considerable part of Patagonia, and since the greater part of sub-
region (6) lies out of Patagonia, it has been thought advisable to change the
name.
[391] Amer. Nat. xx. p. 931.
[392] W. H. Dall, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, v. p. 1 f.
[393] Trans. Connect. Acad. v. p. 177; Zoologist, 1875, p. 4502.
[394] Rep. Scotch Fish. iii. 1885, App. F, p. 67.
[395] Nautilus, vi. 1892, p. 82.
[396] Journ. Mar. Zool. i. pp. 3, 9.
[397] Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1844, Transactions, p. 74; P. Z. S. 1839, p. 35.
[398] It is convenient, but not morphologically correct, to apply the terms
‘ventral’ and ‘dorsal’ in this sense.
[399] φραγμός, partition; σήπιον, cuttle-bone; χόνδρος, long cartilage.
[400] μυέω, close the eyes; ὕψις, sight; contrasted with Oigopsidae (οἰγω,
open).
Page 736
[401] The classification is that of Foord, Catal. Fossil Cephal. Brit. Mus.,
1888.
[402] Saville Kent, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vi. p. 229.
[403] J. Power, Ann. Mag. N. H. (2) xx. p. 334; P. Z. S. 1836, p. 113; Arch.
Zool. Exp. Gén. (3) i. 1893, p. 105.
[404] In deference to Bergh’s high authority, the position of a sub-order is
here given to the Ascoglossa. It may be doubted whether that position will stand
the test of further investigation, and whether the families concerned will not be
added to the Cladohepatic Nudibranchs.
[405] This family has also been classified with the Bulloidea and with the
Aplysioidea.
[406] It appears more convenient to treat the whole group together, rather
than deal with the two sections separately.
[407] An operculum is said to exist in the young forms of Auricula and
Parmacella.
[408] Proc. Ac. Philad. 1892, p. 390.
[409] Compare Jackson, Amer. Nat. xxv. p. 11 f.
[410] “A Monograph of the British Fossil Brachiopoda,” Palaeontographical
Society, London, vols. i.-v. 1851–84.
[411] Ibid. vol. vi. 1886.
[412] “Contributions to the Anatomy of the Brachiopoda,” Proc. Roy. Soc.,
vol. vii.
[413] “Untersuchungen über den anatomischen u. histologischen Bau der
Brachiopoda Testicardinia,” Jenaische Zeitschrift, vol. xvi., 1883.
[414] “On a living Spinose Rhynchonella from Japan,” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
5th ser., vol. xvii., 1886
[415] Loc. cit. p. 465.
[416] Shipley, “On the Structure and Development of Argiope,” Mitt. aus d.
Zool. Stat. zu Neap. Bd. iv. 1883.
[417] Schulgin, “Argiope Kowalevskii,” Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. 41, 1885.
[418] American Jour. of Sci. and Arts, 3rd series, vol. xvii. 1879.
[419] Loc. cit. p. 470.
[420] “Recherches sur l’Anat. des Brachiopodes Inarticules,” Arch. Zool.
Exp. (2), Tome iv., 1886.
[421] “Untersuchungen über den Bau der Brachiopoden,” Jena, 1892.
[422] “Vorläufige Mittheilungen über Brachiopoden,” Zool. Anz. Bd. viii.
1885.
[423] Hancock’s nomenclature is here used. The corresponding names used
by King and Brooks are placed in brackets. Their nomenclature is used by many
palaeontologists, and is adopted in Fig. 322.
1888.
[402] Saville Kent, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vi. p. 229.
[403] J. Power, Ann. Mag. N. H. (2) xx. p. 334; P. Z. S. 1836, p. 113; Arch.
Zool. Exp. Gén. (3) i. 1893, p. 105.
[404] In deference to Bergh’s high authority, the position of a sub-order is
here given to the Ascoglossa. It may be doubted whether that position will stand
the test of further investigation, and whether the families concerned will not be
added to the Cladohepatic Nudibranchs.
[405] This family has also been classified with the Bulloidea and with the
Aplysioidea.
[406] It appears more convenient to treat the whole group together, rather
than deal with the two sections separately.
[407] An operculum is said to exist in the young forms of Auricula and
Parmacella.
[408] Proc. Ac. Philad. 1892, p. 390.
[409] Compare Jackson, Amer. Nat. xxv. p. 11 f.
[410] “A Monograph of the British Fossil Brachiopoda,” Palaeontographical
Society, London, vols. i.-v. 1851–84.
[411] Ibid. vol. vi. 1886.
[412] “Contributions to the Anatomy of the Brachiopoda,” Proc. Roy. Soc.,
vol. vii.
[413] “Untersuchungen über den anatomischen u. histologischen Bau der
Brachiopoda Testicardinia,” Jenaische Zeitschrift, vol. xvi., 1883.
[414] “On a living Spinose Rhynchonella from Japan,” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
5th ser., vol. xvii., 1886
[415] Loc. cit. p. 465.
[416] Shipley, “On the Structure and Development of Argiope,” Mitt. aus d.
Zool. Stat. zu Neap. Bd. iv. 1883.
[417] Schulgin, “Argiope Kowalevskii,” Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. 41, 1885.
[418] American Jour. of Sci. and Arts, 3rd series, vol. xvii. 1879.
[419] Loc. cit. p. 470.
[420] “Recherches sur l’Anat. des Brachiopodes Inarticules,” Arch. Zool.
Exp. (2), Tome iv., 1886.
[421] “Untersuchungen über den Bau der Brachiopoden,” Jena, 1892.
[422] “Vorläufige Mittheilungen über Brachiopoden,” Zool. Anz. Bd. viii.
1885.
[423] Hancock’s nomenclature is here used. The corresponding names used
by King and Brooks are placed in brackets. Their nomenclature is used by many
palaeontologists, and is adopted in Fig. 322.
Page 737
[424] Development of the Brachiopoda, 1873 (Russian).
[425] “Histoire de la Thécidie,” Ann. d. Sci. Nat., Sér. 4, vol. xv., 1861.
[426] “On the Early Stages of Terebratulina septentrionalis,” Mem. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. ii., 1869. “On the Development of Terebratulina,” Ibid. vol.
iii., 1873.
[427] “Choses de Nouméa,” Arch. d. Zool. exp. et gen., 2nd ser., vol. ix.,
1891.
[428] J. Barrande, Syst. Silur. Bohème, vol. v., 1879. Hall and Clarke, Introd.
Palaeozoic. Brach. (Palaeont. of New York, 1892–1894). Davidson, Monogr.
Brit. Foss. Brach. (Palaeont. Soc., 1851–1884). Waagen, Salt Range Fossils
(Mem. Geol. Surv. India, 1879–1885).
[429] The results of the investigations of King (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser.,
vol. xii., 1873) and of Brooks (Chesapeake Zool. Laboratory, Scientific Results,
p. 35, 1879), and the simple nomenclature of these authors are here followed in
preference to those of others, owing to the difference of opinion amongst
anatomists of the functions and homologies of the muscles. The lateral muscles
enable the valves to move backwards and forwards on each other; the centrals
close the shell; the umbonals open it; and the transmedians allow a sliding
sideways movement of one valve across the other (see also p. 477).
[430] Davidson and King, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., xxx. (1874), p. 124.
[431] Amer. Jour. Science, 1890–1893.
Transcriber’s Notes:
1. Obvious printers’, punctuation and spelling errors have been corrected silently.
2. Where hyphenation is in doubt, it has been retained as in the original.
3. Some hyphenated and non-hyphenated versions of the same words have been
retained as in the original.
[425] “Histoire de la Thécidie,” Ann. d. Sci. Nat., Sér. 4, vol. xv., 1861.
[426] “On the Early Stages of Terebratulina septentrionalis,” Mem. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. ii., 1869. “On the Development of Terebratulina,” Ibid. vol.
iii., 1873.
[427] “Choses de Nouméa,” Arch. d. Zool. exp. et gen., 2nd ser., vol. ix.,
1891.
[428] J. Barrande, Syst. Silur. Bohème, vol. v., 1879. Hall and Clarke, Introd.
Palaeozoic. Brach. (Palaeont. of New York, 1892–1894). Davidson, Monogr.
Brit. Foss. Brach. (Palaeont. Soc., 1851–1884). Waagen, Salt Range Fossils
(Mem. Geol. Surv. India, 1879–1885).
[429] The results of the investigations of King (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser.,
vol. xii., 1873) and of Brooks (Chesapeake Zool. Laboratory, Scientific Results,
p. 35, 1879), and the simple nomenclature of these authors are here followed in
preference to those of others, owing to the difference of opinion amongst
anatomists of the functions and homologies of the muscles. The lateral muscles
enable the valves to move backwards and forwards on each other; the centrals
close the shell; the umbonals open it; and the transmedians allow a sliding
sideways movement of one valve across the other (see also p. 477).
[430] Davidson and King, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., xxx. (1874), p. 124.
[431] Amer. Jour. Science, 1890–1893.
Transcriber’s Notes:
1. Obvious printers’, punctuation and spelling errors have been corrected silently.
2. Where hyphenation is in doubt, it has been retained as in the original.
3. Some hyphenated and non-hyphenated versions of the same words have been
retained as in the original.
Page 738
*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CAMBRIDGE
NATURAL HISTORY, VOL. 03 (OF 10) ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
NATURAL HISTORY, VOL. 03 (OF 10) ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
Page 739
THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the
Page 740
collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
Page 741
this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located
in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
country where you are located before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
country where you are located before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
Page 742
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
Page 743
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
Page 744
EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
Page 745
distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
Page 746
links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Page 747
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.